35 files changed, 56878 insertions, 31881 deletions

diff --git a/docs/installer/ca.po b/docs/installer/ca.po
index aea75109..27eb9086 100644
--- a/docs/installer/ca.po
+++ b/docs/installer/ca.po
@@ -1,21 +1,22 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>, 2013-2014
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ca/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"ca/)\n"
+"Language: ca\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: ca\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -26,9 +27,11 @@ msgstr "Llicència i notes de la versió"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -38,31 +41,38 @@ msgstr "Acord de llicència"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Abans d'instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>, llegiu atentament els termes i les condicions de la llicència."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Abans d'instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>, llegiu atentament els "
+"termes i les condicions de la llicència."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Aquests termes i condicions s'apliquen a la totalitat de la distribució <application>Mageia</application> i cal acceptar-los abans de continuar."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquests termes i condicions s'apliquen a la totalitat de la distribució "
+"<application>Mageia</application> i cal acceptar-los abans de continuar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Per a acceptar-los, seleccioneu <guilabel>Accepta</guilabel> i després cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Per a acceptar-los, seleccioneu <guilabel>Accepta</guilabel> i després "
+"cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Si decidiu no acceptar aquestes condicions, us agraïm el vostre interès. Fent clic a <guibutton>Surt</guibutton> l'ordinador es reiniciarà."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Si decidiu no acceptar aquestes condicions, us agraïm el vostre interès. "
+"Fent clic a <guibutton>Surt</guibutton> l'ordinador es reiniciarà."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -74,7 +84,9 @@ msgstr "Notes de la versió"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Per a veure què hi ha de nou en aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application>, cliqueu al botó <guibutton>Notes de versió</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Per a veure què hi ha de nou en aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, cliqueu al botó <guibutton>Notes de versió</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -87,27 +99,32 @@ msgstr "ca"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Selecció dels suports (configura suports d'instal·lació suplementaris)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Aquesta pantalla us mostra la llista dels dipòsits ja reconeguts. Podeu afegir altres fonts de paquets, com ara un disc òptic i bé una font remota. La selecció de la font determina quins paquets estaran disponibles per a ser seleccionats en els següents passos."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta pantalla us mostra la llista dels dipòsits ja reconeguts. Podeu "
+"afegir altres fonts de paquets, com ara un disc òptic i bé una font remota. "
+"La selecció de la font determina quins paquets estaran disponibles per a ser "
+"seleccionats en els següents passos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -127,38 +144,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Selecció d'una rèplica o especificació d'una URL (la primera entrada). En seleccionar una rèplica teniu accés a la selecció de tots els dipòsits gestionats per Mageia, com ara Nonfree, Tainted i Updates. Amb la URL podeu designar un dipòsit específic o la vostra pròpia instal·lació NFS."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecció d'una rèplica o especificació d'una URL (la primera entrada). En "
+"seleccionar una rèplica teniu accés a la selecció de tots els dipòsits "
+"gestionats per Mageia, com ara Nonfree, Tainted i Updates. Amb la URL podeu "
+"designar un dipòsit específic o la vostra pròpia instal·lació NFS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Gestió d'usuaris i superusuari"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -170,20 +189,31 @@ msgstr "Estableix la contrasenya d'administrador (root):"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Per a qualsevol instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application> és aconsellable que establiu una contrasenya de superusuari o administrador, normalment anomenada <emphasis>contrasenya de root</emphasis> en Linux. A mida que aneu introduint la contrasenya a la casella el color de l'escut canviarà de vermell a groc i a verd en funció de la fortalesa de la contrasenya. Un escut verd indica que la contrasenya és forta. Heu de repetir la mateixa contrasenya a la casella de sota, per a comprovar per comparació que no heu teclejat malament la primera contrasenya."
+msgstr ""
+"Per a qualsevol instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application> és "
+"aconsellable que establiu una contrasenya de superusuari o administrador, "
+"normalment anomenada <emphasis>contrasenya de root</emphasis> en Linux. A "
+"mida que aneu introduint la contrasenya a la casella el color de l'escut "
+"canviarà de vermell a groc i a verd en funció de la fortalesa de la "
+"contrasenya. Un escut verd indica que la contrasenya és forta. Heu de "
+"repetir la mateixa contrasenya a la casella de sota, per a comprovar per "
+"comparació que no heu teclejat malament la primera contrasenya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Totes les contrasenyes distingeixen entre majúscules i minúscules. És recomanable fer servir una barreja de lletres (majúscules i minúscules), nombres i altres caràcters."
+msgstr ""
+"Totes les contrasenyes distingeixen entre majúscules i minúscules. És "
+"recomanable fer servir una barreja de lletres (majúscules i minúscules), "
+"nombres i altres caràcters."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -196,14 +226,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Afegiu aquí un usuari. Un usuari té menys permisos que el superusuari (root), però prou per a navegar per Internet, fer servir aplicacions ofimàtiques o jugar, i fer qualsevol altra cosa que un usuari mitjà fa amb el seu ordinador."
+msgstr ""
+"Afegiu aquí un usuari. Un usuari té menys permisos que el superusuari "
+"(root), però prou per a navegar per Internet, fer servir aplicacions "
+"ofimàtiques o jugar, i fer qualsevol altra cosa que un usuari mitjà fa amb "
+"el seu ordinador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Icona</guibutton>: si hi cliqueu canviarà la icona d'usuari."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Icona</guibutton>: si hi cliqueu canviarà la icona d'usuari."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
@@ -216,9 +251,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nom real</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom real de l'usuari."
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Nom de connexió</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom de connexió de l'usuari o deixeu que drakx en creï un a partir del nom real de l'usuari. <emphasis>El nom de connexió distingeix entre majúscules i minúscules</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nom de connexió</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom de connexió de "
+"l'usuari o deixeu que drakx en creï un a partir del nom real de l'usuari. "
+"<emphasis>El nom de connexió distingeix entre majúscules i minúscules</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -226,22 +265,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Contrasenya</guilabel>: poseu-hi la contrasenya de l'usuari. Al final de la casella un escut indica la fortalesa de la contrasenya. (Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Contrasenya</guilabel>: poseu-hi la contrasenya de l'usuari. Al "
+"final de la casella un escut indica la fortalesa de la contrasenya. (Vegeu "
+"també <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Contrasenya (una altra vegada)</guilabel>: torneu a escriure-hi la contrasenya i drakx comprovarà que hi hagi la mateixa contrasenya en les dues caselles."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Contrasenya (una altra vegada)</guilabel>: torneu a escriure-hi la "
+"contrasenya i drakx comprovarà que hi hagi la mateixa contrasenya en les "
+"dues caselles."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Qualsevol usuari que creeu durant la instal·lació de Mageia tindrà un directori d'usuari llegible per tothom (però protegit contra escriptura)."
+msgstr ""
+"Qualsevol usuari que creeu durant la instal·lació de Mageia tindrà un "
+"directori d'usuari llegible per tothom (però protegit contra escriptura)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -249,14 +296,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "No obstant això, quan feu servir la nova instal·lació, tots els usuaris afegits a <emphasis>MCC- Sistema - Gestiona els usuaris del sistema</emphasis> tindran el directori d'usuari protegit contra lectura i escriptura."
+msgstr ""
+"No obstant això, quan feu servir la nova instal·lació, tots els usuaris "
+"afegits a <emphasis>MCC- Sistema - Gestiona els usuaris del sistema</"
+"emphasis> tindran el directori d'usuari protegit contra lectura i escriptura."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Si no voleu que el directori d'usuari sigui llegible per tothom, és recomanable afegir ara un usuari temporal i afegir els usuaris reals un cop s'hagi arrencat de nou."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no voleu que el directori d'usuari sigui llegible per tothom, és "
+"recomanable afegir ara un usuari temporal i afegir els usuaris reals un cop "
+"s'hagi arrencat de nou."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -264,12 +317,16 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Si preferiu directoris d'usuari llegibles per tothom, podeu afegir tots els usuaris suplementaris al pas <emphasis>Configuració - Resum</emphasis> durant la instal·lació. Trieu <emphasis>Gestió d'usuaris</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si preferiu directoris d'usuari llegibles per tothom, podeu afegir tots els "
+"usuaris suplementaris al pas <emphasis>Configuració - Resum</emphasis> "
+"durant la instal·lació. Trieu <emphasis>Gestió d'usuaris</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
-msgstr "El permisos d'accés també es poden modificar després de la instal·lació."
+msgstr ""
+"El permisos d'accés també es poden modificar després de la instal·lació."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:116
@@ -282,7 +339,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Si feu clic al botó <guibutton>avançat</guibutton> se us presentarà una pantalla on podeu editar la configuració per a l'usuari que s'està afegint. També podeu activar o desactivar el compte d'usuari visitant."
+msgstr ""
+"Si feu clic al botó <guibutton>avançat</guibutton> se us presentarà una "
+"pantalla on podeu editar la configuració per a l'usuari que s'està afegint. "
+"També podeu activar o desactivar el compte d'usuari visitant."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -290,7 +350,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Tot allò que un usuari visitant, amb un compte predeterminat <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, desi al seu directori /home serà esborrat quan tanqui la sessió. El visitant hauria de desar els fitxers importants en una clau de memòria USB."
+msgstr ""
+"Tot allò que un usuari visitant, amb un compte predeterminat "
+"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, desi al seu directori /home serà esborrat quan "
+"tanqui la sessió. El visitant hauria de desar els fitxers importants en una "
+"clau de memòria USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -298,7 +362,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Activa el compte de visitant</guilabel>: aquí podeu activar o desactivar un compte de visitant. Aquest tipus de compte permet a un visitant iniciar sessió i fer servir el PC, però té un accés més restringit que els usuaris normals."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Activa el compte de visitant</guilabel>: aquí podeu activar o "
+"desactivar un compte de visitant. Aquest tipus de compte permet a un "
+"visitant iniciar sessió i fer servir el PC, però té un accés més restringit "
+"que els usuaris normals."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -306,7 +374,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Intèrpret d'ordres</guilabel>: aquesta llista desplegable us permet canviar el tipus de d'intèrpret d'ordres per a l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. Les opcions són Bash, Dash i Sh."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Intèrpret d'ordres</guilabel>: aquesta llista desplegable us "
+"permet canviar el tipus de d'intèrpret d'ordres per a l'usuari que acabeu "
+"d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. Les opcions són Bash, Dash i Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -314,42 +385,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID d'usuari</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID d'usuari per a l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. És un nombre. Deixeu-lo en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID d'usuari</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID d'usuari per a "
+"l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. És un nombre. Deixeu-lo "
+"en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID de grup</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID de grup. També és un nombre, habitualment el mateix que per a l'usuari. Deixeu-lo en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID de grup</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID de grup. També és "
+"un nombre, habitualment el mateix que per a l'usuari. Deixeu-lo en blanc "
+"excepte si sabeu què esteu fent."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Trieu els punts de muntatge"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -357,46 +434,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Aquí podeu veure les particions Linux que s'han trobat a l'ordinador. Si no esteu d'acord amb els suggeriments de <application>DrakX</application>, podeu canviar els punts de muntatge."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu veure les particions Linux que s'han trobat a l'ordinador. Si no "
+"esteu d'acord amb els suggeriments de <application>DrakX</application>, "
+"podeu canviar els punts de muntatge."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Si canvieu alguna cosa, assegureu-vos que encara teniu una partició <literal>/</literal> (root)."
+msgstr ""
+"Si canvieu alguna cosa, assegureu-vos que encara teniu una partició "
+"<literal>/</literal> (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Cada partició es mostra així: «Dipositiu» («Capacitat», «Punt de muntatge», «Tipus»)."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada partició es mostra així: «Dipositiu» («Capacitat», «Punt de muntatge», "
+"«Tipus»)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "«Dispositiu» es compon de: «unitat de disc dur», [«número d'unitat de disc dur»(lletra)], «número de partició» (per exemple, «sda5»)."
+msgstr ""
+"«Dispositiu» es compon de: «unitat de disc dur», [«número d'unitat de disc "
+"dur»(lletra)], «número de partició» (per exemple, «sda5»)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Si teniu diverses particions, podeu triar diversos punts de muntatge amb el menú desplegable, com ara <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> i <literal>/var</literal>. Podeu fins i tot crear els vostres propis punts de muntatge, per exemple <literal>/video</literal> per a una partició on voleu emmagatzemar les pel·lícules, o bé <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> per a la partició <literal>/home</literal> de la instal·lació cauldron."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Si teniu diverses particions, podeu triar diversos punts de muntatge amb el "
+"menú desplegable, com ara <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> i "
+"<literal>/var</literal>. Podeu fins i tot crear els vostres propis punts de "
+"muntatge, per exemple <literal>/video</literal> per a una partició on voleu "
+"emmagatzemar les pel·lícules, o bé <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> per a "
+"la partició <literal>/home</literal> de la instal·lació cauldron."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Per a les particions a les quals no heu d'accedir, podeu deixar el camp del punt de muntatge en blanc."
+msgstr ""
+"Per a les particions a les quals no heu d'accedir, podeu deixar el camp del "
+"punt de muntatge en blanc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -404,15 +498,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Trieu <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs de què triar, i llavors marqueu <guilabel>Partició personalitzada de disc</guilabel>. A la següent pantalla podeu clicar a una partició per a veure'n el tipus i la mida. "
+msgstr ""
+"Trieu <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs de què triar, i "
+"llavors marqueu <guilabel>Partició personalitzada de disc</guilabel>. A la "
+"següent pantalla podeu clicar a una partició per a veure'n el tipus i la "
+"mida. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Si esteu segurs que els punts de muntatge són correctes, feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>, i trieu si voleu formatar les particions suggerides per DrakX, o bé més."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Si esteu segurs que els punts de muntatge són correctes, feu clic a "
+"<guibutton>Següent</guibutton>, i trieu si voleu formatar les particions "
+"suggerides per DrakX, o bé més."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -422,9 +523,11 @@ msgstr "Selecció d'escriptori"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "En funció de la selecció que feu aquí, se us poden oferir altres pantalles per a afinar la tria."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"En funció de la selecció que feu aquí, se us poden oferir altres pantalles "
+"per a afinar la tria."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -432,14 +535,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Després dels passos de selecció veureu una sessió de diapositives durant la instal·lació dels paquets. Podeu desactivar la sessió de diapositives clicant el botó <guilabel>Detalls</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Després dels passos de selecció veureu una sessió de diapositives durant la "
+"instal·lació dels paquets. Podeu desactivar la sessió de diapositives "
+"clicant el botó <guilabel>Detalls</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -451,21 +559,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Trieu si preferiu fer servir l'entorn d'escriptori <application>KDE</application> o bé <application>Gnome</application>. Ambdós porten un conjunt complet d'aplicacions i eines ben útils. Marqueu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si no en voleu fer servir cap dels dos, o bé si voleu una selecció de programari diferent de la tria predeterminada d'aquests entorns d'escriptori. L'escriptori <application>LXDE</application> és més lleuger que els anteriors, amb una estètica menys carregada i menys paquets com a instal·lació predeterminada."
+msgstr ""
+"Trieu si preferiu fer servir l'entorn d'escriptori <application>KDE</"
+"application> o bé <application>Gnome</application>. Ambdós porten un conjunt "
+"complet d'aplicacions i eines ben útils. Marqueu <guilabel>Personalitzat</"
+"guilabel> si no en voleu fer servir cap dels dos, o bé si voleu una selecció "
+"de programari diferent de la tria predeterminada d'aquests entorns "
+"d'escriptori. L'escriptori <application>LXDE</application> és més lleuger "
+"que els anteriors, amb una estètica menys carregada i menys paquets com a "
+"instal·lació predeterminada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Selecció de grup de paquets"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -474,7 +591,10 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Els paquets estan agrupats per a facilitar-ne la tria. El seu contingut és força obvi, però per a veure'n més informació només cal que hi passeu el ratolí per sobre."
+msgstr ""
+"Els paquets estan agrupats per a facilitar-ne la tria. El seu contingut és "
+"força obvi, però per a veure'n més informació només cal que hi passeu el "
+"ratolí per sobre."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -496,74 +616,91 @@ msgstr "Entorn gràfic."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Selecció individual de paquets: podeu fer servir aquesta opció per a afegir o eliminar paquets individualment."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecció individual de paquets: podeu fer servir aquesta opció per a afegir "
+"o eliminar paquets individualment."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Llegiu <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> per a les instruccions de com fer una instal·lació mínima."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Llegiu <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> per a les instruccions de "
+"com fer una instal·lació mínima."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Trieu paquets individuals"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Aquí podeu afegir o eliminar qualsevol paquet extra per a personalitzar la instal·lació."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu afegir o eliminar qualsevol paquet extra per a personalitzar la "
+"instal·lació."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Després de la tria podeu fer clic a la <guibutton>icona del disquet</guibutton> al capdavall de la pàgina per a desar la selecció de paquets (també es pot desar en una clau USB). Més endavant podreu fer servir aquest fitxer per a instal·lar els mateixos paquets en un altre sistema si premeu el mateix botó durant la instal·lació i trieu l'opció de carregar-lo."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Després de la tria podeu fer clic a la <guibutton>icona del disquet</"
+"guibutton> al capdavall de la pàgina per a desar la selecció de paquets "
+"(també es pot desar en una clau USB). Més endavant podreu fer servir aquest "
+"fitxer per a instal·lar els mateixos paquets en un altre sistema si premeu "
+"el mateix botó durant la instal·lació i trieu l'opció de carregar-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Configura els serveis"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Aquí podeu establir quins serveis cal (o no) iniciar quan s'engega l'ordinador."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu establir quins serveis cal (o no) iniciar quan s'engega "
+"l'ordinador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Hi ha quatre grups, cliqueu sobre el triangle que hi ha abans de cada grup per a expandir-lo i mostrar tots els serveis que conté."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Hi ha quatre grups, cliqueu sobre el triangle que hi ha abans de cada grup "
+"per a expandir-lo i mostrar tots els serveis que conté."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -575,7 +712,8 @@ msgstr "Generalment, la tria feta per DrakX és la bona."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Si realceu un servei, se us en mostrarà informació a la casella inferior."
+msgstr ""
+"Si realceu un servei, se us en mostrarà informació a la casella inferior."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
@@ -587,36 +725,45 @@ msgstr "Canvieu coses només si teniu molt clar què esteu fent."
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Configura la zona horària"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Trieu el fus horari escollint un país o bé una ciutat propera en el mateix fus horari."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Trieu el fus horari escollint un país o bé una ciutat propera en el mateix "
+"fus horari."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "A la següent pantalla podreu triar si establiu el rellotge de maquinari a l'hora local o bé a GMT, també coneguda com a UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"A la següent pantalla podreu triar si establiu el rellotge de maquinari a "
+"l'hora local o bé a GMT, també coneguda com a UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Si teniu més d'un sistema operatiu a l'ordinador, assegureu-vos que tots estan configurats a l'hora local, o bé tots a l'hora UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Si teniu més d'un sistema operatiu a l'ordinador, assegureu-vos que tots "
+"estan configurats a l'hora local, o bé tots a l'hora UTC/GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -626,24 +773,31 @@ msgstr "Tria un servidor X (configura la targeta gràfica)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX té una base de dades de targetes de vídeo força completa i normalment identifica correctament el dispositiu de vídeo."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX té una base de dades de targetes de vídeo força completa i normalment "
+"identifica correctament el dispositiu de vídeo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament la targeta gràfica i sabeu quina és, seleccioneu-la a l'arbre:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament la targeta gràfica i sabeu "
+"quina és, seleccioneu-la a l'arbre:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -666,7 +820,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Si no trobeu la vostra targeta a la llista de proveïdors (perquè encara no és a la base de dades o bé perquè és antiga) potser encara podeu trobar un controlador adequat a la categoria Xorg"
+msgstr ""
+"Si no trobeu la vostra targeta a la llista de proveïdors (perquè encara no "
+"és a la base de dades o bé perquè és antiga) potser encara podeu trobar un "
+"controlador adequat a la categoria Xorg"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -674,14 +831,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "El llistat d'Xorg proporciona més de 40 controladors genèrics i lliures. Si tot i així encara no trobeu el controlador adequat, hi ha l'opció de fer servir el controlador vesa, que proporciona funcionalitats bàsiques."
+msgstr ""
+"El llistat d'Xorg proporciona més de 40 controladors genèrics i lliures. Si "
+"tot i així encara no trobeu el controlador adequat, hi ha l'opció de fer "
+"servir el controlador vesa, que proporciona funcionalitats bàsiques."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Tingueu en compte que si seleccioneu un controlador incompatible potser només teniu accés a la interfície de línia d'ordres."
+msgstr ""
+"Tingueu en compte que si seleccioneu un controlador incompatible potser "
+"només teniu accés a la interfície de línia d'ordres."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -689,30 +851,36 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Alguns fabricants de targetes de vídeo proporcionen controladors de propietat per a Linux, que només estan disponibles al dipòsit Nonfree o bé, en alguns casos, als llocs web dels fabricants."
+msgstr ""
+"Alguns fabricants de targetes de vídeo proporcionen controladors de "
+"propietat per a Linux, que només estan disponibles al dipòsit Nonfree o bé, "
+"en alguns casos, als llocs web dels fabricants."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Cal activar explícitament els dipòsits Nonfree per a poder-hi accedir. Si encara no ho heu fet, ho podreu fer després de la primera reinicialització."
+msgstr ""
+"Cal activar explícitament els dipòsits Nonfree per a poder-hi accedir. Si "
+"encara no ho heu fet, ho podreu fer després de la primera reinicialització."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuració de targeta gràfica i monitor"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -721,19 +889,30 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Sigui quin sigui l'entorn gràfic (també anomenat entorn d'escriptori) triat per a aquesta instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>, està basat en el sistema d'interfície gràfica d'usuari anomenat <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Per tant, perquè <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o qualsevol altre entorn funcioni bé, cal configurar correctament els següents paràmetres d'<acronym>X</acronym>. Si veieu que <application>DrakX</application> no ha pogut triar la configuració, o bé si penseu que no ho ha fet bé, corregiu-los."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Sigui quin sigui l'entorn gràfic (també anomenat entorn d'escriptori) triat "
+"per a aquesta instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>, està basat "
+"en el sistema d'interfície gràfica d'usuari anomenat <acronym>Sistema X "
+"Window</acronym>, o simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Per tant, perquè "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o "
+"qualsevol altre entorn funcioni bé, cal configurar correctament els següents "
+"paràmetres d'<acronym>X</acronym>. Si veieu que <application>DrakX</"
+"application> no ha pogut triar la configuració, o bé si penseu que no ho ha "
+"fet bé, corregiu-los."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Targeta gràfica</guibutton></emphasis>: si cal, trieu la vostra targeta de la llista."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Targeta gràfica</guibutton></emphasis>: si cal, trieu "
+"la vostra targeta de la llista."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -743,7 +922,12 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: podeu triar <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quan sigui possible, o bé trieu un monitor de la llista de <guilabel>Proveïdor</guilabel> o de <guilabel>Genèric</guilabel>. Trieu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si preferiu establir manualment les freqüències de refresc horitzontal i vertical del monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: podeu triar "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quan sigui possible, o bé trieu un monitor "
+"de la llista de <guilabel>Proveïdor</guilabel> o de <guilabel>Genèric</"
+"guilabel>. Trieu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si preferiu establir "
+"manualment les freqüències de refresc horitzontal i vertical del monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -755,7 +939,9 @@ msgstr "Freqüències de refresc incorrectes poden fer malbé el monitor"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolució</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí establiu la resolució i profunditat de color del monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolució</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí establiu la "
+"resolució i profunditat de color del monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -763,19 +949,28 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Prova</guibutton></emphasis>: el botó de prova no sempre apareix durant la instal·lació. Si hi surt i el pressioneu, podeu controlar els paràmetres. Si veieu una pregunta sobre si els paràmetres són correctes i premeu «sí», els paràmetres es desaran. Si no veieu cap pregunta, tornareu a la pantalla de configuració i ho podreu reconfigurar tot fins que la prova sigui correcta. <emphasis>Si el botó no està disponible, assegureu-vos que la configuració és conservadora</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Prova</guibutton></emphasis>: el botó de prova no "
+"sempre apareix durant la instal·lació. Si hi surt i el pressioneu, podeu "
+"controlar els paràmetres. Si veieu una pregunta sobre si els paràmetres són "
+"correctes i premeu «sí», els paràmetres es desaran. Si no veieu cap "
+"pregunta, tornareu a la pantalla de configuració i ho podreu reconfigurar "
+"tot fins que la prova sigui correcta. <emphasis>Si el botó no està "
+"disponible, assegureu-vos que la configuració és conservadora</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opcions</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí podeu triar activar o desactivar diverses opcions."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opcions</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí podeu triar "
+"activar o desactivar diverses opcions."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -787,7 +982,9 @@ msgstr "Tria del monitor"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX té una base de dades de monitors força completa i normalment identificarà correctament el vostre."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX té una base de dades de monitors força completa i normalment "
+"identificarà correctament el vostre."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -796,15 +993,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>La selecció d'un monitor amb característiques diferents podria fer malbé el monitor o el maquinari de vídeo. No intenteu res si no teniu clar què esteu fent.</emphasis> En cas de dubte és recomanable consultar la documentació del monitor"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>La selecció d'un monitor amb característiques diferents podria fer "
+"malbé el monitor o el maquinari de vídeo. No intenteu res si no teniu clar "
+"què esteu fent.</emphasis> En cas de dubte és recomanable consultar la "
+"documentació del monitor"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -815,10 +1019,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalitzat</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Aquesta opció us permet especificar dos paràmetres crítics, la freqüència de refresc vertical i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal. La freqüència de refresc vertical determina a quina freqüència es refresca la pantalla i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal determina a quina freqüència es mostren les línies."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta opció us permet especificar dos paràmetres crítics, la freqüència de "
+"refresc vertical i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal. La freqüència "
+"de refresc vertical determina a quina freqüència es refresca la pantalla i "
+"la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal determina a quina freqüència es "
+"mostren les línies."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -827,7 +1036,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "És <emphasis>MOLT IMPORTANT</emphasis> que no especifiqueu un tipus de monitor amb un rang de sincronismes que superi les capacitats del vostre monitor: podríeu fer-lo malbé. En cas de dubte, trieu una configuració conservadora i consulteu la documentació del monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"És <emphasis>MOLT IMPORTANT</emphasis> que no especifiqueu un tipus de "
+"monitor amb un rang de sincronismes que superi les capacitats del vostre "
+"monitor: podríeu fer-lo malbé. En cas de dubte, trieu una configuració "
+"conservadora i consulteu la documentació del monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -839,7 +1052,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Integració automàtica</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Aquesta és l'opció predeterminada i tracta d'establir el tipus de monitor a partir de la base de dades."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta és l'opció predeterminada i tracta d'establir el tipus de monitor a "
+"partir de la base de dades."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -851,7 +1066,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Proveïdor</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament el monitor i sabeu quin és, el podeu seleccionar de l'arbre:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament el monitor i sabeu quin és, el "
+"podeu seleccionar de l'arbre:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -872,11 +1089,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Genèric</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "Seleccionant aquest grup se us presentaran gairebé 30 configuracions de pantalles, per exemple 1024x768 @ 60Hz i inclou pantalles planes com les dels portàtils. Sovint aquest és un bon grup de selecció de monitors en cas que feu servir Vesa perquè el maquinari de vídeo no ha estat determinat automàticament. De nou, sigueu prudents en les vostres seleccions."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccionant aquest grup se us presentaran gairebé 30 configuracions de "
+"pantalles, per exemple 1024x768 @ 60Hz i inclou pantalles planes com les "
+"dels portàtils. Sovint aquest és un bon grup de selecció de monitors en cas "
+"que feu servir Vesa perquè el maquinari de vídeo no ha estat determinat "
+"automàticament. De nou, sigueu prudents en les vostres seleccions."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -886,47 +1108,64 @@ msgstr "Particionament personalitzat del disc amb DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Si voleu fer servir xifratge a la partició <literal>/</literal> assegureu-vos que teniu una partició <literal>/boot</literal> separada. Cal que l'opció de xifratge estigui deshabilitada per a la partició <literal>/boot</literal>. Si no, el sistema no arrencarà."
+msgstr ""
+"Si voleu fer servir xifratge a la partició <literal>/</literal> assegureu-"
+"vos que teniu una partició <literal>/boot</literal> separada. Cal que "
+"l'opció de xifratge estigui deshabilitada per a la partició <literal>/boot</"
+"literal>. Si no, el sistema no arrencarà."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Ajusteu aquí l'estructura dels discs. Podeu eliminar o bé crear particions, canviar el sistema de fitxers d'una partició, o bé canviar-ne la mida o, fins i tot, veure'n el contingut abans de començar."
+msgstr ""
+"Ajusteu aquí l'estructura dels discs. Podeu eliminar o bé crear particions, "
+"canviar el sistema de fitxers d'una partició, o bé canviar-ne la mida o, "
+"fins i tot, veure'n el contingut abans de començar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Hi ha una pestanya per a cada disc dur o altre dispositiu d'emmagatzematge detectats, com ara una clau de memòria USB. Per exemple, sda, sdb i sdc si n'hi ha tres."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Hi ha una pestanya per a cada disc dur o altre dispositiu d'emmagatzematge "
+"detectats, com ara una clau de memòria USB. Per exemple, sda, sdb i sdc si "
+"n'hi ha tres."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Premeu <guibutton>Neteja-ho tot</guibutton> per a eliminar totes les particions del dispositiu d'emmagatzematge seleccionat."
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Premeu <guibutton>Neteja-ho tot</guibutton> per a eliminar totes les "
+"particions del dispositiu d'emmagatzematge seleccionat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Per a totes les altres accions: cliqueu primer a la partició desitjada. Llavors inspeccioneu-la, o bé trieu-ne un sistema de fitxers i un punt de muntatge, redimensioneu-la, o bé elimineu-la."
+msgstr ""
+"Per a totes les altres accions: cliqueu primer a la partició desitjada. "
+"Llavors inspeccioneu-la, o bé trieu-ne un sistema de fitxers i un punt de "
+"muntatge, redimensioneu-la, o bé elimineu-la."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -949,21 +1188,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "En aquesta pantalla podeu veure en contingut del(s) disc(s) dur(s) i les propostes de l'auxiliar de particionament de DrakX sobre on instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"En aquesta pantalla podeu veure en contingut del(s) disc(s) dur(s) i les "
+"propostes de l'auxiliar de particionament de DrakX sobre on instal·lar "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Les opcions disponibles a la llista de sota poden variar en funció de la disposició i contingut del(s) vostre(s) disc(s) dur(s) en particular."
+msgstr ""
+"Les opcions disponibles a la llista de sota poden variar en funció de la "
+"disposició i contingut del(s) vostre(s) disc(s) dur(s) en particular."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -975,7 +1221,9 @@ msgstr "Utilitza les particions existents"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Si aquesta opció està disponible, vol dir que s'han trobat particions compatibles amb Linux i es podrien fer servir per a la instal·lació."
+msgstr ""
+"Si aquesta opció està disponible, vol dir que s'han trobat particions "
+"compatibles amb Linux i es podrien fer servir per a la instal·lació."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -985,9 +1233,11 @@ msgstr "Utilitza l'espai lliure"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Si teniu espai lliure al disc dur, aquesta opció l'aprofitarà per a la instal·lació de Mageia."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Si teniu espai lliure al disc dur, aquesta opció l'aprofitarà per a la "
+"instal·lació de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -997,9 +1247,11 @@ msgstr "Utilitza l'espai lliure en una partició Windows"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Si teniu espai lliure en una partició Windows existent, pot ser que l'instal·lador us proposi utilitzar-la."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Si teniu espai lliure en una partició Windows existent, pot ser que "
+"l'instal·lador us proposi utilitzar-la."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1007,7 +1259,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Aquesta és una bona manera de fer lloc per a la nova instal·lació de Mageia, però és una operació arriscada i per tant hauríeu d'estar segurs d'haver fet una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers importants."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta és una bona manera de fer lloc per a la nova instal·lació de Mageia, "
+"però és una operació arriscada i per tant hauríeu d'estar segurs d'haver fet "
+"una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers importants."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1018,7 +1273,14 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Tingueu en ment que això implica encongir la partició de Windows. La partició ha d'estar «neta», és a dir, Windows s'ha d'haver tancat correctament la darrera vegada que es va fer servir. També cal que hagi estat desfragmentada, tot i que això no és garantia que els fitxers de la partició hagin estat desplaçats fora de la regió que s'està a punt de fer servir. És altament recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers personals."
+msgstr ""
+"Tingueu en ment que això implica encongir la partició de Windows. La "
+"partició ha d'estar «neta», és a dir, Windows s'ha d'haver tancat "
+"correctament la darrera vegada que es va fer servir. També cal que hagi "
+"estat desfragmentada, tot i que això no és garantia que els fitxers de la "
+"partició hagin estat desplaçats fora de la regió que s'està a punt de fer "
+"servir. És altament recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers "
+"personals."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1033,7 +1295,8 @@ msgstr "Aquesta opció utilitzarà tota la unitat per a Mageia."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Nota! Això esborrarà TOTES les dades del disc dur seleccionat. Vigileu!"
+msgstr ""
+"Nota! Això esborrarà TOTES les dades del disc dur seleccionat. Vigileu!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1041,7 +1304,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Si teniu pensat fer servir part del disc per a alguna altra cosa, o bé ja teniu dades al disc que no voleu perdre, llavors no feu servir aquesta opció."
+msgstr ""
+"Si teniu pensat fer servir part del disc per a alguna altra cosa, o bé ja "
+"teniu dades al disc que no voleu perdre, llavors no feu servir aquesta opció."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1051,9 +1316,11 @@ msgstr "Personalitzat"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Aquesta opció us dóna control total sobre la localització de la instal·lació al(s) disc(s) dur(s)."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta opció us dóna control total sobre la localització de la instal·lació "
+"al(s) disc(s) dur(s)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1062,10 +1329,18 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Alguns discs nous fan servir ara sectors lògics de 4096 bytes, en lloc dels sectors lògics de 512 bytes, estàndards fins ara. Degut a la manca de maquinari disponible, l'eina de particionament utilitzada per l'instal·lador no s'ha pogut provar amb un dispositiu d'aquestes característiques. A més, alguns discs SSD fan servir actualment un bloc d'esborrament de més d'1MB. Si teniu algun d'aquests dispositius, us recomanem de fer un preparticionament del disc, utilitzant alguna eina de partionament alternativa, com ara gparted, i feu servir la configuració següent:"
+msgstr ""
+"Alguns discs nous fan servir ara sectors lògics de 4096 bytes, en lloc dels "
+"sectors lògics de 512 bytes, estàndards fins ara. Degut a la manca de "
+"maquinari disponible, l'eina de particionament utilitzada per l'instal·lador "
+"no s'ha pogut provar amb un dispositiu d'aquestes característiques. A més, "
+"alguns discs SSD fan servir actualment un bloc d'esborrament de més d'1MB. "
+"Si teniu algun d'aquests dispositius, us recomanem de fer un "
+"preparticionament del disc, utilitzant alguna eina de partionament "
+"alternativa, com ara gparted, i feu servir la configuració següent:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1081,7 +1356,9 @@ msgstr "\"Espai lliure que precedeix a (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Assegureu-vos també que totes les particions s'han creat amb un nombre parell de megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Assegureu-vos també que totes les particions s'han creat amb un nombre "
+"parell de megabytes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1098,8 +1375,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1122,10 +1398,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació."
+msgstr ""
+"No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest "
+"manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les "
+"decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1136,64 +1415,82 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota "
+"la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/"
+"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link ns6:href=\"http://"
+"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a "
+"millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Enhorabona"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Heu acabat d'instal·lar i configurar <application>Mageia</application> i ara és segur treure el suport d'instal·lació i arrencar de nou l'ordinador."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Heu acabat d'instal·lar i configurar <application>Mageia</application> i ara "
+"és segur treure el suport d'instal·lació i arrencar de nou l'ordinador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Després de l'arrencada, a la pantalla del carregador d'arrencada podeu triar entre els diversos sistemes operatius instal·lats (si n'hi ha més d'un)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Després de l'arrencada, a la pantalla del carregador d'arrencada podeu triar "
+"entre els diversos sistemes operatius instal·lats (si n'hi ha més d'un)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Si no heu ajustat la configuració del carregador d'arrencada, se seleccionarà automàticament la instal·lació Mageia i s'iniciarà."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no heu ajustat la configuració del carregador d'arrencada, se "
+"seleccionarà automàticament la instal·lació Mageia i s'iniciarà."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1205,43 +1502,53 @@ msgstr "Gaudiu!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Visiteu www.mageia.org si teniu algun dubte o voleu col·laborar amb Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Visiteu www.mageia.org si teniu algun dubte o voleu col·laborar amb Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formatació"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Aquí podeu triar les particions que voleu formatar. Es conservaran totes les dades de les particions que <emphasis>no</emphasis> estiguin marcades per a formatar."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu triar les particions que voleu formatar. Es conservaran totes les "
+"dades de les particions que <emphasis>no</emphasis> estiguin marcades per a "
+"formatar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Normalment cal formatar com a mínim les particions seleccionades per DrakX."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalment cal formatar com a mínim les particions seleccionades per DrakX."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Feu clic a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> per a triar les particions on voleu comprovar si hi ha <emphasis>blocs defectuosos</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Feu clic a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> per a triar les particions on "
+"voleu comprovar si hi ha <emphasis>blocs defectuosos</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1250,14 +1557,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Si no esteu segurs d'haver triar l'opció correcta, podeu clicar a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novament a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> i llavors a <guibutton>Personalitzat</guibutton> per a tornar a la pantalla principal. En aquella pantalla podreu visualitzar el contingut de les particions."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no esteu segurs d'haver triar l'opció correcta, podeu clicar a "
+"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novament a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> "
+"i llavors a <guibutton>Personalitzat</guibutton> per a tornar a la pantalla "
+"principal. En aquella pantalla podreu visualitzar el contingut de les "
+"particions."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Quan estigueu segur de la selecció cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> per a continuar."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Quan estigueu segur de la selecció cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> "
+"per a continuar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1270,14 +1584,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Tant si sou nou en GNU-Linux com si sou un usuari amb experiència, l'instal·lador de Mageia està dissenyat per a ajudar-vos a fer la instal·lació o actualització tan fàcil com sigui possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Tant si sou nou en GNU-Linux com si sou un usuari amb experiència, "
+"l'instal·lador de Mageia està dissenyat per a ajudar-vos a fer la "
+"instal·lació o actualització tan fàcil com sigui possible."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "La pantalla del menú inicial té diverses opcions, però l'opció predeterminada engegarà l'instal·lador, que normalment és tot el que cal."
+msgstr ""
+"La pantalla del menú inicial té diverses opcions, però l'opció "
+"predeterminada engegarà l'instal·lador, que normalment és tot el que cal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1297,9 +1616,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
@@ -1322,7 +1640,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1334,9 +1653,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
@@ -1351,7 +1670,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1410,7 +1730,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1428,7 +1749,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1442,7 +1764,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
@@ -1462,9 +1785,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1475,8 +1797,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1487,24 +1809,30 @@ msgstr "Els passos de la instal·lació"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "El procés d'instal·lació està dividit en un seguit de passos, que es poden veure en el plafó lateral de la pantalla."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"El procés d'instal·lació està dividit en un seguit de passos, que es poden "
+"veure en el plafó lateral de la pantalla."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Cada pas té una o més pantalles, que a la vegada poden tenir botons<guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> amb opcions suplementàries menys habituals."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada pas té una o més pantalles, que a la vegada poden tenir "
+"botons<guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> amb opcions suplementàries menys "
+"habituals."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "La majoria de les pantalles tenen un botó <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que dóna més explicacions sobre el pas actual."
+msgstr ""
+"La majoria de les pantalles tenen un botó <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que "
+"dóna més explicacions sobre el pas actual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1514,10 +1842,18 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Si en algun moment de la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible tornar a iniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho dues vegades abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una partició o les actualitzacions s'han començat a instal·lar, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat, i reiniciar-lo podria ben bé deixar-lo inservible. Si tot i això esteu ben segur de voler-lo reiniciar, aneu a un terminal de text prement alhora les tres tecles <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després premeu alhora <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete </guibutton> per a reiniciar."
+msgstr ""
+"Si en algun moment de la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible tornar "
+"a iniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho dues vegades abans de fer-ho. Un "
+"cop s'ha formatat una partició o les actualitzacions s'han començat a "
+"instal·lar, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat, i reiniciar-lo "
+"podria ben bé deixar-lo inservible. Si tot i això esteu ben segur de voler-"
+"lo reiniciar, aneu a un terminal de text prement alhora les tres tecles "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després premeu alhora <guibutton>Alt "
+"Ctrl Delete </guibutton> per a reiniciar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1529,24 +1865,26 @@ msgstr "Problemes en la instal·lació i possibles solucions"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Sense interfície gràfica"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Després de la pantalla inicial no arriba a la pàgina de selecció de la llengua. Això pot passar amb algunes targetes gràfiques de sistemes antics. Proveu a fer servir una resolució baixa, teclejant <code>vgalo</code> a la consola."
+msgstr ""
+"Després de la pantalla inicial no arriba a la pàgina de selecció de la "
+"llengua. Això pot passar amb algunes targetes gràfiques de sistemes antics. "
+"Proveu a fer servir una resolució baixa, teclejant <code>vgalo</code> a la "
+"consola."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1562,7 +1900,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Si el sistema sembla que es congela durant la instal·lació, pot ser degut a un problema en la detecció del maquinari. En aquest cas us podeu saltar la detecció automàtica i deixar-la per més tard. Per a provar-ho, teclegeu <code>noauto</code> a la consola. Si cal, aquesta opció es pot combinar amb d'altres."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el sistema sembla que es congela durant la instal·lació, pot ser degut a "
+"un problema en la detecció del maquinari. En aquest cas us podeu saltar la "
+"detecció automàtica i deixar-la per més tard. Per a provar-ho, teclegeu "
+"<code>noauto</code> a la consola. Si cal, aquesta opció es pot combinar amb "
+"d'altres."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1574,9 +1917,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Això rarament serà necessari, però en alguns casos pot ser que l'informe de maquinari indiqui la RAM disponible de forma errònia. Per a especificar-la manualment, podeu fer servir el paràmetre <code>mem=xxxM</code>, on xxx és la quantitat correcta de RAM. Per exemple, <code>mem=256M</code> significaria 256MB de RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Això rarament serà necessari, però en alguns casos pot ser que l'informe de "
+"maquinari indiqui la RAM disponible de forma errònia. Per a especificar-la "
+"manualment, podeu fer servir el paràmetre <code>mem=xxxM</code>, on xxx és "
+"la quantitat correcta de RAM. Per exemple, <code>mem=256M</code> "
+"significaria 256MB de RAM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1589,9 +1937,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1599,29 +1946,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Actualitzacions"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Des del llançament d'aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application> s'han actualitzat o millorat alguns paquets."
+msgstr ""
+"Des del llançament d'aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application> "
+"s'han actualitzat o millorat alguns paquets."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1629,7 +1976,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Trieu <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si voleu descarregar-los i instal·lar-los, trieu <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no ho voleu fer ara o si no teniu connexió a Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Trieu <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si voleu descarregar-los i instal·lar-los, "
+"trieu <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no ho voleu fer ara o si no teniu connexió "
+"a Internet"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1641,55 +1991,72 @@ msgstr "Llavors premeu <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> per a continuar."
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Selecció del suport (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Aquí teniu una llista de tots els dipòsits disponibles. No tots els dipòsits estan disponibles, depenent del suport que feu servir per a la instal·lació. La selecció dels dipòsits determina quins paquets es proposaran per a seleccionar durant els següents passos."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí teniu una llista de tots els dipòsits disponibles. No tots els dipòsits "
+"estan disponibles, depenent del suport que feu servir per a la instal·lació. "
+"La selecció dels dipòsits determina quins paquets es proposaran per a "
+"seleccionar durant els següents passos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "El dipòsit <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no pot ser deshabilitat perquè conté la base de la instal·lació."
+msgstr ""
+"El dipòsit <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no pot ser deshabilitat perquè conté la "
+"base de la instal·lació."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "El dipòsit <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclou paquets gratuïts, i per tant Mageia els pot distribuir, però contenen programari no lliure (d'aquí el nom - Nonfree). Per exemple, aquest dipòsit inclou pilots de propietat per a targetes gràfiques nVidia i ATI, microprogramari per a diverses targetes WiFi, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"El dipòsit <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclou paquets gratuïts, i per tant "
+"Mageia els pot distribuir, però contenen programari no lliure (d'aquí el nom "
+"- Nonfree). Per exemple, aquest dipòsit inclou pilots de propietat per a "
+"targetes gràfiques nVidia i ATI, microprogramari per a diverses targetes "
+"WiFi, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "El dipòsit <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclou paquets publicats sota una llicència lliure. El principal criteri per a posar-los en aquest dipòsit és que poden infringir patents o bé lleis de drets de còpia en alguns països. Per exemple, els còdecs necessaris per a reproduir diversos fitxers àudio/vídeo; paquets per a poder reproduir DVD de vídeo comercials, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"El dipòsit <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclou paquets publicats sota una "
+"llicència lliure. El principal criteri per a posar-los en aquest dipòsit és "
+"que poden infringir patents o bé lleis de drets de còpia en alguns països. "
+"Per exemple, els còdecs necessaris per a reproduir diversos fitxers àudio/"
+"vídeo; paquets per a poder reproduir DVD de vídeo comercials, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1700,9 +2067,12 @@ msgstr "Instal·lació mínima"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Podeu triar una instal·lació mínima desseleccionant-ho tot a la pantalla de selecció de grups de paquets. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Podeu triar una instal·lació mínima desseleccionant-ho tot a la pantalla de "
+"selecció de grups de paquets. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1711,14 +2081,21 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "La instal·lació mínima és per a aquelles persones que tenen en ment uns usos específics de <application>Mageia</application>, com ara un servidor o bé una estació de treball especialitzada. Probablement es farà servir aquesta opció combinada amb la Selecció Manual de Paquets, vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"La instal·lació mínima és per a aquelles persones que tenen en ment uns usos "
+"específics de <application>Mageia</application>, com ara un servidor o bé "
+"una estació de treball especialitzada. Probablement es farà servir aquesta "
+"opció combinada amb la Selecció Manual de Paquets, vegeu <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Si seleccioneu aquesta classe d'instal·lació, la pantalla següent us proposarà d'instal·lar alguns extres útils, com ara la documentació i les X."
+msgstr ""
+"Si seleccioneu aquesta classe d'instal·lació, la pantalla següent us "
+"proposarà d'instal·lar alguns extres útils, com ara la documentació i les X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1726,34 +2103,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Resum dels paràmetres diversos"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1762,7 +2142,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX ha fet unes tries adequades per a la configuració del sistema, en funció de les tries que heu fet i del maquinari detectat. Podeu comprovar aquí la configuració i canviar-la prement el botó <guibutton>Configura</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX ha fet unes tries adequades per a la configuració del sistema, en "
+"funció de les tries que heu fet i del maquinari detectat. Podeu comprovar "
+"aquí la configuració i canviar-la prement el botó <guibutton>Configura</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1778,9 +2162,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zona horària</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX us ha triat una zona horària basant-se en la llengua de preferència. Si cal la podeu canviar. Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX us ha triat una zona horària basant-se en la llengua de preferència. "
+"Si cal la podeu canviar. Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1792,7 +2178,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Regió</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Si no us trobeu al país seleccionat, és molt important que corregiu la configuració. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Si no us trobeu al país seleccionat, és molt important que corregiu la "
+"configuració. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1802,7 +2190,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Carregador d'arrencada</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:69
 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
-msgstr "DraxK ha fet una bona tria per a la configuració del carregador d'arrencada."
+msgstr ""
+"DraxK ha fet una bona tria per a la configuració del carregador d'arrencada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
@@ -1823,9 +2212,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestió d'usuaris</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Aquí podeu afegir usuaris suplementaris. Cadascun tindrà el seu propi directori <literal>/home</literal>."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu afegir usuaris suplementaris. Cadascun tindrà el seu propi "
+"directori <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1837,14 +2228,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Serveis</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Els serveis de sistema es refereixen a petits programes que corren en segon pla (dimonis). Aquesta eina us permet habilitar o deshabilitar determinades tasques."
+msgstr ""
+"Els serveis de sistema es refereixen a petits programes que corren en segon "
+"pla (dimonis). Aquesta eina us permet habilitar o deshabilitar determinades "
+"tasques."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Penseu-vos-ho bé abans de canviar res aquí - una errada podria fer que l'ordinador no funcionés correctament."
+msgstr ""
+"Penseu-vos-ho bé abans de canviar res aquí - una errada podria fer que "
+"l'ordinador no funcionés correctament."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
@@ -1866,7 +2262,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclat</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Aquí és on establiu o canvieu la disposició del teclat, que depèn de la vostra localització, llengua o tipus de teclat."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí és on establiu o canvieu la disposició del teclat, que depèn de la "
+"vostra localització, llengua o tipus de teclat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1878,7 +2276,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ratolí</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Aquí podeu afegir i configurar altres dispositius apuntadors, tauletes, ratolins de bola, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu afegir i configurar altres dispositius apuntadors, tauletes, "
+"ratolins de bola, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1888,10 +2288,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Targeta de so</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "L'instal·lador fa servir un controlador predeterminat, si n'hi ha un. L'opció de seleccionar un controlador diferent només apareix quan hi ha més d'un controlador per a la targeta, però cap d'ells és el predeterminat."
+msgstr ""
+"L'instal·lador fa servir un controlador predeterminat, si n'hi ha un. "
+"L'opció de seleccionar un controlador diferent només apareix quan hi ha més "
+"d'un controlador per a la targeta, però cap d'ells és el predeterminat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1900,9 +2303,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfície gràfica</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Aquesta secció us permet configurar la targeta gràfica i les pantalles."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquesta secció us permet configurar la targeta gràfica i les pantalles."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
@@ -1912,10 +2315,11 @@ msgstr "Per a més informació vegeu <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1934,14 +2338,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Podeu configurar aquí la xarxa, però per a les targetes de xarxa amb controladors no lliures, si encara no heu habilitat els dipòsits Nonfree, és millor fer-ho després de reiniciar, a l'aplicació <application>Centre de Control de Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Podeu configurar aquí la xarxa, però per a les targetes de xarxa amb "
+"controladors no lliures, si encara no heu habilitat els dipòsits Nonfree, és "
+"millor fer-ho després de reiniciar, a l'aplicació <application>Centre de "
+"Control de Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Quan afegiu una targeta de xarxa, no us oblideu de configurar el tallafoc perquè vigili també aquella interfície."
+msgstr ""
+"Quan afegiu una targeta de xarxa, no us oblideu de configurar el tallafoc "
+"perquè vigili també aquella interfície."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1954,14 +2364,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Un servidor intermediari actua entre l'ordinador i internet. Aquesta secció us permet configurar el vostre ordinador perquè utilitzi un servidor intermediari."
+msgstr ""
+"Un servidor intermediari actua entre l'ordinador i internet. Aquesta secció "
+"us permet configurar el vostre ordinador perquè utilitzi un servidor "
+"intermediari."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Potser heu de consultar l'administrador de sistemes per a obtenir els paràmetres que cal posar aquí"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Potser heu de consultar l'administrador de sistemes per a obtenir els "
+"paràmetres que cal posar aquí"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1976,9 +2391,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivell de seguretat</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Aquí podeu establir el nivell de seguretat de l'ordinador. La majoria de vegades la configuració predeterminada (Estàndard) és adequada per a un ús general."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí podeu establir el nivell de seguretat de l'ordinador. La majoria de "
+"vegades la configuració predeterminada (Estàndard) és adequada per a un ús "
+"general."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -1995,50 +2413,63 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tallafoc</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Un tallafoc actua de barrera entre les vostres dades importants i els espavilats que ronden per internet amb intenció de comprometre-les o robar-les."
+msgstr ""
+"Un tallafoc actua de barrera entre les vostres dades importants i els "
+"espavilats que ronden per internet amb intenció de comprometre-les o robar-"
+"les."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Seleccioneu els serveis als quals voleu poder accedir. Les seleccions dependran de l'ús que es vulgui donar a l'ordinador."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccioneu els serveis als quals voleu poder accedir. Les seleccions "
+"dependran de l'ús que es vulgui donar a l'ordinador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Tingueu present que permetre-ho tot (sense tallafoc) pot ser molt arriscat."
+msgstr ""
+"Tingueu present que permetre-ho tot (sense tallafoc) pot ser molt arriscat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Redimensiona la partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>"
+msgstr ""
+"Redimensiona la partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Teniu més d'una partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>. Trieu quina cal reduir per a fer lloc per a instal·lar "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Teniu més d'una partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Trieu quina cal reduir per a fer lloc per a instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Nivell de seguretat"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2056,7 +2487,10 @@ msgstr "Si no sabeu què triar, no toqueu les opcions predeterminades."
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Després de la instal·lació sempre és possible ajustar la configuració de seguretat a la part de <guilabel>Seguretat</guilabel> del Centre de Control de Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Després de la instal·lació sempre és possible ajustar la configuració de "
+"seguretat a la part de <guilabel>Seguretat</guilabel> del Centre de Control "
+"de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2083,8 +2517,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2098,14 +2532,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2116,30 +2548,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2151,30 +2579,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2184,31 +2608,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2218,21 +2638,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2242,8 +2659,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2253,8 +2669,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2269,23 +2684,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2293,8 +2706,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2304,8 +2716,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2325,25 +2736,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2372,29 +2783,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2419,9 +2830,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2457,8 +2867,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2466,83 +2876,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2577,16 +2975,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2594,15 +2991,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Seleccioneu país / regió"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2610,14 +3010,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Seleccioneu el país o la regió. Això és important per a tota mena de configuracions, com ara la moneda o el domini de regulació de la wifi. Si trieu un país equivocat potser no podeu fer anar la xarxa sense fils."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccioneu el país o la regió. Això és important per a tota mena de "
+"configuracions, com ara la moneda o el domini de regulació de la wifi. Si "
+"trieu un país equivocat potser no podeu fer anar la xarxa sense fils."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Si el vostre país no es troba a la llista, cliqueu a <guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> i trieu-hi el país o regió."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el vostre país no es troba a la llista, cliqueu a <guilabel>Altres "
+"països</guilabel> i trieu-hi el país o regió."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2626,7 +3031,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Si el vostre país es troba únicament dins de la llista d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel>, després de clicar <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> podria semblar que hi ha seleccionat un dels països de la primera llista. No en feu cas, DrakX respectarà la tria."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el vostre país es troba únicament dins de la llista d'<guilabel>Altres "
+"països</guilabel>, després de clicar <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> podria "
+"semblar que hi ha seleccionat un dels països de la primera llista. No en feu "
+"cas, DrakX respectarà la tria."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2637,14 +3046,23 @@ msgstr "Mètode d'entrada"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "A la pantalla d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> també podeu seleccionar un mètode d'entrada (al final de la llista). Els mètodes d'entrada permeten que els usuaris introdueixin caràcters multilingües (xinès, japonès, coreà, etc.). IBus és el mètode d'entrada predeterminat als DVDs de Mageia, i als Live-CD d'Àfrica/Índia i Àsia/no-Índia. Per a les localitzacions d'Àsia i Àfrica, s'establirà IBus com a mètode d'entrada predeterminat, perquè els usuaris no l'hagin de configurar manualment. Altres mètodes d'entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) també proporcionen funcionalitats similars i es poden instal·lar si heu afegit suports HTTP/FTP abans de la selecció de paquets."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"A la pantalla d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> també podeu seleccionar "
+"un mètode d'entrada (al final de la llista). Els mètodes d'entrada permeten "
+"que els usuaris introdueixin caràcters multilingües (xinès, japonès, coreà, "
+"etc.). IBus és el mètode d'entrada predeterminat als DVDs de Mageia, i als "
+"Live-CD d'Àfrica/Índia i Àsia/no-Índia. Per a les localitzacions d'Àsia i "
+"Àfrica, s'establirà IBus com a mètode d'entrada predeterminat, perquè els "
+"usuaris no l'hagin de configurar manualment. Altres mètodes d'entrada (SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc.) també proporcionen funcionalitats similars i es poden "
+"instal·lar si heu afegit suports HTTP/FTP abans de la selecció de paquets."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2652,7 +3070,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Si durant la instal·lació us heu oblidat de configurar el mètode d'entrada, hi podeu accedir després de reiniciar el sistema, mitjançant «Configura l'ordinador»  -&gt; «Sistema», o bé executant localdrake com a usuari primari."
+msgstr ""
+"Si durant la instal·lació us heu oblidat de configurar el mètode d'entrada, "
+"hi podeu accedir després de reiniciar el sistema, mitjançant «Configura "
+"l'ordinador»  -&gt; «Sistema», o bé executant localdrake com a usuari "
+"primari."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2662,9 +3084,11 @@ msgstr "Instal·la o actualitza"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2675,7 +3099,9 @@ msgstr "Instal·la"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Utilitzeu aquesta opció per a una nova instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilitzeu aquesta opció per a una nova instal·lació de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2688,7 +3114,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Si teniu una o més instal·lacions de <application>Mageia</application> en el sistema, l'instal·lador us permetrà actualitzar-ne una a la darrera versió."
+msgstr ""
+"Si teniu una o més instal·lacions de <application>Mageia</application> en el "
+"sistema, l'instal·lador us permetrà actualitzar-ne una a la darrera versió."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2696,31 +3124,48 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Només s'ha provat completament l'actualització a partir d'una versió de Mageia que <emphasis>encara fos compatible</emphasis> en el moment de publicació d'aquesta versió. Si partiu d'una versió de Mageia que hagués arribat a la fi de vida quan es va publicar aquesta, llavors és molt millor fer una instal·lació neta, conservant la partició <literal>/home</literal>."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Només s'ha provat completament l'actualització a partir d'una versió de "
+"Mageia que <emphasis>encara fos compatible</emphasis> en el moment de "
+"publicació d'aquesta versió. Si partiu d'una versió de Mageia que hagués "
+"arribat a la fi de vida quan es va publicar aquesta, llavors és molt millor "
+"fer una instal·lació neta, conservant la partició <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Si durant la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible reiniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho bé abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una partició o bé s'han començat a instal·lar les actualitzacions, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat de partida, i el fet de reiniciar-lo podria fer que l'ordinador ja no es pogués fer servir. Si, tot i així, esteu molt segurs del que voleu, aneu a una terminal de text prement alhora <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després, premeu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> alhora per a reiniciar."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Si durant la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible reiniciar "
+"l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho bé abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una "
+"partició o bé s'han començat a instal·lar les actualitzacions, l'ordinador "
+"ja no es troba en el mateix estat de partida, i el fet de reiniciar-lo "
+"podria fer que l'ordinador ja no es pogués fer servir. Si, tot i així, esteu "
+"molt segurs del que voleu, aneu a una terminal de text prement alhora "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després, premeu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl "
+"Delete</guibutton> alhora per a reiniciar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Si us adoneu que us heu oblidat de seleccionar una llengua addicional, podeu tornar des de la pantalla «Instal·la o actualitza» cap a la pantalla de selecció de llengua prement <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inici</guilabel>. <emphasis>No</emphasis> ho feu més endavant en la instal·lació."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Si us adoneu que us heu oblidat de seleccionar una llengua addicional, podeu "
+"tornar des de la pantalla «Instal·la o actualitza» cap a la pantalla de "
+"selecció de llengua prement <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inici</guilabel>. "
+"<emphasis>No</emphasis> ho feu més endavant en la instal·lació."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2732,43 +3177,61 @@ msgstr "Teclat"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX selecciona el teclat adequat per a la vostra llengua. Si no en troba cap, triarà la disposició de teclat US."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selecciona el teclat adequat per a la vostra llengua. Si no en troba "
+"cap, triarà la disposició de teclat US."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Assegureu-vos que la selecció és correcta o seleccioneu una altra disposició de teclat. Si no sabeu quina disposició té el vostre teclat, mireu a les especificacions lliurades amb el vostre sistema, o bé pregunteu-ho al proveïdor. Fins i tot pot ser que hi hagi una etiqueta al teclat que n'identifiqui la disposició. També podeu mirar aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats\"> ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Assegureu-vos que la selecció és correcta o seleccioneu una altra disposició "
+"de teclat. Si no sabeu quina disposició té el vostre teclat, mireu a les "
+"especificacions lliurades amb el vostre sistema, o bé pregunteu-ho al "
+"proveïdor. Fins i tot pot ser que hi hagi una etiqueta al teclat que "
+"n'identifiqui la disposició. També podeu mirar aquí: <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats\"> ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Mapes_de_teclats</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Si el vostre teclat no apareix a la llista mostrada, cliqueu a <guibutton>Més </guibutton> per a obtenir la llista completa, i seleccioneu-hi el teclat."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el vostre teclat no apareix a la llista mostrada, cliqueu a "
+"<guibutton>Més </guibutton> per a obtenir la llista completa, i seleccioneu-"
+"hi el teclat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Un cop triat el teclat al diàleg de <guibutton>Més</guibutton>, tornareu al diàleg original de selecció de teclat, i semblarà que hagueu triat un dels teclats que hi apareixen. Podeu ignorar tranquil·lament aquesta anomalia i continuar amb la instal·lació: el teclat que val és el que heu triat a la llista completa."
+msgstr ""
+"Un cop triat el teclat al diàleg de <guibutton>Més</guibutton>, tornareu al "
+"diàleg original de selecció de teclat, i semblarà que hagueu triat un dels "
+"teclats que hi apareixen. Podeu ignorar tranquil·lament aquesta anomalia i "
+"continuar amb la instal·lació: el teclat que val és el que heu triat a la "
+"llista completa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2776,7 +3239,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Si trieu un teclat basat en caràcters no llatins, veureu una pantalla addicional amb un diàleg que us preguntarà com preferiu alternar entre les disposicions de teclat llatines i no llatines."
+msgstr ""
+"Si trieu un teclat basat en caràcters no llatins, veureu una pantalla "
+"addicional amb un diàleg que us preguntarà com preferiu alternar entre les "
+"disposicions de teclat llatines i no llatines."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2789,38 +3255,52 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Seleccioneu la llengua preferida, desplegant primer la llista corresponent al vostre continent. <application>Mageia</application> farà servir aquesta selecció durant la instal·lació i per al sistema instal·lat."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccioneu la llengua preferida, desplegant primer la llista corresponent "
+"al vostre continent. <application>Mageia</application> farà servir aquesta "
+"selecció durant la instal·lació i per al sistema instal·lat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Si és probable que us calguin diverses llengües instal·lades al sistema, tant per un o diversos usuaris, hauríeu de fer servir el botó  <guibutton>Múltiples llengües</guibutton> i afegir-les ara. Serà difícil afegir-les un cop feta la instal·lació."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Si és probable que us calguin diverses llengües instal·lades al sistema, "
+"tant per un o diversos usuaris, hauríeu de fer servir el botó  "
+"<guibutton>Múltiples llengües</guibutton> i afegir-les ara. Serà difícil "
+"afegir-les un cop feta la instal·lació."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Encara que trieu més d'una llengua, n'heu de triar una com a llengua de preferència a la pantalla de primera llengua. També es marcarà com a escollida a la pantalla de múltiples llengües."
+msgstr ""
+"Encara que trieu més d'una llengua, n'heu de triar una com a llengua de "
+"preferència a la pantalla de primera llengua. També es marcarà com a "
+"escollida a la pantalla de múltiples llengües."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Si la llengua del vostre teclat no es correspon amb la llengua preferida, llavors és recomanable instal·lar també la llengua del vostre teclat."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la llengua del vostre teclat no es correspon amb la llengua preferida, "
+"llavors és recomanable instal·lar també la llengua del vostre teclat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2828,141 +3308,188 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia té la codificació UTF-8 (Unicode) com a predeterminada. Es pot deshabilitar a la pantalla «múltiples llengües» si sabeu que no cal per a la vostra llengua. La desactivació d'UTF-8 s'aplica a totes les llengües instal·lades."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia té la codificació UTF-8 (Unicode) com a predeterminada. Es pot "
+"deshabilitar a la pantalla «múltiples llengües» si sabeu que no cal per a la "
+"vostra llengua. La desactivació d'UTF-8 s'aplica a totes les llengües "
+"instal·lades."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Podeu canviar la llengua del sistema després de la instal·lació, al Centre de Control de Mageia --&gt; Sistema --&gt; Gestiona la localització del sistema."
+msgstr ""
+"Podeu canviar la llengua del sistema després de la instal·lació, al Centre "
+"de Control de Mageia --&gt; Sistema --&gt; Gestiona la localització del "
+"sistema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Seleccioneu el ratolí"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Si no us agrada com respon el ratolí, aquí en podeu seleccionar un altre."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no us agrada com respon el ratolí, aquí en podeu seleccionar un altre."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Normalment, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Qualsevol ratolí PS/2 i USB</guilabel> és la millor tria."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalment, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Qualsevol ratolí PS/2 "
+"i USB</guilabel> és la millor tria."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Seleccioneu <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Força evdev</guilabel> per a configurar els botons que no funcionen en un ratolí de sis botons o més."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccioneu <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Força evdev</"
+"guilabel> per a configurar els botons que no funcionen en un ratolí de sis "
+"botons o més."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Afegeix o modifica una entrada al menú d'arrencada"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Podeu afegir una entrada o modificar la que heu triat, prement el botó adequat a la pantalla de <emphasis>Configuració de l'arrencada</emphasis> i editant la pantalla que hi apareix."
+msgstr ""
+"Podeu afegir una entrada o modificar la que heu triat, prement el botó "
+"adequat a la pantalla de <emphasis>Configuració de l'arrencada</emphasis> i "
+"editant la pantalla que hi apareix."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Algunes coses que es poden fer sense perill són canviar l'etiqueta d'una entrada i marcar la casella per a fer-la predeterminada."
+msgstr ""
+"Algunes coses que es poden fer sense perill són canviar l'etiqueta d'una "
+"entrada i marcar la casella per a fer-la predeterminada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Podeu afegir el número de versió d'una entrada, o bé reanomenar-la completament."
+msgstr ""
+"Podeu afegir el número de versió d'una entrada, o bé reanomenar-la "
+"completament."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "L'entrada predeterminada és aquella que es farà servir si no es fa cap selecció mentre el sistema està arrencant."
+msgstr ""
+"L'entrada predeterminada és aquella que es farà servir si no es fa cap "
+"selecció mentre el sistema està arrencant."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "L'edició d'altres coses us pot deixar amb un sistema que no pot arrencar. No proveu altres coses si no sabeu què esteu fent."
+msgstr ""
+"L'edició d'altres coses us pot deixar amb un sistema que no pot arrencar. No "
+"proveu altres coses si no sabeu què esteu fent."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Opcions principals del menú d'arrencada"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Si preferiu una configuració del carregador d'arrencada diferent de la que ha estat triada automàticament, la podeu canviar aquí."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Si preferiu una configuració del carregador d'arrencada diferent de la que "
+"ha estat triada automàticament, la podeu canviar aquí."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Potser ja teniu un altre sistema operatiu a l'ordinador. En aquest cas, heu de decidir si voleu afegir Mageia al carregador d'arrencada existent, o bé permetre a Mageia que en creï un de nou."
+msgstr ""
+"Potser ja teniu un altre sistema operatiu a l'ordinador. En aquest cas, heu "
+"de decidir si voleu afegir Mageia al carregador d'arrencada existent, o bé "
+"permetre a Mageia que en creï un de nou."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2981,14 +3508,20 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Per defecte, Mageia escriu un nou carregador d'arrencada GRUB (antic) a l'MBR (Master Boot Record) de la primera unitat de disc dur. Si ja teniu altres sistemes operatius instal·lats, Mageia provarà d'afegir-los al nou menú d'arrencada de Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Per defecte, Mageia escriu un nou carregador d'arrencada GRUB (antic) a "
+"l'MBR (Master Boot Record) de la primera unitat de disc dur. Si ja teniu "
+"altres sistemes operatius instal·lats, Mageia provarà d'afegir-los al nou "
+"menú d'arrencada de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia també ofereix GRUB2 com a carregador d'arrencada opcional, a més de l'antic GRUB i Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia també ofereix GRUB2 com a carregador d'arrencada opcional, a més de "
+"l'antic GRUB i Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -2996,14 +3529,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Els sistemes Linux que fan servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2 no estan admesos actualment per GRUB (antic) i no seran reconeguts si es fa servir el carregador d'arrencada predeterminat GRUB."
+msgstr ""
+"Els sistemes Linux que fan servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2 no estan "
+"admesos actualment per GRUB (antic) i no seran reconeguts si es fa servir el "
+"carregador d'arrencada predeterminat GRUB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Aquí la millor solució és fer servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2, que està disponible a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí la millor solució és fer servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2, que "
+"està disponible a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3014,41 +3552,57 @@ msgstr "Ús d'un carregador d'arrencada existent"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Si decidiu fer servir un carregador d'arrencada existent llavors haureu de pensar a fer ATURA a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació, i clicar el botó de <guibutton>Configuració</guibutton> del carregador d'arrencada, que us permetrà canviar-ne la localització."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Si decidiu fer servir un carregador d'arrencada existent llavors haureu de "
+"pensar a fer ATURA a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació, i clicar el "
+"botó de <guibutton>Configuració</guibutton> del carregador d'arrencada, que "
+"us permetrà canviar-ne la localització."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "No seleccioneu un dispositiu, com ara «sda», o se sobreescriurà l'MBR existent. Heu de seleccionar la partició arrel que heu triat durant la fase prèvia de particionament, per exemple sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"No seleccioneu un dispositiu, com ara «sda», o se sobreescriurà l'MBR "
+"existent. Heu de seleccionar la partició arrel que heu triat durant la fase "
+"prèvia de particionament, per exemple sda7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
-msgstr "Perquè quedi clar, sda és un dispositiu, mentre que sda7 n'és una partició."
+msgstr ""
+"Perquè quedi clar, sda és un dispositiu, mentre que sda7 n'és una partició."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Aneu a tty2 amb Ctrl+Alt+F2 i escriviu <literal>df</literal> per a comprovar on és la partició <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 us torna a la pantalla d'instal·lació."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Aneu a tty2 amb Ctrl+Alt+F2 i escriviu <literal>df</literal> per a comprovar "
+"on és la partició <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 us torna a la "
+"pantalla d'instal·lació."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "El procediment exacte per a afegir Mageia a un carregador d'arrencada ja existent està fora de l'abast d'aquesta ajuda, tot i que normalment implicarà executar el programa d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada en qüestió, que el detectarà i afegirà automàticament. Vegeu la documentació del sistema operatiu corresponent."
+msgstr ""
+"El procediment exacte per a afegir Mageia a un carregador d'arrencada ja "
+"existent està fora de l'abast d'aquesta ajuda, tot i que normalment "
+"implicarà executar el programa d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada en "
+"qüestió, que el detectarà i afegirà automàticament. Vegeu la documentació "
+"del sistema operatiu corresponent."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3059,66 +3613,76 @@ msgstr "Opció avançada del carregador d'arrencada"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Si l'espai de disc per a la partició <literal>/</literal> que conté <literal>/tmp</literal> és molt limitat, cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i marqueu la casella <guilabel>Neteja /tmp en cada arrencada</guilabel>. Això ajudarà a mantenir espai lliure."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'espai de disc per a la partició <literal>/</literal> que conté "
+"<literal>/tmp</literal> és molt limitat, cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</"
+"guibutton> i marqueu la casella <guilabel>Neteja /tmp en cada arrencada</"
+"guilabel>. Això ajudarà a mantenir espai lliure."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Configuració SCSI"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX acostuma a detectar correctament els discs durs. Amb alguns controladors SCSI antics, potser no és capaç de determinar correctament els controladors que cal fer servir, i per tant no pot reconèixer el disc."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX acostuma a detectar correctament els discs durs. Amb alguns "
+"controladors SCSI antics, potser no és capaç de determinar correctament els "
+"controladors que cal fer servir, i per tant no pot reconèixer el disc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Si passa això, caldrà indicar manualment a DrakX quins són els discs SCSI."
+msgstr ""
+"Si passa això, caldrà indicar manualment a DrakX quins són els discs SCSI."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
-msgstr "Llavors DrakX hauria de ser capaç de configurar els discs correctament."
+msgstr ""
+"Llavors DrakX hauria de ser capaç de configurar els discs correctament."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:11
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuració del so"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3126,7 +3690,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "En aquesta pantalla es mostra el nom del controlador que l'instal·lador ha triat per a la targeta de so, que serà el predeterminat si n'hi ha un."
+msgstr ""
+"En aquesta pantalla es mostra el nom del controlador que l'instal·lador ha "
+"triat per a la targeta de so, que serà el predeterminat si n'hi ha un."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3136,16 +3702,25 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "El controlador predeterminat hauria de funcionar sense problemes. Tot i així, si després de la instal·lació trobeu algun problema, executeu <command>draksound</command> o bé inicieu aquesta eina des de l'MCC (Centre de Control de Mageia), triant la pestanya <guilabel>Maquinari</guilabel> i clicant a<guilabel>Configuració del so</guilabel> a la part superior dreta de la pantalla."
+msgstr ""
+"El controlador predeterminat hauria de funcionar sense problemes. Tot i "
+"així, si després de la instal·lació trobeu algun problema, executeu "
+"<command>draksound</command> o bé inicieu aquesta eina des de l'MCC (Centre "
+"de Control de Mageia), triant la pestanya <guilabel>Maquinari</guilabel> i "
+"clicant a<guilabel>Configuració del so</guilabel> a la part superior dreta "
+"de la pantalla."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Llavors, a la pantalla de l'eina draksound o «Configuració del so», cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i després a <guibutton>Solució de problemes</guibutton> per a trobar consells molt útils per a resoldre el problema."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Llavors, a la pantalla de l'eina draksound o «Configuració del so», cliqueu "
+"a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i després a <guibutton>Solució de "
+"problemes</guibutton> per a trobar consells molt útils per a resoldre el "
+"problema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3158,44 +3733,54 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Clicar a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> en aquesta pantalla durant la instal·lació és útil si no hi ha cap controlador predeterminat i n'hi ha diversos de disponibles, però creieu que l'instal·lador n'ha seleccionat un d'equivocat."
+msgstr ""
+"Clicar a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> en aquesta pantalla durant la "
+"instal·lació és útil si no hi ha cap controlador predeterminat i n'hi ha "
+"diversos de disponibles, però creieu que l'instal·lador n'ha seleccionat un "
+"d'equivocat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "En aquest cas podeu seleccionar un controlador diferent després de fer clic a <guibutton>Deixa'm triar un controlador</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"En aquest cas podeu seleccionar un controlador diferent després de fer clic "
+"a <guibutton>Deixa'm triar un controlador</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Confirmeu el disc dur que es formatarà"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Cliqueu a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs sobre la tria."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliqueu a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs sobre la tria."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> si esteu segur i voleu esborrar totes les particions, tots els sistemes operatius i totes les dades del disc."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> si esteu segur i voleu esborrar "
+"totes les particions, tots els sistemes operatius i totes les dades del disc."
diff --git a/docs/installer/cs.po b/docs/installer/cs.po
index 94227966..7cc663ee 100644
--- a/docs/installer/cs.po
+++ b/docs/installer/cs.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Jiří Vírava <appukonrad@gmail.com>, 2013-2014
 # Jiří Vírava <appukonrad@gmail.com>, 2013
@@ -10,14 +10,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-22 06:30+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jiří Vírava <appukonrad@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Czech (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/cs/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Czech (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"cs/)\n"
+"Language: cs\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: cs\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -28,9 +29,11 @@ msgstr "Licence a Poznámky k vydání"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -40,31 +43,40 @@ msgstr "Licenční ujednání"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Před instalací <application>Magei</application>, si pečlivě přečtěte licenční podmínky a ustanovení."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Před instalací <application>Magei</application>, si pečlivě přečtěte "
+"licenční podmínky a ustanovení."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Tyto podmínky a ujednání se vztahují na celou distribuci <application>Mageia</application>, dříve než budete moci pokračovat, musí být přijaty."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Tyto podmínky a ujednání se vztahují na celou distribuci "
+"<application>Mageia</application>, dříve než budete moci pokračovat, musí "
+"být přijaty."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Chcete-li je přijmout, jednoduše vyberte <guilabel>Přijmout</guilabel> a poté klikněte na <guibutton>Další</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Chcete-li je přijmout, jednoduše vyberte <guilabel>Přijmout</guilabel> a "
+"poté klikněte na <guibutton>Další</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Pokud se rozhodnete nepřijmout tyto podmínky, pak vám děkujeme za nahlédnutí. Kliknutím na <guibutton>Ukončit</guibutton> se restartuje počítač."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud se rozhodnete nepřijmout tyto podmínky, pak vám děkujeme za "
+"nahlédnutí. Kliknutím na <guibutton>Ukončit</guibutton> se restartuje "
+"počítač."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -76,7 +88,9 @@ msgstr "Poznámky k vydání"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Chcete-li zjistit, co je nového v této verzi <application>Mageia</application>, klikněte na tlačítko <guibutton>Poznámky k vydání </guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Chcete-li zjistit, co je nového v této verzi <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, klikněte na tlačítko <guibutton>Poznámky k vydání </guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -89,27 +103,32 @@ msgstr "cs"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Výběr zdroje (Nastavení doplňkových instalačních zdojů)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Tato obrazovka vám dává seznam již rozeznaných úložišť. Můžete přidat další zdroje balíčků, jako je optický disk nebo vzdálené zdroje. Výběr zdroje určuje, ten který bude dostupný v průběhu následujících kroků pro výběr balíčků."
+msgstr ""
+"Tato obrazovka vám dává seznam již rozeznaných úložišť. Můžete přidat další "
+"zdroje balíčků, jako je optický disk nebo vzdálené zdroje. Výběr zdroje "
+"určuje, ten který bude dostupný v průběhu následujících kroků pro výběr "
+"balíčků."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -129,38 +148,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Výbrat zrcadlo nebo zadat adresu URL (první vstup). Výběrem některého ze zrcadel, budete mít přístup k nabídkám všech úložišť spravovaných Mageia, jako je Nonfree, Tainted a také k aktualizacím. Pomocí URL, můžete určit konkrétní úložiště nebo vlastní instalaci NFS."
+msgstr ""
+"Výbrat zrcadlo nebo zadat adresu URL (první vstup). Výběrem některého ze "
+"zrcadel, budete mít přístup k nabídkám všech úložišť spravovaných Mageia, "
+"jako je Nonfree, Tainted a také k aktualizacím. Pomocí URL, můžete určit "
+"konkrétní úložiště nebo vlastní instalaci NFS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Správa uživatele  a supruživatele"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -172,8 +193,8 @@ msgstr "Nastavení hesla správce (uživetele root):"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
@@ -185,7 +206,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Všechna hesla jsou závislá na velikosti písmen; nejlepší je použít kombinaci písmen (velkých a malých), čísel a ostatních znaků."
+msgstr ""
+"Všechna hesla jsou závislá na velikosti písmen; nejlepší je použít kombinaci "
+"písmen (velkých a malých), čísel a ostatních znaků."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -212,15 +235,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Skutečné jméno</guilabel>: Vložte uživatelům do tohoto textového pole skutečné jméno."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Skutečné jméno</guilabel>: Vložte uživatelům do tohoto textového "
+"pole skutečné jméno."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Přihlašovací jméno</guilabel>: Zde můžete zadat uživatelské přihlašovací jméno, nebo nechat instalační program pokusit se použít skutečné jméno uživatelů. <emphasis>Přihlašovací jméno je citlivé na velikost písmen.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Přihlašovací jméno</guilabel>: Zde můžete zadat uživatelské "
+"přihlašovací jméno, nebo nechat instalační program pokusit se použít "
+"skutečné jméno uživatelů. <emphasis>Přihlašovací jméno je citlivé na "
+"velikost písmen.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -228,22 +257,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Heslo</guilabel>: V tomto textovém poli je třeba zadat uživatelské heslo. K dispozici je nápověda na konci textového pole, které udává sílu hesla. (viz také <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Heslo</guilabel>: V tomto textovém poli je třeba zadat uživatelské "
+"heslo. K dispozici je nápověda na konci textového pole, které udává sílu "
+"hesla. (viz také <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Heslo (znovu)</guilabel>: Znovu zadejte do tohoto textového pole heslo uživatele a drakx zkontroluje, zda máte stejné heslo v každém z textových polí pro uživatelské heslo."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Heslo (znovu)</guilabel>: Znovu zadejte do tohoto textového pole "
+"heslo uživatele a drakx zkontroluje, zda máte stejné heslo v každém z "
+"textových polí pro uživatelské heslo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Každý uživatel, kterého přidáte během instalace Mageia bude mít pro svět čitelný (ale chráněný proti zápisu) domovský adresář."
+msgstr ""
+"Každý uživatel, kterého přidáte během instalace Mageia bude mít pro svět "
+"čitelný (ale chráněný proti zápisu) domovský adresář."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -258,7 +295,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Pokud nechcete čitelný domovský adresář pro každého, je doporučeno přidat nyní pouze dočasné uživatele a přidat ty pravé až po restartu."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud nechcete čitelný domovský adresář pro každého, je doporučeno přidat "
+"nyní pouze dočasné uživatele a přidat ty pravé až po restartu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -322,8 +361,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -331,27 +370,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Zvolte si přípojné body"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -359,38 +398,47 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Zde vidíte Linuxové oddíly, které byly nalezeny na vašem počítači. Pokud nesouhlasíte s návrhem <application>DrakX</application>, můžete přípojné body změnit."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde vidíte Linuxové oddíly, které byly nalezeny na vašem počítači. Pokud "
+"nesouhlasíte s návrhem <application>DrakX</application>, můžete přípojné "
+"body změnit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Máte-li cokoliv ke změně, ujistěte se, že máte stále <literal>/</literal> kořenový oddíl (root)."
+msgstr ""
+"Máte-li cokoliv ke změně, ujistěte se, že máte stále <literal>/</literal> "
+"kořenový oddíl (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Každý oddíl je zobrazen takto: \"Zařízení\" (\"Kapacita\", \"Přípojný bod\", \"Typ\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Každý oddíl je zobrazen takto: \"Zařízení\" (\"Kapacita\", \"Přípojný bod\", "
+"\"Typ\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Zařízení\", se skládá z \"pevného disku\", [\"číslo disku\" (písmeno)], \"číslo oddílu\" (například \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Zařízení\", se skládá z \"pevného disku\", [\"číslo disku\" (písmeno)], "
+"\"číslo oddílu\" (například \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -411,9 +459,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -424,9 +472,11 @@ msgstr "Výběr pracovního prostředí"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "V závislosti na vašem výběru zde, vám můžou být nabídnuty další obrazovky pro jemné doladění vaší volby."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"V závislosti na vašem výběru zde, vám můžou být nabídnuty další obrazovky "
+"pro jemné doladění vaší volby."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -441,7 +491,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -460,14 +512,15 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Výběr skupiny balíčků"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -498,13 +551,15 @@ msgstr "Grafické prostředí."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Individuální výběr balíčků: Tuto možnost můžete použít pro ruční přidání nebo odebrání balíčků."
+msgstr ""
+"Individuální výběr balíčků: Tuto možnost můžete použít pro ruční přidání "
+"nebo odebrání balíčků."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -512,30 +567,32 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Výběr jednotlivých balíčků"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Zde můžete přidávat nebo odebírat všechny doplňkové balíčky pro přizpůsobení instalace."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Zde můžete přidávat nebo odebírat všechny doplňkové balíčky pro přizpůsobení "
+"instalace."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -543,28 +600,30 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Nastavení služeb"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
 msgstr "Zde si můžete nastavit, jaké služby (ne)spuštět při zavádění systému."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -589,36 +648,45 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Nastavení časového pásma"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Vyberte si časové pásmo výběrem vaší zememě nebo nejbližší město ve stejném časovém pásmu."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Vyberte si časové pásmo výběrem vaší zememě nebo nejbližší město ve stejném "
+"časovém pásmu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "V dalším okně si můžete vybrat nastavení hardwarových hodin na místní čas a GMT, také známý jako UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"V dalším okně si můžete vybrat nastavení hardwarových hodin na místní čas a "
+"GMT, také známý jako UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Pokud máte na vašem počítači více než jeden operační systém, ujistěte se, že jsou všechny nastaveny na místní čas, nebo všichny na UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud máte na vašem počítači více než jeden operační systém, ujistěte se, že "
+"jsou všechny nastaveny na místní čas, nebo všichny na UTC/GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -628,24 +696,31 @@ msgstr "Výběr X Serveru (Konfigurace vaší grafické karty)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX má velmi rozsáhlou databázi grafických karet a obvykle video zařízení identifikuje správně."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX má velmi rozsáhlou databázi grafických karet a obvykle video zařízení "
+"identifikuje správně."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Pokud není vaše grafická karta rozpoznána instalačním programem správně a víte, jakou kartu máte, můžete ji vybrat ze stromu:"
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud není vaše grafická karta rozpoznána instalačním programem správně a "
+"víte, jakou kartu máte, můžete ji vybrat ze stromu:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -668,7 +743,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Pokud nemůžete najít svou kartu v seznamech dodavatelů (protože ještě není v databázi, nebo je to starší karta) můžete najít vhodný ovladač v kategorii Xorg"
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud nemůžete najít svou kartu v seznamech dodavatelů (protože ještě není v "
+"databázi, nebo je to starší karta) můžete najít vhodný ovladač v kategorii "
+"Xorg"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -676,14 +754,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "Seznam Xorg poskytuje více než 40 obecných a open source ovladačů grafických karet. Pokud stále nemůžete najít název ovladače pro kartu, existuje možnost použití VESA ovladač, který poskytuje základní možnosti."
+msgstr ""
+"Seznam Xorg poskytuje více než 40 obecných a open source ovladačů grafických "
+"karet. Pokud stále nemůžete najít název ovladače pro kartu, existuje možnost "
+"použití VESA ovladač, který poskytuje základní možnosti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Uvědomte si, že pokud vyberete nekompatibilní ovladač, můžete mít přístup pouze k rozhhraní příkazové řádky."
+msgstr ""
+"Uvědomte si, že pokud vyberete nekompatibilní ovladač, můžete mít přístup "
+"pouze k rozhhraní příkazové řádky."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -691,30 +774,36 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Někteří výrobci grafických karet poskytují proprietární ovladače pro Linux, které mohou být k dispozici v nonfree úložišti a v některých případech jen pouze z webových stránek výrobce karety."
+msgstr ""
+"Někteří výrobci grafických karet poskytují proprietární ovladače pro Linux, "
+"které mohou být k dispozici v nonfree úložišti a v některých případech jen "
+"pouze z webových stránek výrobce karety."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Přístup k Nonfree úložišti musí být výslovně povolen. Pokud tomu tak není, nejdříve jej povolte, toto byste měli udělat po prvním restartu."
+msgstr ""
+"Přístup k Nonfree úložišti musí být výslovně povolen. Pokud tomu tak není, "
+"nejdříve jej povolte, toto byste měli udělat po prvním restartu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Nastavení grafické karty a monitoru"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -723,11 +812,11 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -757,7 +846,9 @@ msgstr "Nesprávná obnovovací frekvence může poškodit váš monitor"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Rozlišení</guibutton></emphasis>: Zde nastavte požadované rozlišení a barevnou hloubku monitoru."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Rozlišení</guibutton></emphasis>: Zde nastavte "
+"požadované rozlišení a barevnou hloubku monitoru."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -765,11 +856,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -777,7 +868,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Možnosti</guibutton></emphasis>: Zde si můžete vybrat zda povolit nebo zakázat různé další možnosti."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Možnosti</guibutton></emphasis>: Zde si můžete vybrat "
+"zda povolit nebo zakázat různé další možnosti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -803,10 +896,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -817,9 +913,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vlastní</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -841,7 +937,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Toto je výchozí volba a snaží se určit typ monitoru z databáze monitorů."
+msgstr ""
+"Toto je výchozí volba a snaží se určit typ monitoru z databáze monitorů."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -874,10 +971,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -888,39 +985,41 @@ msgstr "Vlastní rozdělení disku pomocí DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -963,9 +1062,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -987,8 +1088,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -999,8 +1100,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1053,8 +1154,8 @@ msgstr "Vlastní"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1064,8 +1165,8 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1100,8 +1201,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Únor 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1124,8 +1224,8 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1138,24 +1238,24 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1163,31 +1263,34 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Gratulujeme"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1214,17 +1317,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
@@ -1257,8 +1363,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1272,7 +1378,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Ať už jste v GNU-Linux začátečník nebo zkušený uživatel, Mageia Instalátor je navržen tak, aby instalace nebo aktualizace byla tak jednoduchá, jak jen je to možné."
+msgstr ""
+"Ať už jste v GNU-Linux začátečník nebo zkušený uživatel, Mageia Instalátor "
+"je navržen tak, aby instalace nebo aktualizace byla tak jednoduchá, jak jen "
+"je to možné."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
@@ -1299,10 +1408,11 @@ msgstr "Zde je výchozí uvítací obrazovka při použití Mageia DVD:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1324,8 +1434,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
@@ -1336,15 +1448,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1353,8 +1466,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
@@ -1412,8 +1527,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:130
@@ -1430,8 +1547,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
@@ -1444,8 +1563,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
@@ -1464,9 +1585,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1477,9 +1597,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1489,16 +1611,15 @@ msgstr "Instalační kroky"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -1516,8 +1637,8 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1531,8 +1652,7 @@ msgstr "Problémy při instalaci a možné řešení"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
@@ -1540,15 +1660,14 @@ msgid ""
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1576,8 +1695,8 @@ msgstr "problém paměti RAM"
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1591,9 +1710,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1601,22 +1719,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Aktualizace"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
@@ -1643,26 +1759,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Výběr zdrojů (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1677,8 +1794,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
 msgstr ""
@@ -1686,11 +1803,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1702,8 +1819,8 @@ msgstr "Minimální instalace"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1728,34 +1845,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Souhrn různých parametrů"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1780,8 +1900,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Časové pásmo</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1825,8 +1945,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1890,8 +2010,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zvuková karta</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1902,8 +2022,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafické rozhraní</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1914,10 +2033,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1961,8 +2081,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1978,8 +2098,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2021,10 +2141,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2032,15 +2151,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Úroveň zabezpečení"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2085,8 +2207,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2100,14 +2222,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2118,30 +2238,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2153,30 +2269,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2186,31 +2298,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2220,21 +2328,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2244,8 +2349,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2255,8 +2359,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2271,23 +2374,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2295,8 +2396,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2306,8 +2406,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2327,25 +2426,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2374,29 +2473,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2421,9 +2520,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2459,8 +2557,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2468,83 +2566,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2579,16 +2665,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2596,15 +2681,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2617,8 +2705,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
@@ -2639,13 +2727,13 @@ msgstr "Vstupní metoda"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
@@ -2664,9 +2752,11 @@ msgstr "Instalace nebo Aktualizace"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2698,30 +2788,30 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2734,40 +2824,46 @@ msgstr "Klávesnice"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX vybere vhodnou klávesnici pro váš jazyk. Pokud není nalezena žádná vhodná klávesnice, bude jako výchozí použito rozložení klávesnice US."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX vybere vhodnou klávesnici pro váš jazyk. Pokud není nalezena žádná "
+"vhodná klávesnice, bude jako výchozí použito rozložení klávesnice US."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Pokud vaše klávesnice není v zobrazeném seznamu, klepněte na <guibutton>Více</guibutton> pro získání úplného seznamu a vyberte klávesnici tam."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud vaše klávesnice není v zobrazeném seznamu, klepněte na "
+"<guibutton>Více</guibutton> pro získání úplného seznamu a vyberte klávesnici "
+"tam."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2798,22 +2894,24 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2844,30 +2942,33 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Výběr myši"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Pokud nejste spokojeni s tím, jak vaše myš reaguje, můžete zde vybrat jiný typ."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud nejste spokojeni s tím, jak vaše myš reaguje, můžete zde vybrat jiný "
+"typ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2878,56 +2979,72 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Přidaní nebo změna položky v nabídce zavaděče"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
@@ -2938,31 +3055,31 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Základní nastavení zaváděcího programu"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3016,16 +3133,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3038,8 +3155,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3047,8 +3164,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3061,9 +3178,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -3071,38 +3188,41 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Nastavení SCSI"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX obvykle zjistí pevné disky správně. U některých starších řadičů SCSI může být schopen určit a použít správné ovladače, ale následně nedokáže rozpoznat disk."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX obvykle zjistí pevné disky správně. U některých starších řadičů SCSI "
+"může být schopen určit a použít správné ovladače, ale následně nedokáže "
+"rozpoznat disk."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Pokud k tomuto dojde, budete muset ručně říci Drakx, jaký disk(y) SCSI máte."
+msgstr ""
+"Pokud k tomuto dojde, budete muset ručně říci Drakx, jaký disk(y) SCSI máte."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3114,13 +3234,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX by pak měl být schopen správně nakonfigurovat disk(y)."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Nastavení zvuku"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3144,9 +3266,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -3174,19 +3295,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
@@ -3198,6 +3320,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
 msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/de.po b/docs/installer/de.po
index 25624e06..48d27e2e 100644
--- a/docs/installer/de.po
+++ b/docs/installer/de.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Marc Lattemann, 2013
 # psyca <linux@psyca.de>, 2014
@@ -14,14 +14,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/de/)\n"
+"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"de/)\n"
+"Language: de\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: de\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -32,9 +33,11 @@ msgstr "Lizenz- und Veröffentlichungshinweise"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -44,31 +47,41 @@ msgstr "Lizenzabkommen"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Bevor Sie <application>Mageia</application> installieren, lesen Sie bitte sorgfälltig die Begriffe und Bedingungen in der Lizenz."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Bevor Sie <application>Mageia</application> installieren, lesen Sie bitte "
+"sorgfälltig die Begriffe und Bedingungen in der Lizenz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Diese Begriffe und Bedingungen beziehen sich auf die gesamte Distribution von <application>Mageia</application> und muss akzeptiert werden, bevor Sie mit der Installation weitermachen können."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Diese Begriffe und Bedingungen beziehen sich auf die gesamte Distribution "
+"von <application>Mageia</application> und muss akzeptiert werden, bevor Sie "
+"mit der Installation weitermachen können."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Um dies zu akzeptieren, klicken Sie einfach auf <emphasis role=\"bold\">Akzeptieren</emphasis> und anschließend auf <emphasis role=\"bold\">Weiter</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Um dies zu akzeptieren, klicken Sie einfach auf <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Akzeptieren</emphasis> und anschließend auf <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Weiter</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Falls Sie sich entschließen, diese Bedingungen nicht zu akzeptieren, bedanken wir uns, dass Sie vorbeigeschaut haben. Mit einem Klick auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> wird Ihr Computer neu gestartet."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie sich entschließen, diese Bedingungen nicht zu akzeptieren, "
+"bedanken wir uns, dass Sie vorbeigeschaut haben. Mit einem Klick auf "
+"<guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> wird Ihr Computer neu gestartet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -80,7 +93,10 @@ msgstr "Veröffentlichungshinweise"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Um zu sehen, was in dieser Ausgabe von <application><replaceable>Mageia</replaceable></application> neu ist, klicken Sie auf den Knopf <guibutton><replaceable>Veröffentlichungshinweise</replaceable></guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Um zu sehen, was in dieser Ausgabe von <application><replaceable>Mageia</"
+"replaceable></application> neu ist, klicken Sie auf den Knopf "
+"<guibutton><replaceable>Veröffentlichungshinweise</replaceable></guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -93,27 +109,32 @@ msgstr "de"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere "
+"Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke "
+"oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der "
+"nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -123,7 +144,9 @@ msgstr "Für die Netzwerkquellen müssen zwei Schritte beachtet werden:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
 msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
-msgstr "Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht hergestellt ist"
+msgstr ""
+"Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht "
+"hergestellt ist"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
@@ -133,38 +156,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch die Auswahl eines Servers haben sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL können sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen."
+msgstr ""
+"Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch "
+"die Auswahl eines Servers haben sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, "
+"die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL "
+"können sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Verwaltung des Benutzers und des Superusers"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -176,20 +201,33 @@ msgstr "Setzen des Administrator (root)  Passworts:"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Dies ist für alle Installationen von <application>Mageia</application> verfügbar, um ein Passwort für den Superuser oder Administrator zu setzen, normalerweise wird es unter Linux das <emphasis>root passwort</emphasis> genannt. Während Sie Ihr Passwort in die obere Textbox eingeben, ändert sich die Farbe des Schildes von Rot zu Gelb und Grün, abhängig von der Sicherheit des Passwortes. Ein grünes Schild am Ende der Textbox zeigt Ihnen, dass Sie ein schwer zu knackendes Passwort verwenden. In der darunter liegenden Textbox sollten Sie das soeben eingegebene Passwort wiederholen, um zu überprüfen, dass Sie sich bei der Eingabe des ersten Passwortes nicht vertippt haben."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies ist für alle Installationen von <application>Mageia</application> "
+"verfügbar, um ein Passwort für den Superuser oder Administrator zu setzen, "
+"normalerweise wird es unter Linux das <emphasis>root passwort</emphasis> "
+"genannt. Während Sie Ihr Passwort in die obere Textbox eingeben, ändert sich "
+"die Farbe des Schildes von Rot zu Gelb und Grün, abhängig von der Sicherheit "
+"des Passwortes. Ein grünes Schild am Ende der Textbox zeigt Ihnen, dass Sie "
+"ein schwer zu knackendes Passwort verwenden. In der darunter liegenden "
+"Textbox sollten Sie das soeben eingegebene Passwort wiederholen, um zu "
+"überprüfen, dass Sie sich bei der Eingabe des ersten Passwortes nicht "
+"vertippt haben."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Alle Passwörter beachten die Groß-/Kleinschreibung, so dass es am besten ist, wenn Sie eine Mischung aus Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben, Zahlen und Sonderzeichen in einem Passwort verwenden."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle Passwörter beachten die Groß-/Kleinschreibung, so dass es am besten "
+"ist, wenn Sie eine Mischung aus Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben, Zahlen und "
+"Sonderzeichen in einem Passwort verwenden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -202,29 +240,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Hier fügen Sie einen Benutzer hinzu. Ein Benutzer hat weniger Rechte als der Superuser (root), aber genügend, um im Internet zu surfen, Büroanwendungen zu verwenden und noch vieles mehr, was ein durchschnittlicher Benutzer mit einem Computer macht."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier fügen Sie einen Benutzer hinzu. Ein Benutzer hat weniger Rechte als der "
+"Superuser (root), aber genügend, um im Internet zu surfen, Büroanwendungen "
+"zu verwenden und noch vieles mehr, was ein durchschnittlicher Benutzer mit "
+"einem Computer macht."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Symbol</guibutton>: Wenn Sie auf diesen Knopf klicken, so ändert sich das Symbol für den Benutzer."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Symbol</guibutton>: Wenn Sie auf diesen Knopf klicken, so ändert "
+"sich das Symbol für den Benutzer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Wirklicher Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Wirklicher Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den "
+"wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Anmeldename</guilabel>: Hier geben Sie den Anmeldenamen des Benutzers ein, oder lassen Sie den von <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</emphasis> vorgeschlagenen Namen stehen und übernehmen diesen. <emphasis>Der Anmeldename beachtet die Groß-/Kleinschreibung</emphasis>."
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Anmeldename</guilabel>: Hier geben Sie den Anmeldenamen des "
+"Benutzers ein, oder lassen Sie den von <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</"
+"emphasis> vorgeschlagenen Namen stehen und übernehmen diesen. <emphasis>Der "
+"Anmeldename beachtet die Groß-/Kleinschreibung</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -232,22 +282,32 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das Passwort für den Benutzer ein. Auch hier zeigt ein Schild am Ende der Textbox an, wie sicher das Passwort ist. (Siehe auch <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das Passwort für "
+"den Benutzer ein. Auch hier zeigt ein Schild am Ende der Textbox an, wie "
+"sicher das Passwort ist. (Siehe auch <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Passwort (wiederholen)</guilabel>: Geben Sie wiederum das Passwort des Benutzers in diese Textbox ein, und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</emphasis> überprüft auf Übereinstimmung der beiden Passwörter für den Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Passwort (wiederholen)</guilabel>: Geben Sie wiederum das Passwort "
+"des Benutzers in diese Textbox ein, und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</"
+"emphasis> überprüft auf Übereinstimmung der beiden Passwörter für den "
+"Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, besitzt ein home Verzeichnis, was von systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber schreibgeschützt ist."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, besitzt "
+"ein home Verzeichnis, was von systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber "
+"schreibgeschützt ist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -255,14 +315,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Allerdings wird jeder Nutzer, der in <emphasis>MCC - System - Verwalte Nutzer im System </emphasis>hinzugefügt wird, ein sowohl lese- als auch schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen."
+msgstr ""
+"Allerdings wird jeder Nutzer, der in <emphasis>MCC - System - Verwalte "
+"Nutzer im System </emphasis>hinzugefügt wird, ein sowohl lese- als auch "
+"schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie kein systemweit lesbares home Verzeichnis möchten, wird empfohlen nun nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach dem Neustart einzurichten."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie kein systemweit lesbares home Verzeichnis möchten, wird empfohlen "
+"nun nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach "
+"dem Neustart einzurichten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -270,12 +336,17 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie systemweit lesbare home Verzeichnisse bevorzugen, sollten Sie alle zusätzlichen Nutzer in dem Schritt <emphasis>Konfiguration - Zusammenfassung</emphasis> während der Installation hinzufügen. Wählen Sie <emphasis>Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie systemweit lesbare home Verzeichnisse bevorzugen, sollten Sie alle "
+"zusätzlichen Nutzer in dem Schritt <emphasis>Konfiguration - "
+"Zusammenfassung</emphasis> während der Installation hinzufügen. Wählen Sie "
+"<emphasis>Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
-msgstr "Die Zugriffsrechte können auch nach der Installation abgeändert werden."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Zugriffsrechte können auch nach der Installation abgeändert werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:116
@@ -288,7 +359,12 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Wird auf den Knopf <guibutton>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guibutton> geklickt, so gelangen Sie auf eine Bildschirmseite, die es Ihnen erlaubt, die Einstellungen für den soeben eingefügten Benutzer zu bearbeiten.  Zusätzlich können Sie hier ein Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren."
+msgstr ""
+"Wird auf den Knopf <guibutton>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guibutton> "
+"geklickt, so gelangen Sie auf eine Bildschirmseite, die es Ihnen erlaubt, "
+"die Einstellungen für den soeben eingefügten Benutzer zu bearbeiten.  "
+"Zusätzlich können Sie hier ein Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder "
+"deaktivieren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -296,7 +372,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Jedes Gast-Benutzerkonto, das mit einem vorgegebenen <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>-Gastzugang und im Ordner <emphasis>/home</emphasis> gespeichert ist, wird gelöscht, wenn sich der Gast abmeldet. Der Gast sollte daher seine wichtigen Daten auf einen USB-Stick sichern."
+msgstr ""
+"Jedes Gast-Benutzerkonto, das mit einem vorgegebenen <emphasis>rbash</"
+"emphasis>-Gastzugang und im Ordner <emphasis>/home</emphasis> gespeichert "
+"ist, wird gelöscht, wenn sich der Gast abmeldet. Der Gast sollte daher seine "
+"wichtigen Daten auf einen USB-Stick sichern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -304,7 +384,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Gast-Benutzerkonto</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren. Das Gast- Benutzerkonto erlaubt es einem Gast, sich am System anzumelden und den PC zu verwenden. Dieser Gast hat aber eingeschränktere Rechte als ein nomaler Benutzer."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Gast-Benutzerkonto</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das Gast-"
+"Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren. Das Gast- Benutzerkonto erlaubt "
+"es einem Gast, sich am System anzumelden und den PC zu verwenden. Dieser "
+"Gast hat aber eingeschränktere Rechte als ein nomaler Benutzer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -312,7 +396,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Diese aufklappbare Liste erlaubt es Ihnen, die Shell zu ändern, die der Benutzer verwendet, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Diese aufklappbare Liste erlaubt es Ihnen, die "
+"Shell zu ändern, die der Benutzer verwendet, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor "
+"hinzugefügt haben. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -320,42 +407,49 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Benutzer-ID</guilabel>: Hier können Sie eine Benutzer- ID (Benutzeridentifikation) für den Benutzer setzen, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Diese ID ist eine Zahl. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Benutzer-ID</guilabel>: Hier können Sie eine Benutzer- ID "
+"(Benutzeridentifikation) für den Benutzer setzen, den Sie am Bildschirm "
+"zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Diese ID ist eine Zahl. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe "
+"solange leer, bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Gruppen-ID</guilabel>: Dies ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen einer Gruppen-ID. Ebenfalls eine Zahl, normalerweise die gleiche Zahl wie für den Benutzer. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen was Sie tun."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Gruppen-ID</guilabel>: Dies ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen einer "
+"Gruppen-ID. Ebenfalls eine Zahl, normalerweise die gleiche Zahl wie für den "
+"Benutzer. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen was Sie tun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Einhängepunkte wählen"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -363,46 +457,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Hier können Sie die erkannten Linux-Partitionen auf Ihrem Computer sehen. Falls Sie mit dem Vorschlag von <application>DrakX</application> nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie die Einhängepunkte ändern."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie die erkannten Linux-Partitionen auf Ihrem Computer sehen. "
+"Falls Sie mit dem Vorschlag von <application>DrakX</application> nicht "
+"zufrieden sind, können Sie die Einhängepunkte ändern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Falls Sie etwas ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie noch eine <literal>/</literal> (root)-Partition haben."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie etwas ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie noch eine <literal>/</"
+"literal> (root)-Partition haben."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Jede Partition wird wie folgt angezeigt: \"Gerät\" (\"Kapazität\", \"Einhängepunkt\", \"Typ\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Jede Partition wird wie folgt angezeigt: \"Gerät\" (\"Kapazität\", "
+"\"Einhängepunkt\", \"Typ\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Gerät\", ist gegliedert in: \"Festplatte\", [\"Festplattennummer\"(Zahl)], \"Partitionsnummer\" (z.B. \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Gerät\", ist gegliedert in: \"Festplatte\", [\"Festplattennummer\"(Zahl)], "
+"\"Partitionsnummer\" (z.B. \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Falls Sie viele Partitionen angelegt haben, können Sie verschiedene Einhängepunkte aus dem Ausklappmenü auswählen, wie z.B.  <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> und <literal>/var</literal>. Sie können sogar eigene Einhängepunkte erstellen, wie z.B. <literal>/video</literal> für Ihre Filme, oder <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> für die <literal>/home</literal> Partition einer Cauldron-Installation."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie viele Partitionen angelegt haben, können Sie verschiedene "
+"Einhängepunkte aus dem Ausklappmenü auswählen, wie z.B.  <literal>/</"
+"literal>, <literal>/home</literal> und <literal>/var</literal>. Sie können "
+"sogar eigene Einhängepunkte erstellen, wie z.B. <literal>/video</literal> "
+"für Ihre Filme, oder <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> für die <literal>/"
+"home</literal> Partition einer Cauldron-Installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Falls Sie keinen Zugriff auf eine Partition benötigen, lassen Sie einfach das Feld für den Einhängepunkt leer."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie keinen Zugriff auf eine Partition benötigen, lassen Sie einfach "
+"das Feld für den Einhängepunkt leer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -410,15 +521,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Falls Sie nicht sicher sind, was auszuwählen ist, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> und danach auf <guilabel>Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung</guilabel>. Auf dem folgenden Bildschirm markieren Sie eine Partition und schon können Sie deren Typ und Größe sehen."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie nicht sicher sind, was auszuwählen ist, klicken Sie auf "
+"<guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> und danach auf <guilabel>Benutzerdefinierte "
+"Partitionierung</guilabel>. Auf dem folgenden Bildschirm markieren Sie eine "
+"Partition und schon können Sie deren Typ und Größe sehen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass die Einhängepunkte passen, dann klicken Sie bitte auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und geben an, ob nur die von DrakX vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass die Einhängepunkte passen, dann klicken Sie bitte "
+"auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und geben an, ob nur die von DrakX "
+"vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -428,9 +546,11 @@ msgstr "Desktopauswahl"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster "
+"angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -438,14 +558,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine Präsentation angezeigt.  Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des <guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden."
+msgstr ""
+"Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine "
+"Präsentation angezeigt.  Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -457,21 +582,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktopumgebung <application>KDE</application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide bieten einen vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei <guilabel>\"Benutzerdefiniert\"</guilabel> ein Häkchen, falls Sie keine der vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen wollen.  Der <application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger Ressourcen als die beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger \"Eye Candy\" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktopumgebung <application>KDE</"
+"application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide bieten einen "
+"vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei "
+"<guilabel>\"Benutzerdefiniert\"</guilabel> ein Häkchen, falls Sie keine der "
+"vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen "
+"wollen.  Der <application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger "
+"Ressourcen als die beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger \"Eye "
+"Candy\" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Paketgruppenauswahl"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "  <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"  <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -480,7 +614,12 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen sortiert.  Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die Gruppen fahren."
+msgstr ""
+"Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen "
+"sortiert.  Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber "
+"doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die "
+"Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die "
+"Gruppen fahren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -502,127 +641,160 @@ msgstr "Grafische Umgebung"
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Individuelle Paketauswahl (Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Individuelle Paketauswahl (Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu "
+"können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Um eine minimale Installation durch zu führen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> ."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Um eine minimale Installation durch zu führen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung "
+"<xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Wählen Sie individuelle Pakete"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "  <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"  <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation anzupassen."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation "
+"anzupassen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das <guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das "
+"<guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um "
+"die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen "
+"USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die "
+"gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies "
+"tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann "
+"diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Konfigurieren Ihrer Dienste"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht "
+"ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe, um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe, "
+"um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
 msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good."
-msgstr "Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role=\"bold\">DrakX</emphasis> passende Einstellungen."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role=\"bold\">DrakX</emphasis> passende "
+"Einstellungen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox "
+"einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
-msgstr "Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun."
+msgstr ""
+"Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Konfiguration der Zeitzone"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine "
+"Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale "
+"Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind."
+msgstr ""
+"Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass "
+"alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -632,24 +804,32 @@ msgstr "Einen X-Server auswählen (Ihre Grafikkarte einrichten)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist "
+"Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum auswählen:"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht "
+"wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum "
+"auswählen:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -672,7 +852,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich "
+"nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte "
+"handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -680,14 +863,21 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende Funktionalität bietet."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für "
+"Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte "
+"finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende "
+"Funktionalität bietet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten."
+msgstr ""
+"Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers "
+"passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine "
+"Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -695,30 +885,36 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind."
+msgstr ""
+"Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, "
+"welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über "
+"die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Sie sollten dies nach dem ersten Neustart tun."
+msgstr ""
+"Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Sie "
+"sollten dies nach dem ersten Neustart tun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Konfiguration der Grafikkarte und des Bildschirms"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -727,19 +923,31 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens <acronym>X-Window-System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht <acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> oder eine andere grafische Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die nachfolgenden Einstellungen von <acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen Sie die korrekten Einstellungen, wenn Sie entdecken, dass <application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl trifft, oder wenn Sie glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die "
+"Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren "
+"alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens <acronym>X-Window-"
+"System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht <acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> "
+"oder eine andere grafische Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die "
+"nachfolgenden Einstellungen von <acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen "
+"Sie die korrekten Einstellungen, wenn Sie entdecken, dass "
+"<application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl trifft, oder wenn Sie "
+"glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre "
+"Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -749,7 +957,14 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder <guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>)  wählen. Wählen Sie <guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell einzustellen."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren "
+"Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder "
+"<guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>)  wählen. Wählen Sie "
+"<guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die "
+"horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell "
+"einzustellen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -761,7 +976,9 @@ msgstr "Unkorrekte Wiederholfrequenzen können Ihren Bildschirm zerstören"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die "
+"entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -769,19 +986,31 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie mit \"Ja\" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während "
+"der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie "
+"Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine "
+"Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie "
+"mit \"Ja\" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts "
+"sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück "
+"und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test "
+"zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich "
+"mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres "
+"Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie "
+"verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -793,7 +1022,9 @@ msgstr "Auswahl des Monitors"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt "
+"normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -802,15 +1033,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun </emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann "
+"Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, "
+"dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun </emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch "
+"bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -821,10 +1059,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, einzustellen. Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu aufgebaut wird und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate fest, wieviele Scanlinien dargestellt werden."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale "
+"Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, einzustellen. "
+"Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu aufgebaut wird "
+"und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate fest, wieviele "
+"Scanlinien dargestellt werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -833,7 +1076,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen, dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Shres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors"
+msgstr ""
+"Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen, "
+"dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Shres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu "
+"Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine "
+"niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -845,7 +1092,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der Datenbank zu bestimmen"
+msgstr ""
+"Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der "
+"Datenbank zu bestimmen"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -857,7 +1106,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor anhand folgender Optionen auswählen:"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und "
+"Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor "
+"anhand folgender Optionen auswählen:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -878,11 +1130,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ 60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt werden. Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ "
+"60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die "
+"Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber "
+"benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt werden. "
+"Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -892,52 +1149,74 @@ msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Laufwerkspartitionierung mit DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene <literal>/boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für die <literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis role=\"bold\">NICHT</emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann."
+msgstr ""
+"Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine "
+"Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene <literal>/"
+"boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für die "
+"<literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis role=\"bold\">NICHT</"
+"emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Hier können Sie das Layout Ihres Laufwerks (Ihrer Laufwerke) bestimmen. Sie können Partitionen löschen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition oder dessen Größe ändern, oder auch den vorhandenen Inhalt betrachten, bevor Sie daran Änderungen vornehmen."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie das Layout Ihres Laufwerks (Ihrer Laufwerke) bestimmen. Sie "
+"können Partitionen löschen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition "
+"oder dessen Größe ändern, oder auch den vorhandenen Inhalt betrachten, bevor "
+"Sie daran Änderungen vornehmen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie einem USB-Stick. So z.B.  <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie "
+"einem USB-Stick. So z.B.  <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> "
+"und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen."
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des "
+"gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Für alle anderen Aktionen:</emphasis> Klicken Sie zuerst auf die gewünschte Partition. Dann sehen Sie sich den Inhalt an (falls vorhanden) oder wählen ein Dateisystem und einen Einhängepunkt, ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Für alle anderen Aktionen:</emphasis> Klicken Sie "
+"zuerst auf die gewünschte Partition. Dann sehen Sie sich den Inhalt an "
+"(falls vorhanden) oder wählen ein Dateisystem und einen Einhängepunkt, "
+"ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
-msgstr "Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen Ihren Wünschen entsprechen."
+msgstr ""
+"Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen "
+"Ihren Wünschen entsprechen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:51
@@ -955,21 +1234,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie Ihre Festplatte(n) sehen und die Einteilung, die der DrakX Partitionierungswizard für die Installation von <application>Mageia</application> vorschlägt."
+msgstr ""
+"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie Ihre Festplatte(n) sehen und die "
+"Einteilung, die der DrakX Partitionierungswizard für die Installation von "
+"<application>Mageia</application> vorschlägt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Die in der Liste verfügbaren Optionen variieren abhängig von Ihren verbauten Festplatte(n)."
+msgstr ""
+"Die in der Liste verfügbaren Optionen variieren abhängig von Ihren verbauten "
+"Festplatte(n)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center"
+"\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -981,7 +1267,9 @@ msgstr "Verwende vorhandene Partitionen"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Wenn diese Option verfügbar ist, dann wurden vorhandene Linux-kompatible Partitionen gefunden und können für die Installation genutzt werden."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn diese Option verfügbar ist, dann wurden vorhandene Linux-kompatible "
+"Partitionen gefunden und können für die Installation genutzt werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -991,9 +1279,11 @@ msgstr "Nutze freien Speicherplatz"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Falls Sie nicht genutzten freien Speicherplatz auf Ihrer Festplatte haben, dann wird diese Option diesen für die neue Mageia-Installation verwenden."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie nicht genutzten freien Speicherplatz auf Ihrer Festplatte haben, "
+"dann wird diese Option diesen für die neue Mageia-Installation verwenden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -1003,9 +1293,11 @@ msgstr "Nutze den freien Speicherplatz einer Windows Partition"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Falls Sie nicht genutzen freien Speicherplatz auf einer bestehenden Windows-Partition verfügbar haben, kann der Installer diesen zur Nutzung vorschlagen."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie nicht genutzen freien Speicherplatz auf einer bestehenden Windows-"
+"Partition verfügbar haben, kann der Installer diesen zur Nutzung vorschlagen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1013,7 +1305,11 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Dies kann ein sehr nützlicher Weg sein, um Platz für eine neue Mageia-Installation zu schaffen. Dies ist aber eine sehr riskante Aktion. Also sollten Sie sicherstellen, dass alle wichtigen Daten auf einem externen Datenträger gesichert sind."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies kann ein sehr nützlicher Weg sein, um Platz für eine neue Mageia-"
+"Installation zu schaffen. Dies ist aber eine sehr riskante Aktion. Also "
+"sollten Sie sicherstellen, dass alle wichtigen Daten auf einem externen "
+"Datenträger gesichert sind."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1024,7 +1320,14 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Beachten Sie bitte, dass für diese Option eine Verkleinerung der Windows-Partition durchgeführt werden muss. Die Partition muss zwingend \"sauber\" sein. Das bedeutet, dass Windows bei der letzten Nutzung korrekt heruntergefahren wurde. Zusätzlich muss die Partition defragmentiert worden sein, obwohl es keine Garantie gibt, dass alle Dateien der Partition aus dem zu nutzenden Teil verschoben wurden. Es ist also wirklich sehr zu empfehlen, die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern."
+msgstr ""
+"Beachten Sie bitte, dass für diese Option eine Verkleinerung der Windows-"
+"Partition durchgeführt werden muss. Die Partition muss zwingend \"sauber\" "
+"sein. Das bedeutet, dass Windows bei der letzten Nutzung korrekt "
+"heruntergefahren wurde. Zusätzlich muss die Partition defragmentiert worden "
+"sein, obwohl es keine Garantie gibt, dass alle Dateien der Partition aus dem "
+"zu nutzenden Teil verschoben wurden. Es ist also wirklich sehr zu empfehlen, "
+"die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1039,7 +1342,9 @@ msgstr "Diese Option wird das vollständige Laufwerk für Mageia nutzen."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte Vorsicht walten lassen!"
+msgstr ""
+"Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte "
+"Vorsicht walten lassen!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1047,7 +1352,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Falls Sie beabsichtigen, einen Teil der Platte für etwas anderes zu nutzen oder Sie haben wichtige Daten auf dem Laufwerk, welche nicht verloren gehen dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie beabsichtigen, einen Teil der Platte für etwas anderes zu nutzen "
+"oder Sie haben wichtige Daten auf dem Laufwerk, welche nicht verloren gehen "
+"dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1057,9 +1365,11 @@ msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Diese Option gibt Ihnen die vollständige Kontrolle über das Platzieren der Installation auf den Festplatten."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Diese Option gibt Ihnen die vollständige Kontrolle über das Platzieren der "
+"Installation auf den Festplatten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1068,10 +1378,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Einige neuere Laufwerke nutzen logische Sektoren mit 4.096 Bytes anstelle der bisherigen 512 Bytes. Aufgrund fehlender Hardware wurde das Partitionierungswerkzeug im Installer nicht mit solchen Laufwerken getestet. Zusätzlich benutzen einige SSD Laufwerke eine 'Erase Block' Größe über 1 MB. Wenn Sie solch ein Laufwerk besitzen, empfehlen wir, das Laufwerk vorher mit einem alternativen Werkzeug wie <application>gparted</application> mit folgende Einstellungen zu partitionieren:"
+msgstr ""
+"Einige neuere Laufwerke nutzen logische Sektoren mit 4.096 Bytes anstelle "
+"der bisherigen 512 Bytes. Aufgrund fehlender Hardware wurde das "
+"Partitionierungswerkzeug im Installer nicht mit solchen Laufwerken getestet. "
+"Zusätzlich benutzen einige SSD Laufwerke eine 'Erase Block' Größe über 1 MB. "
+"Wenn Sie solch ein Laufwerk besitzen, empfehlen wir, das Laufwerk vorher mit "
+"einem alternativen Werkzeug wie <application>gparted</application> mit "
+"folgende Einstellungen zu partitionieren:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1087,7 +1404,9 @@ msgstr "\"Vorhergehender freier Speicherplatz (MiB):\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Außerdem stellen sie sicher, dass alle Partitionen mit einer geraden Anzahl an Megabytes erstellt werden"
+msgstr ""
+"Außerdem stellen sie sicher, dass alle Partitionen mit einer geraden Anzahl "
+"an Megabytes erstellt werden"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1104,8 +1423,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Februar 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1128,10 +1446,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab."
+msgstr ""
+"Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung "
+"sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den "
+"Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1142,64 +1463,84 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC "
+"BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
+"\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren "
+"Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"
+"\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese "
+"Anleitung zu verbessern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Herzlichen Glückwunsch!"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Sie haben die Installation und Konfiguration von <application>Mageia</application> beendet, so dass Sie das Installationsmedium entfernen und den Computer neu starten können."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie haben die Installation und Konfiguration von <application>Mageia</"
+"application> beendet, so dass Sie das Installationsmedium entfernen und den "
+"Computer neu starten können."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Nach dem Neustart können Sie am Bildschirm des Bootloaders zwischen den Betriebssystemen auf Ihrem Computer wählen (falls mehr als eines vorhanden ist)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Nach dem Neustart können Sie am Bildschirm des Bootloaders zwischen den "
+"Betriebssystemen auf Ihrem Computer wählen (falls mehr als eines vorhanden "
+"ist)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Haben Sie für den Bootloader keine Einstellungen vorgenommen, so wird das von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet."
+msgstr ""
+"Haben Sie für den Bootloader keine Einstellungen vorgenommen, so wird das "
+"von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1211,43 +1552,57 @@ msgstr "Viel Vergnügen!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Besuchen Sie www.mageia.org, falls Sie weitere Fragen haben oder bei Mageia mitarbeiten wollen."
+msgstr ""
+"Besuchen Sie www.mageia.org, falls Sie weitere Fragen haben oder bei Mageia "
+"mitarbeiten wollen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formatieren"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Hier können Sie wählen, welche Partition(en) formatiert werden soll(en). Alle Daten auf Partitionen, die <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht</emphasis> für das Formatieren markiert sind, werden nicht angetastet."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie wählen, welche Partition(en) formatiert werden soll(en). "
+"Alle Daten auf Partitionen, die <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht</emphasis> für "
+"das Formatieren markiert sind, werden nicht angetastet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Normalerweise wählt DrakX zumindest die Partitionen aus, die notwendigerweise formatiert werden müssen."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalerweise wählt DrakX zumindest die Partitionen aus, die "
+"notwendigerweise formatiert werden müssen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</replaceable></guibutton>, um jene Partitionen zu wählen, die Sie auf sogenannte <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis> (fehlerhafte Blöcke) überprüfen möchten."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</"
+"replaceable></guibutton>, um jene Partitionen zu wählen, die Sie auf "
+"sogenannte <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis> (fehlerhafte Blöcke) überprüfen "
+"möchten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1256,14 +1611,23 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, die richtige Auswahl getroffen zu haben, so klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton>, nochmals auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton> und dann auf <emphasis role=\"bold\"><replaceable><replaceable>Benutzerdefiniert</replaceable></replaceable></emphasis>, um zum Hauptbildschirm zurück zu gelangen. Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie sehen, welche Daten sich auf diesen Partitionen befinden."
+msgstr ""
+"Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, die richtige Auswahl getroffen zu haben, so "
+"klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton>, "
+"nochmals auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton> und "
+"dann auf <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"><replaceable><replaceable>Benutzerdefiniert</replaceable></replaceable></"
+"emphasis>, um zum Hauptbildschirm zurück zu gelangen. Auf diesem Bildschirm "
+"können Sie sehen, welche Daten sich auf diesen Partitionen befinden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie mit der Auswahl zufrieden sind, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie mit der Auswahl zufrieden sind, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</"
+"guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1276,14 +1640,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht."
+msgstr ""
+"Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das "
+"Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die "
+"Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was Sie tun müssen."
+msgstr ""
+"Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene "
+"Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was "
+"Sie tun müssen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1298,15 +1668,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:37
 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:"
-msgstr "Hier ist der standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt"
+msgstr ""
+"Hier ist der standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1317,7 +1689,9 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #: en/installer.xml:46
 msgid ""
 "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
-msgstr "Von diesem ersten Fenster aus, ist es möglich, einige persönliche Einstellungen vorzunehmen"
+msgstr ""
+"Von diesem ersten Fenster aus, ist es möglich, einige persönliche "
+"Einstellungen vorzunehmen"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:51
@@ -1328,27 +1702,32 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
-msgstr "Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die Enter Taste."
+msgstr ""
+"Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die "
+"Enter Taste."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1357,8 +1736,10 @@ msgstr "Ändere die Bildschirmauflösung durch drücken der F3 Taste."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
@@ -1416,7 +1797,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1434,8 +1816,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
@@ -1448,8 +1832,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
@@ -1468,9 +1854,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1481,9 +1866,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1493,24 +1880,30 @@ msgstr "Die Installationsschritte"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der "
+"linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen Knopf <guibutton>\"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\"</guibutton> mit weiteren zusätzlichen Optionen haben."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen "
+"Knopf <guibutton>\"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\"</guibutton> mit weiteren "
+"zusätzlichen Optionen haben."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf, über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten."
+msgstr ""
+"Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf, "
+"über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1520,10 +1913,20 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen.  Überlegen Sie sich dies aber zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist "
+"es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen.  Überlegen Sie sich dies aber "
+"zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert "
+"oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein "
+"Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr "
+"verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher "
+"sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1535,24 +1938,26 @@ msgstr "Installationsprobleme und mögliche Lösungen"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Keine grafische Schnittstelle"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung <code>vgalo</code> eingeben."
+msgstr ""
+"Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei "
+"einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine "
+"niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung <code>vgalo</"
+"code> eingeben."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1568,7 +1973,15 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm die Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"F6 Kernel Optionen\"</emphasis> und tragen Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese Option kann auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig ist."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise "
+"auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem "
+"Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später "
+"behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm "
+"die Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"F6 Kernel Optionen\"</emphasis> und "
+"tragen Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese "
+"Option kann auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig "
+"ist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1580,9 +1993,15 @@ msgstr "RAM Problem"
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein (siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B.  <emphasis><code>mem=256M</code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware "
+"einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein "
+"(siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den "
+"Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den "
+"korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B.  <emphasis><code>mem=256M</"
+"code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1595,9 +2014,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1605,29 +2023,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Aktualisierungen (Updates)"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Seit dem Zeitpunkt, an dem diese Version von <application>Mageia</application> veröffentlicht wurde, wurden einige Pakete überarbeitet oder erweitert."
+msgstr ""
+"Seit dem Zeitpunkt, an dem diese Version von <application>Mageia</"
+"application> veröffentlicht wurde, wurden einige Pakete überarbeitet oder "
+"erweitert."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1635,67 +2053,91 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Ja\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie wünschen, diese herunter zu laden und zu installieren. Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Nein\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie dies im Augenblick nicht wünschen oder nicht mit dem Internet verbunden sind."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Ja\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie wünschen, diese herunter zu "
+"laden und zu installieren. Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Nein\"</guilabel>, wenn "
+"Sie dies im Augenblick nicht wünschen oder nicht mit dem Internet verbunden "
+"sind."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
 msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
-msgstr "Anschließend klicken Sie auf <guibutton>\"Weiter\"</guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren."
+msgstr ""
+"Anschließend klicken Sie auf <guibutton>\"Weiter\"</guibutton>, um mit der "
+"Installation fortzufahren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:3
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Hier sehen sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier sehen sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem "
+"ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die "
+"Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte "
+"zur Verfügung stehen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält."
+msgstr ""
+"Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie "
+"die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "Die <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von nVidia und ATI, Firmware für verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Die <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, "
+"d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source "
+"software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle "
+"proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von nVidia und ATI, Firmware für "
+"verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien "
+"Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in "
+"diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten "
+"oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum "
+"Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie "
+"zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1706,9 +2148,12 @@ msgstr "Minimale Installation"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine "
+"minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1717,14 +2162,22 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Eine minimale Installation ist für spezielle Einsatzgebiete gedacht.  <application>Mageia</application> kann also auch als Server oder auf einer spezialisierten Workstation eingesetzt werden. Möglicherweise werden Sie diese Option in Kombination mit der manuellen Paketauswahl nutzen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Eine minimale Installation ist für spezielle Einsatzgebiete gedacht.  "
+"<application>Mageia</application> kann also auch als Server oder auf einer "
+"spezialisierten Workstation eingesetzt werden. Möglicherweise werden Sie "
+"diese Option in Kombination mit der manuellen Paketauswahl nutzen, siehe "
+"<xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, X, ...)."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine "
+"spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, "
+"X, ...)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1732,34 +2185,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1768,7 +2224,12 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX führt eine intelligente Auswahl für die Konfiguration Ihres Systems durch, abhängig von der von Ihnen getroffenen Auswahl und der von DrakX entdeckten Hardware. Sie können diese Einstellungen hier nochmals überprüfen und diese gegebenenfalls ändern, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Konfiguration</guibutton> klicken."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX führt eine intelligente Auswahl für die Konfiguration Ihres Systems "
+"durch, abhängig von der von Ihnen getroffenen Auswahl und der von DrakX "
+"entdeckten Hardware. Sie können diese Einstellungen hier nochmals überprüfen "
+"und diese gegebenenfalls ändern, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Konfiguration</"
+"guibutton> klicken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1784,9 +2245,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zeitzone</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX wählt eine Zeitzone für Sie, abhängig von der von Ihnen bevorzugten Sprache. Sie können die Zeitzone ändern, falls dies nötig ist. Siehe auch unter <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX wählt eine Zeitzone für Sie, abhängig von der von Ihnen bevorzugten "
+"Sprache. Sie können die Zeitzone ändern, falls dies nötig ist. Siehe auch "
+"unter <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1798,7 +2262,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Land / Region</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Befinden Sie sich nicht im gewählten Land, so ist es sehr wichtig, dass Sie diese Einstellung korrigieren. Siehe <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+"Befinden Sie sich nicht im gewählten Land, so ist es sehr wichtig, dass Sie "
+"diese Einstellung korrigieren. Siehe <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1808,18 +2274,24 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:69
 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
-msgstr "DrakX trifft normalerweise eine passende Auswahl für die Einstellungen des Bootloaders."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX trifft normalerweise eine passende Auswahl für die Einstellungen des "
+"Bootloaders."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
 msgid ""
 "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
-msgstr "Ändern Sie an den Einstellungen nichts, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, wie Grub und/oder Lilo zu konfigurieren sind."
+msgstr ""
+"Ändern Sie an den Einstellungen nichts, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, wie "
+"Grub und/oder Lilo zu konfigurieren sind."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
-msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></"
+"xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:80
@@ -1829,9 +2301,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Benutzerverwaltung</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Hier können Sie weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Diese werden in jeweils benutzereigenen Ordnern unter <literal>/home</literal> angelegt."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Diese werden in jeweils "
+"benutzereigenen Ordnern unter <literal>/home</literal> angelegt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1843,19 +2317,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Dienste</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Systemdienste beziehen sich auf die kleinen Programme, die im Hintergrund laufen (Daemons). Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es Ihnen, verschiedene Tasks (Anwendungen/Aufgaben) zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren."
+msgstr ""
+"Systemdienste beziehen sich auf die kleinen Programme, die im Hintergrund "
+"laufen (Daemons). Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es Ihnen, verschiedene Tasks "
+"(Anwendungen/Aufgaben) zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Sie sollten sehr sorgfältig prüfen, was Sie tun, bevor Sie hier etwas ändern - ein Fehler kann Ihren Computer davon abhalten, korrekt zu funktionieren."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie sollten sehr sorgfältig prüfen, was Sie tun, bevor Sie hier etwas ändern "
+"- ein Fehler kann Ihren Computer davon abhalten, korrekt zu funktionieren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
-msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:106
@@ -1872,7 +2352,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastatur</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Hier bestimmen oder ändern Sie die Belegung Ihrer Tastatur, abhängig von Ihrem Standort, Ihrer Sprache oder dem Typ der Tastatur."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier bestimmen oder ändern Sie die Belegung Ihrer Tastatur, abhängig von "
+"Ihrem Standort, Ihrer Sprache oder dem Typ der Tastatur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1884,7 +2366,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Maus</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Hier können Sie Ihr Zeigegerät, Tablett, Ihren Trackball usw. hinzufügen oder einstellen."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie Ihr Zeigegerät, Tablett, Ihren Trackball usw. hinzufügen "
+"oder einstellen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1894,10 +2378,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Soundkarte</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es mehrere Treiber für ihre Karte gibt und keiner Standard ist."
+msgstr ""
+"Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die "
+"Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es "
+"mehrere Treiber für ihre Karte gibt und keiner Standard ist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1906,22 +2393,27 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafikkarte</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, die Grafikkarte(n) und die Anzeige einzustellen."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, die Grafikkarte(n) und die Anzeige "
+"einzustellen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
-msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser"
+"\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1940,14 +2432,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Sie können Ihr Netzwerk hier konfigurieren, für Netzwerkkarten mit nonfree Treibern ist es besser dies nach dem Neustart im <application>Mageia Kontrollzentrum</application> vorzunehmen, falls Sie das non-free media Repositorium noch nicht aktiviert haben."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können Ihr Netzwerk hier konfigurieren, für Netzwerkkarten mit nonfree "
+"Treibern ist es besser dies nach dem Neustart im <application>Mageia "
+"Kontrollzentrum</application> vorzunehmen, falls Sie das non-free media "
+"Repositorium noch nicht aktiviert haben."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Netzwerkkarte hinzufügen, vergessen Sie nicht, die Firewall so zu setzen, dass auch diese Netzwerkkarte überwacht wird."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie eine Netzwerkkarte hinzufügen, vergessen Sie nicht, die Firewall so "
+"zu setzen, dass auch diese Netzwerkkarte überwacht wird."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1960,13 +2458,16 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Ein Proxy-Server fungiert als Vermittler zwischen Ihrem Computer und dem eigentlichen Internet. Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, den Computer so zu konfigurieren, dass ein Proxy-Dienst verwendet wird."
+msgstr ""
+"Ein Proxy-Server fungiert als Vermittler zwischen Ihrem Computer und dem "
+"eigentlichen Internet. Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, den Computer so zu "
+"konfigurieren, dass ein Proxy-Dienst verwendet wird."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
 msgstr "Fragen Sie Ihren Systemadministrator nach Ihren Zugangsdaten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1982,14 +2483,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Sicherheitsstufe</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Hier setzen Sie die Sicherheitsstufe für Ihren Computer. In den meisten Fällen ist die vorgegebene Einstellung (Standard) ausreichend für allgemeine Zwecke."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier setzen Sie die Sicherheitsstufe für Ihren Computer. In den meisten "
+"Fällen ist die vorgegebene Einstellung (Standard) ausreichend für allgemeine "
+"Zwecke."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
-msgstr "Überprüfen Sie die Option, die Ihnen für Ihren Verwendungzweck am geeignetsten erscheint."
+msgstr ""
+"Überprüfen Sie die Option, die Ihnen für Ihren Verwendungzweck am "
+"geeignetsten erscheint."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:211
@@ -2001,50 +2507,65 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Eine Firewall dient als Barriere zwischen Ihren wichtigen Daten und den Spitzbuben draußen im Internet, die diese Daten gefährden oder stehlen wollen."
+msgstr ""
+"Eine Firewall dient als Barriere zwischen Ihren wichtigen Daten und den "
+"Spitzbuben draußen im Internet, die diese Daten gefährden oder stehlen "
+"wollen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Wählen Sie die Dienste, denen Sie Zugriff auf Ihr System gestatten wollen. Die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl ist abhängig davon, wofür Sie Ihren Computer verwenden wollen."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie die Dienste, denen Sie Zugriff auf Ihr System gestatten wollen. "
+"Die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl ist abhängig davon, wofür Sie Ihren "
+"Computer verwenden wollen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Beachten Sie aber, dass Sie ein großes Risiko eingehen, wenn Sie alles erlauben (keine Firewall)."
+msgstr ""
+"Beachten Sie aber, dass Sie ein großes Risiko eingehen, wenn Sie alles "
+"erlauben (keine Firewall)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Verändern der  <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Verändern der  <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> Partition"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Sie haben mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partition. Bitte wählen sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um Platz für die <application>Mageia</application> Installation zu schaffen"
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie haben mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> Partition. Bitte wählen sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um "
+"Platz für die <application>Mageia</application> Installation zu schaffen"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Sicherheitsstufe"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2055,14 +2576,19 @@ msgstr "Hier können Sie die Sicherheitsstufe einstellen."
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
-msgstr "Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau wissen, was Sie tun."
+msgstr ""
+"Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau "
+"wissen, was Sie tun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt <guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen."
+msgstr ""
+"Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen "
+"zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt "
+"<guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2089,8 +2615,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2104,14 +2630,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2122,30 +2646,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2157,30 +2677,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2190,31 +2706,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2224,21 +2736,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2248,8 +2757,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2259,8 +2767,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2275,23 +2782,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2299,8 +2804,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2310,8 +2814,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2331,25 +2834,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2378,29 +2881,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2425,9 +2928,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2463,8 +2965,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2472,83 +2974,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2583,16 +3073,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2600,15 +3089,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Wählen des Landes / der Region"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2616,14 +3108,21 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des Funknetzes.  Setzen Sie das falsche Land, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion des WLANs führen."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, "
+"wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des "
+"Funknetzes.  Setzen Sie das falsche Land, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion "
+"des WLANs führen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre Region."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf "
+"<guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre "
+"Region."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2632,7 +3131,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>, nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl."
+msgstr ""
+"Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>, "
+"nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den "
+"Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte "
+"ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2643,14 +3146,24 @@ msgstr "Eingabemethode"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "Am Bildschirm <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> können Sie auch eine Eingabemethode wählen (am Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben es dem Benutzer, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, usw.)  einzugeben. IBus ist die vorgegebene Eingabemethode der Mageia-DVDs, Afrikanisch/Indischen und Asien/nicht-Indischen Live-CDs. Für Asien und Afrika wird IBus als vorgegebene Eingabemethode gesetzt, so dass Benutzer dies nicht händisch konfigurieren müssen. Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, usw.) stellen ähnliche Funktionen zur Verfügung und können installiert werden, wenn Sie vor der Paketauswahl ein HTTP/FTP-Medium hinzufügen."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"Am Bildschirm <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> können Sie auch eine "
+"Eingabemethode wählen (am Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben es dem "
+"Benutzer, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, usw.)  "
+"einzugeben. IBus ist die vorgegebene Eingabemethode der Mageia-DVDs, "
+"Afrikanisch/Indischen und Asien/nicht-Indischen Live-CDs. Für Asien und "
+"Afrika wird IBus als vorgegebene Eingabemethode gesetzt, so dass Benutzer "
+"dies nicht händisch konfigurieren müssen. Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, usw.) stellen ähnliche Funktionen zur Verfügung und können "
+"installiert werden, wenn Sie vor der Paketauswahl ein HTTP/FTP-Medium "
+"hinzufügen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2658,7 +3171,12 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Vermissen Sie während der Installation die Einstellungen der Eingabemethode, so können Sie darauf zugreifen, sobald Sie mittels \"Konfigurieren Ihres Computers\" -&gt; \"System\" neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als <emphasis role=\"bold\">root</emphasis> ausführen."
+msgstr ""
+"Vermissen Sie während der Installation die Einstellungen der Eingabemethode, "
+"so können Sie darauf zugreifen, sobald Sie mittels \"Konfigurieren Ihres "
+"Computers\" -&gt; \"System\" neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als <emphasis role=\"bold\">root</"
+"emphasis> ausführen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2668,9 +3186,11 @@ msgstr "Installation oder Aktualisierung"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2681,7 +3201,9 @@ msgstr "Installation"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische <application>Mageia</application>-Installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische <application>Mageia</"
+"application>-Installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2694,7 +3216,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Falls sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen auf ihrem Rechner haben, können sie mit Hilfe des Installers einen auf die neueste Version upgraden"
+msgstr ""
+"Falls sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen "
+"auf ihrem Rechner haben, können sie mit Hilfe des Installers einen auf die "
+"neueste Version upgraden"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2702,31 +3227,50 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unsterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich getestet. Wenn sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das Ende des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen"
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der "
+"letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unsterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich "
+"getestet. Wenn sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das "
+"Ende des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation "
+"durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten.  Denken Sie aber zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination <guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte <guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen "
+"wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten.  Denken Sie aber "
+"zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder "
+"Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den "
+"ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur "
+"Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart "
+"durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination "
+"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte "
+"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom \"Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster\" zum Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination <guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das <emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache "
+"hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom \"Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster\" zum "
+"Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination "
+"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das "
+"<emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2738,43 +3282,64 @@ msgstr "Tastatur"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache passt. Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer US-Tastatur verwendet."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache passt. "
+"Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer US-"
+"Tastatur verwendet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen sie eine andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem System mitgeliefert wurde, oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler.  Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der Unterseite der Tastatur, um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch hier nachsehen: <link xlink:href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung\">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen sie eine "
+"andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre "
+"Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem "
+"System mitgeliefert wurde, oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler.  "
+"Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der Unterseite der Tastatur, "
+"um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch hier nachsehen: <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung\">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Tastaturbelegung</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und wählen hier Ihre Tastatur."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf "
+"<guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und "
+"wählen hier Ihre Tastatur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück, und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen Liste gewählt wurde."
+msgstr ""
+"Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt "
+"haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück, "
+"und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt "
+"wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der "
+"Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen "
+"Liste gewählt wurde."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2782,7 +3347,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so "
+"sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den "
+"lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2795,38 +3363,56 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können.  <application>Mageia</application> verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte System."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für "
+"Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen "
+"auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können.  <application>Mageia</application> "
+"verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte "
+"System."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf <emphasis role=\"bold\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Mehrere Sprachen</emphasis></emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem "
+"System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Mehrere Sprachen</emphasis></"
+"emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas "
+"komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert."
+msgstr ""
+"Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten "
+"Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese "
+"wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung zu wählen."
+msgstr ""
+"Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte "
+"Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung "
+"zu wählen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2834,141 +3420,192 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia verwendet als Vorgabe die Unterstützung von UTF-8 (Unicode). Dies kann unter Umständen am Bildschirm für \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert sein, falls bekannt ist, dass für diese Sprache keine solche Unterstützung vorhanden ist. Sperren von UTF-8 gilt für alle installierten Sprachen."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia verwendet als Vorgabe die Unterstützung von UTF-8 (Unicode). Dies "
+"kann unter Umständen am Bildschirm für \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert "
+"sein, falls bekannt ist, dass für diese Sprache keine solche Unterstützung "
+"vorhanden ist. Sperren von UTF-8 gilt für alle installierten Sprachen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Sie können die Systemsprache nach der Installation im <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mageia Kontrollzentrum -&gt; System -&gt; Auswählen der Region und Sprache</emphasis> jederzeit ändern."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können die Systemsprache nach der Installation im <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Mageia Kontrollzentrum -&gt; System -&gt; Auswählen der Region und "
+"Sprache</emphasis> jederzeit ändern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Maus auswählen"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Falls Sie mit dem Mausverhalten nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie hier eine andere Konfiguration auswählen."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls Sie mit dem Mausverhalten nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie hier eine "
+"andere Konfiguration auswählen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Üblicherweise ist <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Einige PS/2 und USB Mäuse\"</guilabel> eine gute Wahl."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Üblicherweise ist <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Einige "
+"PS/2 und USB Mäuse\"</guilabel> eine gute Wahl."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Evdev erzwingen\"</guilabel>, um die nicht funktionierenden zusätzlichen Tasten einer Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Evdev erzwingen"
+"\"</guilabel>, um die nicht funktionierenden zusätzlichen Tasten einer "
+"Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Hinzufügen oder ändern eines Boot Menü Eintrags"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem Sie den entprechenden Knopf im<emphasis>Bootloader Konfigurationsbildschirm</emphasis>drücken und die Einstellungen im Fenster, welches darüber erscheint, verändern."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem "
+"Sie den entprechenden Knopf im<emphasis>Bootloader Konfigurationsbildschirm</"
+"emphasis>drücken und die Einstellungen im Fenster, welches darüber "
+"erscheint, verändern."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standart setzt."
+msgstr ""
+"Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und "
+"aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standart setzt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn vollständig umbenennen."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn "
+"vollständig umbenennen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der Standarteintrag vom System gestartet."
+msgstr ""
+"Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der "
+"Standarteintrag vom System gestartet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun."
+msgstr ""
+"Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte "
+"probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Haupt-Optionen des Bootloaders"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Bevorzugen Sie verschiedene Einstellungen des Bootloaders, die automatisch vom Installationsprogramm gewählt werden sollen, so können Sie diese hier ändern."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Bevorzugen Sie verschiedene Einstellungen des Bootloaders, die automatisch "
+"vom Installationsprogramm gewählt werden sollen, so können Sie diese hier "
+"ändern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Es befindet sich bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer, so dass in diesem Falle zu entscheiden ist, ob Mageia in den bereits bestehenden Bootloader eingefügt werden soll, oder ob es Mageia erlaubt werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen."
+msgstr ""
+"Es befindet sich bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer, so "
+"dass in diesem Falle zu entscheiden ist, ob Mageia in den bereits "
+"bestehenden Bootloader eingefügt werden soll, oder ob es Mageia erlaubt "
+"werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2987,14 +3624,18 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Als Vorgabe schreibt Mageia einen neuen GRUB-Bootloader in den MBR (Master Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere Betriebssysteme installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen."
+msgstr ""
+"Als Vorgabe schreibt Mageia einen neuen GRUB-Bootloader in den MBR (Master "
+"Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere Betriebssysteme "
+"installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als bootloader an."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als bootloader an."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -3002,14 +3643,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht von grub legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt."
+msgstr ""
+"Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht "
+"von grub legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Die besste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird."
+msgstr ""
+"Die besste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der "
+"Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3020,41 +3665,62 @@ msgstr "Verwenden eines bestehenden Bootloaders"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie sich dafür entscheiden, einen bestehenden Bootloader zu verwenden, dann dürfen Sie nicht vergessen, während der Installation an der Seite \"Zusammenfassung\" zu STOPPEN und auf den Knopf <guibutton>Bootloader einrichten</guibutton> zu klicken, der es Ihnen erlaubt, den Installationsort des Bootloaders zu ändern."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie sich dafür entscheiden, einen bestehenden Bootloader zu verwenden, "
+"dann dürfen Sie nicht vergessen, während der Installation an der Seite "
+"\"Zusammenfassung\" zu STOPPEN und auf den Knopf <guibutton>Bootloader "
+"einrichten</guibutton> zu klicken, der es Ihnen erlaubt, den "
+"Installationsort des Bootloaders zu ändern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Wählen Sie kein Gerät, z.B.\"sda\", oder Sie überschreiben Ihren bestehenden MBR. Sie müssen die Wurzel-Partition wählen, die Sie zuvor während der Partitionierungsphase gewählt haben. z.B. sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie kein Gerät, z.B.\"sda\", oder Sie überschreiben Ihren bestehenden "
+"MBR. Sie müssen die Wurzel-Partition wählen, die Sie zuvor während der "
+"Partitionierungsphase gewählt haben. z.B. sda7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
-msgstr "Um es noch einmal klar darzustellen, \"sda\" ist ein Gerät, \"sda7\" ist eine Partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Um es noch einmal klar darzustellen, \"sda\" ist ein Gerät, \"sda7\" ist "
+"eine Partition."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F2</emphasis> zu <emphasis role=\"bold\">tty2</emphasis> und geben Sie <literal>df</literal> ein, um zu überprüfen, wo Ihre <literal>/</literal> (Wurzel)-Partition zu finden ist. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F7</emphasis> bringt Sie wieder zum Installationsbildschirm zurück."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F2</emphasis> zu <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">tty2</emphasis> und geben Sie <literal>df</literal> ein, um zu "
+"überprüfen, wo Ihre <literal>/</literal> (Wurzel)-Partition zu finden ist. "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F7</emphasis> bringt Sie wieder zum "
+"Installationsbildschirm zurück."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen offen sind."
+msgstr ""
+"Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden "
+"Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten "
+"Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das "
+"dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen "
+"Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen "
+"offen sind."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3065,48 +3731,57 @@ msgstr "Erweiterte Optionen für den Bootloader"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Besitzen Sie für das Wurzelverzeichnis ( / ) nur einen sehr eingeschränkten Platz auf dem Laufwerk, worin <literal>/tmp</literal> enthalten ist, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und markieren Sie das Ankreuzfeld für <guilabel>\"/tmp\" bei jedem Systemstart säubern</guilabel>. Dies hilft Ihnen, mehr Platz frei zu halten."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Besitzen Sie für das Wurzelverzeichnis ( / ) nur einen sehr eingeschränkten "
+"Platz auf dem Laufwerk, worin <literal>/tmp</literal> enthalten ist, klicken "
+"Sie auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und markieren Sie das "
+"Ankreuzfeld für <guilabel>\"/tmp\" bei jedem Systemstart säubern</guilabel>. "
+"Dies hilft Ihnen, mehr Platz frei zu halten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "SCSI-Laufwerke einrichten"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei "
+"der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die "
+"Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche SCSI-Laufwerke Sie haben."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche SCSI-"
+"Laufwerke Sie haben."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3118,13 +3793,15 @@ msgstr "Danach sollte DrakX die Laufwerke korrekt konfigurieren können."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Soundkonfiguration"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3132,7 +3809,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist"
+msgstr ""
+"In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre "
+"Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3142,16 +3821,23 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn sie jedoch nach der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten sie entweder <command>draksound</command> oder das Werkzeug über das Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> und wählen sie <guilabel>Soundkonfiguration</guilabel> oben rechts in dem Fenster"
+msgstr ""
+"Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn sie jedoch nach "
+"der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten sie entweder "
+"<command>draksound</command> oder das Werkzeug über das Mageia "
+"Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> und wählen sie "
+"<guilabel>Soundkonfiguration</guilabel> oben rechts in dem Fenster"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü \"Soundkonfiguration\" auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und dann <guibutton>Problembehebung</guibutton> um hilfreiche Hinweise zu bekommen, wie das Problem zu lösen ist."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü \"Soundkonfiguration\" auf "
+"<guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und dann <guibutton>Problembehebung</"
+"guibutton> um hilfreiche Hinweise zu bekommen, wie das Problem zu lösen ist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3164,44 +3850,65 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein Standardtreiber vorhanden ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und sie denken, dass der Installer den Falschen ausgewählt hat"
+msgstr ""
+"Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</"
+"guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein Standardtreiber vorhanden "
+"ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und sie denken, dass der Installer "
+"den Falschen ausgewählt hat"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken sie auf <guibutton>Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken sie auf "
+"<guibutton>Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Bestätigen, dass die Festplatte formatiert wird"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der Auswahl nicht sicher sind."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der "
+"Auswahl nicht sicher sind."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen wollen."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und "
+"jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen "
+"wollen."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/el.po b/docs/installer/el.po
index cf0de470..cd7c7052 100644
--- a/docs/installer/el.po
+++ b/docs/installer/el.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@gmail.com>, 2013-2014
 # Efstathios Iosifidis <iefstathios@gmail.com>, 2014
@@ -10,14 +10,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-05 09:40+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: JimSp472000 <jimspentzos2000@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Greek (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/el/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Greek (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"el/)\n"
+"Language: el\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: el\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -28,9 +29,11 @@ msgstr "Άδεια χρήσης και Σημειώσεις έκδοσης"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -40,31 +43,38 @@ msgstr "Άδεια χρήσης"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Πριν την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>, παρακαλώ διαβάστε τους όρους και τις συνθήκες της άδειας χρήσης προσεκτικά."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Πριν την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>, παρακαλώ "
+"διαβάστε τους όρους και τις συνθήκες της άδειας χρήσης προσεκτικά."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Οι όροι και οι συνθήκες ισχύουν για ολόκληρη τη διανομή <application>Mageia</application> και θα πρέπει να τους αποδεχτείτε πριν να συνεχίσετε."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Οι όροι και οι συνθήκες ισχύουν για ολόκληρη τη διανομή <application>Mageia</"
+"application> και θα πρέπει να τους αποδεχτείτε πριν να συνεχίσετε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Για να τους αποδεχτείτε, απλά επιλέξτε <guilabel>Αποδοχή</guilabel> και έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Για να τους αποδεχτείτε, απλά επιλέξτε <guilabel>Αποδοχή</guilabel> και "
+"έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Αν τελικά αποφασίσετε να μην αποδεχτείτε τους όρους, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Έξοδος</guibutton> για επανεκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν τελικά αποφασίσετε να μην αποδεχτείτε τους όρους, κάντε κλικ στο "
+"<guibutton>Έξοδος</guibutton> για επανεκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -76,7 +86,10 @@ msgstr "Σημειώσεις έκδοσης"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Για να δείτε τι νέο υπάρχει σε αυτή την έκδοση της <application>Mageia</application>, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Σημειώσεις έκδοσης</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Για να δείτε τι νέο υπάρχει σε αυτή την έκδοση της <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Σημειώσεις έκδοσης</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -89,27 +102,32 @@ msgstr "el"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Διαμόρφωση επιπρόσθετων μέσων εγκατάστασης)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Σε αυτήν την οθόνη έχετε μια λίστα των ήδη αναγνωρισμένων αποθετηρίων. Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε και άλλες πηγές πακέτων, όπως έναν οπτικό οδηγό ή μια απομακρυσμένη πηγή. Η επιλογή των πηγών καθορίζει ποια πακέτα θα είναι διαθέσιμα για επιλογή στα επόμενα βήματα."
+msgstr ""
+"Σε αυτήν την οθόνη έχετε μια λίστα των ήδη αναγνωρισμένων αποθετηρίων. "
+"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε και άλλες πηγές πακέτων, όπως έναν οπτικό οδηγό ή μια "
+"απομακρυσμένη πηγή. Η επιλογή των πηγών καθορίζει ποια πακέτα θα είναι "
+"διαθέσιμα για επιλογή στα επόμενα βήματα."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -129,38 +147,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Επιλογή ενός καθρεπτισμού ή καθορισμός του URL (η πρώτη καταχώρηση). Επιλέγοντας έναν καθρεπτισμό , έχετε τη δυνατότητα να επιλέξετε μεταξύ των αποθετηρίων που διαχειρίζονται από τη Mageia, όπως το nonfree , tainted και updates. Με το URL, μπορείτε να υποδείξετε ένα συγκεκριμένο αποθετήριο ή τη δική σας εγκατάσταση NFS."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλογή ενός καθρεπτισμού ή καθορισμός του URL (η πρώτη καταχώρηση). "
+"Επιλέγοντας έναν καθρεπτισμό , έχετε τη δυνατότητα να επιλέξετε μεταξύ των "
+"αποθετηρίων που διαχειρίζονται από τη Mageia, όπως το nonfree , tainted και "
+"updates. Με το URL, μπορείτε να υποδείξετε ένα συγκεκριμένο αποθετήριο ή τη "
+"δική σας εγκατάσταση NFS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Διαχείριση χρήστη και διαχειριστή"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -172,20 +193,32 @@ msgstr "Ορίστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του διαχει�
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Είναι ορθό για όλες τις εγκαταστάσεις <application>Mageia</application> να ορίσετε έναν κωδικό υπερχρήστη ή διαχειριστή (στο Linux συνήθως λέγεται <emphasis>κωδικός πρόσβασης root</emphasis>. Καθώς πληκτρολογείτε έναν κωδικό στο πλαίσιο εισαγωγής το χρώμα της ασπίδας θα αλλάξει από κόκκινο προς το πράσινο ανάλογα με το πόσο ισχυρός είναι ο κωδικός σας. Η πράσινη ασπίδα σημαίνει ότι ο κωδικός σας είναι ισχυρός. Χρειάζεται να επαναλάβετε τον κωδικό ακόμα μια φορά στο αμέσως επόμενο πλαίσιο εισαγωγής, ώστε να ελεγχθεί αν τυχόν κάνατε λάθος κατά την πληκτρολόγηση του πρώτου κωδικού σας συγκρίνοντάς τους."
+msgstr ""
+"Είναι ορθό για όλες τις εγκαταστάσεις <application>Mageia</application> να "
+"ορίσετε έναν κωδικό υπερχρήστη ή διαχειριστή (στο Linux συνήθως λέγεται "
+"<emphasis>κωδικός πρόσβασης root</emphasis>. Καθώς πληκτρολογείτε έναν "
+"κωδικό στο πλαίσιο εισαγωγής το χρώμα της ασπίδας θα αλλάξει από κόκκινο "
+"προς το πράσινο ανάλογα με το πόσο ισχυρός είναι ο κωδικός σας. Η πράσινη "
+"ασπίδα σημαίνει ότι ο κωδικός σας είναι ισχυρός. Χρειάζεται να επαναλάβετε "
+"τον κωδικό ακόμα μια φορά στο αμέσως επόμενο πλαίσιο εισαγωγής, ώστε να "
+"ελεγχθεί αν τυχόν κάνατε λάθος κατά την πληκτρολόγηση του πρώτου κωδικού σας "
+"συγκρίνοντάς τους."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Όλοι οι κωδικοί κάνουν διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών και κεφαλαίων, συνιστάται η χρήση μικτών γραμμάτων (πεζών και κεφαλαίων), αριθμών και λοιπών χαρακτήρων σε έναν κωδικό."
+msgstr ""
+"Όλοι οι κωδικοί κάνουν διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών και κεφαλαίων, συνιστάται η "
+"χρήση μικτών γραμμάτων (πεζών και κεφαλαίων), αριθμών και λοιπών χαρακτήρων "
+"σε έναν κωδικό."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -198,29 +231,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Προσθέστε έναν χρήστη εδώ. Ένας χρήστης έχει λιγότερα δικαιώματα από τον διαχειριστή (root), αλλά αρκετά από προεπιλογή ώστε να πλοηγηθεί στο διαδίκτυο, να χρησιμοποιήσει εφαρμογές γραφείου ή να παίξει παιχνίδια και οτιδήποτε άλλο κάνει ένας μέσος χρήστης με τον υπολογιστή του."
+msgstr ""
+"Προσθέστε έναν χρήστη εδώ. Ένας χρήστης έχει λιγότερα δικαιώματα από τον "
+"διαχειριστή (root), αλλά αρκετά από προεπιλογή ώστε να πλοηγηθεί στο "
+"διαδίκτυο, να χρησιμοποιήσει εφαρμογές γραφείου ή να παίξει παιχνίδια και "
+"οτιδήποτε άλλο κάνει ένας μέσος χρήστης με τον υπολογιστή του."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Εικονίδιο</guibutton>: Αν κάνετε κλικ σε αυτό το κουμπί θα αλλάξει το εικονίδιο του χρήστη."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Εικονίδιο</guibutton>: Αν κάνετε κλικ σε αυτό το κουμπί θα "
+"αλλάξει το εικονίδιο του χρήστη."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Πραγματικό όνομα</guilabel>: Εισάγετε το πραγματικό όνομα του χρήστη σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Πραγματικό όνομα</guilabel>: Εισάγετε το πραγματικό όνομα του "
+"χρήστη σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Όνομα χρήστη</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να πληκτρολογήσετε ένα όνομα σύνδεσης χρήστη ή το drakx θα χρησιμοποιήσει μια μορφή του πραγματικού ονόματος του χρήστη. <emphasis>Το όνομα σύνδεσης κάνει διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών και κεφαλαίων.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Όνομα χρήστη</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να πληκτρολογήσετε ένα όνομα "
+"σύνδεσης χρήστη ή το drakx θα χρησιμοποιήσει μια μορφή του πραγματικού "
+"ονόματος του χρήστη. <emphasis>Το όνομα σύνδεσης κάνει διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών "
+"και κεφαλαίων.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -228,22 +273,33 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης</guilabel>: Σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου θα πρέπει να πληκτρολογήσετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του χρήστη.  Και εδώ, υπάρχει μια ασπίδα στην άκρη του πλαισίου που δείχνει κατά πόσο είναι ισχυρός ο κωδικός πρόσβασης του χρήστη. (Δείτε επίσης <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης</guilabel>: Σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου θα "
+"πρέπει να πληκτρολογήσετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του χρήστη.  Και εδώ, υπάρχει "
+"μια ασπίδα στην άκρη του πλαισίου που δείχνει κατά πόσο είναι ισχυρός ο "
+"κωδικός πρόσβασης του χρήστη. (Δείτε επίσης <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></"
+"xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης (ξανά)</guilabel>: Επαναλάβετε εδώ την πληκτρολόγηση του κωδικού πρόσβασης του χρήστη και το drakx θα ελέγξει ότι έχετε πληκτρολογήσει τον ίδιο κωδικό σε όλα τα πεδία εισαγωγής κωδικού πρόσβασης του χρήστη."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης (ξανά)</guilabel>: Επαναλάβετε εδώ την "
+"πληκτρολόγηση του κωδικού πρόσβασης του χρήστη και το drakx θα ελέγξει ότι "
+"έχετε πληκτρολογήσει τον ίδιο κωδικό σε όλα τα πεδία εισαγωγής κωδικού "
+"πρόσβασης του χρήστη."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Κάθε χρήστη που προσθέτετε κατά την εγκατάσταση της Mageia, θα έχει έναν κατάλογο αναγνώσιμο (αλλά όχι εγγράψιμο) από όλους."
+msgstr ""
+"Κάθε χρήστη που προσθέτετε κατά την εγκατάσταση της Mageia, θα έχει έναν "
+"κατάλογο αναγνώσιμο (αλλά όχι εγγράψιμο) από όλους."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -251,14 +307,21 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Ωστόσο, όταν χρησιμοποιείτε την νέα σας εγκατάσταση, κάθε χρήστη που προσθέτετε από το <emphasis>MCC - Σύστημα - Διαχείριση χρηστών, στο σύστημα</emphasis> θα έχει έναν προσωπικό κατάλογο με προστασία εγγραφής και ανάγνωσης."
+msgstr ""
+"Ωστόσο, όταν χρησιμοποιείτε την νέα σας εγκατάσταση, κάθε χρήστη που "
+"προσθέτετε από το <emphasis>MCC - Σύστημα - Διαχείριση χρηστών, στο σύστημα</"
+"emphasis> θα έχει έναν προσωπικό κατάλογο με προστασία εγγραφής και "
+"ανάγνωσης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Αν δεν επιθυμείτε να έχετε έναν προσωπικό κατάλογο (/home) αναγνώσιμο από όλους για κανέναν, συστήνεται να προσθέσετε μόνο έναν προσωρινό χρήστη τώρα και να προσθέσετε τον πραγματικό(ούς) μετά την επανεκκίνηση."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν επιθυμείτε να έχετε έναν προσωπικό κατάλογο (/home) αναγνώσιμο από "
+"όλους για κανέναν, συστήνεται να προσθέσετε μόνο έναν προσωρινό χρήστη τώρα "
+"και να προσθέσετε τον πραγματικό(ούς) μετά την επανεκκίνηση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -266,12 +329,17 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Αν προτιμάτε ο προσωπικός κατάλογος να είναι αναγνώσιμος από όλους, ίσως να θέλετε να προσθέσετε όλους τους επιπλέον χρήστες από το βήμα <emphasis>Διαμόρφωση - Σύνοψη</emphasis> κατά την εγκατάσταση. Επιλέξτε <emphasis>Διαχείριση χρηστών</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν προτιμάτε ο προσωπικός κατάλογος να είναι αναγνώσιμος από όλους, ίσως να "
+"θέλετε να προσθέσετε όλους τους επιπλέον χρήστες από το βήμα "
+"<emphasis>Διαμόρφωση - Σύνοψη</emphasis> κατά την εγκατάσταση. Επιλέξτε "
+"<emphasis>Διαχείριση χρηστών</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
-msgstr "Οι άδειες πρόσβασης μπορούν επίσης να τροποποιηθούν και μετά την εγκατάσταση."
+msgstr ""
+"Οι άδειες πρόσβασης μπορούν επίσης να τροποποιηθούν και μετά την εγκατάσταση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:116
@@ -284,7 +352,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Αν κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>για προχωρημένους</guibutton> θα εμφανιστεί αυτή η οθόνη που σας επιτρέπει να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις για τον χρήστη που κάνετε προσθέτετε. Επιπλέον, μπορείτε να απενεργοποιήσετε ή να ενεργοποιήσετε έναν λογαριασμό επισκέπτη (guest)."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>για προχωρημένους</guibutton> θα "
+"εμφανιστεί αυτή η οθόνη που σας επιτρέπει να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις "
+"για τον χρήστη που κάνετε προσθέτετε. Επιπλέον, μπορείτε να απενεργοποιήσετε "
+"ή να ενεργοποιήσετε έναν λογαριασμό επισκέπτη (guest)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -292,7 +364,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Οτιδήποτε αποθηκεύει ένας επισκέπτης με τον προκαθορισμένο λογαριασμό guest <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> στον προσωπικό του κατάλογό /home θα διαγράφεται. Ο guest θα πρέπει να αποθηκεύει τα σημαντικά του αρχεία σε ένα stick USB."
+msgstr ""
+"Οτιδήποτε αποθηκεύει ένας επισκέπτης με τον προκαθορισμένο λογαριασμό guest "
+"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis> στον προσωπικό του κατάλογό /home θα διαγράφεται. "
+"Ο guest θα πρέπει να αποθηκεύει τα σημαντικά του αρχεία σε ένα stick USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -300,7 +375,12 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση λογαριασμού guest</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να ενεργοποιήσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε ένα λογαριασμό επισκέπτη. Ο λογαριασμός guest επιτρέπει σε έναν επισκέπτη να συνδεθεί και να χρησιμοποιήσει τον υπολογιστή, αλλά έχει περισσότερη περιορισμένη πρόσβαση σε σχέση με τους τυπικούς χρήστες."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση λογαριασμού guest</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να "
+"ενεργοποιήσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε ένα λογαριασμό επισκέπτη. Ο λογαριασμός "
+"guest επιτρέπει σε έναν επισκέπτη να συνδεθεί και να χρησιμοποιήσει τον "
+"υπολογιστή, αλλά έχει περισσότερη περιορισμένη πρόσβαση σε σχέση με τους "
+"τυπικούς χρήστες."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -308,7 +388,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Κέλυφος</guilabel>: Αυτή η κυλιόμενη λίστα σας επιτρέπει να αλλάξετε το κέλυφος που χρησιμοποιείται από τον χρήστη που προσθέτετε στην προηγούμενη οθόνη. Οι επιλογές είναι Bash, Dash και Sh."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Κέλυφος</guilabel>: Αυτή η κυλιόμενη λίστα σας επιτρέπει να "
+"αλλάξετε το κέλυφος που χρησιμοποιείται από τον χρήστη που προσθέτετε στην "
+"προηγούμενη οθόνη. Οι επιλογές είναι Bash, Dash και Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -316,42 +399,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Αναγνωριστικό χρήστη</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το ID του χρήστη που προσθέτετε στην προηγούμενη οθόνη.  Πρόκειται για έναν αριθμό. Μην εισάγετε κάτι εδώ αν δεν γνωρίζετε για το τι πρόκειται."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Αναγνωριστικό χρήστη</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το ID του "
+"χρήστη που προσθέτετε στην προηγούμενη οθόνη.  Πρόκειται για έναν αριθμό. "
+"Μην εισάγετε κάτι εδώ αν δεν γνωρίζετε για το τι πρόκειται."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Αναγνωριστικό ομάδας</guilabel>: Σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε το ID της ομάδας. Επίσης πρόκειται για έναν αριθμό, συνήθως ο ίδιος με αυτόν του χρήστη."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Αναγνωριστικό ομάδας</guilabel>: Σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε το ID "
+"της ομάδας. Επίσης πρόκειται για έναν αριθμό, συνήθως ο ίδιος με αυτόν του "
+"χρήστη."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Επιλογή των σημείων προσάρτησης"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -359,46 +448,64 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Εδώ βλέπετε τις κατατμήσεις Linux που βρέθηκαν στον υπολογιστή σας. Αν δεν συμφωνείτε με τις προτάσεις του <application>DrakX</application>, μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τα σημεία προσάρτησης."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ βλέπετε τις κατατμήσεις Linux που βρέθηκαν στον υπολογιστή σας. Αν δεν "
+"συμφωνείτε με τις προτάσεις του <application>DrakX</application>, μπορείτε "
+"να αλλάξετε τα σημεία προσάρτησης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Αν πραγματοποιήσετε οποιαδήποτε αλλαγή, σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε πάντα μια κατάτμηση<literal> /</literal> (root)."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν πραγματοποιήσετε οποιαδήποτε αλλαγή, σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε πάντα μια "
+"κατάτμηση<literal> /</literal> (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Κάθε κατάτμηση εμφανίζεται ως ακολούθως: «Συσκευή» («Χωρητικότητα», «Σημείο προσάρτησης», «Τύπος»)."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Κάθε κατάτμηση εμφανίζεται ως ακολούθως: «Συσκευή» («Χωρητικότητα», «Σημείο "
+"προσάρτησης», «Τύπος»)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "Η «Συσκευή», συντελείται από: «σκληρός δίσκος», [«αριθμός σκληρού δίσκου»(γράμμα)], «αριθμός κατάτμησης» (για παράδειγμα, «sda5»)."
+msgstr ""
+"Η «Συσκευή», συντελείται από: «σκληρός δίσκος», [«αριθμός σκληρού "
+"δίσκου»(γράμμα)], «αριθμός κατάτμησης» (για παράδειγμα, «sda5»)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Αν έχετε πολλές κατατμήσεις, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε πολλαπλά διαφορετικά σημεία προσάρτησης από το κυλιόμενο μενού, όπως <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> και <literal>/var</literal>. Μπορείτε ακόμα να δημιουργήσετε το δικό σας σημείο προσάρτησης, για παράδειγμα <literal>/video</literal> για μια κατάτμηση για την αποθήκευση των ταινιών σας, ή <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> για την κατάτμηση <literal>/home</literal> μιας εγκατάστασης cauldron."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν έχετε πολλές κατατμήσεις, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε πολλαπλά διαφορετικά "
+"σημεία προσάρτησης από το κυλιόμενο μενού, όπως <literal>/</literal>, "
+"<literal>/home</literal> και <literal>/var</literal>. Μπορείτε ακόμα να "
+"δημιουργήσετε το δικό σας σημείο προσάρτησης, για παράδειγμα <literal>/"
+"video</literal> για μια κατάτμηση για την αποθήκευση των ταινιών σας, ή "
+"<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> για την κατάτμηση <literal>/home</literal> "
+"μιας εγκατάστασης cauldron."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Για τις κατατμήσεις που δεν χρειάζεστε να έχετε πρόσβαση, μπορείτε να αφήσετε το πεδίο του σημείου προσάρτησης κενό."
+msgstr ""
+"Για τις κατατμήσεις που δεν χρειάζεστε να έχετε πρόσβαση, μπορείτε να "
+"αφήσετε το πεδίο του σημείου προσάρτησης κενό."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -406,15 +513,23 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η τι να επιλέξετε, και στη συνέχεια επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση του δίσκου</guilabel>. Στην οθόνη που ακολουθεί, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ σε μια κατάτμηση για να δείτε τον τύπο και το μέγεθός της."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η τι να "
+"επιλέξετε, και στη συνέχεια επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση του "
+"δίσκου</guilabel>. Στην οθόνη που ακολουθεί, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ σε μια "
+"κατάτμηση για να δείτε τον τύπο και το μέγεθός της."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Αν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι τα σημεία προσάρτησης είναι σωστά, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>, και επιλέξτε αν επιθυμείτε την μορφοποίηση (με διαγραφή δεδομένων) των κατατμήσεων που προτείνει το DrakX, ή άλλες επιλογές."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι τα σημεία προσάρτησης είναι σωστά, κάντε κλικ στο "
+"<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>, και επιλέξτε αν επιθυμείτε την μορφοποίηση "
+"(με διαγραφή δεδομένων) των κατατμήσεων που προτείνει το DrakX, ή άλλες "
+"επιλογές."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -424,9 +539,11 @@ msgstr "Επιλογή περιβάλλοντος εργασίας"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Ανάλογα με τις επιλογές σας σε αυτήν την οθόνη, πιθανώς να ερωτηθείτε στη συνέχεια για επιπλέον επιλογές."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Ανάλογα με τις επιλογές σας σε αυτήν την οθόνη, πιθανώς να ερωτηθείτε στη "
+"συνέχεια για επιπλέον επιλογές."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -434,14 +551,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Μετά τα βήματα επιλογής, θα δείτε μια προβολή σλάιντ κατά τη διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης των πακέτων. Η προβολή σλάιντ μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί πατώντας στο κουμπί <guilabel>Λεπτομέρειες</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Μετά τα βήματα επιλογής, θα δείτε μια προβολή σλάιντ κατά τη διάρκεια της "
+"εγκατάστασης των πακέτων. Η προβολή σλάιντ μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί "
+"πατώντας στο κουμπί <guilabel>Λεπτομέρειες</guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -453,21 +575,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε αν προτιμάτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το περιβάλλον εργασίας <application>KDE</application> ή <application>Gnome</application>. Και τα δυο έρχονται με ένα πλήρες σύνολο εφαρμογών και εργαλείων. Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να μην χρησιμοποιήσετε ούτε το ένα ούτε το άλλο ή και τα δυο, ή αν επιθυμείτε κάτι άλλο από τα προεπιλεγμένα περιβάλλοντα. Το περιβάλλον LXDE είναι πιο ελαφρύ και από τα δύο προηγούμενα, με λιγότερα καλλωπιστικά στοιχεία και λιγότερα εγκατεστημένα πακέτα από προεπιλογή."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε αν προτιμάτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το περιβάλλον εργασίας "
+"<application>KDE</application> ή <application>Gnome</application>. Και τα "
+"δυο έρχονται με ένα πλήρες σύνολο εφαρμογών και εργαλείων. Επιλέξτε "
+"<guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να μην χρησιμοποιήσετε ούτε "
+"το ένα ούτε το άλλο ή και τα δυο, ή αν επιθυμείτε κάτι άλλο από τα "
+"προεπιλεγμένα περιβάλλοντα. Το περιβάλλον LXDE είναι πιο ελαφρύ και από τα "
+"δύο προηγούμενα, με λιγότερα καλλωπιστικά στοιχεία και λιγότερα "
+"εγκατεστημένα πακέτα από προεπιλογή."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Επιλογή ομάδας πακέτων"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -476,7 +607,12 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Τα πακέτα έχουν ταξινομηθεί σε ομάδες, για να σας διευκολύνουν στην επιλογή των πακέτων που χρειάζεστε. Το περιεχόμενο των ομάδων διακρίνεται εύκολα από τον τίτλο τους, ωστόσο περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το περιεχόμενο του καθενός υπάρχουν στις υποδείξεις που εμφανίζονται κατά το πέρασμα του ποντικιού από πάνω τους."
+msgstr ""
+"Τα πακέτα έχουν ταξινομηθεί σε ομάδες, για να σας διευκολύνουν στην επιλογή "
+"των πακέτων που χρειάζεστε. Το περιεχόμενο των ομάδων διακρίνεται εύκολα από "
+"τον τίτλο τους, ωστόσο περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το περιεχόμενο "
+"του καθενός υπάρχουν στις υποδείξεις που εμφανίζονται κατά το πέρασμα του "
+"ποντικιού από πάνω τους."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -498,74 +634,93 @@ msgstr "Γραφικό περιβάλλον."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων: Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή για την προσθήκη επιπλέον πακέτων χειροκίνητα."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων: Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή "
+"για την προσθήκη επιπλέον πακέτων χειροκίνητα."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Ανατρέξτε στο <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> για οδηγίες σχετικά με το πώς να κάνετε μια ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Ανατρέξτε στο <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> για οδηγίες σχετικά "
+"με το πώς να κάνετε μια ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε οποιαδήποτε επιπλέον πακέτα για να προσαρμόσετε την εγκατάστασή σας."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε οποιαδήποτε επιπλέον πακέτα για να προσαρμόσετε "
+"την εγκατάστασή σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Αφού πραγματοποιήσετε την επιλογή σας, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ στο <guibutton>εικονίδιο της δισκέτας</guibutton> στο κάτω μέρος της σελίδας ώστε να αποθηκεύσετε την επιλογή των πακέτων σας (μπορείτε επίσης να κάνετε την αποθήκευση σε ένα stick USB). Με αυτόν τον τρόπο μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το αρχείο για να εγκαταστήσετε τα ίδια πακέτα σε κάποιο άλλο σύστημα, κάνοντας κλικ στο ίδιο κουμπί κατά την εγκατάσταση και επιλέγοντας την φόρτωσή του."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Αφού πραγματοποιήσετε την επιλογή σας, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ στο "
+"<guibutton>εικονίδιο της δισκέτας</guibutton> στο κάτω μέρος της σελίδας "
+"ώστε να αποθηκεύσετε την επιλογή των πακέτων σας (μπορείτε επίσης να κάνετε "
+"την αποθήκευση σε ένα stick USB). Με αυτόν τον τρόπο μπορείτε να "
+"χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το αρχείο για να εγκαταστήσετε τα ίδια πακέτα σε κάποιο "
+"άλλο σύστημα, κάνοντας κλικ στο ίδιο κουμπί κατά την εγκατάσταση και "
+"επιλέγοντας την φόρτωσή του."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Διαμορφώστε τις υπηρεσίες σας"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε ποιες υπηρεσίες (δεν) θα πρέπει να εκκινηθούν κατά την εκκίνηση του συστήματός σας."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε ποιες υπηρεσίες (δεν) θα πρέπει να εκκινηθούν κατά "
+"την εκκίνηση του συστήματός σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Υπάρχουν τέσσερις ομάδες, κάντε κλικ στο τρίγωνο μπροστά από μια ομάδα για την ανάπτυξή τους και για να δείτε όλες τις υπηρεσίες σε αυτήν."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Υπάρχουν τέσσερις ομάδες, κάντε κλικ στο τρίγωνο μπροστά από μια ομάδα για "
+"την ανάπτυξή τους και για να δείτε όλες τις υπηρεσίες σε αυτήν."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -577,7 +732,9 @@ msgstr "Οι ρυθμίσεις που επιλέγει το DrakX είναι σ
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Αν τονίσετε με το ποντίκι μια υπηρεσία, θα εμφανιστεί μια υπόδειξη με σχετικές πληροφορίες."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν τονίσετε με το ποντίκι μια υπηρεσία, θα εμφανιστεί μια υπόδειξη με "
+"σχετικές πληροφορίες."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
@@ -589,36 +746,46 @@ msgstr "Αλλάξτε κάτι μόνο αν γνωρίζετε πολύ καλ
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Διαμόρφωση της ζώνης ώρας"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη ζώνη ώρας σας επιλέγοντας τη χώρα ή μια πόλη κοντά σας στην ίδια ζώνη ώρας."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε τη ζώνη ώρας σας επιλέγοντας τη χώρα ή μια πόλη κοντά σας στην ίδια "
+"ζώνη ώρας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "Στην επόμενη οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τη ρύθμιση του ρολογιού του BIOS στην τοπική ώρα ή GMT, γνωστή και ως UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Στην επόμενη οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τη ρύθμιση του ρολογιού του BIOS "
+"στην τοπική ώρα ή GMT, γνωστή και ως UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Αν έχετε περισσότερα από ένα λειτουργικά συστήματα στον υπολογιστή σας, σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλα έχουν ρυθμιστεί στην τοπική ώρα, ή σε UTC/GMT στο σύνολό τους."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν έχετε περισσότερα από ένα λειτουργικά συστήματα στον υπολογιστή σας, "
+"σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλα έχουν ρυθμιστεί στην τοπική ώρα, ή σε UTC/GMT στο "
+"σύνολό τους."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -628,24 +795,31 @@ msgstr "Επιλέξτε έναν εξυπηρετητή X (Διαμόρφωση
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "Το DrakX διαθέτει μια πολύ περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων καρτών γραφικών και συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά την κάρτα σας."
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX διαθέτει μια πολύ περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων καρτών γραφικών και "
+"συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά την κάρτα σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την κάρτα γραφικών σας και γνωρίζετε τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου ανά:"
+msgstr ""
+"Αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την κάρτα γραφικών σας και "
+"γνωρίζετε τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου ανά:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -668,7 +842,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Αν δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε την κάρτα σας στη λίστα κατασκευαστών (διότι δεν βρίσκεται ακόμα στη βάση δεδομένων ή πρόκειται για μια παλιά κάρτα) ίσως να βρείτε έναν κατάλληλο οδηγό στην κατηγορία Xorg"
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε την κάρτα σας στη λίστα κατασκευαστών (διότι δεν "
+"βρίσκεται ακόμα στη βάση δεδομένων ή πρόκειται για μια παλιά κάρτα) ίσως να "
+"βρείτε έναν κατάλληλο οδηγό στην κατηγορία Xorg"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -676,14 +853,20 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "Η λίστα του Xorg περιλαμβάνει περισσότερους από 40 γενικούς και ανοιχτού κώδικα οδηγούς καρτών γραφικών.  Αν ακόμα δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε έναν οδηγό με την ονομασία της κάρτας σας υπάρχει η επιλογή χρήσης του οδηγού vesa ο οποίος παρέχει τις βασικές λειτουργίες της κάρτας."
+msgstr ""
+"Η λίστα του Xorg περιλαμβάνει περισσότερους από 40 γενικούς και ανοιχτού "
+"κώδικα οδηγούς καρτών γραφικών.  Αν ακόμα δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε έναν οδηγό "
+"με την ονομασία της κάρτας σας υπάρχει η επιλογή χρήσης του οδηγού vesa ο "
+"οποίος παρέχει τις βασικές λειτουργίες της κάρτας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Προσέξτε διότι αν επιλέξετε έναν ακατάλληλο οδηγό θα έχετε πρόσβαση μόνο στη γραμμή εντολών."
+msgstr ""
+"Προσέξτε διότι αν επιλέξετε έναν ακατάλληλο οδηγό θα έχετε πρόσβαση μόνο στη "
+"γραμμή εντολών."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -691,30 +874,36 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Μερικοί κατασκευαστές καρτών γραφικών παρέχουν ιδιόκτητους οδηγούς για Linux οι οποίοι μπορεί να διατεθούν μόνο από τα αποθετήρια Nonfree και σε ορισμένες περιπτώσεις μόνο από την ιστοσελίδα του κατασκευαστή της κάρτας"
+msgstr ""
+"Μερικοί κατασκευαστές καρτών γραφικών παρέχουν ιδιόκτητους οδηγούς για Linux "
+"οι οποίοι μπορεί να διατεθούν μόνο από τα αποθετήρια Nonfree και σε "
+"ορισμένες περιπτώσεις μόνο από την ιστοσελίδα του κατασκευαστή της κάρτας"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Τα αποθετήρια Nonfree θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιηθούν ώστε να αποκτήσετε πρόσβαση, θα πρέπει να το κάνετε μετά την πρώτη σας επανεκκίνηση."
+msgstr ""
+"Τα αποθετήρια Nonfree θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιηθούν ώστε να αποκτήσετε "
+"πρόσβαση, θα πρέπει να το κάνετε μετά την πρώτη σας επανεκκίνηση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Διαμόρφωση του X, της κάρτας γραφικών και της οθόνης"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -723,19 +912,29 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Δεν έχει σημασία το γραφικό περιβάλλον (επίσης γνωστό ως περιβάλλον εργασίας) που επιλέγετε για αυτήν την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>, όλα είναι βασισμένα σε μια γραφική διεπαφή χρήστη το X Window System, ή απλά X. Έτσι, για να είναι σε θέση το KDE, Gnome, LXDE ή οποιοδήποτε άλλο γραφικό περιβάλλον να λειτουργεί σωστά, οι παρακάτω ρυθμίσεις του X χρειάζεται να είναι σωστές. Επιλέξτε τις σωστές ρυθμίσεις αν μπορείτε να δείτε ότι το DrakX δεν έχει επιλέξει κάποια, ή αν αμφιβάλλετε ότι είναι η σωστή επιλογή."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Δεν έχει σημασία το γραφικό περιβάλλον (επίσης γνωστό ως περιβάλλον "
+"εργασίας) που επιλέγετε για αυτήν την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, όλα είναι βασισμένα σε μια γραφική διεπαφή χρήστη το X Window "
+"System, ή απλά X. Έτσι, για να είναι σε θέση το KDE, Gnome, LXDE ή "
+"οποιοδήποτε άλλο γραφικό περιβάλλον να λειτουργεί σωστά, οι παρακάτω "
+"ρυθμίσεις του X χρειάζεται να είναι σωστές. Επιλέξτε τις σωστές ρυθμίσεις αν "
+"μπορείτε να δείτε ότι το DrakX δεν έχει επιλέξει κάποια, ή αν αμφιβάλλετε "
+"ότι είναι η σωστή επιλογή."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Κάρτα γραφικών</guibutton></emphasis>: Επιλέξτε την κάρτα σας από τη λίστα αν είναι απαραίτητο."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Κάρτα γραφικών</guibutton></emphasis>: Επιλέξτε την "
+"κάρτα σας από τη λίστα αν είναι απαραίτητο."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -745,7 +944,13 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Οθόνη</guibutton></emphasis>: Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε <guilabel>Άμεσης τοποθέτησης και λειτουργίας</guilabel> αν είναι εφικτό, ή επιλέξτε την οθόνη σας από τη λίστα των <guilabel>Κατασκευαστών</guilabel> ή <guilabel>Γενικού τύπου</guilabel>.  Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να ορίσετε τις οριζόντιες και κάθετες συχνότητες ανανέωσης της οθόνης σας χειροκίνητα."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Οθόνη</guibutton></emphasis>: Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε "
+"<guilabel>Άμεσης τοποθέτησης και λειτουργίας</guilabel> αν είναι εφικτό, ή "
+"επιλέξτε την οθόνη σας από τη λίστα των <guilabel>Κατασκευαστών</guilabel> ή "
+"<guilabel>Γενικού τύπου</guilabel>.  Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</"
+"guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να ορίσετε τις οριζόντιες και κάθετες συχνότητες "
+"ανανέωσης της οθόνης σας χειροκίνητα."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -757,7 +962,9 @@ msgstr "Μια εσφαλμένη συχνότητα ανανέωσης μπορ
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Ανάλυση</guibutton></emphasis>: Ορίστε την επιθυμητή ανάλυση και βάθος χρώματος της οθόνης σας εδώ."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Ανάλυση</guibutton></emphasis>: Ορίστε την επιθυμητή "
+"ανάλυση και βάθος χρώματος της οθόνης σας εδώ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -765,19 +972,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Δοκιμή</guibutton></emphasis>: Το κουμπί δοκιμή δεν εμφανίζεται πάντα κατά την εγκατάσταση. Αν το κουμπί υπάρχει, μπορείτε να ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις σας κάνοντας κλικ σε αυτό. Αν ερωτηθείτε αν οι ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές, μπορείτε να απαντήσετε «Ναι», και οι ρυθμίσεις θα διατηρηθούν. Αν δεν δείτε τίποτα, θα επιστρέψετε στην οθόνη διαμόρφωσης ώστε να ρυθμίσετε εκ νέου τις παραμέτρους έως η δοκιμή που θα πραγματοποιήσετε να είναι επιτυχής.  <emphasis>Σιγουρευτείτε ότι οι ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές αν το κουμπί δοκιμής δεν είναι διαθέσιμο</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Δοκιμή</guibutton></emphasis>: Το κουμπί δοκιμή δεν "
+"εμφανίζεται πάντα κατά την εγκατάσταση. Αν το κουμπί υπάρχει, μπορείτε να "
+"ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις σας κάνοντας κλικ σε αυτό. Αν ερωτηθείτε αν οι "
+"ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές, μπορείτε να απαντήσετε «Ναι», και οι ρυθμίσεις "
+"θα διατηρηθούν. Αν δεν δείτε τίποτα, θα επιστρέψετε στην οθόνη διαμόρφωσης "
+"ώστε να ρυθμίσετε εκ νέου τις παραμέτρους έως η δοκιμή που θα "
+"πραγματοποιήσετε να είναι επιτυχής.  <emphasis>Σιγουρευτείτε ότι οι "
+"ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές αν το κουμπί δοκιμής δεν είναι διαθέσιμο</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Επιλογές</guibutton></emphasis>: Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων παραμέτρων."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Επιλογές</guibutton></emphasis>: Εδώ μπορείτε να "
+"επιλέξετε την ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων παραμέτρων."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -789,7 +1007,9 @@ msgstr "Επιλογή της οθόνης"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "Το DrakX διαθέτει μια αρκετά περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων συσκευών οθονών και συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά και τη δική σας."
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX διαθέτει μια αρκετά περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων συσκευών οθονών και "
+"συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά και τη δική σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -798,15 +1018,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Η επιλογή μιας οθόνης με διαφορετικά χαρακτηριστικά μπορεί να καταστρέψει την οθόνη σας ή τη συσκευή γραφικών. Παρακαλώ μην προσπαθείτε να κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε.  </emphasis> Αν έχετε αμφιβολίες θα πρέπει να συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Η επιλογή μιας οθόνης με διαφορετικά χαρακτηριστικά μπορεί να "
+"καταστρέψει την οθόνη σας ή τη συσκευή γραφικών. Παρακαλώ μην προσπαθείτε να "
+"κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε.  </emphasis> Αν "
+"έχετε αμφιβολίες θα πρέπει να συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -817,10 +1044,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Προσαρμοσμένο</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Αυτή η επιλογή σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε δύο κρίσιμες παραμέτρους, τη συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης και τη συχνότητα του οριζόντιου συγχρονισμού. Η συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης ορίζει πόσο συχνά θα ανανεώνεται η οθόνη και ο οριζόντιος συγχρονισμός είναι η συχνότητα στην οποία εμφανίζονται οι γραμμές σάρωσης."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτή η επιλογή σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε δύο κρίσιμες παραμέτρους, τη "
+"συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης και τη συχνότητα του οριζόντιου "
+"συγχρονισμού. Η συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης ορίζει πόσο συχνά θα "
+"ανανεώνεται η οθόνη και ο οριζόντιος συγχρονισμός είναι η συχνότητα στην "
+"οποία εμφανίζονται οι γραμμές σάρωσης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -829,7 +1061,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "Είναι <emphasis>ΠΟΛΥ ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ</emphasis> να μην ορίσετε μια οθόνη με εύρος συγχρονισμού εκτός των δυνατοτήτων της οθόνης σας: μπορεί να καταστρέψετε την οθόνη σας.  Αν έχετε αμφιβολία, επιλέξτε μια συντηρητική ρύθμιση και συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας."
+msgstr ""
+"Είναι <emphasis>ΠΟΛΥ ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ</emphasis> να μην ορίσετε μια οθόνη με εύρος "
+"συγχρονισμού εκτός των δυνατοτήτων της οθόνης σας: μπορεί να καταστρέψετε "
+"την οθόνη σας.  Αν έχετε αμφιβολία, επιλέξτε μια συντηρητική ρύθμιση και "
+"συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -841,7 +1077,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Άμεσης τοποθέτησης και λειτουργί�
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Αυτή είναι και η εξ' ορισμού επιλογή και γίνεται προσπάθεια εντοπισμού του τύπου της οθόνης από τη βάση δεδομένων με τις συσκευές οθονών."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτή είναι και η εξ' ορισμού επιλογή και γίνεται προσπάθεια εντοπισμού του "
+"τύπου της οθόνης από τη βάση δεδομένων με τις συσκευές οθονών."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -853,7 +1091,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Κατασκευαστής</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την οθόνη σας και γνωρίζεται τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου επιλέγοντας ανά:"
+msgstr ""
+"αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την οθόνη σας και γνωρίζεται "
+"τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου επιλέγοντας ανά:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -874,11 +1114,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Γενικού τύπου</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "Επιλέγοντας αυτήν την ομάδα θα εμφανιστούν γύρω στις 30 διαμορφώσεις οθονών όπως 1024x768 @ 60Hz συμπεριλαμβάνονται και οι οθόνες Flat των φορητών υπολογιστών. Συχνά είναι μια καλή ομάδα επιλογής οθόνης αν πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε τον οδηγό κάρτας γραφικών Vesa όταν το υλικό της κάρτας γραφικών σας δεν μπορεί να εντοπιστεί αυτόματα.  Ακόμα μια φορά θα πρέπει να είστε συντηρητικοί στις επιλογές σας."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέγοντας αυτήν την ομάδα θα εμφανιστούν γύρω στις 30 διαμορφώσεις οθονών "
+"όπως 1024x768 @ 60Hz συμπεριλαμβάνονται και οι οθόνες Flat των φορητών "
+"υπολογιστών. Συχνά είναι μια καλή ομάδα επιλογής οθόνης αν πρέπει να "
+"χρησιμοποιήσετε τον οδηγό κάρτας γραφικών Vesa όταν το υλικό της κάρτας "
+"γραφικών σας δεν μπορεί να εντοπιστεί αυτόματα.  Ακόμα μια φορά θα πρέπει να "
+"είστε συντηρητικοί στις επιλογές σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -888,47 +1134,65 @@ msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση δίσκων με το Dis
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Αν επιθυμείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε κρυπτογράφηση σε κάποια από τις κατατμήσεις σας σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε μια ξεχωριστή κατάτμηση /boot. Η επιλογή κρυπτογράφησης για την κατάτμηση /boot ΔΕΝ θα πρέπει να οριστεί, διαφορετικά δεν θα είναι δυνατή η εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν επιθυμείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε κρυπτογράφηση σε κάποια από τις κατατμήσεις "
+"σας σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε μια ξεχωριστή κατάτμηση /boot. Η επιλογή "
+"κρυπτογράφησης για την κατάτμηση /boot ΔΕΝ θα πρέπει να οριστεί, διαφορετικά "
+"δεν θα είναι δυνατή η εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη διάταξη των δίσκων σας. Μπορείτε να αφαιρέσετε ή να δημιουργήσετε κατατμήσεις, να αλλάξετε το σύστημα αρχείων μιας κατάτμησης ή να αλλάξετε το μέγεθός της και επιπροσθέτως να δείτε το περιεχόμενό της πριν να ξεκινήσετε."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη διάταξη των δίσκων σας. Μπορείτε να αφαιρέσετε "
+"ή να δημιουργήσετε κατατμήσεις, να αλλάξετε το σύστημα αρχείων μιας "
+"κατάτμησης ή να αλλάξετε το μέγεθός της και επιπροσθέτως να δείτε το "
+"περιεχόμενό της πριν να ξεκινήσετε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Υπάρχει μια καρτέλα για κάθε εντοπισμένο σκληρό δίσκο ή άλλη συσκευή αποθήκευσης, όπως ένα stick USB. Για παράδειγμα sda, sdb και sdc αν υπάρχουν τρία από αυτά."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Υπάρχει μια καρτέλα για κάθε εντοπισμένο σκληρό δίσκο ή άλλη συσκευή "
+"αποθήκευσης, όπως ένα stick USB. Για παράδειγμα sda, sdb και sdc αν υπάρχουν "
+"τρία από αυτά."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Καθαρισμός όλων</guibutton> για να καθαρίσετε όλες τις κατατμήσεις στην επιλεγμένη συσκευή αποθήκευσης"
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Καθαρισμός όλων</guibutton> για να καθαρίσετε όλες "
+"τις κατατμήσεις στην επιλεγμένη συσκευή αποθήκευσης"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Για τις υπόλοιπες ενέργειες: κάντε κλικ στην επιθυμητή κατάτμηση πρώτα. Στη συνέχεια δείτε την, ή επιλέξτε ένα σύστημα αρχείων και ένα σημείο προσάρτησης, αλλάξτε το μέγεθός της ή καθαρίστε την."
+msgstr ""
+"Για τις υπόλοιπες ενέργειες: κάντε κλικ στην επιθυμητή κατάτμηση πρώτα. Στη "
+"συνέχεια δείτε την, ή επιλέξτε ένα σύστημα αρχείων και ένα σημείο "
+"προσάρτησης, αλλάξτε το μέγεθός της ή καθαρίστε την."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -951,21 +1215,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Σε αυτήν την οθόνη μπορείτε να δείτε το περιεχόμενο των σκληρών σας δίσκων και να δείτε τις λύσεις που βρήκε ο οδηγός διαμερισμού DrakX για τα πιθανά μέρη εγκατάστασης της <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Σε αυτήν την οθόνη μπορείτε να δείτε το περιεχόμενο των σκληρών σας δίσκων "
+"και να δείτε τις λύσεις που βρήκε ο οδηγός διαμερισμού DrakX για τα πιθανά "
+"μέρη εγκατάστασης της <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Οι διαθέσιμες επιλογές από την παρακάτω λίστα ποικίλουν ανάλογα με τις ιδιότητες των σκληρών σας δίσκων και το περιεχόμενό τους."
+msgstr ""
+"Οι διαθέσιμες επιλογές από την παρακάτω λίστα ποικίλουν ανάλογα με τις "
+"ιδιότητες των σκληρών σας δίσκων και το περιεχόμενό τους."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -977,7 +1248,9 @@ msgstr "Χρήση των υπαρχουσών κατατμήσεων"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Αν αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη, σημαίνει ότι έχουν βρεθεί κατατμήσεις συμβατές με το Linux και μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για την εγκατάσταση."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη, σημαίνει ότι έχουν βρεθεί κατατμήσεις "
+"συμβατές με το Linux και μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για την εγκατάσταση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -987,9 +1260,11 @@ msgstr "Χρήση του ελεύθερου χώρου"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Αν έχετε μη χρησιμοποιούμενο χώρο στο σκληρό σας δίσκο τότε αυτή η επιλογή θα τον χρησιμοποιήσει για τη νέα σας εγκατάσταση της Mageia."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν έχετε μη χρησιμοποιούμενο χώρο στο σκληρό σας δίσκο τότε αυτή η επιλογή "
+"θα τον χρησιμοποιήσει για τη νέα σας εγκατάσταση της Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -999,9 +1274,11 @@ msgstr "Χρήση του ελεύθερου χώρου σε μια κατάτμ
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Αν διαθέτετε μη χρησιμοποιούμενο χώρο σε μια υπάρχουσα κατάτμηση Windows, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης μπορεί να σας επιτρέψει να τον χρησιμοποιήσετε."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν διαθέτετε μη χρησιμοποιούμενο χώρο σε μια υπάρχουσα κατάτμηση Windows, ο "
+"οδηγός εγκατάστασης μπορεί να σας επιτρέψει να τον χρησιμοποιήσετε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1009,7 +1286,9 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Αυτό μπορεί να φανεί χρήσιμο για την δημιουργία του κατάλληλου χώρου για την εγκατάσταση της Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτό μπορεί να φανεί χρήσιμο για την δημιουργία του κατάλληλου χώρου για την "
+"εγκατάσταση της Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1020,7 +1299,15 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Σημειώστε ότι αυτό θα προκαλέσει την συρρίκνωση του μεγέθους της κατάτμησης των Windows, κάτι το οποίο μπορεί να διατρέχει κάποιον κίνδυνο. Η κατάτμηση θα πρέπει να είναι «καθαρή» δηλαδή τα Windows πρέπει να έχουν κλείσει σωστά την τελευταία φορά που χρησιμοποιήθηκαν.  Επίσης θα πρέπει να έχετε κάνει αποκερμάτωση, ωστόσο δεν αποτελεί εγγύηση ότι όλα τα αρχεία στην κατάτμηση έχουν μετακινηθεί εκτός της περιοχής που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Σε κάθε περίπτωση θα πρέπει να έχετε πάρει αντίγραφα ασφαλείας των σημαντικών σας αρχείων. Θα πρέπει να το ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν συνεχίσετε."
+msgstr ""
+"Σημειώστε ότι αυτό θα προκαλέσει την συρρίκνωση του μεγέθους της κατάτμησης "
+"των Windows, κάτι το οποίο μπορεί να διατρέχει κάποιον κίνδυνο. Η κατάτμηση "
+"θα πρέπει να είναι «καθαρή» δηλαδή τα Windows πρέπει να έχουν κλείσει σωστά "
+"την τελευταία φορά που χρησιμοποιήθηκαν.  Επίσης θα πρέπει να έχετε κάνει "
+"αποκερμάτωση, ωστόσο δεν αποτελεί εγγύηση ότι όλα τα αρχεία στην κατάτμηση "
+"έχουν μετακινηθεί εκτός της περιοχής που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Σε κάθε "
+"περίπτωση θα πρέπει να έχετε πάρει αντίγραφα ασφαλείας των σημαντικών σας "
+"αρχείων. Θα πρέπει να το ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν συνεχίσετε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1035,7 +1322,9 @@ msgstr "Αυτή η επιλογή θα χρησιμοποιήσει ολόκλ�
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Προσοχή! Αυτή η ενέργεια θα διαγράψει ΟΛΑ τα δεδομένα στον επιλεγμένο σκληρό δίσκο. Να είστε προσεκτικός-ή!"
+msgstr ""
+"Προσοχή! Αυτή η ενέργεια θα διαγράψει ΟΛΑ τα δεδομένα στον επιλεγμένο σκληρό "
+"δίσκο. Να είστε προσεκτικός-ή!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1043,7 +1332,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Αν σκοπεύετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα τμήμα του δίσκου για άλλον σκοπό, ή αν διαθέτετε ήδη κάποια δεδομένα στον δίσκο τα οποία δεν θα θέλατε να χάσετε, τότε μην χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτήν την επιλογή."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν σκοπεύετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα τμήμα του δίσκου για άλλον σκοπό, ή αν "
+"διαθέτετε ήδη κάποια δεδομένα στον δίσκο τα οποία δεν θα θέλατε να χάσετε, "
+"τότε μην χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτήν την επιλογή."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1053,9 +1345,11 @@ msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένο"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Αυτό σας δίνει πλήρη έλεγχο στον διαμερισμό της εγκατάστασης στους σκληρούς σας δίσκους."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτό σας δίνει πλήρη έλεγχο στον διαμερισμό της εγκατάστασης στους σκληρούς "
+"σας δίσκους."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1064,10 +1358,18 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Μερικοί νέοι οδηγοί σκληρών δίσκων χρησιμοποιούν τώρα 4096 byte λογικούς τομείς, αντί του προηγούμενου στάνταρ των λογικών τομέων 512 byte. Εξαιτίας της έλλειψης διαθέσιμου υλικού, το εργαλείο κατατμήσεων που χρησιμοποιήθηκε στον εγκαταστάτη δεν δοκιμάστηκε σε τέτοιους οδηγούς. Επίσης μερικοί οδηγοί ssd χρησιμοποιούν τώρα τμήματα διαγραφής μεγαλύτερα τους 1 MB.  Σας συστήνουμε να πραγματοποιήσετε την κατάτμηση στον οδηγό σας εκ των προτέρων με τη βοήθεια ενός άλλου εργαλείου κατατμήσεων όπως το gparted, και να χρησιμοποιήσετε την παρακάτω διαμόρφωση:"
+msgstr ""
+"Μερικοί νέοι οδηγοί σκληρών δίσκων χρησιμοποιούν τώρα 4096 byte λογικούς "
+"τομείς, αντί του προηγούμενου στάνταρ των λογικών τομέων 512 byte. Εξαιτίας "
+"της έλλειψης διαθέσιμου υλικού, το εργαλείο κατατμήσεων που χρησιμοποιήθηκε "
+"στον εγκαταστάτη δεν δοκιμάστηκε σε τέτοιους οδηγούς. Επίσης μερικοί οδηγοί "
+"ssd χρησιμοποιούν τώρα τμήματα διαγραφής μεγαλύτερα τους 1 MB.  Σας "
+"συστήνουμε να πραγματοποιήσετε την κατάτμηση στον οδηγό σας εκ των προτέρων "
+"με τη βοήθεια ενός άλλου εργαλείου κατατμήσεων όπως το gparted, και να "
+"χρησιμοποιήσετε την παρακάτω διαμόρφωση:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1083,7 +1385,9 @@ msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλες οι κατατμήσεις έχουν δημιουργηθεί με ένα ζυγό αριθμό Mb."
+msgstr ""
+"Σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλες οι κατατμήσεις έχουν δημιουργηθεί με ένα ζυγό αριθμό "
+"Mb."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1100,8 +1404,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Φεβρουάριος 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1124,10 +1427,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Κανένας δεν βλέπει όλες τις οθόνες του εγκαταστάτη που υπάρχουν σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση."
+msgstr ""
+"Κανένας δεν βλέπει όλες τις οθόνες του εγκαταστάτη που υπάρχουν σε αυτό το "
+"εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και "
+"τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1138,64 +1444,85 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</link>"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την "
+"άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/"
+"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</"
+"link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από την <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link ns6:"
+"href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από την "
+"<link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Ομάδα της τεκμηρίωσης</link>."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν "
+"επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ "
+"επικοινωνήστε με την <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Documentation_team\">Ομάδα της τεκμηρίωσης</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Συγχαρητήρια"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Έχετε ολοκληρώσει την εγκατάσταση και διαμόρφωση της Mageia και μπορείτε τώρα να επανεκκινήσετε τον υπολογιστή σας με ασφάλεια."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Έχετε ολοκληρώσει την εγκατάσταση και διαμόρφωση της Mageia και μπορείτε "
+"τώρα να επανεκκινήσετε τον υπολογιστή σας με ασφάλεια."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Μετά την επανεκκίνηση, στην οθόνη του μενού εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ των λειτουργικών συστημάτων σας στον υπολογιστή σας (αν έχετε περισσότερα από ένα)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Μετά την επανεκκίνηση, στην οθόνη του μενού εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε "
+"μεταξύ των λειτουργικών συστημάτων σας στον υπολογιστή σας (αν έχετε "
+"περισσότερα από ένα)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Αν δεν έχετε αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις του προγράμματος εκκίνησης, η εγκατάστασή σας της Mageia θα επιλεχθεί αυτόματα και θα εκκινηθεί."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν έχετε αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις του προγράμματος εκκίνησης, η εγκατάστασή "
+"σας της Mageia θα επιλεχθεί αυτόματα και θα εκκινηθεί."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1207,43 +1534,56 @@ msgstr "Απολαύστε!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Μεταβείτε στο www.mageia.org αν έχετε διάφορες απορίες ή αν θέλετε να συνεισφέρετε στη Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Μεταβείτε στο www.mageia.org αν έχετε διάφορες απορίες ή αν θέλετε να "
+"συνεισφέρετε στη Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Μορφοποίηση"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ποιες κατατμήσεις επιθυμείτε να μορφοποιήσετε. Τα δεδομένα στις κατατμήσεις που <emphasis>δεν</emphasis> έχουν σημειωθεί για μορφοποίηση θα διατηρηθούν."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ποιες κατατμήσεις επιθυμείτε να μορφοποιήσετε. Τα "
+"δεδομένα στις κατατμήσεις που <emphasis>δεν</emphasis> έχουν σημειωθεί για "
+"μορφοποίηση θα διατηρηθούν."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Συνήθως τουλάχιστον οι κατατμήσεις που έχει επιλέξει το DrakX, χρειάζεται να μορφοποιηθούν"
+msgstr ""
+"Συνήθως τουλάχιστον οι κατατμήσεις που έχει επιλέξει το DrakX, χρειάζεται να "
+"μορφοποιηθούν"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> για να επιλέξετε τις κατατμήσεις για τις οποίες επιθυμείτε να γίνει έλεγχος για <emphasis>χαλασμένα τμήματα</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> για να επιλέξετε τις "
+"κατατμήσεις για τις οποίες επιθυμείτε να γίνει έλεγχος για "
+"<emphasis>χαλασμένα τμήματα</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1252,14 +1592,22 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι έχετε κάνει την σωστή επιλογή, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton>, ξανά στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> και στη συνέχεια στο <guibutton>Προσαρμοσμένο</guibutton> για να επιστρέψετε στην κύρια οθόνη.  Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε να δείτε τι υπάρχει στις κατατμήσεις σας."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι έχετε κάνει την σωστή επιλογή, μπορείτε να "
+"κάνετε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton>, ξανά στο "
+"<guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> και στη συνέχεια στο "
+"<guibutton>Προσαρμοσμένο</guibutton> για να επιστρέψετε στην κύρια οθόνη.  "
+"Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε να δείτε τι υπάρχει στις κατατμήσεις "
+"σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Όταν είστε βέβαιος-η για την επιλογή σας, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Όταν είστε βέβαιος-η για την επιλογή σας, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</"
+"guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1272,14 +1620,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Είτε είστε νέος στο GNU-Linux είτε είστε ένας έμπειρος χρήστης, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης της Mageia έχει σχεδιαστεί για να σας βοηθήσει να πραγματοποιήσετε την εγκατάστασή σας ή την αναβάθμισή σας όσο το δυνατόν ευκολότερα."
+msgstr ""
+"Είτε είστε νέος στο GNU-Linux είτε είστε ένας έμπειρος χρήστης, ο οδηγός "
+"εγκατάστασης της Mageia έχει σχεδιαστεί για να σας βοηθήσει να "
+"πραγματοποιήσετε την εγκατάστασή σας ή την αναβάθμισή σας όσο το δυνατόν "
+"ευκολότερα."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "Το μενού της αρχικής οθόνης έχει διάφορες επιλογές, η προκαθορισμένη θα εκκινήσει τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης, και τυπικά είναι αυτό που χρειαζόσαστε."
+msgstr ""
+"Το μενού της αρχικής οθόνης έχει διάφορες επιλογές, η προκαθορισμένη θα "
+"εκκινήσει τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης, και τυπικά είναι αυτό που χρειαζόσαστε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1294,15 +1648,18 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:37
 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:"
-msgstr "Αυτή είναι η προεπιλεγμένη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος κατά τη χρήση ενός Mageia DVD:"
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτή είναι η προεπιλεγμένη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος κατά τη χρήση ενός Mageia "
+"DVD:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1313,7 +1670,9 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #: en/installer.xml:46
 msgid ""
 "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
-msgstr "Από αυτή την πρώτη οθόνη, είναι δυνατό να ορίσετε μερικές προσωπικές προτιμήσεις:"
+msgstr ""
+"Από αυτή την πρώτη οθόνη, είναι δυνατό να ορίσετε μερικές προσωπικές "
+"προτιμήσεις:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:51
@@ -1324,8 +1683,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
@@ -1336,9 +1697,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
@@ -1353,7 +1714,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1412,7 +1774,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1430,7 +1793,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1444,7 +1808,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
@@ -1464,9 +1829,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1477,8 +1841,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1489,24 +1853,30 @@ msgstr "Τα βήματα εγκατάστασης"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Η διεργασία της εγκατάστασης είναι διαχωρισμένη σε μια σειρά βημάτων, τα οποία μπορείτε να παρακολουθήσετε στον πλευρικό πίνακα της οθόνης."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Η διεργασία της εγκατάστασης είναι διαχωρισμένη σε μια σειρά βημάτων, τα "
+"οποία μπορείτε να παρακολουθήσετε στον πλευρικό πίνακα της οθόνης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Κάθε βήμα έχει μια ή περισσότερες οθόνες οι οποίες μπορεί να διαθέτουν κουμπιά για <guibutton>Προχωρημένες</guibutton> ρυθμίσεις, τις οποίες συνήθως δεν θα χρειαστεί να επιλέξετε."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Κάθε βήμα έχει μια ή περισσότερες οθόνες οι οποίες μπορεί να διαθέτουν "
+"κουμπιά για <guibutton>Προχωρημένες</guibutton> ρυθμίσεις, τις οποίες "
+"συνήθως δεν θα χρειαστεί να επιλέξετε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "Οι περισσότερες οθόνες διαθέτουν κουμπιά <guibutton>βοήθειας</guibutton> όπου θα βρείτε περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το τρέχον βήμα."
+msgstr ""
+"Οι περισσότερες οθόνες διαθέτουν κουμπιά <guibutton>βοήθειας</guibutton> "
+"όπου θα βρείτε περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το τρέχον βήμα."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1516,10 +1886,20 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα τρία πλήκτρα <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια, πατήστε <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την "
+"εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το "
+"κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η "
+"εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια "
+"κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας "
+"αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος "
+"ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα "
+"τρία πλήκτρα <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια, "
+"πατήστε <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε "
+"επανεκκίνηση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1531,24 +1911,26 @@ msgstr "Προβλήματα στην εγκατάσταση και πιθανέ
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Δεν λειτουργεί το γραφικό περιβάλλον"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Μετά την αρχική οθόνη δεν γίνεται μετάβαση στην οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Αυτό μπορεί να συμβεί με ορισμένες κάρτες γραφικών και μερικά παλαιότερα συστήματα. Προσπαθήστε να χρησιμοποιήσετε μια χαμηλή ανάλυση πληκτρολογώντας <code>vgalo</code> στην προτροπή."
+msgstr ""
+"Μετά την αρχική οθόνη δεν γίνεται μετάβαση στην οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Αυτό "
+"μπορεί να συμβεί με ορισμένες κάρτες γραφικών και μερικά παλαιότερα "
+"συστήματα. Προσπαθήστε να χρησιμοποιήσετε μια χαμηλή ανάλυση πληκτρολογώντας "
+"<code>vgalo</code> στην προτροπή."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1564,7 +1946,13 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Αν το σύστημα «παγώνει» κατά την εγκατάσταση, η αιτία μπορεί να οφείλεται στον εντοπισμό του υλικού. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση ο αυτόματος εντοπισμός υλικού μπορεί να παρακαμφθεί και να πραγματοποιηθεί αργότερα. Για να δοκιμάσετε αυτή την επιλογή, πληκτρολογήστε <code>noauto</code> στην προτροπή. Αυτή η επιλογή μπορεί επίσης να συνδυαστεί με την προηγούμενη αν κριθεί απαραίτητο."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν το σύστημα «παγώνει» κατά την εγκατάσταση, η αιτία μπορεί να οφείλεται "
+"στον εντοπισμό του υλικού. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση ο αυτόματος εντοπισμός "
+"υλικού μπορεί να παρακαμφθεί και να πραγματοποιηθεί αργότερα. Για να "
+"δοκιμάσετε αυτή την επιλογή, πληκτρολογήστε <code>noauto</code> στην "
+"προτροπή. Αυτή η επιλογή μπορεί επίσης να συνδυαστεί με την προηγούμενη αν "
+"κριθεί απαραίτητο."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1576,9 +1964,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Μπορεί να χρειαστούν σε σπάνιες περιπτώσεις, αλλά μερικές φορές το υλικό μπορεί να αναφέρει την διαθέσιμη μνήμη RAM λανθασμένα. Για να την ορίσετε χειροκίνητα, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την παράμετρο <code>mem=xxxM</code>, όπου xxx το σωστό μέγεθος της RAM. π.χ. <code>mem=256M</code> καθορίζει 256MB RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορεί να χρειαστούν σε σπάνιες περιπτώσεις, αλλά μερικές φορές το υλικό "
+"μπορεί να αναφέρει την διαθέσιμη μνήμη RAM λανθασμένα. Για να την ορίσετε "
+"χειροκίνητα, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την παράμετρο <code>mem=xxxM</"
+"code>, όπου xxx το σωστό μέγεθος της RAM. π.χ. <code>mem=256M</code> "
+"καθορίζει 256MB RAM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1591,9 +1984,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1601,29 +1993,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Ενημερώσεις"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Από τη στιγμή που κυκλοφόρησε η συγκεκριμένη έκδοση της <application>Mageia</application>, μερικά πακέτα έχουν ενημερωθεί ή βελτιωθεί."
+msgstr ""
+"Από τη στιγμή που κυκλοφόρησε η συγκεκριμένη έκδοση της <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, μερικά πακέτα έχουν ενημερωθεί ή βελτιωθεί."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1631,7 +2023,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε <guilabel>ναι</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να κάνετε λήψη και να εγκαταστήσετε αυτά τα πακέτα, επιλέξτε <guilabel>όχι</guilabel> αν δεν επιθυμείτε να το πραγματοποιήσετε τώρα, ή αν δεν είστε συνδεδεμένος-η στο διαδίκτυο."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε <guilabel>ναι</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να κάνετε λήψη και να "
+"εγκαταστήσετε αυτά τα πακέτα, επιλέξτε <guilabel>όχι</guilabel> αν δεν "
+"επιθυμείτε να το πραγματοποιήσετε τώρα, ή αν δεν είστε συνδεδεμένος-η στο "
+"διαδίκτυο."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1643,55 +2039,74 @@ msgstr "Έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibu
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Εδώ έχετε τη λίστα με τα διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Ανάλογα με το μέσο που χρησιμοποιήσατε για την εγκατάσταση έχετε και διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Η επιλογή των αποθετηρίων καθορίζει ποια θα είναι τα διαθέσιμα πακέτα κατά τα επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ έχετε τη λίστα με τα διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Ανάλογα με το μέσο που "
+"χρησιμοποιήσατε για την εγκατάσταση έχετε και διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Η "
+"επιλογή των αποθετηρίων καθορίζει ποια θα είναι τα διαθέσιμα πακέτα κατά τα "
+"επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Core</emphasis> δεν μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί διότι περιέχει τη βάση της διανομής."
+msgstr ""
+"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Core</emphasis> δεν μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί διότι "
+"περιέχει τη βάση της διανομής."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα που είναι δωρεάν, η Mageia μπορεί να κάνει αναδιανομή, αλλά περιέχουν λογισμικό που υπόκειται σε πνευματικά δικαιώματα (εξ'ού και η ονομασία Νonfree που σημαίνει μη ελεύθερο). Για παράδειγμα, σε αυτό το αποθετήριο βρίσκονται οι ιδιόκτητοι οδηγοί των καρτών γραφικών nVidia και ATI, τα firmware διαφόρων καρτών WiFi κλπ."
+msgstr ""
+"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα που είναι δωρεάν, "
+"η Mageia μπορεί να κάνει αναδιανομή, αλλά περιέχουν λογισμικό που υπόκειται "
+"σε πνευματικά δικαιώματα (εξ'ού και η ονομασία Νonfree που σημαίνει μη "
+"ελεύθερο). Για παράδειγμα, σε αυτό το αποθετήριο βρίσκονται οι ιδιόκτητοι "
+"οδηγοί των καρτών γραφικών nVidia και ATI, τα firmware διαφόρων καρτών WiFi "
+"κλπ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα τα οποία διαθέτουν μια ελεύθερη άδεια. Ο κύριος λόγος που αυτά τα πακέτα βρίσκονται σε αυτό το αποθετήριο είναι ότι μπορεί να παραβιάζουν πατέντες και πνευματικά δικαιώματα σε ορισμένες χώρες, π.χ. οι αποκωδικοποιητές πολυμέσων που απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή διαφόρων αρχείων ήχου/βίντεο, πακέτα που απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή εμπορικών βίντεο DVD, κλπ."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα τα οποία "
+"διαθέτουν μια ελεύθερη άδεια. Ο κύριος λόγος που αυτά τα πακέτα βρίσκονται "
+"σε αυτό το αποθετήριο είναι ότι μπορεί να παραβιάζουν πατέντες και "
+"πνευματικά δικαιώματα σε ορισμένες χώρες, π.χ. οι αποκωδικοποιητές πολυμέσων "
+"που απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή διαφόρων αρχείων ήχου/βίντεο, πακέτα που "
+"απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή εμπορικών βίντεο DVD, κλπ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1702,9 +2117,12 @@ msgstr "Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση αποεπιλέγοντας τα πάντα στην οθόνη επιλογής Ομάδων πακέτων, δείτε <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση αποεπιλέγοντας τα πάντα στην "
+"οθόνη επιλογής Ομάδων πακέτων, δείτε <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1713,14 +2131,22 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Η Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση προορίζεται για αυτούς που θέλουν να κάνουν μια ειδική χρήση της Mageia, όπως ένας εξυπηρετητής ή έναν εξειδικευμένο σταθμό εργασίας. Πιθανώς θα χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή σε συνδυασμό με την χειροκίνητη επιλογή πακέτων, δείτε <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Η Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση προορίζεται για αυτούς που θέλουν να κάνουν μια "
+"ειδική χρήση της Mageia, όπως ένας εξυπηρετητής ή έναν εξειδικευμένο σταθμό "
+"εργασίας. Πιθανώς θα χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή σε συνδυασμό με την "
+"χειροκίνητη επιλογή πακέτων, δείτε <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></"
+"xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Αν επιλέξετε αυτήν την επιλογή εγκατάστασης, τότε στην επόμενη οθόνη θα μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ μερικών χρήσιμων εργαλείων προς εγκατάσταση, όπως τεκμηρίωση και X."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν επιλέξετε αυτήν την επιλογή εγκατάστασης, τότε στην επόμενη οθόνη θα "
+"μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ μερικών χρήσιμων εργαλείων προς εγκατάσταση, "
+"όπως τεκμηρίωση και X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1728,34 +2154,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Σύνοψη των διάφορων παραμέτρων"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1764,7 +2193,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Το DrakX πραγματοποίησε έξυπνες επιλογές για την διαμόρφωση του συστήματός σας, ανάλογα με τις επιλογές που κάνατε προηγουμένως και το υλικό που εντοπίστηκε από το DrakX. Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις εδώ και αν θέλετε να τις αλλάξετε πατώντας <guibutton>Διαμόρφωση</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX πραγματοποίησε έξυπνες επιλογές για την διαμόρφωση του συστήματός "
+"σας, ανάλογα με τις επιλογές που κάνατε προηγουμένως και το υλικό που "
+"εντοπίστηκε από το DrakX. Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις εδώ και αν "
+"θέλετε να τις αλλάξετε πατώντας <guibutton>Διαμόρφωση</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1780,9 +2213,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ζώνη ώρας:</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "Το DrakX επέλεξε μια ζώνη ώρας για εσάς, ανάλογα με την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα. Αν χρειάζεται μπορείτε να την αλλάξετε. Δείτε επίσης <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX επέλεξε μια ζώνη ώρας για εσάς, ανάλογα με την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα. "
+"Αν χρειάζεται μπορείτε να την αλλάξετε. Δείτε επίσης <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1794,7 +2230,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Χώρα / Περιοχή:</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Αν δεν είσαστε στην επιλεγμένη χώρα, είναι πολύ σημαντικό να διορθώσετε τη ρύθμιση.  Δείτε <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν είσαστε στην επιλεγμένη χώρα, είναι πολύ σημαντικό να διορθώσετε τη "
+"ρύθμιση.  Δείτε <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1804,18 +2242,22 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης:</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:69
 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
-msgstr "Το DrakX έχει πραγματοποιήσει καλές επιλογές για τη ρύθμιση του προγράμματος εκκίνησης."
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX έχει πραγματοποιήσει καλές επιλογές για τη ρύθμιση του προγράμματος "
+"εκκίνησης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
 msgid ""
 "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
-msgstr "Μην αλλάξετε τίποτα, αν δεν γνωρίζετε πως να διαμορφώσετε το Grub και/ή Lilo"
+msgstr ""
+"Μην αλλάξετε τίποτα, αν δεν γνωρίζετε πως να διαμορφώσετε το Grub και/ή Lilo"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
-msgstr "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:80
@@ -1825,9 +2267,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Διαχείριση χρηστών:</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε επιπλέον χρήστες. Καθένας θα αποκτήσει τον δικό του κατάλογο <literal>/home</literal>."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε επιπλέον χρήστες. Καθένας θα αποκτήσει τον δικό "
+"του κατάλογο <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1839,19 +2283,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Υπηρεσίες</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Οι υπηρεσίες συστήματος είναι αυτά τα μικρά προγράμματα που εκτελούνται στο παρασκήνιο (δαίμονες). Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει την ενεργοποίηση ή την απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων εργασιών."
+msgstr ""
+"Οι υπηρεσίες συστήματος είναι αυτά τα μικρά προγράμματα που εκτελούνται στο "
+"παρασκήνιο (δαίμονες). Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει την ενεργοποίηση ή την "
+"απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων εργασιών."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Θα πρέπει να ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν να αλλάξετε οτιδήποτε εδώ - ένα σφάλμα μπορεί να προκαλέσει τη δυσλειτουργία του υπολογιστή σας."
+msgstr ""
+"Θα πρέπει να ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν να αλλάξετε οτιδήποτε εδώ - ένα σφάλμα "
+"μπορεί να προκαλέσει τη δυσλειτουργία του υπολογιστή σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
-msgstr "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:106
@@ -1868,7 +2318,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Πληκτρολόγιο:</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Εδώ είναι το μέρος που ρυθμίζετε ή αλλάζετε τη διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου ή οποία εξαρτάται από την τοποθεσία σας, τη γλώσσα ή τον τύπο του πληκτρολογίου."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ είναι το μέρος που ρυθμίζετε ή αλλάζετε τη διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου ή "
+"οποία εξαρτάται από την τοποθεσία σας, τη γλώσσα ή τον τύπο του "
+"πληκτρολογίου."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1880,7 +2333,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ποντίκι</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε ή να διαμορφώσετε άλλες συσκευές κατάδειξης, ταμπλέτες, σφαιροδείκτες κλπ."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε ή να διαμορφώσετε άλλες συσκευές κατάδειξης, "
+"ταμπλέτες, σφαιροδείκτες κλπ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1890,10 +2345,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Κάρτα ήχου</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "Το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης χρησιμοποιεί τον προκαθορισμένο οδηγό, αν έχει καθοριστεί κάποιος. Η δυνατότητα επιλογής ενός διαφορετικού οδηγού δίνεται μόνον όταν υπάρχουν περισσότεροι οδηγοί για την κάρτα σας, αλλά κανένας από αυτούς δεν είναι ο προκαθορισμένος."
+msgstr ""
+"Το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης χρησιμοποιεί τον προκαθορισμένο οδηγό, αν έχει "
+"καθοριστεί κάποιος. Η δυνατότητα επιλογής ενός διαφορετικού οδηγού δίνεται "
+"μόνον όταν υπάρχουν περισσότεροι οδηγοί για την κάρτα σας, αλλά κανένας από "
+"αυτούς δεν είναι ο προκαθορισμένος."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1902,22 +2361,26 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Κάρτα γραφικών</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Αυτή η ενότητα σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε την κάρτα γραφικών σας και τις οθόνες σας."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Αυτή η ενότητα σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε την κάρτα γραφικών σας και τις "
+"οθόνες σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
-msgstr "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></"
+"xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1936,14 +2399,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε το δίκτυό σας, αλλά για κάρτες δικτύου χωρίς ελεύθερους οδηγούς είναι καλύτερα να το κάνετε μετά την επανεκκίνηση, στο <application>Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia</application>, αφού έχετε ενεργοποιήσει τα αποθετήρια «nonfree»."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε το δίκτυό σας, αλλά για κάρτες δικτύου χωρίς "
+"ελεύθερους οδηγούς είναι καλύτερα να το κάνετε μετά την επανεκκίνηση, στο "
+"<application>Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia</application>, αφού έχετε ενεργοποιήσει "
+"τα αποθετήρια «nonfree»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Όταν προσθέτετε μια κάρτα δικτύου, μην ξεχάσετε να διαμορφώσετε το τοίχος προστασίας για την εποπτεία των επαφών αυτών."
+msgstr ""
+"Όταν προσθέτετε μια κάρτα δικτύου, μην ξεχάσετε να διαμορφώσετε το τοίχος "
+"προστασίας για την εποπτεία των επαφών αυτών."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1956,14 +2425,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Ένας εξυπηρετητής διαμεσολαβητή δρα ως μεσάζοντας μεταξύ του υπολογιστή σας και το ευρύτερο διαδίκτυο. Αυτή η ενότητα σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε τον υπολογιστή σας για την χρήση μιας υπηρεσίας διαμεσολαβητή."
+msgstr ""
+"Ένας εξυπηρετητής διαμεσολαβητή δρα ως μεσάζοντας μεταξύ του υπολογιστή σας "
+"και το ευρύτερο διαδίκτυο. Αυτή η ενότητα σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε τον "
+"υπολογιστή σας για την χρήση μιας υπηρεσίας διαμεσολαβητή."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Ίσως χρειάζεται να συμβουλευτείτε τον διαχειριστή των συστημάτων σας για να λάβετε τις παραμέτρους που χρειάζεστε να εισάγετε εδώ"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Ίσως χρειάζεται να συμβουλευτείτε τον διαχειριστή των συστημάτων σας για να "
+"λάβετε τις παραμέτρους που χρειάζεστε να εισάγετε εδώ"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1978,9 +2452,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Επίπεδο ασφάλειας</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το Επίπεδο ασφάλειας για τον υπολογιστή σας, στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις η προκαθορισμένη επιλογή (Τυπικό) είναι το καταλληλότερο για γενική χρήση."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το Επίπεδο ασφάλειας για τον υπολογιστή σας, στις "
+"περισσότερες περιπτώσεις η προκαθορισμένη επιλογή (Τυπικό) είναι το "
+"καταλληλότερο για γενική χρήση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -1997,50 +2474,65 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Τείχος προστασίας</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Το τείχος προστασίας έχει ως στόχο να είναι το τείχος μεταξύ των σημαντικών σας δεδομένων και τους κατεργάρηδες του διαδικτύου οι οποίοι θα ήθελαν να τα εκθέσουν ή να τα κλέψουν."
+msgstr ""
+"Το τείχος προστασίας έχει ως στόχο να είναι το τείχος μεταξύ των σημαντικών "
+"σας δεδομένων και τους κατεργάρηδες του διαδικτύου οι οποίοι θα ήθελαν να τα "
+"εκθέσουν ή να τα κλέψουν."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε τις υπηρεσίες που επιθυμείτε να έχετε πρόσβαση στο σύστημά σας. Οι επιλογές σας θα εξαρτώνται με τη χρήση που προορίζεται ο υπολογιστής σας."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε τις υπηρεσίες που επιθυμείτε να έχετε πρόσβαση στο σύστημά σας. Οι "
+"επιλογές σας θα εξαρτώνται με τη χρήση που προορίζεται ο υπολογιστής σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Έχετε υπόψη σας ότι επιτρέποντας τα πάντα (χωρίς τείχος προστασίας) μπορεί να είναι ριψοκίνδυνο."
+msgstr ""
+"Έχετε υπόψη σας ότι επιτρέποντας τα πάντα (χωρίς τείχος προστασίας) μπορεί "
+"να είναι ριψοκίνδυνο."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Αλλαγή μεγέθους κατάτμησης των <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>"
+msgstr ""
+"Αλλαγή μεγέθους κατάτμησης των <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Έχετε περισσότερες από μια κατατμήσεις των <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Επιλέξτε αυτήν που θα πρέπει να μειωθεί το μέγεθος ώστε να δημιουργηθεί ο κατάλληλος χώρος για την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Έχετε περισσότερες από μια κατατμήσεις των "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Επιλέξτε "
+"αυτήν που θα πρέπει να μειωθεί το μέγεθος ώστε να δημιουργηθεί ο κατάλληλος "
+"χώρος για την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Επίπεδο ασφάλειας"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2051,14 +2543,18 @@ msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε το επίπεδο ασ
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
-msgstr "Αφήστε τις προκαθορισμένες ρυθμίσεις ως έχουν, αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι να επιλέξετε."
+msgstr ""
+"Αφήστε τις προκαθορισμένες ρυθμίσεις ως έχουν, αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι να "
+"επιλέξετε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Μετά την εγκατάσταση, είναι δυνατό να ρυθμίσετε τις ρυθμίσεις ασφάλειας από την ενότητα <guilabel>Ασφάλεια</guilabel> του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Μετά την εγκατάσταση, είναι δυνατό να ρυθμίσετε τις ρυθμίσεις ασφάλειας από "
+"την ενότητα <guilabel>Ασφάλεια</guilabel> του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2085,8 +2581,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2100,14 +2596,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2118,30 +2612,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2153,30 +2643,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2186,31 +2672,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2220,21 +2702,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr "Live CD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας KDE."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr "Μόνο Αγγλική γλώσσα."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr "Μόνο 32-bit."
@@ -2244,8 +2723,7 @@ msgstr "Μόνο 32-bit."
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr "Live CD GNOME"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας GNOME."
@@ -2255,8 +2733,7 @@ msgstr "Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr "Live DVD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr "Περιέχονται όλες οι γλώσσες."
@@ -2271,23 +2748,21 @@ msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr "Μέσα CD αποκλειστικά για εκκίνηση"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2295,8 +2770,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr "boot.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2306,8 +2780,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2327,25 +2800,25 @@ msgstr "Λήψη"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2374,29 +2847,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2421,9 +2894,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2459,8 +2931,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2468,83 +2940,73 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "(x)=το όνομα της συσκευής σας π.χ.: /dev/sdc Παράδειγμα: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Λήψεις/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso του=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"(x)=το όνομα της συσκευής σας π.χ.: /dev/sdc Παράδειγμα: # <userinput>dd if=/"
+"home/user/Λήψεις/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso του=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr "Εισάγετε την εντολή: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr "Αποσυνδέστε τη μονάδα USB σας, όλα ολοκληρώθηκαν"
@@ -2579,16 +3041,15 @@ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Mageia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2596,15 +3057,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη χώρα/περιοχή σας"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2612,14 +3076,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την περιοχή σας. Αυτό είναι σημαντικό για όλων των ειδών ρυθμίσεων, όπως το νόμισμα και ο κανονιστικός τομέας ασύρματου δικτύου."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την περιοχή σας. Αυτό είναι σημαντικό για όλων των ειδών "
+"ρυθμίσεων, όπως το νόμισμα και ο κανονιστικός τομέας ασύρματου δικτύου."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Αν η χώρα σας δεν εμφανίζεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis> και από εκεί επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την περιοχή.<guilabel></guilabel>"
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν η χώρα σας δεν εμφανίζεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis> και από εκεί επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την "
+"περιοχή.<guilabel></guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2628,7 +3097,12 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Αν η χώρα σας εμφανίζεται μόνο στη λίστα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis>, αφού κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis role=\"bold\">Εντάξει</emphasis> μπορεί να φαίνεται ως μια χώρα επιλεγμένη από την πρώτη λίστα. Μπορείτε να το αγνοήσετε, το DrakX θα ακολουθήσει την πραγματική σας επιλογή."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν η χώρα σας εμφανίζεται μόνο στη λίστα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες "
+"χώρες</emphasis>, αφού κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Εντάξει</emphasis> μπορεί να φαίνεται ως μια χώρα επιλεγμένη από την "
+"πρώτη λίστα. Μπορείτε να το αγνοήσετε, το DrakX θα ακολουθήσει την "
+"πραγματική σας επιλογή."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2639,14 +3113,24 @@ msgstr "Μέθοδος εισαγωγής"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "Στην οθόνη <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis> μπορείτε επίσης να επιλέξετε τη μέθοδο εισαγωγής (στο κάτω μέρος της λίστας). Οι μέθοδοι εισαγωγής επιτρέπουν στους χρήστες να εισάγουν πολυγλωσσικούς χαρακτήρες (Κινέζικα, Ιαπωνικά, Κορεάτικα, κλπ). Το IBus είναι η προκαθορισμένη μέθοδος εισαγωγής στα DVD της Mageia, Αφρική/Ινδία και Ασία/εκτός Ινδίας Live-CD. Για τις Ασιατικές και Αφρικανικές τοπικότητες, το IBus θα οριστεί ως η προκαθορισμένη μέθοδος εισαγωγής ώστε οι χρήστες να μην χρειαστεί να κάνουν τη διαμόρφωση χειροκίνητα. Άλλες μέθοδοι εισαγωγής (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, κλπ) παρέχουν επίσης πανομοιότυπες λειτουργίες και μπορούν να εγκατασταθούν αν προσθέσατε ένα μέσο HTTP/FTP πριν την επιλογή των πακέτων."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"Στην οθόνη <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis> μπορείτε επίσης να "
+"επιλέξετε τη μέθοδο εισαγωγής (στο κάτω μέρος της λίστας). Οι μέθοδοι "
+"εισαγωγής επιτρέπουν στους χρήστες να εισάγουν πολυγλωσσικούς χαρακτήρες "
+"(Κινέζικα, Ιαπωνικά, Κορεάτικα, κλπ). Το IBus είναι η προκαθορισμένη μέθοδος "
+"εισαγωγής στα DVD της Mageia, Αφρική/Ινδία και Ασία/εκτός Ινδίας Live-CD. "
+"Για τις Ασιατικές και Αφρικανικές τοπικότητες, το IBus θα οριστεί ως η "
+"προκαθορισμένη μέθοδος εισαγωγής ώστε οι χρήστες να μην χρειαστεί να κάνουν "
+"τη διαμόρφωση χειροκίνητα. Άλλες μέθοδοι εισαγωγής (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, κλπ) "
+"παρέχουν επίσης πανομοιότυπες λειτουργίες και μπορούν να εγκατασταθούν αν "
+"προσθέσατε ένα μέσο HTTP/FTP πριν την επιλογή των πακέτων."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2654,7 +3138,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Αν παραλείψατε τη ρύθμιση της μεθόδου εισαγωγής κατά την εγκατάσταση, μπορείτε να μεταβείτε εκ νέου σε αυτή μετά την επανεκκίνηση του εγκατεστημένου συστήματός σας μέσω του μενού «Ρυθμίστε τον υπολογιστή σας» -&gt; «Σύστημα», ή εκτελώντας localedrake ως root."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν παραλείψατε τη ρύθμιση της μεθόδου εισαγωγής κατά την εγκατάσταση, "
+"μπορείτε να μεταβείτε εκ νέου σε αυτή μετά την επανεκκίνηση του "
+"εγκατεστημένου συστήματός σας μέσω του μενού «Ρυθμίστε τον υπολογιστή σας» -"
+"&gt; «Σύστημα», ή εκτελώντας localedrake ως root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2664,9 +3152,11 @@ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση ή αναβάθμιση"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2677,7 +3167,9 @@ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή για μια νέα εγκατάσταση <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή για μια νέα εγκατάσταση <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2690,7 +3182,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Αν έχετε μια ή περισσότερες εγκαταστάσεις της <application>Mageia</application> στο σύστημά σας, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης θα σας επιτρέψει να αναβαθμίσετε μια από αυτές στην τελευταία έκδοση."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν έχετε μια ή περισσότερες εγκαταστάσεις της <application>Mageia</"
+"application> στο σύστημά σας, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης θα σας επιτρέψει να "
+"αναβαθμίσετε μια από αυτές στην τελευταία έκδοση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2698,31 +3193,51 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Έχει δοκιμαστεί μόνο η αναβάθμιση από μια, <emphasis>ακόμα υποστηριζόμενη</emphasis>, προηγούμενη έκδοση της Mageia όταν κυκλοφόρησε η συγκεκριμένη έκδοση του εγκαταστάτη. Αν θέλετε να αναβαθμίσετε από μια έκδοση της Mageia που έχει φτάσει στο τέλος του κύκλου ζωής της (EOL), τότε είναι καλύτερα να πραγματοποιήσετε μια καθαρή εγκατάσταση διαφυλάσσοντας την κατάτμηση <literal>/home</literal>."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Έχει δοκιμαστεί μόνο η αναβάθμιση από μια, <emphasis>ακόμα υποστηριζόμενη</"
+"emphasis>, προηγούμενη έκδοση της Mageia όταν κυκλοφόρησε η συγκεκριμένη "
+"έκδοση του εγκαταστάτη. Αν θέλετε να αναβαθμίσετε από μια έκδοση της Mageia "
+"που έχει φτάσει στο τέλος του κύκλου ζωής της (EOL), τότε είναι καλύτερα να "
+"πραγματοποιήσετε μια καθαρή εγκατάσταση διαφυλάσσοντας την κατάτμηση "
+"<literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα τρία πλήκτρα <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια, πατήστε <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την "
+"εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το "
+"κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η "
+"εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια "
+"κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας "
+"αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος "
+"ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα "
+"τρία πλήκτρα <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια, "
+"πατήστε <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε "
+"επανεκκίνηση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Αν ανακαλύψετε ότι ξεχάσατε να επιλέξετε μια επιπλέον γλώσσα, μπορείτε να επιστρέψετε από την οθόνη «Εγκατάσταση ή Αναβάθμιση» στην οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας πατώντας <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Μην</emphasis> το κάνετε αυτό στα επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν ανακαλύψετε ότι ξεχάσατε να επιλέξετε μια επιπλέον γλώσσα, μπορείτε να "
+"επιστρέψετε από την οθόνη «Εγκατάσταση ή Αναβάθμιση» στην οθόνη επιλογής "
+"γλώσσας πατώντας <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Μην</"
+"emphasis> το κάνετε αυτό στα επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2734,43 +3249,62 @@ msgstr "Πληκτρολόγιο"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "Το DrakX επιλέγει το κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο για τη γλώσσα σας. Αν δεν βρεθεί ένα κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο θα οριστεί ως προκαθορισμένο ένα με διάταξη των Η.Π.Α."
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX επιλέγει το κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο για τη γλώσσα σας. Αν δεν βρεθεί "
+"ένα κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο θα οριστεί ως προκαθορισμένο ένα με διάταξη των Η."
+"Π.Α."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Σιγουρευτείτε ότι η επιλογή είναι σωστή ή επιλέξτε μια άλλη διάταξη πληκτρολογίου. Αν δεν γνωρίζετε ποια είναι η διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου σας, δείτε στα χαρακτηριστικά του υπολογιστή σας ή ρωτήστε τον προμηθευτή του υπολογιστή σας. Ίσως υπάρχει και κάποια ετικέτα στο πληκτρολόγιο με κάποιο αναγνωριστικό της διάταξης. Μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε εδώ: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Σιγουρευτείτε ότι η επιλογή είναι σωστή ή επιλέξτε μια άλλη διάταξη "
+"πληκτρολογίου. Αν δεν γνωρίζετε ποια είναι η διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου σας, "
+"δείτε στα χαρακτηριστικά του υπολογιστή σας ή ρωτήστε τον προμηθευτή του "
+"υπολογιστή σας. Ίσως υπάρχει και κάποια ετικέτα στο πληκτρολόγιο με κάποιο "
+"αναγνωριστικό της διάταξης. Μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε εδώ: <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Αν το πληκτρολόγιό σας δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Περισσότερα</guibutton> για να δείτε την πλήρη λίστα, και επιλέξτε το πληκτρολόγιό σας από εκεί."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν το πληκτρολόγιό σας δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο "
+"<guibutton>Περισσότερα</guibutton> για να δείτε την πλήρη λίστα, και "
+"επιλέξτε το πληκτρολόγιό σας από εκεί."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Μετά την επιλογή ενός πληκτρολογίου από το διάλογο <guibutton>Περισσότερα</guibutton>, θα επιστρέψετε στον πρώτο διάλογο επιλογής πληκτρολογίου και θα φαίνεται ότι έχετε επιλέξει ένα πληκτρολόγιο από αυτή την οθόνη.  Μπορείτε ασφαλώς να αγνοήσετε αυτήν τη συμπεριφορά και να συνεχίσετε την εγκατάσταση: Το πληκτρολόγιό σας είναι αυτό που επιλέξατε από την πλήρη λίστα."
+msgstr ""
+"Μετά την επιλογή ενός πληκτρολογίου από το διάλογο <guibutton>Περισσότερα</"
+"guibutton>, θα επιστρέψετε στον πρώτο διάλογο επιλογής πληκτρολογίου και θα "
+"φαίνεται ότι έχετε επιλέξει ένα πληκτρολόγιο από αυτή την οθόνη.  Μπορείτε "
+"ασφαλώς να αγνοήσετε αυτήν τη συμπεριφορά και να συνεχίσετε την εγκατάσταση: "
+"Το πληκτρολόγιό σας είναι αυτό που επιλέξατε από την πλήρη λίστα."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2778,7 +3312,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Αν επιλέξετε ένα πληκτρολόγιο βασισμένο σε μη λατινικούς χαρακτήρες, θα δείτε έναν επιπλέον διάλογο στον οποίο θα ερωτηθείτε πως επιθυμείτε να κάνετε την εναλλαγή της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου μεταξύ του λατινικού και του μη λατινικού."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν επιλέξετε ένα πληκτρολόγιο βασισμένο σε μη λατινικούς χαρακτήρες, θα "
+"δείτε έναν επιπλέον διάλογο στον οποίο θα ερωτηθείτε πως επιθυμείτε να "
+"κάνετε την εναλλαγή της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου μεταξύ του λατινικού και "
+"του μη λατινικού."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2791,38 +3329,54 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε την γλώσσα που προτιμάτε, αναπτύσσοντας πρώτα τη λίστα της ηπείρου σας. Η <application>Mageia</application> θα χρησιμοποιήσει αυτή την επιλογή για τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης και για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε την γλώσσα που προτιμάτε, αναπτύσσοντας πρώτα τη λίστα της ηπείρου "
+"σας. Η <application>Mageia</application> θα χρησιμοποιήσει αυτή την επιλογή "
+"για τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης και για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Αν υπάρχει πιθανότητα να χρειαστείτε περισσότερες γλώσσες εγκατεστημένες στο σύστημά σας, για εσάς ή για άλλους χρήστες, τότε θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε την επιλογή <guibutton>Πολλαπλές γλώσσες</guibutton> ώστε να τις προσθέσετε τώρα. Δεν είναι δυνατή η προσθήκη υποστήριξης επιπλέον γλωσσών με αυτόματο τρόπο μετά την εγκατάσταση."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν υπάρχει πιθανότητα να χρειαστείτε περισσότερες γλώσσες εγκατεστημένες στο "
+"σύστημά σας, για εσάς ή για άλλους χρήστες, τότε θα πρέπει να "
+"χρησιμοποιήσετε την επιλογή <guibutton>Πολλαπλές γλώσσες</guibutton> ώστε να "
+"τις προσθέσετε τώρα. Δεν είναι δυνατή η προσθήκη υποστήριξης επιπλέον "
+"γλωσσών με αυτόματο τρόπο μετά την εγκατάσταση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Παρόλο την επιλογή περισσοτέρων γλωσσών, θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε μια από αυτές ως την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα στην πρώτη οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Θα σημειωθεί επίσης ως επιλεγμένη στην οθόνη πολλαπλών γλωσσών ."
+msgstr ""
+"Παρόλο την επιλογή περισσοτέρων γλωσσών, θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε μια από "
+"αυτές ως την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα στην πρώτη οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Θα "
+"σημειωθεί επίσης ως επιλεγμένη στην οθόνη πολλαπλών γλωσσών ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Αν η γλώσσα της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου σας δεν είναι η ίδια με την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα, τότε είναι ορθό να εγκαταστήσετε και τη γλώσσα του πληκτρολογίου σας."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν η γλώσσα της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου σας δεν είναι η ίδια με την "
+"προτιμώμενη γλώσσα, τότε είναι ορθό να εγκαταστήσετε και τη γλώσσα του "
+"πληκτρολογίου σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2830,141 +3384,193 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Η Mageia χρησιμοποιεί την υποστήριξη UTF-8 (Unicode) από προεπιλογή. Αυτό μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί στην οθόνη «Πολλαπλές γλώσσες» αν γνωρίζετε ότι δεν είναι κατάλληλο για τη γλώσσα σας. Η απενεργοποίηση της υποστήριξης UTF-8 θα εφαρμοστεί σε όλες τις γλώσσες."
+msgstr ""
+"Η Mageia χρησιμοποιεί την υποστήριξη UTF-8 (Unicode) από προεπιλογή. Αυτό "
+"μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί στην οθόνη «Πολλαπλές γλώσσες» αν γνωρίζετε ότι "
+"δεν είναι κατάλληλο για τη γλώσσα σας. Η απενεργοποίηση της υποστήριξης "
+"UTF-8 θα εφαρμοστεί σε όλες τις γλώσσες."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τη γλώσσα του συστήματός σας μετά την εγκατάσταση από το Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia -&gt; Σύστημα -&gt; Διαχειριστείτε την τοπικότητα του συστήματός σας."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τη γλώσσα του συστήματός σας μετά την εγκατάσταση από "
+"το Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia -&gt; Σύστημα -&gt; Διαχειριστείτε την τοπικότητα "
+"του συστήματός σας."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Επιλογή ποντικιού"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Αν δεν είστε ευχαριστημένος με την απόκριση του ποντικιού σας, μπορείτε από εδώ να επιλέξετε κάποιο άλλο."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν είστε ευχαριστημένος με την απόκριση του ποντικιού σας, μπορείτε από "
+"εδώ να επιλέξετε κάποιο άλλο."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Συνήθως, <guilabel>Γενικό</guilabel> - <guilabel>Οποιοδήποτε PS/2 και USB ποντίκι</guilabel> είναι μια καλή επιλογή."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Συνήθως, <guilabel>Γενικό</guilabel> - <guilabel>Οποιοδήποτε PS/2 και USB "
+"ποντίκι</guilabel> είναι μια καλή επιλογή."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Γενικό</guilabel> - <guilabel>Εξαναγκασμός evdev</guilabel> για να διαμορφώσετε τα κουμπιά που δεν δουλεύουν σε ένα ποντίκι με έξι ή περισσότερα κουμπιά."
+msgstr ""
+"Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Γενικό</guilabel> - <guilabel>Εξαναγκασμός evdev</"
+"guilabel> για να διαμορφώσετε τα κουμπιά που δεν δουλεύουν σε ένα ποντίκι με "
+"έξι ή περισσότερα κουμπιά."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Προσθήκη ή επεξεργασία μιας καταχώρησης στο μενού Εκκίνησης"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε μια καταχώρηση ή να επεξεργαστείτε αυτή που επιλέξατε, πατώντας στο σχετικό κουμπί στη <emphasis>Διαμόρφωση του προγράμματος εκκίνησης</emphasis> και να επεξεργαστείτε τα πεδία στον αναδυόμενο διάλογο."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε μια καταχώρηση ή να επεξεργαστείτε αυτή που "
+"επιλέξατε, πατώντας στο σχετικό κουμπί στη <emphasis>Διαμόρφωση του "
+"προγράμματος εκκίνησης</emphasis> και να επεξεργαστείτε τα πεδία στον "
+"αναδυόμενο διάλογο."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Μερικά πράγματα που μπορούν να γίνουν χωρίς κίνδυνο, είναι η αλλαγή της ετικέτας μιας καταχώρησης και η επιλογή μιας καταχώρησης ως την προκαθορισμένη."
+msgstr ""
+"Μερικά πράγματα που μπορούν να γίνουν χωρίς κίνδυνο, είναι η αλλαγή της "
+"ετικέτας μιας καταχώρησης και η επιλογή μιας καταχώρησης ως την "
+"προκαθορισμένη."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε τον σωστό αριθμό έκδοσης μιας καταχώρησης, ή να την μετονομάσετε πλήρως."
+msgstr ""
+"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε τον σωστό αριθμό έκδοσης μιας καταχώρησης, ή να την "
+"μετονομάσετε πλήρως."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "Η προκαθορισμένη καταχώρηση είναι αυτή στην οποία ξεκινά ο υπολογιστής αν δεν επιλέξετε κάποια άλλη καταχώρηση στην εκκίνηση."
+msgstr ""
+"Η προκαθορισμένη καταχώρηση είναι αυτή στην οποία ξεκινά ο υπολογιστής αν "
+"δεν επιλέξετε κάποια άλλη καταχώρηση στην εκκίνηση."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Η επεξεργασία άλλων πεδίων μπορεί να έχει ως αποτέλεσμα την αδυναμία εκκίνησης του συστήματός σας. Παρακαλώ μην κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε."
+msgstr ""
+"Η επεξεργασία άλλων πεδίων μπορεί να έχει ως αποτέλεσμα την αδυναμία "
+"εκκίνησης του συστήματός σας. Παρακαλώ μην κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν "
+"γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Κύριες επιλογές του προγράμματος εκκίνησης"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Αν δεν σας ικανοποιούν οι ρυθμίσεις που έχει κάνει το DrakX για το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να τις αλλάξετε από εδώ."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν δεν σας ικανοποιούν οι ρυθμίσεις που έχει κάνει το DrakX για το πρόγραμμα "
+"εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να τις αλλάξετε από εδώ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Ίσως να έχετε ήδη ένα άλλο λειτουργικό σύστημα στον υπολογιστή σας, σε αυτήν την περίπτωση θα πρέπει να αποφασίσετε αν θα γίνει προσθήκη της Mageia στο υπάρχον πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, ή αν θα επιτρέψετε στη Mageia να δημιουργήσει ένα νέο."
+msgstr ""
+"Ίσως να έχετε ήδη ένα άλλο λειτουργικό σύστημα στον υπολογιστή σας, σε αυτήν "
+"την περίπτωση θα πρέπει να αποφασίσετε αν θα γίνει προσθήκη της Mageia στο "
+"υπάρχον πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, ή αν θα επιτρέψετε στη Mageia να δημιουργήσει "
+"ένα νέο."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2983,14 +3589,20 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Από προεπιλογή η Mageia δημιουργεί ένα νέο αρχείο GRUB στο MBR (Master Boot Record) του πρώτου σας σκληρού δίσκου. Αν έχετε ήδη εγκατεστημένα άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα, η Mageia προσπαθεί να τα συμπεριλάβει στο νέο μενού εκκίνησης της Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Από προεπιλογή η Mageia δημιουργεί ένα νέο αρχείο GRUB στο MBR (Master Boot "
+"Record) του πρώτου σας σκληρού δίσκου. Αν έχετε ήδη εγκατεστημένα άλλα "
+"λειτουργικά συστήματα, η Mageia προσπαθεί να τα συμπεριλάβει στο νέο μενού "
+"εκκίνησης της Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Η Mageia τώρα προσφέρει επίσης το GRUB2 ως προαιρετικό πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης επιπρόσθετα του GRUB legacy και του Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Η Mageia τώρα προσφέρει επίσης το GRUB2 ως προαιρετικό πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης "
+"επιπρόσθετα του GRUB legacy και του Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -2998,14 +3610,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Τα συστήματα Linux που χρησιμοποιούν GRUB2 δεν υποστηρίζονται αυτή τη στιγμή από το GRUB (legacy) και δεν θα αναγνωριστούν αν χρησιμοποιείται το προκαθορισμένο GRUB."
+msgstr ""
+"Τα συστήματα Linux που χρησιμοποιούν GRUB2 δεν υποστηρίζονται αυτή τη στιγμή "
+"από το GRUB (legacy) και δεν θα αναγνωριστούν αν χρησιμοποιείται το "
+"προκαθορισμένο GRUB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Η καλύτερη λύση για αυτό είναι η χρήση του GRUB2 που είναι διαθέσιμο από τη σελίδα σύνοψης στα βήματα της εγκατάστασης."
+msgstr ""
+"Η καλύτερη λύση για αυτό είναι η χρήση του GRUB2 που είναι διαθέσιμο από τη "
+"σελίδα σύνοψης στα βήματα της εγκατάστασης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3016,18 +3633,26 @@ msgstr "Χρήση ενός υπάρχοντος μενού εκκίνησης"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Αν αποφασίσετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα υπάρχον μενού εκκίνησης τότε θα πρέπει να θυμηθείτε να ΣΤΑΜΑΤΗΣΕΤΕ στη σελίδα σύνοψης κατά την εγκατάσταση και να κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Διαμόρφωσης</guibutton> του προγράμματος εκκίνησης, το οποίο θα σας επιτρέψει να αλλάξετε την τοποθεσία εγκατάστασης του προγράμματος εκκίνησης."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν αποφασίσετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα υπάρχον μενού εκκίνησης τότε θα πρέπει "
+"να θυμηθείτε να ΣΤΑΜΑΤΗΣΕΤΕ στη σελίδα σύνοψης κατά την εγκατάσταση και να "
+"κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Διαμόρφωσης</guibutton> του προγράμματος "
+"εκκίνησης, το οποίο θα σας επιτρέψει να αλλάξετε την τοποθεσία εγκατάστασης "
+"του προγράμματος εκκίνησης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Μην επιλέξετε μια συσκευή π.χ. «sda», διαφορετικά θα αντικαταστήσετε το υπάρχον σας MBR.  Πρέπει να επιλέξετε την κατάτμηση root που επιλέξατε κατά τον διαμερισμό νωρίτερα π.χ. sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"Μην επιλέξετε μια συσκευή π.χ. «sda», διαφορετικά θα αντικαταστήσετε το "
+"υπάρχον σας MBR.  Πρέπει να επιλέξετε την κατάτμηση root που επιλέξατε κατά "
+"τον διαμερισμό νωρίτερα π.χ. sda7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
@@ -3038,19 +3663,28 @@ msgstr "Δηλαδή, το sda είναι μια συσκευή, και το sda
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Μεταβείτε στο tty2 με Ctrl+Alt+F2 και πληκτρολογήστε <literal>df</literal> για να ελέγξετε που βρίσκεται η κατάτμηση <literal>/</literal> (root). Με Ctrl+Alt+F7 επιστρέφετε στην οθόνη εγκατάστασης."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Μεταβείτε στο tty2 με Ctrl+Alt+F2 και πληκτρολογήστε <literal>df</literal> "
+"για να ελέγξετε που βρίσκεται η κατάτμηση <literal>/</literal> (root). Με "
+"Ctrl+Alt+F7 επιστρέφετε στην οθόνη εγκατάστασης."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "Η ακριβής διαδικασία για να προσθέσετε το σύστημά σας Mageia σε ένα υπάρχον πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης δεν είναι το αντικείμενο σε αυτήν τη Βοήθεια, ωστόσο στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις αυτό θα επιφέρει την εκτέλεση του προγράμματος εγκατάστασης του εν λόγω μενού εκκίνησης, το οποίο θα πρέπει να εντοπίσει αυτόματα το σύστημα Mageia και να το εγκαταστήσει. Δείτε στην τεκμηρίωση του εν λόγω λειτουργικού συστήματος."
+msgstr ""
+"Η ακριβής διαδικασία για να προσθέσετε το σύστημά σας Mageia σε ένα υπάρχον "
+"πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης δεν είναι το αντικείμενο σε αυτήν τη Βοήθεια, ωστόσο "
+"στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις αυτό θα επιφέρει την εκτέλεση του προγράμματος "
+"εγκατάστασης του εν λόγω μενού εκκίνησης, το οποίο θα πρέπει να εντοπίσει "
+"αυτόματα το σύστημα Mageia και να το εγκαταστήσει. Δείτε στην τεκμηρίωση του "
+"εν λόγω λειτουργικού συστήματος."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3061,66 +3695,80 @@ msgstr "Προχωρημένη λειτουργία του προγράμματ�
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Αν έχετε περιορισμένο χώρο στο δίσκο για την κατάτμηση <literal>/</literal> που περιέχει <literal>/tmp</literal>, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> και επιλέξτε το πλαίσιο για <guilabel>Καθαρισμό του /tmp σε κάθε εκκίνηση</guilabel>. Αυτό βοηθά στη διατήρηση κάποιου ελεύθερου χώρου."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν έχετε περιορισμένο χώρο στο δίσκο για την κατάτμηση <literal>/</literal> "
+"που περιέχει <literal>/tmp</literal>, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για "
+"προχωρημένους</guibutton> και επιλέξτε το πλαίσιο για <guilabel>Καθαρισμό "
+"του /tmp σε κάθε εκκίνηση</guilabel>. Αυτό βοηθά στη διατήρηση κάποιου "
+"ελεύθερου χώρου."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Διαμόρφωση SCSI"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "Το DrakX συνήθως εντοπίζει τους σκληρούς σας δίσκους σωστά. Ωστόσο, μπορεί να αποτύχει στον εντοπισμό ορισμένων παλαιότερων ελεγκτών οδηγών SCSI με αποτέλεσμα να αποτύχει η εγκατάσταση των απαραίτητων οδηγών."
+msgstr ""
+"Το DrakX συνήθως εντοπίζει τους σκληρούς σας δίσκους σωστά. Ωστόσο, μπορεί "
+"να αποτύχει στον εντοπισμό ορισμένων παλαιότερων ελεγκτών οδηγών SCSI με "
+"αποτέλεσμα να αποτύχει η εγκατάσταση των απαραίτητων οδηγών."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Αν συμβαίνει αυτό, θα πρέπει να δηλώσετε χειροκίνητα στο Drakx τους οδηγούς SCSI που διαθέτετε."
+msgstr ""
+"Αν συμβαίνει αυτό, θα πρέπει να δηλώσετε χειροκίνητα στο Drakx τους οδηγούς "
+"SCSI που διαθέτετε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
-msgstr "Στη συνέχεια, το DrakX θα πρέπει να είναι σε θέση να αναγνωρίσει ποιες παραμέτρους χρειάζεται για την διαμόρφωση του οδηγού και για να τον θέσει σε λειτουργία."
+msgstr ""
+"Στη συνέχεια, το DrakX θα πρέπει να είναι σε θέση να αναγνωρίσει ποιες "
+"παραμέτρους χρειάζεται για την διαμόρφωση του οδηγού και για να τον θέσει σε "
+"λειτουργία."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:11
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ήχου"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3128,7 +3776,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "Σε αυτήν την οθόνη δίνεται το όνομα του οδηγού που έχει επιλέξει ο εγκαταστάτης για την κάρτα ήχου, ο οποίος θα είναι και ο εξ' ορισμού οδηγός αν έχουμε έναν."
+msgstr ""
+"Σε αυτήν την οθόνη δίνεται το όνομα του οδηγού που έχει επιλέξει ο "
+"εγκαταστάτης για την κάρτα ήχου, ο οποίος θα είναι και ο εξ' ορισμού οδηγός "
+"αν έχουμε έναν."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3138,16 +3789,25 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Ο προκαθορισμένος οδηγός θα πρέπει να λειτουργεί χωρίς προβλήματα. Ωστόσο, αν μετά την εγκατάσταση αντιμετωπίζετε προβλήματα, τότε εκτελέστε <command>draksound</command> ή εκκινήστε το εργαλείο αυτό από το Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia (MCC), επιλέγοντας την καρτέλα <guilabel>Υλικό</guilabel> και κάνοντας κλικ στο <guilabel>Διαμόρφωση του ήχου</guilabel> στο επάνω δεξί μέρος της οθόνης. "
+msgstr ""
+"Ο προκαθορισμένος οδηγός θα πρέπει να λειτουργεί χωρίς προβλήματα. Ωστόσο, "
+"αν μετά την εγκατάσταση αντιμετωπίζετε προβλήματα, τότε εκτελέστε "
+"<command>draksound</command> ή εκκινήστε το εργαλείο αυτό από το Κέντρο "
+"Ελέγχου Mageia (MCC), επιλέγοντας την καρτέλα <guilabel>Υλικό</guilabel> και "
+"κάνοντας κλικ στο <guilabel>Διαμόρφωση του ήχου</guilabel> στο επάνω δεξί "
+"μέρος της οθόνης. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Στη συνέχεια, στην οθόνη του εργαλείου draksound ή «Διαμόρφωση του ήχου», κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> και στη συνέχεια στο <guibutton>Επίλυση προβλημάτων</guibutton> για να βρείτε χρήσιμες πληροφορίες επίλυσης του προβλήματος."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Στη συνέχεια, στην οθόνη του εργαλείου draksound ή «Διαμόρφωση του ήχου», "
+"κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> και στη συνέχεια στο "
+"<guibutton>Επίλυση προβλημάτων</guibutton> για να βρείτε χρήσιμες "
+"πληροφορίες επίλυσης του προβλήματος."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3160,44 +3820,56 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Με κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> στην οθόνη αυτή, κατά την εγκατάσταση, μπορεί να φανεί χρήσιμο στην περίπτωση που υπάρχουν περισσότεροι διαθέσιμοι οδηγοί αλλά δεν έχει επιλεγεί ένας προκαθορισμένος οδηγός, ή πιστεύετε ότι ο εγκαταστάτης επέλεξε έναν λανθασμένα. "
+msgstr ""
+"Με κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> στην οθόνη αυτή, κατά "
+"την εγκατάσταση, μπορεί να φανεί χρήσιμο στην περίπτωση που υπάρχουν "
+"περισσότεροι διαθέσιμοι οδηγοί αλλά δεν έχει επιλεγεί ένας προκαθορισμένος "
+"οδηγός, ή πιστεύετε ότι ο εγκαταστάτης επέλεξε έναν λανθασμένα. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση μπορείτε να επιλέξετε έναν διαφορετικό οδηγό με κλικ στο <guibutton>Επιλογή οδηγού</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση μπορείτε να επιλέξετε έναν διαφορετικό οδηγό με κλικ "
+"στο <guibutton>Επιλογή οδηγού</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Επιβεβαίωση του σκληρού δίσκου προς μορφοποίηση"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η για το σκληρό δίσκο που επιλέξατε."
+msgstr ""
+"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η "
+"για το σκληρό δίσκο που επιλέξατε."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> αν είστε σίγουρος-η και επιθυμείτε την διαγραφή όλων των κατατμήσεων, όλων των λειτουργικών συστημάτων και όλων των δεδομένων στον συγκεκριμένο σκληρό δίσκο."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> αν είστε σίγουρος-η και "
+"επιθυμείτε την διαγραφή όλων των κατατμήσεων, όλων των λειτουργικών "
+"συστημάτων και όλων των δεδομένων στον συγκεκριμένο σκληρό δίσκο."
diff --git a/docs/installer/eo.po b/docs/installer/eo.po
index bfd4031c..08d35d2f 100644
--- a/docs/installer/eo.po
+++ b/docs/installer/eo.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Anonymous, 2014
 # Pablo Foche <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2012-2013
@@ -9,14 +9,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Esperanto (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/eo/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Esperanto (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/"
+"language/eo/)\n"
+"Language: eo\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: eo\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -27,9 +28,12 @@ msgstr "Licenco kaj publikig-notoj"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" width=\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" width="
+"\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -39,31 +43,39 @@ msgstr "Licenco"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Antaŭ ol instali <application>Magejon</application>, bv. legi la licencon zorgeme."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Antaŭ ol instali <application>Magejon</application>, bv. legi la licencon "
+"zorgeme."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Ĉi tiuj kondiĉoj aplikiĝas al la tuta distribuaĵo <application>Magejo</application> kaj devas esti akceptataj antaŭ ol daŭrigi la instaladon."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tiuj kondiĉoj aplikiĝas al la tuta distribuaĵo <application>Magejo</"
+"application> kaj devas esti akceptataj antaŭ ol daŭrigi la instaladon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Por akcepti nur selektu <guilabel>Akceptu</guilabel> kaj klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Por akcepti nur selektu <guilabel>Akceptu</guilabel> kaj klaku sur "
+"<guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Se vi decidas ne akcepti tiujn kondiĉojn, tiam ni dankas vin pro via rigardo. Klakante sur <guibutton>Ĉesu</guibutton> vi reŝarĝos vian komputilon."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi decidas ne akcepti tiujn kondiĉojn, tiam ni dankas vin pro via "
+"rigardo. Klakante sur <guibutton>Ĉesu</guibutton> vi reŝarĝos vian "
+"komputilon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -75,7 +87,10 @@ msgstr "Publikig-notoj"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Por vidi kio estas nova en ĉi tiu versio de <application>Magejo</application>, klaku sur la butono <guibutton>Publikig-notoj (Release Notes)  </guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Por vidi kio estas nova en ĉi tiu versio de <application>Magejo</"
+"application>, klaku sur la butono <guibutton>Publikig-notoj (Release Notes)  "
+"</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -88,25 +103,26 @@ msgstr "eo"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Selekto de datumportilo (Konfiguru aldonaj instal-datumportiloj)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -135,31 +151,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Uzula kaj superuzula administrado"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -171,20 +185,30 @@ msgstr "Kreo de mastrumanta pasvorto (Set administrator (root) password):"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Estas konsilinde por ĉiuj instaloj de <application>Magejo</application> krei superuzulan pasvorton, kutime nomita la <emphasis>mastrumanta (root) pasvorto</emphasis> en Linukso. Kiam vi tajpos pasvorton en la supra skatolo ĝia koloro ŝanĝiĝos el ruĝa al flava kaj verda dependante de la forto de la pasvorto. Verda kampo signifas ke vi estas uzanta fortan pasvorton. Vi devas retajpi la saman pasvorton en la plisuba skatolo, tio certigos ke vi ne mistajpis la unuan pasvorton dank'al komparo inter ambaŭ."
+msgstr ""
+"Estas konsilinde por ĉiuj instaloj de <application>Magejo</application> krei "
+"superuzulan pasvorton, kutime nomita la <emphasis>mastrumanta (root) "
+"pasvorto</emphasis> en Linukso. Kiam vi tajpos pasvorton en la supra skatolo "
+"ĝia koloro ŝanĝiĝos el ruĝa al flava kaj verda dependante de la forto de la "
+"pasvorto. Verda kampo signifas ke vi estas uzanta fortan pasvorton. Vi devas "
+"retajpi la saman pasvorton en la plisuba skatolo, tio certigos ke vi ne "
+"mistajpis la unuan pasvorton dank'al komparo inter ambaŭ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "En ĉiuj pasvortoj diferenciĝas inter majuskloj kaj minuskloj, estas pli bone utiligi miksaĵon de literoj (majusklaj kaj minusklaj), nombroj kaj aliaj karaktroj en pasvorto."
+msgstr ""
+"En ĉiuj pasvortoj diferenciĝas inter majuskloj kaj minuskloj, estas pli bone "
+"utiligi miksaĵon de literoj (majusklaj kaj minusklaj), nombroj kaj aliaj "
+"karaktroj en pasvorto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -197,29 +221,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Aldonu uzulon ĉi tie. Uzulo havas malpli da rajtoj ol la superuzulo (root), sed sufiĉajn por retumi, utiligi oficej-programojn aŭ ludi komputil-ludojn kaj por io ajn kion la averaĝa uzulo faras perkomputile"
+msgstr ""
+"Aldonu uzulon ĉi tie. Uzulo havas malpli da rajtoj ol la superuzulo (root), "
+"sed sufiĉajn por retumi, utiligi oficej-programojn aŭ ludi komputil-ludojn "
+"kaj por io ajn kion la averaĝa uzulo faras perkomputile"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Piktogramo</guibutton>: se vi klakas sur ĉi tiu butono vi ŝanĝos la uzulan ikonon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Piktogramo</guibutton>: se vi klakas sur ĉi tiu butono vi ŝanĝos "
+"la uzulan ikonon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Vera nomo</guilabel>: Metu la uzulan realan nomon en ĉi tiu teksta skatolo."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Vera nomo</guilabel>: Metu la uzulan realan nomon en ĉi tiu teksta "
+"skatolo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Saluta nomo (login name)</guilabel>: Ĉi tie eniru la uzulan salutan nomon aŭ lasu ke drakx-o utiligu version de la uzula vera nomo. <emphasis>La saluta nomo diferencigas inter majuskloj kaj minuskloj.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Saluta nomo (login name)</guilabel>: Ĉi tie eniru la uzulan "
+"salutan nomon aŭ lasu ke drakx-o utiligu version de la uzula vera nomo. "
+"<emphasis>La saluta nomo diferencigas inter majuskloj kaj minuskloj.</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -227,22 +262,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Pasvorto</guilabel>: En ĉi tiu teksta skatolo vi devus tajpi la uzulan pasvorton. Estas kampo je la fino de la teksto-skatolo indikanta la forton de la pasvorto. (Vidu ankaŭ <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pasvorto</guilabel>: En ĉi tiu teksta skatolo vi devus tajpi la "
+"uzulan pasvorton. Estas kampo je la fino de la teksto-skatolo indikanta la "
+"forton de la pasvorto. (Vidu ankaŭ <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Pasvorto (denove)</guilabel>: Retajpu la uzulan pasvorton en ĉi tiu teksta skatolo kaj darkx kontrolos ĉu la pasvorto estas la sama en ĉiuj uzulaj pasvortaj teksto-skatoloj."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pasvorto (denove)</guilabel>: Retajpu la uzulan pasvorton en ĉi "
+"tiu teksta skatolo kaj darkx kontrolos ĉu la pasvorto estas la sama en ĉiuj "
+"uzulaj pasvortaj teksto-skatoloj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but write protected) home directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
+"write protected) home directory."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -250,14 +293,19 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that is both read and write protected."
+msgstr ""
+"However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
+"System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
+"is both read and write protected."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
+"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -265,7 +313,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
+"extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
+"during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
@@ -283,7 +334,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Se la <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> butono estas klakita aperos ekrano ebliganta eldoni la konfiguron de la aldonata uzulo.  Krome, vi povas aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi gastan konton."
+msgstr ""
+"Se la <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> butono estas klakita aperos ekrano "
+"ebliganta eldoni la konfiguron de la aldonata uzulo.  Krome, vi povas "
+"aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi gastan konton."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -291,7 +345,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Ĉio konservita de gasto uzanta defaŭltan <emphasis>rbash-an</emphasis> gastan konton en la dosierujo /home estos forigita post la elsaluto.  La gasto devus konservi gravajn dosierojn en USB-ŝlosilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉio konservita de gasto uzanta defaŭltan <emphasis>rbash-an</emphasis> "
+"gastan konton en la dosierujo /home estos forigita post la elsaluto.  La "
+"gasto devus konservi gravajn dosierojn en USB-ŝlosilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -299,7 +356,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Aktivigi gastan konton (Enable guest account)</guilabel>: Ĉi tie vi povas aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi gastan konton. Gasta konto ebligos gaston ensaluti kaj uzi la komputilon, sed ĝi havas pli da limigoj ol tiu de normalaj uzuloj."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aktivigi gastan konton (Enable guest account)</guilabel>: Ĉi tie "
+"vi povas aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi gastan konton. Gasta konto ebligos gaston "
+"ensaluti kaj uzi la komputilon, sed ĝi havas pli da limigoj ol tiu de "
+"normalaj uzuloj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -307,7 +368,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Ŝelo</guilabel>: Ĉi tio vidigos liston ebligantan ŝanĝi la \"shell\"-on uzatan de la uzulo aldonita en la antaŭa ekrano. Oni povas elekti Bash-on, Dash-on kaj Sh-on"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ŝelo</guilabel>: Ĉi tio vidigos liston ebligantan ŝanĝi la \"shell"
+"\"-on uzatan de la uzulo aldonita en la antaŭa ekrano. Oni povas elekti Bash-"
+"on, Dash-on kaj Sh-on"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -315,42 +379,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Uzula ID</guilabel>: Ĉi tie vi povas starigi uzulan identigilon por la uzulo aldonita en la antaŭa ekrano. La identigilo estas nombro.  Lasu ĝin malplena se vi ne scias kion fari."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Uzula ID</guilabel>: Ĉi tie vi povas starigi uzulan identigilon "
+"por la uzulo aldonita en la antaŭa ekrano. La identigilo estas nombro.  Lasu "
+"ĝin malplena se vi ne scias kion fari."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Grupa ID</guilabel>: Ĉi tio ebligas vin starigi grupan identigilon.  Ankaŭ temas pri nombro, kutime la sama kiel tiu de la uzulo. Lasu ĝin malplena se vi ne scias kion fari."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Grupa ID</guilabel>: Ĉi tio ebligas vin starigi grupan "
+"identigilon.  Ankaŭ temas pri nombro, kutime la sama kiel tiu de la uzulo. "
+"Lasu ĝin malplena se vi ne scias kion fari."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Elekti surmetingojn"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" width=\"100%\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" width=\"100%\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -358,46 +428,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Ĉi tie vi vidas la linuksajn subdiskojn kiuj estis trovitaj en via komputilo. Se vi ne akordas kun la sugestoj de <application>DrakX</application> vi povas ŝanĝi la surmetingojn."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi vidas la linuksajn subdiskojn kiuj estis trovitaj en via "
+"komputilo. Se vi ne akordas kun la sugestoj de <application>DrakX</"
+"application> vi povas ŝanĝi la surmetingojn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Se vi ŝanĝas ion, certiĝu pri tio ke vi daŭre havas <literal>/</literal> (radikan) subdiskon."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi ŝanĝas ion, certiĝu pri tio ke vi daŭre havas <literal>/</literal> "
+"(radikan) subdiskon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Ĉiu subdisko estas montrita tiel: \"Aparato\" (\"Kapablo\", \"Surmetingo\", \"Speco\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉiu subdisko estas montrita tiel: \"Aparato\" (\"Kapablo\", \"Surmetingo\", "
+"\"Speco\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Aparato\", konsistas el: \"fiksita disko\", [\"fiksita diska litero\"], \"subdiska nombro\" (ekzemple, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Aparato\", konsistas el: \"fiksita disko\", [\"fiksita diska litero\"], "
+"\"subdiska nombro\" (ekzemple, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Se vi havas multajn subdiskojn, vi povas elekti multajn malsamajn surmetingojn per la faldebla menuo, kiel <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> kaj <literal>/var</literal>. Vi povas ankaŭ fari viajn proprajn surmetingojn kiel <literal>/video</literal> por subdisko kie vi volas konservi viajn filmojn, aŭ <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> por la <literal>/home</literal> subdisko de kaldrona instalo."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi havas multajn subdiskojn, vi povas elekti multajn malsamajn "
+"surmetingojn per la faldebla menuo, kiel <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/"
+"home</literal> kaj <literal>/var</literal>. Vi povas ankaŭ fari viajn "
+"proprajn surmetingojn kiel <literal>/video</literal> por subdisko kie vi "
+"volas konservi viajn filmojn, aŭ <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> por la "
+"<literal>/home</literal> subdisko de kaldrona instalo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "En kazoj de subdiskoj al kiuj vi ne volas aliri vi povas lasi la surmetingan kampon malplena."
+msgstr ""
+"En kazoj de subdiskoj al kiuj vi ne volas aliri vi povas lasi la surmetingan "
+"kampon malplena."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -405,15 +492,21 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Klaku sur <guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton> se vi ne scias kion elekti, kaj tiam aktivigu <guilabel>Agordi subdiskon</guilabel>. En la aperonta ekrano, vi povas klaki sur konkreta subdisko por vidi ĝian specon kaj grandon."
+msgstr ""
+"Klaku sur <guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton> se vi ne scias kion elekti, kaj tiam "
+"aktivigu <guilabel>Agordi subdiskon</guilabel>. En la aperonta ekrano, vi "
+"povas klaki sur konkreta subdisko por vidi ĝian specon kaj grandon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Se vi certas pri tio ke la surmetingoj estas ĝustaj, klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton>, kaj elektu ĉu vi nur volas strukturi la subdisko(j)n kiu(j)n sugestas DrakX aŭ pli da ili."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi certas pri tio ke la surmetingoj estas ĝustaj, klaku sur "
+"<guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton>, kaj elektu ĉu vi nur volas strukturi la "
+"subdisko(j)n kiu(j)n sugestas DrakX aŭ pli da ili."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -423,8 +516,8 @@ msgstr "Grafika medio"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
 msgstr "Depende de viaj elektoj ĉi tie, povos aperi aliaj agordaj ekranoj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -433,14 +526,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Post la selekto-paŝo(j), vi vidos glitan ekranon dum la pakaĵ-instalo.  La glitado povas esti malaktivigita premante la butonon <guilabel>Detaloj</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Post la selekto-paŝo(j), vi vidos glitan ekranon dum la pakaĵ-instalo.  La "
+"glitado povas esti malaktivigita premante la butonon <guilabel>Detaloj</"
+"guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -452,21 +550,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Elektu ĉu vi preferas uzi la labortablajn mediojn <application>KDE-on</application> aŭ <application>Gnome-on</application>. Ambaŭ venas kun kompleta aro da utilaj aplikaĵoj kaj iloj. Aktivigu <guilabel>Agordi</guilabel> se vi volas utiligi unu aŭ ambaŭ, aŭ se vi volas personigi la defaŭltajn program-elektojn de tiuj labortablaj medioj.  La labortablo <application>LXDE-o</application> estas pli malpeza ol la du antaŭaj.  Ĝi havas malpli da grafikaj uzulaj interfacoj kaj pakaĵoj instalitaj defaŭlte."
+msgstr ""
+"Elektu ĉu vi preferas uzi la labortablajn mediojn <application>KDE-on</"
+"application> aŭ <application>Gnome-on</application>. Ambaŭ venas kun "
+"kompleta aro da utilaj aplikaĵoj kaj iloj. Aktivigu <guilabel>Agordi</"
+"guilabel> se vi volas utiligi unu aŭ ambaŭ, aŭ se vi volas personigi la "
+"defaŭltajn program-elektojn de tiuj labortablaj medioj.  La labortablo "
+"<application>LXDE-o</application> estas pli malpeza ol la du antaŭaj.  Ĝi "
+"havas malpli da grafikaj uzulaj interfacoj kaj pakaĵoj instalitaj defaŭlte."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Pakaĵaj grupoj"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -475,7 +582,11 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Pakaĵoj estis arigitaj en grupoj por plifaciligi la elekton de tio kion vi bezonas en via sistemo. La grupoj estas sufiĉe memklarigaj, tamen plia informo pri la enhavo de ĉiu pakaĵaro estas disponebla kiam oni metas la musan montrilon sur ili."
+msgstr ""
+"Pakaĵoj estis arigitaj en grupoj por plifaciligi la elekton de tio kion vi "
+"bezonas en via sistemo. La grupoj estas sufiĉe memklarigaj, tamen plia "
+"informo pri la enhavo de ĉiu pakaĵaro estas disponebla kiam oni metas la "
+"musan montrilon sur ili."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -497,74 +608,91 @@ msgstr "Grafika medio."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Elektado de individuaj pakaĵoj: vi povas uzi ĉi tiun elekton por aldoni aŭ forigi permane pakaĵojn."
+msgstr ""
+"Elektado de individuaj pakaĵoj: vi povas uzi ĉi tiun elekton por aldoni aŭ "
+"forigi permane pakaĵojn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do a minimal install."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Elekto de individuaj pakaĵoj"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Ĉi tie vi povas elekti aŭ malelekti aldonajn pakaĵojn por agordi vian instalon."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi povas elekti aŭ malelekti aldonajn pakaĵojn por agordi vian "
+"instalon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Post fari vian elekton, vi povas klaki sur la <guibutton>disketa ikono</guibutton> sube en la paĝo por konservi vian pakaĵ-elekton (konservi en USB-ŝlosilo funkcias ankaŭ). Vi povos utiligi ĉi tiun dosieron por instali la samajn pakaĵojn en aliaj sistemo klakante sur la sama butono dum la instalado kaj elektante ŝarĝi ĝin."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Post fari vian elekton, vi povas klaki sur la <guibutton>disketa ikono</"
+"guibutton> sube en la paĝo por konservi vian pakaĵ-elekton (konservi en USB-"
+"ŝlosilo funkcias ankaŭ). Vi povos utiligi ĉi tiun dosieron por instali la "
+"samajn pakaĵojn en aliaj sistemo klakante sur la sama butono dum la "
+"instalado kaj elektante ŝarĝi ĝin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Konfiguru viajn Servojn"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Ĉi tie vi povas decidi kiuj servoj (ne) devus esti lanĉitaj je la starto de la sistemo."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi povas decidi kiuj servoj (ne) devus esti lanĉitaj je la starto de "
+"la sistemo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Estas kvar grupoj, klaku sur la triangulo kiu troviĝas antaŭ grupo por etendi ĝin kaj vidi ĉiujn servojn disponeblajn."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Estas kvar grupoj, klaku sur la triangulo kiu troviĝas antaŭ grupo por "
+"etendi ĝin kaj vidi ĉiujn servojn disponeblajn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -588,36 +716,45 @@ msgstr "Ŝanĝu aferojn nur se vi scias tre bone kion vi estas faranta."
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Konfiguru vian horzonon"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Elektu vian horzonon selektante vian landon aŭ urbon proksiman kiu troviĝu en la sama tempo-zono."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Elektu vian horzonon selektante vian landon aŭ urbon proksiman kiu troviĝu "
+"en la sama tempo-zono."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "En la sekva ekrano vi povas alĝustigi vian sisteman horloĝon je la loka horo aŭ je GTM, ankaŭ konata kiel UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"En la sekva ekrano vi povas alĝustigi vian sisteman horloĝon je la loka horo "
+"aŭ je GTM, ankaŭ konata kiel UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Se vi havas pli ol unu operacia sistemo en via komputilo, certiĝu pri tio ke ili estas alĝustigitaj ĉiuj je la loka horo aŭ je UTC/GTM."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi havas pli ol unu operacia sistemo en via komputilo, certiĝu pri tio ke "
+"ili estas alĝustigitaj ĉiuj je la loka horo aŭ je UTC/GTM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -627,10 +764,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
@@ -704,16 +844,17 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Konfiguri X, grafik-karton kaj monitoron"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -722,19 +863,29 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Ne gravas kiun grafikan medion (ankaŭ konata kiel labortabla medio) vi elektis por ĉi tiu instalo de <application>Magejo</application>, ili ĉiuj baziĝas sur grafika uzula interfaco nomita <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, aŭ simple <acronym>X</acronym>. Do cele al bona funkciado de <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>GNOME</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> aŭ iu alia grafika medio, la jena konfiguro de <acronym>X</acronym> devas esti ĝusta.  Elektu la ĝustan konfiguron se vi rimarkas ke <application>DrakX</application> ne elektis konfiguron aŭ vi pensas ke tiu elekto estas malĝusta."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Ne gravas kiun grafikan medion (ankaŭ konata kiel labortabla medio) vi "
+"elektis por ĉi tiu instalo de <application>Magejo</application>, ili ĉiuj "
+"baziĝas sur grafika uzula interfaco nomita <acronym>X Window System</"
+"acronym>, aŭ simple <acronym>X</acronym>. Do cele al bona funkciado de "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>GNOME</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> aŭ "
+"iu alia grafika medio, la jena konfiguro de <acronym>X</acronym> devas esti "
+"ĝusta.  Elektu la ĝustan konfiguron se vi rimarkas ke <application>DrakX</"
+"application> ne elektis konfiguron aŭ vi pensas ke tiu elekto estas malĝusta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafik-karto </guibutton></emphasis>: Elektu vian karton en la listo se bezonate."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafik-karto </guibutton></emphasis>: Elektu vian "
+"karton en la listo se bezonate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -744,7 +895,12 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Ekrano</guibutton></emphasis>: Vi povas elekti <guilabel>\"Plug'n Play\"</guilabel> siakaze aŭ elekti vian monitoron en la <guilabel>Vendista</guilabel> aŭ <guilabel>Ĝenerala</guilabel> listo. Elektu <guilabel>Akomodata</guilabel> se vi preferas permane starigi la horizontalan kaj vertikalan refreŝ-datumon de via monitoro."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Ekrano</guibutton></emphasis>: Vi povas elekti "
+"<guilabel>\"Plug'n Play\"</guilabel> siakaze aŭ elekti vian monitoron en la "
+"<guilabel>Vendista</guilabel> aŭ <guilabel>Ĝenerala</guilabel> listo. Elektu "
+"<guilabel>Akomodata</guilabel> se vi preferas permane starigi la "
+"horizontalan kaj vertikalan refreŝ-datumon de via monitoro."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -756,7 +912,9 @@ msgstr "Malĝustaj refreŝ-datumoj povas damaĝi vian monitoron"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Distingivo</guibutton></emphasis>: Starigu la deziratan distingivon kaj kolorprofundon de via monitoro ĉi tie."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Distingivo</guibutton></emphasis>: Starigu la deziratan "
+"distingivon kaj kolorprofundon de via monitoro ĉi tie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -764,19 +922,28 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Testo</guibutton></emphasis>: La testo-butono ne ĉiam aperas dum la instalo. Se la butono estas tie, vi povas testi vian konfiguron premante ĝin. Se vi vidas demandon demandantan vin ĉu via konfiguro ĝustas, vi povas respondi \"jes\" kaj la konfiguro estos konservita. Se vi vidas nenion vi revenos al konfigur-ekrano kaj povos rekonfiguri ĉion ĝis kiam la testo sukcesos. <emphasis>Certiĝu pri tio ke via konfiguro estas ĝusta se la testo-butono ne estas disponebla</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Testo</guibutton></emphasis>: La testo-butono ne ĉiam "
+"aperas dum la instalo. Se la butono estas tie, vi povas testi vian "
+"konfiguron premante ĝin. Se vi vidas demandon demandantan vin ĉu via "
+"konfiguro ĝustas, vi povas respondi \"jes\" kaj la konfiguro estos "
+"konservita. Se vi vidas nenion vi revenos al konfigur-ekrano kaj povos "
+"rekonfiguri ĉion ĝis kiam la testo sukcesos. <emphasis>Certiĝu pri tio ke "
+"via konfiguro estas ĝusta se la testo-butono ne estas disponebla</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opcioj</guibutton></emphasis>: Ĉi tie vi povas aktvigi aŭ malaktivigi kelkajn elektojn."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opcioj</guibutton></emphasis>: Ĉi tie vi povas aktvigi "
+"aŭ malaktivigi kelkajn elektojn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -802,10 +969,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -816,9 +986,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -873,10 +1043,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -887,47 +1057,62 @@ msgstr "Agordi subdiskon per DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Se vi volas utiligi ĉifradon en via subdisko <literal>/</literal> vi devas havi apartan subdiskon <literal>/boot</literal>.  La ĉifrada elekto por la subdisko <literal>/boot</literal> ne devas esti selektita, alie via sistemo ne startos."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi volas utiligi ĉifradon en via subdisko <literal>/</literal> vi devas "
+"havi apartan subdiskon <literal>/boot</literal>.  La ĉifrada elekto por la "
+"subdisko <literal>/boot</literal> ne devas esti selektita, alie via sistemo "
+"ne startos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Agordu via(j)n disko(j)n ĉi tie. Vi povas forigi aŭ krei subdiskojn, ŝanĝi la dosiersistemon de subdisko aŭ ŝanĝi ĝian grandon kaj eĉ vidi kio estas en ĝi antaŭ ol komenci."
+msgstr ""
+"Agordu via(j)n disko(j)n ĉi tie. Vi povas forigi aŭ krei subdiskojn, ŝanĝi "
+"la dosiersistemon de subdisko aŭ ŝanĝi ĝian grandon kaj eĉ vidi kio estas en "
+"ĝi antaŭ ol komenci."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Estas langeto por ĉiu trovita fiksita disko aŭ alispeca stor-aparato kiel USB-ŝlosilo. Ekzemple sda, sdb kaj sdc se estas tri."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Estas langeto por ĉiu trovita fiksita disko aŭ alispeca stor-aparato kiel "
+"USB-ŝlosilo. Ekzemple sda, sdb kaj sdc se estas tri."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Premu <guibutton>Forviŝu ĉion</guibutton> por forigi ĉiujn subdiskojn en la elektita stor-aparato"
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Premu <guibutton>Forviŝu ĉion</guibutton> por forigi ĉiujn subdiskojn en la "
+"elektita stor-aparato"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Por aliaj agoj: klaku sur la dezirata subdisko unue. Tiam vi povos vidi ĝin, elekti dosiersistemon kaj surmetingon, ŝanĝi ĝian grandon aŭ forigi ĝin."
+msgstr ""
+"Por aliaj agoj: klaku sur la dezirata subdisko unue. Tiam vi povos vidi ĝin, "
+"elekti dosiersistemon kaj surmetingon, ŝanĝi ĝian grandon aŭ forigi ĝin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -950,21 +1135,27 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "En tiu ĉi ekrano vi povas vidi la enhavon de via(j) stor-aparato(j) kaj la loko-proponon de DrakX por la instalo de <application>Magejo</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"En tiu ĉi ekrano vi povas vidi la enhavon de via(j) stor-aparato(j) kaj la "
+"loko-proponon de DrakX por la instalo de <application>Magejo</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "La disponeblaj elektoj en la suba listo varios depende de la trajtoj kaj enhavo de via konkreta(j)  stor-aparato(j)."
+msgstr ""
+"La disponeblaj elektoj en la suba listo varios depende de la trajtoj kaj "
+"enhavo de via konkreta(j)  stor-aparato(j)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center"
+"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -976,7 +1167,9 @@ msgstr "Uzu ekzistantajn subdiskojn"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Se tiu elekto estas disponebla oni trovis linuks-akordigeblajn subdiskojn kiuj povas esti utiligataj por la instalo."
+msgstr ""
+"Se tiu elekto estas disponebla oni trovis linuks-akordigeblajn subdiskojn "
+"kiuj povas esti utiligataj por la instalo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -986,9 +1179,11 @@ msgstr "Uzu liberan spacon"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en via fiksita disko ĉi tiu elekto uzos ĝin por nova Mageja instalo."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en via fiksita disko ĉi tiu elekto uzos ĝin por "
+"nova Mageja instalo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -998,9 +1193,11 @@ msgstr "Uzu la liberan spacon de vindoza subdisko"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en ekzistanta vindoza subdisko, la instalilo povas proponi utiligi ĝin."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en ekzistanta vindoza subdisko, la instalilo "
+"povas proponi utiligi ĝin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1008,7 +1205,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Ĉi tio povas esti utila maniero atingi spacon por via nova Mageja instalo, sed temas pri riska operacio do vi devus fari sekurec-kopion de ĉiuj gravaj dosieroj antaŭe!"
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tio povas esti utila maniero atingi spacon por via nova Mageja instalo, "
+"sed temas pri riska operacio do vi devus fari sekurec-kopion de ĉiuj gravaj "
+"dosieroj antaŭe!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1019,7 +1219,13 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Rimarku ke ĉi tio implikas la ŝrumpigon de la vindoza subdisko. La subdisko devas esti \"pura\", tio estas Vindozo devis fermiĝi senprobleme la lastan fojon kiam ĝi estis uzita. Ĝi ankaŭ devas esti malfragmentiĝita kvankam tio ne estas garantio pri tio ke ĉiuj dosieroj en la subdisko estis movitaj el la areo uzota. Estas ege rekomendinde realigi sekurec-kopion de viaj personaj dosieroj."
+msgstr ""
+"Rimarku ke ĉi tio implikas la ŝrumpigon de la vindoza subdisko. La subdisko "
+"devas esti \"pura\", tio estas Vindozo devis fermiĝi senprobleme la lastan "
+"fojon kiam ĝi estis uzita. Ĝi ankaŭ devas esti malfragmentiĝita kvankam tio "
+"ne estas garantio pri tio ke ĉiuj dosieroj en la subdisko estis movitaj el "
+"la areo uzota. Estas ege rekomendinde realigi sekurec-kopion de viaj "
+"personaj dosieroj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1034,7 +1240,9 @@ msgstr "Ĉi tiu elekto utiligos la tutan diskon por Magejo."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Atentu! Ĉi tio forigos ĈIUJN datumojn en la elektita fiksita disko. Estu zorgema!"
+msgstr ""
+"Atentu! Ĉi tio forigos ĈIUJN datumojn en la elektita fiksita disko. Estu "
+"zorgema!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1042,7 +1250,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Se vi volas uzi parton de la disko por alia celo aŭ vi havas datumojn en la disko kiujn vi ne volas perdi, ne elektu ĉi tion."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi volas uzi parton de la disko por alia celo aŭ vi havas datumojn en la "
+"disko kiujn vi ne volas perdi, ne elektu ĉi tion."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1052,9 +1262,11 @@ msgstr "Subdiskigo"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Ĉi tio havigas al vi plenan kontrolon sur la lokigo de la instalo en via(j) fiksita(j)  disko(j)."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tio havigas al vi plenan kontrolon sur la lokigo de la instalo en via(j) "
+"fiksita(j)  disko(j)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1063,10 +1275,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following settings:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1082,7 +1301,8 @@ msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1099,8 +1319,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1123,10 +1342,12 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Neniu vidos ĉiujn ekranojn, kiujn vi vidas en ĉi helpo. Tio kiujn ekranojn vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado."
+msgstr ""
+"Neniu vidos ĉiujn ekranojn, kiujn vi vidas en ĉi helpo. Tio kiujn ekranojn "
+"vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1137,64 +1358,82 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "La tekstoj kaj la ekranbildoj en ĉi helpo estas sub licenco CC-BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"La tekstoj kaj la ekranbildoj en ĉi helpo estas sub licenco CC-BY-SA 3.0 "
+"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Tiu ĉi helpo estas skribita kun helpo de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> kreita per <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tiu ĉi helpo estas skribita kun helpo de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link> kreita per <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Gratulon"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Finiĝis la instalado kaj konfigurado de <application>Magejo</application> kaj nun vi povas sekure eltiri la instal-medion kaj reŝarĝi vian komputilon."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Finiĝis la instalado kaj konfigurado de <application>Magejo</application> "
+"kaj nun vi povas sekure eltiri la instal-medion kaj reŝarĝi vian komputilon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Post tiu reŝarĝo, en la ŝarĝila ekrano vi povos elekti kiun operacian sistemon lanĉi (se vi havas pli ol unu)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Post tiu reŝarĝo, en la ŝarĝila ekrano vi povos elekti kiun operacian "
+"sistemon lanĉi (se vi havas pli ol unu)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Se vi ne ŝanĝis la preferojn de la ŝarĝilo, Magejo estos aŭtomate elektita kaj ŝarĝita."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi ne ŝanĝis la preferojn de la ŝarĝilo, Magejo estos aŭtomate elektita "
+"kaj ŝarĝita."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1206,31 +1445,38 @@ msgstr "Ĝuu!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Vizitu www.mageia.org se vi havas demandojn aŭ volas kontribui al Magejo"
+msgstr ""
+"Vizitu www.mageia.org se vi havas demandojn aŭ volas kontribui al Magejo"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Strukturi subdiskojn"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Ĉi tie vi povas elekti kiu(j)n subdisko(j)n vi ŝatus strukturi. Iu ajn datumo en subdisko(j) <emphasis>ne</emphasis> markita(j) por strukturado estos savita."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi povas elekti kiu(j)n subdisko(j)n vi ŝatus strukturi. Iu ajn "
+"datumo en subdisko(j) <emphasis>ne</emphasis> markita(j) por strukturado "
+"estos savita."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
@@ -1242,7 +1488,9 @@ msgstr "Kutime almenaŭ la subdiskoj elektitaj de DrakX bezonos strukturon"
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Klaku sur <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> por elekti subdiskojn kie vi ŝatus kontroli ĉu ekzistas <emphasis>difektitaj blokoj</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Klaku sur <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> por elekti subdiskojn kie vi "
+"ŝatus kontroli ĉu ekzistas <emphasis>difektitaj blokoj</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1251,14 +1499,20 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Se vi ne certas ĉu vi faris la ĝustan elekton, vi povas klaki sur <guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton>, denove sur <guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton> kaj tiam sur <guibutton>subdiskigo</guibutton> por reveni al la ĉefa ekrano.  En tiu ekrano vi havas elekton por vidi kio estas en viaj subdiskoj."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi ne certas ĉu vi faris la ĝustan elekton, vi povas klaki sur "
+"<guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton>, denove sur <guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton> kaj "
+"tiam sur <guibutton>subdiskigo</guibutton> por reveni al la ĉefa ekrano.  En "
+"tiu ekrano vi havas elekton por vidi kio estas en viaj subdiskoj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Se vi estas certa pri la elekto, klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton> por daŭrigi."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi estas certa pri la elekto, klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton> "
+"por daŭrigi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1271,14 +1525,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Se vi estas nova aŭ nesperta uzulo de GNU/Linukso, la instalilo de Magejo estas desegnita por igi vian instaladon aŭ ĝisdatigon tiel facila kiel eble."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi estas nova aŭ nesperta uzulo de GNU/Linukso, la instalilo de Magejo "
+"estas desegnita por igi vian instaladon aŭ ĝisdatigon tiel facila kiel eble."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "La komenca menua ekrano havas plurajn elektojn, tamen defaŭlte lanĉiĝos la mageja instalilo, kiu kutime havos ĉion kion oni bezonas."
+msgstr ""
+"La komenca menua ekrano havas plurajn elektojn, tamen defaŭlte lanĉiĝos la "
+"mageja instalilo, kiu kutime havos ĉion kion oni bezonas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1298,9 +1556,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
@@ -1323,7 +1580,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1335,9 +1593,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
@@ -1352,7 +1610,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1411,7 +1670,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1429,7 +1689,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1443,7 +1704,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
@@ -1463,9 +1725,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1476,8 +1737,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1488,24 +1749,30 @@ msgstr "La instal-paŝoj"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "La instal-procezo dividiĝas en serio da paŝoj, kiuj povas esti sekvataj per la flanka panelo de la ekrano."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"La instal-procezo dividiĝas en serio da paŝoj, kiuj povas esti sekvataj per "
+"la flanka panelo de la ekrano."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Ĉiu paŝo havas unu aŭ pliajn ekranojn kiuj povas ankaŭ havi <guibutton>Progresintan</guibutton> butonon kun aldonaj sed malofte bezonataj elektoj."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉiu paŝo havas unu aŭ pliajn ekranojn kiuj povas ankaŭ havi "
+"<guibutton>Progresintan</guibutton> butonon kun aldonaj sed malofte "
+"bezonataj elektoj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "La plimulto el ekranoj havas butonon pri <guibutton>Helpo</guibutton> havigantan pliajn karigojn pri tiu paŝo."
+msgstr ""
+"La plimulto el ekranoj havas butonon pri <guibutton>Helpo</guibutton> "
+"havigantan pliajn karigojn pri tiu paŝo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1515,10 +1782,17 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon, sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe.  Post la formatigo de partigo aŭ post la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi ĝin povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio ke vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe.  Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi."
+msgstr ""
+"Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon, "
+"sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe.  Post la formatigo de partigo aŭ post "
+"la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi ĝin "
+"povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio ke "
+"vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe.  Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt "
+"Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1530,24 +1804,25 @@ msgstr "Instal-problemoj kaj eblaj solvoj"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Sen grafika interfaco"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Post la komenca ekrano vi eble ne alvenos al la ekrano pri lingvo-selekto. Ĉi tio povas okazi kun kelkaj grafik-kartoj kaj malnovaj maŝinoj. Provu utiligi malaltan rezolucion per la tajpo de \"vgalo\" en la komand-linio."
+msgstr ""
+"Post la komenca ekrano vi eble ne alvenos al la ekrano pri lingvo-selekto. "
+"Ĉi tio povas okazi kun kelkaj grafik-kartoj kaj malnovaj maŝinoj. Provu "
+"utiligi malaltan rezolucion per la tajpo de \"vgalo\" en la komand-linio."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1563,7 +1838,11 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Se la sistemo ŝajnas panei dum la instalo, tio povas esti pro aparatar-detekta problemo. Ĉikaze la aŭtomata detektado de aparatoj povas esti prokrastita. Por provi tion tajpu <code>noauto</code> en la komando-linio. Ĉi tiu elekto povas ankaŭ esti miksita kun la antaŭa se estas necese."
+msgstr ""
+"Se la sistemo ŝajnas panei dum la instalo, tio povas esti pro aparatar-"
+"detekta problemo. Ĉikaze la aŭtomata detektado de aparatoj povas esti "
+"prokrastita. Por provi tion tajpu <code>noauto</code> en la komando-linio. "
+"Ĉi tiu elekto povas ankaŭ esti miksita kun la antaŭa se estas necese."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1575,9 +1854,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Ili estos malofte necesaj, sed en kelkaj kazoj la aparataro povas kalkuli la disponeblan ĉefmemoron malĝuste. Por konkretigi ĝin permane vi povas utiligi la parametron mem=xxxM, kie xxx estas la ĝusta kvanto da ĉefmemoro. Ekzemple \"mem=256M\" specifus 256MB-ojn el ĉefmemoro."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Ili estos malofte necesaj, sed en kelkaj kazoj la aparataro povas kalkuli la "
+"disponeblan ĉefmemoron malĝuste. Por konkretigi ĝin permane vi povas utiligi "
+"la parametron mem=xxxM, kie xxx estas la ĝusta kvanto da ĉefmemoro. Ekzemple "
+"\"mem=256M\" specifus 256MB-ojn el ĉefmemoro."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1590,9 +1873,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1600,29 +1882,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Ĝisdatigoj"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Ekde la publikigo de ĉi tiu versio de <application>Magejo</application>, pluraj pakaĵoj estis probable ĝisdatigitaj aŭ plibonigitaj."
+msgstr ""
+"Ekde la publikigo de ĉi tiu versio de <application>Magejo</application>, "
+"pluraj pakaĵoj estis probable ĝisdatigitaj aŭ plibonigitaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1630,7 +1912,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Elektu <guilabel>jes</guilabel> se vi deziras elŝuti kaj instali ilin, elektu <guilabel>ne</guilabel> se vi ne volas fari tion nun aŭ se vi ne havas retaliron"
+msgstr ""
+"Elektu <guilabel>jes</guilabel> se vi deziras elŝuti kaj instali ilin, "
+"elektu <guilabel>ne</guilabel> se vi ne volas fari tion nun aŭ se vi ne "
+"havas retaliron"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1642,26 +1927,27 @@ msgstr "Klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton> por daŭrigi"
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1676,8 +1962,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
 msgstr ""
@@ -1685,11 +1971,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1701,9 +1987,11 @@ msgstr "Minimuma instalo"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Vi povas elekti Minimuman Instalon malselektante ĉion en la Pakaĵara Elekta ekrano, vidu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi povas elekti Minimuman Instalon malselektante ĉion en la Pakaĵara Elekta "
+"ekrano, vidu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1712,14 +2000,19 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Minimuma Instalo celas konkretajn uzojn por Magejo kiel servilojn aŭ specialigitajn laborstaciojn. Probable vi uzos ĉi tiun elekton kune kun Permana Pakaĵ-elekto, vidu <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Minimuma Instalo celas konkretajn uzojn por Magejo kiel servilojn aŭ "
+"specialigitajn laborstaciojn. Probable vi uzos ĉi tiun elekton kune kun "
+"Permana Pakaĵ-elekto, vidu <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Se vi elektas ĉi tian instalon la venonta ekrano proponos al vi instali plurajn utilajn aldonaĵojn kiel dokumentojn aŭ Ikso-servilon."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi elektas ĉi tian instalon la venonta ekrano proponos al vi instali "
+"plurajn utilajn aldonaĵojn kiel dokumentojn aŭ Ikso-servilon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1727,34 +2020,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Diversaj parametroj"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1763,7 +2059,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX faris inteligentajn antaŭelektojn por la konfiguro de via sistemo dependante de tio kion vi elektis kaj la aparataro kiun ĝi mem eltrovis. Vi povas kontroli la konfigurojn ĉi tie kaj ŝanĝi ilin se vi volas klakante sur <guibutton>Konfiguru</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX faris inteligentajn antaŭelektojn por la konfiguro de via sistemo "
+"dependante de tio kion vi elektis kaj la aparataro kiun ĝi mem eltrovis. Vi "
+"povas kontroli la konfigurojn ĉi tie kaj ŝanĝi ilin se vi volas klakante sur "
+"<guibutton>Konfiguru</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1779,9 +2079,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Horzono</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX elektis tempo-zonon por vi, dependante de via preferata lingvo. Vi povas ŝanĝi ĝin se bezonate. Vidu ankaŭ <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX elektis tempo-zonon por vi, dependante de via preferata lingvo. Vi "
+"povas ŝanĝi ĝin se bezonate. Vidu ankaŭ <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC"
+"\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1793,7 +2096,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Lando</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Se vi ne troviĝas en la selektita lando, estas tre grave ke vi korektu ĝin.  Vidu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi ne troviĝas en la selektita lando, estas tre grave ke vi korektu ĝin.  "
+"Vidu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1824,9 +2129,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Uzula administrado (User management)</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Vi povas aldoni pliajn uzulojn ĉi tie. Ĉiuj havos sian propran dosierujon <literal>/home</literal>."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi povas aldoni pliajn uzulojn ĉi tie. Ĉiuj havos sian propran dosierujon "
+"<literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1838,14 +2145,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Servoj</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Sistemaj servoj celas tiujn malgrandajn programojn funkciantajn fone (demonoj). Ĉi tiu ilo ebligos vin aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi diversajn taskojn."
+msgstr ""
+"Sistemaj servoj celas tiujn malgrandajn programojn funkciantajn fone "
+"(demonoj). Ĉi tiu ilo ebligos vin aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi diversajn taskojn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Vi devus kontroli zorgeme antaŭ ol ŝanĝi ion ĉi tie - eraro povus okazigi ke via komputilo ne funkciu ĝuste."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi devus kontroli zorgeme antaŭ ol ŝanĝi ion ĉi tie - eraro povus okazigi ke "
+"via komputilo ne funkciu ĝuste."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
@@ -1867,7 +2178,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Klavaro</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Ĉi tie vi konfiguras aŭ ŝanĝas vian klavar-agordon kiu dependas de via lando, lingvo aŭ klavar-speco."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi konfiguras aŭ ŝanĝas vian klavar-agordon kiu dependas de via "
+"lando, lingvo aŭ klavar-speco."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1879,7 +2192,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Muso</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Ĉi tie vi povas aldoni aŭ konfiguri aliajn indikajn aparatojn, tabuletojn, mov-globojn, ktp."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi povas aldoni aŭ konfiguri aliajn indikajn aparatojn, tabuletojn, "
+"mov-globojn, ktp."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1889,8 +2204,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Son-karto </guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1901,9 +2216,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafika interfaco</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Ĉi tiu sekcio ebligas vin konfiguri vian grafik-karto(j)n kaj montrilo(j)n."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tiu sekcio ebligas vin konfiguri vian grafik-karto(j)n kaj montrilo(j)n."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
@@ -1913,10 +2228,12 @@ msgstr "Por plia informo vidu <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im2\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im2\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1935,14 +2252,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Vi povas konfiguri vian reton ĉi tie, sed por ret-kartoj utiligantaj neliberajn pelilojn estas plibone fari tion post la reŝarĝo de la sistemo per <application>Mageja Konfigurilo </application>. Por tio vi devos aktivigi la neliberajn deponejojn."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi povas konfiguri vian reton ĉi tie, sed por ret-kartoj utiligantaj "
+"neliberajn pelilojn estas plibone fari tion post la reŝarĝo de la sistemo "
+"per <application>Mageja Konfigurilo </application>. Por tio vi devos "
+"aktivigi la neliberajn deponejojn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Kiam vi aldonas ret-karton ne forgesu konfiguri vian fajronŝirmilon por ke ĝi kontrolu ankaŭ tiun ret-interfacon."
+msgstr ""
+"Kiam vi aldonas ret-karton ne forgesu konfiguri vian fajronŝirmilon por ke "
+"ĝi kontrolu ankaŭ tiun ret-interfacon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1955,14 +2278,18 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Prokura servilo funkcias kiel peranto inter via komputilo kaj interreto.  Ĉi tiu sekcio ebligas vin konfiguri vian komputilon por utiligi prokuran servon."
+msgstr ""
+"Prokura servilo funkcias kiel peranto inter via komputilo kaj interreto.  Ĉi "
+"tiu sekcio ebligas vin konfiguri vian komputilon por utiligi prokuran servon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Eble vi devas konsulti vian ret-mastrumanton por scii la parametrojn kiujn vi devas enigi ĉi tie"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Eble vi devas konsulti vian ret-mastrumanton por scii la parametrojn kiujn "
+"vi devas enigi ĉi tie"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1977,9 +2304,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Sekurec-nivelo </guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Ĉi tie vi starigas la sekurec-nivelon por via komputilo, en la plimulto el okazoj la defaŭlta konfiguro estas adekvata por ĝenerala uzo."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Ĉi tie vi starigas la sekurec-nivelon por via komputilo, en la plimulto el "
+"okazoj la defaŭlta konfiguro estas adekvata por ĝenerala uzo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -1996,14 +2325,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fajroŝirmilo (Fajromuro)</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Fajroŝirmilo celas esti bariero inter viaj gravaj datumoj kaj la friponoj en la reto kiuj volas kompromiti aŭ forŝteli ilin."
+msgstr ""
+"Fajroŝirmilo celas esti bariero inter viaj gravaj datumoj kaj la friponoj en "
+"la reto kiuj volas kompromiti aŭ forŝteli ilin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Elektu la servojn kiuj devas havi aliron al via sistemo. Viaj elektoj dependos de tio por kio vi utiligas la komputilon."
+msgstr ""
+"Elektu la servojn kiuj devas havi aliron al via sistemo. Viaj elektoj "
+"dependos de tio por kio vi utiligas la komputilon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
@@ -2015,31 +2348,38 @@ msgstr "Rimarku ke ebligi ĉion (sen fajroŝirmilo) povas esti tre riska."
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Grando-ŝanĝo de la subdisko <application>Vindoza<superscript>®</superscript></application>"
+msgstr ""
+"Grando-ŝanĝo de la subdisko <application>Vindoza<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Vi havas pli ol unu <application>Vindoza<superscript>®</superscript></application> subdisko.  Elektu kiu devus esti malgrandigita cele al liberigo de spaco por la instalo de <application>Magejo</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi havas pli ol unu <application>Vindoza<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> subdisko.  Elektu kiu devus esti malgrandigita cele al liberigo "
+"de spaco por la instalo de <application>Magejo</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Sekurec-nivelo"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2057,7 +2397,9 @@ msgstr "Lasu la defaŭltan konfiguron senŝanĝe se vi ne scias kion elekti."
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Post la instalo, ĉiam eblos alĝustigi la sekurec-konfiguron en la fako <guilabel>Sekureco</guilabel> en la Mageja Kontrolilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Post la instalo, ĉiam eblos alĝustigi la sekurec-konfiguron en la fako "
+"<guilabel>Sekureco</guilabel> en la Mageja Kontrolilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2084,8 +2426,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2099,14 +2441,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2117,30 +2457,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2152,30 +2488,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2185,31 +2517,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2219,21 +2547,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2243,8 +2568,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2254,8 +2578,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2270,23 +2593,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2294,8 +2615,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2305,8 +2625,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2326,25 +2645,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2373,29 +2692,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2420,9 +2739,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2458,8 +2776,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2467,83 +2785,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2578,16 +2884,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2595,15 +2900,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Elektu vian Landon / Regionon"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2611,14 +2919,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Selektu vian landon aŭ regionon. Ĉi tio estas grava por ĉiaj konfiguroj, kiel la monero kaj senkabla reguliga domajno. Konfiguri eraran landon povus kaŭzi ke vi ne kapablu utiligi senkablan reton."
+msgstr ""
+"Selektu vian landon aŭ regionon. Ĉi tio estas grava por ĉiaj konfiguroj, "
+"kiel la monero kaj senkabla reguliga domajno. Konfiguri eraran landon povus "
+"kaŭzi ke vi ne kapablu utiligi senkablan reton."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Se via lando ne estas en la listo, klaku sur la butono <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel> kaj elektu vian landon / regionon tie."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Se via lando ne estas en la listo, klaku sur la butono <guilabel>Aliaj "
+"Landoj</guilabel> kaj elektu vian landon / regionon tie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2627,7 +2940,10 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Se via lando estas nur en la listo <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel>, post klaki sur <guibutton>Enorde</guibutton> povas ŝajni ke vi elektis landon de la unua listo.  Bv. ignori tion, DrakX daŭrigos kun via reala elekto."
+msgstr ""
+"Se via lando estas nur en la listo <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel>, post "
+"klaki sur <guibutton>Enorde</guibutton> povas ŝajni ke vi elektis landon de "
+"la unua listo.  Bv. ignori tion, DrakX daŭrigos kun via reala elekto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2638,14 +2954,22 @@ msgstr "Enir-metodo"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "En la ekrano <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel> vi povas ankaŭ elekti enir-metodon (sube en la listo). Enir-metodoj ebligas uzulojn tajpi mult-lingvajn literojn (ĉina, japana, korea, ktp.). IBus estas la defaŭlta enir-metodo en Magejaj DVD, kaj en Afrikaj/Barataj kaj Aziaj/ne-Barataj KD. Por aziaj kaj afrikaj tajp-konfiguroj, IBus agordos la defaŭltan enir-metodon aŭtomate tiel uzuloj ne bezonos konfiguri ĝin permane. Aliaj enir-metodoj (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, ktp.) ankaŭ havigas similajn funkciojn kaj povas esti instalitaj se vi aldonis HTTP/FTP-an medion antaŭ la pakaĵa selekto."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"En la ekrano <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel> vi povas ankaŭ elekti enir-"
+"metodon (sube en la listo). Enir-metodoj ebligas uzulojn tajpi mult-lingvajn "
+"literojn (ĉina, japana, korea, ktp.). IBus estas la defaŭlta enir-metodo en "
+"Magejaj DVD, kaj en Afrikaj/Barataj kaj Aziaj/ne-Barataj KD. Por aziaj kaj "
+"afrikaj tajp-konfiguroj, IBus agordos la defaŭltan enir-metodon aŭtomate "
+"tiel uzuloj ne bezonos konfiguri ĝin permane. Aliaj enir-metodoj (SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, ktp.) ankaŭ havigas similajn funkciojn kaj povas esti instalitaj "
+"se vi aldonis HTTP/FTP-an medion antaŭ la pakaĵa selekto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2653,7 +2977,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Se vi nevole preterpaŝis la enir-metodon dum la instalo, vi povas aliri ĝin post ŝarĝi la instalitan sistemon per \"Konfiguri vian Komputilon\" -> \"Sistemo\" aŭ lanĉante localdrake kiel mastrumanto."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi nevole preterpaŝis la enir-metodon dum la instalo, vi povas aliri ĝin "
+"post ŝarĝi la instalitan sistemon per \"Konfiguri vian Komputilon\" -> "
+"\"Sistemo\" aŭ lanĉante localdrake kiel mastrumanto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2663,9 +2990,12 @@ msgstr "Instalado/ĝisdatigo"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2676,7 +3006,8 @@ msgstr "Instalado"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Uzu tiun elekton por freŝa instalado de <application>Magejo</application> ."
+msgstr ""
+"Uzu tiun elekton por freŝa instalado de <application>Magejo</application> ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2697,31 +3028,42 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon, sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe.  Post la strukturado de subdisko aŭ post la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi ĝin povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio ke vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe.  Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon, "
+"sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe.  Post la strukturado de subdisko aŭ "
+"post la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi "
+"ĝin povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio "
+"ke vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe.  Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt "
+"Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Se vi rimarkas ke vi forgesis selekti aldonan lingvon, vi povas reveni el la ekrano \"Instalado/ĝisdatigo\" al la ekrano por lingva elekto per la premo de <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>.  <emphasis>Ne</emphasis> faru tion poste en la instalo."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi rimarkas ke vi forgesis selekti aldonan lingvon, vi povas reveni el la "
+"ekrano \"Instalado/ĝisdatigo\" al la ekrano por lingva elekto per la premo "
+"de <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>.  <emphasis>Ne</emphasis> faru tion "
+"poste en la instalo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2733,43 +3075,58 @@ msgstr "Klavaro"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX selektas adekvatan klavaron por via lingvo. Se ne estas disponebla ĝi aŭtomate elektos usonan klavaron."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selektas adekvatan klavaron por via lingvo. Se ne estas disponebla ĝi "
+"aŭtomate elektos usonan klavaron."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center"
+"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Estu certa pri tio ke la selekto estas ĝusta aŭ elektu male alian klavaron. Se vi ne scias kiun klavaron vi havas rigardu la specifojn kiuj venas kun via sistemo aŭ demandu al la vendisto. Eble estas etikedo sur la klavaro kiu identigas ĝin. Vi ankaŭ povas rigardi ĉi tie: <link xlink:href=\"http://eo.wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono\">eo.wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Estu certa pri tio ke la selekto estas ĝusta aŭ elektu male alian klavaron. "
+"Se vi ne scias kiun klavaron vi havas rigardu la specifojn kiuj venas kun "
+"via sistemo aŭ demandu al la vendisto. Eble estas etikedo sur la klavaro kiu "
+"identigas ĝin. Vi ankaŭ povas rigardi ĉi tie: <link xlink:href=\"http://eo."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono\">eo.wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Se via klavaro ne estas en la montrita listo klaku sur la butono <guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> por aliri etenditan liston kaj selektu vian klavaron tie."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Se via klavaro ne estas en la montrita listo klaku sur la butono "
+"<guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> por aliri etenditan liston kaj selektu vian "
+"klavaron tie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Post elekti klavaron per la butono <guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> , vi revenos al la unua priklavara ekrano sed povos ŝajni kvazaŭ klavaro de tiu ekrano estas elektita. Vi povas sentime ignori tiun anomalion kaj daŭrigi la instaladon: Via klavaro estas tiu kiun vi elektis per la etendita listo."
+msgstr ""
+"Post elekti klavaron per la butono <guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> , vi "
+"revenos al la unua priklavara ekrano sed povos ŝajni kvazaŭ klavaro de tiu "
+"ekrano estas elektita. Vi povas sentime ignori tiun anomalion kaj daŭrigi la "
+"instaladon: Via klavaro estas tiu kiun vi elektis per la etendita listo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2777,7 +3134,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Se vi elektis klavaron nebazitan sur latinaj literoj, vi vidos aldonan ekranon demandantan kiel vi ŝatus ŝanĝi inter latinaj kaj nelatinaj klavaroj"
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi elektis klavaron nebazitan sur latinaj literoj, vi vidos aldonan "
+"ekranon demandantan kiel vi ŝatus ŝanĝi inter latinaj kaj nelatinaj klavaroj"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2790,38 +3149,52 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Selektu vian preferatan lingvon unue per la disfaldo de via kontinenta listo. <application>Magejo</application> uzos ĉi tiun selekton dum la instalado kaj por la instalita sistemo."
+msgstr ""
+"Selektu vian preferatan lingvon unue per la disfaldo de via kontinenta "
+"listo. <application>Magejo</application> uzos ĉi tiun selekton dum la "
+"instalado kaj por la instalita sistemo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Se vi bezonas instali en via sistemo plurajn lingvojn por vi aŭ aliaj uzuloj, tiam vi devas utiligi la butonon <guibutton>Multaj lingvoj (Multiple languages)</guibutton> por aldoni ilin nun. Estos malfacile aldoni plian lingvan eltenon post la instalo."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi bezonas instali en via sistemo plurajn lingvojn por vi aŭ aliaj "
+"uzuloj, tiam vi devas utiligi la butonon <guibutton>Multaj lingvoj (Multiple "
+"languages)</guibutton> por aldoni ilin nun. Estos malfacile aldoni plian "
+"lingvan eltenon post la instalo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Se vi elektas pli ol unu lingvon, vi devas selekti unu el ili kiel vian preferatan lingvon en la komenca lingva ekrano. Ĝi markiĝos ankaŭ en la plurlingva ekrano ."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi elektas pli ol unu lingvon, vi devas selekti unu el ili kiel vian "
+"preferatan lingvon en la komenca lingva ekrano. Ĝi markiĝos ankaŭ en la "
+"plurlingva ekrano ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Se via klavara lingvo ne estas la sama kiel via preferata lingvo, tiam estas rekomendinde instali la lingvon de via klavaro ankaŭ."
+msgstr ""
+"Se via klavara lingvo ne estas la sama kiel via preferata lingvo, tiam estas "
+"rekomendinde instali la lingvon de via klavaro ankaŭ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2829,104 +3202,134 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Magejo uzas UTF-8 (Unikodon) defaŭlte. Ĉi tio povas esti malŝaltita en la plurlingva ekrano se vi certas pri tio ke ĝi estas neadekvata por via lingvo. Malŝalti unikodon havos konsekvencojn sur ĉiuj instalitaj lingvoj."
+msgstr ""
+"Magejo uzas UTF-8 (Unikodon) defaŭlte. Ĉi tio povas esti malŝaltita en la "
+"plurlingva ekrano se vi certas pri tio ke ĝi estas neadekvata por via "
+"lingvo. Malŝalti unikodon havos konsekvencojn sur ĉiuj instalitaj lingvoj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Vi povas ŝanĝi la lingvon de via sistemo post la instalo per la Kontrolilo de Magejo -&gt; Sistemo -&gt; Agordi skrib-sistemojn."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi povas ŝanĝi la lingvon de via sistemo post la instalo per la Kontrolilo "
+"de Magejo -&gt; Sistemo -&gt; Agordi skrib-sistemojn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Selekti muson"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" "
+"width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Se vin ne kontentigas la funkciado de via muso, vi povas elekti iun malsaman ĉi tie."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vin ne kontentigas la funkciado de via muso, vi povas elekti iun malsaman "
+"ĉi tie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Ofte, <guilabel>Universala</guilabel> - <guilabel>Ajna PS/2- kaj USB-musoj</guilabel> estas bona elekto."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Ofte, <guilabel>Universala</guilabel> - <guilabel>Ajna PS/2- kaj USB-musoj</"
+"guilabel> estas bona elekto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Selektu <guilabel>Universalan</guilabel> - <guilabel>Trudi evdev</guilabel> por konfiguri la butonojn kiuj ne funkcias en muso kun ses aŭ pli butonoj."
+msgstr ""
+"Selektu <guilabel>Universalan</guilabel> - <guilabel>Trudi evdev</guilabel> "
+"por konfiguri la butonojn kiuj ne funkcias en muso kun ses aŭ pli butonoj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
@@ -2937,33 +3340,38 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Lanĉilaj ĉefaj elektoj"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id="
+"\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Se vi preferas malsaman lanĉilan konfiguron al tiu elektita aŭtomate fare de la instalilo, vi povas ŝanĝi ĝin ĉi tie."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi preferas malsaman lanĉilan konfiguron al tiu elektita aŭtomate fare de "
+"la instalilo, vi povas ŝanĝi ĝin ĉi tie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Eble vi havas jam alian operacian sistemon en via maŝino, tiukaze vi devas decidi ĉu vi volas aldoni Magejon al via ekzistanta lanĉilo aŭ ebligi al Magejo krei novan."
+msgstr ""
+"Eble vi havas jam alian operacian sistemon en via maŝino, tiukaze vi devas "
+"decidi ĉu vi volas aldoni Magejon al via ekzistanta lanĉilo aŭ ebligi al "
+"Magejo krei novan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2982,14 +3390,19 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Defaŭlte Magejo skribas novan GRUB-lanĉilon en la MBR de via unua fiksita disko.  Se vi jam havas aliajn operaciajn sistemojn, Magejo provos aldoni ilin al via nova Mageja lanĉilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Defaŭlte Magejo skribas novan GRUB-lanĉilon en la MBR de via unua fiksita "
+"disko.  Se vi jam havas aliajn operaciajn sistemojn, Magejo provos aldoni "
+"ilin al via nova Mageja lanĉilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB legacy and Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
+"legacy and Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -2997,14 +3410,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is used."
+msgstr ""
+"Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
+"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
+"used."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at the Summary page during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
+"the Summary page during installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3015,18 +3433,24 @@ msgstr "Uzi ekzistantan lanĉilon"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Se vi decidas uzi ekzistantan lanĉilon tiam vi devos klaki sur la lanĉila butono <guibutton>Konfiguru</guibutton>, kiu ebligos vin ŝanĝi la instal-lokon de la lanĉilo."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi decidas uzi ekzistantan lanĉilon tiam vi devos klaki sur la lanĉila "
+"butono <guibutton>Konfiguru</guibutton>, kiu ebligos vin ŝanĝi la instal-"
+"lokon de la lanĉilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Ne selektu aparaton kiel \"sda\" aŭ vi anstataŭigos la ekzistantan MBR. Vi devas selekti la saman radikan subdiskon kiun vi elektis dum la subdiskigo, ekzemple sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"Ne selektu aparaton kiel \"sda\" aŭ vi anstataŭigos la ekzistantan MBR. Vi "
+"devas selekti la saman radikan subdiskon kiun vi elektis dum la subdiskigo, "
+"ekzemple sda7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
@@ -3037,19 +3461,26 @@ msgstr "Klarigcele, sda estas aparato, sda7 subdisko."
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Iru al tty2 per la premo de Ctrl+Alt+F2 kaj tajpu <literal>df</literal> por vidi kie estas via radika subdisko <literal>/</literal>. Ctrl+Alt+F7 venigos vin ree al la instal-ekrano."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Iru al tty2 per la premo de Ctrl+Alt+F2 kaj tajpu <literal>df</literal> por "
+"vidi kie estas via radika subdisko <literal>/</literal>. Ctrl+Alt+F7 venigos "
+"vin ree al la instal-ekrano."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "La ĝusta procezo por aldoni vian Magejan sistemon al ekzistanta lanĉilo estas preter la celo de tiu ĉi helpilo, tamen en la plimulto el la kazoj estos necese lanĉi lanĉilan instal-programon kiu devus detekti kaj konfiguri ĝin aŭtomate.  Vidu la dokumentaron por la konkreta operacia sistemo."
+msgstr ""
+"La ĝusta procezo por aldoni vian Magejan sistemon al ekzistanta lanĉilo "
+"estas preter la celo de tiu ĉi helpilo, tamen en la plimulto el la kazoj "
+"estos necese lanĉi lanĉilan instal-programon kiu devus detekti kaj konfiguri "
+"ĝin aŭtomate.  Vidu la dokumentaron por la konkreta operacia sistemo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3060,48 +3491,57 @@ msgstr "Lanĉila sperta elekto"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Se vi havas tre limigitan spacon en via disko por subdisko <literal>/</literal> enhavanta samtempe la dosierujon <literal>/tmp</literal>, klaku sur <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> kaj aktivigu la skatolon dirantan <guilabel>Purigu /tmp dum ĉiuj startadoj</guilabel>. Tio helpos teni iom da libera spaco."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Se vi havas tre limigitan spacon en via disko por subdisko <literal>/</"
+"literal> enhavanta samtempe la dosierujon <literal>/tmp</literal>, klaku sur "
+"<guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> kaj aktivigu la skatolon dirantan "
+"<guilabel>Purigu /tmp dum ĉiuj startadoj</guilabel>. Tio helpos teni iom da "
+"libera spaco."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Konfiguri SCSI"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" width="
+"\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-"
+"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX kutime trovas fiksitajn diskojn senprobleme. Ĝi tamen povas ne trovi kelkajn malnovajn SCSI-aparatojn kaj do malsukcesi pri la instalado de la bezonataj peliloj."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX kutime trovas fiksitajn diskojn senprobleme. Ĝi tamen povas ne trovi "
+"kelkajn malnovajn SCSI-aparatojn kaj do malsukcesi pri la instalado de la "
+"bezonataj peliloj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Se tio okazas, vi devos permane diri al Drakx kiun SCSI-aparaton vi havas."
+msgstr ""
+"Se tio okazas, vi devos permane diri al Drakx kiun SCSI-aparaton vi havas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3113,13 +3553,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX devus tiam esti kapabla konfiguri la aparato(j)n ĝuste."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3143,9 +3585,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -3173,19 +3614,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
@@ -3197,6 +3639,6 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/installer/es.po b/docs/installer/es.po
index 6a29032d..22573829 100644
--- a/docs/installer/es.po
+++ b/docs/installer/es.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fitoschido@ubuntu.com>, 2014
 # motitos, 2013-2014
@@ -15,14 +15,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-25 13:57+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/es/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"es/)\n"
+"Language: es\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: es\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -33,9 +34,11 @@ msgstr "Licencia y Notas de Versión"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -45,31 +48,40 @@ msgstr "Acuerdo de la Licencia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Antes de instalar <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, lea cuidadosamente los términos y condiciones de la licencia ."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Antes de instalar <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, lea "
+"cuidadosamente los términos y condiciones de la licencia ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Estos términos y condiciones se aplican a la distribución completa de <application>Mageia</application> y tiene que aceptarlos para poder continuar."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Estos términos y condiciones se aplican a la distribución completa de "
+"<application>Mageia</application> y tiene que aceptarlos para poder "
+"continuar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Para aceptar, simplemente seleccione <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel> y luego haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para aceptar, simplemente seleccione <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel> y luego "
+"haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Si decide no aceptar las condiciones, nosotros le agradecemos que las haya leído. Haciendo click en <guibutton>Salir</guibutton> se reiniciará su ordenador."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Si decide no aceptar las condiciones, nosotros le agradecemos que las haya "
+"leído. Haciendo click en <guibutton>Salir</guibutton> se reiniciará su "
+"ordenador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -81,7 +93,9 @@ msgstr "Notas de versión"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Para ver que hay nuevo en esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, haga click en <guibutton>Notas de versión</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para ver que hay nuevo en esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, "
+"haga click en <guibutton>Notas de versión</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -92,29 +106,36 @@ msgstr "es"
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
-msgstr "Selección de repositorios (Configurar repositorios de instalación suplementarios)"
+msgstr ""
+"Selección de repositorios (Configurar repositorios de instalación "
+"suplementarios)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Esta pantalla muestra la lista de repositorios ya reconocidos. Puede agregar otras fuentes de paquetes como un disco óptico o una fuente remota. La selección de fuentes determina qué paquetes pueden ser elegidos en los siguientes pasos."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta pantalla muestra la lista de repositorios ya reconocidos. Puede agregar "
+"otras fuentes de paquetes como un disco óptico o una fuente remota. La "
+"selección de fuentes determina qué paquetes pueden ser elegidos en los "
+"siguientes pasos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -134,38 +155,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Seleccionar un servidor espejo o especificar una URL (la primera entrada). Al seleccionar un servidor espejo tendrá acceso a la selección de todos los repositorios administrados por Mageia, tales como los repositorios nonfree, tainted y updates. Con la URL, puede designar un repositorio específico o su propia instalación NFS."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccionar un servidor espejo o especificar una URL (la primera entrada). "
+"Al seleccionar un servidor espejo tendrá acceso a la selección de todos los "
+"repositorios administrados por Mageia, tales como los repositorios nonfree, "
+"tainted y updates. Con la URL, puede designar un repositorio específico o su "
+"propia instalación NFS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Administración de usuarios y del administrador"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /"
+"> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -177,20 +201,31 @@ msgstr "Configure la Contraseña del Administrador (root)"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Es recomendable que configure una contraseña de administrador/súper usuario, conocida como <emphasis>contraseña de root</emphasis> en Linux, para todas las instalaciones de <application>Mageia</application>. Conforme vaya escribiendo una contraseña en el recuadro, el color del escudo irá cambiando desde rojo a amarillo hasta verde, dependiendo del nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. Un escudo verde muestra un alto grado de seguridad.Necesita repetir la misma en el recuadro de abajo, para comprobar que no ha cometido ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas."
+msgstr ""
+"Es recomendable que configure una contraseña de administrador/súper usuario, "
+"conocida como <emphasis>contraseña de root</emphasis> en Linux, para todas "
+"las instalaciones de <application>Mageia</application>. Conforme vaya "
+"escribiendo una contraseña en el recuadro, el color del escudo irá cambiando "
+"desde rojo a amarillo hasta verde, dependiendo del nivel de seguridad de la "
+"contraseña. Un escudo verde muestra un alto grado de seguridad.Necesita "
+"repetir la misma en el recuadro de abajo, para comprobar que no ha cometido "
+"ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Todas las contraseñas son sensibles a las mayúsculas. Para tener una contraseña segura, se recomienda usar una mezcla de letras (mayúsculas y minúsculas), números y otros símbolos."
+msgstr ""
+"Todas las contraseñas son sensibles a las mayúsculas. Para tener una "
+"contraseña segura, se recomienda usar una mezcla de letras (mayúsculas y "
+"minúsculas), números y otros símbolos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -203,29 +238,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Aquí puede añadir un usuario. Un usuario tiene menos permisos que el administrador, pero suficientes para navegar en Internet, usar aplicaciones ofimáticas, jugar y cualquier cosa que un usuario medio hace con su ordenador."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede añadir un usuario. Un usuario tiene menos permisos que el "
+"administrador, pero suficientes para navegar en Internet, usar aplicaciones "
+"ofimáticas, jugar y cualquier cosa que un usuario medio hace con su "
+"ordenador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Icono</guibutton>: Si hace click en este botón cambiará el icono del usuario."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Icono</guibutton>: Si hace click en este botón cambiará el icono "
+"del usuario."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Nombre y Apellidos</guilabel>: Introduzca el nombre real del usuario en este recuadro."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nombre y Apellidos</guilabel>: Introduzca el nombre real del "
+"usuario en este recuadro."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Nombre de conexión</guilabel>: Aquí puede introducir el nombre de conexión del usuario o dejar a Drakx que cree un nombre de usuario a partir del nombre real del usuario. <emphasis>El nombre de conexión es sensible a las mayúsculas.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nombre de conexión</guilabel>: Aquí puede introducir el nombre de "
+"conexión del usuario o dejar a Drakx que cree un nombre de usuario a partir "
+"del nombre real del usuario. <emphasis>El nombre de conexión es sensible a "
+"las mayúsculas.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -233,22 +280,31 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: En este recuadro debe de escribir la contraseña del usuario. Hay un escudo al final del espacio que muestra el nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. (Vea también <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: En este recuadro debe de escribir la "
+"contraseña del usuario. Hay un escudo al final del espacio que muestra el "
+"nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. (Vea también <xref linkend="
+"\"givePassword\"/>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: Vuelva a escribir la contraseña en este recuadro y Drakx comprobará que ha escrito la misma que en el recuadro anterior."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: Vuelva a escribir la contraseña "
+"en este recuadro y Drakx comprobará que ha escrito la misma que en el "
+"recuadro anterior."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Todo usario que se añada en la instación de Mageia tendrá un directorio personal home legiblepor todos (pero protegido contra escritura)."
+msgstr ""
+"Todo usario que se añada en la instación de Mageia tendrá un directorio "
+"personal home legiblepor todos (pero protegido contra escritura)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -256,14 +312,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Sin embargo, cuando use su nueva instalación, todo usuario que añada en <emphasis>MCC - Sistema - Administrar usuarios del sistema</emphasis> tendrá un directorio personal home protegido contra lectura y escritura."
+msgstr ""
+"Sin embargo, cuando use su nueva instalación, todo usuario que añada en "
+"<emphasis>MCC - Sistema - Administrar usuarios del sistema</emphasis> tendrá "
+"un directorio personal home protegido contra lectura y escritura."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Si no quiere directorios home legibles por todo el mundo, se recomienda añadir ahora un usuario temporal y añadir los usuarios reales tras reiniciar el ordenador."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no quiere directorios home legibles por todo el mundo, se recomienda "
+"añadir ahora un usuario temporal y añadir los usuarios reales tras reiniciar "
+"el ordenador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -271,7 +333,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Si prefiere directorios legibles por todo el mundo, puede añadir todos los usuarios necesarios en <emphasis>Configuración - Resumen</emphasis> durante la instación. Elija <emphasis>Administrar usuarios</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si prefiere directorios legibles por todo el mundo, puede añadir todos los "
+"usuarios necesarios en <emphasis>Configuración - Resumen</emphasis> durante "
+"la instación. Elija <emphasis>Administrar usuarios</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
@@ -289,7 +354,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Si hace click en el botón <guibutton>avanzado</guibutton>, aparecerá una pantalla que le permite editar la configuración del usuario que está añadiendo. También puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado."
+msgstr ""
+"Si hace click en el botón <guibutton>avanzado</guibutton>, aparecerá una "
+"pantalla que le permite editar la configuración del usuario que está "
+"añadiendo. También puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -297,7 +365,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Cualquier cosa que un usuario invitado (con <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>) guarde en su directorio home será borrado cuando cierre sesión. El invitado debe de guardar sus archivos importantes en una unidad USB."
+msgstr ""
+"Cualquier cosa que un usuario invitado (con <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>) "
+"guarde en su directorio home será borrado cuando cierre sesión. El invitado "
+"debe de guardar sus archivos importantes en una unidad USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -305,7 +376,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Habilitar cuenta de invitado</guilabel>: Aquí puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado. La cuenta de invitado permite a un usuario ocasional acceder y usar el PC, pero tiene un acceso más restringido que los usuarios normales."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Habilitar cuenta de invitado</guilabel>: Aquí puede habilitar o "
+"inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado. La cuenta de invitado permite a un "
+"usuario ocasional acceder y usar el PC, pero tiene un acceso más restringido "
+"que los usuarios normales."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -313,7 +388,9 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta pestaña permite cambiar el shell usado por el usuario que está añadiendo. Las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta pestaña permite cambiar el shell usado por "
+"el usuario que está añadiendo. Las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -321,42 +398,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID de usuario</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de identificación del usuario que está añadiendo. Es un número. Déjelo vació salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID de usuario</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de "
+"identificación del usuario que está añadiendo. Es un número. Déjelo vació "
+"salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID de grupo</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de identificación del grupo. También es un número, normalmente el mismo que para el usuario. Déjelo vacío salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID de grupo</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de "
+"identificación del grupo. También es un número, normalmente el mismo que "
+"para el usuario. Déjelo vacío salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Elija los puntos de montaje"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-"
+"chooseMountpoints.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -364,46 +447,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Aquí puede ver las particiones de Linux que se han encontrado en su ordenador. Si no está de acuerdo con la sugerencia de <application>DrakX</application>, puede cambiar los puntos de montaje."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede ver las particiones de Linux que se han encontrado en su "
+"ordenador. Si no está de acuerdo con la sugerencia de <application>DrakX</"
+"application>, puede cambiar los puntos de montaje."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Si cambia algo, asegúrese de que conserva una partición <literal>/</literal> (root)."
+msgstr ""
+"Si cambia algo, asegúrese de que conserva una partición <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Cada partición se muestra así: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidad\", \"Punto de montaje\", \"Tipo\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada partición se muestra así: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidad\", \"Punto de "
+"montaje\", \"Tipo\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Dispositivo\", está compuesto por: \"disco duro\", [\"número del disco duro\"(letra)], \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Dispositivo\", está compuesto por: \"disco duro\", [\"número del disco duro"
+"\"(letra)], \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Si tiene varias particiones, puede elegir diferentes puntos de montaje desplegando la lista, como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> y <literal>/var</literal>. También puede hacer sus propios puntos de montaje, por ejemplo <literal>/video</literal> para nombrar una partición donde quiere guardar sus películas, o <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> para la partición <literal>/home</literal> de una instalación Cauldron."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene varias particiones, puede elegir diferentes puntos de montaje "
+"desplegando la lista, como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> y "
+"<literal>/var</literal>. También puede hacer sus propios puntos de montaje, "
+"por ejemplo <literal>/video</literal> para nombrar una partición donde "
+"quiere guardar sus películas, o <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> para la "
+"partición <literal>/home</literal> de una instalación Cauldron."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Para las particiones a las que no necesite acceso, puede dejar el punto de montaje vacío."
+msgstr ""
+"Para las particiones a las que no necesite acceso, puede dejar el punto de "
+"montaje vacío."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -411,15 +511,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Elija <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no está seguro de qué elegir y luego marque <guilabel>Particionamiento personalizado</guilabel>. En la siguiente pantalla, puede hacer click en una partición para ver su tipo y tamaño."
+msgstr ""
+"Elija <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no está seguro de qué elegir y "
+"luego marque <guilabel>Particionamiento personalizado</guilabel>. En la "
+"siguiente pantalla, puede hacer click en una partición para ver su tipo y "
+"tamaño."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Si está seguro de que los puntos de montaje son correctos, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, y elija si quiere formatear o bien solamentelas particiones que DrakX sugiere o bien alguna más."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Si está seguro de que los puntos de montaje son correctos, haga click en "
+"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, y elija si quiere formatear o bien "
+"solamentelas particiones que DrakX sugiere o bien alguna más."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -429,9 +536,11 @@ msgstr "Selección de escritorio"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Dependiendo de su selección aquí, pueden aparecer otras ventanas para ajustar su elección de manera más precisa."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Dependiendo de su selección aquí, pueden aparecer otras ventanas para "
+"ajustar su elección de manera más precisa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -439,14 +548,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Después de los pasos de selección, verá una presentación durante la instalación de los paquetes. Esta presentación puede desactivarse pulsando <guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de los pasos de selección, verá una presentación durante la "
+"instalación de los paquetes. Esta presentación puede desactivarse pulsando "
+"<guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -458,21 +572,29 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Elija el entorno de escritorio que prefiera, <application>KDE</application> o <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos incluyen un juego completo de útiles aplicaciones y herramientas. Marque <guilabel>Personalizada</guilabel> si no quiere usar ninguno o ambos, o si quiere algo más que el software elegido por defecto para cada entorno de escritorio. El escritorio <application>LXDE</application> es más ligero que los otros dos anteriores, con una apariencia menos llamativa y menos paquetes instalados por defecto."
+msgstr ""
+"Elija el entorno de escritorio que prefiera, <application>KDE</application> "
+"o <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos incluyen un juego completo de "
+"útiles aplicaciones y herramientas. Marque <guilabel>Personalizada</"
+"guilabel> si no quiere usar ninguno o ambos, o si quiere algo más que el "
+"software elegido por defecto para cada entorno de escritorio. El escritorio "
+"<application>LXDE</application> es más ligero que los otros dos anteriores, "
+"con una apariencia menos llamativa y menos paquetes instalados por defecto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Selección de Grupo de Paquetes"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -481,7 +603,11 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Los paquetes han sido agrupados para hacer mucho más sencilla la elección de lo que necesite. Los grupos se definen intuitivamente. Sin embargo, si necesita más información, simplemente pasando el ratón por encima de cada grupo se muestra más información sobre ellos."
+msgstr ""
+"Los paquetes han sido agrupados para hacer mucho más sencilla la elección de "
+"lo que necesite. Los grupos se definen intuitivamente. Sin embargo, si "
+"necesita más información, simplemente pasando el ratón por encima de cada "
+"grupo se muestra más información sobre ellos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -503,74 +629,91 @@ msgstr "Entorno gráfico."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Selección individual de paquetes: Puede usar esta opción para añadir o eliminar manualmente los paquetes."
+msgstr ""
+"Selección individual de paquetes: Puede usar esta opción para añadir o "
+"eliminar manualmente los paquetes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Lea <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> para instrucciónes sobre como hacer una instalación minima."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Lea <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> para instrucciónes sobre como "
+"hacer una instalación minima."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Elegir paquetes detalladamente"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Aquí puede añadir o eliminar cualquier paquete extra para personalizar su instalación."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede añadir o eliminar cualquier paquete extra para personalizar su "
+"instalación."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Después de elegir, puede hacer click en el <guibutton>icono del disquete</guibutton> al final de la página para guardar su elección de paquetes (también puede guardarlas en una unidad USB). Puede usar este archivo para instalar los mismos paquetes en otro sistema, pulsando el mismo botón durante la instalación para cargarlo."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de elegir, puede hacer click en el <guibutton>icono del disquete</"
+"guibutton> al final de la página para guardar su elección de paquetes "
+"(también puede guardarlas en una unidad USB). Puede usar este archivo para "
+"instalar los mismos paquetes en otro sistema, pulsando el mismo botón "
+"durante la instalación para cargarlo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Configure sus Servicios"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Aquí puede configurar que servicios deberían (o no) iniciarse cuando arranque su sistema."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede configurar que servicios deberían (o no) iniciarse cuando "
+"arranque su sistema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Hay cuatro grupos, haga click en el triángulo junto al grupo para expandirlo y ver todos los servicios que contiene."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Hay cuatro grupos, haga click en el triángulo junto al grupo para expandirlo "
+"y ver todos los servicios que contiene."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -582,7 +725,9 @@ msgstr "La configuración elegida por DrakX es normalmente la más correcta."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Si selecciona un servicio, se mostrara información de este en el recuadro de abajo."
+msgstr ""
+"Si selecciona un servicio, se mostrara información de este en el recuadro de "
+"abajo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
@@ -594,36 +739,45 @@ msgstr "Sólo cambie servicios cuando sepa bien lo que está haciendo."
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Configure su huso horario"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Elija su zona escogiendo su país o una ciudad próxima a usted en el mismo huso horario."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Elija su zona escogiendo su país o una ciudad próxima a usted en el mismo "
+"huso horario."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "En la siguiente pantalla, puede ajustar el reloj de su hardware a una hora local o GMT, también conociddo como UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"En la siguiente pantalla, puede ajustar el reloj de su hardware a una hora "
+"local o GMT, también conociddo como UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Si tiene más de un sistema operativo en su máquina, asegúrese de que todos están ajustados bien a la hora local bien a UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene más de un sistema operativo en su máquina, asegúrese de que todos "
+"están ajustados bien a la hora local bien a UTC/GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -633,24 +787,31 @@ msgstr "Escoja un servidor X (Configurando su tarjeta gráfica)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX tiene una base de datos de tarjetas gráficas bastante amplia y usualmente puede identificar su tarjeta correctamente."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX tiene una base de datos de tarjetas gráficas bastante amplia y "
+"usualmente puede identificar su tarjeta correctamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Si el instalador no ha dectectado su tarjeta grafica correctamente y usted sabe cuál es, puede escogerla del árbol:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si el instalador no ha dectectado su tarjeta grafica correctamente y usted "
+"sabe cuál es, puede escogerla del árbol:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -673,7 +834,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de fabricantes (porque todavía no se ha incluido en la base de datos o la tarjeta es vieja) puede encontrar un controlador apropiado en la categoría de Xorg."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de fabricantes (porque todavía "
+"no se ha incluido en la base de datos o la tarjeta es vieja) puede encontrar "
+"un controlador apropiado en la categoría de Xorg."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -681,14 +845,20 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "El listado de Xorg provee más de 40 controladores genéricos y de código abierto para su tarjeta de vídeo. Si todavía no puede encontrar un controlador adecuado para su tarjeta, tiene la opción de usar el controlador vesa. Este controlador provee una capacidad básica a su tarjeta de vídeo."
+msgstr ""
+"El listado de Xorg provee más de 40 controladores genéricos y de código "
+"abierto para su tarjeta de vídeo. Si todavía no puede encontrar un "
+"controlador adecuado para su tarjeta, tiene la opción de usar el controlador "
+"vesa. Este controlador provee una capacidad básica a su tarjeta de vídeo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Sea consciente que si escoge el controlador equivocado, podria tener acceso solamente al interfaz de la línea de comandos."
+msgstr ""
+"Sea consciente que si escoge el controlador equivocado, podria tener acceso "
+"solamente al interfaz de la línea de comandos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -696,30 +866,36 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Algunos fabricantes de tarjetas de vídeo proveen controladores propietarios para Linux que se encuentran solamente en los repositorios Nonfree. En algunos casos, solo se encuentran en el sitio web del fabricante."
+msgstr ""
+"Algunos fabricantes de tarjetas de vídeo proveen controladores propietarios "
+"para Linux que se encuentran solamente en los repositorios Nonfree. En "
+"algunos casos, solo se encuentran en el sitio web del fabricante."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Los repositorios Nonfree tienen que ser activados explícitamente para poder acceder a ellos. Esto se debe hacer después de reiniciar su sistema."
+msgstr ""
+"Los repositorios Nonfree tienen que ser activados explícitamente para poder "
+"acceder a ellos. Esto se debe hacer después de reiniciar su sistema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración de la tarjeta gráfica y del monitor"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "  <imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"  <imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -728,19 +904,30 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Independientemente del entorno gráfico (también conocido como entorno de escritorio) que usted elija para esta instalación de <application>Mageia</application>, todos están basados en el sistema de interfaz gráfico de usuario llamado <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplemente <acronym>X</acronym>. Así, para que <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o cualquier otro entorno gráfico funcione bien, la siguiente configuración de <acronym>X</acronym> debe ser correcta. Elija la configuración adecuada si ve que <application>DrakX</application> no eligió nada o no eligió correctamente."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Independientemente del entorno gráfico (también conocido como entorno de "
+"escritorio) que usted elija para esta instalación de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, todos están basados en el sistema de interfaz gráfico de "
+"usuario llamado <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplemente "
+"<acronym>X</acronym>. Así, para que <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</"
+"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o cualquier otro entorno gráfico funcione "
+"bien, la siguiente configuración de <acronym>X</acronym> debe ser correcta. "
+"Elija la configuración adecuada si ve que <application>DrakX</application> "
+"no eligió nada o no eligió correctamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Tarjeta gráfica</guibutton></emphasis>: Elija su tarjeta de la lista si es necesario."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Tarjeta gráfica</guibutton></emphasis>: Elija su "
+"tarjeta de la lista si es necesario."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -750,7 +937,12 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Puede elegir <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> cuando sea posible, o escoger su monitor de la lista <guilabel>Frabricantes</guilabel> o <guilabel>genérico</guilabel>. Escoja <guilabel>personalizado</guilabel> si prefiere fijar manualmente las tasas de refresco horizontal y vertical de su monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Puede elegir "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> cuando sea posible, o escoger su monitor de "
+"la lista <guilabel>Frabricantes</guilabel> o <guilabel>genérico</guilabel>. "
+"Escoja <guilabel>personalizado</guilabel> si prefiere fijar manualmente las "
+"tasas de refresco horizontal y vertical de su monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -762,7 +954,9 @@ msgstr "Tasas de refresco incorrectas pueden dañar su monitor"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolución</guibutton></emphasis>: Fije la resolución deseada y la profundidad de color de su monitor aquí."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolución</guibutton></emphasis>: Fije la resolución "
+"deseada y la profundidad de color de su monitor aquí."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -770,19 +964,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Prueba</guibutton></emphasis>: El botón de prueba no siempre aparece durante la instalación. Si el botón está, puede controlar su configuración pulsándolo. Si aparece una pregunta acerca de si la configuración es correcta, puede responder \"sí\", y la configuración se guardará. Si no ve nada, regresará a la pantalla de configuración y podrá reconfigurar todo hasta que la prueba sea válido. <emphasis>Asegúrese de que la configuración está en el lado seguro si el botón de prueba no está disponible</emphasis>."
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Prueba</guibutton></emphasis>: El botón de prueba no "
+"siempre aparece durante la instalación. Si el botón está, puede controlar su "
+"configuración pulsándolo. Si aparece una pregunta acerca de si la "
+"configuración es correcta, puede responder \"sí\", y la configuración se "
+"guardará. Si no ve nada, regresará a la pantalla de configuración y podrá "
+"reconfigurar todo hasta que la prueba sea válido. <emphasis>Asegúrese de que "
+"la configuración está en el lado seguro si el botón de prueba no está "
+"disponible</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opciones</guibutton></emphasis>: Aquí puede escoger el activar o desactivar varias opciones."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opciones</guibutton></emphasis>: Aquí puede escoger el "
+"activar o desactivar varias opciones."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -794,7 +998,9 @@ msgstr "Escogiendo su monitor"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX tiene un base de datos de monitores bastante amplia y usualmente puede identificar su monitor correctamente."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX tiene un base de datos de monitores bastante amplia y usualmente puede "
+"identificar su monitor correctamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -803,15 +1009,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Escogiendo un monitor con características diferentes puede dañar su pantalla o componentes de vídeo. Por favor, no intente hacer algo sin saber lo que hace.</emphasis> Si tiene dudas, debe consultar la documentacion de su monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Escogiendo un monitor con características diferentes puede dañar "
+"su pantalla o componentes de vídeo. Por favor, no intente hacer algo sin "
+"saber lo que hace.</emphasis> Si tiene dudas, debe consultar la "
+"documentacion de su monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -822,10 +1035,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Esta opción deja cambiar dos parámetros críticos, la tasa de refresco vertical y la sincronizacion horizontal. La tasa de refresco vertical determina cada cuánto se actualiza la pantalla y la sincronizacion horizontal es la tasa por lo cual las lineas de escaneo se pueden ver."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta opción deja cambiar dos parámetros críticos, la tasa de refresco "
+"vertical y la sincronizacion horizontal. La tasa de refresco vertical "
+"determina cada cuánto se actualiza la pantalla y la sincronizacion "
+"horizontal es la tasa por lo cual las lineas de escaneo se pueden ver."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -834,7 +1051,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "Es <emphasis>MUY IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que no escoja un tipo de monitor con un tasa de refresco superior a la capacidad de su monitor real, puesto que puede dañarlo. Si tiene duda, escoja un configuración conservadora y consulte la documentacion de su monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"Es <emphasis>MUY IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que no escoja un tipo de monitor con "
+"un tasa de refresco superior a la capacidad de su monitor real, puesto que "
+"puede dañarlo. Si tiene duda, escoja un configuración conservadora y "
+"consulte la documentacion de su monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -846,7 +1067,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Esta es la opción predeterminada y trata de identificar el tipo de monitor que tiene usando la base de datos de monitores."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta es la opción predeterminada y trata de identificar el tipo de monitor "
+"que tiene usando la base de datos de monitores."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -858,7 +1081,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendedor</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Si el instalador no pudo identificar su monitor correctamente y usted sabe cuál es, lo puede escoger del árbol:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si el instalador no pudo identificar su monitor correctamente y usted sabe "
+"cuál es, lo puede escoger del árbol:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -879,11 +1104,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Genérico</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "escogiendo este grupo, se muestra casi 30 configuraciones de pantalla como 1024x768 @ 60Hz y encluye pantallas planas como las que se usan en portátiles. Usualmente, este es un buen grupo para elegir monitores si necesita usar el controlador de tarjetas Vesa cuando su hardware de vídeo no se puede determinar automáticamente. De nuevo, es mejor realizar una selección conservadora. "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"escogiendo este grupo, se muestra casi 30 configuraciones de pantalla como "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz y encluye pantallas planas como las que se usan en "
+"portátiles. Usualmente, este es un buen grupo para elegir monitores si "
+"necesita usar el controlador de tarjetas Vesa cuando su hardware de vídeo no "
+"se puede determinar automáticamente. De nuevo, es mejor realizar una "
+"selección conservadora. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -893,47 +1124,63 @@ msgstr "Particionado de disco personalizado con DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Si desea encriptar su partición <literal>/</literal>, debe asegurarse de que tiene una partición <literal>/boot</literal> separada. La opción de encriptación para la partición <literal>/boot</literal> NO DEBE USARSE, de lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará."
+msgstr ""
+"Si desea encriptar su partición <literal>/</literal>, debe asegurarse de que "
+"tiene una partición <literal>/boot</literal> separada. La opción de "
+"encriptación para la partición <literal>/boot</literal> NO DEBE USARSE, de "
+"lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Ajuste la estructura de su(s) disco(s) aquí. Se pueden añadir y quitar particiones, cambiar el sistema de archivos de una partición o cambiar su tamaño, e incluso echar un vistazo antes de empezar."
+msgstr ""
+"Ajuste la estructura de su(s) disco(s) aquí. Se pueden añadir y quitar "
+"particiones, cambiar el sistema de archivos de una partición o cambiar su "
+"tamaño, e incluso echar un vistazo antes de empezar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Hay una pestaña para cada disco duro o sistema de almacenaje detectados, como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Hay una pestaña para cada disco duro o sistema de almacenaje detectados, "
+"como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Pulse <guibutton>Quitar todo</guibutton> para eliminar todas las particiones del disco de almacenaje seleccionado."
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Pulse <guibutton>Quitar todo</guibutton> para eliminar todas las particiones "
+"del disco de almacenaje seleccionado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Para cada una de las restantes acciones: haga primero click en la partición escogida. Entonces, véala, escoja un sistema de ficheros y un punto de montaje, cambie el tamaño o elimínela."
+msgstr ""
+"Para cada una de las restantes acciones: haga primero click en la partición "
+"escogida. Entonces, véala, escoja un sistema de ficheros y un punto de "
+"montaje, cambie el tamaño o elimínela."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -956,21 +1203,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "En esta pantalla puede ver el contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s) y ver el sitio que el asistente de particionado de DrakX ha encontrado para instalar <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"En esta pantalla puede ver el contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s) y ver el "
+"sitio que el asistente de particionado de DrakX ha encontrado para instalar "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Las opciones disponibles en la lista de abajo pueden variar dependiendo del contenido de su(s) disco(s)  duro(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Las opciones disponibles en la lista de abajo pueden variar dependiendo del "
+"contenido de su(s) disco(s)  duro(s)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -982,7 +1236,9 @@ msgstr "Usar la partición existente"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Si esta opción está disponible significa que se han encontrado particiones compatibles con Linux que pueden ser usadas para la instalación."
+msgstr ""
+"Si esta opción está disponible significa que se han encontrado particiones "
+"compatibles con Linux que pueden ser usadas para la instalación."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -992,9 +1248,11 @@ msgstr "Usar el espacio libre"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Si tiene espacio sin usar en su disco duro, esta opción lo usará para su nueva instalación de Mageia."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene espacio sin usar en su disco duro, esta opción lo usará para su "
+"nueva instalación de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -1004,9 +1262,11 @@ msgstr "Usar espacio libre en una partición de Windows"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Si tiene espacio libre en una partición existente de Windows, el instalador puede ofrecer usarlo."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene espacio libre en una partición existente de Windows, el instalador "
+"puede ofrecer usarlo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1014,7 +1274,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "¡Esta puede ser una manera útil de hacer espacio para su nueva instalación de Mageia, pero es una operación peligrosa, así que debería hacer una copia de seguridad de todos sus archivos importantes!"
+msgstr ""
+"¡Esta puede ser una manera útil de hacer espacio para su nueva instalación "
+"de Mageia, pero es una operación peligrosa, así que debería hacer una copia "
+"de seguridad de todos sus archivos importantes!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1025,7 +1288,14 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Sea consciente de que esta operación implica una reducción del tamaño de la partición de Windows. Esta partición debe de estar \"limpia\", es decir, Windows debe de haberse cerrado correctamente la última vez que fue usado. También debe de haber sido desfragmentada, aunque esto no garantiza que todos los archivos de la partición hayan sido movidos fuera del área que se va a usar. Por ello, es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de seguridad de sus archivos personales."
+msgstr ""
+"Sea consciente de que esta operación implica una reducción del tamaño de la "
+"partición de Windows. Esta partición debe de estar \"limpia\", es decir, "
+"Windows debe de haberse cerrado correctamente la última vez que fue usado. "
+"También debe de haber sido desfragmentada, aunque esto no garantiza que "
+"todos los archivos de la partición hayan sido movidos fuera del área que se "
+"va a usar. Por ello, es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de seguridad "
+"de sus archivos personales."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1040,7 +1310,9 @@ msgstr "Esta opción usará el disco completo para Mageia."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro seleccionado. ¡Tenga cuidado!"
+msgstr ""
+"¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro seleccionado. "
+"¡Tenga cuidado!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1048,7 +1320,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Si pretende usar una parte del disco para otra cosa o ya tiene información en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción."
+msgstr ""
+"Si pretende usar una parte del disco para otra cosa o ya tiene información "
+"en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1058,9 +1332,11 @@ msgstr "Particionamiento  personalizado"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Esta opción le ofrece el control completo sobre donde colocar su instalación en su(s)  disco(s) duro(s)."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta opción le ofrece el control completo sobre donde colocar su instalación "
+"en su(s)  disco(s) duro(s)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1069,10 +1345,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Algunos discros duros recientes usan sectores lógicos de 4096 bytes, en vez de la versión estándar de 512 bytes. Debido a la falta de hardware disponiblela herramienta de particionado no se ha comprobado en tales discos. Además, algunos discos ssd usarn un bloque de borrado de más de 1MB.Sugerimos que previamente se use otra herramienta de particionado como gparted,en caso de que posea un disco de estos tipos, y que use las siguientes configuraciones:"
+msgstr ""
+"Algunos discros duros recientes usan sectores lógicos de 4096 bytes, en vez "
+"de la versión estándar de 512 bytes. Debido a la falta de hardware "
+"disponiblela herramienta de particionado no se ha comprobado en tales "
+"discos. Además, algunos discos ssd usarn un bloque de borrado de más de 1MB."
+"Sugerimos que previamente se use otra herramienta de particionado como "
+"gparted,en caso de que posea un disco de estos tipos, y que use las "
+"siguientes configuraciones:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1088,7 +1371,9 @@ msgstr "\"Espacio libre que precede a (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Asegúrese de que todas las particiones se han creado con un número par de megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Asegúrese de que todas las particiones se han creado con un número par de "
+"megabytes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1105,8 +1390,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Febrero 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1129,10 +1413,12 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación."
+msgstr ""
+"Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá "
+"dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1143,64 +1429,82 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la "
+"licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/"
+"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://"
+"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el "
+"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de "
+"Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Felicitaciones"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-exitInstall.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-exitInstall.png\" revision="
+"\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Ha terminado de instalar y configurar <application>Mageia</application> y ahora es seguro retirar el medio de instalación y reiniciar su ordenador."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha terminado de instalar y configurar <application>Mageia</application> y "
+"ahora es seguro retirar el medio de instalación y reiniciar su ordenador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Después del reinicio, en el cargador de arranque, puede elegir entre los sistemas operativos de su ordenador (si tiene más de uno)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Después del reinicio, en el cargador de arranque, puede elegir entre los "
+"sistemas operativos de su ordenador (si tiene más de uno)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Si no ajustó la configuracion del cargador de arranque, su instalación de Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no ajustó la configuracion del cargador de arranque, su instalación de "
+"Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1212,43 +1516,54 @@ msgstr "¡Que lo disfrute!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formateo"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"../es/dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /"
+"> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Aquí puede elegir qué partición(es) quiere formatear. Se guardará cualquier información en las particiones <emphasis>no</emphasis> marcadas para formatear."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede elegir qué partición(es) quiere formatear. Se guardará cualquier "
+"información en las particiones <emphasis>no</emphasis> marcadas para "
+"formatear."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Normalmente, por lo menos las particiones seleccionadas por DrakX, necesitan formatearse."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalmente, por lo menos las particiones seleccionadas por DrakX, necesitan "
+"formatearse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> para elegir particiones que quiera comprobar los <emphasis>bloques defectuosos</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> para elegir particiones que "
+"quiera comprobar los <emphasis>bloques defectuosos</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1257,14 +1572,20 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Si no está seguro de haber hecho la elección correcta, puede hacer click en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, de nuevo en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> y luego en <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> para volver a la pantalla principal.  En esta pantalla puede comprobar lo que haya en sus particiones."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no está seguro de haber hecho la elección correcta, puede hacer click en "
+"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, de nuevo en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> "
+"y luego en <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> para volver a la pantalla "
+"principal.  En esta pantalla puede comprobar lo que haya en sus particiones."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Cuando esté seguro de su elección, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando esté seguro de su elección, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</"
+"guibutton> para continuar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1277,14 +1598,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Seas nuevo en GNU-Linux o un usuario avanzado, el instalador de Mageia está diseñado para ayudarle a hacer su instalación o actualización lo más fácil posible."
+msgstr ""
+"Seas nuevo en GNU-Linux o un usuario avanzado, el instalador de Mageia está "
+"diseñado para ayudarle a hacer su instalación o actualización lo más fácil "
+"posible."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "El menú inicial tiene varias opciones, aunque la elegida por defecto iniciará el instalador, que normalmente será todo lo que necesite."
+msgstr ""
+"El menú inicial tiene varias opciones, aunque la elegida por defecto "
+"iniciará el instalador, que normalmente será todo lo que necesite."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1299,15 +1625,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:37
 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:"
-msgstr "Esta es la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se usa un DVD de Mageia:"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta es la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se usa un DVD de Mageia:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1318,38 +1646,50 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #: en/installer.xml:46
 msgid ""
 "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
-msgstr "Desde esta primera pantalla, es posible configurar algunas preferencias personales:"
+msgstr ""
+"Desde esta primera pantalla, es posible configurar algunas preferencias "
+"personales:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
 "language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
-msgstr "El idioma (solo para la instalación, puede que sea diferente del idioma elegido para el sistema) presionando la tecla F2"
+msgstr ""
+"El idioma (solo para la instalación, puede que sea diferente del idioma "
+"elegido para el sistema) presionando la tecla F2"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
-msgstr "Use las teclas de flechas para elegir el idioma y pulse la tecla Enter."
+msgstr ""
+"Use las teclas de flechas para elegir el idioma y pulse la tecla Enter."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Aquí hay un ejemplo, la pantalla de bienvenida en Francés al emplear un CD/DVD de tipo Live. Note que el menú de dicho DVD/CD no propone: <guilabel>Sistema de recuperacion</guilabel>, <guilabel>Prueba de Memoria</guilabel> ni <guilabel>Herramienta de deteccion de Hardware</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí hay un ejemplo, la pantalla de bienvenida en Francés al emplear un CD/"
+"DVD de tipo Live. Note que el menú de dicho DVD/CD no propone: "
+"<guilabel>Sistema de recuperacion</guilabel>, <guilabel>Prueba de Memoria</"
+"guilabel> ni <guilabel>Herramienta de deteccion de Hardware</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1358,8 +1698,10 @@ msgstr "Cambie la resolución de la pantalla pulsando la tecla F3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
@@ -1372,7 +1714,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
 "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
 "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
-msgstr "Si la instalación falla, entonces puede ser necesario intentarlo de nuevo usando alguna de las opciones extra. El menú que aparece al pulsar F6 muestra la nueva línea <guilabel>Opciones de arranque</guilabel> y propone cuatro opciones:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si la instalación falla, entonces puede ser necesario intentarlo de nuevo "
+"usando alguna de las opciones extra. El menú que aparece al pulsar F6 "
+"muestra la nueva línea <guilabel>Opciones de arranque</guilabel> y propone "
+"cuatro opciones:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:99
@@ -1384,28 +1730,36 @@ msgstr "- Por defecto, no cambia nada en las opciones por defecto."
 msgid ""
 "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of "
 "performances."
-msgstr "- Configuración segura, se da prioridad a las opciones más seguras en detrimento del rendimiento."
+msgstr ""
+"- Configuración segura, se da prioridad a las opciones más seguras en "
+"detrimento del rendimiento."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
 "isn't taken into account."
-msgstr "- Sin ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la administración de energía no se tiene en cuenta."
+msgstr ""
+"- Sin ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la administración "
+"de energía no se tiene en cuenta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:108
 msgid ""
 "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
 "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
-msgstr "- Sin Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), se refiere a las interrupciones de la CPU. Seleccione esta opción si se le pide."
+msgstr ""
+"- Sin Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), se "
+"refiere a las interrupciones de la CPU. Seleccione esta opción si se le pide."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
 "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
-msgstr "Cuando seleccione una de estas entradas, se modifica las opciones por defecto mostradas en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando seleccione una de estas entradas, se modifica las opciones por "
+"defecto mostradas en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:116
@@ -1413,12 +1767,17 @@ msgid ""
 "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
 "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
 "however, they are really taken into account."
-msgstr "En algunas versiones de Maegia, puede suceder que las opciones seleccionadas con la tecla F6 no aparezcan en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>. Sin embargo, sí se tienen en cuenta."
+msgstr ""
+"En algunas versiones de Maegia, puede suceder que las opciones seleccionadas "
+"con la tecla F6 no aparezcan en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</"
+"guilabel>. Sin embargo, sí se tienen en cuenta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:130
@@ -1431,12 +1790,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with "
 "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
 "go back to the welcome screen."
-msgstr "Presionando F1 se abre una nueva ventana con más opciones disponibles. Seleccione una con las teclas de flechas y pulse Enter para más detalles, o pulse la tecla Esc para volver a la ventana anterior."
+msgstr ""
+"Presionando F1 se abre una nueva ventana con más opciones disponibles. "
+"Seleccione una con las teclas de flechas y pulse Enter para más detalles, o "
+"pulse la tecla Esc para volver a la ventana anterior."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
@@ -1445,34 +1809,47 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
 "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
 "line."
-msgstr "La vista detallada de la pantalla de opciones. Presione Esc o seleccione <guilabel>Retornar a las opciones de Arranque</guilabel> para regresar a la lista de opciones. Estas opciones pueden ser añadidas a mano en la linea de <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"La vista detallada de la pantalla de opciones. Presione Esc o seleccione "
+"<guilabel>Retornar a las opciones de Arranque</guilabel> para regresar a la "
+"lista de opciones. Estas opciones pueden ser añadidas a mano en la linea de "
+"<guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
-msgstr "Esta ayuda se encuentra traducida en el idioma de su elección con la tecla F2"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ayuda se encuentra traducida en el idioma de su elección con la tecla F2"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:166
 msgid ""
 "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
 "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):"
-msgstr "Aqui se encuentra la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se utiliza un CD de instalacion basada en Red Alambrica (imagenes Boot.iso o Boot-Nonfree.iso)"
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui se encuentra la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se utiliza un "
+"CD de instalacion basada en Red Alambrica (imagenes Boot.iso o Boot-Nonfree."
+"iso)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:169
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
-msgstr "No se permite cambiar el idioma, las opciones están descritas en la pantalla. Para mayor información relacionada a como usar el CD de instalación basada en Red Alámbrica, visite <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">el Wiki de Mageia</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"No se permite cambiar el idioma, las opciones están descritas en la "
+"pantalla. Para mayor información relacionada a como usar el CD de "
+"instalación basada en Red Alámbrica, visite <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">el Wiki de Mageia</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:175
@@ -1482,9 +1859,11 @@ msgstr "La distribución del teclado es la de un teclado Americano"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1494,24 +1873,29 @@ msgstr "Los pasos de la instalación"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "El proceso de instalación está dividido en un número de pasos que pueden ser seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"El proceso de instalación está dividido en un número de pasos que pueden ser "
+"seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Cada paso tiene una o varias pantallas que pueden tener botones <guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco usadas."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada paso tiene una o varias pantallas que pueden tener botones "
+"<guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco usadas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "La mayoría de las pantallas tiene botones de <guibutton>Ayuda</guibutton> que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión."
+msgstr ""
+"La mayoría de las pantallas tiene botones de <guibutton>Ayuda</guibutton> "
+"que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1521,10 +1905,17 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar."
+msgstr ""
+"Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es "
+"posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha "
+"sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su "
+"ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un "
+"sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal "
+"pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1536,25 +1927,33 @@ msgstr "Problemas en la Instalación y Posibles Soluciones."
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "No hay Interfaz Gráfica"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Después de la pantalla inicial, no carga la pantalla de selección del idioma. Esto puede ocurrir con algunas tarjetas gráficas y sistemas antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo <code>vgalo</code> en la terminal."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de la pantalla inicial, no carga la pantalla de selección del "
+"idioma. Esto puede ocurrir con algunas tarjetas gráficas y sistemas "
+"antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo <code>vgalo</"
+"code> en la terminal."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
-msgstr "Si el Hardware es un viejo, Tal vez no se posible realizar una instalación gráfica. En dicho caso, podría intentar una instalación en modo texto. Para llevar a cabo dicho modo, presione ESC durante la primera pantalla de bienvenida y confirme presionando ENTER. Una pantalla negra aparecerá con la palabra \"boot\". Escriba \"text\" y presione ENTER. Ahora continúe con la instalación en modo texto."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el Hardware es un viejo, Tal vez no se posible realizar una instalación "
+"gráfica. En dicho caso, podría intentar una instalación en modo texto. Para "
+"llevar a cabo dicho modo, presione ESC durante la primera pantalla de "
+"bienvenida y confirme presionando ENTER. Una pantalla negra aparecerá con la "
+"palabra \"boot\". Escriba \"text\" y presione ENTER. Ahora continúe con la "
+"instalación en modo texto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:245
@@ -1569,7 +1968,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Si el sistema parece congelarse durante la instalación, puede ser un problema con la detección de hardware. En este caso, la detección automática de hardware se puede desactivar y configurarse después. Para probar esto, escriba <code>noauto</code> en la terminal.  Esta opción puede ser combinada con otras si es necesario."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el sistema parece congelarse durante la instalación, puede ser un "
+"problema con la detección de hardware. En este caso, la detección automática "
+"de hardware se puede desactivar y configurarse después. Para probar esto, "
+"escriba <code>noauto</code> en la terminal.  Esta opción puede ser combinada "
+"con otras si es necesario."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1581,9 +1985,14 @@ msgstr "Problema de RAM"
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Es raro que lo necesite, pero en algunos casos, el hardware puede informar erróneamente de la cantidad de RAM disponible. Para especificarla manualmente, puede usar el parámetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, donde xxx es la cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría 256MB de RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Es raro que lo necesite, pero en algunos casos, el hardware puede informar "
+"erróneamente de la cantidad de RAM disponible. Para especificarla "
+"manualmente, puede usar el parámetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, donde xxx es la "
+"cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría "
+"256MB de RAM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1596,39 +2005,43 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
-msgstr "Si usted convirtió su disco duro de formato \"básico\" a \"dinámico\" en Microsoft Windows, debe saber que será imposible instalar Mageia en este disco. Para volver a un disco básico vea la documentación de Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si usted convirtió su disco duro de formato \"básico\" a \"dinámico\" en "
+"Microsoft Windows, debe saber que será imposible instalar Mageia en este "
+"disco. Para volver a un disco básico vea la documentación de Microsoft: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:3
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Actualizaciones"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-installUpdates.png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-installUpdates."
+"png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Desde que se lanzara esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, se han actualizado o mejorado algunos paquetes."
+msgstr ""
+"Desde que se lanzara esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, se "
+"han actualizado o mejorado algunos paquetes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1636,7 +2049,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Elija <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si quiere instalarlas, elija <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no quiere hacerlo ahora, o si no está conectado a Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Elija <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si quiere instalarlas, elija <guilabel>No</"
+"guilabel> si no quiere hacerlo ahora, o si no está conectado a Internet"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1648,55 +2063,73 @@ msgstr "Luego, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar."
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Selección de medio (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Aquí tiene una lista de los repositorios disponibles. No todos los repositorios están disponibles, dependiendo de qué medio utilice para la instalación. La selección de repositorios determina qué paquetes podrán ser elegidos en los próximos pasos."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí tiene una lista de los repositorios disponibles. No todos los "
+"repositorios están disponibles, dependiendo de qué medio utilice para la "
+"instalación. La selección de repositorios determina qué paquetes podrán ser "
+"elegidos en los próximos pasos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no puede ser deshabilitado ya que contiene la base de la distribución."
+msgstr ""
+"El repositorio <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no puede ser deshabilitado ya que "
+"contiene la base de la distribución."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> incluye paquetes que son gratis, es decir, Mageia puede redistribuirlos, pero que contienen software de código cerrado, de aquí el nombre Nonfree. Por ejemplo, este repositorio incluye controladores propietarios de tarjetas gráficas nVidia y ATI, firmware para diversas tarjetas WiFi, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"El repositorio <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> incluye paquetes que son gratis, "
+"es decir, Mageia puede redistribuirlos, pero que contienen software de "
+"código cerrado, de aquí el nombre Nonfree. Por ejemplo, este repositorio "
+"incluye controladores propietarios de tarjetas gráficas nVidia y ATI, "
+"firmware para diversas tarjetas WiFi, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> incluye paquetes liberados bajo una licencia libre. El criterio principal para poner paquetes en este repositorio es que pueden infringir patentes y leyes de derechos de autor en algunos países, como por ejemplo codecs multimedia necesarios para reproducir ciertos archivos de audio/vídeo, paquetes necesarios para reproducir DVD de video comercial, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"El repositorio <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> incluye paquetes liberados bajo "
+"una licencia libre. El criterio principal para poner paquetes en este "
+"repositorio es que pueden infringir patentes y leyes de derechos de autor en "
+"algunos países, como por ejemplo codecs multimedia necesarios para "
+"reproducir ciertos archivos de audio/vídeo, paquetes necesarios para "
+"reproducir DVD de video comercial, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1707,9 +2140,12 @@ msgstr "Instalación mínima."
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Puede elegir la instalación mínima deseleccionando todo en la pantalla de Selección de Grupos de Paquetes, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede elegir la instalación mínima deseleccionando todo en la pantalla de "
+"Selección de Grupos de Paquetes, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1718,14 +2154,21 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "La instalación mínima está dirigida a aquellos que tienen en mente usos específicos para su <application>Mageia</application>, como un servidor o una estación de trabajo especializada. Probablemente usará esta opción junto con la seleccion de paquetes manual, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"La instalación mínima está dirigida a aquellos que tienen en mente usos "
+"específicos para su <application>Mageia</application>, como un servidor o "
+"una estación de trabajo especializada. Probablemente usará esta opción junto "
+"con la seleccion de paquetes manual, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree"
+"\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Si selecciona este tipo de instalación, la siguiente pantalla le ofrecerá algunos extras útiles para instalar, como documentación y las X."
+msgstr ""
+"Si selecciona este tipo de instalación, la siguiente pantalla le ofrecerá "
+"algunos extras útiles para instalar, como documentación y las X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1733,34 +2176,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Resumen de la Configuración"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1769,7 +2215,10 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX elige inteligentemente la configuración para su sistema dependiendo del hardware que ha detectado.  Puede comprobar la configuración aquí y cambiarla si quiere pulsando <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX elige inteligentemente la configuración para su sistema dependiendo "
+"del hardware que ha detectado.  Puede comprobar la configuración aquí y "
+"cambiarla si quiere pulsando <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1785,9 +2234,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Huso horario</guilabel>:"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX le elige un huso horario dependiendo del idioma seleccionado. Puede cambiarlo si lo necesita, Vea también <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX le elige un huso horario dependiendo del idioma seleccionado. Puede "
+"cambiarlo si lo necesita, Vea también <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1799,7 +2251,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Región</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Si no está en el país seleccionado, es importante que lo corrijas. Vea <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Si no está en el país seleccionado, es importante que lo corrijas. Vea <xref "
+"linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1830,9 +2284,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Administración de usuarios</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Aquí puede añadir más usuarios. Cada uno tendrá su propio directorio <literal>/home</literal>."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede añadir más usuarios. Cada uno tendrá su propio directorio "
+"<literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1844,19 +2300,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Servicios</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Los Servicios del sistema se refieren a esos pequeños programas que funcionan en segundo plano (conocidos como \"demonios\"). Esta herramienta le permite activar o desactivar algunos de ellos."
+msgstr ""
+"Los Servicios del sistema se refieren a esos pequeños programas que "
+"funcionan en segundo plano (conocidos como \"demonios\"). Esta herramienta "
+"le permite activar o desactivar algunos de ellos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Debe de pensar con mucho cuidado antes de cambiar nada aquí, una equivocación puede hacer que su ordenador no funcione correctamente."
+msgstr ""
+"Debe de pensar con mucho cuidado antes de cambiar nada aquí, una "
+"equivocación puede hacer que su ordenador no funcione correctamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
-msgstr "Para obtener más información, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Para obtener más información, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:106
@@ -1873,7 +2335,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Aquí es donde puede configurar o cambiar la disposición de su teclado, que dependerá de su localización, lenguaje o tipo de teclado."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí es donde puede configurar o cambiar la disposición de su teclado, que "
+"dependerá de su localización, lenguaje o tipo de teclado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1885,7 +2349,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ratón</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Aquí puede añadir o configurar otros dispositivos señaladores, tablets, trackballs, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede añadir o configurar otros dispositivos señaladores, tablets, "
+"trackballs, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1895,10 +2361,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tarjeta de sonido</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "El instalador usa el driver por defecto, si hay alguno. La opción de escoger uno diferente aparece solamente cuando hay más de un driver para su tarjeta pero ninguno es el que viene por defecto."
+msgstr ""
+"El instalador usa el driver por defecto, si hay alguno. La opción de escoger "
+"uno diferente aparece solamente cuando hay más de un driver para su tarjeta "
+"pero ninguno es el que viene por defecto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1907,9 +2376,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaz gráfica</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Esta sección le permite configurar sus tarjeta(s) gráficas y pantallas."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta sección le permite configurar sus tarjeta(s) gráficas y pantallas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
@@ -1919,10 +2388,11 @@ msgstr "Para más información, vea <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1941,14 +2411,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Puede configurar su red aquí, pero para tarjetas de red sin controladores libres (nonfree), es mejor hacerlo después de reiniciar, en el <application>Centro de Control de Mageia</application>, después de tener activados los repositorios non-free."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede configurar su red aquí, pero para tarjetas de red sin controladores "
+"libres (nonfree), es mejor hacerlo después de reiniciar, en el "
+"<application>Centro de Control de Mageia</application>, después de tener "
+"activados los repositorios non-free."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Cuando añada una tarjeta de red, no olvide configurar el cortafuegos para que también la controle."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando añada una tarjeta de red, no olvide configurar el cortafuegos para "
+"que también la controle."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1961,14 +2437,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Un servidor proxy actúa como un intermediario entre su ordenador e Internet. Esta sección le permite configurar su ordenador para usar un servicio de proxy."
+msgstr ""
+"Un servidor proxy actúa como un intermediario entre su ordenador e Internet. "
+"Esta sección le permite configurar su ordenador para usar un servicio de "
+"proxy."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Puede que necesite consultar a su administrador de sistemas para obtener los parámetros que debe poner aquí."
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Puede que necesite consultar a su administrador de sistemas para obtener los "
+"parámetros que debe poner aquí."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1983,9 +2464,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivel de seguridad</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Aquí puede configurar el nivel de seguridad que desee para su ordenador, en la mayoría de los casos, la configuración por defecto (Estándar) es adecuada para un uso general."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede configurar el nivel de seguridad que desee para su ordenador, en "
+"la mayoría de los casos, la configuración por defecto (Estándar) es adecuada "
+"para un uso general."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -2002,50 +2486,64 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Cortafuegos</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "El propósito de un cortafuegos es ser una barrera entre sus archivos importantes y la gente malintencionada que pulula por Internet, quienes pueden intentar robar o comprometer sus archivos."
+msgstr ""
+"El propósito de un cortafuegos es ser una barrera entre sus archivos "
+"importantes y la gente malintencionada que pulula por Internet, quienes "
+"pueden intentar robar o comprometer sus archivos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Seleccione los servicios a los que quiere tener acceso en su sistema. Su selección dependerá del uso que haga de su ordenador."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccione los servicios a los que quiere tener acceso en su sistema. Su "
+"selección dependerá del uso que haga de su ordenador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "¡Tenga en cuenta de que permitiendo todo (sin cortafuegos) puede ser muy peligroso!"
+msgstr ""
+"¡Tenga en cuenta de que permitiendo todo (sin cortafuegos) puede ser muy "
+"peligroso!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Cambiando el tamaño de la partición <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>"
+msgstr ""
+"Cambiando el tamaño de la partición <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Si tiene más de una partición de <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> , elija cuál quiere hacer más pequeña para hacer espacio para instalar <application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene más de una partición de <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application> , elija cuál quiere hacer más pequeña para hacer "
+"espacio para instalar <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Nivel de seguridad"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2063,7 +2561,10 @@ msgstr "Si no sabe qué elegir, deje la configuración por defecto como está."
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Después de instalar, siempre será posible cambiar sus ajustes de seguridad en la parte de <guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel> del Centro de Control de Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de instalar, siempre será posible cambiar sus ajustes de seguridad "
+"en la parte de <guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel> del Centro de Control de "
+"Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2085,14 +2586,19 @@ msgstr "Definicion"
 msgid ""
 "We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update "
 "Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied."
-msgstr "Aquí llamamos medio a un archivo de imagen ISO que permite instalar y/o actualizar Mageia y por extensión a cualquier soporte físico dónde el archivo ISO sea copiado."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí llamamos medio a un archivo de imagen ISO que permite instalar y/o "
+"actualizar Mageia y por extensión a cualquier soporte físico dónde el "
+"archivo ISO sea copiado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
-msgstr "Los puede encontar<link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aquí</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Los puede encontar<link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">aquí</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21
@@ -2105,83 +2611,84 @@ msgstr "Medio de instalación clásico."
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr "Caracterśticas comunes."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr "Usan el instalador tradicional llamado \"drakx\"."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
-msgstr "Son capaces de hacer una instalación limpia o una actualización de lanzamientos previos."
+msgstr ""
+"Son capaces de hacer una instalación limpia o una actualización de "
+"lanzamientos previos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr "Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
-msgstr "Algunas herramientas están disponibles en la pantalla de bienvenida: Sistema de Rescate, Prueba de Memoria, Herramienta de Detección de Hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"Algunas herramientas están disponibles en la pantalla de bienvenida: Sistema "
+"de Rescate, Prueba de Memoria, Herramienta de Detección de Hardware."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
-msgstr "Cada DVD contiene todos los entornos de escritorio y lenguajes disponibles."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada DVD contiene todos los entornos de escritorio y lenguajes disponibles."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
 "software."
-msgstr "Se le dará la opción durante la instalación de agregar o no software no libre."
+msgstr ""
+"Se le dará la opción durante la instalación de agregar o no software no "
+"libre."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr "DVD dual arch"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
-msgstr "Ambas arquitecturas están presentes en el mismo medio, la ellección se realiza automáticamente de acuerdo al CPU detectado."
+msgstr ""
+"Ambas arquitecturas están presentes en el mismo medio, la ellección se "
+"realiza automáticamente de acuerdo al CPU detectado."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr "Sólo Escritorio Xfce."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
-msgstr "Sólo algunos lenguajes (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) PARA REVISAR!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
+msgstr ""
+"Sólo algunos lenguajes (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, "
+"uk) PARA REVISAR!"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr "Contiene software no libre"
@@ -2191,31 +2698,33 @@ msgstr "Contiene software no libre"
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr "Medio Live"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
-msgstr "Puede ser utilizado para probar la distribución sin haberla instalado previamente en un disco rígido y , opcionalmente, instalar Mageia en su disco rígido."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede ser utilizado para probar la distribución sin haberla instalado "
+"previamente en un disco rígido y , opcionalmente, instalar Mageia en su "
+"disco rígido."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr "El ISO solo contiene un entorno de escritorio (KDE o GNOME)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">las imágenes ISO Vivas sólo pueden ser utilizadas para crear instalaciones limpias, no pueden utilizarse para actualizar desde versiones previas.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">las imágenes ISO Vivas sólo pueden ser utilizadas "
+"para crear instalaciones limpias, no pueden utilizarse para actualizar desde "
+"versiones previas.</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr "Ellos contienen software no libre."
@@ -2225,21 +2734,18 @@ msgstr "Ellos contienen software no libre."
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr "Live CD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Sólo entorno de escritorio KDE."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr "Sólo idioma Inglés."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr "Sólo 32 bits."
@@ -2249,8 +2755,7 @@ msgstr "Sólo 32 bits."
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr "Live CD GNOME"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Sólo entorno de escritorio GNOME."
@@ -2260,8 +2765,7 @@ msgstr "Sólo entorno de escritorio GNOME."
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr "Live DVD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr "Todos los idiomas presentes."
@@ -2276,23 +2780,25 @@ msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr "Medio CD sólo de arranque"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
-msgstr "Cada una es una imágen pequeña que contiene sólo lo necesario para iniciar el programa de instalación drakx y encontrar el archivo ISO para continuar y completar la instalación. Estos archivos ISO pueden estar en el disco rígido de la PC, en un disco local, en una red local o en Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada una es una imágen pequeña que contiene sólo lo necesario para iniciar "
+"el programa de instalación drakx y encontrar el archivo ISO para continuar y "
+"completar la instalación. Estos archivos ISO pueden estar en el disco rígido "
+"de la PC, en un disco local, en una red local o en Internet."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2300,24 +2806,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr "boot.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
-msgstr "Contiene sólo software libre, para todos aquellos que rehusan del software propietario."
+msgstr ""
+"Contiene sólo software libre, para todos aquellos que rehusan del software "
+"propietario."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
 "it."
-msgstr "Contiene software propietario (mayormente drivers, codecs, etc.) para aquellos que lo necesiten."
+msgstr ""
+"Contiene software propietario (mayormente drivers, codecs, etc.) para "
+"aquellos que lo necesiten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251
@@ -2332,25 +2840,27 @@ msgstr "Descargando"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2379,30 +2889,32 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309
@@ -2426,9 +2938,8 @@ msgstr "Grabar el ISO en un CD/DVD"
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2464,8 +2975,8 @@ msgstr "Usando Mageia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2473,83 +2984,77 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr "Abrir consola"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "(x)=nombre de tu dispositivo ej: /dev/sdc Ejemplo: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"(x)=nombre de tu dispositivo ej: /dev/sdc Ejemplo: # <userinput>dd if=/home/"
+"user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr "Introduce el comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr "Desconecta tu pendrive USB, esta echo"
@@ -2574,7 +3079,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>"
 msgid ""
 "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
 "Disk Imager</link>"
-msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disco de Imagenes</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disco de Imagenes</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416
@@ -2584,16 +3091,15 @@ msgstr "Insatlación de Mageia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2601,15 +3107,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Seleccione su país / Región"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2617,14 +3126,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Seleccione su país o región. Es importante para todos los ajustes, como la moneda y la regulación inalámbrica. Si configura un país erróneo puede que no pueda usar la conexión inalámbrica."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccione su país o región. Es importante para todos los ajustes, como la "
+"moneda y la regulación inalámbrica. Si configura un país erróneo puede que "
+"no pueda usar la conexión inalámbrica."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Si su país no se encuentra en la lista, haga click en <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> y elija su país / región allí."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si su país no se encuentra en la lista, haga click en <guilabel>Otros "
+"Países</guilabel> y elija su país / región allí."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2633,7 +3147,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Si su país está únicamente en la lista de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel>, después de pulsar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> puede aparecer otro país de la primera lista como si lo hubiera elegido. Por favor, ignore esto, DrakX seguirá su elección real."
+msgstr ""
+"Si su país está únicamente en la lista de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel>, "
+"después de pulsar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> puede aparecer otro país de la "
+"primera lista como si lo hubiera elegido. Por favor, ignore esto, DrakX "
+"seguirá su elección real."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2644,14 +3162,23 @@ msgstr "Método de entrada"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> también puede seleccionar un método de entrada (al final de la lista). Los métodos de entrada permiten a los usuarios introducir carácteres de múltiples lenguas (Chino, Japonés, Coreano, etc.). IBus es el método por defecto en los DVDs de Mageia, África/India y Asia/no-India Live-CDs. Para las localizaciones asiáticas y africanas, IBus se configurará como método de entrada por lo que los usuarios no deberán de configurarlo manualmente. Otros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) también proveen funciones similares y pueden instalarse si añadió medios HTTP/FTP antes de la selección de paquetes."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> también puede "
+"seleccionar un método de entrada (al final de la lista). Los métodos de "
+"entrada permiten a los usuarios introducir carácteres de múltiples lenguas "
+"(Chino, Japonés, Coreano, etc.). IBus es el método por defecto en los DVDs "
+"de Mageia, África/India y Asia/no-India Live-CDs. Para las localizaciones "
+"asiáticas y africanas, IBus se configurará como método de entrada por lo que "
+"los usuarios no deberán de configurarlo manualmente. Otros métodos de "
+"entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) también proveen funciones similares y pueden "
+"instalarse si añadió medios HTTP/FTP antes de la selección de paquetes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2659,7 +3186,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Si durante la instalación olvidó configurar el método de entrada, puede hacerlo cuando su sistema esté instalado, entrando en \"Configure su computador\" -> \"Sistema\" o ejecutando localdrake como root."
+msgstr ""
+"Si durante la instalación olvidó configurar el método de entrada, puede "
+"hacerlo cuando su sistema esté instalado, entrando en \"Configure su "
+"computador\" -> \"Sistema\" o ejecutando localdrake como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2669,9 +3199,11 @@ msgstr "Instalar o actualizar"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2682,7 +3214,9 @@ msgstr "Instalación"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Use esta opción para una nueva instalación de <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Use esta opción para una nueva instalación de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2695,7 +3229,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Si tiene una o más versiones de <application>Mageia</application> instaladas en su sistema, el instalador le permitirá actualizar una de ellas a la última versión."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene una o más versiones de <application>Mageia</application> instaladas "
+"en su sistema, el instalador le permitirá actualizar una de ellas a la "
+"última versión."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2703,31 +3240,47 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Solamente se ha testado la actualización desde una versión de Mageia anterior que <emphasis>todavía está soportada</emphasis> cuando esta versión del instalador se lanzó. Si quiere actualizar una versión de Mageia que ya ha alcanzado su fin de soporte, entonces es mejor hacer una instalación limpia preservando su partición <literal>/home</literal>."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Solamente se ha testado la actualización desde una versión de Mageia "
+"anterior que <emphasis>todavía está soportada</emphasis> cuando esta versión "
+"del instalador se lanzó. Si quiere actualizar una versión de Mageia que ya "
+"ha alcanzado su fin de soporte, entonces es mejor hacer una instalación "
+"limpia preservando su partición <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar"
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es "
+"posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha "
+"sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su "
+"ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un "
+"sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal "
+"pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Si ha descubierto que se le olvidó seleccionar un idioma adicional, puede volver desde la pantalla de \"Instalar o Actualizar\" a la de selección de Idioma pulsando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inicio</guilabel>.  <emphasis>NO</emphasis> haga esto durante la instalación."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Si ha descubierto que se le olvidó seleccionar un idioma adicional, puede "
+"volver desde la pantalla de \"Instalar o Actualizar\" a la de selección de "
+"Idioma pulsando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inicio</guilabel>.  <emphasis>NO</"
+"emphasis> haga esto durante la instalación."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2739,43 +3292,60 @@ msgstr "Teclado"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX selecciona el teclado apropiado a su idioma. Si no encuentra ningún teclado compatible, elegirá el teclado estadounidense."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selecciona el teclado apropiado a su idioma. Si no encuentra ningún "
+"teclado compatible, elegirá el teclado estadounidense."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Asegúrese de que la selección es la correcta o escoja otra distribución del teclado. Si no conoce cuál es la distribución correcta para su teclado, mire en las especificaciones que venían con su sistema o pregunte a su vendedor.  Incluso puede haber una etiqueta en su teclado que la identifique.También puede mirarlo aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribución_del_teclado</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Asegúrese de que la selección es la correcta o escoja otra distribución del "
+"teclado. Si no conoce cuál es la distribución correcta para su teclado, mire "
+"en las especificaciones que venían con su sistema o pregunte a su vendedor.  "
+"Incluso puede haber una etiqueta en su teclado que la identifique.También "
+"puede mirarlo aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Distribución_del_teclado</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Si su teclado no está en la lista que aparece, haga click en <guibutton>Más</guibutton> para mostrar una lista completa y seleccionar ahí su teclado."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si su teclado no está en la lista que aparece, haga click en <guibutton>Más</"
+"guibutton> para mostrar una lista completa y seleccionar ahí su teclado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Después de seleccionar un teclado desde la ventana de <guibutton>Más</guibutton>, el instalador volverá a la primera ventana de selección de teclado, y parecerá que ha elegido un teclado de la lista. Puede ignorar esta anomalía y continuar la instalación, su teclado es el que eligió en la lista completa."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de seleccionar un teclado desde la ventana de <guibutton>Más</"
+"guibutton>, el instalador volverá a la primera ventana de selección de "
+"teclado, y parecerá que ha elegido un teclado de la lista. Puede ignorar "
+"esta anomalía y continuar la instalación, su teclado es el que eligió en la "
+"lista completa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2783,7 +3353,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Si selecciona un teclado basado en carácteres no latinos, aparecerá una pantalla extra preguntando como prefiere cambiar entre disposiciones latinas y no latinas."
+msgstr ""
+"Si selecciona un teclado basado en carácteres no latinos, aparecerá una "
+"pantalla extra preguntando como prefiere cambiar entre disposiciones latinas "
+"y no latinas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2796,38 +3369,52 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Elija su idioma preferido extendiendo la lista de su continente.  <application>Mageia</application> usará esta selección durante la instalación y para su sistema instalado."
+msgstr ""
+"Elija su idioma preferido extendiendo la lista de su continente.  "
+"<application>Mageia</application> usará esta selección durante la "
+"instalación y para su sistema instalado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Si necesitara tener varios idiomas instalados para usted u otros usuarios, usa el botón de <guibutton>Múltiples idiomas</guibutton> para añadirlos ahora. Puede ser más difícil añadir soporte en otros idiomas después de la instalación."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Si necesitara tener varios idiomas instalados para usted u otros usuarios, "
+"usa el botón de <guibutton>Múltiples idiomas</guibutton> para añadirlos "
+"ahora. Puede ser más difícil añadir soporte en otros idiomas después de la "
+"instalación."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Aunque elija más de un idioma, primero debe elegir su idioma preferido en la primera pantalla. También se marcará como elegido en la pantalla de elección de múltiples idiomas."
+msgstr ""
+"Aunque elija más de un idioma, primero debe elegir su idioma preferido en la "
+"primera pantalla. También se marcará como elegido en la pantalla de elección "
+"de múltiples idiomas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Si su teclado no es de su idioma preferido, es recomendable que instale también el idioma de su teclado."
+msgstr ""
+"Si su teclado no es de su idioma preferido, es recomendable que instale "
+"también el idioma de su teclado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2835,141 +3422,186 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia usa el soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto. Puede ser desactivado en la pantalla de \"multiples idiomas\" si sabe que no funciona con su idioma. Si lo desactiva, no estará disponible para ningún idioma instalado."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia usa el soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto. Puede ser desactivado en "
+"la pantalla de \"multiples idiomas\" si sabe que no funciona con su idioma. "
+"Si lo desactiva, no estará disponible para ningún idioma instalado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Puede cambiar el idioma de su sistema después de la instalación en el Centro de Control de Mageia --&gt; Sistema --&gt; Administrar la localización de su sistema."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede cambiar el idioma de su sistema después de la instalación en el Centro "
+"de Control de Mageia --&gt; Sistema --&gt; Administrar la localización de su "
+"sistema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Elección del ratón"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectMouse.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Si el ratón no responde correctamente, aquí puede elegir uno diferente."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el ratón no responde correctamente, aquí puede elegir uno diferente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Normalmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Cualquier ratón PS/2 y ratones USB</guilabel> es la mejor elección."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Cualquier ratón PS/2 "
+"y ratones USB</guilabel> es la mejor elección."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar evdev</guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de seis o más botones."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar evdev</"
+"guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de seis o "
+"más botones."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Agregando o modificando una entrada en el menú de arranque"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Puede agregar una entrada o modificar la que escogió primero, pulsando el boton necesario en la ventana <emphasis>Configuración de arranque</emphasis> y modificando los opciones en la ventana que aparece encima."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede agregar una entrada o modificar la que escogió primero, pulsando el "
+"boton necesario en la ventana <emphasis>Configuración de arranque</emphasis> "
+"y modificando los opciones en la ventana que aparece encima."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Unas cosas que se pueden hacer sin peligro son cambiar la etiqueta de una entrada y marcar una como la predeterminada."
+msgstr ""
+"Unas cosas que se pueden hacer sin peligro son cambiar la etiqueta de una "
+"entrada y marcar una como la predeterminada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Puede anadir el número de versión adecuado a una entrada o la puede renombrar completamente."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede anadir el número de versión adecuado a una entrada o la puede "
+"renombrar completamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "La entrada predeterminada es la que usará su sistema para arrancar a menos que seleccione otra."
+msgstr ""
+"La entrada predeterminada es la que usará su sistema para arrancar a menos "
+"que seleccione otra."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Modificando otras cosas puede hacer que su sistema no arranque. Por favor, no haga nada sin saber lo que está haciendo."
+msgstr ""
+"Modificando otras cosas puede hacer que su sistema no arranque. Por favor, "
+"no haga nada sin saber lo que está haciendo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Opciones principales del cargador de arranque"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-setupBootloader."
+"png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Si prefiere una configuración distinta de la elegida automáticamente por elinstalador del cargador de arranque, aquí puede cambiarla."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Si prefiere una configuración distinta de la elegida automáticamente por "
+"elinstalador del cargador de arranque, aquí puede cambiarla."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Puede que tenga otro sistema operativo en su ordenador. En ese caso, necesita decidir si desea añadir Mageia al cargador de arranque existente o permitir a Mageia crear uno nuevo."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede que tenga otro sistema operativo en su ordenador. En ese caso, "
+"necesita decidir si desea añadir Mageia al cargador de arranque existente o "
+"permitir a Mageia crear uno nuevo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2988,14 +3620,19 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Por defecto, Mageia escribe un nuevo cargador GRUB en el MBR (Master Boot Record) de su primer disco duro. Si ya tiene otros sistemas operativos, Mageia intentará añadirlos al nuevo menú de arranque."
+msgstr ""
+"Por defecto, Mageia escribe un nuevo cargador GRUB en el MBR (Master Boot "
+"Record) de su primer disco duro. Si ya tiene otros sistemas operativos, "
+"Mageia intentará añadirlos al nuevo menú de arranque."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia ahora también ofrece GRUB2 como administrador de arranque opcionalademás del tradicional GRUB y de Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia ahora también ofrece GRUB2 como administrador de arranque "
+"opcionalademás del tradicional GRUB y de Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -3003,14 +3640,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Los sistemas Linux que usan el cargador de arranque GRUB2 actualmente no son soportados por GRUB  y no se reconocerán si se usa el cargador GRUB por defecto."
+msgstr ""
+"Los sistemas Linux que usan el cargador de arranque GRUB2 actualmente no son "
+"soportados por GRUB  y no se reconocerán si se usa el cargador GRUB por "
+"defecto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "La mejor solución es usar el cargador de arranque GRUB2 que está disponible en la página de resumen durante la instación."
+msgstr ""
+"La mejor solución es usar el cargador de arranque GRUB2 que está disponible "
+"en la página de resumen durante la instación."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3021,18 +3663,25 @@ msgstr "Usando un cargador de arranque existente"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Si decide usar un cargador de arranque existente, tendrá que acordarse de PARAR en la página del resumen durante la instalación y pulsar el botón de <guibutton>Configuración</guibutton> del Cargador de Arranque, que le permitirá cambiar el lugar de instalación del cargador de arranque."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Si decide usar un cargador de arranque existente, tendrá que acordarse de "
+"PARAR en la página del resumen durante la instalación y pulsar el botón de "
+"<guibutton>Configuración</guibutton> del Cargador de Arranque, que le "
+"permitirá cambiar el lugar de instalación del cargador de arranque."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "No elija un dispositivo como \"sda\", o sobrescribirá el MBR existente. Debe de elegir la partición root que eligió durante la fase de particionado, como por ejemplo sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"No elija un dispositivo como \"sda\", o sobrescribirá el MBR existente. Debe "
+"de elegir la partición root que eligió durante la fase de particionado, como "
+"por ejemplo sda7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
@@ -3043,19 +3692,27 @@ msgstr "Para ser claro, sda es un dispositivo, sda7 es una partición."
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Vaya a tty2 con Ctrl+Alt+F2 y escriba <literal>df</literal> para comprobar donde está su partición <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 le devuelve al instalador."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Vaya a tty2 con Ctrl+Alt+F2 y escriba <literal>df</literal> para comprobar "
+"donde está su partición <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 le devuelve "
+"al instalador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del sistema operativo en cuestión."
+msgstr ""
+"El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de "
+"arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente "
+"consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que "
+"debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del "
+"sistema operativo en cuestión."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3066,66 +3723,79 @@ msgstr "Opción avanzada del cargador de arranque"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Si tiene el espacio del disco muy limitado para la partición <literal>/</literal> que contiene <literal>/tmp</literal>, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y marque la casilla para <guilabel>Limpiar /tmp en cada arranque</guilabel>.  Esto ayuda a mantener algo de espacio libre."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene el espacio del disco muy limitado para la partición <literal>/</"
+"literal> que contiene <literal>/tmp</literal>, haga click en "
+"<guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y marque la casilla para <guilabel>Limpiar /"
+"tmp en cada arranque</guilabel>.  Esto ayuda a mantener algo de espacio "
+"libre."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Configurando SCSI"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX suele detectar correctamente los discos duros. Con algunos controladores SCSI antiguos puede que no sea capaz de detectar los controladores correctos a usar y puede fallar al intentar reconocer el disco duro."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX suele detectar correctamente los discos duros. Con algunos "
+"controladores SCSI antiguos puede que no sea capaz de detectar los "
+"controladores correctos a usar y puede fallar al intentar reconocer el disco "
+"duro."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Si pasa esto, necesitará \"mostrarle\" manualmente el disco duro SCSI que tenga."
+msgstr ""
+"Si pasa esto, necesitará \"mostrarle\" manualmente el disco duro SCSI que "
+"tenga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
-msgstr "Después DrakX debería de poder configurar el(los) disco(s) correctamente."
+msgstr ""
+"Después DrakX debería de poder configurar el(los) disco(s) correctamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:11
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Configurar el sonido"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3133,7 +3803,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "En esta pantalla aparece el nombre del driver que el instalador ha escogido para su tarjeta de sonido, que será el dado por defecto si es que hay alguno."
+msgstr ""
+"En esta pantalla aparece el nombre del driver que el instalador ha escogido "
+"para su tarjeta de sonido, que será el dado por defecto si es que hay alguno."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3143,16 +3815,25 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "El driver por defecto debería funcionar sin problemas. Sin embargo, si tras la instalación hay problemas, ejecute <command>draksound</command> o inicie esta herramienta vía MCC (Centro de Control de Mageia), escogiendo la etiqueta <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> y haciendo click en <guilabel>Configurar Sonido</guilabel> en la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla."
+msgstr ""
+"El driver por defecto debería funcionar sin problemas. Sin embargo, si tras "
+"la instalación hay problemas, ejecute <command>draksound</command> o inicie "
+"esta herramienta vía MCC (Centro de Control de Mageia), escogiendo la "
+"etiqueta <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> y haciendo click en "
+"<guilabel>Configurar Sonido</guilabel> en la esquina superior derecha de la "
+"pantalla."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Entonces, en la pantalla de la herramienta de \"Configurar sonido\" de draksound, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y en <guibutton>Solución de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar un consejo útil sobre cómo resolver el problema."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Entonces, en la pantalla de la herramienta de \"Configurar sonido\" de "
+"draksound, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y en "
+"<guibutton>Solución de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar un consejo útil "
+"sobre cómo resolver el problema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3165,44 +3846,62 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Hacer click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> en esta pantalla, durante la instalación, es útil si no hay un driver por defecto y hay varios disponibles, o si cree que el instalador escogió el driver equivocado."
+msgstr ""
+"Hacer click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> en esta pantalla, durante la "
+"instalación, es útil si no hay un driver por defecto y hay varios "
+"disponibles, o si cree que el instalador escogió el driver equivocado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "In ese caso, puede seleccionar un driver diferente tras hacer click en <guibutton>Escoger un driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"In ese caso, puede seleccionar un driver diferente tras hacer click en "
+"<guibutton>Escoger un driver</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Confirme el disco que va a formatear"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> si no está seguro de su elección."
+msgstr ""
+"Haga click en <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> si no está seguro de su elección."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> si está seguro y quiereborrar todas las particiones, sistemas operativos y datos de su disco duro."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> si está seguro y quiereborrar "
+"todas las particiones, sistemas operativos y datos de su disco duro."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/et.po b/docs/installer/et.po
index 7a3be8f1..b0b98ebf 100644
--- a/docs/installer/et.po
+++ b/docs/installer/et.po
@@ -1,21 +1,22 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Marek Laane <bald@smail.ee>, 2012-2014
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Estonian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/et/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Estonian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"et/)\n"
+"Language: et\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: et\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -26,9 +27,11 @@ msgstr "Litsents ja väljalaskemärkmed"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -38,31 +41,38 @@ msgstr "Litsentsileping"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Enne <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamist lugege palun hoolikalt läbi litsentsi tingimused."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Enne <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamist lugege palun hoolikalt "
+"läbi litsentsi tingimused."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Need tingimused kehtivad kogu <application>Mageia</application> distributsioonile ja enne jätkamist tuleb nendega nõustuda."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Need tingimused kehtivad kogu <application>Mageia</application> "
+"distributsioonile ja enne jätkamist tuleb nendega nõustuda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Nõustumiseks valige lihtsalt <guilabel>Nõustun</guilabel> ja klõpsake siis <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Nõustumiseks valige lihtsalt <guilabel>Nõustun</guilabel> ja klõpsake siis "
+"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Kui te aga ei ole tingimustega nõus, siis täname teid huvi eest.  Klõps nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton> taaskäivitab arvuti."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te aga ei ole tingimustega nõus, siis täname teid huvi eest.  Klõps "
+"nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton> taaskäivitab arvuti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -74,7 +84,10 @@ msgstr "Väljalaskemärkmed"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Kui tunnete huvi, mida on <application>Mageia</application> käesolevas väljalaskes uut, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Info väljalaske kohta</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui tunnete huvi, mida on <application>Mageia</application> käesolevas "
+"väljalaskes uut, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Info väljalaske kohta</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -87,27 +100,31 @@ msgstr "et"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (täiendavate paigaldusandmekandjate seadistamine)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Siin on näha juba tuvastatud hoidlad. Võite lisada ka teisi allikaid, kust tarkvarapakette hankida, näiteks plaadi pealt või internetist. Allikate valik määrab, milliseid tarkvarapakette saab järgmistel etappidel kasutada."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin on näha juba tuvastatud hoidlad. Võite lisada ka teisi allikaid, kust "
+"tarkvarapakette hankida, näiteks plaadi pealt või internetist. Allikate "
+"valik määrab, milliseid tarkvarapakette saab järgmistel etappidel kasutada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -127,38 +144,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Valida peegel või määrata URL (esimene kirje). Peegli valimisel saab kasutada kõiki Mageia määratud hoidlaid, sealhulgas mittevaba (nonfree) ja piirangutega (tainted) tarkvara ja uuendusi sisaldavaid hoidlaid. URL-i määrates saab kasutada mõnda konkreetset hoidlat või omaenda NFS-allikat."
+msgstr ""
+"Valida peegel või määrata URL (esimene kirje). Peegli valimisel saab "
+"kasutada kõiki Mageia määratud hoidlaid, sealhulgas mittevaba (nonfree) ja "
+"piirangutega (tainted) tarkvara ja uuendusi sisaldavaid hoidlaid. URL-i "
+"määrates saab kasutada mõnda konkreetset hoidlat või omaenda NFS-allikat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Kasutajate ja administraatori haldamine"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -170,20 +189,31 @@ msgstr "Administraatori (root) parooli määramine"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Kõigi <application>Mageia</application> paigalduste korral on soovitatav määrata administraatori parool (Linuxis kasutatakse selle kohta tavaliselt väljendit <emphasis>root password</emphasis>). Parooli ülemisse kasti kirjutades muutub kilbi värv punasest kollaseks ja roheliseks vastavalt sellele, kui tugevaks parooli hinnatakse. Roheline kilp tähendab, et parool on tugev ja kindel. Sama parool tuleb kirjutada teist korda kohe allpool olevasse kasti: sellega kontrollitakse, et parool sai esimesse kasti õigesti kirjutatud, neid kahte omavahel võrreldes."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõigi <application>Mageia</application> paigalduste korral on soovitatav "
+"määrata administraatori parool (Linuxis kasutatakse selle kohta tavaliselt "
+"väljendit <emphasis>root password</emphasis>). Parooli ülemisse kasti "
+"kirjutades muutub kilbi värv punasest kollaseks ja roheliseks vastavalt "
+"sellele, kui tugevaks parooli hinnatakse. Roheline kilp tähendab, et parool "
+"on tugev ja kindel. Sama parool tuleb kirjutada teist korda kohe allpool "
+"olevasse kasti: sellega kontrollitakse, et parool sai esimesse kasti õigesti "
+"kirjutatud, neid kahte omavahel võrreldes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Kõik paroolid on tõstutundlikud, see tähendab arvestavad väike- ja suurtähti. Parooli tugevuse huvides on mõistlik kasutada nii suur- ja väiketähti kui ka numbreid ja muid märke."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõik paroolid on tõstutundlikud, see tähendab arvestavad väike- ja "
+"suurtähti. Parooli tugevuse huvides on mõistlik kasutada nii suur- ja "
+"väiketähti kui ka numbreid ja muid märke."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -196,29 +226,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Siin saab lisada kasutaja. Kasutajal on vähem õigusi kui administraatoril (root), kuid siiski piisavalt internetis liikumiseks, kontoritöörakenduste kasutamiseks, mängimiseks ja kõigeks muuks, mida tavaline kasutaja oma arvutis teeb"
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab lisada kasutaja. Kasutajal on vähem õigusi kui administraatoril "
+"(root), kuid siiski piisavalt internetis liikumiseks, kontoritöörakenduste "
+"kasutamiseks, mängimiseks ja kõigeks muuks, mida tavaline kasutaja oma "
+"arvutis teeb"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ikoon</guibutton>: sellele nupule klõpsates saab muuta kasutaja ikooni."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikoon</guibutton>: sellele nupule klõpsates saab muuta kasutaja "
+"ikooni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Pärisnimi</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja tegeliku nime."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pärisnimi</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja tegeliku nime."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Kasutajatunnus</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutajanime või lasta DrakXil pakkuda pärisnimest tuletatud variandi.  <emphasis>Kasutajatunnus on tõstutundlik.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Kasutajatunnus</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutajanime või "
+"lasta DrakXil pakkuda pärisnimest tuletatud variandi.  "
+"<emphasis>Kasutajatunnus on tõstutundlik.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -226,22 +266,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Parool</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja parooli. Tekstikasti lõpus on kilp, mis näitab parooli tugevust (vt ka <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parool</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja parooli. "
+"Tekstikasti lõpus on kilp, mis näitab parooli tugevust (vt ka <xref linkend="
+"\"givePassword\"/>)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Parool (uuesti)</guilabel>: siia tuleb kirjutada teist korda kasutaja parool ning DrakX kontrollib, kas see on ikka sama, mis kirjutati ülal asuvasse kasti."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parool (uuesti)</guilabel>: siia tuleb kirjutada teist korda "
+"kasutaja parool ning DrakX kontrollib, kas see on ikka sama, mis kirjutati "
+"ülal asuvasse kasti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Kõigi Mageia paigaldamise ajal lisatud kasutajate kodukataloog on kõigile näha (\"loetav\"), kuid siiski kirjutuskaitstud."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõigi Mageia paigaldamise ajal lisatud kasutajate kodukataloog on kõigile "
+"näha (\"loetav\"), kuid siiski kirjutuskaitstud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -249,14 +297,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Kui aga uue paigalduse järel lisada kasutaja tööriistaga <emphasis>Mageia juhtimiskeskus - Süsteem - Kasutajate haldamine</emphasis>, on nende kasutajate kodukataloog kaitstud nii kirjutamise kui ka lugemise eest."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui aga uue paigalduse järel lisada kasutaja tööriistaga <emphasis>Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskus - Süsteem - Kasutajate haldamine</emphasis>, on nende "
+"kasutajate kodukataloog kaitstud nii kirjutamise kui ka lugemise eest."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Kui Te ei soovi, et kodukataloog oleks kellelegi näha ehk loetav, on soovitatav praegu lisada ainult ajutine kasutaja ja tegelikud kasutajad alles pärast taaskäivitamist."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Te ei soovi, et kodukataloog oleks kellelegi näha ehk loetav, on "
+"soovitatav praegu lisada ainult ajutine kasutaja ja tegelikud kasutajad "
+"alles pärast taaskäivitamist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -264,7 +318,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Kui aga Teil pole midagi selle vastu, et kodukataloogid on kõigile näha, võite lisada kõik vajalikud kasutajad juba paigaldamise ajal <emphasis>kokkuvõtte</emphasis> etapil. Valige seal <emphasis>Kasutajate haldamine</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui aga Teil pole midagi selle vastu, et kodukataloogid on kõigile näha, "
+"võite lisada kõik vajalikud kasutajad juba paigaldamise ajal "
+"<emphasis>kokkuvõtte</emphasis> etapil. Valige seal <emphasis>Kasutajate "
+"haldamine</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
@@ -282,7 +340,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Nupule <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub ekraan, kus saab muuta lisatava kasutaja mõningaid seadistusi. Samuti saab siin lubada või keelata külaliskonto."
+msgstr ""
+"Nupule <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub ekraan, kus saab "
+"muuta lisatava kasutaja mõningaid seadistusi. Samuti saab siin lubada või "
+"keelata külaliskonto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -290,7 +351,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Kõik, mida külaline oma vaikimisi <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> külaliskonto all /home-kataloogi salvestab, kustutatakse külalise väljalogimisel. Tähtsad failid peaks külaline salvestama USB-pulgale."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõik, mida külaline oma vaikimisi <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> külaliskonto "
+"all /home-kataloogi salvestab, kustutatakse külalise väljalogimisel. Tähtsad "
+"failid peaks külaline salvestama USB-pulgale."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -298,7 +362,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Külaliskonto (guest) lubamine</guilabel>: siin saab lubada või keelata külaliskonto. See võimaldab külalisel, kellele pole kasutajat loodud, sisse logida ja arvutit kasutada, kuid tema õigused on tavalise kasutajaga võrreldes palju piiratumad."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Külaliskonto (guest) lubamine</guilabel>: siin saab lubada või "
+"keelata külaliskonto. See võimaldab külalisel, kellele pole kasutajat "
+"loodud, sisse logida ja arvutit kasutada, kuid tema õigused on tavalise "
+"kasutajaga võrreldes palju piiratumad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -306,7 +374,9 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: selles rippmenüüs saab muuta shelli, mida kasutab eelmisel ekraanil lisatud kasutaja. Valikuteks on Bash, Dash ja Sh."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: selles rippmenüüs saab muuta shelli, mida "
+"kasutab eelmisel ekraanil lisatud kasutaja. Valikuteks on Bash, Dash ja Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -314,42 +384,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Kasutaja ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata eelmisel ekraanil lisatud kasutaja ID. See on arv. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge siia midagi kirjutage."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Kasutaja ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata eelmisel ekraanil "
+"lisatud kasutaja ID. See on arv. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge "
+"siia midagi kirjutage."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Grupi ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata grupi ID. See on samuti arv, tavaliselt sama kasutaja ID-ga. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge siia midagi kirjutage."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Grupi ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata grupi ID. See on samuti "
+"arv, tavaliselt sama kasutaja ID-ga. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge "
+"siia midagi kirjutage."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Haakepunktide valimine"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -357,46 +433,62 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Siin näeb Linuxi partitsioone, mis arvutist leiti. Kui te pole <application>DrakX</application>i ettepanekutega nõus, võite haakepunkte muuta."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin näeb Linuxi partitsioone, mis arvutist leiti. Kui te pole "
+"<application>DrakX</application>i ettepanekutega nõus, võite haakepunkte "
+"muuta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Kui te ka midagi muudate, kontrollige alati, et teil jääks alles juurpartitsioon (<literal>/)</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te ka midagi muudate, kontrollige alati, et teil jääks alles "
+"juurpartitsioon (<literal>/)</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Kõiki partitsioone näidatakse kujul \"Seade\" (\"Suurus\", \"Haakepunkt\", \"Tüüp\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõiki partitsioone näidatakse kujul \"Seade\" (\"Suurus\", \"Haakepunkt\", "
+"\"Tüüp\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Seade\" koosneb järgmistest elementidest: \"kõvaketas\", [\"kõvakettanumber\"(täht)], \"partitsiooninumber\" (näiteks \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Seade\" koosneb järgmistest elementidest: \"kõvaketas\", [\"kõvakettanumber"
+"\"(täht)], \"partitsiooninumber\" (näiteks \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Kui partitsioone on palju, saab neile haakepunkte valida rippmenüüst (näiteks <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> ja <literal>/var)</literal>. Võib ka luua oma haakepunkte, näiteks <literal>/video</literal> partitsioonile, kuhu soovite salvestada filme, või <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> cauldroni paigalduse <literal>/home</literal>-partitsiooni tarbeks."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui partitsioone on palju, saab neile haakepunkte valida rippmenüüst "
+"(näiteks <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> ja <literal>/var)</"
+"literal>. Võib ka luua oma haakepunkte, näiteks <literal>/video</literal> "
+"partitsioonile, kuhu soovite salvestada filme, või <literal>/cauldron-home</"
+"literal> cauldroni paigalduse <literal>/home</literal>-partitsiooni tarbeks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Partitsioonide puhul, mida teil vaja ei lähe, võib haakepunkti määramata jätta."
+msgstr ""
+"Partitsioonide puhul, mida teil vaja ei lähe, võib haakepunkti määramata "
+"jätta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -404,15 +496,21 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Kui te pole kindel, mida valida, klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ning märkige <guilabel>Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda</guilabel>. Ilmuval ekraanil saab partitsioonile klõpsates näha selle tüüpi ja suurust."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te pole kindel, mida valida, klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ning "
+"märkige <guilabel>Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda</guilabel>. Ilmuval "
+"ekraanil saab partitsioonile klõpsates näha selle tüüpi ja suurust."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Kui olete kindel, et haakepunktid on paigas, klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton> ja valige, kas soovite vormindada ainult partitsioonid, mida DrakX soovitab, või rohkem."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete kindel, et haakepunktid on paigas, klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</"
+"guibutton> ja valige, kas soovite vormindada ainult partitsioonid, mida "
+"DrakX soovitab, või rohkem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -422,9 +520,11 @@ msgstr "Töölaua valimine"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Sõltuvalt siin langetatud valikutest võite näha täiendavaid ekraane, kus saab valikut täpsustada."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Sõltuvalt siin langetatud valikutest võite näha täiendavaid ekraane, kus "
+"saab valikut täpsustada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -432,14 +532,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Pärast valiku(te) langetamist näeb pakettide paigaldamise ajal slaidiseanssi. Sellest saab loobuda, kui klõpsata nupule <guilabel>Üksikasjad</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pärast valiku(te) langetamist näeb pakettide paigaldamise ajal "
+"slaidiseanssi. Sellest saab loobuda, kui klõpsata nupule "
+"<guilabel>Üksikasjad</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -451,21 +556,28 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Siin saab valida, kas soovite kasutada <application>KDE</application> või <application>Gnome</application> töökeskkonda. Mõlemad pakuvad rakendusi ja tööriistu igale maitsele.  Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui teile ei meeldi kumbki või kui soovite paigaldada midagi muud kui seda, mis paigaldatakse vaikimisi.  <application>LXDE</application> töölaud on näiteks väiksem kui eelmainitud, pakkudes vähem tilu-lilu ja ka vähemat arvu pakette."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab valida, kas soovite kasutada <application>KDE</application> või "
+"<application>Gnome</application> töökeskkonda. Mõlemad pakuvad rakendusi ja "
+"tööriistu igale maitsele.  Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui teile "
+"ei meeldi kumbki või kui soovite paigaldada midagi muud kui seda, mis "
+"paigaldatakse vaikimisi.  <application>LXDE</application> töölaud on näiteks "
+"väiksem kui eelmainitud, pakkudes vähem tilu-lilu ja ka vähemat arvu pakette."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Paketigruppide valimine"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -474,7 +586,10 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Paketid on jaotatud gruppidesse, et vajaliku tarkvara valimine oma süsteemi tarbeks oleks hõlpsam. Gruppide nimed on üsna enesestmõistetavad, aga nende kohta pakutakse ka rohkem teavet, kui viite hiirekursori nime kohale."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketid on jaotatud gruppidesse, et vajaliku tarkvara valimine oma süsteemi "
+"tarbeks oleks hõlpsam. Gruppide nimed on üsna enesestmõistetavad, aga nende "
+"kohta pakutakse ka rohkem teavet, kui viite hiirekursori nime kohale."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -496,74 +611,90 @@ msgstr "Graafiline keskkond."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Valik paketthaaval: selle valimisel saab pakette käsitsi lisada või eemaldada."
+msgstr ""
+"Valik paketthaaval: selle valimisel saab pakette käsitsi lisada või "
+"eemaldada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Juhiseid minimaalse paigalduse tegemiseks annab <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref>."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Juhiseid minimaalse paigalduse tegemiseks annab <xref linkend=\"minimal-"
+"install\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Üksikpakettide valimine"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Siin saab oma paigaldust kohandada, lisades või eemaldades tarkvarapakette."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab oma paigaldust kohandada, lisades või eemaldades tarkvarapakette."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Kui olete vajalikud valikud langetanud, võite klõpsata lehekülje allosas <guibutton>disketiikoonile</guibutton>, mis lubab salvestada paketivaliku (seda saab mõistagi salvestada ka USB-pulgale). Hiljem võib sama faili kasutades paigaldada samasuguse paketivaliku mõnda teise süsteemi, klõpsates paigaldamise ajal sama nuppu ja faili laadides."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete vajalikud valikud langetanud, võite klõpsata lehekülje allosas "
+"<guibutton>disketiikoonile</guibutton>, mis lubab salvestada paketivaliku "
+"(seda saab mõistagi salvestada ka USB-pulgale). Hiljem võib sama faili "
+"kasutades paigaldada samasuguse paketivaliku mõnda teise süsteemi, klõpsates "
+"paigaldamise ajal sama nuppu ja faili laadides."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Teenuste seadistamine"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Siin saab määrata, millised teenused käivitada või mitte käivitada koos süsteemi alglaadimisega."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab määrata, millised teenused käivitada või mitte käivitada koos "
+"süsteemi alglaadimisega."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Teenustegruppe on neli. Nende ees olevale kolmnurgale klõpsates saab grupi avada ja uurida selles peituvaid teenuseid."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Teenustegruppe on neli. Nende ees olevale kolmnurgale klõpsates saab grupi "
+"avada ja uurida selles peituvaid teenuseid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -575,48 +706,60 @@ msgstr "Valikud, mille on langetanud DrakX, on tavaliselt mõistlikud ja head."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Teenuse peale klõpsates näeb allpool teabekastis mõningat teavet teenuse kohta."
+msgstr ""
+"Teenuse peale klõpsates näeb allpool teabekastis mõningat teavet teenuse "
+"kohta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
-msgstr "Muutke siin midagi ainult siis, kui olete kindel, et teate, mida teete."
+msgstr ""
+"Muutke siin midagi ainult siis, kui olete kindel, et teate, mida teete."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Ajavööndi seadistamine"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Määrake ajavöönd kindlaks, valides oma riigi või linna, mis asub samas ajavööndis teie lähedal."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Määrake ajavöönd kindlaks, valides oma riigi või linna, mis asub samas "
+"ajavööndis teie lähedal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "Järgmisel ekraanil saab valida, kas riistvaraline kell on seatud kohalikule ajale või GMT-le ehk maailmaajale (UTC)."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Järgmisel ekraanil saab valida, kas riistvaraline kell on seatud kohalikule "
+"ajale või GMT-le ehk maailmaajale (UTC)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Kui Teie arvutis on ka teisi operatsioonisüsteeme, kontrollige, et nad kõik oleksid lültiatud kas kohalikule ajale või siis UTC/GMT-le."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Teie arvutis on ka teisi operatsioonisüsteeme, kontrollige, et nad kõik "
+"oleksid lültiatud kas kohalikule ajale või siis UTC/GMT-le."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -626,24 +769,32 @@ msgstr "X-serveri valimine (graafikakaardi seadistamine)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku videokaartide andmebaasi ja suudab tavaliselt teie videoseadme korrektselt tuvastada."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku videokaartide andmebaasi ja suudab tavaliselt "
+"teie videoseadme korrektselt tuvastada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Kui paigaldusprogramm siiski ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja te teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle loetelust järgmiste parameetrite alusel:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui paigaldusprogramm siiski ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja "
+"te teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle loetelust järgmiste "
+"parameetrite alusel:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -666,7 +817,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Kui te ei leia oma kaarti tootjate nimekirjast (sest seda pole veel andmebaasis või on tegu väga vana kaardiga), võib siiski leida sobiva draiveri Xorg-i kategoorias."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te ei leia oma kaarti tootjate nimekirjast (sest seda pole veel "
+"andmebaasis või on tegu väga vana kaardiga), võib siiski leida sobiva "
+"draiveri Xorg-i kategoorias."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -674,14 +828,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "Xorg-i nimekiri pakub üle 40 üldise avatud lähtekoodiga videokaardi draiveri. Kui te ikkagi ei suuda oma kaardile sobivat draiverit siit leida, võite valida Vesa draiveri, mis pakub kõige elementaarsemaid võimalusi."
+msgstr ""
+"Xorg-i nimekiri pakub üle 40 üldise avatud lähtekoodiga videokaardi "
+"draiveri. Kui te ikkagi ei suuda oma kaardile sobivat draiverit siit leida, "
+"võite valida Vesa draiveri, mis pakub kõige elementaarsemaid võimalusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Arvestage kindlasti, et kui valite sobimatu draiveri, võite saada kasutada ainult käsurida."
+msgstr ""
+"Arvestage kindlasti, et kui valite sobimatu draiveri, võite saada kasutada "
+"ainult käsurida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -689,30 +848,36 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Mõned videokaartide tootjad pakuvad Linuxile omanduslikke draivereid, mis võivad olla saadaval ainult Nonfree tarkvarahoidlas, mõnel juhul isegi kõigest tootja enda veebileheküljel."
+msgstr ""
+"Mõned videokaartide tootjad pakuvad Linuxile omanduslikke draivereid, mis "
+"võivad olla saadaval ainult Nonfree tarkvarahoidlas, mõnel juhul isegi "
+"kõigest tootja enda veebileheküljel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Nonfree hoidlad tuleb kasutamiseks spetsiaalselt lubada.  Seda saab teha pärast arvuti esimest taaskäivitamist."
+msgstr ""
+"Nonfree hoidlad tuleb kasutamiseks spetsiaalselt lubada.  Seda saab teha "
+"pärast arvuti esimest taaskäivitamist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Graafikakaardi ja monitori seadistamine"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -721,19 +886,30 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Sõltumata sellest, millise graafilise keskkonna ehk töökeskkonna olete otsustanud oma <application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele valida, kasutavad nad kõik graafilise kasutajaliidese süsteemi <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, lihtsamalt öeldes <acronym>X</acronym>. Niisiis peavad selleks, et <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> või mis tahes töökeskkond korralikult töötaks, olema järgmised <acronym>X</acronym>'i seadistused korras. Valige õiged seadistused, kui näete, et <application>DrakX</application> ei ole midagi valinud, või kui arvate, et valik ei ole õige."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Sõltumata sellest, millise graafilise keskkonna ehk töökeskkonna olete "
+"otsustanud oma <application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele valida, "
+"kasutavad nad kõik graafilise kasutajaliidese süsteemi <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, lihtsamalt öeldes <acronym>X</acronym>. Niisiis peavad "
+"selleks, et <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</"
+"acronym> või mis tahes töökeskkond korralikult töötaks, olema järgmised "
+"<acronym>X</acronym>'i seadistused korras. Valige õiged seadistused, kui "
+"näete, et <application>DrakX</application> ei ole midagi valinud, või kui "
+"arvate, et valik ei ole õige."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Graafikakaart</guibutton></emphasis>: valige vajaduse korral loetelust oma kaart."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graafikakaart</guibutton></emphasis>: valige vajaduse "
+"korral loetelust oma kaart."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -743,7 +919,12 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: valida saab <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel>, kui see sobib, või siis vajaliku monitori nimekirjast pealdise <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> või <guilabel>Tavaline</guilabel> all. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui eelistate käsitsi paika panna oma monitori realaotus- ja ekraaniuuendussageduse."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: valida saab "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel>, kui see sobib, või siis vajaliku monitori "
+"nimekirjast pealdise <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> või <guilabel>Tavaline</"
+"guilabel> all. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui eelistate käsitsi "
+"paika panna oma monitori realaotus- ja ekraaniuuendussageduse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -755,7 +936,9 @@ msgstr "Väärad sagedused võivad monitori kahjustada."
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Ekraanilahutus</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab määrata vajaliku monitori ekraanilahutuse ja värvisügavuse."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Ekraanilahutus</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab "
+"määrata vajaliku monitori ekraanilahutuse ja värvisügavuse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -763,19 +946,28 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: testimisnuppu paigaldamise ajal alati ei näe. Kui see on näha, siis saab sellele vajutades kontrollida määratud seadistuste õigsust. Kui näete küsimust, kas seadistused on õiged, võite vastata \"jah\" ning seadistused salvestatakse. Kui te ei näe midagi, saate tagasi pöörduda seadistusekraanile ja seal seni parameetreid muuta, kuni test annab vajaliku tulemuse. <emphasis>Kui testimisnuppu pole, kontrollige eriti hoolikalt, et kõik seadistused oleksid korras.</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: testimisnuppu paigaldamise "
+"ajal alati ei näe. Kui see on näha, siis saab sellele vajutades kontrollida "
+"määratud seadistuste õigsust. Kui näete küsimust, kas seadistused on õiged, "
+"võite vastata \"jah\" ning seadistused salvestatakse. Kui te ei näe midagi, "
+"saate tagasi pöörduda seadistusekraanile ja seal seni parameetreid muuta, "
+"kuni test annab vajaliku tulemuse. <emphasis>Kui testimisnuppu pole, "
+"kontrollige eriti hoolikalt, et kõik seadistused oleksid korras.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab mitmesuguseid valikuid lubada või keelata."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab "
+"mitmesuguseid valikuid lubada või keelata."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -787,7 +979,9 @@ msgstr "Monitori valimine"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku monitoride andmebaasi ja tuvastab tavaliselt teie monitori õigesti."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku monitoride andmebaasi ja tuvastab tavaliselt "
+"teie monitori õigesti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -796,15 +990,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Teistsuguste parameetritega monitori valimine võib kahjustada monitori või videoriistvara. Palun ärge proovige lihtsalt huvi pärast midagi, kui te ei ole kindel, et teate täpselt, mida teete.</emphasis> Kahtluste korral uurige oma monitori dokumentatsiooni."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Teistsuguste parameetritega monitori valimine võib kahjustada "
+"monitori või videoriistvara. Palun ärge proovige lihtsalt huvi pärast "
+"midagi, kui te ei ole kindel, et teate täpselt, mida teete.</emphasis> "
+"Kahtluste korral uurige oma monitori dokumentatsiooni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -815,10 +1016,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Kohandatud</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Selle valimine võimaldab paika panna kaks äärmiselt tähtsat parameetrit: realaotussageduse ja ekraaniuuendussageduse."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle valimine võimaldab paika panna kaks äärmiselt tähtsat parameetrit: "
+"realaotussageduse ja ekraaniuuendussageduse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -827,7 +1030,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "On <emphasis>VÄGA TÄHTIS</emphasis>, et te ei valiks sellise sünkroonimissagedusega monitori tüüpi, mis ületab teie monitori võimeid: sel moel võib monitorile tõsist kahju teha. Kui kahtlete, valige pigem tagasihoidlikum väärtus ja kindlasti uurige monitori dokumentatsiooni."
+msgstr ""
+"On <emphasis>VÄGA TÄHTIS</emphasis>, et te ei valiks sellise "
+"sünkroonimissagedusega monitori tüüpi, mis ületab teie monitori võimeid: sel "
+"moel võib monitorile tõsist kahju teha. Kui kahtlete, valige pigem "
+"tagasihoidlikum väärtus ja kindlasti uurige monitori dokumentatsiooni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -839,7 +1046,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "See on vaikimisi valik, mis üritab määrata monitori tüübi monitoride andmebaasi põhjal."
+msgstr ""
+"See on vaikimisi valik, mis üritab määrata monitori tüübi monitoride "
+"andmebaasi põhjal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -851,7 +1060,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Tootja</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Kui paigaldusprogramm ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja te teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle puust järgmiste parameetrite alusel:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui paigaldusprogramm ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja te "
+"teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle puust järgmiste "
+"parameetrite alusel:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -872,11 +1084,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Tavaline</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "Selles grupis on valida ligemale 30 seadistuse seast, näiteks 1024x768 @ 60Hz, sealhulgas lamekuvarid (Flat panel), mida kasutavad eriti sülearvutid. See on sageli mõistlik monitori valimise grupp, kui teie videoriistvara ei suudetud automaatselt tuvastada ja peate kasutama Vesa draiverit. Ka siin tasub valides olla pigem konservatiivne."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Selles grupis on valida ligemale 30 seadistuse seast, näiteks 1024x768 @ "
+"60Hz, sealhulgas lamekuvarid (Flat panel), mida kasutavad eriti sülearvutid. "
+"See on sageli mõistlik monitori valimise grupp, kui teie videoriistvara ei "
+"suudetud automaatselt tuvastada ja peate kasutama Vesa draiverit. Ka siin "
+"tasub valides olla pigem konservatiivne."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -886,47 +1103,64 @@ msgstr "Ketta kohandatud partitsioneerimine DiskDrake'i abil"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Kui soovite krüptida oma <literal>/</literal> partitsiooni, peab teil kindlasti olema ka eraldi <literal>/boot</literal> partitsioon. <literal>/boot</literal> partitsioonile EI TOHI määrata krüptimisvalikut, sest siis ei ole süsteemi võimalik üldse laadida."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui soovite krüptida oma <literal>/</literal> partitsiooni, peab teil "
+"kindlasti olema ka eraldi <literal>/boot</literal> partitsioon. <literal>/"
+"boot</literal> partitsioonile EI TOHI määrata krüptimisvalikut, sest siis ei "
+"ole süsteemi võimalik üldse laadida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Siin saab kohandada ketta või ketaste jagamist: eemaldada või luua partitsioone, muuta partitsiooni failisüsteemi või suurust ning isegi enne alustamist näha, mida partitsioon sisaldab."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab kohandada ketta või ketaste jagamist: eemaldada või luua "
+"partitsioone, muuta partitsiooni failisüsteemi või suurust ning isegi enne "
+"alustamist näha, mida partitsioon sisaldab."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Igale leitud kõvakettale või muule salvestusseadmele, näiteks USB-pulgale, on omaette kaart. Need võivad olla näiteks sda, sdb ja sdc, kui teil juhtub olema kolm salvestusseadet."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Igale leitud kõvakettale või muule salvestusseadmele, näiteks USB-pulgale, "
+"on omaette kaart. Need võivad olla näiteks sda, sdb ja sdc, kui teil juhtub "
+"olema kolm salvestusseadet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Kõigi valitud salvestusseadme partitsioonide kustutamiseks valige <guibutton>Kustuta kõik</guibutton>."
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Kõigi valitud salvestusseadme partitsioonide kustutamiseks valige "
+"<guibutton>Kustuta kõik</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Kõigi teiste toimingute jaoks klõpsake kõigepealt vajalikul partitsioonil. Siis saate seda uurida, valida failisüsteemi või haakepunkti, suurust muuta või ka kustutada."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõigi teiste toimingute jaoks klõpsake kõigepealt vajalikul partitsioonil. "
+"Siis saate seda uurida, valida failisüsteemi või haakepunkti, suurust muuta "
+"või ka kustutada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -949,21 +1183,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Sellel ekraanil näete oma kõvaketta või -ketaste sisu ning lahendusi, mida DrakXi partitsioneerimisnõustaja pakub <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamiseks."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellel ekraanil näete oma kõvaketta või -ketaste sisu ning lahendusi, mida "
+"DrakXi partitsioneerimisnõustaja pakub <application>Mageia</application> "
+"paigaldamiseks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Pakutavad valikud sõltuvad teie kõvaketaste konkreetsest ülesehitusest ja sisust."
+msgstr ""
+"Pakutavad valikud sõltuvad teie kõvaketaste konkreetsest ülesehitusest ja "
+"sisust."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -975,7 +1216,9 @@ msgstr "Olemasolevate partitsioonide kasutamine"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Kui see on näha, leiti olemasolevad Linuxiga ühilduvad partitsioonid ning neid võib kasutada paigaldamiseks."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui see on näha, leiti olemasolevad Linuxiga ühilduvad partitsioonid ning "
+"neid võib kasutada paigaldamiseks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -985,9 +1228,11 @@ msgstr "Vaba ruumi kasutamine"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Kui kõvakettal on kasutamata ruumi, siis selle valikuga saab selle eraldada uuele Mageia paigaldusele."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui kõvakettal on kasutamata ruumi, siis selle valikuga saab selle eraldada "
+"uuele Mageia paigaldusele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -997,9 +1242,11 @@ msgstr "Vaba ruumi kasutamine Windowsi partitsioonil"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Kui olemasoleval Windowsi partitsioonil on vaba ruumi, võib paigaldusprogramm seda kasutada."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olemasoleval Windowsi partitsioonil on vaba ruumi, võib "
+"paigaldusprogramm seda kasutada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1007,7 +1254,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "See võib olla väga mõistlik valik oma uuele Mageia paigaldusele ruumi leidmiseks, kuid samal ajal on see riskantne, mistõttu tuleks kindlasti teha kõigist olulistest failidest varukoopia!"
+msgstr ""
+"See võib olla väga mõistlik valik oma uuele Mageia paigaldusele ruumi "
+"leidmiseks, kuid samal ajal on see riskantne, mistõttu tuleks kindlasti teha "
+"kõigist olulistest failidest varukoopia!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1018,7 +1268,13 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Pange tähele, et sellega kaasneb Windowsi partitsiooni suuruse vähendamine. Partitsioon peab olema \"puhas\", see tähendab Windows peab olema viimasel korral korrektselt suletud. Samuti peab partitsioon olema defragmenteeritud, ehkki see ei garanteeri veel, et kõik failid on alalt, mida Mageia paigaldamiseks kasutatakse, tõepoolest eemaldatud. Sellepärast ongi äärmiselt soovitatav kõik vähegi olulised failid eelnevalt varundada."
+msgstr ""
+"Pange tähele, et sellega kaasneb Windowsi partitsiooni suuruse vähendamine. "
+"Partitsioon peab olema \"puhas\", see tähendab Windows peab olema viimasel "
+"korral korrektselt suletud. Samuti peab partitsioon olema defragmenteeritud, "
+"ehkki see ei garanteeri veel, et kõik failid on alalt, mida Mageia "
+"paigaldamiseks kasutatakse, tõepoolest eemaldatud. Sellepärast ongi "
+"äärmiselt soovitatav kõik vähegi olulised failid eelnevalt varundada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1033,7 +1289,9 @@ msgstr "Selle valimisel kasutatakse kogu ketast ainult Mageia jaoks."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Tähelepanu! Sellega kustutatakse valitud kõvakettalt KÕIK andmed. Olge ettevaatlik!"
+msgstr ""
+"Tähelepanu! Sellega kustutatakse valitud kõvakettalt KÕIK andmed. Olge "
+"ettevaatlik!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1041,7 +1299,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Kui kavatsete kasutada osa kettast millegi muu tarbeks või on teil juba kettal andmeid, mida te ei soovi kaotada, ärge seda võimalust valige."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui kavatsete kasutada osa kettast millegi muu tarbeks või on teil juba "
+"kettal andmeid, mida te ei soovi kaotada, ärge seda võimalust valige."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1051,9 +1311,11 @@ msgstr "Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "See valik annab täieliku kontrolli määrata, kuidas ja kuhu Mageia kõvakettal või -ketastel paigaldatakse."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"See valik annab täieliku kontrolli määrata, kuidas ja kuhu Mageia kõvakettal "
+"või -ketastel paigaldatakse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1062,10 +1324,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Mõned uuemad kettad kasutavad nüüd 4096-baidiseid loogilisi sektoreid varasema standardi, 512-baidiste sektorite asemel. Sobiva riistvara puudumise tõttu ei ole paigaldusprogrammis kasutatavat partitsioneerimistööriista niisuguste ketastega testitud. Seepärast soovitame juhul, kui Teil peaks olema niisugune seade, selle eelnevalt partitsioneerida, kasutades mõnda muud partitsioneerimistööriista, näiteks gparted."
+msgstr ""
+"Mõned uuemad kettad kasutavad nüüd 4096-baidiseid loogilisi sektoreid "
+"varasema standardi, 512-baidiste sektorite asemel. Sobiva riistvara "
+"puudumise tõttu ei ole paigaldusprogrammis kasutatavat "
+"partitsioneerimistööriista niisuguste ketastega testitud. Seepärast "
+"soovitame juhul, kui Teil peaks olema niisugune seade, selle eelnevalt "
+"partitsioneerida, kasutades mõnda muud partitsioneerimistööriista, näiteks "
+"gparted."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1081,7 +1350,9 @@ msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Samuti kontrollige, et kõigi loodud partitsioonide suurus megabaitides oleks paarisarv."
+msgstr ""
+"Samuti kontrollige, et kõigi loodud partitsioonide suurus megabaitides oleks "
+"paarisarv."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1098,8 +1369,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1122,10 +1392,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane.  See, millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus langetatud valikutest."
+msgstr ""
+"Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane.  See, "
+"millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus "
+"langetatud valikutest."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1136,64 +1409,83 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 litsentsile <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 "
+"litsentsile <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco "
+"CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui "
+"soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"
+"\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Õnnitleme!"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Olete lõpetanud <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamise ja seadistamise ning nüüd on turvaline eemaldada paigaldusandmekandja ja arvuti taaskäivitada."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Olete lõpetanud <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamise ja "
+"seadistamise ning nüüd on turvaline eemaldada paigaldusandmekandja ja arvuti "
+"taaskäivitada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Pärast taaskäivitamist saab alglaaduri ekraanil valida käivitatava operatsioonisüsteemi, kui teil peaks neid arvutis üle ühe olema."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Pärast taaskäivitamist saab alglaaduri ekraanil valida käivitatava "
+"operatsioonisüsteemi, kui teil peaks neid arvutis üle ühe olema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Kui te ei kohandanud alglaaduri seadistusi, valitakse ja käivitatakse automaatselt teie uus Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te ei kohandanud alglaaduri seadistusi, valitakse ja käivitatakse "
+"automaatselt teie uus Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1205,43 +1497,54 @@ msgstr "Tundke rõõmu ja nautige!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Külastage veebilehte www.mageia.org, kui teil on küsimusi või kui soovite anda oma panuse Mageia edusse."
+msgstr ""
+"Külastage veebilehte www.mageia.org, kui teil on küsimusi või kui soovite "
+"anda oma panuse Mageia edusse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Vormindamine"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Siin saab valida, millised partitsioonid vormindada. Kõik andmed partitsioonidel, mis <emphasis>ei ole</emphasis> vormindamiseks märgitud, säilivad."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab valida, millised partitsioonid vormindada. Kõik andmed "
+"partitsioonidel, mis <emphasis>ei ole</emphasis> vormindamiseks märgitud, "
+"säilivad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Üldjuhul on vaja vormindada vähemalt partitsioonid, mille DrakX on valinud."
+msgstr ""
+"Üldjuhul on vaja vormindada vähemalt partitsioonid, mille DrakX on valinud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Kui klõpsata <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, saab valida partitsioonid, millel kontrollitakse niinimetatud <emphasis>riknenud plokke.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui klõpsata <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, saab valida partitsioonid, "
+"millel kontrollitakse niinimetatud <emphasis>riknenud plokke.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1250,14 +1553,20 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Kui te pole kindel, et olete langetanud õige valiku, klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, veel kord <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ja siis <guibutton>Kohandatud</guibutton>, et jõuda tagasi peaekraanile. Seal saate uurida, mis partitsioonidel leidub."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te pole kindel, et olete langetanud õige valiku, klõpsake "
+"<guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, veel kord <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ja "
+"siis <guibutton>Kohandatud</guibutton>, et jõuda tagasi peaekraanile. Seal "
+"saate uurida, mis partitsioonidel leidub."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Kui olete oma valikus kindel, klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete oma valikus kindel, klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1270,14 +1579,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Sõltumata sellest, kas olete GNU-Linuxi maailmas uustulnuk või juba kogenud kasutaja, on Mageia paigaldusprogramm loodud nii, et paigaldamine või uuendamine oleks kõigile võimalikult lihtne."
+msgstr ""
+"Sõltumata sellest, kas olete GNU-Linuxi maailmas uustulnuk või juba kogenud "
+"kasutaja, on Mageia paigaldusprogramm loodud nii, et paigaldamine või "
+"uuendamine oleks kõigile võimalikult lihtne."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "Avamenüüs näete mitmeid valikuid, kuid vaikimisi valitu käivitab paigaldusprogrammi, mida tavaliselt ongi vaja."
+msgstr ""
+"Avamenüüs näete mitmeid valikuid, kuid vaikimisi valitu käivitab "
+"paigaldusprogrammi, mida tavaliselt ongi vaja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1297,9 +1611,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
@@ -1322,7 +1635,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1334,9 +1648,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
@@ -1351,7 +1665,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1410,7 +1725,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1428,7 +1744,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1442,7 +1759,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
@@ -1462,9 +1780,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1475,8 +1792,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1487,24 +1804,30 @@ msgstr "Paigaldamise etapid"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Paigaldamine on jagatud mitmeks etapiks, mille loetelu näeb ekraani külgpaneelil."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Paigaldamine on jagatud mitmeks etapiks, mille loetelu näeb ekraani "
+"külgpaneelil."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Igal etapil kohtate üht või enamat ekraani, millel võib olla ka nupp <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mis avab täiendavad ja harvemini vajalikud valikud."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Igal etapil kohtate üht või enamat ekraani, millel võib olla ka nupp "
+"<guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mis avab täiendavad ja harvemini "
+"vajalikud valikud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "Enamikul ekraanidel on nupp <guibutton>Abi</guibutton>, mis selgitab antud etappi põhjalikumalt."
+msgstr ""
+"Enamikul ekraanidel on nupp <guibutton>Abi</guibutton>, mis selgitab antud "
+"etappi põhjalikumalt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1514,10 +1837,18 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile "
+"taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon "
+"on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam "
+"varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. "
+"Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge "
+"tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</"
+"guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1529,24 +1860,25 @@ msgstr "Paigaldamisprobleemid ja nende võimalikud lahendused"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Graafiline liides puudub"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Pärast avaekraani ei tulegi keele valiku ekraani ette. See võib juhtuda mõne graafikakaardi ja vanema süsteemi korral.  Proovige kasutada madalamat ekraanilahutust, kirjutades käsureale <code>vgalo</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pärast avaekraani ei tulegi keele valiku ekraani ette. See võib juhtuda mõne "
+"graafikakaardi ja vanema süsteemi korral.  Proovige kasutada madalamat "
+"ekraanilahutust, kirjutades käsureale <code>vgalo</code>."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1562,7 +1894,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Kui süsteem paistab paigaldamise käigus hanguvat, võib olla raskusi riistvara tuvastamisega. Sel juhul võib riistvara automaatse tuvastamise vahele jätta ja sellega hiljem tegelda. Selleks kirjutage käsureale <code>noauto</code>. Vajaduse korral võib seda võtit kasutada koos teiste võtmetega."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui süsteem paistab paigaldamise käigus hanguvat, võib olla raskusi "
+"riistvara tuvastamisega. Sel juhul võib riistvara automaatse tuvastamise "
+"vahele jätta ja sellega hiljem tegelda. Selleks kirjutage käsureale "
+"<code>noauto</code>. Vajaduse korral võib seda võtit kasutada koos teiste "
+"võtmetega."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1574,9 +1911,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Neid läheb väga harva vaja, kuid mõnel juhul võib riistvara teatada valesti saadaoleva mälu (RAM) suuruse. Selle käsitsi määramiseks tuleb kasutada parameetrit <code>mem=xxxM</code>, kus xxx on korrektne mälu suurus. Näiteks <code>mem=256M</code> määrab, et kasutada on 256 MB mälu."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Neid läheb väga harva vaja, kuid mõnel juhul võib riistvara teatada valesti "
+"saadaoleva mälu (RAM) suuruse. Selle käsitsi määramiseks tuleb kasutada "
+"parameetrit <code>mem=xxxM</code>, kus xxx on korrektne mälu suurus. Näiteks "
+"<code>mem=256M</code> määrab, et kasutada on 256 MB mälu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1589,9 +1930,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1599,29 +1939,28 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Uuendused"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Võimalik, et pärast <application>Mageia</application> väljalaske ilmumist on mõningaid pakette uuendatud või parandatud."
+msgstr ""
+"Võimalik, et pärast <application>Mageia</application> väljalaske ilmumist on "
+"mõningaid pakette uuendatud või parandatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1629,7 +1968,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Valige <guilabel>Jah</guilabel>, kui soovite sellised paketid alla laadida ja paigaldada, või <guilabel>Ei</guilabel>, kui te seda praegu ei soovi või kui teil puudub parajasti internetiühendus."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige <guilabel>Jah</guilabel>, kui soovite sellised paketid alla laadida "
+"ja paigaldada, või <guilabel>Ei</guilabel>, kui te seda praegu ei soovi või "
+"kui teil puudub parajasti internetiühendus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1641,55 +1983,73 @@ msgstr "Seejärel klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (mittevaba tarkvara)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Siin näeb saadaolevate tarkvarahoidlate nimekirja. Sõltuvalt paigaldamiseks valitud andmekandjast võib saadaval olla ainult osa võimalikke hoidlaid. Hoidlate valik määrab selle, milliseid tarkvarapakette on järgmistel etappidel võimalik paigaldada."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin näeb saadaolevate tarkvarahoidlate nimekirja. Sõltuvalt paigaldamiseks "
+"valitud andmekandjast võib saadaval olla ainult osa võimalikke hoidlaid. "
+"Hoidlate valik määrab selle, milliseid tarkvarapakette on järgmistel "
+"etappidel võimalik paigaldada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "Hoidlat <emphasis>Core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara) ei saa välja jätta, sest see sisaldab distributsiooni põhikomponente."
+msgstr ""
+"Hoidlat <emphasis>Core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara) ei saa välja jätta, sest "
+"see sisaldab distributsiooni põhikomponente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "Hoidla <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> (mittevaba tarkvara) sidaldab pakette, mis on küll tasuta, nii et Mageia võib neid levitada, aga sisaldavad kinnise lähtekoodiga tarkvara (sellest ka nimi \"mittevaba\" ehk \"non-free\"). Näiteks sisaldab see hoidla nVidia ja ATI graafikakaartide omanduslikke draivereid, mitmesuguste WiFi-kaartide püsivara jms."
+msgstr ""
+"Hoidla <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> (mittevaba tarkvara) sidaldab pakette, "
+"mis on küll tasuta, nii et Mageia võib neid levitada, aga sisaldavad kinnise "
+"lähtekoodiga tarkvara (sellest ka nimi \"mittevaba\" ehk \"non-free\"). "
+"Näiteks sisaldab see hoidla nVidia ja ATI graafikakaartide omanduslikke "
+"draivereid, mitmesuguste WiFi-kaartide püsivara jms."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "Hoidla <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega tarkvara) sisaldab pakette, mis on avaldatud vaba litsentsi all. Peamine põhjus, miks osa tarkvarapakette paigutatakse sellesse hoidlasse, seisab selles, et need võivad rikkuda mõnes riigis kehtivaid patendi- ja autoriõiguseseadusi. Näiteks on siin mitmesuguste heli- ja videofailide esitamiseks vajalikud multimeediakoodekid, kommerts-video-DVD-de esitamiseks vajalikud paketid jms."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Hoidla <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega tarkvara) sisaldab "
+"pakette, mis on avaldatud vaba litsentsi all. Peamine põhjus, miks osa "
+"tarkvarapakette paigutatakse sellesse hoidlasse, seisab selles, et need "
+"võivad rikkuda mõnes riigis kehtivaid patendi- ja autoriõiguseseadusi. "
+"Näiteks on siin mitmesuguste heli- ja videofailide esitamiseks vajalikud "
+"multimeediakoodekid, kommerts-video-DVD-de esitamiseks vajalikud paketid jms."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1700,9 +2060,11 @@ msgstr "Minimaalne paigaldus"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Kui paketigruppide ekraanil jätta kõik valimata, saab kasutada minimaalset paigaldust, vt. <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui paketigruppide ekraanil jätta kõik valimata, saab kasutada minimaalset "
+"paigaldust, vt. <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1711,14 +2073,20 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "See on mõeldud neile, kel mõlgub <application>Mageia</application> jaoks meeles midagi erilist, näiteks server või spetsiaalne tööjaam. Tõenäoliselt oleks seda mõttekas kasutada koos pakettide ükshaaval valimisega, vt. <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"See on mõeldud neile, kel mõlgub <application>Mageia</application> jaoks "
+"meeles midagi erilist, näiteks server või spetsiaalne tööjaam. Tõenäoliselt "
+"oleks seda mõttekas kasutada koos pakettide ükshaaval valimisega, vt. <xref "
+"linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Kui valite niisuguse paigaldamise, saab järgmisel ekraanil üht-teist täpsustada, näiteks lasta paigaldada ka dokumentatsioon või X."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui valite niisuguse paigaldamise, saab järgmisel ekraanil üht-teist "
+"täpsustada, näiteks lasta paigaldada ka dokumentatsioon või X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1726,34 +2094,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Seadistuste kokkuvõte"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1762,7 +2133,10 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX langetab teie süsteemi seadistamisel mõistlikud otsused vastavalt Teie valikutele ja tuvastatud riistvarale. Siin saab neid seadistusi üle vaadata ja vajaduse korral muuta, klõpsates <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX langetab teie süsteemi seadistamisel mõistlikud otsused vastavalt Teie "
+"valikutele ja tuvastatud riistvarale. Siin saab neid seadistusi üle vaadata "
+"ja vajaduse korral muuta, klõpsates <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1778,9 +2152,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ajavöönd</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX määrab vastavalt valitud keelele ajavööndi. Soovi korral saab seda muuta. Vt ka <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX määrab vastavalt valitud keelele ajavööndi. Soovi korral saab seda "
+"muuta. Vt ka <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1792,7 +2168,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Riik / Piirkond</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Kui Te ei viibi valitud riigis, on väga oluline see siin õigeks parandada. Vt <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Te ei viibi valitud riigis, on väga oluline see siin õigeks parandada. "
+"Vt <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1808,7 +2186,9 @@ msgstr "DrakX langetab tavaliselt alglaaduri osas hea ja õige valiku."
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
 msgid ""
 "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
-msgstr "Kui Te just väga täpselt ei tea, kuidas Grubi ja/või LiLot seadistada, ei tasu siin midagi muuta."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Te just väga täpselt ei tea, kuidas Grubi ja/või LiLot seadistada, ei "
+"tasu siin midagi muuta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
@@ -1823,9 +2203,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Kasutajate haldamine</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Siin saab lisada uusi kasutajaid. Nad kõik saavad oma isikliku <literal>/home</literal> kataloogi."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab lisada uusi kasutajaid. Nad kõik saavad oma isikliku <literal>/"
+"home</literal> kataloogi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1837,14 +2219,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teenused</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Süsteemi teenused tähendavad väikseid programme, mis töötavad taustal (deemonid). See tööriist võimaldab teatavaid ülesandeid lubada või keelata."
+msgstr ""
+"Süsteemi teenused tähendavad väikseid programme, mis töötavad taustal "
+"(deemonid). See tööriist võimaldab teatavaid ülesandeid lubada või keelata."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Enne millegi muutmist tuleks hoolikalt mõelda - eksimuse korral ei pruugi arvuti enam korralikult töötada."
+msgstr ""
+"Enne millegi muutmist tuleks hoolikalt mõelda - eksimuse korral ei pruugi "
+"arvuti enam korralikult töötada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
@@ -1866,7 +2252,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Klaviatuur</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Siin saab määrata või muuta klaviatuuripaigutust, mis sõltub valitud asukohast, keelest ja klaviatuuritüübist."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab määrata või muuta klaviatuuripaigutust, mis sõltub valitud "
+"asukohast, keelest ja klaviatuuritüübist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1878,7 +2266,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Hiir</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Siin saab lisada või seadistada mitmesuguseid osutusseadmeid: hiiri, puuteplaate jms."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab lisada või seadistada mitmesuguseid osutusseadmeid: hiiri, "
+"puuteplaate jms."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1888,10 +2278,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Helikaart</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "Paigaldusprogramm kasutab vaikimisi draiverit, kui see on olemas. Võimalus valida teist draiverit antakse ainult siis, kui helikaardile on olemas mitu draiverit, aga ükski neist ei ole vaikimisi draiver."
+msgstr ""
+"Paigaldusprogramm kasutab vaikimisi draiverit, kui see on olemas. Võimalus "
+"valida teist draiverit antakse ainult siis, kui helikaardile on olemas mitu "
+"draiverit, aga ükski neist ei ole vaikimisi draiver."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1900,8 +2293,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Graafiline kasutajaliides</guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
 msgstr "Siin saab seadistada graafikakaarte ja monitore."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1912,10 +2304,11 @@ msgstr "Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1934,14 +2327,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Siin saab seadistada võrgu, kuid võrgukaartide korral, mis kasutavad mittevabasid draivereid, on seda parem teha pärast taaskäivitust <application>Mageia juhtimiskeskuses</application>, kui Te pole veel lubanud mittevaba tarkvara hoidlate kasutamist."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab seadistada võrgu, kuid võrgukaartide korral, mis kasutavad "
+"mittevabasid draivereid, on seda parem teha pärast taaskäivitust "
+"<application>Mageia juhtimiskeskuses</application>, kui Te pole veel lubanud "
+"mittevaba tarkvara hoidlate kasutamist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Võrgukaardi lisamisel ärge unustage seadistamast tulemüüri, et ka lisatud kaarti jälgitaks."
+msgstr ""
+"Võrgukaardi lisamisel ärge unustage seadistamast tulemüüri, et ka lisatud "
+"kaarti jälgitaks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1954,14 +2353,18 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Puhverserver on omamoodi vahendaja Teie arvuti ja interneti vahel. Siin saab panna arvuti kasutama puhverservereid."
+msgstr ""
+"Puhverserver on omamoodi vahendaja Teie arvuti ja interneti vahel. Siin saab "
+"panna arvuti kasutama puhverservereid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Vajalike parameetrite täpsustamiseks võib olla vajalik pidada nõu oma süsteemiadministraatoriga."
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Vajalike parameetrite täpsustamiseks võib olla vajalik pidada nõu oma "
+"süsteemiadministraatoriga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1976,9 +2379,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Turbetase</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Siin saab määrata oma arvuti turbetaseme. Enamasti peaks normaalseks kasutamiseks kõlbama vaikimisi seadistused (valik Standardne)."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab määrata oma arvuti turbetaseme. Enamasti peaks normaalseks "
+"kasutamiseks kõlbama vaikimisi seadistused (valik Standardne)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -1995,50 +2400,62 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tulemüür</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Tulemüür on mõeldud tõkkeks Teie tähtsate andmete ja internetis luuravate röövloomade vahel, kes üritavad neid varastada või rikkuda."
+msgstr ""
+"Tulemüür on mõeldud tõkkeks Teie tähtsate andmete ja internetis luuravate "
+"röövloomade vahel, kes üritavad neid varastada või rikkuda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Valige teenused, millel lubate oma süsteemile ligi pääseda. Valik sõltub mõistagi sellest, milleks Te oma arvutit kasutada soovite."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige teenused, millel lubate oma süsteemile ligi pääseda. Valik sõltub "
+"mõistagi sellest, milleks Te oma arvutit kasutada soovite."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Pange tähele, et kõige lubamine (st tulemüür puudub) võib olla väga ohtlik."
+msgstr ""
+"Pange tähele, et kõige lubamine (st tulemüür puudub) võib olla väga ohtlik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitsiooni suuruse muutmine"
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitsiooni "
+"suuruse muutmine"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Teil on mitu <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitsiooni.  Valige, millise peaks muutma väiksemaks, et teha ruumi <application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Teil on mitu <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partitsiooni.  Valige, millise peaks muutma väiksemaks, et teha ruumi "
+"<application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Turbetase"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2049,14 +2466,18 @@ msgstr "Siin saab kohandada oma arvuti turbetaset."
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
-msgstr "Kui te ei ole kindel, ärge hakake siin midagi muutma, vaid jätke kehtima vaikimisi määratu."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te ei ole kindel, ärge hakake siin midagi muutma, vaid jätke kehtima "
+"vaikimisi määratu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Pärast paigaldamist on alati võimalik turvalisusega seotud seadistusi muuta Mageia juhtimiskeskuse sektsioonis <guilabel>Turvalisus</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pärast paigaldamist on alati võimalik turvalisusega seotud seadistusi muuta "
+"Mageia juhtimiskeskuse sektsioonis <guilabel>Turvalisus</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2083,8 +2504,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2098,14 +2519,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2116,30 +2535,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2151,30 +2566,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2184,31 +2595,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2218,21 +2625,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2242,8 +2646,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2253,8 +2656,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2269,23 +2671,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2293,8 +2693,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2304,8 +2703,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2325,25 +2723,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2372,29 +2770,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2419,9 +2817,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2457,8 +2854,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2466,83 +2863,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2577,16 +2962,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2594,15 +2978,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Riigi / piirkonna valimine"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2610,14 +2997,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Valige oma riik või piirkond. See on oluline paljudele muudele seadistustele, näiteks valuuta või juhtmeta side regulatsioonipiirkond. Vale riigi määramisel võib juhtuda, et Te ei saagi juhtmeta sidet kasutada."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige oma riik või piirkond. See on oluline paljudele muudele "
+"seadistustele, näiteks valuuta või juhtmeta side regulatsioonipiirkond. Vale "
+"riigi määramisel võib juhtuda, et Te ei saagi juhtmeta sidet kasutada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Kui teie riiki nimekirjas pole, klõpsake nupule <guilabel>Muud valikud</guilabel> ja valige oma riik / piirkond sealt."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teie riiki nimekirjas pole, klõpsake nupule <guilabel>Muud valikud</"
+"guilabel> ja valige oma riik / piirkond sealt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2626,7 +3018,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Kui teie riik esineb ainult <guilabel>muude valikute</guilabel> nimekirjas, siis võib pärast <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> klõpsamist paista, nagu oleks valitud riik esimesest nimekirjast. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida, DrakX arvestab teie tegeliku valikuga."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teie riik esineb ainult <guilabel>muude valikute</guilabel> nimekirjas, "
+"siis võib pärast <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> klõpsamist paista, nagu oleks "
+"valitud riik esimesest nimekirjast. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida, DrakX "
+"arvestab teie tegeliku valikuga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2637,14 +3033,22 @@ msgstr "Sisestusmeetod"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Muude riikide</guilabel> ekraanil saab ka valida sisestusmeetodi (nimekirjast allpool). See võimaldab kasutajal sisestada keerukate märgisüsteemide märke (hiina, jaapani, korea jm kirjad). IBus on vaikimisi sisestusmeetod Mageia DVD-del ning Aafrika/India ja Aasia/Mitte-India LiveCD-del. Aasia ja Aafrika lokaatide korral määratakse IBus vaikimisi sisestusmeetodiks, nii et kasutaja ei pea seda ise käsitsi määrama.  Teised sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne) pakuvad sarnaseid võimalusi ning neid saab paigaldada, kui lisada enne paketivalikut HTTP või FTP andmekandja."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Muude riikide</guilabel> ekraanil saab ka valida sisestusmeetodi "
+"(nimekirjast allpool). See võimaldab kasutajal sisestada keerukate "
+"märgisüsteemide märke (hiina, jaapani, korea jm kirjad). IBus on vaikimisi "
+"sisestusmeetod Mageia DVD-del ning Aafrika/India ja Aasia/Mitte-India LiveCD-"
+"del. Aasia ja Aafrika lokaatide korral määratakse IBus vaikimisi "
+"sisestusmeetodiks, nii et kasutaja ei pea seda ise käsitsi määrama.  Teised "
+"sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne) pakuvad sarnaseid võimalusi ning "
+"neid saab paigaldada, kui lisada enne paketivalikut HTTP või FTP andmekandja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2652,7 +3056,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Kui jätsite paigaldamise ajal sisestusmeetodi valimata, saab seda teha pärast paigaldatud süsteemi laadimist, valides \"Arvuti seadistamine\" -&gt; \"Süsteem\" või käivitades administraatorina localedrake'i."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui jätsite paigaldamise ajal sisestusmeetodi valimata, saab seda teha "
+"pärast paigaldatud süsteemi laadimist, valides \"Arvuti seadistamine\" -&gt; "
+"\"Süsteem\" või käivitades administraatorina localedrake'i."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2662,9 +3069,11 @@ msgstr "Paigaldamine või uuendamine"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2675,7 +3084,9 @@ msgstr "Paigaldamine"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Selle valimisel saab ette võtta uue <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamise."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle valimisel saab ette võtta uue <application>Mageia</application> "
+"paigaldamise."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2688,7 +3099,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Kui teie süsteemi on juba varem paigaldatud <application>Mageia</application>, võimaldab paigaldusprogramm seda uusimale väljalaskele uuendada."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teie süsteemi on juba varem paigaldatud <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, võimaldab paigaldusprogramm seda uusimale väljalaskele "
+"uuendada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2696,31 +3110,50 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Põhjalikult testitud on uuendamine ainult selliselt varasemalt Mageia versioonilt, mis oli <emphasis>veel toetatud</emphasis> ajal, mil ilmus praegune paigaldusprogrammi versioon. Kui soovite uuendada Mageia versioonilt, mille ametlik toetamine oli lõppenud juba enne praeguse paigaldusprogrammi ilmumist, siis on mõistlikum võtta ette pigem uus paigaldus (selle juures tasub mõistagi jätta alles oma <literal>home</literal>-partitsioon)."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Põhjalikult testitud on uuendamine ainult selliselt varasemalt Mageia "
+"versioonilt, mis oli <emphasis>veel toetatud</emphasis> ajal, mil ilmus "
+"praegune paigaldusprogrammi versioon. Kui soovite uuendada Mageia "
+"versioonilt, mille ametlik toetamine oli lõppenud juba enne praeguse "
+"paigaldusprogrammi ilmumist, siis on mõistlikum võtta ette pigem uus "
+"paigaldus (selle juures tasub mõistagi jätta alles oma <literal>home</"
+"literal>-partitsioon)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>"
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile "
+"taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon "
+"on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam "
+"varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. "
+"Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge "
+"tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</"
+"guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Kui avastate, et olete unustanud mõne keele lisada, saab \"Paigaldamise või uuendamise\" ekraanilt naasta keelevaliku juurde, vajutades korraga klahve <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>.  <emphasis>Ärge</emphasis> tehke seda hilisema paigalduse käigus."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui avastate, et olete unustanud mõne keele lisada, saab \"Paigaldamise või "
+"uuendamise\" ekraanilt naasta keelevaliku juurde, vajutades korraga klahve "
+"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>.  <emphasis>Ärge</emphasis> tehke seda "
+"hilisema paigalduse käigus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2732,43 +3165,58 @@ msgstr "Klaviatuur"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX valib teie keelele sobiva klaviatuuri. Kui sobivat klaviatuuri ei leita, kasutatakse vaikimisi US klaviatuuripaigutust."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX valib teie keelele sobiva klaviatuuri. Kui sobivat klaviatuuri ei "
+"leita, kasutatakse vaikimisi US klaviatuuripaigutust."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Kontrollige, kas valik on õige, ja valige vajaduse korral mõni muu klaviatuuripaigutus. Kui te ei tea, millise paigutusega teie klaviatuur on, uurige süsteemi dokumentatsiooni või küsige järele tarnijalt. Klaviatuuri küljes võib isegi olla silt, mis ütleb, millise paigutusega on tegu. Samuti võib uurida veebilehekülge <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kontrollige, kas valik on õige, ja valige vajaduse korral mõni muu "
+"klaviatuuripaigutus. Kui te ei tea, millise paigutusega teie klaviatuur on, "
+"uurige süsteemi dokumentatsiooni või küsige järele tarnijalt. Klaviatuuri "
+"küljes võib isegi olla silt, mis ütleb, millise paigutusega on tegu. Samuti "
+"võib uurida veebilehekülge <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Kui teie klaviatuuri nimekirjas ei ole, klõpsake täieliku loetelu nägemiseks <guibutton>Veel</guibutton> ja valige oma klaviatuur sealt."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teie klaviatuuri nimekirjas ei ole, klõpsake täieliku loetelu nägemiseks "
+"<guibutton>Veel</guibutton> ja valige oma klaviatuur sealt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Olles valinud klaviatuuri pärast nupule <guibutton>Veel</guibutton> klõpsamist, võite esimese dialoogi juurde naastes näha, nagu oleks valitud mõni sealne klaviatuur. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida: arvestatakse ikkagi seda, millise klaviatuuri te tegelikult täisnimekirjas olete valinud."
+msgstr ""
+"Olles valinud klaviatuuri pärast nupule <guibutton>Veel</guibutton> "
+"klõpsamist, võite esimese dialoogi juurde naastes näha, nagu oleks valitud "
+"mõni sealne klaviatuur. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida: arvestatakse "
+"ikkagi seda, millise klaviatuuri te tegelikult täisnimekirjas olete valinud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2776,7 +3224,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Kui valite klaviatuuri, mis ei kasuta ladina tähti, näete lisadialoogi, mis palub määrata, kuidas eelistate lülituda ladina ja mitteladina klaviatuuripaigutuste vahel."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui valite klaviatuuri, mis ei kasuta ladina tähti, näete lisadialoogi, mis "
+"palub määrata, kuidas eelistate lülituda ladina ja mitteladina "
+"klaviatuuripaigutuste vahel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2789,38 +3240,51 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Valige vajalik keel, laiendades nimekirja kõigepealt maailmajao järgi.  <application>Mageia</application> kasutab langetatud valikut nii paigaldamise ajal kui ka paigaldatud süsteemis."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige vajalik keel, laiendades nimekirja kõigepealt maailmajao järgi.  "
+"<application>Mageia</application> kasutab langetatud valikut nii "
+"paigaldamise ajal kui ka paigaldatud süsteemis."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Kui teie süsteemi tuleks paigaldada mitu keelt kas teie enda või teiste kasutajate tarbeks, siis tuleks nupule <guibutton>Mitme keele valimine</guibutton> klõpsates need kõik kohe lisada. Pärast paigaldamist on uute keelte lisamine juba palju keerulisem."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teie süsteemi tuleks paigaldada mitu keelt kas teie enda või teiste "
+"kasutajate tarbeks, siis tuleks nupule <guibutton>Mitme keele valimine</"
+"guibutton> klõpsates need kõik kohe lisada. Pärast paigaldamist on uute "
+"keelte lisamine juba palju keerulisem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Isegi kui paigaldate mitu keelt, tuleb üks neist valida esimesel ekraanil eelistatud keeleks. See keel on märgitud ka mitme keele valimise ekraanil."
+msgstr ""
+"Isegi kui paigaldate mitu keelt, tuleb üks neist valida esimesel ekraanil "
+"eelistatud keeleks. See keel on märgitud ka mitme keele valimise ekraanil."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Kui klaviatuuri keel ei sobi kokku eelistatud keelega, oleks mõistlik paigaldada kohe ka klaviatuurile vastav keel."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui klaviatuuri keel ei sobi kokku eelistatud keelega, oleks mõistlik "
+"paigaldada kohe ka klaviatuurile vastav keel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2828,31 +3292,37 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia toetab vaikimisi UTF-8 (Unicode). Selle võib keelata \"mitme keele valimise\" ekraanil, kui olete kindel, et see teie keelele kohe üldse ei sobi. UTF-8 keelamine rakendub kõigile paigaldatavatele keeltele."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia toetab vaikimisi UTF-8 (Unicode). Selle võib keelata \"mitme keele "
+"valimise\" ekraanil, kui olete kindel, et see teie keelele kohe üldse ei "
+"sobi. UTF-8 keelamine rakendub kõigile paigaldatavatele keeltele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Oma süsteemi keelt saab pärast paigaldamist muuta, valides Mageia juhtimiskeskus -&gt; Süsteem -&gt; Süsteemi lokaliseerimine."
+msgstr ""
+"Oma süsteemi keelt saab pärast paigaldamist muuta, valides Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskus -&gt; Süsteem -&gt; Süsteemi lokaliseerimine."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Hiire valimine"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
@@ -2864,105 +3334,142 @@ msgstr "Kui te ei ole rahul oma hiire tööga, saate siit valida mõne teise."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Tavaliselt on mõistlik valik <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - <guilabel>Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir</guilabel>."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Tavaliselt on mõistlik valik <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - "
+"<guilabel>Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Valige <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev jõuga</guilabel>, et seadistada nuppe, mis peaksid töötama kuue või rohkema nupuga hiirel."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev jõuga</guilabel>, "
+"et seadistada nuppe, mis peaksid töötama kuue või rohkema nupuga hiirel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Alglaadimismenüü kirje lisamine või muutmine"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Kirje saab lisada või valitut muuta, kui klõpsata <emphasis>alglaaduri seadistamise</emphasis> ekraanil vajalikule nupule ja sooritada muutused selle kohale ilmuvas ekraanis."
+msgstr ""
+"Kirje saab lisada või valitut muuta, kui klõpsata <emphasis>alglaaduri "
+"seadistamise</emphasis> ekraanil vajalikule nupule ja sooritada muutused "
+"selle kohale ilmuvas ekraanis."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Mõningaid asju võib muuta vähese riskiga, näiteks kirje nimi ja märge kastikeses, millega see muudetakse vaikimisi kirjeks."
+msgstr ""
+"Mõningaid asju võib muuta vähese riskiga, näiteks kirje nimi ja märge "
+"kastikeses, millega see muudetakse vaikimisi kirjeks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Kirje nimele võib lisada versiooninumbri, aga nime võib ka täielikult muuta."
+msgstr ""
+"Kirje nimele võib lisada versiooninumbri, aga nime võib ka täielikult muuta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "Vaikimisi kirje on see, mille süsteem laadib, kui jätate alglaadimise ajal kasutamata võimaluse midagi valida."
+msgstr ""
+"Vaikimisi kirje on see, mille süsteem laadib, kui jätate alglaadimise ajal "
+"kasutamata võimaluse midagi valida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Teiste parameetrite muutmine võib kaasa tuua süsteemi, mida enam ei saagi laadida. Sestap ärge muutke siin midagi, mille muutmise vajalikkuses te täiesti kindel ei ole."
+msgstr ""
+"Teiste parameetrite muutmine võib kaasa tuua süsteemi, mida enam ei saagi "
+"laadida. Sestap ärge muutke siin midagi, mille muutmise vajalikkuses te "
+"täiesti kindel ei ole."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Alglaaduri põhiseadistused"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Kui eelistate teistsuguseid alglaaduri seadistusi kui need, mille valis paigaldusprogramm automaatselt, saab siin neid muuta."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui eelistate teistsuguseid alglaaduri seadistusi kui need, mille valis "
+"paigaldusprogramm automaatselt, saab siin neid muuta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Teie masinas võib näiteks olla juba mõni operatsioonisüsteem, millisel juhul tuleb teil otsustada, kas lisada Mageia oma senisele alglaadurile või lubada Mageial luua uus."
+msgstr ""
+"Teie masinas võib näiteks olla juba mõni operatsioonisüsteem, millisel juhul "
+"tuleb teil otsustada, kas lisada Mageia oma senisele alglaadurile või lubada "
+"Mageial luua uus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2981,14 +3488,20 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Vaikimisi kirjutab Mageia uue GRUBi alglaaduri teie esimese kõvaketta MBR (Master Boot Record)  sektsiooni. Kui teil on juba paigaldatud teisi operatsioonisüsteeme, üritab Mageia lisada need uude Mageia alglaadimismenüüsse."
+msgstr ""
+"Vaikimisi kirjutab Mageia uue GRUBi alglaaduri teie esimese kõvaketta MBR "
+"(Master Boot Record)  sektsiooni. Kui teil on juba paigaldatud teisi "
+"operatsioonisüsteeme, üritab Mageia lisada need uude Mageia "
+"alglaadimismenüüsse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia pakub nüüd lisaks vanemale GRUBile ja LiLole võimalust kasutada ka uuemat alglaadurit GRUB2."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia pakub nüüd lisaks vanemale GRUBile ja LiLole võimalust kasutada ka "
+"uuemat alglaadurit GRUB2."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -2996,14 +3509,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Linuxi süsteeme, mis kasutavad GRUB2 alglaadurit (nt uusimad Debiani/Ubuntu perekonna liikmed), vanem GRUB praegu ei toeta ega tunne neid ära, kui kasutada vaikimisi GRUBi alglaadurit."
+msgstr ""
+"Linuxi süsteeme, mis kasutavad GRUB2 alglaadurit (nt uusimad Debiani/Ubuntu "
+"perekonna liikmed), vanem GRUB praegu ei toeta ega tunne neid ära, kui "
+"kasutada vaikimisi GRUBi alglaadurit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Sel juhul on parim lahendus kasutada GRUB2 alglaadurit, mille saab valida paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel."
+msgstr ""
+"Sel juhul on parim lahendus kasutada GRUB2 alglaadurit, mille saab valida "
+"paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3014,18 +3532,25 @@ msgstr "Olemasoleva alglaaduri kasutamine"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Kui otsustate kasutada olemasolevat alglaadurit, peate meeles pidama, et teeksite paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel peatuse ning klõpsaksite alglaaduri juures nupule <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>, mis võimaldab muuta alglaaduri paigaldamise asukohta."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui otsustate kasutada olemasolevat alglaadurit, peate meeles pidama, et "
+"teeksite paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel peatuse ning klõpsaksite "
+"alglaaduri juures nupule <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>, mis võimaldab "
+"muuta alglaaduri paigaldamise asukohta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Ärge valige seadet, nt \"sda\", sest nii kirjutate üle olemasoleva MBR sektsiooni. Peate valima juurpartitsiooni, mille valisite varasemal partitsioneerimisetapil, nt sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"Ärge valige seadet, nt \"sda\", sest nii kirjutate üle olemasoleva MBR "
+"sektsiooni. Peate valima juurpartitsiooni, mille valisite varasemal "
+"partitsioneerimisetapil, nt sda7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
@@ -3036,19 +3561,28 @@ msgstr "Et asi selge oleks: sda on seade, sda7 aga partitsioon."
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Minge klahvikombinatsiooniga Ctrl+Alt+F2 tekstiterminali tty2 ja kirjutage <literal>df</literal>, et teada saada, milline on teie juurpartitsioon (<literal>/</literal>). Ctrl+Alt+F7 viib teid tagasi paigaldusprogrammi ekraanile."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Minge klahvikombinatsiooniga Ctrl+Alt+F2 tekstiterminali tty2 ja kirjutage "
+"<literal>df</literal>, et teada saada, milline on teie juurpartitsioon "
+"(<literal>/</literal>). Ctrl+Alt+F7 viib teid tagasi paigaldusprogrammi "
+"ekraanile."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "Täpne protseduur, kuidas lisada Mageia süsteem olemasolevale alglaadurile, väljub käesoleva abiteksti raamest, kuid enamasti tähendab see asjakohase alglaaduri paigaldamise programmi käivitamist, mis tuvastab ja lisab selle automaatselt. Uurige selle kohta lähemalt vastava operatsioonisüsteemi dokumentatsiooni."
+msgstr ""
+"Täpne protseduur, kuidas lisada Mageia süsteem olemasolevale alglaadurile, "
+"väljub käesoleva abiteksti raamest, kuid enamasti tähendab see asjakohase "
+"alglaaduri paigaldamise programmi käivitamist, mis tuvastab ja lisab selle "
+"automaatselt. Uurige selle kohta lähemalt vastava operatsioonisüsteemi "
+"dokumentatsiooni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3059,48 +3593,56 @@ msgstr "Alglaaduri täpsemad valikud"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Kui teie juurpartitsioonil <literal>/</literal> on väga vähe ruumi ja selle peal asub ka <literal>/tmp</literal>, klõpsake <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> ja märkige ära kastike <guilabel>/tmp puhastatakse igal käivitumisel</guilabel>. See aitab ruumi mõnevõrra kokku hoida."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teie juurpartitsioonil <literal>/</literal> on väga vähe ruumi ja selle "
+"peal asub ka <literal>/tmp</literal>, klõpsake <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</"
+"guibutton> ja märkige ära kastike <guilabel>/tmp puhastatakse igal "
+"käivitumisel</guilabel>. See aitab ruumi mõnevõrra kokku hoida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "SCSI seadistamine"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX tuvastab tavaliselt kõvakettad korrektselt. Mõne vanema SCSI kontrolleri korral aga ei suudeta korrektselt tuvastada vajalikku draiverit ja seetõttu ka ketast ära tunda."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX tuvastab tavaliselt kõvakettad korrektselt. Mõne vanema SCSI "
+"kontrolleri korral aga ei suudeta korrektselt tuvastada vajalikku draiverit "
+"ja seetõttu ka ketast ära tunda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Kui nii peaks juhtuma, tuleb DrakX-ile käsitsi selgeks teha, millised SCSI seadmed teil on."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui nii peaks juhtuma, tuleb DrakX-ile käsitsi selgeks teha, millised SCSI "
+"seadmed teil on."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3112,13 +3654,15 @@ msgstr "Seejärel peaks DrakX olema võimeline kettad korrektselt seadistama."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Heli seadistamine"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3126,7 +3670,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "Siin näeb draiveri nime, mille paigaldusprogramm on välja valinud teie helikaardile ja millest saab vaikimisi draiver."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin näeb draiveri nime, mille paigaldusprogramm on välja valinud teie "
+"helikaardile ja millest saab vaikimisi draiver."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3136,16 +3682,24 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Vaikimisi draiver peaks töötama probleemideta. Kui siiski esineb pärast paigaldamist probleeme heliga, andke käsk <command>draksound</command> või käivitage sama tööriist Mageia juhtimiskeskuses, valides seal külgpaneelil <guilabel>Riistvara</guilabel> ning klõpsates ilmuvas aknas ülal paremal asuvale ikoonile <guilabel>Heli seadistamine</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vaikimisi draiver peaks töötama probleemideta. Kui siiski esineb pärast "
+"paigaldamist probleeme heliga, andke käsk <command>draksound</command> või "
+"käivitage sama tööriist Mageia juhtimiskeskuses, valides seal külgpaneelil "
+"<guilabel>Riistvara</guilabel> ning klõpsates ilmuvas aknas ülal paremal "
+"asuvale ikoonile <guilabel>Heli seadistamine</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Seejärel klõpsake draksoundi ehk \"Heli seadistamise\" tööriistas nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> ja seejärel nupule <guibutton>Probleemi otsimine</guibutton>, kust leiab mitmeid häid soovitusi, kuidas hädast üle saada."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Seejärel klõpsake draksoundi ehk \"Heli seadistamise\" tööriistas nupule "
+"<guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> ja seejärel nupule "
+"<guibutton>Probleemi otsimine</guibutton>, kust leiab mitmeid häid "
+"soovitusi, kuidas hädast üle saada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3158,44 +3712,54 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Klõpsamisest nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> võib paigaldamise ajal abi olla, kui vaikimisi draiverit ei ole, küll on aga saada mitu draiverit ning te arvate, et paigaldusprogramm on valinud neist vale."
+msgstr ""
+"Klõpsamisest nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> võib paigaldamise "
+"ajal abi olla, kui vaikimisi draiverit ei ole, küll on aga saada mitu "
+"draiverit ning te arvate, et paigaldusprogramm on valinud neist vale."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Sellisel juhul saate valida mõne muu draiveri, kui klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Suvalise draiveri valimine</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellisel juhul saate valida mõne muu draiveri, kui klõpsate nupule "
+"<guibutton>Suvalise draiveri valimine</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Kõvaketta vormindamise kinnitamine"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, kui te ei ole oma valikus kindel."
+msgstr ""
+"Klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, kui te ei ole oma valikus kindel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>, kui olete kindel ning soovite kustutada kõvakettal kõik partitsioonid, kõik operatsioonisüsteemid ja üldse kõik andmed."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>, kui olete kindel ning soovite "
+"kustutada kõvakettal kõik partitsioonid, kõik operatsioonisüsteemid ja üldse "
+"kõik andmed."
diff --git a/docs/installer/eu.po b/docs/installer/eu.po
index 9b6c52d1..e359b223 100644
--- a/docs/installer/eu.po
+++ b/docs/installer/eu.po
@@ -1,21 +1,22 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro2@hotmail.com>, 2014
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-15 13:20+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro2@hotmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/eu/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"eu/)\n"
+"Language: eu\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: eu\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -26,9 +27,11 @@ msgstr "Lizentzia eta Askatze Oharrak"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -38,31 +41,39 @@ msgstr "Lizentzia Kontratua"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> instalatu aurretik, irakurri arretaz baldintzak eta lizentzia."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> instalatu aurretik, irakurri arretaz "
+"baldintzak eta lizentzia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Baldintza horiek <application>Mageia</application> distribuzio osoaari aplikatzen dira eta jarraitzeko onartu behar dituzu."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Baldintza horiek <application>Mageia</application> distribuzio osoaari "
+"aplikatzen dira eta jarraitzeko onartu behar dituzu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Onartzeko, hautatu <guilabel>Ados</guilabel> eta egin klik <guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Onartzeko, hautatu <guilabel>Ados</guilabel> eta egin klik "
+"<guibutton>Hurrengo</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Aukeratu baduzu baldintza hauek ez onestea, irakurri duzula ere baloratuko dugu. <guibutton>Irten</guibutton> Klik eginda zure ordenagailua berrabiaraziko da."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukeratu baduzu baldintza hauek ez onestea, irakurri duzula ere baloratuko "
+"dugu. <guibutton>Irten</guibutton> Klik eginda zure ordenagailua "
+"berrabiaraziko da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -74,7 +85,9 @@ msgstr "Askapen Oharrak"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Zer berri dagoen bertsio honetan ikusteko <application>Mageia</application>, egin klik <guibutton>Bertsio Oharrak</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Zer berri dagoen bertsio honetan ikusteko <application>Mageia</application>, "
+"egin klik <guibutton>Bertsio Oharrak</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -87,27 +100,32 @@ msgstr "eu"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Baliabide Aukeraketa (Konfiguratu Instalazio Baliabide Osagarriak)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Pantaila honek dagoeneko aitortutako biltegi zerrenda erakusten du. Pakete iturri batzuk gehi ditzakezu disko optikoa edo urrutiko iturri gisa. Hurrengo urratsetan zer pakete aukeratu ahal izago den hautatutako iturriek zehazten dute."
+msgstr ""
+"Pantaila honek dagoeneko aitortutako biltegi zerrenda erakusten du. Pakete "
+"iturri batzuk gehi ditzakezu disko optikoa edo urrutiko iturri gisa. "
+"Hurrengo urratsetan zer pakete aukeratu ahal izago den hautatutako iturriek "
+"zehazten dute."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -134,31 +152,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Erabiltzaile eta Supererabiltzaileen Kudeaketa"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -170,8 +186,8 @@ msgstr "Ezarri administratzaile (root) pasahitza:"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
@@ -183,7 +199,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Pasahitz guztiak dira kasu sentikorra, onena da letrak (maiuskulak eta minuskulak), zenbakiak eta bestelako karaktereak nahasketa pasahitz batean."
+msgstr ""
+"Pasahitz guztiak dira kasu sentikorra, onena da letrak (maiuskulak eta "
+"minuskulak), zenbakiak eta bestelako karaktereak nahasketa pasahitz batean."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -203,22 +221,30 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ikonoa</guibutton>: botoi honetan klik egiten baduzu, erabiltzaile ikonoa aldatu egingo da."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikonoa</guibutton>: botoi honetan klik egiten baduzu, "
+"erabiltzaile ikonoa aldatu egingo da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Benetako Izena</guilabel>:  Erabiltzaileen benetako izena sartu ezazu testu-kutxa honetan."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Benetako Izena</guilabel>:  Erabiltzaileen benetako izena sartu "
+"ezazu testu-kutxa honetan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Saio Hasiera Izena</guilabel>: Erabiltzailearen saio-hasierako izena hemen sartzen da edo drakx bertsio bari uzten diozu erabiltzaileen benetako izena erabiltzen.<emphasis> Saio-hasiera-izena sentibera da maiuskula eta minuskulei.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Saio Hasiera Izena</guilabel>: Erabiltzailearen saio-hasierako "
+"izena hemen sartzen da edo drakx bertsio bari uzten diozu erabiltzaileen "
+"benetako izena erabiltzen.<emphasis> Saio-hasiera-izena sentibera da "
+"maiuskula eta minuskulei.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -226,22 +252,31 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Pasahitza</guilabel>: Testu-kutxa honetan erabiltzaile-pasahitza idatzi behar izango zenuke. Ezkutu bat agertzen da pasahitzaren indarra adierazteko testu-kutxaren bukaeran. (Ikusi ezazu ere <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pasahitza</guilabel>: Testu-kutxa honetan erabiltzaile-pasahitza "
+"idatzi behar izango zenuke. Ezkutu bat agertzen da pasahitzaren indarra "
+"adierazteko testu-kutxaren bukaeran. (Ikusi ezazu ere <xref linkend="
+"\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Pasahitza (berriz)</guilabel>: Erabiltzaile-pasahitza berridatziko duzu kutxa honetan eta drakx-ak begiratuko du testua, erabiltzailearen pasahitzeko testuko kutxetako bakoitzean pasahitz bera duzula."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pasahitza (berriz)</guilabel>: Erabiltzaile-pasahitza berridatziko "
+"duzu kutxa honetan eta drakx-ak begiratuko du testua, erabiltzailearen "
+"pasahitzeko testuko kutxetako bakoitzean pasahitz bera duzula."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Mageia instalatzen duzun bitartean gehitutako edozein erabiltzaile, mundu bat irakurgarri izango du (baina idazteko babesarekin) home direktorioan."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia instalatzen duzun bitartean gehitutako edozein erabiltzaile, mundu "
+"bat irakurgarri izango du (baina idazteko babesarekin) home direktorioan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -249,14 +284,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Hala ere, instalatzen ari zaren bitartean, edozein erabiltzaile <emphasis>MCC - Sistema -Erabiltzaile Kudeatzaile sistema</emphasis>n gehitu home direktorioa duena zein irakurtzeko eta idazteko babestuta izango dena."
+msgstr ""
+"Hala ere, instalatzen ari zaren bitartean, edozein erabiltzaile "
+"<emphasis>MCC - Sistema -Erabiltzaile Kudeatzaile sistema</emphasis>n gehitu "
+"home direktorioa duena zein irakurtzeko eta idazteko babestuta izango dena."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Ez baduzu nahi home direktorioa edonork irakurgarri izan dezan, aldi baterako erabiltzaile bat soilik gehitu orain eta berrabiarazi ondoren benetako(ak) gehitzea komeni da."
+msgstr ""
+"Ez baduzu nahi home direktorioa edonork irakurgarri izan dezan, aldi "
+"baterako erabiltzaile bat soilik gehitu orain eta berrabiarazi ondoren "
+"benetako(ak) gehitzea komeni da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -282,7 +323,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Botoi <guibutton> aurreratua </guibutton> sakatzen bada konfigurazioa gehitzen duen erabiltzailearentzat editatzea baimentzen dion pantaila eskaintzen zaio. Gainera, gaitu edo desgaitu dezake gonbidatu kontua."
+msgstr ""
+"Botoi <guibutton> aurreratua </guibutton> sakatzen bada konfigurazioa "
+"gehitzen duen erabiltzailearentzat editatzea baimentzen dion pantaila "
+"eskaintzen zaio. Gainera, gaitu edo desgaitu dezake gonbidatu kontua."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -290,7 +334,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "gonbidatu erabiltzaile batek gordetako edozer gauza(<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>rekin) zure karpeta nagusitik ezabatu egingo da saioa amaitzean. Gonbidatuak bere fitxategi garrantzitsuak USB disko baten gorde behar ditu."
+msgstr ""
+"gonbidatu erabiltzaile batek gordetako edozer gauza(<emphasis>rbash</"
+"emphasis>rekin) zure karpeta nagusitik ezabatu egingo da saioa amaitzean. "
+"Gonbidatuak bere fitxategi garrantzitsuak USB disko baten gorde behar ditu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -298,7 +345,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Gaitu gonbidatu kontua </guilabel>: Hemen gonbidatu kontu bat gaitu edo desgaitu dezakezu. Gonbidatu kontua gonbidatu bati PC-an sartu eta erabiltzeko aukera ematen du, baina erabiltzaile sarrera normala baino murritzagoak izaten dira."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Gaitu gonbidatu kontua </guilabel>: Hemen gonbidatu kontu bat "
+"gaitu edo desgaitu dezakezu. Gonbidatu kontua gonbidatu bati PC-an sartu eta "
+"erabiltzeko aukera ematen du, baina erabiltzaile sarrera normala baino "
+"murritzagoak izaten dira."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -306,7 +357,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Beherapen hori zerrendan behera ematen dio erabiltzaileari aurreko pantailara ere gehitzen ari zaren erabilitako shell-a aldatzeko aukera, aukerak dira Bash, Dash eta Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Beherapen hori zerrendan behera ematen dio "
+"erabiltzaileari aurreko pantailara ere gehitzen ari zaren erabilitako shell-"
+"a aldatzeko aukera, aukerak dira Bash, Dash eta Sh"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -314,42 +368,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Erabiltzaile ID</guilabel>: ID erabiltzailea hemen jar diezaiokezu aurreko pantailan gehitu duzun erabiltzaileari. Hau zenbaki bat da. Hutsik utzi ezazu ez badakizu zer egiten ari zaren."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Erabiltzaile ID</guilabel>: ID erabiltzailea hemen jar diezaiokezu "
+"aurreko pantailan gehitu duzun erabiltzaileari. Hau zenbaki bat da. Hutsik "
+"utzi ezazu ez badakizu zer egiten ari zaren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Talde ID</guilabel>: Honek uzten zaitu talde ID sorta, zenbaki bat, normalean erabiltzaileari dagokion berdina. Hutsik utzi ezazu ez badakizu zer egiten ari zaren."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Talde ID</guilabel>: Honek uzten zaitu talde ID sorta, zenbaki "
+"bat, normalean erabiltzaileari dagokion berdina. Hutsik utzi ezazu ez "
+"badakizu zer egiten ari zaren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Aukeratu muntatze-puntuak"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -357,38 +417,47 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Hemen ordenagailuan aurkitutako Linux partizioak ikusi ahal izango dituzu. Gomendioarekin ados ez bazaude <application>DrakX</application>, muntatze puntu alda ditzake."
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen ordenagailuan aurkitutako Linux partizioak ikusi ahal izango dituzu. "
+"Gomendioarekin ados ez bazaude <application>DrakX</application>, muntatze "
+"puntu alda ditzake."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Edozer aldatzen baduzu, ziurtatu oraindik <literal>/</literal> (root) partizioa duzual."
+msgstr ""
+"Edozer aldatzen baduzu, ziurtatu oraindik <literal>/</literal> (root) "
+"partizioa duzual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Partizio bakoitza honela erakutsiko da: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
 "point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Partizio bakoitza honela erakutsiko da: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point\", \"Type\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Gailua\", honako hauek osatzen dute: \"disko\", [\"Disko zurrun zenbakia\" (letra)], \"partizio-zenbakia\" (adibidez, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Gailua\", honako hauek osatzen dute: \"disko\", [\"Disko zurrun zenbakia"
+"\" (letra)], \"partizio-zenbakia\" (adibidez, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -396,7 +465,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Zuk satu behar ez duzun partizioen, muntaketa puntuaren eremua hutsik utzi dezakezu."
+msgstr ""
+"Zuk satu behar ez duzun partizioen, muntaketa puntuaren eremua hutsik utzi "
+"dezakezu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -409,9 +480,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -422,9 +493,11 @@ msgstr "Idaztegi hautaketa"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Zure hautapena arabera hemen, pantaila gehiago eskaini ahal izango duzu zure aukera doitzeko."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure hautapena arabera hemen, pantaila gehiago eskaini ahal izango duzu zure "
+"aukera doitzeko."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -439,7 +512,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -458,14 +533,15 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Pakete-taldearen hautapena"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -496,44 +572,50 @@ msgstr "Ingurumen Grafikoa."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Banakako Pakete Hautaketa: Aukera hau erabili ahal izango duzu eskuz gehitu edo kentzeko paketeak."
+msgstr ""
+"Banakako Pakete Hautaketa: Aukera hau erabili ahal izango duzu eskuz gehitu "
+"edo kentzeko paketeak."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Irakur <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> instalazio minimo bat egiteko argibideak."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Irakur <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> instalazio minimo bat "
+"egiteko argibideak."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Aukeratu Banakako Paketeak"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Hemen edozein extra pakete gehitu edo kendu dezakezu zure instalazioa pertsonalizatzeko."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen edozein extra pakete gehitu edo kendu dezakezu zure instalazioa "
+"pertsonalizatzeko."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -541,29 +623,35 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Konfiguratu zure Serbitzuak"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Hona hemen zein zerbitzu (ez) duten hasi behar zure sistema abiarazterakoan ezar dezakezu."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Hona hemen zein zerbitzu (ez) duten hasi behar zure sistema abiarazterakoan "
+"ezar dezakezu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Badira lau talde, sakatu triangelua talde baten aurrean zabaltzeko eta zerbitzuak ikusteko atalean."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Badira lau talde, sakatu triangelua talde baten aurrean zabaltzeko eta "
+"zerbitzuak ikusteko atalean."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -575,7 +663,9 @@ msgstr "Aukeratutako DrakX ezarpenak onak izaten dira."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Zerbitzu bat nabarmendu baduzu, hari buruzko informazioa beheko info koadroan erakusten da."
+msgstr ""
+"Zerbitzu bat nabarmendu baduzu, hari buruzko informazioa beheko info "
+"koadroan erakusten da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
@@ -587,36 +677,45 @@ msgstr "Gauza bakarra aldatzen duzunean, oso ondo dakizu zer egiten ari zaren."
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Konfiguratu zure Denbora-Eremua"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Aukera ezazu zure ordu-zona zure herrialdea edo hiri bat behar duzu ordu zona berekoa aukeratuz."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukera ezazu zure ordu-zona zure herrialdea edo hiri bat behar duzu ordu "
+"zona berekoa aukeratuz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "Hurrengo pantailan zure hardware erlojua tokiko ordu edo GMT, UTC gisa ezagutzen denaa ezartzeko aukera daukazu."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Hurrengo pantailan zure hardware erlojua tokiko ordu edo GMT, UTC gisa "
+"ezagutzen denaa ezartzeko aukera daukazu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Ordenagailuan sistema eragilearen bat baino gehiago badituzu, ziurtatu guztiak bertako orduan ezarrita dutela, edota UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Ordenagailuan sistema eragilearen bat baino gehiago badituzu, ziurtatu "
+"guztiak bertako orduan ezarrita dutela, edota UTC/GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -626,24 +725,31 @@ msgstr "Aukeratu X zerbitzari bat (Konfiguratu Txartel Grafikoa)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX bideo txartelen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normaleanzure bideo gailua  behar bezala identifikatuko du."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX bideo txartelen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normaleanzure bideo gailua  "
+"behar bezala identifikatuko du."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure txartel grafikoa detektatu, eta zein duzun baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu zuhaitzean:"
+msgstr ""
+"Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure txartel grafikoa detektatu, eta zein "
+"duzun baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu zuhaitzean:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -681,7 +787,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Kontutan izan baterezin kontrolatzaile bat hautatzen baduzu Aginte Interfazerako sarbidea soilik izan dezakezula."
+msgstr ""
+"Kontutan izan baterezin kontrolatzaile bat hautatzen baduzu Aginte "
+"Interfazerako sarbidea soilik izan dezakezula."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -696,23 +804,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Nonfree biltegia esplizituki gaituta egon behar da sartzeko. Ez baduzu hura aurretik hautatu, hau egin beharko duzu berrabiarazi ondoren lehenengoz."
+msgstr ""
+"Nonfree biltegia esplizituki gaituta egon behar da sartzeko. Ez baduzu hura "
+"aurretik hautatu, hau egin beharko duzu berrabiarazi ondoren lehenengoz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Txartel Grafikoa eta Pantaila Konfigurazioa"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -721,11 +832,11 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -733,7 +844,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Txartel Grafikoa</guibutton></emphasis>: Aukeratu zure txartela zerrendatik behar izanez gero."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Txartel Grafikoa</guibutton></emphasis>: Aukeratu zure "
+"txartela zerrendatik behar izanez gero."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -755,7 +868,9 @@ msgstr "Freskatze tasa okerra pure pantaila kaltetu dezake"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Bereizmena</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen pantailan ezarri nahi den ebazpen eta kolore sakonera."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Bereizmena</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen pantailan "
+"ezarri nahi den ebazpen eta kolore sakonera."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -763,11 +878,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -775,7 +890,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen hainbat aukera aktibatzeko edo desaktibatzeko aukera dezakezu."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Aukerak</guibutton></emphasis>: Hemen hainbat aukera "
+"aktibatzeko edo desaktibatzeko aukera dezakezu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -787,7 +904,9 @@ msgstr "Aukeratu zure Pantaila"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX pantailen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normalean zurea behar bezala identifika dezake."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX pantailen datu-base osoa dauka, eta normalean zurea behar bezala "
+"identifika dezake."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -801,10 +920,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -815,10 +937,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Pertsonalizatua</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Aukera horrek bi parametro kritiko, freskatze maiztasun bertikala eta sinkronismo horizontala aldatzea uzten du. Freskatze maiztasun bertikala nola freskatuko den pantailan askotan zehazten du, eta sinkronismo horizontal tasa zein lerro ikus daitezke."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukera horrek bi parametro kritiko, freskatze maiztasun bertikala eta "
+"sinkronismo horizontala aldatzea uzten du. Freskatze maiztasun bertikala "
+"nola freskatuko den pantailan askotan zehazten du, eta sinkronismo "
+"horizontal tasa zein lerro ikus daitezke."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -827,7 +953,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "<emphasis> GARRANTZITSUA </emphasis> da ez aukeratzea pantaila mota bat zure benetako panatilaren freskatze tasa baino haundiagoa duenik, kaltetu baitezake. Zalantzarik izanez gero, ezarpen kontserbadore bat aukeratu eta ikusi zure pantailaren dokumentazioa."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis> GARRANTZITSUA </emphasis> da ez aukeratzea pantaila mota bat zure "
+"benetako panatilaren freskatze tasa baino haundiagoa duenik, kaltetu "
+"baitezake. Zalantzarik izanez gero, ezarpen kontserbadore bat aukeratu eta "
+"ikusi zure pantailaren dokumentazioa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -839,7 +969,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Hau da aukera lehenetsia eta pantaila pantailaren mota datu-basetik zehazten saiatzen da."
+msgstr ""
+"Hau da aukera lehenetsia eta pantaila pantailaren mota datu-basetik zehazten "
+"saiatzen da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -851,7 +983,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Hornitzailea</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure pantaila detektatu, eta zein duzun baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu hautaketa zuhaitzean:"
+msgstr ""
+"Instalatzaileak ez du behar bezala zure pantaila detektatu, eta zein duzun "
+"baldin badakizu, hautatu ahal izango duzu hautaketa zuhaitzean:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -872,11 +1006,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generikoa</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "hautatu 30 talde inguruko pantaila ezarpenak 1024x768 @ 60Hz pantaila lauak eta eramangarriak bezalakoak erabiltzen dira. Hau da, askotan pantaila aukeraketa talde on bat da Vesa kontrolatzile txartela erabili behar den bideo txartelr eta ezin da automatikoki zehaztu. Berriz ere, zure aukeraketa kontserbadorea izan behar da."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"hautatu 30 talde inguruko pantaila ezarpenak 1024x768 @ 60Hz pantaila lauak "
+"eta eramangarriak bezalakoak erabiltzen dira. Hau da, askotan pantaila "
+"aukeraketa talde on bat da Vesa kontrolatzile txartela erabili behar den "
+"bideo txartelr eta ezin da automatikoki zehaztu. Berriz ere, zure aukeraketa "
+"kontserbadorea izan behar da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -886,47 +1025,53 @@ msgstr "Pertsonalizatua disko partizioak DiskDrake-rekin"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Sakatu <guibutton>Garbitu guztia</guibutton> aukeratutako biltegi gailu partizio guztiak garbitzeko"
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Sakatu <guibutton>Garbitu guztia</guibutton> aukeratutako biltegi gailu "
+"partizio guztiak garbitzeko"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Beste ekintza guztiak: sakatu nahi den partizioa lehenik. Gero ikusi, edo aukeratu fitxategi sistema eta muntatze puntua, tamainaz aldatu edo garbitu."
+msgstr ""
+"Beste ekintza guztiak: sakatu nahi den partizioa lehenik. Gero ikusi, edo "
+"aukeratu fitxategi sistema eta muntatze puntua, tamainaz aldatu edo garbitu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -956,14 +1101,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Erabilgarri dauden aukerak beheko zerrendatik bereziki zure disko gogor(rren) diseinua eta edukien arabera aldatzen da."
+msgstr ""
+"Erabilgarri dauden aukerak beheko zerrendatik bereziki zure disko "
+"gogor(rren) diseinua eta edukien arabera aldatzen da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -975,7 +1124,9 @@ msgstr "Lehendik dauden Partizioak"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Aukera hori eskuragarri badago, orduan Linux partizioak bateragarria aurkitu egin dira eta instalazioa erabili ahal izango du."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukera hori eskuragarri badago, orduan Linux partizioak bateragarria aurkitu "
+"egin dira eta instalazioa erabili ahal izango du."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -985,9 +1136,11 @@ msgstr "Erabili Espazio Hutsa"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Erabili gabeko espazio baduzu zure disko gogorrean orduan aukera hau erabiliko da zure Mageia instalazio berriarentzat."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Erabili gabeko espazio baduzu zure disko gogorrean orduan aukera hau "
+"erabiliko da zure Mageia instalazio berriarentzat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -997,9 +1150,11 @@ msgstr "Erabili Espazio Librea Windows-en Partizioan"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Lehendik dauden Windows partiziotik erabili gabeko espazioa baduzu, instalatzaileak, erabili ahal izateko eskainiko dizu."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Lehendik dauden Windows partiziotik erabili gabeko espazioa baduzu, "
+"instalatzaileak, erabili ahal izateko eskainiko dizu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1033,7 +1188,9 @@ msgstr "Aukera honek disko osoa erabiliko du Mageia-rantzat."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Oharra! Aukeratutako disko gogorraren datu guztiak ezabatuko dira. Kontuz ibili!"
+msgstr ""
+"Oharra! Aukeratutako disko gogorraren datu guztiak ezabatuko dira. Kontuz "
+"ibili!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1051,9 +1208,11 @@ msgstr "Pertsonalizatua"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Honek erabateko kontrola ematen dizu instalazioan jartzen zure disko gogorrean."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Honek erabateko kontrola ematen dizu instalazioan jartzen zure disko "
+"gogorrean."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1062,8 +1221,8 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1098,8 +1257,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "2014ko Otsaila"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1122,8 +1280,8 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1136,24 +1294,27 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Manual honetan jasotako testuak eta irudiak CC BY-SA 3.0 babespean daude "
+"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1161,31 +1322,34 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Zorionak"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1193,7 +1357,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Zuk ez badituzu abio kargatzaile ezarpenak doitzen, zure Mageia instalazioa automatikoki hautatuko eta hasiko da."
+msgstr ""
+"Zuk ez badituzu abio kargatzaile ezarpenak doitzen, zure Mageia instalazioa "
+"automatikoki hautatuko eta hasiko da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1205,24 +1371,29 @@ msgstr "Gozatu!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Bisitatu www.mageia.org zalantzarik izanez gero edo mageia lagundu nahi izanez"
+msgstr ""
+"Bisitatu www.mageia.org zalantzarik izanez gero edo mageia lagundu nahi "
+"izanez"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formateatzen"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
@@ -1234,7 +1405,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Normalean gutxienez DrakX hautatutaako partizioak, formateatu behar izaten dira"
+msgstr ""
+"Normalean gutxienez DrakX hautatutaako partizioak, formateatu behar izaten "
+"dira"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
@@ -1255,8 +1428,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1297,10 +1470,11 @@ msgstr "Hona hemen  Mageia DVDko lehenetsitako ongietorri pantaila:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1311,19 +1485,24 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #: en/installer.xml:46
 msgid ""
 "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
-msgstr "Lehenengo pantaila honetan, posible da lehentasun pertsonal batzuk ezartzea:"
+msgstr ""
+"Lehenengo pantaila honetan, posible da lehentasun pertsonal batzuk ezartzea:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
 "language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
-msgstr "Hizkuntzan (instalazioa egiteko bakarrik, desberdinak izan daitezke, aukeratutako sistemaren hizkuntzaz) F2 sakatu"
+msgstr ""
+"Hizkuntzan (instalazioa egiteko bakarrik, desberdinak izan daitezke, "
+"aukeratutako sistemaren hizkuntzaz) F2 sakatu"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
@@ -1334,15 +1513,16 @@ msgstr "Erabili geziak hizkuntza aukeratzeko eta sakatu Sartu."
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1351,8 +1531,10 @@ msgstr "Aldatu pantailaren bereizmena F3 tekla sakatuz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
@@ -1377,7 +1559,9 @@ msgstr "- Berez, ez du lehenetsitako aukeretan ezer aldatzen."
 msgid ""
 "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of "
 "performances."
-msgstr "- Ezarpenak Seguruak, lehentasuna ematen da aukera seguruei prozeduraren kalterako."
+msgstr ""
+"- Ezarpenak Seguruak, lehentasuna ematen da aukera seguruei prozeduraren "
+"kalterako."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:105
@@ -1410,8 +1594,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:130
@@ -1424,12 +1610,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with "
 "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
 "go back to the welcome screen."
-msgstr "F1 Sakatuz aukera berrien leihoa irekitzen da. Bat aukera ezazu gezi-teklekin eta ENTER-a saka ezazu xehetasun gehiago izateko edo Esc tekla saka ezazu ongietorri-pantailara itzultzeko."
+msgstr ""
+"F1 Sakatuz aukera berrien leihoa irekitzen da. Bat aukera ezazu gezi-"
+"teklekin eta ENTER-a saka ezazu xehetasun gehiago izateko edo Esc tekla saka "
+"ezazu ongietorri-pantailara itzultzeko."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
@@ -1442,8 +1633,10 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
@@ -1462,9 +1655,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1475,9 +1667,11 @@ msgstr "Teklatuaren diseinua amerikarra da."
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1487,16 +1681,15 @@ msgstr "Instalazio urratsak"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -1514,8 +1707,8 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1529,8 +1722,7 @@ msgstr "Instalazio arazoak eta Konponbide Posibleak"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Interfaze Grafikorik gabe"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
@@ -1538,15 +1730,14 @@ msgid ""
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1574,8 +1765,8 @@ msgstr "RAM arazoak"
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1589,9 +1780,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1599,22 +1789,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Eguneraketak"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
@@ -1641,26 +1829,27 @@ msgstr "Ondoren, sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> jarraitzeko"
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Baliabide Aukeraketa (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1669,14 +1858,16 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Core</emphasis> biltegia ezin da desaktibatu, distribuzioaren oinarria daukanez gero."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Core</emphasis> biltegia ezin da desaktibatu, distribuzioaren "
+"oinarria daukanez gero."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
 msgstr ""
@@ -1684,11 +1875,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1700,8 +1891,8 @@ msgstr "Instalazio Minimoa"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1726,34 +1917,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Hainbat parametroen laburpena"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1778,8 +1972,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Denbora-Eremua</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1823,9 +2017,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Erabiltzaile kudeaketa</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Erabiltzaile extrak hemen gehi dezakezu. Bakoitzak bere <literal>/home</literal> direktorioa izango du."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Erabiltzaile extrak hemen gehi dezakezu. Bakoitzak bere <literal>/home</"
+"literal> direktorioa izango du."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1878,7 +2074,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Sagua</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Hemen gehitu edo konfiguratu dezakezu beste gailu batzuk, tabletak, trackballs, etab "
+msgstr ""
+"Hemen gehitu edo konfiguratu dezakezu beste gailu batzuk, tabletak, "
+"trackballs, etab "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1888,8 +2086,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Soinu txartela</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1900,9 +2098,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaze grafikoa</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Atal honen bitartez, zure txartel grafikoa(k) eta pantaila konfigura dezakezu."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Atal honen bitartez, zure txartel grafikoa(k) eta pantaila konfigura "
+"dezakezu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
@@ -1912,10 +2111,11 @@ msgstr "Informazio gehiagorako, ikus <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1941,7 +2141,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Sare txartel bat gehitzen duzunean, ez ahaztu zure suebakia interfazena ezartzen, ikusteko ere."
+msgstr ""
+"Sare txartel bat gehitzen duzunean, ez ahaztu zure suebakia interfazena "
+"ezartzen, ikusteko ere."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1959,9 +2161,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Zure sistema administratzaileari kontsultatu beharko diozu eskuratzeko hemen sartu beharreko parametroak"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Zure sistema administratzaileari kontsultatu beharko diozu eskuratzeko hemen "
+"sartu beharreko parametroak"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1976,8 +2180,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Segurtasun Maila</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2007,22 +2211,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Kontuan izan dena ahalbidetzea (suebaki gabe) oso arriskutsua izan daitekeela."
+msgstr ""
+"Kontuan izan dena ahalbidetzea (suebaki gabe) oso arriskutsua izan "
+"daitekeela."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>  Partizioaren tamaina aldatu"
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>  Partizioaren "
+"tamaina aldatu"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2030,15 +2237,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Segurtasun-maila"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2083,9 +2293,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
-msgstr "Aurki ditzakezu <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">hemen</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aurki ditzakezu <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">hemen</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21
@@ -2098,83 +2310,79 @@ msgstr "Instalazioa Klasiko baliabidea"
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr "Ezaugarri komunak"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr "DrakX izeneko instalatzaile tradizionalak erabiltzen dituzte."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
-msgstr "Eskuragarri dago instalazio garbi bat egitea edo berritzea aurreko bertsio batetatik."
+msgstr ""
+"Eskuragarri dago instalazio garbi bat egitea edo berritzea aurreko bertsio "
+"batetatik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr "Baliabide ezberdinak 32 edo 64 biteko arkitekturentzat."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
-msgstr "DVD bakoitzak eskuragarri ditu edozein mahaigaineko ingurune eta hizkuntzak."
+msgstr ""
+"DVD bakoitzak eskuragarri ditu edozein mahaigaineko ingurune eta hizkuntzak."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
 "software."
-msgstr "Emango zaizu aukera instalazioan zehar software ez librea gehitzea edo ez."
+msgstr ""
+"Emango zaizu aukera instalazioan zehar software ez librea gehitzea edo ez."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr "arkitektura bikoitzeko DVDa"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr "Xfce mahaigaina soilik."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
-msgstr "Hizkuntza batzuk soilik (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) HAUTATU EGIN DIRA!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
+msgstr ""
+"Hizkuntza batzuk soilik (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, "
+"uk) HAUTATU EGIN DIRA!"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr "Software ez librea dauka."
@@ -2184,31 +2392,27 @@ msgstr "Software ez librea dauka."
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr "Live baliabidea"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr "ISO mahaigaineko ingurune bakar bat du (KDE edo GNOME)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr "Software ez librea dauka."
@@ -2218,21 +2422,18 @@ msgstr "Software ez librea dauka."
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr "KDE-ren Live CDa"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr "KDE mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr "Ingelera hizkuntza soilik"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr "32 bite soilik."
@@ -2242,8 +2443,7 @@ msgstr "32 bite soilik."
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr "GNOME-ren Live CD-a"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr "GNOME mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik."
@@ -2253,8 +2453,7 @@ msgstr "GNOME mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik."
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr "KDE-ren Live DVD-a"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr "Hizkuntza guztiak presente daude."
@@ -2269,23 +2468,21 @@ msgstr "GNOME-ren Live DVD-a"
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr "Abioko CD baliabidea soilik"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2293,24 +2490,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr "boot.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
-msgstr "Software librea soilik dauka, software ez librea uko egiten duen gendearentzat."
+msgstr ""
+"Software librea soilik dauka, software ez librea uko egiten duen "
+"gendearentzat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
 "it."
-msgstr "Software librea ez diren (batez ere, kontrolatzaileak, kodek...) ditu behar duten pertsonentzat."
+msgstr ""
+"Software librea ez diren (batez ere, kontrolatzaileak, kodek...) ditu behar "
+"duten pertsonentzat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251
@@ -2325,25 +2524,27 @@ msgstr "Deskargatzen"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2372,30 +2573,38 @@ msgstr "Ireki kontsola bat, ez da root izan beharrik, eta:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- md5sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- md5sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- sha1sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- sha1sum erabiltzeko, idatzi: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/"
+"the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
-msgstr "eta lortutako zenbakia zure ordenagailuan konparatu mageia emandako zenbakiarekin (pixka bat itxaron beharko duzu). Adibidea:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"eta lortutako zenbakia zure ordenagailuan konparatu mageia emandako "
+"zenbakiarekin (pixka bat itxaron beharko duzu). Adibidea:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309
@@ -2419,9 +2628,8 @@ msgstr "ISO-a CD/DVD baten grabatu"
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2457,8 +2665,8 @@ msgstr "Mageia erabiliz"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2466,83 +2674,80 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr "dd kontsola tresna bezala ere erabil dezakezu:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr "Kontsola bat ireki"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
-msgstr "Bihurtu root agindua <userinput> su - </userinput> (ez ahaztu azkenean -)"
+msgstr ""
+"Bihurtu root agindua <userinput> su - </userinput> (ez ahaztu azkenean -)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr "Idatzi <userinput>fdisk-l</userinput> komandoa"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "Agindua sartu: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Agindua sartu: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</"
+"userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "(x)=zure gailu izena adib: /dev/sdc Adibidea: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"(x)=zure gailu izena adib: /dev/sdc Adibidea: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr "Agindua sartu: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr "Deskonektatu zure USB, eginda dago"
@@ -2567,7 +2772,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>"
 msgid ""
 "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
 "Disk Imager</link>"
-msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416
@@ -2577,32 +2784,38 @@ msgstr "MAgeia Instalazioa"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
-msgstr "Urrats hori <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\"> Mageia-ren dokumentazioan </link> zehazten da."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Urrats hori <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\"> Mageia-ren "
+"dokumentazioan </link> zehazten da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
-msgstr "Informazio gehiago, eskuragarri <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>-an."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Informazio gehiago, eskuragarri <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>-an."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:13
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Aukeratu zure Herrialdea / Eskualdea"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2615,8 +2828,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
@@ -2637,13 +2850,13 @@ msgstr "Sarrera metodoa"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
@@ -2662,9 +2875,11 @@ msgstr "Instalatu edo Berritu"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2675,7 +2890,9 @@ msgstr "Instalatu"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Aukera hau erabili ezazu <application>Mageia</application> instalazio fresko baterako."
+msgstr ""
+"Aukera hau erabili ezazu <application>Mageia</application> instalazio fresko "
+"baterako."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2696,30 +2913,30 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2737,35 +2954,36 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2796,22 +3014,24 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2820,7 +3040,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Zure teklatu hizkuntza ez da zure gogoko hizkuntzaren berdina, orduan, komeni da, zure teklatuaren hizkuntza instalatzea."
+msgstr ""
+"Zure teklatu hizkuntza ez da zure gogoko hizkuntzaren berdina, orduan, "
+"komeni da, zure teklatuaren hizkuntza instalatzea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2842,31 +3064,36 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Aukeratu sagua"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Ez bazaude pozik  zure saguak nola erantzuten duen, beste bat hemen hautatu ahal izango duzu."
+msgstr ""
+"Ez bazaude pozik  zure saguak nola erantzuten duen, beste bat hemen hautatu "
+"ahal izango duzu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Normalean, <guilabel>Unibertsal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Edozein PS/2 eta USB sagu</guilabel> aukera ona da."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalean, <guilabel>Unibertsal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Edozein PS/2 eta USB "
+"sagu</guilabel> aukera ona da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
@@ -2876,56 +3103,75 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Gegitu edo Aldatu Abio Menuko Sarrera"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Sarrera bat bertsio-multzo egokia gehi dezakezu, edo erabat berrizendatu."
+msgstr ""
+"Sarrera bat bertsio-multzo egokia gehi dezakezu, edo erabat berrizendatu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "Lehenetsitako sarrera bat du sistemak ez baduzu aukera bat egiten abiarazteko honetan sartu eta abiaraziko da."
+msgstr ""
+"Lehenetsitako sarrera bat du sistemak ez baduzu aukera bat egiten "
+"abiarazteko honetan sartu eta abiaraziko da."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
@@ -2936,33 +3182,38 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Abio zamatzailearen aukera nagusiak"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Instalatzaileak automatikoki aukeratutako abio kargatzaile ezarpen ezberdinak nahiago badituzu, hemen alda ditzakezu."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalatzaileak automatikoki aukeratutako abio kargatzaile ezarpen "
+"ezberdinak nahiago badituzu, hemen alda ditzakezu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Dagoeneko beste sistema eragile bat duzu zure makinan, eta kasu horretan Mageia zure abio kargatzailera gehitu , edo baimendu Mageia berri bat sortzea erabaki behar duzu."
+msgstr ""
+"Dagoeneko beste sistema eragile bat duzu zure makinan, eta kasu horretan "
+"Mageia zure abio kargatzailera gehitu , edo baimendu Mageia berri bat "
+"sortzea erabaki behar duzu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2981,14 +3232,19 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Berez, mageia GRUB kargatzailea berria zure disko gogorreko MBR (Master Boot Record)-an idazten du lehenengoz. Sistema eragile bat baino gehiago badituzu, mageia saiatuko da abio menu berriak gehitzen."
+msgstr ""
+"Berez, mageia GRUB kargatzailea berria zure disko gogorreko MBR (Master Boot "
+"Record)-an idazten du lehenengoz. Sistema eragile bat baino gehiago "
+"badituzu, mageia saiatuko da abio menu berriak gehitzen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia gaur egun GRUB2 eskaintzen GRUB ondarea eta Lilo gain aukerako abioko kargatzailea gisa."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia gaur egun GRUB2 eskaintzen GRUB ondarea eta Lilo gain aukerako abioko "
+"kargatzailea gisa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -3003,7 +3259,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Instalazioan orrialdean zehar laburpena eskuragarri duen GRUB2 abio kargatzailea hemen erabiltzea da konponbiderik onena."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalazioan orrialdean zehar laburpena eskuragarri duen GRUB2 abio "
+"kargatzailea hemen erabiltzea da konponbiderik onena."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3014,16 +3272,16 @@ msgstr "Existitzen den abio kargatzaile bat erabiliz"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3036,8 +3294,8 @@ msgstr "Argi izan, sda gailu bat, sda7 gailuaren partizio bat da."
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3045,8 +3303,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3059,9 +3317,9 @@ msgstr "Abioko kargatzailearen aukera aurreratuak"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -3069,29 +3327,28 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "SCSI konfiguratu"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3100,25 +3357,30 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Horrela bada, eskuz kontatu behar izango dituzu DrakX-ekin dituzun SCSI disko(ak)."
+msgstr ""
+"Horrela bada, eskuz kontatu behar izango dituzu DrakX-ekin dituzun SCSI "
+"disko(ak)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
-msgstr "Orduan DrakX kontrolatzile zuzena konfiguratzeko gai izan beharko litzateke."
+msgstr ""
+"Orduan DrakX kontrolatzile zuzena konfiguratzeko gai izan beharko litzateke."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:11
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Soinu Konfiguraketa"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3126,7 +3388,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "Pantaila honetan instalatzailea zure soinu txartela duen kontrolatzailearen izena erabiltzen da, zein lehenetsitako kontrolatzailea izango da lehenespen bat baduzu."
+msgstr ""
+"Pantaila honetan instalatzailea zure soinu txartela duen kontrolatzailearen "
+"izena erabiltzen da, zein lehenetsitako kontrolatzailea izango da lehenespen "
+"bat baduzu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3142,10 +3407,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Orduan, draksound-en  \"Soinua Konfiguratu\" tresnaren pantailan, egin klik <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Arazoen konponketa</guibutton>n arazoa nola konpondu buruzko aholku lagungarria aurkitzeko."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Orduan, draksound-en  \"Soinua Konfiguratu\" tresnaren pantailan, egin klik "
+"<guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> eta <guibutton>Arazoen konponketa</"
+"guibutton>n arazoa nola konpondu buruzko aholku lagungarria aurkitzeko."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3158,33 +3425,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Klik egin <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> pantaila instalazio honetan zehar, erabilgarria da ez kontrolatzaile lehenetsia ez eta asko eskuragarri badago , edo instalatzaileak okerreko kontrolatzailea aukeratu duela uste baduzu."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik egin <guibutton>Aurreratua</guibutton> pantaila instalazio honetan "
+"zehar, erabilgarria da ez kontrolatzaile lehenetsia ez eta asko eskuragarri "
+"badago , edo instalatzaileak okerreko kontrolatzailea aukeratu duela uste "
+"baduzu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Kasu horretan beste kontrolatzaile bat <guibutton>Edozein gidari hautatu</guibutton>-n klik egin ondoren hautatu dezakezu."
+msgstr ""
+"Kasu horretan beste kontrolatzaile bat <guibutton>Edozein gidari hautatu</"
+"guibutton>-n klik egin ondoren hautatu dezakezu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Baieztatzeko formateatu beharreko disko gogorra"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
@@ -3196,6 +3470,18 @@ msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Aurreko</guibutton>ziur ez bazaude zure aukeraz."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>Ziur bazaude eta partizio guztiak ezabatu nahi dituzual, sistema eragilea eta disko gogor horretako datu guztiak."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton>Ziur bazaude eta partizio guztiak "
+"ezabatu nahi dituzual, sistema eragilea eta disko gogor horretako datu "
+"guztiak."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/fr.po b/docs/installer/fr.po
index c470b2d6..f7893825 100644
--- a/docs/installer/fr.po
+++ b/docs/installer/fr.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Rémi Verschelde <akien@mageia.org>, 2014
 # Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>, 2013
@@ -15,14 +15,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-06 04:10+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>\n"
-"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/fr/)\n"
+"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"fr/)\n"
+"Language: fr\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: fr\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -33,9 +34,12 @@ msgstr "Licence et Notes de version"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -45,31 +49,40 @@ msgstr "Accord de Licence"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Avant d'installer <application>Mageia,</application> veuillez lire les termes et conditions de la licence avec attention.<application></application>"
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Avant d'installer <application>Mageia,</application> veuillez lire les "
+"termes et conditions de la licence avec attention.<application></application>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Ces termes et conditions s'appliquent à toute la distribution <application>Mageia </application>et doivent être acceptés avant de pouvoir continuer."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Ces termes et conditions s'appliquent à toute la distribution "
+"<application>Mageia </application>et doivent être acceptés avant de pouvoir "
+"continuer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Pour accepter, simplement sélectionner <guilabel>Accepter</guilabel> puis cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour accepter, simplement sélectionner <guilabel>Accepter</guilabel> puis "
+"cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Si vous décidez de ne pas accepter ces conditions, alors nous vous remercions de l'intérêt porté. Cliquer sur <guibutton>Quitter</guibutton> redémarrera votre ordinateur."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous décidez de ne pas accepter ces conditions, alors nous vous "
+"remercions de l'intérêt porté. Cliquer sur <guibutton>Quitter</guibutton> "
+"redémarrera votre ordinateur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -81,7 +94,10 @@ msgstr "Notes de version"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Pour prendre connaissance des nouveautés de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>, cliquez sur le bouton<guibutton> Notes de version.</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pour prendre connaissance des nouveautés de cette version de "
+"<application>Mageia</application>, cliquez sur le bouton<guibutton> Notes de "
+"version.</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -92,29 +108,35 @@ msgstr "fr"
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
-msgstr "Sélection de média (Configurer l'installation de média supplémentaires)"
+msgstr ""
+"Sélection de média (Configurer l'installation de média supplémentaires)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"add_supplemental_media."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-"
+"im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Cet écran liste toutes les sources déjà disponibles. Il est possible d'ajouter des sources supplémentaires de paquetages, comme un disque optique ou une source distante. Le choix des sources détermine quels paquetages seront disponibles à l'installation lors des étapes suivantes."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet écran liste toutes les sources déjà disponibles. Il est possible "
+"d'ajouter des sources supplémentaires de paquetages, comme un disque optique "
+"ou une source distante. Le choix des sources détermine quels paquetages "
+"seront disponibles à l'installation lors des étapes suivantes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -134,38 +156,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Sélectionner un miroir ou spécifier une URL (toute première entrée). Sélectionner un miroir vous donne la possibilité de choisir parmi tous les dépôts gérés par Mageia, tels que le Nonfree, le Tainted et le Update.  Avec l'URL, vous pouvez désigner un dépôt spécifique de votre propre réseau NFS."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionner un miroir ou spécifier une URL (toute première entrée). "
+"Sélectionner un miroir vous donne la possibilité de choisir parmi tous les "
+"dépôts gérés par Mageia, tels que le Nonfree, le Tainted et le Update.  Avec "
+"l'URL, vous pouvez désigner un dépôt spécifique de votre propre réseau NFS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Gestion de l'Utilisateur et du Superutilisateur"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -177,20 +200,31 @@ msgstr "Définir le mot de passe Administrateur (Root) :"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Pour chaque installation de Mageia, il est conseillé de définir un mot de passe superutilisateur ou administrateur, souvent appelé <emphasis>mot de passe root</emphasis> dans Linux. Pendant que vous entrez le mot de passe, le bouclier change de couleur du rouge vers le jaune puis le vert en fonction de l'efficacité du mot de passe. Un bouclier vert indique un mot de passe fort. Vous devez ressaisir le même mot de passe dans le champ juste en-dessous a des fins de vérification par comparaison au cas où vous auriez fait une erreur de saisie."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour chaque installation de Mageia, il est conseillé de définir un mot de "
+"passe superutilisateur ou administrateur, souvent appelé <emphasis>mot de "
+"passe root</emphasis> dans Linux. Pendant que vous entrez le mot de passe, "
+"le bouclier change de couleur du rouge vers le jaune puis le vert en "
+"fonction de l'efficacité du mot de passe. Un bouclier vert indique un mot de "
+"passe fort. Vous devez ressaisir le même mot de passe dans le champ juste en-"
+"dessous a des fins de vérification par comparaison au cas où vous auriez "
+"fait une erreur de saisie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Tous les mots de passe sont sensibles à la casse, il est recommandé d'utiliser un mélange de lettres (majuscules et minuscules), de nombres et autres caractères."
+msgstr ""
+"Tous les mots de passe sont sensibles à la casse, il est recommandé "
+"d'utiliser un mélange de lettres (majuscules et minuscules), de nombres et "
+"autres caractères."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -203,29 +237,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Ajouter ici un utilisateur. Il a moins de droits que le superutilisateur (root), mais suffisamment par défaut pour naviguer sur internet, utiliser les applications de bureautique, jouer et faire toutes autres choses habituellement réalisées par un utilisateur ordinaire avec son PC."
+msgstr ""
+"Ajouter ici un utilisateur. Il a moins de droits que le superutilisateur "
+"(root), mais suffisamment par défaut pour naviguer sur internet, utiliser "
+"les applications de bureautique, jouer et faire toutes autres choses "
+"habituellement réalisées par un utilisateur ordinaire avec son PC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Icône </guibutton>: en cliquant sur ce bouton, vous changerez l'icône de l'utilisateur."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Icône </guibutton>: en cliquant sur ce bouton, vous changerez "
+"l'icône de l'utilisateur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Nom et prénom </guilabel>: inscrire ici le nom réel de l'utilisateur."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nom et prénom </guilabel>: inscrire ici le nom réel de "
+"l'utilisateur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Identifiant de connexion</guilabel> : inscrire ici un identifiant de connexion ou bien drakx transposera les nom et prénom pour en créer un. <emphasis>L'identifiant de connexion est sensible à la casse.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Identifiant de connexion</guilabel> : inscrire ici un identifiant "
+"de connexion ou bien drakx transposera les nom et prénom pour en créer un. "
+"<emphasis>L'identifiant de connexion est sensible à la casse.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -233,22 +278,32 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Mot de passe </guilabel>: Vous devez inscrire dans ce champ le mot de passe utilisateur. On retrouve dans son extrémité droite le bouclier qui indique la force du mot de passe. (voir aussi <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Mot de passe </guilabel>: Vous devez inscrire dans ce champ le mot "
+"de passe utilisateur. On retrouve dans son extrémité droite le bouclier qui "
+"indique la force du mot de passe. (voir aussi <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/"
+">)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Mot de passe (vérification) </guilabel>: Inscrire à nouveau le mot de passe ici et drakx vérifiera que le même mot de passe a bien été saisi dans les deux champs."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Mot de passe (vérification) </guilabel>: Inscrire à nouveau le mot "
+"de passe ici et drakx vérifiera que le même mot de passe a bien été saisi "
+"dans les deux champs."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Tout utilisateur ajouté lors de l'installation de Mageia aura un répertoire personnel (dans /home) qui sera accessible en lecture par quiconque, mais protégé en écriture."
+msgstr ""
+"Tout utilisateur ajouté lors de l'installation de Mageia aura un répertoire "
+"personnel (dans /home) qui sera accessible en lecture par quiconque, mais "
+"protégé en écriture."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -256,14 +311,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Cependant, tout nouvel utilisateur ajouté par l'intermédiaire du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia (CCM) aura un répertoire protégé en écriture et en lecture pour les autres utilisateurs."
+msgstr ""
+"Cependant, tout nouvel utilisateur ajouté par l'intermédiaire du Centre de "
+"Contrôle de Mageia (CCM) aura un répertoire protégé en écriture et en "
+"lecture pour les autres utilisateurs."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Si vous souhaitez un répertoire protégé en lecture, il est recommandable de créer un utilisateur de manière temporaire et de recréer un nouvel utilisateur principal une fois la session démarrée."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous souhaitez un répertoire protégé en lecture, il est recommandable de "
+"créer un utilisateur de manière temporaire et de recréer un nouvel "
+"utilisateur principal une fois la session démarrée."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -271,12 +332,16 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Si vous préférez des répertoires accessibles en lecture par tous, ajoutez les utilisateurs supplémentaires à l'étape du <emphasis>Résumé</emphasis> de l'installation, avec le bouton <emphasis>Gestion des utilisateurs</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous préférez des répertoires accessibles en lecture par tous, ajoutez "
+"les utilisateurs supplémentaires à l'étape du <emphasis>Résumé</emphasis> de "
+"l'installation, avec le bouton <emphasis>Gestion des utilisateurs</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
-msgstr "Les permissions d'accès peuvent aussi être changées après l'installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Les permissions d'accès peuvent aussi être changées après l'installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:116
@@ -289,7 +354,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "En cliquant sur le bouton <guibutton>avancé</guibutton> vous accédez à cet écran d'édition des paramètres de l'utilisateur en cours de création. De plus, vous pouvez désactiver ou activer un compte invité."
+msgstr ""
+"En cliquant sur le bouton <guibutton>avancé</guibutton> vous accédez à cet "
+"écran d'édition des paramètres de l'utilisateur en cours de création. De "
+"plus, vous pouvez désactiver ou activer un compte invité."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -297,7 +365,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Tout ce qu'un invité, possédant un compte invité par défaut <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, enregistre dans son répertoire /home sera effacé lors de la déconnexion. Un invité peut enregistrer ses fichiers importants sur une clé USB."
+msgstr ""
+"Tout ce qu'un invité, possédant un compte invité par défaut <emphasis>rbash</"
+"emphasis>, enregistre dans son répertoire /home sera effacé lors de la "
+"déconnexion. Un invité peut enregistrer ses fichiers importants sur une clé "
+"USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -305,7 +377,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Activer le compte Invité </guilabel>: Il est possible ici d'activer ou de désactiver un compte Invité. Ce type de compte permet à un invité de se connecter et d'utiliser le PC, mais avec des droits plus restreints qu'un utilisateur ordinaire."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Activer le compte Invité </guilabel>: Il est possible ici "
+"d'activer ou de désactiver un compte Invité. Ce type de compte permet à un "
+"invité de se connecter et d'utiliser le PC, mais avec des droits plus "
+"restreints qu'un utilisateur ordinaire."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -313,7 +389,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Shell de démarrage </guilabel>: cette liste déroulante permet de choisir le shell utilisé par l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent, les choix possibles sont Bash, Dash et Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell de démarrage </guilabel>: cette liste déroulante permet de "
+"choisir le shell utilisé par l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent, les "
+"choix possibles sont Bash, Dash et Sh"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -321,42 +400,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID de l'Utilisateur </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID de l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent. Il s'agit d'un nombre. Ne rien entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID de l'Utilisateur </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID de "
+"l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent. Il s'agit d'un nombre. Ne rien "
+"entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID du groupe </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID du groupe.  Il s'agit encore d'un nombre, généralement le même que l'ID de l'utilisateur. Ne rien entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID du groupe </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID du groupe.  Il s'agit "
+"encore d'un nombre, généralement le même que l'ID de l'utilisateur. Ne rien "
+"entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Choix des points de montage"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountPoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountPoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -364,46 +449,64 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Sont présentées ici les partitions Linux qui ont été trouvées sur votre ordinateur. Si vous n'êtes pas d'accord avec les suggestions de <application>DrakX</application>, il est possible de modifier les points de montage."
+msgstr ""
+"Sont présentées ici les partitions Linux qui ont été trouvées sur votre "
+"ordinateur. Si vous n'êtes pas d'accord avec les suggestions de "
+"<application>DrakX</application>, il est possible de modifier les points de "
+"montage."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Quoi que vous changiez, assurez vous de toujours avoir au moins UNE partition <literal>/</literal> ."
+msgstr ""
+"Quoi que vous changiez, assurez vous de toujours avoir au moins UNE "
+"partition <literal>/</literal> ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Chaque partition est présentée comme suit : \"Périphérique\" (\"Capacité\", \"Point de montage\", \"Type\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Chaque partition est présentée comme suit : \"Périphérique\" (\"Capacité\", "
+"\"Point de montage\", \"Type\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Périphérique\", est composé de : \"type disque dur\", \"lettre d'ordre du disque dur \", \"numéro de partition\" (exemple, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Périphérique\", est composé de : \"type disque dur\", \"lettre d'ordre du "
+"disque dur \", \"numéro de partition\" (exemple, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Si vous avez beaucoup de partitions, vous pouvez choisir beaucoup de points de montage dans la liste déroulante tels que <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> et <literal>/var</literal>. Il est même possible de créer ses propres points de montage, par exemple <literal>/video</literal> pour une partition de stockage des films, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pour la partition <literal>/home</literal> d'une installation de cauldron."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez beaucoup de partitions, vous pouvez choisir beaucoup de points "
+"de montage dans la liste déroulante tels que <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/"
+"home</literal> et <literal>/var</literal>. Il est même possible de créer ses "
+"propres points de montage, par exemple <literal>/video</literal> pour une "
+"partition de stockage des films, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pour "
+"la partition <literal>/home</literal> d'une installation de cauldron."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Pour les partitions où l'accès n'est pas nécessaire, vous pouvez laisser le champ point de montage en blanc."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour les partitions où l'accès n'est pas nécessaire, vous pouvez laisser le "
+"champ point de montage en blanc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -411,15 +514,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Si vous ne savez pas quoi choisir, cliquez sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> et cochez <guilabel>Partitionnement personnalisé du disque</guilabel>. Dans l'écran suivant, cliquez sur un partition pour connaître son type et sa taille."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous ne savez pas quoi choisir, cliquez sur <guibutton>Précédent</"
+"guibutton> et cochez <guilabel>Partitionnement personnalisé du disque</"
+"guilabel>. Dans l'écran suivant, cliquez sur un partition pour connaître son "
+"type et sa taille."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Vous êtes sûr que les points de montage sont corrects ? Alors cliquez sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>, et décidez si vous désirez seulement formater la(es) partition(s) suggérée(s) par DrakX, ou plus."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous êtes sûr que les points de montage sont corrects ? Alors cliquez sur "
+"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>, et décidez si vous désirez seulement "
+"formater la(es) partition(s) suggérée(s) par DrakX, ou plus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -429,9 +539,11 @@ msgstr "Sélection du bureau"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "En fonction des sélections faites ici, des écrans supplémentaires peuvent apparaître pour préciser les choix."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"En fonction des sélections faites ici, des écrans supplémentaires peuvent "
+"apparaître pour préciser les choix."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -439,14 +551,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Après l'(es) étape(s) de sélection, un diaporama s'affiche pendant l'installation des packages. Il peut être invalidé en cliquant sur le bouton <guilabel>Détails</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Après l'(es) étape(s) de sélection, un diaporama s'affiche pendant "
+"l'installation des packages. Il peut être invalidé en cliquant sur le bouton "
+"<guilabel>Détails</guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -458,21 +575,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Choisir entre les bureaux <application>KDE</application> ou <application>Gnome</application> suivant sa préférence. Les deux proposent un ensemble complet d'applications et d'outils utiles. Cocher <guilabel>Personnaliser</guilabel> pour n'utiliser ni l'un ni l'autre ou les deux ou bien pour obtenir autre chose que les logiciels fournis par défaut pour ces bureaux. Le bureau <application>LXDE</application> est plus léger que les deux précédents, d'esthétique moins léchée et possède moins de paquetages installés par défaut."
+msgstr ""
+"Choisir entre les bureaux <application>KDE</application> ou "
+"<application>Gnome</application> suivant sa préférence. Les deux proposent "
+"un ensemble complet d'applications et d'outils utiles. Cocher "
+"<guilabel>Personnaliser</guilabel> pour n'utiliser ni l'un ni l'autre ou les "
+"deux ou bien pour obtenir autre chose que les logiciels fournis par défaut "
+"pour ces bureaux. Le bureau <application>LXDE</application> est plus léger "
+"que les deux précédents, d'esthétique moins léchée et possède moins de "
+"paquetages installés par défaut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Sélection du groupe de paquetages"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -481,7 +607,11 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Les paquetages sont triés par groupes pour faciliter le choix de ce qui est nécessaire sur le système. Le contenu de ces groupes est évident, cependant, des informations complémentaires sur chacun d'entre eux est disponible dans l'infobulle qui devient visible lorsque la souris les survole."
+msgstr ""
+"Les paquetages sont triés par groupes pour faciliter le choix de ce qui est "
+"nécessaire sur le système. Le contenu de ces groupes est évident, cependant, "
+"des informations complémentaires sur chacun d'entre eux est disponible dans "
+"l'infobulle qui devient visible lorsque la souris les survole."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -503,74 +633,92 @@ msgstr "Environnement graphique"
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages : Utiliser cette option pour ajouter ou retirer manuellement des paquetages."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages : Utiliser cette option pour ajouter "
+"ou retirer manuellement des paquetages."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Lire <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pour avoir des indications sur la manière de réaliser une installation minimale."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Lire <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pour avoir des indications "
+"sur la manière de réaliser une installation minimale."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Choisir individuellement des paquetages"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Il est possible ici d'ajouter n'importe quel paquetage supplémentaire pour personnaliser l'installation."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible ici d'ajouter n'importe quel paquetage supplémentaire pour "
+"personnaliser l'installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Après avoir fait son choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>l'icône de la disquette</guibutton> en bas de la page pour enregistrer le choix des paquetages (il est aussi possible de l'enregistrer sur une clé USB).  Utiliser alors ce fichier pour réaliser l'installation des mêmes paquetages sur un autre système, en cliquant sur la même icône pendant l'installation et en choisissant de charger le fichier."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Après avoir fait son choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>l'icône de la disquette</"
+"guibutton> en bas de la page pour enregistrer le choix des paquetages (il "
+"est aussi possible de l'enregistrer sur une clé USB).  Utiliser alors ce "
+"fichier pour réaliser l'installation des mêmes paquetages sur un autre "
+"système, en cliquant sur la même icône pendant l'installation et en "
+"choisissant de charger le fichier."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Configurer les Services"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Désigner ici quels services doivent (ne doivent pas) s'activer au démarrage du système."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Désigner ici quels services doivent (ne doivent pas) s'activer au démarrage "
+"du système."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Il y a quatre groupes, cliquer sur le triangle devant chaque groupe pour le déployer et voir tous les services qu'il contient."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Il y a quatre groupes, cliquer sur le triangle devant chaque groupe pour le "
+"déployer et voir tous les services qu'il contient."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -582,7 +730,9 @@ msgstr "Les choix réalisés par DrakX sont généralement les bons."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Si un service est mis en surbrillance, des informations à son sujet sont disponibles dans l'infobulle en dessous."
+msgstr ""
+"Si un service est mis en surbrillance, des informations à son sujet sont "
+"disponibles dans l'infobulle en dessous."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
@@ -594,36 +744,45 @@ msgstr "Ne modifier quelque chose qu'avec la certitude de bien faire."
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Configurer le fuseau horaire"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Choisir le fuseau horaire en choisissant le pays ou la ville la plus proche dans le même fuseau."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Choisir le fuseau horaire en choisissant le pays ou la ville la plus proche "
+"dans le même fuseau."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "Dans l'écran suivant, il est possible de régler l'horloge système à l'heure locale ou GMT, aussi appelée UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans l'écran suivant, il est possible de régler l'horloge système à l'heure "
+"locale ou GMT, aussi appelée UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "En cas de plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation sur l'ordinateur, il doivent tous être réglés sur la même heure (heure locale ou GMT/UTC)."
+msgstr ""
+"En cas de plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation sur l'ordinateur, il doivent "
+"tous être réglés sur la même heure (heure locale ou GMT/UTC)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -633,24 +792,31 @@ msgstr "Choisissez un serveur d'affichage (serveur X)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "L'outil d'installation a une base de données assez complète des cartes graphiques et identifie en général correctement votre matériel."
+msgstr ""
+"L'outil d'installation a une base de données assez complète des cartes "
+"graphiques et identifie en général correctement votre matériel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Si l'installateur n'a pas détecté correctement votre carte graphique et si vous connaissez celle-ci, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence :"
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'installateur n'a pas détecté correctement votre carte graphique et si "
+"vous connaissez celle-ci, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -673,7 +839,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Si vous ne trouvez pas votre carte dans la liste du fabricant, parce qu'elle n'est pas encore répertoriée ou qu'elle est trop ancienne, vous pouvez espérer trouver un pilote adapté dans la catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous ne trouvez pas votre carte dans la liste du fabricant, parce qu'elle "
+"n'est pas encore répertoriée ou qu'elle est trop ancienne, vous pouvez "
+"espérer trouver un pilote adapté dans la catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -681,14 +850,20 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "La catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> contient plus de 40 pilotes génériques et libres. Si vous ne trouvez pas de pilotes correspondant à votre carte, vous pouvez sélectionner le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> qui fournit des possibilités basiques pour la plupart des cartes."
+msgstr ""
+"La catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> contient plus de 40 pilotes "
+"génériques et libres. Si vous ne trouvez pas de pilotes correspondant à "
+"votre carte, vous pouvez sélectionner le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> "
+"qui fournit des possibilités basiques pour la plupart des cartes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Soyez conscients que vous n'aurez accès qu'à la ligne de commande si le pilote sélectionné est inadapté."
+msgstr ""
+"Soyez conscients que vous n'aurez accès qu'à la ligne de commande si le "
+"pilote sélectionné est inadapté."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -696,30 +871,36 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Certains pilotes sont fournis par les fabricants et en licence non ouverte et ne peuvent être installés que si vous avez accepté le dépôt \"Nonfree\".Dans certains cas, les pilotes ne sont accessibles que sur des sites Internet du fabricant et sont à installer après le démarrage de Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Certains pilotes sont fournis par les fabricants et en licence non ouverte "
+"et ne peuvent être installés que si vous avez accepté le dépôt \"Nonfree\"."
+"Dans certains cas, les pilotes ne sont accessibles que sur des sites "
+"Internet du fabricant et sont à installer après le démarrage de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Les dépôts \"Nonfree\" doivent être activés de façon explicite pour y accéder, il est conseillé de le faire après le premier redémarrage."
+msgstr ""
+"Les dépôts \"Nonfree\" doivent être activés de façon explicite pour y "
+"accéder, il est conseillé de le faire après le premier redémarrage."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration de X, de la carte graphique et du moniteur"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupX.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupX.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -728,19 +909,30 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Quelque soit l'environnement graphique (connu aussi sous le nom de bureau) choisi pour cette installation de <application>Mageia</application>, il est basé sur une interface utilisateur graphique appelée <acronym>X-Window</acronym>, ou simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Ainsi pour assurer le fonctionnement de <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou n'importe quel autre environnement graphique, les paramètres suivants de <acronym>X</acronym> doivent être corrects. Choisir les paramètres corrects si <application>DrakX</application> ne détermine rien ou bien si les choix réalisés ne semblent pas corrects."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Quelque soit l'environnement graphique (connu aussi sous le nom de bureau) "
+"choisi pour cette installation de <application>Mageia</application>, il est "
+"basé sur une interface utilisateur graphique appelée <acronym>X-Window</"
+"acronym>, ou simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Ainsi pour assurer le "
+"fonctionnement de <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, "
+"<acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou n'importe quel autre environnement graphique, les "
+"paramètres suivants de <acronym>X</acronym> doivent être corrects. Choisir "
+"les paramètres corrects si <application>DrakX</application> ne détermine "
+"rien ou bien si les choix réalisés ne semblent pas corrects."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Carte Graphique </guibutton></emphasis>: Si besoin, choisir la carte dans la liste."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Carte Graphique </guibutton></emphasis>: Si besoin, "
+"choisir la carte dans la liste."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -750,19 +942,28 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Moniteur</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quand cela est possible, ou choisir le moniteur dans la liste des <guilabel>Vendeurs</guilabel> ou bien celle des <guilabel>Génériques</guilabel>. Choisir <guilabel>Personnalisé</guilabel> en cas de préférence pour une configuration manuelle des taux de rafraîchissement horizontaux et verticaux du moniteur."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Moniteur</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quand cela est possible, ou choisir le "
+"moniteur dans la liste des <guilabel>Vendeurs</guilabel> ou bien celle des "
+"<guilabel>Génériques</guilabel>. Choisir <guilabel>Personnalisé</guilabel> "
+"en cas de préférence pour une configuration manuelle des taux de "
+"rafraîchissement horizontaux et verticaux du moniteur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
 msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
-msgstr "Le moniteur peut être endommagé par des taux de rafraîchissement incorrects."
+msgstr ""
+"Le moniteur peut être endommagé par des taux de rafraîchissement incorrects."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Résolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Indiquer ici la résolution et la profondeur de couleur du moniteur."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Résolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Indiquer ici la "
+"résolution et la profondeur de couleur du moniteur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -770,19 +971,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Le bouton test n'apparaît pas toujours pendant l'installation. S'il est présent, il est possible de cliquer dessus pour vérifier le résultat des réglages. Si une question apparaît demandant si les réglages sont corrects, répondre \"oui\" et ils seront conservés. Si rien n'est visible, l'écran de configuration va réapparaître et il sera possible de modifier les réglages jusqu'à ce que le test soit satisfaisant.<emphasis> Si le bouton de test n'est pas disponible, redoubler de précautions dans le choix des paramètres.</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Le bouton test n'apparaît "
+"pas toujours pendant l'installation. S'il est présent, il est possible de "
+"cliquer dessus pour vérifier le résultat des réglages. Si une question "
+"apparaît demandant si les réglages sont corrects, répondre \"oui\" et ils "
+"seront conservés. Si rien n'est visible, l'écran de configuration va "
+"réapparaître et il sera possible de modifier les réglages jusqu'à ce que le "
+"test soit satisfaisant.<emphasis> Si le bouton de test n'est pas disponible, "
+"redoubler de précautions dans le choix des paramètres.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir ici de valider ou d'invalider différentes options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir ici de valider "
+"ou d'invalider différentes options."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -794,7 +1005,9 @@ msgstr "Choisissez un moniteur"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX comporte une importante base de données de moniteurs et en général, votre matériel est bien identifié."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX comporte une importante base de données de moniteurs et en général, "
+"votre matériel est bien identifié."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -803,15 +1016,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Le choix d'un moniteur avec des caractéristiques inappropriées au matériel peut endommager la carte graphique ou le moniteur, en particulier les écrans cathodiques. N'essayez que ce dont vous êtes sûrs.</emphasis> En cas de doute, vous devez consulter la documentation de votre matériel."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Le choix d'un moniteur avec des caractéristiques inappropriées au "
+"matériel peut endommager la carte graphique ou le moniteur, en particulier "
+"les écrans cathodiques. N'essayez que ce dont vous êtes sûrs.</emphasis> En "
+"cas de doute, vous devez consulter la documentation de votre matériel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -822,10 +1042,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personnalisé</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Cette option vous permet de spécifier deux paramètres critiques, la fréquence de rafraichissement vertical et la fréquence de synchronisation horizontale. La fréquence de rafraichissement vertical détermine à quelle fréquence l'écran est rafraîchi, tandis que la fréquence de synchronisation horizontale détermine la fréquence à laquelle les lignes sont affichées."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette option vous permet de spécifier deux paramètres critiques, la "
+"fréquence de rafraichissement vertical et la fréquence de synchronisation "
+"horizontale. La fréquence de rafraichissement vertical détermine à quelle "
+"fréquence l'écran est rafraîchi, tandis que la fréquence de synchronisation "
+"horizontale détermine la fréquence à laquelle les lignes sont affichées."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -834,7 +1059,12 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "Il est <emphasis role=\"bold\">très important</emphasis> que les spécifications que vous donnez ne soient pas au-delà des capacités de votre moniteur : vous pourriez endommager votre moniteur. En cas de doute, vous devez choisir une configuration conservatrice et consulter la documentation de votre matériel."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est <emphasis role=\"bold\">très important</emphasis> que les "
+"spécifications que vous donnez ne soient pas au-delà des capacités de votre "
+"moniteur : vous pourriez endommager votre moniteur. En cas de doute, vous "
+"devez choisir une configuration conservatrice et consulter la documentation "
+"de votre matériel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -846,7 +1076,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "C'est l'option par défaut. Le système essaye de déterminer le type de moniteur à partir de la base de données."
+msgstr ""
+"C'est l'option par défaut. Le système essaye de déterminer le type de "
+"moniteur à partir de la base de données."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -858,7 +1090,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendeur</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Si le système n'a pas déterminé correctement votre matériel et si vous connaissez ses références, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence en sélectionnant dans l'ordre :"
+msgstr ""
+"Si le système n'a pas déterminé correctement votre matériel et si vous "
+"connaissez ses références, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence "
+"en sélectionnant dans l'ordre :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -879,11 +1114,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Générique</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "La sélection de ce groupe permet de choisir parmi 30 configurations d'affichage telles que le 1024x768 @ 60Hz et comprend les écrans plats tels qu'utilisés par les portables. c'est souvent un choix adapté lorsque vous utilisez le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> et que votre matériel graphique ne peut pas être détecté automatiquement. A nouveau, il convient d'être prudent dans vos choix."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"La sélection de ce groupe permet de choisir parmi 30 configurations "
+"d'affichage telles que le 1024x768 @ 60Hz et comprend les écrans plats tels "
+"qu'utilisés par les portables. c'est souvent un choix adapté lorsque vous "
+"utilisez le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> et que votre matériel graphique "
+"ne peut pas être détecté automatiquement. A nouveau, il convient d'être "
+"prudent dans vos choix."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -893,47 +1134,65 @@ msgstr "Partitionnement personnalisé du disque avec DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Si vous souhaitez chiffrer la partition <literal>/</literal> il faut d'abord s'assurer que la partition <literal>/boot</literal> est séparée des autres. La partition <literal>/boot</literal> NE doit PAS être chiffrée, sinon le système ne pourra pas s'amorcer."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous souhaitez chiffrer la partition <literal>/</literal> il faut d'abord "
+"s'assurer que la partition <literal>/boot</literal> est séparée des autres. "
+"La partition <literal>/boot</literal> NE doit PAS être chiffrée, sinon le "
+"système ne pourra pas s'amorcer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Définir ici la disposition du(es)  disque(s). Il est possible de créer ou de supprimer des partitions, de changer le type du système de fichiers d'une partition, ou de modifier sa taille et même voir ce qu'elle contient avant de démarrer."
+msgstr ""
+"Définir ici la disposition du(es)  disque(s). Il est possible de créer ou de "
+"supprimer des partitions, de changer le type du système de fichiers d'une "
+"partition, ou de modifier sa taille et même voir ce qu'elle contient avant "
+"de démarrer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Un onglet est présent pour chaque disque dur détecté et chaque autre périphérique de stockage tel qu'une clé USB. Par exemple sda, sdb et sdc s'ils sont trois."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Un onglet est présent pour chaque disque dur détecté et chaque autre "
+"périphérique de stockage tel qu'une clé USB. Par exemple sda, sdb et sdc "
+"s'ils sont trois."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Supprimer toutes les partitions</guibutton> pour supprimer toutes les partitions du périphérique de stockage sélectionné."
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Supprimer toutes les partitions</guibutton> pour "
+"supprimer toutes les partitions du périphérique de stockage sélectionné."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Pour toutes les autres actions : Cliquer d'abord sur la partition concernée. Ensuite, l'observer, choisir un système de fichiers et un point de montage, la redimensionner ou la supprimer."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour toutes les autres actions : Cliquer d'abord sur la partition concernée. "
+"Ensuite, l'observer, choisir un système de fichiers et un point de montage, "
+"la redimensionner ou la supprimer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -956,21 +1215,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Cet écran présente le contenu du(des) disque(s) dur(s) et les propositions faites par l'assistant de partitionnement de DrakX pour l'endroit où installer <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet écran présente le contenu du(des) disque(s) dur(s) et les propositions "
+"faites par l'assistant de partitionnement de DrakX pour l'endroit où "
+"installer <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Les options proposées dans la liste ci-dessous varient en fonction du contenu et de l'agencement de chaque disque dur en particulier."
+msgstr ""
+"Les options proposées dans la liste ci-dessous varient en fonction du "
+"contenu et de l'agencement de chaque disque dur en particulier."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -982,7 +1248,9 @@ msgstr "Utiliser les partitions existantes"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Si cette option est disponible, alors des partitions compatibles avec Linux ont été trouvées et sont utilisables pour l'installation de Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Si cette option est disponible, alors des partitions compatibles avec Linux "
+"ont été trouvées et sont utilisables pour l'installation de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -992,9 +1260,11 @@ msgstr "Utiliser l'espace libre"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Si le disque dur comporte de l'espace inutilisé, alors cette option l'utilisera pour l'installation de Mageia."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le disque dur comporte de l'espace inutilisé, alors cette option "
+"l'utilisera pour l'installation de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -1004,9 +1274,11 @@ msgstr "Utiliser l'espace libre sur une partition Microsoft Windows"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Si une partition Windows existante comporte de l'espace inutilisé, l'installateur propose de l'utiliser."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Si une partition Windows existante comporte de l'espace inutilisé, "
+"l'installateur propose de l'utiliser."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1014,7 +1286,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Cela peut être une façon pratique de faire de la place pour l'installation de Mageia, mais il s'agit d'une opération risquée, vous devriez donc vous assurer de posséder une sauvegarde de tous les fichiers importants."
+msgstr ""
+"Cela peut être une façon pratique de faire de la place pour l'installation "
+"de Mageia, mais il s'agit d'une opération risquée, vous devriez donc vous "
+"assurer de posséder une sauvegarde de tous les fichiers importants."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1025,7 +1300,14 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Noter que cela impose de rétrécir la partition Windows. La partition doit être \"intègre\", signifiant que Windows doit s'être correctement arrêté lors de sa dernière utilisation. La partition doit avoir été défragmentée également, bien que ce ne soit pas une garantie que tous les fichiers de la partition aient été déplacés en dehors de la zone à utiliser. Il est fortement recommandé de sauvegarder ses données personnelles importantes au préalable."
+msgstr ""
+"Noter que cela impose de rétrécir la partition Windows. La partition doit "
+"être \"intègre\", signifiant que Windows doit s'être correctement arrêté "
+"lors de sa dernière utilisation. La partition doit avoir été défragmentée "
+"également, bien que ce ne soit pas une garantie que tous les fichiers de la "
+"partition aient été déplacés en dehors de la zone à utiliser. Il est "
+"fortement recommandé de sauvegarder ses données personnelles importantes au "
+"préalable."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1040,7 +1322,9 @@ msgstr "Cette option utilise le disque complet pour Mageia."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Attention ! Cela effacera TOUTES les données sur le disque sélectionné. Faites attention !"
+msgstr ""
+"Attention ! Cela effacera TOUTES les données sur le disque sélectionné. "
+"Faites attention !"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1048,7 +1332,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser une partie du disque pour autre chose, ou bien des données déjà présentes sur le disque ne doivent pas être perdues, alors ne pas utiliser cette option."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser une partie du disque pour autre chose, "
+"ou bien des données déjà présentes sur le disque ne doivent pas être "
+"perdues, alors ne pas utiliser cette option."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1058,9 +1345,11 @@ msgstr "Partitionnement de disque personnalisé"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Ceci vous donne le contrôle complet sur la localisation de votre installation sur le(s)  disque(s)."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ceci vous donne le contrôle complet sur la localisation de votre "
+"installation sur le(s)  disque(s)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1069,10 +1358,18 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Certains nouveaux disques utilisent maintenant des secteurs logiques de 4096 octets, au lieu des traditionnels 512 octets.  En raison d'un manque de matériel disponible, l'outil de partitionnement utilisé par l'installateur n'a pas pu être testé avec de tels disques.  Des disques SSD utilisent aussi maintenant des blocs d'effacement de plus de 1Mo.  Nous vous suggérons de partitionner votre disque au préalable à l'aide d'un outil de partitionnement tiers tel que gparted, et d'utiliser la configuration suivante :"
+msgstr ""
+"Certains nouveaux disques utilisent maintenant des secteurs logiques de 4096 "
+"octets, au lieu des traditionnels 512 octets.  En raison d'un manque de "
+"matériel disponible, l'outil de partitionnement utilisé par l'installateur "
+"n'a pas pu être testé avec de tels disques.  Des disques SSD utilisent aussi "
+"maintenant des blocs d'effacement de plus de 1Mo.  Nous vous suggérons de "
+"partitionner votre disque au préalable à l'aide d'un outil de "
+"partitionnement tiers tel que gparted, et d'utiliser la configuration "
+"suivante :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1088,7 +1385,9 @@ msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Assurez vous aussi que toutes les partitions sont créées avec un nombre pair de Mo."
+msgstr ""
+"Assurez vous aussi que toutes les partitions sont créées avec un nombre pair "
+"de Mo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1105,8 +1404,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Février 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1129,10 +1427,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que vous faites."
+msgstr ""
+"Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après "
+"apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que "
+"vous faites."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1143,64 +1444,84 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la "
+"licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Ce manuel a été réalisé avec l'aide de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> développé par <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ce manuel a été réalisé avec l'aide de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link> développé par <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Il est rédigé par des bénévoles sur leur temps libre. Si vous désirez aider à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'Equipe de documentation</link>."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est rédigé par des bénévoles sur leur temps libre. Si vous désirez aider "
+"à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link ns6:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'Equipe de documentation</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Félicitations"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "L'installation et la configuration de <application>Mageia</application> sont terminées et il est maintenant possible d'enlever le medium d'installation et de redémarrer l'ordinateur."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"L'installation et la configuration de <application>Mageia</application> sont "
+"terminées et il est maintenant possible d'enlever le medium d'installation "
+"et de redémarrer l'ordinateur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Après le redémarrage, le choix entre les différents systèmes d'exploitation présents sur l'ordinateur (s'il en existe plus d'un) est possible dans l'écran du chargeur de démarrage ."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Après le redémarrage, le choix entre les différents systèmes d'exploitation "
+"présents sur l'ordinateur (s'il en existe plus d'un) est possible dans "
+"l'écran du chargeur de démarrage ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Si les réglages du chargeur de démarrage n'ont pas été modifiés, l'installation de Mageia sera automatiquement sélectionnée et démarrée."
+msgstr ""
+"Si les réglages du chargeur de démarrage n'ont pas été modifiés, "
+"l'installation de Mageia sera automatiquement sélectionnée et démarrée."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1212,43 +1533,56 @@ msgstr "Prenez plaisir !"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Visitez www.mageia.org pour toute question ou si vous désirez contribuer à Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Visitez www.mageia.org pour toute question ou si vous désirez contribuer à "
+"Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formatage"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Choisir ici quelle(s)  partition(s) est(sont) à formater. Toutes les données présentes sur les partitions <emphasis>non</emphasis> cochées seront préservées."
+msgstr ""
+"Choisir ici quelle(s)  partition(s) est(sont) à formater. Toutes les données "
+"présentes sur les partitions <emphasis>non</emphasis> cochées seront "
+"préservées."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Habituellement, au moins les partitions sélectionnées par DrakX doivent être formatées."
+msgstr ""
+"Habituellement, au moins les partitions sélectionnées par DrakX doivent être "
+"formatées."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> pour désigner les partitions où l'on souhaite que soient recherchés les <emphasis> blocs défectueux.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> pour désigner les partitions où "
+"l'on souhaite que soient recherchés les <emphasis> blocs défectueux.</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1257,14 +1591,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Si vous n'êtes pas encore sûr de votre choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton>, à nouveau sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Personnaliser</guibutton> pour revenir à l'écran principal.  Dans cet écran, il est possible d'examiner le contenu des partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous n'êtes pas encore sûr de votre choix, cliquer sur "
+"<guibutton>Précédent</guibutton>, à nouveau sur <guibutton>Précédent</"
+"guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Personnaliser</guibutton> pour revenir à "
+"l'écran principal.  Dans cet écran, il est possible d'examiner le contenu "
+"des partitions."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Lorsque la sélection est faites avec certitude, cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Lorsque la sélection est faites avec certitude, cliquer sur "
+"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1277,14 +1618,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Que vous soyez nouvel utilisateur de GNU-Linux ou expérimenté, l'installateur de Mageia est conçu pour vous rendre l'installation ou la mise à jour aussi aisée que possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Que vous soyez nouvel utilisateur de GNU-Linux ou expérimenté, "
+"l'installateur de Mageia est conçu pour vous rendre l'installation ou la "
+"mise à jour aussi aisée que possible."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "L'écran du menu initial présente plusieurs options, cependant l'option par défaut démarre l'installation, ce qui correspondra à ce qui est souhaité la plupart du temps ."
+msgstr ""
+"L'écran du menu initial présente plusieurs options, cependant l'option par "
+"défaut démarre l'installation, ce qui correspondra à ce qui est souhaité la "
+"plupart du temps ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1299,15 +1646,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:37
 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:"
-msgstr "Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut lorsque vous utilisez un DVD Mageia :"
+msgstr ""
+"Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut lorsque vous utilisez un DVD Mageia :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1318,38 +1667,51 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #: en/installer.xml:46
 msgid ""
 "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
-msgstr "A partir de ce premier écran, il est possible de paramétrer des préférences personnelles :"
+msgstr ""
+"A partir de ce premier écran, il est possible de paramétrer des préférences "
+"personnelles :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
 "language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
-msgstr "Sélectionnez la langue (pour l'installation uniquement, pourra être différent de la langue choisie pour le système) en pressant la touche F2"
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez la langue (pour l'installation uniquement, pourra être "
+"différent de la langue choisie pour le système) en pressant la touche F2"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
-msgstr "Utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la langue puis presser sur la touche Entrée."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la langue puis presser sur "
+"la touche Entrée."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Voici par exemple l'écran d'accueil en Français si vous utilisez in DVD/CD \"live\". Notez que le menu du DVD/CD \"live\" ne propose pas : le <guilabel>système de secours</guilabel>, le <guilabel>test de mémoire</guilabel> et <guilabel>l'outil de détection du matériel</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Voici par exemple l'écran d'accueil en Français si vous utilisez in DVD/CD "
+"\"live\". Notez que le menu du DVD/CD \"live\" ne propose pas : le "
+"<guilabel>système de secours</guilabel>, le <guilabel>test de mémoire</"
+"guilabel> et <guilabel>l'outil de détection du matériel</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1358,8 +1720,10 @@ msgstr "Modifiez la résolution de l'écran en pressant la touche F3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
@@ -1372,7 +1736,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
 "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
 "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
-msgstr "Si l'installation échoue, il peut alors être nécessaire de réessayer en utilisant l'une des options  spéciales. Le menu appelé par la touche F6 affiche une nouvelle ligne appelée  <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel> et propose quatre entrées :"
+msgstr ""
+"Si l'installation échoue, il peut alors être nécessaire de réessayer en "
+"utilisant l'une des options  spéciales. Le menu appelé par la touche F6 "
+"affiche une nouvelle ligne appelée  <guilabel>Options de démarrage</"
+"guilabel> et propose quatre entrées :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:99
@@ -1384,28 +1752,37 @@ msgstr "- par défaut. Cela ne modifie rien dans les options par défaut."
 msgid ""
 "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of "
 "performances."
-msgstr "- sauvegarde des paramètres, la priorité étant donnée à la sécurité au détriment performances."
+msgstr ""
+"- sauvegarde des paramètres, la priorité étant donnée à la sécurité au "
+"détriment performances."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
 "isn't taken into account."
-msgstr "- pas d'ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la gestion de l'alimention n'est pas prise en compte."
+msgstr ""
+"- pas d'ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la gestion de "
+"l'alimention n'est pas prise en compte."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:108
 msgid ""
 "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
 "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
-msgstr "- Pas d'APIC (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) local. Ceci ne concerne que le fonctionnement interne de l'Unité Centrale, sélectionnez cette option uniquement si on vous le demande."
+msgstr ""
+"- Pas d'APIC (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) local. Ceci ne "
+"concerne que le fonctionnement interne de l'Unité Centrale, sélectionnez "
+"cette option uniquement si on vous le demande."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
 "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
-msgstr "Si vous sélectionnez l'une de ces entrées, cela modifie les options par défaut affichées dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous sélectionnez l'une de ces entrées, cela modifie les options par "
+"défaut affichées dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:116
@@ -1413,12 +1790,18 @@ msgid ""
 "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
 "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
 "however, they are really taken into account."
-msgstr "Dans certaines versions de Mageia, il peut arriver que les entrées sélectionnées avec la touche F6 n'apparaissent pas dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>, cependant elles sont bien prises en compte."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans certaines versions de Mageia, il peut arriver que les entrées "
+"sélectionnées avec la touche F6 n'apparaissent pas dans la ligne "
+"<guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>, cependant elles sont bien prises "
+"en compte."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:130
@@ -1431,12 +1814,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with "
 "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
 "go back to the welcome screen."
-msgstr "Presser la touche F1 ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre avec plus d'options disponibles. Sélectionnez-en une avec les touches directionnelles, puis pressez \"Entrée\" pour obtenir plus de détails ou la touche d'échappement Esc pour revenir vers l'écran d'accueil."
+msgstr ""
+"Presser la touche F1 ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre avec plus d'options "
+"disponibles. Sélectionnez-en une avec les touches directionnelles, puis "
+"pressez \"Entrée\" pour obtenir plus de détails ou la touche d'échappement "
+"Esc pour revenir vers l'écran d'accueil."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
@@ -1445,34 +1834,46 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
 "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
 "line."
-msgstr "La vue détaillée sur l'option splash. Pressez la touche Echappement ou sélectionnez <guilabel>Retournez vers les options de démarrage</guilabel> pour revenir vers la liste des options. Ces options peuvent être ajoutées manuellement sur la ligne <guilabel>options de Démarrage</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"La vue détaillée sur l'option splash. Pressez la touche Echappement ou "
+"sélectionnez <guilabel>Retournez vers les options de démarrage</guilabel> "
+"pour revenir vers la liste des options. Ces options peuvent être ajoutées "
+"manuellement sur la ligne <guilabel>options de Démarrage</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
-msgstr "L'aide est traduite dans la langue sélectionnée en pressant la touche F2."
+msgstr ""
+"L'aide est traduite dans la langue sélectionnée en pressant la touche F2."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:166
 msgid ""
 "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
 "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):"
-msgstr "Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut si vous utilisez un CD d'installation par le Réseau (les images Boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso) :"
+msgstr ""
+"Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut si vous utilisez un CD d'installation par "
+"le Réseau (les images Boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso) :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:169
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
-msgstr "Cela ne permet pas de modifier la langue, les options disponibles sont décrites dans l'écran. Pour plus d'information sur l'utilisation d'un CD d'installation par le Réseau, consulter <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">le Wiki Mageia</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Cela ne permet pas de modifier la langue, les options disponibles sont "
+"décrites dans l'écran. Pour plus d'information sur l'utilisation d'un CD "
+"d'installation par le Réseau, consulter <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Boot.iso_install\">le Wiki Mageia</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:175
@@ -1482,9 +1883,11 @@ msgstr "Le clavier est Américain."
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1494,24 +1897,30 @@ msgstr "Les étapes de l'installation"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Le processus d'installation se divise en étapes successives qui peuvent être suivies dans le panneau latéral à gauche de l'écran."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Le processus d'installation se divise en étapes successives qui peuvent être "
+"suivies dans le panneau latéral à gauche de l'écran."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Chaque étape contient un ou plusieurs écrans qui peuvent à leur tour présenter un bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> qui offre des options supplémentaires moins communes."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Chaque étape contient un ou plusieurs écrans qui peuvent à leur tour "
+"présenter un bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> qui offre des options "
+"supplémentaires moins communes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "La plupart des écrans présentent un bouton d'<guibutton>Aide</guibutton> qui apporte davantage d'explications au sujet de l'étape en cours."
+msgstr ""
+"La plupart des écrans présentent un bouton d'<guibutton>Aide</guibutton> qui "
+"apporte davantage d'explications au sujet de l'étape en cours."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1521,10 +1930,19 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> pour redémarrer."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son "
+"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. "
+"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé "
+"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage "
+"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes "
+"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur "
+"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer "
+"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> "
+"pour redémarrer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1536,25 +1954,33 @@ msgstr "Problèmes d'installation et solutions possibles"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Pas d'interface graphique"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Après l'écran initial, vous n'obtenez pas l'écran de sélection de la langue. Cela peut arriver avec certaines cartes graphiques et vieux systèmes. Essayez d'utiliser une basse résolution en tapant <code>vgalo</code> à l'invite."
+msgstr ""
+"Après l'écran initial, vous n'obtenez pas l'écran de sélection de la langue. "
+"Cela peut arriver avec certaines cartes graphiques et vieux systèmes. "
+"Essayez d'utiliser une basse résolution en tapant <code>vgalo</code> à "
+"l'invite."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
-msgstr "Si le matériel est très ancien, une installation graphique pourrait être impossible. Dans ce cas il vaut mieux essayer une installation en mode texte. Pour utiliser celle-ci pressez la touche Echappement/ESC au premier écran d'accueil et confirmez avec ENTREE. Un écran noir s'affichera avec le mot \"boot:\". Tapez \"text\" et pressez ENTREE. Maintenant continuez l'installation en mode texte."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le matériel est très ancien, une installation graphique pourrait être "
+"impossible. Dans ce cas il vaut mieux essayer une installation en mode "
+"texte. Pour utiliser celle-ci pressez la touche Echappement/ESC au premier "
+"écran d'accueil et confirmez avec ENTREE. Un écran noir s'affichera avec le "
+"mot \"boot:\". Tapez \"text\" et pressez ENTREE. Maintenant continuez "
+"l'installation en mode texte."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:245
@@ -1569,7 +1995,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Si le système semble se figer pendant l'installation, cela peut provenir d'un problème de détection du matériel. Dans ce cas, la détection automatique peut être escamotée et traitée ultérieurement.  Pour tenter cela, tapez <code>noauto</code> à l'invite. Cette option peut être combinée avec les précédentes si nécessaire.."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le système semble se figer pendant l'installation, cela peut provenir "
+"d'un problème de détection du matériel. Dans ce cas, la détection "
+"automatique peut être escamotée et traitée ultérieurement.  Pour tenter "
+"cela, tapez <code>noauto</code> à l'invite. Cette option peut être combinée "
+"avec les précédentes si nécessaire.."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1581,9 +2012,14 @@ msgstr "Problème de mémoire vive"
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Cela sera rarement nécessaire, mais dans certains cas, le matériel peut détecter la mémoire vive (RAM) disponible de manière incorrecte. Pour la spécifier manuellement, utilisez le paramètre <code>mem=xxxM</code> où xxx est la quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple  <code>mem=256M</code> pour spécifier 256Mo de RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Cela sera rarement nécessaire, mais dans certains cas, le matériel peut "
+"détecter la mémoire vive (RAM) disponible de manière incorrecte. Pour la "
+"spécifier manuellement, utilisez le paramètre <code>mem=xxxM</code> où xxx "
+"est la quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple  <code>mem=256M</code> pour "
+"spécifier 256Mo de RAM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1596,39 +2032,44 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
-msgstr "Si vous avez converti votre disque dur d'un format \"primaire\" vers un format \"dynamique\" dans Microsoft Windows, vous devez savoir qu'il est impossible d'installer Mageia sur ce disque. Pour revenir vers un format primaire, consultez la documentation Microsoft : <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous avez converti votre disque dur d'un format \"primaire\" vers un "
+"format \"dynamique\" dans Microsoft Windows, vous devez savoir qu'il est "
+"impossible d'installer Mageia sur ce disque. Pour revenir vers un format "
+"primaire, consultez la documentation Microsoft : <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/"
+"en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:3
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Mises à jour"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Depuis la publication de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>, un certain nombre de paquets ont été mis à jour ou améliorés."
+msgstr ""
+"Depuis la publication de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>, "
+"un certain nombre de paquets ont été mis à jour ou améliorés."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1636,7 +2077,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Choisissez <guilabel>oui</guilabel> si vous souhaitez les télécharger et les installer, sélectionnez <guilabel>non</guilabel> si vous ne le souhaitez pas, ou si vous n'êtes pas connecté à Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Choisissez <guilabel>oui</guilabel> si vous souhaitez les télécharger et les "
+"installer, sélectionnez <guilabel>non</guilabel> si vous ne le souhaitez "
+"pas, ou si vous n'êtes pas connecté à Internet"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1648,55 +2092,73 @@ msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer"
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Sélection des média (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Vous avez ici la liste des dépôts disponibles. Leur disponibilité dépend du média utilisé pour réaliser l'installation. Le choix des dépôts détermine quels seront les paquetages proposés à l'installation au cours des étapes suivantes."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous avez ici la liste des dépôts disponibles. Leur disponibilité dépend du "
+"média utilisé pour réaliser l'installation. Le choix des dépôts détermine "
+"quels seront les paquetages proposés à l'installation au cours des étapes "
+"suivantes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "Le dépôt <emphasis>Core</emphasis> est obligatoire car il contient la base de la distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"Le dépôt <emphasis>Core</emphasis> est obligatoire car il contient la base "
+"de la distribution."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "Le dépôt <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> comprend les paquetages qui sont gratuits, Mageia peut donc les distribuer, mais ils contiennent du logiciel soumis à des droits (d'où le nom Nonfree, signifiant Non libre). Par exemple, dans ce dépôt se trouvent les pilotes propriétaires des cartes graphiques nVidia et ATI, les firmwares de diverses cartes Wifi, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Le dépôt <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> comprend les paquetages qui sont "
+"gratuits, Mageia peut donc les distribuer, mais ils contiennent du logiciel "
+"soumis à des droits (d'où le nom Nonfree, signifiant Non libre). Par "
+"exemple, dans ce dépôt se trouvent les pilotes propriétaires des cartes "
+"graphiques nVidia et ATI, les firmwares de diverses cartes Wifi, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "Le dépôt <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> comprend les paquetages publiés sous licence libre. La principale raison qui fait placer un paquetage dans ce dépôt est qu'il peut violer des lois de protection des droits d'auteur dans certains pays, en général, des codecs Multimedia nécessaires à l'exécution de divers fichiers audio/video; ou bien des paquetages nécessaires pour jouer des DVD vidéo commerciaux, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Le dépôt <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> comprend les paquetages publiés sous "
+"licence libre. La principale raison qui fait placer un paquetage dans ce "
+"dépôt est qu'il peut violer des lois de protection des droits d'auteur dans "
+"certains pays, en général, des codecs Multimedia nécessaires à l'exécution "
+"de divers fichiers audio/video; ou bien des paquetages nécessaires pour "
+"jouer des DVD vidéo commerciaux, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1707,9 +2169,12 @@ msgstr "Installation minimale"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Il est possible de choisir une installation minimale en dé-sélectionnant tout dans l'écran Sélection du groupe de paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de choisir une installation minimale en dé-sélectionnant "
+"tout dans l'écran Sélection du groupe de paquetages, voir <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1718,14 +2183,21 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "L'installation minimale est destinée à ceux qui envisagent des utilisations spécifiques pour leur <application>Mageia</application>, telles qu'un serveur ou une station de travail spécialisée. Il est probable que cette option soit employée en combinaison avec la Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"L'installation minimale est destinée à ceux qui envisagent des utilisations "
+"spécifiques pour leur <application>Mageia</application>, telles qu'un "
+"serveur ou une station de travail spécialisée. Il est probable que cette "
+"option soit employée en combinaison avec la Sélection Individuelle des "
+"Paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Avec le choix de cette classe d'installation, l'écran suivant propose d'installer quelques extras utiles tels que de la documentation et X."
+msgstr ""
+"Avec le choix de cette classe d'installation, l'écran suivant propose "
+"d'installer quelques extras utiles tels que de la documentation et X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1733,34 +2205,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Résumé des différents paramètres"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1769,7 +2244,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX a fait les choix judicieux pour la configuration du système en tenant compte des choix faits par vous-même et du matériel détecté. Il est possible ici de vérifier les paramètres et de les changer si souhaité en cliquant sur <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX a fait les choix judicieux pour la configuration du système en tenant "
+"compte des choix faits par vous-même et du matériel détecté. Il est possible "
+"ici de vérifier les paramètres et de les changer si souhaité en cliquant sur "
+"<guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1785,9 +2264,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fuseau horaire :</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX a sélectionné un fuseau horaire en fonction de la langue préférée. Le modifier si nécessaire. Voir aussi <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX a sélectionné un fuseau horaire en fonction de la langue préférée. Le "
+"modifier si nécessaire. Voir aussi <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1799,7 +2280,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Pays / Région :</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Si vous ne vivez pas dans le pays sélectionné, il est très important de rectifier. Voir <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous ne vivez pas dans le pays sélectionné, il est très important de "
+"rectifier. Voir <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1809,13 +2292,15 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Chargeur de démarrage : </guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:69
 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
-msgstr "DrakX a fait les bons choix pour le paramétrage du chargeur de démarrage."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX a fait les bons choix pour le paramétrage du chargeur de démarrage."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
 msgid ""
 "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
-msgstr "Ne rien modifier a moins de connaître comment configurer GRUB et/ou Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Ne rien modifier a moins de connaître comment configurer GRUB et/ou Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
@@ -1830,9 +2315,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestion de l'utilisateur :</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Il est possible d'ajouter des utilisateurs supplémentaires ici. Chacun se verra attribuer son propre répertoire <literal>/home</literal>."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible d'ajouter des utilisateurs supplémentaires ici. Chacun se "
+"verra attribuer son propre répertoire <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1844,14 +2331,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Services :</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Les services systèmes sont ces petits programmes exécutés en tâche de fond (démons). Cet outil permet d'autoriser ou interdire l'exécution de certaines tâches."
+msgstr ""
+"Les services systèmes sont ces petits programmes exécutés en tâche de fond "
+"(démons). Cet outil permet d'autoriser ou interdire l'exécution de certaines "
+"tâches."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Soyez sûrs de ce que vous faîtes avant de changer quoi que ce soit ici - une erreur peut empêcher le fonctionnement correct de l'ordinateur."
+msgstr ""
+"Soyez sûrs de ce que vous faîtes avant de changer quoi que ce soit ici - une "
+"erreur peut empêcher le fonctionnement correct de l'ordinateur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
@@ -1873,7 +2365,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Clavier </guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "C'est l'endroit où configurer la disposition du clavier, lequel dépend du pays, de la langue ou du type de clavier."
+msgstr ""
+"C'est l'endroit où configurer la disposition du clavier, lequel dépend du "
+"pays, de la langue ou du type de clavier."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1885,7 +2379,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Souris :</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Configurer ou ajouter ici d'autres périphériques de pointage, tablettes, trackballs etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Configurer ou ajouter ici d'autres périphériques de pointage, tablettes, "
+"trackballs etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1895,10 +2391,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Carte son :</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "L'installeur sélectionne le pilote par défaut, s'il en existe un. L'option de sélection d'un pilote différent n'est fournie que s'il existe plus d'un pilote pour votre carte, mais qu'aucun d'entre eux n'est celui par défaut."
+msgstr ""
+"L'installeur sélectionne le pilote par défaut, s'il en existe un. L'option "
+"de sélection d'un pilote différent n'est fournie que s'il existe plus d'un "
+"pilote pour votre carte, mais qu'aucun d'entre eux n'est celui par défaut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1907,9 +2406,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interface graphique : </guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Cette partie permet la configuration de la(des) carte(s) graphique(s) et de l'affichage."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette partie permet la configuration de la(des) carte(s) graphique(s) et de "
+"l'affichage."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
@@ -1919,10 +2419,12 @@ msgstr "Pour plus d'informations voir <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1941,14 +2443,21 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Il est possible de configurer le réseau ici, mais pour les cartes réseau exigeant un pilote non libre, il est préférable de le faire après le redémarrage, dans le <application>Centre de Contrôle de Mageia</application>, si vous n'avez pas encore validé les dépôts de média non libres (nonfree)."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de configurer le réseau ici, mais pour les cartes réseau "
+"exigeant un pilote non libre, il est préférable de le faire après le "
+"redémarrage, dans le <application>Centre de Contrôle de Mageia</"
+"application>, si vous n'avez pas encore validé les dépôts de média non "
+"libres (nonfree)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Lors de l'ajout d'une carte réseau, ne pas oublier de paramétrer le pare-feu pour qu'il surveille aussi cette interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Lors de l'ajout d'une carte réseau, ne pas oublier de paramétrer le pare-feu "
+"pour qu'il surveille aussi cette interface."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1961,14 +2470,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Un serveur Proxy (aussi appelé serveur mandataire) se comporte en intermédiaire entre votre ordinateur et internet. Cette partie permet de configurer votre ordinateur pour qu'il utilise un service proxy."
+msgstr ""
+"Un serveur Proxy (aussi appelé serveur mandataire) se comporte en "
+"intermédiaire entre votre ordinateur et internet. Cette partie permet de "
+"configurer votre ordinateur pour qu'il utilise un service proxy."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Peut-être sera t-il utile de consulter l'administrateur système pour obtenir les valeurs des paramètres à entrer ici."
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Peut-être sera t-il utile de consulter l'administrateur système pour obtenir "
+"les valeurs des paramètres à entrer ici."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1983,14 +2497,17 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Niveau de sécurité</guilabel> :"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Régler ici le niveau de sécurité choisi pour l'ordinateur, le plus souvent les valeurs par défaut (Standard) conviennent pour un usage général."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Régler ici le niveau de sécurité choisi pour l'ordinateur, le plus souvent "
+"les valeurs par défaut (Standard) conviennent pour un usage général."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
-msgstr "Cocher l'option qui convient le mieux à votre utilisation de l'ordinateur."
+msgstr ""
+"Cocher l'option qui convient le mieux à votre utilisation de l'ordinateur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:211
@@ -2002,50 +2519,63 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Pare-feu</guilabel> :"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Un pare-feu tente de se dresser en barrière entre les données importantes sur l'ordinateur et les voyous qui tournent autour, depuis internet, et qui cherchent à les compromettre ou à les voler."
+msgstr ""
+"Un pare-feu tente de se dresser en barrière entre les données importantes "
+"sur l'ordinateur et les voyous qui tournent autour, depuis internet, et qui "
+"cherchent à les compromettre ou à les voler."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Choisir les services dont l'accès est nécessaire sur le système. Le choix dépend de l'utilisation de l'ordinateur."
+msgstr ""
+"Choisir les services dont l'accès est nécessaire sur le système. Le choix "
+"dépend de l'utilisation de l'ordinateur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Garder à l'esprit que tout autoriser (pas de pare-feu) est très risqué."
+msgstr ""
+"Garder à l'esprit que tout autoriser (pas de pare-feu) est très risqué."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Redimensionner la partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>"
+msgstr ""
+"Redimensionner la partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Vous disposez de plus d'une partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Sélectionnez celle dont vous voulez diminuer la taille afin de pouvoir installer <application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous disposez de plus d'une partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>. Sélectionnez celle dont vous voulez diminuer la "
+"taille afin de pouvoir installer <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Niveau de Sécurité"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2063,7 +2593,10 @@ msgstr "Laisser les valeurs par défaut si les choix à faire sont inconnus."
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Après l'installation, il sera toujours possible de régler les paramètres de sécurité dans le volet <guilabel>Sécurité </guilabel>dans le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Après l'installation, il sera toujours possible de régler les paramètres de "
+"sécurité dans le volet <guilabel>Sécurité </guilabel>dans le Centre de "
+"Contrôle de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2085,14 +2618,19 @@ msgstr "Définition"
 msgid ""
 "We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update "
 "Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied."
-msgstr "Nous nommons ici \"média\" un fichier d'image ISO qui permet d'installer et/ou de mettre à jour Mageia ainsi que par extension tout support physique sur lequel l'image ISO est copiée."
+msgstr ""
+"Nous nommons ici \"média\" un fichier d'image ISO qui permet d'installer et/"
+"ou de mettre à jour Mageia ainsi que par extension tout support physique sur "
+"lequel l'image ISO est copiée."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
-msgstr "Vous pouvez les trouver <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/downloads/\">ici</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez les trouver <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/downloads/"
+"\">ici</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21
@@ -2105,83 +2643,83 @@ msgstr "Média d'installation classique"
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr "Fonctionnalités habituelles"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr "Ils utilisent l'installeur traditionnel appelé drakx."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
-msgstr "Ils peuvent réaliser une nouvelle installation ou une mise à jour à partir de versions précédentes."
+msgstr ""
+"Ils peuvent réaliser une nouvelle installation ou une mise à jour à partir "
+"de versions précédentes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr "Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
-msgstr "Certains outils sont disponibles dans l'écran d'accueil : système de secours, test de mémoire, outil de détection de matériel."
+msgstr ""
+"Certains outils sont disponibles dans l'écran d'accueil : système de "
+"secours, test de mémoire, outil de détection de matériel."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr "Chaque DVD contient plusieurs environnements de bureau et langues."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
 "software."
-msgstr "Vous aurez le choix lors de l'installation d'ajouter ou non des logiciels non-libres."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous aurez le choix lors de l'installation d'ajouter ou non des logiciels "
+"non-libres."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr "DVD dual arch"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
-msgstr "Les deux architectures sont présentes sur le même média, le choix est réalisé automatiquement en fonction du processeur détecté."
+msgstr ""
+"Les deux architectures sont présentes sur le même média, le choix est "
+"réalisé automatiquement en fonction du processeur détecté."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr "Bureau Xfce uniquement."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
-msgstr "Seules certaines langues (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) sont à cocher !"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
+msgstr ""
+"Seules certaines langues (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, "
+"sv, uk) sont à cocher !"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr "Il contient des logiciels non libres."
@@ -2191,31 +2729,33 @@ msgstr "Il contient des logiciels non libres."
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr "Média \"Live\""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
-msgstr "Peut être utilisé pour tester la distribution sans l'installer immédiatement sur votre disque dur, puis ensuite l'installer éventuellement."
+msgstr ""
+"Peut être utilisé pour tester la distribution sans l'installer immédiatement "
+"sur votre disque dur, puis ensuite l'installer éventuellement."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
-msgstr "L'ISO contient uniquement un seul environnement de bureau (KDE ou GNOME)."
+msgstr ""
+"L'ISO contient uniquement un seul environnement de bureau (KDE ou GNOME)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Les ISO Live peuvent être utilisées uniquement pour des installations nouvelles, elles ne peuvent pas l'être pour mettre à niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Les ISO Live peuvent être utilisées uniquement pour "
+"des installations nouvelles, elles ne peuvent pas l'être pour mettre à "
+"niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr "Ils contiennent des logiciels non libres."
@@ -2225,21 +2765,18 @@ msgstr "Ils contiennent des logiciels non libres."
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr "CD live KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Environnement de bureau KDE uniquement."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr "En anglais uniquement."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr "En 32 bits uniquement."
@@ -2249,8 +2786,7 @@ msgstr "En 32 bits uniquement."
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr "CD live GNOME"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Environnement de bureau GNOME uniquement."
@@ -2260,8 +2796,7 @@ msgstr "Environnement de bureau GNOME uniquement."
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr "DVD live KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr "Toutes les langues sont présentes."
@@ -2276,48 +2811,55 @@ msgstr "DVD Live GNOME"
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr "Média CD de démarrage uniquement"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
-msgstr "Chacun d'eux est une petite image qui contient le strict nécessaire pour démarrer l'installeur drakx et trouver le fichier ISO afin de continuer et terminer l'installation. Ces fichiers ISO peuvent être sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur, sur un périphérique local, sur un réseau local ou sur Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Chacun d'eux est une petite image qui contient le strict nécessaire pour "
+"démarrer l'installeur drakx et trouver le fichier ISO afin de continuer et "
+"terminer l'installation. Ces fichiers ISO peuvent être sur le disque dur de "
+"l'ordinateur, sur un périphérique local, sur un réseau local ou sur Internet."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
-msgstr "Ces médias sont très légers (moins de 100 Mo) et sont adaptés lorsque le débit est trop faible pour télécharger un DVD complet, l'ordinateur n'a pas de lecteur de DVD ou il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Ces médias sont très légers (moins de 100 Mo) et sont adaptés lorsque le "
+"débit est trop faible pour télécharger un DVD complet, l'ordinateur n'a pas "
+"de lecteur de DVD ou il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr "boot.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
-msgstr "Contient uniquement des logiciels libres, pour les personnes qui refusent les logiciels non-libres."
+msgstr ""
+"Contient uniquement des logiciels libres, pour les personnes qui refusent "
+"les logiciels non-libres."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
 "it."
-msgstr "Contient des logiciels non-libres (pour la plupart des pilotes, codecs,...) pour les personnes qui en ont besoin."
+msgstr ""
+"Contient des logiciels non-libres (pour la plupart des pilotes, codecs,...) "
+"pour les personnes qui en ont besoin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251
@@ -2332,29 +2874,43 @@ msgstr "Téléchargement"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
-msgstr "Une fois choisi votre fichier ISO, vous pouvez le télécharger en utilisant soit HTTP soit BitTorrent. Dans les deux cas, une fenêtre vous fournira quelques informations, comme le miroir utilisé et la possibilité de le modifier si le débit est trop faible. Si vous choisissez HTTP, vous pouvez également voir quelque chose comme"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Une fois choisi votre fichier ISO, vous pouvez le télécharger en utilisant "
+"soit HTTP soit BitTorrent. Dans les deux cas, une fenêtre vous fournira "
+"quelques informations, comme le miroir utilisé et la possibilité de le "
+"modifier si le débit est trop faible. Si vous choisissez HTTP, vous pouvez "
+"également voir quelque chose comme"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
-msgstr "md5sum et sha1sum sont des outils pour vérifier l'intégrité de votre ISO. Utilisez seulement l'un d'entre eux. Les deux nombres hexadécimaux ont été calculés par un algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Si vous demandez à cet algorithme de calculer à nouveau ce nombre à partir du fichier téléchargé, soit vous obtiendrez le même nombre et votre fichier est correct, soit le nombre est différent et vous rencontrez une anomalie. Cette fenêtre apparaît alors :"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum et sha1sum sont des outils pour vérifier l'intégrité de votre ISO. "
+"Utilisez seulement l'un d'entre eux. Les deux nombres hexadécimaux ont été "
+"calculés par un algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Si vous "
+"demandez à cet algorithme de calculer à nouveau ce nombre à partir du "
+"fichier téléchargé, soit vous obtiendrez le même nombre et votre fichier est "
+"correct, soit le nombre est différent et vous rencontrez une anomalie. Cette "
+"fenêtre apparaît alors :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276
@@ -2379,30 +2935,38 @@ msgstr "Ouvrir une console, sans être administrateur, et :"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- Pour utiliser md5sum, taper :  [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum chemin/vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Pour utiliser md5sum, taper :  [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum chemin/"
+"vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- Pour utiliser sha1sum, taper :  [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum chemin/vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Pour utiliser sha1sum, taper :  [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum chemin/"
+"vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
-msgstr "et comparer le nombre obtenu sur votre ordinateur (cela peut prendre un certain temps) avec le nombre fourni par Mageia. Exemple :"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"et comparer le nombre obtenu sur votre ordinateur (cela peut prendre un "
+"certain temps) avec le nombre fourni par Mageia. Exemple :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309
@@ -2414,7 +2978,10 @@ msgstr "Graver ou copier l'ISO"
 msgid ""
 "The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. "
 "These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media."
-msgstr "L'ISO peut désormais être gravée sur un CD ou un DVD ou copiée sur une clé USB. Ces opérations ne sont pas une simple copie et sont destinées à créer un média de démarrage."
+msgstr ""
+"L'ISO peut désormais être gravée sur un CD ou un DVD ou copiée sur une clé "
+"USB. Ces opérations ne sont pas une simple copie et sont destinées à créer "
+"un média de démarrage."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316
@@ -2426,10 +2993,14 @@ msgstr "Graver l'ISO sur un CD/DVD"
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
-msgstr "Utilisez le logiciel de gravure que vous voulez mais assurez-vous que le graveur est bien paramétré pour <emphasis role=\"bold\">graver une image</emphasis>, car graver des données ou des fichiers n'est pas correct.  Pour plus d'information, voir <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">le wiki Mageia</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilisez le logiciel de gravure que vous voulez mais assurez-vous que le "
+"graveur est bien paramétré pour <emphasis role=\"bold\">graver une image</"
+"emphasis>, car graver des données ou des fichiers n'est pas correct.  Pour "
+"plus d'information, voir <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">le wiki Mageia</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
@@ -2441,7 +3012,10 @@ msgstr "Copier l'ISO sur une clé USB"
 msgid ""
 "All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick "
 "and use it to boot and install the system."
-msgstr "Toutes les ISO Mageia sont hybrides, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez les copier sur une clé USB et les utiliser pour démarrer et installer le système d'exploitation."
+msgstr ""
+"Toutes les ISO Mageia sont hybrides, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez les "
+"copier sur une clé USB et les utiliser pour démarrer et installer le système "
+"d'exploitation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
@@ -2449,7 +3023,10 @@ msgid ""
 "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in "
 "the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced "
 "to the image size."
-msgstr "\"Copier\" une image sur un équipement de type Flash détruit tout le système de fichier présent à l'origine sur la partition ; toutes les données seront perdues et la capacité de la partition sera réduite à la taille de l'image."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Copier\" une image sur un équipement de type Flash détruit tout le système "
+"de fichier présent à l'origine sur la partition ; toutes les données seront "
+"perdues et la capacité de la partition sera réduite à la taille de l'image."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335
@@ -2464,92 +3041,98 @@ msgstr "En utilisant Mageia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
-msgstr "Vous pouvez utiliser un outil graphique tel que <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez utiliser un outil graphique tel que <link ns4:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</"
+"link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr "Vous pouvez également utiliser l'outil dd dans une console :"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr "Ouvrir une console"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
-msgstr "Devenez administrateur avec la commande <userinput>su -</userinput> (n'oubliez pas le - final)"
+msgstr ""
+"Devenez administrateur avec la commande <userinput>su -</userinput> "
+"(n'oubliez pas le - final)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
-msgstr "Connectez votre clé USB (ne la montez pas, ce qui signifie n'ouvrez pas une application ou un gestionnaire de fichiers qui la lirait)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Connectez votre clé USB (ne la montez pas, ce qui signifie n'ouvrez pas une "
+"application ou un gestionnaire de fichiers qui la lirait)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr "Saisissez la commande <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
-msgstr "Trouvez le nom de périphérique de votre clé USB (à l'aide de sa taille) ; par exemple /dev/sdb dans la copie d'écran ci-dessus, il s'agit d'une clé USB de 8 Go."
+msgstr ""
+"Trouvez le nom de périphérique de votre clé USB (à l'aide de sa taille) ; "
+"par exemple /dev/sdb dans la copie d'écran ci-dessus, il s'agit d'une clé "
+"USB de 8 Go."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "(x)=votre nom de périphérique, par ex. : /dev/sdc. Exemple : # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"(x)=votre nom de périphérique, par ex. : /dev/sdc. Exemple : # <userinput>dd "
+"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr "Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr "Débranchez votre clé USB, c'est terminé."
@@ -2574,7 +3157,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>"
 msgid ""
 "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
 "Disk Imager</link>"
-msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416
@@ -2584,32 +3169,38 @@ msgstr "Installation de Mageia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
-msgstr "Cette étape est détaillée dans <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/doc/\">la documentation Mageia</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette étape est détaillée dans <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/doc/"
+"\">la documentation Mageia</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
-msgstr "Plus d'information est disponible dans <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">le wiki Mageia</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Plus d'information est disponible dans <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Category:Documentation\">le wiki Mageia</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:13
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Sélection du Pays / Région"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2617,14 +3208,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Sélectionner le pays ou la région. Cela est important pour définir bien des paramètres comme la monnaie ou le domaine de régulation du wi-fi. Choisir un pays erroné peut mener à l'incapacité d'utiliser le réseau par wi-fi."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionner le pays ou la région. Cela est important pour définir bien des "
+"paramètres comme la monnaie ou le domaine de régulation du wi-fi. Choisir un "
+"pays erroné peut mener à l'incapacité d'utiliser le réseau par wi-fi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Si le pays désiré n'est pas dans la liste, cliquer sur le bouton <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> et choisir ici le pays ou la région."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le pays désiré n'est pas dans la liste, cliquer sur le bouton "
+"<guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> et choisir ici le pays ou la région."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2633,7 +3229,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Si le pays désiré ne figure que dans la liste <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, il peut sembler qu'un pays de la première liste soit sélectionné. Veuillez ignorer cela, DrakX respectera votre choix."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le pays désiré ne figure que dans la liste <guilabel>Autres pays</"
+"guilabel>, après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, il peut sembler "
+"qu'un pays de la première liste soit sélectionné. Veuillez ignorer cela, "
+"DrakX respectera votre choix."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2644,14 +3244,25 @@ msgstr "Méthode de saisie"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "Dans l'écran <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, une méthode de saisie des caractères peut être sélectionnée (à la fin de la liste). Les méthodes de saisie permettent aux utilisateurs de saisir des caractères asiatiques (chinois, japonais, coréen...) La méthode par défaut est IBus dans les DVD Mageia et dans les CD Live Africa/India et Asia/no-India. Dans les localisations africaines et asiatiques, IBus est la méthode de saisie paramétrée par défaut, de telle sorte que les utilisateurs n'ont pas à la paramétrer manuellement.  D'autres méthodes de saisie (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) fournissent des fonctions similaires également et peuvent être ajoutées lors de l'installation si vous ajoutez une connexion au réseau Internet avant la sélection des paquetages."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans l'écran <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, une méthode de saisie des "
+"caractères peut être sélectionnée (à la fin de la liste). Les méthodes de "
+"saisie permettent aux utilisateurs de saisir des caractères asiatiques "
+"(chinois, japonais, coréen...) La méthode par défaut est IBus dans les DVD "
+"Mageia et dans les CD Live Africa/India et Asia/no-India. Dans les "
+"localisations africaines et asiatiques, IBus est la méthode de saisie "
+"paramétrée par défaut, de telle sorte que les utilisateurs n'ont pas à la "
+"paramétrer manuellement.  D'autres méthodes de saisie (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, "
+"etc) fournissent des fonctions similaires également et peuvent être ajoutées "
+"lors de l'installation si vous ajoutez une connexion au réseau Internet "
+"avant la sélection des paquetages."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2659,7 +3270,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Si la méthode de saisie n'est pas configurée pendant la phase d'installation, vous pouvez le faire après le démarrage de Mageia par \"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia\" -&gt; \"Système\", ou en exécutant \"localedrake\" en tant que super-utilisateur."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la méthode de saisie n'est pas configurée pendant la phase "
+"d'installation, vous pouvez le faire après le démarrage de Mageia par "
+"\"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia\" -&gt; \"Système\", ou en exécutant "
+"\"localedrake\" en tant que super-utilisateur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2669,9 +3284,11 @@ msgstr "Installation ou Mise à jour"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectinstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectinstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2682,7 +3299,9 @@ msgstr "Installation"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Choisir cette option pour une nouvelle installation de <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Choisir cette option pour une nouvelle installation de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2695,7 +3314,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Si vous disposez de plus d'une installation <application>Mageia</application> sur votre ordinateur, l'installeur vous permettra de mettre à niveau l'une d'entre elles avec la dernière version Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous disposez de plus d'une installation <application>Mageia</"
+"application> sur votre ordinateur, l'installeur vous permettra de mettre à "
+"niveau l'une d'entre elles avec la dernière version Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2703,31 +3325,51 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Seule la mise à niveau d'une précédente version de Mageia <emphasis>encore supportée</emphasis> a été complètement testée. Si vous désirez mettre à niveau une version de Mageia qui n'est plus supportée, il est préférable de réaliser une nouvelle installation tout en conservant votre partition <literal>/home</literal>."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Seule la mise à niveau d'une précédente version de Mageia <emphasis>encore "
+"supportée</emphasis> a été complètement testée. Si vous désirez mettre à "
+"niveau une version de Mageia qui n'est plus supportée, il est préférable de "
+"réaliser une nouvelle installation tout en conservant votre partition "
+"<literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> pour redémarrer."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son "
+"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. "
+"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé "
+"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage "
+"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes "
+"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur "
+"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer "
+"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> "
+"pour redémarrer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "En cas d'oubli de sélection d'une langue supplémentaire, il est possible de revenir depuis l'écran \"Installation ou mise à jour\" à l'écran de choix des langues en appuyant simultanément sur les touches <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Début</guilabel> (<guilabel>Début</guilabel> ou<guilabel>Home</guilabel>  ou <guilabel>flèche vers le haut à gauche</guilabel>). <emphasis>Ne pas</emphasis> faire cela plus loin dans l'installation."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"En cas d'oubli de sélection d'une langue supplémentaire, il est possible de "
+"revenir depuis l'écran \"Installation ou mise à jour\" à l'écran de choix "
+"des langues en appuyant simultanément sur les touches <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"Début</guilabel> (<guilabel>Début</guilabel> ou<guilabel>Home</guilabel>  ou "
+"<guilabel>flèche vers le haut à gauche</guilabel>). <emphasis>Ne pas</"
+"emphasis> faire cela plus loin dans l'installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2739,43 +3381,63 @@ msgstr "Clavier"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX sélectionne une disposition de clavier adaptée à votre langue. Si aucune disposition convenable n'est trouvée, il choisira par défaut le clavier US."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX sélectionne une disposition de clavier adaptée à votre langue. Si "
+"aucune disposition convenable n'est trouvée, il choisira par défaut le "
+"clavier US."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/"
+"> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "S'assurer que la sélection est correcte ou bien choisir une autre disposition de clavier.  Si cette disposition du clavier est inconnue, se référer aux spécifications livrées avec le système ou bien demander au vendeur de l'ordinateur. Il y a peut-être même une étiquette sur le clavier qui fournit cette indication. Il est aussi possible de regarder ici : <link xlink:href=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques\">fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"S'assurer que la sélection est correcte ou bien choisir une autre "
+"disposition de clavier.  Si cette disposition du clavier est inconnue, se "
+"référer aux spécifications livrées avec le système ou bien demander au "
+"vendeur de l'ordinateur. Il y a peut-être même une étiquette sur le clavier "
+"qui fournit cette indication. Il est aussi possible de regarder ici : <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques\">fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Si le clavier n'apparaît pas dans la liste présentée, cliquer sur <guibutton>Davantage</guibutton> pour obtenir une liste complète et y sélectionner le bon clavier."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le clavier n'apparaît pas dans la liste présentée, cliquer sur "
+"<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton> pour obtenir une liste complète et y "
+"sélectionner le bon clavier."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Après le choix d'un clavier dans la liste obtenue grâce au clic sur <guibutton>Davantage</guibutton>, le premier choix de clavier revient à l'écran et il semble que c'est ce clavier qui est choisi.  Ignorer cette anomalie en toute sécurité et continuer l'installation : Le clavier installé sera bien celui de la liste complète."
+msgstr ""
+"Après le choix d'un clavier dans la liste obtenue grâce au clic sur "
+"<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton>, le premier choix de clavier revient à "
+"l'écran et il semble que c'est ce clavier qui est choisi.  Ignorer cette "
+"anomalie en toute sécurité et continuer l'installation : Le clavier installé "
+"sera bien celui de la liste complète."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2783,7 +3445,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "En cas de choix d'un clavier de caractères non-Latins, un écran supplémentaire apparaîtra pour demander quelle est la préférence pour le passage entre les dispositions latine et non latine."
+msgstr ""
+"En cas de choix d'un clavier de caractères non-Latins, un écran "
+"supplémentaire apparaîtra pour demander quelle est la préférence pour le "
+"passage entre les dispositions latine et non latine."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2796,38 +3461,53 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Sélectionner la langue désirée en déployant d'abord le continent concerné. <application>Mageia</application> utilisera cette sélection pendant l'installation et pour le système une fois installé."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionner la langue désirée en déployant d'abord le continent concerné. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> utilisera cette sélection pendant "
+"l'installation et pour le système une fois installé."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "S'il est probable que plusieurs langues doivent être installées sur le système, pour vous-même ou pour d'autres utilisateurs, il est préférable alors d'utiliser le bouton <guibutton>Langues multiples</guibutton> pour les ajouter dès maintenant. Il est difficile d'ajouter la prise en charge de langues supplémentaires après l'installation."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"S'il est probable que plusieurs langues doivent être installées sur le "
+"système, pour vous-même ou pour d'autres utilisateurs, il est préférable "
+"alors d'utiliser le bouton <guibutton>Langues multiples</guibutton> pour les "
+"ajouter dès maintenant. Il est difficile d'ajouter la prise en charge de "
+"langues supplémentaires après l'installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Même avec l'intention d'installer plusieurs langues, il faut d'abord en choisir une en tant que langue préférée dans le premier écran. Elle sera aussi marquée comme choisie dans l'écran des langues multiples."
+msgstr ""
+"Même avec l'intention d'installer plusieurs langues, il faut d'abord en "
+"choisir une en tant que langue préférée dans le premier écran. Elle sera "
+"aussi marquée comme choisie dans l'écran des langues multiples."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Si la langue du clavier ne correspond pas à la langue préférée, alors il est conseillé d'installer également la langue du clavier correspondante."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la langue du clavier ne correspond pas à la langue préférée, alors il est "
+"conseillé d'installer également la langue du clavier correspondante."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2835,141 +3515,192 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia utilise l'encodage des caractères UTF-8 (Unicode) par défaut. Si cela est inapproprié pour la langue choisie, il est possible de le désactiver dans l'écran des langues multiples. La désactivation de l'encodage UTF-8 s'applique à toutes les langues installées."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia utilise l'encodage des caractères UTF-8 (Unicode) par défaut. Si cela "
+"est inapproprié pour la langue choisie, il est possible de le désactiver "
+"dans l'écran des langues multiples. La désactivation de l'encodage UTF-8 "
+"s'applique à toutes les langues installées."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Il est possible de changer la langue du système après l'installation dans le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia -&gt; Système -&gt; Gérer les paramètres locaux de votre système."
+msgstr ""
+"Il est possible de changer la langue du système après l'installation dans le "
+"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia -&gt; Système -&gt; Gérer les paramètres locaux "
+"de votre système."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Sélection de la souris"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Si le comportement de la souris n'est pas satisfaisant, en choisir une autre ici."
+msgstr ""
+"Si le comportement de la souris n'est pas satisfaisant, en choisir une autre "
+"ici."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Le plus souvent, <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>N'importe quelle souris PS/2 ou USB </guilabel> est un bon choix."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Le plus souvent, <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>N'importe "
+"quelle souris PS/2 ou USB </guilabel> est un bon choix."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Sélectionner <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> pour configurer les boutons qui ne fonctionnent pas sur une souris à six boutons ou plus."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionner <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</"
+"guilabel> pour configurer les boutons qui ne fonctionnent pas sur une souris "
+"à six boutons ou plus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Ajouter ou Modifier une Entrée de Menu de Démarrage"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Vous pouvez ajouter une entrée ou en modifier une après l'avoir sélectionnée, en pressant le bouton correspondant dans l'écran de <emphasis>Configuration du démarrage</emphasis> et en éditant les entrées de la fenêtre qui s'ouvre à ce moment."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez ajouter une entrée ou en modifier une après l'avoir "
+"sélectionnée, en pressant le bouton correspondant dans l'écran de "
+"<emphasis>Configuration du démarrage</emphasis> et en éditant les entrées de "
+"la fenêtre qui s'ouvre à ce moment."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Le changement du nom d'une entrée et l'activation de la case à cocher pour définir l'entrée par défaut sont des actions qui ne comportent pas de risques."
+msgstr ""
+"Le changement du nom d'une entrée et l'activation de la case à cocher pour "
+"définir l'entrée par défaut sont des actions qui ne comportent pas de "
+"risques."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Vous pouvez ajouter votre propre version du numéro d'une entrée ou la renommer complètement."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous pouvez ajouter votre propre version du numéro d'une entrée ou la "
+"renommer complètement."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "L'entrée par défaut est celle qui est choisie lorsque aucun choix n'est fait pendant la phase de démarrage du système."
+msgstr ""
+"L'entrée par défaut est celle qui est choisie lorsque aucun choix n'est fait "
+"pendant la phase de démarrage du système."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "L'édition des autres paramètres peut rendre votre système sans possibilité de démarrage. Soyez sûr de vos actions lorsque vous apportez des modifications dans ce domaine."
+msgstr ""
+"L'édition des autres paramètres peut rendre votre système sans possibilité "
+"de démarrage. Soyez sûr de vos actions lorsque vous apportez des "
+"modifications dans ce domaine."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Principales options du chargeur de démarrage"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Si vous souhaitez, pour le chargeur de démarrage, des paramètres différents de ceux choisis automatiquement par l'installateur, les changer ici."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous souhaitez, pour le chargeur de démarrage, des paramètres différents "
+"de ceux choisis automatiquement par l'installateur, les changer ici."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Il peut y avoir déjà un autre système d'exploitation sur la machine, auquel cas il faut décider entre ajouter Mageia au chargeur de démarrage existant ou autoriser Mageia à en créer un autre. "
+msgstr ""
+"Il peut y avoir déjà un autre système d'exploitation sur la machine, auquel "
+"cas il faut décider entre ajouter Mageia au chargeur de démarrage existant "
+"ou autoriser Mageia à en créer un autre. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2988,14 +3719,20 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Par défaut, Mageia écrit un nouveau chargeur de démarrage GRUB (Legacy) dans le MBR  (Master Boot Record) du premier disque dur. S'il existe déjà d'autres systèmes d'exploitation d'installés, Mageia tente de les ajouter au nouveau menu de démarrage Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Par défaut, Mageia écrit un nouveau chargeur de démarrage GRUB (Legacy) dans "
+"le MBR  (Master Boot Record) du premier disque dur. S'il existe déjà "
+"d'autres systèmes d'exploitation d'installés, Mageia tente de les ajouter au "
+"nouveau menu de démarrage Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia offre aussi maintenant GRUB2 comme chargeur de démarrage optionnel en plus de GRUB legacy et Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia offre aussi maintenant GRUB2 comme chargeur de démarrage optionnel en "
+"plus de GRUB legacy et Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -3003,14 +3740,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Les systèmes Linux qui utilisent le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 ne sont pas actuellement supportés par GRUB (legacy) et ne seront pas reconnus si le chargeur de démarrage GRUB est utilisé."
+msgstr ""
+"Les systèmes Linux qui utilisent le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 ne sont pas "
+"actuellement supportés par GRUB (legacy) et ne seront pas reconnus si le "
+"chargeur de démarrage GRUB est utilisé."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "La meilleure solution ici est d'utiliser le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 qui est disponible pendant l'installation à la page du résumé."
+msgstr ""
+"La meilleure solution ici est d'utiliser le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 qui "
+"est disponible pendant l'installation à la page du résumé."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3021,41 +3763,58 @@ msgstr "Utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant.  "
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Si vous décidez d'utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant, vous devez alors vous souvenir de vous ARRETER pendant l'installation à la page du résumé et de cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>, lequel permet de modifier le lieu d'installation du chargeur de démarrage."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Si vous décidez d'utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant, vous devez "
+"alors vous souvenir de vous ARRETER pendant l'installation à la page du "
+"résumé et de cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>, lequel "
+"permet de modifier le lieu d'installation du chargeur de démarrage."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Ne pas choisir un périphérique, par ex \"sda\", sinon le MBR existant sera effacé, il faut choisir la partition root précédemment retenue pendant la phase du partitionnement, par ex \"sda7\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ne pas choisir un périphérique, par ex \"sda\", sinon le MBR existant sera "
+"effacé, il faut choisir la partition root précédemment retenue pendant la "
+"phase du partitionnement, par ex \"sda7\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
-msgstr "Pour être clair, sda est un périphérique, sda7 est une partition de ce périphérique."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour être clair, sda est un périphérique, sda7 est une partition de ce "
+"périphérique."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Ouvrir tty2 avec Ctrl+Alt+F2 et taper <literal>df</literal> pour vérifier où est la partition <literal>/</literal> (root).  Ctrl+Alt+F7 ramène dans l'écran de l'installateur."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Ouvrir tty2 avec Ctrl+Alt+F2 et taper <literal>df</literal> pour vérifier où "
+"est la partition <literal>/</literal> (root).  Ctrl+Alt+F7 ramène dans "
+"l'écran de l'installateur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "La procédure exacte pour ajouter le système Mageia dans un chargeur de démarrage existant sort du périmètre de cette aide, cependant, la plupart du temps, elle exige d'exécuter le programme d'installation du chargeur de démarrage impliqué qui devrait le détecter et l'installer automatiquement. Voir la documentation du système d'exploitation en question."
+msgstr ""
+"La procédure exacte pour ajouter le système Mageia dans un chargeur de "
+"démarrage existant sort du périmètre de cette aide, cependant, la plupart du "
+"temps, elle exige d'exécuter le programme d'installation du chargeur de "
+"démarrage impliqué qui devrait le détecter et l'installer automatiquement. "
+"Voir la documentation du système d'exploitation en question."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3066,48 +3825,58 @@ msgstr "Option avancée du chargeur de démarrage "
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Si la place sur le disque est très limitée pour la partition <literal>/</literal> qui contient <literal>/tmp</literal>, cliquer sur <guibutton>Advancé</guibutton> et cocher la case <guilabel>Vider le dossier /tmp à chaque démarrage</guilabel>. Cela aide à maintenir un peu de place libre."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la place sur le disque est très limitée pour la partition <literal>/</"
+"literal> qui contient <literal>/tmp</literal>, cliquer sur "
+"<guibutton>Advancé</guibutton> et cocher la case <guilabel>Vider le dossier /"
+"tmp à chaque démarrage</guilabel>. Cela aide à maintenir un peu de place "
+"libre."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Configuration du SCSI"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX détecte habituellement les disques durs correctement. Il peut cependant échouer dans la détection de certains contrôleurs SCSI anciens et en conséquence être incapable d'installer les pilotes requis."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX détecte habituellement les disques durs correctement. Il peut "
+"cependant échouer dans la détection de certains contrôleurs SCSI anciens et "
+"en conséquence être incapable d'installer les pilotes requis."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Si cela se produit, il faut indiquer manuellement à Drakx quel(s) périphérique(s) SCSI sont présents."
+msgstr ""
+"Si cela se produit, il faut indiquer manuellement à Drakx quel(s) "
+"périphérique(s) SCSI sont présents."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3119,13 +3888,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX pourra alors les configurer correctement."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuration du son"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3133,7 +3904,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "Cette écran affiche le nom du pilote que l'installeur a choisi pour votre carte son. Ce sera le pilote par défaut si vous en avez un."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette écran affiche le nom du pilote que l'installeur a choisi pour votre "
+"carte son. Ce sera le pilote par défaut si vous en avez un."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3143,16 +3916,24 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Le pilote par défaut devrait fontionner sans problème. Cependant, si après l'installation vous rencontrez des soucis, lancez la commande <command>draksound</command> ou bien démarrez cet outil via le CCM (Centre de Contrôle de Mageia), en sélectionnant l'onglet <guilabel>Matériel</guilabel> puis en cliquant sur <guilabel>Configuration du son</guilabel> en haut à droite de l'écran."
+msgstr ""
+"Le pilote par défaut devrait fontionner sans problème. Cependant, si après "
+"l'installation vous rencontrez des soucis, lancez la commande "
+"<command>draksound</command> ou bien démarrez cet outil via le CCM (Centre "
+"de Contrôle de Mageia), en sélectionnant l'onglet <guilabel>Matériel</"
+"guilabel> puis en cliquant sur <guilabel>Configuration du son</guilabel> en "
+"haut à droite de l'écran."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Puis, dans l'écran de configuration du son, cliquez sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Dépannage</guibutton> pour obtenir des conseils très utiles afin de résoudre le problème."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Puis, dans l'écran de configuration du son, cliquez sur <guibutton>Avancé</"
+"guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Dépannage</guibutton> pour obtenir des "
+"conseils très utiles afin de résoudre le problème."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3165,44 +3946,65 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> sur cet écran, lors de l'installation, est utile s'il y a plusieurs pilotes disponibles et aucun par défaut, mais vous pensez que l'installeur a sélectionné le mauvais pilote."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> sur cet écran, lors de "
+"l'installation, est utile s'il y a plusieurs pilotes disponibles et aucun "
+"par défaut, mais vous pensez que l'installeur a sélectionné le mauvais "
+"pilote."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Dans ce cas vous pouvez sélectionner un pilote différent après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>Choix d'un pilote</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dans ce cas vous pouvez sélectionner un pilote différent après avoir cliqué "
+"sur <guibutton>Choix d'un pilote</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Confirmer le disque dur à formater"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> en cas d'incertitude sur la sélection du bon disque dur."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> en cas d'incertitude sur la "
+"sélection du bon disque dur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> en cas de certitude avec la volonté d'effacer toutes les partitions, tous les systèmes d'exploitation et toutes les données présents sur ce disque dur."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> en cas de certitude avec la "
+"volonté d'effacer toutes les partitions, tous les systèmes d'exploitation et "
+"toutes les données présents sur ce disque dur."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/id.po b/docs/installer/id.po
index 2d0c4834..cc28b413 100644
--- a/docs/installer/id.po
+++ b/docs/installer/id.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2013
 # Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2013-2014
@@ -10,14 +10,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/id/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/"
+"language/id/)\n"
+"Language: id\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: id\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -28,9 +29,11 @@ msgstr "Lisensi dan Catatan Rilis"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -40,31 +43,39 @@ msgstr "Perjanjian Lisensi"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Sebelum menginstall <application>Mageia</application>, silakan baca syarat dan ketentuan lisensi dengan seksama."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Sebelum menginstall <application>Mageia</application>, silakan baca syarat "
+"dan ketentuan lisensi dengan seksama."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Syarat dan ketentuan ini berlaku ke seluruh distribusi <application>Mageia</application> dan harus diterima sebelum Anda melanjutkan."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Syarat dan ketentuan ini berlaku ke seluruh distribusi <application>Mageia</"
+"application> dan harus diterima sebelum Anda melanjutkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Untuk menerima, pilih <guilabel>Terima</guilabel> lalu klik <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk menerima, pilih <guilabel>Terima</guilabel> lalu klik "
+"<guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memutuskan untuk tidak menerima ketentuan ini, maka terima kasih karena telah melihat-lihat. Mengklik <guibutton>Keluar</guibutton> akan menyalakan ulang komputer Anda."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memutuskan untuk tidak menerima ketentuan ini, maka terima kasih "
+"karena telah melihat-lihat. Mengklik <guibutton>Keluar</guibutton> akan "
+"menyalakan ulang komputer Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -76,7 +87,9 @@ msgstr "Catatan Rilis"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Untuk melihat apa yang baru di rilis <application>Mageia</application> ini, klik pada tombol <guibutton>Catatan Rilis</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk melihat apa yang baru di rilis <application>Mageia</application> ini, "
+"klik pada tombol <guibutton>Catatan Rilis</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -89,27 +102,32 @@ msgstr "id"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Pemilihan Media (Konfigurasi Media Instalasi Pelengkap)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Layar ini memberi Anda daftar repositori yang telah dikenali. Anda bisa menambahkan sumber lain, seperti disk optik atau sumber remote. Pemilihan sumber menentukan paket-paket mana yang akan tersedia untuk dipilih selama langkah-langkah berikutnya."
+msgstr ""
+"Layar ini memberi Anda daftar repositori yang telah dikenali. Anda bisa "
+"menambahkan sumber lain, seperti disk optik atau sumber remote. Pemilihan "
+"sumber menentukan paket-paket mana yang akan tersedia untuk dipilih selama "
+"langkah-langkah berikutnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -129,38 +147,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Memilih mirror atau menentukan URL (entri paling awal). Dengan memilih mirror,  Anda memiliki akses ke semua repositori terpilih yang dikelola oleh Mageia, seperti repositori Nonfree, Tainted dan Update. Dengan URL, Anda bisa menentukan repositori tertentu atau instalasi NFS Anda."
+msgstr ""
+"Memilih mirror atau menentukan URL (entri paling awal). Dengan memilih "
+"mirror,  Anda memiliki akses ke semua repositori terpilih yang dikelola oleh "
+"Mageia, seperti repositori Nonfree, Tainted dan Update. Dengan URL, Anda "
+"bisa menentukan repositori tertentu atau instalasi NFS Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Pengelolaan Pengguna dan Pengguna Super"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -172,20 +192,30 @@ msgstr "Atur Sandi Administrator (root):"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Disarankan untuk semua instalasi <application>Mageia</application> agar mengatur sandi superuser atau administrator, biasanya di Linux disebut <emphasis>sandi root</emphasis>. Saat Anda mengetik sandi pada kotak atas, warna kotak pinggirnya akan berubah dari merah menjadi kuning atau hijau tergantung pada kekuatan sandi. Warna hijau menandakan bahwa Anda menggunakan sandi yang kuat. Anda harus mengulang sandi yang sama pada kotak di bawah kotak sandi pertama, ini memeriksa jika Anda tidak salah mengetik sandi pada sandi pertama dengan membandingkannya."
+msgstr ""
+"Disarankan untuk semua instalasi <application>Mageia</application> agar "
+"mengatur sandi superuser atau administrator, biasanya di Linux disebut "
+"<emphasis>sandi root</emphasis>. Saat Anda mengetik sandi pada kotak atas, "
+"warna kotak pinggirnya akan berubah dari merah menjadi kuning atau hijau "
+"tergantung pada kekuatan sandi. Warna hijau menandakan bahwa Anda "
+"menggunakan sandi yang kuat. Anda harus mengulang sandi yang sama pada kotak "
+"di bawah kotak sandi pertama, ini memeriksa jika Anda tidak salah mengetik "
+"sandi pada sandi pertama dengan membandingkannya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Semua sandi berlaku sensitif, akan sangat baik untuk menggunakan penggabungan huruf (besar dan kecil), nomor dan karakter lain sebagai sandi."
+msgstr ""
+"Semua sandi berlaku sensitif, akan sangat baik untuk menggunakan "
+"penggabungan huruf (besar dan kecil), nomor dan karakter lain sebagai sandi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -198,29 +228,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Tambahkan pengguna di sini. Pengguna memiliki hak yang lebih sedikit dibanding superuser (root), tapi cukup untuk menjelajah internet, menggunakan aplikasi perkantoran atau memainkan permainan dan hal lain yang biasa dilakukan pengguna dengan komputernya"
+msgstr ""
+"Tambahkan pengguna di sini. Pengguna memiliki hak yang lebih sedikit "
+"dibanding superuser (root), tapi cukup untuk menjelajah internet, "
+"menggunakan aplikasi perkantoran atau memainkan permainan dan hal lain yang "
+"biasa dilakukan pengguna dengan komputernya"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: jika Anda mengklik tombol ini akan mengubah ikon pengguna."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: jika Anda mengklik tombol ini akan mengubah "
+"ikon pengguna."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Nama Asli</guilabel>: Masukkan nama asli pengguna pada kotak teks ini."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nama Asli</guilabel>: Masukkan nama asli pengguna pada kotak teks "
+"ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Nama Login</guilabel>: Di sini Anda memasukkan nama login pengguna atau biarkan drakx menggunakan versi dari nama asli pengguna. <emphasis>Nama login berlaku sensitif.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nama Login</guilabel>: Di sini Anda memasukkan nama login pengguna "
+"atau biarkan drakx menggunakan versi dari nama asli pengguna. <emphasis>Nama "
+"login berlaku sensitif.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -228,22 +269,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Sandi</guilabel>: Pada kotak teks ini Anda perlu mengetikkan sandi pengguna. Terdapat pelindung pada ujung dari kotak teks yang menandakan kekuatan sandi. (Lihat juga <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Sandi</guilabel>: Pada kotak teks ini Anda perlu mengetikkan sandi "
+"pengguna. Terdapat pelindung pada ujung dari kotak teks yang menandakan "
+"kekuatan sandi. (Lihat juga <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Sandi (lagi)</guilabel>: Ketik ulang sandi pengguna pada kotak teks ini, drakx akan memeriksa bahwa Anda memiliki sandi yang sama pada tiap-tiap kotak teks."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Sandi (lagi)</guilabel>: Ketik ulang sandi pengguna pada kotak "
+"teks ini, drakx akan memeriksa bahwa Anda memiliki sandi yang sama pada tiap-"
+"tiap kotak teks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Setiap pengguna yang Anda tambahkan saat menginstall Mageia akan memiliki direktori home yang terbaca oleh semua (tapi terlindungi dari penulisan)."
+msgstr ""
+"Setiap pengguna yang Anda tambahkan saat menginstall Mageia akan memiliki "
+"direktori home yang terbaca oleh semua (tapi terlindungi dari penulisan)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -251,14 +300,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Akan tetapi, saat menggunakan instalasi baru, setiap pengguna yang Anda tambahkan di <emphasis>MCC - Sistem - Kelola pengguna pada sistem</emphasis> akan memiliki direktori home yang terproteksi pembacaan dan penulisan."
+msgstr ""
+"Akan tetapi, saat menggunakan instalasi baru, setiap pengguna yang Anda "
+"tambahkan di <emphasis>MCC - Sistem - Kelola pengguna pada sistem</emphasis> "
+"akan memiliki direktori home yang terproteksi pembacaan dan penulisan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Jika Anda tidak ingin direktori home bisa dibaca semua orang, disarankan untuk sekarang hanya menambahkan pengguna sementara dan menambahkan yang sebenarnya setelah menyalakan ulang komputer."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda tidak ingin direktori home bisa dibaca semua orang, disarankan "
+"untuk sekarang hanya menambahkan pengguna sementara dan menambahkan yang "
+"sebenarnya setelah menyalakan ulang komputer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -266,7 +321,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Jika Anda lebih suka direktori home bisa dilihat semua orang, Anda mungkin ingin menambahkan pengguna tambahan pada langkah <emphasis>Konfigurasi - Ringkasan</emphasis> saat instalasi. Pilih <emphasis>Pengelolaan pengguna</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda lebih suka direktori home bisa dilihat semua orang, Anda mungkin "
+"ingin menambahkan pengguna tambahan pada langkah <emphasis>Konfigurasi - "
+"Ringkasan</emphasis> saat instalasi. Pilih <emphasis>Pengelolaan pengguna</"
+"emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
@@ -284,7 +343,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Jika tombol <guibutton>lanjutan</guibutton> diklik, akan ditampilkan sebuah layar yang memungkinkan Anda mengedit pengaturan pengguna yang Anda tambahkan. Sebagai tambahan, Anda bisa mematikan atau menghidupkan akun tamu."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika tombol <guibutton>lanjutan</guibutton> diklik, akan ditampilkan sebuah "
+"layar yang memungkinkan Anda mengedit pengaturan pengguna yang Anda "
+"tambahkan. Sebagai tambahan, Anda bisa mematikan atau menghidupkan akun tamu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -292,7 +354,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Apapun yang disimpan oleh akun tamu dengan <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> bawaan yang disimpan di direktori /home akan dihapus saat dia keluar.  Tamu harus menyimpan file pentingnya ke dalam flashdisk."
+msgstr ""
+"Apapun yang disimpan oleh akun tamu dengan <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> bawaan "
+"yang disimpan di direktori /home akan dihapus saat dia keluar.  Tamu harus "
+"menyimpan file pentingnya ke dalam flashdisk."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -300,7 +365,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Hidupkan akun tamu</guilabel>: Di sini Anda bisa menghidupkan atau mematikan akun tamu. Akun tamu memungkinkan tamu masuk dan menggunakan komputer, tapi dia memiliki akses yang lebih terbatas daripada pengguna normal."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Hidupkan akun tamu</guilabel>: Di sini Anda bisa menghidupkan atau "
+"mematikan akun tamu. Akun tamu memungkinkan tamu masuk dan menggunakan "
+"komputer, tapi dia memiliki akses yang lebih terbatas daripada pengguna "
+"normal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -308,7 +377,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Daftar drop down ini memungkinkan Anda mengubah shell yang akan digunakan oleh pengguna yang telah ditambahkan pada layar sebelumnya, pilihannya adalah Bash, Dash dan Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Daftar drop down ini memungkinkan Anda mengubah "
+"shell yang akan digunakan oleh pengguna yang telah ditambahkan pada layar "
+"sebelumnya, pilihannya adalah Bash, Dash dan Sh"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -316,42 +388,49 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID pengguna</guilabel>: Di sini Anda bisa mengatur ID untuk pengguna yang Anda tambahkan pada layar sebelumnya. Ini adalah nomor.  Biarkan ini kosong kecuali jika Anda mengetahui apa yang harus diisikan di sini."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID pengguna</guilabel>: Di sini Anda bisa mengatur ID untuk "
+"pengguna yang Anda tambahkan pada layar sebelumnya. Ini adalah nomor.  "
+"Biarkan ini kosong kecuali jika Anda mengetahui apa yang harus diisikan di "
+"sini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID grup</guilabel>: Ini untuk mengatur ID grup.  Nomor juga, biasanya sama dengan pengguna. Biarkan kosong kecuali jika Anda mengetahui apa yang harus diisikan di sini."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID grup</guilabel>: Ini untuk mengatur ID grup.  Nomor juga, "
+"biasanya sama dengan pengguna. Biarkan kosong kecuali jika Anda mengetahui "
+"apa yang harus diisikan di sini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Pilih titik kait"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -359,46 +438,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Di sini Anda melihat partisi Linux yang ditemukan di komputer. Jika Anda tidak setuju dengan saran <application>DrakX</application>, Anda bisa mengubah titik kaitnya."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda melihat partisi Linux yang ditemukan di komputer. Jika Anda "
+"tidak setuju dengan saran <application>DrakX</application>, Anda bisa "
+"mengubah titik kaitnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Jika Anda mengubah apapun, pastikan Anda tetap memiliki partisi <literal>/</literal> (root)."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda mengubah apapun, pastikan Anda tetap memiliki partisi <literal>/</"
+"literal> (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Setiap partisi ditampilkan sebagai berikut: \"Perangkat\" (\"Kapasitas\", \"Titik kait\", \"Tipe\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Setiap partisi ditampilkan sebagai berikut: \"Perangkat\" (\"Kapasitas\", "
+"\"Titik kait\", \"Tipe\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Perangkat\", terdiri dari: \"harddisk\", [\"nomor harddisk\"(huruf)], \"nomor partisi\" (contohnya, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Perangkat\", terdiri dari: \"harddisk\", [\"nomor harddisk\"(huruf)], "
+"\"nomor partisi\" (contohnya, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memiliki banyak partisi, Anda bisa memilih banyak titik kait yang berbeda dari menu drop down, seperti <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> dan <literal>/var</literal>. Anda juga bisa membuat titik kait sendiri, contohnya <literal>/video</literal> untuk partisi di mana Anda ingin menyimpan film, atau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> untuk partisi <literal>/home</literal> instalasi cauldron."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memiliki banyak partisi, Anda bisa memilih banyak titik kait yang "
+"berbeda dari menu drop down, seperti <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</"
+"literal> dan <literal>/var</literal>. Anda juga bisa membuat titik kait "
+"sendiri, contohnya <literal>/video</literal> untuk partisi di mana Anda "
+"ingin menyimpan film, atau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> untuk partisi "
+"<literal>/home</literal> instalasi cauldron."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Untuk partisi yang tidak akan Anda akses, Anda bisa membiarkan kolom titik kait kosong."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk partisi yang tidak akan Anda akses, Anda bisa membiarkan kolom titik "
+"kait kosong."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -406,15 +502,21 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Pilih <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> jika Anda tidak yakin akan memilih apa, lalu pilih <guilabel>Pemartisian disk sesuaian</guilabel>. Di layar berikutnya, Anda bisa mengklik partisi untuk melihat tipe dan ukurannya."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> jika Anda tidak yakin akan memilih "
+"apa, lalu pilih <guilabel>Pemartisian disk sesuaian</guilabel>. Di layar "
+"berikutnya, Anda bisa mengklik partisi untuk melihat tipe dan ukurannya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Jika Anda yakin titik kait sudah benar, klik <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>, lalu pilih apakah Anda hanya akan memformat partisi yang disarankan Drakx atau yang lainnya juga."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda yakin titik kait sudah benar, klik <guibutton>Selanjutnya</"
+"guibutton>, lalu pilih apakah Anda hanya akan memformat partisi yang "
+"disarankan Drakx atau yang lainnya juga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -424,9 +526,11 @@ msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Tergantung pada apa yang dipilih di sini, Anda mungkin akan ditawarkan layar lanjutan untuk menyesuaikan pilihan."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Tergantung pada apa yang dipilih di sini, Anda mungkin akan ditawarkan layar "
+"lanjutan untuk menyesuaikan pilihan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -434,14 +538,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Setelah pemilihan langkah, Anda akan melihat tampilan slide selama instalasi paket. Tampilan slide bisa dimatikan dengan menekan tombol <guilabel>Rincian</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah pemilihan langkah, Anda akan melihat tampilan slide selama instalasi "
+"paket. Tampilan slide bisa dimatikan dengan menekan tombol "
+"<guilabel>Rincian</guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -453,21 +562,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Pilih apakah Anda lebih suka menggunakan lingkungan desktop <application>KDE</application> atau <application>Gnome</application>. Keduanya disertai dengan seperangkat aplikasi dan peralatan yang berguna. Pilih <guilabel>Sesuaian</guilabel> jika Anda tidak ingin memilih keduanya atau memilih keduanya, atau jika Anda menginginkan yang selain pilihan software bawaan dari lingkungan desktop tersebut. Desktop <application>LXDE</application> lebih ringan dari kedua lingkungan desktop sebelumnya, kurang terlihat cantik dan lebih sedikit paket bawaan yang diinstall."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih apakah Anda lebih suka menggunakan lingkungan desktop "
+"<application>KDE</application> atau <application>Gnome</application>. "
+"Keduanya disertai dengan seperangkat aplikasi dan peralatan yang berguna. "
+"Pilih <guilabel>Sesuaian</guilabel> jika Anda tidak ingin memilih keduanya "
+"atau memilih keduanya, atau jika Anda menginginkan yang selain pilihan "
+"software bawaan dari lingkungan desktop tersebut. Desktop <application>LXDE</"
+"application> lebih ringan dari kedua lingkungan desktop sebelumnya, kurang "
+"terlihat cantik dan lebih sedikit paket bawaan yang diinstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Pemilihan Grup Paket"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -476,7 +594,11 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Paket telah dipilah ke dalam grup, supaya memilih apa yang dibutuhkan untuk sistem Anda lebih mudah. Semua grup dibuat sangat jelas, tapi informasi lebih tentang isi dari tiap grup tersedia dalam tool tip yang akan terlihat saat mouse di arahkan ke grup-grup tersebut."
+msgstr ""
+"Paket telah dipilah ke dalam grup, supaya memilih apa yang dibutuhkan untuk "
+"sistem Anda lebih mudah. Semua grup dibuat sangat jelas, tapi informasi "
+"lebih tentang isi dari tiap grup tersedia dalam tool tip yang akan terlihat "
+"saat mouse di arahkan ke grup-grup tersebut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -498,74 +620,91 @@ msgstr "Lingkungan Grafis"
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Pemilihan Paket Individu: Anda bisa menggunakan pilihan ini untuk menambah atau menghapus paket secara manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Pemilihan Paket Individu: Anda bisa menggunakan pilihan ini untuk menambah "
+"atau menghapus paket secara manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Baca <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> untuk petunjuk bagaimana cara menginstall secara minimal."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Baca <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> untuk petunjuk bagaimana cara "
+"menginstall secara minimal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Pilih Paket Individual"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa menambah atau menghapus paket tambahan apapun untuk menyesuaikan instalasi."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda bisa menambah atau menghapus paket tambahan apapun untuk "
+"menyesuaikan instalasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Setelah selesai memilih, Anda bisa mengklik <guibutton>ikon floppy</guibutton> di bawah halaman untuk menyimpan pilihan paket (bisa juga disimpan ke flashdisk). Anda bisa menggunakan file ini untuk menginstall paket yang sama pada komputer lain, dengan menekan tombol yang sama saat instalasi dan memuatnya."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah selesai memilih, Anda bisa mengklik <guibutton>ikon floppy</"
+"guibutton> di bawah halaman untuk menyimpan pilihan paket (bisa juga "
+"disimpan ke flashdisk). Anda bisa menggunakan file ini untuk menginstall "
+"paket yang sama pada komputer lain, dengan menekan tombol yang sama saat "
+"instalasi dan memuatnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Konfigurasikan Layanan Anda"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa mengatur layanan mana yang (tidak) harus dijalankan saat komputer dinyalakan."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda bisa mengatur layanan mana yang (tidak) harus dijalankan saat "
+"komputer dinyalakan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Ada empat grup, klik pada segitiga sebelum grup untuk membentangkan dan melihat layanan yang ada di dalamnya."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Ada empat grup, klik pada segitiga sebelum grup untuk membentangkan dan "
+"melihat layanan yang ada di dalamnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -577,7 +716,9 @@ msgstr "Pengaturan pilihan DrakX biasanya sudah bagus."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Jika Anda menyorot sebuah layanan, informasi tentangnya akan ditampilkan dalam kotak informasi di bawah."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda menyorot sebuah layanan, informasi tentangnya akan ditampilkan "
+"dalam kotak informasi di bawah."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
@@ -589,36 +730,45 @@ msgstr "Hanya ubah sesuatu jika Anda sangat mengetahui hal tersebut."
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi Zona Waktu Anda"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Pilih zona waktu Anda dengan memilih negara Anda atau sebuah kota yang dekat dengan Anda dengan zona waktu yang sama."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih zona waktu Anda dengan memilih negara Anda atau sebuah kota yang dekat "
+"dengan Anda dengan zona waktu yang sama."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "Pada layar berikutnya Anda bisa memilih untuk mengatur jam hardware Anda ke waktu lokal atau GMT, atau disebut juga UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Pada layar berikutnya Anda bisa memilih untuk mengatur jam hardware Anda ke "
+"waktu lokal atau GMT, atau disebut juga UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memiliki lebih dari satu sistem operasi pada komputer, pastikan semua diatur ke waktu lokal, atau semua ke UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memiliki lebih dari satu sistem operasi pada komputer, pastikan "
+"semua diatur ke waktu lokal, atau semua ke UTC/GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -628,24 +778,31 @@ msgstr "Pilih Server X (Konfigurasi Perangkat Grafis Anda)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX memiliki basis data perangkat video yang lengkap dan biasanya akan mengidentifikasi perangkat video Anda dengan benar."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX memiliki basis data perangkat video yang lengkap dan biasanya akan "
+"mengidentifikasi perangkat video Anda dengan benar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Jika installer tidak mendeteksi perangkat grafis Anda dengan benar dan Anda mengetahui mana yang Anda punya, Anda bisa memilihnya dari pohon dengan:"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika installer tidak mendeteksi perangkat grafis Anda dengan benar dan Anda "
+"mengetahui mana yang Anda punya, Anda bisa memilihnya dari pohon dengan:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -668,7 +825,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Jika tidak menemukan perangkat Anda di daftar pabrikan (karena belum masuk basis data atau perangkat lawas) Anda mungkin bisa menemukan driver yang cocok di kategori Xorg"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika tidak menemukan perangkat Anda di daftar pabrikan (karena belum masuk "
+"basis data atau perangkat lawas) Anda mungkin bisa menemukan driver yang "
+"cocok di kategori Xorg"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -676,14 +836,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "Daftaran Xorg menyediakan lebih dari 40 driver perangkat video umum dan open source. Jika masih tidak menemukan driver untuk perangkat Anda, masih ada pilihan untuk menggunakan driver vesa yang menyediakan kemampuan dasar."
+msgstr ""
+"Daftaran Xorg menyediakan lebih dari 40 driver perangkat video umum dan open "
+"source. Jika masih tidak menemukan driver untuk perangkat Anda, masih ada "
+"pilihan untuk menggunakan driver vesa yang menyediakan kemampuan dasar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Perhatikan bahwa jika Anda memilih driver yang tidak cocok, Anda mungkin hanya akan bisa mengakses Antarmuka Baris Perintah."
+msgstr ""
+"Perhatikan bahwa jika Anda memilih driver yang tidak cocok, Anda mungkin "
+"hanya akan bisa mengakses Antarmuka Baris Perintah."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -691,30 +856,37 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Beberapa pabrikan perangkat video menyediakan driver proprietary untuk Linux yang mungkin hanya tersedia dalam repository Nonfree dan mungkin juga hanya tersedia di website mereka."
+msgstr ""
+"Beberapa pabrikan perangkat video menyediakan driver proprietary untuk Linux "
+"yang mungkin hanya tersedia dalam repository Nonfree dan mungkin juga hanya "
+"tersedia di website mereka."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Repository Nonfree harus dihidupkan secara eksplisit untuk mengaksesnya. Jika Anda tidak memilih itu sebelumnya, Anda harus melakukan ini setelah komputer dinyalakan ulang."
+msgstr ""
+"Repository Nonfree harus dihidupkan secara eksplisit untuk mengaksesnya. "
+"Jika Anda tidak memilih itu sebelumnya, Anda harus melakukan ini setelah "
+"komputer dinyalakan ulang."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi Perangkat Grafis dan Monitor"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -723,19 +895,29 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Apapun lingkungan grafis (disebut juga lingkungan desktop) yang Anda pilih dalam menginstall <application>Mageia</application>, semua bersandar pada sistem antarmuka pengguna grafis yang disebut <acronym>Sistem Window X</acronym>, atau hanya <acronym>X</acronym>. Agar <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> atau yang lainnya bisa bekerja dengan baik, pengaturan <acronym>X</acronym> berikut harus tepat. Pilih pengaturan yang tepat jika <application>DrakX</application> tidak membuat pilihan, atau jika pilihan salah."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Apapun lingkungan grafis (disebut juga lingkungan desktop) yang Anda pilih "
+"dalam menginstall <application>Mageia</application>, semua bersandar pada "
+"sistem antarmuka pengguna grafis yang disebut <acronym>Sistem Window X</"
+"acronym>, atau hanya <acronym>X</acronym>. Agar <acronym>KDE</acronym>, "
+"<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> atau yang lainnya bisa "
+"bekerja dengan baik, pengaturan <acronym>X</acronym> berikut harus tepat. "
+"Pilih pengaturan yang tepat jika <application>DrakX</application> tidak "
+"membuat pilihan, atau jika pilihan salah."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Perangkat Grafis</guibutton></emphasis>: Pilih perangkat Anda dari daftar berikut jika diperlukan."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Perangkat Grafis</guibutton></emphasis>: Pilih "
+"perangkat Anda dari daftar berikut jika diperlukan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -745,7 +927,12 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Anda bisa memilih <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> jika bisa diterapkan, atau pilih monitor dari daftar <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel> atau <guilabel>Umum</guilabel>. Pilih <guilabel>Sesuaian</guilabel> jika Anda lebih suka untuk mengatur refresh rate monitor horisontal dan vertikal secara manual."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Anda bisa memilih "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> jika bisa diterapkan, atau pilih monitor "
+"dari daftar <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel> atau <guilabel>Umum</guilabel>. "
+"Pilih <guilabel>Sesuaian</guilabel> jika Anda lebih suka untuk mengatur "
+"refresh rate monitor horisontal dan vertikal secara manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -757,7 +944,9 @@ msgstr "Refresh rate yang tidak tepat bisa merusak monitor Anda"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolusi</guibutton></emphasis>: Atur resolusi dan kedalaman warna monitor yang diinginkan di sini."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolusi</guibutton></emphasis>: Atur resolusi dan "
+"kedalaman warna monitor yang diinginkan di sini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -765,19 +954,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Coba</guibutton></emphasis>: Tombol untuk mencoba tidak selalu muncul saat instalasi. Jika tombolnya ada, Anda bisa mengendalikan pengaturan dengan menekannya. Jika Anda melihat pertanyaan apakah pengaturan sudah tepat, Anda bisa menjawab \"ya\", dan pengaturan akan dipertahankan. Jika Anda tidak melihat apapun, Anda akan kembali ke layar konfigurasi dan bisa mengkonfigurasi ulang semua sampai hasilnya bagus. <emphasis>Pastikan pengaturan Anda adalah yang teraman jika tombol untuk mencoba tidak tersedia</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Coba</guibutton></emphasis>: Tombol untuk mencoba tidak "
+"selalu muncul saat instalasi. Jika tombolnya ada, Anda bisa mengendalikan "
+"pengaturan dengan menekannya. Jika Anda melihat pertanyaan apakah pengaturan "
+"sudah tepat, Anda bisa menjawab \"ya\", dan pengaturan akan dipertahankan. "
+"Jika Anda tidak melihat apapun, Anda akan kembali ke layar konfigurasi dan "
+"bisa mengkonfigurasi ulang semua sampai hasilnya bagus. <emphasis>Pastikan "
+"pengaturan Anda adalah yang teraman jika tombol untuk mencoba tidak "
+"tersedia</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton></emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa memilih untuk menghidupkan atau mematikan berbagai pilihan."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton></emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa "
+"memilih untuk menghidupkan atau mematikan berbagai pilihan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -789,7 +988,9 @@ msgstr "Pemilihan Monitor"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX memiliki basis data monitor yang lengkap dan biasanya akan mengenali monitor Anda dengan tepat."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX memiliki basis data monitor yang lengkap dan biasanya akan mengenali "
+"monitor Anda dengan tepat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -798,15 +999,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Memilih monitor dengan karakteristik yang berbeda bisa merusak monitor atau perangkat video Anda. Jangan mencoba sesuatu jika Anda tidak mengetahuinya.</emphasis> Jika ragu, sebaiknya Anda membaca dokumentasi monitor yang Anda miliki"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Memilih monitor dengan karakteristik yang berbeda bisa merusak "
+"monitor atau perangkat video Anda. Jangan mencoba sesuatu jika Anda tidak "
+"mengetahuinya.</emphasis> Jika ragu, sebaiknya Anda membaca dokumentasi "
+"monitor yang Anda miliki"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -817,10 +1025,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Sesuaian</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Pilihan ini memungkinkan Anda mengatur dua parameter penting, refresh rate vertikal dan sync rate horisontal. Refresh vertikal menentukan seberapa sering layar disegarkan dan sync horisontal adalah kecepatan di mana scan line ditampilkan."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilihan ini memungkinkan Anda mengatur dua parameter penting, refresh rate "
+"vertikal dan sync rate horisontal. Refresh vertikal menentukan seberapa "
+"sering layar disegarkan dan sync horisontal adalah kecepatan di mana scan "
+"line ditampilkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -829,7 +1041,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "<emphasis>SANGAT PENTING</emphasis> untuk tidak menentukan tipe monitor dengan jarak sync diluar kemampuan monitor: Anda bisa merusak monitor. Jika ragu, pilih pengaturan sederhana dan baca dokumentasi monitor yang Anda miliki."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>SANGAT PENTING</emphasis> untuk tidak menentukan tipe monitor "
+"dengan jarak sync diluar kemampuan monitor: Anda bisa merusak monitor. Jika "
+"ragu, pilih pengaturan sederhana dan baca dokumentasi monitor yang Anda "
+"miliki."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -841,7 +1057,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Ini adalah pilihan bawaan dan mencoba untuk menentukan tipe monitor dari basis data."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini adalah pilihan bawaan dan mencoba untuk menentukan tipe monitor dari "
+"basis data."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -853,7 +1071,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Pabrikan</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Jika installer tidak mendeteksi monitor Anda dengan benar dan Anda mengetahui jenis monitor yang Anda miliki, Anda bisa memilihnya dari pohon dengan memilih:"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika installer tidak mendeteksi monitor Anda dengan benar dan Anda "
+"mengetahui jenis monitor yang Anda miliki, Anda bisa memilihnya dari pohon "
+"dengan memilih:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -874,11 +1095,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Umum</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "memilih grup ini menampilkan hampir 30 konfigurasi seperti 1024x768 @ 60 Hz dan termasuk layar datar seperti yang digunakan pada laptop. Ini seringkali bagus digunakan untuk memilih monitor jika Anda menggunakan driver Vesa ketika perangkat video Anda tidak bisa ditentukan secara otomatis. Akan sangat bijaksana jika Anda memilih yang sederhana."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"memilih grup ini menampilkan hampir 30 konfigurasi seperti 1024x768 @ 60 Hz "
+"dan termasuk layar datar seperti yang digunakan pada laptop. Ini seringkali "
+"bagus digunakan untuk memilih monitor jika Anda menggunakan driver Vesa "
+"ketika perangkat video Anda tidak bisa ditentukan secara otomatis. Akan "
+"sangat bijaksana jika Anda memilih yang sederhana."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -888,47 +1114,62 @@ msgstr "Menyesuaikan pemartisian disk dengan DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Jika ingin menggunakan enkripsi untuk partisi <literal>/</literal> Anda, pastikan Anda memiliki partisi <literal>/boot</literal> terpisah. Pilihan enkripsi untuk partisi <literal>/boot</literal> JANGAT diatur, atau sistem Anda tidak akan bisa berjalan."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika ingin menggunakan enkripsi untuk partisi <literal>/</literal> Anda, "
+"pastikan Anda memiliki partisi <literal>/boot</literal> terpisah. Pilihan "
+"enkripsi untuk partisi <literal>/boot</literal> JANGAT diatur, atau sistem "
+"Anda tidak akan bisa berjalan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Atur tampilan disk Anda di sini. Anda bisa menghapus atau membuat partisi, mengubah filesystem partisi atau mengubah ukurannya dan menampilkan isinya sebelum Anda memulai."
+msgstr ""
+"Atur tampilan disk Anda di sini. Anda bisa menghapus atau membuat partisi, "
+"mengubah filesystem partisi atau mengubah ukurannya dan menampilkan isinya "
+"sebelum Anda memulai."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Ada tab untuk setiap hard disk yang terdeteksi atau perangkat penyimpanan lainnya, seperti flashdisk. Contohnya sda, sdb dan sdc jika ada tiga."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Ada tab untuk setiap hard disk yang terdeteksi atau perangkat penyimpanan "
+"lainnya, seperti flashdisk. Contohnya sda, sdb dan sdc jika ada tiga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Tekan <guibutton>Bersihkan semua</guibutton> untuk membersihkan semua partisi pada perangkat penyimpanan terpilih"
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Tekan <guibutton>Bersihkan semua</guibutton> untuk membersihkan semua "
+"partisi pada perangkat penyimpanan terpilih"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Untuk aksi lainnya: klik pada partisi yang diinginkan terlebih dahulu. Lalu tampilkan, atau pilih filesystem dan titik kait, ubah ukuran atau bersihkan."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk aksi lainnya: klik pada partisi yang diinginkan terlebih dahulu. Lalu "
+"tampilkan, atau pilih filesystem dan titik kait, ubah ukuran atau bersihkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -951,21 +1192,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Di layar ini Anda bisa melihat isi perangkat disk dan lihat solusi yang ditemukan pemandu pemartisian DrakX di mana <application>Mageia</application> akan diinstall."
+msgstr ""
+"Di layar ini Anda bisa melihat isi perangkat disk dan lihat solusi yang "
+"ditemukan pemandu pemartisian DrakX di mana <application>Mageia</"
+"application> akan diinstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Pilihan yang tersedia dari daftar di bawah akan beragam tergantung pada tampilan dan isi perangkat disk Anda."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilihan yang tersedia dari daftar di bawah akan beragam tergantung pada "
+"tampilan dan isi perangkat disk Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -977,7 +1225,9 @@ msgstr "Gunakan Partisi yang Tersedia"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Jika pilihan ini tersedia, artinya partisi yang cocok untuk Linux telah ditemukan dan mungkin bisa digunakan untuk instalasi."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika pilihan ini tersedia, artinya partisi yang cocok untuk Linux telah "
+"ditemukan dan mungkin bisa digunakan untuk instalasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -987,9 +1237,11 @@ msgstr "Gunakan Ruang Kosong"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada perangkat disk Anda, maka pilihan ini akan menggunakannya untuk menginstall Mageia."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada perangkat disk Anda, maka pilihan "
+"ini akan menggunakannya untuk menginstall Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -999,9 +1251,11 @@ msgstr "Gunakan Ruang Kosong pada Partisi Windows"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada partisi Windows yang ada, installer akan menawarkan untuk menggunakannya."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada partisi Windows yang ada, "
+"installer akan menawarkan untuk menggunakannya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1009,7 +1263,9 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Ini cara yang berguna untuk membuat ruang untuk instalasi Mageia, tapi beresiko sehingga Anda harus membuat cadangan file penting Anda!"
+msgstr ""
+"Ini cara yang berguna untuk membuat ruang untuk instalasi Mageia, tapi "
+"beresiko sehingga Anda harus membuat cadangan file penting Anda!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1020,7 +1276,12 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Perhatikan bahwa ini akan mengurangi ukuran dari partisi Windows. Partisi harus \"bersih\", maksudnya, Windows harus dimatikan dengan benar saat terakhir kali digunakan. Juga harus sudah didefrag, walaupun tidak ada jaminan bahwa semua file telah dipindahkan dari area yang akan digunakan. Sangat disarankan untuk membuat cadangan semua file pribadi."
+msgstr ""
+"Perhatikan bahwa ini akan mengurangi ukuran dari partisi Windows. Partisi "
+"harus \"bersih\", maksudnya, Windows harus dimatikan dengan benar saat "
+"terakhir kali digunakan. Juga harus sudah didefrag, walaupun tidak ada "
+"jaminan bahwa semua file telah dipindahkan dari area yang akan digunakan. "
+"Sangat disarankan untuk membuat cadangan semua file pribadi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1035,7 +1296,9 @@ msgstr "Pilihan ini akan menggunakan seluruh perangkat untuk Mageia."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Perhatikan! Ini akan menghapus SEMUA data pada harddisk yang dipilih. Hati-hati!"
+msgstr ""
+"Perhatikan! Ini akan menghapus SEMUA data pada harddisk yang dipilih. Hati-"
+"hati!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1043,7 +1306,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Jika Anda bermaksud untuk menggunakan sebagian dari disk untuk yang lain, atau Anda memiliki data pada perangkat yang tidak boleh hilang, jangan gunakan pilihan ini."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda bermaksud untuk menggunakan sebagian dari disk untuk yang lain, "
+"atau Anda memiliki data pada perangkat yang tidak boleh hilang, jangan "
+"gunakan pilihan ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1053,9 +1319,10 @@ msgstr "Sesuaian"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Ini memberi Anda kendali penuh untuk menempatkan instalasi pada harddisk."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini memberi Anda kendali penuh untuk menempatkan instalasi pada harddisk."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1064,10 +1331,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Beberapa perangkat baru sekarang menggunakan sektor logis 4096 bit, daripada standar sebelumnya 512 bit. Karena keterbatasan hardware, alat pemartisian yang digunakan pada installer belum teruji pada perangkat tersebut. Beberapa perangkat ssd juga menggunakan ukuran blok penghapusan melebihi 1 MB. Disarankan untuk melakukan pemartisian awal menggunakan alat pemartisian alternatif seperti gparted jika Anda memilikinya, dan menggunakan pengaturan berikut:"
+msgstr ""
+"Beberapa perangkat baru sekarang menggunakan sektor logis 4096 bit, daripada "
+"standar sebelumnya 512 bit. Karena keterbatasan hardware, alat pemartisian "
+"yang digunakan pada installer belum teruji pada perangkat tersebut. Beberapa "
+"perangkat ssd juga menggunakan ukuran blok penghapusan melebihi 1 MB. "
+"Disarankan untuk melakukan pemartisian awal menggunakan alat pemartisian "
+"alternatif seperti gparted jika Anda memilikinya, dan menggunakan pengaturan "
+"berikut:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1100,8 +1374,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Februari 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1124,10 +1397,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Tidak seorang pun akan melihat semua layar installer yang Anda lihat dalam manual ini. Layar mana yang akan Anda lihat, tergantung pada hardware dan pilihan yang Anda buat saat menginstall."
+msgstr ""
+"Tidak seorang pun akan melihat semua layar installer yang Anda lihat dalam "
+"manual ini. Layar mana yang akan Anda lihat, tergantung pada hardware dan "
+"pilihan yang Anda buat saat menginstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1138,64 +1414,83 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Teks dan gambar pada manual ini berada di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Teks dan gambar pada manual ini berada di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">CMS Calenco</link> yang dibangun oleh <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
+"\">CMS Calenco</link> yang dibangun oleh <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc."
+"biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Ini ditulis oleh sukarelawan di waktu senggang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Tim Dokumentasi</link>, jika Anda ingin membantu memperbaiki manual ini."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini ditulis oleh sukarelawan di waktu senggang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Tim Dokumentasi</"
+"link>, jika Anda ingin membantu memperbaiki manual ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Selamat"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Anda telah selesai menginstall dan mengkonfigurasi <application>Mageia</application> dan sekarang Anda bisa mengeluarkan media instalasi dan menjalankan ulang komputer."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda telah selesai menginstall dan mengkonfigurasi <application>Mageia</"
+"application> dan sekarang Anda bisa mengeluarkan media instalasi dan "
+"menjalankan ulang komputer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Setelah komputer dijalankan ulang, pada layar bootloader, Anda bisa memilih sistem operasi pada komputer Anda (jika ada lebih dari satu)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah komputer dijalankan ulang, pada layar bootloader, Anda bisa memilih "
+"sistem operasi pada komputer Anda (jika ada lebih dari satu)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Jika Anda tidak menyesuaikan pengaturan bootloader, instalasi Mageia akan otomatis terpilih dan dijalankan."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda tidak menyesuaikan pengaturan bootloader, instalasi Mageia akan "
+"otomatis terpilih dan dijalankan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1207,31 +1502,39 @@ msgstr "Nikmatilah!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Kunjungi www.mageia.org jika Anda memiliki pertanyaan atau ingin berkontribusi untuk Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Kunjungi www.mageia.org jika Anda memiliki pertanyaan atau ingin "
+"berkontribusi untuk Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Pemformatan"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa memilih partisi mana yang ingin Anda format. Semua data pada partisi yang <emphasis>tidak</emphasis> ditandai untuk diformat akan tetap tersimpan."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda bisa memilih partisi mana yang ingin Anda format. Semua data "
+"pada partisi yang <emphasis>tidak</emphasis> ditandai untuk diformat akan "
+"tetap tersimpan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
@@ -1243,7 +1546,9 @@ msgstr "Biasanya, setidaknya partisi yang dipilih oleh DrakX perlu diformat"
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Klik pada <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> untuk memilih partisi yang ingin Anda periksa dari yang disebut <emphasis>blok rusak</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Klik pada <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> untuk memilih partisi yang ingin "
+"Anda periksa dari yang disebut <emphasis>blok rusak</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1252,14 +1557,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Jika Anda tidak yakin telah membuat pilihan yang benar, Anda bisa mengklik <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton>, lalu <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> lagi, lalu <guibutton>Sesuaian</guibutton> untuk kembali ke layar utama.  Pada layar tersebut, Anda bisa memilih untuk melihat apa yang ada dalam partisi Anda."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda tidak yakin telah membuat pilihan yang benar, Anda bisa mengklik "
+"<guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton>, lalu <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> "
+"lagi, lalu <guibutton>Sesuaian</guibutton> untuk kembali ke layar utama.  "
+"Pada layar tersebut, Anda bisa memilih untuk melihat apa yang ada dalam "
+"partisi Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Jika Anda cukup yakin dengan pilihan Anda, klik pada <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda cukup yakin dengan pilihan Anda, klik pada <guibutton>Selanjutnya</"
+"guibutton> untuk melanjutkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1272,14 +1584,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Tidak peduli Anda baru mengenal GNU-Linux atau yang telah berpengalaman, Installer Mageia dibuat untuk membantu instalasi atau upgrade semudah mungkin."
+msgstr ""
+"Tidak peduli Anda baru mengenal GNU-Linux atau yang telah berpengalaman, "
+"Installer Mageia dibuat untuk membantu instalasi atau upgrade semudah "
+"mungkin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "Layar menu awal memiliki berbagai pilihan, akan tetapi bawaannya akan memulai installer, yang normalnya adalah yang Anda inginkan."
+msgstr ""
+"Layar menu awal memiliki berbagai pilihan, akan tetapi bawaannya akan "
+"memulai installer, yang normalnya adalah yang Anda inginkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1299,9 +1616,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
@@ -1324,7 +1640,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1336,9 +1653,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
@@ -1353,7 +1670,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1412,7 +1730,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1430,7 +1749,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1444,7 +1764,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
@@ -1464,9 +1785,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1477,8 +1797,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1489,24 +1809,30 @@ msgstr "Langkah-langkah instalasi"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Proses instalasi terbagi ke dalam beberapa langkah, yang bisa diikuti pada panel samping dari layar."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Proses instalasi terbagi ke dalam beberapa langkah, yang bisa diikuti pada "
+"panel samping dari layar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Setiap langkah memiliki satu layar atau lebih yang mungkin juga memiliki tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> dengan pilihan tambahan yang tidak terlalu dibutuhkan."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Setiap langkah memiliki satu layar atau lebih yang mungkin juga memiliki "
+"tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> dengan pilihan tambahan yang tidak "
+"terlalu dibutuhkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "Kebanyakan layar memiliki tombol <guibutton>Bantuan</guibutton> yang memberi penjelasan lebih tentang langkah yang sedang dijalani."
+msgstr ""
+"Kebanyakan layar memiliki tombol <guibutton>Bantuan</guibutton> yang memberi "
+"penjelasan lebih tentang langkah yang sedang dijalani."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1516,10 +1842,19 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Jika di manapun saat menginstall Anda memutuskan untuk menghentikan instalasi, komputer bisa dijalankan ulang, tapi harap dipikir dua kali sebelum melakukannya.  Setelah partisi diformat atau update telah dijalankan atau diinstall, komputer Anda sudah tidak lagi dalam kondisi yang sama dan menjalankan ulang komputer bisa membuat sistem komputer Anda tidak stabil. Jika Anda benar-benar ingin menjalankan ulang komputer, jalankan terminal teks dengan menekan tiga tombol <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> secara bersamaan. Setelahnya, tekan <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> secara bersamaan untuk menjalankan ulang."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika di manapun saat menginstall Anda memutuskan untuk menghentikan "
+"instalasi, komputer bisa dijalankan ulang, tapi harap dipikir dua kali "
+"sebelum melakukannya.  Setelah partisi diformat atau update telah dijalankan "
+"atau diinstall, komputer Anda sudah tidak lagi dalam kondisi yang sama dan "
+"menjalankan ulang komputer bisa membuat sistem komputer Anda tidak stabil. "
+"Jika Anda benar-benar ingin menjalankan ulang komputer, jalankan terminal "
+"teks dengan menekan tiga tombol <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> secara "
+"bersamaan. Setelahnya, tekan <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> secara "
+"bersamaan untuk menjalankan ulang."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1531,24 +1866,26 @@ msgstr "Masalah Instalasi dan Kemungkinan Solusinya"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Tidak Ada Antarmuka Grafis"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Setelah layar awal, Anda tidak pernah sampai pada layar pemilihan bahasa. Ini bisa terjadi dengan beberapa perangkat grafis dan komputer lama. Coba menggunakan resolusi yang lebih rendah dengan mengetikkan <code>vgalo</code> pada baris perintah."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah layar awal, Anda tidak pernah sampai pada layar pemilihan bahasa. "
+"Ini bisa terjadi dengan beberapa perangkat grafis dan komputer lama. Coba "
+"menggunakan resolusi yang lebih rendah dengan mengetikkan <code>vgalo</code> "
+"pada baris perintah."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1564,7 +1901,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Jika sistem membeku saat instalasi, mungkin ada masalah dengan pendeteksian hardware. Pada kasus seperti ini, pendeteksian otomatis mungkin perlu dilewati untuk ditangani kemudian. Untuk mencobanya, ketik <code>noauto</code> pada baris perintah. Pilihan ini juga bisa dikombinasikan dengan pilihan lain seperlunya."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika sistem membeku saat instalasi, mungkin ada masalah dengan pendeteksian "
+"hardware. Pada kasus seperti ini, pendeteksian otomatis mungkin perlu "
+"dilewati untuk ditangani kemudian. Untuk mencobanya, ketik <code>noauto</"
+"code> pada baris perintah. Pilihan ini juga bisa dikombinasikan dengan "
+"pilihan lain seperlunya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1576,9 +1918,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Ini jarang diperlukan, tapi dalam beberapa kasus, hardware menginformasikan RAM yang tersedia tidak benar. Untuk menentukan ini secara manual, Anda bisa menggunakan parameter <code>mem=xxxM</code>, di mana xxx adalah besar RAM yang benar. Misalnya <code>mem=256M</code> untuk menentukan RAM 256MB."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini jarang diperlukan, tapi dalam beberapa kasus, hardware menginformasikan "
+"RAM yang tersedia tidak benar. Untuk menentukan ini secara manual, Anda bisa "
+"menggunakan parameter <code>mem=xxxM</code>, di mana xxx adalah besar RAM "
+"yang benar. Misalnya <code>mem=256M</code> untuk menentukan RAM 256MB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1591,9 +1937,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1601,29 +1946,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Update"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Mulai sejak dirilis <application>Mageia</application> versi ini, beberapa paket akan terus diupdate atau ditingkatkan."
+msgstr ""
+"Mulai sejak dirilis <application>Mageia</application> versi ini, beberapa "
+"paket akan terus diupdate atau ditingkatkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1631,7 +1976,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Pilih <guilabel>ya</guilabel> jika Anda ingin mendownload dan menginstallnya, pilih <guilabel>tidak</guilabel> jika tidak ingin melakukannya sekarang, atau jika Anda tidak terhubung ke internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih <guilabel>ya</guilabel> jika Anda ingin mendownload dan "
+"menginstallnya, pilih <guilabel>tidak</guilabel> jika tidak ingin "
+"melakukannya sekarang, atau jika Anda tidak terhubung ke internet"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1643,55 +1991,73 @@ msgstr "Lalu tekan <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan"
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Pemilihan Media (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Di sini Anda memiliki daftar repository yang tersedia. Tidak semua repository tersedia, mengikuti pada media mana yang digunakan untuk instalasi. Pemilihan repository akan menentukan paket mana yang akan tersedia untuk dipilih pada langkah selanjutnya."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda memiliki daftar repository yang tersedia. Tidak semua "
+"repository tersedia, mengikuti pada media mana yang digunakan untuk "
+"instalasi. Pemilihan repository akan menentukan paket mana yang akan "
+"tersedia untuk dipilih pada langkah selanjutnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "Repository <emphasis>Core</emphasis> tidak bisa dimatikan karena berisi dasar dari distribusi."
+msgstr ""
+"Repository <emphasis>Core</emphasis> tidak bisa dimatikan karena berisi "
+"dasar dari distribusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "Repository <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> menyediakan paket-paket yang gratis, misalnya Mageia mungkin menyediakannya, tapi mungkin berisi software dengan sumber tertutup (karenanya dinamakan - Nonfree). Sebagai contoh, repository ini menyediakan driver proprietary untuk perangkat grafis nVidia dan ATI, firmware untuk berbagai perangkat WiFi, dsb."
+msgstr ""
+"Repository <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> menyediakan paket-paket yang gratis, "
+"misalnya Mageia mungkin menyediakannya, tapi mungkin berisi software dengan "
+"sumber tertutup (karenanya dinamakan - Nonfree). Sebagai contoh, repository "
+"ini menyediakan driver proprietary untuk perangkat grafis nVidia dan ATI, "
+"firmware untuk berbagai perangkat WiFi, dsb."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "Repository <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> menyertakan paket-paket yang dikeluarkan di bawah lisensi bebas. Kriteria utama menempatkan paket-paket ke dalam repository ini adalah karena paket-paket ini mungkin akan melanggar hak cipta dan hak paten di beberapa negara, misalnya codec Multimedia yang diperlukan untuk memainkan beragam file audio/video; paket-paket yang diperlukan untuk memainkan video DVD komersial, dsb."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Repository <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> menyertakan paket-paket yang "
+"dikeluarkan di bawah lisensi bebas. Kriteria utama menempatkan paket-paket "
+"ke dalam repository ini adalah karena paket-paket ini mungkin akan melanggar "
+"hak cipta dan hak paten di beberapa negara, misalnya codec Multimedia yang "
+"diperlukan untuk memainkan beragam file audio/video; paket-paket yang "
+"diperlukan untuk memainkan video DVD komersial, dsb."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1702,9 +2068,11 @@ msgstr "Instalasi Minimal"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Anda bisa memilih Instalasi Minimal dengan tidak memilih semua pada layar Pemilihan Grup Paket, lihat <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa memilih Instalasi Minimal dengan tidak memilih semua pada layar "
+"Pemilihan Grup Paket, lihat <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1713,14 +2081,21 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Instalasi Minimal dimaksudkan bagi yang ingin menggunakan <application>Mageia</application> untuk tujuan tertentu, seperti server atau lingkungan kerja khusus. Anda mungkin menggunakan pilihan ini dan dikombinasikan dengan Pemilihan Paket Manual, lihat <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalasi Minimal dimaksudkan bagi yang ingin menggunakan "
+"<application>Mageia</application> untuk tujuan tertentu, seperti server atau "
+"lingkungan kerja khusus. Anda mungkin menggunakan pilihan ini dan "
+"dikombinasikan dengan Pemilihan Paket Manual, lihat <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memilih instalasi ini, maka layar yang berhubungan akan menawarkan Anda sedikit tambahan untuk diinstall, seperti dokumentasi dan X."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memilih instalasi ini, maka layar yang berhubungan akan menawarkan "
+"Anda sedikit tambahan untuk diinstall, seperti dokumentasi dan X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1728,34 +2103,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Ringkasan dari berbagai parameter"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1764,7 +2142,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX membuat pilihan pintar untuk konfigurasi sistem Anda tergantung pada pilihan yang telah Anda buat dan pada hardware yang terdeteksi oleh DrakX. Anda bisa memeriksanya di sini dan mengubahnya jika Anda mau setelah menekan <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX membuat pilihan pintar untuk konfigurasi sistem Anda tergantung pada "
+"pilihan yang telah Anda buat dan pada hardware yang terdeteksi oleh DrakX. "
+"Anda bisa memeriksanya di sini dan mengubahnya jika Anda mau setelah menekan "
+"<guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1780,9 +2162,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zona Waktu</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX memilih zona waktu tergantung pada bahasa yang Anda pilih. Anda bisa mengubahnya jika perlu. Lihat juga <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX memilih zona waktu tergantung pada bahasa yang Anda pilih. Anda bisa "
+"mengubahnya jika perlu. Lihat juga <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1794,7 +2178,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Negara / Wilayah</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Jika Anda tidak berada pada negara terpilih, sangat penting untuk memperbaiki pengaturan. Lihat <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda tidak berada pada negara terpilih, sangat penting untuk "
+"memperbaiki pengaturan. Lihat <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1810,7 +2196,9 @@ msgstr "DrakX telah membuat pilihan yang bagus untuk pengaturan bootloader."
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
 msgid ""
 "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
-msgstr "Jangan mengubah apapun, kecuali Anda mengetahui bagaimana cara mengkonfigurasi Grub dan/atau Lilo"
+msgstr ""
+"Jangan mengubah apapun, kecuali Anda mengetahui bagaimana cara "
+"mengkonfigurasi Grub dan/atau Lilo"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
@@ -1825,9 +2213,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Pengelolaan pengguna</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menambah pengguna tambahan di sini. Mereka akan mendapatkan direktori <literal>/home</literal> masing-masing."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menambah pengguna tambahan di sini. Mereka akan mendapatkan "
+"direktori <literal>/home</literal> masing-masing."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1839,14 +2229,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Layanan</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Layanan sistem yang mengacu pada program kecil yang berjalan di belakang layar (daemon). Alat ini memungkinkan Anda untuk menghidupkan atau mematikan tugas-tugas tertentu."
+msgstr ""
+"Layanan sistem yang mengacu pada program kecil yang berjalan di belakang "
+"layar (daemon). Alat ini memungkinkan Anda untuk menghidupkan atau mematikan "
+"tugas-tugas tertentu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Anda harus memeriksa dengan hati-hati sebelum mengubah apapun di sini - sebuah kesalahan bisa menghalangi komputer untuk berjalan dengan semestinya."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda harus memeriksa dengan hati-hati sebelum mengubah apapun di sini - "
+"sebuah kesalahan bisa menghalangi komputer untuk berjalan dengan semestinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
@@ -1868,7 +2263,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Ini adalah tempat Anda bisa mengatur atau mengubah layout keyboard yang akan tergantung pada lokasi, bahasa atau tipe keyboard Anda."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini adalah tempat Anda bisa mengatur atau mengubah layout keyboard yang akan "
+"tergantung pada lokasi, bahasa atau tipe keyboard Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1880,7 +2277,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa menambah atau mengkonfigurasi perangkat penunjuk lainnya, tablet, trackball, dsb."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda bisa menambah atau mengkonfigurasi perangkat penunjuk lainnya, "
+"tablet, trackball, dsb."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1890,10 +2289,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Perangkat suara</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "Installer menggunakan driver baku, jika ada. Opsi untuk memilih driver berbeda hanya diberikan ketika ada lebih dari satu driver untuk perangkat Anda, tapi tidak satupun merupakan pilihan baku."
+msgstr ""
+"Installer menggunakan driver baku, jika ada. Opsi untuk memilih driver "
+"berbeda hanya diberikan ketika ada lebih dari satu driver untuk perangkat "
+"Anda, tapi tidak satupun merupakan pilihan baku."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1902,9 +2304,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Antarmuka grafis</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Bagian ini memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi perangkat grafis dan tampilan."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Bagian ini memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi perangkat grafis dan tampilan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
@@ -1914,10 +2316,11 @@ msgstr "Untuk informasi lebih, lebih <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1936,14 +2339,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Anda bisa mengkonfigurasi jaringan di sini, tapi untuk perangkat jaringan dengan driver non-free akan lebih baik jika dilakukan setelah menjalankan ulang komputer, di <application>Pusat Kendali Mageia</application>, jika Anda belum menghidupkan reporitory media Nonfree."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa mengkonfigurasi jaringan di sini, tapi untuk perangkat jaringan "
+"dengan driver non-free akan lebih baik jika dilakukan setelah menjalankan "
+"ulang komputer, di <application>Pusat Kendali Mageia</application>, jika "
+"Anda belum menghidupkan reporitory media Nonfree."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Jika Anda menambahkan perangkat jaringan, jangan lupa untuk mengatur firewall untuk melihat antarmuka jaringan tersebut."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda menambahkan perangkat jaringan, jangan lupa untuk mengatur "
+"firewall untuk melihat antarmuka jaringan tersebut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1956,14 +2365,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Server Proxy berfungsi sebagai perantara antara komputer Anda dengan internet yang lebih luas. Bagian ini memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi komputer untuk memanfaatkan layanan proxy."
+msgstr ""
+"Server Proxy berfungsi sebagai perantara antara komputer Anda dengan "
+"internet yang lebih luas. Bagian ini memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi "
+"komputer untuk memanfaatkan layanan proxy."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Anda mungkin perlu bertanya pada administrator sistem untuk mendapatkan parameter yang diperlukan untuk dimasukkan di sini"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Anda mungkin perlu bertanya pada administrator sistem untuk mendapatkan "
+"parameter yang diperlukan untuk dimasukkan di sini"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1978,9 +2392,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tingkat Keamanan</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Di sini Anda mengatur tingkat keamanan komputer, biasanya pengaturan bawaan (Standar) adalah yang paling memadai untuk penggunaan umum."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda mengatur tingkat keamanan komputer, biasanya pengaturan bawaan "
+"(Standar) adalah yang paling memadai untuk penggunaan umum."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -1997,14 +2413,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Firewall dimaksudkan untuk menjadi pembatas antara data penting Anda dengan para penjahat di internet yang bermaksud untuk membahayakan atau mencurinya."
+msgstr ""
+"Firewall dimaksudkan untuk menjadi pembatas antara data penting Anda dengan "
+"para penjahat di internet yang bermaksud untuk membahayakan atau mencurinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Pilih layanan yang ingin bisa diakses ke sistem komputer Anda. Pilihan akan tergantung pada komputer Anda akan digunakan untuk apa."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih layanan yang ingin bisa diakses ke sistem komputer Anda. Pilihan akan "
+"tergantung pada komputer Anda akan digunakan untuk apa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
@@ -2016,31 +2436,38 @@ msgstr "Ingat bahwa membiarkan semua (tanpa firewall) akan sangat beresiko."
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Ubah ukuran partisi <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>"
+msgstr ""
+"Ubah ukuran partisi <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Anda memiliki lebih dari satu partisi <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Pilih yang akan diperkecil untuk digunakan menginstall <application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda memiliki lebih dari satu partisi <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>. Pilih yang akan diperkecil untuk digunakan "
+"menginstall <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Tingkat Keamanan"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2051,14 +2478,18 @@ msgstr "Anda bisa mengatur penyesuaian tingkat keamanan di sini."
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
-msgstr "Biarkan tetap pada pengaturan bawaan jika Anda tidak mengerti apa yang harus dipilih."
+msgstr ""
+"Biarkan tetap pada pengaturan bawaan jika Anda tidak mengerti apa yang harus "
+"dipilih."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Setelah instalasi, mengatur penyesuaian keamanan tetap bisa dilakukan di bagian <guilabel>Keamanan</guilabel> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah instalasi, mengatur penyesuaian keamanan tetap bisa dilakukan di "
+"bagian <guilabel>Keamanan</guilabel> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2085,8 +2516,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2100,14 +2531,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2118,30 +2547,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2153,30 +2578,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2186,31 +2607,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2220,21 +2637,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2244,8 +2658,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2255,8 +2668,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2271,23 +2683,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2295,8 +2705,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2306,8 +2715,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2327,25 +2735,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2374,29 +2782,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2421,9 +2829,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2459,8 +2866,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2468,83 +2875,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2579,16 +2974,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2596,15 +2990,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Pilih Negara / Wilayah Anda"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2612,14 +3009,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Pilih negara atau wilayah Anda. Ini akan penting untuk semua jenis pengaturan, seperti mata uang dan regulasi domain nirkabel. Mengatur negara yang salah akan membawa pada tidak bisa digunakannya jaringan Nirkabel."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih negara atau wilayah Anda. Ini akan penting untuk semua jenis "
+"pengaturan, seperti mata uang dan regulasi domain nirkabel. Mengatur negara "
+"yang salah akan membawa pada tidak bisa digunakannya jaringan Nirkabel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Jika negara Anda tidak ada di dalam daftar, klik tombol <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel> lalu pilih negara / wilayah Anda di sana."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika negara Anda tidak ada di dalam daftar, klik tombol <guilabel>Negara "
+"Lainnya</guilabel> lalu pilih negara / wilayah Anda di sana."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2628,7 +3030,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Jika negara Anda hanya dalam daftar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel>, setelah mengklik <guibutton>OK</guibutton> mungkin sebuah negara dari daftar pertama telah terpilih. Abaikan saja, DrakX akan mengikuti pilihan Anda yang sebenarnya."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika negara Anda hanya dalam daftar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel>, "
+"setelah mengklik <guibutton>OK</guibutton> mungkin sebuah negara dari daftar "
+"pertama telah terpilih. Abaikan saja, DrakX akan mengikuti pilihan Anda yang "
+"sebenarnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2639,14 +3045,23 @@ msgstr "Metode masukan"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "Pada layar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel> Anda juga bisa memilih metode input (di bagian bawah dari daftar). Metode input memungkinkan pengguna memasukkan karakter berbagai bahasa (Cina, Jepang, Korea, dsb). IBus adalah metode input bawaan DVD Mageia, LiveCD Afrika/India dan Asia/tanpa-India. Untuk lokalisasi Asia dan Afrika, IBus akan diatur sebagai metode input bawaan sehingga pengguna tidak perlu mengkonfigurasinya secara manual. Metode input lain (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, dsb) juga menyediakan fungsi serupa yang bisa diinstall jika Anda menambahkan media HTTP/FTP sebelum pemilihan paket."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"Pada layar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel> Anda juga bisa memilih metode "
+"input (di bagian bawah dari daftar). Metode input memungkinkan pengguna "
+"memasukkan karakter berbagai bahasa (Cina, Jepang, Korea, dsb). IBus adalah "
+"metode input bawaan DVD Mageia, LiveCD Afrika/India dan Asia/tanpa-India. "
+"Untuk lokalisasi Asia dan Afrika, IBus akan diatur sebagai metode input "
+"bawaan sehingga pengguna tidak perlu mengkonfigurasinya secara manual. "
+"Metode input lain (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, dsb) juga menyediakan fungsi serupa "
+"yang bisa diinstall jika Anda menambahkan media HTTP/FTP sebelum pemilihan "
+"paket."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2654,7 +3069,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Jika Anda melewatkan pengaturan metode input saat instalasi, Anda bisa mengaksesnya setelah menjalankan ulang komputer melalui \"Konfigurasi Komputer Anda\" -&gt; \"Sistem\", atau dengan menjalankan localedrake sebagai root."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda melewatkan pengaturan metode input saat instalasi, Anda bisa "
+"mengaksesnya setelah menjalankan ulang komputer melalui \"Konfigurasi "
+"Komputer Anda\" -&gt; \"Sistem\", atau dengan menjalankan localedrake "
+"sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2664,9 +3083,11 @@ msgstr "Install atau Upgrade"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2677,7 +3098,8 @@ msgstr "Install"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Gunakan pilihan ini untuk instalasi <application>Mageia</application> baru."
+msgstr ""
+"Gunakan pilihan ini untuk instalasi <application>Mageia</application> baru."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2690,7 +3112,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memilihi satu atau lebih instalasi <application>Mageia</application> pada sistem, installer akan memberi pilihan untuk upgrade salah satunya."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memilihi satu atau lebih instalasi <application>Mageia</"
+"application> pada sistem, installer akan memberi pilihan untuk upgrade salah "
+"satunya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2698,31 +3123,48 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Hanya upgrade dari versi Mageia yang <emphasis>masih didukung</emphasis> saat versi installer ini dirilis, yang telah sepenuhnya diuji. Jika Anda ingin melakukan upgrade versi Mageia yang telah mencapai akhir\tdukungan ketika yang ini dirilis, akan lebih baik untuk melakukan instalasi baru dan membiarkan partisi <literal>/home</literal> Anda."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Hanya upgrade dari versi Mageia yang <emphasis>masih didukung</emphasis> "
+"saat versi installer ini dirilis, yang telah sepenuhnya diuji. Jika Anda "
+"ingin melakukan upgrade versi Mageia yang telah mencapai akhir\tdukungan "
+"ketika yang ini dirilis, akan lebih baik untuk melakukan instalasi baru dan "
+"membiarkan partisi <literal>/home</literal> Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Jika selama instalasi Anda memutuskan untuk menghentikannya, Anda bisa menjalankan ulang komputer, tapi pikir dua kali sebelum melakukannya. Setelah partisi diformat atau update telah mulai diinstall, kondisi komputer Anda sudah tidak sama lagi dan menjalankan ulang komputer bisa membuat komputer Anda tidak bisa digunakan lagi. Jika Anda benar-benar ingin menjalankan ulang komputer, jalankan terminal dengan menekan tiga tombol <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> secara bersamaan. Lalu tekan <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> secara bersamaan untuk menjalankan ulang."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika selama instalasi Anda memutuskan untuk menghentikannya, Anda bisa "
+"menjalankan ulang komputer, tapi pikir dua kali sebelum melakukannya. "
+"Setelah partisi diformat atau update telah mulai diinstall, kondisi komputer "
+"Anda sudah tidak sama lagi dan menjalankan ulang komputer bisa membuat "
+"komputer Anda tidak bisa digunakan lagi. Jika Anda benar-benar ingin "
+"menjalankan ulang komputer, jalankan terminal dengan menekan tiga tombol "
+"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> secara bersamaan. Lalu tekan <guilabel>Alt "
+"Ctrl Delete</guilabel> secara bersamaan untuk menjalankan ulang."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Jika Anda terlupa untuk memilih bahasa tambahan, Anda bisa kembali dari layar \"Install atau Upgrade\" ke layar pemilihan bahasa dengan menekan <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Jangan</emphasis> melakukan ini saat sedang menginstall."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda terlupa untuk memilih bahasa tambahan, Anda bisa kembali dari "
+"layar \"Install atau Upgrade\" ke layar pemilihan bahasa dengan menekan "
+"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Jangan</emphasis> melakukan "
+"ini saat sedang menginstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2734,43 +3176,60 @@ msgstr "Keyboard"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX akan memilih keyboard yang sesuai untuk bahasa Anda. Jika tidak ada yang cocok maka layout keyboard US akan digunakan."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX akan memilih keyboard yang sesuai untuk bahasa Anda. Jika tidak ada "
+"yang cocok maka layout keyboard US akan digunakan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Pastikan yang dipilih benar atau pilih layout keyboard lain. Jika Anda tidak mengetahui layout yang dimiliki keyboard Anda, lihat spesifikasi komputer, atau tanya pembuat komputer. Mungkin juga ada label pada keyboard Anda yang mengidentifikasi layout. Anda juga bisa melihat ini: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pastikan yang dipilih benar atau pilih layout keyboard lain. Jika Anda tidak "
+"mengetahui layout yang dimiliki keyboard Anda, lihat spesifikasi komputer, "
+"atau tanya pembuat komputer. Mungkin juga ada label pada keyboard Anda yang "
+"mengidentifikasi layout. Anda juga bisa melihat ini: <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Jika keyboard Anda tidak ada di daftar yang ditampilkan, klik pada <guibutton>Lainnya</guibutton> untuk mendapatkan daftar lengkap, lalu pilih keyboard Anda di sana."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika keyboard Anda tidak ada di daftar yang ditampilkan, klik pada "
+"<guibutton>Lainnya</guibutton> untuk mendapatkan daftar lengkap, lalu pilih "
+"keyboard Anda di sana."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Setelah memilih keyboard dari dialog <guibutton>Lainnya</guibutton>, Anda akan kembali ke dialog pilihan keyboard pertama dan walaupun sepertinya sebuah keyboard pada layar tersebut terpilih. Anda bisa mengabaikannya dan melanjutkan instalasi: Keyboar Anda adalah yang dipilih dari yang ada di daftar lengkap."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah memilih keyboard dari dialog <guibutton>Lainnya</guibutton>, Anda "
+"akan kembali ke dialog pilihan keyboard pertama dan walaupun sepertinya "
+"sebuah keyboard pada layar tersebut terpilih. Anda bisa mengabaikannya dan "
+"melanjutkan instalasi: Keyboar Anda adalah yang dipilih dari yang ada di "
+"daftar lengkap."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2778,7 +3237,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Jika Anda memilih keyboard yang berbasis karakter bukan latin, Anda akan melihat layar dialog tambahan yang menanyakan bagaimana Anda akan melakukan pergantian layout keyboard di antara Latin dan bukan Latin"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memilih keyboard yang berbasis karakter bukan latin, Anda akan "
+"melihat layar dialog tambahan yang menanyakan bagaimana Anda akan melakukan "
+"pergantian layout keyboard di antara Latin dan bukan Latin"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2791,38 +3253,52 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Pilih bahasa yang Anda sukai dengan membentangkan daftar dari benua Anda. <application>Mageia</application> akan menggunakan pilihan ini selama instalasi dan pada sistem yang sudah terinstall."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih bahasa yang Anda sukai dengan membentangkan daftar dari benua Anda. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> akan menggunakan pilihan ini selama "
+"instalasi dan pada sistem yang sudah terinstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Jika sepertinya Anda akan memerlukan beberapa bahasa untuk komputer Anda, untuk Anda sendiri atau orang lain, maka gunakanlah tombol <guibutton>Banyak bahasa</guibutton> untuk menambahkannya sekarang. Akan sulit untuk menambahkan dukungan bahasa tambahan setelah instalasi selesai."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika sepertinya Anda akan memerlukan beberapa bahasa untuk komputer Anda, "
+"untuk Anda sendiri atau orang lain, maka gunakanlah tombol <guibutton>Banyak "
+"bahasa</guibutton> untuk menambahkannya sekarang. Akan sulit untuk "
+"menambahkan dukungan bahasa tambahan setelah instalasi selesai."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Bahkan jika Anda akan memilih lebih dari satu bahasa, Anda harus memilih salah satu sebagai bahasa yang lebih disukai di layar bahasa pertama. Bahasa tersebut juga akan ditandai sudah dipilih di layar banyak bahasa."
+msgstr ""
+"Bahkan jika Anda akan memilih lebih dari satu bahasa, Anda harus memilih "
+"salah satu sebagai bahasa yang lebih disukai di layar bahasa pertama. Bahasa "
+"tersebut juga akan ditandai sudah dipilih di layar banyak bahasa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Jika bahasa keyboard tidak sama dengan bahasa yang akan dipilih, maka disarankan untuk menginstall bahasa dari keyboard yang digunakan juga."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika bahasa keyboard tidak sama dengan bahasa yang akan dipilih, maka "
+"disarankan untuk menginstall bahasa dari keyboard yang digunakan juga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2830,141 +3306,186 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia menggunakan dukungan UTF-8 (Unicode) sebagai bawaan. Ini bisa dimatikan di layar \"banyak bahasa\" jika tidak sesuai dengan bahasa Anda. Mematikan UTF-8 akan berpengaruh pada bahasa-bahasa yang diinstall."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia menggunakan dukungan UTF-8 (Unicode) sebagai bawaan. Ini bisa "
+"dimatikan di layar \"banyak bahasa\" jika tidak sesuai dengan bahasa Anda. "
+"Mematikan UTF-8 akan berpengaruh pada bahasa-bahasa yang diinstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Anda bisa mengubah bahasa komputer Anda setelah instalasi selesai di Pusat Kendali Mageia  -&gt; Sistem -&gt; Kelola lokalisasi untuk sistem Anda."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa mengubah bahasa komputer Anda setelah instalasi selesai di Pusat "
+"Kendali Mageia  -&gt; Sistem -&gt; Kelola lokalisasi untuk sistem Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Pilih mouse"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Jika Anda tidak senang dengan respon mouse Anda, Anda bisa memilih mouse yang berbeda di sini."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda tidak senang dengan respon mouse Anda, Anda bisa memilih mouse "
+"yang berbeda di sini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Biasanya, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Semua mouse PS/2 dan USB</guilabel> adalah pilihan bagus."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Biasanya, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Semua mouse PS/2 dan "
+"USB</guilabel> adalah pilihan bagus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Pilih <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Paksa evdev</guilabel> untuk mengkonfigurasi tombol yang tidak bekerja pada mouse dengan enam tombol atau lebih."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Paksa evdev</guilabel> "
+"untuk mengkonfigurasi tombol yang tidak bekerja pada mouse dengan enam "
+"tombol atau lebih."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Tambah atau Modifikasi Entri Menu Boot"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menambah atau memodifikasi entri yang Anda pilih, dengan menekan tombol yang sesuai di layar <emphasis>Konfigurasi Bootloader</emphasis> dan mengedit layar yang muncul di atasnya."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menambah atau memodifikasi entri yang Anda pilih, dengan menekan "
+"tombol yang sesuai di layar <emphasis>Konfigurasi Bootloader</emphasis> dan "
+"mengedit layar yang muncul di atasnya."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Beberapa hal yang bisa dilakukan tanpa resiko adalah mengubah label entri dan memilih kotak untuk membuat entri menjadi bawaan."
+msgstr ""
+"Beberapa hal yang bisa dilakukan tanpa resiko adalah mengubah label entri "
+"dan memilih kotak untuk membuat entri menjadi bawaan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menambah nomor versi entri yang tepat, atau mengganti namanya."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menambah nomor versi entri yang tepat, atau mengganti namanya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "Entri bawaan adalah entri yang dipilih sistem untuk dijalankan jika Anda tidak memilih saat mulai berjalan."
+msgstr ""
+"Entri bawaan adalah entri yang dipilih sistem untuk dijalankan jika Anda "
+"tidak memilih saat mulai berjalan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Mengedit lainnya bisa membuat komputer Anda tidak berjalan. Jangan lakukan apapun yang Anda tidak mengerti."
+msgstr ""
+"Mengedit lainnya bisa membuat komputer Anda tidak berjalan. Jangan lakukan "
+"apapun yang Anda tidak mengerti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Pilihan utama Bootloader"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Jika Anda lebih suka pengaturan bootloader yang berbeda yang akan dipilih secara otomatis oleh installer, Anda bisa mengubahnya di sini."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda lebih suka pengaturan bootloader yang berbeda yang akan dipilih "
+"secara otomatis oleh installer, Anda bisa mengubahnya di sini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Anda mungkin sudah memiliki sistem operasi lain pada komputer, yang mana Anda harus memilih untuk menambahkan Mageia ke bootloader yang sudah ada, atau membiarkan Mageia membuatnya."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda mungkin sudah memiliki sistem operasi lain pada komputer, yang mana "
+"Anda harus memilih untuk menambahkan Mageia ke bootloader yang sudah ada, "
+"atau membiarkan Mageia membuatnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2983,14 +3504,20 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Bawaannya, Mageia membuat bootloader GRUB (legacy) baru ke MBR (Master Boot Record) dari harddisk pertama. Jika Anda sudah memiliki sistem operasi lain yang terinstall, Mageia akan berusaha menambahkannya ke menu boot Mageia baru."
+msgstr ""
+"Bawaannya, Mageia membuat bootloader GRUB (legacy) baru ke MBR (Master Boot "
+"Record) dari harddisk pertama. Jika Anda sudah memiliki sistem operasi lain "
+"yang terinstall, Mageia akan berusaha menambahkannya ke menu boot Mageia "
+"baru."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia sekarang juga menawarkan GRUB2 sebagai bootloader pilihan sebagai tambahan GRUB legacy dan Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia sekarang juga menawarkan GRUB2 sebagai bootloader pilihan sebagai "
+"tambahan GRUB legacy dan Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -2998,14 +3525,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Sistem Linux yang menggunakan bootloader GRUB2 tidak didukung oleh GRUB (legacy) dan tidak akan dikenali jika bootloader GRUB bawaan digunakan."
+msgstr ""
+"Sistem Linux yang menggunakan bootloader GRUB2 tidak didukung oleh GRUB "
+"(legacy) dan tidak akan dikenali jika bootloader GRUB bawaan digunakan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Solusi terbaik adalah menggunakan bootloader GRUB2 yang tersedia di halaman Ringkasan selama instalasi."
+msgstr ""
+"Solusi terbaik adalah menggunakan bootloader GRUB2 yang tersedia di halaman "
+"Ringkasan selama instalasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3016,41 +3547,57 @@ msgstr "Gunakan bootloader yang ada"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memutuskan untuk menggunakan bootloader yang sudah ada maka Anda harus BERHENTI di halaman ringkasan, lalu klik tombol <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> Bootloader, yang memungkinkan Anda mengubah lokasi instalasi bootloader."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memutuskan untuk menggunakan bootloader yang sudah ada maka Anda "
+"harus BERHENTI di halaman ringkasan, lalu klik tombol "
+"<guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> Bootloader, yang memungkinkan Anda "
+"mengubah lokasi instalasi bootloader."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Jangan memilih perangkat seperti \"sda\", atau Anda akan menghapus MBR yang sudah ada. Anda harus memilih partisi root yang Anda pilih di bagian pemartisian sebelumnya, misalnya sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"Jangan memilih perangkat seperti \"sda\", atau Anda akan menghapus MBR yang "
+"sudah ada. Anda harus memilih partisi root yang Anda pilih di bagian "
+"pemartisian sebelumnya, misalnya sda7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
-msgstr "Supaya jelas, sda adalah perangkat, sda7 adalah partisi pada perangkat tersebut."
+msgstr ""
+"Supaya jelas, sda adalah perangkat, sda7 adalah partisi pada perangkat "
+"tersebut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Jalankan tty2 dengan Ctrl+Alt+F2 lalu ketik <literal>df</literal> untuk memeriksa di mana partisi <literal>/</literal> (root) berada. Ctrl+Alt+F7 akan membawa Anda kembali ke layar installer."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Jalankan tty2 dengan Ctrl+Alt+F2 lalu ketik <literal>df</literal> untuk "
+"memeriksa di mana partisi <literal>/</literal> (root) berada. Ctrl+Alt+F7 "
+"akan membawa Anda kembali ke layar installer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "Prosedur yang sebenarnya untuk menambahkan Mageia ke bootloader yang sudah ada diluar ruang lingkup bantuan ini, tapi dalam kebanyakan kasus akan harus menjalankan program intalasi bootloader yang sesuai yang akan mendeteksi dan menambahkan secara otomatis. Lihat pada dokumentasi sistem operasi."
+msgstr ""
+"Prosedur yang sebenarnya untuk menambahkan Mageia ke bootloader yang sudah "
+"ada diluar ruang lingkup bantuan ini, tapi dalam kebanyakan kasus akan harus "
+"menjalankan program intalasi bootloader yang sesuai yang akan mendeteksi dan "
+"menambahkan secara otomatis. Lihat pada dokumentasi sistem operasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3061,48 +3608,56 @@ msgstr "Pilihan lanjutan bootloader"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memiliki ruang disk terbatas untuk partisi <literal>/</literal> yang berisi <literal>/tmp</literal>, klik pada <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> lalu centang kotak <guilabel>Bersihkan /tmp setiap komputer dijalankan ulang</guilabel>. Ini akan membantu menjaga ruang kosong."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memiliki ruang disk terbatas untuk partisi <literal>/</literal> "
+"yang berisi <literal>/tmp</literal>, klik pada <guibutton>Lanjutan</"
+"guibutton> lalu centang kotak <guilabel>Bersihkan /tmp setiap komputer "
+"dijalankan ulang</guilabel>. Ini akan membantu menjaga ruang kosong."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Pengaturan SCSI"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX biasanya mendeteksi harddisk dengan benar. Dengan kontroler SCSI lama mungkin tidak akan bisa menentukan driver yang tepat untuk digunakan dan menyebabkan gagal mengenali perangkat."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX biasanya mendeteksi harddisk dengan benar. Dengan kontroler SCSI lama "
+"mungkin tidak akan bisa menentukan driver yang tepat untuk digunakan dan "
+"menyebabkan gagal mengenali perangkat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Jika ini terjadi, Anda harus menentukan secara manual perangkat SCSI mana yang Anda miliki pada Drakx."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika ini terjadi, Anda harus menentukan secara manual perangkat SCSI mana "
+"yang Anda miliki pada Drakx."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3114,13 +3669,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX lalu akan bisa mengkonfigurasi perangkat yang tepat."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi Suara"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3128,7 +3685,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "Di layar ini, nama driver yang dipilih oleh insaller untuk perangkat suara Anda diberikan, yang akan jadi driver baku jika ada."
+msgstr ""
+"Di layar ini, nama driver yang dipilih oleh insaller untuk perangkat suara "
+"Anda diberikan, yang akan jadi driver baku jika ada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3138,16 +3697,24 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Driver baku seharusnya bekerja tanpa masalah. Tetapi, jika setelah instalasi Anda menemukan masalah, jalankan  <command>draksound</command> atau jalankan alat ini melalui MCC (Pusat Konfigurasi Mageia), dengan memilih tab <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> lalu mengklik <guilabel>Konfigurasi Suara</guilabel> di kanan atas layar."
+msgstr ""
+"Driver baku seharusnya bekerja tanpa masalah. Tetapi, jika setelah instalasi "
+"Anda menemukan masalah, jalankan  <command>draksound</command> atau jalankan "
+"alat ini melalui MCC (Pusat Konfigurasi Mageia), dengan memilih tab "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> lalu mengklik <guilabel>Konfigurasi Suara</"
+"guilabel> di kanan atas layar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Lalu, pada draksound atau layar alat \"Konfigurasi Suara\", klik <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> lalu <guibutton>Pemecahan masalah</guibutton> untuk menemukan saran berguna tentang bagaimana cara mengatasi masalah."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Lalu, pada draksound atau layar alat \"Konfigurasi Suara\", klik "
+"<guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> lalu <guibutton>Pemecahan masalah</"
+"guibutton> untuk menemukan saran berguna tentang bagaimana cara mengatasi "
+"masalah."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3160,44 +3727,55 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Mengklik <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> di layar ini, selama instalasi, berguna jika tidak ada driver baku dan ada beberapa driver yang tersedia, tapi Anda pikir installer memilih yang salah."
+msgstr ""
+"Mengklik <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> di layar ini, selama instalasi, "
+"berguna jika tidak ada driver baku dan ada beberapa driver yang tersedia, "
+"tapi Anda pikir installer memilih yang salah."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Jika seperti itu, Anda bisa memilih driver yang berbeda setelah mengklik <guibutton>Biarkan saya memilih driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika seperti itu, Anda bisa memilih driver yang berbeda setelah mengklik "
+"<guibutton>Biarkan saya memilih driver</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Konfirmasi harddisk yang akan diformat"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> jika Anda tidak yakin dengan pilihan Anda."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> jika Anda tidak yakin dengan pilihan "
+"Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Klik pada <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton> jika Anda yakin dan ingin menghapus semua partisi, semua sistem operasi dan semua data pada harddisk tersebut."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik pada <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton> jika Anda yakin dan ingin "
+"menghapus semua partisi, semua sistem operasi dan semua data pada harddisk "
+"tersebut."
diff --git a/docs/installer/nl.po b/docs/installer/nl.po
index a7d9916b..9b0814a7 100644
--- a/docs/installer/nl.po
+++ b/docs/installer/nl.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # HanMi, 2014
 # Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>, 2013
@@ -10,14 +10,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/nl/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"nl/)\n"
+"Language: nl\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: nl\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -28,9 +29,11 @@ msgstr "Licentie en uitgave-opmerkingen"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -40,31 +43,40 @@ msgstr "Licentie-overeenkomst"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Lees de voorwaarden van de licentie-overeenkomst aandachtig door voordat u <application>Mageia</application> installeert."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Lees de voorwaarden van de licentie-overeenkomst aandachtig door voordat u "
+"<application>Mageia</application> installeert."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Deze voorwaarden hebben betrekking op de gehele <application>Mageia</application> distributie en moeten aanvaard worden voordat u verder kunt gaan."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze voorwaarden hebben betrekking op de gehele <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distributie en moeten aanvaard worden voordat u verder kunt "
+"gaan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Selecteer <guilabel>Accepteren</guilabel> en klik dan op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om ze te aanvaarden."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecteer <guilabel>Accepteren</guilabel> en klik dan op "
+"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om ze te aanvaarden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Als u de licentievoorwaarden niet wenst te accepteren, dan danken we u voor uw interesse in Mageia. Wanneer u op <guibutton>Weigeren</guibutton> klikt zal uw computer opnieuw opstarten."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u de licentievoorwaarden niet wenst te accepteren, dan danken we u voor "
+"uw interesse in Mageia. Wanneer u op <guibutton>Weigeren</guibutton> klikt "
+"zal uw computer opnieuw opstarten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -76,7 +88,9 @@ msgstr "Uitgave-opmerkingen"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Klik op de <guibutton>Uitgave-opmerkingen</guibutton> knop om te zien wat er nieuw is in deze versie van <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik op de <guibutton>Uitgave-opmerkingen</guibutton> knop om te zien wat er "
+"nieuw is in deze versie van <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -89,27 +103,32 @@ msgstr "nl"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Mediaselectie (Configureer aanvullende installatiebronnen)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Dit scherm geeft u de lijst van de reeds erkende bronnen. U kunt andere bronnen toevoegen, zoals optische schijven of een bron op afstand.  De keuze van de bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten tijdens de volgende stappen beschikbaar zullen zijn."
+msgstr ""
+"Dit scherm geeft u de lijst van de reeds erkende bronnen. U kunt andere "
+"bronnen toevoegen, zoals optische schijven of een bron op afstand.  De keuze "
+"van de bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten tijdens de volgende stappen "
+"beschikbaar zullen zijn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -129,38 +148,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Kiezen van een mirror of specificeren van een URL (de eerste keuze).  Door een mirror te kiezen heeft u toegang tot de selectie van alle bronnen die beheerd worden door Mageia, zoals Nonfree, Tainted en Updates.  Met deze URL kunt u ook een specifieke bron opgeven of uw eigen NFS installatie."
+msgstr ""
+"Kiezen van een mirror of specificeren van een URL (de eerste keuze).  Door "
+"een mirror te kiezen heeft u toegang tot de selectie van alle bronnen die "
+"beheerd worden door Mageia, zoals Nonfree, Tainted en Updates.  Met deze URL "
+"kunt u ook een specifieke bron opgeven of uw eigen NFS installatie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Gebruikersbeheer"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -172,20 +193,31 @@ msgstr "Beheerderswachtwoord (root)  instellen:"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Voor elke <application>Mageia</application> installatie wordt aanbevolen een superuser- of beheerderswachtwoord in te stellen, gewoonlijk heet dit het <emphasis>root wachtwoord</emphasis> in Linux.  Terwijl u een wachtwoord in het bovenste tekstvak typt, zal het schildje ernaast van rood via geel in groen verkleuren, afhankelijk van de sterkte van het wachtwoord. Een groen schild betekent dat u een goed wachtwoord heeft. Herhaal het wachtwoord in het volgende vak. Het wordt vergeleken met het eerste om typefouten uit te sluiten."
+msgstr ""
+"Voor elke <application>Mageia</application> installatie wordt aanbevolen een "
+"superuser- of beheerderswachtwoord in te stellen, gewoonlijk heet dit het "
+"<emphasis>root wachtwoord</emphasis> in Linux.  Terwijl u een wachtwoord in "
+"het bovenste tekstvak typt, zal het schildje ernaast van rood via geel in "
+"groen verkleuren, afhankelijk van de sterkte van het wachtwoord. Een groen "
+"schild betekent dat u een goed wachtwoord heeft. Herhaal het wachtwoord in "
+"het volgende vak. Het wordt vergeleken met het eerste om typefouten uit te "
+"sluiten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Alle wachtwoorden zijn hoofdlettergevoelig. In een wachtwoord is het is het beste een mengeling te gebruiken van hoofdletters en kleine letters, cijfers en andere tekens."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle wachtwoorden zijn hoofdlettergevoelig. In een wachtwoord is het is het "
+"beste een mengeling te gebruiken van hoofdletters en kleine letters, cijfers "
+"en andere tekens."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -198,29 +230,39 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Voeg hier een gebruiker toe. Een gebruiker heeft minder rechten dan de superuser (root), maar genoeg om over internet te surfen, kantoortoepassingen te gebruiken, te gamen en al het andere te doen waar een normaal mens zijn computer voor gebruikt."
+msgstr ""
+"Voeg hier een gebruiker toe. Een gebruiker heeft minder rechten dan de "
+"superuser (root), maar genoeg om over internet te surfen, "
+"kantoortoepassingen te gebruiken, te gamen en al het andere te doen waar een "
+"normaal mens zijn computer voor gebruikt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Pictogram</guibutton>: klik op het pictogram om het te veranderen."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Pictogram</guibutton>: klik op het pictogram om het te veranderen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Volledige naam</guilabel>: Voer hier de volledige naam van de gebruiker in."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Volledige naam</guilabel>: Voer hier de volledige naam van de "
+"gebruiker in."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Aanmeldnaam</guilabel>: Voer hier een aanmeldnaam voor de gebruiker in, of laat DrakX er een kiezen op basis van de ingevoerde volledige naam. <emphasis>De aanmeldnaam is hoofdlettergevoelig.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aanmeldnaam</guilabel>: Voer hier een aanmeldnaam voor de "
+"gebruiker in, of laat DrakX er een kiezen op basis van de ingevoerde "
+"volledige naam. <emphasis>De aanmeldnaam is hoofdlettergevoelig.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -228,22 +270,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Wachtwoord</guilabel>: Type hier het wachtwoord van de gebruiker. Aan het eind van het tekstvak is een schild dat de sterkte van het wachtwoord weergeeft. (Zie ook <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Wachtwoord</guilabel>: Type hier het wachtwoord van de gebruiker. "
+"Aan het eind van het tekstvak is een schild dat de sterkte van het "
+"wachtwoord weergeeft. (Zie ook <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Wachtwoord (nogmaals)</guilabel>: Herhaal het gebruikerswachtwoord in dit tekstvak en DrakX zal controleren of beide wachtwoorden gelijk zijn."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Wachtwoord (nogmaals)</guilabel>: Herhaal het gebruikerswachtwoord "
+"in dit tekstvak en DrakX zal controleren of beide wachtwoorden gelijk zijn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Van elke gebruiker die u toevoegt tijdens het installeren van Mageia, zal de homedirectory door iedereen gelezen kunnen worden (zonder er in te kunnen schrijven)."
+msgstr ""
+"Van elke gebruiker die u toevoegt tijdens het installeren van Mageia, zal de "
+"homedirectory door iedereen gelezen kunnen worden (zonder er in te kunnen "
+"schrijven)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -251,14 +301,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Echter, terwijl u uw nieuwe installatie gebruikt zal elke gebruiker die u in <emphasis>MCC - Systeem - Gebruikers op het systeem beheren</emphasis> toevoegt, een homedirectory hebben die tegen lezen en schrijven beschermd is."
+msgstr ""
+"Echter, terwijl u uw nieuwe installatie gebruikt zal elke gebruiker die u in "
+"<emphasis>MCC - Systeem - Gebruikers op het systeem beheren</emphasis> "
+"toevoegt, een homedirectory hebben die tegen lezen en schrijven beschermd is."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Als u voor niemand een homedirectory wilt die door iedereen gelezen kan worden, wordt aangeraden nu alleen een tijdelijke gebruiker toe te voegen en de echte pas na het herstarten van uw computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u voor niemand een homedirectory wilt die door iedereen gelezen kan "
+"worden, wordt aangeraden nu alleen een tijdelijke gebruiker toe te voegen en "
+"de echte pas na het herstarten van uw computer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -266,7 +322,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Als u graag wilt dat iedereen de homedirectory's kan lezen, dan kunt u alle extra benodigde gebruikers toevoegen in de <emphasis>Configuratie - Overzicht</emphasis>-stap tijdens de installatie. Kies <emphasis>Gebruikersbeheer</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u graag wilt dat iedereen de homedirectory's kan lezen, dan kunt u alle "
+"extra benodigde gebruikers toevoegen in de <emphasis>Configuratie - "
+"Overzicht</emphasis>-stap tijdens de installatie. Kies "
+"<emphasis>Gebruikersbeheer</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
@@ -284,7 +344,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Door op de <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> knop te klikken krijgt u een scherm waar u instellingen kunt bewerken voor de gebruiker die toegevoegd wordt. Daarnaast kunt u een gastaccount activeren of deactiveren."
+msgstr ""
+"Door op de <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> knop te klikken krijgt u een "
+"scherm waar u instellingen kunt bewerken voor de gebruiker die toegevoegd "
+"wordt. Daarnaast kunt u een gastaccount activeren of deactiveren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -292,7 +355,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Alles dat een gast met een standaard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> gastaccount opslaat in zijn /home map zal gewist worden als hij zich afmeldt. Zijn belangrijke gegevens kan hij het beste op een USB pen zetten."
+msgstr ""
+"Alles dat een gast met een standaard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> gastaccount "
+"opslaat in zijn /home map zal gewist worden als hij zich afmeldt. Zijn "
+"belangrijke gegevens kan hij het beste op een USB pen zetten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -300,7 +366,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Activeer het 'gast'-account</guilabel>: Zet hier een vinkje om een gastaccount te maken. Het gastaccount maakt het mogelijk dat een gast inlogt op de pc en hem gebruikt, maar hij heeft beperktere toegang dan een gewone gebruiker."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Activeer het 'gast'-account</guilabel>: Zet hier een vinkje om een "
+"gastaccount te maken. Het gastaccount maakt het mogelijk dat een gast inlogt "
+"op de pc en hem gebruikt, maar hij heeft beperktere toegang dan een gewone "
+"gebruiker."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -308,7 +378,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: In deze drop-down keuzelijst kan de shell veranderd worden voor de gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd wordt. De mogelijkheden zijn Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: In deze drop-down keuzelijst kan de shell "
+"veranderd worden voor de gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd "
+"wordt. De mogelijkheden zijn Bash, Dash and Sh"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -316,42 +389,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Gebruikers-ID</guilabel>: Voer hier het gebruikers-ID in voor de gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd wordt. Dit is een getal. Laat dit vak leeg, tenzij u weet wat u doet."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Gebruikers-ID</guilabel>: Voer hier het gebruikers-ID in voor de "
+"gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd wordt. Dit is een getal. Laat "
+"dit vak leeg, tenzij u weet wat u doet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Groep-ID</guilabel>: Hier kan de groep-ID ingevoerd worden, ook een getal, gewoonlijk hetzelfde als voor de gebruiker.  Laat dit vak leeg, tenzij u weet wat u doet."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Groep-ID</guilabel>: Hier kan de groep-ID ingevoerd worden, ook "
+"een getal, gewoonlijk hetzelfde als voor de gebruiker.  Laat dit vak leeg, "
+"tenzij u weet wat u doet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Kies de koppelpunten"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -359,46 +438,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Hier ziet u de Linux-partities die op de computer gevonden zijn. Als u het niet eens bent met de koppelpunten (mount points) die <application>DrakX</application> voorstelt, kunt u ze veranderen."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier ziet u de Linux-partities die op de computer gevonden zijn. Als u het "
+"niet eens bent met de koppelpunten (mount points) die <application>DrakX</"
+"application> voorstelt, kunt u ze veranderen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Als u veranderingen aanbrengt, zorg dan dat u tenminste een <literal>/</literal> (root) partitie heeft."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u veranderingen aanbrengt, zorg dan dat u tenminste een <literal>/</"
+"literal> (root) partitie heeft."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Elke partitie wordt als volgt weergegeven: \"Apparaat\" (\"Grootte\", \"Koppelpunt\", \"Type\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Elke partitie wordt als volgt weergegeven: \"Apparaat\" (\"Grootte\", "
+"\"Koppelpunt\", \"Type\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Apparaat\" is samengesteld uit: \"harde schijf\", [\"harde schijf nummer\"(letter)], \"partitienummer\" (bijvoorbeeld, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Apparaat\" is samengesteld uit: \"harde schijf\", [\"harde schijf nummer"
+"\"(letter)], \"partitienummer\" (bijvoorbeeld, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Als u veel partities heeft, kunt u veel verschillende koppelpunten kiezen van het uitvouwmenu, zoals <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> en <literal>/var</literal>. U kunt zelfs uw eigen koppelpunten maken, bijvoorbeeld <literal>/video</literal> voor een partitie waarop u uw films wilt bewaren, of <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> voor de <literal>/home</literal> partitie van een cauldron installatie."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u veel partities heeft, kunt u veel verschillende koppelpunten kiezen "
+"van het uitvouwmenu, zoals <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> en "
+"<literal>/var</literal>. U kunt zelfs uw eigen koppelpunten maken, "
+"bijvoorbeeld <literal>/video</literal> voor een partitie waarop u uw films "
+"wilt bewaren, of <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> voor de <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partitie van een cauldron installatie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "U kunt het koppelpuntveld leeg laten voor partities waar u geen toegang voor nodig hebt."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt het koppelpuntveld leeg laten voor partities waar u geen toegang voor "
+"nodig hebt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -406,15 +502,23 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Kies <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze en kies dan voor <guilabel>Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</guilabel>. In het scherm dat volgt kunt u een partitie selecteren en dan rechts op <guibutton>Bekijken</guibutton> klikken om te zien wat er op die partitie staat."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze en "
+"kies dan voor <guilabel>Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</guilabel>. In het "
+"scherm dat volgt kunt u een partitie selecteren en dan rechts op "
+"<guibutton>Bekijken</guibutton> klikken om te zien wat er op die partitie "
+"staat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Als u zeker bent dat de koppelpunten goed zijn, klik dan op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> en kies of u enkel de partities wilt formatteren die DrakX voorstelt, of meer."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u zeker bent dat de koppelpunten goed zijn, klik dan op "
+"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> en kies of u enkel de partities wilt "
+"formatteren die DrakX voorstelt, of meer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -424,9 +528,11 @@ msgstr "Werkomgevingselectie"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Afhankelijk van uw keuze hier kan het zijn dat u verdere schermen krijgt om uw keuze te verfijnen."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Afhankelijk van uw keuze hier kan het zijn dat u verdere schermen krijgt om "
+"uw keuze te verfijnen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -434,14 +540,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Na de keuzestap(pen), zult u tijdens het installeren een diapresentatie zien. In plaats daarvan kunt u gegevens zien over de pakketten die geïnstalleerd worden, door op <guilabel>Details</guilabel> te klikken."
+msgstr ""
+"Na de keuzestap(pen), zult u tijdens het installeren een diapresentatie "
+"zien. In plaats daarvan kunt u gegevens zien over de pakketten die "
+"geïnstalleerd worden, door op <guilabel>Details</guilabel> te klikken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -453,21 +564,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Kies of u de <application>KDE</application>- of de <application>Gnome</application>-werkomgeving wilt hebben. Bij beide is een volledige set toepassingen en gereedschappen inbegrepen. Kies <guilabel>Aangepast</guilabel> als u geen van beide wilt gebruiken of allebei, of als u iets anders wilt dan de standaard software selectie voor deze werkomgevingen. De <application>LXDE</application> werkomgeving vraagt minder van de computer, is minder oogstrelend en heeft een kleinere standaard software selectie dan de twee eerder genoemde."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies of u de <application>KDE</application>- of de <application>Gnome</"
+"application>-werkomgeving wilt hebben. Bij beide is een volledige set "
+"toepassingen en gereedschappen inbegrepen. Kies <guilabel>Aangepast</"
+"guilabel> als u geen van beide wilt gebruiken of allebei, of als u iets "
+"anders wilt dan de standaard software selectie voor deze werkomgevingen. De "
+"<application>LXDE</application> werkomgeving vraagt minder van de computer, "
+"is minder oogstrelend en heeft een kleinere standaard software selectie dan "
+"de twee eerder genoemde."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Pakketgroepselectie"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -476,7 +596,11 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "De pakketten zijn in groepen verdeeld om het kiezen wat u op uw systeem nodig heeft een stuk gemakkelijker te maken. De groepen zijn zelfverklarend, maar u krijgt meer informatie te zien als u de muis over een groep heen beweegt."
+msgstr ""
+"De pakketten zijn in groepen verdeeld om het kiezen wat u op uw systeem "
+"nodig heeft een stuk gemakkelijker te maken. De groepen zijn zelfverklarend, "
+"maar u krijgt meer informatie te zien als u de muis over een groep heen "
+"beweegt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -498,74 +622,92 @@ msgstr "Grafische omgeving."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Individuele pakketselectie: U kunt deze optie gebruiken om handmatig pakketten toe te voegen."
+msgstr ""
+"Individuele pakketselectie: U kunt deze optie gebruiken om handmatig "
+"pakketten toe te voegen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Lees <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> voor instructies over hoe een minimale installatie te doen."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Lees <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> voor instructies over hoe een "
+"minimale installatie te doen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Softwarebeheer"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Hier kunt u extra pakketten toevoegen of verwijderen om uw installatie aan uw wensen aan te passen."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier kunt u extra pakketten toevoegen of verwijderen om uw installatie aan "
+"uw wensen aan te passen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Nadat u uw keuze gemaakt hebt kunt u onderaan de pagina op de <guibutton>floppy-icoon</guibutton> klikken om uw keuze op te slaan (op een USB-stick opslaan werkt ook). Daarna kunt u dat bestand gebruiken om dezelfde pakketten op een ander systeem te installeren door tijdens de installatie op dezelfde knop te klikken en er voor te kiezen het bestand te laden."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Nadat u uw keuze gemaakt hebt kunt u onderaan de pagina op de "
+"<guibutton>floppy-icoon</guibutton> klikken om uw keuze op te slaan (op een "
+"USB-stick opslaan werkt ook). Daarna kunt u dat bestand gebruiken om "
+"dezelfde pakketten op een ander systeem te installeren door tijdens de "
+"installatie op dezelfde knop te klikken en er voor te kiezen het bestand te "
+"laden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Configureer uw diensten"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Hier kunt u instellen welke diensten (niet) moeten starten als u uw systeem opstart."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier kunt u instellen welke diensten (niet) moeten starten als u uw systeem "
+"opstart."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Er zijn vier groepen, klik op het driehoekje voor een groep om hem uit te vouwen en alle diensten erin te zien."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Er zijn vier groepen, klik op het driehoekje voor een groep om hem uit te "
+"vouwen en alle diensten erin te zien."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -577,7 +719,9 @@ msgstr "De instellingen die DrakX koos zijn in de regel correct."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Als u op een service klikt, ziet u er wat informatie over in het info-vak beneden."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u op een service klikt, ziet u er wat informatie over in het info-vak "
+"beneden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
@@ -589,36 +733,45 @@ msgstr "Verander alleen iets als u heel goed weet wat u doet."
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Configureer uw tijdzone"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Kies uw tijdzone door uw land te kiezen of een stad die zich dicht bij u in dezelfde tijdzone bevindt."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies uw tijdzone door uw land te kiezen of een stad die zich dicht bij u in "
+"dezelfde tijdzone bevindt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "In het volgende scherm kunt u kiezen uw hardware clock op lokale tijd in te stellen of op UTC, ook wel GMT genoemd."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"In het volgende scherm kunt u kiezen uw hardware clock op lokale tijd in te "
+"stellen of op UTC, ook wel GMT genoemd."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Als u meer dan één besturingssysteem op uw computer heeft, zorg dan dat ze allemaal op lokale tijd ingesteld staan, of op UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u meer dan één besturingssysteem op uw computer heeft, zorg dan dat ze "
+"allemaal op lokale tijd ingesteld staan, of op UTC/GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -628,24 +781,31 @@ msgstr "Kies een X-server (Configureer uw grafische kaart)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX heeft een veelomvattende gegevensbank van videokaarten en zal uw grafische kaart gewoonlijk juist identificeren."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX heeft een veelomvattende gegevensbank van videokaarten en zal uw "
+"grafische kaart gewoonlijk juist identificeren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Als het installatieprogramma uw videokaart niet correct gedetecteerd heeft en u weet welke u heeft, kunt u deze in de boomstructuur selecteren via:"
+msgstr ""
+"Als het installatieprogramma uw videokaart niet correct gedetecteerd heeft "
+"en u weet welke u heeft, kunt u deze in de boomstructuur selecteren via:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -668,7 +828,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Als u de kaart niet in de Vendor-lijst kunt vinden (omdat ze zich nog niet in de gegevensbank bevindt of omdat het een oudere kaart is), vindt u mogelijk een geschikt stuurprogramma in de Xorg categorie."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u de kaart niet in de Vendor-lijst kunt vinden (omdat ze zich nog niet "
+"in de gegevensbank bevindt of omdat het een oudere kaart is), vindt u "
+"mogelijk een geschikt stuurprogramma in de Xorg categorie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -676,14 +839,20 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "De Xorg lijst levert meer dan 40 algemene opensource-stuurprogramma's voor videokaarten. Als u nog steeds geen stuurprogramma met de naam van uw kaart kunt vinden, kunt u nog het vesa-stuurprogramma gebruiken dat elementaire mogelijkheden biedt."
+msgstr ""
+"De Xorg lijst levert meer dan 40 algemene opensource-stuurprogramma's voor "
+"videokaarten. Als u nog steeds geen stuurprogramma met de naam van uw kaart "
+"kunt vinden, kunt u nog het vesa-stuurprogramma gebruiken dat elementaire "
+"mogelijkheden biedt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Let wel: als u een ongeschikt stuurprogramma kiest, heeft u enkel toegang tot de opdrachtregel-interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Let wel: als u een ongeschikt stuurprogramma kiest, heeft u enkel toegang "
+"tot de opdrachtregel-interface."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -691,30 +860,37 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Sommige videokaartproducenten leveren fabrikantsgebonden stuurprogramma's voor Linux die enkel in de Nonfree installatiebronnen beschikbaar zijn en in sommige gevallen uitsluitend op de website van de betreffende fabrikant."
+msgstr ""
+"Sommige videokaartproducenten leveren fabrikantsgebonden stuurprogramma's "
+"voor Linux die enkel in de Nonfree installatiebronnen beschikbaar zijn en in "
+"sommige gevallen uitsluitend op de website van de betreffende fabrikant."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Om toegang tot de Nonfree installatiebronnen te krijgen, moeten ze uitdrukkelijk ingeschakeld worden. Doe dit zonodig meteen nadat u Mageia voor het eerst start."
+msgstr ""
+"Om toegang tot de Nonfree installatiebronnen te krijgen, moeten ze "
+"uitdrukkelijk ingeschakeld worden. Doe dit zonodig meteen nadat u Mageia "
+"voor het eerst start."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuratie van grafische kaart en monitor"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -723,19 +899,30 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Welke grafische omgeving (ook bekend als werkomgeving) u ook koos voor deze installatie van <application>Mageia</application>, zij is gebaseerd op een grafisch gebuikersinterfacesysteem met de naam <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, of eenvoudig <acronym>X</acronym>. Om <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> of welke andere grafische omgeving dan ook goed te laten werken, moeten de volgende instellingen van <acronym>X</acronym> juist zijn. Kies de correcte instellingen als u kunt zien dat <application>DrakX</application> geen keuze maakte, of als u denkt dat de keuze verkeerd is."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Welke grafische omgeving (ook bekend als werkomgeving) u ook koos voor deze "
+"installatie van <application>Mageia</application>, zij is gebaseerd op een "
+"grafisch gebuikersinterfacesysteem met de naam <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, "
+"of eenvoudig <acronym>X</acronym>. Om <acronym>KDE</acronym>, "
+"<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> of welke andere grafische "
+"omgeving dan ook goed te laten werken, moeten de volgende instellingen van "
+"<acronym>X</acronym> juist zijn. Kies de correcte instellingen als u kunt "
+"zien dat <application>DrakX</application> geen keuze maakte, of als u denkt "
+"dat de keuze verkeerd is."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafische kaart</guibutton></emphasis>: Kies zonodig uw kaart uit de lijst."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafische kaart</guibutton></emphasis>: Kies zonodig uw "
+"kaart uit de lijst."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -745,7 +932,12 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Beeldscherm</guibutton></emphasis>: Indien van toepassing kunt u <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kiezen, selecteer anders uw monitor in de <guilabel>Fabrikant</guilabel>- of <guilabel>Algemeen</guilabel>-lijst. Neem <guilabel>Aangepast</guilabel> als u liever zelf de horizontale en verticale verversingsfrequenties van uw beeldscherm kiest."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Beeldscherm</guibutton></emphasis>: Indien van "
+"toepassing kunt u <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kiezen, selecteer anders "
+"uw monitor in de <guilabel>Fabrikant</guilabel>- of <guilabel>Algemeen</"
+"guilabel>-lijst. Neem <guilabel>Aangepast</guilabel> als u liever zelf de "
+"horizontale en verticale verversingsfrequenties van uw beeldscherm kiest."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -757,7 +949,9 @@ msgstr "Onjuiste verversingsfrequenties kunnen uw monitor beschadigen."
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolutie</guibutton></emphasis>: Stel hier de gewenste resolutie en kleurdiepte van uw monitor in."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolutie</guibutton></emphasis>: Stel hier de gewenste "
+"resolutie en kleurdiepte van uw monitor in."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -765,19 +959,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: De testknop verschijnt niet altijd bij het installeren. Als de knop er is, kunt u uw instellingen controleren door erop te klikken. Als u de vraag ziet of uw instelling correct is, kunt u met \"ja\" antwoorden zodat de instellingen bewaard worden. Als u niets ziet, keert u terug naar het configuratiescherm en kunt u alles opnieuw instellen totdat de test goed is. <emphasis>Zorg dat uw instellingen aan de veilige kant zijn als de testknop niet aanwezig is</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: De testknop verschijnt "
+"niet altijd bij het installeren. Als de knop er is, kunt u uw instellingen "
+"controleren door erop te klikken. Als u de vraag ziet of uw instelling "
+"correct is, kunt u met \"ja\" antwoorden zodat de instellingen bewaard "
+"worden. Als u niets ziet, keert u terug naar het configuratiescherm en kunt "
+"u alles opnieuw instellen totdat de test goed is. <emphasis>Zorg dat uw "
+"instellingen aan de veilige kant zijn als de testknop niet aanwezig is</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opties</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier kunt u verschillende opties toestaan of uitschakelen."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opties</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier kunt u "
+"verschillende opties toestaan of uitschakelen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -789,7 +993,9 @@ msgstr "Beeldscherm (Selecteer een monitor)"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX heeft een uitgebreid gegevensbestand met monitors en zal de uwe gewoonlijk correct identificeren."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX heeft een uitgebreid gegevensbestand met monitors en zal de uwe "
+"gewoonlijk correct identificeren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -798,15 +1004,21 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Door een monitor met verkeerde kenmerken te selecteren, zou u uw beelscherm kunnen beschadigen. Probeer a.u.b. niets zonder te weten wat u doet.</emphasis> Raadpleeg bij twijfel de handleiding van uw monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Door een monitor met verkeerde kenmerken te selecteren, zou u uw "
+"beelscherm kunnen beschadigen. Probeer a.u.b. niets zonder te weten wat u "
+"doet.</emphasis> Raadpleeg bij twijfel de handleiding van uw monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -817,10 +1029,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Aangepast</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Met deze optie kunt u twee cruciale parameters instellen, de horizontale en vertikale verversingsfrequentie. De horizontale is de snelheid waarmee de beeldlijnen worden geschreven, de verticale is de snelheid waarmee het hele beeld wordt ververst."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Met deze optie kunt u twee cruciale parameters instellen, de horizontale en "
+"vertikale verversingsfrequentie. De horizontale is de snelheid waarmee de "
+"beeldlijnen worden geschreven, de verticale is de snelheid waarmee het hele "
+"beeld wordt ververst."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -829,7 +1045,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "Het is <emphasis>ERG BELANGRIJK</emphasis> dat u geen beeldscherm instelt met andere mogelijke verversingsfrequenties dan die van uw monitor: u zou uw monitor kunnen beschadigen. Raadpleeg de handleiding van uw monitor en wees terughoudend bij het instellen in geval van twijfel."
+msgstr ""
+"Het is <emphasis>ERG BELANGRIJK</emphasis> dat u geen beeldscherm instelt "
+"met andere mogelijke verversingsfrequenties dan die van uw monitor: u zou uw "
+"monitor kunnen beschadigen. Raadpleeg de handleiding van uw monitor en wees "
+"terughoudend bij het instellen in geval van twijfel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -841,7 +1061,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Dit is the standaard optie, waarbij het beeldscherm de gegevens levert die uw computer nodig heeft om het goed te configureren."
+msgstr ""
+"Dit is the standaard optie, waarbij het beeldscherm de gegevens levert die "
+"uw computer nodig heeft om het goed te configureren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -853,7 +1075,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendor (producent)</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Als DrakX uw beeldscherm niet goed herkent en u weet welke monitor u heeft, kunt u deze als volgt in de boomstructuur kiezen:"
+msgstr ""
+"Als DrakX uw beeldscherm niet goed herkent en u weet welke monitor u heeft, "
+"kunt u deze als volgt in de boomstructuur kiezen:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -874,11 +1098,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Algemeen</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "In deze groep kunt u kiezen uit bijna 30 monitorconfiguraties, traditionele, zoals 1024x768 @ 60Hz, maar ook configuraties voor flat panels, platte schermen die bijvoorbeeld in laptops zitten. Dit is vaak een goede groep om van te kiezen als u het Vesa stuurprogramma moet gebruiken omdat uw videokaart niet goed herkend wordt. Ook hier is het verstandig terughoudend te zijn met uw keuze."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"In deze groep kunt u kiezen uit bijna 30 monitorconfiguraties, traditionele, "
+"zoals 1024x768 @ 60Hz, maar ook configuraties voor flat panels, platte "
+"schermen die bijvoorbeeld in laptops zitten. Dit is vaak een goede groep om "
+"van te kiezen als u het Vesa stuurprogramma moet gebruiken omdat uw "
+"videokaart niet goed herkend wordt. Ook hier is het verstandig terughoudend "
+"te zijn met uw keuze."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -888,47 +1118,64 @@ msgstr "Aangepaste schijfpartitionering met DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Als u uw root-partitie (<literal>/</literal>) wilt versleutelen, verzeker u er dan van dat u een aparte <literal>/boot</literal>-partitie heeft. De <literal>/boot</literal>-partitie mag NIET versleuteld worden, anders kunt u uw systeem niet opstarten."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u uw root-partitie (<literal>/</literal>) wilt versleutelen, verzeker u "
+"er dan van dat u een aparte <literal>/boot</literal>-partitie heeft. De "
+"<literal>/boot</literal>-partitie mag NIET versleuteld worden, anders kunt u "
+"uw systeem niet opstarten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Pas hier de partitionering van uw harde schijf of schijven aan. U kunt partities verwijderen of aanmaken, het bestandssysteem of de grootte van een partitie wijzigen en zelfs bekijken wat ze bevatten voor u start."
+msgstr ""
+"Pas hier de partitionering van uw harde schijf of schijven aan. U kunt "
+"partities verwijderen of aanmaken, het bestandssysteem of de grootte van een "
+"partitie wijzigen en zelfs bekijken wat ze bevatten voor u start."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Er is een tabblad voor elke gevonden harde schijf of opslag medium, zoals een USB-stick. Deze zijn bijvoorbeeld genummerd \"sda\", \"sdb\" en \"sdc\" als er drie zijn."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Er is een tabblad voor elke gevonden harde schijf of opslag medium, zoals "
+"een USB-stick. Deze zijn bijvoorbeeld genummerd \"sda\", \"sdb\" en \"sdc\" "
+"als er drie zijn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Klik op <guibutton>Alles wissen</guibutton> om alle partities op het geselecteerde opslag apparaat te verwijderen."
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Klik op <guibutton>Alles wissen</guibutton> om alle partities op het "
+"geselecteerde opslag apparaat te verwijderen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Voor alle andere acties: Klik eerst op de gewenste partitie. Bekijk haar vervolgens, of kies een bestandssysteem en een koppelpunt, pas de grootte aan of verwijder haar."
+msgstr ""
+"Voor alle andere acties: Klik eerst op de gewenste partitie. Bekijk haar "
+"vervolgens, of kies een bestandssysteem en een koppelpunt, pas de grootte "
+"aan of verwijder haar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -951,21 +1198,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "In dit scherm kunt u de inhoud van uw harde schijf of schijven zien en de ruimtes die de DrakX-partitioneringswizard gevonden heeft om <application>Mageia</application> te installeren."
+msgstr ""
+"In dit scherm kunt u de inhoud van uw harde schijf of schijven zien en de "
+"ruimtes die de DrakX-partitioneringswizard gevonden heeft om "
+"<application>Mageia</application> te installeren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Welke opties van de lijst hieronder op uw systeem beschikbaar zijn hangt af van de indeling en de inhoud van uw specifieke harde schijf (schijven)."
+msgstr ""
+"Welke opties van de lijst hieronder op uw systeem beschikbaar zijn hangt af "
+"van de indeling en de inhoud van uw specifieke harde schijf (schijven)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -977,7 +1231,9 @@ msgstr "Huidige partities gebruiken"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Als deze optie beschikbaar is, werden bestaande Linux compatibele partities gevonden die gebruikt kunnen worden voor het installeren."
+msgstr ""
+"Als deze optie beschikbaar is, werden bestaande Linux compatibele partities "
+"gevonden die gebruikt kunnen worden voor het installeren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -987,9 +1243,11 @@ msgstr "Vrije ruimte gebruiken"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Als u ongebruikte ruimte op uw harde schijf heeft die u voor uw nieuwe Mageia-installatie wilt gebruiken, kies dan deze optie."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u ongebruikte ruimte op uw harde schijf heeft die u voor uw nieuwe "
+"Mageia-installatie wilt gebruiken, kies dan deze optie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -999,9 +1257,11 @@ msgstr "Gebruik vrije ruimte op een Windows Partitie"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "DrakX kan aanbieden de ongebruikte ruimte van een windows partitie te gebruiken."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX kan aanbieden de ongebruikte ruimte van een windows partitie te "
+"gebruiken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1009,7 +1269,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Dit kan een bruikbare manier zijn om plaats voor uw nieuwe Mageia installatie te maken, maar het is een riskante onderneming dus zorg dat u van al uw belangrijke bestanden een reservekopie heeft!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dit kan een bruikbare manier zijn om plaats voor uw nieuwe Mageia "
+"installatie te maken, maar het is een riskante onderneming dus zorg dat u "
+"van al uw belangrijke bestanden een reservekopie heeft!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1020,7 +1283,14 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Merk op dat de Windows partitie hiervoor kleiner gemaakt moet worden, wat niet zonder enig risico is. De partitie moet \"schoon\" zijn, wat inhoudt dat Windows correct afgesloten moet zijn toen het voor het laatst gebruikt werd en dat het gedefragmenteerd moet zijn. Dit is echter geen garantie dat alle bestanden op de partitie uit het gebied gehaald zijn dat op het punt staat gebruikt te worden. Het wordt sterk aanbevolen om vooraf een kopie van uw persoonlijke bestanden te maken op een andere schijf of lokatie."
+msgstr ""
+"Merk op dat de Windows partitie hiervoor kleiner gemaakt moet worden, wat "
+"niet zonder enig risico is. De partitie moet \"schoon\" zijn, wat inhoudt "
+"dat Windows correct afgesloten moet zijn toen het voor het laatst gebruikt "
+"werd en dat het gedefragmenteerd moet zijn. Dit is echter geen garantie dat "
+"alle bestanden op de partitie uit het gebied gehaald zijn dat op het punt "
+"staat gebruikt te worden. Het wordt sterk aanbevolen om vooraf een kopie van "
+"uw persoonlijke bestanden te maken op een andere schijf of lokatie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1035,7 +1305,9 @@ msgstr "Met deze optie zal de gehele schijf voor Mageia gebruikt worden."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Let op! Hierdoor zullen ALLE gegevens op de geselecteerde harde schijf gewist worden.  Wees voorzichtig!"
+msgstr ""
+"Let op! Hierdoor zullen ALLE gegevens op de geselecteerde harde schijf "
+"gewist worden.  Wees voorzichtig!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1043,7 +1315,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Gebruik deze optie niet als u van plan bent om een deel van de schijf voor iets anders te gebruiken, of als u er gegevens op hebt staan die u niet wilt verliezen."
+msgstr ""
+"Gebruik deze optie niet als u van plan bent om een deel van de schijf voor "
+"iets anders te gebruiken, of als u er gegevens op hebt staan die u niet wilt "
+"verliezen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1053,9 +1328,11 @@ msgstr "Aangepaste schijfpartitionering"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Hiermee krijgt u volledige controle over het plaatsen van de installatie op uw harde schijf of schijven."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Hiermee krijgt u volledige controle over het plaatsen van de installatie op "
+"uw harde schijf of schijven."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1064,10 +1341,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Somige nieuwere gegevensdragers hebben nu logische sectoren van 4096 byte, in plaats van de gebruikelijke 512 byte. Door een gebrek aan beschikbare hardware is de partitioneringstool die tijdens het installeren gebruikt wordt, niet getest met zo'n opslagmedium. Ook gebruiken sommige SSD's een erase block grootte van meer dan 1 MB. Als u zo'n gegevensdrager heeft, bevelen we aan deze vooraf met een alternatief werktuig, bijvoorbeeld gparted, te partitioneren en de volgende instellingen te gebruiken:"
+msgstr ""
+"Somige nieuwere gegevensdragers hebben nu logische sectoren van 4096 byte, "
+"in plaats van de gebruikelijke 512 byte. Door een gebrek aan beschikbare "
+"hardware is de partitioneringstool die tijdens het installeren gebruikt "
+"wordt, niet getest met zo'n opslagmedium. Ook gebruiken sommige SSD's een "
+"erase block grootte van meer dan 1 MB. Als u zo'n gegevensdrager heeft, "
+"bevelen we aan deze vooraf met een alternatief werktuig, bijvoorbeeld "
+"gparted, te partitioneren en de volgende instellingen te gebruiken:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1083,7 +1367,9 @@ msgstr "\"Vrije ruimte links (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Vergewis u er ook van dat alle partities gecreëerd worden met een even aantal megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Vergewis u er ook van dat alle partities gecreëerd worden met een even "
+"aantal megabytes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1100,8 +1386,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Februari 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1124,10 +1409,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "U zult niet alle installatieschermen zien die in deze handleiding besproken worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die u tijdens het installeren maakt."
+msgstr ""
+"U zult niet alle installatieschermen zien die in deze handleiding besproken "
+"worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die "
+"u tijdens het installeren maakt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1138,64 +1426,84 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de "
+"CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/"
+"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link ns6:href="
+"\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link ns6:"
+"href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact op met het <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentatie Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te verbeteren."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact "
+"op met het <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"
+"\">Documentatie Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te "
+"verbeteren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Gefeliciteerd"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "U bent klaar met het installeren en configuren van <application>Mageia</application> en u kunt nu met een gerust hart het installatiemedium verwijderen en uw computer herstarten."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"U bent klaar met het installeren en configuren van <application>Mageia</"
+"application> en u kunt nu met een gerust hart het installatiemedium "
+"verwijderen en uw computer herstarten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Tijdens het opstarten kunt u in scherm voor de opstartlader kiezen tussen de besturingssystemen op uw computer (als u er meer dan één heeft)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Tijdens het opstarten kunt u in scherm voor de opstartlader kiezen tussen de "
+"besturingssystemen op uw computer (als u er meer dan één heeft)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Als u de instellingen voor de opstartlader niet aangepast heeft, wordt Mageia automatisch geselecteerd en gestart."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u de instellingen voor de opstartlader niet aangepast heeft, wordt "
+"Mageia automatisch geselecteerd en gestart."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1207,43 +1515,53 @@ msgstr "Veel plezier!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Bezoek www.mageia.org als u vragen heeft of als u wilt bijdragen aan Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Bezoek www.mageia.org als u vragen heeft of als u wilt bijdragen aan Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formatteren"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Hier kunt u aanvinken welke partititie(s) u wilt formatteren. Gegevens op partities die <emphasis>niet</emphasis> gekozen zijn, zullen bewaard blijven."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier kunt u aanvinken welke partititie(s) u wilt formatteren. Gegevens op "
+"partities die <emphasis>niet</emphasis> gekozen zijn, zullen bewaard blijven."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Gewoonlijk moeten tenminste de partities die DrakX selecteerde, geformatteerd worden."
+msgstr ""
+"Gewoonlijk moeten tenminste de partities die DrakX selecteerde, "
+"geformatteerd worden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Kies <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> om partities te selecteren die u wilt controleren op zogenoemde <emphasis>slechte blokken</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kies <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> om partities te selecteren die u "
+"wilt controleren op zogenoemde <emphasis>slechte blokken</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1252,14 +1570,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Als u niet zeker bent dat u de juiste keuze gemaakt heeft, kunt u op <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> klikken tot u terug bent in het eerste Partitioneringsscherm en dan op <guibutton>Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</guibutton>. In het volgende scherm kunt u een partitie aanklikken en dan in de rechterkolom kiezen om die te bekijken."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u niet zeker bent dat u de juiste keuze gemaakt heeft, kunt u op "
+"<guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> klikken tot u terug bent in het eerste "
+"Partitioneringsscherm en dan op <guibutton>Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</"
+"guibutton>. In het volgende scherm kunt u een partitie aanklikken en dan in "
+"de rechterkolom kiezen om die te bekijken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om door te gaan als u zeker bent van uw keus."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om door te gaan als u zeker bent van "
+"uw keus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1272,14 +1597,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "DrakX is ontworpen om uw installatie of systeemopwaardering zo gemakkelijk mogelijk te maken, ongeacht of GNU-Linux nieuw is voor u of dat u een ervaren gebruiker bent."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX is ontworpen om uw installatie of systeemopwaardering zo gemakkelijk "
+"mogelijk te maken, ongeacht of GNU-Linux nieuw is voor u of dat u een "
+"ervaren gebruiker bent."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "Het beginscherm heeft een menu met verscheidene opties, als u niets verandert zal de installatie starten, wat gewoonlijk het enige is dat u nodig heeft."
+msgstr ""
+"Het beginscherm heeft een menu met verscheidene opties, als u niets "
+"verandert zal de installatie starten, wat gewoonlijk het enige is dat u "
+"nodig heeft."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1294,15 +1625,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:37
 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:"
-msgstr "Dit is het default verwelkomingsscherm wanneer een Mageia-dvd gebruikt wordt:"
+msgstr ""
+"Dit is het default verwelkomingsscherm wanneer een Mageia-dvd gebruikt wordt:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1313,19 +1646,25 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #: en/installer.xml:46
 msgid ""
 "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
-msgstr "Vanuit dit eerste scherm is het mogelijk enkele persoonlijke voorkeuren in te stellen:"
+msgstr ""
+"Vanuit dit eerste scherm is het mogelijk enkele persoonlijke voorkeuren in "
+"te stellen:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
 "language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
-msgstr "De taal (enkel voor de installatie, deze kan verschillen van de gekozen taal voor het systeem) door op de F2-toets te drukken"
+msgstr ""
+"De taal (enkel voor de installatie, deze kan verschillen van de gekozen taal "
+"voor het systeem) door op de F2-toets te drukken"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
@@ -1336,9 +1675,9 @@ msgstr "Selecteer een taal met de pijltoetsen en druk Enter."
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
@@ -1353,7 +1692,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1412,7 +1752,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1430,7 +1771,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1444,7 +1786,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
@@ -1464,9 +1807,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1477,8 +1819,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1489,24 +1831,30 @@ msgstr "De Installatiestappen"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Het installatieproces is onderverdeeld in stappen, die in het zijpaneel van de volgende schermen zichtbaar zijn."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Het installatieproces is onderverdeeld in stappen, die in het zijpaneel van "
+"de volgende schermen zichtbaar zijn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Elke stap bevat één of meerdere schermen die ook knoppen met het label \"<guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>\" kunnen hebben met extra of minder gebruikelijke opties."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Elke stap bevat één of meerdere schermen die ook knoppen met het label "
+"\"<guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>\" kunnen hebben met extra of minder "
+"gebruikelijke opties."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "De meeste schermen hebben \"<guibutton>hulp</guibutton>\" knoppen die meer uitleg geven over de desbetreffende stap."
+msgstr ""
+"De meeste schermen hebben \"<guibutton>hulp</guibutton>\" knoppen die meer "
+"uitleg geven over de desbetreffende stap."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1516,10 +1864,19 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het "
+"mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. "
+"Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is "
+"begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. "
+"De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een "
+"onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt "
+"opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan "
+"op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1531,24 +1888,25 @@ msgstr "Installatieproblemen en mogelijke oplossingen"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Geen grafische interface"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Na het eerste scherm kwam u niet bij het taalkeuzescherm.  Dit kan gebeuren bij sommige grafische kaarten en oudere systemen.  Probeer een lagere resolutie te gebruiken door \"vgalo\" te typen bij de \"boot:\"-prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"Na het eerste scherm kwam u niet bij het taalkeuzescherm.  Dit kan gebeuren "
+"bij sommige grafische kaarten en oudere systemen.  Probeer een lagere "
+"resolutie te gebruiken door \"vgalo\" te typen bij de \"boot:\"-prompt."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1564,7 +1922,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Als het systeem tijdens de installatie blokkeert, kan er een probleem zijn met de hardware detectie. In dit geval kan de automatische detectie van hardware overgeslagen worden om later te regelen. Type \"<literal>noauto</literal>\" bij de prompt om dit te proberen. Deze optie mag zonodig met beide vorige gecombineerd worden."
+msgstr ""
+"Als het systeem tijdens de installatie blokkeert, kan er een probleem zijn "
+"met de hardware detectie. In dit geval kan de automatische detectie van "
+"hardware overgeslagen worden om later te regelen. Type \"<literal>noauto</"
+"literal>\" bij de prompt om dit te proberen. Deze optie mag zonodig met "
+"beide vorige gecombineerd worden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1576,9 +1939,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Deze zullen zelden nodig zijn, maar in sommige gevallen wordt de beschikbare hoeveelheid RAM onjuist gedetecteerd. U kunt dit handmatig specificeren door de <literal>mem=xxxM</literal> parameter te gebruiken, waarin xxx de juiste hoeveelheid RAM is, bijv. \"<literal>mem=256M</literal>\" betekent 256MB aan RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze zullen zelden nodig zijn, maar in sommige gevallen wordt de beschikbare "
+"hoeveelheid RAM onjuist gedetecteerd. U kunt dit handmatig specificeren door "
+"de <literal>mem=xxxM</literal> parameter te gebruiken, waarin xxx de juiste "
+"hoeveelheid RAM is, bijv. \"<literal>mem=256M</literal>\" betekent 256MB aan "
+"RAM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1591,9 +1959,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1601,29 +1968,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Updates"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Sinds deze versie van <application>Mageia</application> werd uitgegeven, kunnen sommige pakketten bijgewerkt of verbeterd zijn."
+msgstr ""
+"Sinds deze versie van <application>Mageia</application> werd uitgegeven, "
+"kunnen sommige pakketten bijgewerkt of verbeterd zijn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1631,7 +1998,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Kies <guilabel>Ja</guilabel> als u ze wilt ophalen en installeren, kies <guilabel>Nee</guilabel> als u dat niet nu wilt doen, of als u nu niet met internet verbonden bent."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies <guilabel>Ja</guilabel> als u ze wilt ophalen en installeren, kies "
+"<guilabel>Nee</guilabel> als u dat niet nu wilt doen, of als u nu niet met "
+"internet verbonden bent."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1643,55 +2013,73 @@ msgstr "Klik daarna op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om verder te gaan."
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Mediaselectie (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Hier vindt u de lijst van beschikbare bronnen.  Niet alle bronnen zijn beschikbaar, overeenkomstig de media die U gebruikt om van te installeren. De selectie van bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten beschikbaar zijn ter keuze in de volgende stappen."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier vindt u de lijst van beschikbare bronnen.  Niet alle bronnen zijn "
+"beschikbaar, overeenkomstig de media die U gebruikt om van te installeren. "
+"De selectie van bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten beschikbaar zijn ter keuze "
+"in de volgende stappen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "De <emphasis>Core</emphasis> bron kan niet uitgeschakeld worden, want ze bevat de basis van de distributie."
+msgstr ""
+"De <emphasis>Core</emphasis> bron kan niet uitgeschakeld worden, want ze "
+"bevat de basis van de distributie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "De <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die vrij van betaling zijn, d.w.z. Mageia kan die herdistribueren, maar zij bevatten gesloten-bron-software (vandaar de naam Nonfree, oftewel Nietvrij). Deze bron bevat bijvoorbeeld eigen drivers van nVidia en ATI voor grafische kaarten, fabriekssoftware voor diverse WiFi kaarten, e.d."
+msgstr ""
+"De <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die vrij van betaling "
+"zijn, d.w.z. Mageia kan die herdistribueren, maar zij bevatten gesloten-bron-"
+"software (vandaar de naam Nonfree, oftewel Nietvrij). Deze bron bevat "
+"bijvoorbeeld eigen drivers van nVidia en ATI voor grafische kaarten, "
+"fabriekssoftware voor diverse WiFi kaarten, e.d."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "De <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die zijn uitgegeven onder een vrije licentie. Het belangrijkste criterium om pakketten in deze bron te plaatsen is dat zij inbreuk kunnen maken op copyright wetten in sommige landen, bijvoorbeeld Multimedia codecs die nodig zijn om diverse audio/video bestanden te spelen en pakketten om commerciele video, dvd e.d. af te spelen."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"De <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die zijn uitgegeven "
+"onder een vrije licentie. Het belangrijkste criterium om pakketten in deze "
+"bron te plaatsen is dat zij inbreuk kunnen maken op copyright wetten in "
+"sommige landen, bijvoorbeeld Multimedia codecs die nodig zijn om diverse "
+"audio/video bestanden te spelen en pakketten om commerciele video, dvd e.d. "
+"af te spelen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1702,9 +2090,12 @@ msgstr "Minimale installatie"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "U kunt een minimale installatie kiezen door alles in het Pakketgroepselectiescherm te deselecteren, zie <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt een minimale installatie kiezen door alles in het "
+"Pakketgroepselectiescherm te deselecteren, zie <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1713,14 +2104,21 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Minimale installatie is bedoeld voor degenen die <application>Mageia</application> op een bepaalde manier willen gebruiken, zoals als server of gespecialiseerd werkstation. Waarschijnlijk gebruikt u deze optie samen met de Individuele pakketselectie, zie <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Minimale installatie is bedoeld voor degenen die <application>Mageia</"
+"application> op een bepaalde manier willen gebruiken, zoals als server of "
+"gespecialiseerd werkstation. Waarschijnlijk gebruikt u deze optie samen met "
+"de Individuele pakketselectie, zie <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></"
+"xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Als u deze installatieklasse kiest, zal het bijbehorende scherm u een aantal bruikbare extra's bieden om te installeren, zoals documentatie en X."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u deze installatieklasse kiest, zal het bijbehorende scherm u een aantal "
+"bruikbare extra's bieden om te installeren, zoals documentatie en X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1728,34 +2126,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Overzicht van diverse instellingen"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1764,7 +2165,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX maakte slimme keuzes voor de configuratie van uw systeem, afhankelijk van de keuzes die u maakte en de apparatuur die DrakX aantrof. U kunt de instellingen hier controleren en in indien gewenst veranderen door eerst op <guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> te klikken."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX maakte slimme keuzes voor de configuratie van uw systeem, afhankelijk "
+"van de keuzes die u maakte en de apparatuur die DrakX aantrof. U kunt de "
+"instellingen hier controleren en in indien gewenst veranderen door eerst op "
+"<guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> te klikken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1780,9 +2185,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tijdzone</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX selecteerde een tijdzone op grond van uw voorkeurstaal. Zie ook <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selecteerde een tijdzone op grond van uw voorkeurstaal. Zie ook <xref "
+"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1794,7 +2201,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Land</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Als u zich niet in het geselecteerde land bevindt, is het erg belangrijk dat u deze instelling verandert. Zie <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+"Als u zich niet in het geselecteerde land bevindt, is het erg belangrijk dat "
+"u deze instelling verandert. Zie <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1804,13 +2213,15 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Opstartlader</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:69
 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
-msgstr "DrakX heeft goede keuzes gemaakt voor de instellingen voor de opstartlader."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX heeft goede keuzes gemaakt voor de instellingen voor de opstartlader."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
 msgid ""
 "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
-msgstr "Verander niets, tenzij u weet hoe u GRUB en/of Lilo dient in te stellen."
+msgstr ""
+"Verander niets, tenzij u weet hoe u GRUB en/of Lilo dient in te stellen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
@@ -1825,9 +2236,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gebruikersbeheer</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Hier kunt u extra gebruikers toevoegen. Ze zullen hun eigen <literal>/home</literal> mappen krijgen."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier kunt u extra gebruikers toevoegen. Ze zullen hun eigen <literal>/home</"
+"literal> mappen krijgen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1839,14 +2252,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Diensten</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Systeemdiensten zijn kleine programma's die op de achtergrond draaien (daemons). Hier kunt u bepaalde daemons activeren of deactiveren."
+msgstr ""
+"Systeemdiensten zijn kleine programma's die op de achtergrond draaien "
+"(daemons). Hier kunt u bepaalde daemons activeren of deactiveren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Wees voorzichting voor u iets verandert- een vergissing kan verhinderen dat uw computer goed werkt."
+msgstr ""
+"Wees voorzichting voor u iets verandert- een vergissing kan verhinderen dat "
+"uw computer goed werkt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
@@ -1868,7 +2285,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Toetsenbord</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Hier kunt u uw toetsenbordinstelling veranderen. De omschrijving van het toetsenbord is afhankelijk van de taal en/of het land waarvoor het ontworpen werd en vaak ook van het toetsenbordtype."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier kunt u uw toetsenbordinstelling veranderen. De omschrijving van het "
+"toetsenbord is afhankelijk van de taal en/of het land waarvoor het ontworpen "
+"werd en vaak ook van het toetsenbordtype."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1880,7 +2300,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Muis</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Hier kunt u ook andere aanwijsapparaten toevoegen of configureren, zoals trackballs and touchpads."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier kunt u ook andere aanwijsapparaten toevoegen of configureren, zoals "
+"trackballs and touchpads."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1890,10 +2312,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Geluidskaart</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "Het installatieprogramma kiest het standaardstuurprogramma, als dat bestaat. De optie om een ander stuurprogramma te kiezen, wordt alleen gegeven als er meerdere stuurprogramma's voor uw kaart zijn, maar geen daarvan het standaardstuurprogramma is."
+msgstr ""
+"Het installatieprogramma kiest het standaardstuurprogramma, als dat bestaat. "
+"De optie om een ander stuurprogramma te kiezen, wordt alleen gegeven als er "
+"meerdere stuurprogramma's voor uw kaart zijn, maar geen daarvan het "
+"standaardstuurprogramma is."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1902,22 +2328,23 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafische interface</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
 msgstr "Hier kunt u uw grafische kaart(en) en beelscherm(en) instellen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
-msgstr "Voor meer informatie, zie <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Voor meer informatie, zie <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1936,14 +2363,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "U kunt uw netwerk hier instellen, maar als u de Nonfree bronnen nu niet ingeschakeld heeft, kunt u dat voor netwerkkaarten met propriëtaire stuurprogramma's beter achteraf doen. Dat kan dan in het <application>Mageia-configuratiecentrum</application> (MCC)."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt uw netwerk hier instellen, maar als u de Nonfree bronnen nu niet "
+"ingeschakeld heeft, kunt u dat voor netwerkkaarten met propriëtaire "
+"stuurprogramma's beter achteraf doen. Dat kan dan in het <application>Mageia-"
+"configuratiecentrum</application> (MCC)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Als u een netwerkkaart toevoegt, vergeet dan niet uw firewall zo in te stellen dat hij deze interface ook bewaakt."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u een netwerkkaart toevoegt, vergeet dan niet uw firewall zo in te "
+"stellen dat hij deze interface ook bewaakt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1956,14 +2389,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Een proxy server werkt als een tussenpersoon tussen uw computer en het verdere internet. In deze sectie kunt u uw computer zo configureren dat hij een proxy service gebruikt."
+msgstr ""
+"Een proxy server werkt als een tussenpersoon tussen uw computer en het "
+"verdere internet. In deze sectie kunt u uw computer zo configureren dat hij "
+"een proxy service gebruikt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Mogelijk moet u uw systeembeheerder vragen om de instellingen die u hier moet invullen."
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Mogelijk moet u uw systeembeheerder vragen om de instellingen die u hier "
+"moet invullen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1978,9 +2416,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Beveiligingsniveau</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Stel hier het beveiligingsniveau voor uw computer in, in de meeste gevallen is de standaardinstelling (Standaard) geschikt voor algemeen gebruik."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Stel hier het beveiligingsniveau voor uw computer in, in de meeste gevallen "
+"is de standaardinstelling (Standaard) geschikt voor algemeen gebruik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -1997,14 +2437,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Een firewall is bedoeld as barrière tussen uw belangrijke gegevens en de boeven daarbuiten op internet die ze zouden willen aantasten of stelen."
+msgstr ""
+"Een firewall is bedoeld as barrière tussen uw belangrijke gegevens en de "
+"boeven daarbuiten op internet die ze zouden willen aantasten of stelen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Selecteer de diensten die toegang tot uw systeem mogen hebben. Uw selectie hangt af van waar u uw computer voor gebruikt."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecteer de diensten die toegang tot uw systeem mogen hebben. Uw selectie "
+"hangt af van waar u uw computer voor gebruikt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
@@ -2016,31 +2460,38 @@ msgstr "Denk eraan dat alles toestaan (geen firewall) erg riskant kan zijn."
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Grootte aanpassen van een <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitie"
+msgstr ""
+"Grootte aanpassen van een <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partitie"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "U heeft meer dan één <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitie.  Kies welke kleiner gemaakt moet worden om <application>Mageia</application> te installeren."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"U heeft meer dan één <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partitie.  Kies welke kleiner gemaakt moet worden om "
+"<application>Mageia</application> te installeren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Beveiligingsniveau"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2051,14 +2502,19 @@ msgstr "Uw beveiligingsniveau kunt u hier aanpassen."
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
-msgstr "Laat de door DrakX gekozen instellingen staan, als u niet weet wat u kiezen moet."
+msgstr ""
+"Laat de door DrakX gekozen instellingen staan, als u niet weet wat u kiezen "
+"moet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Achteraf is het altijd mogelijk uw beveiligingsinstellingen aan te passen in het <guilabel>Veiligheid</guilabel>sgedeelte van het Mageia-configuratiecentrum (MCC)."
+msgstr ""
+"Achteraf is het altijd mogelijk uw beveiligingsinstellingen aan te passen in "
+"het <guilabel>Veiligheid</guilabel>sgedeelte van het Mageia-"
+"configuratiecentrum (MCC)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2085,8 +2541,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2100,14 +2556,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2118,30 +2572,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "dvd"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2153,30 +2603,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2186,31 +2632,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2220,21 +2662,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2244,8 +2683,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2255,8 +2693,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2271,23 +2708,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2295,8 +2730,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2306,8 +2740,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2327,25 +2760,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2374,29 +2807,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2421,9 +2854,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2459,8 +2891,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2468,83 +2900,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2579,16 +2999,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2596,15 +3015,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Selecteer uw land"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2612,14 +3034,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Selecteer uw land.  Dit is belangrijk voor allerlei instellingen, zoals de muntsoort en de toegestane draadloze instellingen. Het verkeerde land instellen kan veroorzaken dat u geen draadloos netwerk kunt gebruiken."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecteer uw land.  Dit is belangrijk voor allerlei instellingen, zoals de "
+"muntsoort en de toegestane draadloze instellingen. Het verkeerde land "
+"instellen kan veroorzaken dat u geen draadloos netwerk kunt gebruiken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Als uw land niet in de lijst staat, klik dan op de <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> knop en kies uw land daar."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Als uw land niet in de lijst staat, klik dan op de <guilabel>Overige landen</"
+"guilabel> knop en kies uw land daar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2628,7 +3055,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Als uw land alleen in de <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> lijst staat kan het, nadat u op <guibutton>OK</guibutton> klikt, lijken alsof een land van de eerste lijst gekozen is. Negeer dit a.u.b., DrakX zal uw echte keuze volgen."
+msgstr ""
+"Als uw land alleen in de <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> lijst staat kan "
+"het, nadat u op <guibutton>OK</guibutton> klikt, lijken alsof een land van "
+"de eerste lijst gekozen is. Negeer dit a.u.b., DrakX zal uw echte keuze "
+"volgen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2639,14 +3070,23 @@ msgstr "Invoermethode"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "In het <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> scherm kun je ook een invoermethode selecteren (onderaan de lijst). Met invoermethodes kunnen gebruikers meertalige tekens invoeren (Chinees, Japans, Koreaans, etc.). IBus is de standaard invoermethode in de Mageia DVD's en in de Africa/India en Asia/no-India Live-CD's. IBus is de standaard input methode voor Aziatische en Afrikaanse locales, het is dus niet nodig het handmatig te configureren. Andere intput methodes (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, enz.) hebben soortgelijke fucties als IBus en kunnen geïnstalleerd worden als u HTTP/FTP media toevoegt voor u de pakketten selecteert."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"In het <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> scherm kun je ook een "
+"invoermethode selecteren (onderaan de lijst). Met invoermethodes kunnen "
+"gebruikers meertalige tekens invoeren (Chinees, Japans, Koreaans, etc.). "
+"IBus is de standaard invoermethode in de Mageia DVD's en in de Africa/India "
+"en Asia/no-India Live-CD's. IBus is de standaard input methode voor "
+"Aziatische en Afrikaanse locales, het is dus niet nodig het handmatig te "
+"configureren. Andere intput methodes (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, enz.) hebben "
+"soortgelijke fucties als IBus en kunnen geïnstalleerd worden als u HTTP/FTP "
+"media toevoegt voor u de pakketten selecteert."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2654,7 +3094,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Als u het instellen van de invoermethode miste tijdens het installeren, kunt u dat als u uw geinstalleerde systeem gestart heeft alsnog doen via \"Configureer uw Computer\" -> \"Systeem\", of door in een konsole of terminal localedrake als root te starten."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u het instellen van de invoermethode miste tijdens het installeren, kunt "
+"u dat als u uw geinstalleerde systeem gestart heeft alsnog doen via "
+"\"Configureer uw Computer\" -> \"Systeem\", of door in een konsole of "
+"terminal localedrake als root te starten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2664,9 +3108,11 @@ msgstr "Installeren of opwaarderen"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2690,7 +3136,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Als u één of meer <application>Mageia</application>-installaties heeft op uw systeem, kunt u er één uitkiezen om op te waarderen naar de nieuwste uitgave."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u één of meer <application>Mageia</application>-installaties heeft op uw "
+"systeem, kunt u er één uitkiezen om op te waarderen naar de nieuwste uitgave."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2698,31 +3146,50 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Uitsluitend opwaarderen vanaf een eerdere Mageia versie die <emphasis>nog ondersteund werd</emphasis> toen deze versie van het installatieprogramma werd uitgegeven, is uitgebreid getest. Als u een Mageia versie wilt opwaarderen die al niet meer ondersteund werd toen deze werd uitgegeven, dan is het beter een schone installatie te doen waarbij u uw <literal>/home</literal> partitie bewaart."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Uitsluitend opwaarderen vanaf een eerdere Mageia versie die <emphasis>nog "
+"ondersteund werd</emphasis> toen deze versie van het installatieprogramma "
+"werd uitgegeven, is uitgebreid getest. Als u een Mageia versie wilt "
+"opwaarderen die al niet meer ondersteund werd toen deze werd uitgegeven, dan "
+"is het beter een schone installatie te doen waarbij u uw <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partitie bewaart."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten"
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het "
+"mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. "
+"Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is "
+"begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. "
+"De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een "
+"onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt "
+"opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan "
+"op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Als u een extra taal vergat te installeren, kunt u nu nog terug van het \"installeren of opwaarderen\" scherm naar het taalkeuzescherm door gelijktijdig op de toetsen <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> te drukken. Doe dit <emphasis>niet</emphasis> later tijdens de installatie."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u een extra taal vergat te installeren, kunt u nu nog terug van het "
+"\"installeren of opwaarderen\" scherm naar het taalkeuzescherm door "
+"gelijktijdig op de toetsen <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> te drukken. "
+"Doe dit <emphasis>niet</emphasis> later tijdens de installatie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2734,43 +3201,60 @@ msgstr "Toetsenbord"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX selecteert een geschikte toetsenbord-indeling voor uw taal, maar als dat niet lukt zal hij uitgaan van een VS-toetsenbordindeling (US QWERTY)."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selecteert een geschikte toetsenbord-indeling voor uw taal, maar als "
+"dat niet lukt zal hij uitgaan van een VS-toetsenbordindeling (US QWERTY)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Verzekert u zich er van dat de gekozen selectie juist is. Als u niet weet wat voor indeling uw toetsenbord heeft, kijk dan in de specificaties die meegeleverd werden of vraag het aan de leverancier. Er kan zelfs een label aan het toetsenbord zitten dat de indeling identificeert. U kunt ook hier kijken: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link> (Engelstalig)"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Verzekert u zich er van dat de gekozen selectie juist is. Als u niet weet "
+"wat voor indeling uw toetsenbord heeft, kijk dan in de specificaties die "
+"meegeleverd werden of vraag het aan de leverancier. Er kan zelfs een label "
+"aan het toetsenbord zitten dat de indeling identificeert. U kunt ook hier "
+"kijken: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link> (Engelstalig)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Staat uw toetsenbord niet in de lijst die u ziet, klik dan op <guibutton>Meer</guibutton> om een volledige lijst te krijgen en selecteer uw toetsenbord daar."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Staat uw toetsenbord niet in de lijst die u ziet, klik dan op "
+"<guibutton>Meer</guibutton> om een volledige lijst te krijgen en selecteer "
+"uw toetsenbord daar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Nadat u een toetsenbord uit het <guibutton>Meer</guibutton> scherm kiest, keert u terug in het eerste toetsenbordkeuzescherm en zal het lijken alsof een toetsenbord van dat scherm gekozen werd. U kunt deze vergissing met een gerust hart negeren en doorgaan met de installatie: Uw toetsenbordindeling is die welke u uit de volledige lijst koos."
+msgstr ""
+"Nadat u een toetsenbord uit het <guibutton>Meer</guibutton> scherm kiest, "
+"keert u terug in het eerste toetsenbordkeuzescherm en zal het lijken alsof "
+"een toetsenbord van dat scherm gekozen werd. U kunt deze vergissing met een "
+"gerust hart negeren en doorgaan met de installatie: Uw toetsenbordindeling "
+"is die welke u uit de volledige lijst koos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2778,7 +3262,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Als u een toetsenbord kiest dat gebaseerd is op niet-Latijnse lettertekens, krijgt u een extra scherm waarin u kunt aangeven hoe u wilt wisselen tussen de Latijnse en niet-Latijnse indeling."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u een toetsenbord kiest dat gebaseerd is op niet-Latijnse lettertekens, "
+"krijgt u een extra scherm waarin u kunt aangeven hoe u wilt wisselen tussen "
+"de Latijnse en niet-Latijnse indeling."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2791,38 +3278,53 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Kies hier uw voorkeurstaal na eerst de lijst voor uw continent uit te vouwen. <application>Mageia</application> zal deze selectie gebruiken tijdens het installeren en voor het straks geïnstalleerde systeem op uw computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies hier uw voorkeurstaal na eerst de lijst voor uw continent uit te "
+"vouwen. <application>Mageia</application> zal deze selectie gebruiken "
+"tijdens het installeren en voor het straks geïnstalleerde systeem op uw "
+"computer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Wanneer u meerdere talen op uw systeem wilt gebruiken, voor uzelf of voor andere gebruikers, klik dan op \"<guibutton>Meerdere talen</guibutton>\" om ze nu toe te voegen. Het is lastig om achteraf ondersteuning voor extra talen toe te voegen."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Wanneer u meerdere talen op uw systeem wilt gebruiken, voor uzelf of voor "
+"andere gebruikers, klik dan op \"<guibutton>Meerdere talen</guibutton>\" om "
+"ze nu toe te voegen. Het is lastig om achteraf ondersteuning voor extra "
+"talen toe te voegen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Zelfs als u meer dan één taal kiest, moet één van hen als voorkeurstaal gekozen worden in het eerste taalscherm. Deze zal ook aangevinkt zijn in het \"Meerdere talen\" scherm. ."
+msgstr ""
+"Zelfs als u meer dan één taal kiest, moet één van hen als voorkeurstaal "
+"gekozen worden in het eerste taalscherm. Deze zal ook aangevinkt zijn in het "
+"\"Meerdere talen\" scherm. ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Als u de \"taal\" van uw toetsenbord ook installeert, voorkomt u verwarring later tijdens de installatie."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u de \"taal\" van uw toetsenbord ook installeert, voorkomt u verwarring "
+"later tijdens de installatie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2830,141 +3332,192 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia gebruikt UTF-8 (Unicode) ondersteuning, dat gewoonlijk goed werkt. Als u weet dat deze niet geschikt is voor één van uw talen, kan zij onderdrukt worden in het \"Meerdere talen\" scherm, door voor de oude compatibiliteit te kiezen. Deze is dan van toepassing op alle geïnstalleerde talen."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia gebruikt UTF-8 (Unicode) ondersteuning, dat gewoonlijk goed werkt. "
+"Als u weet dat deze niet geschikt is voor één van uw talen, kan zij "
+"onderdrukt worden in het \"Meerdere talen\" scherm, door voor de oude "
+"compatibiliteit te kiezen. Deze is dan van toepassing op alle geïnstalleerde "
+"talen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "U kunt de taal van uw systeem na installatie veranderen in één van de andere geïnstalleerde talen in het Mageia Configuratiecentrum onder \"Systeem -&gt; Regionaal -&gt; Taalinstellingen voor uw systeem beheren\"."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt de taal van uw systeem na installatie veranderen in één van de andere "
+"geïnstalleerde talen in het Mageia Configuratiecentrum onder \"Systeem -&gt; "
+"Regionaal -&gt; Taalinstellingen voor uw systeem beheren\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Muiskeuze"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Als u niet gelukkig bent met hoe uw muis reageert, kunt u hier een andere kiezen."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u niet gelukkig bent met hoe uw muis reageert, kunt u hier een andere "
+"kiezen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Doorgaans is <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Iedere PS/2 en USB muis</guilabel> een goede keuze."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Doorgaans is <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Iedere PS/2 en USB "
+"muis</guilabel> een goede keuze."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Selecteer <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev afdwingen</guilabel> om de niet werkende knoppen te configureren van een muis met zes of meer knoppen."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecteer <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev afdwingen</"
+"guilabel> om de niet werkende knoppen te configureren van een muis met zes "
+"of meer knoppen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Wijzig een opstartmenu-ingang of voeg er een toe"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "U kunt een ingang (in het scherm \"waarde\" genoemd) toevoegen of er een selecteren om aan te passen. Klik op de betreffende knop in het <emphasis>Configuratie van Opstartlader</emphasis> scherm en bewerk de gegevens in het scherm dat zich op de voorgrond opent."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt een ingang (in het scherm \"waarde\" genoemd) toevoegen of er een "
+"selecteren om aan te passen. Klik op de betreffende knop in het "
+"<emphasis>Configuratie van Opstartlader</emphasis> scherm en bewerk de "
+"gegevens in het scherm dat zich op de voorgrond opent."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Een paar dingen die zonder enig risico gedaan kunnen worden, zijn de naam van een menu-ingang veranderen en het hokje aanvinken waarmee een waarde de standaard ingang wordt."
+msgstr ""
+"Een paar dingen die zonder enig risico gedaan kunnen worden, zijn de naam "
+"van een menu-ingang veranderen en het hokje aanvinken waarmee een waarde de "
+"standaard ingang wordt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "U kunt het juiste versienummer van een ingang toevoegen of deze helemaal hernoemen."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt het juiste versienummer van een ingang toevoegen of deze helemaal "
+"hernoemen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "De Standaard waarde of ingang, is die die gestart wordt als u geen keuze maakt tijdens het opstarten van uw computer."
+msgstr ""
+"De Standaard waarde of ingang, is die die gestart wordt als u geen keuze "
+"maakt tijdens het opstarten van uw computer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Door andere dingen te veranderen kan het gebeuren dat u uw systeem niet meer kunt opstarten. Probeer alstublieft niets zonder precies te weten wat u doet."
+msgstr ""
+"Door andere dingen te veranderen kan het gebeuren dat u uw systeem niet meer "
+"kunt opstarten. Probeer alstublieft niets zonder precies te weten wat u doet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Algemene opties voor de opstartlader"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Als u liever andere opstartladerinstellingen heeft dan DrakX koos, kunt u ze hier veranderen."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u liever andere opstartladerinstellingen heeft dan DrakX koos, kunt u ze "
+"hier veranderen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Misschien heeft u al een ander besturingssysteem op uw machine, in dat geval moet u besluiten of u Mageia aan uw bestaande opstartlader wilt toevoegen, of dat u Mageia toestaat een nieuwe te creëren."
+msgstr ""
+"Misschien heeft u al een ander besturingssysteem op uw machine, in dat geval "
+"moet u besluiten of u Mageia aan uw bestaande opstartlader wilt toevoegen, "
+"of dat u Mageia toestaat een nieuwe te creëren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2983,14 +3536,19 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Standaard schrijft Mageia een nieuwe GRUB-opstartlader in de MBR (Master Boot Record) van uw eerste harde schijf. Als u al andere besturingssystemen heeft, probeert Mageia ze aan uw nieuwe Mageia opstartmenu toe te voegen."
+msgstr ""
+"Standaard schrijft Mageia een nieuwe GRUB-opstartlader in de MBR (Master "
+"Boot Record) van uw eerste harde schijf. Als u al andere besturingssystemen "
+"heeft, probeert Mageia ze aan uw nieuwe Mageia opstartmenu toe te voegen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia biedt nu, naast de mogelijkheid om GRUB legacy of Lilo als opstartlader te nemen, ook GRUB2 als keuze aan."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia biedt nu, naast de mogelijkheid om GRUB legacy of Lilo als "
+"opstartlader te nemen, ook GRUB2 als keuze aan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -2998,14 +3556,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Linux systemen die de GRUB2 opstartlader gebruiken worden nog niet door GRUB legacy ondersteund en zullen niet herkend worden als de standaard GRUB opstartlader gebruikt wordt."
+msgstr ""
+"Linux systemen die de GRUB2 opstartlader gebruiken worden nog niet door GRUB "
+"legacy ondersteund en zullen niet herkend worden als de standaard GRUB "
+"opstartlader gebruikt wordt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "De beste oplossing hiervoor is de GRUB2 opstartlader te gebruiken, die tijdens het installeren in de Overzichtspagina beschikbaar is."
+msgstr ""
+"De beste oplossing hiervoor is de GRUB2 opstartlader te gebruiken, die "
+"tijdens het installeren in de Overzichtspagina beschikbaar is."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3016,18 +3579,25 @@ msgstr "Een bestaande opstartlader gebruiken"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Als u besluit een bestaande opstartlader te gebruiken, moet u er tijdens de installatie aan denken te STOPPEN in de overzichtspagina en op de Opstartlader <guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> knop te klikken, waarna u de locatie kunt veranderen waar de opstartlader geplaatst wordt."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u besluit een bestaande opstartlader te gebruiken, moet u er tijdens de "
+"installatie aan denken te STOPPEN in de overzichtspagina en op de "
+"Opstartlader <guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> knop te klikken, waarna u "
+"de locatie kunt veranderen waar de opstartlader geplaatst wordt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Kies geen apparaat zoals \"sda\", anders overschrijft u uw bestaande MBR. U moet de root partitie selecteren die u eerder tijdens de installatie koos, bijvoorbeeld \"sda7\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies geen apparaat zoals \"sda\", anders overschrijft u uw bestaande MBR. U "
+"moet de root partitie selecteren die u eerder tijdens de installatie koos, "
+"bijvoorbeeld \"sda7\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
@@ -3038,19 +3608,27 @@ msgstr "Ter verduidelijking, sda is een apparaat, sda7 is een partitie."
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Ga naar tty2 met Ctrl+Alt+F2 en type <literal>df</literal> om te controleren waar uw <literal>/</literal> (root) partitie is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 brengt u terug naar het installatiescherm."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Ga naar tty2 met Ctrl+Alt+F2 en type <literal>df</literal> om te controleren "
+"waar uw <literal>/</literal> (root) partitie is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 brengt u terug "
+"naar het installatiescherm."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "De precieze procedure om Mageia aan een bestaande opstartlader toe te voegen, valt buiten het bereik van dit document. In de meeste gevallen is het nodig het installatieprogramma van de betreffende opstartlader te gebruiken, dat Mageia automatisch zou moeten zien en toevoegen. Raadpleeg de documentatie van het betreffende besturingssysteem."
+msgstr ""
+"De precieze procedure om Mageia aan een bestaande opstartlader toe te "
+"voegen, valt buiten het bereik van dit document. In de meeste gevallen is "
+"het nodig het installatieprogramma van de betreffende opstartlader te "
+"gebruiken, dat Mageia automatisch zou moeten zien en toevoegen. Raadpleeg de "
+"documentatie van het betreffende besturingssysteem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3061,48 +3639,55 @@ msgstr "Geavanceerde optie voor de opstartlader"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Als u zeer weinig schijfruimte heeft voor de <literal>/</literal> partitie met <literal>/tmp</literal>, klik dan op <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> en zet een vinkje voor <guilabel>Elke keer bij opstarten /tmp legen</guilabel>. Dit helpt om wat vrije ruimte te behouden."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u zeer weinig schijfruimte heeft voor de <literal>/</literal> partitie "
+"met <literal>/tmp</literal>, klik dan op <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> "
+"en zet een vinkje voor <guilabel>Elke keer bij opstarten /tmp legen</"
+"guilabel>. Dit helpt om wat vrije ruimte te behouden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Harde schijf detectie"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX herkent harde schijven gewoonlijk correct, maar het kan zijn dat hij sommige oudere SCSI-schijfcontrollers niet herkent en daardoor verzuimt de benodigde drivers te installeren."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX herkent harde schijven gewoonlijk correct, maar het kan zijn dat hij "
+"sommige oudere SCSI-schijfcontrollers niet herkent en daardoor verzuimt de "
+"benodigde drivers te installeren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Als dit gebeurt, moet u DrakX vertellen welke SCSI controller(s) u heeft."
+msgstr ""
+"Als dit gebeurt, moet u DrakX vertellen welke SCSI controller(s) u heeft."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3114,13 +3699,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX zou deze dan goed moeten instellen."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Geluidsconfiguratie"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3128,7 +3715,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "In dit scherm ziet u de naam van het stuurprogramma dat DrakX koos voor uw geluidskaart. Het is het standaardstuurprogramma als we dat hebben."
+msgstr ""
+"In dit scherm ziet u de naam van het stuurprogramma dat DrakX koos voor uw "
+"geluidskaart. Het is het standaardstuurprogramma als we dat hebben."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3138,16 +3727,23 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Het standaardstuurprogramma zou zonder problemen moeten werken. Komt u na de installatie toch problemen tegen, start dan <command>draksound</command> of start MCC (Mageia Configuratiecentrum), klik op de <guilabel>Apparatuur</guilabel> tab en dan op <guilabel>Audioconfiguratie</guilabel> rechts boven in het scherm."
+msgstr ""
+"Het standaardstuurprogramma zou zonder problemen moeten werken. Komt u na de "
+"installatie toch problemen tegen, start dan <command>draksound</command> of "
+"start MCC (Mageia Configuratiecentrum), klik op de <guilabel>Apparatuur</"
+"guilabel> tab en dan op <guilabel>Audioconfiguratie</guilabel> rechts boven "
+"in het scherm."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Klik vervolgens in het draksound- of \"Audioconfiguratie\"-scherm op <guibutton>Gevanceerd</guibutton> en dan op <guibutton>Probleemaanpak</guibutton> voor zeer bruikbaar advies om het probleem op te lossen."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik vervolgens in het draksound- of \"Audioconfiguratie\"-scherm op "
+"<guibutton>Gevanceerd</guibutton> en dan op <guibutton>Probleemaanpak</"
+"guibutton> voor zeer bruikbaar advies om het probleem op te lossen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3160,44 +3756,54 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Tijdens installatie, in dit scherm, op <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> klikken is zinvol als er geen standaardstuurprogramma is en er meerdere stuurprogramma's beschikbaar zijn, maar u denkt dat de verkeerde gekozen is."
+msgstr ""
+"Tijdens installatie, in dit scherm, op <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> "
+"klikken is zinvol als er geen standaardstuurprogramma is en er meerdere "
+"stuurprogramma's beschikbaar zijn, maar u denkt dat de verkeerde gekozen is."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "In dat geval kunt u een ander stuurprogramma selecteren door te klikken op <guibutton>Een stuurprogramma uitzoeken</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"In dat geval kunt u een ander stuurprogramma selecteren door te klikken op "
+"<guibutton>Een stuurprogramma uitzoeken</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Bevestig het formatteren van de harde schijf"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Klik op <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik op <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> als u het zeker weet en elke partitie, elk besturingssysteem en alle gegevens op deze harde schijf wilt wissen."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> als u het zeker weet en elke "
+"partitie, elk besturingssysteem en alle gegevens op deze harde schijf wilt "
+"wissen."
diff --git a/docs/installer/pl.po b/docs/installer/pl.po
index abcec836..1ac2d94c 100644
--- a/docs/installer/pl.po
+++ b/docs/installer/pl.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Daniel Napora <napcok@gmail.com>, 2013
 # mrzysko <m.rzysko@gmail.com>, 2014
@@ -9,15 +9,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Polish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/pl/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Polish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"pl/)\n"
+"Language: pl\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: pl\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 "
+"|| n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32
@@ -27,9 +29,11 @@ msgstr "Licencja oraz informacje o wydaniu"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -39,31 +43,40 @@ msgstr "Umowa licencyjna"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Przed instalacją <application>Mageia</application>, proszę przeczytać uważnie warunki umowy licencyjnej."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Przed instalacją <application>Mageia</application>, proszę przeczytać "
+"uważnie warunki umowy licencyjnej."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Warunki umowy licencyjnej odnoszą się do całej dystrybucji <application>Mageia</application> i muszą być zaakceptowane przed kontynuacją instalacji."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Warunki umowy licencyjnej odnoszą się do całej dystrybucji "
+"<application>Mageia</application> i muszą być zaakceptowane przed "
+"kontynuacją instalacji."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Aby zaakceptować po prostu wybierz <guilabel>Akceptuj</guilabel> i kliknij <guibutton>Dalej</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aby zaakceptować po prostu wybierz <guilabel>Akceptuj</guilabel> i kliknij "
+"<guibutton>Dalej</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Jeśli zdecydujesz że nie zgadzasz się na warunki licencji, dziękujemy za zainteresowanie. Kliknięcie <guibutton>Zakończ</guibutton> spowoduje ponowne uruchomienie komputera."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli zdecydujesz że nie zgadzasz się na warunki licencji, dziękujemy za "
+"zainteresowanie. Kliknięcie <guibutton>Zakończ</guibutton> spowoduje ponowne "
+"uruchomienie komputera."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -75,7 +88,9 @@ msgstr "Informacje o wydaniu"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Aby zobaczyć co nowego w tym wydaniu <application>Mageia</application>, Kliknij <guibutton>Informacje na temat wydania</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aby zobaczyć co nowego w tym wydaniu <application>Mageia</application>, "
+"Kliknij <guibutton>Informacje na temat wydania</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -88,27 +103,32 @@ msgstr "pl"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Wybór nośników (konfiguracja dodatkowych nośników instalacyjnych)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Ten ekran pokazuje listę znalezionych nośników. Możesz dodać inne nośniki instalacyjne, jak dysk cd/dvd lub zdalny serwer sieciowy. Wybór źródeł (nośników) decyduje o tym jakie pakiety będą mogły zostać wybrane podczas następnych kroków."
+msgstr ""
+"Ten ekran pokazuje listę znalezionych nośników. Możesz dodać inne nośniki "
+"instalacyjne, jak dysk cd/dvd lub zdalny serwer sieciowy. Wybór źródeł "
+"(nośników) decyduje o tym jakie pakiety będą mogły zostać wybrane podczas "
+"następnych kroków."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -118,7 +138,9 @@ msgstr "Dla nośników sieciowych, wymagane są dwa kroki:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
 msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up."
-msgstr "Wybór i aktywacja połączenia sieciowego, jeśli jeszcze nie zostało ustanowione."
+msgstr ""
+"Wybór i aktywacja połączenia sieciowego, jeśli jeszcze nie zostało "
+"ustanowione."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
@@ -128,38 +150,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Wybór mirrora lub podanie adresu URL. Wybierając mirror masz dostęp do wszystkich repozytoriów udostępnianych przez Mageię, jak Nonfree, Tainted oraz Updates. Za pomocą URL możesz określić jakiekolwiek repozytorium lub swój własny mirror np. NFS."
+msgstr ""
+"Wybór mirrora lub podanie adresu URL. Wybierając mirror masz dostęp do "
+"wszystkich repozytoriów udostępnianych przez Mageię, jak Nonfree, Tainted "
+"oraz Updates. Za pomocą URL możesz określić jakiekolwiek repozytorium lub "
+"swój własny mirror np. NFS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Zarządzanie użytkownikami"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -171,8 +195,8 @@ msgstr "Ustawienie hasła administratora (root):"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
@@ -204,22 +228,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: użycie tego przycisku zmieni ikonę użytkownika."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: użycie tego przycisku zmieni ikonę użytkownika."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Imię i nazwisko</guilabel>: Wpisz swoje imię i nazwisko do tego pola tekstowego"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Imię i nazwisko</guilabel>: Wpisz swoje imię i nazwisko do tego "
+"pola tekstowego"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Nazwa użytkownika</guilabel>: Tutaj wpisz nazwę użytkownika - będzie ona używana podczas logowania. Możesz też pozwolić, aby instalator wygenerował nazwę na podstawie imienia i nazwiska. <emphasis>Wielkość liter ma znaczenie.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nazwa użytkownika</guilabel>: Tutaj wpisz nazwę użytkownika - "
+"będzie ona używana podczas logowania. Możesz też pozwolić, aby instalator "
+"wygenerował nazwę na podstawie imienia i nazwiska. <emphasis>Wielkość liter "
+"ma znaczenie.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -227,22 +258,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Hasło</guilabel>: W tym polu wpisz hasło użytkownika. Pojawi się w nim ikonka tarczy, która oznacza siłę hasła (Zobacz również <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Hasło</guilabel>: W tym polu wpisz hasło użytkownika. Pojawi się w "
+"nim ikonka tarczy, która oznacza siłę hasła (Zobacz również <xref linkend="
+"\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Hasło (powtórnie)</guilabel>: Wpisz powtórnie hasło użytkownika w tym polu, instalator sprawdzi czy hasła się zgadzają."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Hasło (powtórnie)</guilabel>: Wpisz powtórnie hasło użytkownika w "
+"tym polu, instalator sprawdzi czy hasła się zgadzają."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Wszyscy użytkownicy, których dodasz podczas instalacji Magei, będą mieli katalogi domowe (dostępne do odczytu dla każdego, ale do zapisu tylko dla danego użytkownika)"
+msgstr ""
+"Wszyscy użytkownicy, których dodasz podczas instalacji Magei, będą mieli "
+"katalogi domowe (dostępne do odczytu dla każdego, ale do zapisu tylko dla "
+"danego użytkownika)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -321,8 +360,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -330,27 +369,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Wybierz punkty montowania"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -370,8 +409,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -384,12 +423,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -410,9 +449,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -423,8 +462,8 @@ msgstr "Wybór pulpitu"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -440,7 +479,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -459,14 +500,15 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Wybór grup pakietów"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -502,8 +544,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -511,30 +553,30 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Samodzielny wybór pakietów"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -542,28 +584,30 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Konfiguracja usług"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -588,28 +632,33 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Konfiguruj strefę czasową"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Wybierz swoją strefę czasową poprzez wybranie swojego kraju lub miasta w pobliżu w tej samej strefie czasowej."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Wybierz swoją strefę czasową poprzez wybranie swojego kraju lub miasta w "
+"pobliżu w tej samej strefie czasowej."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
@@ -627,10 +676,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
@@ -690,30 +742,37 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Niektórzy producenci kart graficznych udostępniają własnościowe sterowniki dla Linuksa, które mogą być umieszczone jedynie w repozytorium Nonfree, w niektórych przypadkach są one dostępne jedynie na stronie producenta."
+msgstr ""
+"Niektórzy producenci kart graficznych udostępniają własnościowe sterowniki "
+"dla Linuksa, które mogą być umieszczone jedynie w repozytorium Nonfree, w "
+"niektórych przypadkach są one dostępne jedynie na stronie producenta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Aby je zainstalować musi być włączone repozytorium Nonfree. Jeśli nie włączono tego repozytorium wcześniej, należy je włączyć po ponownym uruchomieniu komputera."
+msgstr ""
+"Aby je zainstalować musi być włączone repozytorium Nonfree. Jeśli nie "
+"włączono tego repozytorium wcześniej, należy je włączyć po ponownym "
+"uruchomieniu komputera."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -722,11 +781,11 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -734,7 +793,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Karta graficzna</guibutton></emphasis>: Wybierz swoją kartę graficzną z listy."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Karta graficzna</guibutton></emphasis>: Wybierz swoją "
+"kartę graficzną z listy."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -764,11 +825,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -802,10 +863,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -816,9 +880,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Własny</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -873,10 +937,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -887,39 +951,41 @@ msgstr "Zaawansowany podział na partycje za pomocą DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -962,9 +1028,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -986,8 +1054,8 @@ msgstr "Wykorzystaj wolne miejsce"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -998,8 +1066,8 @@ msgstr "Wykorzystaj wolne miejsce na partycji Windows"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1052,8 +1120,8 @@ msgstr "Własne"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1063,8 +1131,8 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1099,8 +1167,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1123,8 +1190,8 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1137,24 +1204,24 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1162,31 +1229,37 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Gratulacje"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Instalacja i konfiguracja <application>Magei</application>została zakończona, teraz można bezpiecznie usunąć nośnik instalacyjny i uruchomić komputer ponownie."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalacja i konfiguracja <application>Magei</application>została "
+"zakończona, teraz można bezpiecznie usunąć nośnik instalacyjny i uruchomić "
+"komputer ponownie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1206,31 +1279,39 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Jeśli masz jakieś pytania, bądź chciał(a)byś dołączyć do pojektu Mageia - odwiedź www.mageia.org"
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli masz jakieś pytania, bądź chciał(a)byś dołączyć do pojektu Mageia - "
+"odwiedź www.mageia.org"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formatowanie"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Tutaj możesz wybrać, które partycje chcesz sformatować. Wszystkie dane na partycjach <emphasis>nie</emphasis> zaznaczonych do formatowania zostaną zachowane."
+msgstr ""
+"Tutaj możesz wybrać, które partycje chcesz sformatować. Wszystkie dane na "
+"partycjach <emphasis>nie</emphasis> zaznaczonych do formatowania zostaną "
+"zachowane."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
@@ -1256,8 +1337,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1271,14 +1352,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Niezależnie czy jesteś początkującym, czy zaawansowanym użytkownikiem GNU-Linuxa, instalator Magei jest zaprojektowany tak, aby uczynić instalację lub aktualizację łatwą i przyjemną. "
+msgstr ""
+"Niezależnie czy jesteś początkującym, czy zaawansowanym użytkownikiem GNU-"
+"Linuxa, instalator Magei jest zaprojektowany tak, aby uczynić instalację lub "
+"aktualizację łatwą i przyjemną. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "Pierwszy ekran instalatora zawiera różne opcje,jednak opcja zaznaczona domyślnie rozpoczyna instalację i zazwyczaj będzie to wszystko czego potrzebujesz."
+msgstr ""
+"Pierwszy ekran instalatora zawiera różne opcje,jednak opcja zaznaczona "
+"domyślnie rozpoczyna instalację i zazwyczaj będzie to wszystko czego "
+"potrzebujesz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1298,9 +1385,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
@@ -1323,7 +1409,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1335,9 +1422,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
@@ -1352,7 +1439,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1411,7 +1499,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1429,7 +1518,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1443,7 +1533,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
@@ -1463,9 +1554,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1476,8 +1566,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1488,24 +1578,31 @@ msgstr "Etapy instalacji"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Proces instalacji jest podzielony na kilka etapów, możesz je śledzić po lewej stronie ekranu instalatora."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Proces instalacji jest podzielony na kilka etapów, możesz je śledzić po "
+"lewej stronie ekranu instalatora."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Każdy etap zawiera jeden lub więcej ekranów, które mogą także mieć przycisk <guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton>, który umożliwia dostęp do rzadziej używanych opcji."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Każdy etap zawiera jeden lub więcej ekranów, które mogą także mieć przycisk "
+"<guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton>, który umożliwia dostęp do rzadziej "
+"używanych opcji."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "Większość ekranów posiada przycisk <guibutton>Pomoc</guibutton>, który pozwala na zapoznanie się z wyjaśnieniami dotyczącymi aktualnego etapu instalacji."
+msgstr ""
+"Większość ekranów posiada przycisk <guibutton>Pomoc</guibutton>, który "
+"pozwala na zapoznanie się z wyjaśnieniami dotyczącymi aktualnego etapu "
+"instalacji."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1515,10 +1612,19 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Jeśli w którymś momencie instalacji zdecydujesz się ją przerwać, istnieje możliwość ponownego uruchomienia komputera, lecz należy sie nad tym poważnie zastanowić. W chwili gdy partycje zostały już sformatowane lub rozpoczęła się instalacja pakietów, twój komputer nie jest już w takim samym stanie jak wcześniej, ponowne uruchomienie w tym momencie najprawdopodobniej spowoduje, że system nie będzie zdatny do użytku. Jeśli masz pewność, że chcesz ponownie uruchomić komputer, możesz przejśc do terminala tekstowego wciskając jednocześnie klawisze<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Następnie zrebootuj komputer za pomocą klawiszy <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli w którymś momencie instalacji zdecydujesz się ją przerwać, istnieje "
+"możliwość ponownego uruchomienia komputera, lecz należy sie nad tym poważnie "
+"zastanowić. W chwili gdy partycje zostały już sformatowane lub rozpoczęła "
+"się instalacja pakietów, twój komputer nie jest już w takim samym stanie jak "
+"wcześniej, ponowne uruchomienie w tym momencie najprawdopodobniej spowoduje, "
+"że system nie będzie zdatny do użytku. Jeśli masz pewność, że chcesz "
+"ponownie uruchomić komputer, możesz przejśc do terminala tekstowego "
+"wciskając jednocześnie klawisze<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Następnie "
+"zrebootuj komputer za pomocą klawiszy <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1530,24 +1636,25 @@ msgstr "Problemy z instalacją oraz możliwe rozwiązania"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Brak graficznego interfejsu"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Po ekranie powitalnym nie wyświetla się ekran wyboru języka. To może się zdarzyć dla niektórych kart graficznych lub starszych komputerów. Spróbuj użyć niskiej rozdzielczości wpisując w linii komend <code>vgalo</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"Po ekranie powitalnym nie wyświetla się ekran wyboru języka. To może się "
+"zdarzyć dla niektórych kart graficznych lub starszych komputerów. Spróbuj "
+"użyć niskiej rozdzielczości wpisując w linii komend <code>vgalo</code>."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1563,7 +1670,11 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Jeśli system zawiesi się podczas instalacji, może to oznaczać problem z detekcją sprzętu. W tym przypadku automatyczna detekcja sprzętu może zostać pominięta. Wpisz w linii komend <code>noauto</code>. Ta opcja może być łączona z innymi opcjami jeśli zajdzie taka potrzeba."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli system zawiesi się podczas instalacji, może to oznaczać problem z "
+"detekcją sprzętu. W tym przypadku automatyczna detekcja sprzętu może zostać "
+"pominięta. Wpisz w linii komend <code>noauto</code>. Ta opcja może być "
+"łączona z innymi opcjami jeśli zajdzie taka potrzeba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1575,9 +1686,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "To są rzadkie przypadki, jednak czasem zdarza się, że system zgłasza niepoprawnie ilość dostępnej pamięci RAM. Aby określić ją manualnie wpisz parametr <code>mem=xxxM</code>, gdzie xxx jest poprawną ilością dostępnej pamięci RAM wyrażoną w MB, np. <code>mem=256M</code> oznacza 256MB."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"To są rzadkie przypadki, jednak czasem zdarza się, że system zgłasza "
+"niepoprawnie ilość dostępnej pamięci RAM. Aby określić ją manualnie wpisz "
+"parametr <code>mem=xxxM</code>, gdzie xxx jest poprawną ilością dostępnej "
+"pamięci RAM wyrażoną w MB, np. <code>mem=256M</code> oznacza 256MB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1590,9 +1705,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1600,29 +1714,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Aktualizacje"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Od czasu gdy ta wersja <application>Magei</application> została udostępniona, niektóre pakiety zostały zaktualizowane lub poprawione."
+msgstr ""
+"Od czasu gdy ta wersja <application>Magei</application> została "
+"udostępniona, niektóre pakiety zostały zaktualizowane lub poprawione."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1630,7 +1744,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Wybierz <guilabel>tak</guilabel> jeśli chcesz je pobrać i zainstalować, wybierz <guilabel>nie</guilabel> jeśli nie chcesz tego teraz robić lub jeśli nie masz połączenia z Internetem"
+msgstr ""
+"Wybierz <guilabel>tak</guilabel> jeśli chcesz je pobrać i zainstalować, "
+"wybierz <guilabel>nie</guilabel> jeśli nie chcesz tego teraz robić lub jeśli "
+"nie masz połączenia z Internetem"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1642,55 +1759,72 @@ msgstr "Kliknij <guibutton>Dalej</guibutton> aby kontynuować"
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Wybór nośników (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Tutaj jest lista dostępnych repozytoriów. Nie wszystkie repozytoria są dostępne, zależy to od nośników jakie wykorzystujesz do instalacji. Wybór repozytoriów ma wpływ na to jakie pakiety będzie można zainstalować w następnych krokach."
+msgstr ""
+"Tutaj jest lista dostępnych repozytoriów. Nie wszystkie repozytoria są "
+"dostępne, zależy to od nośników jakie wykorzystujesz do instalacji. Wybór "
+"repozytoriów ma wpływ na to jakie pakiety będzie można zainstalować w "
+"następnych krokach."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "Repozytorium <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nie może zostać wyłączone ponieważ zawiera ono podstawowe pakiety dystrybucji."
+msgstr ""
+"Repozytorium <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nie może zostać wyłączone ponieważ "
+"zawiera ono podstawowe pakiety dystrybucji."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "Repozytorium <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wolne od opłat, które mogą być udostępniane przez Mageię, lecz zawierają oprogramowanie do którego źródła nie są dostępne (stąd nazwa - Nonfree). To repozytorium zawiera np. własnościowe sterowniki do kart graficznych nVidia oraz ATI, firmware dla niektórych kart WIFI, itp."
+msgstr ""
+"Repozytorium <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wolne od opłat, "
+"które mogą być udostępniane przez Mageię, lecz zawierają oprogramowanie do "
+"którego źródła nie są dostępne (stąd nazwa - Nonfree). To repozytorium "
+"zawiera np. własnościowe sterowniki do kart graficznych nVidia oraz ATI, "
+"firmware dla niektórych kart WIFI, itp."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "Repozytorium <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wydane na wolnych licencjach. Głównym powodem umieszczenia tych pakietów w tym repozytorium jest fakt, że mogą one naruszać prawa patentowe w niektórych krajach, np. kodeki multimedialne, pakiety potrzebne do odtwarzania komercyjnych płyt DVD, itp."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Repozytorium <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wydane na wolnych "
+"licencjach. Głównym powodem umieszczenia tych pakietów w tym repozytorium "
+"jest fakt, że mogą one naruszać prawa patentowe w niektórych krajach, np. "
+"kodeki multimedialne, pakiety potrzebne do odtwarzania komercyjnych płyt "
+"DVD, itp."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1701,8 +1835,8 @@ msgstr "Minimalna instalacja"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1727,34 +1861,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1779,8 +1916,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Strefa czasowa</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1824,8 +1961,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1889,8 +2026,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Karta dźwiękowa</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1901,8 +2038,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1913,10 +2049,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1960,8 +2097,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1977,8 +2114,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2020,10 +2157,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2031,15 +2167,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Poziom bezpieczeństwa"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2084,8 +2223,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2099,14 +2238,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2117,30 +2254,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2152,30 +2285,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2185,31 +2314,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2219,21 +2344,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2243,8 +2365,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2254,8 +2375,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2270,23 +2390,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2294,8 +2412,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2305,8 +2422,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2326,25 +2442,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2373,29 +2489,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2420,9 +2536,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2458,8 +2573,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2467,83 +2582,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2578,16 +2681,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2595,15 +2697,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2616,8 +2721,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
@@ -2638,13 +2743,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
@@ -2663,9 +2768,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2697,30 +2804,30 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2738,35 +2845,36 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2790,38 +2898,52 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Wybierz preferowany język, najpierw rozwijając listę dla swojego kontynentu. <application>Mageia</application> będzie używać wybranego języka zarówno podczas instalacji jak i w zainstalowanym systemie."
+msgstr ""
+"Wybierz preferowany język, najpierw rozwijając listę dla swojego kontynentu. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> będzie używać wybranego języka zarówno "
+"podczas instalacji jak i w zainstalowanym systemie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Jeśli potrzebujesz mieć kilka języków zainstalowanych w systemie, dla siebie lub innych użytkowników, możesz użyć przycisku <guibutton>Więcej języków</guibutton> aby je teraz dodać.  "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli potrzebujesz mieć kilka języków zainstalowanych w systemie, dla siebie "
+"lub innych użytkowników, możesz użyć przycisku <guibutton>Więcej języków</"
+"guibutton> aby je teraz dodać.  "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Nawet jeśli chcesz zainstalować więcej niż jeden język, musisz najpierw wybrać jeden z nich jako domyślny w głównym oknie wyboru języka. Będzie on również zaznaczony jako domyślny w oknie wyboru wielu języków."
+msgstr ""
+"Nawet jeśli chcesz zainstalować więcej niż jeden język, musisz najpierw "
+"wybrać jeden z nich jako domyślny w głównym oknie wyboru języka. Będzie on "
+"również zaznaczony jako domyślny w oknie wyboru wielu języków."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Jeśli język twojej klawiatury nie jest taki sam jak język, który wybierasz jako domyślny, należy zainstalować także język odpowiedni do twojej klawiatury."
+msgstr ""
+"Jeśli język twojej klawiatury nie jest taki sam jak język, który wybierasz "
+"jako domyślny, należy zainstalować także język odpowiedni do twojej "
+"klawiatury."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2829,31 +2951,38 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia używa domyślnie kodowania UTF-8 (Unikod). Jeśli wiesz, że to kodowanie nie jest odpowiednie dla twojego języka, możesz wyłączyć wsparcie dla UTF-8 w oknie \"więcej języków\". Będzie to dotyczyć wszystkich zainstalowanych języków."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia używa domyślnie kodowania UTF-8 (Unikod). Jeśli wiesz, że to "
+"kodowanie nie jest odpowiednie dla twojego języka, możesz wyłączyć wsparcie "
+"dla UTF-8 w oknie \"więcej języków\". Będzie to dotyczyć wszystkich "
+"zainstalowanych języków."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Po instalacji możesz zmienic domyslny język uzywany w systemie za pomocą Centrum Sterowania Mageia -> System -> Zarządzanie lokalizacją systemu"
+msgstr ""
+"Po instalacji możesz zmienic domyslny język uzywany w systemie za pomocą "
+"Centrum Sterowania Mageia -> System -> Zarządzanie lokalizacją systemu"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Wybierz mysz"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
@@ -2865,8 +2994,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2877,56 +3006,73 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
@@ -2937,31 +3083,31 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Podstawowe opcje programu rozruchowego"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3015,16 +3161,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3037,8 +3183,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3046,8 +3192,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3060,9 +3206,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -3070,29 +3216,28 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3113,13 +3258,15 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Konfiguracja dźwięku"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3143,9 +3290,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -3173,19 +3319,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
@@ -3197,6 +3344,6 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po
index 888dcdd4..3d1b2ac5 100644
--- a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po
+++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013
 # Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013-2014
@@ -10,14 +10,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-22 01:20+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/"
+"mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n"
+"Language: pt_BR\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: pt_BR\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -28,9 +29,12 @@ msgstr "Licenças e Notas de Lançamento"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -40,31 +44,38 @@ msgstr "Acordo de Licença"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Antes de instalar a <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, leia os termos e condições da licença cuidadosamente."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Antes de instalar a <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, leia os "
+"termos e condições da licença cuidadosamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Estes termos e condições aplicam-se à distribuição <application>Mageia</application> toda e deve ser aceita antes para que você possa continuar."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Estes termos e condições aplicam-se à distribuição <application>Mageia</"
+"application> toda e deve ser aceita antes para que você possa continuar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Para aceitar, basta selecionar <guilabel>Aceitar</guilabel> e, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para aceitar, basta selecionar <guilabel>Aceitar</guilabel> e, em seguida, "
+"clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Se você decidir não aceitar essas condições, então agradecemos a procura. Clicando <guibutton>Sair</guibutton> irá reiniciar seu computador."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você decidir não aceitar essas condições, então agradecemos a procura. "
+"Clicando <guibutton>Sair</guibutton> irá reiniciar seu computador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -76,7 +87,9 @@ msgstr "Notas de Lançamento"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Para ver o que há de novo nesta versão da <application>Mageia</application>, clique no botão <guibutton>Notas de Lançamento</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para ver o que há de novo nesta versão da <application>Mageia</application>, "
+"clique no botão <guibutton>Notas de Lançamento</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -89,27 +102,32 @@ msgstr "pt_BR"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Configurar a Instalação de Mídias Suplementares )"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota.  A fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode "
+"adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota.  A "
+"fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção "
+"durante os próximos passos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -129,38 +147,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia, como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates.  Informando uma URL, você pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento NFS de instalação."
+msgstr ""
+"selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando "
+"um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia, "
+"como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates.  Informando uma URL, você "
+"pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento "
+"NFS de instalação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Gerenciador de Usuário e Superusuário"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -172,20 +193,31 @@ msgstr "Definir senha do administrador (root):"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "É aconselhável para todas as instalações <application>Mageia</application> definir um superusuário e a senha do administrador, normalmente chamado a <emphasis>senha de root</emphasis> no Linux. A medida que você digite uma senha na caixa de cima, a cor de seu escudo vai mudar de vermelho para amarelo para verde, dependendo da força da senha. Um escudo verde mostra que você está usando uma senha forte. Você precisa repetir a mesma senha na caixa logo abaixo da primeira caixa de senha, verificando se você não tiver digitado corretamente a primeira senha, comparando-as."
+msgstr ""
+"É aconselhável para todas as instalações <application>Mageia</application> "
+"definir um superusuário e a senha do administrador, normalmente chamado a "
+"<emphasis>senha de root</emphasis> no Linux. A medida que você digite uma "
+"senha na caixa de cima, a cor de seu escudo vai mudar de vermelho para "
+"amarelo para verde, dependendo da força da senha. Um escudo verde mostra que "
+"você está usando uma senha forte. Você precisa repetir a mesma senha na "
+"caixa logo abaixo da primeira caixa de senha, verificando se você não tiver "
+"digitado corretamente a primeira senha, comparando-as."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Todas as senhas são \"case sensitive\" (diferenciam entre letras maiúsculas e minusculas), o melhor é usar uma mistura de letras (maiúsculas e minúsculas), números e outros caracteres em uma senha."
+msgstr ""
+"Todas as senhas são \"case sensitive\" (diferenciam entre letras maiúsculas "
+"e minusculas), o melhor é usar uma mistura de letras (maiúsculas e "
+"minúsculas), números e outros caracteres em uma senha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -198,29 +230,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Adicionar um usuário aqui. Um usuário tem menos direitos do que o superusuário (root), mas o suficiente para navegar na internet, usar aplicativos de escritório ou jogar jogos e qualquer outra coisa que o usuário médio faz com o seu computador."
+msgstr ""
+"Adicionar um usuário aqui. Um usuário tem menos direitos do que o "
+"superusuário (root), mas o suficiente para navegar na internet, usar "
+"aplicativos de escritório ou jogar jogos e qualquer outra coisa que o "
+"usuário médio faz com o seu computador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ícone</guibutton>: se você clicar neste botão irá mudar o ícone de usuários."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ícone</guibutton>: se você clicar neste botão irá mudar o ícone "
+"de usuários."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Nome real</guilabel>: Insira o nome de usuários reais na caixa de texto."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nome real</guilabel>: Insira o nome de usuários reais na caixa de "
+"texto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>nome de Login</guilabel>: Aqui você digita o nome de login do usuário ou deixe DrakX usar uma versão do nome do usuário real. O nome de login é \"case sensitive\"."
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>nome de Login</guilabel>: Aqui você digita o nome de login do "
+"usuário ou deixe DrakX usar uma versão do nome do usuário real. O nome de "
+"login é \"case sensitive\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -228,22 +271,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Nesta caixa de texto você deve digitar a senha do usuário. Existe um escudo no final da caixa de texto que indica a força da senha. (Veja também <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Nesta caixa de texto você deve digitar a senha "
+"do usuário. Existe um escudo no final da caixa de texto que indica a força "
+"da senha. (Veja também <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Redigite a senha do usuário na caixa de texto e Drakx irá verificar se você digitou a mesma senha em cada uma das caixas de texto de senha do usuário."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Redigite a senha do usuário na caixa "
+"de texto e Drakx irá verificar se você digitou a mesma senha em cada uma das "
+"caixas de texto de senha do usuário."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Qualquer usuário que você acrescenta instalando Mageia, terá um mundo legível (estará protegido) o diretório de home."
+msgstr ""
+"Qualquer usuário que você acrescenta instalando Mageia, terá um mundo "
+"legível (estará protegido) o diretório de home."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -251,14 +302,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "No entanto, durante a utilização da nova instalação, qualquer usuário adicionar em <emphasis> MCC - Sistema - Gerenciar usuários no sistema </emphasis> terá um diretório que é ler e escrever protegidos."
+msgstr ""
+"No entanto, durante a utilização da nova instalação, qualquer usuário "
+"adicionar em <emphasis> MCC - Sistema - Gerenciar usuários no sistema </"
+"emphasis> terá um diretório que é ler e escrever protegidos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Se você não quer um diretório home legível do mundo para alguém, aconselha-se apenas adicionar um usuário temporário agora e adicione o (s) real após a reinicialização."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não quer um diretório home legível do mundo para alguém, aconselha-"
+"se apenas adicionar um usuário temporário agora e adicione o (s) real após a "
+"reinicialização."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -266,12 +323,17 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Se você prefere diretórios home legíveis mundiais, você pode querer acrescentar todos os usuários necessários extra <emphasis>Configuração - Sumário</emphasis> passo durante instalar. Escolha <emphasis>o gerênciador de Usuário </emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você prefere diretórios home legíveis mundiais, você pode querer "
+"acrescentar todos os usuários necessários extra <emphasis>Configuração - "
+"Sumário</emphasis> passo durante instalar. Escolha <emphasis>o gerênciador "
+"de Usuário </emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
-msgstr "As permissões de acesso também podem ser modificadas depois de instalar."
+msgstr ""
+"As permissões de acesso também podem ser modificadas depois de instalar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:116
@@ -284,7 +346,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Se o botão <guibutton>avançado</guibutton> é clicado, é oferecido a você uma tela que permite que você edite as configurações do usuário que você está adicionando. Além disso, você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de convidado."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o botão <guibutton>avançado</guibutton> é clicado, é oferecido a você uma "
+"tela que permite que você edite as configurações do usuário que você está "
+"adicionando. Além disso, você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de "
+"convidado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -292,7 +358,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Qualquer coisa que um convidado com uma conta de convidado padrão <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> salva em seu diretório <literal>/home</literal> será apagada quando ele sair. O usuário convidado deve salvar seus arquivos importantes em um pendrive USB."
+msgstr ""
+"Qualquer coisa que um convidado com uma conta de convidado padrão "
+"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis> salva em seu diretório <literal>/home</literal> "
+"será apagada quando ele sair. O usuário convidado deve salvar seus arquivos "
+"importantes em um pendrive USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -300,7 +370,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Ativar conta de convidado</guilabel>: Aqui você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de convidado. A conta de convidado permite que um convidado acessar e usar o PC, mas ele tem acesso mais restrito do que os usuários normais."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ativar conta de convidado</guilabel>: Aqui você pode ativar ou "
+"desativar uma conta de convidado. A conta de convidado permite que um "
+"convidado acessar e usar o PC, mas ele tem acesso mais restrito do que os "
+"usuários normais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -308,7 +382,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta lista suspensa permite que você altere o shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior, as opções são Bash, Dash e Sh."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta lista suspensa permite que você altere o "
+"shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior, as "
+"opções são Bash, Dash e Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -316,42 +393,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID de usuário</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir o ID de usuário para o usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior. Este é um número. Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID de usuário</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir o ID de usuário "
+"para o usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior. Este é um número. "
+"Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID de Grupo</guilabel>: Isso permite que você defina o ID do grupo. Também um número, normalmente o mesmo que para o utilizador. Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID de Grupo</guilabel>: Isso permite que você defina o ID do "
+"grupo. Também um número, normalmente o mesmo que para o utilizador. Deixe em "
+"branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Escolha os pontos de montagem"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountpoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountpoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -359,46 +442,64 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Aqui você vê as partições Linux que foram encontrados em seu computador. Se você não concorda com as sugestões do <application>DrakX</application>, você pode alterar os pontos de montagem."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você vê as partições Linux que foram encontrados em seu computador. Se "
+"você não concorda com as sugestões do <application>DrakX</application>, você "
+"pode alterar os pontos de montagem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Se você mudar alguma coisa, certifique-se de ainda ter uma partição <literal>/</literal> (root)."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você mudar alguma coisa, certifique-se de ainda ter uma partição "
+"<literal>/</literal> (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Cada partição é mostrada como segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidade\", \"Ponto de montagem\", \"Tipo\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada partição é mostrada como segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidade\", "
+"\"Ponto de montagem\", \"Tipo\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Dispositivo\", é composto de: \"disco rígido\", [\"número do disco rígido\" (letra)], \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Dispositivo\", é composto de: \"disco rígido\", [\"número do disco rígido"
+"\" (letra)], \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Se você tiver várias partições, você pode escolher vários pontos de montagem diferentes a partir de um menu rolante (drop-down), como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> e <literal>/var</literal>. Você mesmo pode fazer seus próprios pontos de montagem, por exemplo <literal>/video</literal> para uma partição onde você deseja armazenar seus filmes, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> para a partição <literal>/home</literal> de uma instalação caldeirão (versão da Mageia em desenvolvimento)."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver várias partições, você pode escolher vários pontos de montagem "
+"diferentes a partir de um menu rolante (drop-down), como <literal>/</"
+"literal>, <literal>/home</literal> e <literal>/var</literal>. Você mesmo "
+"pode fazer seus próprios pontos de montagem, por exemplo <literal>/video</"
+"literal> para uma partição onde você deseja armazenar seus filmes, ou "
+"<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> para a partição <literal>/home</literal> "
+"de uma instalação caldeirão (versão da Mageia em desenvolvimento)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Para partições que você não precisa ter acesso, você pode deixar o campo do ponto de montagem em branco."
+msgstr ""
+"Para partições que você não precisa ter acesso, você pode deixar o campo do "
+"ponto de montagem em branco."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -406,15 +507,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Escolha a opção <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tiver certeza do que escolher, e em seguida, assinale o <guilabel>Personalização do particionamento de disco</guilabel>. Na tela seguinte você pode clicar em uma partição para ver seu tipo e tamanho."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha a opção <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tiver certeza do "
+"que escolher, e em seguida, assinale o <guilabel>Personalização do "
+"particionamento de disco</guilabel>. Na tela seguinte você pode clicar em "
+"uma partição para ver seu tipo e tamanho."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Se você tiver certeza que os pontos de montagem estão corretos, clique em <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> e escolha se você só quiser formatar a(s) partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver certeza que os pontos de montagem estão corretos, clique em "
+"<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> e escolha se você só quiser formatar a(s) "
+"partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -424,9 +532,11 @@ msgstr "Seleção de Área de Trabalho"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais para ajustar as suas escolhas."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais "
+"para ajustar as suas escolhas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -434,14 +544,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides "
+"durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser "
+"desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -453,21 +568,29 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho <application>KDE</application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos vêm com um conjunto completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se você quer algo diferente do que as escolhas de software padrão para estes ambientes de desktop. O desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve que os dois anteriores, ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes instalado por padrão."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho <application>KDE</"
+"application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos vêm com um conjunto "
+"completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque <guilabel>Personalizar</"
+"guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se você quer algo diferente do "
+"que as escolhas de software padrão para estes ambientes de desktop. O "
+"desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve que os dois anteriores, "
+"ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes instalado por padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Seleção de Grupo de Pacotes"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -476,7 +599,12 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o mouse é passado sobre eles."
+msgstr ""
+"Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você "
+"precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante "
+"autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um "
+"está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o "
+"mouse é passado sobre eles."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -498,74 +626,91 @@ msgstr "Ambiente Gráfico."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou remover pacotes manualmente."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou "
+"remover pacotes manualmente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do a minimal install."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Escolha Pacotes Individuais"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para personalizar a instalação."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para "
+"personalizar a instalação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do <guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema, pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do "
+"<guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a "
+"sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então "
+"usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema, "
+"pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Configurar os seus serviços"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você inicializar seu sistema."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você "
+"inicializar seu sistema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e ver todos os serviços nele."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e "
+"ver todos os serviços nele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -577,48 +722,61 @@ msgstr "A configuração escolhida pelo DrakX são geralmente boas."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas na caixa de informações abaixo."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas "
+"na caixa de informações abaixo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
-msgstr "Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo."
+msgstr ""
+"Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Configure o seu fuso horário"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você no mesmo fuso horário."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você "
+"no mesmo fuso horário."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local "
+"ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador, certifique-se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos para a UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador, certifique-"
+"se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos para a UTC/"
+"GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -628,24 +786,31 @@ msgstr "Escolha um Servidor X (Configure sua Placa de Vídeo)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente "
+"identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:"
+msgstr ""
+"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe "
+"identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -668,7 +833,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar um driver adequado na categoria Xorg"
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque "
+"ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar "
+"um driver adequado na categoria Xorg"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -676,14 +844,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos."
+msgstr ""
+"A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de "
+"código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua "
+"placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode ter acesso à interface de linha de comando."
+msgstr ""
+"Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode "
+"ter acesso à interface de linha de comando."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -691,30 +864,37 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree e, em alguns casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas."
+msgstr ""
+"Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para "
+"Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree e, em alguns "
+"casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "O repositório Nonfree tem de ser explicitamente permitido para acessá-los. Se você não o selecionou anteriormente, você deve fazer isto depois que os seus primeiros reiniciam."
+msgstr ""
+"O repositório Nonfree tem de ser explicitamente permitido para acessá-los. "
+"Se você não o selecionou anteriormente, você deve fazer isto depois que os "
+"seus primeiros reiniciam."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuração da placa de vídeo e monitor"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -723,19 +903,31 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da <application>Mageia</application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de interface gráfica de usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou simplesmente <acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente gráfico funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir precisam ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver que o <application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você acha que a escolha é incorreta."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de "
+"desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de interface gráfica de "
+"usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou simplesmente "
+"<acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</"
+"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente gráfico "
+"funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir precisam "
+"ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver que o "
+"<application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você acha que "
+"a escolha é incorreta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua placa da lista, se necessário.."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua "
+"placa da lista, se necessário.."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -745,7 +937,13 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou <guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e vertical do seu monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor "
+"a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou "
+"<guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se "
+"você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e "
+"vertical do seu monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -757,7 +955,9 @@ msgstr "Taxas de atualização incorreta pode danificar o seu monitor"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a "
+"resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -765,19 +965,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder \"sim\", e as configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar bom. <emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>."
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem "
+"sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar "
+"suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se "
+"suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder \"sim\", e as "
+"configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a "
+"tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar bom. "
+"<emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais "
+"segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por ativar ou desativar várias opções."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por "
+"ativar ou desativar várias opções."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -789,7 +999,9 @@ msgstr "Escolhendo seu Monitor"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente identificará corretamente o seu."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente "
+"identificará corretamente o seu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -798,15 +1010,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas, consulte a documentação de seu monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode "
+"danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem "
+"conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas, "
+"consulte a documentação de seu monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -817,10 +1036,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de "
+"atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização "
+"vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização "
+"horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -829,7 +1052,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de "
+"monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu "
+"equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma "
+"configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -841,7 +1068,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados."
+msgstr ""
+"É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -853,7 +1081,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Fabricante</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo:"
+msgstr ""
+"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe "
+"identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -874,11 +1104,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como 1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado automaticamente.  Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas seleções."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é "
+"frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o "
+"driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado "
+"automaticamente.  Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas "
+"seleções."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -888,47 +1124,64 @@ msgstr "Personalização do particionamento de disco com DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição <literal>/boot</literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição <literal>/boot</literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal> "
+"(raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição <literal>/boot</"
+"literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição <literal>/boot</"
+"literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Ajuste o layout de seu(s) disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar partições, mudar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu tamanho e até mesmo ver o que há neles antes de começar."
+msgstr ""
+"Ajuste o layout de seu(s) disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar "
+"partições, mudar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu "
+"tamanho e até mesmo ver o que há neles antes de começar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três deles."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento "
+"detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três "
+"deles."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado."
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições "
+"no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Para todas as outras ações: clicar na partição desejada primeiro. Em seguida, visualizá-la, ou escolher um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la."
+msgstr ""
+"Para todas as outras ações: clicar na partição desejada primeiro. Em "
+"seguida, visualizá-la, ou escolher um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de "
+"montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -951,21 +1204,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Nesta tela você pode ver o conteúdo do seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s) e ver as soluções que o assistente de particionamento DrakX encontrou para onde instalar <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta tela você pode ver o conteúdo do seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s) e ver as "
+"soluções que o assistente de particionamento DrakX encontrou para onde "
+"instalar <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "As opções disponíveis na lista abaixo irão variar, dependendo do layout e do conteúdo específicos do(s) seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"As opções disponíveis na lista abaixo irão variar, dependendo do layout e do "
+"conteúdo específicos do(s) seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center"
+"\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -977,7 +1237,9 @@ msgstr "Utilizar as partições existentes"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Se esta opção estiver disponível, então partições existentes compatíveis com o Linux foram encontrados e podem ser utilizadas para a instalação."
+msgstr ""
+"Se esta opção estiver disponível, então partições existentes compatíveis com "
+"o Linux foram encontrados e podem ser utilizadas para a instalação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -987,9 +1249,11 @@ msgstr "Usar o espaço livre"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em seu disco rígido, então esta opção irá usá-lo para a sua nova instalação da Mageia."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em seu disco rígido, então esta opção irá "
+"usá-lo para a sua nova instalação da Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -999,9 +1263,11 @@ msgstr "Use o espaço livre na partição do Windows"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em uma partição existente do Windows, o instalador pode oferecer para usá-lo."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em uma partição existente do Windows, o "
+"instalador pode oferecer para usá-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1009,7 +1275,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Esta pode ser uma maneira útil de obter espaço para a sua nova instalação da Mageia, mas é uma operação arriscada, por isso você deve ter a certeza de ter um backup de todos os arquivos importantes!"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta pode ser uma maneira útil de obter espaço para a sua nova instalação da "
+"Mageia, mas é uma operação arriscada, por isso você deve ter a certeza de "
+"ter um backup de todos os arquivos importantes!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1020,7 +1289,13 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Note que isto envolve a redução do tamanho da partição do Windows. A partição deve ser \"limpa\", o que significa que o Windows deve ter fechado corretamente na última vez que foi usado. Deve também ter sido desfragmentado, embora isto não seja uma garantia de que todos os arquivos da partição foram movidos para fora da área que está prestes a ser usada. É altamente recomendável fazer backup de seus arquivos pessoais."
+msgstr ""
+"Note que isto envolve a redução do tamanho da partição do Windows. A "
+"partição deve ser \"limpa\", o que significa que o Windows deve ter fechado "
+"corretamente na última vez que foi usado. Deve também ter sido "
+"desfragmentado, embora isto não seja uma garantia de que todos os arquivos "
+"da partição foram movidos para fora da área que está prestes a ser usada. É "
+"altamente recomendável fazer backup de seus arquivos pessoais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1035,7 +1310,9 @@ msgstr "Esta opção utilizará a unidade completa para a Mageia."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Atenção! Esta operação apagará todos os dados do disco rígido selecionado. Tenha cuidado!"
+msgstr ""
+"Atenção! Esta operação apagará todos os dados do disco rígido selecionado. "
+"Tenha cuidado!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1043,7 +1320,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Se você pretende utilizar parte do disco rígido para finalidade, ou você já tem dados na unidade que você não deseja perder, então não utilize esta opção."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você pretende utilizar parte do disco rígido para finalidade, ou você já "
+"tem dados na unidade que você não deseja perder, então não utilize esta "
+"opção."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1053,9 +1333,11 @@ msgstr "Personalizado"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Isso lhe dará total controle sobre o local da instalação em seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Isso lhe dará total controle sobre o local da instalação em seu(s) disco(s) "
+"rígido(s)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1064,10 +1346,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Alguns discos mais recentes, estão usando setores lógicos de 4096 bytes, ao invés do padrão anterior de 512 bytes. Em razão da indisponibilidade de hardware, o programa de particionamento usado na instalação, ainda não foi testado com discos deste tipo. Também alguns discos ssd agora utilizam um erase block com mais de 1 MB. Se você possui um disco deste tipo, sugerimos o pré-particionamento do disco, usando um programa de particionamento alternativo, tipo o gparted, e use a seguinte configuração:"
+msgstr ""
+"Alguns discos mais recentes, estão usando setores lógicos de 4096 bytes, ao "
+"invés do padrão anterior de 512 bytes. Em razão da indisponibilidade de "
+"hardware, o programa de particionamento usado na instalação, ainda não foi "
+"testado com discos deste tipo. Também alguns discos ssd agora utilizam um "
+"erase block com mais de 1 MB. Se você possui um disco deste tipo, sugerimos "
+"o pré-particionamento do disco, usando um programa de particionamento "
+"alternativo, tipo o gparted, e use a seguinte configuração:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1083,7 +1372,9 @@ msgstr "\"Espaço livre Antes (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Certifique-se também que todas as partições tenham sido criadas com um número par de megabytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Certifique-se também que todas as partições tenham sido criadas com um "
+"número par de megabytes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1100,8 +1391,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Fevereiro 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1124,10 +1414,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz durante a instalação."
+msgstr ""
+"Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As "
+"telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz "
+"durante a instalação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1138,64 +1431,83 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc."
+"biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a "
+"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de "
+"Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Parabéns"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Você terminou de instalar e configurar a <application>Mageia</application> e agora é seguro remover a mídia de instalação e reiniciar o seu computador."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Você terminou de instalar e configurar a <application>Mageia</application> e "
+"agora é seguro remover a mídia de instalação e reiniciar o seu computador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Depois de reiniciar, você poderá escolher, na tela do gerenciador de inicialização, entre os sistemas operacionais instalados no seu computador (se você tiver mais de um)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de reiniciar, você poderá escolher, na tela do gerenciador de "
+"inicialização, entre os sistemas operacionais instalados no seu computador "
+"(se você tiver mais de um)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Se você não ajustar as configurações no Gerenciador de Inicialização, sua instalação Mageia será automaticamente selecionada e iniciada."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não ajustar as configurações no Gerenciador de Inicialização, sua "
+"instalação Mageia será automaticamente selecionada e iniciada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1207,43 +1519,55 @@ msgstr "Divirta-se!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Visite o site www.mageia.org se você tiver dúvidas ou quiser contribuir para a Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Visite o site www.mageia.org se você tiver dúvidas ou quiser contribuir para "
+"a Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formatação"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Aqui você pode escolher qual(s) partição(s) que deseja formatar. Quaisquer dados nas partições marcadas para formatação <emphasis>não</emphasis> serão salvos."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você pode escolher qual(s) partição(s) que deseja formatar. Quaisquer "
+"dados nas partições marcadas para formatação <emphasis>não</emphasis> serão "
+"salvos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Normalmente, pelo menos as partições DrakX selecionados precisam ser formatadas."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalmente, pelo menos as partições DrakX selecionados precisam ser "
+"formatadas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> para escolher as partições que você deseja verificar os chamados <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> para escolher as partições que "
+"você deseja verificar os chamados <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1252,14 +1576,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Se você não tem certeza de ter feito a escolha certa, você pode clicar em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novamente em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> e, em seguida, <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> para voltar à tela principal. Nessa tela você pode escolher para ver o que está em suas partições."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não tem certeza de ter feito a escolha certa, você pode clicar em "
+"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novamente em <guibutton>Anterior</"
+"guibutton> e, em seguida, <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> para voltar à "
+"tela principal. Nessa tela você pode escolher para ver o que está em suas "
+"partições."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Quando você estiver confiante em relação a seleção, clique em <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando você estiver confiante em relação a seleção, clique em "
+"<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1272,14 +1603,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando possível."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia "
+"foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando "
+"possível."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar."
+msgstr ""
+"A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o "
+"instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1299,10 +1635,11 @@ msgstr "Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um DVD Mageia:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1313,19 +1650,25 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #: en/installer.xml:46
 msgid ""
 "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
-msgstr "A partir desta primeira tela, é possível definir algumas preferências pessoais:"
+msgstr ""
+"A partir desta primeira tela, é possível definir algumas preferências "
+"pessoais:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
 "language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
-msgstr "A língua (para apenas a instalação, pode ser diferente, que a língua escolhida para o sistema), pressionando a tecla F2"
+msgstr ""
+"A língua (para apenas a instalação, pode ser diferente, que a língua "
+"escolhida para o sistema), pressionando a tecla F2"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
@@ -1336,15 +1679,20 @@ msgstr "Use as setas para selecionar o idioma e pressione a tecla Enter."
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Aqui está, por exemplo, a tela de boas-vindas francês ao usar um DVD Live/CD. Note que o menu do Live DVD / CD não propõe: <guilabel>Resgate de Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>teste de memória</guilabel> e <guilabel> ferramenta de detecção de Hardware</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui está, por exemplo, a tela de boas-vindas francês ao usar um DVD Live/"
+"CD. Note que o menu do Live DVD / CD não propõe: <guilabel>Resgate de "
+"Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>teste de memória</guilabel> e <guilabel> "
+"ferramenta de detecção de Hardware</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1353,8 +1701,10 @@ msgstr "Alterar a resolução da tela, pressionando a tecla F3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
@@ -1367,7 +1717,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
 "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
 "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
-msgstr "Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo utilizando uma das opções adicionais. O menu chamado por F6 exibe uma nova linha chamada <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> e propor quatro entradas:"
+msgstr ""
+"Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo utilizando "
+"uma das opções adicionais. O menu chamado por F6 exibe uma nova linha "
+"chamada <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> e propor quatro "
+"entradas:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:99
@@ -1379,28 +1733,36 @@ msgstr "- Padrão, ele não altera nada nas opções padrão."
 msgid ""
 "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of "
 "performances."
-msgstr "- Configurações Seguras, é dada prioridade às opções mais seguras, em detrimento de performances."
+msgstr ""
+"- Configurações Seguras, é dada prioridade às opções mais seguras, em "
+"detrimento de performances."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
 "isn't taken into account."
-msgstr "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gerenciamento de energia não é levado em conta."
+msgstr ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gerenciamento de "
+"energia não é levado em conta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:108
 msgid ""
 "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
 "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
-msgstr "- No APIC local (Local avançada Controlador de interrupção programável), trata-se de interrupções de CPU, selecione essa opção se você pediu."
+msgstr ""
+"- No APIC local (Local avançada Controlador de interrupção programável), "
+"trata-se de interrupções de CPU, selecione essa opção se você pediu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
 "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
-msgstr "Quando você seleciona uma destas entradas, ele modifica as opções padrão exibido nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando você seleciona uma destas entradas, ele modifica as opções padrão "
+"exibido nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:116
@@ -1408,12 +1770,17 @@ msgid ""
 "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
 "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
 "however, they are really taken into account."
-msgstr "Em alguns lançamentos Mageia, pode acontecer que as entradas selecionadas com a tecla F6 não aparecer nas  <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha, no entanto, eles são realmente levados em conta."
+msgstr ""
+"Em alguns lançamentos Mageia, pode acontecer que as entradas selecionadas "
+"com a tecla F6 não aparecer nas  <guilabel>opções de inicialização</"
+"guilabel> linha, no entanto, eles são realmente levados em conta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:130
@@ -1426,12 +1793,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with "
 "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
 "go back to the welcome screen."
-msgstr "Pressionando F1 abre uma nova janela com opções mais disponíveis. Escolha um com as teclas de seta e pressione Enter para ter mais detalhes ou pressione a tecla Esc para voltar para a tela de boas-vindas."
+msgstr ""
+"Pressionando F1 abre uma nova janela com opções mais disponíveis. Escolha um "
+"com as teclas de seta e pressione Enter para ter mais detalhes ou pressione "
+"a tecla Esc para voltar para a tela de boas-vindas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
@@ -1440,12 +1812,18 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
 "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
 "line."
-msgstr "A visão detalhada sobre a opção inicial. Pressione Esc ou selecione  <guilabel>Voltar as opções de inicialização</guilabel> para voltar à lista de opções. Essas opções podem por adicionados à mão nas  <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha."
+msgstr ""
+"A visão detalhada sobre a opção inicial. Pressione Esc ou selecione  "
+"<guilabel>Voltar as opções de inicialização</guilabel> para voltar à lista "
+"de opções. Essas opções podem por adicionados à mão nas  <guilabel>opções de "
+"inicialização</guilabel> linha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
@@ -1457,17 +1835,22 @@ msgstr "A ajuda é traduzida no idioma escolhido com a tecla F2."
 msgid ""
 "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
 "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):"
-msgstr "Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um CD de instalação baseado em rede com fio (boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso imagens):"
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um CD de instalação baseado em "
+"rede com fio (boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso imagens):"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:169
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
-msgstr "Ele não permite a alteração da língua, as opções disponíveis estão descritos na tela. Para mais informações sobre o uso de um CD de instalação baseada em rede com fio, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\"> o Mageia Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Ele não permite a alteração da língua, as opções disponíveis estão descritos "
+"na tela. Para mais informações sobre o uso de um CD de instalação baseada em "
+"rede com fio, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\"> o Mageia Wiki</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:175
@@ -1477,9 +1860,11 @@ msgstr "O layout do teclado é o americano."
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1489,24 +1874,30 @@ msgstr "As etapas de instalação"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser seguido no painel lateral da tela."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser "
+"seguido no painel lateral da tela."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões <guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente necessárias."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões "
+"<guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente "
+"necessárias."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém explicações sobre a etapa atual."
+msgstr ""
+"A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém "
+"explicações sobre a etapa atual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1516,10 +1907,19 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso.  Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto, você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2 </guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar."
+msgstr ""
+"Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a "
+"instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de "
+"fazer isso.  Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações "
+"começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e "
+"reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto, "
+"você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um "
+"terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2 </"
+"guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt "
+"Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1531,25 +1931,32 @@ msgstr "Problemas de Instalação e Possíveis Soluções"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Sem Interface Gráfica"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma.  Isto pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt (modo-texto)."
+msgstr ""
+"Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma.  Isto "
+"pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar "
+"uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt (modo-"
+"texto)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
-msgstr "Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser possível. Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo texto. Para utilizar este bateu ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com ENTER. Você será presenteado com uma tela preta com a palavra \"boot:\". Digite \"texto\" e pressione ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação em modo texto."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser possível. "
+"Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo texto. Para utilizar "
+"este bateu ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com ENTER. Você "
+"será presenteado com uma tela preta com a palavra \"boot:\". Digite \"texto"
+"\" e pressione ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação em modo texto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:245
@@ -1564,7 +1971,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle <code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema "
+"com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware "
+"pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle "
+"<code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser "
+"combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1576,9 +1988,14 @@ msgstr "problema RAM"
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá especificar 256MB de RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode "
+"relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso "
+"manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o "
+"a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá "
+"especificar 256MB de RAM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1591,39 +2008,44 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
-msgstr "Se você converteu seu disco rígido a partir de formato \"básico\" para formato \"dinâmico\" no Microsoft Windows, você deve saber que é impossível instalar Mageia neste disco. Para voltar para um disco básico, consulte a documentação da Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você converteu seu disco rígido a partir de formato \"básico\" para "
+"formato \"dinâmico\" no Microsoft Windows, você deve saber que é impossível "
+"instalar Mageia neste disco. Para voltar para um disco básico, consulte a "
+"documentação da Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/"
+"library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315."
+"aspx</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:3
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Atualizações"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Desde que esta versão da <application>Mageia</application> foi lançada, alguns pacotes foram atualizados ou melhorados."
+msgstr ""
+"Desde que esta versão da <application>Mageia</application> foi lançada, "
+"alguns pacotes foram atualizados ou melhorados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1631,7 +2053,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Escolha <guilabel>sim</guilabel> se você deseja fazer o download e instalá-los, selecione <guilabel>não</guilabel> se você não quer fazer isso agora, ou se você não estiver conectado à Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha <guilabel>sim</guilabel> se você deseja fazer o download e instalá-"
+"los, selecione <guilabel>não</guilabel> se você não quer fazer isso agora, "
+"ou se você não estiver conectado à Internet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1643,55 +2068,73 @@ msgstr "Em seguida, pressione <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar."
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os "
+"repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você "
+"estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais "
+"pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez que ele contém a base da distribuição."
+msgstr ""
+"O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez "
+"que ele contém a base da distribuição."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis>  inclui pacotes que são gratuitos, isto é. O Mageia pode redistribui-los, mas eles contêm o software de closed-source (daqui o nome - Não-gratuito). Por exemplo este repositório inclui nVidia e o cartão de gráficos ATI motoristas proprietários, firmware de vários cartões WiFi, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"O repositório <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis>  inclui pacotes que são "
+"gratuitos, isto é. O Mageia pode redistribui-los, mas eles contêm o software "
+"de closed-source (daqui o nome - Não-gratuito). Por exemplo este repositório "
+"inclui nVidia e o cartão de gráficos ATI motoristas proprietários, firmware "
+"de vários cartões WiFi, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo comercial, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob "
+"licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é "
+"que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns "
+"países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários "
+"arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo "
+"comercial, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1702,9 +2145,12 @@ msgstr "Instalação Mínima"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na "
+"tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups"
+"\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1713,14 +2159,22 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "A instalação mínima é destinado para aqueles com usos específicos em mente para sua <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou estação de trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente irá utilizar esta opção, combinada com a seleção manual de pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"A instalação mínima é destinado para aqueles com usos específicos em mente "
+"para sua <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou estação de "
+"trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente irá utilizar esta opção, "
+"combinada com a seleção manual de pacotes, ver <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a documentação e o X."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá "
+"oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a "
+"documentação e o X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1728,34 +2182,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Resumo de diversos parâmetros"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1764,7 +2221,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX fez escolhas inteligentes para a configuração do seu sistema, dependendo das escolhas que você fez e sobre o hardware detectado pelo DrakX. Você pode verificar as configurações aqui e alterá-las se você quiser, depois de pressionar <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX fez escolhas inteligentes para a configuração do seu sistema, "
+"dependendo das escolhas que você fez e sobre o hardware detectado pelo "
+"DrakX. Você pode verificar as configurações aqui e alterá-las se você "
+"quiser, depois de pressionar <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1780,9 +2241,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fuso horário</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX seleciona um fuso horário para você, dependendo de seu idioma preferido. Você pode mudá-lo se necessário. ver também <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX seleciona um fuso horário para você, dependendo de seu idioma "
+"preferido. Você pode mudá-lo se necessário. ver também <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1794,7 +2258,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Região</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Se você não está no país selecionado, é muito importante que você corrija a configuração. Ver <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não está no país selecionado, é muito importante que você corrija a "
+"configuração. Ver <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1804,18 +2270,21 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gerenciador de Inicialização</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:69
 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
-msgstr "DrakX fez boas opções para a configuração do gerenciador de inicialização."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX fez boas opções para a configuração do gerenciador de inicialização."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
 msgid ""
 "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
-msgstr "Não altere nada, a menos que você saiba como configurar o Grub e/ou o Lilo"
+msgstr ""
+"Não altere nada, a menos que você saiba como configurar o Grub e/ou o Lilo"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
-msgstr "Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+"Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:80
@@ -1825,9 +2294,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gerenciamento de usuário</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Você pode adicionar usuários extras aqui. Cada um deles irão receber seus próprios diretórios na pasta <literal>/home</literal>."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode adicionar usuários extras aqui. Cada um deles irão receber seus "
+"próprios diretórios na pasta <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1839,14 +2310,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Serviços</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Serviços do sistema referem-se aos pequenos programas que rodam no background (daemons). Esta ferramenta permite habilitar ou desabilitar certas tarefas."
+msgstr ""
+"Serviços do sistema referem-se aos pequenos programas que rodam no "
+"background (daemons). Esta ferramenta permite habilitar ou desabilitar "
+"certas tarefas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Você deve verificar cuidadosamente antes de alterar qualquer coisa aqui - um erro pode impedir o seu computador de funcionar corretamente."
+msgstr ""
+"Você deve verificar cuidadosamente antes de alterar qualquer coisa aqui - um "
+"erro pode impedir o seu computador de funcionar corretamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
@@ -1868,7 +2344,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Isto é onde você configura ou altera o layout do teclado, que vai depender do seu Idioma, localização ou tipo de teclado."
+msgstr ""
+"Isto é onde você configura ou altera o layout do teclado, que vai depender "
+"do seu Idioma, localização ou tipo de teclado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1880,7 +2358,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Aqui você pode adicionar ou configurar outros dispositivos apontadores, tablets, trackballs, etc"
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você pode adicionar ou configurar outros dispositivos apontadores, "
+"tablets, trackballs, etc"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1890,10 +2370,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Placa de Som</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "O instalador usa o driver padrão, se há um padrão. A opção para selecionar um driver diferente só é dado quando há mais de um driver para a sua placa, mas nenhum deles é o padrão."
+msgstr ""
+"O instalador usa o driver padrão, se há um padrão. A opção para selecionar "
+"um driver diferente só é dado quando há mais de um driver para a sua placa, "
+"mas nenhum deles é o padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1902,22 +2385,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interface Gráfica</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Esta secção permite-lhe configurar sua placa(s) de vídeo(s) e monitores."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta secção permite-lhe configurar sua placa(s) de vídeo(s) e monitores."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
-msgstr "Para mais informação, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para mais informação, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1936,14 +2422,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Você pode configurar a sua rede aqui, mas para cartões de rede com mídias non-free é melhor fazer isto depois que reiniciam, <application>em Centro de Controle Mageia</application>, se você ainda não tiver ativado os repositórios de mídia Nonfree."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode configurar a sua rede aqui, mas para cartões de rede com mídias "
+"non-free é melhor fazer isto depois que reiniciam, <application>em Centro de "
+"Controle Mageia</application>, se você ainda não tiver ativado os "
+"repositórios de mídia Nonfree."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Quando você adiciona uma placa de rede, não se esqueça de configurar o seu firewall para ver aquela interface também."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando você adiciona uma placa de rede, não se esqueça de configurar o seu "
+"firewall para ver aquela interface também."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1956,14 +2448,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Um Servidor Proxy atua como um intermediário entre o computador e a Internet.  Esta secção permite-lhe configurar o computador para utilizar um serviço proxy."
+msgstr ""
+"Um Servidor Proxy atua como um intermediário entre o computador e a "
+"Internet.  Esta secção permite-lhe configurar o computador para utilizar um "
+"serviço proxy."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Você pode precisar consultar o seu administrador de sistemas para obter os parâmetros que você precisa inserir aqui."
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode precisar consultar o seu administrador de sistemas para obter os "
+"parâmetros que você precisa inserir aqui."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1978,9 +2475,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nível de Segurança</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Aqui você define o Nível de Segurança para seu computador, na maioria dos casos, a configuração padrão (Standard) é adequada para uso geral."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você define o Nível de Segurança para seu computador, na maioria dos "
+"casos, a configuração padrão (Standard) é adequada para uso geral."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -1997,50 +2496,62 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Um firewall pretende ser uma barreira entre seus dados importantes e os patifes lá fora, na internet, que possam comprometer ou roubar eles."
+msgstr ""
+"Um firewall pretende ser uma barreira entre seus dados importantes e os "
+"patifes lá fora, na internet, que possam comprometer ou roubar eles."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Selecione os serviços que você deseja que tenha acesso ao seu sistema. Suas opções vão depender de para que você usa seu computador."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione os serviços que você deseja que tenha acesso ao seu sistema. Suas "
+"opções vão depender de para que você usa seu computador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado."
+msgstr ""
+"Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Redimensionar  <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partição"
+msgstr ""
+"Redimensionar  <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partição"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Você tem mais de uma partição <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Escolha qual deve ser feita menor para dar espaço para a instalação do <application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Você tem mais de uma partição <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>. Escolha qual deve ser feita menor para dar "
+"espaço para a instalação do <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Nível de Segurança"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2051,14 +2562,17 @@ msgstr "Você pode ajustar o seu nível de segurança aqui."
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
-msgstr "Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher."
+msgstr ""
+"Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de "
+"segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2080,14 +2594,19 @@ msgstr "definição"
 msgid ""
 "We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update "
 "Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied."
-msgstr "Chamamos a mídia aqui um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite instalar ou atualizar Mageia e, por extensão qualquer suporte físico onde o arquivo ISO é copiado."
+msgstr ""
+"Chamamos a mídia aqui um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite instalar ou "
+"atualizar Mageia e, por extensão qualquer suporte físico onde o arquivo ISO "
+"é copiado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
-msgstr "Você pode encontrá-los <link ns4:href=\"http: //www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aqui</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode encontrá-los <link ns4:href=\"http: //www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">aqui</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21
@@ -2100,14 +2619,12 @@ msgstr "Classical installation media"
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr "características comuns"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2118,30 +2635,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2153,30 +2666,28 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr "DVD dual arch"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr "Desktop XFCE."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
-msgstr "Apenas algumas línguas (BE, BG, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, PL, PT, PT-BR, ru, sv, Reino Unido) e SER VERIFICADO!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
+msgstr ""
+"Apenas algumas línguas (BE, BG, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, PL, PT, PT-BR, "
+"ru, sv, Reino Unido) e SER VERIFICADO!"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr "Contém software non free."
@@ -2186,31 +2697,32 @@ msgstr "Contém software non free."
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr "Mídia Live"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
-msgstr "Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem antes de instalá-lo em um disco rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu disco rígido."
+msgstr ""
+"Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem antes de instalá-lo em um "
+"disco rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu disco rígido."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr "Contém ISO apenas para um ambiente de desktop (KDE ou GNOME)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs só pode ser usado para criar instalações limpas, elas não podem ser usadas ​​para atualizar a partir de versões anteriores.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs só pode ser usado para criar instalações "
+"limpas, elas não podem ser usadas ​​para atualizar a partir de versões "
+"anteriores.</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr "Contém software non free."
@@ -2220,21 +2732,18 @@ msgstr "Contém software non free."
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr "Live CD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Ambiente de desktop KDE apenas."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr "Idioma Inglês apenas."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr "32 bits apenas."
@@ -2244,8 +2753,7 @@ msgstr "32 bits apenas."
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr "Live CD GNOME"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Ambiente destop GNOME apenas."
@@ -2255,8 +2763,7 @@ msgstr "Ambiente destop GNOME apenas."
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr "Live DVD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr "Todas as línguas estão presente."
@@ -2271,23 +2778,21 @@ msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr "Boot-somente, mídia CDs"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2295,8 +2800,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2306,8 +2810,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2327,25 +2830,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2374,29 +2877,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2421,9 +2924,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2459,8 +2961,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2468,83 +2970,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2579,16 +3069,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2596,15 +3085,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Selecione seu país / região"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2612,14 +3104,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de configurações, como a moeda e domínio regulador do wireless. Definir o país errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de "
+"configurações, como a moeda e domínio regulador do wireless. Definir o país "
+"errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros Países</"
+"guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2628,7 +3125,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>, depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua escolha real."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>, "
+"depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma "
+"primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua "
+"escolha real."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2639,14 +3140,23 @@ msgstr "Método de entrada"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "Na tela <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem a entrada de caracteres multilíngues (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc). IBus é o método de entrada padrão nos DVDs e nos live-CDs da Mageia para a África/Índia e Ásia/no-Índia. Para idiomas asiáticos e africanos, o IBus será definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não precisem configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, gcin, HIME, etc) também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou as mídias HTTP/FTP antes da seleção do pacote."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"Na tela <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um "
+"método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem "
+"a entrada de caracteres multilíngues (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc). IBus é "
+"o método de entrada padrão nos DVDs e nos live-CDs da Mageia para a África/"
+"Índia e Ásia/no-Índia. Para idiomas asiáticos e africanos, o IBus será "
+"definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não precisem "
+"configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, gcin, HIME, etc) "
+"também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou "
+"as mídias HTTP/FTP antes da seleção do pacote."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2654,7 +3164,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação, você pode acessá-lo depois de inicializar o sistema instalado, acessando \"Configure seu Computador\" -> \"Sistema\", ou executando localedrake (gerenciador de localização/idiomas) como root."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação, "
+"você pode acessá-lo depois de inicializar o sistema instalado, acessando "
+"\"Configure seu Computador\" -> \"Sistema\", ou executando localedrake "
+"(gerenciador de localização/idiomas) como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2664,9 +3178,11 @@ msgstr "Instalar ou atualizar"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2677,7 +3193,9 @@ msgstr "Instalar"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação <application>Mageia</application>.  ."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação <application>Mageia</"
+"application>.  ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2690,7 +3208,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Se você tiver um ou mais <application>Mageia</application> instalações em seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize um deles para a versão mais recente."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver um ou mais <application>Mageia</application> instalações em "
+"seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize um deles para a "
+"versão mais recente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2698,31 +3219,50 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Só atualizando a partir de uma versão anterior que Mageia<emphasis>ainda suportado</emphasis> quando a versão deste instalador foi lançado, foi exaustivamente testado. Se você deseja atualizar uma versão Mageia que já tinha chegado ao fim\tof da  vida quando este foi lançado, então é melhor fazer uma instalação limpa, preservando o sua partição <literal>/home</literal>."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Só atualizando a partir de uma versão anterior que Mageia<emphasis>ainda "
+"suportado</emphasis> quando a versão deste instalador foi lançado, foi "
+"exaustivamente testado. Se você deseja atualizar uma versão Mageia que já "
+"tinha chegado ao fim\tof da  vida quando este foi lançado, então é melhor "
+"fazer uma instalação limpa, preservando o sua partição <literal>/home</"
+"literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para reiniciar."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível "
+"reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que "
+"a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, "
+"o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito "
+"bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito "
+"certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as "
+"três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, "
+"pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para "
+"reiniciar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você pode retornar a partir da tela \"Instalar ou Atualizar\" para a tela de escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você "
+"pode retornar a partir da tela \"Instalar ou Atualizar\" para a tela de "
+"escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. "
+"<emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2734,43 +3274,59 @@ msgstr "Teclado"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos EUA."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado "
+"adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos EUA."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de teclado. Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do computador. Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o layout. Você também pode procurar aqui:<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de teclado. "
+"Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas "
+"especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do computador. "
+"Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o layout. Você também "
+"pode procurar aqui:<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em <guibutton>Mais</guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o seu teclado lá."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em <guibutton>Mais</"
+"guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o seu teclado lá."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo <guibutton>Mais</guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de diálogo de escolha do teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi escolhido. Você pode ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O teclado é aquele que você escolheu da lista completa."
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo <guibutton>Mais</"
+"guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de diálogo de escolha do "
+"teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi escolhido. Você pode "
+"ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O teclado é aquele que você "
+"escolheu da lista completa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2778,7 +3334,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma "
+"tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os "
+"layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2791,38 +3350,52 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o "
+"seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa "
+"seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema, para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão <guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema, "
+"para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão "
+"<guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser "
+"difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas."
+msgstr ""
+"Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um "
+"deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será "
+"marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é "
+"aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2830,141 +3403,188 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "A Mageia usa UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão. Isso pode ser desativado na tela \"múltiplas linguagens\" se você sabe que é inadequado para o seu idioma. A desativação do UTF-8 se aplicada a todos os idiomas instalados."
+msgstr ""
+"A Mageia usa UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão. Isso pode ser desativado na tela "
+"\"múltiplas linguagens\" se você sabe que é inadequado para o seu idioma. A "
+"desativação do UTF-8 se aplicada a todos os idiomas instalados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Você pode alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação no Centro de Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar Localização para o seu Sistema."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação no Centro de "
+"Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar Localização para o seu Sistema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Selecione o mouse"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Se você não está feliz com a forma como o mouse responde, você pode selecionar um diferente aqui."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não está feliz com a forma como o mouse responde, você pode "
+"selecionar um diferente aqui."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Geralmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - Qualquer <guilabel>mouse PS/2 ou USB</guilabel> é uma boa escolha."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Geralmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - Qualquer <guilabel>mouse PS/2 "
+"ou USB</guilabel> é uma boa escolha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Selecione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> para configurar os botões que não funcionam em um mouse com seis ou mais botões."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> "
+"para configurar os botões que não funcionam em um mouse com seis ou mais "
+"botões."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Adicionando ou Modificando uma Entrada do Menu de Inicialização"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, "
+"pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do "
+"Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão."
+msgstr ""
+"Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo "
+"de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la completamente."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la "
+"completamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha durante a inicialização."
+msgstr ""
+"A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha "
+"durante a inicialização."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo."
+msgstr ""
+"Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não "
+"tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Principais Opções do Gerenciador de Inicialização"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Se você preferir que as configurações do gerenciador de inicialização (bootloader) sejam diferentes daquelas escolhidas automaticamente pelo instalador, você pode alterá-las aqui."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você preferir que as configurações do gerenciador de inicialização "
+"(bootloader) sejam diferentes daquelas escolhidas automaticamente pelo "
+"instalador, você pode alterá-las aqui."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Você pode já ter outro sistema operacional em sua máquina, neste caso, você precisa decidir se deseja adicionar a Mageia no seu gerenciador de inicialização existente, ou permitir que a Mageia crie um novo."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode já ter outro sistema operacional em sua máquina, neste caso, você "
+"precisa decidir se deseja adicionar a Mageia no seu gerenciador de "
+"inicialização existente, ou permitir que a Mageia crie um novo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2983,14 +3603,20 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Por padrão a Mageia grava um novo gerenciador de inicialização (bootlader) GRUB no MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu primeiro disco rígido. Se você já tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados, a Mageia tentará adicioná-los ao seu novo menu de inicialização."
+msgstr ""
+"Por padrão a Mageia grava um novo gerenciador de inicialização (bootlader) "
+"GRUB no MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu primeiro disco rígido. Se você já "
+"tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados, a Mageia tentará adicioná-los "
+"ao seu novo menu de inicialização."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "A Mageia agora oferece também o GRUB2 como gerenciador de inicialização opcional, em adição ao GRUB original e Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"A Mageia agora oferece também o GRUB2 como gerenciador de inicialização "
+"opcional, em adição ao GRUB original e Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -2998,14 +3624,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Os sistemas Linux que utilizam o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2, atualmente não são suportados pelo GRUB (original) e não serão reconhecidos se for utilizado o GRUB padrão."
+msgstr ""
+"Os sistemas Linux que utilizam o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2, "
+"atualmente não são suportados pelo GRUB (original) e não serão reconhecidos "
+"se for utilizado o GRUB padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "A melhor solução neste caso é utilizar o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2 que está disponível na página de resumo durante a instalação."
+msgstr ""
+"A melhor solução neste caso é utilizar o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2 "
+"que está disponível na página de resumo durante a instalação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3016,18 +3647,26 @@ msgstr "Usando um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Se você decidir usar um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, então você precisa se lembrar de PARAR na página de resumo durante a instalação e clicar no botão <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> \"Gerenciador de Inicialização\", o que permitirá que você mude o local de instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você decidir usar um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, então você "
+"precisa se lembrar de PARAR na página de resumo durante a instalação e "
+"clicar no botão <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> \"Gerenciador de "
+"Inicialização\", o que permitirá que você mude o local de instalação do "
+"Gerenciador de Inicialização."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Não selecione um dispositivo, por exemplo, \"sda\", ou você irá substituir sua MBR existente. Você deve selecionar a partição que você escolheu durante a fase de particionamento anterior, por exemplo: sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"Não selecione um dispositivo, por exemplo, \"sda\", ou você irá substituir "
+"sua MBR existente. Você deve selecionar a partição que você escolheu durante "
+"a fase de particionamento anterior, por exemplo: sda7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
@@ -3038,19 +3677,28 @@ msgstr "Para ficar claro, sda é um dispositivo, sda7 é uma partição."
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Ir para tty2 com Ctrl+Alt+F2 e tecle <literal>df</literal> para verificar onde a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) está.  Ctrl+Alt+F7 leva você de volta para a tela do instalador."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Ir para tty2 com Ctrl+Alt+F2 e tecle <literal>df</literal> para verificar "
+"onde a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) está.  Ctrl+Alt+F7 leva você de "
+"volta para a tela do instalador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "O procedimento exato para adicionar o seu sistema Mageia ao Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, está além do escopo desta ajuda, no entanto, na maioria dos casos irá envolver a execução adequado de um programa de instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização, que deve detectá-lo e adicioná-lo automaticamente. Consulte a documentação para o sistema operacional em questão."
+msgstr ""
+"O procedimento exato para adicionar o seu sistema Mageia ao Gerenciador de "
+"Inicialização existente, está além do escopo desta ajuda, no entanto, na "
+"maioria dos casos irá envolver a execução adequado de um programa de "
+"instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização, que deve detectá-lo e adicioná-"
+"lo automaticamente. Consulte a documentação para o sistema operacional em "
+"questão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3061,66 +3709,78 @@ msgstr "Opções Avançadas do Gerenciador de Inicialização"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Se você tiver espaço em disco muito limitado para a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) que contém <literal>/tmp</literal>, clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e marque a caixa <guilabel>Limpar /tmp a cada inicialização</guilabel>. Isto ajuda a obter algum espaço livre adicional."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver espaço em disco muito limitado para a partição <literal>/</"
+"literal> (raiz) que contém <literal>/tmp</literal>, clique em "
+"<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e marque a caixa <guilabel>Limpar /tmp a "
+"cada inicialização</guilabel>. Isto ajuda a obter algum espaço livre "
+"adicional."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Detecção de disco rígido"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de instalar os drivers necessários."
+msgstr ""
+"O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não "
+"detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de "
+"instalar os drivers necessários."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem."
+msgstr ""
+"Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o "
+"dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
-msgstr "O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente."
+msgstr ""
+"O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:11
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Configuração de Som"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3128,7 +3788,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "Nesta tela o nome do driver que instalador escolheu para sua placa de som foi dado, que será o driver padrão, se temos um padrão."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta tela o nome do driver que instalador escolheu para sua placa de som "
+"foi dado, que será o driver padrão, se temos um padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3138,16 +3800,25 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "O driver padrão deve funcionar sem problemas. No entanto, se após a instalação você encontrar problemas, em seguida, executar <command>draksound</command> ou iniciar esta ferramenta via CCM (Centro de Configuração Mageia), escolhendo o <guilabel> Hardware</guilabel> e clicar em <guilabel>configuração de Som</guilabel> no canto superior direito da tela."
+msgstr ""
+"O driver padrão deve funcionar sem problemas. No entanto, se após a "
+"instalação você encontrar problemas, em seguida, executar "
+"<command>draksound</command> ou iniciar esta ferramenta via CCM (Centro de "
+"Configuração Mageia), escolhendo o <guilabel> Hardware</guilabel> e clicar "
+"em <guilabel>configuração de Som</guilabel> no canto superior direito da "
+"tela."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Em seguida, no draksound ou \"Configuração de Som\", ferramentas, clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e, em seguida, em <guibutton>Solução de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar conselhos muito úteis sobre como resolver o problema."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Em seguida, no draksound ou \"Configuração de Som\", ferramentas, clique em "
+"<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e, em seguida, em <guibutton>Solução de "
+"problemas</guibutton> para encontrar conselhos muito úteis sobre como "
+"resolver o problema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3160,44 +3831,64 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Clicando <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> nesta tela, durante a instalação, é útil se não houver nenhum driver padrão também existem vários drivers disponíveis, quando achar que o instalador escolheu errado."
+msgstr ""
+"Clicando <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> nesta tela, durante a instalação, é "
+"útil se não houver nenhum driver padrão também existem vários drivers "
+"disponíveis, quando achar que o instalador escolheu errado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Nesse caso, você pode selecionar um driver diferente após clicar no <guibutton>Deixe-me escolher qualquer driver</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+"Nesse caso, você pode selecionar um driver diferente após clicar no "
+"<guibutton>Deixe-me escolher qualquer driver</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Confirme o disco rígido para ser formatado"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua escolha."
+msgstr ""
+"Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua "
+"escolha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco rígido."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar "
+"todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco "
+"rígido."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/ro.po b/docs/installer/ro.po
index a062d8bb..dec2f945 100644
--- a/docs/installer/ro.po
+++ b/docs/installer/ro.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # corneliu.e <corneliueva@yahoo.com>, 2013
 # corneliu.e <corneliueva@yahoo.com>, 2013
@@ -12,15 +12,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-06 15:51+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>\n"
-"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ro/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"ro/)\n"
+"Language: ro\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: ro\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1));\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?"
+"2:1));\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32
@@ -30,9 +32,11 @@ msgstr "Licența și Notele ediției"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -42,31 +46,39 @@ msgstr "Contract de licență"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Înainte să instalați <application>Mageia</application>, vă rugăm să citiți cu atenție contractul de licență."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Înainte să instalați <application>Mageia</application>, vă rugăm să citiți "
+"cu atenție contractul de licență."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Contractul de licență se aplică întregii distribuții <application>Mageia</application> și trebuie acceptat înainte de a continua."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Contractul de licență se aplică întregii distribuții <application>Mageia</"
+"application> și trebuie acceptat înainte de a continua."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Pentru a-l accepta, apăsați pe <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> și apoi pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a-l accepta, apăsați pe <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> și apoi pe "
+"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Dacă ați decis să nu-l acceptați, atunci vă mulțumim că ați aruncat o privire. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton> și calculatorul va reporni."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă ați decis să nu-l acceptați, atunci vă mulțumim că ați aruncat o "
+"privire. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton> și calculatorul va "
+"reporni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -78,7 +90,9 @@ msgstr "Nota ediției"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Pentru a vedea noutățile acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Nota ediției</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a vedea noutățile acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Nota ediției</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -91,27 +105,32 @@ msgstr "ro"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Selectare medii (configurați mediile de instalare suplimentare)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "În acest ecran este afișată lista cu depozitele deja recunoscute. Puteți adăuga alte surse de pachete, precum o unitate optică sau o sursă distantă. Selecția surselor va determina care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru selectat în etapele următoare."
+msgstr ""
+"În acest ecran este afișată lista cu depozitele deja recunoscute. Puteți "
+"adăuga alte surse de pachete, precum o unitate optică sau o sursă distantă. "
+"Selecția surselor va determina care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru "
+"selectat în etapele următoare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -131,38 +150,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Selectarea unui server alternativ sau specificarea unui URL (prima intrare). Prin selectarea unui server alternativ veți avea acces la toate depozitele gestionate de Mageia, precum Nonfree, Tainted și Updates. Cu o adresă URL puteți desemna un depozit specific sau instalația NFS proprie."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectarea unui server alternativ sau specificarea unui URL (prima intrare). "
+"Prin selectarea unui server alternativ veți avea acces la toate depozitele "
+"gestionate de Mageia, precum Nonfree, Tainted și Updates. Cu o adresă URL "
+"puteți desemna un depozit specific sau instalația NFS proprie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Gestionare utilizatori și administratori"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -174,20 +195,30 @@ msgstr "Definiți parola administratorului (root):"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Pentru toate instalările de <application>Mageia</application> se recomandă să definiți o parolă de superutilizator sau administrator, cunoscută și ca <emphasis>parolă root</emphasis> în Linux. În timp ce tastați parola în căsuța de sus, culoarea scutului se va schimba de la roșu către verde în funcție de puterea parolei. Un scut verde indică o parolă puternică. Va trebui să retastați parola în căsuța de dedesubt, astfel se vor compara cele două parole pentru a vă asigura că nu ați tastat greșit."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru toate instalările de <application>Mageia</application> se recomandă "
+"să definiți o parolă de superutilizator sau administrator, cunoscută și ca "
+"<emphasis>parolă root</emphasis> în Linux. În timp ce tastați parola în "
+"căsuța de sus, culoarea scutului se va schimba de la roșu către verde în "
+"funcție de puterea parolei. Un scut verde indică o parolă puternică. Va "
+"trebui să retastați parola în căsuța de dedesubt, astfel se vor compara cele "
+"două parole pentru a vă asigura că nu ați tastat greșit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Toate parolele sînt sensibile la majuscule și este foarte recomandat să utilizați o combinație de litere (majuscule și minuscule), cifre și caractere speciale."
+msgstr ""
+"Toate parolele sînt sensibile la majuscule și este foarte recomandat să "
+"utilizați o combinație de litere (majuscule și minuscule), cifre și "
+"caractere speciale."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -200,29 +231,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Adăugați un utilizator la această etapă. Un utilizator dispune de mai puține drepturi ca un administrator (root), însă suficiente pentru a putea naviga pe Internet, utiliza aplicațiile de birotică, juca jocuri sau orice altceva ce un utilizator obișnuit poate face cu calculatorul său."
+msgstr ""
+"Adăugați un utilizator la această etapă. Un utilizator dispune de mai puține "
+"drepturi ca un administrator (root), însă suficiente pentru a putea naviga "
+"pe Internet, utiliza aplicațiile de birotică, juca jocuri sau orice altceva "
+"ce un utilizator obișnuit poate face cu calculatorul său."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Pictogramă</guibutton>: dacă apăsați acest buton va schimba pictograma utilizatorului."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Pictogramă</guibutton>: dacă apăsați acest buton va schimba "
+"pictograma utilizatorului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Nume real</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele real al utilizatorului."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Nume real</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele real al "
+"utilizatorului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Numele contului</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele contului utilizatorului sau lăsați drakx să folosească o versiune a numelui real al utilizatorului. <emphasis>Numele contului utilizatorului este sensibil la majuscule.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Numele contului</guilabel>: introduceți aici numele contului "
+"utilizatorului sau lăsați drakx să folosească o versiune a numelui real al "
+"utilizatorului. <emphasis>Numele contului utilizatorului este sensibil la "
+"majuscule.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -230,22 +273,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>: tastați aici parola utilizatorului. La capătul căsuței de dialog există un scut care indică puterea parolei. (Vedeți și <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>: tastați aici parola utilizatorului. La capătul "
+"căsuței de dialog există un scut care indică puterea parolei. (Vedeți și "
+"<xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Parola (din nou)</guilabel>: retastați aici parola utilizatorului și drakx va verifica dacă ați tastat aceeași parolă în ambele căsuțe."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parola (din nou)</guilabel>: retastați aici parola utilizatorului "
+"și drakx va verifica dacă ați tastat aceeași parolă în ambele căsuțe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Toți utilizatorii adăugați în cursul instalării distribuției Magaiea vor avea un director personal ce poate fi consultat de toată lumea (însă protejat la scriere)."
+msgstr ""
+"Toți utilizatorii adăugați în cursul instalării distribuției Magaiea vor "
+"avea un director personal ce poate fi consultat de toată lumea (însă "
+"protejat la scriere)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -253,14 +304,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Totuși, după instalare, orice utilizator adăugat cu <emphasis>MCC - Sistem - Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem</emphasis> vor avea un director personal protejat atît la citire cît și la scriere."
+msgstr ""
+"Totuși, după instalare, orice utilizator adăugat cu <emphasis>MCC - Sistem - "
+"Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem</emphasis> vor avea un director personal "
+"protejat atît la citire cît și la scriere."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Dacă nu doriți un director personal accesibil în citire de toată lumea, este recomandat să adăugați acum doar un utilizator temporar și să-i adăugați pe cei adevărați după repornire."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu doriți un director personal accesibil în citire de toată lumea, este "
+"recomandat să adăugați acum doar un utilizator temporar și să-i adăugați pe "
+"cei adevărați după repornire."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -268,7 +325,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Dacă preferați directoare personale accesibile în citire pentru toată lumea, va trebui să adăugați toți utilizatorii doriți în etapa <emphasis>Configurație - rezumat</emphasis> alegînd <emphasis>Gestionare utilizatori</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă preferați directoare personale accesibile în citire pentru toată lumea, "
+"va trebui să adăugați toți utilizatorii doriți în etapa "
+"<emphasis>Configurație - rezumat</emphasis> alegînd <emphasis>Gestionare "
+"utilizatori</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
@@ -286,7 +347,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Dacă apăsați butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vi se va prezenta un ecran în care veți putea edita parametrii conturilor utilizatorilor pe care îi adăugați. Adițional, puteți dezactiva sau activa contul invitat."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă apăsați butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vi se va prezenta un "
+"ecran în care veți putea edita parametrii conturilor utilizatorilor pe care "
+"îi adăugați. Adițional, puteți dezactiva sau activa contul invitat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -294,7 +358,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Tot ceea ce un invitat, conectat cu un cont invitat implicit <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, înregistrează în directorul său /home va fi șters la deconectare.  Utilizatorul invitat trebuie să-și salveze fișierele importante pe o cheie USB."
+msgstr ""
+"Tot ceea ce un invitat, conectat cu un cont invitat implicit "
+"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, înregistrează în directorul său /home va fi "
+"șters la deconectare.  Utilizatorul invitat trebuie să-și salveze fișierele "
+"importante pe o cheie USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -302,7 +370,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Activează contul invitat</guilabel>: aici puteți activa sau dezactiva contul invitat. Contul invitat permite unui invitat să se conecteze și să utilizeze un calculator, însă are drepturi mult mai restrînse decît un utilizator normal."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Activează contul invitat</guilabel>: aici puteți activa sau "
+"dezactiva contul invitat. Contul invitat permite unui invitat să se "
+"conecteze și să utilizeze un calculator, însă are drepturi mult mai "
+"restrînse decît un utilizator normal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -310,7 +382,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Interpretor</guilabel>: această listă derulantă vă permite să schimbați interpretorul folosit de utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă, iar opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Interpretor</guilabel>: această listă derulantă vă permite să "
+"schimbați interpretorul folosit de utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă, "
+"iar opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -318,42 +393,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID Utilizator</guilabel>: definiți aici ID-ul pentru utilizatorul adăugat în etapa precedentă. ID-ul este un număr. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți despre ce este vorba."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID Utilizator</guilabel>: definiți aici ID-ul pentru utilizatorul "
+"adăugat în etapa precedentă. ID-ul este un număr. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți "
+"despre ce este vorba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>ID Grup</guilabel>: indicați aici ID-ul grupului. Acesta este tot un număr, de obicei același cu ID-ul utilizatorului. Lăsați gol dacă nu știți despre ce este vorba."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>ID Grup</guilabel>: indicați aici ID-ul grupului. Acesta este tot "
+"un număr, de obicei același cu ID-ul utilizatorului. Lăsați gol dacă nu "
+"știți despre ce este vorba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Alegeți punctele de montare"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -361,46 +442,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Aici puteți vedea partițiile Linux care au fost găsite pe acest calculator. Dacă nu sînteți de acord cu sugestiile făcute de <application>DrakX</application>, puteți modifica punctele de montare."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți vedea partițiile Linux care au fost găsite pe acest calculator. "
+"Dacă nu sînteți de acord cu sugestiile făcute de <application>DrakX</"
+"application>, puteți modifica punctele de montare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Dacă modificați totul, asigurați-vă că încă mai aveți partiția <literal>/</literal> (rădăcină)."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă modificați totul, asigurați-vă că încă mai aveți partiția <literal>/</"
+"literal> (rădăcină)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Fiecare partiție este afișată după cum urmează: „Dispozitiv” („Capacitate”, „Punct de montare”, „Tip”)."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Fiecare partiție este afișată după cum urmează: „Dispozitiv” („Capacitate”, "
+"„Punct de montare”, „Tip”)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "„Dispozitiv” este alcătuit din: „disc dur”, [„numărul discului dur”(literă)], „numărul partiției” (de exemplu: „sda5”)."
+msgstr ""
+"„Dispozitiv” este alcătuit din: „disc dur”, [„numărul discului "
+"dur”(literă)], „numărul partiției” (de exemplu: „sda5”)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Dacă aveți multe partiții, puteți alege mai multe puncte de montare diferite din meniul derulant, precum <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> și <literal>/var</literal>. Puteți chiar să vă creați propriile puncte de montare, de exemplu <literal>/video</literal> pentru o partiție unde aveți filmele, sau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pentru partiția <literal>/home</literal> a unei instalări de Cauldron."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă aveți multe partiții, puteți alege mai multe puncte de montare diferite "
+"din meniul derulant, precum <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"și <literal>/var</literal>. Puteți chiar să vă creați propriile puncte de "
+"montare, de exemplu <literal>/video</literal> pentru o partiție unde aveți "
+"filmele, sau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pentru partiția <literal>/"
+"home</literal> a unei instalări de Cauldron."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Puteți lăsa gol punctul de montare pentru partițiile pentru care nu aveți nevoie să le accesați."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lăsa gol punctul de montare pentru partițiile pentru care nu aveți "
+"nevoie să le accesați."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -408,15 +506,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Alegeți <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur ce să alegeți și apoi apăsați pe <guilabel>Partiționare de disc personalizată</guilabel>. În ecranul următor puteți face clic pe o partiție pentru a-i afișa tipul și mărimea."
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur ce să alegeți și "
+"apoi apăsați pe <guilabel>Partiționare de disc personalizată</guilabel>. În "
+"ecranul următor puteți face clic pe o partiție pentru a-i afișa tipul și "
+"mărimea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Dacă nu sînteți sigur că punctele de montare sînt corecte, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> și alegeți între a formata numai partițiile sugerate de DrakX sau mai multe."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu sînteți sigur că punctele de montare sînt corecte, apăsați pe "
+"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> și alegeți între a formata numai partițiile "
+"sugerate de DrakX sau mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -426,9 +531,11 @@ msgstr "Selectarea biroului"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "În funcție de alegerea de aici vi se vor prezenta ecrane suplimentare pentru a vă afina alegerea."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"În funcție de alegerea de aici vi se vor prezenta ecrane suplimentare pentru "
+"a vă afina alegerea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -436,14 +543,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "După etapa de selecție, veți vedea o diaporamă pe parcursul instalării pachetelor. Diaporama se poate dezactiva apăsînd pe butonul <guilabel>Detalii</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"După etapa de selecție, veți vedea o diaporamă pe parcursul instalării "
+"pachetelor. Diaporama se poate dezactiva apăsînd pe butonul "
+"<guilabel>Detalii</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -455,21 +567,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Alegeți dacă preferați să utilizați mediul de birou <application>KDE</application> sau <application>Gnome</application>. Ambele vin cu o colecție de aplicații și unelte folositoare. Apăsați pe  <guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă doriți să le utilizați pe amîndouă, nici unul din ele, sau dacă doriți să utilizați altceva decît opțiunile implicite ale acestor medii grafice. Biroul <application>LXDE</application> este mai lejer decît celelalte două, poate nu atît de plăcut ochiului și cu mai puține pachete instalate implicit."
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți dacă preferați să utilizați mediul de birou <application>KDE</"
+"application> sau <application>Gnome</application>. Ambele vin cu o colecție "
+"de aplicații și unelte folositoare. Apăsați pe  <guilabel>Personalizat</"
+"guilabel> dacă doriți să le utilizați pe amîndouă, nici unul din ele, sau "
+"dacă doriți să utilizați altceva decît opțiunile implicite ale acestor medii "
+"grafice. Biroul <application>LXDE</application> este mai lejer decît "
+"celelalte două, poate nu atît de plăcut ochiului și cu mai puține pachete "
+"instalate implicit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Selectarea grupurilor de pachete"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -478,7 +599,11 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Pachetele au fost sortate în grupuri pentru a vă facilita alegerea a ceea ce este necesar pentru acest sistem. Conținutul grupurilor este evident, totuși, informații suplimentare despre conținutul fiecărui pachet sînt disponibile în infobule cînd le survolați cu mausul."
+msgstr ""
+"Pachetele au fost sortate în grupuri pentru a vă facilita alegerea a ceea ce "
+"este necesar pentru acest sistem. Conținutul grupurilor este evident, "
+"totuși, informații suplimentare despre conținutul fiecărui pachet sînt "
+"disponibile în infobule cînd le survolați cu mausul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -500,74 +625,91 @@ msgstr "Mediu grafic de lucru"
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Selecția individuală a pachetelor: puteți utiliza această opțiune pentru a adăuga sau înlătura manual pachetele."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecția individuală a pachetelor: puteți utiliza această opțiune pentru a "
+"adăuga sau înlătura manual pachetele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Citiți <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pentru instrucțiunile despre cum să efectuați o instalare minimalistă."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Citiți <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pentru instrucțiunile "
+"despre cum să efectuați o instalare minimalistă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Selectare individuală a pachetelor"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Aici puteți înlătura sau adăuga pachete suplimentare pentru a vă personaliza instalarea."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți înlătura sau adăuga pachete suplimentare pentru a vă personaliza "
+"instalarea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "După ce ați terminat selecția, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>pictograma cu dischetă</guibutton> din josul paginii pentru a salva lista cu pachetele alese (o puteți salva și pe o cheie USB). Puteți apoi utiliza această listă pentru a instala aceleași pachete pe un alt sistem, făcînd clic pe același buton și alegeți să o încărcați."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"După ce ați terminat selecția, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>pictograma cu "
+"dischetă</guibutton> din josul paginii pentru a salva lista cu pachetele "
+"alese (o puteți salva și pe o cheie USB). Puteți apoi utiliza această listă "
+"pentru a instala aceleași pachete pe un alt sistem, făcînd clic pe același "
+"buton și alegeți să o încărcați."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Configurați serviciile"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Aici puteți configura care din servicii să (nu) se lanseze la pornirea sistemului."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți configura care din servicii să (nu) se lanseze la pornirea "
+"sistemului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Sînt patru grupuri, faceți clic pe triunghiul din fața grupului pentru a-l destinde și vedea toate serviciile din el."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Sînt patru grupuri, faceți clic pe triunghiul din fața grupului pentru a-l "
+"destinde și vedea toate serviciile din el."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -579,48 +721,60 @@ msgstr "Configurările alese de DrakX sînt de obicei bune."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Dacă evidențiați un serviciu, informații despre acesta vor fi afișate în infobula de dedesubt."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă evidențiați un serviciu, informații despre acesta vor fi afișate în "
+"infobula de dedesubt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
-msgstr "Faceți modificări numai în cazul în care știți foarte bine ceea ce faceți."
+msgstr ""
+"Faceți modificări numai în cazul în care știți foarte bine ceea ce faceți."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Configurați fusul orar"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Alegeți fusul orar alegînd țara sau un oraș prin apropiere din același fus orar."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți fusul orar alegînd țara sau un oraș prin apropiere din același fus "
+"orar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "În ecranul următor veți putea configura ceasul intern pe ora locală sau pe GMT, cunoscut și ca UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"În ecranul următor veți putea configura ceasul intern pe ora locală sau pe "
+"GMT, cunoscut și ca UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Dacă aveți instalate mai multe sisteme de operare pe acest calculator, asigurați-vă că toate sînt configurate pe ora locală, sau toate pe UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă aveți instalate mai multe sisteme de operare pe acest calculator, "
+"asigurați-vă că toate sînt configurate pe ora locală, sau toate pe UTC/GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -630,24 +784,31 @@ msgstr "Alegeți un server X (configurați placa grafică)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX are o bază de date foarte cuprinzătoare de plăci grafice și va identifica, în general, corect placa grafică. "
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX are o bază de date foarte cuprinzătoare de plăci grafice și va "
+"identifica, în general, corect placa grafică. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect placa grafică și știți ce model aveți, o puteți alege din arborescență:"
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect placa grafică și știți ce model "
+"aveți, o puteți alege din arborescență:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -670,7 +831,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Dacă nu găsiți placa grafică în lista fabricantului (nu este încă în baza de date sau este o placă grafică mai veche) puteți încerca să găsiți un pilot potrivit în categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu găsiți placa grafică în lista fabricantului (nu este încă în baza de "
+"date sau este o placă grafică mai veche) puteți încerca să găsiți un pilot "
+"potrivit în categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -678,14 +842,20 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "Categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> conține mai mult de 40 de piloți generici și cu sursă deschisă de plăci grafice. Dacă nu găsiți un pilot corespunzător plăcii voastre grafice, puteți selecționa pilotul <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> care oferă funcționalități de bază."
+msgstr ""
+"Categoria <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> conține mai mult de 40 de piloți "
+"generici și cu sursă deschisă de plăci grafice. Dacă nu găsiți un pilot "
+"corespunzător plăcii voastre grafice, puteți selecționa pilotul "
+"<emphasis>vesa</emphasis> care oferă funcționalități de bază."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Aveți grijă că dacă selectați un pilot incompatibil veți avea acces numai la interfața în linie de comandă."
+msgstr ""
+"Aveți grijă că dacă selectați un pilot incompatibil veți avea acces numai la "
+"interfața în linie de comandă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -693,30 +863,37 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Unii fabricanți de plăci grafice oferă piloți pentru Linux care sînt disponibili numai în depozitul Nonfree, iar în unele cazuri aceștia sînt disponibili numai pe situl Internet al fabricantului."
+msgstr ""
+"Unii fabricanți de plăci grafice oferă piloți pentru Linux care sînt "
+"disponibili numai în depozitul Nonfree, iar în unele cazuri aceștia sînt "
+"disponibili numai pe situl Internet al fabricantului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Pentru a-i putea accesa, depozitul Nonfree trebuie activat în mod explicit. Dacă nu l-ați activat în etapele precedente, trebuie s-o faceți după prima repornire."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a-i putea accesa, depozitul Nonfree trebuie activat în mod explicit. "
+"Dacă nu l-ați activat în etapele precedente, trebuie s-o faceți după prima "
+"repornire."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Configurare placă grafică și ecran"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -725,19 +902,30 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Indiferent de mediul grafic (cunoscut și ca mediu de birou) ales pentru această instalare de <application>Mageia</application>, toate se bazează pe o interfață grafică sistem numită  <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, sau mai simplu <acronym>X</acronym>. Deci, pentru ca mediile grafice <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> sau oricare altul să poată funcționa bine, următorii parametri <acronym>X</acronym> trebuie să fie corecți. Alegeți parametrii corecți dacă vedeți că <application>DrakX</application> nu a ales nimic, sau dacă credeți că alegarea este incorectă. "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Indiferent de mediul grafic (cunoscut și ca mediu de birou) ales pentru "
+"această instalare de <application>Mageia</application>, toate se bazează pe "
+"o interfață grafică sistem numită  <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, sau "
+"mai simplu <acronym>X</acronym>. Deci, pentru ca mediile grafice "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> "
+"sau oricare altul să poată funcționa bine, următorii parametri <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> trebuie să fie corecți. Alegeți parametrii corecți dacă vedeți că "
+"<application>DrakX</application> nu a ales nimic, sau dacă credeți că "
+"alegarea este incorectă. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Placă grafică</guibutton></emphasis>: alegeți placa grafică din listă dacă este necesar."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Placă grafică</guibutton></emphasis>: alegeți placa "
+"grafică din listă dacă este necesar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -747,7 +935,13 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: puteți alege <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> atunci cînd este cazul, ori unul din lista de <guilabel>Fabricanți</guilabel> sau de monitoare <guilabel>Generice</guilabel>. Optați pentru <guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă preferați să specificați manual ratele de împrospătare orizontale și verticale ale monitorului."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: puteți alege "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> atunci cînd este cazul, ori unul din lista "
+"de <guilabel>Fabricanți</guilabel> sau de monitoare <guilabel>Generice</"
+"guilabel>. Optați pentru <guilabel>Personalizat</guilabel> dacă preferați să "
+"specificați manual ratele de împrospătare orizontale și verticale ale "
+"monitorului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -759,7 +953,9 @@ msgstr "Ratele de împrospătare incorecte pot distruge monitorul."
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Rezoluție</guibutton></emphasis>: definiți aici rezoluția și adîncimea de culori dorite pentru monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Rezoluție</guibutton></emphasis>: definiți aici "
+"rezoluția și adîncimea de culori dorite pentru monitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -767,19 +963,28 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: butonul de test nu apare mereu în cursul instalării. Dacă este prezent, puteți controla parametrii aleși apăsîndu-l. Dacă vedeți un mesaj care vă întreabă dacă parametrii aleși sînt corecți, puteți apăsa „da” și configurația va fi păstrată. Dacă nu vedeți nimic, veți reveni la ecranul de configurare și veți putea reconfigura totul pînă ce testul va fi bun. <emphasis>Dacă butonul nu este disponibil, fiți precauți și reverificați parametrii aleși.</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: butonul de test nu apare "
+"mereu în cursul instalării. Dacă este prezent, puteți controla parametrii "
+"aleși apăsîndu-l. Dacă vedeți un mesaj care vă întreabă dacă parametrii "
+"aleși sînt corecți, puteți apăsa „da” și configurația va fi păstrată. Dacă "
+"nu vedeți nimic, veți reveni la ecranul de configurare și veți putea "
+"reconfigura totul pînă ce testul va fi bun. <emphasis>Dacă butonul nu este "
+"disponibil, fiți precauți și reverificați parametrii aleși.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton></emphasis>: aici puteți activa și dezactiva diverse opțiuni."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton></emphasis>: aici puteți activa și "
+"dezactiva diverse opțiuni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -791,7 +996,9 @@ msgstr "Alegeți monitorul"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX dispune de o bază de date cu monitoare foarte cuprinzătoare și în general va identifica în mod corect monitorul."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX dispune de o bază de date cu monitoare foarte cuprinzătoare și în "
+"general va identifica în mod corect monitorul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -800,15 +1007,21 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Selectarea unui monitor cu caracteristici diferite poate distruge monitorul sau placa grafică. Vă rugăm să nu încercați nimic dacă nu știți ce faceți.</emphasis> Dacă aveți dubii consultați documentația monitorului."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Selectarea unui monitor cu caracteristici diferite poate distruge "
+"monitorul sau placa grafică. Vă rugăm să nu încercați nimic dacă nu știți ce "
+"faceți.</emphasis> Dacă aveți dubii consultați documentația monitorului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -819,10 +1032,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizat</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Această opțiune vă permite să specificați doi parametri critici, rata de împrospătare verticală și rata orizontală de sincronizare. Rata de împrospătare verticală determină cît de des este împrospătat ecranul, iar rata orizontală de sincronizare este frecvența cu care sînt afișate liniile."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Această opțiune vă permite să specificați doi parametri critici, rata de "
+"împrospătare verticală și rata orizontală de sincronizare. Rata de "
+"împrospătare verticală determină cît de des este împrospătat ecranul, iar "
+"rata orizontală de sincronizare este frecvența cu care sînt afișate liniile."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -831,7 +1048,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "Este <emphasis>FOARTE IMPORTANT</emphasis> ca specificațiile pe care le dați să nu fie peste capacitățile monitorului: puteți distruge monitorul. Dacă aveți dubii, alegeți o configurație conservativă și consultați documentația monitorului."
+msgstr ""
+"Este <emphasis>FOARTE IMPORTANT</emphasis> ca specificațiile pe care le dați "
+"să nu fie peste capacitățile monitorului: puteți distruge monitorul. Dacă "
+"aveți dubii, alegeți o configurație conservativă și consultați documentația "
+"monitorului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -843,7 +1064,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Aceasta este opțiunea implicită și va încerca să determine tipul monitorului din baza de date cu monitoare."
+msgstr ""
+"Aceasta este opțiunea implicită și va încerca să determine tipul monitorului "
+"din baza de date cu monitoare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -855,7 +1078,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Fabricant</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect monitorul și îi cunoașteți referințele, atunci îl puteți alege din arborescență selecționîndu-l în ordine:"
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă instalatorul nu a detectat corect monitorul și îi cunoașteți "
+"referințele, atunci îl puteți alege din arborescență selecționîndu-l în "
+"ordine:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -876,11 +1102,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "Selecționarea acestui grup vă permite să alegeți dintre 30 de configurații de afișare precum 1024x768 @ 60Hz și cuprinde ecranele plate precum cele utilizate în calculatoarele portabile. De obicei este grupul bun de monitoare dacă trebuie să utilizați pilotul grafic <emphasis>Vesa</emphasis> cînd placa grafică nu poate fi detectată în mod automatic. Încă odată, se recomandă să fiți prudent în alegeri."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecționarea acestui grup vă permite să alegeți dintre 30 de configurații "
+"de afișare precum 1024x768 @ 60Hz și cuprinde ecranele plate precum cele "
+"utilizate în calculatoarele portabile. De obicei este grupul bun de "
+"monitoare dacă trebuie să utilizați pilotul grafic <emphasis>Vesa</emphasis> "
+"cînd placa grafică nu poate fi detectată în mod automatic. Încă odată, se "
+"recomandă să fiți prudent în alegeri."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -890,47 +1122,63 @@ msgstr "Partiționare de disc personalizată cu DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Dacă doriți să criptați partiția <literal>/</literal> trebuie să vă asigurați că aveți o partiție <literal>/boot</literal> separată. NU activați criptarea și pe partiția <literal>/boot</literal>, altfel sistemul nu va mai putea demara."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă doriți să criptați partiția <literal>/</literal> trebuie să vă "
+"asigurați că aveți o partiție <literal>/boot</literal> separată. NU activați "
+"criptarea și pe partiția <literal>/boot</literal>, altfel sistemul nu va mai "
+"putea demara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Aici configurați compartimentarea discurilor. Puteți crea și înlătura partiții, schimba sistemul de fișiere al unei partiții, modifica dimensiunea și chiar vizualiza conținutul ei înainte de a începe."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici configurați compartimentarea discurilor. Puteți crea și înlătura "
+"partiții, schimba sistemul de fișiere al unei partiții, modifica dimensiunea "
+"și chiar vizualiza conținutul ei înainte de a începe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Este prezentă cîte o categorie pentru fiecare disc detectat sau dispozitiv de stocare, precum o cheie USB. De exemplu: sda, sdb și sdc dacă sînt trei."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Este prezentă cîte o categorie pentru fiecare disc detectat sau dispozitiv "
+"de stocare, precum o cheie USB. De exemplu: sda, sdb și sdc dacă sînt trei."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton> pentru a șterge toate partițiile de pe dispozitivul de stocare selectat."
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton> pentru a șterge "
+"toate partițiile de pe dispozitivul de stocare selectat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Pentru toate celelalte acțiuni: faceți mai întîi clic pe partiția dorită. Apoi o puteți vizualiza, alege un sistem de fișiere sau punct de montare, redimensiona sau chiar șterge."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru toate celelalte acțiuni: faceți mai întîi clic pe partiția dorită. "
+"Apoi o puteți vizualiza, alege un sistem de fișiere sau punct de montare, "
+"redimensiona sau chiar șterge."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -953,21 +1201,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "În acest ecran puteți vedea conținutul discurilor dure și soluțiile de partiționare găsite de asistentul DrakX unde să instalați <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"În acest ecran puteți vedea conținutul discurilor dure și soluțiile de "
+"partiționare găsite de asistentul DrakX unde să instalați "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Opțiunile disponibile din lista de mai jos pot varia în funcție de schema de partiționare și conținutul discurilor."
+msgstr ""
+"Opțiunile disponibile din lista de mai jos pot varia în funcție de schema de "
+"partiționare și conținutul discurilor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -979,7 +1234,9 @@ msgstr "Utilizează partițiile existente"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Dacă această opțiune este disponibilă, atunci partițiile existente compatibile Linux au fost găsite și pot fi utilizate pentru instalare."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă această opțiune este disponibilă, atunci partițiile existente "
+"compatibile Linux au fost găsite și pot fi utilizate pentru instalare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -989,9 +1246,11 @@ msgstr "Utilizează spațiul liber"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe discul dur, atunci această opțiune îl va utiliza pentru noua instalare de Mageia."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe discul dur, atunci această opțiune îl va "
+"utiliza pentru noua instalare de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -1001,9 +1260,11 @@ msgstr "Utilizează spațiul liber de pe o partiție Windows"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe o partiție Windows existentă, instalatorul vă poate propune să-l utilizeze."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă aveți spațiu neutilizat pe o partiție Windows existentă, instalatorul "
+"vă poate propune să-l utilizeze."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1011,7 +1272,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Aceasta poate fi o modalitate foarte practică de a face loc pentru noua instalare de Mageia, însă este o operație riscantă, așa că verificați bine că v-ați salvat toate datele importante!"
+msgstr ""
+"Aceasta poate fi o modalitate foarte practică de a face loc pentru noua "
+"instalare de Mageia, însă este o operație riscantă, așa că verificați bine "
+"că v-ați salvat toate datele importante!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1022,7 +1286,13 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Țineți cont că acest lucru implică reducerea dimensiunii partiției Windows. Partiția trebuie să fie „curată”, adică Windows a fost închis corect ultima dată cînd a fost utilizat. De asemenea, partiția trebuie să fie și defragmentată, cu toate că această operație nu garantează că toate fișierele de pe partiție au fost mutate din zona care este pe cale să fie utilizată. Este foarte recomandat să vă salvați toate fișierele personale."
+msgstr ""
+"Țineți cont că acest lucru implică reducerea dimensiunii partiției Windows. "
+"Partiția trebuie să fie „curată”, adică Windows a fost închis corect ultima "
+"dată cînd a fost utilizat. De asemenea, partiția trebuie să fie și "
+"defragmentată, cu toate că această operație nu garantează că toate fișierele "
+"de pe partiție au fost mutate din zona care este pe cale să fie utilizată. "
+"Este foarte recomandat să vă salvați toate fișierele personale."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1037,7 +1307,9 @@ msgstr "Această opțiune va utiliza tot discul pentru Mageia."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "ATENȚIE: aceasta va șterge TOATE datele de pe discul selecționat. Aveți grijă!"
+msgstr ""
+"ATENȚIE: aceasta va șterge TOATE datele de pe discul selecționat. Aveți "
+"grijă!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1045,7 +1317,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Dacă intenționați să utilizați o parte din disc pentru altceva, sau aveți deja date pe disc și nu sînteți pregătit să le pierdeți, atunci nu utilizați această opțiune."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă intenționați să utilizați o parte din disc pentru altceva, sau aveți "
+"deja date pe disc și nu sînteți pregătit să le pierdeți, atunci nu utilizați "
+"această opțiune."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1055,9 +1330,11 @@ msgstr "Personalizat"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Aceasta vă oferă controlul total asupra amplasării instalării pe discurile dure."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Aceasta vă oferă controlul total asupra amplasării instalării pe discurile "
+"dure."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1066,10 +1343,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Unele discuri mai noi utilizează sectoare logice de 4096 octeți în locul standardului precedent de 512 octeți. Din cauză că nu am dispus de un astfel de disc, unealta de partiționare utilizată de instalator nu a fost testată în consecință. De asemenea, unele discuri SSD utilizează acum blocuri de ștergere de peste 1Mo. Dacă aveți un astfel de disc, vă sugerăm să-l partiționați în prealabil cu o unealtă de partiționare alternativă precum gparted, sau să folosiți parametrii următori:"
+msgstr ""
+"Unele discuri mai noi utilizează sectoare logice de 4096 octeți în locul "
+"standardului precedent de 512 octeți. Din cauză că nu am dispus de un astfel "
+"de disc, unealta de partiționare utilizată de instalator nu a fost testată "
+"în consecință. De asemenea, unele discuri SSD utilizează acum blocuri de "
+"ștergere de peste 1Mo. Dacă aveți un astfel de disc, vă sugerăm să-l "
+"partiționați în prealabil cu o unealtă de partiționare alternativă precum "
+"gparted, sau să folosiți parametrii următori:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1085,7 +1369,9 @@ msgstr "\"Spațiu liber precedent (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "De asemenea, verificați că toate partițiile sînt create cu un număr par de megaocteți."
+msgstr ""
+"De asemenea, verificați că toate partițiile sînt create cu un număr par de "
+"megaocteți."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1102,8 +1388,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Februarie 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1126,10 +1411,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul instalării."
+msgstr ""
+"Ecranele care urmează să le vedeți pe parcursul instalării sînt în funcție "
+"de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul "
+"instalării."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1140,64 +1428,84 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența "
+"CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la "
+"îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</"
+"link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Felicitări"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Ați terminat de instalat și configurat distribuția <application>Mageia</application>, iar acum puteți înlătura în siguranță mediul de instalare și reporni calculatorul."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Ați terminat de instalat și configurat distribuția <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, iar acum puteți înlătura în siguranță mediul de instalare și "
+"reporni calculatorul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "După repornire, în ecranul încărcătorului de sistem, veți putea alege dintre sistemele de operare instalate pe acest sistem (dacă aveți mai mult de unul)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"După repornire, în ecranul încărcătorului de sistem, veți putea alege dintre "
+"sistemele de operare instalate pe acest sistem (dacă aveți mai mult de unul)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Dacă nu ajustați parametrii încărcătorului de sistem, distribuția Mageia va fi selectată și pornită automat."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu ajustați parametrii încărcătorului de sistem, distribuția Mageia va "
+"fi selectată și pornită automat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1209,31 +1517,38 @@ msgstr "Profitați!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Vizitați www.mageia.org dacă aveți întrebări sau dacă doriți să contribuiți la Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Vizitați www.mageia.org dacă aveți întrebări sau dacă doriți să contribuiți "
+"la Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formatare în curs"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Aici puteți alege care din partiții doriți să le formatați. Datele de pe partițiile <emphasis>nebifate</emphasis> pentru formatare vor fi păstrate."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți alege care din partiții doriți să le formatați. Datele de pe "
+"partițiile <emphasis>nebifate</emphasis> pentru formatare vor fi păstrate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
@@ -1245,7 +1560,9 @@ msgstr "În general trebuiesc formatate cel puțin partițiile selectate de Dral
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> pentru a alege partițiile pe care doriți să le verificați de <emphasis>sectoare defecte</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> pentru a alege partițiile pe care "
+"doriți să le verificați de <emphasis>sectoare defecte</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1254,14 +1571,20 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Dacă nu sînteți sigur că ați făcut alegerea potrivită, puteți face clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>, din nou pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> pentru a vă întoarce la ecranul principal. În acel ecran puteți alege să vedeți ce se află pe partiții."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu sînteți sigur că ați făcut alegerea potrivită, puteți face clic pe "
+"<guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>, din nou pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> și "
+"apoi pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> pentru a vă întoarce la ecranul "
+"principal. În acel ecran puteți alege să vedeți ce se află pe partiții."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Cînd sînteți sigur de selecția făcută, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a continua."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd sînteți sigur de selecția făcută, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</"
+"guibutton> pentru a continua."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1274,14 +1597,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Fie că sînteți un nou utilizator GNU-Linux sau experimentat, instalatorul Mageia este conceput să vă ajute să faceți instalarea sau actualizarea cît se poate de ușor."
+msgstr ""
+"Fie că sînteți un nou utilizator GNU-Linux sau experimentat, instalatorul "
+"Mageia este conceput să vă ajute să faceți instalarea sau actualizarea cît "
+"se poate de ușor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "Meniul din ecranul inițial are diferite opțiuni, iar cea implicită este cea care va lansa instalatorul, care în mod normal este tot ceea ce vă trebuie."
+msgstr ""
+"Meniul din ecranul inițial are diferite opțiuni, iar cea implicită este cea "
+"care va lansa instalatorul, care în mod normal este tot ceea ce vă trebuie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1296,15 +1624,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:37
 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:"
-msgstr "Aici aveți ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd utilizați un DVD Mageia:"
+msgstr ""
+"Aici aveți ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd utilizați un DVD Mageia:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1322,31 +1652,41 @@ msgstr "Din acest prim ecran se pot defini cîteva preferințe personale:"
 msgid ""
 "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
 "language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
-msgstr "Limba (doar pentru instalare, poate fi diferită de limba aleasă pentru sistem) apăsînd tasta F2"
+msgstr ""
+"Limba (doar pentru instalare, poate fi diferită de limba aleasă pentru "
+"sistem) apăsînd tasta F2"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
-msgstr "Utilizați tastele săgeți pentru a selecționa limba și apăsați tasta ENTER."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilizați tastele săgeți pentru a selecționa limba și apăsați tasta ENTER."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Aici aveți ca exemplu ecranul de întîmpinare, în franceză, cînd se utilizează un Live DVD/CD. Notați că meniul Live DVD/CD nu propune: <guilabel>Recuperare sistem</guilabel>, <guilabel>Test de memorie</guilabel> și <guilabel>Unealta de detecție materială</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici aveți ca exemplu ecranul de întîmpinare, în franceză, cînd se "
+"utilizează un Live DVD/CD. Notați că meniul Live DVD/CD nu propune: "
+"<guilabel>Recuperare sistem</guilabel>, <guilabel>Test de memorie</guilabel> "
+"și <guilabel>Unealta de detecție materială</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1355,8 +1695,10 @@ msgstr "Schimbați rezoluția ecranului apăsînd tasta F3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
@@ -1369,7 +1711,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
 "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
 "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
-msgstr "Dacă instalarea eșuează, atunci poate fi necesar să încercați din nou utilizînd una din opțiunile extra. Meniul activat cu F6 afișează o linie nouă intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel> și propune patru intrări:"
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă instalarea eșuează, atunci poate fi necesar să încercați din nou "
+"utilizînd una din opțiunile extra. Meniul activat cu F6 afișează o linie "
+"nouă intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel> și propune patru "
+"intrări:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:99
@@ -1381,28 +1727,37 @@ msgstr "- Implicit, nu modifică nimic în opțiunile implicite."
 msgid ""
 "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of "
 "performances."
-msgstr "- Parametri siguri, prioritatea este oferită opțiunilor mai sigure în detrimentul performanțelor. "
+msgstr ""
+"- Parametri siguri, prioritatea este oferită opțiunilor mai sigure în "
+"detrimentul performanțelor. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
 "isn't taken into account."
-msgstr "- Fără ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gestionarea energiei nu este luată în considerare."
+msgstr ""
+"- Fără ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gestionarea "
+"energiei nu este luată în considerare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:108
 msgid ""
 "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
 "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
-msgstr "- Fără APIC local (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), este vorba de întreruperile la nivel de procesor, selectați această opțiune dacă sînteți întrebat."
+msgstr ""
+"- Fără APIC local (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), este "
+"vorba de întreruperile la nivel de procesor, selectați această opțiune dacă "
+"sînteți întrebat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
 "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
-msgstr "Cînd selecționați una din aceste intrări, se modifică opțiunile implicite afișate pe linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd selecționați una din aceste intrări, se modifică opțiunile implicite "
+"afișate pe linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:116
@@ -1410,12 +1765,17 @@ msgid ""
 "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
 "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
 "however, they are really taken into account."
-msgstr "În unele versiuni de Mageia, se poate întîmpla ca intrările selecționate cu tasta F6 să nu apară în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel>, însă acestea sînt luate în considerare."
+msgstr ""
+"În unele versiuni de Mageia, se poate întîmpla ca intrările selecționate cu "
+"tasta F6 să nu apară în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel>, însă "
+"acestea sînt luate în considerare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:130
@@ -1428,12 +1788,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with "
 "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
 "go back to the welcome screen."
-msgstr "Apăsarea tastei F1 deschide o fereastră nouă cu mai multe opțiuni disponibile. Selectați una cu tastele săgeți și apăsați Enter pentru a avea mai multe detalii, sau apăsați tasta ESC pentru a reveni la ecranul de întîmpinare."
+msgstr ""
+"Apăsarea tastei F1 deschide o fereastră nouă cu mai multe opțiuni "
+"disponibile. Selectați una cu tastele săgeți și apăsați Enter pentru a avea "
+"mai multe detalii, sau apăsați tasta ESC pentru a reveni la ecranul de "
+"întîmpinare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
@@ -1442,12 +1808,18 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
 "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
 "line."
-msgstr "Vederea detaliată a opțiunii splash. Apăsați ESC sau selectați <guilabel>Înapoi la opțiunile de demarare</guilabel> pentru a reveni la lista cu opțiuni. Aceste opțiuni pot fi adăugate manual în linia <guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vederea detaliată a opțiunii splash. Apăsați ESC sau selectați "
+"<guilabel>Înapoi la opțiunile de demarare</guilabel> pentru a reveni la "
+"lista cu opțiuni. Aceste opțiuni pot fi adăugate manual în linia "
+"<guilabel>Opțiuni de demarare</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
@@ -1459,17 +1831,22 @@ msgstr "Cu tasta F2 aveți ajutorul tradus în limba aleasă."
 msgid ""
 "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
 "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):"
-msgstr "Acesta este ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd se utilizează un CD de instalare prin rețea filară (imaginea Boot.iso sau Boot-Nonfree.iso):"
+msgstr ""
+"Acesta este ecranul de întîmpinare implicit cînd se utilizează un CD de "
+"instalare prin rețea filară (imaginea Boot.iso sau Boot-Nonfree.iso):"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:169
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
-msgstr "Nu permite schimbarea limbii, opțiunile disponibile sînt descrise direct pe ecran. Pentru informații suplimentare despre utilizarea CD-ului de instalare prin rețea filară, consultați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>."
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Nu permite schimbarea limbii, opțiunile disponibile sînt descrise direct pe "
+"ecran. Pentru informații suplimentare despre utilizarea CD-ului de instalare "
+"prin rețea filară, consultați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Boot.iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:175
@@ -1479,9 +1856,11 @@ msgstr "Dispunerea tastaturii este cea americană."
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1491,24 +1870,30 @@ msgstr "Etapele instalării"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Procesul de instalare este divizat într-un anumit număr de etape, care pot fi urmărite în acest panou lateral al ecranului."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Procesul de instalare este divizat într-un anumit număr de etape, care pot "
+"fi urmărite în acest panou lateral al ecranului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Fiecare etapă are una sau mai multe ecrane, care pot avea la rîndul lor butoane <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> cu opțiuni suplimentare, de obicei mai puțin necesare."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Fiecare etapă are una sau mai multe ecrane, care pot avea la rîndul lor "
+"butoane <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> cu opțiuni suplimentare, de obicei "
+"mai puțin necesare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "Majoritatea ecranelor au butoane <guibutton>Ajutor</guibutton> care dau mai multe explicații pentru etapa actuală."
+msgstr ""
+"Majoritatea ecranelor au butoane <guibutton>Ajutor</guibutton> care dau mai "
+"multe explicații pentru etapa actuală."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1518,10 +1903,18 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție a fost formatată, sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal prin apăsarea celor trei taste <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm "
+"să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție "
+"a fost formatată, sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, "
+"calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu "
+"un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că "
+"doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal prin apăsarea celor trei taste "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1533,25 +1926,32 @@ msgstr "Probleme de instalare și soluții posibile"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Fără interfață grafică"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "După ecranul inițial nu ați ajuns în ecranul de selectat limba. Acest lucru se poate întîmpla cu unele plăci grafice și sisteme mai vechi. Încercați să utilizați o rezoluție mai mică tastînd <code>vgalo</code> la prompter."
+msgstr ""
+"După ecranul inițial nu ați ajuns în ecranul de selectat limba. Acest lucru "
+"se poate întîmpla cu unele plăci grafice și sisteme mai vechi. Încercați să "
+"utilizați o rezoluție mai mică tastînd <code>vgalo</code> la prompter."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
-msgstr "Dacă mașina este foarte veche, instalarea în mod grafic poate să nu fie posibilă. În acest caz merită încercată o instalare în mod text. Pentru aceasta apăsați ESC în primul ecran de întîmpinare și confirmați cu ENTER. Vi-se va prezenta un ecran negru pe care este afișat cuvîntul „boot:”. Tastați „text” și apăsați ENTER. Acum puteți continua cu instalarea în mod text."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă mașina este foarte veche, instalarea în mod grafic poate să nu fie "
+"posibilă. În acest caz merită încercată o instalare în mod text. Pentru "
+"aceasta apăsați ESC în primul ecran de întîmpinare și confirmați cu ENTER. "
+"Vi-se va prezenta un ecran negru pe care este afișat cuvîntul „boot:”. "
+"Tastați „text” și apăsați ENTER. Acum puteți continua cu instalarea în mod "
+"text."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:245
@@ -1566,7 +1966,13 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Dacă sistemul pare să înghețe în timpul instalării, acest lucru poate însemna o problemă cu detectarea componentelor materiale. În acest caz detectarea automată a componentelor materiale poate fi omisă și reglată mai tîrziu. Pentru a încerca acest lucru, tastați <code>noauto</code> la prompter. Dacă este nevoie, această opțiune poate fi combinată și cu alte opțiuni."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă sistemul pare să înghețe în timpul instalării, acest lucru poate "
+"însemna o problemă cu detectarea componentelor materiale. În acest caz "
+"detectarea automată a componentelor materiale poate fi omisă și reglată mai "
+"tîrziu. Pentru a încerca acest lucru, tastați <code>noauto</code> la "
+"prompter. Dacă este nevoie, această opțiune poate fi combinată și cu alte "
+"opțiuni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1578,9 +1984,13 @@ msgstr "Problemă de memorie"
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "De acest lucru poate fi nevoie foarte rar, însă în unele cazuri cantitatea de memorie RAM disponibilă poate fi raportată incorect. Pentru a o specifica manual, utilizați parametrul <code>mem=xxxM</code>, une xxx este cantitatea corectă de RAM. Ex: <code>mem=256M</code> va specifica 256Mo de RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"De acest lucru poate fi nevoie foarte rar, însă în unele cazuri cantitatea "
+"de memorie RAM disponibilă poate fi raportată incorect. Pentru a o specifica "
+"manual, utilizați parametrul <code>mem=xxxM</code>, une xxx este cantitatea "
+"corectă de RAM. Ex: <code>mem=256M</code> va specifica 256Mo de RAM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1593,39 +2003,44 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
-msgstr "Dacă doriți să convertiți discul dur din formatul de „bază” în formatul „dinamic” din Microsoft Windows, trebuie să știți că nu veți mai putea instala Mageia pe acest disc. Pentru a reveni la formatul de bază, consultați documentația Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă doriți să convertiți discul dur din formatul de „bază” în formatul "
+"„dinamic” din Microsoft Windows, trebuie să știți că nu veți mai putea "
+"instala Mageia pe acest disc. Pentru a reveni la formatul de bază, "
+"consultați documentația Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft."
+"com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/"
+"cc776315.aspx</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:3
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Actualizări"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "De la data lansării acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>, unele pachete au fost actualizate sau îmbunătățite."
+msgstr ""
+"De la data lansării acestei versiuni de <application>Mageia</application>, "
+"unele pachete au fost actualizate sau îmbunătățite."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1633,7 +2048,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Alegeți <guilabel>da</guilabel> dacă doriți să le descărcați și să le instalați, selectați <guilabel>nu</guilabel> dacă nu doriți să faceți acest lucru acum, sau dacă nu sînteți conectat la Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți <guilabel>da</guilabel> dacă doriți să le descărcați și să le "
+"instalați, selectați <guilabel>nu</guilabel> dacă nu doriți să faceți acest "
+"lucru acum, sau dacă nu sînteți conectat la Internet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1645,55 +2063,72 @@ msgstr "Apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a continua"
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Selectare medii (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Aici aveți lista depozitelor disponibile. Nu toate depozitele sînt disponibile, în funcție de mediile pe care le utilizați pentru instalare. Selecția depozitelor determină care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru selectat pe parcursul etapelor următoare."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici aveți lista depozitelor disponibile. Nu toate depozitele sînt "
+"disponibile, în funcție de mediile pe care le utilizați pentru instalare. "
+"Selecția depozitelor determină care pachete vor fi disponibile pentru "
+"selectat pe parcursul etapelor următoare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "Depozitul <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nu poate fi dezactivat deoarece conține baza distribuției."
+msgstr ""
+"Depozitul <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nu poate fi dezactivat deoarece conține "
+"baza distribuției."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "Depozitul <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> include pachete gratuite, pe care Mageia le poate deci distribui, însă conțin aplicații cu cod proprietar (de unde și numele „Nonfree”, însemnînd „non liber”). De exemplu, în acest depozit sînt incluși piloții proprietari pentru plăcile grafice nVidia și ATI, microcod pentru diverse plăci WiFi, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Depozitul <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> include pachete gratuite, pe care "
+"Mageia le poate deci distribui, însă conțin aplicații cu cod proprietar (de "
+"unde și numele „Nonfree”, însemnînd „non liber”). De exemplu, în acest "
+"depozit sînt incluși piloții proprietari pentru plăcile grafice nVidia și "
+"ATI, microcod pentru diverse plăci WiFi, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "Depozitul <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> include pachete publicate sub o licență liberă. Criteriul principal pentru plasarea pachetelor în acest depozit este faptul că acestea pot încălca anumite brevete în unele țări, de exemplu: codecurile multimedia necesare pentru redarea diverselor fișiere audio/video, pachete necesare pentru redarea DVD-urilor comerciale, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Depozitul <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> include pachete publicate sub o "
+"licență liberă. Criteriul principal pentru plasarea pachetelor în acest "
+"depozit este faptul că acestea pot încălca anumite brevete în unele țări, de "
+"exemplu: codecurile multimedia necesare pentru redarea diverselor fișiere "
+"audio/video, pachete necesare pentru redarea DVD-urilor comerciale, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1704,9 +2139,11 @@ msgstr "Instalare minimală"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Puteți alege o instalare minimalistă deselectînd tot din ecranul cu selecția grupurilor de pachete, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți alege o instalare minimalistă deselectînd tot din ecranul cu selecția "
+"grupurilor de pachete, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1715,14 +2152,21 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Instalarea minimalistă este destinată acelora care vor să utilizeze <application>Mageia</application> într-un mod specific, precum un server sau o stație de lucru specializată. Cu siguranță, veți utiliza această opțiune combinată cu o selecție manuală a pachetelor, vedeți <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalarea minimalistă este destinată acelora care vor să utilizeze "
+"<application>Mageia</application> într-un mod specific, precum un server sau "
+"o stație de lucru specializată. Cu siguranță, veți utiliza această opțiune "
+"combinată cu o selecție manuală a pachetelor, vedeți <xref linkend="
+"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Dacă alegeți această clasă de instalare, ecranul următor vă va oferi cîteva opțiuni de instalare suplimentare și foarte utile, precum documentația și X."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă alegeți această clasă de instalare, ecranul următor vă va oferi cîteva "
+"opțiuni de instalare suplimentare și foarte utile, precum documentația și X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1730,34 +2174,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Rezumatul parametrilor diverși"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1766,7 +2213,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX a făcut alegeri inteligente pentru configurația sistemului în funcție de opțiunile pe care le-ați ales și de componentele materiale detectate. Puteți verifica parametrii aici, iar dacă doriți îi puteți schimba apăsînd <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX a făcut alegeri inteligente pentru configurația sistemului în funcție "
+"de opțiunile pe care le-ați ales și de componentele materiale detectate. "
+"Puteți verifica parametrii aici, iar dacă doriți îi puteți schimba apăsînd "
+"<guibutton>Configurează</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1782,9 +2233,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fus orar</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DracX a selecționat un fus orar în funcție de limba pe care ați ales-o. Îl puteți schimba dacă este nevoie. Vedeți și <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DracX a selecționat un fus orar în funcție de limba pe care ați ales-o. Îl "
+"puteți schimba dacă este nevoie. Vedeți și <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1796,7 +2250,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Țară / Regiune</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Este foarte important să corectați acest parametru dacă nu vă aflați în țara selecționată. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Este foarte important să corectați acest parametru dacă nu vă aflați în țara "
+"selecționată. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1806,7 +2262,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Încărcător de sistem</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:69
 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting."
-msgstr "DrakX a făcut o alegeri bune pentru parametrii încărcătorului de sistem."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX a făcut o alegeri bune pentru parametrii încărcătorului de sistem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
@@ -1817,7 +2274,8 @@ msgstr "Nu schimbați nimic dacă nu știți cum să configurați Grub și/sau L
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
-msgstr "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:80
@@ -1827,9 +2285,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestionare utilizatori</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Puteți adăuga aici utilizatorii suplimentari. Fiecare va avea propriul său director <literal>/home</literal>."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți adăuga aici utilizatorii suplimentari. Fiecare va avea propriul său "
+"director <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1841,19 +2301,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Servicii</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Serviciile sistem se referă la acele programe mici care se execută în fundal (demoni). Această unealtă vă permite să activați sau să dezactivați anumite sarcini."
+msgstr ""
+"Serviciile sistem se referă la acele programe mici care se execută în fundal "
+"(demoni). Această unealtă vă permite să activați sau să dezactivați anumite "
+"sarcini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Trebuie să verificați cu atenție înainte de a schimba ceva aici - o greșeală poate împiedica funcționarea corectă a calculatorului."
+msgstr ""
+"Trebuie să verificați cu atenție înainte de a schimba ceva aici - o greșeală "
+"poate împiedica funcționarea corectă a calculatorului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
-msgstr "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:106
@@ -1870,7 +2336,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastatură</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Aici puteți configura sau schimba dispunerea tastaturii, care va depinde de locația voastră, de limbă și de tipul tastaturii."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți configura sau schimba dispunerea tastaturii, care va depinde de "
+"locația voastră, de limbă și de tipul tastaturii."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1882,7 +2350,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Maus</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Aici puteți adăuga sau configura și alte dispozitive de indicare, precum tablete, trackball-uri, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți adăuga sau configura și alte dispozitive de indicare, precum "
+"tablete, trackball-uri, etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1892,10 +2362,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Placă de sunet</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "Instalatorul utilizează pilotul implicit, dacă există. Opțiunea pentru a selecționa un alt pilot este propusă numai cînd există mai mulți piloți pentru acestă placă, însă nici unul dintre ei nu este cel implicit."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalatorul utilizează pilotul implicit, dacă există. Opțiunea pentru a "
+"selecționa un alt pilot este propusă numai cînd există mai mulți piloți "
+"pentru acestă placă, însă nici unul dintre ei nu este cel implicit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1904,22 +2377,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfață grafică</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Această secțiune vă permite să configurați plăcile grafice și ecranele."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Această secțiune vă permite să configurați plăcile grafice și ecranele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
-msgstr "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru mai multe informații, consultați <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/"
+">."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1938,14 +2414,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Aici puteți configura rețeaua, însă pentru plăcile de rețea cu piloți non liberi este mai bine să faceți asta după repornire, din <application>Centrul de Control Mageia</application>, dacă nu ați activat încă depozitele mediilor Nonfree."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți configura rețeaua, însă pentru plăcile de rețea cu piloți non "
+"liberi este mai bine să faceți asta după repornire, din <application>Centrul "
+"de Control Mageia</application>, dacă nu ați activat încă depozitele "
+"mediilor Nonfree."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Cînd adăugați o placă de rețea, nu uitați să configurați parafocul ca să supravegheze și acea interfață."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd adăugați o placă de rețea, nu uitați să configurați parafocul ca să "
+"supravegheze și acea interfață."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1958,14 +2440,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Un server proxy acționează ca un intermediar între calculator și Internet. Această secțiune vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca să utilizeze un serviciu de proxy."
+msgstr ""
+"Un server proxy acționează ca un intermediar între calculator și Internet. "
+"Această secțiune vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca să utilizeze un "
+"serviciu de proxy."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "S-ar putea să aveți nevoie să consultați administratorul sistemului pentru a obține parametrii pe care trebuie să-i introduceți aici."
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"S-ar putea să aveți nevoie să consultați administratorul sistemului pentru a "
+"obține parametrii pe care trebuie să-i introduceți aici."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1980,14 +2467,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivel de securitate</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Aici puteți configura nivelul de securitate pentru calculator, în majoritatea cazurilor configurația implicită (Standard) este cea potrivită pentru o utilizare o obișnuită."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți configura nivelul de securitate pentru calculator, în "
+"majoritatea cazurilor configurația implicită (Standard) este cea potrivită "
+"pentru o utilizare o obișnuită."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
-msgstr "Bifați opțiunea care se potrivește cel mai bine cu modul  de utilizare."
+msgstr ""
+"Bifați opțiunea care se potrivește cel mai bine cu modul  de utilizare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:211
@@ -1999,50 +2490,62 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Parafoc</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Un parafoc este destinat să fie o barieră între datele voastre importante și escrocii de pe Internet care le-ar putea compromite sau fura."
+msgstr ""
+"Un parafoc este destinat să fie o barieră între datele voastre importante și "
+"escrocii de pe Internet care le-ar putea compromite sau fura."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Selectați serviciile care doriți să aibă acces la sistem. Selecțiile vor depinde de modul în care utilizați calculatorul."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați serviciile care doriți să aibă acces la sistem. Selecțiile vor "
+"depinde de modul în care utilizați calculatorul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Țineți cont că poate fi foarte riscant dacă permiteți totul (fără parafoc)."
+msgstr ""
+"Țineți cont că poate fi foarte riscant dacă permiteți totul (fără parafoc)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Redimensionează partiția <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>"
+msgstr ""
+"Redimensionează partiția <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Aveți mai multe partiții <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Alegeți care din ele să fie micșorată ca să faceți loc pentru a instala <application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aveți mai multe partiții <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>. Alegeți care din ele să fie micșorată ca să faceți loc pentru "
+"a instala <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Nivel de securitate"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2060,7 +2563,10 @@ msgstr "Lăsați parametrii impliciți așa cum sînt dacă nu știți ce să al
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "După instalare, va fi tot timpul posibil să ajustați parametrii de securitate în secțiunea <guilabel>Securitate</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"După instalare, va fi tot timpul posibil să ajustați parametrii de "
+"securitate în secțiunea <guilabel>Securitate</guilabel> din Centrul de "
+"Control Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2082,14 +2588,19 @@ msgstr "Definiție"
 msgid ""
 "We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update "
 "Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied."
-msgstr "Aici numim un mediu un fișier cu o imagine ISO ce permite instalarea și/sau actualizarea distribuției Mageia și prin extensie orice suport fizic unde poate fi copiat fișierul ISO."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici numim un mediu un fișier cu o imagine ISO ce permite instalarea și/sau "
+"actualizarea distribuției Mageia și prin extensie orice suport fizic unde "
+"poate fi copiat fișierul ISO."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
-msgstr "Le puteți găsi <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aici</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Le puteți găsi <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aici</"
+"link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21
@@ -2102,83 +2613,83 @@ msgstr "Mediile de instalare clasice"
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr "Caracteristici comune"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr "Acestea utilizează instalatorul tradițional intitulat drakx."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
-msgstr "Acestea sînt capabile să efectueze o instalare nouă sau o actualizare de la o versiune precedentă."
+msgstr ""
+"Acestea sînt capabile să efectueze o instalare nouă sau o actualizare de la "
+"o versiune precedentă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr "Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
-msgstr "Unele unelte sînt disponibile în ecranul de întîmpinare: Recuperare sistem, Test de memorie, Unealta de detecție materială"
+msgstr ""
+"Unele unelte sînt disponibile în ecranul de întîmpinare: Recuperare sistem, "
+"Test de memorie, Unealta de detecție materială"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr "Fiecare DVD conține toate mediile de birou și limbile disponibile."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
 "software."
-msgstr "Vi-se va oferi posibilitatea în timpul instalării să adăugați sau nu aplicațiile proprietare."
+msgstr ""
+"Vi-se va oferi posibilitatea în timpul instalării să adăugați sau nu "
+"aplicațiile proprietare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr "DVD arhitectură duală"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
-msgstr "Ambele arhitecturi sînt prezente pe același mediu, alegerea este făcută automat în funcție de tipul procesorului detectat."
+msgstr ""
+"Ambele arhitecturi sînt prezente pe același mediu, alegerea este făcută "
+"automat în funcție de tipul procesorului detectat."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr "Doar mediul de birou Xfce."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
-msgstr "Doar cîteva limbi (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) DE VERIFICAT!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
+msgstr ""
+"Doar cîteva limbi (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"DE VERIFICAT!"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr "Conține aplicații proprietare."
@@ -2188,31 +2699,32 @@ msgstr "Conține aplicații proprietare."
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr "Mediile Live"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
-msgstr "Poate fi utilizat pentru a previzualiza distribuția Mageia fără a o instala și opțional să o instalați pe discul dur."
+msgstr ""
+"Poate fi utilizat pentru a previzualiza distribuția Mageia fără a o instala "
+"și opțional să o instalați pe discul dur."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr "Conține numai un mediu de birou (KDE sau GNOME)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imaginile Live ISO pot fi utilizate doar pentru a efectua instalări noi, nu pot fi utilizate pentru actualizări majore de la versiunile precedente.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imaginile Live ISO pot fi utilizate doar pentru a "
+"efectua instalări noi, nu pot fi utilizate pentru actualizări majore de la "
+"versiunile precedente.</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr "Acestea conțin aplicații proprietare."
@@ -2222,21 +2734,18 @@ msgstr "Acestea conțin aplicații proprietare."
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr "LiveCD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Doar mediul de birou KDE."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr "Doar limba engleză."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr "Doar 32 de biți."
@@ -2246,8 +2755,7 @@ msgstr "Doar 32 de biți."
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr "LiveCD GNOME"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Doar mediul de birou GNOME."
@@ -2257,8 +2765,7 @@ msgstr "Doar mediul de birou GNOME."
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr "LiveDVD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr "Toate limbile sînt prezente."
@@ -2273,48 +2780,56 @@ msgstr "LiveDVD GNOME"
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr "CD-uri numai pentru demarat"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
-msgstr "Fiecare din ele este o mică imagine care nu conține mai mult decît necesarul pentru a lansa instalatorul drakx și a găsi imaginea ISO pentru a continua și finaliza instalarea. Aceste fișiere ISO se pot afla pe discul dur, pe un disc local, într-o rețea locală sau pe Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Fiecare din ele este o mică imagine care nu conține mai mult decît necesarul "
+"pentru a lansa instalatorul drakx și a găsi imaginea ISO pentru a continua "
+"și finaliza instalarea. Aceste fișiere ISO se pot afla pe discul dur, pe un "
+"disc local, într-o rețea locală sau pe Internet."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
-msgstr "Aceste medii sînt foarte lejere (mai puțin de 100 Mo) și sînt convenabile pentru cazurile cînd lățimea de bandă este prea mică pentru a descărca un DVD întreg, pentru un calculator fără unitate de DVD sau pentru un calculator care nu poate demara de pe o cheie USB."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Aceste medii sînt foarte lejere (mai puțin de 100 Mo) și sînt convenabile "
+"pentru cazurile cînd lățimea de bandă este prea mică pentru a descărca un "
+"DVD întreg, pentru un calculator fără unitate de DVD sau pentru un "
+"calculator care nu poate demara de pe o cheie USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr "boot.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
-msgstr "Conține numai aplicații libere, pentru persoanele care refuză aplicațiile proprietare."
+msgstr ""
+"Conține numai aplicații libere, pentru persoanele care refuză aplicațiile "
+"proprietare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
 "it."
-msgstr "Conține aplicații proprietare (în mare parte piloți, codecuri...) pentru persoanele care au nevoie."
+msgstr ""
+"Conține aplicații proprietare (în mare parte piloți, codecuri...) pentru "
+"persoanele care au nevoie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251
@@ -2329,29 +2844,42 @@ msgstr "Descărcare"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
-msgstr "Odată ce ați ales fișierul ISO, îl puteți descărca utilizînd HTTP sau BitTorrent. În ambele cazuri o fereastră vă va oferi anumite informații, precum oglinda de descărcare utilizată și posibilitatea de a o schimba dacă este prea lentă. Dacă alegeți HTTP, puteți vedea și ceva de genul"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Odată ce ați ales fișierul ISO, îl puteți descărca utilizînd HTTP sau "
+"BitTorrent. În ambele cazuri o fereastră vă va oferi anumite informații, "
+"precum oglinda de descărcare utilizată și posibilitatea de a o schimba dacă "
+"este prea lentă. Dacă alegeți HTTP, puteți vedea și ceva de genul"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
-msgstr "md5sum și sha1sum sînt utilitare pentru a verifica integritatea fișierului ISO. Utilizați doar unul din ele.Ambele numere hexazecimale au fost calculate de un algoritm cu fișierul ce va fi descărcat. Dacă îi cereți din nou algoritmului să calculeze acest număr din fișierul pe care l-ați descărcat, ori obțineți același număr și descărcarea s-a efectuat corect, ori numărul este diferit și ați întîlnit un eșec. Apoi va apăra această fereastră:"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum și sha1sum sînt utilitare pentru a verifica integritatea fișierului "
+"ISO. Utilizați doar unul din ele.Ambele numere hexazecimale au fost "
+"calculate de un algoritm cu fișierul ce va fi descărcat. Dacă îi cereți din "
+"nou algoritmului să calculeze acest număr din fișierul pe care l-ați "
+"descărcat, ori obțineți același număr și descărcarea s-a efectuat corect, "
+"ori numărul este diferit și ați întîlnit un eșec. Apoi va apăra această "
+"fereastră:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276
@@ -2376,30 +2904,38 @@ msgstr "Deschideți o consolă, trebuie să fiți root, și:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- Pentru a utiliza md5sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Pentru a utiliza md5sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/"
+"to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- Pentru a utiliza sha1sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
 "path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- Pentru a utiliza sha1sum, tastați: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
-msgstr "și comparați numărul obținut pe calculator (va trebui să așteptați un pic) cu numărul dat de Mageia. Exemplu:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"și comparați numărul obținut pe calculator (va trebui să așteptați un pic) "
+"cu numărul dat de Mageia. Exemplu:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309
@@ -2411,7 +2947,10 @@ msgstr "Inscripționați sau copiați imaginea ISO"
 msgid ""
 "The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. "
 "These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media."
-msgstr "Imaginea ISO verificată poate fi acum inscripționată pe un CD/DVD sau copiată pe o cheie USB. Aceste operații nu sînt simple copieri și au ca scop să producă medie de pe care se poate demara."
+msgstr ""
+"Imaginea ISO verificată poate fi acum inscripționată pe un CD/DVD sau "
+"copiată pe o cheie USB. Aceste operații nu sînt simple copieri și au ca scop "
+"să producă medie de pe care se poate demara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316
@@ -2423,10 +2962,14 @@ msgstr "Inscripționați imaginea ISO pe un CD/DVD"
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
-msgstr "Puteți utiliza orice aplicație de inscripționat doriți, însă asigurați-vă că este configurată corect pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">inscripționat o imagine</emphasis>, opțiunea de inscripționat date sau fișiere nu este potrivită. Mai multe informații găsiți în <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți utiliza orice aplicație de inscripționat doriți, însă asigurați-vă că "
+"este configurată corect pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">inscripționat o imagine</"
+"emphasis>, opțiunea de inscripționat date sau fișiere nu este potrivită. Mai "
+"multe informații găsiți în <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wiki</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
@@ -2438,7 +2981,9 @@ msgstr "Copiați imaginea ISO pe o cheie USB"
 msgid ""
 "All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick "
 "and use it to boot and install the system."
-msgstr "Toate imaginile ISO Mageia sînt hibride, asta înseamnă că pot fi „copiate” pe o cheie USB pentru a demara și instala sistemul."
+msgstr ""
+"Toate imaginile ISO Mageia sînt hibride, asta înseamnă că pot fi „copiate” "
+"pe o cheie USB pentru a demara și instala sistemul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
@@ -2446,12 +2991,16 @@ msgid ""
 "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in "
 "the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced "
 "to the image size."
-msgstr "„copierea” unei imagini pe un dispozitiv de memorie flash distruge orice sistem de fișiere aflat înainte pe acea partiție. Toate datele vor fi pierdute și capacitatea partiției va fi redusă la mărimea fișierului ISO."
+msgstr ""
+"„copierea” unei imagini pe un dispozitiv de memorie flash distruge orice "
+"sistem de fișiere aflat înainte pe acea partiție. Toate datele vor fi "
+"pierdute și capacitatea partiției va fi redusă la mărimea fișierului ISO."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335
 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick."
-msgstr "Pentru a recupera capacitatea inițială va trebui să formatați cheia USB."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a recupera capacitatea inițială va trebui să formatați cheia USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339
@@ -2461,92 +3010,96 @@ msgstr "Utilizînd Mageia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
-msgstr "Puteți utiliza un utilitar grafic precum <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți utiliza un utilitar grafic precum <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr "Puteți utiliza utilitarul dd într-o consolă:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr "Deschideți o consolă"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
-msgstr "Deveniți root cu comanda <userinput>su -</userinput> (nu uitați liniuța de la final - )"
+msgstr ""
+"Deveniți root cu comanda <userinput>su -</userinput> (nu uitați liniuța de "
+"la final - )"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
-msgstr "Conectați cheia USB (nu o montați, adică nu deschideți nicio aplicație sau gestionar de fișiere pentru a o citi)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Conectați cheia USB (nu o montați, adică nu deschideți nicio aplicație sau "
+"gestionar de fișiere pentru a o citi)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr "Introduceți comanda <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
-msgstr "Găsiți numele cheii USB (după mărime), de exemplu /dev/sdb în imaginea de mai sus este o cheie USB de 8 Go."
+msgstr ""
+"Găsiți numele cheii USB (după mărime), de exemplu /dev/sdb în imaginea de "
+"mai sus este o cheie USB de 8 Go."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "(x)=numele dispozitivului, ex: /dev/sdc Exemplu: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"(x)=numele dispozitivului, ex: /dev/sdc Exemplu: # <userinput>dd if=/home/"
+"user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr "Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr "Deconectați cheia USB, ați terminat."
@@ -2571,7 +3124,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>"
 msgid ""
 "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
 "Disk Imager</link>"
-msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416
@@ -2581,32 +3136,38 @@ msgstr "Instalarea Mageia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
-msgstr "Această etapă este detaliată în <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">documentația Mageia</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Această etapă este detaliată în <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/"
+"doc/\">documentația Mageia</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
-msgstr "Informații suplimentare sînt disponibile pe <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Informații suplimentare sînt disponibile pe <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:13
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Selectați țara / regiunea"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2614,14 +3175,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Selectați țara sau regiunea. Acest lucru este important pentru multe tipuri de parametri, precum moneda locală și domeniul de reglementare radio. Alegerea greșită a țării poate conduce la incapacitatea de a utiliza rețelele fără fir."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați țara sau regiunea. Acest lucru este important pentru multe tipuri "
+"de parametri, precum moneda locală și domeniul de reglementare radio. "
+"Alegerea greșită a țării poate conduce la incapacitatea de a utiliza "
+"rețelele fără fir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Dacă țara dorită nu este în listă, faceți clic pe butonul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> și alegeți de acolo țara / regiunea."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă țara dorită nu este în listă, faceți clic pe butonul <guilabel>Alte "
+"țări</guilabel> și alegeți de acolo țara / regiunea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2630,7 +3197,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Dacă țara dorită se află doar în lista <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel>, după ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> poate apărea că o țară din prima listă a fost aleasă. Ignorați acest lucru, DrakX va continua cu alegerea pe care ați făcut-o."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă țara dorită se află doar în lista <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel>, după "
+"ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> poate apărea că o țară din prima "
+"listă a fost aleasă. Ignorați acest lucru, DrakX va continua cu alegerea pe "
+"care ați făcut-o."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2641,14 +3212,23 @@ msgstr "Metodă de intrare"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și metoda de intrare (la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit utilizatorilor să scrie cu caractere multilingve (chineză, japoneză, coreeană, etc.). IBus este metoda de intrare implicită pe DVD-urile Mageia și pe Live CD-urile Africa/India și Asia/no-India. Pentru localele asiatice și africane, IBus va fi definit drept metoda de intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu vor mai trebui s-o configureze manual. Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) care oferă funcții similare pot fi instalate dacă ați adăugat mediile HTTP/FTP înainte de selecția pachetelor."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și metoda de "
+"intrare (la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit utilizatorilor să scrie "
+"cu caractere multilingve (chineză, japoneză, coreeană, etc.). IBus este "
+"metoda de intrare implicită pe DVD-urile Mageia și pe Live CD-urile Africa/"
+"India și Asia/no-India. Pentru localele asiatice și africane, IBus va fi "
+"definit drept metoda de intrare implicită, așa că utilizatorii nu vor mai "
+"trebui s-o configureze manual. Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, "
+"HIME, etc.) care oferă funcții similare pot fi instalate dacă ați adăugat "
+"mediile HTTP/FTP înainte de selecția pachetelor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2656,7 +3236,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Dacă ați omis configurarea metodei de intrare în timpul instalării, o puteți accesa după repornirea sistemului instalat via „Configurați calculatorul” -&gt; „Sistem” sau executînd localedrake ca root."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă ați omis configurarea metodei de intrare în timpul instalării, o puteți "
+"accesa după repornirea sistemului instalat via „Configurați calculatorul” -"
+"&gt; „Sistem” sau executînd localedrake ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2666,9 +3249,11 @@ msgstr "Instalare sau actualizare"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2679,7 +3264,9 @@ msgstr "Instalare"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Utilizați această opțiune pentru o instalare nouă de <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilizați această opțiune pentru o instalare nouă de <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2692,7 +3279,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Aveți mai multe distribuții <application>Mageia</application> instalate pe calculator, instalatorul vă va permite să actualizați una din ele la ultima versiune."
+msgstr ""
+"Aveți mai multe distribuții <application>Mageia</application> instalate pe "
+"calculator, instalatorul vă va permite să actualizați una din ele la ultima "
+"versiune."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2700,31 +3290,48 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Numai actualizarea de la o versiune precedentă de Mageia care era <emphasis>încă suportată</emphasis> cînd a fost realizat acest instalator, a fost testată îndeajuns. Dacă doriți să actualizați o versiune de Mageia care și-a încheiat ciclul de viață cînd a fost lansată această ediție, este mai bine să faceți o instalare nouă păstrînd partiția <literal>/home</literal>."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Numai actualizarea de la o versiune precedentă de Mageia care era "
+"<emphasis>încă suportată</emphasis> cînd a fost realizat acest instalator, a "
+"fost testată îndeajuns. Dacă doriți să actualizați o versiune de Mageia care "
+"și-a încheiat ciclul de viață cînd a fost lansată această ediție, este mai "
+"bine să faceți o instalare nouă păstrînd partiția <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție a fost formatată sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să reporniți, deschideți un terminal apăsînd tastele <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă vă decideți să opriți instalarea în curs, puteți reporni, dar vă rugăm "
+"să vă gîndiți de două ori înainte de a face acest lucru. Odată ce o partiție "
+"a fost formatată sau actualizările au început să fie instalate, calculatorul "
+"nu mai este în aceeași stare și repornirea v-ar putea lăsa cu un sistem "
+"inutilizabil. Dacă în ciuda acestui fapt sînteți foarte sigur că doriți să "
+"reporniți, deschideți un terminal apăsînd tastele <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</"
+"guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Dacă ați descoperit că ați uitat să selectați o limbă adițională, vă puteți întoarce din ecranul „Instalare sau actualizare” la ecranul de alegere a limbii apăsînd <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Nu</emphasis> faceți acest lucru mai tîrziu în cursul instalării."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă ați descoperit că ați uitat să selectați o limbă adițională, vă puteți "
+"întoarce din ecranul „Instalare sau actualizare” la ecranul de alegere a "
+"limbii apăsînd <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Nu</emphasis> "
+"faceți acest lucru mai tîrziu în cursul instalării."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2736,43 +3343,61 @@ msgstr "Tastatură"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX selecționează tastatura potrivită pentru limba aleasă. Dacă nu s-a găsit tastatura potrivită, se va reveni implicit la dispunerea de tastatură US."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX selecționează tastatura potrivită pentru limba aleasă. Dacă nu s-a "
+"găsit tastatura potrivită, se va reveni implicit la dispunerea de tastatură "
+"US."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Verificați că selecția este corectă sau alegeți altă dispunere de tastatură. Dacă nu știți ce dispunere are tastatura, uitați-vă pe specificațiile sistemului, sau întrebați furnizorul de la care l-ați cumpărat. Poate că există o etichetă pe tastatură care indică dispunerea. Vă mai puteți uita și aici: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Verificați că selecția este corectă sau alegeți altă dispunere de tastatură. "
+"Dacă nu știți ce dispunere are tastatura, uitați-vă pe specificațiile "
+"sistemului, sau întrebați furnizorul de la care l-ați cumpărat. Poate că "
+"există o etichetă pe tastatură care indică dispunerea. Vă mai puteți uita și "
+"aici: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Dacă tastatura dorită nu se află în lista afișată, faceți clic pe <guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton> pentru a obține o listă completă și selectați-o de acolo."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă tastatura dorită nu se află în lista afișată, faceți clic pe "
+"<guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton> pentru a obține o listă completă și "
+"selectați-o de acolo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "După ce ați ales o tastatură din căsuța de dialog <guibutton>Mai multe</guibutton>, vă veți întoarce la prima fereastră de dialog pentru alegerea tastaturii și va apărea că a fost aleasă tastatura din acel ecran. Puteți ignora liniștiți această anomalie și continua cu instalarea: tastatura selecționată este cea pe care ați ales-o din lista completă."
+msgstr ""
+"După ce ați ales o tastatură din căsuța de dialog <guibutton>Mai multe</"
+"guibutton>, vă veți întoarce la prima fereastră de dialog pentru alegerea "
+"tastaturii și va apărea că a fost aleasă tastatura din acel ecran. Puteți "
+"ignora liniștiți această anomalie și continua cu instalarea: tastatura "
+"selecționată este cea pe care ați ales-o din lista completă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2780,7 +3405,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Dacă alegeți o tastatură cu caractere non-latine, veți vedea un ecran de dialog suplimentar în care veți fi întrebat cum preferați să comutați între dispunerea latină și non-latină."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă alegeți o tastatură cu caractere non-latine, veți vedea un ecran de "
+"dialog suplimentar în care veți fi întrebat cum preferați să comutați între "
+"dispunerea latină și non-latină."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2793,38 +3421,53 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Selectați limba preferată, desfășurînd mai întîi lista continentului. <application>Mageia</application> va utiliza această alegere pe parcursul instalării și după pentru pentru sistemul instalat."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați limba preferată, desfășurînd mai întîi lista continentului. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> va utiliza această alegere pe parcursul "
+"instalării și după pentru pentru sistemul instalat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "În cazul în care veți avea nevoie de mai multe limbi instalate în sistem, pentru uzul personal sau al celorlalți utilizatori, atunci trebuie să utilizați butonul <guibutton>Multilingv</guibutton> de mai jos și să le adăugați acum. Va fi mai dificil să adăugați suport multilingv după instalare."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"În cazul în care veți avea nevoie de mai multe limbi instalate în sistem, "
+"pentru uzul personal sau al celorlalți utilizatori, atunci trebuie să "
+"utilizați butonul <guibutton>Multilingv</guibutton> de mai jos și să le "
+"adăugați acum. Va fi mai dificil să adăugați suport multilingv după "
+"instalare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Chiar dacă ați optat pentru mai multe limbi, va trebui să alegeți una din ele ca limbă preferată din primul ecran cu lista limbilor. Va fi de asemenea indicată drept limba preferată în ecranul multilingv."
+msgstr ""
+"Chiar dacă ați optat pentru mai multe limbi, va trebui să alegeți una din "
+"ele ca limbă preferată din primul ecran cu lista limbilor. Va fi de asemenea "
+"indicată drept limba preferată în ecranul multilingv."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Dacă dispunerea tastaturii nu este aceeași cu limba preferată, atunci este recomandat să instalați și limba pentru dispunerea tastaturii."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă dispunerea tastaturii nu este aceeași cu limba preferată, atunci este "
+"recomandat să instalați și limba pentru dispunerea tastaturii."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2832,141 +3475,188 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia utilizează UTF-8 (Unicode) în mod implicit. Acest lucru poate fi dezactivat în ecranul „multilingv” dacă știți că nu corespunde limbii dumneavoastră. Dezactivarea suportului UTF-8 se aplică tuturor limbilor instalate."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia utilizează UTF-8 (Unicode) în mod implicit. Acest lucru poate fi "
+"dezactivat în ecranul „multilingv” dacă știți că nu corespunde limbii "
+"dumneavoastră. Dezactivarea suportului UTF-8 se aplică tuturor limbilor "
+"instalate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Puteți schimba limba sistemului și după instalare din Centrul de Control Mageia -&gt; Sistem -&gt; Gestionați localizarea sistemului."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți schimba limba sistemului și după instalare din Centrul de Control "
+"Mageia -&gt; Sistem -&gt; Gestionați localizarea sistemului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Selectați mausul"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Dacă nu sînteți mulțumit de cum reacționează mausul, puteți alege un altul aici."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu sînteți mulțumit de cum reacționează mausul, puteți alege un altul "
+"aici."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "În general <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Orice maus PS/2 și USB</guilabel> este o alegere bună."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"În general <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Orice maus PS/2 și "
+"USB</guilabel> este o alegere bună."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Selectați <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forțează evdev</guilabel> pentru a configura butoanele care nu funcționează la mausurile cu șase sau mai multe butoane."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forțează evdev</"
+"guilabel> pentru a configura butoanele care nu funcționează la mausurile cu "
+"șase sau mai multe butoane."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Adăugați sau modificați o intrare din meniul de demaraj"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Puteți adăuga o intrare sau modifica una după ce ați selectat-o, apăsînd pe butonul corespunzător din ecranul <emphasis>Configurare încărcător de sistem</emphasis> și editînd intrările din fereastra care se afișează în acel moment."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți adăuga o intrare sau modifica una după ce ați selectat-o, apăsînd pe "
+"butonul corespunzător din ecranul <emphasis>Configurare încărcător de "
+"sistem</emphasis> și editînd intrările din fereastra care se afișează în "
+"acel moment."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Schimbarea numelui unei intrări și bifarea căsuței pentru a o defini ca intrare implicită sînt acțiuni care nu comportă nici un risc."
+msgstr ""
+"Schimbarea numelui unei intrări și bifarea căsuței pentru a o defini ca "
+"intrare implicită sînt acțiuni care nu comportă nici un risc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Puteți adăuga propriul vostru număr de versiune pentru o intrare, sau o puteți redenumi în întregime."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți adăuga propriul vostru număr de versiune pentru o intrare, sau o "
+"puteți redenumi în întregime."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "Intrarea implicită este cea pe care sistemul o va demara dacă nu faceți nici o alegere la pornire."
+msgstr ""
+"Intrarea implicită este cea pe care sistemul o va demara dacă nu faceți nici "
+"o alegere la pornire."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Editarea altor lucruri vă poate conduce la un sistem nedemarabil. Nu încercați să testați ceva dacă nu știți ce faceți."
+msgstr ""
+"Editarea altor lucruri vă poate conduce la un sistem nedemarabil. Nu "
+"încercați să testați ceva dacă nu știți ce faceți."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Opțiunile principale ale încărcătorului de sistem"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Dacă preferați alți parametri pentru încărcătorul de sistem în locul celor aleși automatic de instalator, în acest caz îi puteți schimba aici."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă preferați alți parametri pentru încărcătorul de sistem în locul celor "
+"aleși automatic de instalator, în acest caz îi puteți schimba aici."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Dacă aveți deja instalat un alt sistem de operare pe calculator, în acest caz trebuie să vă decideți ori să adăugați Mageia la încărcătorul de sistem existent, ori să lăsați Mageia să creeze unul nou."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă aveți deja instalat un alt sistem de operare pe calculator, în acest "
+"caz trebuie să vă decideți ori să adăugați Mageia la încărcătorul de sistem "
+"existent, ori să lăsați Mageia să creeze unul nou."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2985,14 +3675,20 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Implicit Mageia scrie un nou încărcător de sistem GRUB (învechit) pe MBR („Master Boot Record”, sectorul principal de demaraj) de pe primul disc dur. Dacă aveți deja alte sisteme de operare instalate, Mageia va încerca să le adauge în noul meniu de demaraj."
+msgstr ""
+"Implicit Mageia scrie un nou încărcător de sistem GRUB (învechit) pe MBR "
+"(„Master Boot Record”, sectorul principal de demaraj) de pe primul disc dur. "
+"Dacă aveți deja alte sisteme de operare instalate, Mageia va încerca să le "
+"adauge în noul meniu de demaraj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "De asemenea, Mageia propune GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem opțional în plus de GRUB (învechit) și Lilo. "
+msgstr ""
+"De asemenea, Mageia propune GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem opțional în plus "
+"de GRUB (învechit) și Lilo. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -3000,14 +3696,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Sistemele Linux care utilizează GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem nu sînt suportate în momentul de față de GRUB (învechit) și nu vor fi recunoscute dacă este utilizat încărcătorul de sistem GRUB implicit."
+msgstr ""
+"Sistemele Linux care utilizează GRUB2 ca încărcător de sistem nu sînt "
+"suportate în momentul de față de GRUB (învechit) și nu vor fi recunoscute "
+"dacă este utilizat încărcătorul de sistem GRUB implicit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Cea mai bună soluție aici este să utilizați încărcătorul de sistem GRUB2 care este disponibil în pagina rezumat din cursul instalării."
+msgstr ""
+"Cea mai bună soluție aici este să utilizați încărcătorul de sistem GRUB2 "
+"care este disponibil în pagina rezumat din cursul instalării."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3018,41 +3719,60 @@ msgstr "Se utilizează încărcătorul de sistem existent"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Dacă ați decis să utilizați un încărcător de sistem existent, atunci va trebui să nu uitați să VĂ OPRIȚI la pagina rezumat din cursul instalării și să faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> de lîngă încărcătorul de sistem pentru a schimba locația de instalare a încărcătorului de sistem. "
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă ați decis să utilizați un încărcător de sistem existent, atunci va "
+"trebui să nu uitați să VĂ OPRIȚI la pagina rezumat din cursul instalării și "
+"să faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> de lîngă "
+"încărcătorul de sistem pentru a schimba locația de instalare a "
+"încărcătorului de sistem. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Nu selectați dispozitivul intitulat spre exemplu „sda”, că veți suprascrie sectorul principal de demaraj (MBR) existent. Trebuie să selectați partiția rădăcină (/) pe care ați ales-o în etapa de partiționare precedentă (de exemplu: sda7)."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu selectați dispozitivul intitulat spre exemplu „sda”, că veți suprascrie "
+"sectorul principal de demaraj (MBR) existent. Trebuie să selectați partiția "
+"rădăcină (/) pe care ați ales-o în etapa de partiționare precedentă (de "
+"exemplu: sda7)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
-msgstr "Ca să fie clar: sda este un dispozitiv, iar sda7 este o partiție de pe acel dispozitiv."
+msgstr ""
+"Ca să fie clar: sda este un dispozitiv, iar sda7 este o partiție de pe acel "
+"dispozitiv."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Treceți în terminalul tty2 cu Ctrl+Alt+F2 și tastați <literal>df</literal> ca să verificați unde se află partiția <literal>/</literal> (rădăcină). Ctrl+Alt+F7 vă readuce în ecranul instalatorului."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Treceți în terminalul tty2 cu Ctrl+Alt+F2 și tastați <literal>df</literal> "
+"ca să verificați unde se află partiția <literal>/</literal> (rădăcină). Ctrl"
+"+Alt+F7 vă readuce în ecranul instalatorului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "Procedura exactă pentru adăugarea sistemului Mageia la un încărcător de sistem existent depășește scopul acestui ajutor. Totuși, în majoritatea cazurilor, acest lucru implică lansarea programului de instalare al acelui încărcător de sistem, care ar trebui să detecteze și să adauge automat noul sistem Mageia. Consultați documentația sistemului de operare în chestiune."
+msgstr ""
+"Procedura exactă pentru adăugarea sistemului Mageia la un încărcător de "
+"sistem existent depășește scopul acestui ajutor. Totuși, în majoritatea "
+"cazurilor, acest lucru implică lansarea programului de instalare al acelui "
+"încărcător de sistem, care ar trebui să detecteze și să adauge automat noul "
+"sistem Mageia. Consultați documentația sistemului de operare în chestiune."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3063,48 +3783,56 @@ msgstr "Opțiunile avansate ale încărcătorului de sistem"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Dacă dispuneți de un spațiu limitat pe partiția <literal>/</literal>, iar aceasta conține <literal>/tmp</literal>, faceți clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și bifați căsuța <guilabel>Curăță /tmp la fiecare pornire</guilabel>. Acest lucru vă ajută să mențineți ceva spațiu liber."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă dispuneți de un spațiu limitat pe partiția <literal>/</literal>, iar "
+"aceasta conține <literal>/tmp</literal>, faceți clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</"
+"guibutton> și bifați căsuța <guilabel>Curăță /tmp la fiecare pornire</"
+"guilabel>. Acest lucru vă ajută să mențineți ceva spațiu liber."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Configurare SCSI"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "În general DrakX detectează corect discurile. La unele controlere SCSI mai vechi poate să nu determine corect piloții care trebuiesc utilizați și prin urmare eșuează la recunoașterea discurilor."
+msgstr ""
+"În general DrakX detectează corect discurile. La unele controlere SCSI mai "
+"vechi poate să nu determine corect piloții care trebuiesc utilizați și prin "
+"urmare eșuează la recunoașterea discurilor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Dacă se întîmplă acest lucru, va trebui să-i indicați manual lui DrakX ce discuri SCSI aveți."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă se întîmplă acest lucru, va trebui să-i indicați manual lui DrakX ce "
+"discuri SCSI aveți."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3116,13 +3844,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX va putea atunci să le configureze corect."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Configurare sunet"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3130,7 +3860,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "Acest ecran afișează numele pilotului pe care instalatorul l-a ales pentru placa de sunet, care va fi cel implicit dacă există unul."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest ecran afișează numele pilotului pe care instalatorul l-a ales pentru "
+"placa de sunet, care va fi cel implicit dacă există unul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3140,16 +3872,24 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Pilotul implicit ar trebui să funcționeze fără probleme. Totuși, dacă întîlniți probleme după instalare, atunci rulați <command>draksound</command> sau lansați această unealtă via MCC (Mageia Control Center), alegînd categoria <guilabel>Componente materiale</guilabel> și faceți clic pe <guilabel>Configurare sunet</guilabel> în partea din dreapta sus a ecranului."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilotul implicit ar trebui să funcționeze fără probleme. Totuși, dacă "
+"întîlniți probleme după instalare, atunci rulați <command>draksound</"
+"command> sau lansați această unealtă via MCC (Mageia Control Center), "
+"alegînd categoria <guilabel>Componente materiale</guilabel> și faceți clic "
+"pe <guilabel>Configurare sunet</guilabel> în partea din dreapta sus a "
+"ecranului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Apoi, în draksound sau ecranul uneltei de „Configurarea sunetului”, apăsați pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Depanare</guibutton> pentru a găsi sfaturi utile despre cum să rezolvați problema."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Apoi, în draksound sau ecranul uneltei de „Configurarea sunetului”, apăsați "
+"pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și apoi pe <guibutton>Depanare</guibutton> "
+"pentru a găsi sfaturi utile despre cum să rezolvați problema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3162,44 +3902,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Apăsarea pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> în acest ecran, în cursul instalării, este utilă dacă nu există un pilot implicit dar sînt cîțiva disponibili și credeți că instalatorul l-a selecționat pe cel greșit. "
+msgstr ""
+"Apăsarea pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> în acest ecran, în cursul "
+"instalării, este utilă dacă nu există un pilot implicit dar sînt cîțiva "
+"disponibili și credeți că instalatorul l-a selecționat pe cel greșit. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "În acel caz puteți selecta un pilot diferit după ce faceți clic pe <guibutton>Alegerea unui pilot</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"În acel caz puteți selecta un pilot diferit după ce faceți clic pe "
+"<guibutton>Alegerea unui pilot</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Confirmați formatarea discului dur"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur de alegere."
+msgstr ""
+"Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> dacă nu sînteți sigur de "
+"alegere."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> dacă sigur doriți să ștergeți toate partițiile, toate sistemele de operare și toate datele de pe acel disc."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> dacă sigur doriți să ștergeți "
+"toate partițiile, toate sistemele de operare și toate datele de pe acel disc."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/ru.po b/docs/installer/ru.po
index 89a5ff31..d9df8130 100644
--- a/docs/installer/ru.po
+++ b/docs/installer/ru.po
@@ -12,15 +12,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-12 23:50+0300\n"
 "Last-Translator: AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ru/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"ru/)\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: ru\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n"
+"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32
@@ -29,8 +31,12 @@ msgstr "Условия лицензирования и заметки о вып�
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -39,23 +45,41 @@ msgstr "Лицензионное соглашение"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
-msgid "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Перед установкой <application>Mageia</application> ознакомьтесь с условиями лицензирования."
+msgid ""
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Перед установкой <application>Mageia</application> ознакомьтесь с условиями "
+"лицензирования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
-msgid "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
-msgstr "Эти условия лицензирования касаются всего дистрибутива <application>Mageia</application>. Вам следует принять эти условия, иначе установка будет невозможна."
+msgid ""
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Эти условия лицензирования касаются всего дистрибутива <application>Mageia</"
+"application>. Вам следует принять эти условия, иначе установка будет "
+"невозможна."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
-msgid "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Чтобы согласиться с условиями, отметьте пункт <guilabel>Принять</guilabel>, а потом нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы согласиться с условиями, отметьте пункт <guilabel>Принять</guilabel>, "
+"а потом нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
-msgid "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Если вы не согласны с условиями лицензионного соглашения, мы будем благодарны за то, что вы обратили внимание на наш дистрибутив. После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> ваш компьютер будет перезагружен."
+msgid ""
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы не согласны с условиями лицензионного соглашения, мы будем "
+"благодарны за то, что вы обратили внимание на наш дистрибутив. После нажатия "
+"кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> ваш компьютер будет перезагружен."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -64,13 +88,15 @@ msgstr "Заметки о выпуске"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:75
-msgid "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Чтобы ознакомиться со списком нововведений в <application>Mageia</application>, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Заметки о выпуске</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
+"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы ознакомиться со списком нововведений в <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Заметки о выпуске</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:2
-#: en/DrakX.xml:1
+#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
 #: en/media_selection.xml:1
 msgid "en"
 msgstr "ru"
@@ -78,27 +104,41 @@ msgstr "ru"
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
-msgstr "Выбор носителя (настройки дополнительных носителей пакетов для установки)"
+msgstr ""
+"Выбор носителя (настройки дополнительных носителей пакетов для установки)"
 
-#. papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
-msgid "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The source selection determines which packages will be available for selection during the next steps."
-msgstr "На этой странице будет представлен список определенных репозиториев пакетов. Вы сможете добавить другие источники пакетов, в частности оптический носитель или удаленный сервер сети. Набор указанных репозиториев определяет, какие из пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах."
+msgid ""
+"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"during the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"На этой странице будет представлен список определенных репозиториев пакетов. "
+"Вы сможете добавить другие источники пакетов, в частности оптический "
+"носитель или удаленный сервер сети. Набор указанных репозиториев определяет, "
+"какие из пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
 msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:"
-msgstr "Чтобы добавить сетевой источник, необходимо выполнить два следующих шага:"
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы добавить сетевой источник, необходимо выполнить два следующих шага:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33
@@ -107,36 +147,48 @@ msgstr "Выбор и включение сети, если она еще не �
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37
-msgid "Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS installation."
-msgstr "Выбор зеркала или определение URL-адреса (первая запись). После выбора зеркала вы получите доступ к выбору всех репозиториев, которые используются в Mageia, в частности к репозиторию несвободных пакетов, к репозиторию пакетов с ограничениями в лицензировании и к репозиторию обновлений. С помощью URL-адреса можно связать с системой определенный репозиторий пакетов или развернутую вами с помощью NFS систему."
+msgid ""
+"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a "
+"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by "
+"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
+"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Выбор зеркала или определение URL-адреса (первая запись). После выбора "
+"зеркала вы получите доступ к выбору всех репозиториев, которые используются "
+"в Mageia, в частности к репозиторию несвободных пакетов, к репозиторию "
+"пакетов с ограничениями в лицензировании и к репозиторию обновлений. С "
+"помощью URL-адреса можно связать с системой определенный репозиторий пакетов "
+"или развернутую вами с помощью NFS систему."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Управление учётными записями пользователя и администратора"
 
-#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
-#. screen), marja, 20120409
-#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
+#.        screen), marja, 20120409
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -145,13 +197,32 @@ msgstr "Восстановление пароля администратора (
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:38
-msgid "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the <emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "В каждой установленной системе <application>Mageia</application> следует определить пароль суперпользователя или администратора. Такой пароль в Linux обычно называется <emphasis>пароль root</emphasis>. При вводе пароля цвет отметки защищенности должны меняться с красного на жёлтый, а затем на зелёный в зависимости от сложности пароля. Зелёный цвет соответствует достаточно сложным паролям. Вам также следует повторить ввод пароля в поле, расположенном ниже, чтобы удостовериться, что пароль был введён без ошибок."
+msgid ""
+"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
+"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
+"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
+"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
+"the first password by comparing them."
+msgstr ""
+"В каждой установленной системе <application>Mageia</application> следует "
+"определить пароль суперпользователя или администратора. Такой пароль в Linux "
+"обычно называется <emphasis>пароль root</emphasis>. При вводе пароля цвет "
+"отметки защищенности должны меняться с красного на жёлтый, а затем на "
+"зелёный в зависимости от сложности пароля. Зелёный цвет соответствует "
+"достаточно сложным паролям. Вам также следует повторить ввод пароля в поле, "
+"расположенном ниже, чтобы удостовериться, что пароль был введён без ошибок."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
-msgid "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters (upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Все пароли следует указывать с учетом регистра. Лучше использовать в пароле смесь букв (большие и маленькие), цифры и другие символы."
+msgid ""
+"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
+"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
+msgstr ""
+"Все пароли следует указывать с учетом регистра. Лучше использовать в пароле "
+"смесь букв (большие и маленькие), цифры и другие символы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -160,58 +231,120 @@ msgstr "Введите пользователя"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:59
-msgid "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "С помощью этой панели вы можете добавить пользователей. Каждый пользователь имеет меньшие права доступа, чем суперпользователь (root), но достаточно прав для просмотра интернета, пользования офисными программами, для игр и любых других задач, которые выполняются обычным пользователем за компьютером."
+msgid ""
+"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
+"enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
+"anything else the average user does with his computer"
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой панели вы можете добавить пользователей. Каждый пользователь "
+"имеет меньшие права доступа, чем суперпользователь (root), но достаточно "
+"прав для просмотра интернета, пользования офисными программами, для игр и "
+"любых других задач, которые выполняются обычным пользователем за компьютером."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
-msgid "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Иконка</guibutton>: с помощью этой кнопки можно изменить значок пользователя."
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
+"users icon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Иконка</guibutton>: с помощью этой кнопки можно изменить значок "
+"пользователя."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
-msgid "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Имя</guilabel>: в этом поле следует указать настоящее имя пользователя."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
+"box."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Имя</guilabel>: в этом поле следует указать настоящее имя "
+"пользователя."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
-msgid "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Имя пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете ввести регистрационное имя пользователя или предоставить возможность drakx использовать определенную версию настоящего имени. <emphasis>Имя пользователя чувствительно к регистру.</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Имя пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете ввести "
+"регистрационное имя пользователя или предоставить возможность drakx "
+"использовать определенную версию настоящего имени. <emphasis>Имя "
+"пользователя чувствительно к регистру.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
-msgid "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>: в этом поле вам следует указать пароль. Цвет отметки защищенности рядом с полем соответствует сложности пароля (см. также <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
+"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
+"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>: в этом поле вам следует указать пароль. Цвет "
+"отметки защищенности рядом с полем соответствует сложности пароля (см. также "
+"<xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
-msgid "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Пароль (еще раз)</guilabel>: повторите ввод пароля в этом поле. DrakX проверит, совпадает ли  введенный повторно пароль с его первоначальным вариантом."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Пароль (еще раз)</guilabel>: повторите ввод пароля в этом поле. "
+"DrakX проверит, совпадает ли  введенный повторно пароль с его первоначальным "
+"вариантом."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
-msgid "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Содержание домашних каталогов всех пользователей, учетные записи которых будут созданы при установке Mageia, сможет читать любой пользователь (но не записывать в эти каталоги данные)."
+msgid ""
+"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
+"write protected) home directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Содержание домашних каталогов всех пользователей, учетные записи которых "
+"будут созданы при установке Mageia, сможет читать любой пользователь (но не "
+"записывать в эти каталоги данные)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
-msgid "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Впрочем, после установки домашние каталоги пользователей, учетные записи которых будут добавлены через <emphasis> Центр управления Mageia - Система - Управление пользователями </emphasis>, будут защищены как от чтения, так и от записи."
+msgid ""
+"However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
+"System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
+"is both read and write protected."
+msgstr ""
+"Впрочем, после установки домашние каталоги пользователей, учетные записи "
+"которых будут добавлены через <emphasis> Центр управления Mageia - Система - "
+"Управление пользователями </emphasis>, будут защищены как от чтения, так и "
+"от записи."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
-msgid "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Если вы хотите защитить ваш домашний каталог от чтения для конкретного пользователя, то вам стоит на этапе установки создать временного пользователя, а настоящего создать уже после завершения установки и перезагрузки системы."
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
+"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы хотите защитить ваш домашний каталог от чтения для конкретного "
+"пользователя, то вам стоит на этапе установки создать временного "
+"пользователя, а настоящего создать уже после завершения установки и "
+"перезагрузки системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
-msgid "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Если вы предпочитаете домашние каталоги пользователей, содержание которых будет доступно всем другим пользователям, то вам стоит добавить всех будущих пользователей системы на шаге <emphasis> Настройки - Резюме </emphasis> при установке системы. Для управления записями выберите <emphasis> Управление пользователями </emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
+"extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
+"during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы предпочитаете домашние каталоги пользователей, содержание которых "
+"будет доступно всем другим пользователям, то вам стоит добавить всех будущих "
+"пользователей системы на шаге <emphasis> Настройки - Резюме </emphasis> при "
+"установке системы. Для управления записями выберите <emphasis> Управление "
+"пользователями </emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install."
-msgstr "Права доступа к домашним каталогам, конечно же, можно изменить и после завершения установки системы."
+msgstr ""
+"Права доступа к домашним каталогам, конечно же, можно изменить и после "
+"завершения установки системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:116
@@ -220,97 +353,190 @@ msgstr "Дополнительные возможности управления
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:119
-msgid "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Если вы нажмете кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, то программа откроет диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете изменить параметры учетной записи, которую вы добавляете. Кроме того, с помощью этого диалогового окна можно отключить или включить гостевой аккаунт."
+msgid ""
+"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
+"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
+"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы нажмете кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, то программа "
+"откроет диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете изменить параметры "
+"учетной записи, которую вы добавляете. Кроме того, с помощью этого "
+"диалогового окна можно отключить или включить гостевой аккаунт."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
-msgid "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Любые данные, которые будут записаны с гостевого аккаунта <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> в соответствующий каталог в /home, будут потеряны при выходе из системы. Пользователю гостевого аккаунта следует позаботиться о сохранении важных файлов на портативный носитель данных."
+msgid ""
+"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
+"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
+"should save his important files to a USB key."
+msgstr ""
+"Любые данные, которые будут записаны с гостевого аккаунта <emphasis>rbash</"
+"emphasis> в соответствующий каталог в /home, будут потеряны при выходе из "
+"системы. Пользователю гостевого аккаунта следует позаботиться о сохранении "
+"важных файлов на портативный носитель данных."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
-msgid "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Включить гостевой аккаунт</guilabel>: с помощью этого пункта можно включить или отключить гостевой аккаунт. Пользователь гостевого аккаунта сможет войти в систему, пользоваться компьютером, но будет иметь ограниченные права доступа даже по сравнению с обычными пользователями."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
+"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
+"but he has more restricted access than normal users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Включить гостевой аккаунт</guilabel>: с помощью этого пункта можно "
+"включить или отключить гостевой аккаунт. Пользователь гостевого аккаунта "
+"сможет войти в систему, пользоваться компьютером, но будет иметь "
+"ограниченные права доступа даже по сравнению с обычными пользователями."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
-msgid "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Командная оболочка</guilabel>: с помощью этого раскрывающегося списка вы можете изменить командную оболочку, которая будет использоваться для работы пользователя. Возможны следующие варианты: Bash, Dash и Sh."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
+"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
+"Bash, Dash and Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Командная оболочка</guilabel>: с помощью этого раскрывающегося "
+"списка вы можете изменить командную оболочку, которая будет использоваться "
+"для работы пользователя. Возможны следующие варианты: Bash, Dash и Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
-msgid "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Код пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код (идентификатор) пользователя, имя которого было добавлено с помощью предыдущего окна. Следует указать номер аккаунта. Не заполняйте это поле, если вам неизвестны последствия ваших действий."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
+"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
+"you know what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Код пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код "
+"(идентификатор) пользователя, имя которого было добавлено с помощью "
+"предыдущего окна. Следует указать номер аккаунта. Не заполняйте это поле, "
+"если вам неизвестны последствия ваших действий."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
-msgid "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Код группы</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код (идентификатор) группы пользователя. Следует указать номер, обычно тот же, что и для учетной записи пользователя. Не заполняйте это поле, если вам неизвестны последствия ваших действий."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Код группы</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код "
+"(идентификатор) группы пользователя. Следует указать номер, обычно тот же, "
+"что и для учетной записи пользователя. Не заполняйте это поле, если вам "
+"неизвестны последствия ваших действий."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Выберете точки монтированния"
 
-#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#. 2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
-msgid "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you can change the mount points."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть список разделов Linux на вашем компьютере. Если вы не согласны с предложениями <application>DrakX</application>, вы можете заменить точки монтирования."
+msgid ""
+"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
+"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
+"can change the mount points."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть список разделов Linux на вашем "
+"компьютере. Если вы не согласны с предложениями <application>DrakX</"
+"application>, вы можете заменить точки монтирования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
-msgid "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> (root) partition."
-msgstr "В случае внесения изменений не забудьте, что среди разделов обязательно должен быть корневой раздел <literal>/</literal>."
+msgid ""
+"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
+"(root) partition."
+msgstr ""
+"В случае внесения изменений не забудьте, что среди разделов обязательно "
+"должен быть корневой раздел <literal>/</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
-msgid "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Для каждого из разделов будут показаны такие данные: «Устройство» («Ёмкость», «Точка монтированния», «Тип»)."
+msgid ""
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Для каждого из разделов будут показаны такие данные: "
+"«Устройство» («Ёмкость», «Точка монтированния», «Тип»)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
-msgid "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], \"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "Для пункта «Устройство» будет показано следующее: «жесткий диск», [«номер жесткого диска» (буква)], «номер раздела» (например, «sda5»)."
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Для пункта «Устройство» будет показано следующее: «жесткий диск», [«номер "
+"жесткого диска» (буква)], «номер раздела» (например, «sda5»)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
-msgid "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Если в системе много разделов, с помощью выпадающего меню вы сможете выбрать для них разные точки монтирования, в частности такие: <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> и <literal>/var</literal>. Кроме того, вы можете создать собственные точки монтирования, например <literal>/video</literal> раздела, на котором будут храниться ваши видео файлы или <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> для раздела <literal>/home</literal> установленной тестовой версии (cauldron)."
+msgid ""
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
+"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Если в системе много разделов, с помощью выпадающего меню вы сможете выбрать "
+"для них разные точки монтирования, в частности такие: <literal>/</literal>, "
+"<literal>/home</literal> и <literal>/var</literal>. Кроме того, вы можете "
+"создать собственные точки монтирования, например <literal>/video</literal> "
+"раздела, на котором будут храниться ваши видео файлы или <literal>/cauldron-"
+"home</literal> для раздела <literal>/home</literal> установленной тестовой "
+"версии (cauldron)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
-msgid "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount point field blank."
-msgstr "Для разделов, доступ к которым в установленной системе не будет осуществляться, вы можете не указывать точку монтирования."
+msgid ""
+"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
+"point field blank."
+msgstr ""
+"Для разделов, доступ к которым в установленной системе не будет "
+"осуществляться, вы можете не указывать точку монтирования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
-msgid "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены с выбором. Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Специальное разбиение диска</guilabel>. В окне, которое будет открыто в ответ, вы сможете выбрать область раздела, чтобы просмотреть данные по типу и размеру раздела."
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
+"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
+"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены с выбором. "
+"Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Специальное разбиение диска</guilabel>. В окне, "
+"которое будет открыто в ответ, вы сможете выбрать область раздела, чтобы "
+"просмотреть данные по типу и размеру раздела."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
-msgid "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Если вы уверены, что точки монтирования определены правильно, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton> и определитесь с тем, следует ли только форматировать разделы согласно предложению DrakX или следует выполнить дополнительные действия."
+msgid ""
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы уверены, что точки монтирования определены правильно, нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton> и определитесь с тем, следует ли только "
+"форматировать разделы согласно предложению DrakX или следует выполнить "
+"дополнительные действия."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -319,40 +545,80 @@ msgstr "Выбор рабочего стола"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
-msgid "Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine tune your choice."
-msgstr "В зависимости от выбранного вами с помощью этой страницы варианта установки, программа может предложить на последующих страницах дополнительные возможности окончательной настройки вашей системы."
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"В зависимости от выбранного вами с помощью этой страницы варианта установки, "
+"программа может предложить на последующих страницах дополнительные "
+"возможности окончательной настройки вашей системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
-msgid "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the <guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "После выполнения операций выбора, вы увидите демонстрацию слайдов. Отключить показ слайдов можно нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Подробности</guilabel>."
+msgid ""
+"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
+"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
+"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
+msgstr ""
+"После выполнения операций выбора, вы увидите демонстрацию слайдов. Отключить "
+"показ слайдов можно нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Подробности</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
-msgid "Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or <application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the default software choices for these desktop environments. The <application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Выберите желаемую для вас графическую среду, <application>KDE</application> или <application>Gnome</application>. Эти среды объединяют полноценные наборы программ и инструментов. Отметьте пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, если вы намерены не использовать ни одну из этих сред, намерены использовать обе или хотите выбрать какой-то особый перечень программного обеспечения для этих сред. Рабочая среда <application>LXDE</application> является менее требовательным к ресурсам, чем первые две среды, но выглядит не так ярко и по умолчанию содержит меньше полезных программ."
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or "
+"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full "
+"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if "
+"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the "
+"default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
+"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
+"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите желаемую для вас графическую среду, <application>KDE</application> "
+"или <application>Gnome</application>. Эти среды объединяют полноценные "
+"наборы программ и инструментов. Отметьте пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</"
+"guilabel>, если вы намерены не использовать ни одну из этих сред, намерены "
+"использовать обе или хотите выбрать какой-то особый перечень программного "
+"обеспечения для этих сред. Рабочая среда <application>LXDE</application> "
+"является менее требовательным к ресурсам, чем первые две среды, но выглядит "
+"не так ярко и по умолчанию содержит меньше полезных программ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Выбор групп пакетов"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
-msgid "Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Чтобы облегчить выбор нужных вам пакетов, список разделен на группы. Назначение групп можно понять из их названий, впрочем, вы можете получить подсказку относительно содержания группы в ответ на наведение указателя мыши на пункт группы в списке."
+msgid ""
+"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on "
+"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
+"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
+"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы облегчить выбор нужных вам пакетов, список разделен на группы. "
+"Назначение групп можно понять из их названий, впрочем, вы можете получить "
+"подсказку относительно содержания группы в ответ на наведение указателя мыши "
+"на пункт группы в списке."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -371,57 +637,95 @@ msgstr "Графическая среда."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35
-msgid "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or remove packages."
-msgstr "Индивидуальный выбор пакетов: этот вариант можно использовать для добавления или удаления пакетов вручную."
+msgid ""
+"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
+"remove packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Индивидуальный выбор пакетов: этот вариант можно использовать для добавления "
+"или удаления пакетов вручную."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
-msgid "Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do a minimal install."
-msgstr "Ознакомьтесь с разделом <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref>, где изложены указания относительно установки минимальной системы."
+msgid ""
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Ознакомьтесь с разделом <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref>, где "
+"изложены указания относительно установки минимальной системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Выбор индивидуальных пакетов"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
-msgid "Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
-msgstr "С помощью этого варианта можно выбрать дополнительные пакеты, которые дополнят установленную вами систему, или удалить пакеты, являющиеся частью типового набора."
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого варианта можно выбрать дополнительные пакеты, которые "
+"дополнят установленную вами систему, или удалить пакеты, являющиеся частью "
+"типового набора."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
-msgid "After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Как только выбор будет сделан, вы сможете нажать <guibutton>значок дискеты</guibutton> в нижней части страницы, чтобы сохранить список пакетов (данные можно сохранить на флэш-носителе USB). После этого сохраненным файлом можно будет воспользоваться для установки системы на другие компьютеры: достаточно нажать эту кнопку еще раз при установке и загрузить сохраненный файл."
+msgid ""
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Как только выбор будет сделан, вы сможете нажать <guibutton>значок дискеты</"
+"guibutton> в нижней части страницы, чтобы сохранить список пакетов (данные "
+"можно сохранить на флэш-носителе USB). После этого сохраненным файлом можно "
+"будет воспользоваться для установки системы на другие компьютеры: достаточно "
+"нажать эту кнопку еще раз при установке и загрузить сохраненный файл."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Настройка ваших служб"
 
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
-msgid "Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете определить, какие службы будут запускаться, а какие нет, при загрузке вашей системы."
+msgid ""
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы вы можете определить, какие службы будут "
+"запускаться, а какие нет, при загрузке вашей системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
-msgid "There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and see all services in it."
-msgstr "Предусмотрено четыре группы служб. Чтобы развернуть список каждой из групп, нажмите кнопку с изображением треугольника перед пунктом группы."
+msgid ""
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Предусмотрено четыре группы служб. Чтобы развернуть список каждой из групп, "
+"нажмите кнопку с изображением треугольника перед пунктом группы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -430,40 +734,66 @@ msgstr "Обычно необходимости в изменении настр
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:37
-msgid "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info box below."
-msgstr "После обозначения пункта службы, программа покажет дополнительные данные о службе на панели под списком."
+msgid ""
+"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
+"box below."
+msgstr ""
+"После обозначения пункта службы, программа покажет дополнительные данные о "
+"службе на панели под списком."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
-msgstr "Вносите изменения только если вам хорошо известны последствия ваших действий."
+msgstr ""
+"Вносите изменения только если вам хорошо известны последствия ваших действий."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Настройка часового пояса"
 
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
-msgid "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the same time zone."
-msgstr "Выберите ваш часовой пояс. Для этого достаточно выбрать вашу страну или какой-то город рядом с вашим местом пребывания так, чтобы этот город был расположен в том же часовом поясе."
+msgid ""
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите ваш часовой пояс. Для этого достаточно выбрать вашу страну или "
+"какой-то город рядом с вашим местом пребывания так, чтобы этот город был "
+"расположен в том же часовом поясе."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
-msgid "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "С помощью следующего раздела вы можете указать режим работы системных часов компьютера: использование местного времени или времени по Гринвичу (GMT), также известного как Всемирное время (UTC)."
+msgid ""
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью следующего раздела вы можете указать режим работы системных часов "
+"компьютера: использование местного времени или времени по Гринвичу (GMT), "
+"также известного как Всемирное время (UTC)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
-msgid "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Если на компьютере установлено несколько операционных систем, убедитесь, что во всех этих системах используется местное время или Всемирное время (UTC/GMT)."
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
+"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Если на компьютере установлено несколько операционных систем, убедитесь, что "
+"во всех этих системах используется местное время или Всемирное время (UTC/"
+"GMT)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -472,22 +802,36 @@ msgstr "Выбор графического сервера (настройки �
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
-msgid "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных графических карт. Обычно, программа может правильно определить ваш видеоадаптер."
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
+"correctly identify your video device."
+msgstr ""
+"В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных графических карт. Обычно, "
+"программа может правильно определить ваш видеоадаптер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
-msgid "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить вашу графическую карту, и вам известно название этой карты, вы можете выбрать ее из иерархического списка по следующим критериям:"
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
+"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить вашу графическую "
+"карту, и вам известно название этой карты, вы можете выбрать ее из "
+"иерархического списка по следующим критериям:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27
-#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
+#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
 msgid "vendor"
 msgstr "разработчик"
 
@@ -503,76 +847,168 @@ msgstr "тип вашей карты"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39
-msgid "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the Xorg category"
-msgstr "Если вашей карты нет в списке карт по производителям (поскольку она еще не успела попасть в базы данных или слишком старая), вы можете найти соответствующий драйвер в категории «Xorg»."
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
+"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
+"Xorg category"
+msgstr ""
+"Если вашей карты нет в списке карт по производителям (поскольку она еще не "
+"успела попасть в базы данных или слишком старая), вы можете найти "
+"соответствующий драйвер в категории «Xorg»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
-msgid "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "В категории «Xorg» вы можете воспользоваться одним из более 40 типовых драйверов с открытым кодом для видеокарт. Если вам все же не удастся найти драйвер по названию, вы можете воспользоваться драйвером \"vesa\". Этот драйвер обеспечивает базовые возможности видео."
+msgid ""
+"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
+"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
+"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"В категории «Xorg» вы можете воспользоваться одним из более 40 типовых "
+"драйверов с открытым кодом для видеокарт. Если вам все же не удастся найти "
+"драйвер по названию, вы можете воспользоваться драйвером \"vesa\". Этот "
+"драйвер обеспечивает базовые возможности видео."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
-msgid "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Будьте внимательны: если драйвер будет выбран ошибочно, вы сможете получить доступ только к интерфейсу командной строки."
+msgid ""
+"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
+"to the Commandline Interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Будьте внимательны: если драйвер будет выбран ошибочно, вы сможете получить "
+"доступ только к интерфейсу командной строки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
-msgid "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Некоторые производители видеокарт сами создают проприетарные (закрытые) драйверы для Linux. Доступ к таким драйверов можно получить только с помощью репозиториев пакетов «Nonfree» или на сайтах производителей карт."
+msgid ""
+"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
+"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
+"the card manufacturers' websites."
+msgstr ""
+"Некоторые производители видеокарт сами создают проприетарные (закрытые) "
+"драйверы для Linux. Доступ к таким драйверов можно получить только с помощью "
+"репозиториев пакетов «Nonfree» или на сайтах производителей карт."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
-msgid "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Вам следует явным образом включить репозитории «Nonfree», чтобы иметь к ним доступ. Сделать это можно и позднее - после первой перезагрузки системы."
+msgid ""
+"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
+"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам следует явным образом включить репозитории «Nonfree», чтобы иметь к ним "
+"доступ. Сделать это можно и позднее - после первой перезагрузки системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Настройки графической карты и монитора"
 
-#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
-msgid "No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Безразлично, какая графическая среда (или рабочая среда) была выбрана во время установки <application>Mageia</application>, все эти среды основаны на графическом интерфейсе, который называется <acronym>X Window System</acronym> или просто <acronym>X</acronym>. Следовательно, чтобы <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> или любая другая графическая среда работала должным образом, указанные ниже параметры работы сервера <acronym>X</acronym> должны быть определены правильно. Изменять значения параметров следует, если заметно, что <application>DrakX</application> сделал ошибочный выбор, или если вам кажется, что этот выбор является ошибочным."
+msgid ""
+"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) "
+"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
+"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
+"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Безразлично, какая графическая среда (или рабочая среда) была выбрана во "
+"время установки <application>Mageia</application>, все эти среды основаны на "
+"графическом интерфейсе, который называется <acronym>X Window System</"
+"acronym> или просто <acronym>X</acronym>. Следовательно, чтобы <acronym>KDE</"
+"acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> или любая другая "
+"графическая среда работала должным образом, указанные ниже параметры работы "
+"сервера <acronym>X</acronym> должны быть определены правильно. Изменять "
+"значения параметров следует, если заметно, что <application>DrakX</"
+"application> сделал ошибочный выбор, или если вам кажется, что этот выбор "
+"является ошибочным."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
-msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Графическая карта</guibutton></emphasis>: если нужно, выберите установленную на компьютере графическую карту из списка."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
+"from the list if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Графическая карта</guibutton></emphasis>: если нужно, "
+"выберите установленную на компьютере графическую карту из списка."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
-msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Монитор</guibutton></emphasis>: вы можете выбрать <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> если считаете, что это правильно, или выбрать пункт вашего монитора из списка <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel> или <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>. Выберете пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, если хотите вручную указать частоту обновления изображения по вертикали и горизонтали для вашего монитора."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor "
+"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
+"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
+"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Монитор</guibutton></emphasis>: вы можете выбрать "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> если считаете, что это правильно, или "
+"выбрать пункт вашего монитора из списка <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel> "
+"или <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>. Выберете пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</"
+"guilabel>, если хотите вручную указать частоту обновления изображения по "
+"вертикали и горизонтали для вашего монитора."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
 msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor"
-msgstr "Ошибочно указанные частоты обновления изображения могут привести к повреждению монитора."
+msgstr ""
+"Ошибочно указанные частоты обновления изображения могут привести к "
+"повреждению монитора."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51
-msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Разрешение</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого пункта можно выбрать желаемое разрешение и глубину цвета на вашем мониторе."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
+"resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Разрешение</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого "
+"пункта можно выбрать желаемое разрешение и глубину цвета на вашем мониторе."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
-msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Проверить</guibutton></emphasis>: кнопка проверки при установке недоступна. Если кнопка доступна, посредством ее нажатия вы можете проверить, правильно ли указаны параметры. В ответ на вопрос о правильности параметров вы можете ответить «да», чтобы сохранить указанные параметры. Если же изображения на мониторе нет, то система через некоторое время вернет вас к окну настройки, с помощью которого вы сможете исправить настройки, пока не будет достигнут желаемый результат. <emphasis>Если кнопка проверки недоступна, вам следует самостоятельно позаботиться о том, чтобы указанные параметры были безопасными.</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
+"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
+"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Проверить</guibutton></emphasis>: кнопка проверки при "
+"установке недоступна. Если кнопка доступна, посредством ее нажатия вы можете "
+"проверить, правильно ли указаны параметры. В ответ на вопрос о правильности "
+"параметров вы можете ответить «да», чтобы сохранить указанные параметры. "
+"Если же изображения на мониторе нет, то система через некоторое время вернет "
+"вас к окну настройки, с помощью которого вы сможете исправить настройки, "
+"пока не будет достигнут желаемый результат. <emphasis>Если кнопка проверки "
+"недоступна, вам следует самостоятельно позаботиться о том, чтобы указанные "
+"параметры были безопасными.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Параметры</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого пункта вы можете включить или отключить различные параметры."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
+"enable or disable various options."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Параметры</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого "
+"пункта вы можете включить или отключить различные параметры."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -581,18 +1017,36 @@ msgstr "Выбор монитора"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21
-msgid "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных мониторов. Обычно, программа может правильно определить ваш монитор."
+msgid ""
+"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
+"correctly identify yours."
+msgstr ""
+"В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных мониторов. Обычно, программа "
+"может правильно определить ваш монитор."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Выбор пункта монитора с другими аппаратными характеристиками может привести к повреждению монитора или видеоаппаратуры. Пожалуйста, подумайте над вашим выбором.</emphasis> Если есть определенные сомнения, обратитесь к документации вашего монитора."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage "
+"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
+"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
+"documentation"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Выбор пункта монитора с другими аппаратными характеристиками может "
+"привести к повреждению монитора или видеоаппаратуры. Пожалуйста, подумайте "
+"над вашим выбором.</emphasis> Если есть определенные сомнения, обратитесь к "
+"документации вашего монитора."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -601,13 +1055,30 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Дополнительно</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
-msgid "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are displayed."
-msgstr "С помощью этого пункта вы можете установить значение двух критических параметров: вертикальной частоты обновления и горизонтальной частоты синхронизации. Частота обновления определяет частоту, с которой обновляется изображение на экране, а частота синхронизации является частотой, с которой будут показаны линии изображения."
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого пункта вы можете установить значение двух критических "
+"параметров: вертикальной частоты обновления и горизонтальной частоты "
+"синхронизации. Частота обновления определяет частоту, с которой обновляется "
+"изображение на экране, а частота синхронизации является частотой, с которой "
+"будут показаны линии изображения."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
-msgid "It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "<emphasis>ОЧЕНЬ ВАЖНО</emphasis> не указать тип монитора, возможности которого превышают возможности вашего, иначе вы можете повредите монитор. Если сомневаетесь, выберите минимальные параметры и внимательно ознакомьтесь с документацией к вашему монитору."
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor "
+"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
+"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
+"consult your monitor documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>ОЧЕНЬ ВАЖНО</emphasis> не указать тип монитора, возможности "
+"которого превышают возможности вашего, иначе вы можете повредите монитор. "
+"Если сомневаетесь, выберите минимальные параметры и внимательно ознакомьтесь "
+"с документацией к вашему монитору."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -616,8 +1087,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58
-msgid "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the monitor database."
-msgstr "Это дефолтный вариант: программа пытается определить тип вашего монитора по базе данных мониторов."
+msgid ""
+"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
+"monitor database."
+msgstr ""
+"Это дефолтный вариант: программа пытается определить тип вашего монитора по "
+"базе данных мониторов."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -626,8 +1101,13 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Производитель</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65
-msgid "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить ваш монитор, и вам известно название этого монитора, вы можете выбрать его из иерархического списка по следующим критериям:"
+msgid ""
+"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
+"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить ваш монитор, и вам "
+"известно название этого монитора, вы можете выбрать его из иерархического "
+"списка по следующим критериям:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -646,8 +1126,19 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Общий</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
-msgid "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as 1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "Если вы выберете эту группу, будет открыт список из около 30 типовых настроек дисплеев, подобных 1024x768@60 Гц, в который включены параметры плоских панелей дисплеев для ноутбуков. Обычно, этой группой стоит пользоваться, если у вас возникла необходимость использовать драйвер «Vesa» для вашей карты, то есть вашу видеокарту не удалось определить автоматически. Опять же, стоит параметры выбирать очень осторожно."
+msgid ""
+"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы выберете эту группу, будет открыт список из около 30 типовых "
+"настроек дисплеев, подобных 1024x768@60 Гц, в который включены параметры "
+"плоских панелей дисплеев для ноутбуков. Обычно, этой группой стоит "
+"пользоваться, если у вас возникла необходимость использовать драйвер «Vesa» "
+"для вашей карты, то есть вашу видеокарту не удалось определить "
+"автоматически. Опять же, стоит параметры выбирать очень осторожно."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -656,43 +1147,81 @@ msgstr "Ручное разделение диска на разделы с по
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
-msgid "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Если на вашем разделе <literal>/</literal> вы хотите воспользоваться шифрованием, то каталог <literal>/boot</literal> следует хранить на отдельном разделе. Не следует шифровать каталог <literal>/boot</literal>, иначе загрузка системы станет невозможной."
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Если на вашем разделе <literal>/</literal> вы хотите воспользоваться "
+"шифрованием, то каталог <literal>/boot</literal> следует хранить на "
+"отдельном разделе. Не следует шифровать каталог <literal>/boot</literal>, "
+"иначе загрузка системы станет невозможной."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
-msgid "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what is in them before you start."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно определить компоновки разделов в системе. С ее помощью можно удалять и создавать разделы, изменять файловые системы на разделах или размеры разделов и даже просматривать содержимое разделов до внесения изменений."
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"is in them before you start."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы можно определить компоновки разделов в системе. С ее "
+"помощью можно удалять и создавать разделы, изменять файловые системы на "
+"разделах или размеры разделов и даже просматривать содержимое разделов до "
+"внесения изменений."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
-msgid "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Для каждого обнаруженного жесткого диска или другого носителя данных (в частности флэш USB) будет отведена своя вкладка. Пример: sda, sdb и sdc, если будет обнаружено три диска."
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Для каждого обнаруженного жесткого диска или другого носителя данных (в "
+"частности флэш USB) будет отведена своя вкладка. Пример: sda, sdb и sdc, "
+"если будет обнаружено три диска."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
-msgid "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected storage device"
-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton>, чтобы все разделы на выбранном носителе данных были очищены."
+msgid ""
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton>, чтобы все разделы на "
+"выбранном носителе данных были очищены."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
-msgid "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Чтобы выполнить любое другое действие, сначала отметьте область соответствующего раздела. Затем просмотрите данные по разделу, измените его файловую систему и точку монтирования, размеры или просто удалите все разделы."
+msgid ""
+"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
+"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы выполнить любое другое действие, сначала отметьте область "
+"соответствующего раздела. Затем просмотрите данные по разделу, измените его "
+"файловую систему и точку монтирования, размеры или просто удалите все "
+"разделы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes."
-msgstr "Повторяйте эти действия для всех соответствующих разделов, пока все не станет так, как вы хотите."
+msgstr ""
+"Повторяйте эти действия для всех соответствующих разделов, пока все не "
+"станет так, как вы хотите."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:51
 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready."
-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Выполнено</guibutton>, когда настройки будут завершены."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Выполнено</guibutton>, когда настройки будут "
+"завершены."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25
@@ -701,18 +1230,32 @@ msgstr "Разбиение на разделы"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28
-msgid "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install <application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть содержимое всех дисков компьютера и ознакомиться с предложениями мастера разбиения на разделы DrakX о месте установки <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
+"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть содержимое всех дисков "
+"компьютера и ознакомиться с предложениями мастера разбиения на разделы DrakX "
+"о месте установки <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
-msgid "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Перечень пунктов в приведённом ниже списке зависит от комплектации компьютера и содержимого дисков."
+msgid ""
+"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
+"particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
+msgstr ""
+"Перечень пунктов в приведённом ниже списке зависит от комплектации "
+"компьютера и содержимого дисков."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -721,8 +1264,13 @@ msgstr "Использовать существующие разделы"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48
-msgid "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на диске будут обнаружены совместимые с Linux разделы, которыми можно воспользоваться для установки системы."
+msgid ""
+"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
+"been found and may be used for the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на диске будут обнаружены "
+"совместимые с Linux разделы, которыми можно воспользоваться для установки "
+"системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -731,8 +1279,12 @@ msgstr "Использовать свободное место"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
-msgid "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на вашем диске есть свободное место, достаточное для установки новой системы Mageia."
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на вашем диске есть "
+"свободное место, достаточное для установки новой системы Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -741,18 +1293,41 @@ msgstr "Использовать свободное место на раздел
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
-msgid "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may offer to use it."
-msgstr "Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на уже созданных разделах Windows достаточно свободного места для установки новой операционной системы."
+msgid ""
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на уже созданных разделах "
+"Windows достаточно свободного места для установки новой операционной системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
-msgid "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all important files!"
-msgstr "Этот вариант получения места для установки Mageia может быть полезным, но в случае его использования вы рискуете потерей данных, поэтому вам следует предварительно создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов!"
+msgid ""
+"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
+"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
+"important files!"
+msgstr ""
+"Этот вариант получения места для установки Mageia может быть полезным, но в "
+"случае его использования вы рискуете потерей данных, поэтому вам следует "
+"предварительно создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
-msgid "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Заметьте, что размер раздела Windows будет уменьшен. Раздел должен быть «очищен», то есть работа Windows должна быть завершена в штатном режиме во время последнего сеанса, когда вы пользовались этой операционной системой. Кроме того, раздел должен быть дефрагментирован, хотя дефрагментация и не гарантирует полного передвижения файлов с одного места на другое на диске, который будет использован для Mageia. Мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов."
+msgid ""
+"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The "
+"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down "
+"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, "
+"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
+"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
+"back up your personal files."
+msgstr ""
+"Заметьте, что размер раздела Windows будет уменьшен. Раздел должен быть "
+"«очищен», то есть работа Windows должна быть завершена в штатном режиме во "
+"время последнего сеанса, когда вы пользовались этой операционной системой. "
+"Кроме того, раздел должен быть дефрагментирован, хотя дефрагментация и не "
+"гарантирует полного передвижения файлов с одного места на другое на диске, "
+"который будет использован для Mageia. Мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам "
+"создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -762,17 +1337,27 @@ msgstr "Стереть и использовать весь диск"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87
 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia."
-msgstr "При использовании этого варианта для установки Mageia будет использован весь диск."
+msgstr ""
+"При использовании этого варианта для установки Mageia будет использован весь "
+"диск."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Замечание: все данные на диске будут в таком случае уничтожены. Будьте осторожны!"
+msgstr ""
+"Замечание: все данные на диске будут в таком случае уничтожены. Будьте "
+"осторожны!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
-msgid "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use this option."
-msgstr "Если часть диска будет впоследствии использована для хранения каких-то данных или на диске уже хранятся какие-то важные данные, не пользуйтесь этим вариантом."
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
+"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
+"this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Если часть диска будет впоследствии использована для хранения каких-то "
+"данных или на диске уже хранятся какие-то важные данные, не пользуйтесь этим "
+"вариантом."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -781,13 +1366,31 @@ msgstr "Вручную"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
-msgid "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "С помощью этого варианта вы можете получить полный доступ к расположению разделов на вашем диске в соответствии с вашими предпочтениями."
+msgid ""
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого варианта вы можете получить полный доступ к расположению "
+"разделов на вашем диске в соответствии с вашими предпочтениями."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
-msgid "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following settings:"
-msgstr "В некоторых новых дисках используются логические сектора в 4096 байт вместо предыдущего стандарта в 512 байт на логический сектор. Так как у разработчиков нет достаточного доступа к соответствующему оборудованию, надлежащее тестирование программы для разделения диска на разделы на таких дисках не выполнялось. Советуем вам выполнить разделение такого диска на разделы с помощью альтернативной специализированной программы, например gparted с такими параметрами:"
+msgid ""
+"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the "
+"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
+"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
+"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"settings:"
+msgstr ""
+"В некоторых новых дисках используются логические сектора в 4096 байт вместо "
+"предыдущего стандарта в 512 байт на логический сектор. Так как у "
+"разработчиков нет достаточного доступа к соответствующему оборудованию, "
+"надлежащее тестирование программы для разделения диска на разделы на таких "
+"дисках не выполнялось. Советуем вам выполнить разделение такого диска на "
+"разделы с помощью альтернативной специализированной программы, например "
+"gparted с такими параметрами:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -801,32 +1404,27 @@ msgstr "«Свободное место до (МиБ)» «2»"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
-msgid "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
+msgid ""
+"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
 msgstr "Также следует создавать разделы только с чётным размером в мегабайтах."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:22
-#: en/DrakX.xml:3
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
 msgid "Installation with DrakX"
 msgstr "Установка с помощью DrakX"
 
 #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:23
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23
 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:28
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Февраль 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
 
@@ -841,69 +1439,109 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42
-#: en/DrakX.xml:6
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6
 msgid "<note>"
 msgstr "<note>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43
-#: en/DrakX.xml:7
-msgid "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make while installing."
-msgstr "Все страницы, описанные в этом учебнике увидеть сразу невозможно. Набор страниц, которые вы увидите, зависит от набора оборудования в системе и выбранного вами варианта установки."
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+"Все страницы, описанные в этом учебнике увидеть сразу невозможно. Набор "
+"страниц, которые вы увидите, зависит от набора оборудования в системе и "
+"выбранного вами варианта установки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46
-#: en/DrakX.xml:10
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
 msgid "</note>"
 msgstr "</note>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48
-#: en/DrakX.xml:12
-msgid "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с "
+"условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/"
+"licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52
-#: en/DrakX.xml:16
-msgid "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Этот учебник был создан с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанной компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Этот учебник был создан с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
+"\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанной компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54
-#: en/DrakX.xml:18
-msgid "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Учебник был написан доброжелателями в свободное от основной работы время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команды документирования</link>, Если вы хотите, помочь улучшить данное руководство."
+#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Учебник был написан доброжелателями в свободное от основной работы время. "
+"Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Documentation_team\">команды документирования</link>, Если вы хотите, помочь "
+"улучшить данное руководство."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Поздравляем"
 
-#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
-#. same day, added "s" to "sytems"
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
+#.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
-msgid "You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Теперь <application>Mageia</application> установлена и настроена, можно извлекать носитель для установки системы и перезагружать компьютер."
+msgid ""
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Теперь <application>Mageia</application> установлена и настроена, можно "
+"извлекать носитель для установки системы и перезагружать компьютер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
-msgid "After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "После перезагрузки с помощью экрана загрузки вы сможете выбрать одну из операционных систем, установленных на вашем компьютере (если установлено несколько систем)."
+msgid ""
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"После перезагрузки с помощью экрана загрузки вы сможете выбрать одну из "
+"операционных систем, установленных на вашем компьютере (если установлено "
+"несколько систем)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
-msgid "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Если вы не скорректируете параметры загрузчика, тогда автоматически запустится установленная вами операционная система Mageia."
+msgid ""
+"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
+"will be automatically selected and started."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы не скорректируете параметры загрузчика, тогда автоматически "
+"запустится установленная вами операционная система Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -912,47 +1550,80 @@ msgstr "Приятной работы!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:33
-msgid "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to Mageia"
-msgstr "Посетите www.mageia.org, если хотите узнать больше об участии в сообществе Mageia"
+msgid ""
+"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
+"Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Посетите www.mageia.org, если хотите узнать больше об участии в сообществе "
+"Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Форматирование"
 
-#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
-msgid "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете определиться с тем, какие разделы следует форматировать. Все данные на разделах, которые <emphasis>не</emphasis> отмечены для форматирования, будут сохранены."
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
+"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы вы можете определиться с тем, какие разделы следует "
+"форматировать. Все данные на разделах, которые <emphasis>не</emphasis> "
+"отмечены для форматирования, будут сохранены."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Обычно форматирование нужно по крайней мере для разделов, выбранных DrakX."
+msgstr ""
+"Обычно форматирование нужно по крайней мере для разделов, выбранных DrakX."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы выбрать разделы, которые следует проверить на так называемые <emphasis>поврежденные блоки</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
+"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы выбрать разделы, "
+"которые следует проверить на так называемые <emphasis>поврежденные блоки</"
+"emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
-msgid "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Если вы не уверены в правильности своего выбора, вы можете нажать кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, еще раз <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, а потом кнопку <guibutton>Вручную</guibutton>, чтобы вернуться к основной странице. С помощью основной страницы можно просмотреть текущие параметры разделов."
+msgid ""
+"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on "
+"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
+"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
+"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы не уверены в правильности своего выбора, вы можете нажать кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, еще раз <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, а потом "
+"кнопку <guibutton>Вручную</guibutton>, чтобы вернуться к основной странице. "
+"С помощью основной страницы можно просмотреть текущие параметры разделов."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
-msgid "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Если вы уверены в своем выборе, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, чтобы продолжить работу с программой."
+msgid ""
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы уверены в своем выборе, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, "
+"чтобы продолжить работу с программой."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -961,13 +1632,24 @@ msgstr "DrakX, программа для установки Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:20
-msgid "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as possible."
-msgstr "Неважно, есть у вас опыт использования GNU-Linux или нет, программа для установки Mageia разработана таким образом, чтобы  установка или обновление системы прошло как можно проще для вас."
+msgid ""
+"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
+"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Неважно, есть у вас опыт использования GNU-Linux или нет, программа для "
+"установки Mageia разработана таким образом, чтобы  установка или обновление "
+"системы прошло как можно проще для вас."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
-msgid "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "На начальном окне меню установки вы увидите пункты вариантов действий. Типичным будет пункт запуска программы для установки системы. Обычно, это именно тот пункт, который вам нужен."
+msgid ""
+"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
+"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
+msgstr ""
+"На начальном окне меню установки вы увидите пункты вариантов действий. "
+"Типичным будет пункт запуска программы для установки системы. Обычно, это "
+"именно тот пункт, который вам нужен."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -986,8 +1668,12 @@ msgstr "Ниже приведено типичное окно приветств
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -996,33 +1682,51 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:46
-msgid "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
+msgid ""
+"From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
 msgstr "С помощью первой страницы можно указать некоторые личные предпочтения:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:51
-msgid "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
-msgstr "Язык (на время установки, в системе может быть выбран совсем другой язык) можно выбрать после нажатия клавиши F2"
+msgid ""
+"The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
+"language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
+msgstr ""
+"Язык (на время установки, в системе может быть выбран совсем другой язык) "
+"можно выбрать после нажатия клавиши F2"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter."
-msgstr "Используйте клавиши со стрелками, чтобы выбрать нужный вам пункт в списке, и нажмите клавишу Enter."
+msgstr ""
+"Используйте клавиши со стрелками, чтобы выбрать нужный вам пункт в списке, и "
+"нажмите клавишу Enter."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:65
-msgid "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection Tool</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Ниже приведён пример окна приветствия в Live DVD/CD. Заметьте, что в меню Live DVD/CD нет таких пунктов: <guilabel>Восстановление системы</guilabel>, <guilabel>Тест памяти</guilabel> и <guilabel>Инструмент поиска оборудования</guilabel>."
+msgid ""
+"Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ниже приведён пример окна приветствия в Live DVD/CD. Заметьте, что в меню "
+"Live DVD/CD нет таких пунктов: <guilabel>Восстановление системы</guilabel>, "
+"<guilabel>Тест памяти</guilabel> и <guilabel>Инструмент поиска оборудования</"
+"guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1031,18 +1735,29 @@ msgstr "Изменить разрешение экрана можно с пом�
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key."
-msgstr "Некоторые параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F6."
+msgstr ""
+"Некоторые параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F6."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:94
-msgid "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
-msgstr "Если программе установки не удаётся выполнить свое назначение должным образом, вы можете повторить попытку, воспользовавшись дополнительными возможностями. В меню, которое можно вызвать нажатием клавиши F6, будет показан новый пункт, <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> (<guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>) с такими четырьмя подпунктами:"
+msgid ""
+"If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
+"of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
+"<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
+msgstr ""
+"Если программе установки не удаётся выполнить свое назначение должным "
+"образом, вы можете повторить попытку, воспользовавшись дополнительными "
+"возможностями. В меню, которое можно вызвать нажатием клавиши F6, будет "
+"показан новый пункт, <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> (<guilabel>Параметры "
+"загрузки</guilabel>) с такими четырьмя подпунктами:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:99
@@ -1051,73 +1766,133 @@ msgstr "- Default (по умолчанию), не менять ничего в �
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:102
-msgid "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of performances."
-msgstr "- Safe Settings (безопасные параметры), преимущество параметров безопасности над быстродействием."
+msgid ""
+"- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of "
+"performances."
+msgstr ""
+"- Safe Settings (безопасные параметры), преимущество параметров безопасности "
+"над быстродействием."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:105
-msgid "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management isn't taken into account."
-msgstr "- No ACPI (без расширенного интерфейса настройки и управления питанием), не принимать во внимание параметры управления питанием."
+msgid ""
+"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
+"isn't taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"- No ACPI (без расширенного интерфейса настройки и управления питанием), не "
+"принимать во внимание параметры управления питанием."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:108
-msgid "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
-msgstr "- No Local APIC (без локального расширенного контроллера прерываний с возможностью программирования), этот вариант связан с прерываниями работы центрального процессора, выберите его, если есть соответствующие установки."
+msgid ""
+"- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
+"about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"- No Local APIC (без локального расширенного контроллера прерываний с "
+"возможностью программирования), этот вариант связан с прерываниями работы "
+"центрального процессора, выберите его, если есть соответствующие установки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:112
-msgid "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
-msgstr "Выбор одного из пунктов приводит к внесению изменений в параметры по умолчанию, показанные в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>."
+msgid ""
+"When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
+"displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
+msgstr ""
+"Выбор одного из пунктов приводит к внесению изменений в параметры по "
+"умолчанию, показанные в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:116
-msgid "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, however, they are really taken into account."
-msgstr "В некоторых релизах Mageia параметры, выбранные с помощью F6, не появляются в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>. Однако, эти параметры будут учтены при загрузке."
+msgid ""
+"In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
+"key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
+"however, they are really taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"В некоторых релизах Mageia параметры, выбранные с помощью F6, не появляются "
+"в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>. Однако, эти параметры "
+"будут учтены при загрузке."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:130
 msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1"
-msgstr "Дополнительные параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F1"
+msgstr ""
+"Дополнительные параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F1"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:132
-msgid "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to go back to the welcome screen."
-msgstr "Нажатие клавиши F1 открывает новое окно со списком пунктов. Выберите один из пунктов с помощью клавиш со стрелками и нажмите клавишу Enter, чтобы получить подробную справку, или нажмите клавишу Esc, чтобы вернуться к окну приветствия."
+msgid ""
+"Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with "
+"the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
+"go back to the welcome screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажатие клавиши F1 открывает новое окно со списком пунктов. Выберите один из "
+"пунктов с помощью клавиш со стрелками и нажмите клавишу Enter, чтобы "
+"получить подробную справку, или нажмите клавишу Esc, чтобы вернуться к окну "
+"приветствия."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
-msgid "The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select <guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> line."
-msgstr "Ниже приведён снимок окна с подробным описанием параметров окна приветствия системы. Нажмите клавишу Esc или выберите <guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> (Вернуться к Параметрам загрузки), чтобы вернуться к списку параметров. Описанные в окне параметры можно добавить вручную в строку <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>."
+msgid ""
+"The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select "
+"<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
+"These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"Ниже приведён снимок окна с подробным описанием параметров окна приветствия "
+"системы. Нажмите клавишу Esc или выберите <guilabel>Return to Boot Options</"
+"guilabel> (Вернуться к Параметрам загрузки), чтобы вернуться к списку "
+"параметров. Описанные в окне параметры можно добавить вручную в строку "
+"<guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key."
-msgstr "Посмотреть перевод справки на выбранном языке можно с помощью нажатия клавиши F2."
+msgstr ""
+"Посмотреть перевод справки на выбранном языке можно с помощью нажатия "
+"клавиши F2."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:166
-msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):"
-msgstr "Ниже приведено окно приветствия по умолчанию образа для установки по сети (названия - Boot.iso или Boot-Nonfree.iso):"
+msgid ""
+"Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
+"Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):"
+msgstr ""
+"Ниже приведено окно приветствия по умолчанию образа для установки по сети "
+"(названия - Boot.iso или Boot-Nonfree.iso):"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:169
-msgid "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
-msgstr "Здесь нельзя изменить язык. Список доступных параметров приведён на экране. Подробное описание использования образа для установки по сети приведено в <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Вики Mageia</link>"
+msgid ""
+"It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
+"described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Здесь нельзя изменить язык. Список доступных параметров приведён на экране. "
+"Подробное описание использования образа для установки по сети приведено в "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Вики Mageia</"
+"link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:175
@@ -1126,8 +1901,12 @@ msgstr "Раскладка клавиатуры соответствует ам�
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1136,23 +1915,55 @@ msgstr "Шаги установки"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
-msgid "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Установка разделена на последовательность шагов, перечень которых будет показан на боковой панели экрана."
+msgid ""
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Установка разделена на последовательность шагов, перечень которых будет "
+"показан на боковой панели экрана."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
-msgid "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
-msgstr "На каждом шаге вам будут показаны одна или несколько страниц, на которых вы можете увидеть кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>. С помощью этой кнопки осуществляется доступ к дополнительным параметрам, которыми пользуются не так часто, как основными."
+msgid ""
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"На каждом шаге вам будут показаны одна или несколько страниц, на которых вы "
+"можете увидеть кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>. С помощью этой "
+"кнопки осуществляется доступ к дополнительным параметрам, которыми "
+"пользуются не так часто, как основными."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
-msgid "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "На большинстве страниц вы также увидите кнопку <guibutton>Справка</guibutton>, с помощью которой можно получить дополнительные объяснения относительно текущего шага."
+msgid ""
+"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
+"explanations about the current step."
+msgstr ""
+"На большинстве страниц вы также увидите кнопку <guibutton>Справка</"
+"guibutton>, с помощью которой можно получить дополнительные объяснения "
+"относительно текущего шага."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
-msgid "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, тогда вы можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый терминал нажатием комбинации клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер."
+msgid ""
+"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is "
+"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this.  Once a "
+"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
+"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
+"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, тогда вы "
+"можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши "
+"действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки "
+"обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка "
+"может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим "
+"предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый "
+"терминал нажатием комбинации клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> "
+"одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl "
+"Delete</guibutton> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1164,17 +1975,33 @@ msgstr "Проблемы с установкой и возможные пути
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Нет графического интерфейса"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
-msgid "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "После начальной страницы не открывается страница выбора языка. Такое может случиться в системах с некоторыми графическими картами и в устаревших системах. Попробуйте воспользоваться режимом низкого разрешения. Для этого впишите <code>vgalo</code> в строку запроса."
+msgid ""
+"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
+"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
+"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"После начальной страницы не открывается страница выбора языка. Такое может "
+"случиться в системах с некоторыми графическими картами и в устаревших "
+"системах. Попробуйте воспользоваться режимом низкого разрешения. Для этого "
+"впишите <code>vgalo</code> в строку запроса."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
-msgid "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
-msgstr "Если компьютер является очень старым, то установка в графическом режиме может быть просто невозможна. В таком случае стоит воспользоваться текстовым режимом. Чтобы воспользоваться этим режимом, нажмите клавишу Esc, когда будет показан первый экран приветствия, и подтвердите выполнение действия нажатием клавиши Enter. Введите <code>text</code>, увидев строку \"boot:\", и нажмите клавишу Enter. Установка будет продолжена в текстовом режиме."
+msgid ""
+"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
+"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
+"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Если компьютер является очень старым, то установка в графическом режиме "
+"может быть просто невозможна. В таком случае стоит воспользоваться текстовым "
+"режимом. Чтобы воспользоваться этим режимом, нажмите клавишу Esc, когда "
+"будет показан первый экран приветствия, и подтвердите выполнение действия "
+"нажатием клавиши Enter. Введите <code>text</code>, увидев строку \"boot:\", "
+"и нажмите клавишу Enter. Установка будет продолжена в текстовом режиме."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:245
@@ -1183,8 +2010,19 @@ msgstr "Остановка установки"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:248
-msgid "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type <code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Если при установке система перестает отвечать на ваши запросы, вероятно, возникла проблема с определением характеристик оборудования. В таком случае можно обойти автоматическое определение характеристик оборудования и выполнить его настройку позже. Чтобы перевести установку системы в соответствующий режим, введите в строку запроса команду <code>noauto</code>. При необходимости эту команду можно совместить с вышеуказанными командами."
+msgid ""
+"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a "
+"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of "
+"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
+"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
+"other options as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"Если при установке система перестает отвечать на ваши запросы, вероятно, "
+"возникла проблема с определением характеристик оборудования. В таком случае "
+"можно обойти автоматическое определение характеристик оборудования и "
+"выполнить его настройку позже. Чтобы перевести установку системы в "
+"соответствующий режим, введите в строку запроса команду <code>noauto</code>. "
+"При необходимости эту команду можно совместить с вышеуказанными командами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1193,8 +2031,18 @@ msgstr "Проблемы с RAM (оперативной памятью)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:260
-msgid "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the <code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Потребность в определении параметров ядра возникает не часто, но в некоторых случаях компьютер может сообщать инсталлятору ложные данные относительно объема оперативной памяти. Чтобы указать объем оперативной памяти вручную, воспользуйтесь командой <code>mem=xxxM</code>, где xxx правильное значение оперативной памяти, например <code>mem=256M</code> соответствует 256 МБ оперативной памяти."
+msgid ""
+"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
+"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Потребность в определении параметров ядра возникает не часто, но в некоторых "
+"случаях компьютер может сообщать инсталлятору ложные данные относительно "
+"объема оперативной памяти. Чтобы указать объем оперативной памяти вручную, "
+"воспользуйтесь командой <code>mem=xxxM</code>, где xxx правильное значение "
+"оперативной памяти, например <code>mem=256M</code> соответствует 256 МБ "
+"оперативной памяти."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1203,78 +2051,140 @@ msgstr "Динамические разделы"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:272
-msgid "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
-msgstr "Если Вы преобразовали свой диск из \"базового\" формата в \"динамический\" формат Microsoft Windows, то Вы должны знать, что невозможно установить Mageia на этот диск. Вернитесь к базовому диску, посмотрите документацию Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgid ""
+"If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
+"on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
+"on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Если Вы преобразовали свой диск из \"базового\" формата в \"динамический\" "
+"формат Microsoft Windows, то Вы должны знать, что невозможно установить "
+"Mageia на этот диск. Вернитесь к базовому диску, посмотрите документацию "
+"Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315."
+"aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:3
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Обновления"
 
-#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
-msgid "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Со времени выпуска этой версии <application>Mageia</application> некоторые пакеты могли быть обновлены или улучшены."
+msgid ""
+"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
+"packages will have been updated or improved."
+msgstr ""
+"Со времени выпуска этой версии <application>Mageia</application> некоторые "
+"пакеты могли быть обновлены или улучшены."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
-msgid "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Да</guilabel>, если вы хотите получить и установить эти пакеты, или выберите <guilabel>нет</guilabel>, если вы не хотите делать этого сейчас или ваш компьютер не подключен к интернету."
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
+"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
+"aren't connected to the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Да</guilabel>, если вы хотите получить и установить "
+"эти пакеты, или выберите <guilabel>нет</guilabel>, если вы не хотите делать "
+"этого сейчас или ваш компьютер не подключен к интернету."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
 msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue"
-msgstr "Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, чтобы продолжить работу с программой."
+msgstr ""
+"Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, "
+"чтобы продолжить работу с программой."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:3
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Выбор источника (Nonfree)"
 
-#. papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
-msgid "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories selection determines which packages will be available for selection during the next steps."
-msgstr "Здесь вы видите список доступных репозиториев. Не все репозитории доступны. Список доступных репозиториев зависит от носителя, которым вы воспользовались для установки. Набор репозиториев определяет, какие из пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах."
+msgid ""
+"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"the next steps."
+msgstr ""
+"Здесь вы видите список доступных репозиториев. Не все репозитории доступны. "
+"Список доступных репозиториев зависит от носителя, которым вы "
+"воспользовались для установки. Набор репозиториев определяет, какие из "
+"пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
-msgid "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "Репозиторий <emphasis>Core</emphasis> нельзя выключать, поскольку в нем содержатся основные пакеты дистрибутива."
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
+"the base of the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"Репозиторий <emphasis>Core</emphasis> нельзя выключать, поскольку в нем "
+"содержатся основные пакеты дистрибутива."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
-msgid "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi cards, etc."
-msgstr "В репозиторий <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> включены пакеты, которые являются бесплатными, то есть Mageia может распространять их, но в них содержится программное обеспечение с закрытым кодом (отсюда и название - Nonfree). В этом репозитории, например, содержатся пакеты закрытых драйверов к графическим картам nVidia и ATI, прошивки для различных карт WiFi и т. п."
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
+"cards, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"В репозиторий <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> включены пакеты, которые являются "
+"бесплатными, то есть Mageia может распространять их, но в них содержится "
+"программное обеспечение с закрытым кодом (отсюда и название - Nonfree). В "
+"этом репозитории, например, содержатся пакеты закрытых драйверов к "
+"графическим картам nVidia и ATI, прошивки для различных карт WiFi и т. п."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
-msgid "The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "В репозитории <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> хранятся пакеты, выпущенные в соответствии со свободными лицензионными соглашениями. Основным критерием для включения пакетов в этот репозиторий является то, что их распространение ограничивается патентным законодательством и законами об авторских и смежных правах некоторых стран. В этот репозиторий в частности включены мультимедийные кодеки, необходимые для воспроизведения различных звуковых и видео файлов; пакеты, необходимые для воспроизведения коммерческих видео-DVD и т. п."
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"В репозитории <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> хранятся пакеты, выпущенные в "
+"соответствии со свободными лицензионными соглашениями. Основным критерием "
+"для включения пакетов в этот репозиторий является то, что их распространение "
+"ограничивается патентным законодательством и законами об авторских и смежных "
+"правах некоторых стран. В этот репозиторий в частности включены "
+"мультимедийные кодеки, необходимые для воспроизведения различных звуковых и "
+"видео файлов; пакеты, необходимые для воспроизведения коммерческих видео-DVD "
+"и т. п."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1283,53 +2193,89 @@ msgstr "Минимальная установка"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
-msgid "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Вы можете выбрать «Минимальная установка» снятием отметок по всем пунктам в списке выбора групп пакетов, см. раздел <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+msgid ""
+"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете выбрать «Минимальная установка» снятием отметок по всем пунктам в "
+"списке выбора групп пакетов, см. раздел <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups"
+"\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
-msgid "Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Минимальная установка предназначена для тех, кто намерен использовать <application>Mageia</application> с какой-то узкоспециализированной целью, в частности как сервер или рабочую станцию ​​узкого направления. Этим вариантом следует пользоваться в сочетании с выбором пакетов вручную, см. <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgid ""
+"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for "
+"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
+"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
+"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Минимальная установка предназначена для тех, кто намерен использовать "
+"<application>Mageia</application> с какой-то узкоспециализированной целью, в "
+"частности как сервер или рабочую станцию ​​узкого направления. Этим вариантом "
+"следует пользоваться в сочетании с выбором пакетов вручную, см. <xref "
+"linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
-msgid "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Если вы выберете этот вариант установки, на следующей странице программы вам будет предложено установить полезные дополнения системы, в частности документацию и графический сервер."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
+"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы выберете этот вариант установки, на следующей странице программы вам "
+"будет предложено установить полезные дополнения системы, в частности "
+"документацию и графический сервер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Резюме относительно других параметров"
 
-#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
-msgid "DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the settings here and change them if you want after pressing <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX пытается правильно определить настройки вашей системы согласно сделанного вами выбора и выявленного через DrakX оборудования. Вы можете ознакомиться с выбранными параметрами и, если нужно, изменить: для этого достаточно нажать кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on "
+"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
+"settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX пытается правильно определить настройки вашей системы согласно "
+"сделанного вами выбора и выявленного через DrakX оборудования. Вы можете "
+"ознакомиться с выбранными параметрами и, если нужно, изменить: для этого "
+"достаточно нажать кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1343,8 +2289,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Часовой пояс</guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
-msgid "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX выбирает часовой пояс на основе указанного вами желаемого языка. При необходимости вы можете изменить часовой пояс. См. также <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX выбирает часовой пояс на основе указанного вами желаемого языка. При "
+"необходимости вы можете изменить часовой пояс. См. также <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1353,8 +2305,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Страна / Регион</guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:61
-msgid "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Если вы находитесь не в той стране, которая была выбрана автоматически, очень важно исправить значение этого параметра. См. <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
+"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы находитесь не в той стране, которая была выбрана автоматически, "
+"очень важно исправить значение этого параметра. См. <xref linkend="
+"\"selectCountry\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1368,13 +2325,17 @@ msgstr "DrakX автоматически выбирает соответству
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
-msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
-msgstr "Не вносите никаких изменений, если вы не являетесь знатоком в настройках Grub и/или Lilo"
+msgid ""
+"Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
+msgstr ""
+"Не вносите никаких изменений, если вы не являетесь знатоком в настройках "
+"Grub и/или Lilo"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
-msgstr "Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:80
@@ -1383,8 +2344,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Управление учетными записями</guilab
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
-msgid "You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете добавить учетные записи пользователей. У каждого пользователя будет свой ​​каталог <literal>/home</literal>."
+msgid ""
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы вы можете добавить учетные записи пользователей. У "
+"каждого пользователя будет свой ​​каталог <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1393,18 +2358,29 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Службы</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:91
-msgid "System services refer to those small programs which run the background (daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Системными службами называются те небольшие программы, которые работают в фоновом режиме (фоновые службы). С помощью этого инструмента вы сможете включить или отключить некоторые из этих служб."
+msgid ""
+"System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
+"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Системными службами называются те небольшие программы, которые работают в "
+"фоновом режиме (фоновые службы). С помощью этого инструмента вы сможете "
+"включить или отключить некоторые из этих служб."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
-msgid "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Вам следует быть осторожными в выборе: ошибки могут привести к ухудшению работы компьютера."
+msgid ""
+"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
+"prevent your computer from operating correctly."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам следует быть осторожными в выборе: ошибки могут привести к ухудшению "
+"работы компьютера."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>"
-msgstr "Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"configureServices"
+"\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:106
@@ -1418,8 +2394,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Клавиатура</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:113
-msgid "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "С помощью этого раздела можно настроить или изменить раскладку клавиатуры, параметры которой будут зависеть от места вашего расположения, языка и типа клавиатуры."
+msgid ""
+"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
+"your location, language or type of keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого раздела можно настроить или изменить раскладку клавиатуры, "
+"параметры которой будут зависеть от места вашего расположения, языка и типа "
+"клавиатуры."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1428,8 +2409,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Мышь</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:121
-msgid "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs etc."
-msgstr "С помощью этого раздела можно настроить координатные устройства, планшеты, шаровые манипуляторы и т.д."
+msgid ""
+"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого раздела можно настроить координатные устройства, планшеты, "
+"шаровые манипуляторы и т.д."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1438,8 +2423,15 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Звуковая плата</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
-msgid "The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "Инсталлятор использует драйвер по умолчанию, если он всего один и при этом дефолтный. Опция выбора другого драйвера предоставлена только когда у вас более одного драйвера для вашей карты, но ни один из них не является дефолтным."
+msgid ""
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"Инсталлятор использует драйвер по умолчанию, если он всего один и при этом "
+"дефолтный. Опция выбора другого драйвера предоставлена только когда у вас "
+"более одного драйвера для вашей карты, но ни один из них не является "
+"дефолтным."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1449,17 +2441,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Графический интерфейс</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
 msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить параметры работы ваших графических карт и дисплеев."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить параметры работы ваших "
+"графических карт и дисплеев."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
-msgstr "Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser"
+"\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1473,13 +2473,26 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Сеть</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:164
-msgid "You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media repositories."
-msgstr "В этом разделе вы можете настроить сеть. Впрочем, если вы используете закрытые драйвера для сетевой карты, то лучше сделать настройку после установки системы в  <application>Центре управления Mageia</application>, после включения репозиториев закрытых (nonfree) пакетов, если вы не сделали это на предыдущем шаге."
+msgid ""
+"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free "
+"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
+"repositories."
+msgstr ""
+"В этом разделе вы можете настроить сеть. Впрочем, если вы используете "
+"закрытые драйвера для сетевой карты, то лучше сделать настройку после "
+"установки системы в  <application>Центре управления Mageia</application>, "
+"после включения репозиториев закрытых (nonfree) пакетов, если вы не сделали "
+"это на предыдущем шаге."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
-msgid "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch that interface as well."
-msgstr "При добавлении сетевой карты не забудьте вместе с ней настроить брандмауэр (сетевой экран), который будет следить за соответствующим интерфейсом."
+msgid ""
+"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
+"that interface as well."
+msgstr ""
+"При добавлении сетевой карты не забудьте вместе с ней настроить брандмауэр "
+"(сетевой экран), который будет следить за соответствующим интерфейсом."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1488,13 +2501,23 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Прокси</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:180
-msgid "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a proxy service."
-msgstr "Прокси-сервер является промежуточным звеном между компьютером и интернетом. С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить компьютер на использование служб прокси-сервера."
+msgid ""
+"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
+"internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
+"proxy service."
+msgstr ""
+"Прокси-сервер является промежуточным звеном между компьютером и интернетом. "
+"С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить компьютер на использование служб "
+"прокси-сервера."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
-msgid "You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you need to enter here"
-msgstr "Вам стоит посоветоваться с вашим системным администратором, чтобы узнать больше о значении параметров, которые следует указать в этом разделе."
+msgid ""
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Вам стоит посоветоваться с вашим системным администратором, чтобы узнать "
+"больше о значении параметров, которые следует указать в этом разделе."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1508,13 +2531,20 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Уровень безопасности</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
-msgid "Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "С помощью этого раздела вы можете определить уровень защиты вашего компьютера. В основном, дефолтный вариант (Стандартный) предоставит вашему компьютеру достаточную защиту."
+msgid ""
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого раздела вы можете определить уровень защиты вашего "
+"компьютера. В основном, дефолтный вариант (Стандартный) предоставит вашему "
+"компьютеру достаточную защиту."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage."
-msgstr "Выберите тот из вариантов, который лучше всего соответствует вашему образу использования системы."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите тот из вариантов, который лучше всего соответствует вашему образу "
+"использования системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:211
@@ -1523,55 +2553,92 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Файервол</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:213
-msgid "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Файервол или сетевой экран является барьером, который защищает важные данные от доступа к ним мошенников из интернета, пытающихся похитить и воспользоваться этими данными."
+msgid ""
+"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
+"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
+msgstr ""
+"Файервол или сетевой экран является барьером, который защищает важные данные "
+"от доступа к ним мошенников из интернета, пытающихся похитить и "
+"воспользоваться этими данными."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
-msgid "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Выберите службы, которым доступ к вашей системе должен быть разрешен. Выбор служб зависит от назначения компьютера, на котором работает операционная система."
+msgid ""
+"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
+"selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите службы, которым доступ к вашей системе должен быть разрешен. Выбор "
+"служб зависит от назначения компьютера, на котором работает операционная "
+"система."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Помните, что включение доступа без ограничений (выключение файервола) может значительно снизить уровень защиты вашей системы."
+msgstr ""
+"Помните, что включение доступа без ограничений (выключение файервола) может "
+"значительно снизить уровень защиты вашей системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
-msgid "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition"
-msgstr "Изменение размеров раздела <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>"
+msgid ""
+"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+"Изменение размеров раздела <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
-msgid "You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "В вашей системе несколько разделов <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Выберите один из них, тот, который следует уменьшить в размерах, чтобы получить достаточно места для установки <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgid ""
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"В вашей системе несколько разделов <application>Windows<superscript>®</"
+"superscript></application>. Выберите один из них, тот, который следует "
+"уменьшить в размерах, чтобы получить достаточно места для установки "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Уровень безопасности"
 
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
 msgid "You can adjust your security level here."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете изменить уровень защиты вашей системы."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы вы можете изменить уровень защиты вашей системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:27
-msgid "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
-msgstr "Если вы не уверены в нужных для вас параметрах, лучше не меняйте их дефолтные значения."
+msgid ""
+"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы не уверены в нужных для вас параметрах, лучше не меняйте их "
+"дефолтные значения."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:30
-msgid "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "После установки вы всегда сможете изменить параметры защиты с помощью модуля <guilabel>Безопасность</guilabel> в Центре управления Mageia."
+msgid ""
+"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
+"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"После установки вы всегда сможете изменить параметры защиты с помощью модуля "
+"<guilabel>Безопасность</guilabel> в Центре управления Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -1590,13 +2657,22 @@ msgstr "Определение"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13
-msgid "We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied."
-msgstr "Здесь мы называем носителем данных файл образа ISO, с помощью которого можно установить и/или обновить Mageia, а также любой физический носитель, на котором хранятся данные файла ISO."
+msgid ""
+"We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update "
+"Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied."
+msgstr ""
+"Здесь мы называем носителем данных файл образа ISO, с помощью которого можно "
+"установить и/или обновить Mageia, а также любой физический носитель, на "
+"котором хранятся данные файла ISO."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
-msgid "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
-msgstr "Вы можете найти их <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/ru/downloads/\">здесь</link>."
+msgid ""
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете найти их <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/ru/downloads/"
+"\">здесь</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21
@@ -1604,82 +2680,88 @@ msgid "Classical installation media"
 msgstr "Классический носитель для установки"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr "Типичные возможности"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr "Они используют традиционный инсталлятор, называемый drakx."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
-msgid "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
-msgstr "Они пригодны для установки «с нуля» или для обновления предыдущих выпусков."
+msgid ""
+"They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
+msgstr ""
+"Они пригодны для установки «с нуля» или для обновления предыдущих выпусков."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr "Различные носители для архитектур 32 или 64 бит."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
-msgid "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, Hardware Detection Tool."
-msgstr "Доступ к некоторым из инструментов можно получить в экране приветствия: система восстановления, тест памяти, инструмент обнаружения оборудования."
+msgid ""
+"Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
+"Hardware Detection Tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к некоторым из инструментов можно получить в экране приветствия: "
+"система восстановления, тест памяти, инструмент обнаружения оборудования."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr "Каждый DVD содержит любые доступные рабочие среды и языки."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
-msgid "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free software."
-msgstr "При установке у Вас будет возможность добавить источники несвободного программного обеспечения."
+msgid ""
+"You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"При установке у Вас будет возможность добавить источники несвободного "
+"программного обеспечения."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr "DVD двойственной архитектуры"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
-msgid "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made automatically according to the detected CPU."
-msgstr "Пакеты обеих архитектур присутствуют на одном носителе данных, выбор архитектуры будет сделан автоматически на основе данных об обнаруженном процессоре."
+msgid ""
+"Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
+"automatically according to the detected CPU."
+msgstr ""
+"Пакеты обеих архитектур присутствуют на одном носителе данных, выбор "
+"архитектуры будет сделан автоматически на основе данных об обнаруженном "
+"процессоре."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr "Только рабочий стол XFCE."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
-msgid "Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!"
-msgstr "Только некоторые языки (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) БЫЛИ ПРОВЕРЕНЫ!"
+msgid ""
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
+msgstr ""
+"Только некоторые языки (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, "
+"uk) БЫЛИ ПРОВЕРЕНЫ!"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr "Он содержит несвободное программное обеспечение."
@@ -1689,26 +2771,33 @@ msgstr "Он содержит несвободное программное об
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr "Live носитель"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
-msgid "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
-msgstr "Можно воспользоваться для ознакомления с дистрибутивом без установки его на жёсткий диск. Впрочем, если хочется, с помощью этого носителя можно установить Mageia на ваш компьютер."
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
+"HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
+msgstr ""
+"Можно воспользоваться для ознакомления с дистрибутивом без установки его на "
+"жёсткий диск. Впрочем, если хочется, с помощью этого носителя можно "
+"установить Mageia на ваш компьютер."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr "ISO содержит только одну рабочую среду (KDE или GNOME)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live образами ISO можно пользоваться только для установки системы «с нуля». Они непригодны для обновления системы с предыдущих выпусков.</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live образами ISO можно пользоваться только для "
+"установки системы «с нуля». Они непригодны для обновления системы с "
+"предыдущих выпусков.</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr "Они содержат несвободное программное обеспечение."
@@ -1718,25 +2807,19 @@ msgstr "Они содержат несвободное программное о
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr "Live CD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Только рабочая среда KDE."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr "Только английский язык."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr "Только 32 бит."
 
@@ -1745,10 +2828,8 @@ msgstr "Только 32 бит."
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr "Live CD GNOME"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Только рабочая среда GNOME."
 
@@ -1757,10 +2838,8 @@ msgstr "Только рабочая среда GNOME."
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr "Live DVD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167
-#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr "Присутствуют все языки."
 
@@ -1774,39 +2853,56 @@ msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr "Носители CD только для загрузки"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
-msgid "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet."
-msgstr "Каждый из таких малых образов содержит данные, необходимые для работы инсталлятора drakx и поиска файла ISO, с помощью которого можно продолжить и завершить установку. Такие файлы образов ISO могут храниться на жёстком диске компьютера, локальном диске, в локальной сети или в интернете."
+msgid ""
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Каждый из таких малых образов содержит данные, необходимые для работы "
+"инсталлятора drakx и поиска файла ISO, с помощью которого можно продолжить и "
+"завершить установку. Такие файлы образов ISO могут храниться на жёстком "
+"диске компьютера, локальном диске, в локальной сети или в интернете."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
-msgid "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that can't boot on a USB stick."
-msgstr "Такие носители очень маленькие (менее 100 МБ). Ими удобно пользоваться, если канал связи в сети слишком узкий для получения полноценного образа DVD, на компьютерах без дисковода DVD или на компьютерах, которые не могут загружать систему с флэш-диска USB."
+msgid ""
+"These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Такие носители очень маленькие (менее 100 МБ). Ими удобно пользоваться, если "
+"канал связи в сети слишком узкий для получения полноценного образа DVD, на "
+"компьютерах без дисковода DVD или на компьютерах, которые не могут загружать "
+"систему с флэш-диска USB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr "boot.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
-msgstr "Содержит только свободное программное обеспечение. Предназначен для пользователей, которые не желают пользоваться несвободными пакетами."
+msgstr ""
+"Содержит только свободное программное обеспечение. Предназначен для "
+"пользователей, которые не желают пользоваться несвободными пакетами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
-msgid "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need it."
-msgstr "Содержит несвободное ПО (в основном драйверы, кодеки и т.д.). Предназначен для тех, кто нуждается в этих компонентах системы."
+msgid ""
+"Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Содержит несвободное ПО (в основном драйверы, кодеки и т.д.). Предназначен "
+"для тех, кто нуждается в этих компонентах системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251
@@ -1820,18 +2916,45 @@ msgstr "Загрузка"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
-msgid "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is chosen, you can also see something like"
-msgstr "Как только вами будет выбран нужный вам файл ISO, вы можете получить его или с помощью протокола http, или с помощью BitTorrent. В обоих случаях в окне будет показана определенная информация относительно источника данных и предоставлена ​​возможность изменить его, если скорость получения данных слишком мала. Если будет выбрано http, вы увидите нечто:"
+msgid ""
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"Как только вами будет выбран нужный вам файл ISO, вы можете получить его или "
+"с помощью протокола http, или с помощью BitTorrent. В обоих случаях в окне "
+"будет показана определенная информация относительно источника данных и "
+"предоставлена ​​возможность изменить его, если скорость получения данных "
+"слишком мала. Если будет выбрано http, вы увидите нечто:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
-msgid "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a failure. Then this window appears:"
-msgstr "Программы md5sum и sha1sum предназначены для проверки целостности данных вашего образа ISO. Для выполнения проверки достаточно воспользоваться одной из этих программ. Оба шестнадцатеричных числа вычислены с помощью определённого алгоритма на основе файла, который должен быть загружен. Если вы попросите соответствующую программу снова вычислить шестнадцатеричное число на основе загруженного файла, то будет получено то же число (это означает что данные были загружены должным образом) или другое число (следовательно, данные были загружены с ошибками). Вы увидите нечто:"
+msgid ""
+"md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
+"downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
+"failure. Then this window appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"Программы md5sum и sha1sum предназначены для проверки целостности данных "
+"вашего образа ISO. Для выполнения проверки достаточно воспользоваться одной "
+"из этих программ. Оба шестнадцатеричных числа вычислены с помощью "
+"определённого алгоритма на основе файла, который должен быть загружен. Если "
+"вы попросите соответствующую программу снова вычислить шестнадцатеричное "
+"число на основе загруженного файла, то будет получено то же число (это "
+"означает что данные были загружены должным образом) или другое число "
+"(следовательно, данные были загружены с ошибками). Вы увидите нечто:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276
@@ -1851,27 +2974,44 @@ msgstr "Проверка целостности загруженных данн�
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287
 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:"
-msgstr "Откройте консоль (от имени обычного пользователя) и дайте следующую команду:"
+msgstr ""
+"Откройте консоль (от имени обычного пользователя) и дайте следующую команду:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
-msgid "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- При использовании md5sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum путь/до/файла/образа/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgid ""
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- При использовании md5sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum путь/до/файла/"
+"образа/file.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
-msgid "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- При использовании sha1sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum путь/до/файла/образа/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgid ""
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- При использовании sha1sum: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum путь/до/"
+"файла/образа/file.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
-msgid "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
-msgstr "и сравните полученное числовое значение (для его получения потребуется определённое время) с числом, указанным на странице Mageia. Пример:"
+msgid ""
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"и сравните полученное числовое значение (для его получения потребуется "
+"определённое время) с числом, указанным на странице Mageia. Пример:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309
@@ -1880,8 +3020,13 @@ msgstr "Запись образа ISO"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311
-msgid "The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media."
-msgstr "Проверенный образ ISO можно записать на компакт-диск, DVD или флешку USB. Действие записи не является простым копированием, - она предназначена для создания загрузочного носителя."
+msgid ""
+"The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. "
+"These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media."
+msgstr ""
+"Проверенный образ ISO можно записать на компакт-диск, DVD или флешку USB. "
+"Действие записи не является простым копированием, - она предназначена для "
+"создания загрузочного носителя."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316
@@ -1890,8 +3035,16 @@ msgstr "Записать ISO на CD/DVD"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318
-msgid "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
-msgstr "Воспользуйтесь любым устройством для записи, но его необходимо настроить на <emphasis role=\"bold\">запись образа</emphasis>. Просто записать данные или файлы недостаточно. Подробнее об этом можно узнать из <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">вики Mageia</link>."
+msgid ""
+"Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
+"to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Воспользуйтесь любым устройством для записи, но его необходимо настроить на "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">запись образа</emphasis>. Просто записать данные или "
+"файлы недостаточно. Подробнее об этом можно узнать из <link ns4:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">вики Mageia</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
@@ -1900,18 +3053,30 @@ msgstr "Запись образа ISO на USB флешку"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326
-msgid "All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick and use it to boot and install the system."
-msgstr "Все образы ISO Mageia являются гибридными, т.е. вы можете записывать их на USB флешку и пользоваться ею для загрузки или установки системы."
+msgid ""
+"All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick "
+"and use it to boot and install the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Все образы ISO Mageia являются гибридными, т.е. вы можете записывать их на "
+"USB флешку и пользоваться ею для загрузки или установки системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
-msgid "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to the image size."
-msgstr "В результате «записи» образа на диск USB (флешку) все данные файловой системы на ней будут уничтожены. Доступ ко всем данным, которые не будут уничтожены, будут потеряны. Размер диска будет уменьшен на размер образа."
+msgid ""
+"\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in "
+"the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced "
+"to the image size."
+msgstr ""
+"В результате «записи» образа на диск USB (флешку) все данные файловой "
+"системы на ней будут уничтожены. Доступ ко всем данным, которые не будут "
+"уничтожены, будут потеряны. Размер диска будет уменьшен на размер образа."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335
 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick."
-msgstr "Для восстановления первоначальной ёмкости диска USB вам впоследствии придётся его форматировать."
+msgstr ""
+"Для восстановления первоначальной ёмкости диска USB вам впоследствии "
+"придётся его форматировать."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339
@@ -1920,76 +3085,100 @@ msgstr "Использование Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
-msgid "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
-msgstr "Вы можете воспользоваться инструментом с графическим интерфейсом, например <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgid ""
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете воспользоваться инструментом с графическим интерфейсом, например "
+"<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr "Вы также можете воспользоваться консольной программой dd:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr "Откройте окно консоли"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
-msgid "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the final -)"
-msgstr "Получите права пользователя root с помощью команды <userinput>su -</userinput> (не забудьте «-» в конце команды)"
+msgid ""
+"Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
+"final -)"
+msgstr ""
+"Получите права пользователя root с помощью команды <userinput>su -</"
+"userinput> (не забудьте «-» в конце команды)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
-msgid "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application or file manager that read it)"
-msgstr "Соедините с компьютером ваш диск USB (не монтируйте его, т.е. не открывайте содержимое диска в любой программе, в частности в программе для управления файлами)"
+msgid ""
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Соедините с компьютером ваш диск USB (не монтируйте его, т.е. не открывайте "
+"содержимое диска в любой программе, в частности в программе для управления "
+"файлами)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr "Введите команду <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
-msgid "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
-msgstr "Имя можно определить по размеру. Например, на приведенном выше снимке /dev/sdb - это устройство ёмкостью 8 ГБ, это флешка USB."
+msgid ""
+"Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
+"in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Имя можно определить по размеру. Например, на приведенном выше снимке /dev/"
+"sdb - это устройство ёмкостью 8 ГБ, это флешка USB."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
-msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "Введите команду: # <userinput>dd if=путь/до/файла/образа/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Введите команду: # <userinput>dd if=путь/до/файла/образа/file of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
-msgid "(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "(x)=имя Вашего устройства, например: /dev/sdc Пример команды: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgid ""
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"(x)=имя Вашего устройства, например: /dev/sdc Пример команды: # "
+"<userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr "Введите команду: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr "Извлеките флешку USB. Запись завершена."
@@ -2011,8 +3200,12 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408
-msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>"
-msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>"
+msgid ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416
@@ -2021,40 +3214,73 @@ msgstr "Установка Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
-msgid "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
-msgstr "Этот шаг детализирован в <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">документации Mageia</link>."
+msgid ""
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Этот шаг детализирован в <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">документации Mageia</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
-msgid "More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
-msgstr "Ещё больше информации доступно в <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">вики Mageia</link>."
+msgid ""
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ещё больше информации доступно в <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Category:Documentation\">вики Mageia</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:13
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Выбор страны и региона"
 
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
-msgid "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Выберите страну или регион. Ваш выбор будет важным для всех типов параметров локализации системы, в частности выбора валюты и домена управления беспроводной связью. Ложный выбор может привести к невозможности использования беспроводной связи."
+msgid ""
+"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
+"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
+"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите страну или регион. Ваш выбор будет важным для всех типов параметров "
+"локализации системы, в частности выбора валюты и домена управления "
+"беспроводной связью. Ложный выбор может привести к невозможности "
+"использования беспроводной связи."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
-msgid "If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Если вашей страны нет в списке, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> и выберите страну или регион в окне, которое будет открыто."
+msgid ""
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вашей страны нет в списке, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Другие страны</"
+"guilabel> и выберите страну или регион в окне, которое будет открыто."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
-msgid "If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real choice."
-msgstr "Если пункт вашей страны есть только в списке <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> может показаться, что выбрана страна из первого списка. Пожалуйста, не обращайте на это внимание, DrakX уже учел ваш правильный выбор."
+msgid ""
+"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, "
+"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
+"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Если пункт вашей страны есть только в списке <guilabel>Другие страны</"
+"guilabel> может показаться, что выбрана страна из первого списка. "
+"Пожалуйста, не обращайте на это внимание, DrakX уже учел ваш правильный "
+"выбор."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2063,13 +3289,38 @@ msgstr "Способ ввода"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
-msgid "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "С помощью окна <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы можете выбрать способ ввода (с помощью нижней части списка). Способы ввода дают возможность пользователям вводить символы разных восточных языков (китайского, японского, корейского и т.п.). Типичным способом ввода на DVD с Mageia и портативных образах системы для Африки/Индии и Азии есть IBus. Для локалей азиатских и африканских стран IBus будет определен типичным способом ввода, следовательно пользователям не придется настраивать ничего вручную. Другие способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME т.п.), которые предоставляют пользователям подобные возможности, можно установить, если перед выбором пакетов были добавлены репозитории пакетов HTTP/FTP."
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью окна <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы можете выбрать способ "
+"ввода (с помощью нижней части списка). Способы ввода дают возможность "
+"пользователям вводить символы разных восточных языков (китайского, "
+"японского, корейского и т.п.). Типичным способом ввода на DVD с Mageia и "
+"портативных образах системы для Африки/Индии и Азии есть IBus. Для локалей "
+"азиатских и африканских стран IBus будет определен типичным способом ввода, "
+"следовательно пользователям не придется настраивать ничего вручную. Другие "
+"способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME т.п.), которые предоставляют пользователям "
+"подобные возможности, можно установить, если перед выбором пакетов были "
+"добавлены репозитории пакетов HTTP/FTP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
-msgid "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; \"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Если вы пропустили настройки ввода во время установки, вы можете получить доступ к ним после загрузки установленной системы в меню «Настроить компьютер» -&gt; «Система» или запустите localedrake от имени пользователя root."
+msgid ""
+"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
+"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
+"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы пропустили настройки ввода во время установки, вы можете получить "
+"доступ к ним после загрузки установленной системы в меню «Настроить "
+"компьютер» -&gt; «Система» или запустите localedrake от имени пользователя "
+"root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2078,8 +3329,12 @@ msgstr "Установка или обновление"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2088,8 +3343,11 @@ msgstr "Установка"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
-msgid "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Этим вариантом следует воспользоваться, если вы хотите установить <application>Mageia</application> с нуля."
+msgid ""
+"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Этим вариантом следует воспользоваться, если вы хотите установить "
+"<application>Mageia</application> с нуля."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2098,23 +3356,64 @@ msgstr "Обновление"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41
-msgid "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the latest release."
-msgstr "Если на компьютере установлена ​​одна или несколько предыдущих версий <application>Mageia</application>, то программа установки предоставит вам возможность обновить одну из установленных систем до последней версии."
+msgid ""
+"If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
+"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
+"latest release."
+msgstr ""
+"Если на компьютере установлена ​​одна или несколько предыдущих версий "
+"<application>Mageia</application>, то программа установки предоставит вам "
+"возможность обновить одну из установленных систем до последней версии."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
-msgid "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Было тщательно проверено только обновление с предыдущей версии Mageia, которая <emphasis>всё ещё поддерживалась</emphasis>, когда эта версия инсталлятора была выпущена. Если вы хотите обновить версию Mageia, которая уже больше не поддерживается,\t то лучше выполнить чистую установку, сохранив только раздел <literal>/home</literal>."
+msgid ""
+"Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
+"supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
+"thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Было тщательно проверено только обновление с предыдущей версии Mageia, "
+"которая <emphasis>всё ещё поддерживалась</emphasis>, когда эта версия "
+"инсталлятора была выпущена. Если вы хотите обновить версию Mageia, которая "
+"уже больше не поддерживается,\t то лучше выполнить чистую установку, "
+"сохранив только раздел <literal>/home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
-msgid "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, то вы можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый терминал нажатием комбинации этих трех клавиш: <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер."
+msgid ""
+"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, то вы "
+"можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши "
+"действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки "
+"обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка "
+"может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим "
+"предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый "
+"терминал нажатием комбинации этих трех клавиш: <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</"
+"guilabel> одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guilabel>Alt "
+"Ctrl Delete</guilabel> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
-msgid "If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Если вы обнаружите, что забыли установить пакет дополнительного языка, вы можете вернуться со страницы «Установка или обновление» на страницу выбора языка нажатием комбинации клавиш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Не</emphasis> делайте этого во время следующих шагов установки."
+msgid ""
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы обнаружите, что забыли установить пакет дополнительного языка, вы "
+"можете вернуться со страницы «Установка или обновление» на страницу выбора "
+"языка нажатием комбинации клавиш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. "
+"<emphasis>Не</emphasis> делайте этого во время следующих шагов установки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2123,33 +3422,77 @@ msgstr "Клавиатура"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17
-msgid "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX автоматически выбирает соответствующую раскладку клавиатуры с выбранным вами языком. Если в списке не окажется соответствующей раскладки, будет использована типичная американская раскладка US."
+msgid ""
+"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
+"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX автоматически выбирает соответствующую раскладку клавиатуры с "
+"выбранным вами языком. Если в списке не окажется соответствующей раскладки, "
+"будет использована типичная американская раскладка US."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
-msgid "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Убедитесь, что программа сделала правильный выбор, или выберите другую раскладку клавиатуры. Если вы не можете определиться с нужной вам раскладкой, ознакомьтесь с документацией к компьютеру или отправьте запрос производителю. Кроме того, на некоторых из клавиатур можно найти отметку, которая содержит данные относительно раскладки клавиатуры. Также полезным может быть ознакомление с содержанием страницы: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgid ""
+"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Убедитесь, что программа сделала правильный выбор, или выберите другую "
+"раскладку клавиатуры. Если вы не можете определиться с нужной вам "
+"раскладкой, ознакомьтесь с документацией к компьютеру или отправьте запрос "
+"производителю. Кроме того, на некоторых из клавиатур можно найти отметку, "
+"которая содержит данные относительно раскладки клавиатуры. Также полезным "
+"может быть ознакомление с содержанием страницы: <link xlink:href=\"http://en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</"
+"link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
-msgid "If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
-msgstr "Если нужного пункта для вашей клавиатуры не будет в показанном списке, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Еще</guibutton> для ознакомления с полным списком, из которого вы можете выбрать модель клавиатуры."
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Если нужного пункта для вашей клавиатуры не будет в показанном списке, "
+"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Еще</guibutton> для ознакомления с полным списком, "
+"из которого вы можете выбрать модель клавиатуры."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
-msgid "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the full list."
-msgstr "После выбора модели клавиатуры с помощью диалогового окна <guibutton>Еще</guibutton> вы вернетесь к первому диалоговому окну выбора клавиатуры, в котором пункт клавиатуры останется прежним. Не обращайте на это внимание: средству установки уже сообщено, что вы выбрали надлежащую клавиатуры из полного списка."
+msgid ""
+"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
+"full list."
+msgstr ""
+"После выбора модели клавиатуры с помощью диалогового окна <guibutton>Еще</"
+"guibutton> вы вернетесь к первому диалоговому окну выбора клавиатуры, в "
+"котором пункт клавиатуры останется прежним. Не обращайте на это внимание: "
+"средству установки уже сообщено, что вы выбрали надлежащую клавиатуры из "
+"полного списка."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
-msgid "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Если вами была выбрана раскладка с нелатинскими символами, программа покажет дополнительное диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете определиться со способом переключения между латинской и нелатинской раскладкой."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
+"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
+"and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
+msgstr ""
+"Если вами была выбрана раскладка с нелатинскими символами, программа покажет "
+"дополнительное диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете определиться "
+"со способом переключения между латинской и нелатинской раскладкой."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2158,133 +3501,248 @@ msgstr "Выберите, пожалуйста, язык"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:26
-msgid "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Выберите нужный язык интерфейса системы. Для этого сначала откройте список стран вашего континента. <application>Mageia</application> будет использовать этот выбор во время установки и в установленной системе."
+msgid ""
+"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
+"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
+"the installation and for your installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите нужный язык интерфейса системы. Для этого сначала откройте список "
+"стран вашего континента. <application>Mageia</application> будет "
+"использовать этот выбор во время установки и в установленной системе."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
-msgid "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the <guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Если в системе будет использоваться несколько языков (вами или другими пользователями), нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Несколько языков</guibutton>, чтобы добавить их. После установки добавить поддержку языков будет довольно сложно."
+msgid ""
+"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
+"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Если в системе будет использоваться несколько языков (вами или другими "
+"пользователями), нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Несколько языков</guibutton>, "
+"чтобы добавить их. После установки добавить поддержку языков будет довольно "
+"сложно."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
-msgid "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Даже если вами было выбрано несколько языков, вам сначала необходимо выбрать один из них как основной язык страниц программы установки. Кроме того, этот язык будет отмечен и в окне выбора нескольких языков."
+msgid ""
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
+msgstr ""
+"Даже если вами было выбрано несколько языков, вам сначала необходимо выбрать "
+"один из них как основной язык страниц программы установки. Кроме того, этот "
+"язык будет отмечен и в окне выбора нескольких языков."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
-msgid "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Если раскладка вашей клавиатуры не совпадает с раскладкой, используемой для желаемого языка, следует также установить языковые пакеты для языка, связанные с выбранной раскладкой."
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
+"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Если раскладка вашей клавиатуры не совпадает с раскладкой, используемой для "
+"желаемого языка, следует также установить языковые пакеты для языка, "
+"связанные с выбранной раскладкой."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
-msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "По умолчанию в Mageia используется кодировка UTF-8 (Unicode). Эту кодировку можно отключить в окне выбора нескольких языков, если вам заранее известно, что Unicode несовместим с вашим языком. Выключение UTF-8 касается всех установленных языков."
+msgid ""
+"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
+"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
+"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
+msgstr ""
+"По умолчанию в Mageia используется кодировка UTF-8 (Unicode). Эту кодировку "
+"можно отключить в окне выбора нескольких языков, если вам заранее известно, "
+"что Unicode несовместим с вашим языком. Выключение UTF-8 касается всех "
+"установленных языков."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
-msgid "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Изменить язык интерфейса системы после установки можно с помощью Центра управления Mageia -&gt; Система -&gt; Настройка локализации системы."
+msgid ""
+"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
+"Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Изменить язык интерфейса системы после установки можно с помощью Центра "
+"управления Mageia -&gt; Система -&gt; Настройка локализации системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Выбор драйвера мыши"
 
-#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
-msgid "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a different one here."
-msgstr "Если у вас возникают проблемы с управлением курсором мыши, вы можете выбрать другой драйвер для мыши."
+msgid ""
+"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
+"different one here."
+msgstr ""
+"Если у вас возникают проблемы с управлением курсором мыши, вы можете выбрать "
+"другой драйвер для мыши."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
-msgid "Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Обычно, <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Любая мышь PS/2 или USB</guilabel> является неплохим вариантом."
+msgid ""
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Обычно, <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Любая мышь PS/2 или "
+"USB</guilabel> является неплохим вариантом."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
-msgid "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Выберете пункт <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Задействовать evdev</guilabel>, чтобы настроить кнопки, которые не работают для мыши с шестью или более кнопками."
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
+"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберете пункт <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Задействовать "
+"evdev</guilabel>, чтобы настроить кнопки, которые не работают для мыши с "
+"шестью или более кнопками."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
-msgstr "Добавление пункта в меню загрузки или внесение изменений в такие пункты"
+msgstr ""
+"Добавление пункта в меню загрузки или внесение изменений в такие пункты"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
-msgid "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Чтобы добавить запись или внести изменения в выбранную запись, нажмите соответствующую кнопку на странице <emphasis>Настройки загрузчика</emphasis>. В ответ будет показано окно редактирования."
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
+"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
+"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы добавить запись или внести изменения в выбранную запись, нажмите "
+"соответствующую кнопку на странице <emphasis>Настройки загрузчика</"
+"emphasis>. В ответ будет показано окно редактирования."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
-msgid "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Некоторые из действий можно выполнять ничем не рискуя. К таким действиям относится изменение метки записи или обозначение дефолтной записи в списке."
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
+"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
+msgstr ""
+"Некоторые из действий можно выполнять ничем не рискуя. К таким действиям "
+"относится изменение метки записи или обозначение дефолтной записи в списке."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
-msgid "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Вы можете добавить к записи надлежащий номер версии или полностью изменить название записи."
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете добавить к записи надлежащий номер версии или полностью изменить "
+"название записи."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
-msgid "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a choice while booting up."
-msgstr "Дефолтный пункт - это пункт операционной системы, которая загружается, если пользователем не будет сделано другого выбора во время показа меню загрузки."
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
+"choice while booting up."
+msgstr ""
+"Дефолтный пункт - это пункт операционной системы, которая загружается, если "
+"пользователем не будет сделано другого выбора во время показа меню загрузки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
-msgid "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Изменение других параметров может привести к невозможности загрузки системы. Пожалуйста, не экспериментируйте с этими параметрами, если вам достоверно неизвестно их назначение."
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
+"just try something without knowing what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"Изменение других параметров может привести к невозможности загрузки системы. "
+"Пожалуйста, не экспериментируйте с этими параметрами, если вам достоверно "
+"неизвестно их назначение."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Основные параметры загрузчика"
 
-#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
-msgid "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Если вам нужны другие параметры работы загрузчика, чем те, которые были выбраны автоматически программой для установки системы, вы можете изменить их с помощью этой страницы."
+msgid ""
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вам нужны другие параметры работы загрузчика, чем те, которые были "
+"выбраны автоматически программой для установки системы, вы можете изменить "
+"их с помощью этой страницы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
-msgid "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Вероятно, вы уже пользовались какой-то операционной системой на компьютере. Если это так, вам следует определиться, должен ли быть добавлен пункт Mageia к меню текущего загрузчика, или Mageia должна создать собственный загрузчик."
+msgid ""
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"allow Mageia to create a new one."
+msgstr ""
+"Вероятно, вы уже пользовались какой-то операционной системой на компьютере. "
+"Если это так, вам следует определиться, должен ли быть добавлен пункт Mageia "
+"к меню текущего загрузчика, или Mageia должна создать собственный загрузчик."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2298,23 +3756,46 @@ msgstr "Использование загрузчика Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:36
-msgid "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia boot menu."
-msgstr "По умолчанию Mageia записывает новый загрузчик GRUB (устаревшую версию) в MBR (основную загрузочную запись) первого диска компьютера. Если на диске уже были установлены операционные системы, Mageia попытается добавить пункты этих операционных систем в новое меню загрузки Mageia."
+msgid ""
+"By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR "
+"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
+"operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
+"boot menu."
+msgstr ""
+"По умолчанию Mageia записывает новый загрузчик GRUB (устаревшую версию) в "
+"MBR (основную загрузочную запись) первого диска компьютера. Если на диске "
+"уже были установлены операционные системы, Mageia попытается добавить пункты "
+"этих операционных систем в новое меню загрузки Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
-msgid "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "В новой версии Mageia вы сможете воспользоваться загрузчиком GRUB2 в дополнение к устаревшей версии GRUB и Lilo."
+msgid ""
+"Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
+"legacy and Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"В новой версии Mageia вы сможете воспользоваться загрузчиком GRUB2 в "
+"дополнение к устаревшей версии GRUB и Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
-msgid "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is used."
-msgstr "Операционные системы Linux, в которых используется загрузчик GRUB2, в текущей версии не распознаются и не поддерживаются дефолтным загрузчиком GRUB (устаревшей версии)."
+msgid ""
+"Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
+"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
+"used."
+msgstr ""
+"Операционные системы Linux, в которых используется загрузчик GRUB2, в "
+"текущей версии не распознаются и не поддерживаются дефолтным загрузчиком "
+"GRUB (устаревшей версии)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
-msgid "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Лучшим решением является использование загрузчика GRUB2. Приказать системе использовать именно этот загрузчик можно на странице «Резюме» при установке операционной системы."
+msgid ""
+"The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
+"the Summary page during installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Лучшим решением является использование загрузчика GRUB2. Приказать системе "
+"использовать именно этот загрузчик можно на странице «Резюме» при установке "
+"операционной системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -2323,13 +3804,27 @@ msgstr "Использование уже установленного загр�
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
-msgid "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Если вы решите воспользоваться уже установленным загрузчиком, не забудьте остановиться на странице «Резюме» при установке и нажать в разделе «Загрузчик» кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>, с помощью которой вы сможете изменить место установки загрузчика."
+msgid ""
+"If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы решите воспользоваться уже установленным загрузчиком, не забудьте "
+"остановиться на странице «Резюме» при установке и нажать в разделе "
+"«Загрузчик» кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>, с помощью которой вы "
+"сможете изменить место установки загрузчика."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
-msgid "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Не выбирайте устройство, например «sda», иначе уже созданная запись MBR будет перезаписана. Вам следует выбрать корневой раздел, который выбран на шаге распределения диска на разделы, например «sda7»."
+msgid ""
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"Не выбирайте устройство, например «sda», иначе уже созданная запись MBR "
+"будет перезаписана. Вам следует выбрать корневой раздел, который выбран на "
+"шаге распределения диска на разделы, например «sda7»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
@@ -2338,13 +3833,31 @@ msgstr "Если быть точным, sda - это устройство, а sd
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
-msgid "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to the installer screen."
-msgstr "Перейдите на tty2 нажатием комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+F2 и отдайте команду <literal>df</literal> чтобы определить расположение вашего раздела <literal>/</literal> (корневого каталога). Вернуться к окну инсталлятора можно с помощью нажатия комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+F7."
+msgid ""
+"Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Перейдите на tty2 нажатием комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+F2 и отдайте команду "
+"<literal>df</literal> чтобы определить расположение вашего раздела <literal>/"
+"</literal> (корневого каталога). Вернуться к окну инсталлятора можно с "
+"помощью нажатия комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+F7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
-msgid "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in question."
-msgstr "Полный перечень шагов добавления пункта ОС Mageia в меню уже установленного загрузчика не является предметом этой справочной страницы. Впрочем, в основном, эти шаги связаны с запуском соответствующей программы установки загрузчика, которая должна выявить и добавить пункт системы в автоматическом режиме. Соответствующие пояснения должны быть приведены в документации другой операционной системы."
+msgid ""
+"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
+"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+"Полный перечень шагов добавления пункта ОС Mageia в меню уже установленного "
+"загрузчика не является предметом этой справочной страницы. Впрочем, в "
+"основном, эти шаги связаны с запуском соответствующей программы установки "
+"загрузчика, которая должна выявить и добавить пункт системы в автоматическом "
+"режиме. Соответствующие пояснения должны быть приведены в документации "
+"другой операционной системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -2353,69 +3866,118 @@ msgstr "Дополнительные параметры загрузчика"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
-msgid "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Если объем на диске с разделом <literal>/</literal>, содержащий каталог <literal>/tmp</literal>, является очень ограниченным, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и отметьте пункт <guilabel>Очищать /tmp при каждой перезагрузке</guilabel>. Это поможет сэкономить немного места."
+msgid ""
+"If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Если объем на диске с разделом <literal>/</literal>, содержащий каталог "
+"<literal>/tmp</literal>, является очень ограниченным, нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и отметьте пункт <guilabel>Очищать /tmp "
+"при каждой перезагрузке</guilabel>. Это поможет сэкономить немного места."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Настройка SCSI"
 
-#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
-msgid "DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "Обычно DrakX определяет параметры дисков правильно. Впрочем, если вы имеете дело с устаревшим дисковым контроллером SCSI, возможны ошибки, из-за которых программа не сможет установить нужных драйверов."
+msgid ""
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"fail to recognise the drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Обычно DrakX определяет параметры дисков правильно. Впрочем, если вы имеете "
+"дело с устаревшим дисковым контроллером SCSI, возможны ошибки, из-за которых "
+"программа не сможет установить нужных драйверов."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
-msgid "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) you have."
-msgstr "Если вам встретился именно такой контроллер, вам придется вручную сообщить DrakX, с каким диском SCSI придется иметь дело."
+msgid ""
+"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
+"you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вам встретился именно такой контроллер, вам придется вручную сообщить "
+"DrakX, с каким диском SCSI придется иметь дело."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly."
-msgstr "После этого, DrakX сможет настроить систему на работу с дисками должным образом."
+msgstr ""
+"После этого, DrakX сможет настроить систему на работу с дисками должным "
+"образом."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:11
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Настройка звука"
 
-#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
-msgid "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default one."
-msgstr "На этом экране указан драйвер, который инсталлятор выбрал для вашей звуковой карты из имеющихся и который будет драйвером по умолчанию, если имеется только один дефолтный."
+msgid ""
+"In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
+"sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"На этом экране указан драйвер, который инсталлятор выбрал для вашей звуковой "
+"карты из имеющихся и который будет драйвером по умолчанию, если имеется "
+"только один дефолтный."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
-msgid "The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Драйвер по умолчанию должен работать без проблем. Однако, если после установки вы столкнётесь с проблемами, то запустите <command>draksound</command> или запустите эту утилиту из MCC (Центр Управления Mageia), выбрав вкладку <guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> и нажав <guilabel>Настройка звука</guilabel> в верхнем правом углу окна."
+msgid ""
+"The default driver should work without problems. However, if after install "
+"you do encounter problems, then run <command>draksound</command> or start "
+"this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
+"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
+"Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Драйвер по умолчанию должен работать без проблем. Однако, если после "
+"установки вы столкнётесь с проблемами, то запустите <command>draksound</"
+"command> или запустите эту утилиту из MCC (Центр Управления Mageia), выбрав "
+"вкладку <guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> и нажав <guilabel>Настройка звука</"
+"guilabel> в верхнем правом углу окна."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
-msgid "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Затем в draksound или в окне утилиты \"Настройка звука\" щёлкните на <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и потом на <guibutton>Устранение неполадок</guibutton>, чтобы найти очень полезные советы о том, как решить эту проблему."
+msgid ""
+"Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Затем в draksound или в окне утилиты \"Настройка звука\" щёлкните на "
+"<guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и потом на <guibutton>Устранение "
+"неполадок</guibutton>, чтобы найти очень полезные советы о том, как решить "
+"эту проблему."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -2424,38 +3986,68 @@ msgstr "Дополнительно"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:44
-msgid "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Нажатие <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> в этом окне во время установки полезно, если нет драйвера по умолчанию и есть несколько доступных драйверов, но вы считаете, что инсталлятор выбрал неверный драйвер."
+msgid ""
+"Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
+"useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
+"available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажатие <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> в этом окне во время установки "
+"полезно, если нет драйвера по умолчанию и есть несколько доступных "
+"драйверов, но вы считаете, что инсталлятор выбрал неверный драйвер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
-msgid "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on <guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "В этом случае вы можете выбрать другой драйвер после нажатия на <guibutton>Позволить мне выбрать любой драйвер</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"В этом случае вы можете выбрать другой драйвер после нажатия на "
+"<guibutton>Позволить мне выбрать любой драйвер</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Подтверждение форматирования жесткого диска"
 
-#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#. test comment - johnr
-#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
+#.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your choice."
-msgstr "Нажмите  кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены в сделанном выборе."
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите  кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены в сделанном "
+"выборе."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, если вы уверены и хотите стереть все разделы, все операционные системы на диске и все данные, хранящиеся на этом диске."
-
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, если вы уверены и хотите "
+"стереть все разделы, все операционные системы на диске и все данные, "
+"хранящиеся на этом диске."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/sl.po b/docs/installer/sl.po
index 22bd2dbb..4fa98597 100644
--- a/docs/installer/sl.po
+++ b/docs/installer/sl.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-09 19:12+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: Slovenian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/"
@@ -2937,62 +2937,72 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
-"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
-"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
 "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
 "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
-"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
-"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
-"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
-"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
@@ -3267,6 +3277,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
 #~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" "
 #~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </"
 #~ "imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/sq.po b/docs/installer/sq.po
index 2c8d7882..5a2d53db 100644
--- a/docs/installer/sq.po
+++ b/docs/installer/sq.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Ardit Dani <ardit.dani@gmail.com>, 2014
 # Ardit Dani <ardit.dani@gmail.com>, 2014
@@ -9,14 +9,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Albanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sq/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Albanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"sq/)\n"
+"Language: sq\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: sq\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -27,9 +28,11 @@ msgstr "Licenca dhe Shënime Lëshimit"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -39,31 +42,39 @@ msgstr "Licenca e pajtueshmërisë"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Para instalimit<application>Mageia</application>, ju lutemi lexoni kushtet e licencës me kujdes."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Para instalimit<application>Mageia</application>, ju lutemi lexoni kushtet e "
+"licencës me kujdes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Këto kushte dhe rregulla zbatohen për të gjithë <application> Mageia </application> shpërndarjes dhe duhet të pranohen para se të mund të vazhdojë."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Këto kushte dhe rregulla zbatohen për të gjithë <application> Mageia </"
+"application> shpërndarjes dhe duhet të pranohen para se të mund të vazhdojë."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Për të pranuar, thjesht zgjidhni <guilabel> Prano </guilabel> dhe pastaj klikoni në <guibutton> Tjetren </guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Për të pranuar, thjesht zgjidhni <guilabel> Prano </guilabel> dhe pastaj "
+"klikoni në <guibutton> Tjetren </guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Nëse vendosni të mos e pranojë këto kushte, atëherë ne ju falënderoj për kërkimin. Klikoni <guibutton> Dil </guibutton> do të ristartoni kompjuterin tuaj."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse vendosni të mos e pranojë këto kushte, atëherë ne ju falënderoj për "
+"kërkimin. Klikoni <guibutton> Dil </guibutton> do të ristartoni kompjuterin "
+"tuaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -75,7 +86,9 @@ msgstr "Shënime lëshimi"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Për të parë se çfarë ka të re në këtë version të <application>Mageia</application>, klikoni në <guibutton>Shënime Lëshimi</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Për të parë se çfarë ka të re në këtë version të <application>Mageia</"
+"application>, klikoni në <guibutton>Shënime Lëshimi</guibutton> button."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -88,27 +101,32 @@ msgstr "sq"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Përzgjedhja Media (Konfiguro Plotësues Media Instalimi)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Ky ekran ju jep listën e Depove të njohura tashmë. Ju mund të shtoni burime të tjera për paketat, si një disk optik apo një burim të largët. Zgjedhja burim përcakton se cilat paketë do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje gjatë hapave të ardhshëm."
+msgstr ""
+"Ky ekran ju jep listën e Depove të njohura tashmë. Ju mund të shtoni burime "
+"të tjera për paketat, si një disk optik apo një burim të largët. Zgjedhja "
+"burim përcakton se cilat paketë do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje "
+"gjatë hapave të ardhshëm."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -128,38 +146,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë apo një URL të specifikuar (hyrje e parë). Me zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë, ju keni qasje në zgjedhjen e të gjitha depove të menaxhuara nga Mageia, si jofalas, depot e njollosura dhe azhornimet. Me URL, ju mund të caktojë një depo të veçantë ose vet instalimin tuaj NFS."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë apo një URL të specifikuar (hyrje e parë). Me "
+"zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë, ju keni qasje në zgjedhjen e të gjitha depove të "
+"menaxhuara nga Mageia, si jofalas, depot e njollosura dhe azhornimet. Me "
+"URL, ju mund të caktojë një depo të veçantë ose vet instalimin tuaj NFS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Menaxher për Përdorues dhe Super-përdoruesin "
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -171,20 +191,32 @@ msgstr "Vendos Fjalëkalim administratori (root):"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Është e këshillueshme për të gjithë instalimet <application>Mageia</application> për të vendosur një superpërdorues apo fjalëkalim administratori, zakonisht të quajtur <emphasis> fjalëkalimin root</emphasis> në Linux. Siq ju shkruani një fjalëkalim në kutinë e lartë ngjyra e mburojës së saj do të ndryshojë nga e kuqe në të verdhë të gjelbër në varësi të fuqisë e password. Një mburojë e gjelbër tregon se jeni duke përdorur një fjalëkalim të fortë. Ju duhet për të përsëritur të njëjtin fjalëkalim në kutinë vetëm nën kutinë e parë fjalëkalimi, kjo kontrollon se ju nuk e keni shtypur keq pyetjen fjalëkalimin e parë duke i krahasuar ato."
+msgstr ""
+"Është e këshillueshme për të gjithë instalimet <application>Mageia</"
+"application> për të vendosur një superpërdorues apo fjalëkalim "
+"administratori, zakonisht të quajtur <emphasis> fjalëkalimin root</emphasis> "
+"në Linux. Siq ju shkruani një fjalëkalim në kutinë e lartë ngjyra e mburojës "
+"së saj do të ndryshojë nga e kuqe në të verdhë të gjelbër në varësi të "
+"fuqisë e password. Një mburojë e gjelbër tregon se jeni duke përdorur një "
+"fjalëkalim të fortë. Ju duhet për të përsëritur të njëjtin fjalëkalim në "
+"kutinë vetëm nën kutinë e parë fjalëkalimi, kjo kontrollon se ju nuk e keni "
+"shtypur keq pyetjen fjalëkalimin e parë duke i krahasuar ato."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Të gjitha fjalëkalimet janë raste të ndjeshme, është mirë përdorimi një përzierje të shkronjave (mëdha dhe të vogla), numra dhe karaktere të tjera në një fjalëkalim."
+msgstr ""
+"Të gjitha fjalëkalimet janë raste të ndjeshme, është mirë përdorimi një "
+"përzierje të shkronjave (mëdha dhe të vogla), numra dhe karaktere të tjera "
+"në një fjalëkalim."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -197,29 +229,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Shto një përdorues këtu. Një përdorues ka më pak të drejta se super-përdoruesit (root), por të mjaftueshme për të shfletuar në internet, përdorimi aplikacioneve të zyrës ose luajnë lojëra dhe çdo gjë tjetër përdoruesi mesatar bën me kompjuterin e tij"
+msgstr ""
+"Shto një përdorues këtu. Një përdorues ka më pak të drejta se super-"
+"përdoruesit (root), por të mjaftueshme për të shfletuar në internet, "
+"përdorimi aplikacioneve të zyrës ose luajnë lojëra dhe çdo gjë tjetër "
+"përdoruesi mesatar bën me kompjuterin e tij"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ikonë</guibutton>: nëse klikoni në këtë buton do të ndryshojë ikonën e përdoruesve."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikonë</guibutton>: nëse klikoni në këtë buton do të ndryshojë "
+"ikonën e përdoruesve."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Emri Vërtetë</guilabel>: Vendos emrin e vërtetë të përdoruesit në këtë kuti teksti."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Emri Vërtetë</guilabel>: Vendos emrin e vërtetë të përdoruesit në "
+"këtë kuti teksti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Emri Hyrës</guilabel>: Këtu ju shkruani emrin e përdoruesit hyrës ose le draky përdorimin e një versioni të emrin e vërtetë përdoruesit. <emphasis>Emri hyrës është rast i ndjeshme.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Emri Hyrës</guilabel>: Këtu ju shkruani emrin e përdoruesit hyrës "
+"ose le draky përdorimin e një versioni të emrin e vërtetë përdoruesit. "
+"<emphasis>Emri hyrës është rast i ndjeshme.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -227,22 +270,31 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi</guilabel>: Në këtë kutinë e tekstit ju duhet të shkruani fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit. Nuk është një mburojë në fund të kutisë të tekstit që tregon fuqinë e fjalëkalimin. (Shiko edhe <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi</guilabel>: Në këtë kutinë e tekstit ju duhet të "
+"shkruani fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit. Nuk është një mburojë në fund të kutisë "
+"të tekstit që tregon fuqinë e fjalëkalimin. (Shiko edhe <xref linkend="
+"\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi (përsëri)</guilabel>: Rishkruaj fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit në këtë kuti të tekstit dhe DrakX do të kontrollojë ju keni të njëjtin fjalëkalim në secilën nga kutitë e tekstit përdorues fjalëkalim."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi (përsëri)</guilabel>: Rishkruaj fjalëkalimin e "
+"përdoruesit në këtë kuti të tekstit dhe DrakX do të kontrollojë ju keni të "
+"njëjtin fjalëkalim në secilën nga kutitë e tekstit përdorues fjalëkalim."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Çdo përdorues ju shtoni gjatë instalimit Mageia, do të ketë një botë të lexueshëm (por shkrim i mbrojtur) skedari shtëpi."
+msgstr ""
+"Çdo përdorues ju shtoni gjatë instalimit Mageia, do të ketë një botë të "
+"lexueshëm (por shkrim i mbrojtur) skedari shtëpi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -250,14 +302,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Megjithatë, duke përdorur instalmin tuaj të ri, çdo përdorues që të shtoni në <emphasis>MCC - System - Menaxho përdoruesit në sistem</emphasis> do të ketë një skedarë shtëpi që është me mbrojtje lexo dhe shkruaj."
+msgstr ""
+"Megjithatë, duke përdorur instalmin tuaj të ri, çdo përdorues që të shtoni "
+"në <emphasis>MCC - System - Menaxho përdoruesit në sistem</emphasis> do të "
+"ketë një skedarë shtëpi që është me mbrojtje lexo dhe shkruaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Nëse ju nuk doni një skedarë të përgjithshëm të lexueshëm shtëpi për të gjithë, është këshilluar për të shtuar vetëm një përdorues të përkohshme tani dhe për të shtuar një të vërtetë pa(s) rinisjes."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju nuk doni një skedarë të përgjithshëm të lexueshëm shtëpi për të "
+"gjithë, është këshilluar për të shtuar vetëm një përdorues të përkohshme "
+"tani dhe për të shtuar një të vërtetë pa(s) rinisjes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -265,7 +323,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Nëse ju preferoni skedarë të lexueshëm dokumente në shtëpi, ju mund të dëshironi të shtoni të gjithë përdoruesit shtesë të nevojshme në <emphasis>Konfiguracion - Përmbledhje</emphasis> hap gjatë instalimit. Zgjidh <emphasis>Menaxhimi Përdoruesit</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju preferoni skedarë të lexueshëm dokumente në shtëpi, ju mund të "
+"dëshironi të shtoni të gjithë përdoruesit shtesë të nevojshme në "
+"<emphasis>Konfiguracion - Përmbledhje</emphasis> hap gjatë instalimit. "
+"Zgjidh <emphasis>Menaxhimi Përdoruesit</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
@@ -283,7 +345,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Nëse <guibutton>avancimi</guibutton> butoni është i klikuar ju ofrohet një ekran që ju lejon të modifikoni cilësimet për përdoruesin që ju jeni duke shtuar. Përveç kësaj, ju mund të çaktivizoni ose të mundësoni një llogari vizitor."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse <guibutton>avancimi</guibutton> butoni është i klikuar ju ofrohet një "
+"ekran që ju lejon të modifikoni cilësimet për përdoruesin që ju jeni duke "
+"shtuar. Përveç kësaj, ju mund të çaktivizoni ose të mundësoni një llogari "
+"vizitor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -299,7 +365,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Aktivizo llogarinë visitor</guilabel>: Këtu ju mund të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni një llogari visitor.Llogaria visitor lejon një visitor për të hyrë në dhe të përdorur PC'në, por ai ka qasje më të kufizuar se përdoruesit normal."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aktivizo llogarinë visitor</guilabel>: Këtu ju mund të mundësoni "
+"ose çaktivizoni një llogari visitor.Llogaria visitor lejon një visitor për "
+"të hyrë në dhe të përdorur PC'në, por ai ka qasje më të kufizuar se "
+"përdoruesit normal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -321,8 +391,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -330,27 +400,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Zgjidhni pikat montuese"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -365,39 +435,53 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Nëse ju ndryshoni ndonjë gjë, sigurohuni që ju ende keni një <literal>/</literal> ndarje (root)."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju ndryshoni ndonjë gjë, sigurohuni që ju ende keni një <literal>/</"
+"literal> ndarje (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Çdo ndarje është treguar si vijimi: \"Pajisje\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Pikë montimi\", \"Tipi\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Çdo ndarje është treguar si vijimi: \"Pajisje\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Pikë "
+"montimi\", \"Tipi\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Pajisja\", është e përbërë nga: \"hard-disku\", [\"numri i hard-diskut\"(shkronjë)], \"numri ndarjes\" (për shembull, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Pajisja\", është e përbërë nga: \"hard-disku\", [\"numri i hard-diskut"
+"\"(shkronjë)], \"numri ndarjes\" (për shembull, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Nëse ju keni shumë ndarëse, ju mund të zgjidhni pika montuese shumë të ndryshme nga menyja poshtë, të tilla si <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/shtëpi</literal> dhe <literal>/var</literal>. Ju mund të bëni edhe vetë pikat montuese, për shembull <literal>/video</literal> për një ndarje ku ju doni të ruani filmat tuaj, ose <literal>/cauldron-shtëpi</literal> për <literal>/shtëpi</literal> ndarjet e një instalimi cauldron."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju keni shumë ndarëse, ju mund të zgjidhni pika montuese shumë të "
+"ndryshme nga menyja poshtë, të tilla si <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/"
+"shtëpi</literal> dhe <literal>/var</literal>. Ju mund të bëni edhe vetë "
+"pikat montuese, për shembull <literal>/video</literal> për një ndarje ku ju "
+"doni të ruani filmat tuaj, ose <literal>/cauldron-shtëpi</literal> për "
+"<literal>/shtëpi</literal> ndarjet e një instalimi cauldron."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Për ndarëse që ju nuk keni të drejta në, ju mund të lënë pikë fushës montuese bosh."
+msgstr ""
+"Për ndarëse që ju nuk keni të drejta në, ju mund të lënë pikë fushës "
+"montuese bosh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -405,15 +489,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Zgjedh<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të sigurt çfarë të zgjidhni, dhe pastaj shënoni <guilabel>Ndarja diskut personalizuar</guilabel>. Në ekran që vijon, ju mund të klikoni mbi një ndarje për të parë llojin e saj dhe madhësinë."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjedh<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të sigurt "
+"çfarë të zgjidhni, dhe pastaj shënoni <guilabel>Ndarja diskut personalizuar</"
+"guilabel>. Në ekran që vijon, ju mund të klikoni mbi një ndarje për të parë "
+"llojin e saj dhe madhësinë."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Nëse jeni të sigurt që pikat montuese janë të sakta, klikoni mbi <guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton>, dhe zgjidhni nëse ju vetëm dëshironi të formatoni ndarjen(s) DrakX sugjeruar, ose më shumë."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse jeni të sigurt që pikat montuese janë të sakta, klikoni mbi "
+"<guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton>, dhe zgjidhni nëse ju vetëm dëshironi të "
+"formatoni ndarjen(s) DrakX sugjeruar, ose më shumë."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -423,9 +514,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Në varësi të zgjedhjes tuaj këtu, ju mund të ju ofrohet ekran i mëtejshme për të akorduar gjobë zgjedhjes tuaj."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Në varësi të zgjedhjes tuaj këtu, ju mund të ju ofrohet ekran i mëtejshme "
+"për të akorduar gjobë zgjedhjes tuaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -433,14 +526,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Pas përzgjedhjes hapave(s), ju do të shihni një shfaqje gjatë instalimit të paketës. Shfaqje mund të ç'aktiviohet duke shtypur butonin <guilabel>Detajet</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pas përzgjedhjes hapave(s), ju do të shihni një shfaqje gjatë instalimit të "
+"paketës. Shfaqje mund të ç'aktiviohet duke shtypur butonin "
+"<guilabel>Detajet</guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -452,21 +550,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Zgjidhni nëse ju preferoni të përdorni <application>KDE</application> ose <application>Gnome</application> mjedisin desktop. Të dy vijnë me një seri të plotë të aplikacioneve të dobishme dhe mjetet. Shenjë <guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të përdorni asnjërin ose të dy, ose nëse ju doni diçka tjetër përveç zgjidhjes programit të paracaktuar për këto mjedise desktop. <application>LXDE</application> desktop është më e lehtë se dy të mëparshmit, mbështet karamele sy më pak dhe më pak paketa instaluese nga parazgjedhja."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjidhni nëse ju preferoni të përdorni <application>KDE</application> ose "
+"<application>Gnome</application> mjedisin desktop. Të dy vijnë me një seri "
+"të plotë të aplikacioneve të dobishme dhe mjetet. Shenjë "
+"<guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të përdorni asnjërin ose "
+"të dy, ose nëse ju doni diçka tjetër përveç zgjidhjes programit të "
+"paracaktuar për këto mjedise desktop. <application>LXDE</application> "
+"desktop është më e lehtë se dy të mëparshmit, mbështet karamele sy më pak "
+"dhe më pak paketa instaluese nga parazgjedhja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Zgjidhni Grupet Paketave"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -475,7 +582,12 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Paketat janë të renditura në grupe, për të bërë zgjedhjen atyre që ju duhet në sistemin tuaj shumë më e lehtë. Grupet janë mjaft të vetë shpjegueshëm, megjithatë më shumë informacion në lidhje me përmbajtjen e secilit është në dispozicion në mjet-këshilla të cilat bëhen të dukshme kur miu fluturon mbi ta."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketat janë të renditura në grupe, për të bërë zgjedhjen atyre që ju duhet "
+"në sistemin tuaj shumë më e lehtë. Grupet janë mjaft të vetë shpjegueshëm, "
+"megjithatë më shumë informacion në lidhje me përmbajtjen e secilit është në "
+"dispozicion në mjet-këshilla të cilat bëhen të dukshme kur miu fluturon mbi "
+"ta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -497,44 +609,50 @@ msgstr "Mjedis Grafike."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Zgjedhja Individuale Paketave: Ju mund të përdorni këtë opsion për të shtuar manualisht ose hequr paketa."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjedhja Individuale Paketave: Ju mund të përdorni këtë opsion për të shtuar "
+"manualisht ose hequr paketa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Lexo <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> për udhëzime se si të bëni një instalim minimal."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Lexo <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> për udhëzime se si të bëni "
+"një instalim minimal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Zgjidhni paketat individuale"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Këtu ju mund të shtoni ose hiqni çdo paketë shtesë për të rregulluar instalimin tuaj."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Këtu ju mund të shtoni ose hiqni çdo paketë shtesë për të rregulluar "
+"instalimin tuaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -542,29 +660,35 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Konfiguro shërbimet tuaja"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Këtu ju mund të vendosni se cilat shërbime (nuk) duhet të fillojnë kur ju ndezni sistemin tuaj."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Këtu ju mund të vendosni se cilat shërbime (nuk) duhet të fillojnë kur ju "
+"ndezni sistemin tuaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Ka katër grupe, klikoni në trekëndësh para se një grup për të zgjeruar atë dhe të parë të gjitha shërbimet në të."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Ka katër grupe, klikoni në trekëndësh para se një grup për të zgjeruar atë "
+"dhe të parë të gjitha shërbimet në të."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -576,7 +700,9 @@ msgstr "Cilësimet e zgjedhura nga DrakX zakonisht janë të mira."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Nëse përzgjidhni një shërbim, disa informacione në lidhje me të janë shfaqur në kutinë info më poshtë."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse përzgjidhni një shërbim, disa informacione në lidhje me të janë shfaqur "
+"në kutinë info më poshtë."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
@@ -588,36 +714,45 @@ msgstr "Vetëm ndrysho gjërat, kur ju e dini shumë mirë se çfarë po bëni."
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Konfiguro kohën-zonës tuaj"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Zgjidhni kohën e zonës tuaj duke zgjedhur vendin tuaj ose një qytet të afërt me ju në të njëjtën kohë."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjidhni kohën e zonës tuaj duke zgjedhur vendin tuaj ose një qytet të afërt "
+"me ju në të njëjtën kohë."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "Në ekran tjetër ju mund të zgjidhni vendosjen orës tuaj pjesëve-elektronike për orën lokale ose në GMT, e njohur edhe si UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Në ekran tjetër ju mund të zgjidhni vendosjen orës tuaj pjesëve-elektronike "
+"për orën lokale ose në GMT, e njohur edhe si UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Nëse ju keni më shumë se një sistem operativ në kompjuterin tuaj, sigurohuni se janë të vendosur të gjithë në kohë lokale, ose të gjithë në UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju keni më shumë se një sistem operativ në kompjuterin tuaj, sigurohuni "
+"se janë të vendosur të gjithë në kohë lokale, ose të gjithë në UTC/GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -627,10 +762,13 @@ msgstr "Zgjidhni një X Server (Konfiguro Kartën tuaj Grafike)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
@@ -644,7 +782,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Nëse instaluesi nuk ka zbuluar kartën tuaj grafike të saktë dhe ju e dini cilën keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema nga:"
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse instaluesi nuk ka zbuluar kartën tuaj grafike të saktë dhe ju e dini "
+"cilën keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema nga:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -667,7 +807,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Nëse ju nuk mund të gjeni kartën tuaj në listat shitësit (për shkak se ajo nuk është ende në bazën e të dhënave ose është një kartë të vjetër) ju mund të gjeni një drejtues të përshtatshme në kategorinë Xorg"
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju nuk mund të gjeni kartën tuaj në listat shitësit (për shkak se ajo "
+"nuk është ende në bazën e të dhënave ose është një kartë të vjetër) ju mund "
+"të gjeni një drejtues të përshtatshme në kategorinë Xorg"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -675,14 +818,20 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "Lista Xorg ofron më shumë se 40 drejtues përgjithshëm dhe të burimit hapur kartave video. Nëse ju ende nuk mund të gjeni një drejtues për emrin e kartës tuaj ekziston opsioni i përdorimit të drejtuesit vesa e cila ofron aftësitë themelore."
+msgstr ""
+"Lista Xorg ofron më shumë se 40 drejtues përgjithshëm dhe të burimit hapur "
+"kartave video. Nëse ju ende nuk mund të gjeni një drejtues për emrin e "
+"kartës tuaj ekziston opsioni i përdorimit të drejtuesit vesa e cila ofron "
+"aftësitë themelore."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Të jenë të vetëdijshëm se në qoftë se ju zgjidhni drejtues papajtueshme ju vetëm mund të kenë të drejtë hyrje në Ndërfaqen Komandave."
+msgstr ""
+"Të jenë të vetëdijshëm se në qoftë se ju zgjidhni drejtues papajtueshme ju "
+"vetëm mund të kenë të drejtë hyrje në Ndërfaqen Komandave."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -690,30 +839,37 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Disa prodhues kartë video japin drejtues të pronarit për Linux cilat mund të jenë në dispozicion vetëm në depo jo-falas dhe në disa raste vetëm nga faqet e internetit të prodhuesit kartës."
+msgstr ""
+"Disa prodhues kartë video japin drejtues të pronarit për Linux cilat mund të "
+"jenë në dispozicion vetëm në depo jo-falas dhe në disa raste vetëm nga faqet "
+"e internetit të prodhuesit kartës."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Depoja jo-falas duhet të jenë të aktivizuara në mënyrë eksplicite për të hyrë në to. Nëse ju nuk e zgjidhni atë më parë, ju duhet të bëni këtë pas rinisjes tuaj të parë."
+msgstr ""
+"Depoja jo-falas duhet të jenë të aktivizuara në mënyrë eksplicite për të "
+"hyrë në to. Nëse ju nuk e zgjidhni atë më parë, ju duhet të bëni këtë pas "
+"rinisjes tuaj të parë."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Karta Grafike dhe Konfigurimi Monitorit"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -722,19 +878,31 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Pa marrë parasysh se cili mjedis grafik (e njohur edhe si mjedisi desktop) ju zgjidhni për këtë instalim i <application>Mageia</application>, ato janë të gjitha të bazuara në një sistem të përdoruesit ndërfaqe grafike të quajtur <acronym>X Window Sistem</acronym>, ose thjeshtë <acronym>X</acronym>. Pra, në mënyrë për<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ose çdo mjedis tjetër grafik të punojnë mirë, në vijim <acronym>X</acronym> cilësimet duhet të jenë të saktë. Zgjidhni parametrat e saktë, nëse ju mund të shihni se <application>DrakX</application> nuk bëri një zgjedhje, ose në qoftë se ju mendoni se zgjedhja është e gabuar."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Pa marrë parasysh se cili mjedis grafik (e njohur edhe si mjedisi desktop) "
+"ju zgjidhni për këtë instalim i <application>Mageia</application>, ato janë "
+"të gjitha të bazuara në një sistem të përdoruesit ndërfaqe grafike të "
+"quajtur <acronym>X Window Sistem</acronym>, ose thjeshtë <acronym>X</"
+"acronym>. Pra, në mënyrë për<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</"
+"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ose çdo mjedis tjetër grafik të punojnë "
+"mirë, në vijim <acronym>X</acronym> cilësimet duhet të jenë të saktë. "
+"Zgjidhni parametrat e saktë, nëse ju mund të shihni se <application>DrakX</"
+"application> nuk bëri një zgjedhje, ose në qoftë se ju mendoni se zgjedhja "
+"është e gabuar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Karta Grafike</guibutton></emphasis>: Zgjidhni kartën tuaj nga lista nëse është e nevojshme."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Karta Grafike</guibutton></emphasis>: Zgjidhni kartën "
+"tuaj nga lista nëse është e nevojshme."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -744,7 +912,13 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Ju mund të zgjidhni <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kur është e aplikueshme, ose zgjidhni monitorimin tuaj nga <guilabel>Shitës</guilabel> ose <guilabel>Përgjithshëm</guilabel> listë. Zgjidh <guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse preferoni për të vendosur rifreskimin manual horizontal dhe vertikal të monitorimit tuaj."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Ju mund të zgjidhni "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kur është e aplikueshme, ose zgjidhni "
+"monitorimin tuaj nga <guilabel>Shitës</guilabel> ose <guilabel>Përgjithshëm</"
+"guilabel> listë. Zgjidh <guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse preferoni "
+"për të vendosur rifreskimin manual horizontal dhe vertikal të monitorimit "
+"tuaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -756,7 +930,9 @@ msgstr "Normat e pasakta Rifresko mund të dëmtojë monitoruar tuaj"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Rezolucion</guibutton></emphasis>: Vendos rezolucionin dhe ngjyra e dëshiruara në thellësinë e monitoruar tuaj këtu."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Rezolucion</guibutton></emphasis>: Vendos rezolucionin "
+"dhe ngjyra e dëshiruara në thellësinë e monitoruar tuaj këtu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -764,19 +940,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Butoni Test jo gjithmonë duket gjatë instalimit. Nëse butoni është atje, ju mund të kontrollojë parametrat tuaj duke shtypur atë. Nëse ju shikoni një pyetje që ju pyet nëse parametrat tuaj janë të sakta, ju mund t'i përgjigjeni \"Po\", dhe cilësimet do të mbahen. Nëse ju nuk e shihni ndonjë gjë, ju do të ktheheni në ekranin e konfigurimit dhe të jeni në gjendje për të rikonfiguruar gjithçka derisa testi është i mirë.<emphasis>Sigurohuni që parametrat tuaj janë në anën e sigurt nëse botoni Test nuk është në dispozicion</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Butoni Test jo gjithmonë "
+"duket gjatë instalimit. Nëse butoni është atje, ju mund të kontrollojë "
+"parametrat tuaj duke shtypur atë. Nëse ju shikoni një pyetje që ju pyet nëse "
+"parametrat tuaj janë të sakta, ju mund t'i përgjigjeni \"Po\", dhe cilësimet "
+"do të mbahen. Nëse ju nuk e shihni ndonjë gjë, ju do të ktheheni në ekranin "
+"e konfigurimit dhe të jeni në gjendje për të rikonfiguruar gjithçka derisa "
+"testi është i mirë.<emphasis>Sigurohuni që parametrat tuaj janë në anën e "
+"sigurt nëse botoni Test nuk është në dispozicion</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opsione</guibutton></emphasis>: Këtu ju mund të zgjidhni të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni opsionet e ndryshme."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Opsione</guibutton></emphasis>: Këtu ju mund të "
+"zgjidhni të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni opsionet e ndryshme."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -788,7 +974,9 @@ msgstr "Zgjidhni Monitorin tuaj"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX ka një bazë të dhënash shumë të plotë të vëzhguesve dhe zakonisht do të identifikojë saktë tuajat."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX ka një bazë të dhënash shumë të plotë të vëzhguesve dhe zakonisht do "
+"të identifikojë saktë tuajat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -797,15 +985,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Zgjedhja e një monitori me karakteristika të ndryshme mund të dëmtojnë monitoruar tuaj ose pjesën-elektronike video. Ju lutem mos provoni diçka pa e ditur atë që ju po bëni.</emphasis> Nëse në dyshim ju duhet të konsultoheni me dokumentacionin tuaj monitorit"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Zgjedhja e një monitori me karakteristika të ndryshme mund të "
+"dëmtojnë monitoruar tuaj ose pjesën-elektronike video. Ju lutem mos provoni "
+"diçka pa e ditur atë që ju po bëni.</emphasis> Nëse në dyshim ju duhet të "
+"konsultoheni me dokumentacionin tuaj monitorit"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -816,10 +1011,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizuar</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Ky opsion ju lejon të vendosni dy parametra kritike, normën vertikale rifresko dhe shkalla horizontale sinkronizim. Rifresko Vertikal përcakton se sa shpesh në ekran është rifreskuar dhe sinkronizuar horizontalisht është shkalla në të cilën linjat skanuara janë shfaqur."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Ky opsion ju lejon të vendosni dy parametra kritike, normën vertikale "
+"rifresko dhe shkalla horizontale sinkronizim. Rifresko Vertikal përcakton se "
+"sa shpesh në ekran është rifreskuar dhe sinkronizuar horizontalisht është "
+"shkalla në të cilën linjat skanuara janë shfaqur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -840,7 +1039,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Kjo është alternativa e parazgjedhur dhe përpiqet për të përcaktuar llojin monitorit nga baza e të dhënave monitorëve."
+msgstr ""
+"Kjo është alternativa e parazgjedhur dhe përpiqet për të përcaktuar llojin "
+"monitorit nga baza e të dhënave monitorëve."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -852,7 +1053,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Shitës</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Nëse instaluesi nuk e ka zbuluar saktësisht monitoruar tuaj dhe ju e dini cilin ju keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema duke përzgjedhur:"
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse instaluesi nuk e ka zbuluar saktësisht monitoruar tuaj dhe ju e dini "
+"cilin ju keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema duke përzgjedhur:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -873,11 +1076,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Përgjithshëm</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "zgjedhja e këtij grupi tregon gati 30 konfigurime të ekranit të tilla si 1024x768 @ 60Hz dhe përfshin Panele të sheshtë si laptop të përdorur. Kjo është shpesh një grup i mirë përzgjedhje monitorimi nëse ju duhet të përdorni drejtuesin kartës Vesa kur pajisja juaj grafike nuk mund të përcaktohet automatikisht. Edhe një herë kjo mund të jetë e mençur të jetë konservatore në zgjedhjen tuaj."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"zgjedhja e këtij grupi tregon gati 30 konfigurime të ekranit të tilla si "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz dhe përfshin Panele të sheshtë si laptop të përdorur. Kjo "
+"është shpesh një grup i mirë përzgjedhje monitorimi nëse ju duhet të "
+"përdorni drejtuesin kartës Vesa kur pajisja juaj grafike nuk mund të "
+"përcaktohet automatikisht. Edhe një herë kjo mund të jetë e mençur të jetë "
+"konservatore në zgjedhjen tuaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -887,39 +1096,41 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -927,7 +1138,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Për të gjitha veprimet e tjera: klikoni mbi ndarjen e dëshiruar të parë. Pastaj vështro atë, ose zgjidhni një dokumentacion-sistemi dhe një pikë montimi, ndrysho atë apo fshij atë."
+msgstr ""
+"Për të gjitha veprimet e tjera: klikoni mbi ndarjen e dëshiruar të parë. "
+"Pastaj vështro atë, ose zgjidhni një dokumentacion-sistemi dhe një pikë "
+"montimi, ndrysho atë apo fshij atë."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -957,14 +1171,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Opsionet në dispozicion nga lista e meposhtme do të ndryshojnë në varësi të veçantë hard disku(t) paraqitjen dhe përmbajtjen."
+msgstr ""
+"Opsionet në dispozicion nga lista e meposhtme do të ndryshojnë në varësi të "
+"veçantë hard disku(t) paraqitjen dhe përmbajtjen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -976,7 +1194,9 @@ msgstr "Përdor ndarjet ekzistuese"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Nëse ky opsion është në dispozicion, atëherë ndarjet ekzistuese Linux në përputhje janë gjetur dhe mund të përdoren për instalimin."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ky opsion është në dispozicion, atëherë ndarjet ekzistuese Linux në "
+"përputhje janë gjetur dhe mund të përdoren për instalimin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -986,9 +1206,11 @@ msgstr "Përdor Hapësirën e Lirë"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Nëse ju keni hapësirë ​​të papërdorur në disk drive tuaj atëherë ky opsion do të përdorë atë për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju keni hapësirë ​​të papërdorur në disk drive tuaj atëherë ky opsion do "
+"të përdorë atë për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -998,9 +1220,11 @@ msgstr "Përdore Hapësirën e Lirë në Ndarjen Windows"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Nëse ju keni hapësirë ​​të papërdorur në një ndarje ekzistuese të Windows, instaluesi mund të ofrojë ta përdorni atë."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju keni hapësirë ​​të papërdorur në një ndarje ekzistuese të Windows, "
+"instaluesi mund të ofrojë ta përdorni atë."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1008,7 +1232,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Kjo mund të jetë një mënyrë e dobishme për të bërë vend për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia, por është një operacion i rrezikshëm kështu që ju duhet të jeni të sigurte që ju keni ruajtur rezervë gjitha dosjet e rëndësishme!"
+msgstr ""
+"Kjo mund të jetë një mënyrë e dobishme për të bërë vend për instalimin tuaj "
+"të ri Mageia, por është një operacion i rrezikshëm kështu që ju duhet të "
+"jeni të sigurte që ju keni ruajtur rezervë gjitha dosjet e rëndësishme!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1019,7 +1246,13 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Vini re se kjo përfshin pakësimin madhësinë e ndarjes Windows. Ndarja duhet të jetë \"e pastër\", që do të thotë që Windows duhet të jenë mbyllur në mënyrë korrekte herën e fundit që është përdorur. Ajo duhet të ketë qenë de-fragmentuar, edhe pse kjo nuk është një garanci që të gjitha dosjet në ndarje janë zhvendosur nga zona që është gati për t'u përdorur. Është shumë e rekomanduar për të ruajtur dosjet tuaja personale rezervë."
+msgstr ""
+"Vini re se kjo përfshin pakësimin madhësinë e ndarjes Windows. Ndarja duhet "
+"të jetë \"e pastër\", që do të thotë që Windows duhet të jenë mbyllur në "
+"mënyrë korrekte herën e fundit që është përdorur. Ajo duhet të ketë qenë de-"
+"fragmentuar, edhe pse kjo nuk është një garanci që të gjitha dosjet në "
+"ndarje janë zhvendosur nga zona që është gati për t'u përdorur. Është shumë "
+"e rekomanduar për të ruajtur dosjet tuaja personale rezervë."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1034,7 +1267,9 @@ msgstr "Ky opsion do të përdorin të gjithë diskun për Mageia."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Shënim! Kjo do të fshijë të gjitha të dhënat në hard diskun e zgjedhur. Kujdes!"
+msgstr ""
+"Shënim! Kjo do të fshijë të gjitha të dhënat në hard diskun e zgjedhur. "
+"Kujdes!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1042,7 +1277,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Nëse keni ndërmend të përdorni një pjesë të diskut për diçka tjetër, ose ju tashmë keni të dhënat në disk që ju nuk jeni të përgatitur për të humbur, atëherë mos e përdorni këtë opsion."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse keni ndërmend të përdorni një pjesë të diskut për diçka tjetër, ose ju "
+"tashmë keni të dhënat në disk që ju nuk jeni të përgatitur për të humbur, "
+"atëherë mos e përdorni këtë opsion."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1052,9 +1290,11 @@ msgstr "Personalizuar"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Kjo ju jep kontroll të plotë mbi vendosjen e instalimit në hard-disqet(s) tuaja."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Kjo ju jep kontroll të plotë mbi vendosjen e instalimit në hard-disqet(s) "
+"tuaja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1063,8 +1303,8 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1099,8 +1339,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1123,10 +1362,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit."
+msgstr ""
+"Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë "
+"manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe "
+"zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1137,24 +1379,27 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
+"\">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1162,39 +1407,49 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Urime"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Ju keni përfunduar instalimin dhe konfigurimin <application>Mageia</application> dhe tani është e sigurt për të hequr të diskun e instalimit dhe të rifilloni kompjuterin tuaj."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Ju keni përfunduar instalimin dhe konfigurimin <application>Mageia</"
+"application> dhe tani është e sigurt për të hequr të diskun e instalimit dhe "
+"të rifilloni kompjuterin tuaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Pas rifillimit, në ekranin ngarkim-ndezje, ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të sistemeve operative në kompjuterin tuaj (nëse keni më shumë se një)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Pas rifillimit, në ekranin ngarkim-ndezje, ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të "
+"sistemeve operative në kompjuterin tuaj (nëse keni më shumë se një)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Nëse ju nuk e keni të rregulluar parametrat për ngarkuesin-ndezës, instalimi juaj Mageia do të përzgjidhet automatikisht dhe filloi."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju nuk e keni të rregulluar parametrat për ngarkuesin-ndezës, instalimi "
+"juaj Mageia do të përzgjidhet automatikisht dhe filloi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1206,24 +1461,29 @@ msgstr "Kënaquni!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Vizito www.mageia.org nëse keni ndonjë pyetje ose dëshironi të kontribuoni në Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Vizito www.mageia.org nëse keni ndonjë pyetje ose dëshironi të kontribuoni "
+"në Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Ndarjet"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
@@ -1251,13 +1511,18 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Nëse ju nuk jeni i sigurt që ju keni bërë zgjedhjen e duhur, ju mund të klikoni mbi butonin e <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton>, përsëri në <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> dhe pastaj në <guibutton>Konfiguro</guibutton> të kthehet në ekranin kryesor. Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni për të parë atë që është në ndarëse tuaj."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse ju nuk jeni i sigurt që ju keni bërë zgjedhjen e duhur, ju mund të "
+"klikoni mbi butonin e <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton>, përsëri në "
+"<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> dhe pastaj në <guibutton>Konfiguro</"
+"guibutton> të kthehet në ekranin kryesor. Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni "
+"për të parë atë që është në ndarëse tuaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1298,9 +1563,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
@@ -1323,7 +1587,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1335,9 +1600,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
@@ -1352,7 +1617,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1411,7 +1677,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1429,7 +1696,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1443,7 +1711,8 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
@@ -1463,9 +1732,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -1476,8 +1744,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -1488,24 +1756,30 @@ msgstr "Hapat e instalimit"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Procesi instalimit është i ndarë në një numër hapash, të cilat mund të ndiqen në panelin anësor të ekranit."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Procesi instalimit është i ndarë në një numër hapash, të cilat mund të "
+"ndiqen në panelin anësor të ekranit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Secili hap ka një ose më shumë ekrane cili mund të ketë buton <guibutton>Përparuar</guibutton> me ekstra, më pak zakonisht të kërkuara, opsionet."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Secili hap ka një ose më shumë ekrane cili mund të ketë buton "
+"<guibutton>Përparuar</guibutton> me ekstra, më pak zakonisht të kërkuara, "
+"opsionet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "Shumica ekranet kanë buton <guibutton>Ndihmë</guibutton> të cilët japin shpjegime të mëtejshme në lidhje me hapin e tanishëm."
+msgstr ""
+"Shumica ekranet kanë buton <guibutton>Ndihmë</guibutton> të cilët japin "
+"shpjegime të mëtejshme në lidhje me hapin e tanishëm."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1515,10 +1789,19 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Nëse diku gjatë instalimit ju vendosni për të ndalur instalimin, është e mundur për të rifilluar, por ju lutem mendoni dy herë para se të bëni këtë. Pasi një ndarje është formatuar ose më të reja kanë filluar të instaluari, kompjuteri juaj nuk është në të njëjtën gjendje dhe rifillimi i asaj shumë mirë mund të prishet nga ju dhe të jetë një sistem i papërdorshëm . Nëse, me gjithë këtë ju jeni shumë të sigurt për rifillimin dhe kjo është ajo që ju doni, shkoni në një terminal tekst duke shtypur tre çelësat <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> në të njëjtën kohë. Pas kësaj shtypni, <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Delete</guibutton> të njëjtën kohë për të rifilluar."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse diku gjatë instalimit ju vendosni për të ndalur instalimin, është e "
+"mundur për të rifilluar, por ju lutem mendoni dy herë para se të bëni këtë. "
+"Pasi një ndarje është formatuar ose më të reja kanë filluar të instaluari, "
+"kompjuteri juaj nuk është në të njëjtën gjendje dhe rifillimi i asaj shumë "
+"mirë mund të prishet nga ju dhe të jetë një sistem i papërdorshëm . Nëse, me "
+"gjithë këtë ju jeni shumë të sigurt për rifillimin dhe kjo është ajo që ju "
+"doni, shkoni në një terminal tekst duke shtypur tre çelësat <guibutton>Alt "
+"Ctrl F2</guibutton> në të njëjtën kohë. Pas kësaj shtypni, <guibutton>Ctrl "
+"Alt Delete</guibutton> të njëjtën kohë për të rifilluar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1530,24 +1813,25 @@ msgstr "Problemet e Instalimit dhe Zgjidhje e Mundshme"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Nuk ka Ndërfaqe Grafike"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Pas ekranin fillestar ju nuk keni arritur në ekran përzgjedhjes gjuhës. Kjo mund të ndodhë me disa karta grafike dhe sistemet e vjetra. Provoni të përdorni rezolutë të ulët duke shtypur <code>vgalo</code> në komandë."
+msgstr ""
+"Pas ekranin fillestar ju nuk keni arritur në ekran përzgjedhjes gjuhës. Kjo "
+"mund të ndodhë me disa karta grafike dhe sistemet e vjetra. Provoni të "
+"përdorni rezolutë të ulët duke shtypur <code>vgalo</code> në komandë."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1563,7 +1847,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Nëse sistemi shfaq ngrirëje gjatë instalimit, kjo mund të jetë një problem me zbulimin e pjesve elektronike. Në këtë rast zbulimin automatik të pajisjeve mund të jetë anashkaluar dhe të trajtohen më vonë. Për të provuar këtë, shkruaj <code>noauto</code> në ekran. Ky opsion mund të kombinohet me opsione të tjera të nevojshme."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse sistemi shfaq ngrirëje gjatë instalimit, kjo mund të jetë një problem "
+"me zbulimin e pjesve elektronike. Në këtë rast zbulimin automatik të "
+"pajisjeve mund të jetë anashkaluar dhe të trajtohen më vonë. Për të provuar "
+"këtë, shkruaj <code>noauto</code> në ekran. Ky opsion mund të kombinohet me "
+"opsione të tjera të nevojshme."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1575,8 +1864,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
@@ -1590,9 +1879,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1600,29 +1888,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Azhurnime"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Që nga ky version i <application>Mageia</application> u lirua, disa paketa duhet të ishin azhurnuar apo përmirësuar."
+msgstr ""
+"Që nga ky version i <application>Mageia</application> u lirua, disa paketa "
+"duhet të ishin azhurnuar apo përmirësuar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1630,7 +1918,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Zgjidh<guilabel>po</guilabel> nëse ju dëshironi të shkarkoni dhe të instaloni ato, përzgjidhni <guilabel>jo</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të bëni këtë tani, ose në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të lidhur në internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjidh<guilabel>po</guilabel> nëse ju dëshironi të shkarkoni dhe të "
+"instaloni ato, përzgjidhni <guilabel>jo</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të bëni "
+"këtë tani, ose në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të lidhur në internet"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1642,28 +1933,33 @@ msgstr "Pastaj shtyp <guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton> për të vazhduar"
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Këtu keni listën e depove në dispozicion. Jo të gjitha depot janë në dispozicion, sipas të cilit media që ju përdorni për të instaluar. Zgjedhja depove përcakton se cilat paketa do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje gjatë hapave të ardhshëm."
+msgstr ""
+"Këtu keni listën e depove në dispozicion. Jo të gjitha depot janë në "
+"dispozicion, sipas të cilit media që ju përdorni për të instaluar. Zgjedhja "
+"depove përcakton se cilat paketa do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje "
+"gjatë hapave të ardhshëm."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
@@ -1676,8 +1972,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
 msgstr ""
@@ -1685,11 +1981,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1701,8 +1997,8 @@ msgstr "Instalim Minimal"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1727,34 +2023,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1779,8 +2078,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Kohëzone</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1824,8 +2123,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Menaxhim përdoruesi</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1867,7 +2166,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastierë</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Kjo është ajo ku ju vendosni ose ndryshoni paraqitjen e tastierës tuaj e cila do të varet nga vendndodhja juaj, gjuha ose lloji i tastierës."
+msgstr ""
+"Kjo është ajo ku ju vendosni ose ndryshoni paraqitjen e tastierës tuaj e "
+"cila do të varet nga vendndodhja juaj, gjuha ose lloji i tastierës."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1889,8 +2190,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Karta Zërit</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1901,22 +2202,23 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ndërfaqe Grafike</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
 msgstr "Ky seksion ju lejon të konfiguroni kartën tuaj grafike(s) dhe ekranin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
-msgstr "Për më shumë informacione, shih <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Për më shumë informacione, shih <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1942,7 +2244,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Kur ju shtoni një kartë e rrjetit, mos harroni të vendosni murin-mbrojtës tuaj për të parë atë ndërfaqe gjithashtu."
+msgstr ""
+"Kur ju shtoni një kartë e rrjetit, mos harroni të vendosni murin-mbrojtës "
+"tuaj për të parë atë ndërfaqe gjithashtu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1960,9 +2264,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Ju mund të kenë nevojë të konsultoheni me administratorin tuaj të sistemit për të marrë parametrat që ju duhet për të hyrë këtu"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Ju mund të kenë nevojë të konsultoheni me administratorin tuaj të sistemit "
+"për të marrë parametrat që ju duhet për të hyrë këtu"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1977,8 +2283,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Niveli Sigurisë</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2008,7 +2314,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Të ketë parasysh se duke e lejuar çdo gjë (nuk ka mure-mbrojtës), mund të jetë shumë e rrezikshme."
+msgstr ""
+"Të ketë parasysh se duke e lejuar çdo gjë (nuk ka mure-mbrojtës), mund të "
+"jetë shumë e rrezikshme."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
@@ -2020,10 +2328,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2031,15 +2338,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Niveli Sigurisë"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2084,8 +2394,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2099,14 +2409,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2117,30 +2425,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2152,30 +2456,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2185,31 +2485,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2219,21 +2515,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2243,8 +2536,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2254,8 +2546,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2270,23 +2561,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2294,8 +2583,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2305,8 +2593,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2326,25 +2613,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2373,29 +2660,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2420,9 +2707,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2458,8 +2744,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2467,83 +2753,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2578,16 +2852,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2595,15 +2868,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Zgjidhni Shtetin tuaj / Rajonin"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2611,13 +2887,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Zgjidhni vendin tuaj ose rajonin. Kjo është e rëndësishme për të gjitha llojet e cilësimeve, si monedhe dhe domain pa tel rregullator. Vendosja në vend të gabuar mund të çojë në mos qenë në gjendje për të përdorur një rrjet Wireless."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjidhni vendin tuaj ose rajonin. Kjo është e rëndësishme për të gjitha "
+"llojet e cilësimeve, si monedhe dhe domain pa tel rregullator. Vendosja në "
+"vend të gabuar mund të çojë në mos qenë në gjendje për të përdorur një rrjet "
+"Wireless."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
@@ -2638,13 +2918,13 @@ msgstr "Metodë hyrëse"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
@@ -2663,9 +2943,11 @@ msgstr "Instalo ose Azhurno"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2676,7 +2958,9 @@ msgstr "Instalo"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Përdorni këtë opsion për një instalim të freskët <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Përdorni këtë opsion për një instalim të freskët <application>Mageia</"
+"application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2697,30 +2981,30 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2738,35 +3022,36 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2790,29 +3075,38 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Zgjidhni gjuhën tuaj të preferuar, duke parë zgjerimin e listës për kontinentit tuaj. <application>Mageia</application> do të përdorë këtë përzgjedhje gjatë instalimit dhe për të instaluar sistemin tuaj."
+msgstr ""
+"Zgjidhni gjuhën tuaj të preferuar, duke parë zgjerimin e listës për "
+"kontinentit tuaj. <application>Mageia</application> do të përdorë këtë "
+"përzgjedhje gjatë instalimit dhe për të instaluar sistemin tuaj."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Nëse është e mundshme që ju do duhen disa gjuhë të instaluar në sistemin tuaj, për veten apo përdoruesit e tjerë, atëherë ju duhet të përdorni butonin <guibutton>Gjuhë shumëfish</guibutton> për të shtuar ato tani. Do të jetë e vështirë për të shtuar mbështetje gjuhëve shtesë pas instalimit."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Nëse është e mundshme që ju do duhen disa gjuhë të instaluar në sistemin "
+"tuaj, për veten apo përdoruesit e tjerë, atëherë ju duhet të përdorni "
+"butonin <guibutton>Gjuhë shumëfish</guibutton> për të shtuar ato tani. Do të "
+"jetë e vështirë për të shtuar mbështetje gjuhëve shtesë pas instalimit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2843,17 +3137,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Zgjidh miun"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
@@ -2865,8 +3160,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2877,56 +3172,73 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
 msgstr ""
 
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
@@ -2937,31 +3249,31 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Opsionet kryesore të programit Bootloader"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3015,16 +3327,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3037,8 +3349,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3046,8 +3358,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3060,9 +3372,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -3070,29 +3382,28 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3113,13 +3424,15 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Konfigurimi zërit"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3143,9 +3456,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -3173,19 +3485,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr ""
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
@@ -3197,6 +3510,6 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/installer/sv.po b/docs/installer/sv.po
index 88b1b788..701f5e26 100644
--- a/docs/installer/sv.po
+++ b/docs/installer/sv.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013
 # Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013
@@ -11,14 +11,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-04 14:11+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sv/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"sv/)\n"
+"Language: sv\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: sv\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -29,9 +30,11 @@ msgstr "Anteckningar för Licens och Utgåva"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -41,31 +44,39 @@ msgstr "Licensavtal"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "Var god läs licensvillkoren noggrant innan du installerar <application>Mageia</application>."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"Var god läs licensvillkoren noggrant innan du installerar "
+"<application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Dessa villkor gäller för hela <application>Mageia</application>-distributionen och måste accepteras innan du kan fortsätta."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Dessa villkor gäller för hela <application>Mageia</application>-"
+"distributionen och måste accepteras innan du kan fortsätta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "För att acceptera trycker du på <guilabel>Acceptera</guilabel> och sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"För att acceptera trycker du på <guilabel>Acceptera</guilabel> och sedan på "
+"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Om du väljer att inte acceptera dessa villkor, så tackar vi dig för att du tittade. Genom att klicka på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> så kommer din dator att startas om."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer att inte acceptera dessa villkor, så tackar vi dig för att du "
+"tittade. Genom att klicka på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> så kommer din "
+"dator att startas om."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -77,7 +88,9 @@ msgstr "Noteringar för utgåva"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Noteringar för utgåva</guibutton> för att se vad som är nytt i denna version av <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Noteringar för utgåva</guibutton> för att se "
+"vad som är nytt i denna version av <application>Mageia</application>."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -90,27 +103,32 @@ msgstr "sv"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Val av medier (konfigurera kompletterande installationsmedier)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Denna ruta ger dig en lista över redan upptäckta förvaringsplatser. Du kan lägga till andra källor för paket, till exempel en optisk skiva eller en fjärrstyrd källa. Valet av källa avgör vilka paket som kommer att göras tillgängliga för val under nästa steg."
+msgstr ""
+"Denna ruta ger dig en lista över redan upptäckta förvaringsplatser. Du kan "
+"lägga till andra källor för paket, till exempel en optisk skiva eller en "
+"fjärrstyrd källa. Valet av källa avgör vilka paket som kommer att göras "
+"tillgängliga för val under nästa steg."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -130,38 +148,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Väljer en spegel eller specificera en URL (allra första posten). Genom att välja en spegel så har du tillgång till urvalet av alla förvaringsplatser som hanteras av Mageia, till exempel nonfree, tainted och uppdateringarna som de ger. Med denna URL så kan du utse en specifik förvaringsplats eller din egen NFS-installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Väljer en spegel eller specificera en URL (allra första posten). Genom att "
+"välja en spegel så har du tillgång till urvalet av alla förvaringsplatser "
+"som hanteras av Mageia, till exempel nonfree, tainted och uppdateringarna "
+"som de ger. Med denna URL så kan du utse en specifik förvaringsplats eller "
+"din egen NFS-installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Hantering av användare och administratör"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -173,20 +194,29 @@ msgstr "Ställ in ett administratörs  (root) -lösenord:"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Det är klokt att ange ett administratörslösenord för alla <application>Mageiainstallationer</application>, vanligtvis kallat <emphasis>root-lösenord</emphasis> i Linux. När du börjar skriva lösenordet i fältet kommer skölden att ändra färg från röd till gul och grön, beroende på lösenordets styrka. Med en grön sköld använder du ett starkt lösenord. Du måste repetera lösenordet i fältet under och en kontroll utförs så att du inte har skrivit fel genom att jämföra dem."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är klokt att ange ett administratörslösenord för alla "
+"<application>Mageiainstallationer</application>, vanligtvis kallat "
+"<emphasis>root-lösenord</emphasis> i Linux. När du börjar skriva lösenordet "
+"i fältet kommer skölden att ändra färg från röd till gul och grön, beroende "
+"på lösenordets styrka. Med en grön sköld använder du ett starkt lösenord. Du "
+"måste repetera lösenordet i fältet under och en kontroll utförs så att du "
+"inte har skrivit fel genom att jämföra dem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Alla lösenord är skifteslägeskänsliga, det bästa är att använda en blandning av bokstäver (stora och små), nummer och andra karaktärer i ett lösenord."
+msgstr ""
+"Alla lösenord är skifteslägeskänsliga, det bästa är att använda en blandning "
+"av bokstäver (stora och små), nummer och andra karaktärer i ett lösenord."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -199,29 +229,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Lägg till en användare här. En användare har färre rättigheter än en administratör (root), men tillräckligt för att surfa på nätet, använda kontorsapplikationer eller spela spel och allting annat som den generella användaren gör med sin dator"
+msgstr ""
+"Lägg till en användare här. En användare har färre rättigheter än en "
+"administratör (root), men tillräckligt för att surfa på nätet, använda "
+"kontorsapplikationer eller spela spel och allting annat som den generella "
+"användaren gör med sin dator"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: om du klickar på den här knappen så kommer det att ändra användarens ikon."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: om du klickar på den här knappen så kommer det "
+"att ändra användarens ikon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Riktigt namn</guilabel>: Skriv in användarens riktiga namn i detta fält."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Riktigt namn</guilabel>: Skriv in användarens riktiga namn i detta "
+"fält."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Inloggningsnamn</guilabel>: Här kan du skriva in användarens inloggningsnamn eller låta drakx använda en version av användarens riktiga namn. <emphasis>Inloggningsnamnet är skifteslägeskänsligt</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Inloggningsnamn</guilabel>: Här kan du skriva in användarens "
+"inloggningsnamn eller låta drakx använda en version av användarens riktiga "
+"namn. <emphasis>Inloggningsnamnet är skifteslägeskänsligt</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -229,22 +270,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel>: I detta textfält skriver du lösenordet för din användare. Det finns en sköld vid slutet av textfältet som indikerar styrkan av lösenordet. (Se också <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Lösenord</guilabel>: I detta textfält skriver du lösenordet för "
+"din användare. Det finns en sköld vid slutet av textfältet som indikerar "
+"styrkan av lösenordet. (Se också <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Lösenord (igen)</guilabel>: Skriv lösenordet för användaren igen i detta textfält och drakx kontrollerar att du har angivit samma lösenord i varje textfält."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Lösenord (igen)</guilabel>: Skriv lösenordet för användaren igen i "
+"detta textfält och drakx kontrollerar att du har angivit samma lösenord i "
+"varje textfält."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Alla användare som du lägger till under installationen av Mageia kommer att ha en värdsligt läsbar (men skrivskyddad) hem-mapp."
+msgstr ""
+"Alla användare som du lägger till under installationen av Mageia kommer att "
+"ha en värdsligt läsbar (men skrivskyddad) hem-mapp."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -252,14 +301,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Hur som helst, när du använder din nya installation så kommer alla användare som du lägger till i <emphasis>MCC - System - Hantera användare i systemet</emphasis> att ha en Hem-mapp som är både läs och skrivskyddad."
+msgstr ""
+"Hur som helst, när du använder din nya installation så kommer alla användare "
+"som du lägger till i <emphasis>MCC - System - Hantera användare i systemet</"
+"emphasis> att ha en Hem-mapp som är både läs och skrivskyddad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Om du inte vill ha en hemkatalog som är läsbar för någon bör du ändå lägga till en tillfällig användare nu, och efter omstart kan du sedan lägga till en eller flera riktiga användare."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte vill ha en hemkatalog som är läsbar för någon bör du ändå lägga "
+"till en tillfällig användare nu, och efter omstart kan du sedan lägga till "
+"en eller flera riktiga användare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -267,7 +322,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Om du föredrar hemkataloger som är läsbara för alla vill du nog lägga till alla extra användare i <emphasis>konfigurationsöversikten</emphasis> i slutet av installationen. Välj <emphasis>användarhantering</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du föredrar hemkataloger som är läsbara för alla vill du nog lägga till "
+"alla extra användare i <emphasis>konfigurationsöversikten</emphasis> i "
+"slutet av installationen. Välj <emphasis>användarhantering</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
@@ -285,7 +343,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Om du klickar på knappen <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton> så kan du ändra inställningar för den användare du lägger till. Du kan även aktivera eller inaktivera ett gästkonto."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du klickar på knappen <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton> så kan du ändra "
+"inställningar för den användare du lägger till. Du kan även aktivera eller "
+"inaktivera ett gästkonto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -293,7 +354,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Allt som en gäst med ett standard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>gästkonto sparar till sin /hem-katalog kommer att raderas när han loggar ut. Gästen borde spara sina viktiga filer till ett USB-minne"
+msgstr ""
+"Allt som en gäst med ett standard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>gästkonto sparar "
+"till sin /hem-katalog kommer att raderas när han loggar ut. Gästen borde "
+"spara sina viktiga filer till ett USB-minne"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -301,7 +365,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Aktivera gästkonto</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller inaktivera ett gästkonto. Gästkontot tillåter en gäst att logga in och använda datorn, men har mer begränsad tillgång än normala användare."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Aktivera gästkonto</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller "
+"inaktivera ett gästkonto. Gästkontot tillåter en gäst att logga in och "
+"använda datorn, men har mer begränsad tillgång än normala användare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -309,7 +376,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Skal</guilabel>: Denna rullgardinsmeny tillåter dig att ändra skalet som den tillagda användaren i förra rutan ska använda, antingen Bash, Dash och Sh"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Skal</guilabel>: Denna rullgardinsmeny tillåter dig att ändra "
+"skalet som den tillagda användaren i förra rutan ska använda, antingen Bash, "
+"Dash och Sh"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -317,42 +387,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Användar-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett ID för användaren du lade till i förra steget. Detta är ett nummer. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad du gör."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Användar-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett ID för användaren du "
+"lade till i förra steget. Detta är ett nummer. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad "
+"du gör."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Grupp-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett grupp-ID. Detta är också ett nummer, vanligtvis samma som för användaren. Lämna tomt om du inte vet vad du gör."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Grupp-ID</guilabel>: Här kan du ange ett grupp-ID. Detta är också "
+"ett nummer, vanligtvis samma som för användaren. Lämna tomt om du inte vet "
+"vad du gör."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Välj monteringspunkterna"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -360,46 +436,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Här ser du de Linux-partitioner som har hittats i din dator. Om du inte håller med vad <application>DrakX</application> föreslår så kan du ändra monteringspunkterna."
+msgstr ""
+"Här ser du de Linux-partitioner som har hittats i din dator. Om du inte "
+"håller med vad <application>DrakX</application> föreslår så kan du ändra "
+"monteringspunkterna."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Om du ändrar något, så var noga med att du fortfarande har en <literal>/</literal> (root)-partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du ändrar något, så var noga med att du fortfarande har en <literal>/</"
+"literal> (root)-partition."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Varje partition visas som följande: \"Enhet\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Monteringspunkt\", \"Typ\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Varje partition visas som följande: \"Enhet\" (\"Kapacitet\", "
+"\"Monteringspunkt\", \"Typ\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Enhet\" kommer från: \"hårddisk\", [\"hårddisk-nummer \"(bokstav)], \"partitionsnummer\" (exampelvis, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Enhet\" kommer från: \"hårddisk\", [\"hårddisk-nummer \"(bokstav)], "
+"\"partitionsnummer\" (exampelvis, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Om du har många partitioner så kan du välja mellan olika monteringspunkter i rullgardinsmenyn, så som <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> och <literal>/var</literal>. Du kan även göra dina egna monteringspunkter, exempelvis <literal>/video</literal> för en partition som du vill lagra dina filmer, eller <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> för /home-partitionen av din Cauldron-installation<literal/>."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har många partitioner så kan du välja mellan olika monteringspunkter i "
+"rullgardinsmenyn, så som <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> och "
+"<literal>/var</literal>. Du kan även göra dina egna monteringspunkter, "
+"exempelvis <literal>/video</literal> för en partition som du vill lagra dina "
+"filmer, eller <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> för /home-partitionen av din "
+"Cauldron-installation<literal/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "För partitioner som du inte behöver tillgång till så kan du lämna fältet för monteringspunkten blank."
+msgstr ""
+"För partitioner som du inte behöver tillgång till så kan du lämna fältet för "
+"monteringspunkten blank."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -407,15 +500,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Välj <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på vad du ska välja, och bocka sedan för <guilabel>Anpassad disk-partitionering</guilabel>. I skärmen som följer så kan du klicka på en partition för att se dess typ och storlek."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på vad du ska välja, "
+"och bocka sedan för <guilabel>Anpassad disk-partitionering</guilabel>. I "
+"skärmen som följer så kan du klicka på en partition för att se dess typ och "
+"storlek."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Om du är säker på att monteringspunkterna är korrekta så klickar du på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> och väljer om du antingen vill formatera partitonen(rna) som DrakX föreslår eller fler."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du är säker på att monteringspunkterna är korrekta så klickar du på "
+"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> och väljer om du antingen vill formatera "
+"partitonen(rna) som DrakX föreslår eller fler."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -425,9 +525,11 @@ msgstr "Val av skrivbordsmiljö"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Beroende på dina val här, så kan det finnas flera fönster för att finjustera ditt val."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Beroende på dina val här, så kan det finnas flera fönster för att finjustera "
+"ditt val."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -435,14 +537,19 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Efter dom olika valen kommer du att se ett bildspel under paket installationen. Bildspelet får du fram genom att klicka på <guilabel>Detaljer</guilabel> knappen"
+msgstr ""
+"Efter dom olika valen kommer du att se ett bildspel under paket "
+"installationen. Bildspelet får du fram genom att klicka på "
+"<guilabel>Detaljer</guilabel> knappen"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -454,21 +561,29 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Välj antingen <application>KDE</application> eller <application>Gnome</application> skrivbordsmiljö beroenda av vad du tycker om. Bägge kommer med användbara verktyg och applikationer. Bocka för <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> om du inte vill använda någon av dessa eller båda, eller om du vill annat än dessa standard programmen för dessa skrivbordsmiljöerna. <application>LXDE</application> skrivbordsmiljö är lättare än dom två tidigare, Med mindre ögongodis och färre programpaket installerade som standard."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj antingen <application>KDE</application> eller <application>Gnome</"
+"application> skrivbordsmiljö beroenda av vad du tycker om. Bägge kommer med "
+"användbara verktyg och applikationer. Bocka för <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> "
+"om du inte vill använda någon av dessa eller båda, eller om du vill annat än "
+"dessa standard programmen för dessa skrivbordsmiljöerna. <application>LXDE</"
+"application> skrivbordsmiljö är lättare än dom två tidigare, Med mindre "
+"ögongodis och färre programpaket installerade som standard."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Val av paketgrupp"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -477,7 +592,10 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Paketen har sorterats i grupper så att du lättare kan välja vad du behöver för ditt system. Grupperna är ganska självförklarande, men mer information för varje paket visas som ett verktygstips när du drar markören över dem."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketen har sorterats i grupper så att du lättare kan välja vad du behöver "
+"för ditt system. Grupperna är ganska självförklarande, men mer information "
+"för varje paket visas som ett verktygstips när du drar markören över dem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -499,74 +617,91 @@ msgstr "Grafisk miljö."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Individuellt paketval: Du kan använda detta alternativ för att manuellt lägga till eller ta bort paket."
+msgstr ""
+"Individuellt paketval: Du kan använda detta alternativ för att manuellt "
+"lägga till eller ta bort paket."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "Läs <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> för instruktioner om hur man gör en minimal installation."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"Läs <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> för instruktioner om hur man "
+"gör en minimal installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Välj individuella paket"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Här kan du lägga till eller ta bort några extra paket för att anpassa din "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Här kan du lägga till eller ta bort några extra paket för att anpassa din installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Efter att du har gjort ditt val så kan du klicka på <guibutton>diskett-ikonen</guibutton> längst ner på sidan för att spara dina paket-val (att spara till ett USB-minne fungerar också). Du kan sedan använda denna fil för att installera samma paket på ett annat system genom att trycka på samma knapp under installationen och välja att ladda den."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att du har gjort ditt val så kan du klicka på <guibutton>diskett-"
+"ikonen</guibutton> längst ner på sidan för att spara dina paket-val (att "
+"spara till ett USB-minne fungerar också). Du kan sedan använda denna fil för "
+"att installera samma paket på ett annat system genom att trycka på samma "
+"knapp under installationen och välja att ladda den."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Konfigurera dina tjänster"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Här ställer du in vilka tjänster som (inte) ska starta när du startar ditt "
 "system."
-msgstr "Här ställer du in vilka tjänster som (inte) ska starta när du startar ditt system."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Det finns fyra grupper, klicka på triangeln intill en grupp för att expandera den och se alla tjänster i den."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns fyra grupper, klicka på triangeln intill en grupp för att "
+"expandera den och se alla tjänster i den."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -590,36 +725,45 @@ msgstr "Ändra bara på saker som du mycket väl vet hur du ska ändra."
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Ställ in din tidszon"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Välj din tidszon genom att välja ditt land eller en stad nära dig i samma tidszon."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj din tidszon genom att välja ditt land eller en stad nära dig i samma "
+"tidszon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "I nästa skärm så kan du välja att ställa in din hårdvaruklocka till lokal tid eller till GMT, också känd som UTC."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"I nästa skärm så kan du välja att ställa in din hårdvaruklocka till lokal "
+"tid eller till GMT, också känd som UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Om du har mer än ett operativsystem i din dator så se då till att alla är inställda på lokal tid eller alla till UTC/GMT."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har mer än ett operativsystem i din dator så se då till att alla är "
+"inställda på lokal tid eller alla till UTC/GMT."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -629,24 +773,31 @@ msgstr "Välj en X-server (Konfigurera ditt grafikkort)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att "
+"identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Om installationen inte har korrekt upptäckt ditt grafikkort och du vet vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom:"
+msgstr ""
+"Om installationen inte har korrekt upptäckt ditt grafikkort och du vet "
+"vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -669,7 +820,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Om du inte kan hitta ditt kort i listan över tillverkare (för att det ännu inte finns i databasen eller att det är ett äldre kort) så kan du hitta en passande drivrutin i Xorg-kategorin"
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte kan hitta ditt kort i listan över tillverkare (för att det ännu "
+"inte finns i databasen eller att det är ett äldre kort) så kan du hitta en "
+"passande drivrutin i Xorg-kategorin"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -677,14 +831,20 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "Xorg-listan erbjuder mer än 40 vanliga och grafikkortsdrivrutiner med öppen källkod. Om du fortfarande inte kan hitta en namngiven drivrutin för ditt kort så finns det valet att använda vesa-drivrutinen som tillhandahåller grundläggande kapaciteter."
+msgstr ""
+"Xorg-listan erbjuder mer än 40 vanliga och grafikkortsdrivrutiner med öppen "
+"källkod. Om du fortfarande inte kan hitta en namngiven drivrutin för ditt "
+"kort så finns det valet att använda vesa-drivrutinen som tillhandahåller "
+"grundläggande kapaciteter."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Var medveten om att om du väljer en drivrutin som inte passar så kan du enbart ha tillgång till kommandorad-gränssnittet."
+msgstr ""
+"Var medveten om att om du väljer en drivrutin som inte passar så kan du "
+"enbart ha tillgång till kommandorad-gränssnittet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -692,30 +852,36 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "En del grafikkortstillverkare tillhandahåller drivrutiner för Linux vilket enbart finns tillgängligt i NonFree-medierna och i vissa fall enbart från kortets tillverkares hemsida."
+msgstr ""
+"En del grafikkortstillverkare tillhandahåller drivrutiner för Linux vilket "
+"enbart finns tillgängligt i NonFree-medierna och i vissa fall enbart från "
+"kortets tillverkares hemsida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Nonfree-medierna behöver vara aktiverade för att få tillgång till dem, du borde göra detta efter din första omstart."
+msgstr ""
+"Nonfree-medierna behöver vara aktiverade för att få tillgång till dem, du "
+"borde göra detta efter din första omstart."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Ställa in X, grafikkort och konfiguration av monitor"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -724,19 +890,30 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "Oberoende vilken grafisk miljö (också känt som skrivbordsmiljö) som du väljer för denna installation av <application>Mageia</application>, så baseras alla på ett grafiskt användargränssnittssytem kallat <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, eller enbart <acronym>X</acronym>. För att <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> och någon annan grafisk miljö ska fungera väl så behöver följande <acronym>X</acronym>-inställningar vara korrekta. Välj de korrekta inställningarna om du ser att <application>DrakX</application> inte gjorde något val, eller om du tror att valet är inkorrekt."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"Oberoende vilken grafisk miljö (också känt som skrivbordsmiljö) som du "
+"väljer för denna installation av <application>Mageia</application>, så "
+"baseras alla på ett grafiskt användargränssnittssytem kallat <acronym>X-"
+"Windows</acronym>, eller enbart <acronym>X</acronym>. För att <acronym>KDE</"
+"acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> och någon annan "
+"grafisk miljö ska fungera väl så behöver följande <acronym>X</acronym>-"
+"inställningar vara korrekta. Välj de korrekta inställningarna om du ser att "
+"<application>DrakX</application> inte gjorde något val, eller om du tror att "
+"valet är inkorrekt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkort</guibutton></emphasis>: Välj ditt kort från listan om det behövs."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkort</guibutton></emphasis>: Välj ditt kort från "
+"listan om det behövs."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -746,7 +923,12 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Skärm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan välja <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> när det passar, eller välj din skärm från listorna <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Allmänna</guilabel>. Välj <guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du föredrar att manuellt ange de horisontella och vertikala uppdateringsfrekvenserna för din skärm."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Skärm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan välja "
+"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> när det passar, eller välj din skärm från "
+"listorna <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Allmänna</"
+"guilabel>. Välj <guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du föredrar att manuellt "
+"ange de horisontella och vertikala uppdateringsfrekvenserna för din skärm."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -758,7 +940,9 @@ msgstr "Inkorrekta uppdateringsfrekvenser kan skada din skärm"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Upplösning</guibutton></emphasis>: Ange önskad upplösning och färgdjup för din skärm här."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Upplösning</guibutton></emphasis>: Ange önskad "
+"upplösning och färgdjup för din skärm här."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -766,19 +950,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Test-knappen visas inte alltid under installationen. Om knappen finns där så kan du kontrollera dina inställningar genom att trycka på den. Om du ser en fråga om dina inställningar är korrekta så kan du svara \"ja\", och inställningarna kommer att behållas. Om du inte ser någonting så kommer du tillbaka till konfigurationsskärmen och ha möjlighet att konfigurera allt igen tills testet är bra. <emphasis>Var säker på att dina inställningar är på den säkra sidan om test-knappen inte finns tillgänglig</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Test-knappen visas inte "
+"alltid under installationen. Om knappen finns där så kan du kontrollera dina "
+"inställningar genom att trycka på den. Om du ser en fråga om dina "
+"inställningar är korrekta så kan du svara \"ja\", och inställningarna kommer "
+"att behållas. Om du inte ser någonting så kommer du tillbaka till "
+"konfigurationsskärmen och ha möjlighet att konfigurera allt igen tills "
+"testet är bra. <emphasis>Var säker på att dina inställningar är på den säkra "
+"sidan om test-knappen inte finns tillgänglig</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Val</guibutton></emphasis>: Här kan du välja att aktivera eller inaktivera olika val."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Val</guibutton></emphasis>: Här kan du välja att "
+"aktivera eller inaktivera olika val."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -790,7 +984,9 @@ msgstr "Att välja din skärm"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att "
+"identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -799,15 +995,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Att välja en bildskärm med annorlunda egenskaper kan skada din bildskärm eller videohårdvara. Var snäll och prova inte något om du inte vet vad du gör.</emphasis> Om du är osäker bör du läsa dokumentationen som följde med din bildskärm."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Att välja en bildskärm med annorlunda egenskaper kan skada din "
+"bildskärm eller videohårdvara. Var snäll och prova inte något om du inte vet "
+"vad du gör.</emphasis> Om du är osäker bör du läsa dokumentationen som "
+"följde med din bildskärm."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -818,10 +1021,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Anpassad</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Det här alternativet tillåter dig att ställa in två kritiska parametrar, den vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen och den horisontella synkhastigheten. Den vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen bestämmer hur ofta skärmen ska uppdateras och den horisontella synkhastigheten är den hastighet med vilken sveplinjer visas."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här alternativet tillåter dig att ställa in två kritiska parametrar, den "
+"vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen och den horisontella synkhastigheten. Den "
+"vertikala uppdateringsfrekvensen bestämmer hur ofta skärmen ska uppdateras "
+"och den horisontella synkhastigheten är den hastighet med vilken sveplinjer "
+"visas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -830,7 +1038,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "Det är <emphasis>VÄLDIGT VIKTIGT</emphasis> att du inte anger en skärmtyp med ett synkroniseringsintervall som är över kapaciteten för din bildskärm, då kan du skada din skärm. Om du är osäker så välj en försiktig inställning och läs dokumentationen för din bildskärm."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är <emphasis>VÄLDIGT VIKTIGT</emphasis> att du inte anger en skärmtyp "
+"med ett synkroniseringsintervall som är över kapaciteten för din bildskärm, "
+"då kan du skada din skärm. Om du är osäker så välj en försiktig inställning "
+"och läs dokumentationen för din bildskärm."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -842,7 +1054,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Detta är standard-alternativet och försöker avgöra typ av skärm från databasen över skärmar."
+msgstr ""
+"Detta är standard-alternativet och försöker avgöra typ av skärm från "
+"databasen över skärmar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -854,7 +1068,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Tillverkare</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Om installationen inte har upptäckt ditt rätta grafikkort och du vet vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom att välja:"
+msgstr ""
+"Om installationen inte har upptäckt ditt rätta grafikkort och du vet vilket "
+"du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom att välja:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -875,11 +1091,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Standard</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "val av denna grupp visar uppemot 30 bildskärmskonfigureringar så som 1024x768 @ 60Hz och inkluderar även plattskärmar som används i bärbara datorer. Detta är ofta en bra urvalsgrupp när du behöver använda vesa-drivrutiner när din videohårdvara inte kan identifieras automatiskt. Än en gång så är det klokt att vara försiktig med dina val."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"val av denna grupp visar uppemot 30 bildskärmskonfigureringar så som "
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz och inkluderar även plattskärmar som används i bärbara "
+"datorer. Detta är ofta en bra urvalsgrupp när du behöver använda vesa-"
+"drivrutiner när din videohårdvara inte kan identifieras automatiskt. Än en "
+"gång så är det klokt att vara försiktig med dina val."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -889,47 +1110,64 @@ msgstr "Anpassad diskpartionering med DiskDrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "Om du vill använda kryptering på din <literal>/</literal>-partition så måste du se till att ha en separat <literal>/boot</literal>-partition. Krypteringsalternativet för din <literal>/boot</literal>-partition ska INTE ställas in, annars kommer detta att göra ditt system omöjligt att boota."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du vill använda kryptering på din <literal>/</literal>-partition så måste "
+"du se till att ha en separat <literal>/boot</literal>-partition. "
+"Krypteringsalternativet för din <literal>/boot</literal>-partition ska INTE "
+"ställas in, annars kommer detta att göra ditt system omöjligt att boota."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Justera layouten av din(a)  disk(ar) här. Du kan avlägsna eller skapa partitioner, ändra filsystemet för en partition eller ändra dess storlek och även titta vad om finns i dem innan du startar."
+msgstr ""
+"Justera layouten av din(a)  disk(ar) här. Du kan avlägsna eller skapa "
+"partitioner, ändra filsystemet för en partition eller ändra dess storlek och "
+"även titta vad om finns i dem innan du startar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Det finns en flik för varje hårddisk som är upptäckt eller annan lagringsenhet, exempelvis ett USB-minne. Det finns sda, sdb och sdc om det är tre stycken."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns en flik för varje hårddisk som är upptäckt eller annan "
+"lagringsenhet, exempelvis ett USB-minne. Det finns sda, sdb och sdc om det "
+"är tre stycken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Tryck på <guibutton>Rensa alla</guibutton> för att tömma alla partitioner på den valda lagringsenheten"
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Tryck på <guibutton>Rensa alla</guibutton> för att tömma alla partitioner på "
+"den valda lagringsenheten"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "För alla andra åtgärder: klicka på den valda partitionen först. Titta sedan på den eller välj filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek på den eller töm den."
+msgstr ""
+"För alla andra åtgärder: klicka på den valda partitionen först. Titta sedan "
+"på den eller välj filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek på den "
+"eller töm den."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -952,21 +1190,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "På den här sidan ser du innehållet på dina hårddiskar och även hur partitionsguiden i DrakX har hittat lösningar på var <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras."
+msgstr ""
+"På den här sidan ser du innehållet på dina hårddiskar och även hur "
+"partitionsguiden i DrakX har hittat lösningar på var <application>Mageia</"
+"application> kan installeras."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Alternativen som är tillgängliga i listan nedan varierar beroende på layouten och innehållet på din(a) hårddisk(ar)."
+msgstr ""
+"Alternativen som är tillgängliga i listan nedan varierar beroende på "
+"layouten och innehållet på din(a) hårddisk(ar)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -978,7 +1223,9 @@ msgstr "Använd existerande partitioner"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Om det här alternativet är tillgängligt så har kompatibla Linux-partitioner blivit hittade och får användas för installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Om det här alternativet är tillgängligt så har kompatibla Linux-partitioner "
+"blivit hittade och får användas för installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -988,9 +1235,11 @@ msgstr "Använd fritt utrymme"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Om du har ledigt utrymme på din hårddisk kommer detta alternativ att använda det till din nya installation av Mageia."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har ledigt utrymme på din hårddisk kommer detta alternativ att använda "
+"det till din nya installation av Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -1000,9 +1249,11 @@ msgstr "Använd fritt utrymmer på en Windows-partition"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Om du har ledigt utrymme på din befintliga Windows-partition kan installeraren erbjuda sig att använda det."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har ledigt utrymme på din befintliga Windows-partition kan "
+"installeraren erbjuda sig att använda det."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1010,7 +1261,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Detta kan vara ett användbart sätt att göra plats för din nya Mageia-installation, men är en riskfylld operation. Därför bör du se till att du har säkerhetskopierat alla viktiga filer!"
+msgstr ""
+"Detta kan vara ett användbart sätt att göra plats för din nya Mageia-"
+"installation, men är en riskfylld operation. Därför bör du se till att du "
+"har säkerhetskopierat alla viktiga filer!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1021,7 +1275,13 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Observera att detta innebär att krympa storleken på Windows-partitionen. Partitionen måste vara \"ren\", dvs. att Windows måste ha stängts av korrekt när det användes sist. Den måste också ha defragmenterats, även om det inte är någon garanti för att filerna har flyttats bort ifrån ytan som kommer att användas. Det rekommenderas starkt att säkerhetskopiera dina personliga filer."
+msgstr ""
+"Observera att detta innebär att krympa storleken på Windows-partitionen. "
+"Partitionen måste vara \"ren\", dvs. att Windows måste ha stängts av korrekt "
+"när det användes sist. Den måste också ha defragmenterats, även om det inte "
+"är någon garanti för att filerna har flyttats bort ifrån ytan som kommer att "
+"användas. Det rekommenderas starkt att säkerhetskopiera dina personliga "
+"filer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1036,7 +1296,9 @@ msgstr "Detta alternativ kommer att använda hela disken för Mageia."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Notera! Detta kommer att ta bort ALL data på den valda hårddisken. Vidta försiktighet!"
+msgstr ""
+"Notera! Detta kommer att ta bort ALL data på den valda hårddisken. Vidta "
+"försiktighet!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1044,7 +1306,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Om du har för avsikt att använda en del av hårddisken för någonting annat eller om du redan har data på disken som du inte är beredd att förlora så ska du inte använda detta alternativ."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har för avsikt att använda en del av hårddisken för någonting annat "
+"eller om du redan har data på disken som du inte är beredd att förlora så "
+"ska du inte använda detta alternativ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1054,9 +1319,11 @@ msgstr "Anpassad"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Detta ger dig fullständig kontroll över placeringen av installationen på din/a disk/ar."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Detta ger dig fullständig kontroll över placeringen av installationen på din/"
+"a disk/ar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1065,10 +1332,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "En del nyare diskar använder nu 4096 bytes logiska sektorer istället för den föregående standarden med 512 bytes. På grund av brist på tillgänglig hårdvara har partitionsverktyget inte testats på en sådan disk. Även en del SSD-diskar använder nu en raderingsblockstorlek på över 1 MB. Vi föreslår att för-partitionera disken genom att använda ett alternativt partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted, om du du har en sådan enhet med följande inställningar:"
+msgstr ""
+"En del nyare diskar använder nu 4096 bytes logiska sektorer istället för den "
+"föregående standarden med 512 bytes. På grund av brist på tillgänglig "
+"hårdvara har partitionsverktyget inte testats på en sådan disk. Även en del "
+"SSD-diskar använder nu en raderingsblockstorlek på över 1 MB. Vi föreslår "
+"att för-partitionera disken genom att använda ett alternativt "
+"partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted, om du du har en sådan enhet med "
+"följande inställningar:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1084,7 +1358,8 @@ msgstr "\"Ledigt utrymme före (MiB)\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Kontrollera också att alla partitioner skapas med ett jämnt antal megabyte."
+msgstr ""
+"Kontrollera också att alla partitioner skapas med ett jämnt antal megabyte."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1101,8 +1376,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "februari 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1125,10 +1399,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärm bilder som du ser i denna handbok. Vilka skärm bilder du kommer att se, beror på din hårdvara och val du gör under installationen."
+msgstr ""
+"Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärm bilder som du ser i denna "
+"handbok. Vilka skärm bilder du kommer att se, beror på din hårdvara och val "
+"du gör under installationen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1139,64 +1416,83 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen "
+"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, "
+"om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Grattis"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Du har installerat färdigt och konfigurerat <application>Mageia</application> och det är nu säkert att ta bort installationsmediet och att starta om din dator."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Du har installerat färdigt och konfigurerat <application>Mageia</"
+"application> och det är nu säkert att ta bort installationsmediet och att "
+"starta om din dator."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Efter omstarten i uppstartshanterarens ruta så kan du välja mellan operativsystemen i din dator (om du har fler än ett)."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter omstarten i uppstartshanterarens ruta så kan du välja mellan "
+"operativsystemen i din dator (om du har fler än ett)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Om du inte justerade inställningarna för uppstartshanteraren så kommer din Mageia-installation automatiskt bli vald och startad."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte justerade inställningarna för uppstartshanteraren så kommer din "
+"Mageia-installation automatiskt bli vald och startad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1208,43 +1504,54 @@ msgstr "Njut!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Besök www.mageia.org om du har några frågor eller om du vill bidra till Mageia"
+msgstr ""
+"Besök www.mageia.org om du har några frågor eller om du vill bidra till "
+"Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Formaterar"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Här kan du välja vilken/a partition/er som du vill formatera. All data på partitionerna <emphasis>som inte</emphasis>är markerat för formatering kommer att sparas."
+msgstr ""
+"Här kan du välja vilken/a partition/er som du vill formatera. All data på "
+"partitionerna <emphasis>som inte</emphasis>är markerat för formatering "
+"kommer att sparas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Vanligtvis behövs i alla fall de partitioner som DrakX har valt formateras."
+msgstr ""
+"Vanligtvis behövs i alla fall de partitioner som DrakX har valt formateras."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> för att välja vilka partitioner som du vill kontrollera efter så kallade <emphasis>dåliga block</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> för att välja vilka partitioner "
+"som du vill kontrollera efter så kallade <emphasis>dåliga block</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1253,14 +1560,20 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Om du är osäker på om du gjort rätt val kan du klicka på  <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton>, igen på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> och sedan på  <guibutton>Anpassad</guibutton> för att komma tillbaka till huvudsidan. Där kan du välja och se vad som finns på dina partitioner."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du är osäker på om du gjort rätt val kan du klicka på  "
+"<guibutton>Föregående</guibutton>, igen på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> "
+"och sedan på  <guibutton>Anpassad</guibutton> för att komma tillbaka till "
+"huvudsidan. Där kan du välja och se vad som finns på dina partitioner."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "När du är säker på ditt val, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"När du är säker på ditt val, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att "
+"fortsätta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1273,14 +1586,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "Oavsett om du är ny på GNU-Linux eller en erfaren användare. Mageias installerare är utformad för att göra din installation eller uppgradering så enkel som möjligt."
+msgstr ""
+"Oavsett om du är ny på GNU-Linux eller en erfaren användare. Mageias "
+"installerare är utformad för att göra din installation eller uppgradering så "
+"enkel som möjligt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "Den första startmenyn har olika alternativ och det förvalda kommer att starta installationsprogrammet, som i normalfallet är allt du behöver."
+msgstr ""
+"Den första startmenyn har olika alternativ och det förvalda kommer att "
+"starta installationsprogrammet, som i normalfallet är allt du behöver."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1295,15 +1613,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:37
 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:"
-msgstr "Här är det välkomstmeddelande som är standard när en Mageia DVD används:"
+msgstr ""
+"Här är det välkomstmeddelande som är standard när en Mageia DVD används:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1314,19 +1634,25 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #: en/installer.xml:46
 msgid ""
 "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:"
-msgstr "Från denna förstasida är det möjligt att ställa in några personliga inställningar."
+msgstr ""
+"Från denna förstasida är det möjligt att ställa in några personliga "
+"inställningar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
 "language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
-msgstr "Språket (endast för installation, kan vara annorlunda än det valda språket för systemet) genom att trycka på F2"
+msgstr ""
+"Språket (endast för installation, kan vara annorlunda än det valda språket "
+"för systemet) genom att trycka på F2"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
@@ -1337,15 +1663,20 @@ msgstr "Använd pil-tangenterna för att välja språk och tryck på Retur."
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Här är ett exempel, det franska välkomstmeddelandet vid användning av en Live DVD/CD. Observera att menyn på en Live DVD/CD inte föreslår: <guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory Test</guilabel> och <guilabel>Hardware Detection Tool</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Här är ett exempel, det franska välkomstmeddelandet vid användning av en "
+"Live DVD/CD. Observera att menyn på en Live DVD/CD inte föreslår: "
+"<guilabel>Rescue System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory Test</guilabel> och "
+"<guilabel>Hardware Detection Tool</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1354,8 +1685,10 @@ msgstr "Ändra upplösning genom att trycka på F3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
@@ -1368,7 +1701,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
 "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
 "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
-msgstr "Om installationen misslyckas kan det bli nödvändigt att försöka igen genom att använda några extra alternativ. Tryck på F6 för att få fram en meny som visar en ny rad kallad <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> och föreslå fyra poster:"
+msgstr ""
+"Om installationen misslyckas kan det bli nödvändigt att försöka igen genom "
+"att använda några extra alternativ. Tryck på F6 för att få fram en meny som "
+"visar en ny rad kallad <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> och föreslå fyra "
+"poster:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:99
@@ -1380,28 +1717,36 @@ msgstr "- Standard, det ändrar inget i standardalternativen."
 msgid ""
 "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of "
 "performances."
-msgstr "- Säkra inställningar, prioritet ges till de mer säkra alternativen på bekostnad av prestanda."
+msgstr ""
+"- Säkra inställningar, prioritet ges till de mer säkra alternativen på "
+"bekostnad av prestanda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
 "isn't taken into account."
-msgstr "- Ingen ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), strömhantering beaktas."
+msgstr ""
+"- Ingen ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), strömhantering "
+"beaktas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:108
 msgid ""
 "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
 "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
-msgstr "- Ingen lokal APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), det handlar om CPU-avbrott, välj detta alternativ om du blir tillfrågad."
+msgstr ""
+"- Ingen lokal APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), det "
+"handlar om CPU-avbrott, välj detta alternativ om du blir tillfrågad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
 "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
-msgstr "När du väljer någon av dessa poster kommer det att ändra standardalternativen som visas på <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>-raden."
+msgstr ""
+"När du väljer någon av dessa poster kommer det att ändra "
+"standardalternativen som visas på <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>-raden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:116
@@ -1409,12 +1754,17 @@ msgid ""
 "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
 "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
 "however, they are really taken into account."
-msgstr "I vissa utgåvor av Mageia kan det hända att posterna som valts i menyn med F6 inte visas på raden <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>, men de beaktas dock ändå."
+msgstr ""
+"I vissa utgåvor av Mageia kan det hända att posterna som valts i menyn med "
+"F6 inte visas på raden <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>, men de beaktas "
+"dock ändå."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:130
@@ -1427,12 +1777,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with "
 "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
 "go back to the welcome screen."
-msgstr "Att trycka på F1 öppnar ett nytt fönster med fler valbara alternativ. Välj något med pil-tangenterna och tryck på enter för att få fler detaljer, eller tryck på escape för att gå tillbaka till välkomstskärmen."
+msgstr ""
+"Att trycka på F1 öppnar ett nytt fönster med fler valbara alternativ. Välj "
+"något med pil-tangenterna och tryck på enter för att få fler detaljer, eller "
+"tryck på escape för att gå tillbaka till välkomstskärmen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
@@ -1441,12 +1796,18 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
 "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
 "line."
-msgstr "Detaljerad översikt för alternativet splash. Tryck på Esc eller välja <guilabel>Tillbaka till Boot Options</guilabel> för att gå tillbaka till listan med alternativ.  Dessa alternativ kan läggas till för hand på raden med <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Detaljerad översikt för alternativet splash. Tryck på Esc eller välja "
+"<guilabel>Tillbaka till Boot Options</guilabel> för att gå tillbaka till "
+"listan med alternativ.  Dessa alternativ kan läggas till för hand på raden "
+"med <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
@@ -1458,17 +1819,22 @@ msgstr "Hjälpen är översatt i det valda språket med F2-tangenten."
 msgid ""
 "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
 "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):"
-msgstr "Här är standard välkomstmeddelande vi använding av en trådburen nätverksbaserad installations CD (Boot.iso eller Boot-Nonfree.iso)."
+msgstr ""
+"Här är standard välkomstmeddelande vi använding av en trådburen "
+"nätverksbaserad installations CD (Boot.iso eller Boot-Nonfree.iso)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:169
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
-msgstr "Det tillåter inte ändringar i språket, tillgängliga alternativ finns beskrivna på skärmen. För mer information hur man använder en trådburen nätverksbaserad installations-CD, se <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageias Wiki</link>"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Det tillåter inte ändringar i språket, tillgängliga alternativ finns "
+"beskrivna på skärmen. För mer information hur man använder en trådburen "
+"nätverksbaserad installations-CD, se <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageias Wiki</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:175
@@ -1478,9 +1844,11 @@ msgstr "Tangentbordslayouten är amerikansk."
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1490,24 +1858,29 @@ msgstr "Installationsstegen"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Installationsprocessen är indelad i ett antal steg som kan följas i sidopanelen på skärmen."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Installationsprocessen är indelad i ett antal steg som kan följas i "
+"sidopanelen på skärmen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Varje steg har en eller flera sidor som också kan ha  <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> knappar med mer, men sällan krävande alternativ."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Varje steg har en eller flera sidor som också kan ha  <guibutton>Avancerat</"
+"guibutton> knappar med mer, men sällan krävande alternativ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "De flesta rutor har <guibutton>Hjälp</guibutton>-knappar som ger ytterligare information om det nuvarande steget."
+msgstr ""
+"De flesta rutor har <guibutton>Hjälp</guibutton>-knappar som ger ytterligare "
+"information om det nuvarande steget."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1517,10 +1890,18 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa "
+"installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en "
+"partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli "
+"installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan "
+"lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på "
+"att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner "
+"följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, "
+"tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1532,25 +1913,32 @@ msgstr "Problem vid installation och möjliga lösningar"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Inget grafiskt gränssnitt"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "Efter startmenyn så kom du inte till skärmen för språkval. Detta kan hända med vissa grafikkort och äldre system. Prova med en låg upplösning genom att skriva <code>vgalo</code> vid prompten."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter startmenyn så kom du inte till skärmen för språkval. Detta kan hända "
+"med vissa grafikkort och äldre system. Prova med en låg upplösning genom att "
+"skriva <code>vgalo</code> vid prompten."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
-msgstr "En grafisk installation kanske inte är möjlig om hårdvaran är väldigt gammal. I sådana fall kan det vara värt att prova en textbaserad installation. För att starta den tryck på Esc på välkomstskärmen och bekräfta med enter. Du kommer att se en svart skärm med en rad där det står: \"Boot:\" Skriv \"text\" på den raden och tryck på enter. Nu forsätter installationen i textläge."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"En grafisk installation kanske inte är möjlig om hårdvaran är väldigt "
+"gammal. I sådana fall kan det vara värt att prova en textbaserad "
+"installation. För att starta den tryck på Esc på välkomstskärmen och "
+"bekräfta med enter. Du kommer att se en svart skärm med en rad där det står: "
+"\"Boot:\" Skriv \"text\" på den raden och tryck på enter. Nu forsätter "
+"installationen i textläge."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:245
@@ -1565,7 +1953,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Om systemet verkar frysa sig under installationen så kan det bero på problem med identifiering av hårdvara. Om så är fallet så kan den automatiska hårdvaruidentifieringen förbigås och behandlas senare. För att prova detta, skriv <code>noauto</code> vid prompten. Detta kan även kombineras med andra alternativ om nödvändigt."
+msgstr ""
+"Om systemet verkar frysa sig under installationen så kan det bero på problem "
+"med identifiering av hårdvara. Om så är fallet så kan den automatiska "
+"hårdvaruidentifieringen förbigås och behandlas senare. För att prova detta, "
+"skriv <code>noauto</code> vid prompten. Detta kan även kombineras med andra "
+"alternativ om nödvändigt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1577,9 +1970,13 @@ msgstr "RAM-problem"
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Dessa kommer sällan att behövas, men i vissa fall kan hårdvaran rapportera tillgängligt RAM felaktigt. För att ange detta manuellt kan du använda <code>mem=xxxM</code> parametern, där xxx är den korrekta mängden RAM. T. ex. <code>mem=256M</code> anger 256MB RAM."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Dessa kommer sällan att behövas, men i vissa fall kan hårdvaran rapportera "
+"tillgängligt RAM felaktigt. För att ange detta manuellt kan du använda "
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parametern, där xxx är den korrekta mängden RAM. T. "
+"ex. <code>mem=256M</code> anger 256MB RAM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1592,39 +1989,43 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
-msgstr "Om du har konverterat din hårddisk från grundläggande till dynamiskt format i Microsoft Windows så är det omöjligt att installera Mageia på den disken. Läs igenom Microsofts dokumentation om hur man återgår till en grundläggande disk: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/sv-se/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har konverterat din hårddisk från grundläggande till dynamiskt format "
+"i Microsoft Windows så är det omöjligt att installera Mageia på den disken. "
+"Läs igenom Microsofts dokumentation om hur man återgår till en grundläggande "
+"disk: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/sv-se/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:3
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Uppdateringar"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "Sedan denna version av <application>Mageia</application> släpptes så har några paket blivit uppdaterade eller förbättrade."
+msgstr ""
+"Sedan denna version av <application>Mageia</application> släpptes så har "
+"några paket blivit uppdaterade eller förbättrade."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1632,7 +2033,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Välj <guilabel>ja</guilabel> om du önskar ladda ner och installera dem, välj <guilabel>nej</guilabel> om du inte vill göra detta nu, eller om du inte är ansluten till internet"
+msgstr ""
+"Välj <guilabel>ja</guilabel> om du önskar ladda ner och installera dem, välj "
+"<guilabel>nej</guilabel> om du inte vill göra detta nu, eller om du inte är "
+"ansluten till internet"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1644,55 +2048,71 @@ msgstr "Tryck sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta"
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Val av media (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Här har du en lista över tillgängliga arkiv. Alla arkiv är inte tillgängliga beroende på vilket media du använder för att installera. Valet av arkiv bestämmer vilka paket som kommer att vara tillgängliga för val i nästkommande steg."
+msgstr ""
+"Här har du en lista över tillgängliga arkiv. Alla arkiv är inte tillgängliga "
+"beroende på vilket media du använder för att installera. Valet av arkiv "
+"bestämmer vilka paket som kommer att vara tillgängliga för val i "
+"nästkommande steg."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Core</emphasis>-paketförrådet kan inte inaktiveras eftersom att det innehåller basen för distributionen."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Core</emphasis>-paketförrådet kan inte inaktiveras eftersom att "
+"det innehåller basen för distributionen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "Arkivet <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> innehåller paket som är gratis, dvs. Mageia får lov att omdistrbuera dem men de innehåller programvara med stängd källkod (därav namnet Nonfree). Som ett exempel innehåller detta arkiv patentskyddade drivrutiner till grafikkort från nVidia och ATI, och även firmware till olika WiFi-kort."
+msgstr ""
+"Arkivet <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> innehåller paket som är gratis, dvs. "
+"Mageia får lov att omdistrbuera dem men de innehåller programvara med stängd "
+"källkod (därav namnet Nonfree). Som ett exempel innehåller detta arkiv "
+"patentskyddade drivrutiner till grafikkort från nVidia och ATI, och även "
+"firmware till olika WiFi-kort."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>-förvaringsplatsen inkluderar paket som är släppt under en Fri licens. Huvudsakliga kriterier för att placera paket i denna förvaringsplats är att de kan motverka patent och kopierinsskyddslagar i några länder, exempelvis multimedia-"
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>-förvaringsplatsen inkluderar paket som är "
+"släppt under en Fri licens. Huvudsakliga kriterier för att placera paket i "
+"denna förvaringsplats är att de kan motverka patent och kopierinsskyddslagar "
+"i några länder, exempelvis multimedia-"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1703,9 +2123,11 @@ msgstr "Minimal installation"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Du kan välja en minimal installation genom att avmarkera allt på  sidan för paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan välja en minimal installation genom att avmarkera allt på  sidan för "
+"paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1714,14 +2136,21 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "En minimal installation är ämnad för de som har en särskilda användingar för sin <application>Mageia</application>, så som en server eller en specialiserad arbetsstation. Du kommer förmodligen att använda detta tillsammans med enskilda paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"En minimal installation är ämnad för de som har en särskilda användingar för "
+"sin <application>Mageia</application>, så som en server eller en "
+"specialiserad arbetsstation. Du kommer förmodligen att använda detta "
+"tillsammans med enskilda paketval, se <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></"
+"xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Om du väljer denna installationsklass kommer relaterad ruta att erbjuda dig ett fåtal extra-paket att installera så som dokumentation och X."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer denna installationsklass kommer relaterad ruta att erbjuda dig "
+"ett fåtal extra-paket att installera så som dokumentation och X."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1729,34 +2158,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Sammanfattning av diverse parametrar"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1765,7 +2197,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX gjorde smarta val för konfigurationen av ditt system beroende på de val som du gjorde och på hårdvaran som DrakX upptäckte. Du kan kolla inställningarna här och ändra dem om du vill efteråt genom att trycka Konfigurera<guibutton></guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX gjorde smarta val för konfigurationen av ditt system beroende på de "
+"val som du gjorde och på hårdvaran som DrakX upptäckte. Du kan kolla "
+"inställningarna här och ändra dem om du vill efteråt genom att trycka "
+"Konfigurera<guibutton></guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1781,9 +2217,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tidszon</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX valde en tidszon för dig, beroende på ditt föredragna språk. Du kan ändra det om det behövs. Läs också <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX valde en tidszon för dig, beroende på ditt föredragna språk. Du kan "
+"ändra det om det behövs. Läs också <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></"
+"xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1795,7 +2234,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Land / Region</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Om du inte är i det valda landet så är det väldigt viktigt att du rättar till inställningen. Läs <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte är i det valda landet så är det väldigt viktigt att du rättar "
+"till inställningen. Läs <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1826,9 +2267,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Användarhantering</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "Du kan lägga till extra användare här. De kommer att få varsin <literal>/hem-mapp</literal>."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan lägga till extra användare här. De kommer att få varsin <literal>/hem-"
+"mapp</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1840,14 +2283,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tjänster</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Systemtjänster refererar till de små programmen som kör bakgrundsdemonerna. Detta verktyg tillåter dig att aktivera eller inaktivera vissa arbetsuppgifter."
+msgstr ""
+"Systemtjänster refererar till de små programmen som kör bakgrundsdemonerna. "
+"Detta verktyg tillåter dig att aktivera eller inaktivera vissa "
+"arbetsuppgifter."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Du borde kolla försiktigt innan du ändrar något här - ett misstag kan förhindra din dator från att fungera korrekt."
+msgstr ""
+"Du borde kolla försiktigt innan du ändrar något här - ett misstag kan "
+"förhindra din dator från att fungera korrekt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
@@ -1869,7 +2317,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tangentbord</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Det är här som du ställer in eller ändrar din tangetbordslayout som baseras på var du befinner dig, språk eller typ av tangentbord."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är här som du ställer in eller ändrar din tangetbordslayout som baseras "
+"på var du befinner dig, språk eller typ av tangentbord."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1881,7 +2331,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Mus</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Här kan du lägga till eller konfigurera andra pekdon, pekplattor, styrkulor etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Här kan du lägga till eller konfigurera andra pekdon, pekplattor, styrkulor "
+"etc."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1891,10 +2343,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ljudkort</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "Installationsprogrammet använder en standard drivrutin om en sådan finns. Möjligheten att välja en annan ges bara när det finns mer än en drivrutin för ditt ljudkort men där ingen av dem är standard."
+msgstr ""
+"Installationsprogrammet använder en standard drivrutin om en sådan finns. "
+"Möjligheten att välja en annan ges bara när det finns mer än en drivrutin "
+"för ditt ljudkort men där ingen av dem är standard."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1903,9 +2358,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafiskt gränssnitt</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera dina grafikkort och skärmar."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera dina grafikkort och skärmar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
@@ -1915,10 +2370,11 @@ msgstr "För mer information, läs <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>.
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1937,14 +2393,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Du kan konfigurera ditt nätverk här, men för nätverkskort med drivrutiner som inte är gratis så är det bättre att göra detta efter omstart, i <application>Mageia Control Center</application>, efter att ha aktiverat Nonfree-medierna."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan konfigurera ditt nätverk här, men för nätverkskort med drivrutiner "
+"som inte är gratis så är det bättre att göra detta efter omstart, i "
+"<application>Mageia Control Center</application>, efter att ha aktiverat "
+"Nonfree-medierna."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "När du lägger till ett nätverkskort, glöm inte att ställa in din brandvägg att kolla detta gränssnitt också."
+msgstr ""
+"När du lägger till ett nätverkskort, glöm inte att ställa in din brandvägg "
+"att kolla detta gränssnitt också."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1957,14 +2419,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "En proxyserver agerar som en förmedlare mellan din dator och nätet. Denna sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera din dator för att utnyttja en proxytjänst."
+msgstr ""
+"En proxyserver agerar som en förmedlare mellan din dator och nätet. Denna "
+"sektion tillåter dig att konfigurera din dator för att utnyttja en "
+"proxytjänst."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Du kan behöva konsultera din systemadministratör för att få parametrarna som du behöver ange här"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan behöva konsultera din systemadministratör för att få parametrarna som "
+"du behöver ange här"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1979,9 +2446,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Säkerhetsnivå</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Här ställer du in säkerhetsnivån för din dator, i de flesta fallen så är standardinställningen (Standard) adekvat för generell användning."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Här ställer du in säkerhetsnivån för din dator, i de flesta fallen så är "
+"standardinställningen (Standard) adekvat för generell användning."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -1998,50 +2467,62 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Brandvägg</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "En brandvägg är till för att vara en barriär mellan din viktiga data och rackare ute på nätet som skulle ta över eller stjäla det."
+msgstr ""
+"En brandvägg är till för att vara en barriär mellan din viktiga data och "
+"rackare ute på nätet som skulle ta över eller stjäla det."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Välj tjänsterna som du önskar ska få tillgång till ditt system. Dina val är beroende på vad du använder din dator till."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj tjänsterna som du önskar ska få tillgång till ditt system. Dina val är "
+"beroende på vad du använder din dator till."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Ha i åtanke att om du tillåter allt (ingen brandvägg) så tar du en stor risk."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha i åtanke att om du tillåter allt (ingen brandvägg) så tar du en stor risk."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "Ändra storlek på <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>-partitionen"
+msgstr ""
+"Ändra storlek på <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>-partitionen"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Du har mer än en <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>-partition.  Välj vilken som ska göras mindre för att frigöra utrymme så att <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du har mer än en <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application>-partition.  Välj vilken som ska göras mindre för att frigöra "
+"utrymme så att <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Säkerhetsnivå"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2052,14 +2533,18 @@ msgstr "Här justerar du din säkerhetsnivå."
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
-msgstr "Om du inte vet vad du ska välja så lämna standardinställningarna som de är."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte vet vad du ska välja så lämna standardinställningarna som de är."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Efter installationen så kommer det alltid att finnas möjlighet att justera dina säkerhetsinställningar i <guilabel>Säkerhet</guilabel>-delen av Mageia Control Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter installationen så kommer det alltid att finnas möjlighet att justera "
+"dina säkerhetsinställningar i <guilabel>Säkerhet</guilabel>-delen av Mageia "
+"Control Center."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2081,14 +2566,19 @@ msgstr "Definition"
 msgid ""
 "We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update "
 "Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied."
-msgstr "Här anger vi ett media som i detta fall är en ISO-fil, som används för att installera och eller uppgradera Mageia, samt allt fysiskt stöd där ISO-filen är kopierad."
+msgstr ""
+"Här anger vi ett media som i detta fall är en ISO-fil, som används för att "
+"installera och eller uppgradera Mageia, samt allt fysiskt stöd där ISO-filen "
+"är kopierad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
-msgstr "Du hittar dem <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">här</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du hittar dem <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">här</"
+"link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21
@@ -2101,83 +2591,82 @@ msgstr "Klassiska installtionsmedier"
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr "Vanliga funktioner"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr "De använder den traditionella installeraren drakx."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
-msgstr "De kan utföra en ren installation eller uppdatera från en tidigare version."
+msgstr ""
+"De kan utföra en ren installation eller uppdatera från en tidigare version."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "Dvd"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr "Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitektur."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
-msgstr "Vissa verktyg är tillgängliga från välkomstskärmen: Räddningssystem, minnestest och identifiering av hårdvara."
+msgstr ""
+"Vissa verktyg är tillgängliga från välkomstskärmen: Räddningssystem, "
+"minnestest och identifiering av hårdvara."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr "Varje DVD innehåller alla tillgängliga skrivbordsmiljöer och språk."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
 "software."
-msgstr "Du kommer att få välja under installationen om du vill lägga till programvara som inte är fri."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kommer att få välja under installationen om du vill lägga till "
+"programvara som inte är fri."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr "DVD för multiarkitektur"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
-msgstr "Båda arkitekturerna finns på samma media. Valet görs automatiskt enligt identifierad processor."
+msgstr ""
+"Båda arkitekturerna finns på samma media. Valet görs automatiskt enligt "
+"identifierad processor."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön Xfce."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
-msgstr "Enbart vissa språk (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) SOM SKA MARKERAS!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
+msgstr ""
+"Enbart vissa språk (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"SOM SKA MARKERAS!"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr "Den innehåller ej fri programvara."
@@ -2187,31 +2676,32 @@ msgstr "Den innehåller ej fri programvara."
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr "Live media"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
-msgstr "Kan användas för att förhandsgranska distributionen utan att installera den på hårddisken, och efteråt att eventuellt installera Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Kan användas för att förhandsgranska distributionen utan att installera den "
+"på hårddisken, och efteråt att eventuellt installera Mageia."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr "ISO-filen innehåller bara en skrivbordsmiljö (KDE eller GNOME)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISO-filer kan endast användas för en ren installation, de kan inte användas för att uppgradera från en tidigare version.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISO-filer kan endast användas för en ren "
+"installation, de kan inte användas för att uppgradera från en tidigare "
+"version.</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr "De innehåller ej fri programvara."
@@ -2221,21 +2711,18 @@ msgstr "De innehåller ej fri programvara."
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr "Live CD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön KDE."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr "Enbart det engelska språket."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr "Enbart 32-bitars."
@@ -2245,8 +2732,7 @@ msgstr "Enbart 32-bitars."
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr "Live CD GNOME"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön GNOME."
@@ -2256,8 +2742,7 @@ msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön GNOME."
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr "Live DVD KDE"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr "Alla språk finns med."
@@ -2272,48 +2757,55 @@ msgstr "Live DVD GNOME"
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr "Boot-bara CDs"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
-msgstr "Var och en är en liten avbild som innehållet enbart det som behövs för att starta drakx-installeraren och för att sedan fortsätta och slutföra installationen från en ISO-fil. ISO-filerna kan finnas antingen lokalt på datorn, lokalt nätverk eller på internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Var och en är en liten avbild som innehållet enbart det som behövs för att "
+"starta drakx-installeraren och för att sedan fortsätta och slutföra "
+"installationen från en ISO-fil. ISO-filerna kan finnas antingen lokalt på "
+"datorn, lokalt nätverk eller på internet."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
-msgstr "Dessa media är väldigt små (mindre än 100MB) och är användbara om hastigheten är för långsam för att antingen ladda ner en hel DVD, datorn saknar DVD-enhet eller om datorn inte kan boota från ett USB-minne."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
+msgstr ""
+"Dessa media är väldigt små (mindre än 100MB) och är användbara om "
+"hastigheten är för långsam för att antingen ladda ner en hel DVD, datorn "
+"saknar DVD-enhet eller om datorn inte kan boota från ett USB-minne."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr "boot.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
-msgstr "Innehåller enbart fri programvara, för personer som vägrar att använda ej fri programvara."
+msgstr ""
+"Innehåller enbart fri programvara, för personer som vägrar att använda ej "
+"fri programvara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
 "it."
-msgstr "Innehåller ej fri programvara (vanligtvis drivrutiner, codecs...) för de som behöver."
+msgstr ""
+"Innehåller ej fri programvara (vanligtvis drivrutiner, codecs...) för de som "
+"behöver."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251
@@ -2328,29 +2820,41 @@ msgstr "Hämtar"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
-msgstr "När du har bestämt vilken ISO-fil du vill använda kan du ladda ner den antingen genom http eller BitTorrent. I båda fallen får du lite information om vilken spegel som används och möjlighet att ändra om hastigheten är för långsam. Om du väljer http kan du även se något av följande"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
+msgstr ""
+"När du har bestämt vilken ISO-fil du vill använda kan du ladda ner den "
+"antingen genom http eller BitTorrent. I båda fallen får du lite information "
+"om vilken spegel som används och möjlighet att ändra om hastigheten är för "
+"långsam. Om du väljer http kan du även se något av följande"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
-msgstr "md5sum och sha1sum är verktyg som används för att kontrollera integriteten på ISO-filen. Använd bara en av dem. Båda värdena i hexadecimalt format har beräknats av en algoritm från filen som ska laddas ner. Du kan räkna ut värdet med algoritmen när du har laddat ner filen. Om du har samma nummer så är filen intakt, eller så skiljer de sig och du har en felaktig fil. Då öppnas följande fönster:"
+msgstr ""
+"md5sum och sha1sum är verktyg som används för att kontrollera integriteten "
+"på ISO-filen. Använd bara en av dem. Båda värdena i hexadecimalt format har "
+"beräknats av en algoritm från filen som ska laddas ner. Du kan räkna ut "
+"värdet med algoritmen när du har laddat ner filen. Om du har samma nummer så "
+"är filen intakt, eller så skiljer de sig och du har en felaktig fil. Då "
+"öppnas följande fönster:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276
@@ -2375,30 +2879,38 @@ msgstr "Öppna en konsol, behöver inte vara root, och:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- För att använda md5sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum sökväg/till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- För att använda md5sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum sökväg/"
+"till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
-msgstr "- För att använda sha1sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum sökväg/till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"- För att använda sha1sum, skriv: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum sökväg/"
+"till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
-msgstr "och jämför erhållet nummer från din dator (du kanske måste vänta ett tag) med det nummer som Mageia har försett. Exempel:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"och jämför erhållet nummer från din dator (du kanske måste vänta ett tag) "
+"med det nummer som Mageia har försett. Exempel:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309
@@ -2410,7 +2922,9 @@ msgstr "Bränn eller dumpa ISO-filen."
 msgid ""
 "The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB stick. "
 "These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able media."
-msgstr "Den markerade ISO-filen kan nu brännas eller dumpas till ett USB-minne. Det här är inte bara en enkel kopiering, utan skapar även ett boot-bart media."
+msgstr ""
+"Den markerade ISO-filen kan nu brännas eller dumpas till ett USB-minne. Det "
+"här är inte bara en enkel kopiering, utan skapar även ett boot-bart media."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316
@@ -2422,10 +2936,13 @@ msgstr "Bränn ISO-filen till en CD/DVD"
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
-msgstr "Använd vilken brännare du vill men se till att enheten är inställd på att <emphasis role=\"bold\">bränna en avbild</emphasis>, att bränna data eller filer är inkorrekt. Du hittar mer information på <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageias Wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Använd vilken brännare du vill men se till att enheten är inställd på att "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">bränna en avbild</emphasis>, att bränna data eller "
+"filer är inkorrekt. Du hittar mer information på <link ns4:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageias Wiki</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324
@@ -2437,7 +2954,9 @@ msgstr "Dumpa ISO-filen på ett USB-minne"
 msgid ""
 "All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick "
 "and use it to boot and install the system."
-msgstr "Alla ISO-filer från Mageia är hybrider vilket innebär att du kan dumpa dem på ett USB-minne och använda det för att starta och installera systemet."
+msgstr ""
+"Alla ISO-filer från Mageia är hybrider vilket innebär att du kan dumpa dem "
+"på ett USB-minne och använda det för att starta och installera systemet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:330
@@ -2445,12 +2964,17 @@ msgid ""
 "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in "
 "the partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced "
 "to the image size."
-msgstr "att dumpa en avbild på en flash-enhet förstör all de tidigare filsystem som finns på partitionen. All data förloras och partitionen kommer att minskas till avbildens storlek."
+msgstr ""
+"att dumpa en avbild på en flash-enhet förstör all de tidigare filsystem som "
+"finns på partitionen. All data förloras och partitionen kommer att minskas "
+"till avbildens storlek."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335
 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick."
-msgstr "För att återställa den ursprungliga kapaciteten måste du formatera USB-minnet."
+msgstr ""
+"För att återställa den ursprungliga kapaciteten måste du formatera USB-"
+"minnet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339
@@ -2460,92 +2984,96 @@ msgstr "Använda Mageia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
-msgstr "Du kan använda ett grafiskt verktyg som t. ex. <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan använda ett grafiskt verktyg som t. ex. <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:343
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr "Du kan även använda verktyget dd i en konsol:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr "Öppna en konsol"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
-msgstr "Bli root genom att skriva kommandot <userinput>su -</userinput> (glöm inte bort -)"
+msgstr ""
+"Bli root genom att skriva kommandot <userinput>su -</userinput> (glöm inte "
+"bort -)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
-msgstr "Anslut ditt USB-minne (montera inte det, dvs. öppna inget program eller filhanterare som läser det)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
+msgstr ""
+"Anslut ditt USB-minne (montera inte det, dvs. öppna inget program eller "
+"filhanterare som läser det)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr "Skriv kommandot <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
-msgstr "Leta upp enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne (genom dess storlek), t. ex. /dev/sdb i skärmdumpen ovan är ett USB-minne på 8GB."
+msgstr ""
+"Leta upp enhetsnamnet för ditt USB-minne (genom dess storlek), t. ex. /dev/"
+"sdb i skärmdumpen ovan är ett USB-minne på 8GB."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>dd if=sökväg/till/the/ISO-filen of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>dd if=sökväg/till/the/ISO-filen of=/dev/sdX "
+"bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
-msgstr "(x)=din enhets namn, t. ex. /dev/sdc Exempel: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"(x)=din enhets namn, t. ex. /dev/sdc Exempel: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr "Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr "Koppla från ditt USB-minne och sedan är allt klart."
@@ -2570,7 +3098,9 @@ msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>"
 msgid ""
 "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
 "Disk Imager</link>"
-msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 "
+"Disk Imager</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416
@@ -2580,32 +3110,38 @@ msgstr "Installera Mageia"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
-msgstr "Det här steget beskrivs i detalj i <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">Mageias dokumentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här steget beskrivs i detalj i <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/"
+"doc/\">Mageias dokumentation</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
-msgstr "Mer information är tillgänglig på <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageias Wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Mer information är tillgänglig på <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">Mageias Wiki</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:13
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Välj ditt land / region"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2613,14 +3149,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Välj ditt land eller region.  Det är viktigt för alla typer av inställningar, så som valutan och trådlös regulär domän. Att ställa in fel land kan leda till att en trådlös nätverksanslutning inte fungerar."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj ditt land eller region.  Det är viktigt för alla typer av "
+"inställningar, så som valutan och trådlös regulär domän. Att ställa in fel "
+"land kan leda till att en trådlös nätverksanslutning inte fungerar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Om ditt land inte finns i listan så klicka på <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-knappen och välj ditt land / region där."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Om ditt land inte finns i listan så klicka på <guilabel>Andra länder</"
+"guilabel>-knappen och välj ditt land / region där."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2629,7 +3170,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Om ditt land enbart finns i listan över <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> efter att du har klickat på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> så kan det verka som att ett land från första listan har valts. DrakX kommer att följa ditt riktiga val så ignorera detta.."
+msgstr ""
+"Om ditt land enbart finns i listan över <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> "
+"efter att du har klickat på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> så kan det verka som "
+"att ett land från första listan har valts. DrakX kommer att följa ditt "
+"riktiga val så ignorera detta.."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2640,14 +3185,24 @@ msgstr "Inmatningsmetod"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "I <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-fönstret så kan du också välja en inmatningsmetod (på botten av bistan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare att mata in flerspråkiga karaktärer (Kinesiska, Japanska, Koreanska, osv). IBus är den huvudsakliga inmatningsmetoden i Mageia's DVD:er, Afrika/Indien och Asien/icke-Indien Live CD-skivor. För Asiatiska och Afrikanska språkversioner, IBus kommer att anges som huvudsaklig inmatningsmetod så användare borde inte behöva konfigurera detta manuellt. Andra inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, osv) erbjuder också liknander funktioner och kan installeras om du la till HTTP/FTP-medier innan val av paket."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"I <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-fönstret så kan du också välja en "
+"inmatningsmetod (på botten av bistan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare "
+"att mata in flerspråkiga karaktärer (Kinesiska, Japanska, Koreanska, osv). "
+"IBus är den huvudsakliga inmatningsmetoden i Mageia's DVD:er, Afrika/Indien "
+"och Asien/icke-Indien Live CD-skivor. För Asiatiska och Afrikanska "
+"språkversioner, IBus kommer att anges som huvudsaklig inmatningsmetod så "
+"användare borde inte behöva konfigurera detta manuellt. Andra "
+"inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, osv) erbjuder också liknander "
+"funktioner och kan installeras om du la till HTTP/FTP-medier innan val av "
+"paket."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2655,7 +3210,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Om du missade att ställa in inmatningsmetoden under installationen så kan du få tillgång till det efter det att du startade ditt installerade system via \"Konfigurera din Dator\" -&gt; \"System\", eller genom att köra localedrake som root."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du missade att ställa in inmatningsmetoden under installationen så kan du "
+"få tillgång till det efter det att du startade ditt installerade system via "
+"\"Konfigurera din Dator\" -&gt; \"System\", eller genom att köra localedrake "
+"som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2665,9 +3224,11 @@ msgstr "Installation eller Uppgradering"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2678,7 +3239,9 @@ msgstr "Installera"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Välj detta alternativ för en fräsch <application>Mageia</application>-installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj detta alternativ för en fräsch <application>Mageia</application>-"
+"installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2691,7 +3254,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Om du har en eller flera <application>Mageia</application>-installationer på ditt system, kommer installationsprogrammet tillåta dig att uppgradera en av dem till den senaste utgåvan."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har en eller flera <application>Mageia</application>-installationer på "
+"ditt system, kommer installationsprogrammet tillåta dig att uppgradera en av "
+"dem till den senaste utgåvan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2699,31 +3265,48 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Endast uppgradering från en tidigare Mageia-version som <emphasis>fortfarande hade support</emphasis> när installationen släpptes har blivit ordentligt testat. Om du vill uppgradera en Mageia-version som har nått sin slutcykel när denna släpptes är det bättre att göra en ren installation, medans du bevarar din <literal>/home</literal>-partition."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Endast uppgradering från en tidigare Mageia-version som "
+"<emphasis>fortfarande hade support</emphasis> när installationen släpptes "
+"har blivit ordentligt testat. Om du vill uppgradera en Mageia-version som "
+"har nått sin slutcykel när denna släpptes är det bättre att göra en ren "
+"installation, medans du bevarar din <literal>/home</literal>-partition."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du någonstans under installationen bestämmer dig för att stoppa "
+"installationen så är det möjligt, men tänk dig för innan du gör det. När en "
+"partition väl blivit formaterad eller om uppdateringar börjat bli "
+"installerade så är din dator inte längre i samma skick, och en omstart kan "
+"lämna dig med ett oanvändbart system. Om du trots allt är absolut säker på "
+"att du vill starta om, öppna ett terminalfönster genom att hålla ner "
+"följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, "
+"tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Om du upptäckt att du glömde välja ytterligare språk kan du återvända från \"Installera eller Uppgradera\"-skärmen till språkvalssidan genom att trycka ner <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Gör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> detta senare i installationen."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du upptäckt att du glömde välja ytterligare språk kan du återvända från "
+"\"Installera eller Uppgradera\"-skärmen till språkvalssidan genom att trycka "
+"ner <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Gör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> detta "
+"senare i installationen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2735,43 +3318,62 @@ msgstr "Tangentbord"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX väljer ett passande tangentbord för ditt språk. Om inget passande tangentbord är funnet så kommer det att välja ett tangentbord med amerikansk layout."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX väljer ett passande tangentbord för ditt språk. Om inget passande "
+"tangentbord är funnet så kommer det att välja ett tangentbord med amerikansk "
+"layout."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Försäkra dig om att valet är korrekt eller välj en annan tangenbordslayout. Om du inte vet vilken layout ditt tangentbord har, kontrollera specifikationen som följde med ditt system eller kontakta en datorleverantör. Det kan även finnas en etikett på tangentbordet som talar om vilken layout det har. Du kan även ta en titt här: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Försäkra dig om att valet är korrekt eller välj en annan tangenbordslayout. "
+"Om du inte vet vilken layout ditt tangentbord har, kontrollera "
+"specifikationen som följde med ditt system eller kontakta en "
+"datorleverantör. Det kan även finnas en etikett på tangentbordet som talar "
+"om vilken layout det har. Du kan även ta en titt här: <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Om ditt tangentbord inte finns i nedanstående lista, klicka på <guibutton>Fler</guibutton> för att få en fullständig lista och välj ditt tangentbord där."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Om ditt tangentbord inte finns i nedanstående lista, klicka på "
+"<guibutton>Fler</guibutton> för att få en fullständig lista och välj ditt "
+"tangentbord där."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "Efter att ha valt ett tangentbord från dialogrutan <guibutton>Mer</guibutton>, kommer du att återgå till det första valet för tangentbord och det kommer att verka som ett tangentbord från den sidan har valts. Du kan säkert ignorera denna avvikelse och fortsätta installationen. Ditt tangentbord är det du valde i den stora listan."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att ha valt ett tangentbord från dialogrutan <guibutton>Mer</"
+"guibutton>, kommer du att återgå till det första valet för tangentbord och "
+"det kommer att verka som ett tangentbord från den sidan har valts. Du kan "
+"säkert ignorera denna avvikelse och fortsätta installationen. Ditt "
+"tangentbord är det du valde i den stora listan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2779,7 +3381,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Om du väljer ett tangentbord som baseras på icke-Latinska tecken så kommer du att se en extra dialogruta som frågar dig hur du föredrar att byta mellan Latin och icke-Latinsk tangentbordslayout"
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer ett tangentbord som baseras på icke-Latinska tecken så kommer "
+"du att se en extra dialogruta som frågar dig hur du föredrar att byta mellan "
+"Latin och icke-Latinsk tangentbordslayout"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2792,38 +3397,53 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Välj ditt föredragna språk, genom att först expandera listan över din kontinent. <application>Mageia</application> kommer att använda detta val under installationen och för ditt installerade system."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj ditt föredragna språk, genom att först expandera listan över din "
+"kontinent. <application>Mageia</application> kommer att använda detta val "
+"under installationen och för ditt installerade system."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Om det troligt att du kommer att behöva ett flertal språk installerade i ditt system, antingen för dig själv eller andra användare så borde du använda knappen för <guibutton>Fler språk</guibutton> för att lägga till dem nu. Det kommer att vara svårt att lägga till extra språkstöd efter installationen."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Om det troligt att du kommer att behöva ett flertal språk installerade i "
+"ditt system, antingen för dig själv eller andra användare så borde du "
+"använda knappen för <guibutton>Fler språk</guibutton> för att lägga till dem "
+"nu. Det kommer att vara svårt att lägga till extra språkstöd efter "
+"installationen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Även om du väljer mer än ett språk så måste du välja en av dessa som föredraget språk en den första språk-rutan. Det kommer också att bli märkt som vald i rutan för flertalet språk."
+msgstr ""
+"Även om du väljer mer än ett språk så måste du välja en av dessa som "
+"föredraget språk en den första språk-rutan. Det kommer också att bli märkt "
+"som vald i rutan för flertalet språk."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Om ditt tangetbordspråk inte är samma som ditt föredragna språk så är det rådande att också installera språket för ditt tangetbord."
+msgstr ""
+"Om ditt tangetbordspråk inte är samma som ditt föredragna språk så är det "
+"rådande att också installera språket för ditt tangetbord."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2831,141 +3451,185 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia använder UTF-8 (Unicode) stöd som standard. Detta kan inaktiveras i rutan för \"flera språk\" om du vet att det är olämpligt för ditt språk. Inaktivering av UTF-8 gäller för alla installerade språk."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia använder UTF-8 (Unicode) stöd som standard. Detta kan inaktiveras i "
+"rutan för \"flera språk\" om du vet att det är olämpligt för ditt språk. "
+"Inaktivering av UTF-8 gäller för alla installerade språk."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Du kan ändra systemets språk efter installationen via Mageia Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Ändra språk för ditt system."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan ändra systemets språk efter installationen via Mageia Control Center -"
+"&gt; System -&gt; Ändra språk för ditt system."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Välj mus"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Om du inte är nöjd med hur din mus svarar så kan du välja en annan här."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte är nöjd med hur din mus svarar så kan du välja en annan här."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Oftast så är <guilabel>Universiella</guilabel> - <guilabel>Alla PS/2 och USB-möss</guilabel> ett bra val."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Oftast så är <guilabel>Universiella</guilabel> - <guilabel>Alla PS/2 och USB-"
+"möss</guilabel> ett bra val."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Universiell</guilabel> - <guilabel>Tvinga evdev</guilabel> för att konfigurera knapparna som inte fungerar på en mus med sex eller fler knappar."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj <guilabel>Universiell</guilabel> - <guilabel>Tvinga evdev</guilabel> "
+"för att konfigurera knapparna som inte fungerar på en mus med sex eller fler "
+"knappar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Lägg till eller modifiera en post för uppstartsmenyn"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "Du kan lägga till en post eller redigera den du först väljer genom att klicka på tillhörande knapp på skrärmen för <emphasis>Konfigurering av starthanterare</emphasis> och redigera i fönstret som dyker upp ovanpå."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan lägga till en post eller redigera den du först väljer genom att "
+"klicka på tillhörande knapp på skrärmen för <emphasis>Konfigurering av "
+"starthanterare</emphasis> och redigera i fönstret som dyker upp ovanpå."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Några saker som kan göras utan risk är att ändra etiketten av en post och markera kryssrutan för att ange den som standard."
+msgstr ""
+"Några saker som kan göras utan risk är att ändra etiketten av en post och "
+"markera kryssrutan för att ange den som standard."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Du kan lägga till ett korrekt versionsnummer för en post eller döpa om det helt."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan lägga till ett korrekt versionsnummer för en post eller döpa om det "
+"helt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "Den huvudsakliga posten är det som systemet startar till om du inte gör ett val vid uppstart."
+msgstr ""
+"Den huvudsakliga posten är det som systemet startar till om du inte gör ett "
+"val vid uppstart."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Att redigera andra saker kan lämna dig med ett ej uppstartbart system. Var snäll och prova inte bara något utan att veta vad du gör."
+msgstr ""
+"Att redigera andra saker kan lämna dig med ett ej uppstartbart system. Var "
+"snäll och prova inte bara något utan att veta vad du gör."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Huvudsakliga alternativ för uppstartshanterare"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Om du föredrar andra inställningar för uppstartsladdaren för de som är automatiskt valda av installationen så kan du ändra dessa här."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du föredrar andra inställningar för uppstartsladdaren för de som är "
+"automatiskt valda av installationen så kan du ändra dessa här."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Du har kanske redan ett operativsystem på din dator, i så fall måste du välja om du vill lägga till Mageia in den existerande starthanteraren, eller tillåta Mageia att skapa en ny."
+msgstr ""
+"Du har kanske redan ett operativsystem på din dator, i så fall måste du "
+"välja om du vill lägga till Mageia in den existerande starthanteraren, eller "
+"tillåta Mageia att skapa en ny."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2984,14 +3648,19 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Som standard skriver Mageia en ny GRUB (legacy) starthanterare i MBR (Master Boot Record) på din första hårddisk. Om du redan har ett operativsystem installerat kommer Mageia att försöka lägga till detta i din nya startmeny."
+msgstr ""
+"Som standard skriver Mageia en ny GRUB (legacy) starthanterare i MBR (Master "
+"Boot Record) på din första hårddisk. Om du redan har ett operativsystem "
+"installerat kommer Mageia att försöka lägga till detta i din nya startmeny."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia erbjuder nu även GRUB2 som en valfri starthanterare tillsammans med GRUB legacy och Lilo."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia erbjuder nu även GRUB2 som en valfri starthanterare tillsammans med "
+"GRUB legacy och Lilo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -2999,14 +3668,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "Linuxsystem som använder GRUB2 starthanterare stöds i dagsläget inte av GRUB (legacy) och kommer inte att kännas igen om standard GRUB-starthanterare används."
+msgstr ""
+"Linuxsystem som använder GRUB2 starthanterare stöds i dagsläget inte av GRUB "
+"(legacy) och kommer inte att kännas igen om standard GRUB-starthanterare "
+"används."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Den bästa lösningen här är att använda GRUB2 som starthanterare, som är tillgänglig på översiktssidan under installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Den bästa lösningen här är att använda GRUB2 som starthanterare, som är "
+"tillgänglig på översiktssidan under installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3017,41 +3691,56 @@ msgstr "Använder en existerande uppstartshanterare"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Om du bestämmer dig för att använda en befintlig starthanterare måste du komma ihåg att STOPPA på översiktssidan under installationen. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> starthanterare som tillåter dig att ändra var du vill installera starthanteraren."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du bestämmer dig för att använda en befintlig starthanterare måste du "
+"komma ihåg att STOPPA på översiktssidan under installationen. Klicka på "
+"knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> starthanterare som tillåter dig "
+"att ändra var du vill installera starthanteraren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Välj inte en enhet som t. ex. \"sda\", för då skriver du över din befintliga MBR. Du måste använda root-partitionen som du valde i partitioneringsfasen tidigare, t. ex. sda7."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj inte en enhet som t. ex. \"sda\", för då skriver du över din befintliga "
+"MBR. Du måste använda root-partitionen som du valde i partitioneringsfasen "
+"tidigare, t. ex. sda7."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
-msgstr "För att klargöra, sda är en enhet, sda7 är en partition på den enheten."
+msgstr ""
+"För att klargöra, sda är en enhet, sda7 är en partition på den enheten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Gå till tty2 med Ctrl+Alt+F2 och skriv <literal>df</literal> för att kontrollera vilken din <literal>/</literal> (root) partition är. Ctrl+Alt+F7 tar dig tillbaka till installationen."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Gå till tty2 med Ctrl+Alt+F2 och skriv <literal>df</literal> för att "
+"kontrollera vilken din <literal>/</literal> (root) partition är. Ctrl+Alt+F7 "
+"tar dig tillbaka till installationen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "Den exakta proceduren för att lägga till ditt Mageia-system i en befintlig starthanterare är utanför ramen av denna hjälp. I de felsta fall innebär det att köra installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren som bör hitta och lägga till det automatiskt. Se dokumentationen för operativsystemet i fråga."
+msgstr ""
+"Den exakta proceduren för att lägga till ditt Mageia-system i en befintlig "
+"starthanterare är utanför ramen av denna hjälp. I de felsta fall innebär det "
+"att köra installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren som bör hitta och lägga "
+"till det automatiskt. Se dokumentationen för operativsystemet i fråga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3062,48 +3751,57 @@ msgstr "Avancerat alternativ för starthanteraren"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "Om du har väldigt med begränsat lagringsutrymme för <literal>/</literal> partitionen som innehåller <literal>/tmp</literal>, klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och kryssa i rutan <guilabel>Rensa /tmp vid varje start</guilabel>. Detta hjälper till att upprätthålla en viss mängd fritt utrymme."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har väldigt med begränsat lagringsutrymme för <literal>/</literal> "
+"partitionen som innehåller <literal>/tmp</literal>, klicka på "
+"<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och kryssa i rutan <guilabel>Rensa /tmp vid "
+"varje start</guilabel>. Detta hjälper till att upprätthålla en viss mängd "
+"fritt utrymme."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "Ställ in SCSI"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX brukar vanligtvis upptäcka hårddiskar på rätt sätt. Med vissa äldre SCSI-kontrollers kan den ibland inte hitta en lämplig drivrutin att använda och kan därför inte känna igen disken."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX brukar vanligtvis upptäcka hårddiskar på rätt sätt. Med vissa äldre "
+"SCSI-kontrollers kan den ibland inte hitta en lämplig drivrutin att använda "
+"och kan därför inte känna igen disken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Om detta inträffar måste du manuellt tala om för DrakX vilken SCSI-disk du har."
+msgstr ""
+"Om detta inträffar måste du manuellt tala om för DrakX vilken SCSI-disk du "
+"har."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3115,13 +3813,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX bör då kunna konfigurera disken korrekt."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Ljudkonfiguration"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3129,7 +3829,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "På denna sida visas namnet på drivrutinen som installationsprogrammet valde för ditt ljudkort, som är en standard drivrutin om vi har en sådan."
+msgstr ""
+"På denna sida visas namnet på drivrutinen som installationsprogrammet valde "
+"för ditt ljudkort, som är en standard drivrutin om vi har en sådan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3139,16 +3841,22 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Standard drivrutin bör fungera utan problem. Men om du efter installationen stöter på problem, kör <command>draksound</command> eller starta detta verktyg via MCC (Mageia Control Center) genom att välja fliken <guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> längst upp till höger på sidan."
+msgstr ""
+"Standard drivrutin bör fungera utan problem. Men om du efter installationen "
+"stöter på problem, kör <command>draksound</command> eller starta detta "
+"verktyg via MCC (Mageia Control Center) genom att välja fliken "
+"<guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> längst upp till höger på sidan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Sedan, i draksound eller \"Ljudkonfiguration\" under verktyg, klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och sedan på <guibutton>Felsökning</guibutton> för att se användbara tips och råd om hur problemet kan lösas."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Sedan, i draksound eller \"Ljudkonfiguration\" under verktyg, klicka på "
+"<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> och sedan på <guibutton>Felsökning</"
+"guibutton> för att se användbara tips och råd om hur problemet kan lösas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3161,44 +3869,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Att klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> på denna skärm under installation kan vara bra om det inte finns någon standard drivrutin och där är flera andra tillgängliga, men du tror att installationsprogrammet har valt en felaktig drivrutin."
+msgstr ""
+"Att klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> på denna skärm under "
+"installation kan vara bra om det inte finns någon standard drivrutin och där "
+"är flera andra tillgängliga, men du tror att installationsprogrammet har "
+"valt en felaktig drivrutin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "I det fallet kan du välja en annan drivrutin efter att ha klickat på <guibutton>Låt mig välja drivrutin</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"I det fallet kan du välja en annan drivrutin efter att ha klickat på "
+"<guibutton>Låt mig välja drivrutin</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Bekräfta hårddisken som ska formateras"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på ditt val."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på ditt val."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> om du är säker och vill radera alla partitioner, operativsystem och data på på den hårddisken "
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> om du är säker och vill radera alla "
+"partitioner, operativsystem och data på på den hårddisken "
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/tr.po b/docs/installer/tr.po
index 7bbd1eb9..59506842 100644
--- a/docs/installer/tr.po
+++ b/docs/installer/tr.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Atilla Öntaş <tarakbumba@gmail.com>, 2013-2014
 # Fırat Kutlu <firatkutlu@gmail.com>, 2014
@@ -12,14 +12,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-21 16:51+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Fırat Kutlu <firatkutlu@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Turkish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/tr/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Turkish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"tr/)\n"
+"Language: tr\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: tr\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -30,9 +31,11 @@ msgstr "Lisans ve Sürüm Notları"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45
@@ -42,31 +45,39 @@ msgstr "Lisans Sözleşmesi"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license"
-" terms and conditions carefully."
-msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> kurulumuna başlamadan önce lütfen lisans koşullarını dikkatle okuyun."
+"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license "
+"terms and conditions carefully."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> kurulumuna başlamadan önce lütfen lisans "
+"koşullarını dikkatle okuyun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"These terms and conditions apply to the entire "
-"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before "
-"you can continue."
-msgstr "Bu koşullar <application>Mageia</application> dağıtımının tamamına uygulanır ve devam edilmeden önce mutlaka kabul edilmelidir."
+"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</"
+"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu koşullar <application>Mageia</application> dağıtımının tamamına uygulanır "
+"ve devam edilmeden önce mutlaka kabul edilmelidir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Kabul etmek için basitçe <guilabel>Onayla</guilabel> kutucuğunu seçin ve <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Kabul etmek için basitçe <guilabel>Onayla</guilabel> kutucuğunu seçin ve "
+"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking."
-" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
-msgstr "Bu koşulları reddetmeye karar verdiyseniz, incelediğiniz için teşekkür ederiz. <guibutton>Çık</guibutton> düğmesine tıklamak bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlatacaktır."
+"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. "
+"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu koşulları reddetmeye karar verdiyseniz, incelediğiniz için teşekkür "
+"ederiz. <guibutton>Çık</guibutton> düğmesine tıklamak bilgisayarınızı "
+"yeniden başlatacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68
@@ -78,7 +89,9 @@ msgstr "Sürüm Notları"
 msgid ""
 "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "<application>Mageia</application>'nın bu sürümünde nelerin yeni olduğunu görmek için <guibutton>Sürüm Notları</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application>'nın bu sürümünde nelerin yeni olduğunu "
+"görmek için <guibutton>Sürüm Notları</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1
@@ -91,27 +104,31 @@ msgstr "tr"
 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)"
 msgstr "Veri Kaynağı Seçimi (Ek Kurulum Kaynağı Yapılandırın)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the
-#. same as for media_selection
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/
-#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-13  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
-"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-"
+"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can "
-"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The"
-" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
+"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The "
+"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection "
 "during the next steps."
-msgstr "Bu ekran önceden tanımlanmış depoların listesini verir. Paketler için, optik disk veya uzak kaynak gibi başka kaynaklar ekleyebilirsiniz. Kaynak seçimi, ilerki adımlarda hangi paketlerin erişilebilir olacağını belirleyecektir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekran önceden tanımlanmış depoların listesini verir. Paketler için, optik "
+"disk veya uzak kaynak gibi başka kaynaklar ekleyebilirsiniz. Kaynak seçimi, "
+"ilerki adımlarda hangi paketlerin erişilebilir olacağını belirleyecektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29
@@ -131,38 +148,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With "
 "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Bir yansı veya bir URL bağlantısı seçmek (ilk girdi). Bir yansı seçerek Mageia tarafından yönetilen tüm depolara, mesela Nonfree, Tainted depoları ile Updates deposuna, erişim sağlarsınız. URL bağlantısı ile ise, belirli bir depoyu veya kendi NFS kurulumunuzu belirtirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir yansı veya bir URL bağlantısı seçmek (ilk girdi). Bir yansı seçerek "
+"Mageia tarafından yönetilen tüm depolara, mesela Nonfree, Tainted depoları "
+"ile Updates deposuna, erişim sağlarsınız. URL bağlantısı ile ise, belirli "
+"bir depoyu veya kendi NFS kurulumunuzu belirtirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:4
 msgid "User and Superuser Management"
 msgstr "Kullanıcı ve Süper Kullanıcı Yönetimi"
 
-#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki,
-#. but
-#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only
-#. thing
-#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to
-#. enable or
-#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the
-#. previous
+#.  Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but
+#.        changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing 
+#.        about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or 
+#.        disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous
 #.        screen), marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't
-#. understand
-#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct?
-#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot
-#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note
+#.  barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand
+#.        "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? 
+#.  JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading  
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2013-04-26 added new note 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/addUser.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:34
@@ -174,20 +193,31 @@ msgstr "Yönetici (kök) Parolasını Ayarlayın:"
 msgid ""
 "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to "
 "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the "
-"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the"
-" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
+"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the "
+"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green "
 "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are "
 "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box "
 "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped "
 "the first password by comparing them."
-msgstr "Tüm <application>Mageia</application> kurulumları için Linux' ta <emphasis>kök parolası</emphasis> olarak bilinen bir süper kullanıcı veya yönetici parolası belirlemeniz önerilir. Üstteki kutucuğa parolayı yazmaya başladığınızda kutucuktaki kalkan rengi, parolanızın gücü oranında kırmızıdan sarıya ve yeşile döner. Yeşil kalkan güçlü bir parola kullandığınızı gösterir. İlk parola kutucuğunun altındaki kutucuğa aynı parolayı yeniden girmelisiniz. Bu sayede ilk parolanın yanlış yazılmadığı denetlenir."
+msgstr ""
+"Tüm <application>Mageia</application> kurulumları için Linux' ta "
+"<emphasis>kök parolası</emphasis> olarak bilinen bir süper kullanıcı veya "
+"yönetici parolası belirlemeniz önerilir. Üstteki kutucuğa parolayı yazmaya "
+"başladığınızda kutucuktaki kalkan rengi, parolanızın gücü oranında "
+"kırmızıdan sarıya ve yeşile döner. Yeşil kalkan güçlü bir parola "
+"kullandığınızı gösterir. İlk parola kutucuğunun altındaki kutucuğa aynı "
+"parolayı yeniden girmelisiniz. Bu sayede ilk parolanın yanlış yazılmadığı "
+"denetlenir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters "
 "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password."
-msgstr "Tüm parolalar büyük-küçük harfe duyarlıdır. Harflerin (büyük harf ve küçük harf), rakamların ve diğer karakterlerin bir parolada karışık kullanılması en iyisidir."
+msgstr ""
+"Tüm parolalar büyük-küçük harfe duyarlıdır. Harflerin (büyük harf ve küçük "
+"harf), rakamların ve diğer karakterlerin bir parolada karışık kullanılması "
+"en iyisidir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/addUser.xml:56
@@ -200,29 +230,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but "
 "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and "
 "anything else the average user does with his computer"
-msgstr "Buraya bir kullanıcı ekleyin. Bir kullanıcı, süper kullanıcıdan (kök) daha az yetkiye sahiptir; ancak internette gezinmeye, ofis uygulamalarını kullanmaya veya oyunları oynamaya ve ortalama bir kullanıcının bilgisayarında yaptığı diğer her şeyi  yapmaya yetkisi olur"
+msgstr ""
+"Buraya bir kullanıcı ekleyin. Bir kullanıcı, süper kullanıcıdan (kök) daha "
+"az yetkiye sahiptir; ancak internette gezinmeye, ofis uygulamalarını "
+"kullanmaya veya oyunları oynamaya ve ortalama bir kullanıcının "
+"bilgisayarında yaptığı diğer her şeyi  yapmaya yetkisi olur"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the "
 "users icon."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Simge</guibutton>: bu düğmeye tıklarsanız kullanıcının simgesini değiştirebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Simge</guibutton>: bu düğmeye tıklarsanız kullanıcının simgesini "
+"değiştirebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text "
 "box."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Gerçek Ad</guilabel>: Kullanıcının gerçek adını bu metin kutusuna girin."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Gerçek Ad</guilabel>: Kullanıcının gerçek adını bu metin kutusuna "
+"girin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let "
-"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case"
-" sensitive.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Giriş Adı</guilabel>: Burada kullanıcının giriş adını belirleyebilir veya drakx' in kullanıcının gerçek adının bir benzerini kullanmasına izin verebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Giriş adı büyük-küçük harfe duyarlıdır.</emphasis>"
+"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case "
+"sensitive.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Giriş Adı</guilabel>: Burada kullanıcının giriş adını "
+"belirleyebilir veya drakx' in kullanıcının gerçek adının bir benzerini "
+"kullanmasına izin verebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Giriş adı büyük-küçük harfe "
+"duyarlıdır.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:81
@@ -230,22 +272,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user "
 "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the "
 "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Şifre</guilabel>: Bu metin kutusuna kullanıcı parolası yazın. Metin kutusunun sonunda şifre gücünü gösteren bir kalkan vardır. (Ayrıca bkz: <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Şifre</guilabel>: Bu metin kutusuna kullanıcı parolası yazın. "
+"Metin kutusunun sonunda şifre gücünü gösteren bir kalkan vardır. (Ayrıca "
+"bkz: <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:87
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this "
-"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user"
-" password text boxes."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Parola (yeniden)</guilabel>: Kullanıcı parolasını bu metin kutusuna yeniden yazın ki drakx her bir kullanıcı parolası metin kutusunda aynı parolanın bulunduğunu denetleyebilsin."
+"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user "
+"password text boxes."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Parola (yeniden)</guilabel>: Kullanıcı parolasını bu metin "
+"kutusuna yeniden yazın ki drakx her bir kullanıcı parolası metin kutusunda "
+"aynı parolanın bulunduğunu denetleyebilsin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:94
 msgid ""
 "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but "
 "write protected) home directory."
-msgstr "Mageia' yı kurarken eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için herkes tarafından okunabilen (ancak yazılamayan) bir ev dizini oluşturulur."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia' yı kurarken eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için herkes tarafından "
+"okunabilen (ancak yazılamayan) bir ev dizini oluşturulur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:97
@@ -253,14 +303,20 @@ msgid ""
 "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - "
 "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that "
 "is both read and write protected."
-msgstr "Ancak, yeni kurulumunuzu kullanırken, <emphasis>MDM - Sistem - Sistemdeki Kullanıcıları Ayarlayın</emphasis> ile eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için hem okuma hem de yazma korumalı bir ev dizini oluşturulur."
+msgstr ""
+"Ancak, yeni kurulumunuzu kullanırken, <emphasis>MDM - Sistem - Sistemdeki "
+"Kullanıcıları Ayarlayın</emphasis> ile eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için hem "
+"okuma hem de yazma korumalı bir ev dizini oluşturulur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:101
 msgid ""
 "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised "
 "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot."
-msgstr "Herkesin okuyabileceği bir ev dizini istemiyorsanız şu anda geçici bir kullanıcı eklemeniz ve gerçek kullanıcıyı bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlattıktan sonra eklemeniz önerilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Herkesin okuyabileceği bir ev dizini istemiyorsanız şu anda geçici bir "
+"kullanıcı eklemeniz ve gerçek kullanıcıyı bilgisayarınızı yeniden "
+"başlattıktan sonra eklemeniz önerilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:105
@@ -268,7 +324,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all "
 "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step "
 "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Herkes tarafından okunabilen ev dizinleri tercihiniz ise diğer tüm kullanıcıları kurulum sırasında <emphasis>Yapılandırma - Özet</emphasis> adımında ekleyebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Kullanıcı yönetimi</emphasis>ni seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"Herkes tarafından okunabilen ev dizinleri tercihiniz ise diğer tüm "
+"kullanıcıları kurulum sırasında <emphasis>Yapılandırma - Özet</emphasis> "
+"adımında ekleyebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Kullanıcı yönetimi</emphasis>ni seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:109
@@ -286,7 +345,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a "
 "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. "
 "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account."
-msgstr "Eğer <guibutton>gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi tıklanmışsa eklemekte olduğunuz kullanıcı için ayarları değiştirebilmenizi sağlayan bir ekran önerilir. Ek olarak, konuk hesabını devre dışı bırakabilir veya etkinleştirebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer <guibutton>gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi tıklanmışsa eklemekte olduğunuz "
+"kullanıcı için ayarları değiştirebilmenizi sağlayan bir ekran önerilir. Ek "
+"olarak, konuk hesabını devre dışı bırakabilir veya etkinleştirebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:124
@@ -294,7 +356,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account "
 "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out.  The guest "
 "should save his important files to a USB key."
-msgstr "Öntanımlı bir <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> konuk hesabına sahip bir konuğun kendi /home dizinine kaydettiği her şey oturumunu kapattığında silinir.   Konuk önemli dosyalarını bir USB belleğe kaydetmelidir."
+msgstr ""
+"Öntanımlı bir <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> konuk hesabına sahip bir konuğun "
+"kendi /home dizinine kaydettiği her şey oturumunu kapattığında silinir.   "
+"Konuk önemli dosyalarını bir USB belleğe kaydetmelidir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:131
@@ -302,7 +367,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a "
 "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, "
 "but he has more restricted access than normal users."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Konuk hesabını etkinleştir</guilabel>: Burada bir konuk hesabını etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz. Konuk hesabı, bir konuğunuzun bilgisayarda oturum açmasını ve kullanmasını sağlar; ancak normal kullanıcılardan çok daha sınırlı erişim verir."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Konuk hesabını etkinleştir</guilabel>: Burada bir konuk hesabını "
+"etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz. Konuk hesabı, bir "
+"konuğunuzun bilgisayarda oturum açmasını ve kullanmasını sağlar; ancak "
+"normal kullanıcılardan çok daha sınırlı erişim verir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:138
@@ -310,7 +379,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the "
 "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are "
 "Bash, Dash and Sh"
-msgstr "<guilabel>Kabuk</guilabel>: Bu açılır liste, bir önceki ekranda eklediğiniz kullanıcının kabuğunu değiştirmenizi sağlar. Seçenekler Bash, Dash ve Sh' dir."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Kabuk</guilabel>: Bu açılır liste, bir önceki ekranda eklediğiniz "
+"kullanıcının kabuğunu değiştirmenizi sağlar. Seçenekler Bash, Dash ve Sh' "
+"dir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:144
@@ -318,42 +390,48 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you "
 "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number.  Leave it blank unless "
 "you know what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Kullanıcı Kimliği</guilabel>: Burada, bir önceki ekranda eklediğiniz kullanıcının kullanıcı kimliğini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Bu bir rakamdır.   Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız boş bırakın."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Kullanıcı Kimliği</guilabel>: Burada, bir önceki ekranda "
+"eklediğiniz kullanıcının kullanıcı kimliğini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Bu bir "
+"rakamdır.   Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız boş bırakın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/addUser.xml:150
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID.  Also a "
-"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know"
-" what you are doing."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Grup Kimliği</guilabel>:  Bu, grup kimliğini ayarlamanızı sağlar. Genellikle kullanıcınınki ile aynı olan bir rakamdır. Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız boş bırakın."
+"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know "
+"what you are doing."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Grup Kimliği</guilabel>:  Bu, grup kimliğini ayarlamanızı sağlar. "
+"Genellikle kullanıcınınki ile aynı olan bir rakamdır. Ne yaptığınızı "
+"biliyorsanız boş bırakın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11
 msgid "Choose the mount points"
 msgstr "Bağlama noktasını seçin"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back
-#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409
-#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least
-#. ONE"
-#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;)
-#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes
-#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the
-#. Americans
-#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I
-#. removed it
-#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-))
-#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 28 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back 
+#.  removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 
+#.  barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE"
+#.        with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) 
+#.  Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes 
+#.  Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans
+#.        write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it
+#.  And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) 
+#.  2012-04-19  Language proofreading done 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33
@@ -361,46 +439,63 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If "
 "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you "
 "can change the mount points."
-msgstr "Burada bilgisayarınızda bulunan sabit disk bölümlerini görebilirsiniz. <application>DrakX</application> önerilerini kullanmak istemiyorsanız bağlama noktalarını değiştirebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada bilgisayarınızda bulunan sabit disk bölümlerini görebilirsiniz. "
+"<application>DrakX</application> önerilerini kullanmak istemiyorsanız "
+"bağlama noktalarını değiştirebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> "
 "(root) partition."
-msgstr "Bir şeyi değiştirirseniz, <literal>/</literal> (kök) disk bölümünüzün olduğundan emin olun."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir şeyi değiştirirseniz, <literal>/</literal> (kök) disk bölümünüzün "
+"olduğundan emin olun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount "
-"point\", \"Type\")."
-msgstr "Her disk bölümü şöyle görüntülenir: \"Aygıt\" (\"Boyut\", \"Bağlama noktası\", \"Türü\")."
+"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point"
+"\", \"Type\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Her disk bölümü şöyle görüntülenir: \"Aygıt\" (\"Boyut\", \"Bağlama noktası"
+"\", \"Türü\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], "
 "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
-msgstr "\"Aygıt\", şunları ifade eder: \"sabit disk\", [\"sabit disk numarası\" (harf)] , \"disk bölümü numarası\" (mesela, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Aygıt\", şunları ifade eder: \"sabit disk\", [\"sabit disk numarası"
+"\" (harf)] , \"disk bölümü numarası\" (mesela, \"sda5\")."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from"
-" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
+"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from "
+"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> "
 "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for "
 "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store "
-"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the "
-"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install."
-msgstr "Bir çok disk bölümünüz varsa, açılır menüden bir çok farklı bağlama noktasını seçebilirsiniz, mesela <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> ve <literal>/var</literal>. Üstelik kendi disk bölümlerinizi de oluşturabilirsiniz. Mesela, filmlerinizi sakladığınız bir disk bölümü için <literal>/video</literal> veya cauldron kurulumunuzun <literal>/home</literal> disk bölümü için <literal>/cauldron-home</literal>."
+"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</"
+"literal> partition of a cauldron install."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir çok disk bölümünüz varsa, açılır menüden bir çok farklı bağlama "
+"noktasını seçebilirsiniz, mesela <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</"
+"literal> ve <literal>/var</literal>. Üstelik kendi disk bölümlerinizi de "
+"oluşturabilirsiniz. Mesela, filmlerinizi sakladığınız bir disk bölümü için "
+"<literal>/video</literal> veya cauldron kurulumunuzun <literal>/home</"
+"literal> disk bölümü için <literal>/cauldron-home</literal>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount "
 "point field blank."
-msgstr "Erişim sağlamaya gereksinim duymadığınız disk bölümleri için bağlama noktası alanını boş bırakabilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Erişim sağlamaya gereksinim duymadığınız disk bölümleri için bağlama noktası "
+"alanını boş bırakabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71
@@ -408,15 +503,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, "
 "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen "
 "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size."
-msgstr "Neyi seçeceğinizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesini seçebilir ve sonra <guilabel>Özel Disk Bölümlendirme</guilabel> seçeneğini işaretleyebilirsiniz. Sonraki ekranda bir disk bölümüne tıklayarak türünü ve boyutunu görebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Neyi seçeceğinizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesini "
+"seçebilir ve sonra <guilabel>Özel Disk Bölümlendirme</guilabel> seçeneğini "
+"işaretleyebilirsiniz. Sonraki ekranda bir disk bölümüne tıklayarak türünü ve "
+"boyutunu görebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the "
-"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more."
-msgstr "Bağlama noktalarının doğru olduğundan eminseniz <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayabilir ve DrakX tarafından önerilen disk bölümlerini biçimlendirmeyi veya daha fazlasını yapmayı seçebilirsiniz."
+"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) "
+"DrakX suggests, or more."
+msgstr ""
+"Bağlama noktalarının doğru olduğundan eminseniz <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> "
+"düğmesine tıklayabilir ve DrakX tarafından önerilen disk bölümlerini "
+"biçimlendirmeyi veya daha fazlasını yapmayı seçebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5
@@ -426,9 +528,11 @@ msgstr "Masaüstü Seçimi"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine"
-" tune your choice."
-msgstr "Buradaki seçiminize dayalı olarak seçtiğinizi ayarlamak için başka ekranlar önerilebilir."
+"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine "
+"tune your choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Buradaki seçiminize dayalı olarak seçtiğinizi ayarlamak için başka ekranlar "
+"önerilebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13
@@ -436,14 +540,18 @@ msgid ""
 "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package "
 "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the "
 "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button"
-msgstr "Seçim adımlarından sonra paket kurulumu sırasında bir sunum göreceksiniz. Sunumu <guilabel>Ayrıntılar</guilabel> düğmesine tıklayarak kapatabilirsiniz"
+msgstr ""
+"Seçim adımlarından sonra paket kurulumu sırasında bir sunum göreceksiniz. "
+"Sunumu <guilabel>Ayrıntılar</guilabel> düğmesine tıklayarak kapatabilirsiniz"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26
@@ -455,21 +563,30 @@ msgid ""
 "default software choices for these desktop environments. The "
 "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, "
 "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default."
-msgstr "Masaüstü ortamlarından <application>KDE</application> mi yoksa <application>Gnome</application> masaüstü mü kullanmak istediğinizi seçin. Her ikisi de faydalı uygulama ve araçların tam seti ile gelir. Hiçbirini kullanmak istemiyor veya her ikisini de kullanmak istiyor ya da bu masaüstü ortamları için öntanımlı olanlardan farklı yazılımlar kullanmak istiyorsanız <guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini işaretleyin. <application>LXDE</application> masaüstü bunların ikisinden de hafif olup öntanımlı olarak daha az paket kurulumu ve daha az göze hoş gelici özellikler içerir."
+msgstr ""
+"Masaüstü ortamlarından <application>KDE</application> mi yoksa "
+"<application>Gnome</application> masaüstü mü kullanmak istediğinizi seçin. "
+"Her ikisi de faydalı uygulama ve araçların tam seti ile gelir. Hiçbirini "
+"kullanmak istemiyor veya her ikisini de kullanmak istiyor ya da bu masaüstü "
+"ortamları için öntanımlı olanlardan farklı yazılımlar kullanmak istiyorsanız "
+"<guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini işaretleyin. <application>LXDE</"
+"application> masaüstü bunların ikisinden de hafif olup öntanımlı olarak daha "
+"az paket kurulumu ve daha az göze hoş gelici özellikler içerir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4
 msgid "Package Group Selection"
 msgstr "Paket Grubu Seçimi"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16
@@ -478,7 +595,11 @@ msgid ""
 "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however "
 "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which "
 "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them."
-msgstr "Paketler, sisteminiz için gereksinim duyduklarınızı daha kolay seçebilmeniz için gruplar halinde sıralanmıştır. Gruplar bir parça açıklayıcıdır ancak her biri hakkında daha fazla bilgi fare üzerine getirildiğinde ipucu olarak görüntülenebilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketler, sisteminiz için gereksinim duyduklarınızı daha kolay seçebilmeniz "
+"için gruplar halinde sıralanmıştır. Gruplar bir parça açıklayıcıdır ancak "
+"her biri hakkında daha fazla bilgi fare üzerine getirildiğinde ipucu olarak "
+"görüntülenebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23
@@ -500,74 +621,90 @@ msgstr "Grafiksel Ortam."
 msgid ""
 "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or "
 "remove packages."
-msgstr "Tek tek paket seçimi: El ile ekleme veya paket kaldırmak için bu seçeneği kullanabilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Tek tek paket seçimi: El ile ekleme veya paket kaldırmak için bu seçeneği "
+"kullanabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do"
-" a minimal install."
-msgstr "En ufak kurulumu nasıl yapacağınıza dair yönergeler için <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> yardımını okuyun."
+"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do "
+"a minimal install."
+msgstr ""
+"En ufak kurulumu nasıl yapacağınıza dair yönergeler için <xref linkend="
+"\"minimal-install\"></xref> yardımını okuyun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4
 msgid "Choose Individual Packages"
 msgstr "Paketleri Tek Tek Seçin"
 
-#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a
-#. new page
+#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your "
-"installation."
-msgstr "Kurulumunuzu kişiselleştirmek için burada, tüm ek paketleri kurabilir veya kaldırabilirsiniz."
+"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulumunuzu kişiselleştirmek için burada, tüm ek paketleri kurabilir veya "
+"kaldırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy "
-"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages "
-"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the "
-"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install "
-"and choosing to load it."
-msgstr "Seçiminizi yaptıktan sonra, paket seçiminizi (bir USB belleğe de olabilir) kaydetmek için sayfanın en altındaki <guibutton>disket simgesine</guibutton> tıklayabilirsiniz. Bu dosyayı kurulum esnasında aynı düğmeye tıklayarak ve yüklemeyi seçerek, aynı paketleri bir başka bilgisayarda da kurabilirsiniz."
+"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</"
+"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving "
+"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same "
+"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and "
+"choosing to load it."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçiminizi yaptıktan sonra, paket seçiminizi (bir USB belleğe de olabilir) "
+"kaydetmek için sayfanın en altındaki <guibutton>disket simgesine</guibutton> "
+"tıklayabilirsiniz. Bu dosyayı kurulum esnasında aynı düğmeye tıklayarak ve "
+"yüklemeyi seçerek, aynı paketleri bir başka bilgisayarda da kurabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Services"
 msgstr "Hizmetleri Yapılandırma"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your "
-"system."
-msgstr "Burada sisteminizi başlattığınızda hangi hizmetlerin başlatıl(may)acağını ayarlayabilirsiniz."
+"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada sisteminizi başlattığınızda hangi hizmetlerin başlatıl(may)acağını "
+"ayarlayabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and"
-" see all services in it."
-msgstr "Dört grup vardır. Bir grubun önündeki ok işaretine tıklayarak grup içindeki hizmetleri görüntüleyebilirsiniz."
+"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and "
+"see all services in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Dört grup vardır. Bir grubun önündeki ok işaretine tıklayarak grup içindeki "
+"hizmetleri görüntüleyebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:34
@@ -579,48 +716,61 @@ msgstr "DrakX tarafından seçilen ayarlar genellikle en iyi ayarlardır."
 msgid ""
 "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info "
 "box below."
-msgstr "Bir hizmeti vurgularsanız, o hizmet hakkındaki bilgi alttaki kutuda görüntülenir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir hizmeti vurgularsanız, o hizmet hakkındaki bilgi alttaki kutuda "
+"görüntülenir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureServices.xml:41
 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing."
-msgstr "Ne yaptığınızı çok ama çok iyi bir şekilde biliyorsanız burada bir şeyleri değiştirin."
+msgstr ""
+"Ne yaptığınızı çok ama çok iyi bir şekilde biliyorsanız burada bir şeyleri "
+"değiştirin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12
 msgid "Configure your Timezone"
 msgstr "Zaman Dilimini Yapılandırma"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC."
+"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the"
-" same time zone."
-msgstr "Zaman diliminizi ülkenizi veya aynı zaman  diliminde olup da size yakın bulunan bir şehri seçerek belirleyin."
+"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the "
+"same time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Zaman diliminizi ülkenizi veya aynı zaman  diliminde olup da size yakın "
+"bulunan bir şehri seçerek belirleyin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to"
-" GMT, also known as UTC."
-msgstr "Sonraki ekranda donanım saatinizi yerel zamana veya UTC olarak da bilinen GMT zamanına göre ayarlayın."
+"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to "
+"GMT, also known as UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Sonraki ekranda donanım saatinizi yerel zamana veya UTC olarak da bilinen "
+"GMT zamanına göre ayarlayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they "
 "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT."
-msgstr "Bilgisayarınızda birden fazla işletim sistemi bulunuyorsa, tümünün yerel zamana veya tümünün UTC/GMT zamanına ayarlı olduğundan emin olun."
+msgstr ""
+"Bilgisayarınızda birden fazla işletim sistemi bulunuyorsa, tümünün yerel "
+"zamana veya tümünün UTC/GMT zamanına ayarlı olduğundan emin olun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11
@@ -630,24 +780,31 @@ msgstr "Bir X Sunucusu Seçme (Ekran Kartını Yapılandırma)"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually "
 "correctly identify your video device."
-msgstr "DrakX ekran kartlarının oldukça gelişmiş karşılaştırma bir veritabanına sahip olup genellikle ekran kartınızı doğru olarak tanımlar."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX ekran kartlarının oldukça gelişmiş karşılaştırma bir veritabanına "
+"sahip olup genellikle ekran kartınızı doğru olarak tanımlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know "
 "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:"
-msgstr "Kurulum aracı ekran kartınızı doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve kartınızın hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, kartınızı ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum aracı ekran kartınızı doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve kartınızın "
+"hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, kartınızı ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69
@@ -670,7 +827,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in "
 "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the "
 "Xorg category"
-msgstr "Üretici listelerinde kartınızı (henüz veritabanına girmediği veya çok eski bir kart olduğu için) bulamıyorsanız uygun bir sürücüyü Xorg kategorisinde bulmanız mümkündür"
+msgstr ""
+"Üretici listelerinde kartınızı (henüz veritabanına girmediği veya çok eski "
+"bir kart olduğu için) bulamıyorsanız uygun bir sürücüyü Xorg kategorisinde "
+"bulmanız mümkündür"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43
@@ -678,14 +838,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card "
 "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the "
 "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities."
-msgstr "Xorg listeleme, 40'tan fazla genel ve açık kaynak ekran kartı sürücüleri sağlar. Kartınız için adlandırılmış bir sürücü hala bulamıyorsanız, temel yetenekleri sağlayan vesa sürücü kullanma seçeneğiniz mevcuttur."
+msgstr ""
+"Xorg listeleme, 40'tan fazla genel ve açık kaynak ekran kartı sürücüleri "
+"sağlar. Kartınız için adlandırılmış bir sürücü hala bulamıyorsanız, temel "
+"yetenekleri sağlayan vesa sürücü kullanma seçeneğiniz mevcuttur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access "
 "to the Commandline Interface."
-msgstr "Uyumsuz sürücü seçerseniz yalnızca komut satırı arabirimine erişebileceğinizi unutmayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Uyumsuz sürücü seçerseniz yalnızca komut satırı arabirimine "
+"erişebileceğinizi unutmayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51
@@ -693,30 +858,36 @@ msgid ""
 "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which "
 "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from "
 "the card manufacturers' websites."
-msgstr "Bazı ekran kartı üreticileri, sadece Nonfree depolarında bulunabilen ve bazı durumlarda da sadece üreticinin web sitesinden edinilebilen müseccel sürücüler sunabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bazı ekran kartı üreticileri, sadece Nonfree depolarında bulunabilen ve bazı "
+"durumlarda da sadece üreticinin web sitesinden edinilebilen müseccel "
+"sürücüler sunabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them.  If "
 "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot."
-msgstr "Nonfree deposu ayrı olarak elle etkinleştirilmelidir. Önceden bu depoyu seçmediyseniz ilk yeniden başlatamadan sonra seçmelisiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Nonfree deposu ayrı olarak elle etkinleştirilmelidir. Önceden bu depoyu "
+"seçmediyseniz ilk yeniden başlatamadan sonra seçmelisiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4
 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration"
 msgstr "Ekran Kartı ve Monitör Yapılandırma"
 
-#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX"
-#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename
-#. for this page
+#.  Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
-"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png"
+"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18
@@ -725,19 +896,30 @@ msgid ""
 "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are "
 "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window "
 "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for "
-"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or"
-" any other graphical environment to work well, the following "
-"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct "
-"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a "
-"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect."
-msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> kurulumu sırasında hangi grafiksel ortamı (ayrıca masaüstü ortamı olarak bilinirler) seçtiğiniz fark etmeksizin, bunların tümü <acronym>X Pencere Sistemi</acronym> olarak veya basitçe <acronym>X</acronym> olarak bilinen bir grafiksel kullanıcı arayüzü sistemine dayanırlar. Yani, <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> veya herhangi başka bir grafiksel ortamın düzgün çalışabilmesi için <acronym>X</acronym> ayarlarının doğru yapılması gerekir. <application>DrakX</application> bir seçim yapamıyorsa veya seçimin yanlış olduğunu düşünüyorsanız doğru ayarları seçin."
+"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or "
+"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</"
+"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can "
+"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you "
+"think the choice is incorrect."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> kurulumu sırasında hangi grafiksel ortamı "
+"(ayrıca masaüstü ortamı olarak bilinirler) seçtiğiniz fark etmeksizin, "
+"bunların tümü <acronym>X Pencere Sistemi</acronym> olarak veya basitçe "
+"<acronym>X</acronym> olarak bilinen bir grafiksel kullanıcı arayüzü "
+"sistemine dayanırlar. Yani, <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</"
+"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> veya herhangi başka bir grafiksel ortamın "
+"düzgün çalışabilmesi için <acronym>X</acronym> ayarlarının doğru yapılması "
+"gerekir. <application>DrakX</application> bir seçim yapamıyorsa veya seçimin "
+"yanlış olduğunu düşünüyorsanız doğru ayarları seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card "
 "from the list if needed."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Ekran kartı</guibutton></emphasis>: Gerek duyarsanız listeden kartınızı seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Ekran kartı</guibutton></emphasis>: Gerek duyarsanız "
+"listeden kartınızı seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37
@@ -747,7 +929,12 @@ msgid ""
 "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. "
 "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the "
 "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitör</guibutton></emphasis>: Mümkünse <guilabel>Tak ve Kullan</guilabel> seçebilir veya  <guilabel>Üretici</guilabel> ya da <guilabel>Genel</guilabel> listesinden monitörünüzü seçebilirsiniz. Monitörünüz için yatay ve dikey tazeleme oranlarını elle ayarlamak için <guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitör</guibutton></emphasis>: Mümkünse <guilabel>Tak "
+"ve Kullan</guilabel> seçebilir veya  <guilabel>Üretici</guilabel> ya da "
+"<guilabel>Genel</guilabel> listesinden monitörünüzü seçebilirsiniz. "
+"Monitörünüz için yatay ve dikey tazeleme oranlarını elle ayarlamak için "
+"<guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45
@@ -759,7 +946,9 @@ msgstr "Yanlış tazeleme oranları monitörünüze zarar verebilir"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired "
 "resolution and color depth of your monitor here."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Çözünürlük</guibutton></emphasis>: Arzu ettiğiniz çözünürlüğü ve renk derinliğini buradan seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Çözünürlük</guibutton></emphasis>: Arzu ettiğiniz "
+"çözünürlüğü ve renk derinliğini buradan seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56
@@ -767,19 +956,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not "
 "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your "
 "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your "
-"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept."
-" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be"
-" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
-"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't "
-"available</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Dene</guibutton></emphasis>: Deneme düğmesi kurulum esnasında her zaman görüntülenmez. Düğme görüntüleniyorsa, ayarlarınızı bu düğmeye tıklayarak deneyebilirsiniz. Ayarlarınızın doğru olup olmadığını soran bir soru kutusu görüyorsanız \"evet\" cevabını vererek ayarların kaydedilmesini sağlayabilirsiniz. Herhangi bir şey görmüyorsanız yapılandırma ekranına geri yönlendirilirsiniz ve denemeniz başarılı oluncaya kadar her şeyi yeniden ayarlayabilirsiniz. <emphasis>Düğme görüntülenmiyorsa ayarlarınızın güvenli tarafta olduğundan emin olun</emphasis>"
+"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. "
+"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be "
+"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure "
+"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Dene</guibutton></emphasis>: Deneme düğmesi kurulum "
+"esnasında her zaman görüntülenmez. Düğme görüntüleniyorsa, ayarlarınızı bu "
+"düğmeye tıklayarak deneyebilirsiniz. Ayarlarınızın doğru olup olmadığını "
+"soran bir soru kutusu görüyorsanız \"evet\" cevabını vererek ayarların "
+"kaydedilmesini sağlayabilirsiniz. Herhangi bir şey görmüyorsanız "
+"yapılandırma ekranına geri yönlendirilirsiniz ve denemeniz başarılı oluncaya "
+"kadar her şeyi yeniden ayarlayabilirsiniz. <emphasis>Düğme görüntülenmiyorsa "
+"ayarlarınızın güvenli tarafta olduğundan emin olun</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to "
 "enable or disable various options."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Seçenekler</guibutton></emphasis>: Buradan bir çok seçeneği etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Seçenekler</guibutton></emphasis>: Buradan bir çok "
+"seçeneği etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18
@@ -791,7 +990,9 @@ msgstr "Monitör Seçmek"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually "
 "correctly identify yours."
-msgstr "DrakX monitörlerin oldukça gelişmiş karşılaştırma bir veritabanına sahip olup genellikle monitörünüzü doğru olarak tanımlar."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX monitörlerin oldukça gelişmiş karşılaştırma bir veritabanına sahip "
+"olup genellikle monitörünüzü doğru olarak tanımlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26
@@ -800,15 +1001,22 @@ msgid ""
 "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing "
 "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor "
 "documentation"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Farklı niteliklere sahip bir monitörü seçmek monitörünüze veya ekran kartınıza zarar verebilir. Ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız bir şeyler yapmaya çalışmayın.</emphasis> Kararsız kaldığınız takdirde monitörünüzle gelen kılavuza bakın"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Farklı niteliklere sahip bir monitörü seçmek monitörünüze veya "
+"ekran kartınıza zarar verebilir. Ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız bir şeyler "
+"yapmaya çalışmayın.</emphasis> Kararsız kaldığınız takdirde monitörünüzle "
+"gelen kılavuza bakın"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor."
+"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42
@@ -819,10 +1027,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Kişisel</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh "
-"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the"
-" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are"
-" displayed."
-msgstr "Bu seçenek iki kritik parametreyi ayarlamanızı sağlar, dikey tazeleme oranı ve yatay tazeleme oranı. Dikey tazeleme oranı ekranın hangi sıklıkta tazeleneceğini belirler ve yatay ekran aralığı, hangi tarama hatlarının hangi oranda görüntüleneceğini belirler."
+"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the "
+"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu seçenek iki kritik parametreyi ayarlamanızı sağlar, dikey tazeleme oranı "
+"ve yatay tazeleme oranı. Dikey tazeleme oranı ekranın hangi sıklıkta "
+"tazeleneceğini belirler ve yatay ekran aralığı, hangi tarama hatlarının "
+"hangi oranda görüntüleneceğini belirler."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49
@@ -831,7 +1043,11 @@ msgid ""
 "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you "
 "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and "
 "consult your monitor documentation."
-msgstr "Monitörünüzün kapasitesinin ötesinde bir monitör türü ve ekran aralığı belirlememeniz <emphasis>ÇOK ÖNEMLİDİR</emphasis>: monitörünüze zarar verebilirsiniz. Kararsız kalırsanız, ortalama bir ayar seçin ve monitörünüzün kılavuzuna bakın."
+msgstr ""
+"Monitörünüzün kapasitesinin ötesinde bir monitör türü ve ekran aralığı "
+"belirlememeniz <emphasis>ÇOK ÖNEMLİDİR</emphasis>: monitörünüze zarar "
+"verebilirsiniz. Kararsız kalırsanız, ortalama bir ayar seçin ve "
+"monitörünüzün kılavuzuna bakın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55
@@ -843,7 +1059,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Tak ve Kullan</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the "
 "monitor database."
-msgstr "Öntanımlı seçenek budur. Monitör veritabanından monitör türünü bulmaya çalışır."
+msgstr ""
+"Öntanımlı seçenek budur. Monitör veritabanından monitör türünü bulmaya "
+"çalışır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63
@@ -855,7 +1073,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Üretici</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which "
 "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:"
-msgstr "Kurulum aracı monitörünüzü doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve monitörünüzün hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, monitörünüzü ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum aracı monitörünüzü doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve monitörünüzün "
+"hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, monitörünüzü ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73
@@ -876,11 +1096,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Genel</emphasis>"
 #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as "
-"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is"
-" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card "
-"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once "
-"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
-msgstr "bu grubu seçmek, 1024x768@60Hz gibi yaklaşık 30 görüntü yapılandırması görüntüler ve dizüstü bilgisayarlarda kullanılanlar gibi Flat panel görüntülerini de içerir. Ekran kartınız kendiliğinden tanımlanamadığı için Vesa ekran kartı sürücüsü kullanmanız gerekiyorsa bu seçenek genellikle iyi bir monitör seçimi grubudur. Yine, seçimlerinizde ortalama değerleri seçmek akıllıca olur."
+"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is "
+"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver "
+"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it "
+"may be wise to be conservative in your selections."
+msgstr ""
+"bu grubu seçmek, 1024x768@60Hz gibi yaklaşık 30 görüntü yapılandırması "
+"görüntüler ve dizüstü bilgisayarlarda kullanılanlar gibi Flat panel "
+"görüntülerini de içerir. Ekran kartınız kendiliğinden tanımlanamadığı için "
+"Vesa ekran kartı sürücüsü kullanmanız gerekiyorsa bu seçenek genellikle iyi "
+"bir monitör seçimi grubudur. Yine, seçimlerinizde ortalama değerleri seçmek "
+"akıllıca olur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:19
@@ -890,47 +1116,64 @@ msgstr "DiskDrake ile kişisel disk bölümlendirme"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" "
-"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you "
-"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The"
-" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
+"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The "
+"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be "
 "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable."
-msgstr "<literal>/</literal> disk bölümünüzde şifreleme kullanmak isterseniz ayrı bir <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüzün mevcut olduğundan emin olmalısınız. <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüz için şifreleme seçeneği işaretli OLMAMALIDIR; yoksa sisteminiz açılmayacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>/</literal> disk bölümünüzde şifreleme kullanmak isterseniz ayrı "
+"bir <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüzün mevcut olduğundan emin "
+"olmalısınız. <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüz için şifreleme seçeneği "
+"işaretli OLMAMALIDIR; yoksa sisteminiz açılmayacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions,"
-" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
+"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, "
+"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what "
 "is in them before you start."
-msgstr "Disk yerleşim düzenini burada ayarlayın. Disk bölümleri oluşturabilir veya kaldırabilir, bir disk bölümünün dosya sistemini veya boyutunu değiştirebilir ve hatta başlamadan önce içinde neler olduğunu görüntüleyebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Disk yerleşim düzenini burada ayarlayın. Disk bölümleri oluşturabilir veya "
+"kaldırabilir, bir disk bölümünün dosya sistemini veya boyutunu "
+"değiştirebilir ve hatta başlamadan önce içinde neler olduğunu "
+"görüntüleyebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an"
-" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
-msgstr "Algılanan her sabit disk veya USB bellek gibi diğer depolama aygıtı için bir sekme bulunur. Üç tane varsa sda, sdb ve sdc gibi."
+"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an "
+"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them."
+msgstr ""
+"Algılanan her sabit disk veya USB bellek gibi diğer depolama aygıtı için bir "
+"sekme bulunur. Üç tane varsa sda, sdb ve sdc gibi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected"
-" storage device"
-msgstr "Seçili depolama aygıtındaki tüm bölümler silmek için <guibutton>Tümünü Temizle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın"
+"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected "
+"storage device"
+msgstr ""
+"Seçili depolama aygıtındaki tüm bölümler silmek için <guibutton>Tümünü "
+"Temizle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, "
 "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it."
-msgstr "Diğer eylemler için: öncelikle arzu ettiğiniz disk bölümüne tıklayın. Sonra onu görüntüleyin veya bir dosya sistemi ve bağlama noktası seçin, yeniden boyutlandırın veya silin."
+msgstr ""
+"Diğer eylemler için: öncelikle arzu ettiğiniz disk bölümüne tıklayın. Sonra "
+"onu görüntüleyin veya bir dosya sistemi ve bağlama noktası seçin, yeniden "
+"boyutlandırın veya silin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake.xml:49
@@ -953,21 +1196,28 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the "
 "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install "
 "<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Bu ekranda sabit disklerinizin içeriğini görebilir ve DrakX bölümlendirme sihirbazının <application>Mageia</application>'nın nereye kurulacağına dair bulduğu çözümlere ulaşabilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekranda sabit disklerinizin içeriğini görebilir ve DrakX bölümlendirme "
+"sihirbazının <application>Mageia</application>'nın nereye kurulacağına dair "
+"bulduğu çözümlere ulaşabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your "
 "particular hard drive(s) layout and content."
-msgstr "Aşağıdaki listeden kullanılabilen seçenekler, belirli sabit disklerinizin bölümlendirme düzeni ve içeriğine bağlı olarak değişecektir."
+msgstr ""
+"Aşağıdaki listeden kullanılabilen seçenekler, belirli sabit disklerinizin "
+"bölümlendirme düzeni ve içeriğine bağlı olarak değişecektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45
@@ -979,7 +1229,9 @@ msgstr "Mevcut Disk Bölümü Kullanılsın"
 msgid ""
 "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have "
 "been found and may be used for the installation."
-msgstr "Bu seçenek erişilebilir durumdaysa Linux uyumlu önceden mevcut olan disk bölümleri bulunmuştur ve yükleme için kullanılabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu seçenek erişilebilir durumdaysa Linux uyumlu önceden mevcut olan disk "
+"bölümleri bulunmuştur ve yükleme için kullanılabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54
@@ -989,9 +1241,11 @@ msgstr "Boş Alan Kullanılsın"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for"
-" your new Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Sabit diskinizde kullanılmayan boş alan varsa, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için bu seçenek o alanı kullanacaktır."
+"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for "
+"your new Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Sabit diskinizde kullanılmayan boş alan varsa, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için "
+"bu seçenek o alanı kullanacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62
@@ -1001,9 +1255,11 @@ msgstr "Windows Bölümündeki Boş Alan Kullanılsın"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65
 msgid ""
-"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may"
-" offer to use it."
-msgstr "Mevcut bir Windows bölümünde kullanılmayan alan varsa, kurulum aracı bunu kullanmayı önerebilir."
+"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may "
+"offer to use it."
+msgstr ""
+"Mevcut bir Windows bölümünde kullanılmayan alan varsa, kurulum aracı bunu "
+"kullanmayı önerebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69
@@ -1011,7 +1267,9 @@ msgid ""
 "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, "
 "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all "
 "important files!"
-msgstr "Bu, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için boş alan açmakta faydalı olabilir; ancak riskli bir işlem olduğundan önemli tüm dosyalarınızı yedeklemelisiniz!"
+msgstr ""
+"Bu, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için boş alan açmakta faydalı olabilir; ancak "
+"riskli bir işlem olduğundan önemli tüm dosyalarınızı yedeklemelisiniz!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74
@@ -1022,7 +1280,12 @@ msgid ""
 "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been "
 "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to "
 "back up your personal files."
-msgstr "Bu işlemin Windows bölümünün boyutunu azaltacağını unutmayın. Disk bölümü \"temiz\" olmalıdır; yani son kullanımında Windows düzgün şekilde kapatılmış olmalıdır. Bölümdeki tüm dosyaların kullanılacak alanın dışına taşındığına dair garanti sunmazsa da ayrıca mutlaka disk birleştirme yapılmalıdır. Kişisel dosyalarınızı yedeklemeniz önerilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu işlemin Windows bölümünün boyutunu azaltacağını unutmayın. Disk bölümü "
+"\"temiz\" olmalıdır; yani son kullanımında Windows düzgün şekilde kapatılmış "
+"olmalıdır. Bölümdeki tüm dosyaların kullanılacak alanın dışına taşındığına "
+"dair garanti sunmazsa da ayrıca mutlaka disk birleştirme yapılmalıdır. "
+"Kişisel dosyalarınızı yedeklemeniz önerilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84
@@ -1037,7 +1300,9 @@ msgstr "Bu seçenek tüm sabit diski Mageia için kullanacaktır."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90
 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!"
-msgstr "Önemli! Bu işlem seçilen sabit diskteki BÜTÜN veriyi silecektir. Dikkatli olun!"
+msgstr ""
+"Önemli! Bu işlem seçilen sabit diskteki BÜTÜN veriyi silecektir. Dikkatli "
+"olun!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93
@@ -1045,7 +1310,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already "
 "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use "
 "this option."
-msgstr "Sabit diskin bir kısmını başka bir şey için kullanmak niyetindeyseniz veya disk üzerinde kaybetmeye henüz hazır olmadığınız verileriniz varsa bu seçeneği kullanmayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Sabit diskin bir kısmını başka bir şey için kullanmak niyetindeyseniz veya "
+"disk üzerinde kaybetmeye henüz hazır olmadığınız verileriniz varsa bu "
+"seçeneği kullanmayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100
@@ -1055,9 +1323,11 @@ msgstr "Özel"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your"
-" hard drive(s)."
-msgstr "Bu seçenek kurulumu sabit diskleriniz üzerinde yerleştirmenizde size tam denetim sunar."
+"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your "
+"hard drive(s)."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu seçenek kurulumu sabit diskleriniz üzerinde yerleştirmenizde size tam "
+"denetim sunar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109
@@ -1066,10 +1336,17 @@ msgid ""
 "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available "
 "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested "
 "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 "
-"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning"
-" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
+"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning "
+"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following "
 "settings:"
-msgstr "Bazı yeni sabit diskler eski standart olan 512 bayt mantıksal sektör yerine 4096 bayt mantıksal sektör kullanmaktadır. Erişilebilir donanım eksikliği nedeniyle kurulumda kullanılan bölümlendirme aracı bu tür bir sabit disk üzerinde denenmemiştir. Ayrıca bazı ssd diskler 1 MB üzerinde silme blok boyutu kullanmaktadır. Böyle bir sabit diskiniz varsa, gparted gibi farklı bir bölümlendirme aracı kullanarak diskinizi önceden bölümlendirmenizi öneririz. Şu ayarları kullanın: "
+msgstr ""
+"Bazı yeni sabit diskler eski standart olan 512 bayt mantıksal sektör yerine "
+"4096 bayt mantıksal sektör kullanmaktadır. Erişilebilir donanım eksikliği "
+"nedeniyle kurulumda kullanılan bölümlendirme aracı bu tür bir sabit disk "
+"üzerinde denenmemiştir. Ayrıca bazı ssd diskler 1 MB üzerinde silme blok "
+"boyutu kullanmaktadır. Böyle bir sabit diskiniz varsa, gparted gibi farklı "
+"bir bölümlendirme aracı kullanarak diskinizi önceden bölümlendirmenizi "
+"öneririz. Şu ayarları kullanın: "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117
@@ -1085,7 +1362,9 @@ msgstr "\"Önündeki boş alan (MiB):\" \"2\""
 #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121
 msgid ""
 "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes."
-msgstr "Ayrıca tüm bölümlerin çift sayılı megabaytlar ile oluşturulduğundan emin olun."
+msgstr ""
+"Ayrıca tüm bölümlerin çift sayılı megabaytlar ile oluşturulduğundan emin "
+"olun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3
@@ -1102,8 +1381,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>"
 msgid "February 2014"
 msgstr "Şubat 2014"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
+#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29
 msgid "Mageia 4"
 msgstr "Mageia 4"
@@ -1126,10 +1404,13 @@ msgstr "<note>"
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7
 msgid ""
-"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which"
-" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
 "while installing."
-msgstr "Bu el kitabındaki kurulum aracı ekranlarının tümünü hiç kimse görmeyecektir. Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki seçimlerinize bağlıdır."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu el kitabındaki kurulum aracı ekranlarının tümünü hiç kimse görmeyecektir. "
+"Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki seçimlerinize "
+"bağlıdır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10
@@ -1140,64 +1421,84 @@ msgstr "</note>"
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile "
+"lisanslanmıştır <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
 "sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile lisanslanmıştır <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Bu el kitabı, <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link> tarafından geliştirilen <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> yardımıyla hazırlanmıştır."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu el kitabı, <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link> "
+"tarafından geliştirilen <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco "
+"CMS</link> yardımıyla hazırlanmıştır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Gönüllüler tarafından boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu el kitabının geliştirilmesine yardımcı olmak istiyorsanız lütfen <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Ekibi</link> ile irtibat kurun."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Gönüllüler tarafından boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu el kitabının "
+"geliştirilmesine yardımcı olmak istiyorsanız lütfen <link ns6:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Ekibi</link> ile "
+"irtibat kurun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:4
 msgid "Congratulations"
 msgstr "Tebrikler"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED!
-#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text 
 #.  same day, added "s" to "sytems"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You have finished installing and configuring "
-"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the "
-"installation medium and reboot your computer."
-msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> kurulumunu ve yapılandırmasını bitirdiniz. Şimdi güvenle kurulum ortamını çıkartarak bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</"
+"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot "
+"your computer."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> kurulumunu ve yapılandırmasını bitirdiniz. "
+"Şimdi güvenle kurulum ortamını çıkartarak bilgisayarınızı yeniden "
+"başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating"
-" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
-msgstr "Yeniden başlatmadan sonra, önyükleme ekranında, bilgisayarınızdaki (birden fazla varsa) işletim sistemleri arasında seçim yapabilirsiniz."
+"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating "
+"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)."
+msgstr ""
+"Yeniden başlatmadan sonra, önyükleme ekranında, bilgisayarınızdaki (birden "
+"fazla varsa) işletim sistemleri arasında seçim yapabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install "
 "will be automatically selected and started."
-msgstr "Önyükleyici ayarlarını yapmadıysanız, Mageia kurulumunuz kendiliğinden seçilecek ve başlatılacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"Önyükleyici ayarlarını yapmadıysanız, Mageia kurulumunuz kendiliğinden "
+"seçilecek ve başlatılacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/exitInstall.xml:31
@@ -1209,43 +1510,54 @@ msgstr "Tadını çıkarın!"
 msgid ""
 "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to "
 "Mageia"
-msgstr "Herhangi bir sorunuz varsa veya Mageia' ya katkıda bulunmak istiyorsanız www.mageia.org adresini ziyaret edin"
+msgstr ""
+"Herhangi bir sorunuz varsa veya Mageia' ya katkıda bulunmak istiyorsanız www."
+"mageia.org adresini ziyaret edin"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4
 msgid "Formatting"
 msgstr "Biçimlendirme"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 29 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\""
-" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> "
-"</imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </"
+"imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on "
 "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved."
-msgstr "Burada hangi disk bölüm(ler)ini biçimlendirmek istediğinizi seçebilirsiniz. Biçimlendirme için <emphasis>seçilmemiş</emphasis> tüm bölümlerdeki veri korunacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada hangi disk bölüm(ler)ini biçimlendirmek istediğinizi seçebilirsiniz. "
+"Biçimlendirme için <emphasis>seçilmemiş</emphasis> tüm bölümlerdeki veri "
+"korunacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29
 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted"
-msgstr "Genellikle, DrakX tarafından seçilen bölümlerin biçimlendirilmesi gerekir"
+msgstr ""
+"Genellikle, DrakX tarafından seçilen bölümlerin biçimlendirilmesi gerekir"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to "
 "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>hatalı bloklar</emphasis> için sınanmasını istediğiniz bölümleri seçmek için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>hatalı bloklar</emphasis> için sınanmasını istediğiniz bölümleri "
+"seçmek için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37
@@ -1254,14 +1566,21 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> "
 "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen.  "
 "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions."
-msgstr "Doğru seçimi yaptığınızdan emin değilseniz, <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> ve yine <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayabilir ve sonra <guibutton>Kişisel</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak ana ekranı geri getirebilirsiniz.  Bu ekranda disk bölümlerinizde neyin olduğunu görüntülemeyi seçebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Doğru seçimi yaptığınızdan emin değilseniz, <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> ve "
+"yine <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayabilir ve sonra "
+"<guibutton>Kişisel</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak ana ekranı geri "
+"getirebilirsiniz.  Bu ekranda disk bölümlerinizde neyin olduğunu "
+"görüntülemeyi seçebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"When you are confident about the selection, click on "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue."
-msgstr "Seçimi hakkında emin olduğunuzda devam etmek için <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesini tıklayın."
+"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçimi hakkında emin olduğunuzda devam etmek için <guibutton>İleri</"
+"guibutton> düğmesini tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:17
@@ -1274,14 +1593,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia "
 "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as "
 "possible."
-msgstr "İster GNU/Linux ile yeni tanışan isterse deneyimli bir kullanıcı olun, Mageia kurulum aracı kurulumu veya yükseltmeyi mümkün olan en kolay şekilde yapmanıza yardımcı olmak için tasarlanmıştır."
+msgstr ""
+"İster GNU/Linux ile yeni tanışan isterse deneyimli bir kullanıcı olun, "
+"Mageia kurulum aracı kurulumu veya yükseltmeyi mümkün olan en kolay şekilde "
+"yapmanıza yardımcı olmak için tasarlanmıştır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will "
 "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need."
-msgstr "İlk menü ekranı bir çok seçeneğe sahiptir; fakat öntanımlı olan, normalde tüm ihtiyacınızı karşılayacak, kurulum aracını başlatacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"İlk menü ekranı bir çok seçeneğe sahiptir; fakat öntanımlı olan, normalde "
+"tüm ihtiyacınızı karşılayacak, kurulum aracını başlatacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:34
@@ -1296,15 +1620,18 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:37
 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:"
-msgstr "Burada bir Mageia DVDsi kullanılırken öntanımlı karşılama ekranı bulunmaktadır:"
+msgstr ""
+"Burada bir Mageia DVDsi kullanılırken öntanımlı karşılama ekranı "
+"bulunmaktadır:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><figure>
 #: en/installer.xml:39
@@ -1322,12 +1649,16 @@ msgstr "İlk ekranda bazı kişisel seçenekler ayarlanabilir:"
 msgid ""
 "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen "
 "language for the system) by pressing the key F2"
-msgstr "F2 tuşuna basarak (sadece kurulumda görüntülenecek olan ve sonradan bir başkasının sistem için ayarlanabileceği) dili seçebilirsiniz"
+msgstr ""
+"F2 tuşuna basarak (sadece kurulumda görüntülenecek olan ve sonradan bir "
+"başkasının sistem için ayarlanabileceği) dili seçebilirsiniz"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:57
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:62
@@ -1338,15 +1669,20 @@ msgstr "Ok tuşlarını kullanarak dili seçin ve Enter tuşuna basın."
 #: en/installer.xml:65
 msgid ""
 "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. "
-"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue "
-"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware "
-"Detection Tool</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Mesela burada, bir ÇalışanCD/DVD kullanımındaki Fransızca karşılama ekranı bulunmaktadır. ÇalışanCD/DVD menüsünün şunlar önermeyeceğini unutmayın: <guilabel>Sistemi Kurtar</guilabel>, <guilabel>Bellek Sınaması</guilabel> ve <guilabel>Donanım Algılama Aracı</guilabel>."
+"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection "
+"Tool</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Mesela burada, bir ÇalışanCD/DVD kullanımındaki Fransızca karşılama ekranı "
+"bulunmaktadır. ÇalışanCD/DVD menüsünün şunlar önermeyeceğini unutmayın: "
+"<guilabel>Sistemi Kurtar</guilabel>, <guilabel>Bellek Sınaması</guilabel> ve "
+"<guilabel>Donanım Algılama Aracı</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:73
 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:82
@@ -1355,8 +1691,10 @@ msgstr "F3 tuşuna basarak ekran çözünürlüğünü değiştirin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:85
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:92
@@ -1369,7 +1707,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one "
 "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called "
 "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:"
-msgstr "Kurulum başarısız olursa, ek seçeneklerden birini kullanarak yeniden denemeniz gerekebilir. F6 tuşu ile çağrılan menü <guilabel>Önyükleme seçenekleri</guilabel> adlı yeni bir satır görüntüler ve dört girdi önerir:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum başarısız olursa, ek seçeneklerden birini kullanarak yeniden "
+"denemeniz gerekebilir. F6 tuşu ile çağrılan menü <guilabel>Önyükleme "
+"seçenekleri</guilabel> adlı yeni bir satır görüntüler ve dört girdi önerir:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:99
@@ -1381,28 +1722,37 @@ msgstr "- Öntanımlı, öntanımlı seçeneklerden hiçbirinde değişiklik yap
 msgid ""
 "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of "
 "performances."
-msgstr "- Güvenli Ayarlar, verimliliğin azalmasını önlemek için daha güvenli seçeneklere öncelik verilir."
+msgstr ""
+"- Güvenli Ayarlar, verimliliğin azalmasını önlemek için daha güvenli "
+"seçeneklere öncelik verilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management "
 "isn't taken into account."
-msgstr "- ACPI (Gelişmiş Yapılandırma ve Güç Arabirimi) Yok, güç yönetimi hesaba alınmaz."
+msgstr ""
+"- ACPI (Gelişmiş Yapılandırma ve Güç Arabirimi) Yok, güç yönetimi hesaba "
+"alınmaz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:108
 msgid ""
 "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is "
 "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for."
-msgstr "- Yerel APIC (Yerel Gelişmiş Programlanabilir Kesme Denetleyicisi) Yok, bu seçenek işlemci kesmeleri ile ilgili olup sizden istendiğinde seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"- Yerel APIC (Yerel Gelişmiş Programlanabilir Kesme Denetleyicisi) Yok, bu "
+"seçenek işlemci kesmeleri ile ilgili olup sizden istendiğinde seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options "
 "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line."
-msgstr "Bu girdilerden birini seçerseniz, seçtiğiniz girdi <guilabel>Önyükleme Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenen öntanımlı seçenekleri değiştirir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu girdilerden birini seçerseniz, seçtiğiniz girdi <guilabel>Önyükleme "
+"Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenen öntanımlı seçenekleri "
+"değiştirir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:116
@@ -1410,12 +1760,17 @@ msgid ""
 "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the "
 "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, "
 "however, they are really taken into account."
-msgstr "Bazı Mageia yayımlarında, F6 ile seçilen girdiler <guilabel>Önyükleme Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenmeyebilir; ancak aslında uygulanmaktadırlar."
+msgstr ""
+"Bazı Mageia yayımlarında, F6 ile seçilen girdiler <guilabel>Önyükleme "
+"Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenmeyebilir; ancak aslında "
+"uygulanmaktadırlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:123
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:130
@@ -1428,12 +1783,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with "
 "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to "
 "go back to the welcome screen."
-msgstr "F1 tuşuna basarak daha fazla seçeneğe ulaşabilirsiniz. Bunlardan birini ok tuşları ile seçin ve Enter tuşuna basarak daha fazla bilgiye ulaşın veya Esc tuşuna basarak karşılama ekranına dönün."
+msgstr ""
+"F1 tuşuna basarak daha fazla seçeneğe ulaşabilirsiniz. Bunlardan birini ok "
+"tuşları ile seçin ve Enter tuşuna basarak daha fazla bilgiye ulaşın veya Esc "
+"tuşuna basarak karşılama ekranına dönün."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:139
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:146
@@ -1442,12 +1802,18 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. "
 "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> "
 "line."
-msgstr "Açılış resmi ile ilgili ayrıntılı görünüm. Esc tuşuna basarak veya <guilabel>Önyükleme Seçeneklerine Dön</guilabel> seçimi ile seçenekler listesine dönün. Bu seçenekler <guilabel>Önyükleme seçenekleri</guilabel> satırına elle eklenebilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Açılış resmi ile ilgili ayrıntılı görünüm. Esc tuşuna basarak veya "
+"<guilabel>Önyükleme Seçeneklerine Dön</guilabel> seçimi ile seçenekler "
+"listesine dönün. Bu seçenekler <guilabel>Önyükleme seçenekleri</guilabel> "
+"satırına elle eklenebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:152
-msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:160
@@ -1459,17 +1825,22 @@ msgstr "Yardım, F2 tuşu ile seçilen dile çevrilmiştir."
 msgid ""
 "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based "
 "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):"
-msgstr "Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsi (Boot.iso veya Boot-Nonfree.iso imajları) kullanılırken görüntülenen öntanımlı karşılama ekranı budur:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsi (Boot.iso veya Boot-Nonfree.iso imajları) "
+"kullanılırken görüntülenen öntanımlı karşılama ekranı budur:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:169
 msgid ""
 "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are "
 "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-"
-"based Installation CD, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia "
-"Wiki</link>"
-msgstr "Dilin değiştirilmesine izin vermez, erişilebilir seçenekler ekranda tanımlanmıştır. Bir Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsini kullanmak hakkında daha fazla bilgi için <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>sine bakın"
+"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Dilin değiştirilmesine izin vermez, erişilebilir seçenekler ekranda "
+"tanımlanmıştır. Bir Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsini kullanmak hakkında "
+"daha fazla bilgi için <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot."
+"iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>sine bakın"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:175
@@ -1479,9 +1850,11 @@ msgstr "Klavye düzeni Amerikan düzenidir."
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installer.xml:179
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:186
@@ -1491,24 +1864,29 @@ msgstr "Kurulum adımları"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed"
-" on the side panel of the screen."
-msgstr "Kurulum işlemi, ekranın yanındaki panelden takip edilebilen bir kaç adıma bölünmüştür."
+"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed "
+"on the side panel of the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum işlemi, ekranın yanındaki panelden takip edilebilen bir kaç adıma "
+"bölünmüştür."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:192
 msgid ""
-"Each step has one or more screens which may also have "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, "
-"options."
-msgstr "Her adım, az gerek duyulan seçenekler için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesini içerebilen bir veya bir kaç ekrana sahiptir."
+"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options."
+msgstr ""
+"Her adım, az gerek duyulan seçenekler için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> "
+"düğmesini içerebilen bir veya bir kaç ekrana sahiptir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:196
 msgid ""
 "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further "
 "explanations about the current step."
-msgstr "Çoğu ekran, geçerli adım için açıklamalar içeren <guibutton>Yardım</guibutton> düğmesine sahiptir."
+msgstr ""
+"Çoğu ekran, geçerli adım için açıklamalar içeren <guibutton>Yardım</"
+"guibutton> düğmesine sahiptir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:200
@@ -1518,10 +1896,19 @@ msgid ""
 "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your "
 "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well "
 "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure "
-"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys"
-" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
+"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys "
+"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press "
 "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> tuşlarına aynı anda basın."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden "
+"başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk "
+"bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, "
+"bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi "
+"kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen "
+"bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</"
+"guibutton> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan "
+"sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> "
+"tuşlarına aynı anda basın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:215
@@ -1533,25 +1920,31 @@ msgstr "Kurulum Sorunları ve Muhtemel Çözümleri"
 msgid "No Graphical Interface"
 msgstr "Grafiksel Arabirim Yok"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. "
 "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low "
 "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt."
-msgstr "İlk ekrandan sonra dil seçimi ekranına erişemediniz. Bu durum bazı ekran kartlarında ve eski sistemlerde ortaya çıkabilir. Komut satırında <code>vgalo</code> yazarak düşük çözünürlük kullanmayı deneyin."
+msgstr ""
+"İlk ekrandan sonra dil seçimi ekranına erişemediniz. Bu durum bazı ekran "
+"kartlarında ve eski sistemlerde ortaya çıkabilir. Komut satırında "
+"<code>vgalo</code> yazarak düşük çözünürlük kullanmayı deneyin."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/installer.xml:233
 msgid ""
 "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. "
 "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit "
 "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be "
-"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit"
-" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
-msgstr "Donanım çok eskiyse, grafiksel bir kurulum mümkün olmayabilir. Bu durumda metin tabanlı kurulumu denemelisiniz. Bunu kullanmak için, ilk karşılama ekranında ESC tuşuna basın ve ENTER tuşuna basarak eylemi onaylayın. \"boot:\" kelimesini içeren siyah bir ekranla karşılaşacaksınız. \"text\" yazın ve ENTER tuşuna basın. Şimdi kuruluma metin kipinde devam edin."
+"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit "
+"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Donanım çok eskiyse, grafiksel bir kurulum mümkün olmayabilir. Bu durumda "
+"metin tabanlı kurulumu denemelisiniz. Bunu kullanmak için, ilk karşılama "
+"ekranında ESC tuşuna basın ve ENTER tuşuna basarak eylemi onaylayın. \"boot:"
+"\" kelimesini içeren siyah bir ekranla karşılaşacaksınız. \"text\" yazın ve "
+"ENTER tuşuna basın. Şimdi kuruluma metin kipinde devam edin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:245
@@ -1566,7 +1959,12 @@ msgid ""
 "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type "
 "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with "
 "other options as necessary."
-msgstr "Kurulum sırasında sistem donmuş ise donanım algılaması işleminde bir sorundan kaynaklanabilir. Bu durumda donanımın kendiliğinden algılanması işlemi atlanabilir ve sonraya bırakılabilir. Bunu denemek için komut satırında <code>noauto</code> yazın. Bu seçenek gerekli olduğunda diğer seçeneklerle birlikte kullanılabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum sırasında sistem donmuş ise donanım algılaması işleminde bir "
+"sorundan kaynaklanabilir. Bu durumda donanımın kendiliğinden algılanması "
+"işlemi atlanabilir ve sonraya bırakılabilir. Bunu denemek için komut "
+"satırında <code>noauto</code> yazın. Bu seçenek gerekli olduğunda diğer "
+"seçeneklerle birlikte kullanılabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:257
@@ -1578,9 +1976,13 @@ msgstr "RAM sorunu"
 msgid ""
 "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the "
 "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the "
-"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. "
-"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
-msgstr "Bunlara nadir gereksinim olur; ama bazı durumlarda donanım erişilebilir RAM' İ yanlış bildirebilir. Bunu elle ayarlamak için <code>mem=xxxM</code> parametresini kullanabilirsiniz. Buradaki xxx RAM' in doğru boyutunu ifade etmelidir. Mesela <code>mem=256M</code> 256MB RAM' i ifade eder."
+"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e."
+"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Bunlara nadir gereksinim olur; ama bazı durumlarda donanım erişilebilir RAM' "
+"İ yanlış bildirebilir. Bunu elle ayarlamak için <code>mem=xxxM</code> "
+"parametresini kullanabilirsiniz. Buradaki xxx RAM' in doğru boyutunu ifade "
+"etmelidir. Mesela <code>mem=256M</code> 256MB RAM' i ifade eder."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title>
 #: en/installer.xml:269
@@ -1593,9 +1995,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format "
 "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia "
 "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-"
-"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx"
+"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1603,29 +2004,29 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Updates"
 msgstr "Güncellemeler"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
-#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
-#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"
-#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
-#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore
-#. correct html filename
-#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 03 30 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename
+#.  marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some "
 "packages will have been updated or improved."
-msgstr "<application>Mageia</application>nın bu sürümü yayımlandığından beri bazı paketler güncellenmiş veya geliştirilmiş olabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Mageia</application>nın bu sürümü yayımlandığından beri bazı "
+"paketler güncellenmiş veya geliştirilmiş olabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:23
@@ -1633,7 +2034,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, "
 "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you "
 "aren't connected to the Internet"
-msgstr "Bunları indirmek ve kurmak için <guilabel>evet</guilabel>' i; bunu yapmak istemiyorsanız veya İnternet' e bağlı değilseniz <guilabel>hayır</guilabel>' ı seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"Bunları indirmek ve kurmak için <guilabel>evet</guilabel>' i; bunu yapmak "
+"istemiyorsanız veya İnternet' e bağlı değilseniz <guilabel>hayır</guilabel>' "
+"ı seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/installUpdates.xml:28
@@ -1645,55 +2049,71 @@ msgstr "Sonra devam etmek için <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine basın
 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)"
 msgstr "Veri Kaynağı Seçimi (Nonfree)"
 
-#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the
-#. same as for add_supplemental_media)
-#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell
-#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html
-#. filename was wrong)
+#.  papoteur 2013-04-11  - created 
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)
+#.  marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell 
+#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id"
-"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png"
+"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:18
 msgid ""
 "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are "
-"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories"
-" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
+"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories "
+"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during "
 "the next steps."
-msgstr "Burada mevcut depoların listesi vardır. Kurulum için kullandığınız veri kaynağına göre bütün depolar erişilebilir değildir. Depo seçimi, ilerleyen adımlarda hangi paketleri seçebileceğinizi belirler."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada mevcut depoların listesi vardır. Kurulum için kullandığınız veri "
+"kaynağına göre bütün depolar erişilebilir değildir. Depo seçimi, ilerleyen "
+"adımlarda hangi paketleri seçebileceğinizi belirler."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains "
 "the base of the distribution."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Core</emphasis> deposu devre dışı bırakılamaz; çünkü dağıtımın temel paketlerini içerir."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Core</emphasis> deposu devre dışı bırakılamaz; çünkü dağıtımın "
+"temel paketlerini içerir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-"
-"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source"
-" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
+"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source "
+"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes "
 "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi "
 "cards, etc."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> deposu, ücretsiz edinilebilen paketleri içerir. Mageia bunları sunabilir fakat (Nonfree isminden de anlaşılabileceği gibi) kapalı kaynak kodlu yazılımları içerir. Örneğin bu depo nVidia ve ATI ekran kartlarının müseccel sürücülerini, birçok kablosuz kart v.b. için donanım yazılımlarını içerir."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> deposu, ücretsiz edinilebilen paketleri içerir. "
+"Mageia bunları sunabilir fakat (Nonfree isminden de anlaşılabileceği gibi) "
+"kapalı kaynak kodlu yazılımları içerir. Örneğin bu depo nVidia ve ATI ekran "
+"kartlarının müseccel sürücülerini, birçok kablosuz kart v.b. için donanım "
+"yazılımlarını içerir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/media_selection.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under"
-" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository "
-"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g."
-" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed"
-" to play commercial video DVD, etc."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> deposu, özgür yazılım altında yayımlanmış paketleri içerir. Bu depoya paketlerin konulmasındaki temel ölçüt, bunların bazı ülkelerdeki patentler ve fikri hakları koruyan yasalarla çelişmesidir. Mesela bir çok ses/video dosyasını oynatmak için gerekli çoklu ortam kod çözücüleri, ticari video DVD oynatmak için gerekli paketler v.b."
+"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under "
+"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is "
+"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. "
+"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed "
+"to play commercial video DVD, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> deposu, özgür yazılım altında yayımlanmış "
+"paketleri içerir. Bu depoya paketlerin konulmasındaki temel ölçüt, bunların "
+"bazı ülkelerdeki patentler ve fikri hakları koruyan yasalarla çelişmesidir. "
+"Mesela bir çok ses/video dosyasını oynatmak için gerekli çoklu ortam kod "
+"çözücüleri, ticari video DVD oynatmak için gerekli paketler v.b."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:3
@@ -1704,9 +2124,11 @@ msgstr "En Ufak Kurulum"
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:9
 msgid ""
 "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the "
-"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Paket Grubu Seçimi ekranında, her şeyin seçimini kaldırarak En Ufak Kurulum yapmayı seçebilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>"
+"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></"
+"xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Paket Grubu Seçimi ekranında, her şeyin seçimini kaldırarak En Ufak Kurulum "
+"yapmayı seçebilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:10
@@ -1715,14 +2137,20 @@ msgid ""
 "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised "
 "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package "
 "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
-msgstr "En Ufak Kurulum, <application>Mageia</application>'yı bir sunucu veya özelleştirilmiş iş istasyonu gibi belirli bir amaç için kullanmak isteyenler için gereklidir. Bu seçeneği Elle Paket Seçimi ile birleştirerek kullanabilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"En Ufak Kurulum, <application>Mageia</application>'yı bir sunucu veya "
+"özelleştirilmiş iş istasyonu gibi belirli bir amaç için kullanmak isteyenler "
+"için gereklidir. Bu seçeneği Elle Paket Seçimi ile birleştirerek "
+"kullanabilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer "
 "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X."
-msgstr "Bu kurulum sınıfını seçerseniz ilgili ekran, belgelendirme ve X gibi bir kaç yararlı ek kurmayı önerecektir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu kurulum sınıfını seçerseniz ilgili ekran, belgelendirme ve X gibi bir kaç "
+"yararlı ek kurmayı önerecektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/minimal-install.xml:19
@@ -1730,34 +2158,37 @@ msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
 "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
 "</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:3
 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters"
 msgstr "Çeşitli parametrelerin özeti"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31
-#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED!
-#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :(
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots
+#.  Started by marja on 2012 03 31 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! 
+#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots 
 #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages
-#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and
-#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph
-#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph
-#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc.
-#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by
-#. linkend="setupBootloader"
-#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry,
-#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and 
+#.       the drakxid-miscellaneous section 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph 
+#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph 
+#.  2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. 
+#.  2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" 
+#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:38
@@ -1766,7 +2197,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the "
 "settings here and change them if you want after pressing "
 "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>."
-msgstr "DrakX algıladığı donanıma ve yaptığınız seçimlere bağlı olarak sisteminizin yapılandırması için en uygun seçimleri yaptı. Ayarları burada denetleyebilir ve isterseniz <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak değiştirebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX algıladığı donanıma ve yaptığınız seçimlere bağlı olarak sisteminizin "
+"yapılandırması için en uygun seçimleri yaptı. Ayarları burada denetleyebilir "
+"ve isterseniz <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak "
+"değiştirebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:45
@@ -1782,9 +2217,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zaman Dilimi</guilabel>"
 #: en/misc-params.xml:52
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. "
-"You can change it if needed. See also <xref "
-"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
-msgstr "DrakX tercih ettiğiniz dile bağlı olarak bir zaman dilimi seçti. Gerekirse bunu değiştirebilirsiniz. Ayrıca bakınız: <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
+"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/"
+">"
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX tercih ettiğiniz dile bağlı olarak bir zaman dilimi seçti. Gerekirse "
+"bunu değiştirebilirsiniz. Ayrıca bakınız: <xref linkend="
+"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:58
@@ -1796,7 +2234,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ülke / Bölge</guilabel>"
 msgid ""
 "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you "
 "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
-msgstr "Seçilen ülkede yaşamıyorsanız, bu ayarı düzeltmeniz çok önemlidir. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Seçilen ülkede yaşamıyorsanız, bu ayarı düzeltmeniz çok önemlidir. Bkz: "
+"<xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:67
@@ -1812,7 +2252,9 @@ msgstr "DrakX önyükleyici ayarı için iyi seçimler yaptı."
 #: en/misc-params.xml:72
 msgid ""
 "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo"
-msgstr "Grub ve/veya Lilo' yu nasıl yapılandıracağınızı bilmiyorsanız hiç birşeyi değiştirmeyin"
+msgstr ""
+"Grub ve/veya Lilo' yu nasıl yapılandıracağınızı bilmiyorsanız hiç birşeyi "
+"değiştirmeyin"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:75
@@ -1827,9 +2269,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Kullanıcı yönetimi</guilabel>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:83
 msgid ""
-"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own "
-"<literal>/home</literal> directories."
-msgstr "İlave kullanıcıları buraya ekleyebilirsiniz. Bu kullanıcılar kendi <literal>/home</literal> dizinlerine sahip olacaklardır."
+"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</"
+"literal> directories."
+msgstr ""
+"İlave kullanıcıları buraya ekleyebilirsiniz. Bu kullanıcılar kendi <literal>/"
+"home</literal> dizinlerine sahip olacaklardır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:89
@@ -1841,14 +2285,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Hizmetler</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "System services refer to those small programs which run the background "
 "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks."
-msgstr "Sistem hizmetleri, arka planda çalışan küçük uygulamaları (art süreçleri) işaret eder. Bu araç belirli görevleri etkinleştirmenizi veya devre dışı bırakmanızı sağlar."
+msgstr ""
+"Sistem hizmetleri, arka planda çalışan küçük uygulamaları (art süreçleri) "
+"işaret eder. Bu araç belirli görevleri etkinleştirmenizi veya devre dışı "
+"bırakmanızı sağlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may "
 "prevent your computer from operating correctly."
-msgstr "Burada bir şeyi değiştirmeden önce dikkatle denetlemelisiniz; çünkü bir hata bilgisayarınızın düzgün işlemesini engelleyebilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada bir şeyi değiştirmeden önce dikkatle denetlemelisiniz; çünkü bir hata "
+"bilgisayarınızın düzgün işlemesini engelleyebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:99
@@ -1870,7 +2319,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Klavye</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on "
 "your location, language or type of keyboard."
-msgstr "Burası; konumunuza, dilinize ve klavye türünüze bağlı olarak klavye düzeninizi ayarlayabileceğiniz yerdir."
+msgstr ""
+"Burası; konumunuza, dilinize ve klavye türünüze bağlı olarak klavye "
+"düzeninizi ayarlayabileceğiniz yerdir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:119
@@ -1882,7 +2333,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fare</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs "
 "etc."
-msgstr "Burada diğer işaretleme araçlarını, tabletleri, iztoplarını v.b. ayarlayabilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada diğer işaretleme araçlarını, tabletleri, iztoplarını v.b. "
+"ayarlayabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:126
@@ -1892,10 +2345,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ses kartı</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:129
 msgid ""
-"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option"
-" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
+"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option "
+"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one "
 "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one."
-msgstr "Kurulum aracı, varsa öntanımlı sürücüyü kullanır. Farklı bir sürücü seçeneği sadece kartınız için birden fazla sürücü varsa ve bunların hiç biri öntanımlı olan değilse sunulur."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum aracı, varsa öntanımlı sürücüyü kullanır. Farklı bir sürücü seçeneği "
+"sadece kartınız için birden fazla sürücü varsa ve bunların hiç biri "
+"öntanımlı olan değilse sunulur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:136
@@ -1904,9 +2360,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafiksel arabirim</guilabel>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
-msgstr "Bu bölüm ekran kart(lar)ınızı ve görüntüleme araçlarınızı ayarlayabilirsiniz."
+msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu bölüm ekran kart(lar)ınızı ve görüntüleme araçlarınızı ayarlayabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:142
@@ -1916,10 +2372,11 @@ msgstr "Daha fazla bilgi için bakınız: <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:148
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:156
@@ -1938,14 +2395,20 @@ msgid ""
 "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia "
 "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media "
 "repositories."
-msgstr "Burada ağınızı yapılandırabilirsiniz; fakat Nonfree deposunu etkinleştirmediyseniz müseccel sürücüler kullanan ağ kartları için bilgisayarı yeniden başlattıktan sonra <application>Mageia Denetim Merkezi</application>'nde ayarlamanız iyi olacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada ağınızı yapılandırabilirsiniz; fakat Nonfree deposunu "
+"etkinleştirmediyseniz müseccel sürücüler kullanan ağ kartları için "
+"bilgisayarı yeniden başlattıktan sonra <application>Mageia Denetim Merkezi</"
+"application>'nde ayarlamanız iyi olacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:171
 msgid ""
 "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch "
 "that interface as well."
-msgstr "Bir ağ kartı eklediğinizde güvenlik duvarının bu ara birimi izlemesini ayarlamayı unutmayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir ağ kartı eklediğinizde güvenlik duvarının bu ara birimi izlemesini "
+"ayarlamayı unutmayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:178
@@ -1958,14 +2421,19 @@ msgid ""
 "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider "
 "internet.  This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a "
 "proxy service."
-msgstr "Bir Vekil Sunucu, bilgisayarınız ve daha geniş İnternet arasında aracı görevi görür.  Bu bölüm, bir vekil sunucu hizmetini kullanmak için bilgisayarınızı yapılandırmanıza olanak sağlar."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir Vekil Sunucu, bilgisayarınız ve daha geniş İnternet arasında aracı "
+"görevi görür.  Bu bölüm, bir vekil sunucu hizmetini kullanmak için "
+"bilgisayarınızı yapılandırmanıza olanak sağlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:185
 msgid ""
-"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you"
-" need to enter here"
-msgstr "Buraya girmeniz gereken parametreleri almak için sistem yöneticinize danışmanız gerekebilir"
+"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you "
+"need to enter here"
+msgstr ""
+"Buraya girmeniz gereken parametreleri almak için sistem yöneticinize "
+"danışmanız gerekebilir"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:194
@@ -1980,9 +2448,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Güvenlik Düzeyi</guilabel>:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default"
-" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
-msgstr "Burada bilgisayarınız için Güvenlik düzeyini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Çoğu durumda öntanımlı ayar (Standart) genel kullanım için yeterlidir."
+"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default "
+"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada bilgisayarınız için Güvenlik düzeyini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Çoğu "
+"durumda öntanımlı ayar (Standart) genel kullanım için yeterlidir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:206
@@ -1999,50 +2469,63 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Güvenlik Duvarı</guilabel>:"
 msgid ""
 "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the "
 "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it."
-msgstr "Güvenlik Duvarı, önemli verileriniz ile internette dolaşan ve bu verileri çalmaya uğraşan çakallar arasında duvar oluşturmaktadır."
+msgstr ""
+"Güvenlik Duvarı, önemli verileriniz ile internette dolaşan ve bu verileri "
+"çalmaya uğraşan çakallar arasında duvar oluşturmaktadır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:217
 msgid ""
 "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your "
 "selections will depend on what you use your computer for."
-msgstr "Sistem erişimi istediğiniz hizmetleri seçin. Yaptığınız seçimleri için bilgisayarınızı kullanım biçimine bağlı olmalıdır."
+msgstr ""
+"Sistem erişimi istediğiniz hizmetleri seçin. Yaptığınız seçimleri için "
+"bilgisayarınızı kullanım biçimine bağlı olmalıdır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/misc-params.xml:222
 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky."
-msgstr "Her şeye izin vermenin (güvenlik duvarı yok) çok riskli olabileceğini unutmayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Her şeye izin vermenin (güvenlik duvarı yok) çok riskli olabileceğini "
+"unutmayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
 "partition"
-msgstr "<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> disk bölümünü yeniden boyutlandır"
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> disk bölümünü "
+"yeniden boyutlandır"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You have more than one "
-"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition.  "
-"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing "
-"<application>Mageia</application>."
-msgstr "Birden fazla <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> disk bölümüne sahipsiniz.  Hangisinin <application>Mageia</application> kurulumu için küçültüleceğini seçin."
+"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></"
+"application> partition.  Choose which one should be made smaller to make "
+"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Birden fazla <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"disk bölümüne sahipsiniz.  Hangisinin <application>Mageia</application> "
+"kurulumu için küçültüleceğini seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:12
 msgid "Security Level"
 msgstr "Güvenlik Seviyesi"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml"
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:24
@@ -2053,14 +2536,17 @@ msgstr "Güvenlik seviyenizi burada ayarlayabilirsiniz."
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose."
-msgstr "Neyi seçeceğinizi bilmiyorsanız, ön tanımlı ayarları olduğu gibi bırakın."
+msgstr ""
+"Neyi seçeceğinizi bilmiyorsanız, ön tanımlı ayarları olduğu gibi bırakın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/securityLevel.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings "
 "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center."
-msgstr "Kurulumdan sonra, istediğiniz zaman güvenlik ayarlarınızı Mageia Denetim Merkezi'ndeki <guilabel>Güvenlik</guilabel> bölümünden yapabilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulumdan sonra, istediğiniz zaman güvenlik ayarlarınızı Mageia Denetim "
+"Merkezi'ndeki <guilabel>Güvenlik</guilabel> bölümünden yapabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4
@@ -2087,8 +2573,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can find them <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>."
+"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/"
+"\">here</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2102,14 +2588,12 @@ msgstr "Klasik kurulum ortamı"
 msgid "Common features"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28
 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases."
@@ -2120,30 +2604,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD"
 msgstr "DVD"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217
 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, "
 "Hardware Detection Tool."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52
 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57
 msgid ""
 "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free "
@@ -2155,30 +2635,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "DVD dual arch"
 msgstr "DVD dual arch"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made "
 "automatically according to the detected CPU."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73
 msgid "Xfce desktop only."
 msgstr "Yalnız Xfce masaüstü."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)"
-" TO BE CHECKED!"
+"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) "
+"TO BE CHECKED!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82
 msgid "It contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2188,31 +2664,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a "
 "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102
 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean "
-"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous "
-"releases.</emphasis>"
+"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117
 msgid "They contains non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2222,21 +2694,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Live CD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163
 msgid "KDE desktop environment only."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221
 msgid "English language only."
 msgstr "Yalnız İngilizce."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153
 msgid "32 bits only."
 msgstr "Yalnız 32 bit."
@@ -2246,8 +2715,7 @@ msgstr "Yalnız 32 bit."
 msgid "Live CD GNOME"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181
 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only."
 msgstr "Yalnız GNOME masaüstü ortamı."
@@ -2257,8 +2725,7 @@ msgstr "Yalnız GNOME masaüstü ortamı."
 msgid "Live DVD KDE"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185
 msgid "All languages are present."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2273,23 +2740,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot-only CDs media"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to"
-" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete "
-"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, "
-"on a local network or on the Internet."
+"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to "
+"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the "
+"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a "
+"local network or on the Internet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211
 msgid ""
 "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when "
-"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that"
-" can't boot on a USB stick."
+"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that "
+"can't boot on a USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title>
@@ -2297,8 +2762,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot.iso"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231
 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2308,8 +2772,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso"
 msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242
 msgid ""
 "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need "
@@ -2329,25 +2792,25 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256
 msgid ""
-"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or"
-" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the "
-"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If "
-"http is chosen, you can also see something like"
+"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or "
+"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used "
+"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is "
+"chosen, you can also see something like"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268
 msgid ""
 "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of "
-"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the"
-" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
+"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the "
+"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this "
 "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your "
 "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a "
 "failure. Then this window appears:"
@@ -2376,29 +2839,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289
 msgid ""
-"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/"
+"file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292
 msgid ""
-"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum "
-"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>."
+"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/"
+"image/file.iso</userinput>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295
 msgid ""
-"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a"
-" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
+"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a "
+"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2423,9 +2886,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly "
 "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is "
-"not correct.  More information in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia"
-" wiki</link>."
+"not correct.  More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -2461,8 +2923,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341
 msgid ""
-"You can use a graphical tool like <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
+"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para>
@@ -2470,83 +2932,71 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347
 msgid "Open a console"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351
 msgid ""
 "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the "
 "final -)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362
 msgid ""
-"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application"
-" or file manager that read it)"
+"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application "
+"or file manager that read it)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367
 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> "
-"</imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </"
+"imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377
 msgid ""
 "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb "
 "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383
 msgid ""
 "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX "
 "bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386
 msgid ""
-"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd "
-"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb "
-"bs=1M</userinput>"
+"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/"
+"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392
 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396
 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2581,16 +3031,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418
 msgid ""
-"This step is detailed in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
+"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/"
+"\">the Mageia documentation</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420
 msgid ""
-"More information, is available in <link "
-"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia "
-"wiki</link>."
+"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2598,15 +3047,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select your Country / Region"
 msgstr "Ülke/Bölge seçin"
 
-#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params
-#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot
+#.  2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:27
@@ -2614,14 +3066,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, "
 "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country "
 "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network."
-msgstr "Bulunduğunuz ülke veya bölgeyi seçin. Bu işlem, para birimi ve kablosuz ağ dolaşım alanı gibi her tür ayar için önemlidir. Yanlış ülkeyi seçmek Kablosuz ağ kullanımınızı engelleyebilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bulunduğunuz ülke veya bölgeyi seçin. Bu işlem, para birimi ve kablosuz ağ "
+"dolaşım alanı gibi her tür ayar için önemlidir. Yanlış ülkeyi seçmek "
+"Kablosuz ağ kullanımınızı engelleyebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other "
-"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
-msgstr "Ülkeniz listede yer almıyorsa, <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> düğmesine tıklayın ve ülkenizi/bölgenizi orada seçin."
+"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</"
+"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there."
+msgstr ""
+"Ülkeniz listede yer almıyorsa, <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> düğmesine "
+"tıklayın ve ülkenizi/bölgenizi orada seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:37
@@ -2630,7 +3087,11 @@ msgid ""
 "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the "
 "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Ülkeniz sadece <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> listesindeyse; <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladıktan sonra ilk listeden bir ülke seçilmiş gibi görüntülenir. Lütfen bunu görmezden gelin, DrakX gerçek seçiminizi uygulayacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"Ülkeniz sadece <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> listesindeyse; "
+"<guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladıktan sonra ilk listeden bir "
+"ülke seçilmiş gibi görüntülenir. Lütfen bunu görmezden gelin, DrakX gerçek "
+"seçiminizi uygulayacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:46
@@ -2641,14 +3102,23 @@ msgstr "Girdi yöntemi:"
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input"
-" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
+"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input "
+"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the "
 "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-"
-"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method"
-" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input "
-"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be "
-"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> ekranında ayrıca bir girdi yöntemi (listenin sonunda) seçebilirsiniz. Girdi yöntemleri kullanıcıların birden çok alfabe karakterlerini (Çince, Japonca, Korece v.b.) kullanmalarını sağlar. IBus Mageia DVD' lerinde, Afrika/Hindistan ve Asya Çalışan CDlerinde yer alan ön tanımlı girdi yöntemidir. Asya veya Afrika dilleri için, IBus ön tanımlı girdi yöntemi olarak ayarlanır ve böylece kullanıcıların elle ayar yapmaları gerekmez. Diğer girdi yöntemleri (SCIM, GCIN, HIME vb.) benzer işlevler sunar ve paket seçiminden önce HTTP/FTP veri kaynağı ayarlanmışsa kurulabilirler."
+"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method "
+"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, "
+"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you "
+"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> ekranında ayrıca bir girdi yöntemi "
+"(listenin sonunda) seçebilirsiniz. Girdi yöntemleri kullanıcıların birden "
+"çok alfabe karakterlerini (Çince, Japonca, Korece v.b.) kullanmalarını "
+"sağlar. IBus Mageia DVD' lerinde, Afrika/Hindistan ve Asya Çalışan CDlerinde "
+"yer alan ön tanımlı girdi yöntemidir. Asya veya Afrika dilleri için, IBus ön "
+"tanımlı girdi yöntemi olarak ayarlanır ve böylece kullanıcıların elle ayar "
+"yapmaları gerekmez. Diğer girdi yöntemleri (SCIM, GCIN, HIME vb.) benzer "
+"işlevler sunar ve paket seçiminden önce HTTP/FTP veri kaynağı ayarlanmışsa "
+"kurulabilirler."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/selectCountry.xml:61
@@ -2656,7 +3126,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it "
 "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -&gt; "
 "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root."
-msgstr "Kurulum sırasında girdi yöntemi kurulumunu atlamışsanız, bu işleve kurduğunuz sistemi başlattıktan sonra \"Bilgisayarınızı Yapılandırın\" -&gt; \"Sistem\" yoluyla veya kök olarak localedrake aracını çalıştırarak erişebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum sırasında girdi yöntemi kurulumunu atlamışsanız, bu işleve "
+"kurduğunuz sistemi başlattıktan sonra \"Bilgisayarınızı Yapılandırın\" -&gt; "
+"\"Sistem\" yoluyla veya kök olarak localedrake aracını çalıştırarak "
+"erişebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21
@@ -2666,9 +3140,11 @@ msgstr "Kurulum veya Yükseltme"
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" "
-"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32
@@ -2679,7 +3155,9 @@ msgstr "Kurulum"
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation."
-msgstr "Bu seçeneği taze bir <application>Mageia</application> kurulumu yapmak için kullanın."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu seçeneği taze bir <application>Mageia</application> kurulumu yapmak için "
+"kullanın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39
@@ -2692,7 +3170,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on "
 "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the "
 "latest release."
-msgstr "Sisteminizde bir veya daha fazla <application>Mageia</application> kurulumunuz mevcutsa, kurulum aracı bunlardan birini en son sürüme yükseltmeye izin verecektir."
+msgstr ""
+"Sisteminizde bir veya daha fazla <application>Mageia</application> "
+"kurulumunuz mevcutsa, kurulum aracı bunlardan birini en son sürüme "
+"yükseltmeye izin verecektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45
@@ -2700,31 +3181,50 @@ msgid ""
 "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still "
 "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been "
 "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already "
-"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do"
-" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
-msgstr "Bu kurulum aracı sürümü yayınlandığında denenmiş olan ve <emphasis>halen desteklenen</emphasis> sadece bir önceki Mageia sürümünden yükseltme mümkündür. Bu sürümün yayınlandığı esnada Destek \tSüresinin Sonuna gelmiş olan bir Mageia sürümünden yükseltme yapmak isteseniz de <literal>/home</literal> disk bölümünü koruyarak temiz ve yeni bir kurulum yapmanız daha iyi olacaktır."
+"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do "
+"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu kurulum aracı sürümü yayınlandığında denenmiş olan ve <emphasis>halen "
+"desteklenen</emphasis> sadece bir önceki Mageia sürümünden yükseltme "
+"mümkündür. Bu sürümün yayınlandığı esnada Destek \tSüresinin Sonuna gelmiş "
+"olan bir Mageia sürümünden yükseltme yapmak isteseniz de <literal>/home</"
+"literal> disk bölümünü koruyarak temiz ve yeni bir kurulum yapmanız daha iyi "
+"olacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to "
-"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been"
-" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
+"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been "
+"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in "
 "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an "
-"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you"
-" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
-"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
-msgstr "Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel>tuşlarına aynı anda basın."
+"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you "
+"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl "
+"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</"
+"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden "
+"başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk "
+"bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, "
+"bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi "
+"kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen "
+"bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</"
+"guilabel> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan "
+"sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel>tuşlarına "
+"aynı anda basın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you"
-" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
-"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do "
-"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install."
-msgstr "Ek bir dil seçmeyi unuttuğunuzu fark ettiyseniz, \"Kurulum veya Yükseltme\" ekranından <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> tuşlarına aynı anda basarak dil seçimi ekranına dönüş yapabilirsiniz. Bunu kurulumun sonraki aşamalarında yap<emphasis>ma</emphasis>yın."
+"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you "
+"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice "
+"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</"
+"emphasis> do this later in the install."
+msgstr ""
+"Ek bir dil seçmeyi unuttuğunuzu fark ettiyseniz, \"Kurulum veya Yükseltme\" "
+"ekranından <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> tuşlarına aynı anda basarak "
+"dil seçimi ekranına dönüş yapabilirsiniz. Bunu kurulumun sonraki "
+"aşamalarında yap<emphasis>ma</emphasis>yın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14
@@ -2736,43 +3236,58 @@ msgstr "Klavye"
 msgid ""
 "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable "
 "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout."
-msgstr "DrakX diliniz için uygun bir klavye seçer. Uygun bir klavye bulunamazsa ön tanımlı olan US klavye düzenini seçecektir."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX diliniz için uygun bir klavye seçer. Uygun bir klavye bulunamazsa ön "
+"tanımlı olan US klavye düzenini seçecektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\""
-" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png"
+"\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. "
-"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications"
-" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a"
-" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
-"<link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
-msgstr "Seçimin doğru olduğundan emin olun veya başka klavye düzeni seçin. Klavyenizin hangi düzene sahip olduğunu bilmiyorsanız sisteminiz ile birlikte gelen özelliklere bakın veya bilgisayar satıcınıza sorun. Klavye üzerinde düzenini gösteren bir etiket de bulunabilir. Ayrıca şuraya da bakabilirsiniz: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications "
+"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a "
+"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Seçimin doğru olduğundan emin olun veya başka klavye düzeni seçin. "
+"Klavyenizin hangi düzene sahip olduğunu bilmiyorsanız sisteminiz ile "
+"birlikte gelen özelliklere bakın veya bilgisayar satıcınıza sorun. Klavye "
+"üzerinde düzenini gösteren bir etiket de bulunabilir. Ayrıca şuraya da "
+"bakabilirsiniz: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on "
-"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
-"there."
-msgstr "Klavyeniz listede gösterilmemişse, <guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak tam listeye ulaşabilir ve klavyenizi oradan seçebilirsiniz."
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</"
+"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there."
+msgstr ""
+"Klavyeniz listede gösterilmemişse, <guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> düğmesine "
+"tıklayarak tam listeye ulaşabilir ve klavyenizi oradan seçebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45
 msgid ""
 "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, "
-"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though"
-" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
+"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though "
+"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly "
 "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the "
 "full list."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> kısmında bir klavye seçtikten sonra ilk klavye seçimi ekranına döndürülürsünüz. Burada bir klavye seçimi yapılmış gibi görünecektir. Bu hatayı güvenle yok sayabilir ve kuruluma devam edebilirsiniz: Klavyeniz. listeden seçtiğiniz klavye olarak ayarlanacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> kısmında bir klavye seçtikten sonra ilk "
+"klavye seçimi ekranına döndürülürsünüz. Burada bir klavye seçimi yapılmış "
+"gibi görünecektir. Bu hatayı güvenle yok sayabilir ve kuruluma devam "
+"edebilirsiniz: Klavyeniz. listeden seçtiğiniz klavye olarak ayarlanacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55
@@ -2780,7 +3295,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an "
 "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin "
 "and non-Latin keyboard layouts"
-msgstr "Latin alfabesi temelli olmayan bir klavye seçerseniz ek bir ekranda Latin ve Latin temelli olmayan klavye düzenleri arasında nasıl geçiş yapmak istediğiniz sorulur."
+msgstr ""
+"Latin alfabesi temelli olmayan bir klavye seçerseniz ek bir ekranda Latin ve "
+"Latin temelli olmayan klavye düzenleri arasında nasıl geçiş yapmak "
+"istediğiniz sorulur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23
@@ -2793,38 +3311,52 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your "
 "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during "
 "the installation and for your installed system."
-msgstr "Bulunduğunuz kıtadaki listeyi genişleterek tercih ettiğiniz dili seçin. <application>Mageia</application> kurulum sırasında ve kurulumu tamamlanmış sistemde bu seçimi kullanacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"Bulunduğunuz kıtadaki listeyi genişleterek tercih ettiğiniz dili seçin. "
+"<application>Mageia</application> kurulum sırasında ve kurulumu tamamlanmış "
+"sistemde bu seçimi kullanacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your "
 "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the "
-"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be"
-" difficult to add extra language support after installation."
-msgstr "Sisteminizde kendiniz veya diğer kullanıcılar için başka dillerin de kurulu olması gerekiyorsa, bunları şimdi eklemek için <guibutton>Çoklu dil</guibutton> düğmesini kullanın. Kurulumdan sonra ek dil desteği eklemek zor olacaktır."
+"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be "
+"difficult to add extra language support after installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Sisteminizde kendiniz veya diğer kullanıcılar için başka dillerin de kurulu "
+"olması gerekiyorsa, bunları şimdi eklemek için <guibutton>Çoklu dil</"
+"guibutton> düğmesini kullanın. Kurulumdan sonra ek dil desteği eklemek zor "
+"olacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\""
-" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44
 msgid ""
-"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them"
-" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
+"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them "
+"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be "
 "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ."
-msgstr "Birden çok dil seçmiş bile olsanız, bunlardan birini ilk dil ekranında tercih edilen dil olarak belirlemelisiniz. Seçtiğiniz bu dil çoklu dil ekranında da işaretli olacaktır ."
+msgstr ""
+"Birden çok dil seçmiş bile olsanız, bunlardan birini ilk dil ekranında "
+"tercih edilen dil olarak belirlemelisiniz. Seçtiğiniz bu dil çoklu dil "
+"ekranında da işaretli olacaktır ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51
 msgid ""
 "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then "
 "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well."
-msgstr "Klavye diliniz tercih ettiğiniz dilden farklı ise klavyenizin kullandığı dili de kurmanız önerilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Klavye diliniz tercih ettiğiniz dilden farklı ise klavyenizin kullandığı "
+"dili de kurmanız önerilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57
@@ -2832,141 +3364,189 @@ msgid ""
 "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the "
 "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your "
 "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages."
-msgstr "Mageia,öntanımlı olarak UTF-8 (Ünikod) desteği kullanır. Bunun diliniz için uygun olmadığını düşünüyorsanız \"çoklu dil\" ekranında devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz. UTF-8 devre dışı bırakıldığında tüm kurulu diller için de devre dışı bırakılmış olur."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia,öntanımlı olarak UTF-8 (Ünikod) desteği kullanır. Bunun diliniz için "
+"uygun olmadığını düşünüyorsanız \"çoklu dil\" ekranında devre dışı "
+"bırakabilirsiniz. UTF-8 devre dışı bırakıldığında tüm kurulu diller için de "
+"devre dışı bırakılmış olur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64
 msgid ""
 "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia "
 "Control Center -&gt; System -&gt; Manage localization for your system."
-msgstr "Sisteminizin dilini kurulumdan sonra Mageia Denetim Merkezi -&gt; Sistem -&gt; Sisteminizin yerelleştirmesini yönetin bölümünden de değiştirebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Sisteminizin dilini kurulumdan sonra Mageia Denetim Merkezi -&gt; Sistem -"
+"&gt; Sisteminizin yerelleştirmesini yönetin bölümünden de "
+"değiştirebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:4
 msgid "Select mouse"
 msgstr "Fare seçin"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right
-#. place
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 11 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a "
 "different one here."
-msgstr "Farenizin cevap verme şeklinden mutlu değilseniz, farklı bir tanesini burada seçebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Farenizin cevap verme şeklinden mutlu değilseniz, farklı bir tanesini burada "
+"seçebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB "
-"mice</guilabel> is a good choice."
-msgstr "Genellikle, <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Herhangi PS/2 &amp; USB fare</guilabel> iyi bir seçim olacaktır."
+"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</"
+"guilabel> is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Genellikle, <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Herhangi PS/2 &amp; "
+"USB fare</guilabel> iyi bir seçim olacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/selectMouse.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to "
 "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons."
-msgstr "Altı veya daha fazla düğmesi olan farelerde çalışmayan düğmeleri ayarlamak için <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>evdev zorla</guilabel> seçeneğini seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"Altı veya daha fazla düğmesi olan farelerde çalışmayan düğmeleri ayarlamak "
+"için <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>evdev zorla</guilabel> "
+"seçeneğini seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Önyükleme Menü Girdisi Ekleme veya Değiştirme"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
 "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Önyükleme Yapılandırması</emphasis> ekranında ve üstünde açılan ekranda düzenleme yaparak bir girdi ekleyebilir veya seçtiğiniz bir girdiyi değiştirebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Önyükleme Yapılandırması</emphasis> ekranında ve üstünde açılan "
+"ekranda düzenleme yaparak bir girdi ekleyebilir veya seçtiğiniz bir girdiyi "
+"değiştirebilirsiniz."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" "
-"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
-msgstr "Risk almadan yapılabilecek bazı şeyler, bir girdinin etiketini değiştirmek ve girdiyi yanındaki kutucuğu işaretleyerek öntanımlı olarak belirlemektir."
+msgstr ""
+"Risk almadan yapılabilecek bazı şeyler, bir girdinin etiketini değiştirmek "
+"ve girdiyi yanındaki kutucuğu işaretleyerek öntanımlı olarak belirlemektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
-msgstr "Bir girdinin uygun sürüm numarasını ekleyebilir veya tümüyle yeniden adlandırabilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir girdinin uygun sürüm numarasını ekleyebilir veya tümüyle yeniden "
+"adlandırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
-msgstr "Öntanımlı girdi, önyükleme ekranında bir seçim yapmadıysanız sistemin önyükleme yapacağı girdidir."
+msgstr ""
+"Öntanımlı girdi, önyükleme ekranında bir seçim yapmadıysanız sistemin "
+"önyükleme yapacağı girdidir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
-msgstr "Diğer hususları değiştirmek önyükleme yapamayan bir sistemle sizi baş başa bırakabilir. Lütfen ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız yeni bir şeyler denemeye kalkmayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Diğer hususları değiştirmek önyükleme yapamayan bir sistemle sizi baş başa "
+"bırakabilir. Lütfen ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız yeni bir şeyler denemeye "
+"kalkmayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3
 msgid "Bootloader main options"
 msgstr "Önyükleyici ana seçenekleri"
 
-#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from
-#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere,
-#. except in this sentence.
-#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using
-#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
+#.  2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml,  from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence.  
+#.  2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
-"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </"
+"imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by"
-" the installer, you can change them here."
-msgstr "Kurulum aracı tarafından kendiliğinden seçilenlerden farklı önyükleme ayarları tercih ediyorsanız burada değiştirebilirsiniz."
+"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by "
+"the installer, you can change them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum aracı tarafından kendiliğinden seçilenlerden farklı önyükleme "
+"ayarları tercih ediyorsanız burada değiştirebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case"
-" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
+"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case "
+"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or "
 "allow Mageia to create a new one."
-msgstr "Makinenizde bir başka işletim sistemi daha kurulu olabilir. Bu durumda mevcut önyükleyiciye Mageia' yı eklemek veya Mageia' nın yeni bir önyükleyici oluşturmasına izin vermek arasında tercih yapmalısınız."
+msgstr ""
+"Makinenizde bir başka işletim sistemi daha kurulu olabilir. Bu durumda "
+"mevcut önyükleyiciye Mageia' yı eklemek veya Mageia' nın yeni bir "
+"önyükleyici oluşturmasına izin vermek arasında tercih yapmalısınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26
@@ -2985,14 +3565,20 @@ msgid ""
 "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other "
 "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia "
 "boot menu."
-msgstr "Ön tanımlı olarak, Mageia yeni bir GRUB (eski) önyükleyiciyi ilk sabit diskin MBR (Birincil Önyükleme Kaydı) üzerine yazar. Bir başka işletim sistemi önceden kuruluysa, Mageia bunları yeni Mageia önyükleme menüsüne eklemeyi dener."
+msgstr ""
+"Ön tanımlı olarak, Mageia yeni bir GRUB (eski) önyükleyiciyi ilk sabit "
+"diskin MBR (Birincil Önyükleme Kaydı) üzerine yazar. Bir başka işletim "
+"sistemi önceden kuruluysa, Mageia bunları yeni Mageia önyükleme menüsüne "
+"eklemeyi dener."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB "
 "legacy and Lilo."
-msgstr "Mageia, eski GRUB ve Lilo' ya ek olarak GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi de tercihe bağlı olarak sunmaktadır."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia, eski GRUB ve Lilo' ya ek olarak GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi de tercihe bağlı "
+"olarak sunmaktadır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45
@@ -3000,14 +3586,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by "
 "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is "
 "used."
-msgstr "GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanan Linux sistemleri şimdilik GRUB (eski) tarafından desteklenmemektedir ve öntanımlı GRUB kullanıldığında algılanmayacaklardır."
+msgstr ""
+"GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanan Linux sistemleri şimdilik GRUB (eski) "
+"tarafından desteklenmemektedir ve öntanımlı GRUB kullanıldığında "
+"algılanmayacaklardır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at "
 "the Summary page during installation."
-msgstr "Buradaki en iyi çözüm kurulum sırasında Özet sayfasından erişebileceğiniz GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanmak olacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"Buradaki en iyi çözüm kurulum sırasında Özet sayfasından erişebileceğiniz "
+"GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanmak olacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56
@@ -3018,41 +3609,57 @@ msgstr "Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmak"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember "
-"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader"
-" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the"
-" bootloader install location."
-msgstr "Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmaya karar verirseniz kurulum sırasında Özet sayfasında DURMALI ve önyükleyici kurulum konumunu değiştirmenizi sağlayan Önyükleyici <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine basmalısınız."
+"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the "
+"bootloader install location."
+msgstr ""
+"Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmaya karar verirseniz kurulum sırasında Özet "
+"sayfasında DURMALI ve önyükleyici kurulum konumunu değiştirmenizi sağlayan "
+"Önyükleyici <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine basmalısınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR."
-" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
+"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. "
+"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning "
 "phase earlier, e.g.  sda7."
-msgstr "Bir aygıt, mesela \"sda\" seçmeyin yoksa mevcut MBR üzerine yazarsınız. Önceki disk bölümlendirme aşamasında ayarladığınız,  sda7 gibi, kök bölümünü seçmelisiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir aygıt, mesela \"sda\" seçmeyin yoksa mevcut MBR üzerine yazarsınız. "
+"Önceki disk bölümlendirme aşamasında ayarladığınız,  sda7 gibi, kök bölümünü "
+"seçmelisiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71
 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device."
-msgstr "Açık olmak gerekirse, sda bir aygıt ve sda7 ise o aygıt üzerindeki bir bölümdür."
+msgstr ""
+"Açık olmak gerekirse, sda bir aygıt ve sda7 ise o aygıt üzerindeki bir "
+"bölümdür."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75
 msgid ""
 "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where "
-"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to"
-" the installer screen."
-msgstr "Ctrl+Alt+F2 ile tty2 terminaline gidin ve <literal>/</literal> (kök) bölümün nerede olduğunu denetlemek için <literal>df</literal> komutunu çalıştırın. Ctrl+Alt+F7 sizi kurulum ekranına döndürür."
+"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to "
+"the installer screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Ctrl+Alt+F2 ile tty2 terminaline gidin ve <literal>/</literal> (kök) bölümün "
+"nerede olduğunu denetlemek için <literal>df</literal> komutunu çalıştırın. "
+"Ctrl+Alt+F7 sizi kurulum ekranına döndürür."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81
 msgid ""
 "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader "
 "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve "
-"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and"
-" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
+"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and "
+"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in "
 "question."
-msgstr "Mageia sisteminizi mevcut bir önyükleyiciye eklemek için gerekli tam süreç, bu yardımını hedeflerinin ötesindedir. Ancak yine de bir çok durumda ilgili önyükleme kurulum uygulamasını çalıştırmak onu algılayabilir ve kendiliğinden ekleyebilir. Sorularınız için işletim sisteminin belgelerine bakın."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia sisteminizi mevcut bir önyükleyiciye eklemek için gerekli tam süreç, "
+"bu yardımını hedeflerinin ötesindedir. Ancak yine de bir çok durumda ilgili "
+"önyükleme kurulum uygulamasını çalıştırmak onu algılayabilir ve "
+"kendiliğinden ekleyebilir. Sorularınız için işletim sisteminin belgelerine "
+"bakın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91
@@ -3063,48 +3670,56 @@ msgstr "Önyükleyici gelişmiş seçenekleri"
 #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition "
-"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp "
-"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
-msgstr "<literal>/tmp</literal> içeren <literal>/</literal> bölümü için kısıtlı alanınız varsa, <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak <guilabel>Her açılışta /tmp temizle</guilabel> kutusunu işaretleyin. Böylece biraz boş alan kazanmanız mümkün olur."
+"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</"
+"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</"
+"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space."
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>/tmp</literal> içeren <literal>/</literal> bölümü için kısıtlı "
+"alanınız varsa, <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak "
+"<guilabel>Her açılışta /tmp temizle</guilabel> kutusunu işaretleyin. Böylece "
+"biraz boş alan kazanmanız mümkün olur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11
 msgid "Setup SCSI"
 msgstr "SCSI Kur"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02
-#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED!
-#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03
-#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's
-#. comment ;-)
-#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented.
-#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot
-#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based
-#. on the
-#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 02 
+#.  NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! 
+#.  JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 
+#.  SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) 
+#.  barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. 
+#.  marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot 
+#.  marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the
+#.        Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> "
-"</imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format="
+"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32
 msgid ""
-"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers"
-" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
+"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers "
+"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently "
 "fail to recognise the drive."
-msgstr "DrakX genellikle sabit diskleri doğru olarak algılar. Bazı eski SCSI denetleyicileri söz konusu olduğunda kullanılacak doğru sürücüleri belirlemekte başarısız olabilir ve diski algılayamayabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"DrakX genellikle sabit diskleri doğru olarak algılar. Bazı eski SCSI "
+"denetleyicileri söz konusu olduğunda kullanılacak doğru sürücüleri "
+"belirlemekte başarısız olabilir ve diski algılayamayabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) "
 "you have."
-msgstr "Bu durum gerçekleşirse, Drakx' e hangi SCSI disklerinizin olduğunu elle belirtmeniz gerekecektir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu durum gerçekleşirse, Drakx' e hangi SCSI disklerinizin olduğunu elle "
+"belirtmeniz gerekecektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39
@@ -3116,13 +3731,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX bundan sonra diskleri doğru olarak yapılandırabilecektir."
 msgid "Sound Configuration"
 msgstr "Ses Yapılandırması"
 
-#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07
+#.  Started by marja on 2013-12-07 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:17
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
 "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:23
@@ -3130,7 +3747,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your "
 "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default "
 "one."
-msgstr "Bu ekranda kurulum aracının ses kartınız için seçtiği ve varsa öntanımlı sürücünün ismi sunulur."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekranda kurulum aracının ses kartınız için seçtiği ve varsa öntanımlı "
+"sürücünün ismi sunulur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:27
@@ -3140,16 +3759,24 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the "
 "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound "
 "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen."
-msgstr "Öntanımlı sürücünün sorunsuz çalışması gerekir. Ancak, yüklendikten sonra sorunla karşılaşırsanız, <command>draksound</command> komutunu çalıştırın veya bu aracı MDD (Mageia Denetim Merkezi) <guilabel>Donanım</guilabel> sekmesinde ekranın sağ üst köşesindeki <guilabel>Ses Yapılandırması</guilabel> seçeneğini tıklayarak çalıştırın."
+msgstr ""
+"Öntanımlı sürücünün sorunsuz çalışması gerekir. Ancak, yüklendikten sonra "
+"sorunla karşılaşırsanız, <command>draksound</command> komutunu çalıştırın "
+"veya bu aracı MDD (Mageia Denetim Merkezi) <guilabel>Donanım</guilabel> "
+"sekmesinde ekranın sağ üst köşesindeki <guilabel>Ses Yapılandırması</"
+"guilabel> seçeneğini tıklayarak çalıştırın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on "
-"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how "
-"to solve the problem."
-msgstr "Sonra, draksound' da veya \"Ses Yapılandırması\" araç ekranında, <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine ve ondan sonra da <guibutton>Sorun giderme</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak sorunu çözmek için kullanışlı önerileri bulabilirsiniz."
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</"
+"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Sonra, draksound' da veya \"Ses Yapılandırması\" araç ekranında, "
+"<guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine ve ondan sonra da <guibutton>Sorun "
+"giderme</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak sorunu çözmek için kullanışlı "
+"önerileri bulabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:41
@@ -3162,44 +3789,62 @@ msgid ""
 "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is "
 "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers "
 "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one."
-msgstr "Kurulum sırasında bu ekranda <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklamak öntanımlı bir sürücü yoksa ve erişilebilir başka sürücüler mevcutsa ve de kurulum aracının yanlış olanı seçtiğini düşünüyorsanız yararlıdır."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum sırasında bu ekranda <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine "
+"tıklamak öntanımlı bir sürücü yoksa ve erişilebilir başka sürücüler mevcutsa "
+"ve de kurulum aracının yanlış olanı seçtiğini düşünüyorsanız yararlıdır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/soundConfig.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on "
 "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Bu durumda <guibutton>Herhangi bir sürücü seçmeme izin ver</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladığınızda farklı bir sürücü seçebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu durumda <guibutton>Herhangi bir sürücü seçmeme izin ver</guibutton> "
+"düğmesine tıkladığınızda farklı bir sürücü seçebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4
 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted"
 msgstr "Biçimlendirilecek sabit diski onaylayın"
 
-#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03
-#.  test comment - johnr
+#.  Made by marja on 2012 04 03 
+#.  test comment - johnr 
 #.  2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct
-#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm
-#. sure I
-#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD
-#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot
+#.     hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I
+#.     saw this help screen when I had only one HD 
+#.  2013-05-05 marja added screenshot 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
-msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG"
+"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Seçiminizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçiminizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every"
-" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
-msgstr "Eminseniz ve her disk bölümünü, her işletim sistemini ve sabit diskteki tümü veriyi silmeyi istiyorsanız <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın."
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every "
+"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Eminseniz ve her disk bölümünü, her işletim sistemini ve sabit diskteki tümü "
+"veriyi silmeyi istiyorsanız <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/installer/uk.po b/docs/installer/uk.po
index 37b668bc..28fb67e5 100644
--- a/docs/installer/uk.po
+++ b/docs/installer/uk.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:36+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 21:11+0300\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n"
@@ -3619,23 +3619,24 @@ msgstr ""
 "більше кнопками."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3
 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry"
 msgstr "Додавання пункту меню завантаження та внесення змін у такі пункти"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
-"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
-"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id="
+"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
 "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
 "bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
 "\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13
 msgid ""
 "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the "
 "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen "
@@ -3645,19 +3646,28 @@ msgstr ""
 "кнопку на сторінці <emphasis>Налаштування завантажувача</emphasis>. У "
 "відповідь буде показано вікно редагування."
 
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use "
+"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually "
+"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
-"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
-"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-"
+"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry."
+"png\"/> </imageobject>"
 msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
-"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
-"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align="
+"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an "
 "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one."
@@ -3666,7 +3676,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "мітки запису або позначення типового запису у списку."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely."
 msgstr ""
@@ -3674,7 +3684,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "запису."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a "
 "choice while booting up."
@@ -3683,7 +3693,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "користувачем не буде зроблено іншого вибору під час показу меню завантаження."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29
+#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40
 msgid ""
 "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't "
 "just try something without knowing what you are doing."
@@ -4032,6 +4042,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "цьому диску."
 
 #~ msgid ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-"
+#~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id="
+#~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
 #~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" "
 #~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </"
 #~ "imagedata> </imageobject>"
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca.po b/docs/mcc-help/ca.po
index 4bbf1bb3..7d3eef7c 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ca.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-02 11:20+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
@@ -4159,7 +4159,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec.png"
+msgid "draksec0.png"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
@@ -4172,45 +4172,56 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:20
+#: en/draksec.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
 "usually done by the administrator."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:23
+#: en/draksec.xml:22
+msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksec.xml:27
+msgid "draksec.png"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
 "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list gives the choice between:"
+"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:29
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+#: en/draksec.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
+"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:34
+#: en/draksec.xml:43
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:39
-msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
+#: en/draksec.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
-"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:53
+msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de.po b/docs/mcc-help/de.po
index 0e03432d..81614f9a 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/de.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/de.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # brammbles <brammbleberry@gmx.com>, 2014
 # brammbles <brammbleberry@gmx.com>, 2014
@@ -17,14 +17,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-25 15:11+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: psyca <linux@psyca.de>\n"
-"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/de/)\n"
+"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"de/)\n"
+"Language: de\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: de\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -37,8 +38,7 @@ msgstr "Zugriff auf über WebDAV freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse"
 msgid "diskdrake --dav"
 msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
@@ -46,9 +46,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
@@ -56,7 +58,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
 "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
 "WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Das Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> befindet sich im Mageia Control Center im Reiter Netzwerkfreigaben und heißt <guilabel>Configure WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Das Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> befindet sich im "
+"Mageia Control Center im Reiter Netzwerkfreigaben und heißt "
+"<guilabel>Configure WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
@@ -76,7 +81,12 @@ msgid ""
 "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
 "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
 "server."
-msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> ist ein Protokoll, welches erlaubt, Verzeichnisse auf einem Webserver lokal einzubinden, sodass es wie ein lokales Verzeichnis erscheint. Dazu ist es notwendig, das auf dem Remote-Computer ein WebDAV-Server läuft. Ziel dieses Werkzeugs ist nicht die Konfiguration eines WebDAV Servers."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> ist "
+"ein Protokoll, welches erlaubt, Verzeichnisse auf einem Webserver lokal "
+"einzubinden, sodass es wie ein lokales Verzeichnis erscheint. Dazu ist es "
+"notwendig, das auf dem Remote-Computer ein WebDAV-Server läuft. Ziel dieses "
+"Werkzeugs ist nicht die Konfiguration eines WebDAV Servers."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
@@ -89,7 +99,11 @@ msgid ""
 "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
 "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
 "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr "Das erste Fenster von dem Werkzeug zeigt die bereits konfigurierten Einträge an, wenn welche vorhanden sind und einen <guibutton>Neu</guibutton> Knopf. Benutze diesen, um eine neuen Eintrag zu erstellen. Gib in das Feld von dem neuen Fenster die Server-URL ein."
+msgstr ""
+"Das erste Fenster von dem Werkzeug zeigt die bereits konfigurierten Einträge "
+"an, wenn welche vorhanden sind und einen <guibutton>Neu</guibutton> Knopf. "
+"Benutze diesen, um eine neuen Eintrag zu erstellen. Gib in das Feld von dem "
+"neuen Fenster die Server-URL ein."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
@@ -97,12 +111,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
 "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
 "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct"
-" it, if needed."
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
+"it, if needed."
 msgstr "Dann bekommen sie einen Auswahlbildschirm, wo sie "
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
@@ -119,10 +132,12 @@ msgstr "Der"
 msgid ""
 "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
 "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr "Geben sie in dem nächsten Schritt ihren Benutzernamen und ihr Passwort an. Wenn sie weitere Optionen benötigen, können sie diese im  <guibutton>Erweitert</guibutton> Bildschirm angeben"
+msgstr ""
+"Geben sie in dem nächsten Schritt ihren Benutzernamen und ihr Passwort an. "
+"Wenn sie weitere Optionen benötigen, können sie diese im  "
+"<guibutton>Erweitert</guibutton> Bildschirm angeben"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
@@ -132,18 +147,19 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
 "access."
-msgstr "Die Option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> erlaubt dir sofortigen Zugriff zu mounten."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> erlaubt dir sofortigen Zugriff zu "
+"mounten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button "
-"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your "
-"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you"
-" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in "
-"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the "
-"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for "
-"one-time usage, do not save it."
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
+"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
+"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
+"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
+"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
+"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -156,8 +172,7 @@ msgstr "Festplattenpartitionen im Netzwerk freigeben"
 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
 msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
@@ -165,9 +180,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
@@ -176,14 +193,19 @@ msgid ""
 "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
 "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
 "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr "Mit diesem Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> können sie Benutzern erlauben, Teile ihres /home Unterverzeichnisses mit anderen Linux oder Windows Benutzern im selben Netzwerk zu teilen."
+msgstr ""
+"Mit diesem Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> können sie "
+"Benutzern erlauben, Teile ihres /home Unterverzeichnisses mit anderen Linux "
+"oder Windows Benutzern im selben Netzwerk zu teilen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled"
-" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr "Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem 'Lokale Festplatten' Tab unter \"Festplattenpartitionen im Netzwerk freigeben\""
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
+"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem 'Lokale Festplatten' Tab "
+"unter \"Festplattenpartitionen im Netzwerk freigeben\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
@@ -192,9 +214,9 @@ msgid ""
 "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
 "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
 "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for"
-" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their"
-" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
+"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
+"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
 "created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -217,8 +239,8 @@ msgid ""
 "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
 "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
 "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information"
-" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
+"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
@@ -226,15 +248,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
 "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr "Wenn sie einen neuen Benutzer zur fileshare Gruppe hinzufügen müssen sie das Netzwerk erneut verbinden, um die Änderungen anzuwenden."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn sie einen neuen Benutzer zur fileshare Gruppe hinzufügen müssen sie das "
+"Netzwerk erneut verbinden, um die Änderungen anzuwenden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her"
-" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
+"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
 "have this facility."
-msgstr "Ab jetzt kann jeder Benutzer, der in der Gruppe fileshare ist, in ihrem/seinem Dateimanager die zu teilenden Verzeichnisse auswählen. Allerdings ist dies nicht mit jedem Dateimanager möglich."
+msgstr ""
+"Ab jetzt kann jeder Benutzer, der in der Gruppe fileshare ist, in ihrem/"
+"seinem Dateimanager die zu teilenden Verzeichnisse auswählen. Allerdings ist "
+"dies nicht mit jedem Dateimanager möglich."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
@@ -252,8 +279,7 @@ msgstr "Zugriff auf über NFS freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse"
 msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
 msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
@@ -266,9 +292,11 @@ msgstr "."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
@@ -277,8 +305,8 @@ msgid ""
 "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
 "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a"
-" user with tools such as file browsers."
+"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
+"user with tools such as file browsers."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -300,8 +328,7 @@ msgid ""
 "shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
@@ -309,12 +336,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have"
-" to specify where to mount the directory."
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
+"to specify where to mount the directory."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
@@ -327,14 +353,12 @@ msgid ""
 "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
@@ -344,13 +368,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgid ""
 "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
 "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the"
-" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
+"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
+"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
 "browser, for example in Dolphin."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
@@ -365,8 +388,7 @@ msgstr "CD/DVD Brenner"
 msgid "diskdrake --removable"
 msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
@@ -374,9 +396,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
@@ -384,7 +408,11 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
 "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
 "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finden sie in dem 'Lokale Festplatten' Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum und ist abhängig von ihren wechselbaren Hardware bezeichnet (nur CD/DVD-Brenner und Diskettenlaufwerke)"
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>finden sie in dem "
+"'Lokale Festplatten' Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum und ist abhängig von "
+"ihren wechselbaren Hardware bezeichnet (nur CD/DVD-Brenner und "
+"Diskettenlaufwerke)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
@@ -409,7 +437,9 @@ msgstr "Einhängepunkt"
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr "Wählen sie dies aus, um den Einhängepunkt zu veränden. Standardmäßig ist er /media/cdrom."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen sie dies aus, um den Einhängepunkt zu veränden. Standardmäßig ist er /"
+"media/cdrom."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
@@ -419,8 +449,8 @@ msgstr "Optionen"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the"
-" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
+"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
+"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -439,7 +469,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
 msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Zugriff auf über SMB (für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse"
+msgstr ""
+"Zugriff auf über SMB (für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
@@ -449,9 +480,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
@@ -460,9 +493,16 @@ msgid ""
 "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
 "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with"
-" tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erlaubt es ihnen festzulegen, welche geteilten Verzeichnisse für alle Benutzer auf dem Rechner aufrufbar sein sollen. Dafür wird das Protokoll SMB verwendet, was auf Windows(R) Systemen Bekanntheit erlangte. Das geteilte Verzeichnis wird direkt beim Start verwendbar sein. Geteilte Verzeichnisse können auch direkt in einer Einzelsitzung von einem Nutzer mit Werkzeugen wie Dateibrowsern aufgerufen werden."
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
+"tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erlaubt es ihnen "
+"festzulegen, welche geteilten Verzeichnisse für alle Benutzer auf dem "
+"Rechner aufrufbar sein sollen. Dafür wird das Protokoll SMB verwendet, was "
+"auf Windows(R) Systemen Bekanntheit erlangte. Das geteilte Verzeichnis wird "
+"direkt beim Start verwendbar sein. Geteilte Verzeichnisse können auch direkt "
+"in einer Einzelsitzung von einem Nutzer mit Werkzeugen wie Dateibrowsern "
+"aufgerufen werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
@@ -474,8 +514,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who"
-" share directories."
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
+"share directories."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -492,8 +532,7 @@ msgid ""
 "have to specify where to mount the directory."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
@@ -514,14 +553,12 @@ msgid ""
 "with the same button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
@@ -532,12 +569,10 @@ msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
 "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
 "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in "
-"dolphin."
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
@@ -552,8 +587,7 @@ msgstr "3D-Desktop-Effekte"
 msgid "drak3d"
 msgstr "drak3d"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:10
 msgid "drak3d.png"
 msgstr "drak3d.png"
@@ -561,9 +595,11 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:17
@@ -591,23 +627,25 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
 "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a "
-"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special "
-"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn "
-"it on."
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
+"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
+"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be"
-" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr "Wenn sie dieses Programm zum ersten Mal nach einer Neuinstallation starten, werden sie eine Warnmeldung bekommen, sie sagt, welche Pakete nachinstalliert werden müssen, um Compiz Fusion zu benutzen. Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>, um fortzufahren."
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
+"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
+"guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn sie dieses Programm zum ersten Mal nach einer Neuinstallation starten, "
+"werden sie eine Warnmeldung bekommen, sie sagt, welche Pakete "
+"nachinstalliert werden müssen, um Compiz Fusion zu benutzen. Klicken sie auf "
+"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton>, um fortzufahren."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:45
 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
@@ -645,8 +683,7 @@ msgid ""
 "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:71
 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
@@ -656,8 +693,8 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgid ""
 "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
 "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the"
-" log in problem."
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
+"log in problem."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -670,8 +707,7 @@ msgstr "Authentifizierung"
 msgid "drakauth"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:16
 msgid "drakauth.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -679,15 +715,17 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the"
-" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
+"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -708,8 +746,7 @@ msgstr "Bootmanager einrichten "
 msgid "drakboot --boot"
 msgstr "drakboot --boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10
 msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
@@ -717,9 +754,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
@@ -734,7 +773,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set "
 "up boot system\"."
-msgstr "Sie finden es im Systemstart Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter 'Bootmanager einrichten'"
+msgstr ""
+"Sie finden es im Systemstart Tab im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter "
+"'Bootmanager einrichten'"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23
@@ -746,13 +787,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to"
-" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to "
+"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
 "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
-"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot "
-"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The"
-" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can "
-"prevent you machine from booting."
+"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</"
+"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot "
+"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent "
+"you machine from booting."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -760,8 +801,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
 "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating"
-" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
+"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
+"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
 "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -808,13 +849,15 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
 "processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr "Wenn sie einen Prozessor mit HyperThreading besitzen, wird Mageia ihn als dualen Prozessor anzeigen und SMP aktivieren."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn sie einen Prozessor mit HyperThreading besitzen, wird Mageia ihn als "
+"dualen Prozessor anzeigen und SMP aktivieren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local "
-"APIC:</guibutton>"
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
+"guibutton>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -826,12 +869,11 @@ msgid ""
 "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
 "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
 "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local"
-" APIC."
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
+"APIC."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
 msgid "drakboot1.png"
 msgstr "drakboot1.png"
@@ -840,16 +882,15 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png"
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
-"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the"
-" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
+"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the "
+"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
 "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
 "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
-"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar"
-" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
+"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar "
+"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94
 msgid "drakboot2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -860,7 +901,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
 "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
 "example: Mageia3."
-msgstr "Das  <guilabel>Bezeichung</guilabel> ist ein Freitextfeld. Schreiben sie hier hinein, was im Menü angezeigt werden soll. Es stimmt mit dem Grub Kommando 'title' überein, zum Beispiel Mageia3"
+msgstr ""
+"Das  <guilabel>Bezeichung</guilabel> ist ein Freitextfeld. Schreiben sie "
+"hier hinein, was im Menü angezeigt werden soll. Es stimmt mit dem Grub "
+"Kommando 'title' überein, zum Beispiel Mageia3"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102
@@ -908,8 +952,7 @@ msgstr "Autologin einrichten zur automatischen Anmeldung"
 msgid "drakboot"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:11
 msgid "drakboot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot.png"
@@ -917,9 +960,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:15
@@ -935,7 +980,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
 "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr "Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum in dem <emphasis role=\"bold\">Systemstart</emphasis> Tab unter \"Autologin einrichten zur automatischen Anmeldung\""
+msgstr ""
+"Sie finden es im Mageia Kontrollzentrum in dem <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Systemstart</emphasis> Tab unter \"Autologin einrichten zur automatischen "
+"Anmeldung\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:26
@@ -945,19 +993,19 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system "
-"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the "
-"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be "
-"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by "
-"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
+"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
+"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
+"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
+"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to"
-" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
+"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
 "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
 "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
 "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
@@ -976,9 +1024,11 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
@@ -990,17 +1040,17 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by"
-" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
-"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space "
-"first: the file can easily be several GBs large."
+"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
+"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
+"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
+"several GBs large."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing"
-" the unneeded parts."
+"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
+"the unneeded parts."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1178,11 +1228,11 @@ msgstr "df"
 msgid ""
 "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
 "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\""
-" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
-"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, "
-"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
+"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
+"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
+"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1195,8 +1245,7 @@ msgstr "Mageia Bugreport-Werkzeug"
 msgid "drakbug"
 msgstr "drakbug"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:15
 msgid "drakbug.png"
 msgstr "drakbug.png"
@@ -1204,29 +1253,37 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that,"
-" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some "
-"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug "
-"report."
-msgstr "Normalerweise startet dies Programm automatisch, wenn ein Mageia Werkzeug abstürzt. Es ist aber auch möglich, das nach dem Ausfüllen eines Bugreports, sie gefragt werden, dieses Programm zu starten, um weitere Informationen zu liefern, als solche, die schon im Report stehen"
+"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
+"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
+"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalerweise startet dies Programm automatisch, wenn ein Mageia Werkzeug "
+"abstürzt. Es ist aber auch möglich, das nach dem Ausfüllen eines Bugreports, "
+"sie gefragt werden, dieses Programm zu starten, um weitere Informationen zu "
+"liefern, als solche, die schon im Report stehen"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link "
-"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How "
-"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" "
-"button."
-msgstr "Wenn ein neuer Bug gemeldet werden soll, und sie sich noch nicht sicher fühlen, lesen sie bitte <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> (englisch), bevor sie auf 'Bericht' klicken"
+"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
+"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn ein neuer Bug gemeldet werden soll, und sie sich noch nicht sicher "
+"fühlen, lesen sie bitte <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
+"(englisch), bevor sie auf 'Bericht' klicken"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:23
@@ -1246,8 +1303,7 @@ msgstr "Datum und Uhrzeit einstellen"
 msgid "drakclock"
 msgstr "drakclock"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:10
 msgid "drakclock.png"
 msgstr "drakclock.png"
@@ -1255,17 +1311,19 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and "
-"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a "
-"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
+"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
+"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1277,8 +1335,8 @@ msgstr "Es ist ein sehr einfaches Werkzeug"
 #: en/drakclock.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on"
-" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
+"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
+"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
 "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
 "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
 msgstr ""
@@ -1286,9 +1344,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:29
 msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time "
-"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on "
-"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
+"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
+"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
 "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1297,9 +1355,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
 "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows"
-" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see"
-" your desktop environment settings for that."
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
+"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
+"your desktop environment settings for that."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1313,8 +1371,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they"
-" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
+"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
 "settings."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1328,8 +1386,7 @@ msgstr "Eine Verbindung entfernen"
 msgid "drakconnect --del"
 msgstr "drakconnect --del"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
 msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
@@ -1337,15 +1394,17 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>."
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -1372,8 +1431,7 @@ msgstr "Eine Netzwerkschnittstelle erstellen (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
 msgid "drakconnect"
 msgstr "drakconnect"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:11
 msgid "drakconnect.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect.png"
@@ -1381,9 +1439,11 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Programm über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:18
@@ -1424,65 +1484,56 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Automatic IP"
 msgstr "Automatische IP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers"
-" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
+"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
-" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:62
 msgid "drakconnect5.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
 msgid "the DHCP client"
 msgstr "der DHCP-Client"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
 msgid "DHCP timeout"
 msgstr "DHCP Zeitüberschreitung"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
 msgid ""
 "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
@@ -1490,8 +1541,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
@@ -1503,8 +1553,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Manual configuration"
 msgstr "Manuelle Konfiguration"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:115
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
@@ -1513,30 +1562,27 @@ msgid ""
 "attributed by default."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
-"available from your service provider's website."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
+"provider's website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:126
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
-"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
-"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
-"domestic ADSL would not need this setting."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
+"this setting."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:136
 msgid "drakconnect30.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
@@ -1557,10 +1603,9 @@ msgstr "Eine neue Satelliten-Verbindung (DVB)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you"
-" can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
-"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -1573,59 +1618,53 @@ msgstr "Eine neue Modem-Verbindung"
 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:176
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Keine"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:180
 msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name"
-" and password."
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
+"and password."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:191
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
 "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
-" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:252
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers"
-" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
+"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
 "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
-"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
-"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
-"domestic connection would not need this setting."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
+"need this setting."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:273
 msgid "drakconnect32.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
@@ -1646,8 +1685,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1655,32 +1694,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:307
 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:311
 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
 msgstr "Manuelle TCP/IP Konfiguration"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:315
 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 msgstr "PPP über ADSL (PPPoA)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:319
 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 msgstr "PPP über Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:323
 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgstr "Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
@@ -1690,26 +1724,22 @@ msgstr "Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgid "Access settings"
 msgstr "Zugangseinstellungen"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
 msgid "Account Login (user name)"
 msgstr "Benutzername (Login)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
 msgid "Account password"
 msgstr "Passwort"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:341
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 msgstr "(Fortgeschrittener) Virtuelle Pfad-ID (VPI):"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:345
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
 msgstr "(Fortgeschrittener) Virtuelle Circuit-ID (VCI):"
@@ -1729,14 +1759,12 @@ msgstr "Eine neue ISDN-Verbindung"
 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:365
 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
 msgstr "Manuelle Auswahl (Interne ISDN-Karte)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:369
 msgid "External ISDN modem"
 msgstr "Externes ISDN-Modem"
@@ -1748,14 +1776,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Select your card."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:384
 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:389
 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1764,31 +1790,27 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:395
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave "
-"you. Then it is asked for parameters:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
+"asked for parameters:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:402
 msgid "Connection name"
 msgstr "Name der Verbindung"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:406
 msgid "Phone number"
 msgstr "Telefonnummer"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:410
 msgid "Login ID"
 msgstr "Login-ID"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:418
 msgid "Authentication method"
 msgstr "Authentifizierungsmethode"
@@ -1804,24 +1826,21 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:430
 msgid ""
 "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to"
-" put:"
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
+"put:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:436
 msgid "Domain name"
 msgstr "Name der Domäne"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:440
 msgid "First and second DNS Server"
 msgstr "Erster und zweiter DNS Server"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:444
 msgid ""
 "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
@@ -1831,9 +1850,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:452
 msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic"
-" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter "
-"the IP address."
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
+"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
+"IP address."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -1861,89 +1880,74 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:484
 msgid "drakconnect31.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:490
 msgid "Operating mode:"
 msgstr "Betriebsmodus"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:494
 msgid "Managed"
 msgstr "Geführt"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:497
 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:503
 msgid "Ad-Hoc"
 msgstr "Direkt"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:506
 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:514
 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
 msgstr "Netzwerkname (ESSID)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:518
 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:523
 msgid "WPA/WPA2"
 msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:526
 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:532
 msgid "WEP"
 msgstr "WEP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:535
 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:543
 msgid "Encryption key"
 msgstr "Schlüssel"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid ""
-"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
+msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1953,8 +1957,7 @@ msgid ""
 "manual IP address."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:561
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
@@ -1966,46 +1969,41 @@ msgid ""
 "DHCP server</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:589
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:608
 msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
 "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:619
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:625
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
-"available from your providers website."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
+"website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:630
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, "
-"before the period."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
+"period."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2037,8 +2035,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Provide access settings"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:674
 msgid "Access Point Name"
 msgstr "Access-Point-Name"
@@ -2053,14 +2050,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:710
 msgid "Manual choice"
 msgstr "Manuelle Auswahl"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:714
 msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
 msgstr "Gefundene Hardware, falls vorhanden"
@@ -2081,67 +2076,57 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:729
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-" Then it is asked for Dialup options:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
+"for Dialup options:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:736
 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Verbindungs Name</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:740
 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Telefon Number</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:744
 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:748
 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Passwort</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:752
 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Authentikation</emphasis>, Auswahl:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:756
 msgid "PAP/CHAP"
 msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:760
 msgid "Script-based"
 msgstr "Skript-basiert"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:764
 msgid "PAP"
 msgstr "PAP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:768
 msgid "Terminal-based"
 msgstr "Terminal-basiert"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:772
 msgid "CHAP"
 msgstr "CHAP"
@@ -2217,8 +2202,7 @@ msgid ""
 "immediately or not."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:841
 msgid "drakconnect9.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
@@ -2233,8 +2217,7 @@ msgstr "Eine Konsole mit Administratorrechten öffnen"
 msgid "drakconsole"
 msgstr "drakconsole"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:10
 msgid "drakconsole.png"
 msgstr "drakconsole.png"
@@ -2242,16 +2225,18 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more"
-" information about that."
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
+"information about that."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2264,8 +2249,7 @@ msgstr "Partitionen verwalten"
 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
 msgstr "drakdisk oder diskdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:15
 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
@@ -2273,10 +2257,13 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> oder <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
+"as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> oder <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</"
+"emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:20
@@ -2284,8 +2271,8 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
 "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
 "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on "
-"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
+"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2295,8 +2282,7 @@ msgid ""
 "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:35
 msgid "drakdisk.png"
 msgstr "drakdisk.png"
@@ -2306,11 +2292,10 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png"
 msgid ""
 "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
 "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a"
-" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear "
-"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete "
-"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a "
-"partition."
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
+"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
+"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
+"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2338,10 +2323,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:58
 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr "Sie können auch einen Einhängepunkt wählen der nicht existiert, er wird erstellt."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können auch einen Einhängepunkt wählen der nicht existiert, er wird "
+"erstellt."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:63
 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
@@ -2354,8 +2340,7 @@ msgid ""
 "seen in the screenshot below."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:73
 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
@@ -2370,8 +2355,7 @@ msgstr "Display-Manager einrichten"
 msgid "drakedm"
 msgstr "drakedm"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:12
 msgid "drakedm.png"
 msgstr "drakedm.png"
@@ -2379,16 +2363,18 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available"
-" on your system will be shown."
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
+"on your system will be shown."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2409,8 +2395,7 @@ msgstr "Persönliche Firewall einrichten"
 msgid "drakfirewall"
 msgstr "drakfirewall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
 msgid "drakfirewall.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
@@ -2418,9 +2403,11 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
@@ -2436,8 +2423,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
 "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection"
-" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
+"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
 "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
 "the firewall, and only check the needed services."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2473,8 +2460,7 @@ msgid ""
 "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
 msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
@@ -2495,9 +2481,9 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
 "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
 "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot"
-" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to "
-"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
+"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
+"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2505,14 +2491,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
 msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
 msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
@@ -2521,8 +2505,8 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary"
-" packages are downloaded."
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
+"packages are downloaded."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
@@ -2535,15 +2519,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:3
 msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr "Schriften verwalten, hinzufügen und entfernen. Import von Windows(TM)-Schriften"
+msgstr ""
+"Schriften verwalten, hinzufügen und entfernen. Import von Windows(TM)-"
+"Schriften"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:6
 msgid "drakfont"
 msgstr "drakfont"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:11
 msgid "drakfont.png"
 msgstr "drakfont.png"
@@ -2551,9 +2536,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:15
@@ -2587,8 +2574,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You"
-" must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
+"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2599,8 +2586,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Optionen:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able"
-" to use the fonts."
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
+"to use the fonts."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2626,10 +2613,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
 "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select "
-"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
-"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
+"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
+"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2649,8 +2636,7 @@ msgstr "Kindersicherungen"
 msgid "drakguard"
 msgstr "drakguard"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:10
 msgid "drakguard.png"
 msgstr "drakguard.png"
@@ -2658,17 +2644,19 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental "
-"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the "
-"drakguard package (not installed by default)."
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
+"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
+"package (not installed by default)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2694,17 +2682,17 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can"
-" only execute what you accept them to execute."
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
+"only execute what you accept them to execute."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through "
-"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the "
-"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental "
-"control blocker DansGuardian."
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
+"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
+"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
+"DansGuardian."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2719,18 +2707,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
 "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
 "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by"
-" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to "
-"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and"
-" will then suggest you reboot."
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
+"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
+"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
+"then suggest you reboot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab"
-" is opened."
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
+"is opened."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -2782,8 +2770,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:92
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to"
-" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
+"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
 "applications you wish to block."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2804,8 +2792,7 @@ msgstr "Die Internetverbindung mit anderen lokalen Rechnern teilen"
 msgid "drakgw"
 msgstr "drakgw"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:17
 msgid "drakgw.png"
 msgstr "drakgw.png"
@@ -2815,8 +2802,7 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png"
 msgid "Principles"
 msgstr "Prinzipien"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:29
 msgid "drakgw-net.png"
 msgstr "drakgw-net.png"
@@ -2848,9 +2834,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:47
@@ -2877,16 +2865,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes"
-" one, check that this is correct."
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
+"one, check that this is correct."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:71
 msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask"
-" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual"
-" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
+"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
+"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2901,8 +2889,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakgw.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure"
-" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
+"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2938,8 +2926,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
 "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
 "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is"
-" using."
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
+"using."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -2959,8 +2947,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakgw.xml:125
 msgid ""
 "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the "
-"sharing."
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2973,8 +2960,7 @@ msgstr "Hosts Definitionen"
 msgid "drakhosts"
 msgstr "drakhosts"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:10
 msgid "drakhosts.png"
 msgstr "drakhosts.png"
@@ -2982,9 +2968,11 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:14
@@ -3030,8 +3018,7 @@ msgstr "Erweiterte Einstellungen für Netzwerkschnittstellen und Firewall"
 msgid "drakinvictus"
 msgstr "drakinvictus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
 msgid "drakinvictus.png"
 msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
@@ -3041,17 +3028,18 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
 #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
-"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
@@ -3063,8 +3051,7 @@ msgstr "Netzwerkzentrum"
 msgid "draknetcenter"
 msgstr "draknetcenter"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
 msgid "draknetcenter.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
@@ -3072,9 +3059,11 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
@@ -3088,34 +3077,30 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,"
-" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, "
-"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, "
-"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to "
-"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface "
-"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
+"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
+"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
+"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
+"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
+"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
@@ -3125,36 +3110,37 @@ msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
 "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder"
-" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network "
-"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not"
-" connected."
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
+"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
+"connected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal "
-"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and "
-"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then "
-"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> "
-"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network "
-"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings "
-"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption "
-"key in particular)."
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
+"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
+"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
+"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
+"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
+"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
+"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
+"particular)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr "Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> um das Fenster neu zu laden"
+msgstr ""
+"Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> um das Fenster neu zu "
+"laden"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
 msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
@@ -3164,8 +3150,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgid "The Monitor button"
 msgstr "Der Monitor Knopf"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
 msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
@@ -3175,8 +3160,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
 "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray"
-" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
+"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3190,8 +3175,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic "
-"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
+"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -3204,8 +3189,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
 msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
@@ -3215,8 +3199,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
 "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual"
-" configuration may give better results."
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
+"configuration may give better results."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3240,8 +3224,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network "
-"Manager:</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
+"</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3249,8 +3233,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
 msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
@@ -3265,8 +3248,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
 msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
@@ -3299,8 +3281,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a"
-" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
+"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
 "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
 "in private networks."
 msgstr ""
@@ -3317,8 +3299,7 @@ msgid ""
 "point while remaining connected to the network."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
 msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
@@ -3328,8 +3309,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
 msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
@@ -3344,8 +3324,7 @@ msgstr "Verwalten unterschiedlicher Netzwerkprofile"
 msgid "draknetprofile"
 msgstr "draknetprofile"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
 msgid "draknetprofile.png"
 msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
@@ -3353,9 +3332,11 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:9
@@ -3367,8 +3348,7 @@ msgstr "Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse mit NFS freigeben"
 msgid "draknfs"
 msgstr "draknfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:16
 msgid "draknfs.png"
 msgstr "draknfs.png"
@@ -3381,21 +3361,22 @@ msgstr "Voraussetzungen"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the"
-" first time, it may display the following message:"
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
+"first time, it may display the following message:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
+msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3430,8 +3411,7 @@ msgid ""
 "available."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:58
 msgid "draknfs4.png"
 msgstr "draknfs4.png"
@@ -3504,24 +3484,24 @@ msgstr "Benutzer-ID-Abbildung"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
 "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on"
-" the server itself."
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
+"the server itself."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing."
-" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
+"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:107
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids"
-" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID"
-" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
+"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
+"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
@@ -3540,8 +3520,8 @@ msgstr "Erweiterte Einstellungen"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:120
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option"
-" is on by default."
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
+"is on by default."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
@@ -3579,8 +3559,7 @@ msgstr "Menü Einträge"
 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:147
 msgid "draknfs5.png"
 msgstr "draknfs5.png"
@@ -3614,8 +3593,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
 msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration "
-"files."
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -3628,8 +3606,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy"
 msgid "drakproxy"
 msgstr "drakproxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:17
 msgid "drakproxy.png"
 msgstr "drakproxy.png"
@@ -3637,25 +3614,27 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net"
-" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
+"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
 "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a"
-" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
+"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
+"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
 "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
@@ -3672,8 +3651,7 @@ msgstr "Medien konfigurieren"
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
@@ -3681,11 +3659,16 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as"
-" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources"
-" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button"
-" below)."
-msgstr "Das erste was nach der Installation gemacht werden sollte ist, die Softwarequellen (auch Repositories, Medien, Spiegelserver genannt) einzurichten. Das bedeutet das Sie  die Medienquellen auswählen müssen, welche für die Installation und Aktualisierung der Pakete und Anwendungen verwendet werden soll (siehe den hinzufügen Button)."
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
+"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
+"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
+"below)."
+msgstr ""
+"Das erste was nach der Installation gemacht werden sollte ist, die "
+"Softwarequellen (auch Repositories, Medien, Spiegelserver genannt) "
+"einzurichten. Das bedeutet das Sie  die Medienquellen auswählen müssen, "
+"welche für die Installation und Aktualisierung der Pakete und Anwendungen "
+"verwendet werden soll (siehe den hinzufügen Button)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
@@ -3705,14 +3688,21 @@ msgid ""
 "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
 "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
 "the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr "Ihr System läuft womöglich auf einer 32-Bit (i586 genannt) oder 64-Bit (x86_64 genannt) Architektur. Einige Pakete sind unabhängig davon ob ihr System nun 32-Bit oder 64-Bit verwendet; diese werden noarch Pakete genannt. Diese haben zwar kein eigenes noarch Verzeichnis auf den Spiegelservern, befinden sich aber sowohl auf den i586 sowie auf den x86_64 Medien."
+msgstr ""
+"Ihr System läuft womöglich auf einer 32-Bit (i586 genannt) oder 64-Bit "
+"(x86_64 genannt) Architektur. Einige Pakete sind unabhängig davon ob ihr "
+"System nun 32-Bit oder 64-Bit verwendet; diese werden noarch Pakete genannt. "
+"Diese haben zwar kein eigenes noarch Verzeichnis auf den Spiegelservern, "
+"befinden sich aber sowohl auf den i586 sowie auf den x86_64 Medien."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
@@ -3720,7 +3710,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
 "id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug ist im Mageia Kontrollzenturm verfügbar, unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software verwalten.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Werkzeug ist im Mageia Kontrollzenturm verfügbar, unter dem Tab "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Software verwalten.</emphasis><placeholder type="
+"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
@@ -3737,7 +3730,10 @@ msgstr "Spalte Aktiviert:"
 msgid ""
 "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
 "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr "Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um neue Pakete zu installieren. Sei vorsichtig mit bestimmten Medien wie Testing oder Debug, diese könnten dein System unbrauchbar machen."
+msgstr ""
+"Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um neue Pakete zu installieren. Sei "
+"vorsichtig mit bestimmten Medien wie Testing oder Debug, diese könnten dein "
+"System unbrauchbar machen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
@@ -3751,7 +3747,12 @@ msgid ""
 "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
 "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
 "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um Pakete zu aktualisieren, diese müssen aktiviert werden. Nur Medien mit \"Update\" im Namen sollten ausgewählt werden. Aus Sicherheitsgründen kann man diese Zeile nicht in diesem Werkzeug verändern. Du musst hierfür die Konsole als root öffnen und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> eingeben."
+msgstr ""
+"Die ausgewählten Medien werden verwendet um Pakete zu aktualisieren, diese "
+"müssen aktiviert werden. Nur Medien mit \"Update\" im Namen sollten "
+"ausgewählt werden. Aus Sicherheitsgründen kann man diese Zeile nicht in "
+"diesem Werkzeug verändern. Du musst hierfür die Konsole als root öffnen und "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> eingeben."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
@@ -3763,28 +3764,36 @@ msgstr "Spalte Medium:"
 msgid ""
 "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
 "versions contain at least:"
-msgstr "Zeigt den Namen der Medien an. Die offiziellen Mageia Repositories für die finalen Veröffentlichungen enthalten:"
+msgstr ""
+"Zeigt den Namen der Medien an. Die offiziellen Mageia Repositories für die "
+"finalen Veröffentlichungen enthalten:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
 "available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> welches die meisten Programme enthalten die von Mageia unterstützt werden."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> welches die meisten Programme "
+"enthalten die von Mageia unterstützt werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
 "which are not free"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> enthält einige Programme die nicht unter einer freien Lizenz stehen."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> enthält einige Programme die "
+"nicht unter einer freien Lizenz stehen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
 "might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> enthält freie Software welche allerdings in einigen Ländern Patente verletzen könnten."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> enthält freie Software welche "
+"allerdings in einigen Ländern Patente verletzen könnten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
@@ -3796,7 +3805,9 @@ msgstr "Jedes Medium hat 4 Untersektionen:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
 "this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> enthält die Pakete vom Tag der Veröffentlichung der Mageia Version."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> enthält die Pakete vom Tag der "
+"Veröffentlichung der Mageia Version."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
@@ -3804,22 +3815,32 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
 "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
 "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> enthält Pakete die seit der Veröffentlichung aktualisiert wurden aufgrund von Sicherheits- oder Fehlerbehebungen. Jeder sollte dieses Medium aktiviert haben, selbst wenn man eine langsame Internetverbindung verwendet."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> enthält Pakete die seit der "
+"Veröffentlichung aktualisiert wurden aufgrund von Sicherheits- oder "
+"Fehlerbehebungen. Jeder sollte dieses Medium aktiviert haben, selbst wenn "
+"man eine langsame Internetverbindung verwendet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
 "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> enthält einige Pakete von neueren Mageia Versionen welche von Cauldron (die nächste Version die in Arbeit ist) zurückportiert wurden."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> enthält einige Pakete von "
+"neueren Mageia Versionen welche von Cauldron (die nächste Version die in "
+"Arbeit ist) zurückportiert wurden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests"
-" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
+"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
 "corrections."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> wird dazu verwendet um neue Aktualisierungen zu testen, damit die Melder eines Fehlers und das QA Team die beseitigung dessen prüfen können."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> wird dazu verwendet um neue "
+"Aktualisierungen zu testen, damit die Melder eines Fehlers und das QA Team "
+"die beseitigung dessen prüfen können."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
@@ -3837,7 +3858,11 @@ msgid ""
 "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
 "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
 "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr "Um ein Medium zu entfernen, klicke auf das Medium und anschließend diesen Knopf. Es wird empfohlen das Medium, welches für die Installation verwendet wurde (z.B. CD oder DVD) zu entfernen, da alle Pakete in den offizellen Core Medien enthalten sind."
+msgstr ""
+"Um ein Medium zu entfernen, klicke auf das Medium und anschließend diesen "
+"Knopf. Es wird empfohlen das Medium, welches für die Installation verwendet "
+"wurde (z.B. CD oder DVD) zu entfernen, da alle Pakete in den offizellen Core "
+"Medien enthalten sind."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
@@ -3849,7 +3874,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Bearbeiten:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
 "proxy)."
-msgstr "Erlaubt dir das Ändern der Einstellungen des ausgewählten Mediums (URL, downloader und Proxy)."
+msgstr ""
+"Erlaubt dir das Ändern der Einstellungen des ausgewählten Mediums (URL, "
+"downloader und Proxy)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
@@ -3862,10 +3889,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
 "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
 "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a"
-" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
+"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
+"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
 "from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr "Fügt die offiziellen Repositories die im Internet verfügbar sind hinzu. Diese Repositories enthalten nur sichere und gut getestete Software. Durch klicken des \"Hinzufügen\" Knopfs, wird die Spiegelliste in den Einstellung hinzugefügt. Es ist so eingerichtet, das es nur installationen und Aktualisierungen von einem Spiegelserver in ihrer Nähe verwendet. Falls sie einen spezifischen Spiegelserver auswählen möchten, dann sollte er über \"Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen\" über das Drop-Down Menü \"Datei\" ausgewählt werden."
+msgstr ""
+"Fügt die offiziellen Repositories die im Internet verfügbar sind hinzu. "
+"Diese Repositories enthalten nur sichere und gut getestete Software. Durch "
+"klicken des \"Hinzufügen\" Knopfs, wird die Spiegelliste in den Einstellung "
+"hinzugefügt. Es ist so eingerichtet, das es nur installationen und "
+"Aktualisierungen von einem Spiegelserver in ihrer Nähe verwendet. Falls sie "
+"einen spezifischen Spiegelserver auswählen möchten, dann sollte er über "
+"\"Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen\" über das Drop-Down Menü \"Datei"
+"\" ausgewählt werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
@@ -3876,10 +3911,15 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Nach oben und unten zeigende Pfeile:</guibutton>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same"
-" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release "
-"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr "Ändert die Listenordnung. Wenn Drakrpm nach Paketen sucht, liest es die Listen in der angezeigten Reihenfolge und installiert das erste Paket, das mit der passenden Veröffentlichungsnummer gefunden wurde - sollte es einen Versionsunterschied geben, wird die neuste Veröffentlichung installiert. Aus diesem Grund sollten die schnellsten Repositories am Anfang stehen."
+"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
+"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
+"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
+msgstr ""
+"Ändert die Listenordnung. Wenn Drakrpm nach Paketen sucht, liest es die "
+"Listen in der angezeigten Reihenfolge und installiert das erste Paket, das "
+"mit der passenden Veröffentlichungsnummer gefunden wurde - sollte es einen "
+"Versionsunterschied geben, wird die neuste Veröffentlichung installiert. Aus "
+"diesem Grund sollten die schnellsten Repositories am Anfang stehen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
@@ -3894,9 +3934,12 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Datei -> Aktualisieren:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
 msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and"
-" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Ein Fenster mit der Medienliste erscheint. Wähle die aus, welche sie aktualisieren möchten und klicke anschließend auf den <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> Knopf."
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
+"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Ein Fenster mit der Medienliste erscheint. Wähle die aus, welche sie "
+"aktualisieren möchten und klicke anschließend auf den "
+"<guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> Knopf."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
@@ -3907,16 +3950,15 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Datei -> Einen bestimmten Spiegelserver hinzufügen:</guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
 msgid ""
 "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the"
-" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
+"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
 "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
 "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
 "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -3927,7 +3969,11 @@ msgid ""
 "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
 "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
 "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Sie können auf der linken Seite eine Liste von Ländern sehen, von denen sie ihr Land oder eines in ihrer Nähe auswählen. Durch das Klicken auf das > Symbol, werden die verfügbaren Server in diesem Land gelistet. Wähle einen aus und klicke auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können auf der linken Seite eine Liste von Ländern sehen, von denen sie "
+"ihr Land oder eines in ihrer Nähe auswählen. Durch das Klicken auf das > "
+"Symbol, werden die verfügbaren Server in diesem Land gelistet. Wähle einen "
+"aus und klicke auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
@@ -3939,10 +3985,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Datei -> Hinzufügen eines Benutzer Mediums:</guimenu>"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
 "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr "Es ist möglich ein neues Medium (z.B. von einem Drittanbieter) hinzuzufügen, welches von Mageia nicht unterstützt wird. Ein neues Fenster erscheint:"
+msgstr ""
+"Es ist möglich ein neues Medium (z.B. von einem Drittanbieter) hinzuzufügen, "
+"welches von Mageia nicht unterstützt wird. Ein neues Fenster erscheint:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
@@ -3963,11 +4010,16 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Optionen -> Globale optionen:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" "
-"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define "
-"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
+"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
+"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
 "default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr "Dieser Eintrag erlaubt es ihnen auszuwählen ob zu installierende RPMs verifiziert werden sollen (immer oder niemals), welches Downloadprogramm verwendet werden soll (curl, wget oder aria2) und ob Paketinformationen im XML Format heruntergeladen werden sollen (Auf Nachfrage -standard-, Nur Aktualisieren, Immer oder Niemals)."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieser Eintrag erlaubt es ihnen auszuwählen ob zu installierende RPMs "
+"verifiziert werden sollen (immer oder niemals), welches Downloadprogramm "
+"verwendet werden soll (curl, wget oder aria2) und ob Paketinformationen im "
+"XML Format heruntergeladen werden sollen (Auf Nachfrage -standard-, Nur "
+"Aktualisieren, Immer oder Niemals)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
@@ -3977,12 +4029,19 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Optionen -> Schlüssel verwalten:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
 msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate"
-" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In "
-"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click "
-"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr "Um einen hohen Sicherheitsstandard zu garantieren, werden zur Authentifikation der Medien digitale Schlüssel verwendet. Es ist für jedes Medium möglich, einen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder abzulehnen. Im Fenster das erscheint, wähle ein Medium aus und klicke auf <guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton> um einen neuen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder wähle einen Schlüssel und klicke auf <guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> um einen Schlüssel abzulehnen."
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
+"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
+"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
+"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
+"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+msgstr ""
+"Um einen hohen Sicherheitsstandard zu garantieren, werden zur "
+"Authentifikation der Medien digitale Schlüssel verwendet. Es ist für jedes "
+"Medium möglich, einen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder abzulehnen. Im Fenster das "
+"erscheint, wähle ein Medium aus und klicke auf <guibutton>Hinzufügen</"
+"guibutton> um einen neuen Schlüssel zu erlauben oder wähle einen Schlüssel "
+"und klicke auf <guibutton>Entfernen</guibutton> um einen Schlüssel "
+"abzulehnen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
@@ -3998,17 +4057,20 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Optionen -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
 msgid ""
 "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if"
-" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and "
-"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Falls sie für den Internetzugriff einen Proxyserver verwenden müssen, können sie diesen hier einstellen. Sie müssen nur den  <guibutton>Proxy Hostnamen</guibutton> und falls nötig den <guilabel>Nutzernamen</guilabel> und das <guilabel>Passwort</guilabel> eingeben."
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
+"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls sie für den Internetzugriff einen Proxyserver verwenden müssen, können "
+"sie diesen hier einstellen. Sie müssen nur den  <guibutton>Proxy Hostnamen</"
+"guibutton> und falls nötig den <guilabel>Nutzernamen</guilabel> und das "
+"<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel> eingeben."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
 msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki "
-"page</link>."
+"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
+"link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -4021,8 +4083,7 @@ msgstr "Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse mit Samba freigeben"
 msgid "draksambashare"
 msgstr "draksambashare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:18
 msgid "draksambashare.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare.png"
@@ -4061,20 +4122,21 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:53
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks"
-" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
+"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
 "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:61
 msgid "draksambashare0.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
@@ -4086,8 +4148,7 @@ msgid ""
 "selected."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:71
 msgid "draksambashare1.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
@@ -4095,8 +4156,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the"
-" access to the shared resources."
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
+"access to the shared resources."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -4106,8 +4167,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the network."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:85
 msgid "draksambashare2.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
@@ -4138,8 +4198,7 @@ msgid ""
 "address or host name."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:110
 msgid "draksambashare3.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
@@ -4151,8 +4210,7 @@ msgid ""
 "described in the Windows workstations."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:120
 msgid "draksambashare4.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
@@ -4163,8 +4221,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:131
 msgid "draksambashare5.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
@@ -4173,12 +4230,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in "
-"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
+"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:143
 msgid "draksambashare6.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
@@ -4188,8 +4244,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:155
 msgid "draksambashare13.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
@@ -4222,8 +4277,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:179
 msgid "draksambashare15.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
@@ -4231,14 +4285,13 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:184
 msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the "
-"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether"
-" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share "
-"name can not be modified."
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
+"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
+"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
+"modified."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:191
 msgid "draksambashare16.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
@@ -4283,8 +4336,7 @@ msgstr "Druckerfreigabe"
 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:241
 msgid "draksambashare17.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
@@ -4302,8 +4354,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgid "Samba users"
 msgstr "Samba-Benutzer"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:253
 msgid "draksambashare18.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
@@ -4326,61 +4377,78 @@ msgstr "Die Authentifizierung für die Mageia-Werkzeuge einrichten"
 msgid "draksec"
 msgstr "draksec"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec.png"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "draksec0.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
+"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia "
+"Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> "
+"verfügbar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:20
+#: en/draksec.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
 "usually done by the administrator."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:23
+#: en/draksec.xml:22
+msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksec.xml:27
+msgid "draksec.png"
+msgstr "draksec.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
 "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list gives the choice between:"
+"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:29
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+#: en/draksec.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
+"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:34
+#: en/draksec.xml:43
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:39
-msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
+#: en/draksec.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
-"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:53
+msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -4393,8 +4461,7 @@ msgstr "Snapshots"
 msgid "draksnapshot-config"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
@@ -4402,16 +4469,18 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration "
-"tools</guilabel> section."
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
+"guilabel> section."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -4426,9 +4495,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable "
-"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, "
-"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
+"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
+"whole system</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -4436,22 +4505,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
 "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to"
-" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the "
-"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from"
-" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> "
-"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you "
-"are done."
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
+"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
+"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
+"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
+"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
+"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted"
-" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
+"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
+"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -4469,8 +4537,7 @@ msgstr "Soundkonfiguration"
 msgid "draksound"
 msgstr "draksound"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:10
 msgid "draksound.png"
 msgstr "draksound.png"
@@ -4478,16 +4545,21 @@ msgstr "draksound.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
-msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> verfügbar.¶"
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia "
+"Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> "
+"verfügbar.¶"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:19
@@ -4495,15 +4567,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, "
 "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience "
 "sound problems or if you change the sound card."
-msgstr "Draksound verwaltet die Soundeinstellungen, darunter die Treiberauswahl, PulseAudio Optionen und die Fehlersuche. Es wird ihnen helfen, wenn sie Tonprobleme feststellen oder wenn sie die Soundkarte wechseln."
+msgstr ""
+"Draksound verwaltet die Soundeinstellungen, darunter die Treiberauswahl, "
+"PulseAudio Optionen und die Fehlersuche. Es wird ihnen helfen, wenn sie "
+"Tonprobleme feststellen oder wenn sie die Soundkarte wechseln."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a"
-" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound "
-"card."
-msgstr "Die Dropdown Liste <guilabel>Treiber</guilabel>, erlaubt ihnen einen Treiber auszuwählen, von allen auf dem Computer verfügbaren, die mit der Soundkarte übereinstimmen."
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
+"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Dropdown Liste <guilabel>Treiber</guilabel>, erlaubt ihnen einen Treiber "
+"auszuwählen, von allen auf dem Computer verfügbaren, die mit der Soundkarte "
+"übereinstimmen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:28
@@ -4511,15 +4588,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
 "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
 "possible for its enhanced features."
-msgstr "Die meiste Zeit ist es möglich einen Treiber auszuwählen welcher die OSS oder ALSA API verwenden. OSS ist die älteste und enthält eher Grundfunktionien. Wir empfehlen ALSA, wenn möglich, zu verwenden, aufgrund erweiterten Funktionen."
+msgstr ""
+"Die meiste Zeit ist es möglich einen Treiber auszuwählen welcher die OSS "
+"oder ALSA API verwenden. OSS ist die älteste und enthält eher "
+"Grundfunktionien. Wir empfehlen ALSA, wenn möglich, zu verwenden, aufgrund "
+"erweiterten Funktionen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound"
-" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the "
-"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> "
-"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
+"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
+"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
+"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -4527,14 +4608,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
 "enabled."
-msgstr "PulseAudio ist der Standard Soundserver und es wird empfohlen diesen aktivert zu lassen."
+msgstr ""
+"PulseAudio ist der Standard Soundserver und es wird empfohlen diesen "
+"aktivert zu lassen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
 "is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr "Der <guilabel>Störungsfreie Modus</guilabel> verbessert PulseAudio mit einigen Programmen. Hier wird auch empfohlen dies aktiviert zu lassen."
+msgstr ""
+"Der <guilabel>Störungsfreie Modus</guilabel> verbessert PulseAudio mit "
+"einigen Programmen. Hier wird auch empfohlen dies aktiviert zu lassen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:44
@@ -4543,8 +4628,7 @@ msgid ""
 "three buttons:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:49
 msgid "Draksound1.png"
 msgstr "Draksound1.png"
@@ -4575,8 +4659,7 @@ msgstr "Einrichten einer USV zur Stromkontrolle"
 msgid "drakups"
 msgstr "drakups"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakups.xml:8
 msgid "drakups.png"
 msgstr "drakups.png"
@@ -4584,9 +4667,11 @@ msgstr "drakups.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakups.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:3
@@ -4598,8 +4683,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurieren der VPN-Verbindungen"
 msgid "drakvpn"
 msgstr "drakvpn"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:11
 msgid "drakvpn1.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
@@ -4607,9 +4691,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:18
@@ -4649,8 +4735,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "For Cisco VPN"
 msgstr "Für Cisco VPN"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:48
 msgid "drakvpn3.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
@@ -4662,8 +4747,7 @@ msgid ""
 "first time the tool is used."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:59
 msgid "drakvpn7.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
@@ -4680,8 +4764,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Advanced parameters:"
 msgstr "Erweiterte Parameter"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:68
 msgid "drakvpn8.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
@@ -4702,8 +4785,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect"
-" to this VPN."
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
+"to this VPN."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -4716,8 +4799,7 @@ msgstr "Webserver einrichten"
 msgid "drakwizard apache2"
 msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
@@ -4725,9 +4807,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
@@ -4758,8 +4842,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4776,8 +4859,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4794,8 +4876,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server User Module"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4810,8 +4891,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User web directory name"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4828,8 +4908,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Document Root"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4846,8 +4925,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Summary"
 msgstr "Übersicht"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4857,8 +4935,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -4867,8 +4944,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Finish"
 msgstr "Assistent beenden"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4889,8 +4965,7 @@ msgstr "DNS konfigurieren"
 msgid "drakwizard bind"
 msgstr "drakwizard bind"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
@@ -4898,9 +4973,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
@@ -4912,8 +4989,7 @@ msgstr "DHCP konfigurieren"
 msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
 msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
@@ -4928,16 +5004,18 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should"
-" be installed before you can access to it."
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
+"be installed before you can access to it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -4964,8 +5042,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4975,8 +5052,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4985,8 +5061,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -4994,8 +5070,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select IP range"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5009,8 +5084,7 @@ msgid ""
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5020,8 +5094,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Hold on..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5038,8 +5111,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Hours later..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5064,73 +5136,62 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from "
-"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and "
-"adding the new parameters:"
+"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
+"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
+"parameters:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
 msgid "<code>hname</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
 msgid "<code>dns</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
 msgid "net"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
 msgid "ip"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
 msgid "<code>mask</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
 msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
 msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
 msgid "<code>dname</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
 msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5138,8 +5199,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
 msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file "
-"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
+"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
+"code>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -5157,8 +5218,7 @@ msgstr "Zeit konfigurieren"
 msgid "drakwizard ntp"
 msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
@@ -5166,16 +5226,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed"
-" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
+"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
+"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
 "packages."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -5192,26 +5254,22 @@ msgid ""
 "because this server always points to available time servers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
@@ -5219,15 +5277,14 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you"
-" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
+"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
+"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
 "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
 "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
@@ -5235,7 +5292,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr "Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> um das Programm zu schließen"
+msgstr ""
+"Klicken sie auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> um das Programm zu schließen"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
@@ -5250,9 +5308,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to "
-"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
-"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
+"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
+"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -5272,8 +5330,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
 msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and "
-"<code>ntpd</code> services;"
+"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
+"code> services;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -5292,8 +5350,7 @@ msgstr "FTP konfigurieren"
 msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
 msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
@@ -5301,15 +5358,17 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
-" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -5335,14 +5394,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5359,8 +5416,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Information"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5377,8 +5433,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5386,18 +5441,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>"
-" (File eXchange Protocol)"
+"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
+"(File eXchange Protocol)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5412,8 +5465,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy konfigurieren"
 msgid "drakwizard squid"
 msgstr "drakwizard squid"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
@@ -5421,9 +5473,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
@@ -5459,8 +5513,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5470,8 +5523,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5488,8 +5540,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5505,8 +5556,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select Network Access Control"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5514,8 +5564,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5523,16 +5573,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Grant Network Access"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5540,8 +5588,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5556,8 +5603,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5565,12 +5611,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
 msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5580,8 +5625,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Start during boot?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5593,8 +5637,7 @@ msgid ""
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5607,56 +5650,49 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
 msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in "
-"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
+"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
+"orig;</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from "
-"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
+"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
+"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
 msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
 msgid "cache_mem"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
 msgid "http_port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
 msgid ""
 "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5676,8 +5712,7 @@ msgstr "OpenSSH Daemon-Konfiguration"
 msgid "drakwizard sshd"
 msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
@@ -5685,15 +5720,17 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
-" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -5706,8 +5743,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
 "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,"
-" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
+"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
+"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
 "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
 "respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5727,8 +5764,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5736,9 +5772,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or "
-"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
+"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5746,8 +5781,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "General Options"
 msgstr "Allgemeine Einstellungen"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5764,8 +5798,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Authentication Methods"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5782,8 +5815,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Logging"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5791,8 +5823,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
 msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5800,8 +5832,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Login Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5816,8 +5847,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User Login Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5833,8 +5863,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5846,14 +5875,12 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5868,8 +5895,7 @@ msgstr "Ein- oder Ausschalten von Systemdiensten"
 msgid "drakxservices"
 msgstr "drakxservices"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:8
 msgid "drakxservices.png"
 msgstr "drakxservices.png"
@@ -5877,9 +5903,11 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:10
@@ -5891,8 +5919,7 @@ msgstr "Hardware-Konfiguration"
 msgid "harddrake2"
 msgstr "harddrake2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:17
 msgid "harddrake2.png"
 msgstr "harddrake2.png"
@@ -5900,9 +5927,11 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:22
@@ -5930,7 +5959,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
 "grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
 "category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr "Die linke Spalte enthält eine Liste der erkannten Hardware. Die Geräte sind in Kategorien gruppiert. Klicke auf das &gt; um den Inhalt der Kategorien anzeigen zu lassen. Jedes Gerät kann in dieser Spalte ausgewählt werden."
+msgstr ""
+"Die linke Spalte enthält eine Liste der erkannten Hardware. Die Geräte sind "
+"in Kategorien gruppiert. Klicke auf das &gt; um den Inhalt der Kategorien "
+"anzeigen zu lassen. Jedes Gerät kann in dieser Spalte ausgewählt werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:39
@@ -5938,14 +5970,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
 "<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
 "about the content of the fields."
-msgstr "Die rechte Spalte zeigt Informationen über das ausgewählte Gerät. Die <guimenu>Hilfe -&gt; Felderbeschreibung</guimenu> zeigt einige Informationen über den Inhalt der Felder."
+msgstr ""
+"Die rechte Spalte zeigt Informationen über das ausgewählte Gerät. Die "
+"<guimenu>Hilfe -&gt; Felderbeschreibung</guimenu> zeigt einige Informationen "
+"über den Inhalt der Felder."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are"
-" available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr "Je nachdem welche Art von Gerät ausgewählt wurde, sind ein oder zwei Knöpfe am Ende der rechten Spalte verfügbar:"
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
+"available at the bottom of the right column:"
+msgstr ""
+"Je nachdem welche Art von Gerät ausgewählt wurde, sind ein oder zwei Knöpfe "
+"am Ende der rechten Spalte verfügbar:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:48
@@ -5967,7 +6004,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
 "enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr "Das <guimenu>Optionen</guimenu> Menü bietet Kästchen zum anklicken an, um die automatische Erkennung zu aktivieren:"
+msgstr ""
+"Das <guimenu>Optionen</guimenu> Menü bietet Kästchen zum anklicken an, um "
+"die automatische Erkennung zu aktivieren:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:73
@@ -6002,8 +6041,7 @@ msgstr "Einstellen des Tastaturlayouts"
 msgid "keyboarddrake"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
 msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
@@ -6011,9 +6049,11 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
@@ -6033,10 +6073,13 @@ msgstr "Tastaturlayout"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed"
-" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity "
-"each layout should be used for."
-msgstr "Hier können sie auswählen welches Tastaturlayout sie verwenden möchten. Die Namen (in alphabetischer Reihenfolge sortiert) beschreiben die Sprache, Land und/oder Ethnie jedes Layouts wofür diese verwendet wird."
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
+"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
+"layout should be used for."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können sie auswählen welches Tastaturlayout sie verwenden möchten. Die "
+"Namen (in alphabetischer Reihenfolge sortiert) beschreiben die Sprache, Land "
+"und/oder Ethnie jedes Layouts wofür diese verwendet wird."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
@@ -6060,8 +6103,7 @@ msgstr "Auswählen der Region und Sprache"
 msgid "localedrake"
 msgstr "localedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:18
 msgid "localedrake.png"
 msgstr "localedrake.png"
@@ -6069,9 +6111,11 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
@@ -6142,8 +6186,7 @@ msgstr "Betrachten und Durchsuchen von System-Protokollen"
 msgid "logdrake"
 msgstr "logdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:10
 msgid "logdrake.png"
 msgstr "logdrake.png"
@@ -6151,16 +6194,18 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system "
-"logs</guilabel>\"."
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
+"guilabel>\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -6171,26 +6216,26 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to "
-"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)"
-"  to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is"
-" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of "
-"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected "
-"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> "
-"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the "
-"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by "
-"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
+"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
+"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
+"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
+"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
+"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
+"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
+"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia"
-" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs "
-"are updated each time a configuration is modified."
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
+"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
+"updated each time a configuration is modified."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -6209,11 +6254,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail "
-"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> "
-"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the "
-"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to "
-"look watch. (See screenshot above)."
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
+"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
+"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
+"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
+"(See screenshot above)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -6261,8 +6306,7 @@ msgstr "Xinetd-Dienst"
 msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:91
 msgid "logdrake1.png"
 msgstr "logdrake1.png"
@@ -6271,8 +6315,8 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png"
 #: en/logdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows"
-" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
+"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
 "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
 "to 3 times the number of processors."
 msgstr ""
@@ -6298,24 +6342,28 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr "Dieses Tool  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die Kommandozeile gestartet werden."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Tool  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die "
+"Kommandozeile gestartet werden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the "
-"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
+"advance."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -6331,9 +6379,11 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis> als root eingeben"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
@@ -6341,18 +6391,20 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
 "root."
-msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die Kommandozeile gestartet und benutzt werden. Es zeigt mehr informationen wenn es als root benutzt wird."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Werkzeug <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kann nur über die "
+"Kommandozeile gestartet und benutzt werden. Es zeigt mehr informationen wenn "
+"es als root benutzt wird."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,"
-" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
+"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
+"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
 "packages to work."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
 msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
@@ -6368,7 +6420,10 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
 "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr "lspcidrake erzeugt oft sehr lange Listen, also wird es oft über eine Pipeline zusammen mit dem grep Kommando genutzt um Informationen zu finden, wie in diesen Beispielen:"
+msgstr ""
+"lspcidrake erzeugt oft sehr lange Listen, also wird es oft über eine "
+"Pipeline zusammen mit dem grep Kommando genutzt um Informationen zu finden, "
+"wie in diesen Beispielen:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
@@ -6402,8 +6457,7 @@ msgid ""
 "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
 msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
@@ -6425,8 +6479,7 @@ msgstr "Aktualisierung der Softwarepakete"
 msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate oder drakrpm-update"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
@@ -6434,18 +6487,21 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
-"update</emphasis> as root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
+"emphasis> as root."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
-"management.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum verfügbar unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software verwalten.</emphasis>"
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia "
+"Kontrollzentrum verfügbar unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
+"verwalten.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18
@@ -6459,21 +6515,29 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by"
-" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
+"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
 "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr "Sobald das Werkzeug gestartet ist, scannt es die installierten Pakete und listet die auf, für die eine Aktualisierung in den Repositories verfügbar ist. Standardmäßig werden alle ausgewählt um automatisch heruntergeladen und installiert zu werden. Klicke auf den <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> Knopf um den Prozess zu starten."
+msgstr ""
+"Sobald das Werkzeug gestartet ist, scannt es die installierten Pakete und "
+"listet die auf, für die eine Aktualisierung in den Repositories verfügbar "
+"ist. Standardmäßig werden alle ausgewählt um automatisch heruntergeladen und "
+"installiert zu werden. Klicke auf den <guibutton>Aktualisieren</guibutton> "
+"Knopf um den Prozess zu starten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of"
-" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
+"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
 "means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr "Durch das anklicken eines Pakets wird mehr Informationen in der unteren Hälfte des Fensters angezeigt. Das Zeichen<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> vor einer Überschrift bedeutet, das Sie darauf klicken können, um einen Klapptext anzeigen zu lassen."
+msgstr ""
+"Durch das anklicken eines Pakets wird mehr Informationen in der unteren "
+"Hälfte des Fensters angezeigt. Das Zeichen<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></"
+"emphasis> vor einer Überschrift bedeutet, das Sie darauf klicken können, um "
+"einen Klapptext anzeigen zu lassen."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
@@ -6482,17 +6546,20 @@ msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
-". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr "Sobald Aktualisierungen verfügbar sind, informiert dich eine Anwendung in der Systemleiste durch ein rotes Icon  <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Klicke einfach darauf und gebe dein Benutzerpasswort ein, um das System zu aktualisieren."
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
+"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+msgstr ""
+"Sobald Aktualisierungen verfügbar sind, informiert dich eine Anwendung in "
+"der Systemleiste durch ein rotes Icon  <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
+"\" id=\"0\"/>. Klicke einfach darauf und gebe dein Benutzerpasswort ein, um "
+"das System zu aktualisieren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
 msgid "Boot"
 msgstr "Systemstart"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-boot.png"
 msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
@@ -6529,8 +6596,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
 msgid "Hardware"
 msgstr "Hardware"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
@@ -6540,23 +6606,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
 "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen auswählen, um ihre Hardware zu konfigurieren. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren."
+msgstr ""
+"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen "
+"auswählen, um ihre Hardware zu konfigurieren. Klicke auf einen der unteren "
+"Links, um mehr zu erfahren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
 msgid "Manage your hardware"
 msgstr "Verwalten Sie Ihre Hardware"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure "
-"hardware</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Betrachten und Konfigurieren der Hardware</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Betrachten und Konfigurieren der "
+"Hardware</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
@@ -6566,16 +6635,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgid "Configure graphics"
 msgstr "Grafiksystem konfigurieren"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop "
-"effects</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurieren der 3D Desktop Effekte</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurieren der 3D Desktop Effekte</"
+"emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
@@ -6585,14 +6654,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
 msgstr "Konfigurieren der Maus und des Keyboards"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
@@ -6602,16 +6669,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
 msgstr "Konfigurieren des Druckers und Scanners"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),"
-" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Einrichten des Druckers/der Drucker, der Druckerwarteschlange, ...</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
+"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Einrichten des "
+"Druckers/der Drucker, der Druckerwarteschlange, ...</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
@@ -6621,8 +6688,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Others"
 msgstr "Andere"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
@@ -6639,43 +6705,54 @@ msgid ""
 "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
 "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
 "selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr "Das Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC) bietet in der linken Spalte acht verschiedene Optionen oder Tabs zur Auswahl an und sogar zehn, wenn das Paket drakwizard installiert ist. Jeder dieser Tabs enthalten verschiedene Zusammenstellungen von Werkzeugen, welche in dem großen rechten Panel ausgewählt werden können."
+msgstr ""
+"Das Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC) bietet in der linken Spalte acht "
+"verschiedene Optionen oder Tabs zur Auswahl an und sogar zehn, wenn das "
+"Paket drakwizard installiert ist. Jeder dieser Tabs enthalten verschiedene "
+"Zusammenstellungen von Werkzeugen, welche in dem großen rechten Panel "
+"ausgewählt werden können."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
 msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related "
-"tools."
-msgstr "Die folgenden zehn Kapitel beschreiben diese zehn Optionen und die dazugehörigen Werkzeuge."
+"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
+msgstr ""
+"Die folgenden zehn Kapitel beschreiben diese zehn Optionen und die "
+"dazugehörigen Werkzeuge."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
 msgid ""
 "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
 "any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr "Das letzte Kapitel handelt von anderen Mageia Werkzeugen, die nicht über die MCC Tabs ausgewählt werden können."
+msgstr ""
+"Das letzte Kapitel handelt von anderen Mageia Werkzeugen, die nicht über die "
+"MCC Tabs ausgewählt werden können."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
 "screens."
-msgstr "Die Überschriften der Seiten verwenden häufig die gleichen Namen, wie die auf dem Bildschirm angezeigten Namen der Werkzeuge."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Überschriften der Seiten verwenden häufig die gleichen Namen, wie die "
+"auf dem Bildschirm angezeigten Namen der Werkzeuge."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
 "the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr "Es ist zudem auch eine Suchleiste verfügbar, welche Sie aufrufen können, indem Sie in der linken Spalte auf den \"Search\" Tab klicken."
+msgstr ""
+"Es ist zudem auch eine Suchleiste verfügbar, welche Sie aufrufen können, "
+"indem Sie in der linken Spalte auf den \"Search\" Tab klicken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
 msgid "Local disks"
 msgstr "Lokale Festplatten"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
@@ -6707,8 +6784,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network Services"
 msgstr "Netzwerkdienste"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
@@ -6716,8 +6792,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if"
-" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
+"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
 "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
 "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
 msgstr ""
@@ -6752,8 +6828,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
 msgid "Network Sharing"
 msgstr "Netzwerkfreigabe"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
@@ -6770,33 +6845,31 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
 msgstr "Windows(R)-Freigaben konfigurieren"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
 "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Zugriff auf über SMB (für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Zugriff auf über SMB "
+"(für Windows) freigegebene Laufwerke und Verzeichnisse</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
 msgid "Configure NFS shares"
 msgstr "NFS-Freigaben verwalten"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
@@ -6806,8 +6879,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
 msgstr "WebDAV-Freigaben konfigurieren"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
@@ -6817,8 +6889,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network and Internet"
 msgstr "Netzwerk &amp; Internet"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:8
 msgid "mcc-network.png"
 msgstr "mcc-network.png"
@@ -6826,8 +6897,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link"
-" below to learn more."
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
+"below to learn more."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
@@ -6835,20 +6906,17 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Manage your network devices"
 msgstr "Verwalten der Netzwerkschnittstellen"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:21
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:25
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:29
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
@@ -6858,32 +6926,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
 msgstr "Einstellen und Absichern des Netzwerkes"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:39
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:43
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:47
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:51
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:61
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
@@ -6893,8 +6956,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "Sicherheit"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-security.png"
 msgstr "mcc-security.png"
@@ -6938,8 +7000,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
 msgid "Sharing"
 msgstr "Dateifreigabe"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
@@ -6948,8 +7009,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can"
-" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
+"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
 "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -6968,8 +7029,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
 msgid "System"
 msgstr "System"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-system.png"
 msgstr "mcc-system.png"
@@ -6986,20 +7046,17 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Manage system services"
 msgstr "Verwalten der System-Dienste"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:20
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
@@ -7009,14 +7066,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgid "Localization"
 msgstr "Lokalisierung"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:37
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
@@ -7026,34 +7081,30 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgid "Administration tools"
 msgstr "Administrations-Werkzeuge"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on "
-"system</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:62
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:66
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
@@ -7067,25 +7118,35 @@ msgstr "Mageia-Kontrollzentrum"
 #: en/MCC.xml:6
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in diesem Handbuch sind unter der CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link> veröffentlicht."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in diesem Handbuch sind unter der CC BY-SA 3.0 "
+"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link> veröffentlicht."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:9
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
+"\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren "
+"Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"
+"\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese "
+"Anleitung zu verbessern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
@@ -7097,8 +7158,7 @@ msgstr "Die Aktualisierungsfrequenz einrichten"
 msgid "mgaapplet-config"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
@@ -7106,18 +7166,20 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> als root eingeben."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können das Werkzeug über die Kommandozeile aufrufen, indem sie <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> als root eingeben."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
-"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / "
-"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
+"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
+"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
+"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -7125,9 +7187,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
 "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is "
-"out."
-msgstr "Der erste Schieberegler erlaubt dir die Frequenz einzustellen, wann Mageia nach Updates suchen soll und der zweite ist für die Verzögerung nach dem Booten, für die erste Überprüfung. Die Checkbox gibt dir die Möglichkeit, einen Hinweis anzeigen zu lassen, sobald eine neue Mageia Veröffentlichung verfügbar ist."
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
+msgstr ""
+"Der erste Schieberegler erlaubt dir die Frequenz einzustellen, wann Mageia "
+"nach Updates suchen soll und der zweite ist für die Verzögerung nach dem "
+"Booten, für die erste Überprüfung. Die Checkbox gibt dir die Möglichkeit, "
+"einen Hinweis anzeigen zu lassen, sobald eine neue Mageia Veröffentlichung "
+"verfügbar ist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:3
@@ -7139,8 +7205,7 @@ msgstr "Einrichten des Zeigegeräts (Maus, Touchpad)"
 msgid "mousedrake"
 msgstr "mousedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:11
 msgid "mousedrake.png"
 msgstr "mousedrake.png"
@@ -7148,8 +7213,8 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -7157,13 +7222,16 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> verfügbar."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ist im Mageia "
+"Kontrollzentrum unter dem Tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> "
+"verfügbar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by"
-" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
+"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -7185,8 +7253,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: System Sicherheit und Prüfung"
 msgid "msecgui"
 msgstr "msecgui"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:13
 msgid "msecgui.png"
 msgstr "msecgui.png"
@@ -7194,15 +7261,15 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface"
-" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
+"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
 "approaches:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7223,10 +7290,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure"
-" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your"
-" own customised security levels."
+"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
+"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
+"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
+"own customised security levels."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -7262,20 +7329,17 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "msec itself with some information:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:68
 msgid "enabled or not"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:72
 msgid "the configured Base security level"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
@@ -7290,13 +7354,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:88
 msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security "
-"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown "
-"below."
+"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
+"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:94
 msgid "msecgui2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7314,20 +7376,20 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:106
 msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab"
-" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then"
-" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
+"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
+"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
+"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
 "following levels are available:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:113
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you"
-" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on"
-" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only"
-" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
+"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
+"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
+"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
+"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
 "vulnerable to attack."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7345,21 +7407,21 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:131
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when"
-" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts"
-" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and"
-" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
+"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
+"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
+"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
+"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:140
 msgid ""
 "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-"
-"configure system security according to the most common use cases."
+"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
+"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
+"the most common use cases."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -7373,12 +7435,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:156
 msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in "
-"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define "
-"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called "
-"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder "
-"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power"
-" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration."
+"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
+"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
+"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
+"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
+"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
+"configuration."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
@@ -7396,11 +7458,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:173
 msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email "
-"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent "
-"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You"
-" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail"
-" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
+"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
+"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
+"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
+"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
+"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
 "the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
 "enable it."
 msgstr ""
@@ -7409,8 +7471,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:182
 msgid ""
 "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems."
-" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
+"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
+"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
 "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7423,11 +7485,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:190
 msgid ""
 "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change"
-" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains "
-"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done "
-"to the options."
+"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
+"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
+"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
+"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
+"options."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -7439,12 +7501,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:201
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side"
-" column."
+"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
+"column."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:207
 msgid "msecgui3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7459,8 +7520,7 @@ msgid ""
 "choice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:219
 msgid "msecgui11.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7474,8 +7534,7 @@ msgid ""
 "saving them."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:232
 msgid "msecgui10.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7491,8 +7550,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:245
 msgid "msecgui4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7517,8 +7575,7 @@ msgid ""
 "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:264
 msgid "msecgui5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7532,14 +7589,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:272
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab"
-" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert"
-" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
+"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
+"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
+"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
 "below shows four exceptions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:280
 msgid "msecgui6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7547,12 +7603,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:284
 msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> "
-"button"
+"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:289
 msgid "msecgui7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7561,11 +7615,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:293
 msgid ""
 "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the "
-"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is "
-"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the "
-"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> "
-"tab or modify it with a double clicK."
+"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
+"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
+"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
+"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -7590,13 +7643,12 @@ msgid ""
 "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
 "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
 "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the "
-"list of all the modifications done to the permissions."
+"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
+"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
+"done to the permissions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:318
 msgid "msecgui8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7605,16 +7657,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:321
 msgid ""
 "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the"
-" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a"
-" given rule:"
+"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
+"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
+"given rule:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:327
 msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the"
-" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
+"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
 "if not, but does not change anything."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7629,20 +7681,19 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:337
 msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
+"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:339
 msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed "
-"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
+"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
+"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
+"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:345
 msgid "msecgui9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7668,11 +7719,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
 "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken "
-"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root "
-"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions"
-" that will be changed by msecperms."
+"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
+"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
+"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
+"be changed by msecperms."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
@@ -7695,8 +7746,8 @@ msgstr "Weitere Mageia Werkzeuge"
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
 msgid ""
 "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the"
-" next pages."
+"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
+"next pages."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -7734,8 +7785,7 @@ msgstr "Installieren &amp; Entfernen von Software"
 msgid "rpmdrake"
 msgstr "rpmdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
 msgid "rpmdrake.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
@@ -7748,8 +7798,8 @@ msgstr "Einführung in rpmdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -7764,19 +7814,33 @@ msgid ""
 "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
 "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
 "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names"
-" included in the packages."
-msgstr "Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, auch drakrpm genannt, ist ein Programm um Pakete zu installieren, deinstallieren und aktualisieren. Es ist die grafische Benutzeroberfläche von URPMI. Bei jedem Start überprüft es die online Paketliste ('Medien' genannt), welche direkt von den offiziellen Mageia Server geladen werden. Es zeigt dir die neusten Anwendungen und Paket, die für deinen Computer verfügbar sind. Ein Filtersystem erlaubt es dir nur bestimmte Typen von Paketen anzeigen zu lassen: eventuell möchtest du nur installierte Pakete angezeigt bekommen (Standard) oder nur verfügbare Aktualisierungen. Du kannst dir auch nur nicht installierte Pakete anzeigen lassen. Auch kannst du nach dem Namen der Pakete, der Zusammenfassung der Beschreibung, in der vollständigen Beschreibung der Pakete oder nach den in den Paketen enthaltenen Dateinamen suchen."
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
+"included in the packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Werkzeug<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, auch drakrpm "
+"genannt, ist ein Programm um Pakete zu installieren, deinstallieren und "
+"aktualisieren. Es ist die grafische Benutzeroberfläche von URPMI. Bei jedem "
+"Start überprüft es die online Paketliste ('Medien' genannt), welche direkt "
+"von den offiziellen Mageia Server geladen werden. Es zeigt dir die neusten "
+"Anwendungen und Paket, die für deinen Computer verfügbar sind. Ein "
+"Filtersystem erlaubt es dir nur bestimmte Typen von Paketen anzeigen zu "
+"lassen: eventuell möchtest du nur installierte Pakete angezeigt bekommen "
+"(Standard) oder nur verfügbare Aktualisierungen. Du kannst dir auch nur "
+"nicht installierte Pakete anzeigen lassen. Auch kannst du nach dem Namen der "
+"Pakete, der Zusammenfassung der Beschreibung, in der vollständigen "
+"Beschreibung der Pakete oder nach den in den Paketen enthaltenen Dateinamen "
+"suchen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend"
-"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr "Damit dies funktioniert, müssen die Repositories in rpmdrake eingerichtet sein, siehe <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
+"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr ""
+"Damit dies funktioniert, müssen die Repositories in rpmdrake eingerichtet "
+"sein, siehe <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
 msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7785,8 +7849,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake"
-" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
+"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
+"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
 "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
 "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
 "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
@@ -7805,8 +7869,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The main parts of the screen"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
 msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
@@ -7822,24 +7885,30 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
 "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
 "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,"
-" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr "Dieser Filter erlaubt ihnen nur bestimmte Pakete anzeigen zu lassen. Wenn Sie den Paketmanager das erste Mal starten, zeigt es nur Anwendungen mit einer grafischen Benutzeroberfläche an. Sie können entweder alle Pakete und deren Abhängigkeiten und Bibliotheken, nur die Paketgruppen als auch Anwendungen, nur Aktualisierungen oder zurück portierte Pakete/Backports von neueren Mageiaversionen anzeigen lassen."
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
+"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieser Filter erlaubt ihnen nur bestimmte Pakete anzeigen zu lassen. Wenn "
+"Sie den Paketmanager das erste Mal starten, zeigt es nur Anwendungen mit "
+"einer grafischen Benutzeroberfläche an. Sie können entweder alle Pakete und "
+"deren Abhängigkeiten und Bibliotheken, nur die Paketgruppen als auch "
+"Anwendungen, nur Aktualisierungen oder zurück portierte Pakete/Backports von "
+"neueren Mageiaversionen anzeigen lassen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
 msgid ""
 "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading"
-" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge"
-" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
+"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
+"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
 msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> "
-"</firstterm>"
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
+"firstterm>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -7848,7 +7917,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
 "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
 "not installed."
-msgstr "Dieser Filter erlaubt es ihnen, nur die installierten Pakete, nur die Pakete welche nicht installiert sind oder alle Pakete, die installierten und nicht installierten, anzeigen zu lassen."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieser Filter erlaubt es ihnen, nur die installierten Pakete, nur die Pakete "
+"welche nicht installiert sind oder alle Pakete, die installierten und nicht "
+"installierten, anzeigen zu lassen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
@@ -7861,7 +7933,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
 "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
 "in the packages."
-msgstr "Klicke auf dieses Icon, um nach dem Paketnamen, ihre zusammengefasste Beschreibung, die komplette Beschreibung oder nach Dateien die in den Paketen enthalten sind zu suchen."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicke auf dieses Icon, um nach dem Paketnamen, ihre zusammengefasste "
+"Beschreibung, die komplette Beschreibung oder nach Dateien die in den "
+"Paketen enthalten sind zu suchen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
@@ -7874,7 +7949,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
 "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
 "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr "Gebe hier einen oder mehrere Schlüsselwörter ein. Wenn Sie mehr als ein Schlüsselwort für die Suche verwenden möchten, nutze '|' zwischen den Wörtern. Wenn SIe z.B. nach \"mplayer\" und \"xine\" zur gleichen Zeit suchen möchten, gebe 'mplayer | xine' ein."
+msgstr ""
+"Gebe hier einen oder mehrere Schlüsselwörter ein. Wenn Sie mehr als ein "
+"Schlüsselwort für die Suche verwenden möchten, nutze '|' zwischen den "
+"Wörtern. Wenn SIe z.B. nach \"mplayer\" und \"xine\" zur gleichen Zeit "
+"suchen möchten, gebe 'mplayer | xine' ein."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
@@ -7886,7 +7965,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
 "box ."
-msgstr "Dieses Icon kann mit einem Klick alle Schlüsselwörter in der \"Finden\" Box löschen, die eingegeben wurden."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Icon kann mit einem Klick alle Schlüsselwörter in der \"Finden\" Box "
+"löschen, die eingegeben wurden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
@@ -7896,9 +7977,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and"
-" sub categories."
-msgstr "Die Seitenleiste gruppiert alle Anwendungen und Pakete in klare Kategorien und Unterkategorien."
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
+"sub categories."
+msgstr ""
+"Die Seitenleiste gruppiert alle Anwendungen und Pakete in klare Kategorien "
+"und Unterkategorien."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
@@ -7909,10 +7992,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
 msgid ""
 "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It"
-" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
+"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
 "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr "Dieses Panel zeigt den Namen des Pakets, eine zusammengefasste und komplette Beschreibung. Es zeigt viele nützliche Elemente über das ausgewählte Paket an. Es kann präzise Informationen über das Paket, die Dateien die im Paket enthalten sind, sowie eine Liste der zuletzt durch den Maintainer gemachte Änderungen anzeigen."
+msgstr ""
+"Dieses Panel zeigt den Namen des Pakets, eine zusammengefasste und komplette "
+"Beschreibung. Es zeigt viele nützliche Elemente über das ausgewählte Paket "
+"an. Es kann präzise Informationen über das Paket, die Dateien die im Paket "
+"enthalten sind, sowie eine Liste der zuletzt durch den Maintainer gemachte "
+"Änderungen anzeigen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
@@ -7927,78 +8015,66 @@ msgid ""
 "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
 "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
 "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on "
-"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
+"guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
 msgid "Icon"
 msgstr "Symbol"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
 msgid "Legend"
 msgstr "Legende"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
 msgid "rpmdrake2.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
 msgid "This package is already installed"
 msgstr "Dies Paket ist bereits installiert"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
 msgid "rpmdrake3.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
 msgid "This package will be installed"
 msgstr "Dies Paket wird installiert"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
 msgid "rpmdrake4.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
 msgid "This package cannot be modified"
 msgstr "Dies Paket kann nicht modifiziert werden"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
 msgid "rpmdrake5.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
 msgid "This package is an update"
 msgstr "Diese Paket ist eine Aktualisierung."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
 msgid "rpmdrake6.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
 msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
 msgstr "Dieses Paket wird deinstalliert"
@@ -8019,7 +8095,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
 "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
 "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Wenn ich digikam abwähle (der grüne Pfeil zeigt uns, das es installiert ist), wird das Statusicon rot mit einem Pfeil der nach oben Zeigt, und es wird deinstalliert sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn ich digikam abwähle (der grüne Pfeil zeigt uns, das es installiert "
+"ist), wird das Statusicon rot mit einem Pfeil der nach oben Zeigt, und es "
+"wird deinstalliert sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
@@ -8027,15 +8106,17 @@ msgid ""
 "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
 "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Sobald ich qdigidoc auswähle (welches nicht installiert ist, siehe Status), erscheint das orange Icon mit dem Pfeil nach unten und es wird installiert sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt."
+msgstr ""
+"Sobald ich qdigidoc auswähle (welches nicht installiert ist, siehe Status), "
+"erscheint das orange Icon mit dem Pfeil nach unten und es wird installiert "
+"sobald man auf <guibutton>Anwenden</guibutton> klickt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
 msgid "The dependencies"
 msgstr "Die Abhängigkeiten"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
 msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
@@ -8043,15 +8124,24 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
 msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They"
-" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
+"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
 "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
 "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
 "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
 "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to"
-" install."
-msgstr "Einige Pakete benötigen andere Pakete, auch Abhängigkeiten genannt, um zu funktionieren. Dies sind z.B. Bibliotheken oder Werkzeuge. In diesem Fall zeigt Rpmdrake ein Hinweisfenster an, welches dir erlaubt, die ausgewählten Abhängigkeiten zu bestätigen, die Operation abzubrechen oder mehr Informationen zu erhalten (siehe oben). Es kann auch vorkommen das verschiedene Pakete die benötigte Bibliothek enthalten. In diesem Fall zeigt rpmdrake eine Liste der Alternativen, mit einem Knopf um mehr Informationen anzeigen zu lassen und einen weiteren Knopf um auszuwählen, welches Paket installiert werden soll."
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
+"install."
+msgstr ""
+"Einige Pakete benötigen andere Pakete, auch Abhängigkeiten genannt, um zu "
+"funktionieren. Dies sind z.B. Bibliotheken oder Werkzeuge. In diesem Fall "
+"zeigt Rpmdrake ein Hinweisfenster an, welches dir erlaubt, die ausgewählten "
+"Abhängigkeiten zu bestätigen, die Operation abzubrechen oder mehr "
+"Informationen zu erhalten (siehe oben). Es kann auch vorkommen das "
+"verschiedene Pakete die benötigte Bibliothek enthalten. In diesem Fall zeigt "
+"rpmdrake eine Liste der Alternativen, mit einem Knopf um mehr Informationen "
+"anzeigen zu lassen und einen weiteren Knopf um auszuwählen, welches Paket "
+"installiert werden soll."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
@@ -8109,8 +8199,7 @@ msgid ""
 "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
 msgid "scannerdrake.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
@@ -8127,8 +8216,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannersharing\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8143,12 +8232,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
 msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the"
-" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
+"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
 msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
@@ -8156,17 +8244,17 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click "
-"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>"
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
 msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
-"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
+"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
+"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
@@ -8174,23 +8262,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Choose port"
 msgstr "Wählen sie einen Port aus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
 msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available "
-"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that"
-" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
+"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
+"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8203,12 +8294,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
 msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref "
-"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
 msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
@@ -8218,8 +8308,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgid "Scannersharing"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
 msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
@@ -8227,8 +8316,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be"
-" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
+"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
 "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
 "this machine."
 msgstr ""
@@ -8248,8 +8337,7 @@ msgid ""
 "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
 msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
@@ -8257,10 +8345,10 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr "Scanner mit folgenden Rechnern teilen: sie können einen Rechner hinzufügen"
+msgstr ""
+"Scanner mit folgenden Rechnern teilen: sie können einen Rechner hinzufügen"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
 msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
@@ -8272,8 +8360,7 @@ msgid ""
 "machines."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
 msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
@@ -8283,8 +8370,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
 msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
@@ -8321,8 +8407,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
 msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot."
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
+"emphasis> to be started on boot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -8340,8 +8426,8 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
 msgid ""
 "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
 "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device "
-"Manager</emphasis>."
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
+"emphasis>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -8352,13 +8438,13 @@ msgstr "Epson"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
 msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
-" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-"
-"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this "
-"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will "
-"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users "
-"have reported that this warning can be ignored."
+"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
+"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
+"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
+"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
+"ignored."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -8394,16 +8480,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
 msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the "
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
+"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
 msgid ""
 "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
@@ -8411,8 +8497,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Software Management"
 msgstr "Software-Verwaltung"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/software-management.xml:10
 msgid "software-management.png"
 msgstr "software-management.png"
@@ -8420,9 +8505,12 @@ msgstr "software-management.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management."
-" Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen auswählen, welche die Softwareverwaltung betreffen. Klicke auf einen der unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren."
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
+"Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie zwischen verschiedenen Werkzeugen "
+"auswählen, welche die Softwareverwaltung betreffen. Klicke auf einen der "
+"unteren Links, um mehr zu erfahren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:17
@@ -8432,9 +8520,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your "
-"system</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Aktualisieren des Systems</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Aktualisieren des "
+"Systems</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:23
@@ -8446,7 +8536,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
 "sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Paketquellen für Installation und Aktualisierungen einrichten</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Paketquellen für "
+"Installation und Aktualisierungen einrichten</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
@@ -8458,8 +8550,7 @@ msgstr "Installation und Einrichten eines Druckers"
 msgid "system-config-printer"
 msgstr "system-config-printer"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
 msgid "system-config-printer.png"
 msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
@@ -8494,8 +8585,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
 "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>."
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
+">."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8539,11 +8630,11 @@ msgstr "Automatisch erkannte Drucker"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
 msgid ""
 "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click "
-"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
+"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
 "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the"
-" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
+"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -8551,8 +8642,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "No automatically detected printer"
 msgstr "Nicht automatisch erkannte Drucker"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
 msgid "printer3.png"
 msgstr "printer3.png"
@@ -8560,8 +8650,8 @@ msgstr "printer3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
 msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window"
-" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
+"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
 "options."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -8615,17 +8705,17 @@ msgstr "Netzwerkdrucker"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to"
-" another workstation that serves as printserver."
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
+"another workstation that serves as printserver."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed"
-" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the "
-"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a "
-"fixed one."
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
+"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
+"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
+"one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8633,8 +8723,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
 "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label"
-" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
+"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
 "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
 "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
 "after \"HWaddr\"."
@@ -8643,9 +8733,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
 msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to"
-" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,"
-" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
+"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
+"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
 "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
 "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
 "says \"host\"."
@@ -8662,8 +8752,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
 msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find"
-" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
+"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -8680,9 +8770,9 @@ msgid ""
 "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
 "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
 "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like "
-"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed "
-"IP-adress is not required."
+"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
+"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
+"not required."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8691,12 +8781,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
 "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
 "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is"
-" the same as above."
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
+"the same as above."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
 msgid "printer5.png"
 msgstr "printer5.png"
@@ -8726,8 +8815,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but"
-" with TLS secured protocol."
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
+"with TLS secured protocol."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -8790,9 +8879,8 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
 msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS"
-" documentation.</link>"
+"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
+"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -8804,12 +8892,11 @@ msgstr "Geräteeigenschaften"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your"
-" system, but you can specify a different one with the "
-"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, "
-"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters"
-" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
+"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
+"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
+"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
+"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -8827,23 +8914,23 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
 msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the "
-"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
+"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to "
-"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package"
-" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, "
-"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report"
-" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this "
-"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer "
-"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-"
-"date drivers or for more recent devices."
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
+"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
+"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
+"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
+"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
+"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
+"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
+"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
+"drivers or for more recent devices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8854,10 +8941,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother Drucker</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
 msgid ""
-"<link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This"
-" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver "
-"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
+"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
+"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8869,8 +8955,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one "
-"devices</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8878,10 +8964,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
 "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/index.html\">here</link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available "
-"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
+"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
+"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
 "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
 "of the printer."
 msgstr ""
@@ -8906,9 +8991,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung Farbdrucker</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
 msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> "
-"for the QPDL protocol."
+"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
+"protocol."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8919,12 +9004,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson Drucker und Scanner</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
 msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
-" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-"
-"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package"
-" can also be available and is to install. Choose the "
-"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture."
+"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
+"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
+"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
+"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
+"according to your architecture."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8956,8 +9041,7 @@ msgstr "Importieren von Windows(TM)-Dokumenten und -Einstellungen"
 msgid "transfugdrake"
 msgstr "transfugdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
 msgid "transfugdrake.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
@@ -8965,8 +9049,8 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -8982,9 +9066,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
 "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> "
-"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation."
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
+"computer as the Mageia installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -9014,12 +9098,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
 "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account"
-" than yours own."
+"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
+"than yours own."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
 msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
@@ -9028,9 +9111,9 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special "
-"symbols can be displayed incorrectly."
+"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
+"incorrectly."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
@@ -9044,22 +9127,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
 "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using "
-"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the "
-"import purposes."
+"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
+"use such accounts for the import purposes."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
-" to import documents:"
+"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
+"documents:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
 msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
@@ -9067,23 +9148,21 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
 msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My "
-"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My "
-"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the "
-"appropriate item in this window."
+"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
+"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
+"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
 msgid ""
 "When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
-" to import bookmarks:"
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
+"to import bookmarks:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
 msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
@@ -9099,8 +9178,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>"
-" button."
+"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9108,8 +9187,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
 msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
@@ -9117,8 +9195,7 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
+"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9128,8 +9205,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
 msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
@@ -9144,8 +9220,7 @@ msgstr "Benutzer und Gruppen"
 msgid "userdrake"
 msgstr "userdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:18
 msgid "userdrake.png"
 msgstr "userdrake.png"
@@ -9153,8 +9228,8 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9169,15 +9244,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/userdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings"
-" (ID, shell, ...)"
+"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
+"(ID, shell, ...)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in"
-" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
+"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
+"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
 "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -9191,8 +9266,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:41
 msgid "userdrake1.png"
 msgstr "userdrake1.png"
@@ -9213,18 +9287,18 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended."
-" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower"
-" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
+"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
+"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
+"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
+"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
 "orange and then green as the password strength improves."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:59
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure"
-" you entered what you intended to."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
+"you entered what you intended to."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9279,8 +9353,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:87
 msgid "userdrake2.png"
 msgstr "userdrake2.png"
@@ -9313,8 +9386,7 @@ msgid ""
 "password periodically."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:106
 msgid "userdrake3.png"
 msgstr "userdrake3.png"
@@ -9360,10 +9432,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears "
-"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private "
-"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
+"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
+"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
+"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
+"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -9379,8 +9451,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:138
 msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to"
-" refresh the display."
+"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
+"refresh the display."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9394,8 +9466,8 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
 "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
 "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories"
-" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
+"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
+"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
 "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
 "account</guimenu>."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9410,8 +9482,7 @@ msgstr "Grafischen Server einrichten"
 msgid "XFdrake"
 msgstr "XFdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:10
 msgid "XFdrake.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake.png"
@@ -9419,9 +9490,9 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> "
-"as root. Mind the capital letters."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
+"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
+"capital letters."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9429,8 +9500,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
+"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9480,8 +9551,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for "
-"example)."
+"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9493,8 +9563,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor"
-" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
+"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
+"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
 "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -9510,8 +9580,7 @@ msgid ""
 "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:61
 msgid "XFdrake1.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
@@ -9526,8 +9595,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another"
-" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
+"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
+"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
 "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
 "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
 "select an uncomfortable setting."
@@ -9536,8 +9605,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:72
 msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for"
-" another one."
+"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
+"another one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
@@ -9564,8 +9633,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use"
-" XFdrake's text version."
+"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
+"XFdrake's text version."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9600,16 +9669,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:107
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon "
-"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it "
-"may be unchecked for a server."
+"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
+"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
+"unchecked for a server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask"
-" you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
+"you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
 "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
 "and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el.po b/docs/mcc-help/el.po
index 6e29505a..00c0cf16 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/el.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/el.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Control Center Help 4.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-03 17:13+0300\n"
 "Last-Translator: Dimitris Tsiamasiotis <dtsiamasiotis@gmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Greek <i18n-el@ml.mageia.org>\n"
@@ -5014,7 +5014,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "draksec.png"
+msgid "draksec0.png"
 msgstr "drak3d.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
@@ -5026,46 +5026,63 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
+"Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> βρίσκεται στο "
+"Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Σύστημα</"
+"emphasis>. Σας επιτρέπει τη διαχείριση των διαθέσιμων γραμματοσειρών στον "
+"υπολογιστή σας. Η κύρια οθόνη παραπάνω εμφανίζει:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:20
+#: en/draksec.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
 "usually done by the administrator."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:23
+#: en/draksec.xml:22
+msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksec.xml:27
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "draksec.png"
+msgstr "drak3d.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
 "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list gives the choice between:"
+"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:29
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+#: en/draksec.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
+"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:34
+#: en/draksec.xml:43
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:39
-msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
+#: en/draksec.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
-"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:53
+msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es.po b/docs/mcc-help/es.po
index d8cd45ad..587a8333 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/es.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/es.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fitoschido@ubuntu.com>, 2014
 # Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fitoschido@ubuntu.com>, 2014
@@ -26,14 +26,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-13 22:30+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: tortuleon <rodrigo.prieto@ymail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/es/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"es/)\n"
+"Language: es\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: es\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -46,8 +47,7 @@ msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos WebDAV"
 msgid "diskdrake --dav"
 msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
@@ -55,9 +55,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
@@ -65,7 +67,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
 "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
 "WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el "
+"Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de "
+"Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
@@ -85,7 +90,12 @@ msgid ""
 "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
 "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
 "server."
-msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> es un protocolo que permite montar un directorio de un servidor localmente, para que aparezca como un directorio local. Es necesario que la máquina remota tenga un servidor WebDAV. No se pretende configurar un servidor WebDAV con esta herramienta."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> es un "
+"protocolo que permite montar un directorio de un servidor localmente, para "
+"que aparezca como un directorio local. Es necesario que la máquina remota "
+"tenga un servidor WebDAV. No se pretende configurar un servidor WebDAV con "
+"esta herramienta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
@@ -98,7 +108,11 @@ msgid ""
 "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
 "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
 "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr "La primera pantalla de esta herramienta muestra las entradas ya configuradas, si las hay, y un botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton>. Úselo para crear una nueva entrada. Escriba la dirección del servidor en el campo de la nueva pantalla."
+msgstr ""
+"La primera pantalla de esta herramienta muestra las entradas ya "
+"configuradas, si las hay, y un botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton>. Úselo "
+"para crear una nueva entrada. Escriba la dirección del servidor en el campo "
+"de la nueva pantalla."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
@@ -106,12 +120,16 @@ msgid ""
 "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
 "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
 "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct"
-" it, if needed."
-msgstr "Luego aparece una pantalla para seleccionar algunas acciones. Continúe con la acción <guibutton>Punto de montaje </guibutton> haciendo clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> después de seleccionar el botón, ya que el <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ya ha sido configurado. Sin embargo, es posible corregirla, si es necesario."
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
+"it, if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"Luego aparece una pantalla para seleccionar algunas acciones. Continúe con "
+"la acción <guibutton>Punto de montaje </guibutton> haciendo clic en "
+"<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> después de seleccionar el botón, ya que el "
+"<guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ya ha sido configurado. Sin embargo, es "
+"posible corregirla, si es necesario."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
@@ -121,17 +139,20 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgid ""
 "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
 "point."
-msgstr "El contenido del directorio remoto estará accesible en este punto de montaje."
+msgstr ""
+"El contenido del directorio remoto estará accesible en este punto de montaje."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
 "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr "En el siguiente paso, escriba su nombre de usuario y contraseña. Si necesita otras opciones, las puede facilitar en la pantalla <guibutton>avanzada</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"En el siguiente paso, escriba su nombre de usuario y contraseña. Si necesita "
+"otras opciones, las puede facilitar en la pantalla <guibutton>avanzada</"
+"guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
@@ -141,19 +162,27 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
 "access."
-msgstr "La opción <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> le permite montar inmediatamente el acceso."
+msgstr ""
+"La opción <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> le permite montar inmediatamente el "
+"acceso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button "
-"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your "
-"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you"
-" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in "
-"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the "
-"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for "
-"one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr "Después de que aceptara la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, la primera pantalla se muestra de nuevo y el nuevo punto de montaje está en la lista. Después de elegir <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, se le preguntará si desea o no guardar las modificaciones en <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Elija esta opción si desea que el directorio remoto esté disponible en cada arranque. Si la configuración es para uso de una sola vez, no la guarde."
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
+"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
+"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
+"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
+"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
+"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de que aceptara la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</"
+"guibutton>, la primera pantalla se muestra de nuevo y el nuevo punto de "
+"montaje está en la lista. Después de elegir <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, se "
+"le preguntará si desea o no guardar las modificaciones en <emphasis>/etc/"
+"fstab</emphasis>. Elija esta opción si desea que el directorio remoto esté "
+"disponible en cada arranque. Si la configuración es para uso de una sola "
+"vez, no la guarde."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
@@ -165,8 +194,7 @@ msgstr "Compartir sus particiones de disco"
 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
 msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
@@ -174,9 +202,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
@@ -185,14 +215,20 @@ msgid ""
 "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
 "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
 "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr "Esta sencilla herramienta <Placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite al administrador, compartir con otros usuarios partes de sus subdirectorios / home con otros usuarios de una misma red local que pueden tener equipos en los que el sistema operativo sea Linux o  Windows."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta sencilla herramienta <Placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite "
+"al administrador, compartir con otros usuarios partes de sus "
+"subdirectorios / home con otros usuarios de una misma red local que pueden "
+"tener equipos en los que el sistema operativo sea Linux o  Windows."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled"
-" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr "Se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña Disco local, etiquetado como \"Compartir sus particiones\"."
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
+"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña Disco local, "
+"etiquetado como \"Compartir sus particiones\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
@@ -201,11 +237,20 @@ msgid ""
 "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
 "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
 "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for"
-" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their"
-" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
+"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
+"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
 "created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr "Primero, responda la siguiente pregunta: \"<guilabel>¿Le gustaría permitirle a los usuarios compartir algunos de sus directorios?</guilabel>\", haga click en <guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para todos los usuarios, haga click en <guibutton>Permitir todos los usuarios</guibutton> para autorizar a todos los usuarios, o haga click en <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para algunos y si para otros.  En este último caso, los usuarios autorizados a compartir sus directorios deben pertenecer al grupo Fileshare, el que será creado automáticamente por el sistema. Más adelante se le preguntará sobre esto."
+msgstr ""
+"Primero, responda la siguiente pregunta: \"<guilabel>¿Le gustaría permitirle "
+"a los usuarios compartir algunos de sus directorios?</guilabel>\", haga "
+"click en <guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para "
+"todos los usuarios, haga click en <guibutton>Permitir todos los usuarios</"
+"guibutton> para autorizar a todos los usuarios, o haga click en "
+"<guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para algunos y si "
+"para otros.  En este último caso, los usuarios autorizados a compartir sus "
+"directorios deben pertenecer al grupo Fileshare, el que será creado "
+"automáticamente por el sistema. Más adelante se le preguntará sobre esto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
@@ -216,7 +261,14 @@ msgid ""
 "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
 "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
 "required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr "Click en <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, y aparecerá una segunda ventana la que le pedirá que elija entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> y <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  Tilde <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux es el único sistema operativo en la red, o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la red incluye computadores con Linux y Windows. A continuación haga click en <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.  Los paquetes requeridos se instalarán inmediatamente, si fuera necesario."
+msgstr ""
+"Click en <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, y aparecerá una segunda ventana la que le "
+"pedirá que elija entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> y <guibutton>SMB</"
+"guibutton>.  Tilde <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux es el único sistema "
+"operativo en la red, o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la red incluye "
+"computadores con Linux y Windows. A continuación haga click en "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.  Los paquetes requeridos se instalarán "
+"inmediatamente, si fuera necesario."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
@@ -226,24 +278,37 @@ msgid ""
 "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
 "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
 "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information"
-" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
-msgstr "Se ha completado la configuración, a menos que haya elegido la opción Personalizar.  En este caso, una ventana le pedirá que abra Userdrake.  Esta herramienta le permitirá agregar en el grupo Fileshare a aquellos usuarios autorizados a compartir sus directorios.  En la solapa Usuario, haga click en el usuario para agregar al grupo Fileshare, luego en <guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, en la solapa Grupos.  Marque el grupo y haga click en <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.  Para más información sobre Userdrake, vea <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>."
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
+"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Se ha completado la configuración, a menos que haya elegido la opción "
+"Personalizar.  En este caso, una ventana le pedirá que abra Userdrake.  Esta "
+"herramienta le permitirá agregar en el grupo Fileshare a aquellos usuarios "
+"autorizados a compartir sus directorios.  En la solapa Usuario, haga click "
+"en el usuario para agregar al grupo Fileshare, luego en <guimenuitem>Editar</"
+"guimenuitem>, en la solapa Grupos.  Marque el grupo y haga click en "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>.  Para más información sobre Userdrake, vea <link "
+"ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
 msgid ""
 "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
 "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr "Al agregar un nuevo usuario al grupo FIleshare, debe desconectar y reconectar la red para que las modificaciones se hagan efectivas."
+msgstr ""
+"Al agregar un nuevo usuario al grupo FIleshare, debe desconectar y "
+"reconectar la red para que las modificaciones se hagan efectivas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her"
-" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
+"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
 "have this facility."
-msgstr "De aquí en más, cada usuario perteneciente al grupo Fileshare puede elegir en su administrador de archivos, qué directorios compartir, aunque no todos estos tengan esa capacidad."
+msgstr ""
+"De aquí en más, cada usuario perteneciente al grupo Fileshare puede elegir "
+"en su administrador de archivos, qué directorios compartir, aunque no todos "
+"estos tengan esa capacidad."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
@@ -261,8 +326,7 @@ msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos compartidos por NFS"
 msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
 msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
@@ -275,9 +339,11 @@ msgstr "."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos tecleando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos tecleando "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
@@ -286,9 +352,16 @@ msgid ""
 "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
 "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a"
-" user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite declarar directorios accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora.  El protocolo usado para esto es NFS, el que se encuentra disponible en la mayoría de los sistemas Linux o Unix.  El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el arranque del sistema.  Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos."
+"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
+"user with tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite "
+"declarar directorios accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora.  "
+"El protocolo usado para esto es NFS, el que se encuentra disponible en la "
+"mayoría de los sistemas Linux o Unix.  El directorio compartido estará "
+"disponible desde el arranque del sistema.  Los directorios compartidos "
+"también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier "
+"administrador de archivos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
@@ -300,17 +373,21 @@ msgstr "Procedimiento"
 msgid ""
 "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
 "which share directories."
-msgstr "Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista de servidores que comparten directorios."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista "
+"de servidores que comparten directorios."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
 "shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr "Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea acceder."
+msgstr ""
+"Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para "
+"mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea "
+"acceder."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
@@ -318,12 +395,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have"
-" to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá especificar donde quiere montar el directorio."
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
+"to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr ""
+"El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá "
+"especificar donde quiere montar el directorio."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
@@ -334,16 +412,18 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
 "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
 "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr "Después de elegir el punto de montaje, usted puede proceder a montarlo.  También puede verificar las opciones disponibles, así como modificarlas, desde el botón de <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>.  Use el mismo botón para desmontarlo. "
+msgstr ""
+"Después de elegir el punto de montaje, usted puede proceder a montarlo.  "
+"También puede verificar las opciones disponibles, así como modificarlas, "
+"desde el botón de <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>.  Use el mismo botón para "
+"desmontarlo. "
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
@@ -353,13 +433,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgid ""
 "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
 "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the"
-" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
+"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
+"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
 "browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr "Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> se mostrará un mensaje preguntando \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones a /etc/fstab ?\". Esto hará disponible el directorio en cada arranque, si la red es accesible. El nuevo directorio estará entonces disponible en su navegador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin."
+msgstr ""
+"Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> se "
+"mostrará un mensaje preguntando \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones a /etc/"
+"fstab ?\". Esto hará disponible el directorio en cada arranque, si la red es "
+"accesible. El nuevo directorio estará entonces disponible en su navegador de "
+"archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
@@ -374,8 +458,7 @@ msgstr "Grabadora CD/DVD"
 msgid "diskdrake --removable"
 msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
@@ -383,9 +466,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
@@ -393,7 +478,11 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
 "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
 "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr "Esta herramienta  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>se encuentra en la solapa Discos locales en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado con el nombre de su hardware removible (solamente lecto-grabadores de CD/DVD y diskettes)."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta herramienta  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>se encuentra en "
+"la solapa Discos locales en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado con el "
+"nombre de su hardware removible (solamente lecto-grabadores de CD/DVD y "
+"diskettes)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
@@ -407,7 +496,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
 "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
 "button."
-msgstr "En la parte superior de la ventana hay una breve descripción de su hardware y de las opciones de montaje elegidas.  Use el menú en la parte inferior para cambiarlas.  Tilde los elementos para cambiar y haga click en el botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"En la parte superior de la ventana hay una breve descripción de su hardware "
+"y de las opciones de montaje elegidas.  Use el menú en la parte inferior "
+"para cambiarlas.  Tilde los elementos para cambiar y haga click en el botón "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
@@ -418,7 +511,9 @@ msgstr "Punto de montaje"
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr "Marque esta opción para cambiar el punto de montaje. Por defecto es /media/cdrom."
+msgstr ""
+"Marque esta opción para cambiar el punto de montaje. Por defecto es /media/"
+"cdrom."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
@@ -428,9 +523,11 @@ msgstr "Opciones"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the"
-" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr "Muchas opciones de montaje pueden seleccionarse aquí mismo en la lista o a través del submenú <guilabel>Avanzadas</guilabel>.  Las más importantes son:"
+"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
+"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
+msgstr ""
+"Muchas opciones de montaje pueden seleccionarse aquí mismo en la lista o a "
+"través del submenú <guilabel>Avanzadas</guilabel>.  Las más importantes son:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
@@ -443,7 +540,10 @@ msgid ""
 "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
 "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
 "the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr "La opción user permite a un usuario no root montar un disco extraíble. Esta opción implica noexec, nosuid y nodev. El usuario que montó el disco es el único que puede desmontarlo."
+msgstr ""
+"La opción user permite a un usuario no root montar un disco extraíble. Esta "
+"opción implica noexec, nosuid y nodev. El usuario que montó el disco es el "
+"único que puede desmontarlo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
@@ -458,9 +558,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
@@ -469,40 +571,54 @@ msgid ""
 "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
 "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with"
-" tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite declarar aquellos directorios que estarán accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora.  El protocolo usado para esto es SMB, común entre los sistemas Windows(TM).  El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el arranque del sistema.  Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos."
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
+"tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite "
+"declarar aquellos directorios que estarán accesibles para todos los usuarios "
+"de la computadora.  El protocolo usado para esto es SMB, común entre los "
+"sistemas Windows(TM).  El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el "
+"arranque del sistema.  Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse "
+"directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
 "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "Antes de arrancar la herramienta, es buena idea declarar los nombres de los servidores disponibles, por ejemplo con <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Antes de arrancar la herramienta, es buena idea declarar los nombres de los "
+"servidores disponibles, por ejemplo con <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who"
-" share directories."
-msgstr "Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista de servidores que comparten directorios."
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
+"share directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista "
+"de servidores que comparten directorios."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
 "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr "Haga click en el símbolo &gt; que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea acceder."
+msgstr ""
+"Haga click en el símbolo &gt; que aparece delante del nombre del servidor "
+"para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que "
+"desea acceder."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
 "have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá especificar donde quiere montar el directorio."
+msgstr ""
+"El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá "
+"especificar donde quiere montar el directorio."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
@@ -513,7 +629,10 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
 "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
 "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Después de elegir el punto de montaje, este puede ser montado con <guimenu>Botón de montaje</guimenu>.  También puede verificar y cambiar algunas de las opciones con el botón <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de elegir el punto de montaje, este puede ser montado con "
+"<guimenu>Botón de montaje</guimenu>.  También puede verificar y cambiar "
+"algunas de las opciones con el botón <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
@@ -521,16 +640,17 @@ msgid ""
 "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
 "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
 "with the same button."
-msgstr "En opciones, puede especificar el nombre de usuario y password de aquellos con capacidad de conectarse al servidor SMB.  Después de montar el directorio, puede desmontarlo usando el mismo botón."
+msgstr ""
+"En opciones, puede especificar el nombre de usuario y password de aquellos "
+"con capacidad de conectarse al servidor SMB.  Después de montar el "
+"directorio, puede desmontarlo usando el mismo botón."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
@@ -541,12 +661,15 @@ msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
 "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
 "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in "
-"dolphin."
-msgstr "Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, aparecerá un mensaje preguntándole si \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones en /etc/fstab?\".  Esto hará que el directorio esté disponible desde cada arranque si la red está accesible.  El nuevo directorio será visible en su administrador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin."
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
+msgstr ""
+"Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, "
+"aparecerá un mensaje preguntándole si \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones "
+"en /etc/fstab?\".  Esto hará que el directorio esté disponible desde cada "
+"arranque si la red está accesible.  El nuevo directorio será visible en su "
+"administrador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
@@ -561,8 +684,7 @@ msgstr "Efectos de escritorio 3D"
 msgid "drak3d"
 msgstr "drak3d"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:10
 msgid "drak3d.png"
 msgstr "drak3d.png"
@@ -570,9 +692,11 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:17
@@ -580,7 +704,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
 "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
 "default."
-msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite administrar los efectos 3D del escritorio de su sistema operativo. Estos se encuentran deshabilitados por defecto. "
+msgstr ""
+"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite "
+"administrar los efectos 3D del escritorio de su sistema operativo. Estos se "
+"encuentran deshabilitados por defecto. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:25
@@ -593,30 +720,40 @@ msgid ""
 "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
 "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
 "start."
-msgstr "Para usar esta herramienta se necesita tener el paquete glxinfo instalado.  Si el paquete no estuviera instalado, se le pedirá que lo instale antes de poder iniciar drak3d. "
+msgstr ""
+"Para usar esta herramienta se necesita tener el paquete glxinfo instalado.  "
+"Si el paquete no estuviera instalado, se le pedirá que lo instale antes de "
+"poder iniciar drak3d. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
 "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a "
-"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special "
-"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn "
-"it on."
-msgstr "Antes de iniciar drak3d, aparecerá un menú. Desde el podrá elegir <guilabel>Sin efectos 3D de escritorio</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>.  Compìz Fusion es parte del administrador/gestor de composición de ventanas, el que incluye efectos especiales acelerados por hardware para su escritorio.  Elija <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para habilitarlo."
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
+"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
+"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
+msgstr ""
+"Antes de iniciar drak3d, aparecerá un menú. Desde el podrá elegir "
+"<guilabel>Sin efectos 3D de escritorio</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</"
+"guilabel>.  Compìz Fusion es parte del administrador/gestor de composición "
+"de ventanas, el que incluye efectos especiales acelerados por hardware para "
+"su escritorio.  Elija <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para habilitarlo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be"
-" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr "Si esta es la primera vez que usa este programa después de una instalación limpia de Mageia, va a recibir un mensaje de alerta indicándole que paquetes deberán ser instalados para poder usar Compiz Fusion.  Haga click en el botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para continuar."
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
+"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
+"guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Si esta es la primera vez que usa este programa después de una instalación "
+"limpia de Mageia, va a recibir un mensaje de alerta indicándole que paquetes "
+"deberán ser instalados para poder usar Compiz Fusion.  Haga click en el "
+"botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para continuar."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:45
 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
@@ -627,14 +764,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
 "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
 "for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr "Una vez que los paquetes necesarios fueron instalados, podrá comprobar que Compiz Fusion aparece elegido en el menú de drak3d.  Para que los cambios surtan efecto deberá desloguear y loguear nuevamente."
+msgstr ""
+"Una vez que los paquetes necesarios fueron instalados, podrá comprobar que "
+"Compiz Fusion aparece elegido en el menú de drak3d.  Para que los cambios "
+"surtan efecto deberá desloguear y loguear nuevamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:53
 msgid ""
 "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
 "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr "Después de loguear nuevamente, Compiz Fusion se encontrará activado.  Para configurar Compiz Fusion vea la página de ayuda de ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de loguear nuevamente, Compiz Fusion se encontrará activado.  Para "
+"configurar Compiz Fusion vea la página de ayuda de ccsm (CompizConfig "
+"Settings Manager)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:59
@@ -652,10 +795,13 @@ msgid ""
 "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
 "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
 "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr "Si después de haber habilitado Compiz Fusion no puede visualizar el escritorio al loguear nuevamente, reinicie su computadora para volver a la pantalla de logueo.  Una vez allí haga click en el ícono del Escritorio y elija drak3d. "
+msgstr ""
+"Si después de haber habilitado Compiz Fusion no puede visualizar el "
+"escritorio al loguear nuevamente, reinicie su computadora para volver a la "
+"pantalla de logueo.  Una vez allí haga click en el ícono del Escritorio y "
+"elija drak3d. "
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:71
 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
@@ -665,9 +811,13 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgid ""
 "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
 "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the"
-" log in problem."
-msgstr "Cuando vuelva a loguear, si su cuenta tiene privilegios de administrador, se le solicitará que ingrese su contraseña nuevamente.  Caso contrario, use una cuenta de administrador para deshacer los cambios que pudieran haber causado el problema."
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
+"log in problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando vuelva a loguear, si su cuenta tiene privilegios de administrador, se "
+"le solicitará que ingrese su contraseña nuevamente.  Caso contrario, use una "
+"cuenta de administrador para deshacer los cambios que pudieran haber causado "
+"el problema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:9
@@ -679,8 +829,7 @@ msgstr "Autenticación"
 msgid "drakauth"
 msgstr "drakauth"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:16
 msgid "drakauth.png"
 msgstr "drakauth.png"
@@ -688,16 +837,21 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the"
-" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite modificar la forma en la que será reconocido como usuario de esta computadora en la red."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
+"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite "
+"modificar la forma en la que será reconocido como usuario de esta "
+"computadora en la red."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:25
@@ -705,7 +859,10 @@ msgid ""
 "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
 "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
 "and give information about that."
-msgstr "Por defecto, la información de autenticación se almacena en un archivo en su computadora.  Modifíquela solamente si su administrador de red se lo permite y le da instrucciones para ello."
+msgstr ""
+"Por defecto, la información de autenticación se almacena en un archivo en su "
+"computadora.  Modifíquela solamente si su administrador de red se lo permite "
+"y le da instrucciones para ello."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3
@@ -717,8 +874,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar el arranque"
 msgid "drakboot --boot"
 msgstr "drakboot --boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10
 msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
@@ -726,9 +882,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
@@ -736,55 +894,82 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
 "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
 "boot, etc.)"
-msgstr "esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite configurar las opciones de arranque (elección del bootloader, definir una contraseña, "
+msgstr ""
+"esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite "
+"configurar las opciones de arranque (elección del bootloader, definir una "
+"contraseña, "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set "
 "up boot system\"."
-msgstr "Se encuentra en la solapa Boot en el Centro de Control Mageia, como \"Configurar el sistema de arranque\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Se encuentra en la solapa Boot en el Centro de Control Mageia, como "
+"\"Configurar el sistema de arranque\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
 "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr "No use esta herramienta si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo.  Cambiar la configuración puede impedir el arranque de su computadora!"
+msgstr ""
+"No use esta herramienta si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo.  "
+"Cambiar la configuración puede impedir el arranque de su computadora!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to"
-" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to "
+"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
 "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
-"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot "
-"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The"
-" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can "
-"prevent you machine from booting."
-msgstr "En la primera parte, llamada <guilabel>Gestor de arranque</guilabel>, es posible elegir <guibutton>Usar un Gestor de arranque</guibutton>, Grub o Lilo, así como seleccionar una interfaz gráfica o sólo texto.  Esto es una cuestión de preferencia personal, ya que tanto uno como otro proveen las mismas facilidades.  También podrá configurar el <guibutton>Dispositivo de arranque</guibutton>. pero por favor, no cambie nada en esta sección a menos que sea un usuario experto.  El dispositivo de arranque es donde el reside el cargador de arranque, y cualquier modificación podría impedir el arranque de su computadora."
+"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</"
+"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot "
+"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent "
+"you machine from booting."
+msgstr ""
+"En la primera parte, llamada <guilabel>Gestor de arranque</guilabel>, es "
+"posible elegir <guibutton>Usar un Gestor de arranque</guibutton>, Grub o "
+"Lilo, así como seleccionar una interfaz gráfica o sólo texto.  Esto es una "
+"cuestión de preferencia personal, ya que tanto uno como otro proveen las "
+"mismas facilidades.  También podrá configurar el <guibutton>Dispositivo de "
+"arranque</guibutton>. pero por favor, no cambie nada en esta sección a menos "
+"que sea un usuario experto.  El dispositivo de arranque es donde el reside "
+"el cargador de arranque, y cualquier modificación podría impedir el arranque "
+"de su computadora."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
 "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating"
-" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
+"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
+"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
 "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr "En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>, usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos.  Durante este lapso, Grub o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, invitándolo a seleccionar uno.  Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque iniciará con el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire el lapso establecido anteriormente."
+msgstr ""
+"En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>, "
+"usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la "
+"imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos.  Durante este lapso, "
+"Grub o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, "
+"invitándolo a seleccionar uno.  Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque "
+"iniciará con el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire "
+"el lapso establecido anteriormente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
 "possible to set a password."
-msgstr "En la tercera y última parte, llamada <guibutton>Seguridad</guibutton>, es posible definir una contraseña."
+msgstr ""
+"En la tercera y última parte, llamada <guibutton>Seguridad</guibutton>, es "
+"posible definir una contraseña."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46
 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras opciones."
+msgstr ""
+"El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras "
+"opciones."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49
@@ -798,7 +983,11 @@ msgid ""
 "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
 "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
 "compatible."
-msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) es el estandar para la administración de energía. Así, deteniendo dispositivos que no se encuentran en uso, le permitirá ahorrar corriente eléctrica.  Marque esta casilla si su hardware es compatible con el estándar ACPI."
+msgstr ""
+"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) es el estandar para la "
+"administración de energía. Así, deteniendo dispositivos que no se encuentran "
+"en uso, le permitirá ahorrar corriente eléctrica.  Marque esta casilla si su "
+"hardware es compatible con el estándar ACPI."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56
@@ -810,21 +999,26 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Activar SMP:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
 "multicore processors."
-msgstr "SMP significa Múltiples Procesadores Simétricos. Es una arquitectura para procesadores de varios núcleos. "
+msgstr ""
+"SMP significa Múltiples Procesadores Simétricos. Es una arquitectura para "
+"procesadores de varios núcleos. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
 "processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr "Si tiene un procesador con HyperThreading, Mageia lo verá como un procesador dual y activará SMP."
+msgstr ""
+"Si tiene un procesador con HyperThreading, Mageia lo verá como un procesador "
+"dual y activará SMP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local "
-"APIC:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton> y <guibutton>APIC local:</guibutton>"
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
+"guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton> y <guibutton>APIC local:</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69
@@ -835,12 +1029,20 @@ msgid ""
 "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
 "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
 "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local"
-" APIC."
-msgstr "APIC significa Controlador de Interrupciones Programable Avanzado.  Hay dos componentes en el sistema APIC de Intel, el APIC local (LAPIC) y el APIC I/O.  Este último enruta las interrupiciones que recibe de los buses periféricos a uno o más APICs pertenecientes a cada procesador, maximizando su utilidad en sistemas con múltiples procesadores.  Algunas computadoras tiene problemas con el sistema APIC, pudiendo éste último producir desde una incorrecta detección de dispositivos generadores de interrupciones (mensaje de error \"spurious 8259 interrupt: IRQ7\") hasta bloqueos totales del sistema.  En estos casos deshabilite el APIC y/o el LAPIC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
+"APIC."
+msgstr ""
+"APIC significa Controlador de Interrupciones Programable Avanzado.  Hay dos "
+"componentes en el sistema APIC de Intel, el APIC local (LAPIC) y el APIC I/"
+"O.  Este último enruta las interrupiciones que recibe de los buses "
+"periféricos a uno o más APICs pertenecientes a cada procesador, maximizando "
+"su utilidad en sistemas con múltiples procesadores.  Algunas computadoras "
+"tiene problemas con el sistema APIC, pudiendo éste último producir desde una "
+"incorrecta detección de dispositivos generadores de interrupciones (mensaje "
+"de error \"spurious 8259 interrupt: IRQ7\") hasta bloqueos totales del "
+"sistema.  En estos casos deshabilite el APIC y/o el LAPIC."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
 msgid "drakboot1.png"
 msgstr "drakboot1.png"
@@ -849,16 +1051,23 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png"
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
-"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the"
-" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
+"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the "
+"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
 "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
 "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
-"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar"
-" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
-msgstr "En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema.  La opción por defecto está marcada con un asterico.  Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas.  Si hace click en los botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del Grub o modificar las existentes.  Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar familiarizado con Lilo o Grub."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar "
+"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
+msgstr ""
+"En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las "
+"opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema.  La opción por defecto "
+"está marcada con un asterico.  Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el "
+"elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas.  Si hace click en los "
+"botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, "
+"aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del "
+"Grub o modificar las existentes.  Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar "
+"familiarizado con Lilo o Grub."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94
 msgid "drakboot2.png"
 msgstr "drakboot2.png"
@@ -869,35 +1078,47 @@ msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
 "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
 "example: Mageia3."
-msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> es libre, pudiéndo escribir en él, el contenido que quiere que aparezca en el menú.  Coincidirá con el comando \"title\" del Grub.  Por ejemplo: Mageia3."
+msgstr ""
+"El campo <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> es libre, pudiéndo escribir en él, el "
+"contenido que quiere que aparezca en el menú.  Coincidirá con el comando "
+"\"title\" del Grub.  Por ejemplo: Mageia3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
 "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Imágen</guilabel> contiene el nombre del kernel.  Coincide con el comando \"kernel\" del Grub.  Por ejemplo /boot/vmlinuz."
+msgstr ""
+"El campo <guilabel>Imágen</guilabel> contiene el nombre del kernel.  "
+"Coincide con el comando \"kernel\" del Grub.  Por ejemplo /boot/vmlinuz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
 "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Root</guilabel> contiene el nombre del dispositivo donde se encuentra almacenado el kernel.  Coincide con el comando \"root\" del Grub.  Por ejemplo (hd0,1)."
+msgstr ""
+"El campo <guilabel>Root</guilabel> contiene el nombre del dispositivo donde "
+"se encuentra almacenado el kernel.  Coincide con el comando \"root\" del "
+"Grub.  Por ejemplo (hd0,1)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
 "the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr "La etiqueta \"Anexar\" contiene las opciones que deben darse al kernel en el arranque."
+msgstr ""
+"La etiqueta \"Anexar\" contiene las opciones que deben darse al kernel en el "
+"arranque."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
 "entry by default."
-msgstr "Si la casilla \"Por defecto\" está marcada, Grub arrancará desde esta entrada por defecto."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la casilla \"Por defecto\" está marcada, Grub arrancará desde esta "
+"entrada por defecto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115
@@ -917,8 +1138,7 @@ msgstr "Establecer autologin para iniciar sesión automáticamente"
 msgid "drakboot"
 msgstr "drakboot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:11
 msgid "drakboot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot.png"
@@ -926,9 +1146,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:15
@@ -937,14 +1159,21 @@ msgid ""
 "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
 "asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
 "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>permite iniciar sesión automáticamente al mismo usuario, en su entorno/escritorio, sin pedir ninguna contraseña. Se llama autologin. Esto es generalmente buena idea cuando sólo hay un usuario que use la máquina."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>permite iniciar "
+"sesión automáticamente al mismo usuario, en su entorno/escritorio, sin pedir "
+"ninguna contraseña. Se llama autologin. Esto es generalmente buena idea "
+"cuando sólo hay un usuario que use la máquina."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
 "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr "Se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Arranque</emphasis> del Centro de Control de Mageia llamada \"Configurar el inicio de sesión automático\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Arranque</emphasis> del "
+"Centro de Control de Mageia llamada \"Configurar el inicio de sesión "
+"automático\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:26
@@ -954,23 +1183,35 @@ msgstr "Los botones son bastante obvios:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system "
-"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the "
-"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be "
-"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by "
-"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr "Marque <guibutton>Lanzar el entorno gráfico cuando su sistema inicia</guibutton>, si usted desea que el Sistema X Window sea ejecutado después del inicio. Si no es así el sistema iniciará en modo texto. De todos modos es posible lanzar la interfaz gráfica manualmente. Esto puede hacerse ejecutando el comando  'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'."
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
+"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
+"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
+"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
+"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
+msgstr ""
+"Marque <guibutton>Lanzar el entorno gráfico cuando su sistema inicia</"
+"guibutton>, si usted desea que el Sistema X Window sea ejecutado después del "
+"inicio. Si no es así el sistema iniciará en modo texto. De todos modos es "
+"posible lanzar la interfaz gráfica manualmente. Esto puede hacerse "
+"ejecutando el comando  'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to"
-" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
+"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
 "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
 "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
 "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es necesario. En este caso, también necesita  suministrar el <guilabel>nombre de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por defecto</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o "
+"bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el "
+"sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar "
+"automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es "
+"necesario. En este caso, también necesita  suministrar el <guilabel>nombre "
+"de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por defecto</"
+"guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
@@ -985,32 +1226,42 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede "
+"iniciar desde la línea de comandos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by"
-" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
-"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space "
-"first: the file can easily be several GBs large."
-msgstr "Se recomienda escribir la salida de este comando a un archivo, por ejemplo haciendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt </emphasis>, pero asegúrese de que tiene suficiente espacio en disco en primer lugar: el archivo puede ser fácilmente de varios GB."
+"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
+"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
+"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
+"several GBs large."
+msgstr ""
+"Se recomienda escribir la salida de este comando a un archivo, por ejemplo "
+"haciendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt </"
+"emphasis>, pero asegúrese de que tiene suficiente espacio en disco en primer "
+"lugar: el archivo puede ser fácilmente de varios GB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing"
-" the unneeded parts."
-msgstr "La salida es demasiado grande para un reporte de bug sin eliminar primero las partes innecesarias."
+"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
+"the unneeded parts."
+msgstr ""
+"La salida es demasiado grande para un reporte de bug sin eliminar primero "
+"las partes innecesarias."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
@@ -1187,12 +1438,19 @@ msgstr "df"
 msgid ""
 "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
 "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\""
-" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
-"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, "
-"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Cuando se escribió esta ayuda,  la parte \"syslog\" de la salida de este comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el \"syslog\" haciendo  (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt </emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por ejemplo, tomar las últimoa 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>."
+"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
+"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
+"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
+"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando se escribió esta ayuda,  la parte \"syslog\" de la salida de este "
+"comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a "
+"nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el \"syslog"
+"\" haciendo  (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl."
+"txt </emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por "
+"ejemplo, tomar las últimoa 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:9
@@ -1204,8 +1462,7 @@ msgstr "Herramienta de reportes de bug de Mageia"
 msgid "drakbug"
 msgstr "drakbug"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:15
 msgid "drakbug.png"
 msgstr "drakbug.png"
@@ -1213,29 +1470,38 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug </emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug </emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that,"
-" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some "
-"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug "
-"report."
-msgstr "Usualmente, esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se inicia automáticamente cuando una herramienta de Mageia se estrella. Sin embargo, también es posible que, después de rellenar un informe de error, se le pida que inicie esta herramienta para comprobar alguna de las informaciones que da, y luego incluirlas en ese reporte de bug existente."
+"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
+"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
+"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
+msgstr ""
+"Usualmente, esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se "
+"inicia automáticamente cuando una herramienta de Mageia se estrella. Sin "
+"embargo, también es posible que, después de rellenar un informe de error, se "
+"le pida que inicie esta herramienta para comprobar alguna de las "
+"informaciones que da, y luego incluirlas en ese reporte de bug existente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link "
-"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How "
-"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" "
-"button."
-msgstr "Si hace falta un nuevo reporte de bug y usted no está acostumbrado a hacer eso, entonces por favor lea <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Cómo hacer un reporte de bug correctamente </link> antes de hacer clic en el botón \"Report\"."
+"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
+"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Si hace falta un nuevo reporte de bug y usted no está acostumbrado a hacer "
+"eso, entonces por favor lea <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Cómo hacer un reporte de bug correctamente </"
+"link> antes de hacer clic en el botón \"Report\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:23
@@ -1243,7 +1509,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
 "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
 "that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr "En caso de que el error ya ha sido presentado por otra persona (el mensaje de error que dio drakbug será el mismo), es útil añadir un comentario a ese bug existente diciendo que usted lo vió también."
+msgstr ""
+"En caso de que el error ya ha sido presentado por otra persona (el mensaje "
+"de error que dio drakbug será el mismo), es útil añadir un comentario a ese "
+"bug existente diciendo que usted lo vió también."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:3
@@ -1255,8 +1524,7 @@ msgstr "Fecha y hora"
 msgid "drakclock"
 msgstr "drakclock"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:10
 msgid "drakclock.png"
 msgstr "drakclock.png"
@@ -1264,18 +1532,25 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakclock </emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakclock </emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and "
-"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a "
-"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la pestaña Sistema en el Centro de Control Mageia etiquetada como <guilabel>\"Administrar fecha y hora\"</guilabel>. En algunos entornos de escritorio también está disponible haciendo click con el botón derecho / Ajustar fecha y hora ... sobre el reloj de la barra de sistema."
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
+"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
+"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la "
+"pestaña Sistema en el Centro de Control Mageia etiquetada como <guilabel>"
+"\"Administrar fecha y hora\"</guilabel>. En algunos entornos de escritorio "
+"también está disponible haciendo click con el botón derecho / Ajustar fecha "
+"y hora ... sobre el reloj de la barra de sistema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:21
@@ -1286,30 +1561,46 @@ msgstr "Es  una herramienta muy simple."
 #: en/drakclock.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on"
-" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
+"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
+"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
 "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
 "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr "En la parte superior izquierda se encuentra el<emphasis role=\"bold\">calendario</emphasis>. En la captura de pantalla la fecha es  Septiembre (arriba en la izquierda), 2012 (arriba a la derecha), el día 2 (en azul) y es Domingo. Seleccione el mes (o año) haciendo click en las pequeñas flechas a cada lado de Septiembre (o 2012). Seleccione el día haciendo click en su número."
+msgstr ""
+"En la parte superior izquierda se encuentra el<emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">calendario</emphasis>. En la captura de pantalla la fecha es  Septiembre "
+"(arriba en la izquierda), 2012 (arriba a la derecha), el día 2 (en azul) y "
+"es Domingo. Seleccione el mes (o año) haciendo click en las pequeñas flechas "
+"a cada lado de Septiembre (o 2012). Seleccione el día haciendo click en su "
+"número."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:29
 msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time "
-"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on "
-"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
+"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
+"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
 "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr "En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización  <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque <guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más cercano."
+msgstr ""
+"En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización  "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el "
+"reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque "
+"<guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más "
+"cercano."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
 "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows"
-" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see"
-" your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr "En la parte derecha esta el relo. No se puede ajustar el reloj si NTP está activada. Tres casillas muestran las horas, minutos y segundos (15, 28 y 22 en la captura de pantalla). Usa las flechitas para ajustar el reloj a la hora correcta. El formato no puede cambiarse aquí, ver la configuración del entorno de escritorio para eso."
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
+"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
+"your desktop environment settings for that."
+msgstr ""
+"En la parte derecha esta el relo. No se puede ajustar el reloj si NTP está "
+"activada. Tres casillas muestran las horas, minutos y segundos (15, 28 y 22 "
+"en la captura de pantalla). Usa las flechitas para ajustar el reloj a la "
+"hora correcta. El formato no puede cambiarse aquí, ver la configuración del "
+"entorno de escritorio para eso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:40
@@ -1317,15 +1608,21 @@ msgid ""
 "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
 "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
 "nearest town."
-msgstr "Al menos, abajo a la derecha, seleccione su zona horaria pulsando en el botón <guibutton>Cambiar Zona Horaria</guibutton> y eligiendo en la lista la ciudad más cercana."
+msgstr ""
+"Al menos, abajo a la derecha, seleccione su zona horaria pulsando en el "
+"botón <guibutton>Cambiar Zona Horaria</guibutton> y eligiendo en la lista la "
+"ciudad más cercana."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they"
-" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
+"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
 "settings."
-msgstr "Aunque no sea posible elegir un formato de fecha u hora en esta herramienta, estos se mostrarán en el escritorio, de acuerdo con la configuración de región."
+msgstr ""
+"Aunque no sea posible elegir un formato de fecha u hora en esta herramienta, "
+"estos se mostrarán en el escritorio, de acuerdo con la configuración de "
+"región."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
@@ -1337,8 +1634,7 @@ msgstr "Quitar una conexión"
 msgid "drakconnect --del"
 msgstr "drakconnect --del"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
 msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
@@ -1346,30 +1642,38 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>."
-msgstr "Aquí puede eliminar una interfaz de red<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>. "
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede eliminar una interfaz de red<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
 "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Haga clic en el menú desplegable, seleccione la que desea eliminar y luego haga clic en <emphasis> siguiente </emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Haga clic en el menú desplegable, seleccione la que desea eliminar y luego "
+"haga clic en <emphasis> siguiente </emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
 "successfully."
-msgstr "Verá un mensaje diciendo que la interfaz de red se ha eliminado correctamente."
+msgstr ""
+"Verá un mensaje diciendo que la interfaz de red se ha eliminado "
+"correctamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:3
@@ -1381,8 +1685,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar un una nueva interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
 msgid "drakconnect"
 msgstr "drakconnect"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:11
 msgid "drakconnect.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect.png"
@@ -1390,9 +1693,11 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakconnect </emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakconnect </emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:18
@@ -1400,14 +1705,19 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
 "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
 "your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar varias opciones de red local o acceso a internet. Debe de tener información de su proveedor de acceso a internet o su administrador de red."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar "
+"varias opciones de red local o acceso a internet. Debe de tener información "
+"de su proveedor de acceso a internet o su administrador de red."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
 "and provider you have."
-msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de conexión que desea establecer, de acuerdo con el hardware y el proveedor que usted posee."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccione el tipo de conexión que desea establecer, de acuerdo con el "
+"hardware y el proveedor que usted posee."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:30
@@ -1419,101 +1729,112 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión cableada (Ethernet)"
 msgid ""
 "The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
 "to configure."
-msgstr "La primera ventana lista las interfaces que estan disponibles. Seleccione un para configurar"
+msgstr ""
+"La primera ventana lista las interfaces que estan disponibles. Seleccione un "
+"para configurar"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
 msgid ""
 "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
 "address."
-msgstr "En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o manualmente configurada."
+msgstr ""
+"En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o "
+"manualmente configurada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
 msgid "Automatic IP"
 msgstr "IP automática"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers"
-" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
+"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
-" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr "<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP </emphasis>: usted debe seleccionar si los servidores DNS son determinados por el servidor DHCP o si serán especificados manualmente, como se explica más abajo. En el último caso la dirección IP de los servidores DNS debe ser  \nconfigurada. El HOSTNAME de la computadora puede ser especificado  \naquí. Si no se especifica, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> es asignado de forma predeterminada.  El Hostname también puede ser provisto por el servidor DHCP con la opción  <emphasis>Asignar Hostname desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>.No todos los servidores DHCP tienen esta función, y si usted está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP desde router ADSL doméstico, es poco probable."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP </emphasis>: usted debe seleccionar si "
+"los servidores DNS son determinados por el servidor DHCP o si serán "
+"especificados manualmente, como se explica más abajo. En el último caso la "
+"dirección IP de los servidores DNS debe ser  \n"
+"configurada. El HOSTNAME de la computadora puede ser especificado  \n"
+"aquí. Si no se especifica, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
+"literal> es asignado de forma predeterminada.  El Hostname también puede ser "
+"provisto por el servidor DHCP con la opción  <emphasis>Asignar Hostname "
+"desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>.No todos los servidores DHCP tienen esta "
+"función, y si usted está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP "
+"desde router ADSL doméstico, es poco probable."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:62
 msgid "drakconnect5.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
 msgstr "El botón avanzado da la oportunidad de especificar:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
 msgstr "Dominio de búsqueda (no accesible, proporcionado por el servidor DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
 msgid "the DHCP client"
 msgstr "Cliente DHCP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
 msgid "DHCP timeout"
 msgstr "Tiempo de espera DHCP agotado"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr "Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especificar el servidor NIS"
+msgstr ""
+"Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especificar el "
+"servidor NIS"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
 msgstr "Obtener servidores NTPD desde DHCP (sincronización de reloj)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
 msgid ""
 "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
 "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
 "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr "El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP."
+msgstr ""
+"El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP "
+"requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección "
+"IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
 "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Despues de aceptar, se describiran los últimos pasos que son comunes para todas las configuraciones de conexiones: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Despues de aceptar, se describiran los últimos pasos que son comunes para "
+"todas las configuraciones de conexiones: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
 msgid "Manual configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración manual"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:115
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
@@ -1522,30 +1843,27 @@ msgid ""
 "attributed by default."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
-"available from your service provider's website."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
+"provider's website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:126
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
-"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
-"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
-"domestic ADSL would not need this setting."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
+"this setting."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:136
 msgid "drakconnect30.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
@@ -1555,7 +1873,8 @@ msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:780
 msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:150
@@ -1566,10 +1885,9 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión satelital (DVB)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you"
-" can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
-"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -1582,59 +1900,55 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión por cable módem"
 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
 msgstr "Debe especificar un método de autenticación:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:176
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Ninguno"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:180
 msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name"
-" and password."
-msgstr "BPALogin (necesario para Telstra). En este caso, es necesario que proporcione un nombre de usuario y contraseña."
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
+"and password."
+msgstr ""
+"BPALogin (necesario para Telstra). En este caso, es necesario que "
+"proporcione un nombre de usuario y contraseña."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:191
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
 "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
-" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:252
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers"
-" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
+"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
 "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
-"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
-"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
-"domestic connection would not need this setting."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
+"need this setting."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:273
 msgid "drakconnect32.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
@@ -1649,14 +1963,16 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión DSL"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr "Si la herramienta detecta interfaces de red, ofrece la opción de seleccionar una y configurarla."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la herramienta detecta interfaces de red, ofrece la opción de seleccionar "
+"una y configurarla."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1664,32 +1980,27 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
 msgstr "Seleccione uno de los protocolos disponibles:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:307
 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Protocolo de Configuración de Host Dinámico (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:311
 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
 msgstr "Configuración manual TCP/IP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:315
 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 msgstr "PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:319
 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 msgstr "PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:323
 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgstr "Protocolo de túnel punto a punto (PPTP)"
@@ -1699,26 +2010,22 @@ msgstr "Protocolo de túnel punto a punto (PPTP)"
 msgid "Access settings"
 msgstr "Configuraciones de acceso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
 msgid "Account Login (user name)"
 msgstr "Cuenta de ingreso (nombre de usuario)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
 msgid "Account password"
 msgstr "Contraseña de la cuenta"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:341
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 msgstr "(Avanzado) ID de ruta virtual (VPI):"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:345
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
 msgstr "(Avanzado) ID de circuito virtual (VCI):"
@@ -1738,14 +2045,12 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión ISDN"
 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
 msgstr "El asistente desea saber que dispositivo configurar:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:365
 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
 msgstr "Elección manual (tarjeta ISDN interna)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:369
 msgid "External ISDN modem"
 msgstr "Módem ISDN externo"
@@ -1755,16 +2060,16 @@ msgstr "Módem ISDN externo"
 msgid ""
 "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
 "Select your card."
-msgstr "Se expone una lista de hardware clasificado por categorías y fabricante. Seleccione su tarjeta."
+msgstr ""
+"Se expone una lista de hardware clasificado por categorías y fabricante. "
+"Seleccione su tarjeta."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:384
 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Protocolo para el resto del mundo, excepto Europa (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:389
 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
 msgstr "Protocolo para Europa (ESSS1)"
@@ -1773,31 +2078,31 @@ msgstr "Protocolo para Europa (ESSS1)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:395
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave "
-"you. Then it is asked for parameters:"
-msgstr "Se ofrece luego una lista de proveedores clasificados por países. Seleccione su proveedor. Si no se encuentra en la lista, seleccione la opción <guilabel>No incluido</guilabel> e introduzca las opciones proporcionadas por su proveedor. Luego se le solicitarán los parámetros:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
+"asked for parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+"Se ofrece luego una lista de proveedores clasificados por países. Seleccione "
+"su proveedor. Si no se encuentra en la lista, seleccione la opción "
+"<guilabel>No incluido</guilabel> e introduzca las opciones proporcionadas "
+"por su proveedor. Luego se le solicitarán los parámetros:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:402
 msgid "Connection name"
 msgstr "Nombre de conexión"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:406
 msgid "Phone number"
 msgstr "Número de teléfono"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:410
 msgid "Login ID"
 msgstr "ID de ingreso (login)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:418
 msgid "Authentication method"
 msgstr "Método de autenticación"
@@ -1807,43 +2112,52 @@ msgstr "Método de autenticación"
 msgid ""
 "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
 "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr "Después de esto, debe seleccionar si recibe la dirección IP por método automático o manual. Si es automático, especifique la dirección IP y la máscara de Subred."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de esto, debe seleccionar si recibe la dirección IP por método "
+"automático o manual. Si es automático, especifique la dirección IP y la "
+"máscara de Subred."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:430
 msgid ""
 "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to"
-" put:"
-msgstr "El siguiente paso consiste en indicar si las direcciones de los servidores DNS se obtienen por método automático o manual. En el caso de la configuración manual, debe indicar:"
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
+"put:"
+msgstr ""
+"El siguiente paso consiste en indicar si las direcciones de los servidores "
+"DNS se obtienen por método automático o manual. En el caso de la "
+"configuración manual, debe indicar:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:436
 msgid "Domain name"
 msgstr "Nombre de dominio"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:440
 msgid "First and second DNS Server"
 msgstr "Servidores DNS primario y secundario"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:444
 msgid ""
 "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
 "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr "Selecciones si el nombre del host está especificado desde IP. Seleccione esta opción solo si está seguro que su proveedor está configurado para aceptarlo."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecciones si el nombre del host está especificado desde IP. Seleccione "
+"esta opción solo si está seguro que su proveedor está configurado para "
+"aceptarlo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:452
 msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic"
-" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter "
-"the IP address."
-msgstr "El siguiente paso es seleccionar como la dirección de la puerta de enlace es obtenida, de forma automática o manual. En caso de configuración manual, usted debe ingresar la dirección IP."
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
+"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
+"IP address."
+msgstr ""
+"El siguiente paso es seleccionar como la dirección de la puerta de enlace es "
+"obtenida, de forma automática o manual. En caso de configuración manual, "
+"usted debe ingresar la dirección IP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:464
@@ -1863,96 +2177,85 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
 "the card has detected."
-msgstr "En este paso, la elección se da entre los diferentes puntos de acceso que la tarjeta ha detectado."
+msgstr ""
+"En este paso, la elección se da entre los diferentes puntos de acceso que la "
+"tarjeta ha detectado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:480
 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
 msgstr "Los parámetros específicos de la tarjeta inalámbrica deben brindar:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:484
 msgid "drakconnect31.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:490
 msgid "Operating mode:"
 msgstr "Modo de operación"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:494
 msgid "Managed"
 msgstr "Administrado"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:497
 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
 msgstr "Acceso a un punto de acceso existente (lo más frecuente)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:503
 msgid "Ad-Hoc"
 msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:506
 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
 msgstr "Para configurar una conexión directa entre computadoras."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:514
 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
 msgstr "Nombre de red (ESSID)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:518
 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr "Modo de encriptación: depende de cómo esté configurado el punto de acceso."
+msgstr ""
+"Modo de encriptación: depende de cómo esté configurado el punto de acceso."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:523
 msgid "WPA/WPA2"
 msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:526
 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
 msgstr "Este modo de encriptación es preferible si su hardware lo permite"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:532
 msgid "WEP"
 msgstr "WEP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:535
 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr "Algunos dispositivos antiguos soportan solo este método de encriptación."
+msgstr ""
+"Algunos dispositivos antiguos soportan solo este método de encriptación."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:543
 msgid "Encryption key"
 msgstr "Contraseña de encriptado"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid ""
-"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
+msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
 msgstr "Generalmente es provisto con el hardware que da el punto de acceso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1960,10 +2263,10 @@ msgstr "Generalmente es provisto con el hardware que da el punto de acceso."
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
 "manual IP address."
-msgstr "En este punto, la opción está entre una dirección IP automática o manual."
+msgstr ""
+"En este punto, la opción está entre una dirección IP automática o manual."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:561
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
@@ -1975,46 +2278,41 @@ msgid ""
 "DHCP server</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:589
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:608
 msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
 "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:619
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:625
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
-"available from your providers website."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
+"website."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:630
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, "
-"before the period."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
+"period."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2027,7 +2325,9 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión GPRS/Edge/3G"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr "Si la herramienta detecta interfaces inalámbricas, ofrece seleccionar una y configurarla."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la herramienta detecta interfaces inalámbricas, ofrece seleccionar una y "
+"configurarla."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:653
@@ -2046,8 +2346,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Provide access settings"
 msgstr "Especifique las configuraciones de acceso a red"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:674
 msgid "Access Point Name"
 msgstr "Nombre de punto de acceso"
@@ -2062,14 +2361,12 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión a Red por marcado de Bluetooth"
 msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
 msgstr "Una nueva conexión por Módem de teléfono analógico (POTS)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:710
 msgid "Manual choice"
 msgstr "Elección manual"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:714
 msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
 msgstr "Hardware detectado, si existe."
@@ -2090,67 +2387,57 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:729
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-" Then it is asked for Dialup options:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
+"for Dialup options:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:736
 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Nombre de la conexión</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:740
 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Número telefónico</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:744
 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>ID de usuario</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:748
 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Clave</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:752
 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:756
 msgid "PAP/CHAP"
 msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:760
 msgid "Script-based"
 msgstr "Basado en script"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:764
 msgid "PAP"
 msgstr "PAP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:768
 msgid "Terminal-based"
 msgstr "Basado en terminal"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:772
 msgid "CHAP"
 msgstr "CHAP"
@@ -2184,7 +2471,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:804
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de Redes</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de "
+"Redes</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:809
@@ -2226,8 +2515,7 @@ msgid ""
 "immediately or not."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:841
 msgid "drakconnect9.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
@@ -2242,8 +2530,7 @@ msgstr "Abra una consola de administrador"
 msgid "drakconsole"
 msgstr "drakconsole"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:10
 msgid "drakconsole.png"
 msgstr "drakconsole.png"
@@ -2251,16 +2538,18 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more"
-" information about that."
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
+"information about that."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2273,8 +2562,7 @@ msgstr "Administrar particiones de disco"
 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
 msgstr "drakdisk o diskdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:15
 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
@@ -2282,10 +2570,13 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
+"as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:20
@@ -2293,8 +2584,8 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
 "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
 "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on "
-"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
+"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2304,8 +2595,7 @@ msgid ""
 "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:35
 msgid "drakdisk.png"
 msgstr "drakdisk.png"
@@ -2315,11 +2605,10 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png"
 msgid ""
 "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
 "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a"
-" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear "
-"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete "
-"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a "
-"partition."
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
+"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
+"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
+"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2349,8 +2638,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
 msgstr "Usted puede escoger un punto de montaje, si no existe será creado."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:63
 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
@@ -2363,8 +2651,7 @@ msgid ""
 "seen in the screenshot below."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:73
 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
@@ -2379,8 +2666,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar el administrador de pantalla"
 msgid "drakedm"
 msgstr "drakedm"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:12
 msgid "drakedm.png"
 msgstr "drakedm.png"
@@ -2388,16 +2674,18 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available"
-" on your system will be shown."
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
+"on your system will be shown."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2418,8 +2706,7 @@ msgstr "Configure su cortafuegos personal"
 msgid "drakfirewall"
 msgstr "drakfirewall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
 msgid "drakfirewall.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
@@ -2427,9 +2714,11 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakfirewall </emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"> drakfirewall </emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
@@ -2445,8 +2734,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
 "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection"
-" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
+"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
 "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
 "the firewall, and only check the needed services."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2482,8 +2771,7 @@ msgid ""
 "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
 msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall2.png "
@@ -2504,9 +2792,9 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
 "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
 "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot"
-" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to "
-"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
+"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
+"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2514,14 +2802,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
 msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
 msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
@@ -2530,8 +2816,8 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary"
-" packages are downloaded."
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
+"packages are downloaded."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
@@ -2551,8 +2837,7 @@ msgstr "Administre, agregue y elimine fuentes. Importe fuentes de Windows(R)"
 msgid "drakfont"
 msgstr "drakfont"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:11
 msgid "drakfont.png"
 msgstr "drakfont.png"
@@ -2560,9 +2845,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:15
@@ -2591,13 +2878,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:36
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obtener los tipos de letra de Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obtener los tipos de letra de Windows: <emphasis/></"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You"
-" must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
+"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2608,8 +2897,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opciones:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able"
-" to use the fonts."
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
+"to use the fonts."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2623,7 +2912,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
 "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
 "documents that use them."
-msgstr "Este botón es para remover las tipografías instaladas y posiblemente ahorrar algo de espacio. Sea cuidadoso cuando elimine las tipografías porque puede tener serias consecuencias en los documentos que use."
+msgstr ""
+"Este botón es para remover las tipografías instaladas y posiblemente ahorrar "
+"algo de espacio. Sea cuidadoso cuando elimine las tipografías porque puede "
+"tener serias consecuencias en los documentos que use."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:52
@@ -2635,10 +2927,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
 "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select "
-"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
-"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
+"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
+"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -2658,8 +2950,7 @@ msgstr "Controles paternos"
 msgid "drakguard"
 msgstr "drakguard"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:10
 msgid "drakguard.png"
 msgstr "drakguard.png"
@@ -2667,17 +2958,19 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo  "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental "
-"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the "
-"drakguard package (not installed by default)."
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
+"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
+"package (not installed by default)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2703,17 +2996,17 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can"
-" only execute what you accept them to execute."
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
+"only execute what you accept them to execute."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through "
-"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the "
-"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental "
-"control blocker DansGuardian."
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
+"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
+"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
+"DansGuardian."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2728,18 +3021,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
 "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
 "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by"
-" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to "
-"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and"
-" will then suggest you reboot."
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
+"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
+"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
+"then suggest you reboot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab"
-" is opened."
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
+"is opened."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -2791,8 +3084,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:92
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to"
-" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
+"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
 "applications you wish to block."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2813,8 +3106,7 @@ msgstr "Compartir la conexión a Internet con otras máquinas locales"
 msgid "drakgw"
 msgstr "drakgw"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:17
 msgid "drakgw.png"
 msgstr "drakgw.png"
@@ -2824,8 +3116,7 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png"
 msgid "Principles"
 msgstr "Principios"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:29
 msgid "drakgw-net.png"
 msgstr "drakgw-net.png"
@@ -2857,9 +3148,11 @@ msgstr "Asistente de puerta de enlace"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:47
@@ -2886,16 +3179,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes"
-" one, check that this is correct."
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
+"one, check that this is correct."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:71
 msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask"
-" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual"
-" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
+"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
+"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2910,8 +3203,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakgw.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure"
-" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
+"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -2947,8 +3240,8 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
 "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
 "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is"
-" using."
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
+"using."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -2968,8 +3261,7 @@ msgstr "Detener la conexión compartida"
 #: en/drakgw.xml:125
 msgid ""
 "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the "
-"sharing."
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -2982,8 +3274,7 @@ msgstr "Definiciones para los anfitriones"
 msgid "drakhosts"
 msgstr "drakhosts"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:10
 msgid "drakhosts.png"
 msgstr "drakhosts.png"
@@ -2991,9 +3282,11 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:14
@@ -3039,8 +3332,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración avanzada para las interfaces de red y corta fuegos."
 msgid "drakinvictus"
 msgstr "drakinvictus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
 msgid "drakinvictus.png"
 msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
@@ -3050,17 +3342,18 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
 #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
-"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
@@ -3072,8 +3365,7 @@ msgstr "Centro de Redes"
 msgid "draknetcenter"
 msgstr "draknetcenter"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
 msgid "draknetcenter.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
@@ -3081,9 +3373,11 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
@@ -3097,34 +3391,30 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,"
-" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, "
-"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, "
-"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to "
-"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface "
-"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
+"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
+"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
+"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
+"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
+"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
@@ -3134,27 +3424,27 @@ msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
 "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder"
-" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network "
-"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not"
-" connected."
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
+"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
+"connected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal "
-"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and "
-"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then "
-"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> "
-"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network "
-"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings "
-"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption "
-"key in particular)."
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
+"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
+"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
+"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
+"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
+"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
+"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
+"particular)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3162,8 +3452,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
 msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
@@ -3173,8 +3462,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgid "The Monitor button"
 msgstr "El botón de Monitor"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
 msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
@@ -3184,8 +3472,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
 "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray"
-" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
+"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3199,8 +3487,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic "
-"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
+"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -3211,10 +3499,10 @@ msgstr "El botón de configuración"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para un conexión de red por cable</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para un conexión de red por cable</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
 msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
@@ -3224,8 +3512,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
 "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual"
-" configuration may give better results."
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
+"configuration may give better results."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3249,17 +3537,18 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network "
-"Manager:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de Redes</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
+"</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el "
+"Administrador de Redes</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
 msgstr "<guibutton>El botón Avanzado:</guibutton>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
 msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
@@ -3274,8 +3563,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
 msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
@@ -3308,8 +3596,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a"
-" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
+"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
 "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
 "in private networks."
 msgstr ""
@@ -3326,8 +3614,7 @@ msgid ""
 "point while remaining connected to the network."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
 msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
@@ -3337,8 +3624,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
 msgstr "El botón de Configuraciones avanzadas"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
 msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
@@ -3353,8 +3639,7 @@ msgstr "Administrar los diferentes perfiles de red"
 msgid "draknetprofile"
 msgstr "draknetprofile"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
 msgid "draknetprofile.png"
 msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
@@ -3362,9 +3647,11 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:9
@@ -3376,8 +3663,7 @@ msgstr "Compartir discos y directorios utilizando NFS"
 msgid "draknfs"
 msgstr "draknfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:16
 msgid "draknfs.png"
 msgstr "draknfs.png"
@@ -3390,21 +3676,22 @@ msgstr "Prerequisitos"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the"
-" first time, it may display the following message:"
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
+"first time, it may display the following message:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
+msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
 msgstr "Se necesita instalar el paquete nfs-utils. ¿Quiere instalarlo?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3439,8 +3726,7 @@ msgid ""
 "available."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:58
 msgid "draknfs4.png"
 msgstr "draknfs4.png"
@@ -3513,24 +3799,24 @@ msgstr "Mapeo de ID de usuario"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
 "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on"
-" the server itself."
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
+"the server itself."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing."
-" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
+"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:107
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids"
-" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID"
-" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
+"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
+"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
@@ -3549,9 +3835,12 @@ msgstr "Opciones avanzadas"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:120
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option"
-" is on by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: esta opción requiere que las solicitudes se originen en un puerto de Internet menor a IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Esta opción está activada por defecto."
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
+"is on by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: esta opción requiere que las "
+"solicitudes se originen en un puerto de Internet menor a IPPORT_RESERVED "
+"(1024). Esta opción está activada por defecto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:124
@@ -3560,7 +3849,11 @@ msgid ""
 "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
 "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
 "using this option."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Compartición de sólo lectura</emphasis>: permite peticiones sólo de lectura o de lectura y escritura en este volume NFS. De manera predeterminada no se permiten peticiones con cambios en el sistema de archivo. Esto también puede hacerse explícitamente utilizando esta opción."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Compartición de sólo lectura</emphasis>: permite peticiones sólo "
+"de lectura o de lectura y escritura en este volume NFS. De manera "
+"predeterminada no se permiten peticiones con cambios en el sistema de "
+"archivo. Esto también puede hacerse explícitamente utilizando esta opción."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:129
@@ -3568,7 +3861,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
 "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
 "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: no permite al servidor NFS violar el protocolo NFS ni responder peticiones antes de que cualquier cambio hecho por estas peticiones sea realizado a almacenamiento estable (ej. unidad de disco)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: no permite al servidor NFS violar "
+"el protocolo NFS ni responder peticiones antes de que cualquier cambio hecho "
+"por estas peticiones sea realizado a almacenamiento estable (ej. unidad de "
+"disco)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:134
@@ -3576,7 +3873,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
 "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
 "exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: habilita revisión de subárbol lo que puede ayudar a mejorar la seguridad en algunos casos, pero puede disminuir la confiabilidad. Vea la página de man exports(5) para mas detalles."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: habilita revisión de subárbol lo que "
+"puede ayudar a mejorar la seguridad en algunos casos, pero puede disminuir "
+"la confiabilidad. Vea la página de man exports(5) para mas detalles."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
@@ -3588,8 +3888,7 @@ msgstr "Entradas de menú"
 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:147
 msgid "draknfs5.png"
 msgstr "draknfs5.png"
@@ -3613,7 +3912,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
 msgid ""
 "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr "El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración actuales."
+msgstr ""
+"El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración "
+"actuales."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:166
@@ -3623,9 +3924,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
 msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration "
-"files."
-msgstr "La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración actuales."
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+"La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración "
+"actuales."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:10
@@ -3637,8 +3939,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy"
 msgid "drakproxy"
 msgstr "drakproxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:17
 msgid "drakproxy.png"
 msgstr "drakproxy.png"
@@ -3646,25 +3947,27 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net"
-" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
+"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
 "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a"
-" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
+"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
+"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
 "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
@@ -3681,8 +3984,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar repositorios"
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
@@ -3690,10 +3992,10 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as"
-" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources"
-" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button"
-" below)."
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
+"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
+"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
+"below)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
@@ -3719,9 +4021,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
@@ -3746,7 +4050,10 @@ msgstr "Columna Activar"
 msgid ""
 "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
 "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr "Los repositorios marcados se usarán para instalar nuevos paquetes. Tenga cuidado porque los repositorios Testing y Debug pueden hacer que su sistema no funcione."
+msgstr ""
+"Los repositorios marcados se usarán para instalar nuevos paquetes. Tenga "
+"cuidado porque los repositorios Testing y Debug pueden hacer que su sistema "
+"no funcione."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
@@ -3805,7 +4112,9 @@ msgstr "Cada medio tiene cuatro subsecciones:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
 "this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liberación</emphasis> los paquetes como en el día en que la presente versión de Mageia fue liberada."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liberación</emphasis> los paquetes como en el día en "
+"que la presente versión de Mageia fue liberada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
@@ -3825,8 +4134,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests"
-" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
+"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
 "corrections."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3846,7 +4155,11 @@ msgid ""
 "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
 "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
 "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr "Pare eliminar un repositorio, haga click en él y en este botón. Es buena idea eliminar los repositorios usados durante la instalación (CD o DVD, por ejemplo) porque todos los paquetes se encuentran en el repositorio Core oficial del lanzamiento. "
+msgstr ""
+"Pare eliminar un repositorio, haga click en él y en este botón. Es buena "
+"idea eliminar los repositorios usados durante la instalación (CD o DVD, por "
+"ejemplo) porque todos los paquetes se encuentran en el repositorio Core "
+"oficial del lanzamiento. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
@@ -3858,7 +4171,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Editar:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
 "proxy)."
-msgstr "Permite modificar la configuración del repositorio (URL, programa para descargar y proxy)."
+msgstr ""
+"Permite modificar la configuración del repositorio (URL, programa para "
+"descargar y proxy)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
@@ -3871,8 +4186,8 @@ msgid ""
 "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
 "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
 "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a"
-" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
+"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
+"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
 "from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3885,9 +4200,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Flechas arriba y abajo:</guibutton>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same"
-" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release "
-"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
+"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
+"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
+"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -3903,8 +4218,8 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fichero -> Actualizar:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
 msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and"
-" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
+"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3916,16 +4231,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
 msgid ""
 "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the"
-" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
+"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
 "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
 "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
 "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
 msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
@@ -3950,8 +4264,7 @@ msgid ""
 "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
@@ -3972,9 +4285,9 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Opciones globales:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" "
-"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define "
-"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
+"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
+"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
 "default-, update only, always or never)."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3986,11 +4299,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
 msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate"
-" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In "
-"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click "
-"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
+"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
+"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
+"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
+"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
@@ -4007,17 +4320,16 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
 msgid ""
 "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if"
-" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and "
-"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
+"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
 msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki "
-"page</link>."
+"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
+"link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -4030,8 +4342,7 @@ msgstr "Compartir discos y directorios utilizando Samba"
 msgid "draksambashare"
 msgstr "draksambashare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:18
 msgid "draksambashare.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare.png"
@@ -4044,7 +4355,12 @@ msgid ""
 "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
 "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
 "resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr "Samba es un protocolo usando en varios sistemas operativos para compartir recursos tales como directorios o impresoras. Esta herramienta permite configurar la máquina como un servidor Samba usando el protocolo SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo se usa también en Windows (R) y estaciones de trabajo con este sistema operativo pueden acceder a los recursos del servidor Samba. "
+msgstr ""
+"Samba es un protocolo usando en varios sistemas operativos para compartir "
+"recursos tales como directorios o impresoras. Esta herramienta permite "
+"configurar la máquina como un servidor Samba usando el protocolo SMB/CIFS. "
+"Este protocolo se usa también en Windows (R) y estaciones de trabajo con "
+"este sistema operativo pueden acceder a los recursos del servidor Samba. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:37
@@ -4070,20 +4386,21 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:53
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks"
-" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
+"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
 "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:61
 msgid "draksambashare0.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
@@ -4093,10 +4410,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
 "selected."
-msgstr "En la siguiente ventana, la opción de configuración del servidor Standalone está seleccionada."
+msgstr ""
+"En la siguiente ventana, la opción de configuración del servidor Standalone "
+"está seleccionada."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:71
 msgid "draksambashare1.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
@@ -4104,8 +4422,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the"
-" access to the shared resources."
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
+"access to the shared resources."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -4115,8 +4433,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the network."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:85
 msgid "draksambashare2.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
@@ -4147,8 +4464,7 @@ msgid ""
 "address or host name."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:110
 msgid "draksambashare3.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
@@ -4158,10 +4474,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
 "described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr "Especifique la pancarta del servidor. La pancarta es la forma en que este servidor será descrito en las estaciones de trabajo Windows."
+msgstr ""
+"Especifique la pancarta del servidor. La pancarta es la forma en que este "
+"servidor será descrito en las estaciones de trabajo Windows."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:120
 msgid "draksambashare4.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
@@ -4172,8 +4489,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:131
 msgid "draksambashare5.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
@@ -4182,12 +4498,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in "
-"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
+"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:143
 msgid "draksambashare6.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
@@ -4197,8 +4512,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:155
 msgid "draksambashare13.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
@@ -4219,7 +4533,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
 "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
 "account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provee un mecanismo para almacenar todas las cuentas de usuario y grupo en un repositorio de cuentas central compartido. El repositorio de cuentas centralizado es compartido entre los controladores (de seguridad) del dominio."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provee un mecanismo para almacenar todas las "
+"cuentas de usuario y grupo en un repositorio de cuentas central compartido. "
+"El repositorio de cuentas centralizado es compartido entre los controladores "
+"(de seguridad) del dominio."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:173
@@ -4231,8 +4549,7 @@ msgstr "Declare un directorio a compartir"
 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:179
 msgid "draksambashare15.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
@@ -4240,14 +4557,13 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:184
 msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the "
-"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether"
-" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share "
-"name can not be modified."
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
+"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
+"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
+"modified."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:191
 msgid "draksambashare16.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
@@ -4292,8 +4608,7 @@ msgstr "Compartir impresora"
 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
 msgstr "Samba tambien le permite compartir impresoras"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:241
 msgid "draksambashare17.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
@@ -4311,8 +4626,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgid "Samba users"
 msgstr "Usuarios de Samba"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:253
 msgid "draksambashare18.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
@@ -4335,62 +4649,84 @@ msgstr "Configurar autenticación para las herramientas de Mageia"
 msgid "draksec"
 msgstr "draksec"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec.png"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "draksec0.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
+"Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el "
+"Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de "
+"Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:20
+#: en/draksec.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
 "usually done by the administrator."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:23
+#: en/draksec.xml:22
+msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksec.xml:27
+msgid "draksec.png"
+msgstr "draksec.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
 "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list gives the choice between:"
+"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:29
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Sin contraseña: La herramienta se ejecuta sin pedir contraseña."
+#: en/draksec.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
+"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:34
+#: en/draksec.xml:43
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr "Contraseña de usuario: La contraseña de usuario se pide antes que la herramienta se ejecute"
+msgstr ""
+"Contraseña de usuario: La contraseña de usuario se pide antes que la "
+"herramienta se ejecute"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:39
-msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr "Contraseña de root: La contraseña de root se pide antes de ejecutar la herramienta."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:44
+#: en/draksec.xml:48
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
-"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
 msgstr ""
+"Contraseña de root: La contraseña de root se pide antes de ejecutar la "
+"herramienta."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:53
+msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+msgstr "Sin contraseña: La herramienta se ejecuta sin pedir contraseña."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
@@ -4402,8 +4738,7 @@ msgstr "Instantáneas"
 msgid "draksnapshot-config"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
@@ -4411,16 +4746,18 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration "
-"tools</guilabel> section."
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
+"guilabel> section."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -4435,9 +4772,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable "
-"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, "
-"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
+"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
+"whole system</guilabel>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -4445,22 +4782,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
 "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to"
-" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the "
-"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from"
-" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> "
-"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you "
-"are done."
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
+"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
+"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
+"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
+"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
+"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted"
-" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
+"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
+"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -4478,8 +4814,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración de sonido"
 msgid "draksound"
 msgstr "draksound"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:10
 msgid "draksound.png"
 msgstr "draksound.png"
@@ -4487,9 +4822,11 @@ msgstr "draksound.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:14
@@ -4509,9 +4846,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a"
-" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound "
-"card."
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
+"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
@@ -4525,10 +4861,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound"
-" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the "
-"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> "
-"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
+"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
+"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
+"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -4536,14 +4872,18 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
 "enabled."
-msgstr "PulseAudio es el servidor de sonido por defecto y se recomienda dejarlo activado."
+msgstr ""
+"PulseAudio es el servidor de sonido por defecto y se recomienda dejarlo "
+"activado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
 "is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Libre de saltos</guilabel> mejora PulseAudio con algunos programas. También se recomienda dejarlo activado."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Libre de saltos</guilabel> mejora PulseAudio con algunos "
+"programas. También se recomienda dejarlo activado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:44
@@ -4552,8 +4892,7 @@ msgid ""
 "three buttons:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:49
 msgid "Draksound1.png"
 msgstr "Draksound1.png"
@@ -4584,8 +4923,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar una UPS para monitoreo de energía"
 msgid "drakups"
 msgstr "drakups"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakups.xml:8
 msgid "drakups.png"
 msgstr "drakups.png"
@@ -4593,9 +4931,11 @@ msgstr "drakups.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakups.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:3
@@ -4607,8 +4947,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar una conexión VPN para acceso seguro a redes"
 msgid "drakvpn"
 msgstr "drakvpn"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:11
 msgid "drakvpn1.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
@@ -4616,9 +4955,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:18
@@ -4658,8 +4999,7 @@ msgstr "La siguiente pantalla, provee los detalles para su conexión VPN."
 msgid "For Cisco VPN"
 msgstr "Para las VPN de Cisco"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:48
 msgid "drakvpn3.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
@@ -4669,10 +5009,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
 msgid ""
 "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
 "first time the tool is used."
-msgstr "Para openvpn. El paquete openvpn y sus dependencias se instalarán la primera vez que se utilice."
+msgstr ""
+"Para openvpn. El paquete openvpn y sus dependencias se instalarán la primera "
+"vez que se utilice."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:59
 msgid "drakvpn7.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
@@ -4689,8 +5030,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Advanced parameters:"
 msgstr "Parámetros avanzados:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:68
 msgid "drakvpn8.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
@@ -4705,15 +5045,20 @@ msgstr "La siguiente pantalla le pide la dirección ip del gateway."
 msgid ""
 "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
 "connection."
-msgstr "Cuando los parámetros se asignan, usted tiene la opción de iniciar la conexión VPN."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando los parámetros se asignan, usted tiene la opción de iniciar la "
+"conexión VPN."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect"
-" to this VPN."
-msgstr "Esta conexión VPN puede ser configurada para iniciar automaticamente con una conexión de red. Para ello, reconfigure la conexión de red para conectarse siempre a esta VPN."
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
+"to this VPN."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta conexión VPN puede ser configurada para iniciar automaticamente con una "
+"conexión de red. Para ello, reconfigure la conexión de red para conectarse "
+"siempre a esta VPN."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
@@ -4725,8 +5070,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar servidor web"
 msgid "drakwizard apache2"
 msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
@@ -4734,9 +5078,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
@@ -4767,8 +5113,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4785,8 +5130,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4803,8 +5147,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server User Module"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4819,8 +5162,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User web directory name"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4837,8 +5179,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Document Root"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4855,8 +5196,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Summary"
 msgstr "Resumen"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4866,8 +5206,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -4876,8 +5215,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Finish"
 msgstr "Finalizar"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4898,8 +5236,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar DNS"
 msgid "drakwizard bind"
 msgstr "drakwizard bind"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
@@ -4907,9 +5244,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
@@ -4921,8 +5260,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar DHCP"
 msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
 msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
@@ -4937,16 +5275,18 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should"
-" be installed before you can access to it."
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
+"be installed before you can access to it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -4973,8 +5313,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4984,8 +5323,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4994,8 +5332,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5003,8 +5341,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select IP range"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5018,8 +5355,7 @@ msgid ""
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5029,8 +5365,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Hold on..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5047,8 +5382,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Hours later..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5073,73 +5407,62 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from "
-"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and "
-"adding the new parameters:"
+"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
+"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
+"parameters:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
 msgid "<code>hname</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
 msgid "<code>dns</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
 msgid "net"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
 msgid "ip"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
 msgid "<code>mask</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
 msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
 msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
 msgid "<code>dname</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
 msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5147,8 +5470,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
 msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file "
-"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
+"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
+"code>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -5166,8 +5489,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar la hora"
 msgid "drakwizard ntp"
 msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
@@ -5175,16 +5497,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed"
-" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
+"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
+"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
 "packages."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -5201,26 +5525,22 @@ msgid ""
 "because this server always points to available time servers."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
@@ -5228,15 +5548,14 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you"
-" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
+"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
+"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
 "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
 "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
@@ -5244,7 +5563,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr "Click en el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para cerrar la aplicación"
+msgstr ""
+"Click en el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para cerrar la aplicación"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
@@ -5259,9 +5579,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to "
-"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
-"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
+"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
+"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -5281,15 +5601,17 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
 msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and "
-"<code>ntpd</code> services;"
+"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
+"code> services;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
 msgid ""
 "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr "Configurar el reloj del sistema con la hora actual usando UTC como referencia."
+msgstr ""
+"Configurar el reloj del sistema con la hora actual usando UTC como "
+"referencia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
@@ -5301,8 +5623,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar FTP"
 msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
 msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
@@ -5310,15 +5631,17 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
-" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -5344,14 +5667,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5368,8 +5689,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Information"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5386,8 +5706,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5395,18 +5714,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>"
-" (File eXchange Protocol)"
+"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
+"(File eXchange Protocol)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5421,8 +5738,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar proxy"
 msgid "drakwizard squid"
 msgstr "drakwizard squid"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
@@ -5430,9 +5746,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
@@ -5468,8 +5786,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar un servidor proxy con drakwizard squid"
 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
 msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de configuración de servidor proxy."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5479,8 +5796,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
 msgstr "Seleccionando el puerto proxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5497,8 +5813,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
 msgstr "Establecer uso de memoria y disco"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5514,8 +5829,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select Network Access Control"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5523,8 +5837,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5532,25 +5846,24 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Grant Network Access"
 msgstr "Otorgar acceso a la red"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Otorgar acceso a redes locales, entonces haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
+msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Otorgar acceso a redes locales, entonces haga clic en el botón "
+"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
 msgstr "¿Usar un proxy de nivel superior?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5565,8 +5878,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
 msgstr "URL y puerto del proxy de nivel superior"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5574,12 +5886,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
 msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5589,8 +5900,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Start during boot?"
 msgstr "¿Iniciar durante el arranque del sistema?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5602,8 +5912,7 @@ msgid ""
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5616,56 +5925,49 @@ msgstr "Instalando el paquete squid si es necesario;"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
 msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in "
-"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
+"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
+"orig;</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from "
-"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
+"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
+"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
 msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
 msgid "cache_mem"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
 msgid "http_port"
 msgstr "http_port"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
 msgid ""
 "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5685,8 +5987,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración del demonio OpenSSH"
 msgid "drakwizard sshd"
 msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
@@ -5694,15 +5995,17 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ssh</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ssh</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
-" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -5715,8 +6018,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
 "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,"
-" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
+"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
+"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
 "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
 "respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5736,8 +6039,7 @@ msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de Open SSH."
 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
 msgstr "Seleccione las opciones de configuración"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5745,9 +6047,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or "
-"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
+"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5755,8 +6056,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "General Options"
 msgstr "Opciones generales"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5773,8 +6073,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Authentication Methods"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5791,8 +6090,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Logging"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5800,8 +6098,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
 msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5809,8 +6107,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Login Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5825,8 +6122,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User Login Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5842,8 +6138,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5855,14 +6150,12 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5877,8 +6170,7 @@ msgstr "Administrar servicios del sistema habilitando o deshabilitándolos"
 msgid "drakxservices"
 msgstr "drakxservices"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:8
 msgid "drakxservices.png"
 msgstr "drakxservices.png"
@@ -5886,9 +6178,11 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:10
@@ -5900,8 +6194,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración de hardware"
 msgid "harddrake2"
 msgstr "harddrake2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:17
 msgid "harddrake2.png"
 msgstr "harddrake2.png"
@@ -5909,9 +6202,11 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:22
@@ -5952,8 +6247,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are"
-" available at the bottom of the right column:"
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
+"available at the bottom of the right column:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -6011,8 +6306,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar la distibución del teclado"
 msgid "keyboarddrake"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
 msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
@@ -6020,9 +6314,11 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
@@ -6042,9 +6338,9 @@ msgstr "Distribución del teclado"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed"
-" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity "
-"each layout should be used for."
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
+"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
+"layout should be used for."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -6069,8 +6365,7 @@ msgstr "Administrar la localización para su sistema"
 msgid "localedrake"
 msgstr "localedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:18
 msgid "localedrake.png"
 msgstr "localedrake.png"
@@ -6078,9 +6373,11 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
@@ -6151,8 +6448,7 @@ msgstr "Vea y busque los registros del sistema"
 msgid "logdrake"
 msgstr "logdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:10
 msgid "logdrake.png"
 msgstr "logdrake.png"
@@ -6160,16 +6456,18 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system "
-"logs</guilabel>\"."
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
+"guilabel>\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -6180,26 +6478,26 @@ msgstr "Ejecutar una búsqueda en los registros del sistema"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to "
-"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)"
-"  to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is"
-" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of "
-"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected "
-"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> "
-"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the "
-"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by "
-"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
+"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
+"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
+"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
+"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
+"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
+"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
+"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia"
-" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs "
-"are updated each time a configuration is modified."
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
+"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
+"updated each time a configuration is modified."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -6218,11 +6516,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail "
-"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> "
-"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the "
-"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to "
-"look watch. (See screenshot above)."
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
+"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
+"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
+"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
+"(See screenshot above)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -6270,8 +6568,7 @@ msgstr "Servicio Xinetd"
 msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
 msgstr "Resolver Nombres de Dominio por BIND"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:91
 msgid "logdrake1.png"
 msgstr "logdrake1.png"
@@ -6280,8 +6577,8 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png"
 #: en/logdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows"
-" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
+"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
 "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
 "to 3 times the number of processors."
 msgstr ""
@@ -6307,24 +6604,28 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Isnetdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comando, escribiendo "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Isnetdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>sólo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>sólo se puede "
+"iniciar desde la línea de comandos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the "
-"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
+"advance."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -6340,9 +6641,11 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
@@ -6350,18 +6653,20 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
 "root."
-msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos. Si la inicia como superusuario, tendrá más información a su disposición."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede "
+"iniciar desde la línea de comandos. Si la inicia como superusuario, tendrá "
+"más información a su disposición."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,"
-" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
+"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
+"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
 "packages to work."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
 msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
@@ -6409,10 +6714,11 @@ msgstr "-i para ignorar mayúsculas/minúsculas"
 msgid ""
 "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
 "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr "En la pantalla de abajo, puede ver la accion de la opcion -v en lspcidrake y la opcion -i para grep."
+msgstr ""
+"En la pantalla de abajo, puede ver la accion de la opcion -v en lspcidrake y "
+"la opcion -i para grep."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
 msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
@@ -6422,7 +6728,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgid ""
 "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
 "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr "Hay otra herramienta que da información sobre el hardware, llamada <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (bajo root)"
+msgstr ""
+"Hay otra herramienta que da información sobre el hardware, llamada <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (bajo root)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
@@ -6434,8 +6742,7 @@ msgstr "Actualizar software"
 msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate o drakrpm-update"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
@@ -6443,17 +6750,20 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
-"update</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> o <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
+"emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> o <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
-"management.</emphasis>"
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
@@ -6468,21 +6778,20 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by"
-" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
+"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
 "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of"
-" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
+"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
 "means you can click to drop down a text."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
@@ -6491,8 +6800,8 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
-". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
+"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -6500,8 +6809,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Boot"
 msgstr "Arranque"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-boot.png"
 msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
@@ -6511,7 +6819,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
 "steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el arranque de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
+msgstr ""
+"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el "
+"arranque de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
@@ -6538,8 +6848,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
 msgid "Hardware"
 msgstr "Hardware"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
@@ -6549,23 +6858,25 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
 "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el hardware de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
+msgstr ""
+"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el "
+"hardware de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
 msgid "Manage your hardware"
 msgstr "Administrar el hardware"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure "
-"hardware</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Ver y configurar el hardware</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Ver y configurar el hardware</"
+"emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
@@ -6575,16 +6886,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgid "Configure graphics"
 msgstr "Configurar los gráficos"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop "
-"effects</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar los efectos 3D del Escritorio</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar los efectos 3D del "
+"Escritorio</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
@@ -6594,14 +6905,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
 msgstr "Configurar teclado y ratón"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
@@ -6611,16 +6920,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
 msgstr "Configurar impresoras y escáneres"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),"
-" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurar la(s) impresora(s), las colas de trabajo de impresión...</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
+"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurar la(s) "
+"impresora(s), las colas de trabajo de impresión...</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
@@ -6630,8 +6939,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Others"
 msgstr "Otros"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
@@ -6653,8 +6961,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
 msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related "
-"tools."
+"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -6683,8 +6990,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Local disks"
 msgstr "Discos locales"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
@@ -6694,7 +7000,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
 "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para administrar o compartir sus discos locales. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
+msgstr ""
+"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para administrar o "
+"compartir sus discos locales. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
@@ -6716,8 +7024,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network Services"
 msgstr "Servicios de red"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
@@ -6725,8 +7032,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if"
-" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
+"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
 "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
 "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
 msgstr ""
@@ -6761,8 +7068,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
 msgid "Network Sharing"
 msgstr "Compartir red"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
@@ -6772,40 +7078,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
 "directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para compartir discos y directorios. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
+msgstr ""
+"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para compartir "
+"discos y directorios. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
 msgstr "Configurar comparticiones de Windows(R)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
 "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Compartir discos y directorios con sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Compartir discos y "
+"directorios con sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
 msgid "Configure NFS shares"
 msgstr "Configurar NFS"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
@@ -6815,8 +7121,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
 msgstr "Configurar WebDAV"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
@@ -6826,8 +7131,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network and Internet"
 msgstr "Redes e internet"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:8
 msgid "mcc-network.png"
 msgstr "mcc-network.png"
@@ -6835,29 +7139,28 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link"
-" below to learn more."
-msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar la red. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
+"below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar la "
+"red. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:18
 msgid "Manage your network devices"
 msgstr "Administrar las tarjetas de red"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:21
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:25
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:29
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
@@ -6867,32 +7170,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
 msgstr "Personalizar y proteger su red"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:39
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:43
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:47
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:51
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:61
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
@@ -6902,8 +7200,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "Seguridad"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-security.png"
 msgstr "mcc-security.png"
@@ -6913,14 +7210,18 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
 "link below to learn more."
-msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas de seguridad. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
+msgstr ""
+"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas de seguridad. Haga "
+"click en el enlace para saber más."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
 "permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurar seguridad del sistema, permisos y auditorías</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurar seguridad del sistema, "
+"permisos y auditorías</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:25
@@ -6947,8 +7248,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
 msgid "Sharing"
 msgstr "Compartir"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
@@ -6957,8 +7257,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can"
-" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
+"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
 "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -6977,8 +7277,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
 msgid "System"
 msgstr "Sistema"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-system.png"
 msgstr "mcc-system.png"
@@ -6988,27 +7287,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
 "tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varios sistemas y herramientas administrativas. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
+msgstr ""
+"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varios sistemas y herramientas "
+"administrativas. Haga click en el enlace para saber más."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:18
 msgid "Manage system services"
 msgstr "Administrar servicios del sistema"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:20
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
@@ -7018,14 +7316,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgid "Localization"
 msgstr "Localización"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:37
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
@@ -7035,34 +7331,29 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgid "Administration tools"
 msgstr "Herramientas administrativas"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on "
-"system</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:62
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:66
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
@@ -7076,25 +7367,34 @@ msgstr "Centro de Control de Mageia"
 #: en/MCC.xml:6
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la "
+"licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/"
+"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:9
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://"
+"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el "
+"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de "
+"Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
@@ -7106,8 +7406,7 @@ msgstr "Configure la frecuencia de actualizaciones"
 msgid "mgaapplet-config"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
@@ -7115,18 +7414,20 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
-"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / "
-"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
+"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
+"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
+"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -7134,8 +7435,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
 "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is "
-"out."
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -7148,8 +7448,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar el dispositivo puntero (ratón, touchpad, etc.)"
 msgid "mousedrake"
 msgstr "mousedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:11
 msgid "mousedrake.png"
 msgstr "mousedrake.png"
@@ -7157,9 +7456,11 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
@@ -7171,8 +7472,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by"
-" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
+"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -7194,8 +7495,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Seguridad y Auditoría del Sistema"
 msgid "msecgui"
 msgstr "msecgui"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:13
 msgid "msecgui.png"
 msgstr "msecgui.png"
@@ -7203,15 +7503,17 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface"
-" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
+"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
 "approaches:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7232,10 +7534,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure"
-" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your"
-" own customised security levels."
+"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
+"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
+"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
+"own customised security levels."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -7271,20 +7573,17 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "msec itself with some information:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:68
 msgid "enabled or not"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:72
 msgid "the configured Base security level"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
@@ -7299,13 +7598,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:88
 msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security "
-"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown "
-"below."
+"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
+"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:94
 msgid "msecgui2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7323,20 +7620,20 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:106
 msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab"
-" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then"
-" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
+"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
+"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
+"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
 "following levels are available:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:113
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you"
-" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on"
-" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only"
-" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
+"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
+"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
+"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
+"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
 "vulnerable to attack."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7354,21 +7651,21 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:131
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when"
-" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts"
-" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and"
-" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
+"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
+"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
+"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
+"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:140
 msgid ""
 "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-"
-"configure system security according to the most common use cases."
+"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
+"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
+"the most common use cases."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -7382,12 +7679,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:156
 msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in "
-"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define "
-"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called "
-"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder "
-"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power"
-" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration."
+"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
+"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
+"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
+"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
+"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
+"configuration."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
@@ -7405,11 +7702,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:173
 msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email "
-"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent "
-"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You"
-" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail"
-" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
+"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
+"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
+"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
+"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
+"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
 "the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
 "enable it."
 msgstr ""
@@ -7418,8 +7715,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:182
 msgid ""
 "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems."
-" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
+"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
+"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
 "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7432,11 +7729,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:190
 msgid ""
 "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change"
-" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains "
-"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done "
-"to the options."
+"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
+"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
+"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
+"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
+"options."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -7448,12 +7745,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:201
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side"
-" column."
+"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
+"column."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:207
 msgid "msecgui3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7468,8 +7764,7 @@ msgid ""
 "choice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:219
 msgid "msecgui11.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7483,8 +7778,7 @@ msgid ""
 "saving them."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:232
 msgid "msecgui10.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7500,8 +7794,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:245
 msgid "msecgui4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7526,8 +7819,7 @@ msgid ""
 "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:264
 msgid "msecgui5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7541,14 +7833,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:272
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab"
-" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert"
-" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
+"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
+"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
+"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
 "below shows four exceptions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:280
 msgid "msecgui6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7556,12 +7847,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:284
 msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> "
-"button"
+"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:289
 msgid "msecgui7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7570,11 +7859,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:293
 msgid ""
 "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the "
-"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is "
-"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the "
-"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> "
-"tab or modify it with a double clicK."
+"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
+"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
+"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
+"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -7599,13 +7887,12 @@ msgid ""
 "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
 "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
 "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the "
-"list of all the modifications done to the permissions."
+"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
+"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
+"done to the permissions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:318
 msgid "msecgui8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7614,16 +7901,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:321
 msgid ""
 "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the"
-" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a"
-" given rule:"
+"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
+"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
+"given rule:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:327
 msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the"
-" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
+"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
 "if not, but does not change anything."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7638,20 +7925,19 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:337
 msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
+"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:339
 msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed "
-"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
+"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
+"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
+"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:345
 msgid "msecgui9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7677,11 +7963,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
 "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken "
-"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root "
-"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions"
-" that will be changed by msecperms."
+"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
+"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
+"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
+"be changed by msecperms."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
@@ -7704,9 +7990,12 @@ msgstr "Otras herramientas de Mageia"
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
 msgid ""
 "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the"
-" next pages."
-msgstr "Hay más herramientas de Mageia que las que se muestran en el Centro el control de Mageia. Pulse en un enlace más abajo para saber más o continúe leyendo las próximas páginas."
+"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
+"next pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Hay más herramientas de Mageia que las que se muestran en el Centro el "
+"control de Mageia. Pulse en un enlace más abajo para saber más o continúe "
+"leyendo las próximas páginas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
@@ -7743,8 +8032,7 @@ msgstr "Gestor de Software (Instalar y Desinstalar Software)"
 msgid "rpmdrake"
 msgstr "rpmdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
 msgid "rpmdrake.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
@@ -7757,9 +8045,11 @@ msgstr "Introducción a rpmdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
@@ -7773,19 +8063,18 @@ msgid ""
 "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
 "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
 "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names"
-" included in the packages."
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
+"included in the packages."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend"
-"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
+"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
 msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7794,8 +8083,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake"
-" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
+"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
+"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
 "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
 "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
 "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
@@ -7814,8 +8103,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The main parts of the screen"
 msgstr "Las partes principales de la pantalla"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
 msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
@@ -7831,24 +8119,24 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
 "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
 "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,"
-" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
+"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
 msgid ""
 "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading"
-" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge"
-" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
+"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
+"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
 msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> "
-"</firstterm>"
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
+"firstterm>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -7905,8 +8193,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and"
-" sub categories."
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
+"sub categories."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -7918,8 +8206,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
 msgid ""
 "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It"
-" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
+"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
 "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7936,78 +8224,66 @@ msgid ""
 "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
 "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
 "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on "
-"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
+"guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
 msgid "Icon"
 msgstr "Icono"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
 msgid "Legend"
 msgstr "Leyenda"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
 msgid "rpmdrake2.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
 msgid "This package is already installed"
 msgstr "El paquete ya está instalado"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
 msgid "rpmdrake3.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake3.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
 msgid "This package will be installed"
 msgstr "Este paquete se instalará"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
 msgid "rpmdrake4.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake4.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
 msgid "This package cannot be modified"
 msgstr "Este paquete no se puede modificar"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
 msgid "rpmdrake5.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
 msgid "This package is an update"
 msgstr "Este paquete es una actualización."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
 msgid "rpmdrake6.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake6.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
 msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
 msgstr "Este paquete se desinstalará"
@@ -8036,15 +8312,17 @@ msgid ""
 "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
 "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Si selecciono qdigidoc (que no está instalado, vea el estado), el icono de estado color naranja con una flecha hacia abajo aparecerá y será instalado al hacer clic en <guibutton> Aplicar </guibutton> ."
+msgstr ""
+"Si selecciono qdigidoc (que no está instalado, vea el estado), el icono de "
+"estado color naranja con una flecha hacia abajo aparecerá y será instalado "
+"al hacer clic en <guibutton> Aplicar </guibutton> ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
 msgid "The dependencies"
 msgstr "Las dependencias"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
 msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
@@ -8052,14 +8330,14 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
 msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They"
-" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
+"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
 "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
 "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
 "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
 "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to"
-" install."
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
+"install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -8082,7 +8360,9 @@ msgstr "Instalación"
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
 "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, "
+"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
@@ -8098,13 +8378,17 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
 "message:"
-msgstr "Cuando usted inicia esta herramiente por primera vez, puede obtener el siguiente mensaje:"
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando usted inicia esta herramiente por primera vez, puede obtener el "
+"siguiente mensaje:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>\"Se necesita instalar los paquetes SANE para utilizar los escáneres</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>\"Se necesita instalar los paquetes SANE para utilizar los "
+"escáneres</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
@@ -8118,8 +8402,7 @@ msgid ""
 "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
 msgid "scannerdrake.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
@@ -8136,8 +8419,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannersharing\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8152,12 +8435,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
 msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the"
-" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
+"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
 msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
@@ -8165,17 +8447,17 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click "
-"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>"
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
 msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
-"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
+"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
+"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
@@ -8183,23 +8465,26 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Choose port"
 msgstr "Escoja el puerto"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
 msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available "
-"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that"
-" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
+"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
+"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8212,12 +8497,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
 msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref "
-"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
 msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
@@ -8227,8 +8511,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgid "Scannersharing"
 msgstr "Scannersharing"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
 msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
@@ -8236,11 +8519,15 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be"
-" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
+"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
 "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
 "this machine."
-msgstr "Aquí puede elegir si los escáneres conectados a esta máquina deberían poder accederse desde máquinas remotas y desde qué máquinas remotas. También puede decidir cuáles escáneres conectados a ordenadores remotos deben estar accesibles desde esta computadora."
+msgstr ""
+"Aquí puede elegir si los escáneres conectados a esta máquina deberían poder "
+"accederse desde máquinas remotas y desde qué máquinas remotas. También puede "
+"decidir cuáles escáneres conectados a ordenadores remotos deben estar "
+"accesibles desde esta computadora."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
@@ -8257,8 +8544,7 @@ msgid ""
 "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
 msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
@@ -8268,8 +8554,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
 msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
@@ -8281,8 +8566,7 @@ msgid ""
 "machines."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
 msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8292,8 +8576,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
 msgstr "\"Todas las máquinas remotas\" tienen acceso al escáner local"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
 msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8330,8 +8613,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
 msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot."
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
+"emphasis> to be started on boot."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -8349,8 +8632,8 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
 msgid ""
 "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
 "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device "
-"Manager</emphasis>."
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
+"emphasis>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -8361,13 +8644,13 @@ msgstr "Epson"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
 msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
-" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-"
-"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this "
-"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will "
-"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users "
-"have reported that this warning can be ignored."
+"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
+"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
+"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
+"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
+"ignored."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
@@ -8403,16 +8686,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
 msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the "
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
+"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
 msgid ""
 "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
@@ -8420,8 +8703,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Software Management"
 msgstr "Gestión de software"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/software-management.xml:10
 msgid "software-management.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8429,9 +8711,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management."
-" Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "En esta pantalla se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para la gestión de software. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo para obtener más información."
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
+"Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"En esta pantalla se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para la gestión "
+"de software. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo para obtener más información."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:17
@@ -8441,8 +8725,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your "
-"system</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -8467,8 +8751,7 @@ msgstr "Instalar y configurar una impresora"
 msgid "system-config-printer"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
 msgid "system-config-printer.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8503,8 +8786,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
 "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>."
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
+">."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8548,11 +8831,11 @@ msgstr "Impresora detectada automáticamente"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
 msgid ""
 "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click "
-"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
+"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
 "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the"
-" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
+"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -8560,8 +8843,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "No automatically detected printer"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
 msgid "printer3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8569,8 +8851,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
 msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window"
-" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
+"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
 "options."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -8624,17 +8906,17 @@ msgstr "Impresora en red"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to"
-" another workstation that serves as printserver."
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
+"another workstation that serves as printserver."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed"
-" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the "
-"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a "
-"fixed one."
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
+"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
+"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
+"one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8642,8 +8924,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
 "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label"
-" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
+"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
 "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
 "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
 "after \"HWaddr\"."
@@ -8652,9 +8934,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
 msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to"
-" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,"
-" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
+"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
+"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
 "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
 "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
 "says \"host\"."
@@ -8671,8 +8953,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
 msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find"
-" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
+"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -8689,9 +8971,9 @@ msgid ""
 "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
 "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
 "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like "
-"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed "
-"IP-adress is not required."
+"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
+"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
+"not required."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8700,12 +8982,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
 "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
 "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is"
-" the same as above."
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
+"the same as above."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
 msgid "printer5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8735,8 +9016,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but"
-" with TLS secured protocol."
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
+"with TLS secured protocol."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -8799,9 +9080,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
 msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS"
-" documentation.</link>"
+"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
+"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -8813,12 +9093,11 @@ msgstr "Propiedades del dispositivo"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your"
-" system, but you can specify a different one with the "
-"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, "
-"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters"
-" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
+"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
+"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
+"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
+"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -8836,23 +9115,23 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
 msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the "
-"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
+"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to "
-"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package"
-" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, "
-"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report"
-" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this "
-"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer "
-"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-"
-"date drivers or for more recent devices."
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
+"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
+"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
+"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
+"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
+"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
+"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
+"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
+"drivers or for more recent devices."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8863,10 +9142,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impresoras Brother</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
 msgid ""
-"<link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This"
-" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver "
-"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
+"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
+"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8878,8 +9156,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one "
-"devices</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
+"emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8887,10 +9165,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
 "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/index.html\">here</link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available "
-"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
+"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
+"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
 "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
 "of the printer."
 msgstr ""
@@ -8915,9 +9192,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
 msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> "
-"for the QPDL protocol."
+"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
+"protocol."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8928,12 +9205,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
 msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
-" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-"
-"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package"
-" can also be available and is to install. Choose the "
-"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture."
+"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
+"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
+"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
+"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
+"according to your architecture."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -8965,8 +9242,7 @@ msgstr "Importar documentos y configuración de Windows™"
 msgid "transfugdrake"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
 msgid "transfugdrake.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8974,8 +9250,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -8991,9 +9267,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
 "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> "
-"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation."
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
+"computer as the Mageia installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
@@ -9023,12 +9299,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
 "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account"
-" than yours own."
+"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
+"than yours own."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
 msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9037,9 +9312,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special "
-"symbols can be displayed incorrectly."
+"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
+"incorrectly."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
@@ -9053,22 +9328,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
 "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using "
-"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the "
-"import purposes."
+"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
+"use such accounts for the import purposes."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
-" to import documents:"
+"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
+"documents:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
 msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9076,23 +9349,21 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
 msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My "
-"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My "
-"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the "
-"appropriate item in this window."
+"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
+"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
+"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
 msgid ""
 "When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
-" to import bookmarks:"
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
+"to import bookmarks:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
 msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9108,8 +9379,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>"
-" button."
+"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9117,8 +9388,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
 msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9126,8 +9396,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
+"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9137,8 +9406,7 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
 msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9153,8 +9421,7 @@ msgstr "Usuarios y Grupos"
 msgid "userdrake"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:18
 msgid "userdrake.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9162,8 +9429,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9178,15 +9445,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/userdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings"
-" (ID, shell, ...)"
+"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
+"(ID, shell, ...)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in"
-" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
+"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
+"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
 "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -9200,8 +9467,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
 msgstr "Este botón abre una ventana nueva con todos los campos vacíos:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:41
 msgid "userdrake1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9222,18 +9488,18 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended."
-" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower"
-" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
+"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
+"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
+"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
+"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
 "orange and then green as the password strength improves."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:59
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure"
-" you entered what you intended to."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
+"you entered what you intended to."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9288,8 +9554,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:87
 msgid "userdrake2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9322,8 +9587,7 @@ msgid ""
 "password periodically."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:106
 msgid "userdrake3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9359,7 +9623,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
 "users who are members of the group"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Usuarios de grupo</emphasis> : Aquí puede seleccionar los usuarios que son miembros del grupo"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Usuarios de grupo</emphasis> : Aquí puede "
+"seleccionar los usuarios que son miembros del grupo"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:126
@@ -9369,11 +9635,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears "
-"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private "
-"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr "Seleccione un usuario o grupo y haga clic en <emphasis role=\"bold\">Eliminar</emphasis> para eliminarlo. Aparece una ventana en la que el usuario debe indicar si algún directorio o buzón de correo debe eliminarse también. Si el usuario ha creado algún grupo privado, se elimininará. "
+"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
+"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
+"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
+"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccione un usuario o grupo y haga clic en <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Eliminar</emphasis> para eliminarlo. Aparece una ventana en la que el "
+"usuario debe indicar si algún directorio o buzón de correo debe eliminarse "
+"también. Si el usuario ha creado algún grupo privado, se elimininará. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:133
@@ -9388,8 +9658,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:138
 msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to"
-" refresh the display."
+"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
+"refresh the display."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9403,8 +9673,8 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
 "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
 "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories"
-" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
+"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
+"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
 "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
 "account</guimenu>."
 msgstr ""
@@ -9419,8 +9689,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar el servidor gráfico"
 msgid "XFdrake"
 msgstr "XFdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:10
 msgid "XFdrake.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9428,9 +9697,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> "
-"as root. Mind the capital letters."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
+"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
+"capital letters."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9438,8 +9707,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
+"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9489,8 +9758,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for "
-"example)."
+"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9502,8 +9770,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor"
-" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
+"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
+"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
 "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -9519,8 +9787,7 @@ msgid ""
 "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:61
 msgid "XFdrake1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9535,8 +9802,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another"
-" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
+"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
+"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
 "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
 "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
 "select an uncomfortable setting."
@@ -9545,8 +9812,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:72
 msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for"
-" another one."
+"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
+"another one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
@@ -9573,8 +9840,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use"
-" XFdrake's text version."
+"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
+"XFdrake's text version."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9609,16 +9876,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:107
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon "
-"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it "
-"may be unchecked for a server."
+"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
+"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
+"unchecked for a server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask"
-" you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
+"you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
 "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
 "and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et.po b/docs/mcc-help/et.po
index 5fb2423d..965a5251 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/et.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/et.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Marek Laane <bald@smail.ee>, 2012-2014
 # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2013
@@ -9,14 +9,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 14:27+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Estonian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/et/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Estonian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"et/)\n"
+"Language: et\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: et\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -29,8 +30,7 @@ msgstr "WebDAV-i jagatud ketaste ja kataloogide kasutamine"
 msgid "diskdrake --dav"
 msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
@@ -38,9 +38,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
@@ -48,7 +50,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
 "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
 "WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelil \"Võrgu jagamine\" kirje alt <guilabel>WebDAV-i ressursside seadistamine</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskuses paneelil \"Võrgu jagamine\" kirje alt <guilabel>WebDAV-i "
+"ressursside seadistamine</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
@@ -68,7 +73,12 @@ msgid ""
 "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
 "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
 "server."
-msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> on protokoll, mis võimaldab haakida veebiserveri kataloogi kohalikus masinas ning käsitleda seda kui kohalikku kataloogi. Selleks on vajalik, et teises masinas töötaks WebDAV-i server. Käesolev tööriist ei ole mõeldud WebDAV-i serveri seadistamiseks."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> on "
+"protokoll, mis võimaldab haakida veebiserveri kataloogi kohalikus masinas "
+"ning käsitleda seda kui kohalikku kataloogi. Selleks on vajalik, et teises "
+"masinas töötaks WebDAV-i server. Käesolev tööriist ei ole mõeldud WebDAV-i "
+"serveri seadistamiseks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
@@ -81,7 +91,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
 "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
 "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr "Tööriista avaaknas näeb juba seadistatud kirjeid, kui neid peaks leiduma, ning nuppu <guibutton>Uus</guibutton>. Selle abil saab luua uue kirje. Sisestage ilmuvas aknas tektikasti serveri URL."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista avaaknas näeb juba seadistatud kirjeid, kui neid peaks leiduma, "
+"ning nuppu <guibutton>Uus</guibutton>. Selle abil saab luua uue kirje. "
+"Sisestage ilmuvas aknas tektikasti serveri URL."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
@@ -89,12 +102,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
 "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
 "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct"
-" it, if needed."
-msgstr "Seejärel ilmub aken, mille raadionupud võimaldavad valida vajaliku tegevuse.Valige raadionupp <guibutton>Haakepunkt</guibutton> ja klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Muud pole vaja teha, sest <guibutton>server</guibutton> on ju juba määratud. Siiski võite seda vajaduse korral muuta."
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
+"it, if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"Seejärel ilmub aken, mille raadionupud võimaldavad valida vajaliku tegevuse."
+"Valige raadionupp <guibutton>Haakepunkt</guibutton> ja klõpsake "
+"<guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Muud pole vaja teha, sest <guibutton>server</"
+"guibutton> on ju juba määratud. Siiski võite seda vajaduse korral muuta."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
@@ -111,10 +127,12 @@ msgstr "Selle haakepunkti kaudu saate edaspidi ligi võrgukataloogi sisule."
 msgid ""
 "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
 "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr "Järgmisel etapil tuleb anda oma kasutajanimi ja parool. Kui peaks olema vaja veel midagi täpsustada, saab seda teha klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Muu</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Järgmisel etapil tuleb anda oma kasutajanimi ja parool. Kui peaks olema vaja "
+"veel midagi täpsustada, saab seda teha klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Muu</"
+"guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
@@ -124,19 +142,27 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
 "access."
-msgstr "Valik <guibutton>Haagi</guibutton> laseb määratud ressursi kohe kasutusele võtta."
+msgstr ""
+"Valik <guibutton>Haagi</guibutton> laseb määratud ressursi kohe kasutusele "
+"võtta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button "
-"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your "
-"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you"
-" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in "
-"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the "
-"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for "
-"one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr "Kui olete seadistamise lõpetanud, klõpsates selleks raadionupule <guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton>, ilmub taas avaaken, kus on näidatud ka uus haakepunkt. Kui klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton>, küsitakse, kas soovite salvestada muudatused faili <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Vastake jaatavalt, kui soovite, et võrgukataloog oleks saadaval kohe pärast iga arvuti taaskäivitust. Kui seadistus on mõeldud ühekordseks kasutamiseks, siis ei ole tarvis seda salvestada."
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
+"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
+"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
+"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
+"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
+"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete seadistamise lõpetanud, klõpsates selleks raadionupule "
+"<guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton>, ilmub taas avaaken, kus on näidatud ka uus "
+"haakepunkt. Kui klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton>, küsitakse, kas "
+"soovite salvestada muudatused faili <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Vastake "
+"jaatavalt, kui soovite, et võrgukataloog oleks saadaval kohe pärast iga "
+"arvuti taaskäivitust. Kui seadistus on mõeldud ühekordseks kasutamiseks, "
+"siis ei ole tarvis seda salvestada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
@@ -148,8 +174,7 @@ msgstr "Kõvaketta partitsioonide jagamine"
 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
 msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
@@ -157,9 +182,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
@@ -168,13 +195,17 @@ msgid ""
 "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
 "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
 "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr "See lihtne tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab administraatoril anda kasutajatele õigust jagada oma kodukataloogi (/home) alamkatalooge teiste kohtvõrgus olevate kasutajatega, kelle arvutis võib töötada nii Linuxi kui ka Windowsi operatsioonisüsteem."
+msgstr ""
+"See lihtne tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab "
+"administraatoril anda kasutajatele õigust jagada oma kodukataloogi (/home) "
+"alamkatalooge teiste kohtvõrgus olevate kasutajatega, kelle arvutis võib "
+"töötada nii Linuxi kui ka Windowsi operatsioonisüsteem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled"
-" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
+"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
 msgstr "Tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelil \"Kohalikud kettad\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -184,11 +215,20 @@ msgid ""
 "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
 "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
 "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for"
-" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their"
-" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
+"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
+"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
 "created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr "Kõigepealt tuleb vastata lihtsale küsimusele: \"<guilabel>Kas lubada kasutajatel jagada mõningaid oma katalooge?</guilabel>\". Klõpsake <guibutton>Jagamiseta</guibutton>, kui Te ei soovi, et ükski kasutaja seda teeks, <guibutton>Lubatud kõigile kasutajatele</guibutton>, kui soovite anda sellise õiguse kõigile, ja <guibutton>Kohandatud</guibutton>, kui Teie meelest mõned kasutajad võiksid seda teha, teised aga mitte. Viimasel juhul peavad kasutajad, kel on õigus oma katalooge jagada, kuuluma gruppi fileshare, mille süsteem automaatselt loob. Selle kohta esitatakse küsimus hiljem."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõigepealt tuleb vastata lihtsale küsimusele: \"<guilabel>Kas lubada "
+"kasutajatel jagada mõningaid oma katalooge?</guilabel>\". Klõpsake "
+"<guibutton>Jagamiseta</guibutton>, kui Te ei soovi, et ükski kasutaja seda "
+"teeks, <guibutton>Lubatud kõigile kasutajatele</guibutton>, kui soovite anda "
+"sellise õiguse kõigile, ja <guibutton>Kohandatud</guibutton>, kui Teie "
+"meelest mõned kasutajad võiksid seda teha, teised aga mitte. Viimasel juhul "
+"peavad kasutajad, kel on õigus oma katalooge jagada, kuuluma gruppi "
+"fileshare, mille süsteem automaatselt loob. Selle kohta esitatakse küsimus "
+"hiljem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
@@ -199,7 +239,13 @@ msgid ""
 "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
 "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
 "required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr "Kui klõpsate <guilabel>Olgu</guilabel>, ilmub uus ekraan, kus palutakse valida <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> või <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Märkige <guibutton>NFS</guibutton>, kui ainuke võrgus leiduv operatsioonisüsteem on Linux, ja <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>, kui võrgus leidub nii Linuxi kui ka Windowsi masinaid, ning klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Vajaduse korral paigaldatakse nõutavad tarkvarapaketid."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui klõpsate <guilabel>Olgu</guilabel>, ilmub uus ekraan, kus palutakse "
+"valida <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> või <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Märkige "
+"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>, kui ainuke võrgus leiduv operatsioonisüsteem on "
+"Linux, ja <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>, kui võrgus leidub nii Linuxi kui ka "
+"Windowsi masinaid, ning klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Vajaduse "
+"korral paigaldatakse nõutavad tarkvarapaketid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
@@ -209,24 +255,36 @@ msgid ""
 "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
 "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
 "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information"
-" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
-msgstr "Seadistamine on nüüd tehtud, kui Te ei valinud just võimalust \"Kohandatud\". Sel juhul ilmub lisaekraan, kus palutakse avada Userdrake. Selle tööriistaga saab lisada kasutajad, kel on õigus oma katalooge jagada, gruppi fileshare. Klõpsake kaardil \"Kasutajad\" kasutajale, keda soovite gruppi fileshare lisada, ja siis nupule <guimenuitem>Muuda</guimenuitem>. Märkige kaardil \"Grupid\" ära grupp fileshare ja klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Täpsemalt kõneldakse tööriistast Userdrake <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">siin</link>"
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
+"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Seadistamine on nüüd tehtud, kui Te ei valinud just võimalust \"Kohandatud"
+"\". Sel juhul ilmub lisaekraan, kus palutakse avada Userdrake. Selle "
+"tööriistaga saab lisada kasutajad, kel on õigus oma katalooge jagada, gruppi "
+"fileshare. Klõpsake kaardil \"Kasutajad\" kasutajale, keda soovite gruppi "
+"fileshare lisada, ja siis nupule <guimenuitem>Muuda</guimenuitem>. Märkige "
+"kaardil \"Grupid\" ära grupp fileshare ja klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</"
+"guibutton>. Täpsemalt kõneldakse tööriistast Userdrake <link ns2:href="
+"\"userdrake.xml\">siin</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
 msgid ""
 "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
 "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr "Kui lisate gruppi fileshare uue kasutaja, peate võrguühenduse katkestama ja uuesti looma, enne kui muudatused arvesse võetakse."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui lisate gruppi fileshare uue kasutaja, peate võrguühenduse katkestama ja "
+"uuesti looma, enne kui muudatused arvesse võetakse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her"
-" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
+"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
 "have this facility."
-msgstr "Edaspidi saab iga gruppi fileshare kuuluv kasutaja valida failihalduris (kui failihaldur seda toetab) oma kataloogid, mida ta soovib välja jagada."
+msgstr ""
+"Edaspidi saab iga gruppi fileshare kuuluv kasutaja valida failihalduris (kui "
+"failihaldur seda toetab) oma kataloogid, mida ta soovib välja jagada."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
@@ -244,8 +302,7 @@ msgstr "NFS-i jagatud ketaste ja kataloogide kasutamine"
 msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
 msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
@@ -258,9 +315,11 @@ msgstr "."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
@@ -269,9 +328,15 @@ msgid ""
 "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
 "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a"
-" user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr "Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab muuta jagatud katalooge kättesaadavaks kõigile masina kasutajatele. Selle võimaldamiseks pruugitakse protokolli NFS, mis leidub enamikus Linuxi või Unixi süsteemides. Jagatud kataloog on vahetult kättesaadav kohe algkäivituse järel. Samuti pääseb kasutaja jagatud kataloogidele oma seansi ajal ligi mitmesuguste töövahenditega, näiteks failihalduritega."
+"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
+"user with tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab muuta "
+"jagatud katalooge kättesaadavaks kõigile masina kasutajatele. Selle "
+"võimaldamiseks pruugitakse protokolli NFS, mis leidub enamikus Linuxi või "
+"Unixi süsteemides. Jagatud kataloog on vahetult kättesaadav kohe "
+"algkäivituse järel. Samuti pääseb kasutaja jagatud kataloogidele oma seansi "
+"ajal ligi mitmesuguste töövahenditega, näiteks failihalduritega."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
@@ -283,17 +348,20 @@ msgstr "Kasutamine"
 msgid ""
 "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
 "which share directories."
-msgstr "Katalooge jagavate serverite nimekirja hankimiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Otsi servereid</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Katalooge jagavate serverite nimekirja hankimiseks klõpsake nupule "
+"<guibutton>Otsi servereid</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
 "shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr "Klõpsuga serveri nime ees asuval sümbolil &gt; avaneb jagatud kataloogide loend, kust saab valida selle kataloogi, millele soovite ligi pääseda."
+msgstr ""
+"Klõpsuga serveri nime ees asuval sümbolil &gt; avaneb jagatud kataloogide "
+"loend, kust saab valida selle kataloogi, millele soovite ligi pääseda."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
@@ -301,12 +369,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have"
-" to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr "Seejärel ilmub nähtavale nupp <guibutton>Haakepunkt</guibutton>, mis laseb määrata, kuhu kataloog haakida ehk ühendada."
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
+"to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Seejärel ilmub nähtavale nupp <guibutton>Haakepunkt</guibutton>, mis laseb "
+"määrata, kuhu kataloog haakida ehk ühendada."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
@@ -317,16 +386,18 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
 "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
 "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr "Haakepunkti valimise järel saab jagatud kataloogi haakida. Samuti saab üle vaadata ja vajadusel muuta mõningaid valikud, kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton>. Kataloogi haakimise järel saab selle lahutada ehk lahti ühendada klõpsuga samale nupule."
+msgstr ""
+"Haakepunkti valimise järel saab jagatud kataloogi haakida. Samuti saab üle "
+"vaadata ja vajadusel muuta mõningaid valikud, kui klõpsata nupule "
+"<guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton>. Kataloogi haakimise järel saab selle "
+"lahutada ehk lahti ühendada klõpsuga samale nupule."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
@@ -336,13 +407,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgid ""
 "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
 "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the"
-" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
+"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
+"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
 "browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr "Seadistuse kinnitamise järel klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton> ilmub küsimus: \"Kas salvestada /etc/fstab muudatused?\" Salvestamise korral muutub kataloog kättesaadavaks iga algkäivituse järel, kui muidugi võrguühendus on olemas. Sel juhul saab kataloogi näha ja kasutada ka failihalduris, näiteks Dolphinis."
+msgstr ""
+"Seadistuse kinnitamise järel klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton> "
+"ilmub küsimus: \"Kas salvestada /etc/fstab muudatused?\" Salvestamise korral "
+"muutub kataloog kättesaadavaks iga algkäivituse järel, kui muidugi "
+"võrguühendus on olemas. Sel juhul saab kataloogi näha ja kasutada ka "
+"failihalduris, näiteks Dolphinis."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
@@ -357,8 +432,7 @@ msgstr "CD/DVD-kirjuti"
 msgid "diskdrake --removable"
 msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
@@ -366,9 +440,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
@@ -376,12 +452,16 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
 "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
 "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelis \"Kohalikud kettad\" nime alt, mis vastab teie eemaldatavale riistvarale (ainult CD/DVD-ja disketiseadmed)."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskuses paneelis \"Kohalikud kettad\" nime alt, mis vastab teie "
+"eemaldatavale riistvarale (ainult CD/DVD-ja disketiseadmed)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
 msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr "Tööriista eesmärk on paika panna, kuidas eemaldatav andmekandja haagitakse."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista eesmärk on paika panna, kuidas eemaldatav andmekandja haagitakse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
@@ -390,7 +470,10 @@ msgid ""
 "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
 "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
 "button."
-msgstr "Akna ülaosas on lühidalt kirjeldatud riistvara ja selle haakimisel kasutatavaid eelistusi. Allpool oleva menüüga saab neid muuta. Märkige vajalik menüüelement ja klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Akna ülaosas on lühidalt kirjeldatud riistvara ja selle haakimisel "
+"kasutatavaid eelistusi. Allpool oleva menüüga saab neid muuta. Märkige "
+"vajalik menüüelement ja klõpsake <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
@@ -411,9 +494,12 @@ msgstr "Eelistused"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the"
-" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr "Paljusid haakimise eelistusi saab siin valida kas otse nimekirjast või allmenüüst <guilabel>Edasijõudnuile</guilabel>. Peamised valikud on järgmised:"
+"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
+"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
+msgstr ""
+"Paljusid haakimise eelistusi saab siin valida kas otse nimekirjast või "
+"allmenüüst <guilabel>Edasijõudnuile</guilabel>. Peamised valikud on "
+"järgmised:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
@@ -426,7 +512,11 @@ msgid ""
 "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
 "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
 "the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr "Eelistus \"user\" võimaldab eemaldatavat seadet haakida tavalisel kasutajal (mitte ainult administraatoril. Selle eelistusega kaasnevad ka valikud \"noexec\", \"nosuid\" ja \"nodev\". Kasutaja, kes seadme haagib, on ka ainuke, kes saab selle lahutada."
+msgstr ""
+"Eelistus \"user\" võimaldab eemaldatavat seadet haakida tavalisel kasutajal "
+"(mitte ainult administraatoril. Selle eelistusega kaasnevad ka valikud "
+"\"noexec\", \"nosuid\" ja \"nodev\". Kasutaja, kes seadme haagib, on ka "
+"ainuke, kes saab selle lahutada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
@@ -441,9 +531,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
@@ -452,40 +544,55 @@ msgid ""
 "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
 "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with"
-" tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr "See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab määrata, millised jagatud kataloogid peavad olema kättesaadavad kõigile masina kasutajatele. Selle võimaldamiseks pruugitakse protokolli SMB, mis on üsna levinud Windows(R) süsteemides. Jagatud kataloog on vahetult kättesaadav kohe algkäivituse järel. Samuti pääseb kasutaja jagatud kataloogidele oma seansi ajal ligi mitmesuguste töövahenditega, näiteks failihalduritega."
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
+"tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+"See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab määrata, "
+"millised jagatud kataloogid peavad olema kättesaadavad kõigile masina "
+"kasutajatele. Selle võimaldamiseks pruugitakse protokolli SMB, mis on üsna "
+"levinud Windows(R) süsteemides. Jagatud kataloog on vahetult kättesaadav "
+"kohe algkäivituse järel. Samuti pääseb kasutaja jagatud kataloogidele oma "
+"seansi ajal ligi mitmesuguste töövahenditega, näiteks failihalduritega."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
 "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "Enne tööriista käivitamist võiks olla mõttekas paika panna kättesaadavate serverite nimed, näiteks tööriistaga, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Enne tööriista käivitamist võiks olla mõttekas paika panna kättesaadavate "
+"serverite nimed, näiteks tööriistaga, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="
+"\"drakhosts\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who"
-" share directories."
-msgstr "Katalooge jagavate serverite nimekirja hankimiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Otsi servereid</guibutton>."
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
+"share directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Katalooge jagavate serverite nimekirja hankimiseks klõpsake nupule "
+"<guibutton>Otsi servereid</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
 "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr "Klõpsuga serveri nimel ja selle ees asuval sümbolil &gt; avaneb jagatud kataloogide loend, kust saab valida selle kataloogi, millele soovite ligi pääseda."
+msgstr ""
+"Klõpsuga serveri nimel ja selle ees asuval sümbolil &gt; avaneb jagatud "
+"kataloogide loend, kust saab valida selle kataloogi, millele soovite ligi "
+"pääseda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
 "have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr "Seejärel ilmub nähtavale nupp <guibutton>Haakepunkt</guibutton>, mis laseb määrata, kuhu kataloog haakida ehk ühendada."
+msgstr ""
+"Seejärel ilmub nähtavale nupp <guibutton>Haakepunkt</guibutton>, mis laseb "
+"määrata, kuhu kataloog haakida ehk ühendada."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
@@ -496,7 +603,10 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
 "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
 "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Haakepunkti valimise järel saab jagatud kataloogi haakida klõpsuga nupule <guimenu>Haagi</guimenu>. Samuti saab üle vaadata ja vajadusel muuta mõningaid valikud, kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Haakepunkti valimise järel saab jagatud kataloogi haakida klõpsuga nupule "
+"<guimenu>Haagi</guimenu>. Samuti saab üle vaadata ja vajadusel muuta "
+"mõningaid valikud, kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
@@ -504,16 +614,17 @@ msgid ""
 "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
 "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
 "with the same button."
-msgstr "Eelistuste all saab määrata nende isikute kasutajanimed ja paroolid, kel on õigus ühenduda SMB-serveriga. Kataloogi haakimise järel saab sama nupuga kataloogi lahutada ehk lahti ühendada."
+msgstr ""
+"Eelistuste all saab määrata nende isikute kasutajanimed ja paroolid, kel on "
+"õigus ühenduda SMB-serveriga. Kataloogi haakimise järel saab sama nupuga "
+"kataloogi lahutada ehk lahti ühendada."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
@@ -524,12 +635,15 @@ msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
 "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
 "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in "
-"dolphin."
-msgstr "Seadistuse kinnitamise järel klõpsuga nupule \"Tehtud\" ilmub küsimus: \"Kas salvestada /etc/fstab muudatused?\" Salvestamise korral muutub kataloog kättesaadavaks iga algkäivituse järel, kui muidugi võrguühendus on olemas. Sel juhul saab kataloogi näha ja kasutada ka failihalduris, näiteks Dolphinis."
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
+msgstr ""
+"Seadistuse kinnitamise järel klõpsuga nupule \"Tehtud\" ilmub küsimus: \"Kas "
+"salvestada /etc/fstab muudatused?\" Salvestamise korral muutub kataloog "
+"kättesaadavaks iga algkäivituse järel, kui muidugi võrguühendus on olemas. "
+"Sel juhul saab kataloogi näha ja kasutada ka failihalduris, näiteks "
+"Dolphinis."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
@@ -544,8 +658,7 @@ msgstr "Ruumilise töölaua efektid"
 msgid "drak3d"
 msgstr "drak3d"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:10
 msgid "drak3d.png"
 msgstr "drak3d.png"
@@ -553,9 +666,11 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:17
@@ -563,7 +678,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
 "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
 "default."
-msgstr "Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab hallata ruumiliste ehk 3D efektide kasutamist Teie operatsioonisüsteemis. Vaikimisi on ruumilised efektid keelatud."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab hallata "
+"ruumiliste ehk 3D efektide kasutamist Teie operatsioonisüsteemis. Vaikimisi "
+"on ruumilised efektid keelatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:25
@@ -576,30 +694,39 @@ msgid ""
 "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
 "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
 "start."
-msgstr "Tööriista kasutamiseks peab olema paigaldatud programm glxinfo. Kui see ei ole paigaldatud, palutakse seda teha enne drak3d käivitamist."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista kasutamiseks peab olema paigaldatud programm glxinfo. Kui see ei "
+"ole paigaldatud, palutakse seda teha enne drak3d käivitamist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
 "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a "
-"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special "
-"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn "
-"it on."
-msgstr "Drak3d käivitumise järel ilmub menüüga aken. Siin leiab valikud <guilabel>Ruumilise töölaua valikud puuduvad</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Viimane on komposiit-aknahaldur, mis tegeleb Teie töölaual näha olevate riistvaraliselt kiirendatud eriefektidega. Ruumilise töölaua lubamiseks valige <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
+"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
+"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
+msgstr ""
+"Drak3d käivitumise järel ilmub menüüga aken. Siin leiab valikud "
+"<guilabel>Ruumilise töölaua valikud puuduvad</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Compiz "
+"Fusion</guilabel>. Viimane on komposiit-aknahaldur, mis tegeleb Teie "
+"töölaual näha olevate riistvaraliselt kiirendatud eriefektidega. Ruumilise "
+"töölaua lubamiseks valige <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be"
-" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr "Kui käivitate tööriista kohe pärast Mageia paigaldamist, ilmub hoiatus, mis annab teada, millised tarkvarapaketid on vaja Compiz Fusioni kasutamiseks tarvis lisaks paigaldadda. Jätkamiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>."
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
+"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
+"guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui käivitate tööriista kohe pärast Mageia paigaldamist, ilmub hoiatus, mis "
+"annab teada, millised tarkvarapaketid on vaja Compiz Fusioni kasutamiseks "
+"tarvis lisaks paigaldadda. Jätkamiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Olgu</"
+"guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:45
 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
@@ -610,14 +737,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
 "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
 "for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr "Kui vajalikud paketid on paigaldatud, näete, et Compiz Fusion on drak3d menüüs valitud, kuid efektide tegelikuks rakendamiseks tuleb veel välja ja uuesti sisse logida."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui vajalikud paketid on paigaldatud, näete, et Compiz Fusion on drak3d "
+"menüüs valitud, kuid efektide tegelikuks rakendamiseks tuleb veel välja ja "
+"uuesti sisse logida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:53
 msgid ""
 "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
 "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr "Uuesti sisselogimise järel aktiveeritakse Compiz Fusion. Selle seadistamiseks tuleb avada programmi seadistamise tööriist (CompizConfig Settings Manager)."
+msgstr ""
+"Uuesti sisselogimise järel aktiveeritakse Compiz Fusion. Selle "
+"seadistamiseks tuleb avada programmi seadistamise tööriist (CompizConfig "
+"Settings Manager)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:59
@@ -635,10 +768,12 @@ msgid ""
 "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
 "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
 "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr "Kui logite pärast Compiz Fusioni sisselülitamist uuesti sisse, aga ei näe töölaual midagi, mis meenutaks ruumilisi efekte, taaskäivitage arvuti. Kui ilmub sisselogimisekraan, klõpsake töölauanupule ja valige sealt drak3d."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui logite pärast Compiz Fusioni sisselülitamist uuesti sisse, aga ei näe "
+"töölaual midagi, mis meenutaks ruumilisi efekte, taaskäivitage arvuti. Kui "
+"ilmub sisselogimisekraan, klõpsake töölauanupule ja valige sealt drak3d."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:71
 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
@@ -648,9 +783,13 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgid ""
 "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
 "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the"
-" log in problem."
-msgstr "Kui logite sisse ja teie konto kasutab administraatori õigusi, palutakse Teil uuesti parool anda. Vastasel juhul kasutage administraatori kontot. See annab võimaluse tühistada kõik muutused, mis võisid põhjustada sisselogimisprobleeme."
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
+"log in problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui logite sisse ja teie konto kasutab administraatori õigusi, palutakse "
+"Teil uuesti parool anda. Vastasel juhul kasutage administraatori kontot. See "
+"annab võimaluse tühistada kõik muutused, mis võisid põhjustada "
+"sisselogimisprobleeme."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:9
@@ -662,8 +801,7 @@ msgstr "Autentimine"
 msgid "drakauth"
 msgstr "drakauth"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:16
 msgid "drakauth.png"
 msgstr "drakauth.png"
@@ -671,16 +809,20 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the"
-" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr "Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab muuta viisi, kuidas Teid tuntakse kasutajana ära oma masinas või võrgus."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
+"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab muuta viisi, "
+"kuidas Teid tuntakse kasutajana ära oma masinas või võrgus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:25
@@ -688,7 +830,10 @@ msgid ""
 "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
 "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
 "and give information about that."
-msgstr "Vaikimisi on Teie autentimisteave salvestatud arvutis asuvasse faili. Muutke seda ainult siis, kui seda nõuab Teie võrguadministraator, kes peab sel juhul andma ka täpsemat teavet, mida ja kuidas muuta."
+msgstr ""
+"Vaikimisi on Teie autentimisteave salvestatud arvutis asuvasse faili. Muutke "
+"seda ainult siis, kui seda nõuab Teie võrguadministraator, kes peab sel "
+"juhul andma ka täpsemat teavet, mida ja kuidas muuta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3
@@ -700,8 +845,7 @@ msgstr "Süsteemi käivitumise seadistamine"
 msgid "drakboot --boot"
 msgstr "drakboot --boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10
 msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
@@ -709,9 +853,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
@@ -719,7 +865,10 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
 "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
 "boot, etc.)"
-msgstr "Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab seadistada alglaadimise valikuid (kasutatav alglaadur, parool, vaikimisi laaditav süsteem jne.)."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab seadistada "
+"alglaadimise valikuid (kasutatav alglaadur, parool, vaikimisi laaditav "
+"süsteem jne.)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19
@@ -733,41 +882,57 @@ msgstr "Tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt \"Algkäivitus\"."
 msgid ""
 "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
 "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr "Ärge kasutage seda tööriista, kui Te ei tea väga täpselt, mida teete. Mõne seadistuse hooletul muutmisel ei pruugi Teie masin enam üldse käivituda!"
+msgstr ""
+"Ärge kasutage seda tööriista, kui Te ei tea väga täpselt, mida teete. Mõne "
+"seadistuse hooletul muutmisel ei pruugi Teie masin enam üldse käivituda!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to"
-" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to "
+"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
 "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
-"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot "
-"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The"
-" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can "
-"prevent you machine from booting."
-msgstr "Esimeses sektsioonis <guilabel>Alglaadur</guilabel> saab valida, milline on <guibutton>eelistatav alglaadur</guibutton>: Grub või LiLo, graafiline või tekstirežiimis. See on lihtsalt maitseasi, mingit põhimõttelist vahet neil ei ole. Samuti saab siin määrata <guibutton>alglaadimisseadme</guibutton>, mida ei tasuks muuta, kui Te just väga kindlalt ei tea, mida teete. Alglaadimisseadmele on paigaldatud alglaadur ja siin võib iga muudatus tähendada, et Teie masin enam ei käivitu."
+"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</"
+"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot "
+"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent "
+"you machine from booting."
+msgstr ""
+"Esimeses sektsioonis <guilabel>Alglaadur</guilabel> saab valida, milline on "
+"<guibutton>eelistatav alglaadur</guibutton>: Grub või LiLo, graafiline või "
+"tekstirežiimis. See on lihtsalt maitseasi, mingit põhimõttelist vahet neil "
+"ei ole. Samuti saab siin määrata <guibutton>alglaadimisseadme</guibutton>, "
+"mida ei tasuks muuta, kui Te just väga kindlalt ei tea, mida teete. "
+"Alglaadimisseadmele on paigaldatud alglaadur ja siin võib iga muudatus "
+"tähendada, et Teie masin enam ei käivitu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
 "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating"
-" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
+"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
+"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
 "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr "Teises sektsioonis <guilabel>Põhivalikud</guilabel> saab määrata sekundites kindlaks <guibutton>ooteaja enne vaikimisi süsteemi laadimist</guibutton>. Selle aja vältel näitab Grub või LiLo saadaolevate operatsioonisüsteemide loendit, mille vahel saate valida. Kui Te valikut ei langeta, käivitab alglaadur ooteaja möödumisel vaikimisi süsteemi."
+msgstr ""
+"Teises sektsioonis <guilabel>Põhivalikud</guilabel> saab määrata sekundites "
+"kindlaks <guibutton>ooteaja enne vaikimisi süsteemi laadimist</guibutton>. "
+"Selle aja vältel näitab Grub või LiLo saadaolevate operatsioonisüsteemide "
+"loendit, mille vahel saate valida. Kui Te valikut ei langeta, käivitab "
+"alglaadur ooteaja möödumisel vaikimisi süsteemi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
 "possible to set a password."
-msgstr "Kolmandas sektsioonis <guibutton>Turvalisus</guibutton> saab määrata parooli."
+msgstr ""
+"Kolmandas sektsioonis <guibutton>Turvalisus</guibutton> saab määrata parooli."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46
 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr "Klõps nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> annab veel mõned valikud."
+msgstr ""
+"Klõps nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> annab veel mõned valikud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49
@@ -781,7 +946,11 @@ msgid ""
 "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
 "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
 "compatible."
-msgstr "ACPI (täiustatud konfiguratsiooni- ja toiteliides) on toitehalduse standard. See võib säästa energiat, lülitades välja kasutamata seadmed. Sama meetodit kasutas varem APM. Kui Teie riistvara vastab ACPI standardile, märkige see valik."
+msgstr ""
+"ACPI (täiustatud konfiguratsiooni- ja toiteliides) on toitehalduse standard. "
+"See võib säästa energiat, lülitades välja kasutamata seadmed. Sama meetodit "
+"kasutas varem APM. Kui Teie riistvara vastab ACPI standardile, märkige see "
+"valik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56
@@ -793,21 +962,27 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>SMP lubamine:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
 "multicore processors."
-msgstr "SMP tähendab sümmeetrilist multitöötlust, mis kujutab endast mitmetuumaliste protsessorite arhitektuuri."
+msgstr ""
+"SMP tähendab sümmeetrilist multitöötlust, mis kujutab endast mitmetuumaliste "
+"protsessorite arhitektuuri."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
 "processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr "Kui Teil on HyperThreadingiga protsessor, peab Mageia seda kaheks protsessoriks ja lülitab SMP sisse."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Teil on HyperThreadingiga protsessor, peab Mageia seda kaheks "
+"protsessoriks ja lülitab SMP sisse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local "
-"APIC:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>APIC lubamine</guibutton> ja <guibutton>Kohaliku APIC lubamine:</guibutton>"
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
+"guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>APIC lubamine</guibutton> ja <guibutton>Kohaliku APIC lubamine:</"
+"guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69
@@ -818,12 +993,19 @@ msgid ""
 "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
 "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
 "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local"
-" APIC."
-msgstr "APIC tähendab täiustatud programmeeritav katkestusekontrollerit. Inteli APIC-süsteemis on kaks komponenti: kohalik APIC (LAPIC) ja I/O APIC. Viimane suunab katkestused, mida ta saab, perifeersetest siinidest ühele või rohkemale kohalikule APIC-le, mis paiknevad protsessoris. See on väga kasulik paljude protsessoritega süsteemis. Mõnes arvutis põhjustab APIC probleeme, nii et see võib esineda hangumisi või seadmete valet tuvastamist (veateade \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). Sel juhul keelake APIC ja/või kohalik APIC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
+"APIC."
+msgstr ""
+"APIC tähendab täiustatud programmeeritav katkestusekontrollerit. Inteli APIC-"
+"süsteemis on kaks komponenti: kohalik APIC (LAPIC) ja I/O APIC. Viimane "
+"suunab katkestused, mida ta saab, perifeersetest siinidest ühele või "
+"rohkemale kohalikule APIC-le, mis paiknevad protsessoris. See on väga "
+"kasulik paljude protsessoritega süsteemis. Mõnes arvutis põhjustab APIC "
+"probleeme, nii et see võib esineda hangumisi või seadmete valet tuvastamist "
+"(veateade \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). Sel juhul keelake APIC ja/või "
+"kohalik APIC."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
 msgid "drakboot1.png"
 msgstr "drakboot1.png"
@@ -832,16 +1014,22 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png"
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
-"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the"
-" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
+"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the "
+"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
 "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
 "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
-"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar"
-" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
-msgstr "Ekraanil, mis avaneb nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton> klõpsates, näeb kõiki alglaadimise ajal saadaolevaid kirjeid. Vaikimisi valik on tärniga. Kirjete järjekorra muutmiseks valige kirje ja klõpsake üles või alla osutavale noolele. Kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> või <guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>, ilmub uus aken, kus saab lisada Grubi menüüsse uue kirje või muuta olemasolevat. Nende võimaluste kasutamiseks peate väga hästi tundma LiLot või Grubi."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar "
+"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
+msgstr ""
+"Ekraanil, mis avaneb nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton> klõpsates, näeb "
+"kõiki alglaadimise ajal saadaolevaid kirjeid. Vaikimisi valik on tärniga. "
+"Kirjete järjekorra muutmiseks valige kirje ja klõpsake üles või alla "
+"osutavale noolele. Kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> või "
+"<guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>, ilmub uus aken, kus saab lisada Grubi menüüsse "
+"uue kirje või muuta olemasolevat. Nende võimaluste kasutamiseks peate väga "
+"hästi tundma LiLot või Grubi."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94
 msgid "drakboot2.png"
 msgstr "drakboot2.png"
@@ -852,35 +1040,46 @@ msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
 "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
 "example: Mageia3."
-msgstr "Väljale <guilabel>Nimi</guilabel> võib kirjutada mida tahes, mis Teie meelest peaks olema alglaadimismenüüs näha. See vastab Grubi käsule \"title\". Näide: Mageia3."
+msgstr ""
+"Väljale <guilabel>Nimi</guilabel> võib kirjutada mida tahes, mis Teie "
+"meelest peaks olema alglaadimismenüüs näha. See vastab Grubi käsule \"title"
+"\". Näide: Mageia3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
 "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr "Väli <guilabel>Laadefail</guilabel> sisaldab kerneli nime. See vastab Grubi käsule \"kernel\". Näide: /boot/vmlinuz."
+msgstr ""
+"Väli <guilabel>Laadefail</guilabel> sisaldab kerneli nime. See vastab Grubi "
+"käsule \"kernel\". Näide: /boot/vmlinuz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
 "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr "Väli <guilabel>Juurpartitsioon</guilabel> sisaldab seadme nime, kuhu kernel on salvestatud. See vastab Grubi käsule \"root\". Näide: (hd0,1)."
+msgstr ""
+"Väli <guilabel>Juurpartitsioon</guilabel> sisaldab seadme nime, kuhu kernel "
+"on salvestatud. See vastab Grubi käsule \"root\". Näide: (hd0,1)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
 "the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr "Väli <guilabel>Lisaargumendid</guilabel> sisaldab võtmeid, mis antakse kernelile alglaadimise ajal."
+msgstr ""
+"Väli <guilabel>Lisaargumendid</guilabel> sisaldab võtmeid, mis antakse "
+"kernelile alglaadimise ajal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
 "entry by default."
-msgstr "Kui märkida kastike <guilabel>Vaikimisi</guilabel>. laadib Grub selle kirje vaikimisi."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui märkida kastike <guilabel>Vaikimisi</guilabel>. laadib Grub selle kirje "
+"vaikimisi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115
@@ -888,7 +1087,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
 "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
 "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr "Lisaekraanil, mis avaneb klõpsuga nupule <guilabel>Edasijõudnuile</guilabel>, saab valida <guilabel>ekraanilahutuse</guilabel>, <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>-faili ja võrguprofiili."
+msgstr ""
+"Lisaekraanil, mis avaneb klõpsuga nupule <guilabel>Edasijõudnuile</"
+"guilabel>, saab valida <guilabel>ekraanilahutuse</guilabel>, "
+"<guilabel>initrd</guilabel>-faili ja võrguprofiili."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:3
@@ -900,8 +1102,7 @@ msgstr "Automaatse sisselogimise lubamine"
 msgid "drakboot"
 msgstr "drakboot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:11
 msgid "drakboot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot.png"
@@ -909,9 +1110,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:15
@@ -920,14 +1123,20 @@ msgid ""
 "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
 "asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
 "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr "Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab lubada kasutajal logida oma töökeskkonda sisse, ilma et talt küsitaks parooli. Seda nimetatakse automaatseks sisselogimiseks (autologin). Ǜldiselt on see päris hea mõte, kui olete oma masina ainuke kasutaja."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab lubada "
+"kasutajal logida oma töökeskkonda sisse, ilma et talt küsitaks parooli. Seda "
+"nimetatakse automaatseks sisselogimiseks (autologin). Ǜldiselt on see päris "
+"hea mõte, kui olete oma masina ainuke kasutaja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
 "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr "Tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuse paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Algkäivitus</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuse paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Algkäivitus</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:26
@@ -937,23 +1146,30 @@ msgstr "Akna valikud on üsna enesestmõistetavad:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system "
-"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the "
-"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be "
-"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by "
-"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
+"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
+"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
+"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
+"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to"
-" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
+"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
 "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
 "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
 "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Kui esimene valik on märgitud, ilmub veel kaks valikut. Märkige <guibutton>Ei taha automaatselt siseneda</guibutton>, kui soovite, et süsteem küsiks endiselt, kes sisse logib (ja tema parooli), või <guibutton>Jah, soovin automaatset sisselogimist sellele (kasutajale, keskkonnale)</guibutton>, kui Te soovite automaatselt sisse logida. Viimasel juhul tuleb määrata ka <guilabel>Vaikimisi kasutaja</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Vaikimisi töölaud</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui esimene valik on märgitud, ilmub veel kaks valikut. Märkige "
+"<guibutton>Ei taha automaatselt siseneda</guibutton>, kui soovite, et "
+"süsteem küsiks endiselt, kes sisse logib (ja tema parooli), või "
+"<guibutton>Jah, soovin automaatset sisselogimist sellele (kasutajale, "
+"keskkonnale)</guibutton>, kui Te soovite automaatselt sisse logida. Viimasel "
+"juhul tuleb määrata ka <guilabel>Vaikimisi kasutaja</guilabel> ja "
+"<guilabel>Vaikimisi töölaud</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
@@ -968,32 +1184,42 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsureal käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsureal käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr "Seda tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab käivitada ja kasutada ainult käsureal."
+msgstr ""
+"Seda tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab käivitada ja "
+"kasutada ainult käsureal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by"
-" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
-"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space "
-"first: the file can easily be several GBs large."
-msgstr "Soovitatav on kirjutada käsu väljund faili näiteks nii <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, aga kindlasti tasuks sel juhul kontrollida, kas kettaruumi ikka jagub: see fail võib kergesti olla mitu gigabaiti suur."
+"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
+"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
+"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
+"several GBs large."
+msgstr ""
+"Soovitatav on kirjutada käsu väljund faili näiteks nii <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, aga kindlasti tasuks sel "
+"juhul kontrollida, kas kettaruumi ikka jagub: see fail võib kergesti olla "
+"mitu gigabaiti suur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing"
-" the unneeded parts."
-msgstr "Väljund on kahtlemata liiga suur, et seda veateatele lisada ilma eelnevalt ebavajalikke osi eemaldamata."
+"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
+"the unneeded parts."
+msgstr ""
+"Väljund on kahtlemata liiga suur, et seda veateatele lisada ilma eelnevalt "
+"ebavajalikke osi eemaldamata."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
@@ -1170,12 +1396,19 @@ msgstr "df"
 msgid ""
 "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
 "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\""
-" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
-"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, "
-"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Abi kirjutamise ajal oli käsu väljundi osa \"syslog\" veel tühi, sest toda tööriista ei olnud veel üle viidud systemd kasutamisele. Kui see peaks olema jätkuvalt nii, saab \"syslog\"-teabe hankida administraatori õigustes käsku <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis> andes. Kui kettaruumi peaks nappima, siis võib logist võtta ka näiteks ainult viimased 5000 rida: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
+"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
+"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
+"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Abi kirjutamise ajal oli käsu väljundi osa \"syslog\" veel tühi, sest toda "
+"tööriista ei olnud veel üle viidud systemd kasutamisele. Kui see peaks olema "
+"jätkuvalt nii, saab \"syslog\"-teabe hankida administraatori õigustes käsku "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis> andes. "
+"Kui kettaruumi peaks nappima, siis võib logist võtta ka näiteks ainult "
+"viimased 5000 rida: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > "
+"journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:9
@@ -1187,8 +1420,7 @@ msgstr "Mageia veateadete tööriist"
 msgid "drakbug"
 msgstr "drakbug"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:15
 msgid "drakbug.png"
 msgstr "drakbug.png"
@@ -1196,29 +1428,37 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käivitada käsurealt, kui anda käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käivitada käsurealt, kui anda käsk <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">drakbug</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that,"
-" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some "
-"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug "
-"report."
-msgstr "Tavaliselt käivitub see tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> automaatselt, kui mõnda Mageia tööriista tabab krahh. Siiski on võimalik, et kui olete teatanud veast, palutakse teil see tööriist käivitada, et kontrollida selle edastatud teavet ja seejärel kinnitada seda veateates."
+"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
+"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
+"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
+msgstr ""
+"Tavaliselt käivitub see tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
+"automaatselt, kui mõnda Mageia tööriista tabab krahh. Siiski on võimalik, et "
+"kui olete teatanud veast, palutakse teil see tööriist käivitada, et "
+"kontrollida selle edastatud teavet ja seejärel kinnitada seda veateates."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link "
-"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How "
-"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" "
-"button."
-msgstr "Kui soovite anda teada mõnest veast, aga ei ole just väga kindel, mida peaks tegema, siis lugege palun juhist <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link>, enne kui klõpsate nupule \"Saada\""
+"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
+"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui soovite anda teada mõnest veast, aga ei ole just väga kindel, mida peaks "
+"tegema, siis lugege palun juhist <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</"
+"link>, enne kui klõpsate nupule \"Saada\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:23
@@ -1226,7 +1466,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
 "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
 "that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr "Kui veast peaks olema juba teatanud keegi teine (sel juhul on veateade, mille edastab drakbug, täpselt samasugune), on kasulik lisada olemasolevale veateatele kommentaar, et ka Teid tabas sama viga."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui veast peaks olema juba teatanud keegi teine (sel juhul on veateade, "
+"mille edastab drakbug, täpselt samasugune), on kasulik lisada olemasolevale "
+"veateatele kommentaar, et ka Teid tabas sama viga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:3
@@ -1238,8 +1481,7 @@ msgstr "Kuupäeva ja kellaaja seadistamine"
 msgid "drakclock"
 msgstr "drakclock"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:10
 msgid "drakclock.png"
 msgstr "drakclock.png"
@@ -1247,18 +1489,25 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and "
-"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a "
-"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Süsteem\" sektsioonist <guilabel>\"Lokaliseerimine\"</guilabel>. Mõnes töökeskkonnas saab selle samuti avada, kui teha paremklõps süsteemisalves asuval kellal ja valida \"Kohanda kuupäeva ja kellaaega\"."
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
+"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
+"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Süsteem\" sektsioonist <guilabel>\"Lokaliseerimine"
+"\"</guilabel>. Mõnes töökeskkonnas saab selle samuti avada, kui teha "
+"paremklõps süsteemisalves asuval kellal ja valida \"Kohanda kuupäeva ja "
+"kellaaega\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:21
@@ -1269,30 +1518,44 @@ msgstr "Tegu on väga lihtsa tööriistaga."
 #: en/drakclock.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on"
-" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
+"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
+"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
 "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
 "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr "Vasakul üleval asub <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalender</emphasis>. Siinsel pildil on kuuks jaanuar (ülal vasakul), aastaks 2013 (ülal paremal) ning kuupäevaks 8. (sinisega) ja teisipäev. Kuu või aasta saab valida, kui klõpsata noolekestele mõlemal pool kirjeid \"jaanuar\" ja \"2013\". Päeva saab valida selle numbrile klõpsates."
+msgstr ""
+"Vasakul üleval asub <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalender</emphasis>. Siinsel "
+"pildil on kuuks jaanuar (ülal vasakul), aastaks 2013 (ülal paremal) ning "
+"kuupäevaks 8. (sinisega) ja teisipäev. Kuu või aasta saab valida, kui "
+"klõpsata noolekestele mõlemal pool kirjeid \"jaanuar\" ja \"2013\". Päeva "
+"saab valida selle numbrile klõpsates."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:29
 msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time "
-"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on "
-"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
+"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
+"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
 "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr "Vasakul all on ruum <emphasis role=\"bold\">võrguajaprotokolli</emphasis> (NTP) sünkroonimiseks. Sel moel on võimalik lasta arvutis näidataval kellal olla alati sünkroonis serverist hangitud ajaga. Märkige <guilabel>Võrguajaprotokolli lubamine</guilabel> ja valige lähim server."
+msgstr ""
+"Vasakul all on ruum <emphasis role=\"bold\">võrguajaprotokolli</emphasis> "
+"(NTP) sünkroonimiseks. Sel moel on võimalik lasta arvutis näidataval kellal "
+"olla alati sünkroonis serverist hangitud ajaga. Märkige "
+"<guilabel>Võrguajaprotokolli lubamine</guilabel> ja valige lähim server."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
 "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows"
-" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see"
-" your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr "Paremal ülal asub <emphasis role=\"bold\">kell</emphasis>. Kellaaja määramine on üsna mõttetu, kui NTP on lubatud. Kolm välja näitavad tunde, minuteid ja sekundeid (pildil 4, 4 ja 46). Noolekeste abil saab kellaaega muuta. Kellaaja vormingut siin muuta ei saa, selleks tuleb kasutada töökeskkonna seadistusi."
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
+"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
+"your desktop environment settings for that."
+msgstr ""
+"Paremal ülal asub <emphasis role=\"bold\">kell</emphasis>. Kellaaja "
+"määramine on üsna mõttetu, kui NTP on lubatud. Kolm välja näitavad tunde, "
+"minuteid ja sekundeid (pildil 4, 4 ja 46). Noolekeste abil saab kellaaega "
+"muuta. Kellaaja vormingut siin muuta ei saa, selleks tuleb kasutada "
+"töökeskkonna seadistusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:40
@@ -1300,15 +1563,19 @@ msgid ""
 "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
 "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
 "nearest town."
-msgstr "Paremal all saab valida ajavööndi, kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Muuda ajavööndit</guibutton> ja valida loendist lähim linn."
+msgstr ""
+"Paremal all saab valida ajavööndi, kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Muuda "
+"ajavööndit</guibutton> ja valida loendist lähim linn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they"
-" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
+"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
 "settings."
-msgstr "Ehkki tööriist ei võimalda muuta kuupäeva või kellaaja vormingut, näidatakse neid töölaual siiski just nii, nagu olete töölaua seadistustes määranud."
+msgstr ""
+"Ehkki tööriist ei võimalda muuta kuupäeva või kellaaja vormingut, näidatakse "
+"neid töölaual siiski just nii, nagu olete töölaua seadistustes määranud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
@@ -1320,8 +1587,7 @@ msgstr "Ühenduse eemaldamine"
 msgid "drakconnect --del"
 msgstr "drakconnect --del"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
 msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
@@ -1329,23 +1595,29 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsureal käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis>."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsureal käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriistaga saab kustutada võrguliidese<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
 "id=\"0\"/>."
-msgstr "Selle tööriistaga saab kustutada võrguliidese<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
 "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Klõpsake rippmenüüle, valige liides, mida soovite eemaldada, ja klõpsake nupule <emphasis>Edasi</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Klõpsake rippmenüüle, valige liides, mida soovite eemaldada, ja klõpsake "
+"nupule <emphasis>Edasi</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
@@ -1364,8 +1636,7 @@ msgstr "Uue võrguliidese seadistamine (LAN, ISDN, ADSL...)"
 msgid "drakconnect"
 msgstr "drakconnect"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:11
 msgid "drakconnect.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect.png"
@@ -1373,9 +1644,11 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:18
@@ -1383,14 +1656,20 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
 "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
 "your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr "See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab seadistada enam-vähem kõike võrgu ja interneti kasutamisega seotut. Eelnevalt oleks siiski hea hankida mõningat vajalikku teavet oma teenusepakkujalt või võrguadministraatorilt."
+msgstr ""
+"See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab seadistada "
+"enam-vähem kõike võrgu ja interneti kasutamisega seotut. Eelnevalt oleks "
+"siiski hea hankida mõningat vajalikku teavet oma teenusepakkujalt või "
+"võrguadministraatorilt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
 "and provider you have."
-msgstr "Valige vastavalt oma riistvarale ja teenusepakkujale ühenduse tüüp, mida soovite luua."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige vastavalt oma riistvarale ja teenusepakkujale ühenduse tüüp, mida "
+"soovite luua."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:30
@@ -1402,7 +1681,9 @@ msgstr "Uus juhtmega ühendus (Ethernet)"
 msgid ""
 "The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
 "to configure."
-msgstr "Esimeses aknas on näha kõik saadaolevad liidesed. Valige see, mida soovite seadistada."
+msgstr ""
+"Esimeses aknas on näha kõik saadaolevad liidesed. Valige see, mida soovite "
+"seadistada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
@@ -1416,119 +1697,136 @@ msgstr "Nüüd saab valida IP-aadressi automaatse ja käsitsi määramise vahel.
 msgid "Automatic IP"
 msgstr "Automaatne IP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers"
-" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
+"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
-" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Etherneti/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb otsustada, kas nimeserverid hangitakse DHCP-serverist või määratakse käsitsi, nagu allpool näha. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada nimeserverite IP-aadressid. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Masinanime võib hankida ka DHCP-serverist, kui märkida kastike <emphasis>Masinanimi omistatakse DHCP-serverist</emphasis>. Sellist võimalust pole kaugeltki kõigil DHCP-serveritel, nii et kui määrata siin, et IP-aadress tuleks hankida koduselt ADSL-ruuterilt, siis on see lihtsalt äärmiselt vähetõenäoline."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Etherneti/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb otsustada, kas "
+"nimeserverid hangitakse DHCP-serverist või määratakse käsitsi, nagu allpool "
+"näha. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada nimeserverite IP-aadressid. Samuti saab "
+"siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi "
+"arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Masinanime "
+"võib hankida ka DHCP-serverist, kui märkida kastike <emphasis>Masinanimi "
+"omistatakse DHCP-serverist</emphasis>. Sellist võimalust pole kaugeltki "
+"kõigil DHCP-serveritel, nii et kui määrata siin, et IP-aadress tuleks "
+"hankida koduselt ADSL-ruuterilt, siis on see lihtsalt äärmiselt "
+"vähetõenäoline."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:62
 msgid "drakconnect5.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
 msgstr "Muude valikute nupule klõpsates saab määrata järgmisi asju:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
 msgstr "Otsingudomeen (pole kasutatav, sest selle annab DHCP-server)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
 msgid "the DHCP client"
 msgstr "DHCP klient"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
 msgid "DHCP timeout"
 msgstr "DHCP aegumine"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr "YP-serverite hankimine DHCP-lt (vaikimisi märgitud): sellega määratakse NIS-server"
+msgstr ""
+"YP-serverite hankimine DHCP-lt (vaikimisi märgitud): sellega määratakse NIS-"
+"server"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
 msgstr "NTPD-serverite hankimine DHCP-lt (kella sünkroonimiseks)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
 msgid ""
 "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
 "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
 "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr "DHCP nõutav masinanimi. Kasutage seda ainult siis, kui DHCP-server nõuab, et klient määraks masinanime enne IP-aadressi saamist. Mõned DHCP-serverid sellist võimalust ei paku."
+msgstr ""
+"DHCP nõutav masinanimi. Kasutage seda ainult siis, kui DHCP-server nõuab, et "
+"klient määraks masinanime enne IP-aadressi saamist. Mõned DHCP-serverid "
+"sellist võimalust ei paku."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
 "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Pärast tehtud muudatuste kinnitamist järgnevad kõigile ühenduste seadistamistele ühised sammud, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pärast tehtud muudatuste kinnitamist järgnevad kõigile ühenduste "
+"seadistamistele ühised sammud, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="
+"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
 msgid "Manual configuration"
 msgstr "Käsitsi seadistamine"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:115
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
 "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
 "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Etherneti/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb määrata, milliseid nimeservereid kasutada. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Etherneti/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb määrata, milliseid "
+"nimeservereid kasutada. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see "
+"määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost."
+"localdomain</literal>."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
-"available from your service provider's website."
-msgstr "Koduvõrgus on IP-aadress tavaliselt umbes kujul <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, võrgumask on <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> ning lüüsi ja nimeserverid saab teada teenusepakkuja koduleheküljelt."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
+"provider's website."
+msgstr ""
+"Koduvõrgus on IP-aadress tavaliselt umbes kujul <emphasis>192.168.x.x</"
+"emphasis>, võrgumask on <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> ning lüüsi ja "
+"nimeserverid saab teada teenusepakkuja koduleheküljelt."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:126
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
-"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
-"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
-"domestic ADSL would not need this setting."
-msgstr "Muude valikute all saab määrata <emphasis>otsingudomeeni</emphasis>. Tavaliselt võiks selleks olla Teie kodudomeen, s.t. kui Teie arvuti nimi on \"superraal\" ja täielik domeeninimi \"superraal.imemees.net\", siis on otsingudomeen \"imemees.net\". Kui seda spetsiaalselt vaja ei ole, ei pruugi siin midagi määrata. Ka siin võib nentida, et kodune ADSL ei oska tõenäoliselt sellega midagi peale hakata."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
+"this setting."
+msgstr ""
+"Muude valikute all saab määrata <emphasis>otsingudomeeni</emphasis>. "
+"Tavaliselt võiks selleks olla Teie kodudomeen, s.t. kui Teie arvuti nimi on "
+"\"superraal\" ja täielik domeeninimi \"superraal.imemees.net\", siis on "
+"otsingudomeen \"imemees.net\". Kui seda spetsiaalselt vaja ei ole, ei pruugi "
+"siin midagi määrata. Ka siin võib nentida, et kodune ADSL ei oska "
+"tõenäoliselt sellega midagi peale hakata."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:136
 msgid "drakconnect30.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
@@ -1538,7 +1836,8 @@ msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:780
 msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Edasistest sammudest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Edasistest sammudest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:150
@@ -1549,11 +1848,14 @@ msgstr "Uus satelliidiühendus (DVB)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you"
-" can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
-"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "See osa on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võiksite selle kohta vajaliku abiteksti kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme Teile juba ette tänulikud."
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+"See osa on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võiksite selle kohta "
+"vajaliku abiteksti kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link ns2:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> "
+"dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme Teile juba ette tänulikud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:158
@@ -1565,59 +1867,74 @@ msgstr "Uus kaablimodemi ühendus"
 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
 msgstr "Seejärel tuleb määrata autentimisviis:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:176
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Puudub"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:180
 msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name"
-" and password."
-msgstr "BPALogin (vajalik Telstrale). Sel juhul tuleb anda kasutajanimi ja parool."
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
+"and password."
+msgstr ""
+"BPALogin (vajalik Telstrale). Sel juhul tuleb anda kasutajanimi ja parool."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:191
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
 "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
-" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Kaabel/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb otsustada, kas nimeserverid hangitakse DHCP-serverist või määratakse käsitsi, nagu allpool näha. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada nimeserverite IP-aadressid. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Masinanime võib hankida ka DHCP-serverist, kui märkida kastike <emphasis>Masinanimi omistatakse DHCP-serverist</emphasis>. Sellist võimalust pole kaugeltki kõigil DHCP-serveritel, nii et kui määrata siin, et IP-aadress tuleks hankida koduselt ADSL-ruuterilt, siis on see lihtsalt äärmiselt vähetõenäoline."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Kaabel/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb otsustada, kas "
+"nimeserverid hangitakse DHCP-serverist või määratakse käsitsi, nagu allpool "
+"näha. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada nimeserverite IP-aadressid. Samuti saab "
+"siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi "
+"arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Masinanime "
+"võib hankida ka DHCP-serverist, kui märkida kastike <emphasis>Masinanimi "
+"omistatakse DHCP-serverist</emphasis>. Sellist võimalust pole kaugeltki "
+"kõigil DHCP-serveritel, nii et kui määrata siin, et IP-aadress tuleks "
+"hankida koduselt ADSL-ruuterilt, siis on see lihtsalt äärmiselt "
+"vähetõenäoline."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:252
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers"
-" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
+"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
 "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Kaabel/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb määrata, milliseid nimeservereid kasutada. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Kaabel/IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb määrata, milliseid "
+"nimeservereid kasutada. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see "
+"määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost."
+"localdomain</literal>."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
-"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
-"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
-"domestic connection would not need this setting."
-msgstr "Muude valikute all saab määrata <emphasis>otsingudomeeni</emphasis>. Tavaliselt võiks selleks olla Teie kodudomeen, s.t. kui Teie arvuti nimi on \"superraal\" ja täielik domeeninimi \"superraal.imemees.net\", siis on otsingudomeen \"imemees.net\". Kui seda spetsiaalselt vaja ei ole, ei pruugi siin midagi määrata. Ka siin võib nentida, et kodune ADSL ei oska tõenäoliselt sellega midagi peale hakata."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
+"need this setting."
+msgstr ""
+"Muude valikute all saab määrata <emphasis>otsingudomeeni</emphasis>. "
+"Tavaliselt võiks selleks olla Teie kodudomeen, s.t. kui Teie arvuti nimi on "
+"\"superraal\" ja täielik domeeninimi \"superraal.imemees.net\", siis on "
+"otsingudomeen \"imemees.net\". Kui seda spetsiaalselt vaja ei ole, ei pruugi "
+"siin midagi määrata. Ka siin võib nentida, et kodune ADSL ei oska "
+"tõenäoliselt sellega midagi peale hakata."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:273
 msgid "drakconnect32.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
@@ -1632,47 +1949,47 @@ msgstr "Uus DSL-ühendus"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr "Kui tööriist tuvastab võrguliidesed, pakutakse need välja ning Teil tuleb nende seast valida see, mida soovite seadistama asuda."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui tööriist tuvastab võrguliidesed, pakutakse need välja ning Teil tuleb "
+"nende seast valida see, mida soovite seadistama asuda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr "Ilmub riikide kaupa jaotatuna teenusepakkujate loend. Valige oma teenusepakkuja. Kui seda pole, valige <guilabel>Puudub nimekirjast</guilabel> ja sisestage teenusepakkuja antud andmed."
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+msgstr ""
+"Ilmub riikide kaupa jaotatuna teenusepakkujate loend. Valige oma "
+"teenusepakkuja. Kui seda pole, valige <guilabel>Puudub nimekirjast</"
+"guilabel> ja sisestage teenusepakkuja antud andmed."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
 msgstr "Valige üks pakutavatest protokollidest:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:307
 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:311
 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
 msgstr "TCP/IP käsitsiseadistamine"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:315
 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 msgstr "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:319
 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 msgstr "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:323
 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
@@ -1682,26 +1999,22 @@ msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgid "Access settings"
 msgstr "Ligipääsu seadistamine"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
 msgid "Account Login (user name)"
 msgstr "Konto kasutajatunnus (kasutajanimi)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
 msgid "Account password"
 msgstr "Konto parool"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:341
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 msgstr "(muude valikute all) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:345
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
 msgstr "(muude valikute all) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
@@ -1721,14 +2034,12 @@ msgstr "Uus ISDN-ühendus"
 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
 msgstr "Tööriist pärib, millist seadet seadistama asuda:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:365
 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
 msgstr "Käsitsivalik (sisemine ISDN-kaart)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:369
 msgid "External ISDN modem"
 msgstr "Väline ISDN-modem"
@@ -1738,16 +2049,16 @@ msgstr "Väline ISDN-modem"
 msgid ""
 "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
 "Select your card."
-msgstr "Seejärel ilmub riistvara loend, mis on korraldatud kategooriate ja tootjate järgi. Valige oma kaart."
+msgstr ""
+"Seejärel ilmub riistvara loend, mis on korraldatud kategooriate ja tootjate "
+"järgi. Valige oma kaart."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:384
 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Protokoll ülejäänud maailma tarbeks, välja arvatud Euroopa (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:389
 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
 msgstr "Euroopa protokoll (EDSS1)"
@@ -1756,31 +2067,30 @@ msgstr "Euroopa protokoll (EDSS1)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:395
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave "
-"you. Then it is asked for parameters:"
-msgstr "Ilmub riikide kaupa jaotatuna teenusepakkujate loend. Valige oma teenusepakkuja. Kui seda pole, valige \"Puudub nimekirjast\" ja sisestage teenusepakkuja antud andmed. Seejärel küsitakse ühenduse parameetreid:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
+"asked for parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ilmub riikide kaupa jaotatuna teenusepakkujate loend. Valige oma "
+"teenusepakkuja. Kui seda pole, valige \"Puudub nimekirjast\" ja sisestage "
+"teenusepakkuja antud andmed. Seejärel küsitakse ühenduse parameetreid:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:402
 msgid "Connection name"
 msgstr "Ühenduse nimi"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:406
 msgid "Phone number"
 msgstr "Telefoninumber"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:410
 msgid "Login ID"
 msgstr "Kasutajatunnus"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:418
 msgid "Authentication method"
 msgstr "Autentimisviis"
@@ -1790,43 +2100,48 @@ msgstr "Autentimisviis"
 msgid ""
 "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
 "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr "Siis tuleb valida, kas IP-aadress saadakse automaatselt või määratakse käsitsi. Viimasel juhul tuleb sisestada IP-aadress ja alamvõrgu mask."
+msgstr ""
+"Siis tuleb valida, kas IP-aadress saadakse automaatselt või määratakse "
+"käsitsi. Viimasel juhul tuleb sisestada IP-aadress ja alamvõrgu mask."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:430
 msgid ""
 "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to"
-" put:"
-msgstr "Edasi tuleb valida, kuidas saadakse nimeserverite aadress: automaatselt või käsitsi. Viimasel juhul tuleb kindlaks määrata:"
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
+"put:"
+msgstr ""
+"Edasi tuleb valida, kuidas saadakse nimeserverite aadress: automaatselt või "
+"käsitsi. Viimasel juhul tuleb kindlaks määrata:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:436
 msgid "Domain name"
 msgstr "Domeeninimi"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:440
 msgid "First and second DNS Server"
 msgstr "Esimene ja teine nimeserver"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:444
 msgid ""
 "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
 "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr "Samuti saab valida, kas masinanimi määratakse IP põhjal. See tuleks märkida ainult juhul, kui olete kindel, et Teie teenusepakkuja seda tunnistab."
+msgstr ""
+"Samuti saab valida, kas masinanimi määratakse IP põhjal. See tuleks märkida "
+"ainult juhul, kui olete kindel, et Teie teenusepakkuja seda tunnistab."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:452
 msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic"
-" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter "
-"the IP address."
-msgstr "Seejärel tuleb valida, kuidas hangitakse lüüsiaadress: automaatselt või käsitsi. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada IP-aadress."
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
+"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
+"IP address."
+msgstr ""
+"Seejärel tuleb valida, kuidas hangitakse lüüsiaadress: automaatselt või "
+"käsitsi. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada IP-aadress."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:464
@@ -1839,7 +2154,10 @@ msgid ""
 "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
 "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
 "only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr "Esimeses aknas näeb saadaolevaid liideseid ja Windowsi draiveri kirjet (ndiswrapper). Valige liides, mida soovite seadistada. Kasutage ndiswrapperit ainult siis, kui ükski teine seadistamisviis ei toimi."
+msgstr ""
+"Esimeses aknas näeb saadaolevaid liideseid ja Windowsi draiveri kirjet "
+"(ndiswrapper). Valige liides, mida soovite seadistada. Kasutage "
+"ndiswrapperit ainult siis, kui ükski teine seadistamisviis ei toimi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:475
@@ -1853,89 +2171,74 @@ msgstr "Edasi saab valida tugijaamade vahel, mida kaart on tuvastanud."
 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
 msgstr "WiFi-kaartidel on ka spetsiifilisi parameetreid:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:484
 msgid "drakconnect31.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:490
 msgid "Operating mode:"
 msgstr "Töörežiim:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:494
 msgid "Managed"
 msgstr "Määratud"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:497
 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
 msgstr "Olemasoleva tugijaama kasutamiseks (kõige levinum variant)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:503
 msgid "Ad-Hoc"
 msgstr "Ad hoc"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:506
 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
 msgstr "Otseühenduseks arvutite vahel."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:514
 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
 msgstr "Võrgu nimi (ESSID)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:518
 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
 msgstr "Krüptorežiim: see sõltub tugijaama seadistusest."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:523
 msgid "WPA/WPA2"
 msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:526
 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
 msgstr "See on eelistatud režiim, kui riistvara seda vähegi toetab."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:532
 msgid "WEP"
 msgstr "WEP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:535
 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
 msgstr "Osa vanemat riistvara suudab ainult sellega hakkama saada."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:543
 msgid "Encryption key"
 msgstr "Krüptovõti"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid ""
-"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
+msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
 msgstr "Üldiselt annab selle tugijaamana toimiv riistvara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1945,8 +2248,7 @@ msgid ""
 "manual IP address."
 msgstr "Siin saab valida automaatse ja käsitsi määratud IP-aadressi vahel."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:561
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
@@ -1956,49 +2258,64 @@ msgid ""
 "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
 "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
 "DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb valida, kas nimeserverid annab DHCP-server või on need käsitsi määratud. Viimasel juhul tuleb kirjutada nimeserverite IP-aadress. Kui masinanime mitte määrata, kasutatakse vaikimisi masinanimena localhost.localdomain. Masinanime võib anda ka DHCP-server, kui märkida valik <emphasis>Masinanimi omistatakse DHCP-serverist</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb valida, kas nimeserverid "
+"annab DHCP-server või on need käsitsi määratud. Viimasel juhul tuleb "
+"kirjutada nimeserverite IP-aadress. Kui masinanime mitte määrata, "
+"kasutatakse vaikimisi masinanimena localhost.localdomain. Masinanime võib "
+"anda ka DHCP-server, kui märkida valik <emphasis>Masinanimi omistatakse DHCP-"
+"serverist</emphasis>."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:589
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr "YP-serverite hankimine DHCP-lt (vaikimisi märgitud): sellega määratakse NIS-server"
+msgstr ""
+"YP-serverite hankimine DHCP-lt (vaikimisi märgitud): sellega määratakse NIS-"
+"server"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:608
 msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
 "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Pärast tehtud muudatuste kinnitamist järgnevad kõigile ühenduste seadistamistele ühised sammud, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pärast tehtud muudatuste kinnitamist järgnevad kõigile ühenduste "
+"seadistamistele ühised sammud, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="
+"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:619
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb määrata, milliseid nimeservereid kasutada. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>IP seadistused</emphasis>: siin tuleb määrata, milliseid "
+"nimeservereid kasutada. Samuti saab siin määrata arvuti masinanime. Kui see "
+"määramata jätta, antakse vaikimisi arvutile masinanimi <literal>localhost."
+"localdomain</literal>."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:625
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr "Koduvõrgus on IP-aadress alati umbes kujul <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, võrgumask on <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> ning lüüsi ja nimeserverid saab teada teenusepakkuja koduleheküljelt."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
+"website."
+msgstr ""
+"Koduvõrgus on IP-aadress alati umbes kujul <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, "
+"võrgumask on <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> ning lüüsi ja nimeserverid "
+"saab teada teenusepakkuja koduleheküljelt."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:630
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, "
-"before the period."
-msgstr "Muude valikute all saab määrata <emphasis>otsingudomeeni</emphasis>. See peab olema Teie masinanimi ilma esimesele punktile eelneva osata."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
+"period."
+msgstr ""
+"Muude valikute all saab määrata <emphasis>otsingudomeeni</emphasis>. See "
+"peab olema Teie masinanimi ilma esimesele punktile eelneva osata."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:644
@@ -2010,7 +2327,9 @@ msgstr "Uus GPRS/Edge/3G ühendus"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr "Kui tööriist tuvastab juhtmeta side liideseid, siis saab siin valida, millist seadistama asuda."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui tööriist tuvastab juhtmeta side liideseid, siis saab siin valida, "
+"millist seadistama asuda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:653
@@ -2022,15 +2341,16 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
 "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Nõustaja uurib võrke. Kui midagi ei leita, valige <guilabel>Puudub nimekirjast</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Nõustaja uurib võrke. Kui midagi ei leita, valige <guilabel>Puudub "
+"nimekirjast</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:670
 msgid "Provide access settings"
 msgstr "Seadistage ligipääs"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:674
 msgid "Access Point Name"
 msgstr "Tugijaama nimi"
@@ -2045,14 +2365,12 @@ msgstr "Uus Bluetoothi sissehelistamisühendus"
 msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
 msgstr "Uus analoogtelefonimodemi ühendus (POTS)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:710
 msgid "Manual choice"
 msgstr "Käsitsivalik"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:714
 msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
 msgstr "Tuvastatud riistvara, kui seda leidub."
@@ -2067,73 +2385,69 @@ msgstr "Ilmub portide loend. Valige oma port."
 msgid ""
 "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
 "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Kui see pole veel paigaldatud, tehakse ettepanek paigaldada tarkvarapakett <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui see pole veel paigaldatud, tehakse ettepanek paigaldada tarkvarapakett "
+"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:729
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-" Then it is asked for Dialup options:"
-msgstr "Ilmub riikide kaupa jagatud teenusepakkujate loend. Valige oma teenusepakkuja. Kui seda loendis pole, valige \"Puudub nimekirjast\" ja sisestage teenusepakkujalt saadud andmed. Seejärel palutakse määrata sissehelistamise valikud:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
+"for Dialup options:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ilmub riikide kaupa jagatud teenusepakkujate loend. Valige oma "
+"teenusepakkuja. Kui seda loendis pole, valige \"Puudub nimekirjast\" ja "
+"sisestage teenusepakkujalt saadud andmed. Seejärel palutakse määrata "
+"sissehelistamise valikud:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:736
 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Ühenduse nimi</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:740
 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Telefoninumber</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:744
 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Kasutajakonto</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:748
 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Parool</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:752
 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Autentimine</emphasis>, kus saab valida:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:756
 msgid "PAP/CHAP"
 msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:760
 msgid "Script-based"
 msgstr "Skriptipõhine"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:764
 msgid "PAP"
 msgstr "PAP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:768
 msgid "Terminal-based"
 msgstr "Terminalipõhine"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:772
 msgid "CHAP"
 msgstr "CHAP"
@@ -2175,7 +2489,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
 "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
 "automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr "Juhtmeta ühenduse korral on aknas ka märkekast <emphasis>Tugijaama vahetumise lubamine</emphasis>, mis annab võimaluse automaatselt vahetada tugijaamu vastavalt signaali tugevusele."
+msgstr ""
+"Juhtmeta ühenduse korral on aknas ka märkekast <emphasis>Tugijaama "
+"vahetumise lubamine</emphasis>, mis annab võimaluse automaatselt vahetada "
+"tugijaamu vastavalt signaali tugevusele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:816
@@ -2207,10 +2524,11 @@ msgstr "IPv6->IPv4 tunneli lubamine"
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
 "immediately or not."
-msgstr "Kõige viimasel sammul saab määrata, kas ühendus käivitatakse viivitamata või mitte."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõige viimasel sammul saab määrata, kas ühendus käivitatakse viivitamata või "
+"mitte."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:841
 msgid "drakconnect9.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
@@ -2225,8 +2543,7 @@ msgstr "Konsooli avamine administraatorina"
 msgid "drakconsole"
 msgstr "drakconsole"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:10
 msgid "drakconsole.png"
 msgstr "drakconsole.png"
@@ -2234,17 +2551,22 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more"
-" information about that."
-msgstr "Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab vahetult avada konsooli administraatori õigustes. Kes teab, mida konsooliga peale hakata, sellele pole vaja rohkem midagi seletadagi."
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
+"information about that."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab vahetult "
+"avada konsooli administraatori õigustes. Kes teab, mida konsooliga peale "
+"hakata, sellele pole vaja rohkem midagi seletadagi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:8
@@ -2256,8 +2578,7 @@ msgstr "Kettapartitsioonide haldamine"
 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
 msgstr "drakdisk või diskdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:15
 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
@@ -2265,10 +2586,13 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> või <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
+"as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> või <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">diskdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:20
@@ -2276,19 +2600,26 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
 "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
 "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on "
-"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr "See on väga võimas tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>: pisimgi viga või näiteks kass, kes kargab mängulustis klaviatuurile, võib kaasa tuua kõigi andmete kaotamise kogu partitsioonil või lausa terve ketta andmete haihtumise. Seepärast näete ka ülal esitatud hoiatusdialoogi. Klõpsake <emphasis>Välju</emphasis>, kui Te pole päris kindel, et soovite ikka jätkata."
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
+"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"See on väga võimas tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>: "
+"pisimgi viga või näiteks kass, kes kargab mängulustis klaviatuurile, võib "
+"kaasa tuua kõigi andmete kaotamise kogu partitsioonil või lausa terve ketta "
+"andmete haihtumise. Seepärast näete ka ülal esitatud hoiatusdialoogi. "
+"Klõpsake <emphasis>Välju</emphasis>, kui Te pole päris kindel, et soovite "
+"ikka jätkata."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
 "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr "Kui Teil on üle ühe kõvaketta, võite selle, millega soovite midagi ette võtta, valida vastava kaardi (sda, sdb, sdc jne.) sakile klõpsates."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Teil on üle ühe kõvaketta, võite selle, millega soovite midagi ette "
+"võtta, valida vastava kaardi (sda, sdb, sdc jne.) sakile klõpsates."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:35
 msgid "drakdisk.png"
 msgstr "drakdisk.png"
@@ -2298,12 +2629,17 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png"
 msgid ""
 "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
 "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a"
-" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear "
-"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete "
-"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a "
-"partition."
-msgstr "Teie käsutuses on väga palju toiminguid, millega kõvaketas just endale sobivaks muuta. Kogu kõvaketta tühjendamine, partitsioonide poolitamine või ühendamine, nende suuruse muutmine, failisüsteemi vahetamine: võimalik on kõik see ja veel palju rohkem. All asuva nupuga <emphasis><guibutton>Kustuta kõik</guibutton></emphasis> saab tühjendada kogu ketta, teised nupud tulevad paremal nähtavale, kui olete klõpsanud partitsioonile."
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
+"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
+"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
+"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Teie käsutuses on väga palju toiminguid, millega kõvaketas just endale "
+"sobivaks muuta. Kogu kõvaketta tühjendamine, partitsioonide poolitamine või "
+"ühendamine, nende suuruse muutmine, failisüsteemi vahetamine: võimalik on "
+"kõik see ja veel palju rohkem. All asuva nupuga <emphasis><guibutton>Kustuta "
+"kõik</guibutton></emphasis> saab tühjendada kogu ketta, teised nupud tulevad "
+"paremal nähtavale, kui olete klõpsanud partitsioonile."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:47
@@ -2311,7 +2647,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
 "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
 "must be unmounted first."
-msgstr "Kui valitud partitsioon on haagitud, nagu alloleval pildil, ei saa selle suurust muuta, seda vormindada ega kustutada. Nendeks toiminguteks tuleb partitsioon esmalt lahutada."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui valitud partitsioon on haagitud, nagu alloleval pildil, ei saa selle "
+"suurust muuta, seda vormindada ega kustutada. Nendeks toiminguteks tuleb "
+"partitsioon esmalt lahutada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:51
@@ -2325,15 +2664,19 @@ msgid ""
 "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
 "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
 "is selected"
-msgstr "Partitsioonitüübi muutmiseks (näiteks ext3 asemel ext4) tuleb partitsioon kustutada ja siis uuesti luua juba uue tüübiga. Nupp <guibutton role=\"bold\">Tekita</guibutton> ilmub nähtavale, kui valida ketta tühi osa."
+msgstr ""
+"Partitsioonitüübi muutmiseks (näiteks ext3 asemel ext4) tuleb partitsioon "
+"kustutada ja siis uuesti luua juba uue tüübiga. Nupp <guibutton role=\"bold"
+"\">Tekita</guibutton> ilmub nähtavale, kui valida ketta tühi osa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:58
 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr "Kui soovite, võite valida ka haakepunkti, mida ei ole olemas. Sellisel juhul see haakepunkt luuakse."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui soovite, võite valida ka haakepunkti, mida ei ole olemas. Sellisel juhul "
+"see haakepunkt luuakse."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:63
 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
@@ -2344,10 +2687,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
 "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be "
 "seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr "Klõps nupule <emphasis><guibutton>Lülitu ekspertrežiimi</guibutton></emphasis> annab Teie käsutusse veel mõned toimingud, näiteks saab partitsioonile nime anda. Neid valikuid näeb alloleval pildil."
+msgstr ""
+"Klõps nupule <emphasis><guibutton>Lülitu ekspertrežiimi</guibutton></"
+"emphasis> annab Teie käsutusse veel mõned toimingud, näiteks saab "
+"partitsioonile nime anda. Neid valikuid näeb alloleval pildil."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:73
 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
@@ -2362,8 +2707,7 @@ msgstr "Kuvahalduri seadistamine"
 msgid "drakedm"
 msgstr "drakedm"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:12
 msgid "drakedm.png"
 msgstr "drakedm.png"
@@ -2371,17 +2715,22 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available"
-" on your system will be shown."
-msgstr "Siin<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab valida, millist kuvahaldurit kasutada töökeskkonda sisselogimisel. Näidatakse ainult neid, mis on Teie süsteemis saadaval."
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
+"on your system will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab valida, millist "
+"kuvahaldurit kasutada töökeskkonda sisselogimisel. Näidatakse ainult neid, "
+"mis on Teie süsteemis saadaval."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:24
@@ -2389,7 +2738,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
 "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
 "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr "Enamik kasutajaid paneb tähele vaid pisukest vahet sisselogimisekraani välimuses. Siiski toetavad eri kuvahaldurid eri võimalusi. Näiteks LXDM on väga lihtne kuvahaldur, KDM ja GDM aga pakuvad rohkem valikuid."
+msgstr ""
+"Enamik kasutajaid paneb tähele vaid pisukest vahet sisselogimisekraani "
+"välimuses. Siiski toetavad eri kuvahaldurid eri võimalusi. Näiteks LXDM on "
+"väga lihtne kuvahaldur, KDM ja GDM aga pakuvad rohkem valikuid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
@@ -2401,8 +2753,7 @@ msgstr "Isikliku tulemüüri seadistamine"
 msgid "drakfirewall"
 msgstr "drakfirewall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
 msgid "drakfirewall.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
@@ -2410,9 +2761,11 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
@@ -2421,18 +2774,28 @@ msgid ""
 "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
 "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
 "security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt \"Turvalisus\". Tööriista saab avada ka tööriista \"Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja auditi seadistamine\" esimesel kaardil."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt \"Turvalisus\". Tööriista saab avada ka tööriista "
+"\"Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja auditi seadistamine\" esimesel kaardil."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
 "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection"
-" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
+"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
 "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
 "the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr "Tegu on lihtsa tulemüüriga, mille Mageia vaikimisi paigaldab. Kõik väljast tulevad ühendused saab blokeerida, nii et need on võimalikud ainult spetsiaalse loaga. Esimesel ekraanil, mida näeb ülaloleval pildil, saab valida teenused, mille korral on väljast tulevad ühendused lubatud. Turvalisuse huvides oleks mõistlik mitte märkida esimest kastikest - <guilabel>Kõik (tulemüür puudub)</guilabel> -, kui Te just ei soovigi tulemüürist loobuda, ning märkida ainult need teenused, mida Te vajate."
+msgstr ""
+"Tegu on lihtsa tulemüüriga, mille Mageia vaikimisi paigaldab. Kõik väljast "
+"tulevad ühendused saab blokeerida, nii et need on võimalikud ainult "
+"spetsiaalse loaga. Esimesel ekraanil, mida näeb ülaloleval pildil, saab "
+"valida teenused, mille korral on väljast tulevad ühendused lubatud. "
+"Turvalisuse huvides oleks mõistlik mitte märkida esimest kastikest - "
+"<guilabel>Kõik (tulemüür puudub)</guilabel> -, kui Te just ei soovigi "
+"tulemüürist loobuda, ning märkida ainult need teenused, mida Te vajate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
@@ -2441,7 +2804,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
 "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
 "examples :"
-msgstr "Siin võib käsitsi lisada pordid, mis tuleb avatuna hoida. Klõpsake <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mille peale ilmub uus aken. Kirjutage väljale <guilabel>Muud pordid</guilabel> vajalikud pordid, järgides järgmiste näidete eeskuju:"
+msgstr ""
+"Siin võib käsitsi lisada pordid, mis tuleb avatuna hoida. Klõpsake "
+"<guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mille peale ilmub uus aken. Kirjutage "
+"väljale <guilabel>Muud pordid</guilabel> vajalikud pordid, järgides "
+"järgmiste näidete eeskuju:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
@@ -2451,7 +2818,9 @@ msgstr "80/tcp - pordi 80 avamine tcp protokollile"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr "24000:24010/udp - kõigi portide avamine vahemikus 24000 kuni 24010 udp protokollile"
+msgstr ""
+"24000:24010/udp - kõigi portide avamine vahemikus 24000 kuni 24010 udp "
+"protokollile"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
@@ -2463,10 +2832,11 @@ msgstr "Mitme pordi kirjutamisel tuleb nende vahele jätta tühik."
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
 "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr "Kui märkida kastike <guilabel>Tulemüüriteadete logimine süsteemi logidesse</guilabel>, salvestataksegi tulemüüri teated süsteemi logidesse."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui märkida kastike <guilabel>Tulemüüriteadete logimine süsteemi logidesse</"
+"guilabel>, salvestataksegi tulemüüri teated süsteemi logidesse."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
 msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
@@ -2477,7 +2847,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
 "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
 "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr "Kui Te ei paku just erilisi teenuseid (veebi- või e-posti server, failide jagamine...), võib õieti jätta kõik märkimata. See on isegi soovitatav: pidage silmas, et see ei takista Teil endal sugugi internetis liikuda."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Te ei paku just erilisi teenuseid (veebi- või e-posti server, failide "
+"jagamine...), võib õieti jätta kõik märkimata. See on isegi soovitatav: "
+"pidage silmas, et see ei takista Teil endal sugugi internetis liikuda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
@@ -2487,24 +2860,31 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
 "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
 "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot"
-" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to "
-"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr "Järgmisel ekraanil saab paika panna interaktiivse tulemüüri tingimused. Nii näiteks hoiatatakse Teid ühendusekatsete korral, kui märkida esimene valik <guilabel>Interaktiivse tulemüüri kasutamine</guilabel>. Teise valiku märkimisel saab hoiatuse, kui skaneeritakse Teie masina porte (sellega püütakse leida võimalust mõnda tarkvaraviga ära kasutades masinasse tungida). Alates kolmandast märkekastist on ära toodud teenused ja pordid, mille märkisite kahel esimesel ekraanil. Siinsel pildil on neiks SSH-server ja 80:150/tcp. Kastikesi märkides saate ühendusekatse korral neis portides alati hoiatuse."
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
+"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
+"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+msgstr ""
+"Järgmisel ekraanil saab paika panna interaktiivse tulemüüri tingimused. Nii "
+"näiteks hoiatatakse Teid ühendusekatsete korral, kui märkida esimene valik "
+"<guilabel>Interaktiivse tulemüüri kasutamine</guilabel>. Teise valiku "
+"märkimisel saab hoiatuse, kui skaneeritakse Teie masina porte (sellega "
+"püütakse leida võimalust mõnda tarkvaraviga ära kasutades masinasse "
+"tungida). Alates kolmandast märkekastist on ära toodud teenused ja pordid, "
+"mille märkisite kahel esimesel ekraanil. Siinsel pildil on neiks SSH-server "
+"ja 80:150/tcp. Kastikesi märkides saate ühendusekatse korral neis portides "
+"alati hoiatuse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
 msgstr "Hoiatusi näitab teatemullidena võrguaplett."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
 msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
 msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
@@ -2513,16 +2893,21 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary"
-" packages are downloaded."
-msgstr "Viimasel ekraanil saab valida, millised võrguliidesed on internetti ühendatud, nii et nende üle tuleb valvata. Pärast klõpsu nupule \"Olgu\" laaditakse alla vajalikud tarkvarapaketid."
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
+"packages are downloaded."
+msgstr ""
+"Viimasel ekraanil saab valida, millised võrguliidesed on internetti "
+"ühendatud, nii et nende üle tuleb valvata. Pärast klõpsu nupule \"Olgu\" "
+"laaditakse alla vajalikud tarkvarapaketid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
 "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr "Kui Te ei tea, mida valida, uurige Mageia juhtimiskeskuse paneelil \"Kohtvõrk ja internet\" tööriista \"Uue võrguliidese seadistamine\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Te ei tea, mida valida, uurige Mageia juhtimiskeskuse paneelil "
+"\"Kohtvõrk ja internet\" tööriista \"Uue võrguliidese seadistamine\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:3
@@ -2534,8 +2919,7 @@ msgstr "Fontide haldamine, lisamine ja eemaldamine. Windows(TM) fontide import"
 msgid "drakfont"
 msgstr "drakfont"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:11
 msgid "drakfont.png"
 msgstr "drakfont.png"
@@ -2543,9 +2927,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatorina käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatorina käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:15
@@ -2554,7 +2940,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
 "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
 "above shows:"
-msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Süsteem</emphasis>. See võimaldab hallata arvutile kättesaadavaid fonte. Peaaknas on näha:"
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Süsteem</emphasis>. See "
+"võimaldab hallata arvutile kättesaadavaid fonte. Peaaknas on näha:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:22
@@ -2574,14 +2963,17 @@ msgstr "mõned allpool selgitatavad nupud"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:36
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Paigalda Windowsi fondid: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Paigalda Windowsi fondid: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You"
-" must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr "Selle nupuga saab automaatselt lisada Windowsi partitsioonil leiduvad fondid. Mõistagi peab selleks olema paigaldatud Microsoft Windows."
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
+"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle nupuga saab automaatselt lisada Windowsi partitsioonil leiduvad "
+"fondid. Mõistagi peab selleks olema paigaldatud Microsoft Windows."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:41
@@ -2591,9 +2983,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Eelistused:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able"
-" to use the fonts."
-msgstr "Siinsete valikute abil saab kindlustada, et teatavad rakendused või seadmed (peamiselt printerid) suudavad fonte kasutada."
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
+"to use the fonts."
+msgstr ""
+"Siinsete valikute abil saab kindlustada, et teatavad rakendused või seadmed "
+"(peamiselt printerid) suudavad fonte kasutada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:46
@@ -2606,7 +3000,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
 "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
 "documents that use them."
-msgstr "Selle nupuga saab eemaldada paigaldatud fonte ja sel moel võib-olla arvutis ruumi kokku hoida. Olge fontide eemaldamisel siiski väga ettevaatlik, sest sel võivad olla tõsised tagajärjed dokumentidele, kus neid on kasutatud."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle nupuga saab eemaldada paigaldatud fonte ja sel moel võib-olla arvutis "
+"ruumi kokku hoida. Olge fontide eemaldamisel siiski väga ettevaatlik, sest "
+"sel võivad olla tõsised tagajärjed dokumentidele, kus neid on kasutatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:52
@@ -2618,18 +3015,27 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impordi:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
 "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select "
-"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
-"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr "Selle nupuga saab importida mujalt pärit (CD, internet...) fonte. Toetatud vormingud on ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm ja gsf. Klõpsake nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Impordi</emphasis> ja siis nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Lisa</emphasis>. Ilmub failihaldur, kus saab valida fondid, mida soovite paigaldada. Kui see on tehtud, klõpsake nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Paigalda</emphasis>. Fondid paigaldatakse kataloogi /usr/share/fonts."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
+"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
+"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle nupuga saab importida mujalt pärit (CD, internet...) fonte. Toetatud "
+"vormingud on ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm ja gsf. Klõpsake nupule <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Impordi</emphasis> ja siis nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Lisa</"
+"emphasis>. Ilmub failihaldur, kus saab valida fondid, mida soovite "
+"paigaldada. Kui see on tehtud, klõpsake nupule <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Paigalda</emphasis>. Fondid paigaldatakse kataloogi /usr/share/fonts."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
 "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr "Kui äsja paigaldatud fondid ei olnud tööriista peaaknas nähtavale või näeb seal endiselt äsja eemaldatud fonte, sulgege ja avage tööriist uuesti, et muudatusi näha."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui äsja paigaldatud fondid ei olnud tööriista peaaknas nähtavale või näeb "
+"seal endiselt äsja eemaldatud fonte, sulgege ja avage tööriist uuesti, et "
+"muudatusi näha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:3
@@ -2641,8 +3047,7 @@ msgstr "Lapselukk"
 msgid "drakguard"
 msgstr "drakguard"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:10
 msgid "drakguard.png"
 msgstr "drakguard.png"
@@ -2650,18 +3055,24 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental "
-"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the "
-"drakguard package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt \"Turvalisus\" kirje alt <guilabel>Lapselukk</guilabel>. Kui sellist kirjet pole, siis tuleb paigaldada tarkvarapakett drakguard (vaikimisi seda ei paigaldata)."
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
+"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
+"package (not installed by default)."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt \"Turvalisus\" kirje alt <guilabel>Lapselukk</"
+"guilabel>. Kui sellist kirjet pole, siis tuleb paigaldada tarkvarapakett "
+"drakguard (vaikimisi seda ei paigaldata)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
@@ -2674,30 +3085,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
 "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
 "useful capabilities:"
-msgstr "Drakguard ehk lapselukk kujutab endast lihtsat viisi sätestada arvutis, kes ja millal midagi teha võib. Drakguard pakub selleks järgmisi võimalusi:"
+msgstr ""
+"Drakguard ehk lapselukk kujutab endast lihtsat viisi sätestada arvutis, kes "
+"ja millal midagi teha võib. Drakguard pakub selleks järgmisi võimalusi:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:29
 msgid ""
 "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
 "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr "Veebi kasutamist saab piirata konkreetsete kasutajate ja konkreetsete kellaaegadega. Selleks kasutatakse Mageiasse sisse ehitatud tulemüüri."
+msgstr ""
+"Veebi kasutamist saab piirata konkreetsete kasutajate ja konkreetsete "
+"kellaaegadega. Selleks kasutatakse Mageiasse sisse ehitatud tulemüüri."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can"
-" only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr "Teatavate käskude andmist saab lubada vaid konkreetsetele isikutele, nii et nad saavad käivitada ainult seda, mis on neile lubatud."
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
+"only execute what you accept them to execute."
+msgstr ""
+"Teatavate käskude andmist saab lubada vaid konkreetsetele isikutele, nii et "
+"nad saavad käivitada ainult seda, mis on neile lubatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through "
-"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the "
-"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental "
-"control blocker DansGuardian."
-msgstr "Ligipääsu veebilehtedele saab piirata nii käsitsi määratud valgete ja mustade nimekirjadega kui ka dünaamiliselt, vastavalt veebilehe sisule. Selleks kasutab Drakguard juhtivat avatut lähtekoodiga lapselukuprogrammi DansGuardian."
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
+"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
+"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
+"DansGuardian."
+msgstr ""
+"Ligipääsu veebilehtedele saab piirata nii käsitsi määratud valgete ja "
+"mustade nimekirjadega kui ka dünaamiliselt, vastavalt veebilehe sisule. "
+"Selleks kasutab Drakguard juhtivat avatut lähtekoodiga lapselukuprogrammi "
+"DansGuardian."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:49
@@ -2711,19 +3132,30 @@ msgid ""
 "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
 "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
 "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by"
-" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to "
-"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and"
-" will then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr "Kui Teie arvutis on kettapartitsioone, millel on Ext2, Ext3 või ReiserFS failisüsteem, siis näete hüpikakent, mis soovitab sisse lülitada pääsuloendite kasutamise neil partitsioonidel. Pääsuloendid (ingliskeelse lühendiga ACL) on kerneli pakutav võimalus piirata ligipääsu konkreetsele failile kindlate kasutajate ringiga. Pääsuloendid on juba rakendatud Ext4 ja Btrfs failisüsteemis, kuid Ext2, Ext3 või ReiserFS korral tuleb see eraldi sisse lülitada. Kui valite \"Jah\", seadistab Drakguard kõik partitsioonid pääsuloendeid toetama ning teeb seejärel ettepaneku arvuti uuesti käivitada."
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
+"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
+"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
+"then suggest you reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Teie arvutis on kettapartitsioone, millel on Ext2, Ext3 või ReiserFS "
+"failisüsteem, siis näete hüpikakent, mis soovitab sisse lülitada "
+"pääsuloendite kasutamise neil partitsioonidel. Pääsuloendid (ingliskeelse "
+"lühendiga ACL) on kerneli pakutav võimalus piirata ligipääsu konkreetsele "
+"failile kindlate kasutajate ringiga. Pääsuloendid on juba rakendatud Ext4 ja "
+"Btrfs failisüsteemis, kuid Ext2, Ext3 või ReiserFS korral tuleb see eraldi "
+"sisse lülitada. Kui valite \"Jah\", seadistab Drakguard kõik partitsioonid "
+"pääsuloendeid toetama ning teeb seejärel ettepaneku arvuti uuesti käivitada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab"
-" is opened."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Lapseluku lubamine</guibutton>: märkimise korral lülitatakse lapselukk sisse ning saab kasutada kaarti <guilabel>Programmide blokeerimine</guilabel>."
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
+"is opened."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Lapseluku lubamine</guibutton>: märkimise korral lülitatakse "
+"lapselukk sisse ning saab kasutada kaarti <guilabel>Programmide "
+"blokeerimine</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:65
@@ -2731,7 +3163,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
 "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
 "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Kogu võrguliikluse blokeerimine</guibutton>: märkimise korral blokeeritakse kõik veebilehed, välja arvatud need, mis on kirjas valges nimekirjas. Vastasel juhul on aga kõik veebilehed lubatud, välja arvatud need, mis on kirjas mustas nimekirjas."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Kogu võrguliikluse blokeerimine</guibutton>: märkimise korral "
+"blokeeritakse kõik veebilehed, välja arvatud need, mis on kirjas valges "
+"nimekirjas. Vastasel juhul on aga kõik veebilehed lubatud, välja arvatud "
+"need, mis on kirjas mustas nimekirjas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:69
@@ -2743,7 +3179,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
 "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
 "remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Kasutajate ligipääs</guibutton>: vasakul asuvate kasutajate ligipääs on piiratud vastavalt määratud reeglitele. Paremal asuvatel kasutajatel on ligipääs piiramata, et täiskasvanud saaksid arvutit tarvitada ilma raskusi kogemata. Valige kasutaja vasakult ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton>, et lisada ta lubatud kasutajate sekka. Valige kasutaja paremal ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>, et kõrvaldada ta lubatud kasutajate loendist."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Kasutajate ligipääs</guibutton>: vasakul asuvate kasutajate "
+"ligipääs on piiratud vastavalt määratud reeglitele. Paremal asuvatel "
+"kasutajatel on ligipääs piiramata, et täiskasvanud saaksid arvutit tarvitada "
+"ilma raskusi kogemata. Valige kasutaja vasakult ja klõpsake nupule "
+"<guibutton>Lisa</guibutton>, et lisada ta lubatud kasutajate sekka. Valige "
+"kasutaja paremal ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>, et "
+"kõrvaldada ta lubatud kasutajate loendist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:77
@@ -2752,7 +3195,10 @@ msgid ""
 "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
 "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
 "window."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ajakontroll:</guibutton> märkimise korral in interneti kasutamine piiranguid arvestades lubatud ajavahemikus <guilabel>Algus</guilabel> kuni <guilabel>Lõpp</guilabel>. Muul ajal on internet täielikult blokeeritud."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ajakontroll:</guibutton> märkimise korral in interneti kasutamine "
+"piiranguid arvestades lubatud ajavahemikus <guilabel>Algus</guilabel> kuni "
+"<guilabel>Lõpp</guilabel>. Muul ajal on internet täielikult blokeeritud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:83
@@ -2764,7 +3210,9 @@ msgstr "Musta ja valge nimekirja kaardid"
 msgid ""
 "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Kirjutage ülal asuvasse tekstikasti veebilehekülje URL ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kirjutage ülal asuvasse tekstikasti veebilehekülje URL ja klõpsake nupule "
+"<guibutton>Lisa</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:90
@@ -2774,17 +3222,22 @@ msgstr "Programmide blokeerimise kaart"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:92
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to"
-" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
+"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
 "applications you wish to block."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Määratud rakenduste blokeerimine</guibutton>: märkimisel saab kasutada pääsuloendeid, et piirata ligipääsu määratud rakendustele. Seejärel tuleb kirja panna nende rakenduste asukohad, mida soovite blokeerida."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Määratud rakenduste blokeerimine</guibutton>: märkimisel saab "
+"kasutada pääsuloendeid, et piirata ligipääsu määratud rakendustele. Seejärel "
+"tuleb kirja panna nende rakenduste asukohad, mida soovite blokeerida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
 "side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Kasutajate blokeering</guibutton>: paremal asuvad kasutajad ei allu pääsuloendi piirangutele."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Kasutajate blokeering</guibutton>: paremal asuvad kasutajad ei "
+"allu pääsuloendi piirangutele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:9
@@ -2796,8 +3249,7 @@ msgstr "Internetiühenduse jagamine teistele kohalikele masinatele"
 msgid "drakgw"
 msgstr "drakgw"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:17
 msgid "drakgw.png"
 msgstr "drakgw.png"
@@ -2807,8 +3259,7 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png"
 msgid "Principles"
 msgstr "Põhialused"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:29
 msgid "drakgw-net.png"
 msgstr "drakgw-net.png"
@@ -2823,14 +3274,24 @@ msgid ""
 "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
 "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
 "the Internet (2)."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Kujutame ette sugugi mitte ebatavalist olukorda, kus Teil on arvuti (3), millel on nii pääs internetti (2) kui ka ühendus kohaliku võrguga (1). Niisiis võiks olla hea mõte kasutada arvutit (3) omamoodi vahendajana, mis annab ligipääsu internetti kahele kohtvõrgus (1) olevale arvutile (5) ja (6). Selleks peab vahendajal olema kaks liidest: üks, näiteks Etherneti kaart, on ühendatud kohtvõrguga, teine (4) internetiga (2)."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Kujutame ette sugugi mitte "
+"ebatavalist olukorda, kus Teil on arvuti (3), millel on nii pääs internetti "
+"(2) kui ka ühendus kohaliku võrguga (1). Niisiis võiks olla hea mõte "
+"kasutada arvutit (3) omamoodi vahendajana, mis annab ligipääsu internetti "
+"kahele kohtvõrgus (1) olevale arvutile (5) ja (6). Selleks peab vahendajal "
+"olema kaks liidest: üks, näiteks Etherneti kaart, on ühendatud kohtvõrguga, "
+"teine (4) internetiga (2)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
 "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr "Kõigepealt tuleb kontrollida, kas võrk ja interneti kasutamine on ikka korralikult paika pandud, nagu seda selgitab <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõigepealt tuleb kontrollida, kas võrk ja interneti kasutamine on ikka "
+"korralikult paika pandud, nagu seda selgitab <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/"
+">."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:45
@@ -2840,23 +3301,29 @@ msgstr "Interneti jagamise nõustaja"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
 "which are shown below:"
-msgstr "Nõustaja<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab interneti jagamist seadistada mitme sammuga:"
+msgstr ""
+"Nõustaja<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab interneti "
+"jagamist seadistada mitme sammuga:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
 "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr "Kui nõustaja ei tuvasta vähemalt kaht võrguliidest, kuvatakse hoiatus, palutakse võrguühendus katkestada ja riistvara seadistada."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui nõustaja ei tuvasta vähemalt kaht võrguliidest, kuvatakse hoiatus, "
+"palutakse võrguühendus katkestada ja riistvara seadistada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:60
@@ -2864,22 +3331,30 @@ msgid ""
 "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
 "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
 "what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr "Liidese määramine, mida kasutada internettipääsuks. Nõustaja pakub automaatselt välja ühe liidese, kuid tasuks kontrollida, kas see on ikka õige."
+msgstr ""
+"Liidese määramine, mida kasutada internettipääsuks. Nõustaja pakub "
+"automaatselt välja ühe liidese, kuid tasuks kontrollida, kas see on ikka "
+"õige."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes"
-" one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr "Liidese määramine, mida kasutatakse suhtlemaks kohtvõrguga. Nõustaja pakub ka siin välja ühe liidese ning tasub kontrollida, kas see on õige."
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
+"one, check that this is correct."
+msgstr ""
+"Liidese määramine, mida kasutatakse suhtlemaks kohtvõrguga. Nõustaja pakub "
+"ka siin välja ühe liidese ning tasub kontrollida, kas see on õige."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:71
 msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask"
-" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual"
-" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr "Nõustaja pakub välja kohtvõrgu parameetrid, näiteks IP-aadressi, maski ja domeeninime. Kontrollige, kas need vastavad Teie tegelikule seadistusele. Soovitatav on pakutud väärtustega siiski nõustuda."
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
+"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
+"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+msgstr ""
+"Nõustaja pakub välja kohtvõrgu parameetrid, näiteks IP-aadressi, maski ja "
+"domeeninime. Kontrollige, kas need vastavad Teie tegelikule seadistusele. "
+"Soovitatav on pakutud väärtustega siiski nõustuda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:78
@@ -2887,15 +3362,21 @@ msgid ""
 "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
 "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
 "specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr "Määramine, kas kasutada arvutit nimeserverina. Jaatava otsuse korral kontrollib nõustaja, kas <code>bind</code> on paigaldatud. Vastasel juhul tuleb määrata nimeserveri aadress."
+msgstr ""
+"Määramine, kas kasutada arvutit nimeserverina. Jaatava otsuse korral "
+"kontrollib nõustaja, kas <code>bind</code> on paigaldatud. Vastasel juhul "
+"tuleb määrata nimeserveri aadress."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure"
-" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr "Määramine, kas kasutada arvutit DHCP-serverina. Jaatava vastuse korral kontrollib nõustaja, kas <code>dhcp-server</code> on paigaldatud, ja pakub selle seadistamist, et määrata DHCP aadressivahemiku algus ja lõpp."
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
+"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+msgstr ""
+"Määramine, kas kasutada arvutit DHCP-serverina. Jaatava vastuse korral "
+"kontrollib nõustaja, kas <code>dhcp-server</code> on paigaldatud, ja pakub "
+"selle seadistamist, et määrata DHCP aadressivahemiku algus ja lõpp."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:91
@@ -2904,20 +3385,28 @@ msgid ""
 "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
 "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
 "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr "Määramine, kas kasutada arvutit puhverserverina. Jaatava vastuse korral kontrollib nõustaja, kas <code>squid</code> on paigaldatud, ja pakub selle seadistamist, et määrata administraatori aadress (admin@minudomeen.com), puhverserveri nimi (minupuhver@minudomeen.com), port (3128) ja puhvri suurus (100 Mb)."
+msgstr ""
+"Määramine, kas kasutada arvutit puhverserverina. Jaatava vastuse korral "
+"kontrollib nõustaja, kas <code>squid</code> on paigaldatud, ja pakub selle "
+"seadistamist, et määrata administraatori aadress (admin@minudomeen.com), "
+"puhverserveri nimi (minupuhver@minudomeen.com), port (3128) ja puhvri suurus "
+"(100 Mb)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:99
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
 "printers and to share them."
-msgstr "Viimasel sammul saab määrata, kas vahendava masinaga on ühendatud printereid, ja neid soovi korral välja jagada."
+msgstr ""
+"Viimasel sammul saab määrata, kas vahendava masinaga on ühendatud "
+"printereid, ja neid soovi korral välja jagada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:104
 msgid ""
 "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr "Teid hoiatatakse, et eelnevalt tuleb kontrollida, ega tulemüür ei tööta."
+msgstr ""
+"Teid hoiatatakse, et eelnevalt tuleb kontrollida, ega tulemüür ei tööta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:109
@@ -2930,9 +3419,13 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
 "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
 "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is"
-" using."
-msgstr "Kui olete määranud vahendava masina ka DHCP-serveriks, tuleb ainult võrgu seadistamise tööriistaga määrata, et aadress hangitakse automaatselt (DHCP-serverist). Parameetrid saadakse võrku ühendudes. See meetod sobib sellest hoolimata, milline on klientmasina operatsioonisüsteem."
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
+"using."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete määranud vahendava masina ka DHCP-serveriks, tuleb ainult võrgu "
+"seadistamise tööriistaga määrata, et aadress hangitakse automaatselt (DHCP-"
+"serverist). Parameetrid saadakse võrku ühendudes. See meetod sobib sellest "
+"hoolimata, milline on klientmasina operatsioonisüsteem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:117
@@ -2940,7 +3433,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
 "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
 "gateway."
-msgstr "Kui peate võrguparameetrid käsitsi kindlaks määrama, tuleb kindlasti määrata lüüsiks selle masina IP-aadress, mis ühendust vahendab."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui peate võrguparameetrid käsitsi kindlaks määrama, tuleb kindlasti määrata "
+"lüüsiks selle masina IP-aadress, mis ühendust vahendab."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:123
@@ -2951,9 +3446,10 @@ msgstr "Ühenduse jagamise peatamine"
 #: en/drakgw.xml:125
 msgid ""
 "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the "
-"sharing."
-msgstr "Kui soovite peatada ühenduse jagamist Mageiaga arvutis, käivitage tööriist. See pakub võimalust ühendus ümber seadistada või jagamine peatada."
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui soovite peatada ühenduse jagamist Mageiaga arvutis, käivitage tööriist. "
+"See pakub võimalust ühendus ümber seadistada või jagamine peatada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:3
@@ -2965,8 +3461,7 @@ msgstr "Masinate määratlemine"
 msgid "drakhosts"
 msgstr "drakhosts"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:10
 msgid "drakhosts.png"
 msgstr "drakhosts.png"
@@ -2974,9 +3469,11 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:14
@@ -2985,7 +3482,11 @@ msgid ""
 "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
 "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
 "instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr "Kui mõned süsteemid Teie võrgus pakuvad Teile teenuseid ja neil on fikseeritud IP-aadressid, võib määrata<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lihtsama ligipääsu huvides neile nime. Sel juhul saab edaspidi nende kohta IP-aadressi asemel kasutada paremini meeldejäävat nime."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui mõned süsteemid Teie võrgus pakuvad Teile teenuseid ja neil on "
+"fikseeritud IP-aadressid, võib määrata<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/> lihtsama ligipääsu huvides neile nime. Sel juhul saab edaspidi nende "
+"kohta IP-aadressi asemel kasutada paremini meeldejäävat nime."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:20
@@ -2998,7 +3499,10 @@ msgid ""
 "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
 "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
 "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr "Selle nupu abil saab lisada uue süsteemi nime. Ilmub aken, kuhu tuleb kirjutada IP-aadress, masinale antav nimi ja soovi korral ka alias, mida saab kasutada võrdväärselt nimega."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle nupu abil saab lisada uue süsteemi nime. Ilmub aken, kuhu tuleb "
+"kirjutada IP-aadress, masinale antav nimi ja soovi korral ka alias, mida "
+"saab kasutada võrdväärselt nimega."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:27
@@ -3010,7 +3514,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
 "same window."
-msgstr "Selle nupu abil näeb varem kindlaks parameetreid. Aken on samasugune nagu lisamisaken."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle nupu abil näeb varem kindlaks parameetreid. Aken on samasugune nagu "
+"lisamisaken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
@@ -3022,8 +3528,7 @@ msgstr "Võrguliideste ja tulemüüri põhjalikum seadistamine"
 msgid "drakinvictus"
 msgstr "drakinvictus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
 msgid "drakinvictus.png"
 msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
@@ -3033,17 +3538,22 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
 #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
-"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme Teile juba ette tänulikud."
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+"See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti "
+"ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme Teile "
+"juba ette tänulikud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
@@ -3055,8 +3565,7 @@ msgstr "Võrgukeskus"
 msgid "draknetcenter"
 msgstr "draknetcenter"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
 msgid "draknetcenter.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
@@ -3064,9 +3573,11 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
@@ -3074,40 +3585,46 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
 "Center\""
-msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Kohtvõrk ja internet\" sektsioonist \"Võrguseadmete haldamine\""
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Kohtvõrk ja internet\" sektsioonist "
+"\"Võrguseadmete haldamine\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,"
-" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, "
-"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, "
-"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to "
-"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface "
-"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr "Tööriista käivitamisel ilmuvas aknas on loetletud kõik arvutis seadistatud võrgud nende tüübist hoolimata (juhtmega, juhtmeta, satelliit jne.). Mõnel neist klõpsates ilmub sõltuvalt võrgu tüübist nähtavale kolm või neli nuppu, mis võimaldavad võrku jälgida, selle seadistusi muuta ning ühendust luua või peatada. Tööriist ei ole mõeldud võrgu loomiseks: selleks tuleks kasutada Mageia juhtimiskeskuse samal paneelil leitavat tööriista <guilabel>Uue võrguliidese seadistamine (LAN, ISDN, ADSL...)</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
+"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
+"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
+"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
+"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
+"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista käivitamisel ilmuvas aknas on loetletud kõik arvutis seadistatud "
+"võrgud nende tüübist hoolimata (juhtmega, juhtmeta, satelliit jne.). Mõnel "
+"neist klõpsates ilmub sõltuvalt võrgu tüübist nähtavale kolm või neli nuppu, "
+"mis võimaldavad võrku jälgida, selle seadistusi muuta ning ühendust luua või "
+"peatada. Tööriist ei ole mõeldud võrgu loomiseks: selleks tuleks kasutada "
+"Mageia juhtimiskeskuse samal paneelil leitavat tööriista <guilabel>Uue "
+"võrguliidese seadistamine (LAN, ISDN, ADSL...)</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
@@ -3117,36 +3634,52 @@ msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
 "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder"
-" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network "
-"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not"
-" connected."
-msgstr "Alloleval pildil näeb näiteks kaht võrku, millest üks on juhtmega ja ühendatud, nagu näitab ikoon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (ühendamata olekut näitab ikoon<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ), ning teise all paiknevad juhtmeta võrgud, mille juures ühendamata olekus on ikoon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> ja ühendatud olekus ikoon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Teiste võrgutüüpide korral on värvivalik samasugune: roheline tähendab ühendatud ja punane ühendamata olekut."
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
+"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
+"connected."
+msgstr ""
+"Alloleval pildil näeb näiteks kaht võrku, millest üks on juhtmega ja "
+"ühendatud, nagu näitab ikoon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id="
+"\"0\"/> (ühendamata olekut näitab ikoon<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
+"\" id=\"1\"/> ), ning teise all paiknevad juhtmeta võrgud, mille juures "
+"ühendamata olekus on ikoon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/"
+"> ja ühendatud olekus ikoon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/"
+">. Teiste võrgutüüpide korral on värvivalik samasugune: roheline tähendab "
+"ühendatud ja punane ühendamata olekut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal "
-"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and "
-"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then "
-"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> "
-"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network "
-"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings "
-"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption "
-"key in particular)."
-msgstr "Juhtmeta võrkude osas näeb lisaks kõiki leitud võrke koos <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>signaali tugevuse</guilabel>, krüptimise oleku (punane, kui on krüptitud, ja roheline, kui ei ole) ja <guilabel>töörežiimiga</guilabel>. Klõpsake vajalikule võrgule ja seejärel kas nupule <guibutton>Jälgi</guibutton>, <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton> või <guibutton>Ühenda</guibutton>. Siin saab liikuda ühest võrgust teise. Kui valida privaatvõrk, ilmub võrguseadistuste aken (vt. allpool), kus palutakse kindlaks määrata täiendavad seadistused (eriti näiteks krüptovõti)."
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
+"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
+"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
+"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
+"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
+"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
+"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
+"particular)."
+msgstr ""
+"Juhtmeta võrkude osas näeb lisaks kõiki leitud võrke koos <guilabel>SSID</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>signaali tugevuse</guilabel>, krüptimise oleku (punane, "
+"kui on krüptitud, ja roheline, kui ei ole) ja <guilabel>töörežiimiga</"
+"guilabel>. Klõpsake vajalikule võrgule ja seejärel kas nupule "
+"<guibutton>Jälgi</guibutton>, <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton> või "
+"<guibutton>Ühenda</guibutton>. Siin saab liikuda ühest võrgust teise. Kui "
+"valida privaatvõrk, ilmub võrguseadistuste aken (vt. allpool), kus palutakse "
+"kindlaks määrata täiendavad seadistused (eriti näiteks krüptovõti)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr "Nupule <guibutton>Värskenda</guibutton> klõpsates saab ekraani uuendada."
+msgstr ""
+"Nupule <guibutton>Värskenda</guibutton> klõpsates saab ekraani uuendada."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
 msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
@@ -3156,8 +3689,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgid "The Monitor button"
 msgstr "Nupp Jälgi"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
 msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
@@ -3167,9 +3699,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
 "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray"
-" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr "Selle nupu abil saab jälgida võrgu tegevust, allalaadimisi (arvutisse, punasega) ja üleslaadimisi (arvutist, rohelisega). Sama akna saab avada paremklõpsuga internetiikoonil süsteemisalves ja valides <guimenu>Võrgu jälgimine</guimenu>."
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
+"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle nupu abil saab jälgida võrgu tegevust, allalaadimisi (arvutisse, "
+"punasega) ja üleslaadimisi (arvutist, rohelisega). Sama akna saab avada "
+"paremklõpsuga internetiikoonil süsteemisalves ja valides <guimenu>Võrgu "
+"jälgimine</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
@@ -3177,14 +3713,19 @@ msgid ""
 "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
 "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
 "gives details about connection status."
-msgstr "Aknas on kaart igale võrgule (eth0 tähendab juhtmega võrku, lo kohalikku loopback-seadet ja wlan0 juhtmeta võrku) ning eraldi kaart \"Ühendus\", mis näitab ühenduse oleku üksikasju."
+msgstr ""
+"Aknas on kaart igale võrgule (eth0 tähendab juhtmega võrku, lo kohalikku "
+"loopback-seadet ja wlan0 juhtmeta võrku) ning eraldi kaart \"Ühendus\", mis "
+"näitab ühenduse oleku üksikasju."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic "
-"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr "Akna allosas on kirje <guilabel>Võrguliikluse arvestus</guilabel>, millest tuleb lähemalt juttu järgmises osas."
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
+"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+msgstr ""
+"Akna allosas on kirje <guilabel>Võrguliikluse arvestus</guilabel>, millest "
+"tuleb lähemalt juttu järgmises osas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
@@ -3196,8 +3737,7 @@ msgstr "Nupp Seadista"
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - juhtmega võrgu korral</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
 msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
@@ -3207,9 +3747,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
 "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual"
-" configuration may give better results."
-msgstr "Siin saab muuta kõiki võrgu loomisel määratud seadistusi. Enamasti peaks <guibutton>Automaatne IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> hästi sobima, aga probleemide korral võib käsitsi seadistamine anda paremaid tulemusi."
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
+"configuration may give better results."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab muuta kõiki võrgu loomisel määratud seadistusi. Enamasti peaks "
+"<guibutton>Automaatne IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> "
+"hästi sobima, aga probleemide korral võib käsitsi seadistamine anda paremaid "
+"tulemusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
@@ -3218,7 +3762,11 @@ msgid ""
 "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
 "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
 "available from your providers website."
-msgstr "Koduvõrgu korral on <guilabel>IP-aadress</guilabel> alati 192.168.0.x või midagi sellist, <guilabel>võrgumask</guilabel> 255.255.255.0 ning <guilabel>lüüsi</guilabel> ja <guilabel>nimeserverid</guilabel> leiab teenusepakkuja veebileheküljelt."
+msgstr ""
+"Koduvõrgu korral on <guilabel>IP-aadress</guilabel> alati 192.168.0.x või "
+"midagi sellist, <guilabel>võrgumask</guilabel> 255.255.255.0 ning "
+"<guilabel>lüüsi</guilabel> ja <guilabel>nimeserverid</guilabel> leiab "
+"teenusepakkuja veebileheküljelt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
@@ -3227,22 +3775,26 @@ msgid ""
 "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
 "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
 "have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr "Kui märkida <guibutton>Võrguliikluse arvestuse lubamine</guibutton>, peetakse selle üle arvestust tunni-, päeva- või kuukaupa. Tulemusi näeb eelmises osas tutvustatud võrgujälgijas. Kui arvestus lubada, võib olla vajalik võrk taaskäivitada."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui märkida <guibutton>Võrguliikluse arvestuse lubamine</guibutton>, "
+"peetakse selle üle arvestust tunni-, päeva- või kuukaupa. Tulemusi näeb "
+"eelmises osas tutvustatud võrgujälgijas. Kui arvestus lubada, võib olla "
+"vajalik võrk taaskäivitada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network "
-"Manager:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liidest juhitakse NetworkManageriga:</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
+"</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liidest juhitakse NetworkManageriga:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
 msgstr "<guibutton>Nupp Muud valikud:</guibutton>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
 msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
@@ -3257,8 +3809,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - juhtmeta võrgu korral</emphasis>"
 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
 msgstr "Siin kirjeldatakse ainult seda, millest pole eelnevalt juttu olnud."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
 msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
@@ -3276,7 +3827,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
 "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr "Valige <guilabel>Määratud</guilabel>, kui ühendus käib läbi tugijaama. Sel juhul on tuvastatud <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis>. Valige <guilabel>Ad hoc</guilabel>, kui tegu on masinatevahelise ühendusega. Valige <emphasis role=\"bold\">Esmane</emphasis>, kui Teie võrgukaarti kasutatakse tugijaamana. Võrgukaart peab mõistagi sellist režiimi toetama."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige <guilabel>Määratud</guilabel>, kui ühendus käib läbi tugijaama. Sel "
+"juhul on tuvastatud <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis>. Valige "
+"<guilabel>Ad hoc</guilabel>, kui tegu on masinatevahelise ühendusega. Valige "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Esmane</emphasis>, kui Teie võrgukaarti kasutatakse "
+"tugijaamana. Võrgukaart peab mõistagi sellist režiimi toetama."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
@@ -3291,11 +3847,15 @@ msgstr "Kui tegu on privaatvõrguga, peab teadma selle seadistusi."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a"
-" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
+"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
 "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
 "in private networks."
-msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> kasutab parooli ja on nõrgem kui WPA, mis kasutab paroolifraasi. <guilabel>WPA eeljagatud võti</guilabel> kannab ka nime WPA personal või WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> esineb privaatvõrkudes harva."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> kasutab parooli ja on nõrgem kui WPA, mis kasutab "
+"paroolifraasi. <guilabel>WPA eeljagatud võti</guilabel> kannab ka nime WPA "
+"personal või WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> esineb "
+"privaatvõrkudes harva."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
@@ -3307,10 +3867,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tugijaama vahetumise lubamine</emphasis>:"
 msgid ""
 "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
 "point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr "See on tehnoloogia (inglise keeles \"roaming\"), mis annab arvutile võimaluse muuta tugijaama ja jääda samal ajal võrku ühendatuks."
+msgstr ""
+"See on tehnoloogia (inglise keeles \"roaming\"), mis annab arvutile "
+"võimaluse muuta tugijaama ja jääda samal ajal võrku ühendatuks."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
 msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
@@ -3320,8 +3881,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
 msgstr "Nupp Muud seadistused"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
 msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
@@ -3336,8 +3896,7 @@ msgstr "Võrguprofiilide haldamine"
 msgid "draknetprofile"
 msgstr "draknetprofile"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
 msgid "draknetprofile.png"
 msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
@@ -3345,9 +3904,11 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:9
@@ -3359,8 +3920,7 @@ msgstr "Ketaste ja kataloogide jagamine NFS-i abil"
 msgid "draknfs"
 msgstr "draknfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:16
 msgid "draknfs.png"
 msgstr "draknfs.png"
@@ -3373,21 +3933,24 @@ msgstr "Eelnevad nõuded"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the"
-" first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr "Nõustaja<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> esimesel käivitamisel võib ilmuda järgmine küsimus:"
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
+"first time, it may display the following message:"
+msgstr ""
+"Nõustaja<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> esimesel käivitamisel võib "
+"ilmuda järgmine küsimus:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
+msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
 msgstr "Pakett nfs-utils tuleks kindlasti paigaldada. Kas soovite seda teha?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3407,7 +3970,10 @@ msgid ""
 "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
 "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
 "configuration tool."
-msgstr "Siin näeb jagatavate kataloogide loendit. Esimesel käivitamisel neid veel pole. Nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> klõpsates saab käivitada seadistamistööriista."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin näeb jagatavate kataloogide loendit. Esimesel käivitamisel neid veel "
+"pole. Nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> klõpsates saab käivitada "
+"seadistamistööriista."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:50
@@ -3420,10 +3986,12 @@ msgid ""
 "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
 "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
 "available."
-msgstr "Seadistamistööriista tiitliribal seisab \"Kirje muutmine\". Sama dialoogi saab avada klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>. Muuta saab järgmisi parameetreid."
+msgstr ""
+"Seadistamistööriista tiitliribal seisab \"Kirje muutmine\". Sama dialoogi "
+"saab avada klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>. Muuta saab järgmisi "
+"parameetreid."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:58
 msgid "draknfs4.png"
 msgstr "draknfs4.png"
@@ -3439,7 +4007,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
 "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
 "it."
-msgstr "Siin saab määrata väljajagatava kataloogi. Nupule <guibutton>Kataloog</guibutton> klõpsates avaneb failisirvija, kus saab kataloogi valida."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab määrata väljajagatava kataloogi. Nupule <guibutton>Kataloog</"
+"guibutton> klõpsates avaneb failisirvija, kus saab kataloogi valida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:72
@@ -3451,7 +4021,8 @@ msgstr "Masina ligipääs"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
 "directory."
-msgstr "Siin saab määrata masinad, millel on õigus jagatud kataloogile ligi pääseda."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab määrata masinad, millel on õigus jagatud kataloogile ligi pääseda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:77
@@ -3463,12 +4034,15 @@ msgstr "NFS-kliente saab määrata mitmel viisil:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
 "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr "<emphasis>konkreetne masin</emphasis>: selle võib anda kas nimelahendajale mõistetava lühinimena, täielikult kvalifitseeritud nimena või IP-aadressina."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>konkreetne masin</emphasis>: selle võib anda kas nimelahendajale "
+"mõistetava lühinimena, täielikult kvalifitseeritud nimena või IP-aadressina."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr "<emphasis>võrgugrupid</emphasis>: NIS-võrgugruppe saab määrata kujul @group."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>võrgugrupid</emphasis>: NIS-võrgugruppe saab määrata kujul @group."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:86
@@ -3476,7 +4050,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
 "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
 "domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr "<emphasis>metamärgid</emphasis>: masinanimed võivad sisaldada metamärke * ja ?. Näiteks *.cs.kuskil.edu korral sobivad kõik masinad domeenist cs.kuskil.edu."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>metamärgid</emphasis>: masinanimed võivad sisaldada metamärke * "
+"ja ?. Näiteks *.cs.kuskil.edu korral sobivad kõik masinad domeenist cs."
+"kuskil.edu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:90
@@ -3484,7 +4061,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
 "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
 "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr "<emphasis>IP-võrgud</emphasis>: samuti võib kataloogid eksportida korraga kõigile IP-(alam)võrgu masinatele, lisades näiteks `/255.255.252.0' või `/22' võrgu baasaadressile."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>IP-võrgud</emphasis>: samuti võib kataloogid eksportida korraga "
+"kõigile IP-(alam)võrgu masinatele, lisades näiteks `/255.255.252.0' või "
+"`/22' võrgu baasaadressile."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:96
@@ -3496,32 +4076,46 @@ msgstr "Kasutaja ID sidumine"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
 "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on"
-" the server itself."
-msgstr "<emphasis>administraatori sidumine anonüümsena</emphasis>: UID/GID 0 päringud seostatakse anonüümse UID/GID-ga (root_squash). Kliendi administraatori õigustes kasutajal pole lugemis- ega kirjutamisõigust failide korral, mille on loonud administraator serveris endas."
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
+"the server itself."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>administraatori sidumine anonüümsena</emphasis>: UID/GID 0 "
+"päringud seostatakse anonüümse UID/GID-ga (root_squash). Kliendi "
+"administraatori õigustes kasutajal pole lugemis- ega kirjutamisõigust "
+"failide korral, mille on loonud administraator serveris endas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing."
-" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr "<emphasis>administraatori kaugligipääsu lubamine</emphasis>: administraatori tühistamise keelamine (no_root_squash). See on peamiselt mõistlik terminali- ehk kettata klientide puhul."
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
+"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>administraatori kaugligipääsu lubamine</emphasis>: administraatori "
+"tühistamise keelamine (no_root_squash). See on peamiselt mõistlik terminali- "
+"ehk kettata klientide puhul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:107
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids"
-" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID"
-" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr "<emphasis>kõigi kasutajate sidumine anonüümsena</emphasis>: kõigi UID-de ja GID-de seostamine anonüümse kasutajaga (all_squash). See on mõistlik NFS-iga eksporditud avalike FTP-kataloogide, uudisegruppide spool-kataloogide ja muu sellise puhul. Vastupidine valik on üldse mitte kasutada kasutajate UID-de sidumist (n0_all_squash), mis ongi vaikimisi valik."
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
+"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
+"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>kõigi kasutajate sidumine anonüümsena</emphasis>: kõigi UID-de ja "
+"GID-de seostamine anonüümse kasutajaga (all_squash). See on mõistlik NFS-iga "
+"eksporditud avalike FTP-kataloogide, uudisegruppide spool-kataloogide ja muu "
+"sellise puhul. Vastupidine valik on üldse mitte kasutada kasutajate UID-de "
+"sidumist (n0_all_squash), mis ongi vaikimisi valik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:113
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
 "the anonymous account."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Anonüümne UID ja GID</emphasis>: siin saab konkreetselt määrata anonüümse konto UID ja GID."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Anonüümne UID ja GID</emphasis>: siin saab konkreetselt määrata "
+"anonüümse konto UID ja GID."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:118
@@ -3532,9 +4126,12 @@ msgstr "Muud valikud"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:120
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option"
-" is on by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Turvaline ühendus</emphasis>: see nõuab, et päringug oleksid pärit internetipordist, mis on väiksem kui IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Vaikimisi on see sisse lülitatud."
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
+"is on by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Turvaline ühendus</emphasis>: see nõuab, et päringug oleksid pärit "
+"internetipordist, mis on väiksem kui IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Vaikimisi on "
+"see sisse lülitatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:124
@@ -3543,7 +4140,12 @@ msgid ""
 "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
 "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
 "using this option."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Kirjutuskaitstud ressurss</emphasis>: sellega saab lubada NFS-ressursi kasutamist kas ainult lugemiseks (sel juhul on see kirjutuskaitstud) või nii lugemiseks kui ka kirjutamiseks. Vaikimisi keelatakse kõik päringud, mis muudavad failisüsteemi. Selle valikuga saab selle otseselt jõustada."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Kirjutuskaitstud ressurss</emphasis>: sellega saab lubada NFS-"
+"ressursi kasutamist kas ainult lugemiseks (sel juhul on see "
+"kirjutuskaitstud) või nii lugemiseks kui ka kirjutamiseks. Vaikimisi "
+"keelatakse kõik päringud, mis muudavad failisüsteemi. Selle valikuga saab "
+"selle otseselt jõustada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:129
@@ -3551,7 +4153,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
 "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
 "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Sünkroonne ligipääs</emphasis>: see takistab NFS-serveril rikkumast NFS-protokolli ja vastamast päringutele, enne kui nende päringutega tehtud muudatused on sisse kantud stabiilses salvestusseadmes (nt. arvutikettal)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Sünkroonne ligipääs</emphasis>: see takistab NFS-serveril "
+"rikkumast NFS-protokolli ja vastamast päringutele, enne kui nende "
+"päringutega tehtud muudatused on sisse kantud stabiilses salvestusseadmes "
+"(nt. arvutikettal)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:134
@@ -3559,7 +4165,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
 "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
 "exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Alampuu kontroll</emphasis>: selle lubamine parandab mõnel juhul turvet, kuid võib kahandada töökindlust. Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest exports(5) manuaalilehekülg."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Alampuu kontroll</emphasis>: selle lubamine parandab mõnel juhul "
+"turvet, kuid võib kahandada töökindlust. Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest "
+"exports(5) manuaalilehekülg."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
@@ -3571,8 +4180,7 @@ msgstr "Menüükirjed"
 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
 msgstr "Nende kasutamiseks peab loendis olema vähemalt üks kirje."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:147
 msgid "draknfs5.png"
 msgstr "draknfs5.png"
@@ -3606,8 +4214,7 @@ msgstr "NFS-server|Laadi uuesti"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
 msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration "
-"files."
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
 msgstr "Seadistus laaditakse uuesti parajasti kehtivatest seadistusfailidest."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -3620,8 +4227,7 @@ msgstr "Puhverserver"
 msgid "drakproxy"
 msgstr "drakproxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:17
 msgid "drakproxy.png"
 msgstr "drakproxy.png"
@@ -3629,30 +4235,44 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net"
-" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
+"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
 "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr "Kui Te vajate internettipääsuks puhverserverit, saab selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> abil seadistada puhverserveri. Vajaliku teabe peaksite saama oma võrguadministraatori käest. Samuti võite määrata mõned teenused, mida saab erandkorras kasutada ilma puhverserverita."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui Te vajate internettipääsuks puhverserverit, saab selle "
+"tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> abil seadistada "
+"puhverserveri. Vajaliku teabe peaksite saama oma võrguadministraatori käest. "
+"Samuti võite määrata mõned teenused, mida saab erandkorras kasutada ilma "
+"puhverserverita."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a"
-" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
+"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
+"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
 "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
 "simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr "Wikipedia ütleb veidi teistsuguseid termineid kasutades nii: \"Proksi ehk proksiserver on arvutivõrgus server (riistvara või tarkvara), mis vahendab infovahetust kliendi ehk päringut tegeva süsteemi ja serveri (päringule vastava süsteemi) vahel. Kui vahetu ühenduse korral saadab klient oma päringud otse serverile ning server vastused kliendile, siis proksi kasutamisel saadab klient päringud proksile, proksi edastab need serverile, server vastab proksile ning proksi edastab vastuse kliendile.\""
+msgstr ""
+"Wikipedia ütleb veidi teistsuguseid termineid kasutades nii: \"Proksi ehk "
+"proksiserver on arvutivõrgus server (riistvara või tarkvara), mis vahendab "
+"infovahetust kliendi ehk päringut tegeva süsteemi ja serveri (päringule "
+"vastava süsteemi) vahel. Kui vahetu ühenduse korral saadab klient oma "
+"päringud otse serverile ning server vastused kliendile, siis proksi "
+"kasutamisel saadab klient päringud proksile, proksi edastab need serverile, "
+"server vastab proksile ning proksi edastab vastuse kliendile.\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
@@ -3664,8 +4284,7 @@ msgstr "Tarkvaraallikate seadistamine"
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
@@ -3673,11 +4292,16 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as"
-" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources"
-" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button"
-" below)."
-msgstr "Esimese asjana pärast paigaldamist on mõistlik lisada tarkvaraallikad (mida nimetatakse ka hoidlateks, peegliteks, meediumiteks ehk andmekandjateks). See tähendab, et tuleb valida allikad, mida kasutada tarkvara (programmide ja rakenduste) paigaldamiseks ja uuendamiseks (vt. allpool nupu Lisa kirjeldust)."
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
+"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
+"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
+"below)."
+msgstr ""
+"Esimese asjana pärast paigaldamist on mõistlik lisada tarkvaraallikad (mida "
+"nimetatakse ka hoidlateks, peegliteks, meediumiteks ehk andmekandjateks). "
+"See tähendab, et tuleb valida allikad, mida kasutada tarkvara (programmide "
+"ja rakenduste) paigaldamiseks ja uuendamiseks (vt. allpool nupu Lisa "
+"kirjeldust)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
@@ -3697,14 +4321,20 @@ msgid ""
 "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
 "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
 "the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr "Teie süsteem on kindla arhitektuuriga, mis võib olla kas 32-bitine, mille kohta käib nimetus i586, või 64-bitine, mille kohta kasutatakse nimetust x86_64. Valige kindlasti hoidlad, mis sobivad teie süsteemile või ei sõltu arhitektuurist (selle kohta kasutatakse nimetust noarch)."
+msgstr ""
+"Teie süsteem on kindla arhitektuuriga, mis võib olla kas 32-bitine, mille "
+"kohta käib nimetus i586, või 64-bitine, mille kohta kasutatakse nimetust "
+"x86_64. Valige kindlasti hoidlad, mis sobivad teie süsteemile või ei sõltu "
+"arhitektuurist (selle kohta kasutatakse nimetust noarch)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
@@ -3712,7 +4342,9 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
 "id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Selle tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tarkvara.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Tarkvara.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
@@ -3729,7 +4361,10 @@ msgstr "Veerg Lubatud:"
 msgid ""
 "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
 "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr "Märgitud andmekandjaid kasutatakse uute tarkvarapakettide paigaldamisel. Olge ettevaalik mõningate andmekandjatega, näiteks Testing ja Debug, mis võivad ebasoodsal juhul tekitada isegi süsteemile kahju."
+msgstr ""
+"Märgitud andmekandjaid kasutatakse uute tarkvarapakettide paigaldamisel. "
+"Olge ettevaalik mõningate andmekandjatega, näiteks Testing ja Debug, mis "
+"võivad ebasoodsal juhul tekitada isegi süsteemile kahju."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
@@ -3743,7 +4378,13 @@ msgid ""
 "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
 "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
 "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Märgitud andmekandjaid kasutatakse tarkvarapakettide uuendamisel, mistõttu vajalikud andmekandjad peaksid kindlasti olema sisse lülitatud. Siin tuleks valida ainult andmekandjad, mille nimes esineb \"Update\". Turbekaalutlustel ei saa selle tööriistaga selles veerus midagi muuta: selleks tuleb anda konsoolis administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Märgitud andmekandjaid kasutatakse tarkvarapakettide uuendamisel, mistõttu "
+"vajalikud andmekandjad peaksid kindlasti olema sisse lülitatud. Siin tuleks "
+"valida ainult andmekandjad, mille nimes esineb \"Update\". Turbekaalutlustel "
+"ei saa selle tööriistaga selles veerus midagi muuta: selleks tuleb anda "
+"konsoolis administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-"
+"media --expert.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
@@ -3755,28 +4396,37 @@ msgstr "Veerg Andmekandja:"
 msgid ""
 "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
 "versions contain at least:"
-msgstr "Siin on näha andmekandja nimi. Mageia stabiilsete väljalasete ametlikud hoidlad sisaldavad vähemalt järgmisi andmekandjaid:"
+msgstr ""
+"Siin on näha andmekandja nimi. Mageia stabiilsete väljalasete ametlikud "
+"hoidlad sisaldavad vähemalt järgmisi andmekandjaid:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
 "available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara), mis sisaldab enamikku Mageia toetatud tarkvara."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara), mis sisaldab "
+"enamikku Mageia toetatud tarkvara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
 "which are not free"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">non-free</emphasis> (mittevaba), mis sisaldab mõningat mittevaba tarkvara."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">non-free</emphasis> (mittevaba), mis sisaldab "
+"mõningat mittevaba tarkvara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
 "might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega), mis sisaldab vaba tarkvara, mille levitamine ei ole mõnes riigis tarkvarapatentide ja muu sellise tõttu lubatud."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega), mis sisaldab vaba "
+"tarkvara, mille levitamine ei ole mõnes riigis tarkvarapatentide ja muu "
+"sellise tõttu lubatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
@@ -3788,7 +4438,9 @@ msgstr "Kõigil andmekandjatel on 4 alajaotust:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
 "this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">release</emphasis> sisaldab pakette sellisena, nagu need olid Mageia väljalaskepäeval."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">release</emphasis> sisaldab pakette sellisena, nagu "
+"need olid Mageia väljalaskepäeval."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
@@ -3796,22 +4448,32 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
 "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
 "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">updates</emphasis> sisaldab pakette, mida on pärast väljalaset turbe või vigade parandamise tõttu uuendatud. Selline andmekandja peaks olema alati sisse lülitatud, isegi kui kasutaja internetiühendus on aeglasevõitu."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">updates</emphasis> sisaldab pakette, mida on pärast "
+"väljalaset turbe või vigade parandamise tõttu uuendatud. Selline andmekandja "
+"peaks olema alati sisse lülitatud, isegi kui kasutaja internetiühendus on "
+"aeglasevõitu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
 "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">backports</emphasis> sisaldab tarkvara uusi versioone, mis on tagasi porditud Cauldronist (Mageia arendusversioonist)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">backports</emphasis> sisaldab tarkvara uusi "
+"versioone, mis on tagasi porditud Cauldronist (Mageia arendusversioonist)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests"
-" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
+"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
 "corrections."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">testing</emphasis> sisaldab tarkvara, mida kasutatakse uuenduste ajutiseks testimiseks, et anda veateadete tegijatele ja kvaliteedikontrolli meeskonnale võimalus parandusi põhjalikumalt kontrollida."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">testing</emphasis> sisaldab tarkvara, mida "
+"kasutatakse uuenduste ajutiseks testimiseks, et anda veateadete tegijatele "
+"ja kvaliteedikontrolli meeskonnale võimalus parandusi põhjalikumalt "
+"kontrollida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
@@ -3829,7 +4491,11 @@ msgid ""
 "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
 "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
 "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr "Andmekandja eemaldamiseks klõpsa selle nimele ja siis sellele nupule. Mõistlik on eemaldada paigaldamiseks kasutatud andmekandja (näiteks CD või DVD), sest kõik sellel leiduvad paketid on olemas ka ametlikul tuumiktarkvara (core) andmekandjal."
+msgstr ""
+"Andmekandja eemaldamiseks klõpsa selle nimele ja siis sellele nupule. "
+"Mõistlik on eemaldada paigaldamiseks kasutatud andmekandja (näiteks CD või "
+"DVD), sest kõik sellel leiduvad paketid on olemas ka ametlikul "
+"tuumiktarkvara (core) andmekandjal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
@@ -3841,7 +4507,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Muuda:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
 "proxy)."
-msgstr "Selle abil saab muuta valitud andmekandja seadistusi (URL, allalaadimisprogramm ja puhverserver)."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle abil saab muuta valitud andmekandja seadistusi (URL, "
+"allalaadimisprogramm ja puhverserver)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
@@ -3854,10 +4522,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
 "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
 "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a"
-" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
+"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
+"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
 "from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr "Selle abil saab lisada internetist ametlikke hoidlaid. Need sisaldavad ainult töökindlat ja korralikult testitud tarkvara. Lisamisnupule klõpsates ilmub dialoog, kus saab valida, kas paigaldada ainult \"ainult uuendusallikaid\" või \"kõik allikad\". Esimene on lausa hädavajalik, teine aga pakub rohkem valikuvõimalusi."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle abil saab lisada internetist ametlikke hoidlaid. Need sisaldavad "
+"ainult töökindlat ja korralikult testitud tarkvara. Lisamisnupule klõpsates "
+"ilmub dialoog, kus saab valida, kas paigaldada ainult \"ainult "
+"uuendusallikaid\" või \"kõik allikad\". Esimene on lausa hädavajalik, teine "
+"aga pakub rohkem valikuvõimalusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
@@ -3868,10 +4541,15 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Nooled üles ja alla:</guibutton>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same"
-" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release "
-"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr "Nende abil saab muuta kirjete järjekorda loendis. Drakrpm loeb paketti otsides nimekirja just antud järjekorras ning paigaldab esimesena leitud paketi (mõistagi sama väljalaske oma; ainult siis, kui seda pole, võetakse ette eelmine väljalase). Niisiis oleks mõttekas paremini ja kiiremini ligipääsetavad hoidlad ettepoole asetada."
+"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
+"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
+"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
+msgstr ""
+"Nende abil saab muuta kirjete järjekorda loendis. Drakrpm loeb paketti "
+"otsides nimekirja just antud järjekorras ning paigaldab esimesena leitud "
+"paketi (mõistagi sama väljalaske oma; ainult siis, kui seda pole, võetakse "
+"ette eelmine väljalase). Niisiis oleks mõttekas paremini ja kiiremini "
+"ligipääsetavad hoidlad ettepoole asetada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
@@ -3886,9 +4564,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fail -&gt; Uuenda:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
 msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and"
-" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "See avab andmekandjate loendiga dialoogi. Valige need, mida soovite uuendada, ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Uuenda</guibutton>."
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
+"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"See avab andmekandjate loendiga dialoogi. Valige need, mida soovite "
+"uuendada, ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Uuenda</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
@@ -3899,16 +4579,23 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fail -&gt; Lisa kohandatud andmekandjate peegel:</guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
 msgid ""
 "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the"
-" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
+"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
 "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
 "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
 "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr "Kui te ei peaks olema rahul senise peegliga, sest see on näiteks liiga aeglane või sageli üldse kättesaamatu, saab valida ka mõne teise peegli. Valige kõik olemasolevad (või kasutatavad) andmekandjad ja klõpsake nende eemaldamiseks nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>. Valige <guimenu>Fail -&gt; Lisa kohandatud andmekandjate peegel</guimenu>, otsustage, kas soovite ainult uuendusallikaid või kõiki (kui te ei tea, mis neil vahet on, valige <guibutton>Kõik allikad</guibutton>), ning kinnitage oma valik klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Jah</guibutton>. Ilmub järgmine aken:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te ei peaks olema rahul senise peegliga, sest see on näiteks liiga "
+"aeglane või sageli üldse kättesaamatu, saab valida ka mõne teise peegli. "
+"Valige kõik olemasolevad (või kasutatavad) andmekandjad ja klõpsake nende "
+"eemaldamiseks nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>. Valige <guimenu>Fail -"
+"&gt; Lisa kohandatud andmekandjate peegel</guimenu>, otsustage, kas soovite "
+"ainult uuendusallikaid või kõiki (kui te ei tea, mis neil vahet on, valige "
+"<guibutton>Kõik allikad</guibutton>), ning kinnitage oma valik klõpsuga "
+"nupule <guibutton>Jah</guibutton>. Ilmub järgmine aken:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
 msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
@@ -3919,7 +4606,10 @@ msgid ""
 "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
 "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
 "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Vasakul näeb riikide loendit. Leidke enda või mõni lähedalasuv riik ja klõpsake sümbolile &gt;, mis avab selles riigis saadaolevate peeglite loendi. Valige neist mõni ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vasakul näeb riikide loendit. Leidke enda või mõni lähedalasuv riik ja "
+"klõpsake sümbolile &gt;, mis avab selles riigis saadaolevate peeglite "
+"loendi. Valige neist mõni ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
@@ -3931,10 +4621,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fail -&gt; Lisa kohandatud andmekandja:</guimenu>"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
 "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr "Võimalik on paigaldada ka selline andmekandja, näiteks mõnelt tarkvaraarendajalt, mida Mageia otseselt ei toeta. Ilmub järgmine aken:"
+msgstr ""
+"Võimalik on paigaldada ka selline andmekandja, näiteks mõnelt "
+"tarkvaraarendajalt, mida Mageia otseselt ei toeta. Ilmub järgmine aken:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
@@ -3945,7 +4636,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
 "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
 "according to the medium type)"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Valige andmekandja tüüp, määrake sellele meelepärane nimi ja kirjutage URL (või vastavalt andmekandja tüübile asukoht)."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Valige andmekandja tüüp, määrake "
+"sellele meelepärane nimi ja kirjutage URL (või vastavalt andmekandja tüübile "
+"asukoht)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
@@ -3955,11 +4649,15 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Eelistused -&gt; Globaalsed valikud:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" "
-"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define "
-"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
+"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
+"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
 "default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr "See võimaldab valida, millal paigaldatavaid RPM-pakette kontrollida (alati või mitte kunagi), allalaadimisprogrammi (curl, wget või aria2) ning pakettide teabe allalaadimise reegli (nõudmisel (vaikimisi), ainult uuendamisel, alati või mitte kunagi)."
+msgstr ""
+"See võimaldab valida, millal paigaldatavaid RPM-pakette kontrollida (alati "
+"või mitte kunagi), allalaadimisprogrammi (curl, wget või aria2) ning "
+"pakettide teabe allalaadimise reegli (nõudmisel (vaikimisi), ainult "
+"uuendamisel, alati või mitte kunagi)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
@@ -3969,12 +4667,17 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Eelistused -&gt; Halda võtmeid:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
 msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate"
-" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In "
-"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click "
-"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr "Võimalikult suure turbe tagamiseks kasutatakse andmekandjate autentimisel digitaalseid võtmeid. Kõigi andmekandjate puhul on võimalik võtme kasutamist lubada või keelata. Valige ilmuavs aknas andmekandja ning klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton>, mis lubab määrata uue võtme või selle valida, või nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>, millega saab võtme kõrvaldada."
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
+"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
+"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
+"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
+"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+msgstr ""
+"Võimalikult suure turbe tagamiseks kasutatakse andmekandjate autentimisel "
+"digitaalseid võtmeid. Kõigi andmekandjate puhul on võimalik võtme kasutamist "
+"lubada või keelata. Valige ilmuavs aknas andmekandja ning klõpsake nupule "
+"<guibutton>Lisa</guibutton>, mis lubab määrata uue võtme või selle valida, "
+"või nupule <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton>, millega saab võtme kõrvaldada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
@@ -3990,17 +4693,20 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Eelistused -&gt; Puhverserver:</guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
 msgid ""
 "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if"
-" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and "
-"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Kui teil peaks interneti kasutamiseks olema vaja puhverserverit, saab selle siin seadistada. Selleks tuleb anda ainult <guibutton>Puhverserveri masinanimi</guibutton> ja kui peaks vaja olema, siis ka <guilabel>Kasutajanimi</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Parool</guilabel>."
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
+"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui teil peaks interneti kasutamiseks olema vaja puhverserverit, saab selle "
+"siin seadistada. Selleks tuleb anda ainult <guibutton>Puhverserveri "
+"masinanimi</guibutton> ja kui peaks vaja olema, siis ka "
+"<guilabel>Kasutajanimi</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Parool</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
 msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki "
-"page</link>."
+"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
+"link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -4013,8 +4719,7 @@ msgstr "Kataloogide ja ketaste jagamine Sambaga"
 msgid "draksambashare"
 msgstr "draksambashare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:18
 msgid "draksambashare.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare.png"
@@ -4027,7 +4732,12 @@ msgid ""
 "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
 "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
 "resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr "Samba on protokoll, mida paljud operatsioonisüsteemid kasutavad mõningate ressursside, näiteks kataloogide või printerite jagamiseks. Käesolev tööriist võimaldab seadistada masina töötama Samba serverina, kasutades SMB/CIFS protokolli. Sama protokolli kasutab Windows(R), niisiis pääsevad selle operatsioonisüsteemiga masinad ligi Samba serveri ressurssidele."
+msgstr ""
+"Samba on protokoll, mida paljud operatsioonisüsteemid kasutavad mõningate "
+"ressursside, näiteks kataloogide või printerite jagamiseks. Käesolev "
+"tööriist võimaldab seadistada masina töötama Samba serverina, kasutades SMB/"
+"CIFS protokolli. Sama protokolli kasutab Windows(R), niisiis pääsevad selle "
+"operatsioonisüsteemiga masinad ligi Samba serveri ressurssidele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:37
@@ -4043,7 +4753,13 @@ msgid ""
 "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
 "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
 "server."
-msgstr "Et teised masinad saaksid serverit kasutada, peab sellel olema fikseeritud IP-aadress. Selle saab määrata otse serveris, näiteks tööriistaga, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, või DHCP-serveris, mis tuvastab masina MAC-aadressi järgi ja omistab sellele alati ühe ja sama aadressi. Samuti peab tulemüür võimaldama päringute esitamist Samba serverile."
+msgstr ""
+"Et teised masinad saaksid serverit kasutada, peab sellel olema fikseeritud "
+"IP-aadress. Selle saab määrata otse serveris, näiteks tööriistaga, millest "
+"kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, või DHCP-serveris, "
+"mis tuvastab masina MAC-aadressi järgi ja omistab sellele alati ühe ja sama "
+"aadressi. Samuti peab tulemüür võimaldama päringute esitamist Samba "
+"serverile."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:50
@@ -4053,20 +4769,25 @@ msgstr "Nõustaja - autonoomne server"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:53
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks"
-" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
+"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
 "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr "Esimesel käivitamisel kontrollib tööriist, <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kas vajalikud paketid on paigaldatud, ja teeb ettepaneku need paigaldada, kui neid ei leita. Seejärel käivitatakse nõustaja, mis aitab seadistada Samba serverit."
+msgstr ""
+"Esimesel käivitamisel kontrollib tööriist, <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/> kas vajalikud paketid on paigaldatud, ja teeb ettepaneku need "
+"paigaldada, kui neid ei leita. Seejärel käivitatakse nõustaja, mis aitab "
+"seadistada Samba serverit."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:61
 msgid "draksambashare0.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
@@ -4078,8 +4799,7 @@ msgid ""
 "selected."
 msgstr "Alustame autonoomse serveri seadistamisega."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:71
 msgid "draksambashare1.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
@@ -4087,9 +4807,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the"
-" access to the shared resources."
-msgstr "Esmalt tuleb määrata töögrupi nimi. Just selle nime järgi pääseb kasutama jagatud ressursse."
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
+"access to the shared resources."
+msgstr ""
+"Esmalt tuleb määrata töögrupi nimi. Just selle nime järgi pääseb kasutama "
+"jagatud ressursse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:80
@@ -4098,8 +4820,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the network."
 msgstr "NetBIOS-e nimi on nimi, mida kasutatakse serveri tähistamiseks võrgus."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:85
 msgid "draksambashare2.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
@@ -4114,24 +4835,27 @@ msgstr "Siis saab valida turberežiimi:"
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
 "resource"
-msgstr "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: klient peab autentima, et ressurssi kasutada"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: klient peab autentima, et ressurssi kasutada"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:100
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
 "each share"
-msgstr "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: klient peab autentima iga ressursi puhul eraldi"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: klient peab autentima iga ressursi puhul eraldi"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
 "address or host name."
-msgstr "Samuti saab IP-aadressi või masinanimega määrata, millistele masinatele antakse õigus ressursse kasutada."
+msgstr ""
+"Samuti saab IP-aadressi või masinanimega määrata, millistele masinatele "
+"antakse õigus ressursse kasutada."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:110
 msgid "draksambashare3.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
@@ -4141,10 +4865,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
 "described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr "Siin saab määrata serveri nime (banner). Selle nimega annab server endast teada Windowsi masinates."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab määrata serveri nime (banner). Selle nimega annab server endast "
+"teada Windowsi masinates."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:120
 msgid "draksambashare4.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
@@ -4155,8 +4880,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
 msgstr "Järgmisel etapil saab määrata, kuhu Samba paigutab oma logid."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:131
 msgid "draksambashare5.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
@@ -4165,12 +4889,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in "
-"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "Enne seadistuse kehtestamist näitab nõustaja kõigi parameetrite kokkuvõtet. Nende kinnitamise korral kirjutatakse seadistus faili <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
+"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"Enne seadistuse kehtestamist näitab nõustaja kõigi parameetrite kokkuvõtet. "
+"Nende kinnitamise korral kirjutatakse seadistus faili <code>/etc/samba/smb."
+"conf</code>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:143
 msgid "draksambashare6.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
@@ -4180,8 +4906,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
 msgstr "Nõustaja - primaarne domeenikontroller"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:155
 msgid "draksambashare13.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
@@ -4194,7 +4919,12 @@ msgid ""
 "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
 "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
 "security mode:"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Kui valida \"Primaarne domeenikontroller\", palub nõustaja otsustada, kas Wins on toetatud või mitte, ning anda administraatori õigustega kasutajate nimed. Järgmised sammud on samasugused nagu autonoomse serveri korral, välja arvatud see, et valida saab veel ühe turbetaseme:"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Kui valida \"Primaarne "
+"domeenikontroller\", palub nõustaja otsustada, kas Wins on toetatud või "
+"mitte, ning anda administraatori õigustega kasutajate nimed. Järgmised "
+"sammud on samasugused nagu autonoomse serveri korral, välja arvatud see, et "
+"valida saab veel ühe turbetaseme:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:164
@@ -4202,7 +4932,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
 "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
 "account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: mehhanism kõigi kasutajate ja gruppide kontode salvestamiseks kesksesse jagatud kontohoidlasse. Keskset kontohoidlat jagavad omavahel domeeni (turbe) kontrollerid."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: mehhanism kõigi kasutajate ja gruppide kontode "
+"salvestamiseks kesksesse jagatud kontohoidlasse. Keskset kontohoidlat "
+"jagavad omavahel domeeni (turbe) kontrollerid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:173
@@ -4214,8 +4947,7 @@ msgstr "Kataloogi määramine jagatud ressursiks"
 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
 msgstr "Nupule <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub järgmine dialoog:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:179
 msgid "draksambashare15.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
@@ -4223,14 +4955,17 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:184
 msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the "
-"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether"
-" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share "
-"name can not be modified."
-msgstr "Nii saab lisada uue kirje. Kirjeid saab muuta klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>. Saab näiteks määrata, kas kataloog on avalikult nähtav, kas sinna tohib ka kirjutada ehk salvestada või kas see on lehitsetav. Jagatud ressursi nime ei saa muuta."
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
+"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
+"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
+"modified."
+msgstr ""
+"Nii saab lisada uue kirje. Kirjeid saab muuta klõpsuga nupule "
+"<guibutton>Muuda</guibutton>. Saab näiteks määrata, kas kataloog on "
+"avalikult nähtav, kas sinna tohib ka kirjutada ehk salvestada või kas see on "
+"lehitsetav. Jagatud ressursi nime ei saa muuta."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:191
 msgid "draksambashare16.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
@@ -4275,8 +5010,7 @@ msgstr "Printerite jagamine"
 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
 msgstr "Samba võimaldab jagada ka printereid."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:241
 msgid "draksambashare17.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
@@ -4294,8 +5028,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgid "Samba users"
 msgstr "Samba kasutajad"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:253
 msgid "draksambashare18.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
@@ -4306,7 +5039,11 @@ msgid ""
 "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
 "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
 "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Sellel kaardil saab lisada kasutajaid, kes on õigus autentimise järel pääseda ligi jagatud ressurssidele. Kasutajaid saab lisada ka Mageia kasutajate haldamise tööriista abil, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Sellel kaardil saab lisada kasutajaid, kes on õigus autentimise järel "
+"pääseda ligi jagatud ressurssidele. Kasutajaid saab lisada ka Mageia "
+"kasutajate haldamise tööriista abil, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend="
+"\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksec.xml:3
@@ -4318,62 +5055,92 @@ msgstr "Mageia tööriistade autentimise seadistamine"
 msgid "draksec"
 msgstr "draksec"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec.png"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "draksec0.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Turvalisus</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Turvalisus</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:20
+#: en/draksec.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
 "usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr "See võimaldab anda tavalistele kasutajale õiguse ette võtta tegevusi, mis muidu on administraatori ehk root-kasutaja pädevuses."
+msgstr ""
+"See võimaldab anda tavalistele kasutajale õiguse ette võtta tegevusi, mis "
+"muidu on administraatori ehk root-kasutaja pädevuses."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:22
+msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksec.xml:27
+msgid "draksec.png"
+msgstr "draksec.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:23
+#: en/draksec.xml:31
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
 "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list gives the choice between:"
-msgstr "Enamik Mageia juhtimiskeskuses leiduvatest tööriistadest on loetletud aknas vasakul pool, nagu ülal oleval pildil näha, ning iga tööriista juures saab rippmenüüst valida järgmiste võimaluste vahel:"
+"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
+msgstr ""
+"Enamik Mageia juhtimiskeskuses leiduvatest tööriistadest on loetletud aknas "
+"vasakul pool, nagu ülal oleval pildil näha, ning iga tööriista juures saab "
+"rippmenüüst valida järgmiste võimaluste vahel:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:29
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Parool puudub: tööriista käivitamisel ei küsita mingit parooli."
+#: en/draksec.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
+"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Vaikimisi väärtused sõltuvad valitud turbetasemest. Selle kohta vaadake "
+"samal paneelil tööriista \"Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja auditi "
+"seadistamine\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:34
+#: en/draksec.xml:43
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr "Kasutaja parool: enne tööriista käivitamist küsitakse kasutaja parooli."
+msgstr ""
+"Kasutaja parool: enne tööriista käivitamist küsitakse kasutaja parooli."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:39
-msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr "Administraatori parool: enne tööriista käivitamist küsitakse administraatori parooli."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:44
+#: en/draksec.xml:48
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
-"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr "Vaikimisi väärtused sõltuvad valitud turbetasemest. Selle kohta vaadake samal paneelil tööriista \"Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja auditi seadistamine\"."
+"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
+msgstr ""
+"Administraatori parool: enne tööriista käivitamist küsitakse administraatori "
+"parooli."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:53
+msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+msgstr "Parool puudub: tööriista käivitamisel ei küsita mingit parooli."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
@@ -4385,8 +5152,7 @@ msgstr "Hetktõmmised"
 msgid "draksnapshot-config"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
@@ -4394,17 +5160,22 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration "
-"tools</guilabel> section."
-msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuse paneelilt \"Spsteem\" sektsioonist <guilabel>Haldamistööriistad</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
+"guilabel> section."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskuse paneelilt \"Spsteem\" sektsioonist "
+"<guilabel>Haldamistööriistad</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
@@ -4412,39 +5183,59 @@ msgid ""
 "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
 "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
 "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr "Tööriista esmakordsel käivitamisel Mageia juhtimiskeskuses näete teadet vajaduse kohta paigaldada draksnapshot. Jätkamiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Paigalda</guibutton>. Seejärel paigaldatakse draksnapshot ja teised vajalikud tarkvarapaketid."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista esmakordsel käivitamisel Mageia juhtimiskeskuses näete teadet "
+"vajaduse kohta paigaldada draksnapshot. Jätkamiseks klõpsake nupule "
+"<guibutton>Paigalda</guibutton>. Seejärel paigaldatakse draksnapshot ja "
+"teised vajalikud tarkvarapaketid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable "
-"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, "
-"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Kui klõpsate uuesti kirjele <guilabel>Hetktõmmised</guilabel>, näete akent <guilabel>Seadistused</guilabel>. Märkige ruuduke <guilabel>Varundamise lubamine</guilabel> ja kui soovite varundada kogu süsteemi, siis ka <guilabel>Kogu süsteemi varundamine</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
+"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
+"whole system</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui klõpsate uuesti kirjele <guilabel>Hetktõmmised</guilabel>, näete akent "
+"<guilabel>Seadistused</guilabel>. Märkige ruuduke <guilabel>Varundamise "
+"lubamine</guilabel> ja kui soovite varundada kogu süsteemi, siis ka "
+"<guilabel>Kogu süsteemi varundamine</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
 "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to"
-" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the "
-"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from"
-" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> "
-"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you "
-"are done."
-msgstr "Kui soovite varundada ainult osa oma kataloogidest, valige <guilabel>Edasijõudnuile</guilabel>. Ilmub väike hüpikaken. Kasutage nuppe <guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> ja <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton> sektsioonis <guilabel>Varundamise nimekiri</guilabel> varundatavate kataloogide lisamiseks või eemaldamiseks. Kasutage samu nuppe sektsioonis <guilabel>Väljajätmise nimekiri</guilabel> eemaldamaks varundamisele määratud kataloogidest alamkatalooge ja faile, mida <emphasis role=\"bold\">ei ole vaja</emphasis> varundada. Kui olete valmis, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Sulge</guibutton>."
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
+"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
+"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
+"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
+"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
+"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui soovite varundada ainult osa oma kataloogidest, valige "
+"<guilabel>Edasijõudnuile</guilabel>. Ilmub väike hüpikaken. Kasutage nuppe "
+"<guibutton>Lisa</guibutton> ja <guibutton>Eemalda</guibutton> sektsioonis "
+"<guilabel>Varundamise nimekiri</guilabel> varundatavate kataloogide "
+"lisamiseks või eemaldamiseks. Kasutage samu nuppe sektsioonis "
+"<guilabel>Väljajätmise nimekiri</guilabel> eemaldamaks varundamisele "
+"määratud kataloogidest alamkatalooge ja faile, mida <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">ei ole vaja</emphasis> varundada. Kui olete valmis, klõpsake nupule "
+"<guibutton>Sulge</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted"
-" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Seejärel määrake varukoopiate <guilabel>salvestamiskoht</guilabel> või klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lehitse</guibutton>, et see failipuust üles leida. Kõik USB-pulgad või välised kõvakettad leiab asukohast <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/Teie_kasutajanimi/</emphasis>."
+"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
+"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
+"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Seejärel määrake varukoopiate <guilabel>salvestamiskoht</guilabel> või "
+"klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lehitse</guibutton>, et see failipuust üles "
+"leida. Kõik USB-pulgad või välised kõvakettad leiab asukohast <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">/run/media/Teie_kasutajanimi/</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
@@ -4461,8 +5252,7 @@ msgstr "Heli seadistamine"
 msgid "draksound"
 msgstr "draksound"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:10
 msgid "draksound.png"
 msgstr "draksound.png"
@@ -4470,16 +5260,20 @@ msgstr "draksound.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
-msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Riistvara</emphasis>.¶"
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Riistvara</emphasis>.¶"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:19
@@ -4487,15 +5281,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, "
 "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience "
 "sound problems or if you change the sound card."
-msgstr "Draksound tegeleb heliseadistustega, mille hulka kuuluvad draiveri valimine, PulseAudio valikud ja probleemide lahendamine. Tööriist on abiks, kui peaksite kokku puutuma heliprobleemidega või olete vahetanud helikaarti."
+msgstr ""
+"Draksound tegeleb heliseadistustega, mille hulka kuuluvad draiveri valimine, "
+"PulseAudio valikud ja probleemide lahendamine. Tööriist on abiks, kui "
+"peaksite kokku puutuma heliprobleemidega või olete vahetanud helikaarti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a"
-" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound "
-"card."
-msgstr "Rippmenüüs <guilabel>Draiver</guilabel> saab valida sobiva draiveri nende seast, mis on Teie arvutis saadaval ja sobivad kokku helikaardiga."
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
+"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+"Rippmenüüs <guilabel>Draiver</guilabel> saab valida sobiva draiveri nende "
+"seast, mis on Teie arvutis saadaval ja sobivad kokku helikaardiga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:28
@@ -4503,30 +5301,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
 "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
 "possible for its enhanced features."
-msgstr "Enamasti on valida draiverite vahel, mis kasutavad OSS-i või ALSA API-t. OSS on vanim ja väga lihtne, mistõttu oleks soovitatav valida ALSA, kui vaja läheb vähegi täiustatumaid võimalusi."
+msgstr ""
+"Enamasti on valida draiverite vahel, mis kasutavad OSS-i või ALSA API-t. OSS "
+"on vanim ja väga lihtne, mistõttu oleks soovitatav valida ALSA, kui vaja "
+"läheb vähegi täiustatumaid võimalusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound"
-" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the "
-"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> "
-"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> on heliserver. See võtab vastu kõik helisisendid, miksib neid vastavalt kasutaja eelistustele ja saadab saadud heli väljundisse. Täpsemalt saab seda seadistada serveri enda dialoogis, mille leiab peamenüüst <guimenu>Heli ja video -> PulseAudio volume control</guimenu>."
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
+"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
+"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
+"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> on heliserver. See võtab vastu kõik "
+"helisisendid, miksib neid vastavalt kasutaja eelistustele ja saadab saadud "
+"heli väljundisse. Täpsemalt saab seda seadistada serveri enda dialoogis, "
+"mille leiab peamenüüst <guimenu>Heli ja video -> PulseAudio volume control</"
+"guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
 "enabled."
-msgstr "PulseAudio on vaikimisi heliserver ja soovitatav on seda kindlasti kasutada."
+msgstr ""
+"PulseAudio on vaikimisi heliserver ja soovitatav on seda kindlasti kasutada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
 "is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Tõrkevaba</guilabel> režiim parandab PulseAudio tööd mõningate programmide korral. Ka seda valikut ei ole soovitatav välja lülitada."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Tõrkevaba</guilabel> režiim parandab PulseAudio tööd mõningate "
+"programmide korral. Ka seda valikut ei ole soovitatav välja lülitada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:44
@@ -4535,8 +5344,7 @@ msgid ""
 "three buttons:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:49
 msgid "Draksound1.png"
 msgstr "Draksound1.png"
@@ -4555,7 +5363,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any "
 "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking "
 "the community for help."
-msgstr "Teise nupu mõte on ilmselge ning kolmas pakub mõningat abi, kuidas probleeme võiks lahendada. Väga kasulik oleks enne mujalt abi palumist need võimalused ära kasutada."
+msgstr ""
+"Teise nupu mõte on ilmselge ning kolmas pakub mõningat abi, kuidas probleeme "
+"võiks lahendada. Väga kasulik oleks enne mujalt abi palumist need võimalused "
+"ära kasutada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakups.xml:3
@@ -4567,8 +5378,7 @@ msgstr "Puhvertoiteallika (UPS) seadistamine"
 msgid "drakups"
 msgstr "drakups"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakups.xml:8
 msgid "drakups.png"
 msgstr "drakups.png"
@@ -4576,9 +5386,11 @@ msgstr "drakups.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakups.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:3
@@ -4590,8 +5402,7 @@ msgstr "VPN-ühenduse seadistamine"
 msgid "drakvpn"
 msgstr "drakvpn"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:11
 msgid "drakvpn1.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
@@ -4599,9 +5410,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsureal käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsureal käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:18
@@ -4612,7 +5425,13 @@ msgid ""
 "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
 "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
 "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr "See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab seadistada turvalise ligipääsu teistesse võrkudesse, luues tunneli Teie masina ja mujal paikneva võrgu vahele. Siin tuleb juttu ainult Teie masinas vajalikust seadistamisest. Me eeldame, et teise poole võrk juba töötab ja et Teie käsutuses on võrguadministraatorilt saadud ühenduse loomiseks vajalik teave, näiteks .pcf-seadistusfail."
+msgstr ""
+"See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab seadistada "
+"turvalise ligipääsu teistesse võrkudesse, luues tunneli Teie masina ja mujal "
+"paikneva võrgu vahele. Siin tuleb juttu ainult Teie masinas vajalikust "
+"seadistamisest. Me eeldame, et teise poole võrk juba töötab ja et Teie "
+"käsutuses on võrguadministraatorilt saadud ühenduse loomiseks vajalik teave, "
+"näiteks .pcf-seadistusfail."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:30
@@ -4624,7 +5443,9 @@ msgstr "Seadistamine"
 msgid ""
 "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
 "protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr "Kõigepealt tuleb vastavalt VPN-is ehk virtuaalses privaatvõrgus kasutatavale protokollile valida kas Cicso VPN Concentrator või OpenVPN."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõigepealt tuleb vastavalt VPN-is ehk virtuaalses privaatvõrgus kasutatavale "
+"protokollile valida kas Cicso VPN Concentrator või OpenVPN."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:35
@@ -4641,8 +5462,7 @@ msgstr "Järgmises aknas tuleb sisestada VPN-ühenduse üksikasjad."
 msgid "For Cisco VPN"
 msgstr "Cisco VPN-i korral"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:48
 msgid "drakvpn3.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
@@ -4652,10 +5472,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
 msgid ""
 "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
 "first time the tool is used."
-msgstr "OpenVPN-i korral paigaldatakse tarkvarapakett openvpn ja sellele vajalik muu tarkvara tööriista esimesel kasutamisel."
+msgstr ""
+"OpenVPN-i korral paigaldatakse tarkvarapakett openvpn ja sellele vajalik muu "
+"tarkvara tööriista esimesel kasutamisel."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:59
 msgid "drakvpn7.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
@@ -4665,15 +5486,16 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
 "received from the network administrator."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Siin saab valida failid, mille olete saanud võrguadministraatorilt."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Siin saab valida failid, mille "
+"olete saanud võrguadministraatorilt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:64
 msgid "Advanced parameters:"
 msgstr "Muud parameetrid:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:68
 msgid "drakvpn8.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
@@ -4688,15 +5510,19 @@ msgstr "Järgmisel ekraanil palutakse määrata lüüsi IP-aadress."
 msgid ""
 "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
 "connection."
-msgstr "Kui parameetrid on paika pandud, võite ühenduse käivitada kohe, aga võite seda ka hiljem teha."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui parameetrid on paika pandud, võite ühenduse käivitada kohe, aga võite "
+"seda ka hiljem teha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect"
-" to this VPN."
-msgstr "VPN-ühenduse saab panna automaatselt käivituma koos võrguühendusega. Selleks tuleb võrguühendus ümber seadistada, et alati ühendutaks selle VPN-iga."
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
+"to this VPN."
+msgstr ""
+"VPN-ühenduse saab panna automaatselt käivituma koos võrguühendusega. Selleks "
+"tuleb võrguühendus ümber seadistada, et alati ühendutaks selle VPN-iga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
@@ -4708,8 +5534,7 @@ msgstr "Veebiserveri seadistamine"
 msgid "drakwizard apache2"
 msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
@@ -4717,9 +5542,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
@@ -4750,8 +5577,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4768,8 +5594,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4786,8 +5611,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server User Module"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4802,8 +5626,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User web directory name"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4820,8 +5643,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Document Root"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4838,8 +5660,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Summary"
 msgstr "Kokkuvõte"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4849,8 +5670,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -4859,8 +5679,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Finish"
 msgstr "Lõpeta"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4881,8 +5700,7 @@ msgstr "DNS seadistamine"
 msgid "drakwizard bind"
 msgstr "drakwizard bind"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
@@ -4890,9 +5708,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
@@ -4904,8 +5724,7 @@ msgstr "DHCP seadistamine"
 msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
 msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
@@ -4920,16 +5739,18 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should"
-" be installed before you can access to it."
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
+"be installed before you can access to it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -4956,8 +5777,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4967,8 +5787,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4977,8 +5796,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -4986,8 +5805,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select IP range"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5001,8 +5819,7 @@ msgid ""
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5012,8 +5829,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Hold on..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5030,8 +5846,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Hours later..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5056,73 +5871,62 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from "
-"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and "
-"adding the new parameters:"
+"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
+"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
+"parameters:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
 msgid "<code>hname</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
 msgid "<code>dns</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
 msgid "net"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
 msgid "ip"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
 msgid "<code>mask</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
 msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
 msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
 msgid "<code>dname</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
 msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5130,8 +5934,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
 msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file "
-"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
+"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
+"code>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -5149,8 +5953,7 @@ msgstr "Aja seadistamine"
 msgid "drakwizard ntp"
 msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
@@ -5158,18 +5961,24 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed"
-" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
+"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
+"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
 "packages."
-msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> on hoida teie serveri aeg sünkroonis välise serveriga. See ei ole vaikimisi paigaldatud ning selle kasutamiseks tuleb paigaldada ka tarkvarapaketid drakwizard ja drakwizard-base."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> on hoida teie "
+"serveri aeg sünkroonis välise serveriga. See ei ole vaikimisi paigaldatud "
+"ning selle kasutamiseks tuleb paigaldada ka tarkvarapaketid drakwizard ja "
+"drakwizard-base."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
@@ -5182,28 +5991,27 @@ msgid ""
 "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
 "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
 "because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr "Avaakna (vt allpool) järel palub teine aken valida rippmenüüst kolm ajaserverit ning soovitab kahel juhul määrata serveri pool.ntp.org, sest see server viitab alati kättesaadavatele ajaserveritele."
+msgstr ""
+"Avaakna (vt allpool) järel palub teine aken valida rippmenüüst kolm "
+"ajaserverit ning soovitab kahel juhul määrata serveri pool.ntp.org, sest see "
+"server viitab alati kättesaadavatele ajaserveritele."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
@@ -5211,15 +6019,14 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you"
-" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
+"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
+"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
 "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
 "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
@@ -5242,9 +6049,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to "
-"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
-"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
+"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
+"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -5264,8 +6071,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
 msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and "
-"<code>ntpd</code> services;"
+"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
+"code> services;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -5284,8 +6091,7 @@ msgstr "FTP seadistamine"
 msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
 msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
@@ -5293,15 +6099,17 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
-" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -5327,14 +6135,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5351,8 +6157,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Information"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5369,8 +6174,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5378,18 +6182,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>"
-" (File eXchange Protocol)"
+"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
+"(File eXchange Protocol)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5404,8 +6206,7 @@ msgstr "Puhverserveri seadistamine"
 msgid "drakwizard squid"
 msgstr "drakwizard squid"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
@@ -5413,9 +6214,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
@@ -5451,8 +6254,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5462,8 +6264,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5480,8 +6281,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5497,8 +6297,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select Network Access Control"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5506,8 +6305,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5515,16 +6314,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Grant Network Access"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5532,8 +6329,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5548,8 +6344,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5557,12 +6352,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
 msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5572,8 +6366,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Start during boot?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5585,8 +6378,7 @@ msgid ""
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5599,56 +6391,49 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
 msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in "
-"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
+"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
+"orig;</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from "
-"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
+"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
+"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
 msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
 msgid "cache_mem"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
 msgid "http_port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
 msgid ""
 "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5668,8 +6453,7 @@ msgstr "OpenSSH deemoni seadistamine"
 msgid "drakwizard sshd"
 msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
@@ -5677,15 +6461,17 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
-" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -5698,8 +6484,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
 "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,"
-" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
+"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
+"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
 "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
 "respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5719,8 +6505,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5728,9 +6513,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or "
-"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
+"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5738,8 +6522,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "General Options"
 msgstr "Üldised valikud"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5756,8 +6539,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Authentication Methods"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5774,8 +6556,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Logging"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5783,8 +6564,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
 msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5792,8 +6573,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Login Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5808,8 +6588,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User Login Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5825,8 +6604,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5838,14 +6616,12 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5860,8 +6636,7 @@ msgstr "Süsteemi teenuste haldamine"
 msgid "drakxservices"
 msgstr "drakxservices"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:8
 msgid "drakxservices.png"
 msgstr "drakxservices.png"
@@ -5869,9 +6644,11 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:10
@@ -5883,8 +6660,7 @@ msgstr "Riistvara seadistamine"
 msgid "harddrake2"
 msgstr "harddrake2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:17
 msgid "harddrake2.png"
 msgstr "harddrake2.png"
@@ -5892,9 +6668,11 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:22
@@ -5904,7 +6682,11 @@ msgid ""
 "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
 "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
 "lst</code> package."
-msgstr "See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> annab üldise ülevaate arvuti riistvarast. Tööriista käivitamisel üritab see tuvastada kogu kättesaadava riistvara. Selleks kasutatakse käsku <code>ldetect </code>, mis võtab aluseks riistvara loendi tarkvarapaketis <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> annab üldise ülevaate "
+"arvuti riistvarast. Tööriista käivitamisel üritab see tuvastada kogu "
+"kättesaadava riistvara. Selleks kasutatakse käsku <code>ldetect </code>, mis "
+"võtab aluseks riistvara loendi tarkvarapaketis <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:31
@@ -5922,7 +6704,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
 "grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
 "category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr "Vasakpoolses paneelis näeb tuvastatud riistvara loendit. Seadmed on rühmitatud kategooriate kaupa. Märgile &gt; klõpsates näeb kategooria sisu. Selles paneelis saab valida mis tahes seadme, mille vastu huvi tunnete."
+msgstr ""
+"Vasakpoolses paneelis näeb tuvastatud riistvara loendit. Seadmed on "
+"rühmitatud kategooriate kaupa. Märgile &gt; klõpsates näeb kategooria sisu. "
+"Selles paneelis saab valida mis tahes seadme, mille vastu huvi tunnete."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:39
@@ -5930,14 +6715,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
 "<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
 "about the content of the fields."
-msgstr "Parempoolses paneelis näeb teavet valitud seadme kohta. Menüükäsuga <guimenu>Abi -&gt; Väljade kirjeldus</guimenu> saab lähemat teavet väljade sisu kohta."
+msgstr ""
+"Parempoolses paneelis näeb teavet valitud seadme kohta. Menüükäsuga "
+"<guimenu>Abi -&gt; Väljade kirjeldus</guimenu> saab lähemat teavet väljade "
+"sisu kohta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are"
-" available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr "Sõltuvalt valitud seadmest võib parempoolse paneeli allosas olla näha üks või kaks nuppu:"
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
+"available at the bottom of the right column:"
+msgstr ""
+"Sõltuvalt valitud seadmest võib parempoolse paneeli allosas olla näha üks "
+"või kaks nuppu:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:48
@@ -5945,21 +6735,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
 "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
 "used by experts only."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Aktiivse draiveri võtmete määramine</guibutton>: selle abil saab muuta mooduli parameetreid, mis on seotud valitud seadmega. See on mõeldud ainult asjatundjatele."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Aktiivse draiveri võtmete määramine</guibutton>: selle abil saab "
+"muuta mooduli parameetreid, mis on seotud valitud seadmega. See on mõeldud "
+"ainult asjatundjatele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
 "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Seadistamistööriista käivitamine</guibutton>: selle abil saab käivitada tööriista, millega on võimalik seadet seadistada. Sageli saab sama tööriista avada ka otse Mageia juhtimiskeskusest."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Seadistamistööriista käivitamine</guibutton>: selle abil saab "
+"käivitada tööriista, millega on võimalik seadet seadistada. Sageli saab sama "
+"tööriista avada ka otse Mageia juhtimiskeskusest."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
 "enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr "Menüüs <guimenu>Valikud</guimenu> saab märkekastidega sisse või välja lülitada mõningate seadmete automaatse tuvastamise:"
+msgstr ""
+"Menüüs <guimenu>Valikud</guimenu> saab märkekastidega sisse või välja "
+"lülitada mõningate seadmete automaatse tuvastamise:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:73
@@ -5982,7 +6780,11 @@ msgid ""
 "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
 "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
 "be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr "Vaikimisi neid automaatselt ei tuvastata, sest see võtab palju aega. Automaatne tuvastamine on mõtet lubada siis, kui teil tõesti leidub niisugust riistvara. Automaatne tuvastamine võetakse sel juhul ette tööriista järgmisel käivitamisel."
+msgstr ""
+"Vaikimisi neid automaatselt ei tuvastata, sest see võtab palju aega. "
+"Automaatne tuvastamine on mõtet lubada siis, kui teil tõesti leidub "
+"niisugust riistvara. Automaatne tuvastamine võetakse sel juhul ette "
+"tööriista järgmisel käivitamisel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
@@ -5994,8 +6796,7 @@ msgstr "Klaviatuuri seadistamine"
 msgid "keyboarddrake"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
 msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
@@ -6003,9 +6804,11 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
@@ -6015,7 +6818,12 @@ msgid ""
 "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
 "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
 "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr "Tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> keyboarddrake võimaldab põhijoontes seadistada Mageias kasutatava klaviatuuri. Siinne valik mõjutab kõigi süsteemi kasutajate klaviatuuripaigutust. Tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneeli Riistvara sektsioonist \"Hiire ja klaviatuuri seadistamine\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> keyboarddrake võimaldab "
+"põhijoontes seadistada Mageias kasutatava klaviatuuri. Siinne valik mõjutab "
+"kõigi süsteemi kasutajate klaviatuuripaigutust. Tööriista leiab Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskuses paneeli Riistvara sektsioonist \"Hiire ja klaviatuuri "
+"seadistamine\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
@@ -6025,10 +6833,13 @@ msgstr "Klaviatuuripaigutus"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed"
-" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity "
-"each layout should be used for."
-msgstr "Siin saab valida klaviatuuripaigutuse. Tähestiku järjekorras toodud nimed kirjeldavad keelt, riiki ja/või rahvast, mille või kelle jaoks antud paigutus sobib."
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
+"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
+"layout should be used for."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab valida klaviatuuripaigutuse. Tähestiku järjekorras toodud nimed "
+"kirjeldavad keelt, riiki ja/või rahvast, mille või kelle jaoks antud "
+"paigutus sobib."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
@@ -6040,7 +6851,9 @@ msgstr "Klaviatuuritüüp"
 msgid ""
 "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
 "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr "Siin saab valida, millist klaviatuuritüüpi kasutada. Kui te pole kindel, on kõige mõttekam jätta kehtima vaikimisi valik."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab valida, millist klaviatuuritüüpi kasutada. Kui te pole kindel, on "
+"kõige mõttekam jätta kehtima vaikimisi valik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:10
@@ -6052,8 +6865,7 @@ msgstr "Süsteemi lokaliseerimine"
 msgid "localedrake"
 msgstr "localedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:18
 msgid "localedrake.png"
 msgstr "localedrake.png"
@@ -6061,9 +6873,11 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
@@ -6073,14 +6887,20 @@ msgid ""
 "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
 "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Süsteem\" sektsioonis \"Lokaliseerimine\". See avab akna, kus saab valida keele. Pakutavas valikus on arvestatud keeltega, mis valiti paigaldamise ajal."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Süsteem\" sektsioonis \"Lokaliseerimine\". See "
+"avab akna, kus saab valida keele. Pakutavas valikus on arvestatud keeltega, "
+"mis valiti paigaldamise ajal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
 "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr "Nupuga <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> saab sisse lülitada ühilduvuse vanema kodeeringuga (mis ei ole UTF-8)."
+msgstr ""
+"Nupuga <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> saab sisse lülitada ühilduvuse "
+"vanema kodeeringuga (mis ei ole UTF-8)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:34
@@ -6088,7 +6908,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
 "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
 "countries not listed."
-msgstr "Teises aknas on näha riikide nimekiri, mis vastab valitud keelele. Nupuga <guibutton>Muud riigid</guibutton> saab avada nimekirjas mitteleiduvate riikide loendi."
+msgstr ""
+"Teises aknas on näha riikide nimekiri, mis vastab valitud keelele. Nupuga "
+"<guibutton>Muud riigid</guibutton> saab avada nimekirjas mitteleiduvate "
+"riikide loendi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:38
@@ -6107,14 +6930,21 @@ msgid ""
 "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
 "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
 "Korean, etc)."
-msgstr "Aknas <guilabel>Muud riigid</guilabel> saab ühtlasi valida sisestusmeetodi (nimekirja alt rippmenüüst). Sisestusmeetodid võimaldavad kirjutada tähti ja sümboleid, mida ei leidu klaviatuuril või muul sisestusseadmel. Eriti tarvilik on see näiteks hiina, jaapani, korea ja muude mitte-ladina keelte märkide sujuvaks sisestamiseks."
+msgstr ""
+"Aknas <guilabel>Muud riigid</guilabel> saab ühtlasi valida sisestusmeetodi "
+"(nimekirja alt rippmenüüst). Sisestusmeetodid võimaldavad kirjutada tähti ja "
+"sümboleid, mida ei leidu klaviatuuril või muul sisestusseadmel. Eriti "
+"tarvilik on see näiteks hiina, jaapani, korea ja muude mitte-ladina keelte "
+"märkide sujuvaks sisestamiseks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
 "users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr "Aasia ja Aafrika lokaatide korral on IBus määratud vaikimisi sisestusmeetodiks, nii et kasutajal polegi vaja seda hakata eraldi määrama."
+msgstr ""
+"Aasia ja Aafrika lokaatide korral on IBus määratud vaikimisi "
+"sisestusmeetodiks, nii et kasutajal polegi vaja seda hakata eraldi määrama."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:50
@@ -6122,7 +6952,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
 "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
 "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Teised sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne.) pakuvad samalaadseid võimalusi. Kui neid rippmenüüs näha pole, tuleb vastavad tarkvarapaketid kõigepealt paigaldada, mida saab teha juhtimiskeskuse teises sektsioonis, millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Teised sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne.) pakuvad samalaadseid "
+"võimalusi. Kui neid rippmenüüs näha pole, tuleb vastavad tarkvarapaketid "
+"kõigepealt paigaldada, mida saab teha juhtimiskeskuse teises sektsioonis, "
+"millest kõneleb peatükk <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:3
@@ -6134,8 +6968,7 @@ msgstr "Süsteemi logifailide vaatamine ja neis otsimine"
 msgid "logdrake"
 msgstr "logdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:10
 msgid "logdrake.png"
 msgstr "logdrake.png"
@@ -6143,17 +6976,22 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system "
-"logs</guilabel>\"."
-msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Süsteem\" sektsioonist <guilabel>Haldamistööriistad</guilabel>."
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
+"guilabel>\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskuses paneeli \"Süsteem\" sektsioonist "
+"<guilabel>Haldamistööriistad</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:22
@@ -6163,27 +7001,42 @@ msgstr "Logides otsimine"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to "
-"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)"
-"  to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is"
-" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of "
-"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected "
-"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> "
-"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the "
-"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by "
-"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr "Kõigepealt tuleb sisestada sõna, mida soovite otsida, väljale <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sobib</emphasis> ja soovi korral sõna, mida Te <emphasis>ei soovi</emphasis> leida, väljale <emphasis role=\"bold\">aga ei sobi</emphasis>. Seejärel valige sektsioonis <guilabel>Faili valimine</guilabel> fail või failid, milles otsida. Lisaks võib otsingut piirata ka üheainsa päevaga. Valige see päev <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalendris</emphasis>, kasutades kuu ja aasta kõrval asuvaid noolekesi ning märkides kastikese \"<guibutton>Ainult valitud päeval näitamine</guibutton>\". Viimaks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Otsi</guibutton> ja näete tulemusi sektsioonis <guilabel>Faili sisu</guilabel>. Soovi korral võib tulemuse salvestada .txt-vormingus faili, klõpsates nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvesta</emphasis>."
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
+"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
+"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
+"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
+"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
+"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
+"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
+"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Kõigepealt tuleb sisestada sõna, mida soovite otsida, väljale <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Sobib</emphasis> ja soovi korral sõna, mida Te <emphasis>ei soovi</"
+"emphasis> leida, väljale <emphasis role=\"bold\">aga ei sobi</emphasis>. "
+"Seejärel valige sektsioonis <guilabel>Faili valimine</guilabel> fail või "
+"failid, milles otsida. Lisaks võib otsingut piirata ka üheainsa päevaga. "
+"Valige see päev <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalendris</emphasis>, kasutades kuu "
+"ja aasta kõrval asuvaid noolekesi ning märkides kastikese "
+"\"<guibutton>Ainult valitud päeval näitamine</guibutton>\". Viimaks klõpsake "
+"nupule <guibutton>Otsi</guibutton> ja näete tulemusi sektsioonis "
+"<guilabel>Faili sisu</guilabel>. Soovi korral võib tulemuse salvestada .txt-"
+"vormingus faili, klõpsates nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvesta</"
+"emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia"
-" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs "
-"are updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Mageia tööriistade logid</guibutton> sisaldavad Mageia seadistamistööriistade (näiteks need, mida leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses) logisid. Neid logisid uuendatakse iga kord, kui muudetakse mõnda seadistust."
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
+"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
+"updated each time a configuration is modified."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Mageia tööriistade logid</guibutton> sisaldavad Mageia "
+"seadistamistööriistade (näiteks need, mida leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses) "
+"logisid. Neid logisid uuendatakse iga kord, kui muudetakse mõnda seadistust."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:43
@@ -6196,17 +7049,24 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
 "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
 "address."
-msgstr "Võimaluse <guibutton>Hoiatus e-kirjaga</guibutton> kasutamisel kontrollitakse süsteemi koormust ja teenuseid automaatselt iga tunni järel ja vajaduse korral saadetakse e-kiri määratud aadressile."
+msgstr ""
+"Võimaluse <guibutton>Hoiatus e-kirjaga</guibutton> kasutamisel "
+"kontrollitakse süsteemi koormust ja teenuseid automaatselt iga tunni järel "
+"ja vajaduse korral saadetakse e-kiri määratud aadressile."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail "
-"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> "
-"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the "
-"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to "
-"look watch. (See screenshot above)."
-msgstr "Selle seadistamiseks klõpsake nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hoiatus e-kirjaga</emphasis> ja valige ilmuvas aknas rippmenüüst <guibutton>E-kirjaga hoiatamise süsteemi seadistamine</guibutton>. Siis kuvatakse kõiki töötavaid teenuseid ning Te saate valida, milliseid soovite jälgida."
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
+"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
+"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
+"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
+"(See screenshot above)."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle seadistamiseks klõpsake nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hoiatus e-"
+"kirjaga</emphasis> ja valige ilmuvas aknas rippmenüüst <guibutton>E-kirjaga "
+"hoiatamise süsteemi seadistamine</guibutton>. Siis kuvatakse kõiki töötavaid "
+"teenuseid ning Te saate valida, milliseid soovite jälgida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:55
@@ -6253,8 +7113,7 @@ msgstr "Xinetd'i teenus"
 msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
 msgstr "BIND'i domeeninime lahendamise teenus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:91
 msgid "logdrake1.png"
 msgstr "logdrake1.png"
@@ -6263,11 +7122,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png"
 #: en/logdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows"
-" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
+"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
 "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
 "to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr "Seejärel saab valida <guilabel>koormuse</guilabel> väärtuse, mida peate vastuvõetavaks. Koormus tähendab protsesside hulka: suur koormus aeglustab süsteemi tööd ja väga suur koormus võib tähendada, et mõni protsess on kontrolli alt väljunud. Vaikimisi väärtus on 3. Soovitav oleks väärtuseks määrata protsessorite arv korrutatud kolmega."
+msgstr ""
+"Seejärel saab valida <guilabel>koormuse</guilabel> väärtuse, mida peate "
+"vastuvõetavaks. Koormus tähendab protsesside hulka: suur koormus aeglustab "
+"süsteemi tööd ja väga suur koormus võib tähendada, et mõni protsess on "
+"kontrolli alt väljunud. Vaikimisi väärtus on 3. Soovitav oleks väärtuseks "
+"määrata protsessorite arv korrutatud kolmega."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:103
@@ -6275,7 +7139,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
 "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
 "or on the Internet)."
-msgstr "Lõpuks saab sisestada isiku <guilabel>e-posti aadressi</guilabel>, kellele hoiatus saadetakse, ja kasutatava <guilabel>e-posti serveri</guilabel> (kohalik või internetis)."
+msgstr ""
+"Lõpuks saab sisestada isiku <guilabel>e-posti aadressi</guilabel>, kellele "
+"hoiatus saadetakse, ja kasutatava <guilabel>e-posti serveri</guilabel> "
+"(kohalik või internetis)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
@@ -6290,25 +7157,33 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr "Seda tööriista <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab käivitada ja kasutada ainult käsureal."
+msgstr ""
+"Seda tööriista <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab käivitada ja "
+"kasutada ainult käsureal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the "
-"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme Teile juba ette tänulikud."
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
+"advance."
+msgstr ""
+"See lehekülg on seni veel kirjutamata. Kui arvate, et võite sobiva abiteksti "
+"ise kirja panna, võtke palun ühendust <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga.</link> Oleme Teile "
+"juba ette tänulikud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
@@ -6323,9 +7198,11 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
@@ -6333,18 +7210,23 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
 "root."
-msgstr "Seda tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab käivitada ja kasutada ainult käsureal. Administraatori õigustes käivitatuna annab see pisut rohkem teavet kui muidu."
+msgstr ""
+"Seda tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab käivitada ja "
+"kasutada ainult käsureal. Administraatori õigustes käivitatuna annab see "
+"pisut rohkem teavet kui muidu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,"
-" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
+"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
+"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
 "packages to work."
-msgstr "Tööriist lspcidrake näitab kõiki arvutiga ühendatud seadmeid (USB, PCI ja PCMCIA) ning kasutusel olevaid draivereid. Töötamiseks vajab see tarkvarapakette ldetect ja ldetect-lst."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriist lspcidrake näitab kõiki arvutiga ühendatud seadmeid (USB, PCI ja "
+"PCMCIA) ning kasutusel olevaid draivereid. Töötamiseks vajab see "
+"tarkvarapakette ldetect ja ldetect-lst."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
 msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
@@ -6360,7 +7242,10 @@ msgstr "Võtmega -v lisab lspcidrake ka tootja ja seadme tuvastustunnused."
 msgid ""
 "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
 "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr "Tööriist lspcidrake esitab sageli väga pika nimekirja, mistõttu vajaliku teabe leidmiseks suunatakse see sageli edasi käsuga grep, nagu järgmistes näidetes:"
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriist lspcidrake esitab sageli väga pika nimekirja, mistõttu vajaliku "
+"teabe leidmiseks suunatakse see sageli edasi käsuga grep, nagu järgmistes "
+"näidetes:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
@@ -6392,10 +7277,11 @@ msgstr "Võti -i võimaldab jätta tähelepanuta erinevused tähesuuruses."
 msgid ""
 "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
 "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr "Allpool oleval ekraanipildil tasub pöörata tähelepanu lspcidrake'i võtmele -v ja grep'i võtmele -i."
+msgstr ""
+"Allpool oleval ekraanipildil tasub pöörata tähelepanu lspcidrake'i võtmele -"
+"v ja grep'i võtmele -i."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
 msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
@@ -6405,7 +7291,10 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgid ""
 "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
 "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr "On veel teinegi tööriist, mis annab teavet riistvara kohta: see on <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (käivitada tuleb administraatori õigustes)."
+msgstr ""
+"On veel teinegi tööriist, mis annab teavet riistvara kohta: see on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (käivitada tuleb administraatori "
+"õigustes)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
@@ -6417,8 +7306,7 @@ msgstr "Tarkvara uuendamine"
 msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate või drakrpm-update"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
@@ -6426,18 +7314,23 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
-"update</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> või <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
+"emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> või <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
-"management.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tarkvara.</emphasis>¶"
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tarkvara.</emphasis>¶"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18
@@ -6445,27 +7338,37 @@ msgid ""
 "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-"
 "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
 "prompted to do so."
-msgstr "Töötamiseks vajab MageiaUpdate tarkvarahoidlaid, mis on seadistatud tööriistaga rpmdrake-edit-media nii, et mõned andmekandjad oleksid märgitud uuendusi sisaldavateks andmekandjateks. Kui seda pole varem tehtud, palutakse teil see nüüd ette võtta."
+msgstr ""
+"Töötamiseks vajab MageiaUpdate tarkvarahoidlaid, mis on seadistatud "
+"tööriistaga rpmdrake-edit-media nii, et mõned andmekandjad oleksid märgitud "
+"uuendusi sisaldavateks andmekandjateks. Kui seda pole varem tehtud, "
+"palutakse teil see nüüd ette võtta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by"
-" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
+"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
 "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr "Kohe käivitamise järel uurib tööriist paigaldatud tarkvarapakette ja näitab nende nimekirja, millele on hoidlates uuendus. Vaikimisi valitakse need kõik allalaadimiseks ja paigaldamiseks. Selle alustamiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Uuenda</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kohe käivitamise järel uurib tööriist paigaldatud tarkvarapakette ja näitab "
+"nende nimekirja, millele on hoidlates uuendus. Vaikimisi valitakse need kõik "
+"allalaadimiseks ja paigaldamiseks. Selle alustamiseks klõpsake nupule "
+"<guibutton>Uuenda</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of"
-" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
+"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
 "means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr "Paketile klõpsates näidatakse akna alumises pooles rohkem infot. Märk<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> kirje ees tähendab, et sellele klõpsates näeb kirje alla koondatud teavet."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketile klõpsates näidatakse akna alumises pooles rohkem infot. "
+"Märk<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> kirje ees tähendab, et sellele "
+"klõpsates näeb kirje alla koondatud teavet."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
@@ -6474,17 +7377,19 @@ msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
-". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr "uuenduste olemasolul annab süsteemisalves tegutsev aplett sellest teada punase ikooniga <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . Süsteemi uuendamiseks klõpsake sellele ja sisestage kasutaja parool."
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
+"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+msgstr ""
+"uuenduste olemasolul annab süsteemisalves tegutsev aplett sellest teada "
+"punase ikooniga <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . "
+"Süsteemi uuendamiseks klõpsake sellele ja sisestage kasutaja parool."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
 msgid "Boot"
 msgstr "Algkäivitus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-boot.png"
 msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
@@ -6494,7 +7399,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
 "steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme alglaadimist seadistada võimaldava tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme alglaadimist seadistada võimaldava "
+"tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
@@ -6521,8 +7428,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
 msgid "Hardware"
 msgstr "Riistvara"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
@@ -6532,23 +7438,25 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
 "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme riistvara seadistamist võimaldava tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme riistvara seadistamist võimaldava "
+"tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
 msgid "Manage your hardware"
 msgstr "Riistvara haldamine"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure "
-"hardware</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Riistvara uurimine ja seadistamine</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Riistvara uurimine ja "
+"seadistamine</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
@@ -6558,16 +7466,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgid "Configure graphics"
 msgstr "Graafika seadistamine"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop "
-"effects</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Ruumilise töölaua efektide seadistamine</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Ruumilise töölaua efektide "
+"seadistamine</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
@@ -6577,14 +7485,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
 msgstr "Hiire ja klaviatuuri seadistamine"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
@@ -6594,16 +7500,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
 msgstr "Trükkimise ja skannimise seadistamine"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),"
-" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Printerite, trükitööde ja muu sellise seadistamine</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
+"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Printerite, trükitööde "
+"ja muu sellise seadistamine</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
@@ -6613,8 +7519,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Others"
 msgstr "Muu"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
@@ -6631,43 +7536,53 @@ msgid ""
 "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
 "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
 "selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr "Mageia juhtimiskeskus (MCC) pakub vasakul paneelil kaheksa võimalust valida sobiv alajaotus - või isegi kümme, kui paigaldatud on ka tarkvarapakett drakwizard. Igas alajaotuses leiduvad mitmesugused tööriistad, mida näeb parempoolsel suurel paneelil."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia juhtimiskeskus (MCC) pakub vasakul paneelil kaheksa võimalust valida "
+"sobiv alajaotus - või isegi kümme, kui paigaldatud on ka tarkvarapakett "
+"drakwizard. Igas alajaotuses leiduvad mitmesugused tööriistad, mida näeb "
+"parempoolsel suurel paneelil."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
 msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related "
-"tools."
-msgstr "Järgnevas kümnes peatükis tutvustataksegi kõiki alajaotusi ja neis leiduvaid tööriistu."
+"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
+msgstr ""
+"Järgnevas kümnes peatükis tutvustataksegi kõiki alajaotusi ja neis leiduvaid "
+"tööriistu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
 msgid ""
 "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
 "any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr "Viimane peatükk tutvustab mõningaid selliseid Mageia tööriistu, mida ei leia ühestki juhtimiskeskuse alajaotusest."
+msgstr ""
+"Viimane peatükk tutvustab mõningaid selliseid Mageia tööriistu, mida ei leia "
+"ühestki juhtimiskeskuse alajaotusest."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
 "screens."
-msgstr "Osade pealkirjad kattuvad tihtipeale vastavate tööriistade aknas nähtavate pealkirjadega."
+msgstr ""
+"Osade pealkirjad kattuvad tihtipeale vastavate tööriistade aknas nähtavate "
+"pealkirjadega."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
 "the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr "Kasutada saab ka otsingut, milleks tuleb vasakpoolses veerus klõpsata sakile \"Otsing\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Kasutada saab ka otsingut, milleks tuleb vasakpoolses veerus klõpsata sakile "
+"\"Otsing\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
 msgid "Local disks"
 msgstr "Kohalikud kettad"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
@@ -6677,7 +7592,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
 "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme kohalikke kettaid hallata või jagada võimaldava tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme kohalikke kettaid hallata või jagada "
+"võimaldava tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini "
+"tundma õppida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
@@ -6699,8 +7617,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network Services"
 msgstr "Võrguteenused"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
@@ -6708,11 +7625,16 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if"
-" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
+"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
 "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
 "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr "See ja paneel <emphasis>Failide jagamine</emphasis> on näha ainult siis, kui paigaldatud on tarkvarapakett <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Siit leiab mitu tööriista mitmesuguste serverite häälestamiseks. Täpsemalt saate teada, kui klõpsate mõnel allpool oleval lingil; samuti kõneleb sellest peatükk <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"See ja paneel <emphasis>Failide jagamine</emphasis> on näha ainult siis, kui "
+"paigaldatud on tarkvarapakett <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Siit leiab "
+"mitu tööriista mitmesuguste serverite häälestamiseks. Täpsemalt saate teada, "
+"kui klõpsate mõnel allpool oleval lingil; samuti kõneleb sellest peatükk "
+"<xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
@@ -6744,8 +7666,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
 msgid "Network Sharing"
 msgstr "Võrgu jagamine"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
@@ -6755,40 +7676,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
 "directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme ketaste ja kataloogide jagamist võimaldava tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme ketaste ja kataloogide jagamist võimaldava "
+"tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
 msgstr "Windows(R) jagatud ressursside seadistamine"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
 "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Ketaste ja kataloogide jagamine Windowsi (SMB) süsteemiga</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Ketaste ja kataloogide "
+"jagamine Windowsi (SMB) süsteemiga</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
 msgid "Configure NFS shares"
 msgstr "NFS-ressursside seadistamine"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
@@ -6798,8 +7719,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
 msgstr "WebDAV-ressursside seadistamine"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
@@ -6809,8 +7729,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network and Internet"
 msgstr "Kohtvõrk ja internet"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:8
 msgid "mcc-network.png"
 msgstr "mcc-network.png"
@@ -6818,29 +7737,28 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link"
-" below to learn more."
-msgstr "Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme võrgu seadistamist võimaldava tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
+"below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme võrgu seadistamist võimaldava tööriista "
+"vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:18
 msgid "Manage your network devices"
 msgstr "Võrguseadmete haldamine"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:21
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:25
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:29
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"></xref>"
@@ -6850,32 +7768,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"></xref>"
 msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
 msgstr "Võrgu personaliseerimine ja turvamine"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:39
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:43
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:47
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:51
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:61
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"></xref>"
@@ -6885,8 +7798,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"></xref>"
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "Turvalisus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-security.png"
 msgstr "mcc-security.png"
@@ -6896,14 +7808,18 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
 "link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme turbetööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme turbetööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool "
+"linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
 "permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja auditi seadistamine</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja "
+"auditi seadistamine</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:25
@@ -6930,8 +7846,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
 msgid "Sharing"
 msgstr "Failide jagamine"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
@@ -6940,10 +7855,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can"
-" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
+"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
 "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr "See ja paneel <emphasis>Võrguteenused</emphasis> on näha ainult siis, kui paigaldatud on tarkvarapakett <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Siit leiab mitu tööriista mitmesuguste serverite häälestamiseks. Täpsemalt saate teada, kui klõpsate mõnel allpool oleval lingil; samuti kõneleb sellest peatükk <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"See ja paneel <emphasis>Võrguteenused</emphasis> on näha ainult siis, kui "
+"paigaldatud on tarkvarapakett <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Siit leiab "
+"mitu tööriista mitmesuguste serverite häälestamiseks. Täpsemalt saate teada, "
+"kui klõpsate mõnel allpool oleval lingil; samuti kõneleb sellest peatükk "
+"<xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
@@ -6960,8 +7880,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
 msgid "System"
 msgstr "Süsteem"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-system.png"
 msgstr "mcc-system.png"
@@ -6971,27 +7890,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
 "tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme süsteemi haldamise tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme süsteemi haldamise tööriista vahel. "
+"Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:18
 msgid "Manage system services"
 msgstr "Süsteemi teenuste haldamine"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:20
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
@@ -7001,14 +7919,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgid "Localization"
 msgstr "Lokaliseerimine"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:37
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
@@ -7018,34 +7934,31 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgid "Administration tools"
 msgstr "Haldamistööriistad"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on "
-"system</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Süsteemi kasutajate haldamine</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Süsteemi kasutajate "
+"haldamine</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:62
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:66
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
@@ -7059,25 +7972,35 @@ msgstr "Mageia juhtimiskeskus"
 #: en/MCC.xml:6
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 litsentsile <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 "
+"litsentsile <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:9
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco "
+"CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui "
+"soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"
+"\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
@@ -7089,8 +8012,7 @@ msgstr "Uuendamissageduse seadistamine"
 msgid "mgaapplet-config"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
@@ -7098,28 +8020,38 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
-"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / "
-"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tarkvara</emphasis>. Samuti saab selle avada kontekstimenüü käsuga <guimenu>Uuendamise seadistamine</guimenu>, mida näeb, kui teha süstemisalves paremklõps punasel ikoonil <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>."
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
+"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
+"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
+"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tarkvara</emphasis>. "
+"Samuti saab selle avada kontekstimenüü käsuga <guimenu>Uuendamise "
+"seadistamine</guimenu>, mida näeb, kui teha süstemisalves paremklõps punasel "
+"ikoonil <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
 "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is "
-"out."
-msgstr "Esimene liugur võimaldab muuta sagedust, millega Mageia kontrollib uuenduste olemasolu, teine liugur aga viivitust pärast käivitamist, mille järel võetakse ette esimene kontroll. Märkekastiga saab määrata, kas süsteem peaks teavitama Mageia uue väljalaske ilmumisest või mitte."
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
+msgstr ""
+"Esimene liugur võimaldab muuta sagedust, millega Mageia kontrollib uuenduste "
+"olemasolu, teine liugur aga viivitust pärast käivitamist, mille järel "
+"võetakse ette esimene kontroll. Märkekastiga saab määrata, kas süsteem peaks "
+"teavitama Mageia uue väljalaske ilmumisest või mitte."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:3
@@ -7131,8 +8063,7 @@ msgstr "Osutusseadme (hiir, puutepadi) seadistamine"
 msgid "mousedrake"
 msgstr "mousedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:11
 msgid "mousedrake.png"
 msgstr "mousedrake.png"
@@ -7140,23 +8071,29 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Riistvara</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Riistvara</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by"
-" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr "Et hiirt läheb vaja juba Mageia paigaldamisel, on selle seadistanud juba varem Drakinstall. Tööriista läheb aga tarvis uue hiire paigaldamisel."
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
+"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Et hiirt läheb vaja juba Mageia paigaldamisel, on selle seadistanud juba "
+"varem Drakinstall. Tööriista läheb aga tarvis uue hiire paigaldamisel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:23
@@ -7165,7 +8102,11 @@ msgid ""
 "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
 "PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
 "immediately taken into account."
-msgstr "Hiired on korraldatud ühenduse tüübi ja nende all mudelite järgi. Valige oma hiir ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Enamasti peaks vähegi tänapäevasele hiirele sobima \"Universaalne / Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir\". Uus hiir võetakse kohe kasutusele."
+msgstr ""
+"Hiired on korraldatud ühenduse tüübi ja nende all mudelite järgi. Valige oma "
+"hiir ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>. Enamasti peaks vähegi "
+"tänapäevasele hiirele sobima \"Universaalne / Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir\". "
+"Uus hiir võetakse kohe kasutusele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:3
@@ -7177,8 +8118,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: süsteemi turvalisus ja audit"
 msgid "msecgui"
 msgstr "msecgui"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:13
 msgid "msecgui.png"
 msgstr "msecgui.png"
@@ -7186,40 +8126,53 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface"
-" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
+"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
 "approaches:"
-msgstr "Tööriist msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> on programmi msec graafiline kasutajaliides, mis võimaldab seadistada süsteemi turvet kahel moel:"
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriist msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> on programmi msec "
+"graafiline kasutajaliides, mis võimaldab seadistada süsteemi turvet kahel "
+"moel:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
 "make it more secure."
-msgstr "Sellega saab paika panna süsteemi käitumise, mille korral msec kehtestab süsteemis muudatused, mis suurendavad selle turvalisust."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellega saab paika panna süsteemi käitumise, mille korral msec kehtestab "
+"süsteemis muudatused, mis suurendavad selle turvalisust."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
 "you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr "See lubab määrata kindlaks perioodilised kontrollid, mida võetakse süsteemis ette automaatselt, et hoiatada teid, kui miski paistab ohtlikuna."
+msgstr ""
+"See lubab määrata kindlaks perioodilised kontrollid, mida võetakse süsteemis "
+"ette automaatselt, et hoiatada teid, kui miski paistab ohtlikuna."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure"
-" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your"
-" own customised security levels."
-msgstr "Programm msec kasutab niinimetatud turbetasemete kontseptsiooni. Need tasemed hõlmavad teatavat süsteemsete õiguste kogumit, mille põhjal analüüsitakse süsteemis toimuvaid muutusi. Mõningad tasemed annab Mageia ette, aga neid saab oma soovi kohaselt muuta ja kohandada."
+"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
+"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
+"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
+"own customised security levels."
+msgstr ""
+"Programm msec kasutab niinimetatud turbetasemete kontseptsiooni. Need "
+"tasemed hõlmavad teatavat süsteemsete õiguste kogumit, mille põhjal "
+"analüüsitakse süsteemis toimuvaid muutusi. Mõningad tasemed annab Mageia "
+"ette, aga neid saab oma soovi kohaselt muuta ja kohandada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:45
@@ -7236,43 +8189,47 @@ msgstr "Pilt on näha ülal."
 msgid ""
 "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
 "button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr "Esimesel kaardil on ära toodud eri turbetööriistade loetelu, millest paremal asuvad nupud nende seadistamiseks:"
+msgstr ""
+"Esimesel kaardil on ära toodud eri turbetööriistade loetelu, millest paremal "
+"asuvad nupud nende seadistamiseks:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Tulemüür, mille leiab ka juhtimiskeskuses Turvalisus -> Isikliku tulemüüri seadistamine"
+msgstr ""
+"Tulemüür, mille leiab ka juhtimiskeskuses Turvalisus -> Isikliku tulemüüri "
+"seadistamine"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:59
 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr "Uuendused, mille leiab ka juhtimiskeskuses Tarkvara -> Süsteemi uuendamine"
+msgstr ""
+"Uuendused, mille leiab ka juhtimiskeskuses Tarkvara -> Süsteemi uuendamine"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:64
 msgid "msec itself with some information:"
 msgstr "Msec ise koos mõninga teabega:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:68
 msgid "enabled or not"
 msgstr "lubatud või mitte"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:72
 msgid "the configured Base security level"
 msgstr "seadistatud baasturbetase"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
 "and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr "viimaste perioodiliste kontrollide aeg ning nupud, mis vastavalt näitavad üksikasjalikumat teavet ja võimaldavad kontrolli kohe käivitada"
+msgstr ""
+"viimaste perioodiliste kontrollide aeg ning nupud, mis vastavalt näitavad "
+"üksikasjalikumat teavet ja võimaldavad kontrolli kohe käivitada"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:86
@@ -7282,13 +8239,13 @@ msgstr "Turbeseadistuste kaart"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:88
 msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security "
-"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown "
-"below."
-msgstr "Klõps teisele sakile või nupule Turve -> <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton> avab allnähtava akna."
+"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
+"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
+msgstr ""
+"Klõps teisele sakile või nupule Turve -> <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton> "
+"avab allnähtava akna."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:94
 msgid "msecgui2.png"
 msgstr "msecgui2.png"
@@ -7306,22 +8263,32 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Turbetasemed:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:106
 msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab"
-" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then"
-" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
+"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
+"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
+"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
 "following levels are available:"
-msgstr "Kui olete märkinud kastikese <guilabel>MSEC-i tööriista lubamine</guilabel>, saab siin kaardil topeltklõpsuga valida sobiva turbetaseme, mida pärast valimist näidatakse rasvases kirjas. Kui kastike on märkimata, kasutatakse taset « puudub ». Saadaval on järgmised tasemed:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete märkinud kastikese <guilabel>MSEC-i tööriista lubamine</guilabel>, "
+"saab siin kaardil topeltklõpsuga valida sobiva turbetaseme, mida pärast "
+"valimist näidatakse rasvases kirjas. Kui kastike on märkimata, kasutatakse "
+"taset « puudub ». Saadaval on järgmised tasemed:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:113
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you"
-" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on"
-" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only"
-" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
+"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
+"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
+"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
+"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
 "vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr "Tase <emphasis role=\"bold\">puudub</emphasis>. See on hea siis, kui te ei soovi, et msec majandaks süsteemi turbega, ja eelistate sellega omal käel hakkama saada. Sel tasemel keelatakse kõik turbekontrollid ning ei piirata mingil moel süsteemseid seadistusi. Palun valige see tase ainult siis, kui olete täiesti kindel, et teate, mida teete, sest sel juhul on teie süsteem rünnakutele avatud."
+msgstr ""
+"Tase <emphasis role=\"bold\">puudub</emphasis>. See on hea siis, kui te ei "
+"soovi, et msec majandaks süsteemi turbega, ja eelistate sellega omal käel "
+"hakkama saada. Sel tasemel keelatakse kõik turbekontrollid ning ei piirata "
+"mingil moel süsteemseid seadistusi. Palun valige see tase ainult siis, kui "
+"olete täiesti kindel, et teate, mida teete, sest sel juhul on teie süsteem "
+"rünnakutele avatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:122
@@ -7332,27 +8299,44 @@ msgid ""
 "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
 "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
 "versions)."
-msgstr "Tase <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis> on vaikimisi rakendatav seadistus, mida kasutatakse paigaldamisel, kui paigaldaja ei vali midagi muud. See tavalisele kasutajale sobiv tase sisaldab mõningaid süsteemsete seadistuste piiranguid ning käivitab igapäevased turbekontrollid, mis otsivad muudatusi süsteemsetes failides ja kontodes ning kataloogide õigustes, mis võivad anda võimaluse halba korda saata. (See tase on sarnane mseci varasemate versioonide tasemetega 2 ja 3.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Tase <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis> on vaikimisi rakendatav "
+"seadistus, mida kasutatakse paigaldamisel, kui paigaldaja ei vali midagi "
+"muud. See tavalisele kasutajale sobiv tase sisaldab mõningaid süsteemsete "
+"seadistuste piiranguid ning käivitab igapäevased turbekontrollid, mis "
+"otsivad muudatusi süsteemsetes failides ja kontodes ning kataloogide "
+"õigustes, mis võivad anda võimaluse halba korda saata. (See tase on sarnane "
+"mseci varasemate versioonide tasemetega 2 ja 3.)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:131
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when"
-" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts"
-" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and"
-" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr "Tase <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis> on mõeldud selleks, kui soovite, et süsteem oleks tõeliselt turvaline, aga siiski veel kasutatav. Süsteemi seadistusi piiratakse veelgi ning perioodilisi kontrollegi on rohkem. Lisaks piiratakse ligipääsu süsteemile. (See tase on sarnane mseci varasemate versioonide tasemetega 4 (kõrge) ja 5 (paranoiline).)"
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
+"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
+"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
+"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
+"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
+msgstr ""
+"Tase <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis> on mõeldud selleks, kui "
+"soovite, et süsteem oleks tõeliselt turvaline, aga siiski veel kasutatav. "
+"Süsteemi seadistusi piiratakse veelgi ning perioodilisi kontrollegi on "
+"rohkem. Lisaks piiratakse ligipääsu süsteemile. (See tase on sarnane mseci "
+"varasemate versioonide tasemetega 4 (kõrge) ja 5 (paranoiline).)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:140
 msgid ""
 "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-"
-"configure system security according to the most common use cases."
-msgstr "Lisaks mainitud tasemetele pakutakse veel mitmeid eesmärgipõhiseid turbetasemeid, näiteks <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> ja <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Nende puhul üritatakse süsteemi turve seadistada vastavalt levinumatele kasutusjuhtumitele."
+"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
+"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
+"the most common use cases."
+msgstr ""
+"Lisaks mainitud tasemetele pakutakse veel mitmeid eesmärgipõhiseid "
+"turbetasemeid, näiteks <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</emphasis>, "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> ja <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">netbook</emphasis>. Nende puhul üritatakse süsteemi turve seadistada "
+"vastavalt levinumatele kasutusjuhtumitele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:149
@@ -7360,25 +8344,37 @@ msgid ""
 "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
 "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
 "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr "Viimased kaks taset nimetustega <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> ja <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> ei ole õigupoolest päris turbetasemed, vaid pigem ainult tööriistad perioodiliste kontrollide tarbeks."
+msgstr ""
+"Viimased kaks taset nimetustega <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </"
+"emphasis> ja <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> ei ole "
+"õigupoolest päris turbetasemed, vaid pigem ainult tööriistad perioodiliste "
+"kontrollide tarbeks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:156
 msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in "
-"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define "
-"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called "
-"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder "
-"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power"
-" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration."
-msgstr "Tasemed salvestatakse faili <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;tasemenimi></filename>. Soovi korral võib paika panna omaenda kohandatud turbetaseme, salvestades selle failina <filename>level.&lt;tasemenimi></filename> kataloogis <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> See võimalus on mõistagi mõeldud väga kogenud kasutajatele, kellel on oma vajadused süsteemi turvet enda käe järgi kohendada."
+"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
+"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
+"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
+"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
+"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
+"configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"Tasemed salvestatakse faili <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;"
+"tasemenimi></filename>. Soovi korral võib paika panna omaenda kohandatud "
+"turbetaseme, salvestades selle failina <filename>level.&lt;tasemenimi></"
+"filename> kataloogis <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> See võimalus "
+"on mõistagi mõeldud väga kogenud kasutajatele, kellel on oma vajadused "
+"süsteemi turvet enda käe järgi kohendada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:165
 msgid ""
 "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
 "level settings."
-msgstr "Pidage kindlasti silmas, et kasutaja muudetud parameetreid arvestatakse enne vaiketaseme määratlusi."
+msgstr ""
+"Pidage kindlasti silmas, et kasutaja muudetud parameetreid arvestatakse enne "
+"vaiketaseme määratlusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:170
@@ -7388,23 +8384,34 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Turbehoiatused:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:173
 msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email "
-"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent "
-"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You"
-" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail"
-" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
+"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
+"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
+"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
+"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
+"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
 "the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
 "enable it."
-msgstr "Kui märkida ära kastike <guibutton>Turbehoiatuste saatmine e-postiga:</guibutton>, saadetakse mseci loodud turbehoiatused kohalikule e-posti aadressile turbeadministraatorile, kelle nimi tuleb kirja panna kõrval asuval väljal. Sinna võib kirjutada kas kohaliku kasutajanime või täieliku e-posti aadressi (selle huvides peavad olema vajalikult seadistatud kohalik e-post ja e-posti haldur). Samuti võib lasta turbehoiatusi näidata otse töölaual, milleks tuleb ära märkida vastav kastike."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui märkida ära kastike <guibutton>Turbehoiatuste saatmine e-postiga:</"
+"guibutton>, saadetakse mseci loodud turbehoiatused kohalikule e-posti "
+"aadressile turbeadministraatorile, kelle nimi tuleb kirja panna kõrval "
+"asuval väljal. Sinna võib kirjutada kas kohaliku kasutajanime või täieliku e-"
+"posti aadressi (selle huvides peavad olema vajalikult seadistatud kohalik e-"
+"post ja e-posti haldur). Samuti võib lasta turbehoiatusi näidata otse "
+"töölaual, milleks tuleb ära märkida vastav kastike."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:182
 msgid ""
 "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems."
-" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
+"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
+"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
 "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr "Turbehoiatuste edastamine on äärmiselt soovitatav sisse lülitada, et turbeadministraator saab õigeaegselt teada võimalikest probleemidest. Vastasel juhul peab administraator järjepidevalt uurima logifaile, mis salvestatakse kataloogi <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+"Turbehoiatuste edastamine on äärmiselt soovitatav sisse lülitada, et "
+"turbeadministraator saab õigeaegselt teada võimalikest probleemidest. "
+"Vastasel juhul peab administraator järjepidevalt uurima logifaile, mis "
+"salvestatakse kataloogi <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:188
@@ -7415,12 +8422,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Turbevalikud:</emphasis>"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:190
 msgid ""
 "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change"
-" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains "
-"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done "
-"to the options."
-msgstr "Kohandatud taseme loomine ei ole ainuke viis sättida arvuti turvet oma käe järgi: samamoodi võib kasutada tööriista eri kaarte, et muuta just neid valikuid, mida vaja. Mseci kehtiv seadistus on salvestatud faili <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. See sisaldab nii kehtivat turbetaseme nime kui ka loetelu kõigist muudetud valikutest."
+"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
+"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
+"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
+"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Kohandatud taseme loomine ei ole ainuke viis sättida arvuti turvet oma käe "
+"järgi: samamoodi võib kasutada tööriista eri kaarte, et muuta just neid "
+"valikuid, mida vaja. Mseci kehtiv seadistus on salvestatud faili <filename>/"
+"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. See sisaldab nii kehtivat "
+"turbetaseme nime kui ka loetelu kõigist muudetud valikutest."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:199
@@ -7431,12 +8443,13 @@ msgstr "Süsteemi turvalisuse kaart"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:201
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side"
-" column."
-msgstr "Sellel kaardil võib näha vasakus veerus turbevalikut, keskmises veerus selle kirjeldust ja paremas veerus kehtivat väärtust."
+"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
+"column."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellel kaardil võib näha vasakus veerus turbevalikut, keskmises veerus selle "
+"kirjeldust ja paremas veerus kehtivat väärtust."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:207
 msgid "msecgui3.png"
 msgstr "msecgui3.png"
@@ -7449,10 +8462,13 @@ msgid ""
 "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
 "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Mõne valiku muutmiseks tehke sellel topeltklõps, mille järel ilmub uus aken (vt pilti allpool). Selles on näha valiku nimi, lühike kirjeldus, kehtiv ja vaikeväärtus ning ripploend, milles saab valida uue väärtuse. Klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> saab muudatuse kinnitada."
+msgstr ""
+"Mõne valiku muutmiseks tehke sellel topeltklõps, mille järel ilmub uus aken "
+"(vt pilti allpool). Selles on näha valiku nimi, lühike kirjeldus, kehtiv ja "
+"vaikeväärtus ning ripploend, milles saab valida uue väärtuse. Klõpsuga "
+"nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> saab muudatuse kinnitada."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:219
 msgid "msecgui11.png"
 msgstr "msecgui11.png"
@@ -7464,10 +8480,13 @@ msgid ""
 "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
 "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
 "saving them."
-msgstr "Ärge unustage tööriista sulgedes oma seadistust lõplikult salvestamast menüükäsuga <guimenu>Fail -> Salvesta seadistus</guimenu>. Kui olete seadistusi muutnud, annab msecgui võimaluse need enne salvestamist üle vaadata."
+msgstr ""
+"Ärge unustage tööriista sulgedes oma seadistust lõplikult salvestamast "
+"menüükäsuga <guimenu>Fail -> Salvesta seadistus</guimenu>. Kui olete "
+"seadistusi muutnud, annab msecgui võimaluse need enne salvestamist üle "
+"vaadata."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:232
 msgid "msecgui10.png"
 msgstr "msecgui10.png"
@@ -7481,10 +8500,11 @@ msgstr "Võrguturvalisuse kaart"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:240
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr "Sellelt kaardilt leiab võrguga seotud valikud ja kõik käib siin samamoodi nagu eelmisel kaardil."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellelt kaardilt leiab võrguga seotud valikud ja kõik käib siin samamoodi "
+"nagu eelmisel kaardil."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:245
 msgid "msecgui4.png"
 msgstr "msecgui4.png"
@@ -7499,7 +8519,9 @@ msgstr "Perioodiliste kontrollide kaart"
 msgid ""
 "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
 "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr "Perioodiliste kontrollide eesmärk on anda turbehoiatuste abil turbeadministraatorile teada kõigest, mida msec peab võimalikuks ohuks."
+msgstr ""
+"Perioodiliste kontrollide eesmärk on anda turbehoiatuste abil "
+"turbeadministraatorile teada kõigest, mida msec peab võimalikuks ohuks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:257
@@ -7507,10 +8529,13 @@ msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
 "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
 "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr "Kui märkida kastike <guibutton>Perioodiliste turbekontrollide lubamine</guibutton>, näeb sellel kaardil kõiki mseci sooritatavaid perioodilisi kontrolle ja nende sagedust. Muudatusi saab siin teha samamoodi nagu eespool kirjeldatud kaartidel."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui märkida kastike <guibutton>Perioodiliste turbekontrollide lubamine</"
+"guibutton>, näeb sellel kaardil kõiki mseci sooritatavaid perioodilisi "
+"kontrolle ja nende sagedust. Muudatusi saab siin teha samamoodi nagu eespool "
+"kirjeldatud kaartidel."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:264
 msgid "msecgui5.png"
 msgstr "msecgui5.png"
@@ -7524,14 +8549,18 @@ msgstr "Erandite kaart"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:272
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab"
-" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert"
-" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
+"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
+"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
+"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
 "below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr "Mõnikord käivad hoiatused hästi teada ja soovitud olukorra kohta. Sel juhul ei ole neil tegelikult mõtet ja nad vaid raiskavad administraatori aega. Sellel kaardil saab luua nii palju erandeid kui vaja, et vältida tarbetuid turbehoiatusi. Enesest mõista on see kaart mseci esmakäivitusel tühi. Allpool oleval pildil on näha neli erandit."
+msgstr ""
+"Mõnikord käivad hoiatused hästi teada ja soovitud olukorra kohta. Sel juhul "
+"ei ole neil tegelikult mõtet ja nad vaid raiskavad administraatori aega. "
+"Sellel kaardil saab luua nii palju erandeid kui vaja, et vältida tarbetuid "
+"turbehoiatusi. Enesest mõista on see kaart mseci esmakäivitusel tühi. "
+"Allpool oleval pildil on näha neli erandit."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:280
 msgid "msecgui6.png"
 msgstr "msecgui6.png"
@@ -7539,12 +8568,11 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:284
 msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> "
-"button"
-msgstr "Erandi loomiseks tuleb klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lisa reegel</guibutton>."
+"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Erandi loomiseks tuleb klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lisa reegel</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:289
 msgid "msecgui7.png"
 msgstr "msecgui7.png"
@@ -7553,12 +8581,16 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:293
 msgid ""
 "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the "
-"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is "
-"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the "
-"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> "
-"tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr "Valige vajalik perioodiline kontroll ripploendist <guilabel>Kontroll</guilabel> ja kirjutage erand tekstikasti <guilabel>Erand</guilabel>. Erandi lisamine ei ole mõistagi midagi jäävat: selle võib kustutada <guilabel>erandite</guilabel> kaardil klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Kustuta</guibutton>, samuti võib seda topeltklõpsuga muuta."
+"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
+"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
+"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
+"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige vajalik perioodiline kontroll ripploendist <guilabel>Kontroll</"
+"guilabel> ja kirjutage erand tekstikasti <guilabel>Erand</guilabel>. Erandi "
+"lisamine ei ole mõistagi midagi jäävat: selle võib kustutada "
+"<guilabel>erandite</guilabel> kaardil klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Kustuta</"
+"guibutton>, samuti võib seda topeltklõpsuga muuta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:303
@@ -7570,7 +8602,8 @@ msgstr "Õiguste kaart"
 msgid ""
 "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
 "enforcement."
-msgstr "Sellel kaardil saab kontrollida ja jõustada failide ja kataloogide õigusi."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellel kaardil saab kontrollida ja jõustada failide ja kataloogide õigusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:306
@@ -7582,13 +8615,21 @@ msgid ""
 "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
 "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
 "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the "
-"list of all the modifications done to the permissions."
-msgstr "Nagu turvalisuse puhul, kasutab msec ka õiguste puhul mitmesuguseid tasemeid (standard, secure jne), mida kehtestatakse vastavalt valitud turbetasemele. Soovi korral saab luua omaenda õigustetasemeid, salvestades need faili <filename>perm.&lt;tasemenimi></filename> kataloogis <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. See võimalus on mõeldud väga kogenud kasutajatele, kel läheb tarvis kohandatud seadistust. Samuti saab siinsamas kaardil muuta õigusi just selliseks nagu vaja. Kehtiv seadustus on salvestatud faili <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Selles leiab loetelu kõigist õiguste muudatustest."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
+"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
+"done to the permissions."
+msgstr ""
+"Nagu turvalisuse puhul, kasutab msec ka õiguste puhul mitmesuguseid tasemeid "
+"(standard, secure jne), mida kehtestatakse vastavalt valitud turbetasemele. "
+"Soovi korral saab luua omaenda õigustetasemeid, salvestades need faili "
+"<filename>perm.&lt;tasemenimi></filename> kataloogis <filename>etc/security/"
+"msec/</filename>. See võimalus on mõeldud väga kogenud kasutajatele, kel "
+"läheb tarvis kohandatud seadistust. Samuti saab siinsamas kaardil muuta "
+"õigusi just selliseks nagu vaja. Kehtiv seadustus on salvestatud faili "
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Selles leiab loetelu "
+"kõigist õiguste muudatustest."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:318
 msgid "msecgui8.png"
 msgstr "msecgui8.png"
@@ -7597,18 +8638,24 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:321
 msgid ""
 "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the"
-" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a"
-" given rule:"
-msgstr "Vaikimisi õigusi kuvatakse reeglite loendina (üks reegel rea kohta). Alates vasakult antakse teada reegliga hõlmatud fail või kataloog, seejärel selle omanik, grupp ja lõpuks õigused. Kui reegli puhul"
+"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
+"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
+"given rule:"
+msgstr ""
+"Vaikimisi õigusi kuvatakse reeglite loendina (üks reegel rea kohta). Alates "
+"vasakult antakse teada reegliga hõlmatud fail või kataloog, seejärel selle "
+"omanik, grupp ja lõpuks õigused. Kui reegli puhul"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:327
 msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the"
-" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
+"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
 "if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr "kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel> ei ole märgitud, kontrollib msec ainult seda, kas reeglis määratud õigused kehtivad, ning saadab turvahoiatuse, kui see nii pole, aga ei muuda ise midagi."
+msgstr ""
+"kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel> ei ole märgitud, kontrollib "
+"msec ainult seda, kas reeglis määratud õigused kehtivad, ning saadab "
+"turvahoiatuse, kui see nii pole, aga ei muuda ise midagi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:333
@@ -7616,25 +8663,32 @@ msgid ""
 "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
 "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
 "permissions."
-msgstr "kui kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel> on märgitud, kontrollib msec esimese perioodilise kontrolli ajal õiguste vastavust reeglile ning kirjutab need erinevuse korral üle."
+msgstr ""
+"kui kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel> on märgitud, kontrollib "
+"msec esimese perioodilise kontrolli ajal õiguste vastavust reeglile ning "
+"kirjutab need erinevuse korral üle."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:337
 msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr "Et see toimiks, peab <emphasis role=\"bold\">perioodiliste kontrollide kaardil</emphasis> olema valik CHECK_PERMS sobivalt seadistatud."
+"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+"Et see toimiks, peab <emphasis role=\"bold\">perioodiliste kontrollide "
+"kaardil</emphasis> olema valik CHECK_PERMS sobivalt seadistatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:339
 msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed "
-"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr "Uue reegli loomiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lisa reegel</guibutton> ja täitke väljad, nagu näha alloleval pildil. Väljal <guilabel>Fail</guilabel> võib kasutada metamärki *. “current” tähendab, et midagi ei muudeta."
+"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
+"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
+"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
+msgstr ""
+"Uue reegli loomiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Lisa reegel</guibutton> ja "
+"täitke väljad, nagu näha alloleval pildil. Väljal <guilabel>Fail</guilabel> "
+"võib kasutada metamärki *. “current” tähendab, et midagi ei muudeta."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:345
 msgid "msecgui9.png"
 msgstr "msecgui9.png"
@@ -7646,26 +8700,39 @@ msgid ""
 "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
 "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
 "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr "Muudatuste jõustamiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> ning kindlasti ärge unustage enne tööriistast väljumist kõiki muudatusi salvestamast menüükäsuga <guimenu>Fail -> Salvesta seadistus</guimenu>. Kui olete seadistusi muutnud, annab msecgui võimaluse need enne salvestamist üle vaadata."
+msgstr ""
+"Muudatuste jõustamiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> ning "
+"kindlasti ärge unustage enne tööriistast väljumist kõiki muudatusi "
+"salvestamast menüükäsuga <guimenu>Fail -> Salvesta seadistus</guimenu>. Kui "
+"olete seadistusi muutnud, annab msecgui võimaluse need enne salvestamist üle "
+"vaadata."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:353
 msgid ""
 "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
 "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr "Reegleid võib samuti luua või muuta seadistustefaili <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename> redigeerides."
+msgstr ""
+"Reegleid võib samuti luua või muuta seadistustefaili <filename>/etc/security/"
+"msec/perms.conf</filename> redigeerides."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:356
 msgid ""
 "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
 "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken "
-"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root "
-"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions"
-" that will be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Õiguste kaardil</emphasis> (või otse seadistustefailis) tehtud muudatusi võetakse arvesse esimesel perioodilisel kontrollil (vt valikut CHECK_PERMS <emphasis role=\"bold\">perioodiliste kontrollide kaardil</emphasis>). Kui soovite, et neid kohe arvestataks, kasutage käsureal administraatori õigustes käsku msecperms. Eelnevalt võib anda käsu msecperms -p, millega saab teada õigused, mida msecperms muudab."
+"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
+"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
+"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
+"be changed by msecperms."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Õiguste kaardil</emphasis> (või otse "
+"seadistustefailis) tehtud muudatusi võetakse arvesse esimesel perioodilisel "
+"kontrollil (vt valikut CHECK_PERMS <emphasis role=\"bold\">perioodiliste "
+"kontrollide kaardil</emphasis>). Kui soovite, et neid kohe arvestataks, "
+"kasutage käsureal administraatori õigustes käsku msecperms. Eelnevalt võib "
+"anda käsu msecperms -p, millega saab teada õigused, mida msecperms muudab."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:363
@@ -7676,7 +8743,13 @@ msgid ""
 "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
 "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr "Pange kindlasti tähele, et kui muudate õigusi käsureal või failihalduris, siis faili puhul, millel on <emphasis role=\"bold\">õiguste kaardil</emphasis> ära märgitud kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel>, kirjutab msecgui mõne aja pärast vanad õigused tagasi vastavalt valikutele CHECK_PERMS ja CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE <emphasis role=\"bold\">perioodiliste kontrollide kaardil</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pange kindlasti tähele, et kui muudate õigusi käsureal või failihalduris, "
+"siis faili puhul, millel on <emphasis role=\"bold\">õiguste kaardil</"
+"emphasis> ära märgitud kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel>, "
+"kirjutab msecgui mõne aja pärast vanad õigused tagasi vastavalt valikutele "
+"CHECK_PERMS ja CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE <emphasis role=\"bold\">perioodiliste "
+"kontrollide kaardil</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
@@ -7687,9 +8760,12 @@ msgstr "Muud Mageia tööriistad"
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
 msgid ""
 "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the"
-" next pages."
-msgstr "Mageial on teisigi tööriistu peale nende, mida saab käivitada juhtimiskeskuses. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid lähemalt tundma õppida, või lugege lihtsalt edasi."
+"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
+"next pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageial on teisigi tööriistu peale nende, mida saab käivitada "
+"juhtimiskeskuses. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid lähemalt tundma "
+"õppida, või lugege lihtsalt edasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
@@ -7726,8 +8802,7 @@ msgstr "Tarkvara haldamine (paigaldamine ja eemaldamine)"
 msgid "rpmdrake"
 msgstr "rpmdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
 msgid "rpmdrake.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
@@ -7740,9 +8815,11 @@ msgstr "Rpmdrake'i sissejuhatus"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
@@ -7756,19 +8833,32 @@ msgid ""
 "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
 "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
 "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names"
-" included in the packages."
-msgstr "See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, mida tuntakse ka nimega drakrpm, kujutab endast tarkvarapakettide paigaldamise, eemaldamise ja uuendamise programmi. See on käsureaprogrammi urpmi graafiline kasutajaliides. Igal käivitamisel kontrollib rakendus otse Mageia ametlikest serveritest tarkvarahoidlates olevate paketinimekirjade (neid nimetatakse ka \"andmekandjateks\") sisu ning näitab seejärel uusimaid Teie arvutile saadaolevaid rakendusi ja programme. Filtritega saab lasta näidata ainult teatud tüüpi tarkvarapakette: näiteks võib lasta näidata ainult paigaldatud rakendusi (vaikimisi) või hoopis ainult saadaolevaid uuendusi. Samuti saab näha ainult paigaldamata tarkvarapakette. Lisaks saab tarkvara otsida kas paketi nime, kirjelduse kokkuvõttes või täiskirjelduses esinevate sõnade või paketis leiduvate failide nime järgi."
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
+"included in the packages."
+msgstr ""
+"See tööriist<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, mida tuntakse ka "
+"nimega drakrpm, kujutab endast tarkvarapakettide paigaldamise, eemaldamise "
+"ja uuendamise programmi. See on käsureaprogrammi urpmi graafiline "
+"kasutajaliides. Igal käivitamisel kontrollib rakendus otse Mageia ametlikest "
+"serveritest tarkvarahoidlates olevate paketinimekirjade (neid nimetatakse ka "
+"\"andmekandjateks\") sisu ning näitab seejärel uusimaid Teie arvutile "
+"saadaolevaid rakendusi ja programme. Filtritega saab lasta näidata ainult "
+"teatud tüüpi tarkvarapakette: näiteks võib lasta näidata ainult paigaldatud "
+"rakendusi (vaikimisi) või hoopis ainult saadaolevaid uuendusi. Samuti saab "
+"näha ainult paigaldamata tarkvarapakette. Lisaks saab tarkvara otsida kas "
+"paketi nime, kirjelduse kokkuvõttes või täiskirjelduses esinevate sõnade või "
+"paketis leiduvate failide nime järgi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend"
-"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr "Töötamiseks vajab rpmdrake tarkvarahoidlaid, mis on seadistatud tööriistaga, mida kirjeldab <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
+"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr ""
+"Töötamiseks vajab rpmdrake tarkvarahoidlaid, mis on seadistatud tööriistaga, "
+"mida kirjeldab <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
 msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7777,8 +8867,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake"
-" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
+"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
+"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
 "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
 "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
 "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
@@ -7797,8 +8887,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The main parts of the screen"
 msgstr "Akna põhiosad"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
 msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
@@ -7814,25 +8903,37 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
 "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
 "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,"
-" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr "Selle filtriga saab lasta näidata ainult teatavat laadi tarkvarapakette. Halduri käivitamisel esimest korda näidatakse ainult graafilise kasutajaliidesega rakendusi. Näidata võib lasta kas kõiki pakette ning nende sõltuvusi ja teeke või ainult paketirühmi, näiteks ainult rakendused, ainult uuendused või Mageia uuematest versioonidest tagasi porditud tarkvarapaketid."
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
+"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle filtriga saab lasta näidata ainult teatavat laadi tarkvarapakette. "
+"Halduri käivitamisel esimest korda näidatakse ainult graafilise "
+"kasutajaliidesega rakendusi. Näidata võib lasta kas kõiki pakette ning nende "
+"sõltuvusi ja teeke või ainult paketirühmi, näiteks ainult rakendused, ainult "
+"uuendused või Mageia uuematest versioonidest tagasi porditud tarkvarapaketid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
 msgid ""
 "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading"
-" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge"
-" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr "Filtri selline vaikimisi seadistus on mõeldud neile, kellele Linux või Mageia on võõras ja kes usutavasti ei soovi paigaldada käsurea- või tõsistele asjatundjatele mõeldud tööriist. Et Teie käesolevat käsiraamatut loete, on tõenäoline, et tunnete huvi oma teadmiste täiendamise vastu Mageia osas, niisiis Teil võiks olla mõttekas määrata filtriks \"Kõik\"."
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
+"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
+"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Filtri selline vaikimisi seadistus on mõeldud neile, kellele Linux või "
+"Mageia on võõras ja kes usutavasti ei soovi paigaldada käsurea- või "
+"tõsistele asjatundjatele mõeldud tööriist. Et Teie käesolevat käsiraamatut "
+"loete, on tõenäoline, et tunnete huvi oma teadmiste täiendamise vastu Mageia "
+"osas, niisiis Teil võiks olla mõttekas määrata filtriks \"Kõik\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
 msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> "
-"</firstterm>"
-msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Paketioleku filter:</emphasis> </firstterm>"
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
+"firstterm>"
+msgstr ""
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Paketioleku filter:</emphasis> </"
+"firstterm>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
@@ -7840,7 +8941,9 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
 "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
 "not installed."
-msgstr "Selle filtriga saab lasta näidata kas ainult paigaldatud või paigaldamata tarkvarapakette või kõiki, nii paigaldatud kui ka paigaldamata pakette."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle filtriga saab lasta näidata kas ainult paigaldatud või paigaldamata "
+"tarkvarapakette või kõiki, nii paigaldatud kui ka paigaldamata pakette."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
@@ -7853,7 +8956,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
 "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
 "in the packages."
-msgstr "Sellele ikoonile klõpsates saab valida, kas otsida paketinimedes, kokkuvõtetes, täielikes kirjeldustes või pakettides leiduvate failide nimedes."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellele ikoonile klõpsates saab valida, kas otsida paketinimedes, "
+"kokkuvõtetes, täielikes kirjeldustes või pakettides leiduvate failide "
+"nimedes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
@@ -7866,7 +8972,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
 "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
 "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr "Siia tuleb kirjutada üks või rohkem otsingusõna. Kui soovite otsida mitme sõna järgi, tuleb nende vahele lisada eraldaja \"|\". Kui näiteks soovite otsida korraga pakette mplayer ja xine, tuleb kirjutada \"mplayer | xine\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Siia tuleb kirjutada üks või rohkem otsingusõna. Kui soovite otsida mitme "
+"sõna järgi, tuleb nende vahele lisada eraldaja \"|\". Kui näiteks soovite "
+"otsida korraga pakette mplayer ja xine, tuleb kirjutada \"mplayer | xine\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
@@ -7888,9 +8997,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kategooriate loend:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and"
-" sub categories."
-msgstr "Sellel külgribal on kõik rakendused ja programmid jagatud kindlatesse kategooriatesse ja alamkategooriatesse."
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
+"sub categories."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellel külgribal on kõik rakendused ja programmid jagatud kindlatesse "
+"kategooriatesse ja alamkategooriatesse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
@@ -7901,10 +9012,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kirjelduspaneel:</emphasis>"
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
 msgid ""
 "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It"
-" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
+"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
 "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr "Sellel paneelil on näha paketi nimi, kokkuvõte ja täielik kirjeldus. Siin näeb rohkelt kasulikku teavet valitud paketi kohta. Samuti on siin näha põhjalikud üksikasjad, paketis leiduvad failid ning hooldaja käega kirja pandud viimaste muudatuste loend."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellel paneelil on näha paketi nimi, kokkuvõte ja täielik kirjeldus. Siin "
+"näeb rohkelt kasulikku teavet valitud paketi kohta. Samuti on siin näha "
+"põhjalikud üksikasjad, paketis leiduvad failid ning hooldaja käega kirja "
+"pandud viimaste muudatuste loend."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
@@ -7919,78 +9034,73 @@ msgid ""
 "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
 "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
 "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on "
-"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Kui filtrid on paika pandud, saab tarkvara leida kas kategooria järgi (joonisel ala 6) või seda nime, kokkuvõtte või kirjelduse järgi otsides (joonisel ala 4). Tarkvarapakettide, mis vastavad otsingule - ja ärge unustage, et ka valitud andmekandjale -, juures näidatakse eri olekuikoone vastavalt sellele, kas nad on paigaldatud, paigaldamata, uuendused vms. Oleku muutmiseks tuleb lihtsalt märkida kastike paketi nime ees või sealt märge eemaldada ning klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui filtrid on paika pandud, saab tarkvara leida kas kategooria järgi "
+"(joonisel ala 6) või seda nime, kokkuvõtte või kirjelduse järgi otsides "
+"(joonisel ala 4). Tarkvarapakettide, mis vastavad otsingule - ja ärge "
+"unustage, et ka valitud andmekandjale -, juures näidatakse eri olekuikoone "
+"vastavalt sellele, kas nad on paigaldatud, paigaldamata, uuendused vms. "
+"Oleku muutmiseks tuleb lihtsalt märkida kastike paketi nime ees või sealt "
+"märge eemaldada ning klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
 msgid "Icon"
 msgstr "Ikoon"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
 msgid "Legend"
 msgstr "Tähendus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
 msgid "rpmdrake2.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
 msgid "This package is already installed"
 msgstr "See pakett on juba paigaldatud"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
 msgid "rpmdrake3.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
 msgid "This package will be installed"
 msgstr "See pakett on valitud paigaldamiseks"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
 msgid "rpmdrake4.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
 msgid "This package cannot be modified"
 msgstr "Selle paketi olekut ei saa muuta"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
 msgid "rpmdrake5.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
 msgid "This package is an update"
 msgstr "See pakett on uuendus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
 msgid "rpmdrake6.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
 msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
 msgstr "See pakett on valitud eemaldamiseks"
@@ -8011,7 +9121,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
 "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
 "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Kui eemaldada märge paketi digikam eest (roheline nool ütleb, et see on paigaldatud), muutub olekuikoon üles suunatud punaseks nooleks ning pakett eemaldatakse, kui klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui eemaldada märge paketi digikam eest (roheline nool ütleb, et see on "
+"paigaldatud), muutub olekuikoon üles suunatud punaseks nooleks ning pakett "
+"eemaldatakse, kui klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
@@ -8019,15 +9132,17 @@ msgid ""
 "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
 "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Kui märkida pakett qdigidoc (mis ei ole paigaldatud, nagu näitab olekuveerg), ilmub alla suunatud oranž nool ja pakett paigaldatakse, kui klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui märkida pakett qdigidoc (mis ei ole paigaldatud, nagu näitab "
+"olekuveerg), ilmub alla suunatud oranž nool ja pakett paigaldatakse, kui "
+"klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Rakenda</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
 msgid "The dependencies"
 msgstr "Sõltuvused"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
 msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
@@ -8035,15 +9150,23 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
 msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They"
-" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
+"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
 "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
 "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
 "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
 "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to"
-" install."
-msgstr "Mõned paketid vajavad oma tööks teisi pakette, mida sellisel juhul nimetatakse sõltuvusteks. Need võivad olla näiteks teegid või mõned tööriistad. Sellisel juhul näitab Rpmdrake teabeakent, kus saab kas soostuda pakutavate sõltuvuste paigaldamisega, toimingust loobuda või hankida pakettide kohta rohkem teavet. Võib juhtuda ka nii, et vajalikku teeki pakub mitu tarkvarapaketti, millisel juhul Rpmdrake näitab alternatiivide nimekirja dialoogis, mille ühe nupuga on võimalik saada rohkem teavet ja teisega valida, milline pakett konkreetselt paigaldada."
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
+"install."
+msgstr ""
+"Mõned paketid vajavad oma tööks teisi pakette, mida sellisel juhul "
+"nimetatakse sõltuvusteks. Need võivad olla näiteks teegid või mõned "
+"tööriistad. Sellisel juhul näitab Rpmdrake teabeakent, kus saab kas soostuda "
+"pakutavate sõltuvuste paigaldamisega, toimingust loobuda või hankida "
+"pakettide kohta rohkem teavet. Võib juhtuda ka nii, et vajalikku teeki pakub "
+"mitu tarkvarapaketti, millisel juhul Rpmdrake näitab alternatiivide "
+"nimekirja dialoogis, mille ühe nupuga on võimalik saada rohkem teavet ja "
+"teisega valida, milline pakett konkreetselt paigaldada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
@@ -8065,7 +9188,9 @@ msgstr "Paigaldamine"
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
 "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
@@ -8074,7 +9199,12 @@ msgid ""
 "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
 "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
 "remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr "See tööriist <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab seadistada nii eraldiseisvat skannerit kui mitme funktsiooniga seadme skannerikomponenti. Samuti saab sellega jagada Teie arvutiga ühendatud kohalikke seadmeid võrguarvutitele või hankida endale ligipääs võrguskanneritele."
+msgstr ""
+"See tööriist <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> võimaldab seadistada "
+"nii eraldiseisvat skannerit kui mitme funktsiooniga seadme "
+"skannerikomponenti. Samuti saab sellega jagada Teie arvutiga ühendatud "
+"kohalikke seadmeid võrguarvutitele või hankida endale ligipääs "
+"võrguskanneritele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
@@ -8087,7 +9217,9 @@ msgstr "Tööriista käivitamisel esimest korda võib ilmuda järgmine teade:"
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>\"Skanneri kasutamiseks on vajalik paigaldada SANE tarkvara.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>\"Skanneri kasutamiseks on vajalik paigaldada SANE tarkvara.</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
@@ -8099,10 +9231,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Kas soovite seda teha?\"</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
 "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr "Jätkamiseks valige <emphasis>Jah</emphasis>. Sel juhul paigaldatakse <code>scanner-gui</code> ja <code>task-scanning</code>, kui need pole varem paigaldatud."
+msgstr ""
+"Jätkamiseks valige <emphasis>Jah</emphasis>. Sel juhul paigaldatakse "
+"<code>scanner-gui</code> ja <code>task-scanning</code>, kui need pole varem "
+"paigaldatud."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
 msgid "scannerdrake.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
@@ -8113,15 +9247,21 @@ msgid ""
 "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
 "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
 "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Kui skanner korralikult tuvastatakse, nii et ülaloleval pildil on näha Teie skanneri nimi, on skanner valmis kasutamiseks näiteks programmiga <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> või <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui skanner korralikult tuvastatakse, nii et ülaloleval pildil on näha Teie "
+"skanneri nimi, on skanner valmis kasutamiseks näiteks programmiga "
+"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> või <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr "Sellisel juhul võib jätkata näiteks <emphasis>skanneri jagamise</emphasis> seadistamisega. Sellest kõneleb lähemalt peatükk <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannersharing\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellisel juhul võib jätkata näiteks <emphasis>skanneri jagamise</emphasis> "
+"seadistamisega. Sellest kõneleb lähemalt peatükk <xref linkend="
+"\"scannersharing\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
@@ -8130,17 +9270,22 @@ msgid ""
 "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
 "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
 "scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Kui aga skannerit ei suudetud tuvastada ning ei aita ka kaablite ja toite kontrollimine ning seejärel nupu <emphasis>Uute skannerite otsimine</emphasis> kasutamine, tuleb klõpsata nupule <emphasis>Skanneri lisamine käsitsi</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui aga skannerit ei suudetud tuvastada ning ei aita ka kaablite ja toite "
+"kontrollimine ning seejärel nupu <emphasis>Uute skannerite otsimine</"
+"emphasis> kasutamine, tuleb klõpsata nupule <emphasis>Skanneri lisamine "
+"käsitsi</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
 msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the"
-" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Valige ilmuvast loendist oma skanneri tootja ja tootja alt mudel ning klõpsake nupule <emphasis>Olgu</emphasis>"
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
+"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Valige ilmuvast loendist oma skanneri tootja ja tootja alt mudel ning "
+"klõpsake nupule <emphasis>Olgu</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
 msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
@@ -8148,59 +9293,72 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click "
-"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Kui te oma skannerit loendist ei leia, klõpsake <emphasis>Loobu</emphasis>"
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui te oma skannerit loendist ei leia, klõpsake <emphasis>Loobu</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
 msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link "
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
+"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
+"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Palun kontrollige, kas Teie skanner kuulub toetatute hulka nimekirjas <link "
 "xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
-"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr "Palun kontrollige, kas Teie skanner kuulub toetatute hulka nimekirjas <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link> ja paluge abi <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">foorumis</link>."
+"Supported Devices</link> ja paluge abi <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
+"mageia.org/en/\">foorumis</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
 msgid "Choose port"
 msgstr "Pordi valimine"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
 msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available "
-"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that"
-" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr "Siin võib jätta kehtima valiku <emphasis>Kättesaadavate portide automaattuvastus</emphasis>, kui Teie skanner ei ole just ühendatud paralleelporti. Sellisel juhul tuleks valida <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis>, kui Teil on paralleelporte ainult üks."
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
+"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
+"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin võib jätta kehtima valiku <emphasis>Kättesaadavate portide "
+"automaattuvastus</emphasis>, kui Teie skanner ei ole just ühendatud "
+"paralleelporti. Sellisel juhul tuleks valida <emphasis>/dev/parport0</"
+"emphasis>, kui Teil on paralleelporte ainult üks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
 "similar to the one below."
-msgstr "Pärast klõpsamist nupule <emphasis>Olgu</emphasis> peaks enamasti ilmuma alloleva pildiga sarnanev aken."
+msgstr ""
+"Pärast klõpsamist nupule <emphasis>Olgu</emphasis> peaks enamasti ilmuma "
+"alloleva pildiga sarnanev aken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
 msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref "
-"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
 msgstr "Kui seda ei juhtu, lugege palun <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
 msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
@@ -8210,8 +9368,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgid "Scannersharing"
 msgstr "Skanneri jagamine"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
 msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
@@ -8219,11 +9376,14 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be"
-" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
+"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
 "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
 "this machine."
-msgstr "Siin saab määrata, kas Teie masinaga ühendatud skannerid on kättesaadavad võrgumasinatele ja millistele neist. Samuti saab siin määrata, kas võrgumasinate skannerid on Teile kättesaadavad."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin saab määrata, kas Teie masinaga ühendatud skannerid on kättesaadavad "
+"võrgumasinatele ja millistele neist. Samuti saab siin määrata, kas "
+"võrgumasinate skannerid on Teile kättesaadavad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
@@ -8231,17 +9391,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
 "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
 "this computer."
-msgstr "Skanneri jagamine teistele masinatele: siin saab lisada või kustutada nime või IP-aadressi loendis, mis sisaldab masinaid, millel on lubatud kasutada Teie arvutiga ühendatud kohalikke seadmeid."
+msgstr ""
+"Skanneri jagamine teistele masinatele: siin saab lisada või kustutada nime "
+"või IP-aadressi loendis, mis sisaldab masinaid, millel on lubatud kasutada "
+"Teie arvutiga ühendatud kohalikke seadmeid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
 "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr "Võrguskannerite kasutamine: siin saab lisada või kustutada nime või IP-aadressi loendis, mis sisaldab masinaid, mis annavad ligipääsu võrguskanneritele."
+msgstr ""
+"Võrguskannerite kasutamine: siin saab lisada või kustutada nime või IP-"
+"aadressi loendis, mis sisaldab masinaid, mis annavad ligipääsu "
+"võrguskanneritele."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
 msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
@@ -8249,10 +9414,10 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr "Skanneri jagamine teistele masinatele: Teil on võimalik lisada masinaid."
+msgstr ""
+"Skanneri jagamine teistele masinatele: Teil on võimalik lisada masinaid."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
 msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
@@ -8262,10 +9427,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
 "machines."
-msgstr "Skanneri jagamine teistele masinatele: Teil on võimalik määrata, millised masinad lisada, või siis lubada kasutamine kõigile võrgumasinatele."
+msgstr ""
+"Skanneri jagamine teistele masinatele: Teil on võimalik määrata, millised "
+"masinad lisada, või siis lubada kasutamine kõigile võrgumasinatele."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
 msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
@@ -8275,8 +9441,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
 msgstr "\"Kõik võrgumasinad\" on saanud õiguse kasutada kohalikku skannerit."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
 msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
@@ -8286,7 +9451,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgid ""
 "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
 "offers to do it."
-msgstr "Kui tarkvarapakett <emphasis>saned</emphasis> ei ole paigaldatud, teeb tööriist ettepaneku seda teha."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui tarkvarapakett <emphasis>saned</emphasis> ei ole paigaldatud, teeb "
+"tööriist ettepaneku seda teha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
@@ -8308,14 +9475,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
 "\"net\""
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>direktiivi \"net\" lisamiseks või väljakommenteerimiseks"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>direktiivi \"net\" lisamiseks või "
+"väljakommenteerimiseks"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
 msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr "Samuti seadistatakse <emphasis>saned</emphasis> ja <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> käivituma kohe alglaadimisel."
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
+"emphasis> to be started on boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Samuti seadistatakse <emphasis>saned</emphasis> ja <emphasis>xinetd</"
+"emphasis> käivituma kohe alglaadimisel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
@@ -8332,9 +9503,13 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
 msgid ""
 "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
 "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device "
-"Manager</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Enamikku HP skannereid saab hallata tööriistaga <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> (hplip), mis haldab ka printereid. Sel juhul ei lase käesolev tööriist neid seadistada ja teeb etepaneku kasutada tööriista <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>."
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Enamikku HP skannereid saab hallata tööriistaga <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
+"emphasis> (hplip), mis haldab ka printereid. Sel juhul ei lase käesolev "
+"tööriist neid seadistada ja teeb etepaneku kasutada tööriista <emphasis>HP "
+"Device Manager</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
@@ -8344,14 +9519,20 @@ msgstr "Epson"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
 msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
-" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-"
-"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this "
-"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will "
-"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users "
-"have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr "Draivereid leiab <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">sellelt leheküljelt</link>. Vajaduse korral tuleb paigaldada kõigepealt tarkvarapakett <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> ja siis <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (just sellises järjekorras). Võib juhtuda, et <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> annab hoiatuse konflikti kohta <emphasis>Sanega</emphasis>. Kasutajate kinnitusel võib hoiatust eirata."
+"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
+"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
+"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
+"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
+"ignored."
+msgstr ""
+"Draivereid leiab <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/"
+"search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">sellelt leheküljelt</link>. Vajaduse korral tuleb "
+"paigaldada kõigepealt tarkvarapakett <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> ja siis "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (just sellises järjekorras). Võib juhtuda, et "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> annab hoiatuse konflikti kohta <emphasis>Sanega</"
+"emphasis>. Kasutajate kinnitusel võib hoiatust eirata."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
@@ -8364,7 +9545,10 @@ msgid ""
 "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
 "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
 "steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr "Võib juhtuda, et pärast skanneri pordi valimist, nagu näitab <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/>, tuleb seadme korralikuks seadistamiseks veel üht-teist ette võtta."
+msgstr ""
+"Võib juhtuda, et pärast skanneri pordi valimist, nagu näitab <xref linkend="
+"\"choosescannerport\"/>, tuleb seadme korralikuks seadistamiseks veel üht-"
+"teist ette võtta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
@@ -8374,37 +9558,48 @@ msgid ""
 "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
 "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
 "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr "Mõnel juhul võidakse teada anda, et skanner vajab igal käivitamisel püsivara laadimist. Tööriist võimaldab laadida püsivara seadmesse, kui olete seadme süsteemi paigaldanud. Tööriistaga saab paigaldada püsivara CD-lt või Windowsi paigaldusest või ka püsivara, mille olete alla laadinud tootja internetileheküljelt."
+msgstr ""
+"Mõnel juhul võidakse teada anda, et skanner vajab igal käivitamisel püsivara "
+"laadimist. Tööriist võimaldab laadida püsivara seadmesse, kui olete seadme "
+"süsteemi paigaldanud. Tööriistaga saab paigaldada püsivara CD-lt või "
+"Windowsi paigaldusest või ka püsivara, mille olete alla laadinud tootja "
+"internetileheküljelt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
 "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr "Kui seade vajab püsivara laadimist, võib iga kord esimesel kasutamisel kuluda selleks päris pikk aeg, isegi üle minuti. Nii et tasub olla kannatlik."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui seade vajab püsivara laadimist, võib iga kord esimesel kasutamisel "
+"kuluda selleks päris pikk aeg, isegi üle minuti. Nii et tasub olla kannatlik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
 msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the "
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Samuti võidakse Teile öelda, et on vaja kohandada faili <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"Teie_SANE_taustaprogrammi_nimi\".conf</emphasis>."
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
+"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Samuti võidakse Teile öelda, et on vaja kohandada faili <emphasis>/etc/sane."
+"d/\"Teie_SANE_taustaprogrammi_nimi\".conf</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
 msgid ""
 "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr "Lugege hoolikalt jagatavaid juhiseid ja kui jääte hätta, ärge häbenege küsimast abi <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">foorumist</link>."
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Lugege hoolikalt jagatavaid juhiseid ja kui jääte hätta, ärge häbenege "
+"küsimast abi <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">foorumist</"
+"link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
 msgid "Software Management"
 msgstr "Tarkvara haldamine"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/software-management.xml:10
 msgid "software-management.png"
 msgstr "software-management.png"
@@ -8412,9 +9607,11 @@ msgstr "software-management.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management."
-" Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme tarkvara haldamist võimaldava tööriista vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
+"Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Sellel paneelil saab valida mitme tarkvara haldamist võimaldava tööriista "
+"vahel. Klõpsake allpool linkidele, et neid paremini tundma õppida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:17
@@ -8424,9 +9621,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your "
-"system</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Süsteemi uuendamine</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Süsteemi uuendamine</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:23
@@ -8438,7 +9637,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
 "sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Paigaldamise ja uuendamise tarkvaraallikate seadistamine</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Paigaldamise ja "
+"uuendamise tarkvaraallikate seadistamine</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
@@ -8450,8 +9651,7 @@ msgstr "Printeri paigaldamine ja seadistamine"
 msgid "system-config-printer"
 msgstr "system-config-printer"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
 msgid "system-config-printer.png"
 msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
@@ -8465,30 +9665,43 @@ msgid ""
 "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
 "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
 "and openSUSE."
-msgstr "Trükkimist haldab Mageias server nimetusega CUPS. Sellel on oma <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">seadistusliides</link>, mida saab kasutada veebilehitsejas, kuid Mageia pakub printerite paigaldamiseks omalt poolt tööriista system-config-printer, mis on tarvitusel ka teistes distributsioonides, näiteks Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu ja openSUSE."
+msgstr ""
+"Trükkimist haldab Mageias server nimetusega CUPS. Sellel on oma <link ns2:"
+"title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">seadistusliides</link>, "
+"mida saab kasutada veebilehitsejas, kuid Mageia pakub printerite "
+"paigaldamiseks omalt poolt tööriista system-config-printer, mis on "
+"tarvitusel ka teistes distributsioonides, näiteks Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
+"ja openSUSE."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
 "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr "Enne paigaldamise juurde asumist tuleks lubada mittevaba (non-free) tarkvara hoidla kasutamine, sest mõningaid draivereid võib leida ainult sealt."
+msgstr ""
+"Enne paigaldamise juurde asumist tuleks lubada mittevaba (non-free) tarkvara "
+"hoidla kasutamine, sest mõningaid draivereid võib leida ainult sealt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
 "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
 "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>."
-msgstr "Printeri paigaldamise tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneeli <guilabel>Riistvara</guilabel> sektsioonis <guilabel>Trükkimise ja skannimise seadistamine</guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
+">."
+msgstr ""
+"Printeri paigaldamise tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneeli "
+"<guilabel>Riistvara</guilabel> sektsioonis <guilabel>Trükkimise ja "
+"skannimise seadistamine</guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
@@ -8510,7 +9723,9 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp"
 msgid ""
 "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
 "dependencies are needed."
-msgstr "Paigaldamise jätkamiseks on vaja pakutuga nõustuda. Koos sõltuvustega võtavad paigaldatavad paketid ruumi kuni 230 MB."
+msgstr ""
+"Paigaldamise jätkamiseks on vaja pakutuga nõustuda. Koos sõltuvustega "
+"võtavad paigaldatavad paketid ruumi kuni 230 MB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
@@ -8520,7 +9735,12 @@ msgid ""
 "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
 "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
 "will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr "Printeri lisamiseks klõpsake nupule \"Lisa\". Süsteem üritab tuvastada kõik saadaolevad printerid ja pordid. Siinsel pildil on näha paralleelporti ühendatud printer. Kui leitakse mõni printer, näiteks paralleel- või USB-porti ühendatud printer, näidatakse seda esimesel real. Samuti saab siin üritada tuvastada võrguprintereid."
+msgstr ""
+"Printeri lisamiseks klõpsake nupule \"Lisa\". Süsteem üritab tuvastada kõik "
+"saadaolevad printerid ja pordid. Siinsel pildil on näha paralleelporti "
+"ühendatud printer. Kui leitakse mõni printer, näiteks paralleel- või USB-"
+"porti ühendatud printer, näidatakse seda esimesel real. Samuti saab siin "
+"üritada tuvastada võrguprintereid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
@@ -8531,20 +9751,25 @@ msgstr "Printer tuvastati automaatselt"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
 msgid ""
 "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click "
-"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
+"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
 "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the"
-" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr "See käib tavaliselt USB-printerite kohta. Tööriist hangib automaatselt printeri nime ja näitab seda. Valige printer ja klõpsake \"Edasi\". Kui leidub printeriga seotud draiver, paigaldatakse see automaatselt. Kui võimalikke draivereid on rohkem või draiverit ei ole teada, ilmub aken, kus palutakse draiver valida või välja otsida, nagu järgnevalt selgitatakse. Automaatse paigalduse korral lugege edasi <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
+"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"See käib tavaliselt USB-printerite kohta. Tööriist hangib automaatselt "
+"printeri nime ja näitab seda. Valige printer ja klõpsake \"Edasi\". Kui "
+"leidub printeriga seotud draiver, paigaldatakse see automaatselt. Kui "
+"võimalikke draivereid on rohkem või draiverit ei ole teada, ilmub aken, kus "
+"palutakse draiver valida või välja otsida, nagu järgnevalt selgitatakse. "
+"Automaatse paigalduse korral lugege edasi <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
 msgid "No automatically detected printer"
 msgstr "Printerit ei tuvastatud automaatselt"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
 msgid "printer3.png"
 msgstr "printer3.png"
@@ -8552,10 +9777,12 @@ msgstr "printer3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
 msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window"
-" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
+"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
 "options."
-msgstr "Kui valida port, laadib süsteem draiverite loendi ja avab akna, kus saab draiveri valida. Valik tuleb langetada järgmisi võimalusi kasutades."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui valida port, laadib süsteem draiverite loendi ja avab akna, kus saab "
+"draiveri valida. Valik tuleb langetada järgmisi võimalusi kasutades."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
@@ -8580,7 +9807,12 @@ msgid ""
 "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
 "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
 "which know to work."
-msgstr "Andmebaasist valimise korral pakutakse kõigepealt välja printeri tootja ning seejärel seade ja sellega seotud draiver. Kui pakutakse üle ühe draiveri, valige soovitatav, kui te just pole sama draiveriga varem probleemide otsa sattunud, millisel juhul tuleks mõistagi valida selline draiver, mis teadaolevalt toimib."
+msgstr ""
+"Andmebaasist valimise korral pakutakse kõigepealt välja printeri tootja ning "
+"seejärel seade ja sellega seotud draiver. Kui pakutakse üle ühe draiveri, "
+"valige soovitatav, kui te just pole sama draiveriga varem probleemide otsa "
+"sattunud, millisel juhul tuleks mõistagi valida selline draiver, mis "
+"teadaolevalt toimib."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
@@ -8596,7 +9828,12 @@ msgid ""
 "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
 "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
 "printers."
-msgstr "Draiveri valimise järel soovitakse mõningat teavet, mis aitaks süsteemil printerit ainulaadselt tuvastada ja esitada. Esimesel väljal tuleb anda nimi, mille all näeb seadet rakenduste saadaolevate printerite nimekirjas. Seejärel soovitab paigaldusprogramm trükkida testlehekülje. Selle järel printer lisatakse ning seda näeb edaspidi saadaolevate printerite nimekirjas."
+msgstr ""
+"Draiveri valimise järel soovitakse mõningat teavet, mis aitaks süsteemil "
+"printerit ainulaadselt tuvastada ja esitada. Esimesel väljal tuleb anda "
+"nimi, mille all näeb seadet rakenduste saadaolevate printerite nimekirjas. "
+"Seejärel soovitab paigaldusprogramm trükkida testlehekülje. Selle järel "
+"printer lisatakse ning seda näeb edaspidi saadaolevate printerite nimekirjas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
@@ -8607,41 +9844,58 @@ msgstr "Võrguprinter"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to"
-" another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr "Võrguprinterid on printerid, mis on vahetult ühendatud juhtmega või juhtmeta võrku, printserveriga või mõne tööjaamaga, mis toimib printserverina."
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
+"another workstation that serves as printserver."
+msgstr ""
+"Võrguprinterid on printerid, mis on vahetult ühendatud juhtmega või juhtmeta "
+"võrku, printserveriga või mõne tööjaamaga, mis toimib printserverina."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed"
-" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the "
-"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a "
-"fixed one."
-msgstr "Sageli on mõistlik seadistada DHCP-server alati seostama fikseeritud IP-aadressi printeri MAC-aadressiga. Loomulikult peab see olema sama IP-aadress, mis on printserveri printeril, kui sellel on fikseeritud aadress."
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
+"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
+"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Sageli on mõistlik seadistada DHCP-server alati seostama fikseeritud IP-"
+"aadressi printeri MAC-aadressiga. Loomulikult peab see olema sama IP-"
+"aadress, mis on printserveri printeril, kui sellel on fikseeritud aadress."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
 msgid ""
 "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
 "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label"
-" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
+"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
 "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
 "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
 "after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr "Printeri MAC-aadress on printerile või printserverile või arvutile, millega printer on ühendatud, antud seerianumber, mille saab teada printeri trükitud seadistusteleheküljelt või mis on kirjas printeri või printserveri enda peal. Kui Teie jagatud printer on ühendatud Mageia süsteemiga, võite anda MAC-aadressi teadasaamiseks süsteemis administraatori õigustes käsu <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>. Aadress kujutab endast numbrite ja tähtede jada pärast alguses seisvat \"HWaddr\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Printeri MAC-aadress on printerile või printserverile või arvutile, millega "
+"printer on ühendatud, antud seerianumber, mille saab teada printeri trükitud "
+"seadistusteleheküljelt või mis on kirjas printeri või printserveri enda "
+"peal. Kui Teie jagatud printer on ühendatud Mageia süsteemiga, võite anda "
+"MAC-aadressi teadasaamiseks süsteemis administraatori õigustes käsu "
+"<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>. Aadress kujutab endast numbrite "
+"ja tähtede jada pärast alguses seisvat \"HWaddr\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
 msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to"
-" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,"
-" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
+"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
+"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
 "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
 "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
 "says \"host\"."
-msgstr "Võrguprinteri lisamiseks tuleb valida protokoll, mida see kasutab Teie arvutiga üle võrgu suhtlemisel. Kui Te ei tea, milline protokoll valida, võite proovida valikut <guilabel>Võrguprinter</guilabel> - <guilabel>Otsi võrguprinterit</guilabel> ja kirjutada printeri IP-aadressi paremal asuvale väljale \"Masin\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Võrguprinteri lisamiseks tuleb valida protokoll, mida see kasutab Teie "
+"arvutiga üle võrgu suhtlemisel. Kui Te ei tea, milline protokoll valida, "
+"võite proovida valikut <guilabel>Võrguprinter</guilabel> - <guilabel>Otsi "
+"võrguprinterit</guilabel> ja kirjutada printeri IP-aadressi paremal asuvale "
+"väljale \"Masin\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
@@ -8649,14 +9903,20 @@ msgid ""
 "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
 "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
 "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr "Kui tööriist tunenb printeri või printserveri ära, pakutakse välja protokoll ja tööjärjekord, kuid soovi korral võib valida allolevast loendist sobivama või määrata käsitsi vajaliku tööjärjekorra nime, kui seda loendis ei esine."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui tööriist tunenb printeri või printserveri ära, pakutakse välja protokoll "
+"ja tööjärjekord, kuid soovi korral võib valida allolevast loendist sobivama "
+"või määrata käsitsi vajaliku tööjärjekorra nime, kui seda loendis ei esine."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
 msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find"
-" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr "Printeri või printserveri dokumentatsioonist võib täpsemalt teada saada, milliseid protokolle see toetab ja millised võivad olla tööjärjekordade nimed."
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
+"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+msgstr ""
+"Printeri või printserveri dokumentatsioonist võib täpsemalt teada saada, "
+"milliseid protokolle see toetab ja millised võivad olla tööjärjekordade "
+"nimed."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
@@ -8672,10 +9932,18 @@ msgid ""
 "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
 "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
 "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like "
-"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed "
-"IP-adress is not required."
-msgstr "Ühe tänapäeval levinud meetodi töötas välja Hewlett-Packard ja see kannab nimetust JetDirect. See võimaldab võrguga otse ühendatud printerit kasutada üle Etherneti pordi. Te peate teadma IP-aadressi, mille järgi printer võrgus tuvastatakse. Sama meetodit kasutatakse mõnes ADSL-ruuteris, mis sisaldavad printeri ühendamiseks USB-porti. Pange tähele, et tööriist \"HP Device Manager\" võib hallata dünaamiliselt seadistatud IP-aadressi, määrates umbes sellise URI nagu <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;printeri-nimi></emphasis> . Sellisel juhul pole fikseeritud IP-aadress vajalik."
+"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
+"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
+"not required."
+msgstr ""
+"Ühe tänapäeval levinud meetodi töötas välja Hewlett-Packard ja see kannab "
+"nimetust JetDirect. See võimaldab võrguga otse ühendatud printerit kasutada "
+"üle Etherneti pordi. Te peate teadma IP-aadressi, mille järgi printer võrgus "
+"tuvastatakse. Sama meetodit kasutatakse mõnes ADSL-ruuteris, mis sisaldavad "
+"printeri ühendamiseks USB-porti. Pange tähele, et tööriist \"HP Device "
+"Manager\" võib hallata dünaamiliselt seadistatud IP-aadressi, määrates umbes "
+"sellise URI nagu <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;printeri-nimi></emphasis> . Sellisel "
+"juhul pole fikseeritud IP-aadress vajalik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
@@ -8683,12 +9951,16 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
 "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
 "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is"
-" the same as above."
-msgstr "Valige protokolliks <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> ja määrake aadress väljal <guilabel>Masin:</guilabel>, kuid ärge muutke midagi väljal <guilabel>Pordi number</guilabel>, kui Te just ei tea, et seal kindlasti peab midagi muutma. Protokolli valimise järel läheb draiveri valimine edasi samamoodi, nagu eespool kirjeldatud."
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
+"the same as above."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige protokolliks <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> ja määrake "
+"aadress väljal <guilabel>Masin:</guilabel>, kuid ärge muutke midagi väljal "
+"<guilabel>Pordi number</guilabel>, kui Te just ei tea, et seal kindlasti "
+"peab midagi muutma. Protokolli valimise järel läheb draiveri valimine edasi "
+"samamoodi, nagu eespool kirjeldatud."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
 msgid "printer5.png"
 msgstr "printer5.png"
@@ -8705,7 +9977,11 @@ msgid ""
 "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
 "some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: printer, mida saab kasutada TCP/IP võrgus IPP protokolli vahendusel, näiteks printer, mis on ühendatud tööjaamaga, kus töötab CUPS. Seda protokolli võivad kasutada ka mõned ADSL-ruuterid."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: printer, mida saab "
+"kasutada TCP/IP võrgus IPP protokolli vahendusel, näiteks printer, mis on "
+"ühendatud tööjaamaga, kus töötab CUPS. Seda protokolli võivad kasutada ka "
+"mõned ADSL-ruuterid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
@@ -8713,14 +9989,19 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
 "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
 "defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>sama mis eelmine, aga kasutatakse TSL-turbega HTTP-protokolli. Määrata tuleb port. Vaikimisi on selleks 631."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>sama mis eelmine, "
+"aga kasutatakse TSL-turbega HTTP-protokolli. Määrata tuleb port. Vaikimisi "
+"on selleks 631."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but"
-" with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>sama mis eelmine, aga TSL-turbega protokoll."
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
+"with TLS secured protocol."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>sama mis eelmine, "
+"aga TSL-turbega protokoll."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
@@ -8728,14 +10009,19 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
 "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr "<emphasis>LPD/LPR masin või printer</emphasis>: printer, mida saab kasutada TCP/IP võrgus LPD protokolli vahendusel, näiteks printer, mis on ühendatud tööjaamaga, kus töötab LPD."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>LPD/LPR masin või printer</emphasis>: printer, mida saab kasutada "
+"TCP/IP võrgus LPD protokolli vahendusel, näiteks printer, mis on ühendatud "
+"tööjaamaga, kus töötab LPD."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
 "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Windowsi printer SAMBA kaudu</emphasis>: printer, mis on ühendatud tööjaamaga, kus töötab Windows või SMB server, ja on välja jagatud."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Windowsi printer SAMBA kaudu</emphasis>: printer, mis on ühendatud "
+"tööjaamaga, kus töötab Windows või SMB server, ja on välja jagatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
@@ -8782,10 +10068,11 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://kasutajanimi@ip-aadress-või-masinanimi/tööjärjekord</uri>
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
 msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS"
-" documentation.</link>"
-msgstr "Lisateavet võib leida <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS-i dokumentatsioonist.</link>"
+"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
+"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Lisateavet võib leida <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/"
+"doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS-i dokumentatsioonist.</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
@@ -8796,13 +10083,18 @@ msgstr "Seadme omadused"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your"
-" system, but you can specify a different one with the "
-"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, "
-"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters"
-" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr "Soovi korral võib uurida või muuta seadme omadusi. Menüü võimaldab ligipääsu CUPS-serveri parameetritele. Vaikimisi on süsteemis CUPS-server käivitatud, kuid soovi korral võib määrata mõne muu serveri menüükäsuga <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Ühenda...</guimenuitem> Serveri enda parameetreid saab vajaduse korral muuta menüükäsuga <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Seadistused</guimenuitem>."
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
+"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
+"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
+"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
+"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+"Soovi korral võib uurida või muuta seadme omadusi. Menüü võimaldab ligipääsu "
+"CUPS-serveri parameetritele. Vaikimisi on süsteemis CUPS-server käivitatud, "
+"kuid soovi korral võib määrata mõne muu serveri menüükäsuga <guimenu>Server</"
+"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Ühenda...</guimenuitem> Serveri enda parameetreid "
+"saab vajaduse korral muuta menüükäsuga <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
+"<guimenuitem>Seadistused</guimenuitem>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
@@ -8814,29 +10106,46 @@ msgstr "Probleemide lahendamine"
 msgid ""
 "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
 "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr "Mõningat teavet trükkimisel esinenud probleemide kohta leiab failist <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+"Mõningat teavet trükkimisel esinenud probleemide kohta leiab failist "
+"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
 msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the "
-"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr "Samuti saab kasutada probleemidele diagnoosi panevat tööriista, mille avab menüükäsk <guimenu>Abi</guimenu> | <guilabel>Probleemide lahendamine</guilabel>."
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
+"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Samuti saab kasutada probleemidele diagnoosi panevat tööriista, mille avab "
+"menüükäsk <guimenu>Abi</guimenu> | <guilabel>Probleemide lahendamine</"
+"guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to "
-"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package"
-" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, "
-"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report"
-" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this "
-"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer "
-"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-"
-"date drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr "Võib juhtuda, et mõne konkreetse printeri draiver pole Mageias saada või on saadaolev vigane. Sellisel juhul tasuks uurida <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting'i</link> veebilehte, kust võib saada teada, kas Teie seadmele ikka leidub draiverit. Jaatava vastuse korral tuleks kontrollida, ega Mageia seda ei paku, ja kui pakub, siis see käsitsi paigaldada. Seejärel tuleb printeri seadistamiseks paigaldamisprotsess uuesti läbi teha. Igal juhul tasuks sellistest probleemidest teada anda ka Bugzillas või foorumis ning mõistagi märkida ära mudeli ja draiveri teave ning seegi, kas printer hakkas pärast paigaldamist tööle või mitte. Järgnevalt tuuakse ära mõned allikad, kust leida uusimaid draivereid, eriti uuematele seadmetele, mille draiverid ei pruugi olla tarkvarahoidlatesse jõudnud."
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
+"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
+"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
+"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
+"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
+"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
+"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
+"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
+"drivers or for more recent devices."
+msgstr ""
+"Võib juhtuda, et mõne konkreetse printeri draiver pole Mageias saada või on "
+"saadaolev vigane. Sellisel juhul tasuks uurida <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting'i</link> veebilehte, kust võib "
+"saada teada, kas Teie seadmele ikka leidub draiverit. Jaatava vastuse korral "
+"tuleks kontrollida, ega Mageia seda ei paku, ja kui pakub, siis see käsitsi "
+"paigaldada. Seejärel tuleb printeri seadistamiseks paigaldamisprotsess "
+"uuesti läbi teha. Igal juhul tasuks sellistest probleemidest teada anda ka "
+"Bugzillas või foorumis ning mõistagi märkida ära mudeli ja draiveri teave "
+"ning seegi, kas printer hakkas pärast paigaldamist tööle või mitte. "
+"Järgnevalt tuuakse ära mõned allikad, kust leida uusimaid draivereid, eriti "
+"uuematele seadmetele, mille draiverid ei pruugi olla tarkvarahoidlatesse "
+"jõudnud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
@@ -8846,37 +10155,49 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brotheri printerid</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
 msgid ""
-"<link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This"
-" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver "
-"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">Sellel leheküljel</link> leiab Brotheri pakutavate draiverite loendi. Valige oma seadme draiver, laadige RPM-fail või -failid alla ja paigaldage printer."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
+"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
+"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+msgstr ""
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
+"en/download_prn.html\">Sellel leheküljel</link> leiab Brotheri pakutavate "
+"draiverite loendi. Valige oma seadme draiver, laadige RPM-fail või -failid "
+"alla ja paigaldage printer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
 msgid ""
 "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr "Brotheri draiver tuleks paigaldada enne seadistamistööriista käivitamist."
+msgstr ""
+"Brotheri draiver tuleks paigaldada enne seadistamistööriista käivitamist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one "
-"devices</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packardi printerid ja All-in-one seadmed</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packardi printerid ja All-in-one seadmed</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
 msgid ""
 "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
 "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/index.html\">here</link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available "
-"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
+"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
+"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
 "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
 "of the printer."
-msgstr "Need seadmed kasutavad tööriista hplip. See paigaldatakse pärast printeri tuvastamist või valimist automaatselt. Rohkem teavet leiab <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">siit</link>. Tööriista \"HP Device Manager\" leiab peamenüüst alajaotuses <guilabel>Süsteem</guilabel>. Printeri haldamise kohta tasuks vaadata ka <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">seadistamislehekülge</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Need seadmed kasutavad tööriista hplip. See paigaldatakse pärast printeri "
+"tuvastamist või valimist automaatselt. Rohkem teavet leiab <link ns2:href="
+"\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">siit</link>. Tööriista "
+"\"HP Device Manager\" leiab peamenüüst alajaotuses <guilabel>Süsteem</"
+"guilabel>. Printeri haldamise kohta tasuks vaadata ka <link ns2:href="
+"\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html"
+"\">seadistamislehekülge</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
@@ -8888,7 +10209,13 @@ msgid ""
 "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
 "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
 "card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr "HP All-in-one seade tuleb paigaldada printerina ja seejärel lisada skanneri võimalused. Pange tähele, et mõnikord ei võimalda Xsane liides skannida filme või slaide. Sel juhul on võimalik skannida autonoomses režiimis ja salvestada pilt seadmesse sisestatud mälukaardile või USB-pulgale. Hiljem avage meelepärane pilditöötlusrakendus ning laadige mälukaardi kataloogis /media leiduv pilt."
+msgstr ""
+"HP All-in-one seade tuleb paigaldada printerina ja seejärel lisada skanneri "
+"võimalused. Pange tähele, et mõnikord ei võimalda Xsane liides skannida "
+"filme või slaide. Sel juhul on võimalik skannida autonoomses režiimis ja "
+"salvestada pilt seadmesse sisestatud mälukaardile või USB-pulgale. Hiljem "
+"avage meelepärane pilditöötlusrakendus ning laadige mälukaardi kataloogis /"
+"media leiduv pilt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
@@ -8898,10 +10225,13 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsungi värviprinterid</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
 msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> "
-"for the QPDL protocol."
-msgstr "Teatavate Samsungi ja Xeroxi värviprinterite jaoks pakub <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">see lehekülg draivereid</link> QPDL protokollile."
+"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
+"protocol."
+msgstr ""
+"Teatavate Samsungi ja Xeroxi värviprinterite jaoks pakub <link ns2:href="
+"\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">see lehekülg draivereid</link> QPDL "
+"protokollile."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
@@ -8911,20 +10241,26 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epsoni printerid ja skannerid</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
 msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
-" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-"
-"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package"
-" can also be available and is to install. Choose the "
-"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture."
-msgstr "Epsoni printerite draivereid võib leida <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">sellelt otsinguleheküljelt</link>. Skanneri kasutamiseks tuleb paigaldada kõigepealt tarkvarapakett \"iscan-data\" ja siis \"iscan\" (just selles järjekorras)."
+"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
+"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
+"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
+"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
+"according to your architecture."
+msgstr ""
+"Epsoni printerite draivereid võib leida <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz."
+"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">sellelt otsinguleheküljelt</link>. "
+"Skanneri kasutamiseks tuleb paigaldada kõigepealt tarkvarapakett \"iscan-data"
+"\" ja siis \"iscan\" (just selles järjekorras)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
 "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr "Pakett iscan võib anda hoiatuse konflikti kohta Sanega. Kasutajate kinnitusel võib hoiatust eirata."
+msgstr ""
+"Pakett iscan võib anda hoiatuse konflikti kohta Sanega. Kasutajate "
+"kinnitusel võib hoiatust eirata."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
@@ -8936,7 +10272,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canoni printerid</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
 "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr "Canoni printerite korral on soovitatav paigaldada tööriist turboprint, <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">mille leiab siit</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Canoni printerite korral on soovitatav paigaldada tööriist turboprint, <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">mille leiab siit</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
@@ -8948,8 +10286,7 @@ msgstr "Windows(TM) dokumentide ja seadistuste import"
 msgid "transfugdrake"
 msgstr "transfugdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
 msgid "transfugdrake.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
@@ -8957,9 +10294,11 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
@@ -8967,31 +10306,43 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Süsteem</emphasis> kirje alt <guilabel>Windows(TM) dokumentide ja seadistuste import</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Süsteem</emphasis> kirje "
+"alt <guilabel>Windows(TM) dokumentide ja seadistuste import</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
 "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> "
-"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Tööriist võimaldab administraatoril importida kasutaja dokumendid ja seadistused operatsioonisüsteemist <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP või <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>, kui need asuvad samas arvutis Mageiaga."
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
+"computer as the Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriist võimaldab administraatoril importida kasutaja dokumendid ja "
+"seadistused operatsioonisüsteemist <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP või "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</"
+"trademark>, kui need asuvad samas arvutis Mageiaga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
 "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Palun arvestage, et kõik tööriistas transfugdrake tehtud muudatused rakenduvad kohe pärast klõpsu nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Palun arvestage, et kõik tööriistas transfugdrake tehtud muudatused "
+"rakenduvad kohe pärast klõpsu nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
 "explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr "Tööriista käivitamise järel ilmub nõustaja esimene aken, kus selgitatakse lühidalt selle eesmärki ja importimisvõimalusi."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista käivitamise järel ilmub nõustaja esimene aken, kus selgitatakse "
+"lühidalt selle eesmärki ja importimisvõimalusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
@@ -8999,19 +10350,24 @@ msgid ""
 "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
 "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr "Kui olete juhised hoolega läbi lugenud, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>. Nüüd üritab tööriist tuvastada <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> paigalduses."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete juhised hoolega läbi lugenud, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</"
+"guibutton>. Nüüd üritab tööriist tuvastada <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> paigalduses."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
 "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account"
-" than yours own."
-msgstr "Kui see on tuvastatud, näete akent, kus saate valida vajaliku(d) <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> ja Mageia konto(d). Võimalik on valida ka mõni muu konto kui Teie enda oma."
+"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
+"than yours own."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui see on tuvastatud, näete akent, kus saate valida vajaliku(d) <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> ja Mageia konto(d). Võimalik on "
+"valida ka mõni muu konto kui Teie enda oma."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
 msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
@@ -9020,10 +10376,14 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special "
-"symbols can be displayed incorrectly."
-msgstr "Pange tähele, et programmi migrate-assistant (transfugdrake'i taustaprogramm) piirangute tõttu võivad erimärke sisaldavad <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> kasutajakontode nimed olla vigaselt kuvatud."
+"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
+"incorrectly."
+msgstr ""
+"Pange tähele, et programmi migrate-assistant (transfugdrake'i "
+"taustaprogramm) piirangute tõttu võivad erimärke sisaldavad <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> kasutajakontode nimed olla vigaselt "
+"kuvatud."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
@@ -9036,22 +10396,27 @@ msgstr "Kolimine võtab sõltuvalt dokumendikaustade suurusest mõnevõrra aega.
 msgid ""
 "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
 "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using "
-"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the "
-"import purposes."
-msgstr "Mõned <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> rakendused (eriti draiverid) võivad omaenda eesmärgil luua kasutajakontosid. Näiteks <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> NVidia draivereid uuendatakse kasutajakonto <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> abil. Selliseid kontosid ei ole kindlasti mõtet importida."
+"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
+"use such accounts for the import purposes."
+msgstr ""
+"Mõned <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> rakendused (eriti "
+"draiverid) võivad omaenda eesmärgil luua kasutajakontosid. Näiteks "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> NVidia draivereid "
+"uuendatakse kasutajakonto <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> abil. Selliseid "
+"kontosid ei ole kindlasti mõtet importida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
-" to import documents:"
-msgstr "Kui olete kontovaliku lõpetanud, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>. Järgmises aknas saab valida dokumentide importimise viisi:"
+"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
+"documents:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete kontovaliku lõpetanud, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</"
+"guibutton>. Järgmises aknas saab valida dokumentide importimise viisi:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
 msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
@@ -9059,23 +10424,28 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
 msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My "
-"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My "
-"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the "
-"appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr "Transfugdrake on mõeldud importima <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> andmeid kaustadest <emphasis>Minu dokumendid</emphasis>, <emphasis>Minu muusika</emphasis> ja <emphasis>Minu Pildid</emphasis>. Soovi korral võib impordi vahele jätta, valides aknas vastava valiku."
+"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
+"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
+"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
+msgstr ""
+"Transfugdrake on mõeldud importima <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> andmeid kaustadest <emphasis>Minu dokumendid</emphasis>, "
+"<emphasis>Minu muusika</emphasis> ja <emphasis>Minu Pildid</emphasis>. Soovi "
+"korral võib impordi vahele jätta, valides aknas vastava valiku."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
 msgid ""
 "When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
-" to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr "Kui olete valinud dokumentide importimise viisi, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>. Järgmises aknas saab valida järjehoidjate importimise viisi:"
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
+"to import bookmarks:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete valinud dokumentide importimise viisi, klõpsake nupule "
+"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>. Järgmises aknas saab valida järjehoidjate "
+"importimise viisi:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
 msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
@@ -9086,22 +10456,26 @@ msgid ""
 "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr "Transfugdrake oskab importida <emphasis>Internet Exploreri</emphasis> ja <emphasis>Mozilla Firefoxi</emphasis> järjehoidjad Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla Firefoxi</emphasis> paigaldusse."
+msgstr ""
+"Transfugdrake oskab importida <emphasis>Internet Exploreri</emphasis> ja "
+"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefoxi</emphasis> järjehoidjad Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla "
+"Firefoxi</emphasis> paigaldusse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>"
-" button."
-msgstr "Valige soovitud importimise viis ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
+"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige soovitud importimise viis ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
 msgstr "Järgmises aknas on võimalik lasta importida töölaua taust:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
 msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
@@ -9109,8 +10483,7 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
+"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
 msgstr "Valige soovitud viis ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9118,10 +10491,11 @@ msgstr "Valige soovitud viis ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>."
 msgid ""
 "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
 "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Viimases aknas näete õnnitlust. Nüüd ei ole enam midagi muud teha kui klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lõpeta</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Viimases aknas näete õnnitlust. Nüüd ei ole enam midagi muud teha kui "
+"klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lõpeta</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
 msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
@@ -9136,8 +10510,7 @@ msgstr "Kasutajad ja grupid"
 msgid "userdrake"
 msgstr "userdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:18
 msgid "userdrake.png"
 msgstr "userdrake.png"
@@ -9145,9 +10518,11 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda administraatori õigustes käsk "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:22
@@ -9155,23 +10530,32 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr "Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneeli <emphasis role=\"bold\">Süsteem</emphasis> sektsioonist \"Haldamistööriistad\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriista<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> leiab Mageia "
+"juhtimiskeskuses paneeli <emphasis role=\"bold\">Süsteem</emphasis> "
+"sektsioonist \"Haldamistööriistad\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings"
-" (ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr "Tööriist annab administraatorile võimaluse hallata kasutajaid ja gruppe, see tähendab kasutajaid ja gruppe lisada või kustutada ning muuta kasutajate ja gruppide seadistusi (ID, shell...)."
+"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
+"(ID, shell, ...)"
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriist annab administraatorile võimaluse hallata kasutajaid ja gruppe, see "
+"tähendab kasutajaid ja gruppe lisada või kustutada ning muuta kasutajate ja "
+"gruppide seadistusi (ID, shell...)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in"
-" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
+"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
+"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
 "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr "Userdrake'i avamisel näidatakse kõiki süsteemis leiduvaid kasutajaid kaardil <guibutton>Kasutajad</guibutton> ja kõiki gruppe kaardil <guibutton>Grupid</guibutton>. Mõlemad kaardid on põhimõtteliselt sarnased."
+msgstr ""
+"Userdrake'i avamisel näidatakse kõiki süsteemis leiduvaid kasutajaid kaardil "
+"<guibutton>Kasutajad</guibutton> ja kõiki gruppe kaardil <guibutton>Grupid</"
+"guibutton>. Mõlemad kaardid on põhimõtteliselt sarnased."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:35
@@ -9183,8 +10567,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1) Lisa kasutaja</guibutton>"
 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
 msgstr "Sellele nupule klõpsates ilmub uus aken, mille kõik väljad on tühjad:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:41
 msgid "userdrake1.png"
 msgstr "userdrake1.png"
@@ -9195,29 +10578,40 @@ msgid ""
 "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
 "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
 "or nothing as well!"
-msgstr "Väli <emphasis role=\"bold\">Täisnimi</emphasis> on mõeldud ees- ja perekonnanime sisestamiseks, aga sellele võib kirjutada muidugi ka midagi muud või üldse tühjaks jätta!"
+msgstr ""
+"Väli <emphasis role=\"bold\">Täisnimi</emphasis> on mõeldud ees- ja "
+"perekonnanime sisestamiseks, aga sellele võib kirjutada muidugi ka midagi "
+"muud või üldse tühjaks jätta!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:49
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kasutajatunnus</emphasis> on ainuke nõutav väli."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kasutajatunnus</emphasis> on ainuke nõutav väli."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended."
-" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower"
-" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
+"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
+"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
+"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
+"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
 "orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parooli</emphasis> määramine on äärmiselt soovitatav. Välja paremas servas asub väike kilp: kui see on punane, siis on parool nõrk, liiga lühike või liiga sarnane kasutajatunnusega. Mõistlik oleks kasutada arve, suur- ja väiketähti, kirjavahemärke jms. Parooli tugevuse paranedes muutub kilp algul oranžiks ja lõpuks roheliseks."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parooli</emphasis> määramine on äärmiselt "
+"soovitatav. Välja paremas servas asub väike kilp: kui see on punane, siis on "
+"parool nõrk, liiga lühike või liiga sarnane kasutajatunnusega. Mõistlik "
+"oleks kasutada arve, suur- ja väiketähti, kirjavahemärke jms. Parooli "
+"tugevuse paranedes muutub kilp algul oranžiks ja lõpuks roheliseks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:59
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure"
-" you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr "Väli <emphasis role=\"bold\">Parool teist korda</emphasis> kindlustab, et sisestasite ikka sellise parooli, mida soovisite."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
+"you entered what you intended to."
+msgstr ""
+"Väli <emphasis role=\"bold\">Parool teist korda</emphasis> kindlustab, et "
+"sisestasite ikka sellise parooli, mida soovisite."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:62
@@ -9225,7 +10619,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
 "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
 "are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kasutatav shell </emphasis>on rippmenüüga väli, kus saab muuta shelli, mida lisatav kasutaja hakkab tarvitama. Valikuteks on Bash, Dash ja Sh."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kasutatav shell </emphasis>on rippmenüüga väli, kus "
+"saab muuta shelli, mida lisatav kasutaja hakkab tarvitama. Valikuteks on "
+"Bash, Dash ja Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:66
@@ -9233,14 +10630,19 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
 "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
 "user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kasutajale luuakse privaatgrupp</emphasis>: märkimise korral luuakse automaatselt sama nimega grupp, mille ainuke liige on loodav kasutaja (seda saab muidugi hiljem muuta)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kasutajale luuakse privaatgrupp</emphasis>: "
+"märkimise korral luuakse automaatselt sama nimega grupp, mille ainuke liige "
+"on loodav kasutaja (seda saab muidugi hiljem muuta)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
 "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Ülejäänud valikud peaksid olema enesestmõistetavad. Uus kasutaja luuakse kohe pärast klõpsamist nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ülejäänud valikud peaksid olema enesestmõistetavad. Uus kasutaja luuakse "
+"kohe pärast klõpsamist nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:73
@@ -9252,7 +10654,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2) Lisa grupp</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
 "group ID."
-msgstr "Siin tuleb kirjutada ainult uue grupi nimi ja kui vaja, siis omistada grupile spetsiifiline ID."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin tuleb kirjutada ainult uue grupi nimi ja kui vaja, siis omistada "
+"grupile spetsiifiline ID."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:78
@@ -9264,15 +10668,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3) Muuda</emphasis> (kui valitud on kasutaja)"
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
 "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Kasutaja andmed</guibutton>: siin saab muuta kõiki andmeid, mis omistati kasutajale loomisel (muuta ei saa ainult ID-d)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Kasutaja andmed</guibutton>: siin saab muuta kõiki andmeid, mis "
+"omistati kasutajale loomisel (muuta ei saa ainult ID-d)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Konto info</emphasis>:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:87
 msgid "userdrake2.png"
 msgstr "userdrake2.png"
@@ -9283,14 +10688,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
 "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
 "accounts."
-msgstr "Esimese valikuga saab kontole määrata aegumise tähtaja. Pärast määratud aega ei ole sisselogimine enam võimalik. Seda on mõistlik kasutada ajutiste kontode korral."
+msgstr ""
+"Esimese valikuga saab kontole määrata aegumise tähtaja. Pärast määratud aega "
+"ei ole sisselogimine enam võimalik. Seda on mõistlik kasutada ajutiste "
+"kontode korral."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
 "as the account is locked."
-msgstr "Teise valikuga saab konto lukustada. Kui konto on lukustatud, ei ole võimalik sisse logida."
+msgstr ""
+"Teise valikuga saab konto lukustada. Kui konto on lukustatud, ei ole "
+"võimalik sisse logida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:98
@@ -9303,10 +10713,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
 "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
 "password periodically."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parooli info</emphasis>: siin saab määrata parooli aegumise tähtaja. See sunnib kasutajat oma parooli perioodiliselt muutma."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parooli info</emphasis>: siin saab määrata parooli "
+"aegumise tähtaja. See sunnib kasutajat oma parooli perioodiliselt muutma."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:106
 msgid "userdrake3.png"
 msgstr "userdrake3.png"
@@ -9316,14 +10727,18 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
 "that the user is a member of."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupid</emphasis>: siin saab valida, millistesse gruppidesse kasutaja kuulub."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupid</emphasis>: siin saab valida, millistesse "
+"gruppidesse kasutaja kuulub."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:114
 msgid ""
 "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
 "effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr "Kui muuta sisselogitud kasutaja kontot, ei jõustu muudatused enne kasutaja järgmist sisselogimist."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui muuta sisselogitud kasutaja kontot, ei jõustu muudatused enne kasutaja "
+"järgmist sisselogimist."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:118
@@ -9335,14 +10750,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4) Muuda</emphasis> (kui valitud on grupp)"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
 "group name."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupi andmed</emphasis>: siin saab muuta grupi nime."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupi andmed</emphasis>: siin saab muuta grupi nime."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
 "users who are members of the group"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupi kasutajad</emphasis>: siin saab valida kasutajad, kes gruppi kuuluvad."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupi kasutajad</emphasis>: siin saab valida "
+"kasutajad, kes gruppi kuuluvad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:126
@@ -9352,11 +10770,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5) Kustuta</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears "
-"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private "
-"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr "Valige kasutaja või grupp ja klõpsake eemaldamiseks nupule <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kustuta</emphasis>. Kasutaja korral ilmub dialoog, kus küsitakse, kas kustutada ka kodukataloog ja postkast. Kui kasutajale on loodud privaatgrupp, kustutatakse seegi."
+"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
+"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
+"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
+"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Valige kasutaja või grupp ja klõpsake eemaldamiseks nupule <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Kustuta</emphasis>. Kasutaja korral ilmub dialoog, kus küsitakse, "
+"kas kustutada ka kodukataloog ja postkast. Kui kasutajale on loodud "
+"privaatgrupp, kustutatakse seegi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:133
@@ -9371,9 +10793,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6) Värskenda</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:138
 msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to"
-" refresh the display."
-msgstr "Kasutajate andmebaasi saab muuta ka mujal kui Userdrake'is. Sellele ikoonile klõpsates värskendatakse näidatavaid kasutajaid ja gruppe."
+"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
+"refresh the display."
+msgstr ""
+"Kasutajate andmebaasi saab muuta ka mujal kui Userdrake'is. Sellele ikoonile "
+"klõpsates värskendatakse näidatavaid kasutajaid ja gruppe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:141
@@ -9386,11 +10810,18 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
 "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
 "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories"
-" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
+"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
+"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
 "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
 "account</guimenu>."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Külaline ehk guest</emphasis> on eriline konto. Selle mõte on anda kellelegi ajutine ligipääs süsteemile täieliku turbe tingimustes. Kasutajatunnus on xguest, parooli pole ning selle kontoga sisse logides ei saa süsteemis midagi muuta. Kasutaja isiklikud kataloogid kustutatakse koos seansi lõpetamisega. See konto on vaikimisi lubatud, kui aga soovite seda keelata, valige menüükäsk<guimenu> Toimingud -&gt; Eemalda külalise (guest) konto</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Külaline ehk guest</emphasis> on eriline konto. "
+"Selle mõte on anda kellelegi ajutine ligipääs süsteemile täieliku turbe "
+"tingimustes. Kasutajatunnus on xguest, parooli pole ning selle kontoga sisse "
+"logides ei saa süsteemis midagi muuta. Kasutaja isiklikud kataloogid "
+"kustutatakse koos seansi lõpetamisega. See konto on vaikimisi lubatud, kui "
+"aga soovite seda keelata, valige menüükäsk<guimenu> Toimingud -&gt; Eemalda "
+"külalise (guest) konto</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:3
@@ -9402,8 +10833,7 @@ msgstr "Graafikaserveri seadistamine"
 msgid "XFdrake"
 msgstr "XFdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:10
 msgid "XFdrake.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake.png"
@@ -9411,19 +10841,26 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> "
-"as root. Mind the capital letters."
-msgstr "Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda tavalise kasutajana käsk <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> või administraatorina käsk <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis>. Pange kindlasti tähele suurtähti."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
+"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
+"capital letters."
+msgstr ""
+"Tööriista saab käsurealt käivitada, kui anda tavalise kasutajana käsk "
+"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> või administraatorina käsk <emphasis>drakx11</"
+"emphasis>. Pange kindlasti tähele suurtähti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Selle tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold\">Riistvara</emphasis> nime all <emphasis><guilabel>Graafikaserveri seadistamine</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
+"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Selle tööriista leiab Mageia juhtimiskeskuses paneelilt <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Riistvara</emphasis> nime all <emphasis><guilabel>Graafikaserveri "
+"seadistamine</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
+">"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:23
@@ -9441,7 +10878,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
 "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
 "one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr "Siin näeb parajasti tuvastatud graafikakaarti ja sellele seadistatud serverit. Nupule klõpsates saab valida muu serveri, näiteks sellise, mis kasutab omanduslikku draiverit."
+msgstr ""
+"Siin näeb parajasti tuvastatud graafikakaarti ja sellele seadistatud "
+"serverit. Nupule klõpsates saab valida muu serveri, näiteks sellise, mis "
+"kasutab omanduslikku draiverit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:31
@@ -9450,7 +10890,11 @@ msgid ""
 "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
 "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
 "Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Saadaolevad serverid on loetletud kirje <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> all tootjate kaupa tähestiku järjekorras ning tootjate all mudelite kaupa samuti tähestiku järjekorras. Vabad draiverid on loetletud tähestiku järjekorras kirje <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> all."
+msgstr ""
+"Saadaolevad serverid on loetletud kirje <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> all "
+"tootjate kaupa tähestiku järjekorras ning tootjate all mudelite kaupa samuti "
+"tähestiku järjekorras. Vabad draiverid on loetletud tähestiku järjekorras "
+"kirje <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> all."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:37
@@ -9458,7 +10902,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
 "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
 "in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr "Probleemide korral võib arvestada, et <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> toimib peaaegu kõigi graafikakaartidega, andes Teile aega jõuda töölauale ning üles otsida ja paigaldada õige draiver."
+msgstr ""
+"Probleemide korral võib arvestada, et <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> "
+"toimib peaaegu kõigi graafikakaartidega, andes Teile aega jõuda töölauale "
+"ning üles otsida ja paigaldada õige draiver."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:38
@@ -9466,15 +10913,21 @@ msgid ""
 "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
 "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
 "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr "Kui isegi Vesa ei tööta, siis valige <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, mida kasutatakse näiteks Mageia paigaldamise ajal, aga mis ei luba muuta ekraanilahutust ega värskendamissagedust."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui isegi Vesa ei tööta, siis valige <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
+"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, mida kasutatakse näiteks Mageia "
+"paigaldamise ajal, aga mis ei luba muuta ekraanilahutust ega "
+"värskendamissagedust."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for "
-"example)."
-msgstr "Kui olete valinud vaba draiveri, võib süsteem teha ettepaneku kasutada omanduslikku draiverit, millel on tihtipeale rohkem võimalusi (näiteks ruumiliste efektide kasutamine)."
+"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui olete valinud vaba draiveri, võib süsteem teha ettepaneku kasutada "
+"omanduslikku draiverit, millel on tihtipeale rohkem võimalusi (näiteks "
+"ruumiliste efektide kasutamine)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:45
@@ -9485,10 +10938,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor"
-" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
+"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
+"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
 "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr "Nagu draiveri puhul, on ka siin kirjas parajasti tuvastatud monitor ja nupule klõpsates saab seda muuta. Kui soovitud monitori pole kirjas <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> all, valige kirje <guilabel>Tavaline</guilabel> alt monitor, mille omadused sarnanevad Teie omaga."
+msgstr ""
+"Nagu draiveri puhul, on ka siin kirjas parajasti tuvastatud monitor ja "
+"nupule klõpsates saab seda muuta. Kui soovitud monitori pole kirjas "
+"<guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> all, valige kirje <guilabel>Tavaline</guilabel> "
+"alt monitor, mille omadused sarnanevad Teie omaga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:54
@@ -9500,10 +10957,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ekraanilahutus:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
 "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr "Selle nupuga saab valida ekraanilahutuse (pikslite arvu) ja värvisügavuse (värvide arvu). Nupule klõpsamisel ilmub järgmine aken:"
+msgstr ""
+"Selle nupuga saab valida ekraanilahutuse (pikslite arvu) ja värvisügavuse "
+"(värvide arvu). Nupule klõpsamisel ilmub järgmine aken:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:61
 msgid "XFdrake1.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
@@ -9513,31 +10971,42 @@ msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the "
 "middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Monitori pilt akna keskel näitab valitud seadistuse eelvaatlust."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Monitori pilt akna keskel näitab "
+"valitud seadistuse eelvaatlust."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another"
-" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
+"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
+"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
 "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
 "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
 "select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr "Esimene rippmenüü näitab parajasti kehtivat ekraanilahutust. Sellele klõpsates saab valida mõne muu lahutuse. Loendis on kirjas kõik graafikakaardi ja monitoriga sobivad variandid, kuid võib ka valida <guilabel>Muu</guilabel> ja määrata sootuks teistsuguse ekraanilahutuse. Sel juhul pidage aga silmas, et nii võib isegi monitorile viga teha."
+msgstr ""
+"Esimene rippmenüü näitab parajasti kehtivat ekraanilahutust. Sellele "
+"klõpsates saab valida mõne muu lahutuse. Loendis on kirjas kõik "
+"graafikakaardi ja monitoriga sobivad variandid, kuid võib ka valida "
+"<guilabel>Muu</guilabel> ja määrata sootuks teistsuguse ekraanilahutuse. Sel "
+"juhul pidage aga silmas, et nii võib isegi monitorile viga teha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:72
 msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for"
-" another one."
-msgstr "Teine rippmenüü näitab parajasti kehtivat värvisügavust. Sellele klõpsates saab värvisügavust muuta."
+"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
+"another one."
+msgstr ""
+"Teine rippmenüü näitab parajasti kehtivat värvisügavust. Sellele klõpsates "
+"saab värvisügavust muuta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
 "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr "Sõltuvalt valitud ekraanilahutusest võib olla vajalik välja logida ja graafiline keskkond taaskäivitada, enne kui muudatused rakendatakse."
+msgstr ""
+"Sõltuvalt valitud ekraanilahutusest võib olla vajalik välja logida ja "
+"graafiline keskkond taaskäivitada, enne kui muudatused rakendatakse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:83
@@ -9550,15 +11019,23 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
 "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
 "graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr "Kui seadistamine on tehtud, on soovitatav enne muudatuste kinnitamist neid testida, sest tööriista kasutamise ajal on midagi muuta palju lihtsam kui hiljem, eriti kui tehtud muudatuste tõttu ei peaks graafiline keskkond enam käivituma."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui seadistamine on tehtud, on soovitatav enne muudatuste kinnitamist neid "
+"testida, sest tööriista kasutamise ajal on midagi muuta palju lihtsam kui "
+"hiljem, eriti kui tehtud muudatuste tõttu ei peaks graafiline keskkond enam "
+"käivituma."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use"
-" XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr "Kui graafiline keskkond ei peaks töötama, vajutage Alt+Ctrl+F2 tekstikeskkonna avamiseks, logige sisse administraatori õigustes ja andke käsk XFdrake (pange tähele suurtähti) tööriista tekstiversiooni käivitamiseks."
+"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
+"XFdrake's text version."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui graafiline keskkond ei peaks töötama, vajutage Alt+Ctrl+F2 "
+"tekstikeskkonna avamiseks, logige sisse administraatori õigustes ja andke "
+"käsk XFdrake (pange tähele suurtähti) tööriista tekstiversiooni "
+"käivitamiseks."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:93
@@ -9566,7 +11043,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
 "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
 "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Kui test nurjub, oodake lihtsalt selle lõpuni. Kui see on edukas, aga Te soovite siiski midagi muuta, klõpsake <guibutton>Ei</guibutton>. Kui kõik sobib, klõpsake <guibutton role=\"bold\">Olgu</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kui test nurjub, oodake lihtsalt selle lõpuni. Kui see on edukas, aga Te "
+"soovite siiski midagi muuta, klõpsake <guibutton>Ei</guibutton>. Kui kõik "
+"sobib, klõpsake <guibutton role=\"bold\">Olgu</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:97
@@ -9579,29 +11059,42 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
 "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
 "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Globaalsed valikud</guilabel>: kui märkida <emphasis>Ctrl+Alt+Backspace'i keelamine</emphasis>, ei saa enam X-serverit taaskäivitada klahvikombinatsiooniga Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Globaalsed valikud</guilabel>: kui märkida <emphasis>Ctrl+Alt"
+"+Backspace'i keelamine</emphasis>, ei saa enam X-serverit taaskäivitada "
+"klahvikombinatsiooniga Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
 "three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Graafikakaardi valikud</guilabel> võimaldavad lubada või keelata kokku kolme graafikakaardist sõltuvat valikut."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Graafikakaardi valikud</guilabel> võimaldavad lubada või keelata "
+"kokku kolme graafikakaardist sõltuvat valikut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:107
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon "
-"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it "
-"may be unchecked for a server."
-msgstr "<guilabel>X käivitub koos süsteemiga</guilabel>: üldjuhul peaks valik <guilabel>Graafikakaardi käivitamine arvuti käivitamisel</guilabel> olema märgitud, et saaks üldse graafilises režiimis algkäivitust teha. Serveri korral võib see muidugi olla ka märkimata."
+"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
+"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
+"unchecked for a server."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>X käivitub koos süsteemiga</guilabel>: üldjuhul peaks valik "
+"<guilabel>Graafikakaardi käivitamine arvuti käivitamisel</guilabel> olema "
+"märgitud, et saaks üldse graafilises režiimis algkäivitust teha. Serveri "
+"korral võib see muidugi olla ka märkimata."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask"
-" you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
+"you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
 "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
 "and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr "Nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton> klõpsamise järel soovitakse teada, mida ette võtta: sel hetkel on veel võimalik kõigist muudatustest loobuda ja jätkata endise seadistusega või siis need lõplikult kinnitada. Viimasel juhul tuleb uue seadistuse aktiveerimiseks graafiline keskkond taaskäivitada."
+msgstr ""
+"Nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton> klõpsamise järel soovitakse teada, mida "
+"ette võtta: sel hetkel on veel võimalik kõigist muudatustest loobuda ja "
+"jätkata endise seadistusega või siis need lõplikult kinnitada. Viimasel "
+"juhul tuleb uue seadistuse aktiveerimiseks graafiline keskkond taaskäivitada."
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr.po b/docs/mcc-help/fr.po
index f791ff6e..eabb89a7 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/fr.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/fr.po
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 14:01+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>\n"
 "Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
@@ -4836,9 +4836,8 @@ msgid ""
 "link>."
 msgstr ""
 "Pour plus d'informations sur la configuration des medias, consulter la  page "
-"du Wiki Mageia (en anglais) : <link ns2:href=\"https://"
-"wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"Software_management</link>."
+"du Wiki Mageia (en anglais) : <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Software_management\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:10
@@ -5203,7 +5202,8 @@ msgstr "draksec"
 
 #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec.png"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "draksec0.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
@@ -5217,8 +5217,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 "Cet outil<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> est présent dans le "
@@ -5226,7 +5227,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\">Sécurité</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:20
+#: en/draksec.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
 "usually done by the administrator."
@@ -5235,43 +5236,57 @@ msgstr ""
 "accomplir certaines tâches normalement réalisées par l'administrateur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:23
+#: en/draksec.xml:22
+msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksec.xml:27
+msgid "draksec.png"
+msgstr "draksec.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:31
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
 "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list gives the choice between:"
+"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
 msgstr ""
 "La plupart des outils disponibles dans le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia sont "
 "affichés du côté gauche de la fenêtre (voir la copie d'écran ci-dessus), et "
 "pour chaque outil, une liste déroulante donne le choix entre :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:29
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Aucun mot de passe : L'outil est lancé sans demander de mot de passe."
+#: en/draksec.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
+"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Les valeurs par défaut dépendent du niveau de sécurité choisi. Voir dans ce "
+"même onglet du CCM, l'outil \"Configurer la sécurité, les droits et la "
+"surveillance du système\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:34
+#: en/draksec.xml:43
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
 msgstr ""
 "Mot de passe utilisateur : Le mot de passe utilisateur est demandé avant de "
 "lancer l'outil."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:39
-msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
+#: en/draksec.xml:48
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
 msgstr ""
 "Mot de passe root : Le mot de passe root est demandé avant de lancer l'outil."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
-"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Les valeurs par défaut dépendent du niveau de sécurité choisi. Voir dans ce "
-"même onglet du CCM, l'outil \"Configurer la sécurité, les droits et la "
-"surveillance du système\""
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:53
+msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+msgstr "Aucun mot de passe : L'outil est lancé sans demander de mot de passe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id.po b/docs/mcc-help/id.po
index 5357a26b..6ac0c7de 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/id.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/id.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2013
 # Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2013-2014
@@ -11,14 +11,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-26 15:51+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/id/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/"
+"language/id/)\n"
+"Language: id\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: id\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -31,8 +32,7 @@ msgstr "Akses perangkat dan direktori pembagian WebDAV"
 msgid "diskdrake --dav"
 msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
@@ -40,9 +40,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
@@ -50,7 +52,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
 "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
 "WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia, pada tab Pembagian Jaringan, bernama <guilabel>Konfigurasi pembagian WebDAV</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
+"Mageia, pada tab Pembagian Jaringan, bernama <guilabel>Konfigurasi pembagian "
+"WebDAV</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
@@ -70,7 +75,12 @@ msgid ""
 "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
 "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
 "server."
-msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> adalah protokol yang memungkinkan kita membuka direktori server web secara lokal, sehingga akan muncul sebagai direktori lokal. Adalah hal yang penting bahwa komputer remote menjalankan server WebDAV. Tujuan alat ini bukan untuk mengkonfigurasi server WebDAV."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> "
+"adalah protokol yang memungkinkan kita membuka direktori server web secara "
+"lokal, sehingga akan muncul sebagai direktori lokal. Adalah hal yang penting "
+"bahwa komputer remote menjalankan server WebDAV. Tujuan alat ini bukan untuk "
+"mengkonfigurasi server WebDAV."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
@@ -83,7 +93,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
 "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
 "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr "Layar pertama alat ini menampilkan entri yang sudah terkonfigurasi, jika ada, dan tombol <guibutton>Baru</guibutton>. Gunakan tombol tersebut untuk membuat entri baru. Masukkan URL server pada kolom dari layar baru."
+msgstr ""
+"Layar pertama alat ini menampilkan entri yang sudah terkonfigurasi, jika "
+"ada, dan tombol <guibutton>Baru</guibutton>. Gunakan tombol tersebut untuk "
+"membuat entri baru. Masukkan URL server pada kolom dari layar baru."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
@@ -91,12 +104,16 @@ msgid ""
 "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
 "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
 "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct"
-" it, if needed."
-msgstr "Lalu akan muncul layar dengan tombol radio untuk memilih beberapa aksi.  Lanjutkan dengan aksi <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> dengan mengklik <guibutton>OK</guibutton> setelah memilih tombol radio, saat <guibutton>Server</guibutton> sudah terkonfigurasi. Anda bisa memperbaikinya jika perlu."
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
+"it, if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"Lalu akan muncul layar dengan tombol radio untuk memilih beberapa aksi.  "
+"Lanjutkan dengan aksi <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> dengan mengklik "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> setelah memilih tombol radio, saat "
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> sudah terkonfigurasi. Anda bisa memperbaikinya "
+"jika perlu."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
@@ -113,10 +130,12 @@ msgstr "Isi dari direktori remote akan bisa diakses melalui titik mount ini."
 msgid ""
 "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
 "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr "Pada langkah selanjutnya, berikan nama pengguna dan sandi anda. Jika Anda perlu pilihan lainnya, Anda bisa menemukannya di layar <guibutton>lanjutan</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pada langkah selanjutnya, berikan nama pengguna dan sandi anda. Jika Anda "
+"perlu pilihan lainnya, Anda bisa menemukannya di layar <guibutton>lanjutan</"
+"guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
@@ -126,19 +145,26 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
 "access."
-msgstr "Pilihan <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> memungkinkan Anda memount akses segera."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilihan <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> memungkinkan Anda memount akses segera."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button "
-"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your "
-"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you"
-" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in "
-"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the "
-"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for "
-"one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr "Setelah Anda menerima konfigurasi dengan tombol radio <guibutton>Selesai</guibutton>, layar pertama akan ditampilkan kembali dan titik mount baru Anda akan terdaftar. Setelah Anda memilih <guibutton>Keluar</guibutton>, Anda akan ditanya apakah akan menyimpan perubahan di <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Pilih ini jika Anda ingin direktori remote langsung tersedia setiap komputer dinyalakan. Jika konfigurasi Anda hanya untuk digunakan sekali, jangan disimpan."
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
+"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
+"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
+"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
+"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
+"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah Anda menerima konfigurasi dengan tombol radio <guibutton>Selesai</"
+"guibutton>, layar pertama akan ditampilkan kembali dan titik mount baru Anda "
+"akan terdaftar. Setelah Anda memilih <guibutton>Keluar</guibutton>, Anda "
+"akan ditanya apakah akan menyimpan perubahan di <emphasis>/etc/fstab</"
+"emphasis>. Pilih ini jika Anda ingin direktori remote langsung tersedia "
+"setiap komputer dinyalakan. Jika konfigurasi Anda hanya untuk digunakan "
+"sekali, jangan disimpan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
@@ -150,8 +176,7 @@ msgstr "Bagikan partisi hard disk anda"
 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
 msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
@@ -159,9 +184,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
@@ -170,14 +197,20 @@ msgid ""
 "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
 "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
 "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr "Alat sederhana ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan administrator untuk mengizinkan pengguna membagikan sebagian dari direktori /home mereka dengan pengguna lain di jaringan lokal yang sama yang menjalankan komputer dengan sistem operasi Linux atau Windows."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat sederhana ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan "
+"administrator untuk mengizinkan pengguna membagikan sebagian dari direktori /"
+"home mereka dengan pengguna lain di jaringan lokal yang sama yang "
+"menjalankan komputer dengan sistem operasi Linux atau Windows."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled"
-" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr "Ini ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia, pada tab Disk Lokal, dengan label \"Bagikan partisi hard disk Anda\"."
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
+"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia, pada tab Disk Lokal, dengan label \"Bagikan "
+"partisi hard disk Anda\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
@@ -186,11 +219,20 @@ msgid ""
 "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
 "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
 "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for"
-" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their"
-" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
+"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
+"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
 "created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr "Pertama, jawab pertanyaan : \"<guilabel>Apakah Anda akan mengizinkan pengguna untuk berbagi beberapa direktori mereka?</guilabel>\", klik pada <guibutton>Tidak berbagi</guibutton> jika jawabannya tidak untuk semua pengguna, klik pada <guibutton>Izinkan semua pengguna</guibutton> untuk semua pengguna dan klik pada <guibutton>Sesuaikan</guibutton> jika jawabannya tidak untuk beberapa pengguna dan ya untuk sebagian lainnya. Dalam hal ini, pengguna yang diizinkan untuk membagi direktori mereka harus anggota grup fileshare(pembagian data), yang secara otomatis dibuat oleh sistem. Anda akan ditanya soal ini nantinya."
+msgstr ""
+"Pertama, jawab pertanyaan : \"<guilabel>Apakah Anda akan mengizinkan "
+"pengguna untuk berbagi beberapa direktori mereka?</guilabel>\", klik pada "
+"<guibutton>Tidak berbagi</guibutton> jika jawabannya tidak untuk semua "
+"pengguna, klik pada <guibutton>Izinkan semua pengguna</guibutton> untuk "
+"semua pengguna dan klik pada <guibutton>Sesuaikan</guibutton> jika "
+"jawabannya tidak untuk beberapa pengguna dan ya untuk sebagian lainnya. "
+"Dalam hal ini, pengguna yang diizinkan untuk membagi direktori mereka harus "
+"anggota grup fileshare(pembagian data), yang secara otomatis dibuat oleh "
+"sistem. Anda akan ditanya soal ini nantinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
@@ -201,7 +243,14 @@ msgid ""
 "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
 "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
 "required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr "Klik pada <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, layar kedua muncul yang meminta Anda untuk memilih antara <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> atau <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  Tandai <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> jika Linux adalah satu-satunya sistem operasi yang ada di jaringan, tandai <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> jika di dalam jaringan terdapat komputer Linux dan Windows lalu klik pada <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Setiap paket yang diperlukan akan diinstall."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik pada <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, layar kedua muncul yang meminta Anda "
+"untuk memilih antara <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> atau <guibutton>SMB</"
+"guibutton>.  Tandai <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> jika Linux adalah satu-"
+"satunya sistem operasi yang ada di jaringan, tandai <guibutton>SMB</"
+"guibutton> jika di dalam jaringan terdapat komputer Linux dan Windows lalu "
+"klik pada <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Setiap paket yang diperlukan akan "
+"diinstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
@@ -211,24 +260,37 @@ msgid ""
 "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
 "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
 "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information"
-" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
-msgstr "Konfigurasi selesai kecuali bila pilihan Sesuaian dipilih.  Dalam hal ini, layar tambahan akan meminta Anda untuk membuka Userdrake. Alat ini memungkinkan Anda untuk menambah pengguna yang diizinkan untuk membagi direktori mereka ke grup fileshare. Di tab Pengguna, klik pengguna yang akan ditambahkan ke grup fileshare, lalu pada <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, di tab Grup. Tandai grup fileshare lalu klik pada <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Informasi lebih lanjut tentang Userdrake, lihat <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">halaman ini</link>"
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
+"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Konfigurasi selesai kecuali bila pilihan Sesuaian dipilih.  Dalam hal ini, "
+"layar tambahan akan meminta Anda untuk membuka Userdrake. Alat ini "
+"memungkinkan Anda untuk menambah pengguna yang diizinkan untuk membagi "
+"direktori mereka ke grup fileshare. Di tab Pengguna, klik pengguna yang akan "
+"ditambahkan ke grup fileshare, lalu pada <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, di "
+"tab Grup. Tandai grup fileshare lalu klik pada <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. "
+"Informasi lebih lanjut tentang Userdrake, lihat <link ns2:href=\"userdrake."
+"xml\">halaman ini</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
 msgid ""
 "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
 "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr "Ketika menambahkan pengguna ke grup fileshare, Anda harus memutuskan dan menghubungkan kembali jaringan agar modifikasi bisa diterapkan ke akun."
+msgstr ""
+"Ketika menambahkan pengguna ke grup fileshare, Anda harus memutuskan dan "
+"menghubungkan kembali jaringan agar modifikasi bisa diterapkan ke akun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her"
-" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
+"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
 "have this facility."
-msgstr "Mulai sekarang, setiap pengguna pada grup fileshare bisa memilih direktori untuk dibagikan di pengelola file, walaupun tidak semua pengelola file memiliki fasilitas ini."
+msgstr ""
+"Mulai sekarang, setiap pengguna pada grup fileshare bisa memilih direktori "
+"untuk dibagikan di pengelola file, walaupun tidak semua pengelola file "
+"memiliki fasilitas ini."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
@@ -246,8 +308,7 @@ msgstr "Akses pembagian perangkat dan direktori NFS"
 msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
 msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
@@ -260,9 +321,11 @@ msgstr "."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
@@ -271,9 +334,16 @@ msgid ""
 "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
 "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a"
-" user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda untuk menentukan beberapa direktori yang dibagi untuk bisa diakses oleh semua pengguna di komputer. Protokol yang digunakan untuk ini adalah NFS yang tersedia di kebanyakan sistem Linux atau Unix. Direktori yang dibagi kemudian akan langsung muncul saat komputer dinyalakan. Direktori yang dibagi juga bisa diakses langsung dalam sesi tunggal untuk pengguna dengan peralatan seperti browser file."
+"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
+"user with tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda untuk "
+"menentukan beberapa direktori yang dibagi untuk bisa diakses oleh semua "
+"pengguna di komputer. Protokol yang digunakan untuk ini adalah NFS yang "
+"tersedia di kebanyakan sistem Linux atau Unix. Direktori yang dibagi "
+"kemudian akan langsung muncul saat komputer dinyalakan. Direktori yang "
+"dibagi juga bisa diakses langsung dalam sesi tunggal untuk pengguna dengan "
+"peralatan seperti browser file."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
@@ -285,17 +355,20 @@ msgstr "Prosedur"
 msgid ""
 "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
 "which share directories."
-msgstr "Pilih <guibutton>cari server</guibutton> untuk memperoleh daftar server yang membagikan direktori."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih <guibutton>cari server</guibutton> untuk memperoleh daftar server yang "
+"membagikan direktori."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
 "shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr "Klik pada simbol > sebelum nama server untuk menampilkan daftar direktori yang dibagi lalu pilih direktori yang ingin Anda akses."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik pada simbol > sebelum nama server untuk menampilkan daftar direktori "
+"yang dibagi lalu pilih direktori yang ingin Anda akses."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
@@ -303,12 +376,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have"
-" to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr "Tombol <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> akan tersedia dan Anda harus menentukan di mana akan memount direktori."
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
+"to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Tombol <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> akan tersedia dan Anda harus "
+"menentukan di mana akan memount direktori."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
@@ -319,16 +393,17 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
 "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
 "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr "Setelah memilih titik mount, Anda bisa membukanya. Anda juga bisa memeriksa dan mengubah beberapa pilihan dengan tombol <guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton>. Setelah memount direktori, Anda bisa melepasnya dengan tombol yang sama."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah memilih titik mount, Anda bisa membukanya. Anda juga bisa memeriksa "
+"dan mengubah beberapa pilihan dengan tombol <guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton>. "
+"Setelah memount direktori, Anda bisa melepasnya dengan tombol yang sama."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
@@ -338,13 +413,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgid ""
 "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
 "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the"
-" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
+"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
+"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
 "browser, for example in Dolphin."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
@@ -359,8 +433,7 @@ msgstr "Burner CD/DVD"
 msgid "diskdrake --removable"
 msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
@@ -368,9 +441,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
@@ -378,7 +453,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
 "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
 "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr "Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>ada di tab Disk lokal di Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama sesuai dengan perangkat Anda (hanya pemutar dan burner CD/DVD dan perangkat floppy)."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>ada di tab Disk lokal di "
+"Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama sesuai dengan perangkat Anda (hanya pemutar "
+"dan burner CD/DVD dan perangkat floppy)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
@@ -392,7 +470,10 @@ msgid ""
 "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
 "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
 "button."
-msgstr "Di bagian atas jendela ada penjelasan pendek dari perangkat Anda dan pilihan untuk memount. Gunakan menu di bawah untuk mengubah. Tandai item yang akan diubah lalu klik tombol <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Di bagian atas jendela ada penjelasan pendek dari perangkat Anda dan pilihan "
+"untuk memount. Gunakan menu di bawah untuk mengubah. Tandai item yang akan "
+"diubah lalu klik tombol <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
@@ -403,7 +484,9 @@ msgstr "Titik mount"
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr "Tandai kotak ini untuk mengubah titik mount. Pilihan bakunya adalah /media/cdrom."
+msgstr ""
+"Tandai kotak ini untuk mengubah titik mount. Pilihan bakunya adalah /media/"
+"cdrom."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
@@ -413,9 +496,11 @@ msgstr "Pilihan"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the"
-" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr "Banyak pilihan mount bisa dipilih di sini langsung dari daftar atau melalui submenu <guilabel>Lanjutan</guilabel>. Yang utama adalah:"
+"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
+"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
+msgstr ""
+"Banyak pilihan mount bisa dipilih di sini langsung dari daftar atau melalui "
+"submenu <guilabel>Lanjutan</guilabel>. Yang utama adalah:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
@@ -428,7 +513,10 @@ msgid ""
 "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
 "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
 "the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr "user mengizinkan pengguna biasa (bukan root) memount disk removable, pilihan ini menyertakan noexec, nosuid dan nodev. Pengguna yang memount disk hanya orang yang bisa melepasnya."
+msgstr ""
+"user mengizinkan pengguna biasa (bukan root) memount disk removable, pilihan "
+"ini menyertakan noexec, nosuid dan nodev. Pengguna yang memount disk hanya "
+"orang yang bisa melepasnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
@@ -443,9 +531,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
@@ -454,40 +544,53 @@ msgid ""
 "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
 "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with"
-" tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda untuk menyatakan direktori yang dibagi mana untuk bisa diakses semua pengguna pada komputer. Protokol yang digunakan untuk ini adalah SMB yang telah populer di sistem Windows(R). Direktori yang dibagi akan langsung tersedia ketika komputer dinyalakan. Direktori yang dibagi juga bisa langsung diakses dalam sesi tunggal oleh pengguna dengan peralatan seperti browser file."
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
+"tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda untuk "
+"menyatakan direktori yang dibagi mana untuk bisa diakses semua pengguna pada "
+"komputer. Protokol yang digunakan untuk ini adalah SMB yang telah populer di "
+"sistem Windows(R). Direktori yang dibagi akan langsung tersedia ketika "
+"komputer dinyalakan. Direktori yang dibagi juga bisa langsung diakses dalam "
+"sesi tunggal oleh pengguna dengan peralatan seperti browser file."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
 "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "Sebelum menjalankan alat ini, akan lebih baik untuk menentukan nama server yang tersedia, contohnya dengan <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Sebelum menjalankan alat ini, akan lebih baik untuk menentukan nama server "
+"yang tersedia, contohnya dengan <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who"
-" share directories."
-msgstr "Pilih <guibutton>cari server</guibutton> untuk memperoleh daftar server yang membagi direktori."
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
+"share directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih <guibutton>cari server</guibutton> untuk memperoleh daftar server yang "
+"membagi direktori."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
 "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr "Klik pada nama server dan pada &gt; sebelum nama server untuk menampilkan daftar direktori yang dibagi lalu pilih direktori yang ingin Anda akses."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik pada nama server dan pada &gt; sebelum nama server untuk menampilkan "
+"daftar direktori yang dibagi lalu pilih direktori yang ingin Anda akses."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
 "have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr "Tombol <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> akan jadi tersedia, Anda harus menentukan di mana akan memount direktori."
+msgstr ""
+"Tombol <guibutton>Titik mount</guibutton> akan jadi tersedia, Anda harus "
+"menentukan di mana akan memount direktori."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
@@ -498,7 +601,10 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
 "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
 "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Setelah memilih titik mount, ini bisa dimount dengan <guimenu>Tombol mount</guimenu>. Anda juga bisa memeriksa dan mengubah beberapa pilihan dengan tombol <guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah memilih titik mount, ini bisa dimount dengan <guimenu>Tombol mount</"
+"guimenu>. Anda juga bisa memeriksa dan mengubah beberapa pilihan dengan "
+"tombol <guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
@@ -506,16 +612,17 @@ msgid ""
 "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
 "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
 "with the same button."
-msgstr "Di pilihan, Anda bisa menentukan nama pengguna dan sandi untuk bisa terhubung ke server SMB. Setelah memount direktori, Anda bisa melepasnya dengan tombol yang sama."
+msgstr ""
+"Di pilihan, Anda bisa menentukan nama pengguna dan sandi untuk bisa "
+"terhubung ke server SMB. Setelah memount direktori, Anda bisa melepasnya "
+"dengan tombol yang sama."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
@@ -526,12 +633,15 @@ msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
 "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
 "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in "
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah menerima konfigurasi dengan tombol Selesai, sebuah pesan akan "
+"menanyakan \"Apakah Anda akan menyimpan modifikasi /etc/fstab\". Menyimpan "
+"akan memungkinkan direktori dibuat tersedia ketika komputer dinyalakan, jika "
+"jaringan bisa diakses. Direktori baru akan muncul di browser file, contohnya "
 "dolphin."
-msgstr "Setelah menerima konfigurasi dengan tombol Selesai, sebuah pesan akan menanyakan \"Apakah Anda akan menyimpan modifikasi /etc/fstab\". Menyimpan akan memungkinkan direktori dibuat tersedia ketika komputer dinyalakan, jika jaringan bisa diakses. Direktori baru akan muncul di browser file, contohnya dolphin."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
@@ -546,8 +656,7 @@ msgstr "Efek Desktop 3D"
 msgid "drak3d"
 msgstr "drak3d"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:10
 msgid "drak3d.png"
 msgstr "drak3d.png"
@@ -555,9 +664,11 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:17
@@ -565,7 +676,9 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
 "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
 "default."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda mengelola efek desktop 3D di sistem operasi. Efek 3D dimatikan secara baku."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda "
+"mengelola efek desktop 3D di sistem operasi. Efek 3D dimatikan secara baku."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:25
@@ -578,30 +691,41 @@ msgid ""
 "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
 "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
 "start."
-msgstr "Untuk menggunakan alat ini, Anda harus memiliki paket glxinfo yang terinstall. Jika paket tidak terinstall, Anda akan diminta untuk menginstallnya sebelum drak3d bisa berjalan."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk menggunakan alat ini, Anda harus memiliki paket glxinfo yang "
+"terinstall. Jika paket tidak terinstall, Anda akan diminta untuk "
+"menginstallnya sebelum drak3d bisa berjalan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
 "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a "
-"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special "
-"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn "
-"it on."
-msgstr "Setelah memulai drak3d, Anda akan dihadapkan dengan sebuah jendela menu.  Di sini Anda bisa memilih <guilabel>Tanpa Efek Desktop 3D</guilabel> atau <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion adalah bagian dari pengelola composite/window, yang menyertakan efek khusus akselerasi hardware untuk desktop Anda. Pilih <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> untuk menghidupkannya."
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
+"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
+"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah memulai drak3d, Anda akan dihadapkan dengan sebuah jendela menu.  Di "
+"sini Anda bisa memilih <guilabel>Tanpa Efek Desktop 3D</guilabel> atau "
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion adalah bagian dari "
+"pengelola composite/window, yang menyertakan efek khusus akselerasi hardware "
+"untuk desktop Anda. Pilih <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> untuk "
+"menghidupkannya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be"
-" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr "Jika ini pertama kalinya Anda menggunakan program ini setelah melakukan intalasi baru Mageia, Anda akan mendapat pesan yang memberitahukan paket apa saja yang perlu diinstall untuk menggunakan Compiz Fusion. Klik pada tombol <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan."
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
+"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
+"guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika ini pertama kalinya Anda menggunakan program ini setelah melakukan "
+"intalasi baru Mageia, Anda akan mendapat pesan yang memberitahukan paket apa "
+"saja yang perlu diinstall untuk menggunakan Compiz Fusion. Klik pada tombol "
+"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:45
 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
@@ -612,14 +736,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
 "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
 "for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr "Setelah paket-paket yang sesuai diinstall, Anda akan melihat Compiz Fusion terpilih di menu drak3d, tapi Anda harus logout dan masuk kembali akan perubahan bisa bekerja."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah paket-paket yang sesuai diinstall, Anda akan melihat Compiz Fusion "
+"terpilih di menu drak3d, tapi Anda harus logout dan masuk kembali akan "
+"perubahan bisa bekerja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:53
 msgid ""
 "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
 "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr "Setelah masuk kembali, Compiz Fusion akan aktif. Untuk mengkonfigurasi Compiz Fusion, lihat halaman alat ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah masuk kembali, Compiz Fusion akan aktif. Untuk mengkonfigurasi "
+"Compiz Fusion, lihat halaman alat ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:59
@@ -637,10 +766,12 @@ msgid ""
 "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
 "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
 "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr "Jika setelah menghidupkan Compiz Fusion Anda berusaha masuk desktop tapi tidak bisa melihat apapun, jalankan ulang komputer untuk kembali ke layar login. Setelah di sana, klik pada ikon Desktop lalu pilih drak3d."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika setelah menghidupkan Compiz Fusion Anda berusaha masuk desktop tapi "
+"tidak bisa melihat apapun, jalankan ulang komputer untuk kembali ke layar "
+"login. Setelah di sana, klik pada ikon Desktop lalu pilih drak3d."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:71
 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
@@ -650,9 +781,12 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgid ""
 "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
 "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the"
-" log in problem."
-msgstr "Ketika Anda masuk, jika akun Anda terdaftar sebagai administrator, Anda akan diminta sandi lagi. Jika tidak, gunakan login akun administrator. Lalu Anda bisa mengembalikan setiap perubahan yang mungkin menyebabkan masalah login."
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
+"log in problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Ketika Anda masuk, jika akun Anda terdaftar sebagai administrator, Anda akan "
+"diminta sandi lagi. Jika tidak, gunakan login akun administrator. Lalu Anda "
+"bisa mengembalikan setiap perubahan yang mungkin menyebabkan masalah login."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:9
@@ -664,8 +798,7 @@ msgstr "Otentikasi"
 msgid "drakauth"
 msgstr "drakauth"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:16
 msgid "drakauth.png"
 msgstr "drakauth.png"
@@ -673,16 +806,21 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the"
-" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> membuat Anda bisa memodifikasi cara di mana Anda bisa dikenali sebagai pengguna komputer atau di jaringan."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
+"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> membuat Anda bisa "
+"memodifikasi cara di mana Anda bisa dikenali sebagai pengguna komputer atau "
+"di jaringan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:25
@@ -690,7 +828,10 @@ msgid ""
 "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
 "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
 "and give information about that."
-msgstr "Secara baku, informasi otentikasi Anda tersimpan dalam file pada komputer Anda. Modifikasi ini hanya jika administrator jaringan mengundang Anda untuk melakukannya dan berikan informasi tetangnya."
+msgstr ""
+"Secara baku, informasi otentikasi Anda tersimpan dalam file pada komputer "
+"Anda. Modifikasi ini hanya jika administrator jaringan mengundang Anda untuk "
+"melakukannya dan berikan informasi tetangnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3
@@ -702,8 +843,7 @@ msgstr "Mengatur sistem boot"
 msgid "drakboot --boot"
 msgstr "drakboot --boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10
 msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
@@ -711,9 +851,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
@@ -721,55 +863,77 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
 "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
 "boot, etc.)"
-msgstr "alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi pilihan boot (pilihan bootloader, mengatur sandi, boot baku, dll.)"
+msgstr ""
+"alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda "
+"mengkonfigurasi pilihan boot (pilihan bootloader, mengatur sandi, boot baku, "
+"dll.)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set "
 "up boot system\"."
-msgstr "Ini ada di tab Boot pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Atur sistem boot\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini ada di tab Boot pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Atur sistem boot"
+"\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
 "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr "Jangan gunakan alat ini jika Anda tidak mengetahui fungsinya. Mengubah beberapa pengaturan bisa mencegah komputer untuk berjalan!"
+msgstr ""
+"Jangan gunakan alat ini jika Anda tidak mengetahui fungsinya. Mengubah "
+"beberapa pengaturan bisa mencegah komputer untuk berjalan!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to"
-" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to "
+"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
 "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
-"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot "
-"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The"
-" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can "
-"prevent you machine from booting."
-msgstr "Di bagian pertama, disebut <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, sangat dimungkinkan untuk memilih <guibutton>Bootloader yang digunakan</guibutton>, Grub atau Lilo, dengan menu grafis atau teks. Ini hanya urusan selera, tidak ada akibat apapun. Anda juga bisa mengatur <guibutton>Perangkat boot</guibutton>, jangan mengubah apapun di sini kecuali Anda sudah berpengalaman. Perangkat boot adalah di mana bootloader diinstall, modifikasi apapun bisa saja mencegah komputer untuk berjalan."
+"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</"
+"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot "
+"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent "
+"you machine from booting."
+msgstr ""
+"Di bagian pertama, disebut <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, sangat "
+"dimungkinkan untuk memilih <guibutton>Bootloader yang digunakan</guibutton>, "
+"Grub atau Lilo, dengan menu grafis atau teks. Ini hanya urusan selera, tidak "
+"ada akibat apapun. Anda juga bisa mengatur <guibutton>Perangkat boot</"
+"guibutton>, jangan mengubah apapun di sini kecuali Anda sudah berpengalaman. "
+"Perangkat boot adalah di mana bootloader diinstall, modifikasi apapun bisa "
+"saja mencegah komputer untuk berjalan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
 "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating"
-" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
+"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
+"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
 "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr "Bagian kedua, disebut <guilabel>Pilihan utama</guilabel>, Anda bisa mengatur <guibutton>Jeda sebelum booting image baku</guibutton>, dalam detik. Selama jeda ini, grub atau Lilo akan menampilkan daftar sistem operasi yang tersedia, meminta Anda untuk memilih, jika Anda tidak memilih, bootloader akan menjalankan sistem baku setelah waktu jeda terlewati."
+msgstr ""
+"Bagian kedua, disebut <guilabel>Pilihan utama</guilabel>, Anda bisa mengatur "
+"<guibutton>Jeda sebelum booting image baku</guibutton>, dalam detik. Selama "
+"jeda ini, grub atau Lilo akan menampilkan daftar sistem operasi yang "
+"tersedia, meminta Anda untuk memilih, jika Anda tidak memilih, bootloader "
+"akan menjalankan sistem baku setelah waktu jeda terlewati."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
 "possible to set a password."
-msgstr "Bagian ketiga dan terakhir, disebut <guibutton>Keamanan</guibutton>, Anda bisa mengatur sandi."
+msgstr ""
+"Bagian ketiga dan terakhir, disebut <guibutton>Keamanan</guibutton>, Anda "
+"bisa mengatur sandi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46
 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr "Tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> memberikan beberapa pilihan tambahan."
+msgstr ""
+"Tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> memberikan beberapa pilihan tambahan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49
@@ -783,7 +947,11 @@ msgid ""
 "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
 "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
 "compatible."
-msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) adalah standar untuk pengelolaan daya. Ini bisa menghemat daya dengan menghentikan perangkat yang tidak digunakan, ini adalah metode yang digunakan sebelum APM. Tandai kotak ini jika hardware Anda cocok dengan ACPI."
+msgstr ""
+"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) adalah standar untuk "
+"pengelolaan daya. Ini bisa menghemat daya dengan menghentikan perangkat yang "
+"tidak digunakan, ini adalah metode yang digunakan sebelum APM. Tandai kotak "
+"ini jika hardware Anda cocok dengan ACPI."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56
@@ -795,21 +963,27 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Hidupkan SMP:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
 "multicore processors."
-msgstr "SMP singkatan dari Symmetric Multi Processors, ini adalah arsitektur untuk prosesor dengan banyak inti."
+msgstr ""
+"SMP singkatan dari Symmetric Multi Processors, ini adalah arsitektur untuk "
+"prosesor dengan banyak inti."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
 "processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memiliki prosesor dengan HyperThreading, Mageia akan melihatnya sebagai dual processor dan menghidupkan SMP."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memiliki prosesor dengan HyperThreading, Mageia akan melihatnya "
+"sebagai dual processor dan menghidupkan SMP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local "
-"APIC:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Hidupkan APIC</guibutton> dan <guibutton>Hidupkan APIC Lokal:</guibutton>"
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
+"guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Hidupkan APIC</guibutton> dan <guibutton>Hidupkan APIC Lokal:</"
+"guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69
@@ -820,12 +994,19 @@ msgid ""
 "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
 "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
 "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local"
-" APIC."
-msgstr "APIC singkatan dari Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Ada dua komponen dalam sistem APIC Intel, local APIC (LAPIC) dan I/O APIC. Ini mengarahkan interupsi yang diterima dari bus peripheral ke satu atau lebih local APIC yang ada dalam processor. Ini sangat berguna untuk sistem multi-processor. Beberapa komputer bermasalah dengan sistem APIC yang mengakibatkan komputer membeku atau salah dalam pendeteksian perangkat (pesan kesalahan \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). Untuk yang seperti ini, matikan APIC dan/atau Local APIC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
+"APIC."
+msgstr ""
+"APIC singkatan dari Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Ada dua "
+"komponen dalam sistem APIC Intel, local APIC (LAPIC) dan I/O APIC. Ini "
+"mengarahkan interupsi yang diterima dari bus peripheral ke satu atau lebih "
+"local APIC yang ada dalam processor. Ini sangat berguna untuk sistem multi-"
+"processor. Beberapa komputer bermasalah dengan sistem APIC yang "
+"mengakibatkan komputer membeku atau salah dalam pendeteksian perangkat "
+"(pesan kesalahan \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). Untuk yang seperti "
+"ini, matikan APIC dan/atau Local APIC."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
 msgid "drakboot1.png"
 msgstr "drakboot1.png"
@@ -834,16 +1015,23 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png"
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
-"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the"
-" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
+"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the "
+"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
 "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
 "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
-"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar"
-" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
-msgstr "Di layar <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>, Anda bisa melihat semua daftar entri yang tersedia saat komputer dijalankan. Pilihan baku adalah yang bertanda bintang. Untuk mengubah susunan entri menu, klik panah naik atau turun untuk memindahkan item terpilih. Jika Anda klik tombol <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> atau <guibutton>Modifikasi </guibutton>, jendela baru akan muncul untuk menambah entri baru ke dalam menu Grub atau memodifikasi yang sudah ada. Anda harus mengenal Lilo atau Grub untuk menggunakan peralatan ini."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar "
+"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
+msgstr ""
+"Di layar <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>, Anda bisa melihat semua daftar "
+"entri yang tersedia saat komputer dijalankan. Pilihan baku adalah yang "
+"bertanda bintang. Untuk mengubah susunan entri menu, klik panah naik atau "
+"turun untuk memindahkan item terpilih. Jika Anda klik tombol "
+"<guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> atau <guibutton>Modifikasi </guibutton>, "
+"jendela baru akan muncul untuk menambah entri baru ke dalam menu Grub atau "
+"memodifikasi yang sudah ada. Anda harus mengenal Lilo atau Grub untuk "
+"menggunakan peralatan ini."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94
 msgid "drakboot2.png"
 msgstr "drakboot2.png"
@@ -854,35 +1042,46 @@ msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
 "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
 "example: Mageia3."
-msgstr "Kolom <guilabel>Nama</guilabel> bebas diisi, tuliskan di sini apa yang ingin ditampilkan di menu. Ini sama dengan perintah Grub \"title\". Contohnya: Mageia3."
+msgstr ""
+"Kolom <guilabel>Nama</guilabel> bebas diisi, tuliskan di sini apa yang ingin "
+"ditampilkan di menu. Ini sama dengan perintah Grub \"title\". Contohnya: "
+"Mageia3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
 "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr "Kolom <guilabel>Image</guilabel> berisi nama kernel. Ini sama dengan perintah Grub \"kernel\". Contohnya /boot/vmlinuz."
+msgstr ""
+"Kolom <guilabel>Image</guilabel> berisi nama kernel. Ini sama dengan "
+"perintah Grub \"kernel\". Contohnya /boot/vmlinuz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
 "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr "Kolom <guilabel>Root</guilabel> berisi nama perangkat di mana kernel tersimpan. Ini sama dengan perintah Grub \"root\". Contohnya (hd0,1)."
+msgstr ""
+"Kolom <guilabel>Root</guilabel> berisi nama perangkat di mana kernel "
+"tersimpan. Ini sama dengan perintah Grub \"root\". Contohnya (hd0,1)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
 "the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr "Kolom <guilabel>Tambahan</guilabel> berisi pilihan yang diberikan ke kernel saat komputer dijalankan."
+msgstr ""
+"Kolom <guilabel>Tambahan</guilabel> berisi pilihan yang diberikan ke kernel "
+"saat komputer dijalankan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
 "entry by default."
-msgstr "Jika kotak <guilabel>Baku</guilabel> ditandai, Grub akan menjalankan entri ini sebagai pilihan baku."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika kotak <guilabel>Baku</guilabel> ditandai, Grub akan menjalankan entri "
+"ini sebagai pilihan baku."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115
@@ -890,7 +1089,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
 "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
 "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr "Di layar tambahan yang disebut <guilabel>Lanjutan</guilabel>, dimungkinkan untuk memilih <guilabel>Mode video</guilabel>, file <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> dan <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> di daftar drop-down."
+msgstr ""
+"Di layar tambahan yang disebut <guilabel>Lanjutan</guilabel>, dimungkinkan "
+"untuk memilih <guilabel>Mode video</guilabel>, file <guilabel>initrd</"
+"guilabel> dan <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> di daftar drop-down."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:3
@@ -902,8 +1104,7 @@ msgstr "Mengatur autologin untuk masuk otomatis"
 msgid "drakboot"
 msgstr "drakboot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:11
 msgid "drakboot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot.png"
@@ -911,9 +1112,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:15
@@ -922,14 +1125,20 @@ msgid ""
 "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
 "asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
 "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda untuk masuk otomatis dengan pengguna yang sama, ke lingkungan desktop, tanpa ditanya sandi apapun. Ini disebut autologin.  Ini bagus ketika hanya ada satu pengguna di komputer."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda untuk "
+"masuk otomatis dengan pengguna yang sama, ke lingkungan desktop, tanpa "
+"ditanya sandi apapun. Ini disebut autologin.  Ini bagus ketika hanya ada "
+"satu pengguna di komputer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
 "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr "Ini ada di tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Atur autologin untuk masuk otomatis\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini ada di tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> pada Pusat Kendali "
+"Mageia dengan nama \"Atur autologin untuk masuk otomatis\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:26
@@ -939,23 +1148,30 @@ msgstr "Tombol antarmuka sangat jelas:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system "
-"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the "
-"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be "
-"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by "
-"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
+"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
+"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
+"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
+"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to"
-" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
+"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
 "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
 "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
 "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Jika kotak pertama ditandai, dua pilihan lainnya akan tersedia, tandai antara <guibutton>Tidak, saya tidak ingin autologin</guibutton>, jika Anda ingin sistem terus menanyakan pengguna mana yang ingin terhubung (dan sandi) atau tandai <guibutton>Ya, saya ingin autologin dengan (pengguna, desktop) ini</guibutton>, jika diperlukan. Untuk yang ini, Anda juga harus menentukan <guilabel>Nama pengguna baku</guilabel> dan <guilabel>Desktop baku</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika kotak pertama ditandai, dua pilihan lainnya akan tersedia, tandai "
+"antara <guibutton>Tidak, saya tidak ingin autologin</guibutton>, jika Anda "
+"ingin sistem terus menanyakan pengguna mana yang ingin terhubung (dan sandi) "
+"atau tandai <guibutton>Ya, saya ingin autologin dengan (pengguna, desktop) "
+"ini</guibutton>, jika diperlukan. Untuk yang ini, Anda juga harus menentukan "
+"<guilabel>Nama pengguna baku</guilabel> dan <guilabel>Desktop baku</"
+"guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
@@ -970,32 +1186,42 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hanya bisa dijalankan dan digunakan di baris perintah."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hanya bisa dijalankan dan "
+"digunakan di baris perintah."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by"
-" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
-"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space "
-"first: the file can easily be several GBs large."
-msgstr "Disarankan untuk menulis keluaran dari perintah ini ke sebuah file, contohnya dengan melakukan <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, tapi pastikan Anda memiliki cukup ruang disk terlebih dahulu: file bisa mencapai ukuran GB."
+"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
+"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
+"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
+"several GBs large."
+msgstr ""
+"Disarankan untuk menulis keluaran dari perintah ini ke sebuah file, "
+"contohnya dengan melakukan <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
+"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, tapi pastikan Anda memiliki cukup ruang disk "
+"terlebih dahulu: file bisa mencapai ukuran GB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing"
-" the unneeded parts."
-msgstr "Keluaran akan terlalu besar untuk dilampirkan ke laporan bug tanpa menghapus terlebih dahulu bagian yang tidak diperlukan."
+"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
+"the unneeded parts."
+msgstr ""
+"Keluaran akan terlalu besar untuk dilampirkan ke laporan bug tanpa menghapus "
+"terlebih dahulu bagian yang tidak diperlukan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
@@ -1172,12 +1398,19 @@ msgstr "df"
 msgid ""
 "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
 "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\""
-" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
-"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, "
-"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Saat halaman bantuan ini ditulis, bagian \"syslog\" dari keluaran perintah ini kosong, karena alat ini belum disetel ke systemd. Jika tetap kosong, Anda bisa mendapatkan \"syslog\" dengan melakukan (sebagai root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Jika Anda tidak memiliki ruang disk yang banyak, Anda bisa, contohnya, ambil setidaknya 5000 baris dari log dengan: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
+"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
+"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
+"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Saat halaman bantuan ini ditulis, bagian \"syslog\" dari keluaran perintah "
+"ini kosong, karena alat ini belum disetel ke systemd. Jika tetap kosong, "
+"Anda bisa mendapatkan \"syslog\" dengan melakukan (sebagai root) <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Jika Anda tidak "
+"memiliki ruang disk yang banyak, Anda bisa, contohnya, ambil setidaknya 5000 "
+"baris dari log dengan: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > "
+"journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:9
@@ -1189,8 +1422,7 @@ msgstr "Alat Pelaporan Bug Mageia"
 msgid "drakbug"
 msgstr "drakbug"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:15
 msgid "drakbug.png"
 msgstr "drakbug.png"
@@ -1198,29 +1430,37 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that,"
-" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some "
-"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug "
-"report."
-msgstr "Biasanya, alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> berjalan otomatis ketika alat Mageia crash. Tapi, mungkin juga, setelah mengisi laporan bug, Anda diminta untuk menjalankan alat ini untuk melihat beberapa informasi yang diberikan, lalu menyertakannya ke dalam laporan bug yang ada."
+"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
+"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
+"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
+msgstr ""
+"Biasanya, alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> berjalan "
+"otomatis ketika alat Mageia crash. Tapi, mungkin juga, setelah mengisi "
+"laporan bug, Anda diminta untuk menjalankan alat ini untuk melihat beberapa "
+"informasi yang diberikan, lalu menyertakannya ke dalam laporan bug yang ada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link "
-"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How "
-"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" "
-"button."
-msgstr "Jika laporan bug baru perlu untuk diisi dan Anda tidak terbiasa melakukannya, maka silakan baca <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Bagaimana cara membuat laporan bug dengan seksama</link> sebelum mengklik tombol \"Laporkan\"."
+"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
+"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika laporan bug baru perlu untuk diisi dan Anda tidak terbiasa "
+"melakukannya, maka silakan baca <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Bagaimana cara membuat laporan bug dengan "
+"seksama</link> sebelum mengklik tombol \"Laporkan\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:23
@@ -1228,7 +1468,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
 "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
 "that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr "Jika bug pernah dilaporkan oleh orang lain (pesan kesalahan yang diberikan drakbug akan sama), akan sangat berguna untuk menambahkan komentar ke laporan yang sudah ada tersebut bahwa Anda juga melihat bug itu."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika bug pernah dilaporkan oleh orang lain (pesan kesalahan yang diberikan "
+"drakbug akan sama), akan sangat berguna untuk menambahkan komentar ke "
+"laporan yang sudah ada tersebut bahwa Anda juga melihat bug itu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:3
@@ -1240,8 +1483,7 @@ msgstr "Kelola tanggal dan waktu"
 msgid "drakclock"
 msgstr "drakclock"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:10
 msgid "drakclock.png"
 msgstr "drakclock.png"
@@ -1249,18 +1491,24 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and "
-"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a "
-"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab Sistem pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama <guilabel>\"Kelola tanggal dan waktu\"</guilabel>. Di beberapa lingkungan desktop juga tersedia dengan klik kanan / Sesuaikan tanggal dan Waktu ... pada jam di tray sistem."
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
+"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
+"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab Sistem pada "
+"Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama <guilabel>\"Kelola tanggal dan waktu\"</"
+"guilabel>. Di beberapa lingkungan desktop juga tersedia dengan klik kanan / "
+"Sesuaikan tanggal dan Waktu ... pada jam di tray sistem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:21
@@ -1271,30 +1519,44 @@ msgstr "Ini adalah alat yang sangat sederhana."
 #: en/drakclock.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on"
-" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
+"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
+"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
 "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
 "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr "Di bagian atas kiri, adalah <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalender</emphasis>. Pada gambar tangkapan di atas, tanggalnya adalah September (di atas kiri), 2012 (di atas kanan), yang kedua (berwarna biru)  adalah Minggu. Pilih bulan (atau tahun) dengan mengklik panah judul di setiap sisi September (atau 2012). Pilih hari dengan mengklik pada nomor."
+msgstr ""
+"Di bagian atas kiri, adalah <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalender</emphasis>. "
+"Pada gambar tangkapan di atas, tanggalnya adalah September (di atas kiri), "
+"2012 (di atas kanan), yang kedua (berwarna biru)  adalah Minggu. Pilih bulan "
+"(atau tahun) dengan mengklik panah judul di setiap sisi September (atau "
+"2012). Pilih hari dengan mengklik pada nomor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:29
 msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time "
-"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on "
-"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
+"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
+"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
 "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr "Di bawah kiri adalah sinkronisasi <emphasis role=\"bold\">Protokol Waktu Jaringan</emphasis>, sangat dimungkinkan untuk memiliki waktu yang selalu tepat dengan mensinkronkan ke sebuah server. Tandai <guilabel>Hidupkan Protokol Waktu Jaringan</guilabel> lalu pilih server terdekat."
+msgstr ""
+"Di bawah kiri adalah sinkronisasi <emphasis role=\"bold\">Protokol Waktu "
+"Jaringan</emphasis>, sangat dimungkinkan untuk memiliki waktu yang selalu "
+"tepat dengan mensinkronkan ke sebuah server. Tandai <guilabel>Hidupkan "
+"Protokol Waktu Jaringan</guilabel> lalu pilih server terdekat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
 "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows"
-" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see"
-" your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr "Di bagian kiri adalah <emphasis role=\"bold\">jam</emphasis>. Tidak berguna mengatur jam jika NTP dihidupkan. Tiga kotak menampilkan jam, menit dan detik (15, 28 dan 22 pada gambar tangkapan). Gunakan panah kecil untuk mengatur jam ke waktu yang tepat. Format tidak bisa diubah di sini, lihat pengaturan lingkungan desktop untuk yang satu itu."
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
+"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
+"your desktop environment settings for that."
+msgstr ""
+"Di bagian kiri adalah <emphasis role=\"bold\">jam</emphasis>. Tidak berguna "
+"mengatur jam jika NTP dihidupkan. Tiga kotak menampilkan jam, menit dan "
+"detik (15, 28 dan 22 pada gambar tangkapan). Gunakan panah kecil untuk "
+"mengatur jam ke waktu yang tepat. Format tidak bisa diubah di sini, lihat "
+"pengaturan lingkungan desktop untuk yang satu itu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:40
@@ -1302,15 +1564,19 @@ msgid ""
 "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
 "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
 "nearest town."
-msgstr "Terakhir, di bawah kanan, pilih zona waktu dengan mengklik tombol <guibutton>Ubah Zona Waktu</guibutton> lalu memilih kota terdekat di daftar."
+msgstr ""
+"Terakhir, di bawah kanan, pilih zona waktu dengan mengklik tombol "
+"<guibutton>Ubah Zona Waktu</guibutton> lalu memilih kota terdekat di daftar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they"
-" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
+"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
 "settings."
-msgstr "Meskipun tidak mungkin untuk memilih format tanggal atau waktu dengan alat ini, mereka akan ditampilkan di desktop berdasarkan pengaturan lokalisasi."
+msgstr ""
+"Meskipun tidak mungkin untuk memilih format tanggal atau waktu dengan alat "
+"ini, mereka akan ditampilkan di desktop berdasarkan pengaturan lokalisasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
@@ -1322,8 +1588,7 @@ msgstr "Menghapus koneksi"
 msgid "drakconnect --del"
 msgstr "drakconnect --del"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
 msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
@@ -1331,30 +1596,37 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>."
-msgstr "Di sini, Anda bisa menghapus antarmuka jaringan<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini, Anda bisa menghapus antarmuka jaringan<placeholder type=\"footnote"
+"\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
 "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Klik pada menu drop down, pilih yang ingin Anda hapus lalu klik <emphasis>selanjutnya</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik pada menu drop down, pilih yang ingin Anda hapus lalu klik "
+"<emphasis>selanjutnya</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
 "successfully."
-msgstr "Anda akan melihat pesan bahwa antarmuka jaringan telah berhasil dihapus."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda akan melihat pesan bahwa antarmuka jaringan telah berhasil dihapus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:3
@@ -1366,8 +1638,7 @@ msgstr "Mengatur antarmuka jaringan (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
 msgid "drakconnect"
 msgstr "drakconnect"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:11
 msgid "drakconnect.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect.png"
@@ -1375,9 +1646,11 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:18
@@ -1385,14 +1658,20 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
 "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
 "your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan untuk mengkonfigurasi banyak jaringan lokal atau akses Internet. Anda harus mengetahui beberapa informasi dari penyelenggara akses atau administrator jaringan."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan untuk "
+"mengkonfigurasi banyak jaringan lokal atau akses Internet. Anda harus "
+"mengetahui beberapa informasi dari penyelenggara akses atau administrator "
+"jaringan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
 "and provider you have."
-msgstr "Pilih tipe koneksi yang ingin Anda atur, berdasarkan pada perangkat dan penyelenggara mana yang Anda miliki."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih tipe koneksi yang ingin Anda atur, berdasarkan pada perangkat dan "
+"penyelenggara mana yang Anda miliki."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:30
@@ -1404,133 +1683,151 @@ msgstr "Koneksi Kabel baru (Ethernet)"
 msgid ""
 "The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
 "to configure."
-msgstr "Jendela pertama menampilkan daftar antarmuka yang tersedia.  Pilih yang akan dikonfigurasi."
+msgstr ""
+"Jendela pertama menampilkan daftar antarmuka yang tersedia.  Pilih yang akan "
+"dikonfigurasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
 msgid ""
 "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
 "address."
-msgstr "Sampai di sini, pilihannya adalah di antara alamat IP otomatis atau manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Sampai di sini, pilihannya adalah di antara alamat IP otomatis atau manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
 msgid "Automatic IP"
 msgstr "IP otomatis"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers"
-" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
+"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
-" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Pengaturan Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus memilih apakah server DNS dinyatakan oleh server DHCP atau ditentukan secara manual, seperti dijelaskan di bawah. Pada pilihan terakhir, alamat IP server DNS harus diatur. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditetapkan di sini. Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditetapkan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> disandingkan secara baku.  Hostname bisa juga disediakan oleh server DHCP dengan pilihan <emphasis>Tetapkan nama host dari server DHCP</emphasis>. Tidak semua server DHCP memiliki fungsi seperti itu dan jika Anda mengatur PC untuk mendapatkan alamat IP dari router ADSL rumah, ini tidak seperti itu."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Pengaturan Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus memilih apakah "
+"server DNS dinyatakan oleh server DHCP atau ditentukan secara manual, "
+"seperti dijelaskan di bawah. Pada pilihan terakhir, alamat IP server DNS "
+"harus diatur. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditetapkan di sini. Jika tidak ada "
+"HOSTNAME yang ditetapkan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> "
+"disandingkan secara baku.  Hostname bisa juga disediakan oleh server DHCP "
+"dengan pilihan <emphasis>Tetapkan nama host dari server DHCP</emphasis>. "
+"Tidak semua server DHCP memiliki fungsi seperti itu dan jika Anda mengatur "
+"PC untuk mendapatkan alamat IP dari router ADSL rumah, ini tidak seperti itu."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:62
 msgid "drakconnect5.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
 msgstr "Tombol lanjutan memberikan kesempatan untuk menentukan:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr "Pencarian domain (tidak bisa diakses, karena disediakan oleh server DHCP)"
+msgstr ""
+"Pencarian domain (tidak bisa diakses, karena disediakan oleh server DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
 msgid "the DHCP client"
 msgstr "Klien DHCP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
 msgid "DHCP timeout"
 msgstr "Waktu habis DHCP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr "Dapatkan server YP dari DHCP (ditandai secara baku): tentukan server NIS"
+msgstr ""
+"Dapatkan server YP dari DHCP (ditandai secara baku): tentukan server NIS"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
 msgstr "Dapatkan server NTPD dari DHCP (sinkronisasi jam)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
 msgid ""
 "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
 "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
 "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr "HOSTNAME dibutuhkan oleh DHCP. Hanya gunakan pilihan ini jika server DHCP membutuhkan klien untuk menentukan hostname sebelum menerima alamat IP. Pilihan ini tidak disediakan oleh beberapa server DHCP."
+msgstr ""
+"HOSTNAME dibutuhkan oleh DHCP. Hanya gunakan pilihan ini jika server DHCP "
+"membutuhkan klien untuk menentukan hostname sebelum menerima alamat IP. "
+"Pilihan ini tidak disediakan oleh beberapa server DHCP."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
 "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Setelah diterima, langkah terakhir yang umum untuk semua konfigurasi koneksi dijelaskan: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah diterima, langkah terakhir yang umum untuk semua konfigurasi koneksi "
+"dijelaskan: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
 msgid "Manual configuration"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi manual"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:115
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
 "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
 "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Pengaturan Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus menentukan server DNS yang akan digunakan. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditetapkan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> disandingkan secara baku."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Pengaturan Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus menentukan server "
+"DNS yang akan digunakan. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika "
+"tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditetapkan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
+"literal> disandingkan secara baku."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
-"available from your service provider's website."
-msgstr "Untuk jaringan rumah, alamat IP biasanya seperti <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, Gateway dan server DNS tersedia di website penyelenggara layanan."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
+"provider's website."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk jaringan rumah, alamat IP biasanya seperti <emphasis>192.168.x.x</"
+"emphasis>, Netmask <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, Gateway dan server "
+"DNS tersedia di website penyelenggara layanan."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:126
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
-"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
-"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
-"domestic ADSL would not need this setting."
-msgstr "Di pengaturan lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan <emphasis>Pencarian domain</emphasis>. Biasanya ini adalah domain rumah Anda, contohnya jika komputer Anda disebut \"splash\", dan nama domain lengkapnya \"splash.boatanchor.net\", Pencarian Domain akan jadi \"boatanchor.net\". Kecuali jika Anda perlu spesifik, tidak apa-apa jika tidak menentukan pengaturan ini. Sekali lagi, ADSL rumah tidak memerlukan pengaturan ini."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
+"this setting."
+msgstr ""
+"Di pengaturan lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan <emphasis>Pencarian domain</"
+"emphasis>. Biasanya ini adalah domain rumah Anda, contohnya jika komputer "
+"Anda disebut \"splash\", dan nama domain lengkapnya \"splash.boatanchor.net"
+"\", Pencarian Domain akan jadi \"boatanchor.net\". Kecuali jika Anda perlu "
+"spesifik, tidak apa-apa jika tidak menentukan pengaturan ini. Sekali lagi, "
+"ADSL rumah tidak memerlukan pengaturan ini."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:136
 msgid "drakconnect30.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
@@ -1551,11 +1848,14 @@ msgstr "Koneksi Satelit baru (DVB)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you"
-" can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
-"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "Bagian ini belum ditulis karena kurangnya sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir bisa menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Tim Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda."
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Bagian ini belum ditulis karena kurangnya sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir bisa "
+"menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Documentation_team\"> Tim Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk "
+"bantuan Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:158
@@ -1567,59 +1867,74 @@ msgstr "Koneksi modem Kabel baru"
 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
 msgstr "Anda harus menentukan metode otentikasi:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:176
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Tidak ada"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:180
 msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name"
-" and password."
-msgstr "BPALogin (diperlukan untuk Telstra). Dalam hal ini Anda harus menyediakan Nama pengguna dan sandi."
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
+"and password."
+msgstr ""
+"BPALogin (diperlukan untuk Telstra). Dalam hal ini Anda harus menyediakan "
+"Nama pengguna dan sandi."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:191
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
 "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
-" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Pengaturan Cable/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus memilih apakah server DNS dinyatakan oleh server DHCP atau ditentukan secara manual, seperti dijelaskan di bawah. Pada pilihan terakhir, alamat IP server DNS harus diatur. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditentukan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> disandingkan secara baku.  Hostname bisa juga disediakan oleh server DHCP dengan pilihan <emphasis>Tetapkan nama host dari server DHCP</emphasis>. Tidak semua server DHCP memiliki fungsi ini dan jika Anda mengatur PC untuk mendapatkan alamat IP dari router ADSL rumah, ini tidak seperti itu."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Pengaturan Cable/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus memilih apakah server "
+"DNS dinyatakan oleh server DHCP atau ditentukan secara manual, seperti "
+"dijelaskan di bawah. Pada pilihan terakhir, alamat IP server DNS harus "
+"diatur. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME "
+"yang ditentukan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> disandingkan "
+"secara baku.  Hostname bisa juga disediakan oleh server DHCP dengan pilihan "
+"<emphasis>Tetapkan nama host dari server DHCP</emphasis>. Tidak semua server "
+"DHCP memiliki fungsi ini dan jika Anda mengatur PC untuk mendapatkan alamat "
+"IP dari router ADSL rumah, ini tidak seperti itu."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:252
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers"
-" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
+"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
 "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Pengaturan Cable/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus menyatakan server DNS yang digunakan. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditentukan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> disandingkan secara baku."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Pengaturan Cable/IP</emphasis>: Anda harus menyatakan server DNS "
+"yang digunakan. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada "
+"HOSTNAME yang ditentukan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> "
+"disandingkan secara baku."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
-"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
-"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
-"domestic connection would not need this setting."
-msgstr "Di pengaturan lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan <emphasis>Pencarian domain</emphasis>. Biasanya ini domain rumah Anda, contohnya jika komputer Anda disebut \"splash\", dan domain lengkapnya \"splash.boatanchor.net\", Pencarian Domain akan jadi \"boatanchor.net\". Kecuali jika Anda perlu spesifik, tidak apa-apa untuk tidak menentukan pengaturan ini. Sekali lagi, koneksi rumah tidak memerlukan pengaturan ini."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
+"need this setting."
+msgstr ""
+"Di pengaturan lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan <emphasis>Pencarian domain</"
+"emphasis>. Biasanya ini domain rumah Anda, contohnya jika komputer Anda "
+"disebut \"splash\", dan domain lengkapnya \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"Pencarian Domain akan jadi \"boatanchor.net\". Kecuali jika Anda perlu "
+"spesifik, tidak apa-apa untuk tidak menentukan pengaturan ini. Sekali lagi, "
+"koneksi rumah tidak memerlukan pengaturan ini."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:273
 msgid "drakconnect32.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
@@ -1634,47 +1949,47 @@ msgstr "Koneksi DSL baru"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr "Jika alat ini bisa mendeteksi antarmuka jaringan, dia akan menawarkan untuk memilih dan mengkonfigurasinya."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika alat ini bisa mendeteksi antarmuka jaringan, dia akan menawarkan untuk "
+"memilih dan mengkonfigurasinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr "Daftar penyelenggara ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan negara.  Pilih penyelenggara Anda. Jika tidak ada, pilih pilihan <guilabel>Tak terdaftar</guilabel> lalu masukkan pilihan yang diberikan oleh penyelenggara Anda."
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+msgstr ""
+"Daftar penyelenggara ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan negara.  Pilih "
+"penyelenggara Anda. Jika tidak ada, pilih pilihan <guilabel>Tak terdaftar</"
+"guilabel> lalu masukkan pilihan yang diberikan oleh penyelenggara Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
 msgstr "Pilih salah satu protokol yang tersedia:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:307
 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:311
 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi TCP/IP manual"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:315
 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 msgstr "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:319
 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 msgstr "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:323
 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
@@ -1684,26 +1999,22 @@ msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgid "Access settings"
 msgstr "Pengaturan akses"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
 msgid "Account Login (user name)"
 msgstr "Login Akun (nama pengguna)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
 msgid "Account password"
 msgstr "Sandi akun"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:341
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 msgstr "(Lanjutan) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:345
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
 msgstr "(Lanjutan) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
@@ -1723,14 +2034,12 @@ msgstr "Koneksi ISDN baru"
 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
 msgstr "Panduan menanyakan perangkat mana yang akan dikonfigurasi:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:365
 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
 msgstr "Pilihan manual (perangkat ISDN internal)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:369
 msgid "External ISDN modem"
 msgstr "Modem ISDN eksternal"
@@ -1740,16 +2049,16 @@ msgstr "Modem ISDN eksternal"
 msgid ""
 "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
 "Select your card."
-msgstr "Daftar perangkat ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan kategori dan pabrikan. Pilih perangkat Anda."
+msgstr ""
+"Daftar perangkat ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan kategori dan "
+"pabrikan. Pilih perangkat Anda."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:384
 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Protokol di bagian dunia lain, kecuali Eropa (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:389
 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
 msgstr "Protokol untuk Eropa (EDSS1)"
@@ -1758,31 +2067,31 @@ msgstr "Protokol untuk Eropa (EDSS1)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:395
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave "
-"you. Then it is asked for parameters:"
-msgstr "Daftar penyelenggara lalu akan ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan negara.  Pilih penyelenggara Anda. Jika tidak terdaftar, pilih pilihan <guilabel>Tak terdaftar</guilabel> lalu masukkan pilihan yang diberikan oleh penyelenggara Anda. Lalu akan ditanyakan parameter:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
+"asked for parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+"Daftar penyelenggara lalu akan ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan "
+"negara.  Pilih penyelenggara Anda. Jika tidak terdaftar, pilih pilihan "
+"<guilabel>Tak terdaftar</guilabel> lalu masukkan pilihan yang diberikan oleh "
+"penyelenggara Anda. Lalu akan ditanyakan parameter:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:402
 msgid "Connection name"
 msgstr "Nama koneksi"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:406
 msgid "Phone number"
 msgstr "Nomor telepon"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:410
 msgid "Login ID"
 msgstr "ID login"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:418
 msgid "Authentication method"
 msgstr "Metode otentikasi"
@@ -1792,43 +2101,51 @@ msgstr "Metode otentikasi"
 msgid ""
 "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
 "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr "Setelah itu, Anda harus memilih apakah akan mendapatkan alamat IP dengan metode otomatis atau manual. Untuk yang terakhir, tentukan alamat IP dan mask Subnet."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah itu, Anda harus memilih apakah akan mendapatkan alamat IP dengan "
+"metode otomatis atau manual. Untuk yang terakhir, tentukan alamat IP dan "
+"mask Subnet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:430
 msgid ""
 "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to"
-" put:"
-msgstr "Langkah selanjutnya adalah memilih bagaimana alamat server DNS diperoleh, dengan metode otomatis atau manual. Untuk konfigurasi manual, Anda harus memasukkan:"
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
+"put:"
+msgstr ""
+"Langkah selanjutnya adalah memilih bagaimana alamat server DNS diperoleh, "
+"dengan metode otomatis atau manual. Untuk konfigurasi manual, Anda harus "
+"memasukkan:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:436
 msgid "Domain name"
 msgstr "Nama domain"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:440
 msgid "First and second DNS Server"
 msgstr "Server DNS pertama dan kedua"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:444
 msgid ""
 "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
 "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr "Pilih jika hostname diatur dari IP. Pilihan ini hanya dipilih jika Anda yakin bahwa penyelenggara Anda dikonfigurasikan untuk menerimanya."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih jika hostname diatur dari IP. Pilihan ini hanya dipilih jika Anda "
+"yakin bahwa penyelenggara Anda dikonfigurasikan untuk menerimanya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:452
 msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic"
-" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter "
-"the IP address."
-msgstr "Langkah selanjutnya adalah memilih bagaimana alamat gateway diperoleh, dengan metode otomatis atau manual. Untuk konfigurasi manual, Anda harus memasukkan alamat IP."
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
+"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
+"IP address."
+msgstr ""
+"Langkah selanjutnya adalah memilih bagaimana alamat gateway diperoleh, "
+"dengan metode otomatis atau manual. Untuk konfigurasi manual, Anda harus "
+"memasukkan alamat IP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:464
@@ -1841,103 +2158,93 @@ msgid ""
 "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
 "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
 "only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr "Jendela pertama menampilkan daftar antarmuka yang tersedia dan entri untuk driver Windows (ndiswrapper). Pilih yang akan dikonfigurasi. Gunakan ndiswrapper hanya jika metode konfigurasi lain tidak bisa."
+msgstr ""
+"Jendela pertama menampilkan daftar antarmuka yang tersedia dan entri untuk "
+"driver Windows (ndiswrapper). Pilih yang akan dikonfigurasi. Gunakan "
+"ndiswrapper hanya jika metode konfigurasi lain tidak bisa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:475
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
 "the card has detected."
-msgstr "Setelah ini, pilihan yang tersedia adalah perbedaan titik akses yang telah terdeteksi oleh perangkat."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah ini, pilihan yang tersedia adalah perbedaan titik akses yang telah "
+"terdeteksi oleh perangkat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:480
 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
 msgstr "Parameter spesifik untuk perangkat nirkabel adalah menyediakan:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:484
 msgid "drakconnect31.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:490
 msgid "Operating mode:"
 msgstr "Mode operasi:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:494
 msgid "Managed"
 msgstr "Terkelola"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:497
 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
 msgstr "Untuk mengakses ke titik akses yang sudah ada (paling sering)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:503
 msgid "Ad-Hoc"
 msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:506
 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
 msgstr "Mengkonfigurasi koneksi langsung di antara komputer."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:514
 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
 msgstr "Nama Jaringan (ESSID)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:518
 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
 msgstr "Mode enkripsi: tergantung pada bagaimana titik akses dikonfigurasi."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:523
 msgid "WPA/WPA2"
 msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:526
 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
 msgstr "Mode enkripsi ini lebih disukai jika perangkat Anda mengizinkannya."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:532
 msgid "WEP"
 msgstr "WEP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:535
 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
 msgstr "Beberapa perangkat lama hanya bisa dengan metode enkripsi ini."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:543
 msgid "Encryption key"
 msgstr "Kunci enkripsi"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid ""
-"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
+msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
 msgstr "Biasanya ini tersedia dengan perangkat yang memberikan titik akses."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1945,10 +2252,10 @@ msgstr "Biasanya ini tersedia dengan perangkat yang memberikan titik akses."
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
 "manual IP address."
-msgstr "Setelah langkah ini, pilihannya adalah antara alamat IP otomatis atau manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah langkah ini, pilihannya adalah antara alamat IP otomatis atau manual."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:561
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
@@ -1958,49 +2265,64 @@ msgid ""
 "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
 "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
 "DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Pengaturan IP</emphasis>: Anda harus memilih apakah server DNS dinyatakan oleh server DHCP atau ditentukan manual, seperti dijelaskan di bawah. Untuk yang terakhir, alamat IP dari server DNS harus diatur. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini.  Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditentukan, nama localhost.localdomain disandingkan secara baku. Hostname bisa juga disediakan oleh server DHCP dengan pilihan <emphasis>Tetapkan nama host dari server DHCP</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Pengaturan IP</emphasis>: Anda harus memilih apakah server DNS "
+"dinyatakan oleh server DHCP atau ditentukan manual, seperti dijelaskan di "
+"bawah. Untuk yang terakhir, alamat IP dari server DNS harus diatur. HOSTNAME "
+"komputer bisa ditentukan di sini.  Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditentukan, "
+"nama localhost.localdomain disandingkan secara baku. Hostname bisa juga "
+"disediakan oleh server DHCP dengan pilihan <emphasis>Tetapkan nama host dari "
+"server DHCP</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:589
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr "Dapatkan server YP dari DHCP (ditandai secara baku): tentukan server NIS"
+msgstr ""
+"Dapatkan server YP dari DHCP (ditandai secara baku): tentukan server NIS"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:608
 msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
 "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Setelah menerima konfigurasi, langkah yang umum untuk semua konfigurasi koneksi, dijelaskan: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah menerima konfigurasi, langkah yang umum untuk semua konfigurasi "
+"koneksi, dijelaskan: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:619
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Pengaturan IP</emphasis>: Anda harus menentukan server DNS. HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang ditentukan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> disandingkan secara baku."
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Pengaturan IP</emphasis>: Anda harus menentukan server DNS. "
+"HOSTNAME komputer bisa ditentukan di sini. Jika tidak ada HOSTNAME yang "
+"ditentukan, nama <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> disandingkan "
+"secara baku."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:625
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr "Untuk jaringan rumah, alamat IP selalu seperti <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, dan server Gateway dan DNS tersedia di website penyelenggara Anda."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
+"website."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk jaringan rumah, alamat IP selalu seperti <emphasis>192.168.x.x</"
+"emphasis>, Netmask <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, dan server Gateway "
+"dan DNS tersedia di website penyelenggara Anda."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:630
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, "
-"before the period."
-msgstr "Di pengaturan lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan <emphasis>Pencarian domain</emphasis>. Ini harus seperti hostname Anda tanpa nama pertama, sebelum periode."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
+"period."
+msgstr ""
+"Di pengaturan lanjutan, Anda bisa menentukan <emphasis>Pencarian domain</"
+"emphasis>. Ini harus seperti hostname Anda tanpa nama pertama, sebelum "
+"periode."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:644
@@ -2012,7 +2334,9 @@ msgstr "Koneksi GPRS/Edge/3G baru"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr "Jika alat ini mengenali antarmuka nirkabel, dia akan menawarkan untuk memilih dan mengkonfigurasinya."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika alat ini mengenali antarmuka nirkabel, dia akan menawarkan untuk "
+"memilih dan mengkonfigurasinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:653
@@ -2024,15 +2348,16 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
 "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Panduan akan menanyakan jaringan. Jika tidak terdeteksi, pilih pilihan <guilabel>Tak terdaftar</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Panduan akan menanyakan jaringan. Jika tidak terdeteksi, pilih pilihan "
+"<guilabel>Tak terdaftar</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:670
 msgid "Provide access settings"
 msgstr "Sediakan pengaturan akses"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:674
 msgid "Access Point Name"
 msgstr "Nama Titik Akses"
@@ -2047,14 +2372,12 @@ msgstr "Koneksi Jaringan Dial-Up Bluetooth baru"
 msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
 msgstr "Koneksi modem telepon Analog baru (POTS)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:710
 msgid "Manual choice"
 msgstr "Pilihan manual"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:714
 msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
 msgstr "Perangkat yang dikenali, jika ada."
@@ -2069,73 +2392,69 @@ msgstr "Daftar port ditawarkan. Pilih port Anda."
 msgid ""
 "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
 "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Jika belum terinstall, Anda akan disarankan untuk menginstall paket <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika belum terinstall, Anda akan disarankan untuk menginstall paket "
+"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:729
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-" Then it is asked for Dialup options:"
-msgstr "Daftar penyelenggara ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan negara. Pilih penyelenggara Anda. Jika tidak terdaftar, pilih pilihan <guilabel>Tak terdaftar</guilabel> lalu masukkan pilihan yang diberikan penyelenggara Anda. Lalu akan ditanyakan pilihan Dialup:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
+"for Dialup options:"
+msgstr ""
+"Daftar penyelenggara ditawarkan, diklasifikasikan berdasarkan negara. Pilih "
+"penyelenggara Anda. Jika tidak terdaftar, pilih pilihan <guilabel>Tak "
+"terdaftar</guilabel> lalu masukkan pilihan yang diberikan penyelenggara "
+"Anda. Lalu akan ditanyakan pilihan Dialup:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:736
 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Nama koneksi</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:740
 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Nomor telepon</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:744
 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>ID Login</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:748
 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Sandi</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:752
 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Otentikasi</emphasis>, pilih antara:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:756
 msgid "PAP/CHAP"
 msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:760
 msgid "Script-based"
 msgstr "Berbasis skrip"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:764
 msgid "PAP"
 msgstr "PAP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:768
 msgid "Terminal-based"
 msgstr "Berbasis terminal"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:772
 msgid "CHAP"
 msgstr "CHAP"
@@ -2169,7 +2488,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Hidupkan penghitungan lalu lintas</emphasis>"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:804
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Izinkan antarmuka dikendalikan oleh Pengelola Jaringan</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Izinkan antarmuka dikendalikan oleh Pengelola Jaringan</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:809
@@ -2177,7 +2497,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
 "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
 "automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr "Untuk koneksi nirkabel, kotak tambahannya adalah <emphasis>Izinkan penjelajahan titik akses</emphasis> yang memberi kemungkinan untuk berpindah secara otomatis di antara titik akses menurut kekuatan sinyal."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk koneksi nirkabel, kotak tambahannya adalah <emphasis>Izinkan "
+"penjelajahan titik akses</emphasis> yang memberi kemungkinan untuk berpindah "
+"secara otomatis di antara titik akses menurut kekuatan sinyal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:816
@@ -2209,10 +2532,11 @@ msgstr "Hidupkan tunnel IPv6 ke IPv4"
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
 "immediately or not."
-msgstr "Langkah terakhir memungkinkan Anda untuk menentukan apakah koneksi akan langsung dijalankan atau tidak."
+msgstr ""
+"Langkah terakhir memungkinkan Anda untuk menentukan apakah koneksi akan "
+"langsung dijalankan atau tidak."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:841
 msgid "drakconnect9.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
@@ -2227,8 +2551,7 @@ msgstr "Buka konsol sebagai administrator"
 msgid "drakconsole"
 msgstr "drakconsole"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:10
 msgid "drakconsole.png"
 msgstr "drakconsole.png"
@@ -2236,17 +2559,22 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more"
-" information about that."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memberi Anda akses ke konsol yang langsung dibuka sebagai root. Sepertinya tidak perlu informasi lebih untuk ini."
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
+"information about that."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memberi Anda akses ke "
+"konsol yang langsung dibuka sebagai root. Sepertinya tidak perlu informasi "
+"lebih untuk ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:8
@@ -2258,8 +2586,7 @@ msgstr "Kelola partisi disk"
 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
 msgstr "drakdisk atau diskdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:15
 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
@@ -2267,10 +2594,13 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> atau <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
+"as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> atau <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">diskdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:20
@@ -2278,19 +2608,25 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
 "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
 "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on "
-"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sangat berguna, sedikit kesalahan atau senggolan pada keyboard bisa membuat kehilangan data pada partisi atau bahkan terhapusnya seluruh hard disk. Untuk alasan tersebut, Anda akan melihat layar di atas dari layar alat. Klik pada <emphasis>Keluar</emphasis> jika Anda tidak ingin melanjutkan."
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
+"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sangat berguna, sedikit "
+"kesalahan atau senggolan pada keyboard bisa membuat kehilangan data pada "
+"partisi atau bahkan terhapusnya seluruh hard disk. Untuk alasan tersebut, "
+"Anda akan melihat layar di atas dari layar alat. Klik pada <emphasis>Keluar</"
+"emphasis> jika Anda tidak ingin melanjutkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
 "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memiliki lebih dari satu hard disk, Anda bisa berpindah ke hard disk yang Anda inginkan dengan memilih tab yang benar (sda, sdb, sdc, dst)."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memiliki lebih dari satu hard disk, Anda bisa berpindah ke hard "
+"disk yang Anda inginkan dengan memilih tab yang benar (sda, sdb, sdc, dst)."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:35
 msgid "drakdisk.png"
 msgstr "drakdisk.png"
@@ -2300,12 +2636,18 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png"
 msgid ""
 "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
 "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a"
-" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear "
-"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete "
-"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a "
-"partition."
-msgstr "Anda bisa memilih banyak aksi untuk menyesuaikan hard disk sesuai keinginan. Membersihkan keseluruhan hard disk, memisahkan atau menyatukan partisi, mengubah ukuran atau mengubah sistem file, memformat atau melihat isi partisi: semuanya bisa. Tombol <emphasis><guibutton>Bersihkan semua</guibutton></emphasis> di bawah adalah untuk menghapus keseluruhan disk, tombol lainnya akan muncul di sebelah kanan setelah Anda mengklik sebuah partisi."
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
+"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
+"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
+"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa memilih banyak aksi untuk menyesuaikan hard disk sesuai keinginan. "
+"Membersihkan keseluruhan hard disk, memisahkan atau menyatukan partisi, "
+"mengubah ukuran atau mengubah sistem file, memformat atau melihat isi "
+"partisi: semuanya bisa. Tombol <emphasis><guibutton>Bersihkan semua</"
+"guibutton></emphasis> di bawah adalah untuk menghapus keseluruhan disk, "
+"tombol lainnya akan muncul di sebelah kanan setelah Anda mengklik sebuah "
+"partisi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:47
@@ -2313,7 +2655,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
 "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
 "must be unmounted first."
-msgstr "Jika partisi yang dipilih termount, seperti pada contoh di bawah, Anda tidak bisa mengubah ukuran, memformat atau menghapusnya. Untuk bisa melakukan semua itu, partisi harus dilepas terlebih dahulu."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika partisi yang dipilih termount, seperti pada contoh di bawah, Anda tidak "
+"bisa mengubah ukuran, memformat atau menghapusnya. Untuk bisa melakukan "
+"semua itu, partisi harus dilepas terlebih dahulu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:51
@@ -2327,15 +2672,18 @@ msgid ""
 "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
 "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
 "is selected"
-msgstr "Untuk mengubah tipe partisi (mengubah ext3 ke ext4 contohnya) Anda harus menghapus partisi lalu membuat ulang dengan tipe baru. Tombol <guibutton role=\"bold\">Buat</guibutton> muncul ketika bagian disk kosong dipilih"
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk mengubah tipe partisi (mengubah ext3 ke ext4 contohnya) Anda harus "
+"menghapus partisi lalu membuat ulang dengan tipe baru. Tombol <guibutton "
+"role=\"bold\">Buat</guibutton> muncul ketika bagian disk kosong dipilih"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:58
 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr "Anda bisa memilih titik mount yang belum ada yang kemudian akan dibuatkan."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa memilih titik mount yang belum ada yang kemudian akan dibuatkan."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:63
 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
@@ -2346,10 +2694,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
 "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be "
 "seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr "Memilih <emphasis><guibutton>Beralih ke mode ahli</guibutton></emphasis> memberikan beberapa aksi tambahan yang tersedia, seperti penamaan partisi, seperti yang bisa dilihat pada gambar di bawah."
+msgstr ""
+"Memilih <emphasis><guibutton>Beralih ke mode ahli</guibutton></emphasis> "
+"memberikan beberapa aksi tambahan yang tersedia, seperti penamaan partisi, "
+"seperti yang bisa dilihat pada gambar di bawah."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:73
 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
@@ -2364,8 +2714,7 @@ msgstr "atur pengelola tampilan"
 msgid "drakedm"
 msgstr "drakedm"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:12
 msgid "drakedm.png"
 msgstr "drakedm.png"
@@ -2373,17 +2722,22 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available"
-" on your system will be shown."
-msgstr "Di sini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Anda bisa memilih pengelola tampilan mana yang akan digunakan untuk masuk ke lingkungan grafis. Hanya yang tersedia pada sistem yang akan ditampilkan."
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
+"on your system will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Anda bisa memilih pengelola "
+"tampilan mana yang akan digunakan untuk masuk ke lingkungan grafis. Hanya "
+"yang tersedia pada sistem yang akan ditampilkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:24
@@ -2391,7 +2745,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
 "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
 "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr "Kebanyakan pengguna hanya akan melihat bahwa layar login terlihat berbeda. Tapi, ada fitur berbeda yang didukungnya juga. LXDM adalah pengelola tampilan yang ringan, KDM dan GDM memiliki fitur tambahan."
+msgstr ""
+"Kebanyakan pengguna hanya akan melihat bahwa layar login terlihat berbeda. "
+"Tapi, ada fitur berbeda yang didukungnya juga. LXDM adalah pengelola "
+"tampilan yang ringan, KDM dan GDM memiliki fitur tambahan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
@@ -2403,8 +2760,7 @@ msgstr "Mengatur firewall pribadi"
 msgid "drakfirewall"
 msgstr "drakfirewall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
 msgid "drakfirewall.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
@@ -2412,9 +2768,11 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
@@ -2423,18 +2781,28 @@ msgid ""
 "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
 "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
 "security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab Keamanan pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Atur firewall pribadi\". Alat ini sama dengan yang ada di tab pertama \"Konfigurasi keamanan, perizinan dan audit sistem\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab Keamanan pada "
+"Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Atur firewall pribadi\". Alat ini sama "
+"dengan yang ada di tab pertama \"Konfigurasi keamanan, perizinan dan audit "
+"sistem\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
 "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection"
-" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
+"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
 "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
 "the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr "Firewall dasar telah terinstall secara baku pada Mageia. Semua koneksi yang datang dari luar akan diblokir jika tidak terotorisasi. Pada layar pertama di atas, Anda bisa memilih layanan untuk usaha koneksi dari luar mana yang akan diterima. Untuk keamanan Anda, jangan tandai kotak pertama - <guilabel>Semua (tanpa firewall)</guilabel> - kecuali jika Anda ingin mematikan firewall, dan hanya tandai layanan yang diperlukan."
+msgstr ""
+"Firewall dasar telah terinstall secara baku pada Mageia. Semua koneksi yang "
+"datang dari luar akan diblokir jika tidak terotorisasi. Pada layar pertama "
+"di atas, Anda bisa memilih layanan untuk usaha koneksi dari luar mana yang "
+"akan diterima. Untuk keamanan Anda, jangan tandai kotak pertama - "
+"<guilabel>Semua (tanpa firewall)</guilabel> - kecuali jika Anda ingin "
+"mematikan firewall, dan hanya tandai layanan yang diperlukan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
@@ -2443,7 +2811,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
 "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
 "examples :"
-msgstr "Anda bisa memasukkan nomor port untuk dibuka secara manual. Klik pada <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton>, jendela baru akan terbuka. Pada kolom <guilabel>Port lainnya</guilabel>, masukkan port yang diperlukan seperti contoh berikut:"
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa memasukkan nomor port untuk dibuka secara manual. Klik pada "
+"<guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton>, jendela baru akan terbuka. Pada kolom "
+"<guilabel>Port lainnya</guilabel>, masukkan port yang diperlukan seperti "
+"contoh berikut:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
@@ -2453,7 +2825,8 @@ msgstr "80/tcp : membuka port 80 protokol tcp"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr "24000:24010/udp : membuka semua port dari 24000 sampai 24010 protokol udp"
+msgstr ""
+"24000:24010/udp : membuka semua port dari 24000 sampai 24010 protokol udp"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
@@ -2465,10 +2838,11 @@ msgstr "Port terdaftar harus dipisahkan dengan spasi."
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
 "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr "Jika kotak <guilabel>Catat pesan firewall di log sistem</guilabel> ditandai, pesan firewall akan disimpan di log sistem"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika kotak <guilabel>Catat pesan firewall di log sistem</guilabel> ditandai, "
+"pesan firewall akan disimpan di log sistem"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
 msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
@@ -2479,7 +2853,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
 "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
 "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr "Jika Anda tidak menggunakan layanan spesifik (server web atau surat, pembagian file, ...) Anda tidak perlu menandai semuanya, bahkan ini disarankan, ini tidak akan menghalangi Anda untuk terhubung ke internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda tidak menggunakan layanan spesifik (server web atau surat, "
+"pembagian file, ...) Anda tidak perlu menandai semuanya, bahkan ini "
+"disarankan, ini tidak akan menghalangi Anda untuk terhubung ke internet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
@@ -2489,24 +2866,31 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
 "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
 "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot"
-" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to "
-"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr "Layar selanjutnya berhubungan dengan pilihan Firewall Interaktif. Fitur ini memungkinkan Anda untuk diperingatkan ketika ada usaha koneksi jika setidaknya kotak pertama <guilabel>Gunakan Firewall Interaktif </guilabel>ditandai. Tandai kotak ke dua untuk diperingatkan ketika port dipindai (untuk menemukan kesalahan di manapun dan masuk ke komputer Anda). Setiap kotak mulai kotak ke tiga berhubungan dengan port yang Anda buka di dua layar pertama; pada gambar di bawah, terdapat dua kotak: server SSH dan 80:150/tcp. Tandai mereka untuk diperingatkan setiap ada usaha koneksi pada port tersebut."
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
+"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
+"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+msgstr ""
+"Layar selanjutnya berhubungan dengan pilihan Firewall Interaktif. Fitur ini "
+"memungkinkan Anda untuk diperingatkan ketika ada usaha koneksi jika "
+"setidaknya kotak pertama <guilabel>Gunakan Firewall Interaktif </"
+"guilabel>ditandai. Tandai kotak ke dua untuk diperingatkan ketika port "
+"dipindai (untuk menemukan kesalahan di manapun dan masuk ke komputer Anda). "
+"Setiap kotak mulai kotak ke tiga berhubungan dengan port yang Anda buka di "
+"dua layar pertama; pada gambar di bawah, terdapat dua kotak: server SSH dan "
+"80:150/tcp. Tandai mereka untuk diperingatkan setiap ada usaha koneksi pada "
+"port tersebut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
 msgstr "Peringatan ini muncul melalui applet jaringan."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
 msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
 msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
@@ -2515,16 +2899,21 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary"
-" packages are downloaded."
-msgstr "Pada layar terakhir, pilih antarmuka jaringan yang terhubung ke Internet dan harus diproteksi. Setelah tombol OK diklik, paket yang diperlukan akan didownload."
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
+"packages are downloaded."
+msgstr ""
+"Pada layar terakhir, pilih antarmuka jaringan yang terhubung ke Internet dan "
+"harus diproteksi. Setelah tombol OK diklik, paket yang diperlukan akan "
+"didownload."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
 "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr "Jika Anda tidak tahu harus memilih apa, lihat MCC tab Jaringan &amp; Internet, ikon Atur antarmuka jaringan baru."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda tidak tahu harus memilih apa, lihat MCC tab Jaringan &amp; "
+"Internet, ikon Atur antarmuka jaringan baru."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:3
@@ -2536,8 +2925,7 @@ msgstr "Kelola, tambah dan hapus font. Impor font Windows(TM)"
 msgid "drakfont"
 msgstr "drakfont"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:11
 msgid "drakfont.png"
 msgstr "drakfont.png"
@@ -2545,9 +2933,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:15
@@ -2556,7 +2946,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
 "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
 "above shows:"
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis>. Ini memungkinkan Anda untuk mengelola font yang tersedia di komputer. Layar utama di atas menampilkan:"
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
+"Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis>. Ini memungkinkan "
+"Anda untuk mengelola font yang tersedia di komputer. Layar utama di atas "
+"menampilkan:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:22
@@ -2581,9 +2975,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Dapatkan Font Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You"
-" must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr "Tombol ini secara otomatis menambahkan font yang ada di partisi Windows. Anda harus memiliki Microsoft Windows terinstall."
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
+"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Tombol ini secara otomatis menambahkan font yang ada di partisi Windows. "
+"Anda harus memiliki Microsoft Windows terinstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:41
@@ -2593,9 +2989,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pilihan:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able"
-" to use the fonts."
-msgstr "Ini memungkinkan Anda untuk menentukan aplikasi atau perangkat (kebanyakan printer) bisa menggunakan font tersebut."
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
+"to use the fonts."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini memungkinkan Anda untuk menentukan aplikasi atau perangkat (kebanyakan "
+"printer) bisa menggunakan font tersebut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:46
@@ -2608,7 +3006,9 @@ msgid ""
 "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
 "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
 "documents that use them."
-msgstr "Tombol ini untuk menghapus font yang terinstall. Hati-hati ketika menghapus font karena mungkin akan berakibat serius pada dokumen yang menggunakannya."
+msgstr ""
+"Tombol ini untuk menghapus font yang terinstall. Hati-hati ketika menghapus "
+"font karena mungkin akan berakibat serius pada dokumen yang menggunakannya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:52
@@ -2620,18 +3020,26 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impor:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
 "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select "
-"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
-"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr "Memungkinkan Anda untuk menambah font dari pihak ketiga (CD, internet, ...). Format yang didukung adalah ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm dan gsf. Klik pada tombol <emphasis role=\"bold\">Impor</emphasis> lalu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Tambah</emphasis>, pengelola file akan muncul di mana Anda bisa memilih font untuk diinstall, klik <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> setelah selesai. Mereka terinstall di folder /usr/share/fonts."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
+"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
+"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+msgstr ""
+"Memungkinkan Anda untuk menambah font dari pihak ketiga (CD, internet, ...). "
+"Format yang didukung adalah ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm dan gsf. Klik pada "
+"tombol <emphasis role=\"bold\">Impor</emphasis> lalu <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Tambah</emphasis>, pengelola file akan muncul di mana Anda bisa memilih "
+"font untuk diinstall, klik <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
+"setelah selesai. Mereka terinstall di folder /usr/share/fonts."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
 "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr "Jika font yang diinstall (atau dihapus) tidak muncul di layar utama Drakfont, tutup lalu buka lagi untuk melihat perubahan."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika font yang diinstall (atau dihapus) tidak muncul di layar utama "
+"Drakfont, tutup lalu buka lagi untuk melihat perubahan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:3
@@ -2643,8 +3051,7 @@ msgstr "Kendali Orang Tua"
 msgid "drakguard"
 msgstr "drakguard"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:10
 msgid "drakguard.png"
 msgstr "drakguard.png"
@@ -2652,18 +3059,24 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental "
-"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the "
-"drakguard package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia, pada tab Keamanan, dengan nama <guilabel>Kendali Orang Tua</guilabel>. Jika Anda tidak menemukan nama ini, Anda harus menginstall paket drakguard (tidak terinstall secara baku)."
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
+"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
+"package (not installed by default)."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
+"Mageia, pada tab Keamanan, dengan nama <guilabel>Kendali Orang Tua</"
+"guilabel>. Jika Anda tidak menemukan nama ini, Anda harus menginstall paket "
+"drakguard (tidak terinstall secara baku)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
@@ -2676,30 +3089,42 @@ msgid ""
 "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
 "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
 "useful capabilities:"
-msgstr "Drakguard adalah cara mudah untuk mengatur kendali orang tua pada komputer untuk membatasi seseorang melakukan sesuatu, dan pada waktu tertentu. Drakguard memiliki tiga kemampuan yang sangat berguna:"
+msgstr ""
+"Drakguard adalah cara mudah untuk mengatur kendali orang tua pada komputer "
+"untuk membatasi seseorang melakukan sesuatu, dan pada waktu tertentu. "
+"Drakguard memiliki tiga kemampuan yang sangat berguna:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:29
 msgid ""
 "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
 "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr "Membatasi akses web ke pengguna yang dipilih pada waktu yang diatur setiap harinya. Itu dilakukan dengan mengendalikan firewall shorewall yang ada pada Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Membatasi akses web ke pengguna yang dipilih pada waktu yang diatur setiap "
+"harinya. Itu dilakukan dengan mengendalikan firewall shorewall yang ada pada "
+"Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can"
-" only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr "Ini mencegah eksekusi dari perintah tertentu yang dilakukan pengguna yang dipilih sehingga pengguna ini hanya bisa mengeksekusi apa yang Anda izinkan dia untuk mengeksekusi."
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
+"only execute what you accept them to execute."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini mencegah eksekusi dari perintah tertentu yang dilakukan pengguna yang "
+"dipilih sehingga pengguna ini hanya bisa mengeksekusi apa yang Anda izinkan "
+"dia untuk mengeksekusi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through "
-"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the "
-"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental "
-"control blocker DansGuardian."
-msgstr "Ini membatasi akses ke website, yang ditentukan secara manual melalui daftar hitam/putih, juga berdasarkan konten website. Untuk tujuan ini, Drakguard menggunakan blokir kendali orang tua sumber terbuka DansGuardian."
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
+"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
+"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
+"DansGuardian."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini membatasi akses ke website, yang ditentukan secara manual melalui daftar "
+"hitam/putih, juga berdasarkan konten website. Untuk tujuan ini, Drakguard "
+"menggunakan blokir kendali orang tua sumber terbuka DansGuardian."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:49
@@ -2713,19 +3138,31 @@ msgid ""
 "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
 "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
 "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by"
-" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to "
-"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and"
-" will then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr "Jika komputer Anda berisi partisi hard disk yang diformat dalam Ext2, Ext3, atau ReiserFS Anda akan mendapatkan tawaran yang muncul untuk mengkonfigurasi ACL pada partisi. ACL singkatan dari Access Control Lists, yang adalah fitur kernel Linux yang memungkinkan akses ke file individual untuk dibatasi ke pengguna yang disebut. ACL dibangun pada sistem file Ext4 dan Btrfs, tapi harus dihidupkan di partisi Ext2, Ext3, atau Reiserfs. Jika Anda memilih 'Ya' pada permintaan ini drakguard akan mengkonfigurasi semua partisi supaya mendukung ACL, dan akan menyarankan untuk menjalankan ulang komputer."
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
+"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
+"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
+"then suggest you reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika komputer Anda berisi partisi hard disk yang diformat dalam Ext2, Ext3, "
+"atau ReiserFS Anda akan mendapatkan tawaran yang muncul untuk "
+"mengkonfigurasi ACL pada partisi. ACL singkatan dari Access Control Lists, "
+"yang adalah fitur kernel Linux yang memungkinkan akses ke file individual "
+"untuk dibatasi ke pengguna yang disebut. ACL dibangun pada sistem file Ext4 "
+"dan Btrfs, tapi harus dihidupkan di partisi Ext2, Ext3, atau Reiserfs. Jika "
+"Anda memilih 'Ya' pada permintaan ini drakguard akan mengkonfigurasi semua "
+"partisi supaya mendukung ACL, dan akan menyarankan untuk menjalankan ulang "
+"komputer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab"
-" is opened."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Hidupkan kendali orang tua</guibutton>: Jika ditandai, kendali orang tua dihidupkan dan akses ke tab <guilabel>Blokir program</guilabel> dibuka."
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
+"is opened."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Hidupkan kendali orang tua</guibutton>: Jika ditandai, kendali "
+"orang tua dihidupkan dan akses ke tab <guilabel>Blokir program</guilabel> "
+"dibuka."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:65
@@ -2733,7 +3170,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
 "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
 "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Blokir semua lalu lintas jaringan</guibutton>: Jika ditandai, semua website diblokir, kecuali yang ada di tab daftar putih. Jika tidak, semua website diizinkan, kecuali yang ada di tab daftar hitam."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Blokir semua lalu lintas jaringan</guibutton>: Jika ditandai, "
+"semua website diblokir, kecuali yang ada di tab daftar putih. Jika tidak, "
+"semua website diizinkan, kecuali yang ada di tab daftar hitam."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:69
@@ -2745,7 +3185,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
 "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
 "remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Akses pengguna</guibutton>: Pengguna di sebelah kiri akan dibatasi aksesnya berdasarkan aturan yang ditetapkan. Pengguna di sebelah kanan tidak dibatasi aksesnya sehingga pengguna komputer dewasa tidak terganggu. Pilih pengguna di sebelah kiri lalu klik <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> untuk menambahkannya sebagai pengguna yang diizinkan.  Pilih pengguna di sebelah kanan lalu klik <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk mengapusnya dari pengguna yang diizinkan."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Akses pengguna</guibutton>: Pengguna di sebelah kiri akan "
+"dibatasi aksesnya berdasarkan aturan yang ditetapkan. Pengguna di sebelah "
+"kanan tidak dibatasi aksesnya sehingga pengguna komputer dewasa tidak "
+"terganggu. Pilih pengguna di sebelah kiri lalu klik <guibutton>Tambah</"
+"guibutton> untuk menambahkannya sebagai pengguna yang diizinkan.  Pilih "
+"pengguna di sebelah kanan lalu klik <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk "
+"mengapusnya dari pengguna yang diizinkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:77
@@ -2754,7 +3201,10 @@ msgid ""
 "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
 "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
 "window."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Kendali waktu:</guibutton> Jika ditandai, akses internet diizinkan dengan batas antara waktu <guilabel>Mulai</guilabel> sampai waktu <guilabel>Akhir</guilabel>. Diluar waktu ini sepenuhnya diblokir."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Kendali waktu:</guibutton> Jika ditandai, akses internet "
+"diizinkan dengan batas antara waktu <guilabel>Mulai</guilabel> sampai waktu "
+"<guilabel>Akhir</guilabel>. Diluar waktu ini sepenuhnya diblokir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:83
@@ -2766,7 +3216,9 @@ msgstr "Tab daftar hitam/putih"
 msgid ""
 "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Masukkan URL website di kolom pertama di atas lalu klik tombol <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Masukkan URL website di kolom pertama di atas lalu klik tombol "
+"<guibutton>Tambah</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:90
@@ -2776,17 +3228,22 @@ msgstr "Tab Blokir Program"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:92
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to"
-" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
+"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
 "applications you wish to block."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Blokir Aplikasi Tertentu</guibutton>: Hidupkan penggunaan ACL untuk membatasi akses ke aplikasi tertentu. Masukkan arah ke aplikasi yang ingin Anda blokir."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Blokir Aplikasi Tertentu</guibutton>: Hidupkan penggunaan ACL "
+"untuk membatasi akses ke aplikasi tertentu. Masukkan arah ke aplikasi yang "
+"ingin Anda blokir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
 "side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Daftar Pengguna yang Tidak Diblokir</guibutton>: Pengguna yang terdaftar di sebelah kanan tidak akan jadi sasaran pemblokiran acl."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Daftar Pengguna yang Tidak Diblokir</guibutton>: Pengguna yang "
+"terdaftar di sebelah kanan tidak akan jadi sasaran pemblokiran acl."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:9
@@ -2798,8 +3255,7 @@ msgstr "Bagi koneksi Internet dengan komputer lokal lain"
 msgid "drakgw"
 msgstr "drakgw"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:17
 msgid "drakgw.png"
 msgstr "drakgw.png"
@@ -2809,8 +3265,7 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png"
 msgid "Principles"
 msgstr "Dasar"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:29
 msgid "drakgw-net.png"
 msgstr "drakgw-net.png"
@@ -2825,14 +3280,23 @@ msgid ""
 "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
 "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
 "the Internet (2)."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ini berguna jika Anda memiliki komputer (3) yang memiliki akses Internet (2) dan juga terhubung ke jaringan lokal (1). Anda bisa menggunakan komputer Anda (3) sebagai gerbang untuk memberikan akses ke komputer lain (5) dan (6) di jaringan lokal (1). Untuk ini, sang gerbang harus memiliki dua antarmuka; yang pertama adalah perangkat ethernet harus terhubung ke jaringan lokal, yang kedua (4) terhubung ke Internet (2)."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ini berguna jika Anda memiliki "
+"komputer (3) yang memiliki akses Internet (2) dan juga terhubung ke jaringan "
+"lokal (1). Anda bisa menggunakan komputer Anda (3) sebagai gerbang untuk "
+"memberikan akses ke komputer lain (5) dan (6) di jaringan lokal (1). Untuk "
+"ini, sang gerbang harus memiliki dua antarmuka; yang pertama adalah "
+"perangkat ethernet harus terhubung ke jaringan lokal, yang kedua (4) "
+"terhubung ke Internet (2)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
 "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr "Langkah pertama untuk memeriksa bahwa jaringan dan akses ke Internet sudah diatur, seperti didokumentasikan dalam <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Langkah pertama untuk memeriksa bahwa jaringan dan akses ke Internet sudah "
+"diatur, seperti didokumentasikan dalam <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:45
@@ -2842,23 +3306,30 @@ msgstr "Panduan gerbang"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
 "which are shown below:"
-msgstr "Panduan<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> akan menawarkan langkah berurutan yang ditunjukkan di bawah:"
+msgstr ""
+"Panduan<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> akan menawarkan langkah "
+"berurutan yang ditunjukkan di bawah:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
 "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr "Jika panduan tidak menemukan setidaknya dua antarmuka, dia akan memperingatkan ini dan meminta untuk menghentikan jaringan dan mengkonfigurasi perangkat."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika panduan tidak menemukan setidaknya dua antarmuka, dia akan "
+"memperingatkan ini dan meminta untuk menghentikan jaringan dan "
+"mengkonfigurasi perangkat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:60
@@ -2866,22 +3337,30 @@ msgid ""
 "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
 "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
 "what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr "tentukan antarmuka yang digunakan untuk koneksi Internet. Panduan secara otomatis menyarankan salah satu antarmuka, tapi Anda harus memeriksa apakah yang ditawarkan sudah benar."
+msgstr ""
+"tentukan antarmuka yang digunakan untuk koneksi Internet. Panduan secara "
+"otomatis menyarankan salah satu antarmuka, tapi Anda harus memeriksa apakah "
+"yang ditawarkan sudah benar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes"
-" one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr "tentukan antarmuka mana yang digunakan untuk akses Lan. Panduan juga akan mengusulkan salah satu, pastikan ini benar."
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
+"one, check that this is correct."
+msgstr ""
+"tentukan antarmuka mana yang digunakan untuk akses Lan. Panduan juga akan "
+"mengusulkan salah satu, pastikan ini benar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:71
 msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask"
-" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual"
-" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr "Panduan akan menyarankan parameter untuk jaringan Lan, seperti alamat IP, mask dan nama domain. Pastikan parameter ini cocok dengan konfigurasi yang sebenarnya. Disarankan Anda menerima nilai ini."
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
+"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
+"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+msgstr ""
+"Panduan akan menyarankan parameter untuk jaringan Lan, seperti alamat IP, "
+"mask dan nama domain. Pastikan parameter ini cocok dengan konfigurasi yang "
+"sebenarnya. Disarankan Anda menerima nilai ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:78
@@ -2889,15 +3368,21 @@ msgid ""
 "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
 "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
 "specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr "tentukan jika komputer telah digunakan sebagai server DNS. Jika ya, panduan akan memeriksa bahwa <code>bind</code> telah terinstall.  Jika tidak, Anda harus menentukan alamat server DNS."
+msgstr ""
+"tentukan jika komputer telah digunakan sebagai server DNS. Jika ya, panduan "
+"akan memeriksa bahwa <code>bind</code> telah terinstall.  Jika tidak, Anda "
+"harus menentukan alamat server DNS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure"
-" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr "tentukan jika komputer digunakan sebagai server DHCP. Jika ya, panduan akan memeriksa bahwa <code>dhcp-server</code> telah terinstall dan menawarkan untuk mengkonfigurasi, dengan awal dan akhir alamat dalam jangkauan DHCP."
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
+"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+msgstr ""
+"tentukan jika komputer digunakan sebagai server DHCP. Jika ya, panduan akan "
+"memeriksa bahwa <code>dhcp-server</code> telah terinstall dan menawarkan "
+"untuk mengkonfigurasi, dengan awal dan akhir alamat dalam jangkauan DHCP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:91
@@ -2906,14 +3391,20 @@ msgid ""
 "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
 "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
 "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr "tentukan jika komputer digunakan sebagai server proxy. Jika ya, panduan akan memeriksa bahwa <code>squid</code> telah terinstall dan menawarkan untuk mengkonfigurasi, dengan alamat administrator (admin@mydomain.com), nama proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), port (3128) dan ukuran cache (100 Mb)."
+msgstr ""
+"tentukan jika komputer digunakan sebagai server proxy. Jika ya, panduan akan "
+"memeriksa bahwa <code>squid</code> telah terinstall dan menawarkan untuk "
+"mengkonfigurasi, dengan alamat administrator (admin@mydomain.com), nama "
+"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), port (3128) dan ukuran cache (100 Mb)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:99
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
 "printers and to share them."
-msgstr "Langkah terakhir memungkinkan Anda memeriksa jika komputer gerbang terhubung ke printer dan membagikannya."
+msgstr ""
+"Langkah terakhir memungkinkan Anda memeriksa jika komputer gerbang terhubung "
+"ke printer dan membagikannya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:104
@@ -2932,9 +3423,14 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
 "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
 "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is"
-" using."
-msgstr "Jika Anda telah mengkonfigurasi komputer gerbang dengan DHCP, Anda hanya perlu menentukan di alat konfigurasi jaringan dan akan mendapatkan alamat secara otomatis (menggunakan DHCP). Parameter akan diperoleh ketika menghubungkan ke jaringan. Metode ini bisa dilakukan apapun sistem operasi yang digunakan oleh klien."
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
+"using."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda telah mengkonfigurasi komputer gerbang dengan DHCP, Anda hanya "
+"perlu menentukan di alat konfigurasi jaringan dan akan mendapatkan alamat "
+"secara otomatis (menggunakan DHCP). Parameter akan diperoleh ketika "
+"menghubungkan ke jaringan. Metode ini bisa dilakukan apapun sistem operasi "
+"yang digunakan oleh klien."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:117
@@ -2942,7 +3438,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
 "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
 "gateway."
-msgstr "Jika Anda harus menentukan parameter jaringan secara manual, Anda harus menentukan gateway dengan memasukkan alamat IP komputer yang berfungsi sebagai gerbang."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda harus menentukan parameter jaringan secara manual, Anda harus "
+"menentukan gateway dengan memasukkan alamat IP komputer yang berfungsi "
+"sebagai gerbang."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:123
@@ -2953,9 +3452,11 @@ msgstr "Menghentikan pembagian koneksi"
 #: en/drakgw.xml:125
 msgid ""
 "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the "
-"sharing."
-msgstr "Jika Anda ingin menghentikan pembagian koneksi pada komputer Mageia, jalankan alat. Dia akan menawarkan untuk mengkonfigurasi ulang koneksi atau untuk menghentikan pembagian."
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda ingin menghentikan pembagian koneksi pada komputer Mageia, "
+"jalankan alat. Dia akan menawarkan untuk mengkonfigurasi ulang koneksi atau "
+"untuk menghentikan pembagian."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:3
@@ -2967,8 +3468,7 @@ msgstr "Definisi host"
 msgid "drakhosts"
 msgstr "drakhosts"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:10
 msgid "drakhosts.png"
 msgstr "drakhosts.png"
@@ -2976,9 +3476,11 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:14
@@ -2987,7 +3489,11 @@ msgid ""
 "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
 "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
 "instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr "Jika beberapa sistem pada jaringan Anda memberikan layanan, dan memiliki alamat IP tetap, alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan untuk menentukan nama untuk mengakses mereka lebih mudah. Lalu Anda bisa menggunakan nama tersebut daripada menggunakan alamat IP."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika beberapa sistem pada jaringan Anda memberikan layanan, dan memiliki "
+"alamat IP tetap, alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
+"memungkinkan untuk menentukan nama untuk mengakses mereka lebih mudah. Lalu "
+"Anda bisa menggunakan nama tersebut daripada menggunakan alamat IP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:20
@@ -3000,7 +3506,11 @@ msgid ""
 "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
 "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
 "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr "Dengan tombol ini, Anda menambahkan nama untuk sistem baru. Anda akan mendapatkan jendela untuk menentukan alamat IP, nama host sistem, dan pilihan nama alias yang bisa digunakan dengan cara yang sama menggunakan nama."
+msgstr ""
+"Dengan tombol ini, Anda menambahkan nama untuk sistem baru. Anda akan "
+"mendapatkan jendela untuk menentukan alamat IP, nama host sistem, dan "
+"pilihan nama alias yang bisa digunakan dengan cara yang sama menggunakan "
+"nama."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:27
@@ -3012,7 +3522,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Modifikasi</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
 "same window."
-msgstr "Anda bisa mengakses parameter dari entri yang sebelumnya ditetapkan. Anda akan mendapatkan jendela yang sama."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa mengakses parameter dari entri yang sebelumnya ditetapkan. Anda "
+"akan mendapatkan jendela yang sama."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
@@ -3024,8 +3536,7 @@ msgstr "Pengaturan lanjutan antarmuka jaringan dan firewall"
 msgid "drakinvictus"
 msgstr "drakinvictus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
 msgid "drakinvictus.png"
 msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
@@ -3035,17 +3546,22 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
 #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
-"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir bisa menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Tim Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda."
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir "
+"bisa menulis bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Tim Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih "
+"untuk bantuan Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
@@ -3057,8 +3573,7 @@ msgstr "Pusat Jaringan"
 msgid "draknetcenter"
 msgstr "draknetcenter"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
 msgid "draknetcenter.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
@@ -3066,9 +3581,11 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
@@ -3076,40 +3593,46 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
 "Center\""
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab Jaringan &amp; Internet pada Pusat kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Pusat Jaringan\""
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab Jaringan &amp; "
+"Internet pada Pusat kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Pusat Jaringan\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,"
-" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, "
-"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, "
-"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to "
-"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface "
-"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr "Saat alat ini dijalankan, sebuah jendela membuka daftar semua jaringan yang terkonfigurasi di komputer, apapun tipenya (kabel, nirkabel, satelit, dll.). Ketika mengklik salah satunya, tiga atau empat tombol akan muncul, tergantung pada tipe jaringan, untuk memungkinkan Anda melihat jaringan, mengubah pengaturan atau menghubungkan/memutus hubungan. Alat ini tidak bertujuan untuk membuat jaringan, untuk yang ini lihat <guilabel>Mengatur antarmuka jaringan baru (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> di tab MCC yang sama."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
+"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
+"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
+"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
+"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
+"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Saat alat ini dijalankan, sebuah jendela membuka daftar semua jaringan yang "
+"terkonfigurasi di komputer, apapun tipenya (kabel, nirkabel, satelit, dll.). "
+"Ketika mengklik salah satunya, tiga atau empat tombol akan muncul, "
+"tergantung pada tipe jaringan, untuk memungkinkan Anda melihat jaringan, "
+"mengubah pengaturan atau menghubungkan/memutus hubungan. Alat ini tidak "
+"bertujuan untuk membuat jaringan, untuk yang ini lihat <guilabel>Mengatur "
+"antarmuka jaringan baru (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> di tab MCC yang "
+"sama."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
@@ -3119,36 +3642,52 @@ msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
 "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder"
-" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network "
-"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not"
-" connected."
-msgstr "Pada gambar di bawah, diberikan sebagai contoh, kita bisa melihat dua jaringan, yang pertama jaringan kabel yang terhubung, bisa dikenali oleh ikon ini <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (ini terhubung<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) dan bagian ke dua menampilkan jaringan nirkabel, tidak terhubung dikenali oleh ikon ini <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> dan yang ini <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>jika terhubung. Untuk tipe jaringan lainnya, kode warna selalu sama, hijau jika terhubung dan merah jika tidak."
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
+"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
+"connected."
+msgstr ""
+"Pada gambar di bawah, diberikan sebagai contoh, kita bisa melihat dua "
+"jaringan, yang pertama jaringan kabel yang terhubung, bisa dikenali oleh "
+"ikon ini <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (ini "
+"terhubung<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) dan bagian ke "
+"dua menampilkan jaringan nirkabel, tidak terhubung dikenali oleh ikon ini "
+"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> dan yang ini <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>jika terhubung. Untuk tipe jaringan "
+"lainnya, kode warna selalu sama, hijau jika terhubung dan merah jika tidak."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal "
-"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and "
-"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then "
-"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> "
-"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network "
-"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings "
-"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption "
-"key in particular)."
-msgstr "Di bagian nirkabel dari layar, Anda juga bisa melihat semua jaringan yang terdeteksi, dengan <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Kekuatan sinyal</guilabel>, jika mereka terenkripsi (merah) atau tidak (hijau), dan <guilabel>Mode operasi</guilabel>. Klik yang terpilih lalu pada <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> atau <guibutton>Hubungkan</guibutton>. Kita bisa pergi dari satu jaringan ke jaringan lain. Jika jaringan privat terpilih, jendela Pengaturan Jaringan (lihat di bawah) akan terbuka dan meminta pengaturan tambahan ( di antaranya kunci enkripsi)."
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
+"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
+"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
+"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
+"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
+"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
+"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
+"particular)."
+msgstr ""
+"Di bagian nirkabel dari layar, Anda juga bisa melihat semua jaringan yang "
+"terdeteksi, dengan <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Kekuatan sinyal</"
+"guilabel>, jika mereka terenkripsi (merah) atau tidak (hijau), dan "
+"<guilabel>Mode operasi</guilabel>. Klik yang terpilih lalu pada "
+"<guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> atau "
+"<guibutton>Hubungkan</guibutton>. Kita bisa pergi dari satu jaringan ke "
+"jaringan lain. Jika jaringan privat terpilih, jendela Pengaturan Jaringan "
+"(lihat di bawah) akan terbuka dan meminta pengaturan tambahan ( di antaranya "
+"kunci enkripsi)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
 msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Segarkan</guibutton> untuk memperbarui layar."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
 msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
@@ -3158,8 +3697,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgid "The Monitor button"
 msgstr "Tombol Monitor"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
 msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
@@ -3169,9 +3707,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
 "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray"
-" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr "Tombol ini memungkinkan Anda mengawasi aktivitas jaringan, download (ke arah PC, merah) dan upload (ke arah Internet, hijau). Layar yang sama tersedia dengan klik kanan pada <guimenu>ikon Internet di tray sistem -> Monitor Jaringan</guimenu>."
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
+"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tombol ini memungkinkan Anda mengawasi aktivitas jaringan, download (ke arah "
+"PC, merah) dan upload (ke arah Internet, hijau). Layar yang sama tersedia "
+"dengan klik kanan pada <guimenu>ikon Internet di tray sistem -> Monitor "
+"Jaringan</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
@@ -3179,14 +3721,19 @@ msgid ""
 "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
 "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
 "gives details about connection status."
-msgstr "Ada tab untuk setiap jaringan (di sini eth0 adalah jaringan kabel, lo loopback lokal dan wlan0 jaringan nirkabel) dan tab koneksi yang memberikan rincian tentang status koneksi."
+msgstr ""
+"Ada tab untuk setiap jaringan (di sini eth0 adalah jaringan kabel, lo "
+"loopback lokal dan wlan0 jaringan nirkabel) dan tab koneksi yang memberikan "
+"rincian tentang status koneksi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic "
-"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr "Di bawah jendela ada <guilabel>Penghitungan lalu lintas</guilabel>, kita akan melihatnya di bagian selanjutnya."
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
+"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+msgstr ""
+"Di bawah jendela ada <guilabel>Penghitungan lalu lintas</guilabel>, kita "
+"akan melihatnya di bagian selanjutnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
@@ -3198,8 +3745,7 @@ msgstr "Tombol Konfigurasi"
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Untuk jaringan kabel</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
 msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
@@ -3209,9 +3755,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
 "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual"
-" configuration may give better results."
-msgstr "Kita bisa mengubah semua pengaturan yang diberikan saat pembuatan jaringan. Biasanya, menandai <guibutton>IP otomatis</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> sudah cukup, tapi ketika bermasalah, konfigurasi manual mungkin akan lebih baik."
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
+"configuration may give better results."
+msgstr ""
+"Kita bisa mengubah semua pengaturan yang diberikan saat pembuatan jaringan. "
+"Biasanya, menandai <guibutton>IP otomatis</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/"
+"DHCP)</guibutton> sudah cukup, tapi ketika bermasalah, konfigurasi manual "
+"mungkin akan lebih baik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
@@ -3220,7 +3770,11 @@ msgid ""
 "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
 "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
 "available from your providers website."
-msgstr "Untuk jaringan rumah, <guilabel>alamat IP</guilabel> selalu seperti 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, dan <guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> dan <guilabel>server DNS</guilabel> tersedia di website penyelenggara Anda."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk jaringan rumah, <guilabel>alamat IP</guilabel> selalu seperti "
+"192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, dan "
+"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> dan <guilabel>server DNS</guilabel> tersedia di "
+"website penyelenggara Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
@@ -3229,22 +3783,27 @@ msgid ""
 "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
 "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
 "have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Hidupkan penghitungan lalu lintas</guibutton> jika ditandai akan menghitung lalu lintas setiap jam, harian atau bulanan. Hasilnya bisa dilihat di Monitor jaringan yang dijelaskan di bagian sebelumnya. Setelah dihidupkan, Anda harus menghubungkan ulang jaringan."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Hidupkan penghitungan lalu lintas</guibutton> jika ditandai akan "
+"menghitung lalu lintas setiap jam, harian atau bulanan. Hasilnya bisa "
+"dilihat di Monitor jaringan yang dijelaskan di bagian sebelumnya. Setelah "
+"dihidupkan, Anda harus menghubungkan ulang jaringan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network "
-"Manager:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Izinkan antarmuka dikendalikan oleh Pengelola Jaringan:</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
+"</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Izinkan antarmuka dikendalikan oleh Pengelola "
+"Jaringan:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
 msgstr "<guibutton>Tombol Lanjutan:</guibutton>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
 msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
@@ -3259,8 +3818,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Untuk jaringan nirkabel</emphasis>"
 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
 msgstr "Hanya item yang belum terlihat di atas yang dijelaskan."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
 msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
@@ -3278,7 +3836,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
 "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr "Pilih <guilabel>Terkelola</guilabel> jika koneksi melalui titik akses, ada <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> yang terdeteksi.  Pilih <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> jika ini jaringan peer to peer. Pilih <emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> jika perangkat Anda digunakan sebagai titik akses, perangkat jaringan Anda harus mendukung mode ini."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih <guilabel>Terkelola</guilabel> jika koneksi melalui titik akses, ada "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> yang terdeteksi.  Pilih "
+"<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> jika ini jaringan peer to peer. Pilih <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> jika perangkat Anda digunakan sebagai titik "
+"akses, perangkat jaringan Anda harus mendukung mode ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
@@ -3293,11 +3856,15 @@ msgstr "Jika ini jaringan privat, Anda harus mengetahui pengaturan ini."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a"
-" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
+"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
 "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
 "in private networks."
-msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> menggunakan sandi yang lebih lemah dari WPA yang menggunakan frasa sandi. <guilabel>Kunci WPA Pre-Shared</guilabel> juga disebut WPA personal atau WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> jarang digunakan pada jaringan privat."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> menggunakan sandi yang lebih lemah dari WPA yang "
+"menggunakan frasa sandi. <guilabel>Kunci WPA Pre-Shared</guilabel> juga "
+"disebut WPA personal atau WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> "
+"jarang digunakan pada jaringan privat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
@@ -3309,10 +3876,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Izinkan penjelajahan titik akses</emphasis>:"
 msgid ""
 "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
 "point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr "Penjelajahan adalah teknologi yang memungkinkan komputer mengubah titik akses saat jaringan sedang terhubung."
+msgstr ""
+"Penjelajahan adalah teknologi yang memungkinkan komputer mengubah titik "
+"akses saat jaringan sedang terhubung."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
 msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
@@ -3322,8 +3890,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
 msgstr "Tombol Pengaturan Lanjutan"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
 msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
@@ -3338,8 +3905,7 @@ msgstr "Mengelola profil jaringan berbeda"
 msgid "draknetprofile"
 msgstr "draknetprofile"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
 msgid "draknetprofile.png"
 msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
@@ -3347,9 +3913,11 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:9
@@ -3361,8 +3929,7 @@ msgstr "Membagi perangkat dan direktori menggunakan NFS"
 msgid "draknfs"
 msgstr "draknfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:16
 msgid "draknfs.png"
 msgstr "draknfs.png"
@@ -3375,28 +3942,32 @@ msgstr "Prasyarat"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the"
-" first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr "Saat panduan<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> dijalankan untuk pertama kali, mungkin akan menampilkan pesan berikut:"
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
+"first time, it may display the following message:"
+msgstr ""
+"Saat panduan<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> dijalankan untuk "
+"pertama kali, mungkin akan menampilkan pesan berikut:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
+msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
 msgstr "Paket nfs-utils perlu diinstall. Apakah Anda ingin menginstallnya?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr "Setelah instalasi selesai, jendela dengan daftar kosong akan ditampilkan."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah instalasi selesai, jendela dengan daftar kosong akan ditampilkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:42
@@ -3409,7 +3980,10 @@ msgid ""
 "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
 "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
 "configuration tool."
-msgstr "Daftar direktori pembagian ditampilkan di sini. Pada langkah ini, daftar masih kosong. Tombol <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> memberi akses ke alat konfigurasi."
+msgstr ""
+"Daftar direktori pembagian ditampilkan di sini. Pada langkah ini, daftar "
+"masih kosong. Tombol <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> memberi akses ke alat "
+"konfigurasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:50
@@ -3422,10 +3996,11 @@ msgid ""
 "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
 "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
 "available."
-msgstr "Alat konfigurasi bernama \"Modifikasi entri\". Ini bisa juga dijalankan dengan tombol <guibutton>Modifikasi</guibutton>. Parameter berikut tersedia."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat konfigurasi bernama \"Modifikasi entri\". Ini bisa juga dijalankan "
+"dengan tombol <guibutton>Modifikasi</guibutton>. Parameter berikut tersedia."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:58
 msgid "draknfs4.png"
 msgstr "draknfs4.png"
@@ -3441,7 +4016,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
 "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
 "it."
-msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa menentukan direktori mana yang akan dibagi. Tombol <guibutton>Direktori</guibutton> memberi akses ke sebuah browser untuk memilih."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda bisa menentukan direktori mana yang akan dibagi. Tombol "
+"<guibutton>Direktori</guibutton> memberi akses ke sebuah browser untuk "
+"memilih."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:72
@@ -3453,7 +4031,9 @@ msgstr "Akses host"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
 "directory."
-msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa menentukan host yang diotorisasi untuk mengakses direktori yang dibagi."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda bisa menentukan host yang diotorisasi untuk mengakses direktori "
+"yang dibagi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:77
@@ -3465,7 +4045,10 @@ msgstr "Klien NFS bisa ditentukan dengan berbagai cara:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
 "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr "<emphasis>host tunggal</emphasis>: sebuah host baik dengan nama singkatan yang dikenali resolver, nama domain lengkap yang memenuhi syarat, atau alamat IP"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>host tunggal</emphasis>: sebuah host baik dengan nama singkatan "
+"yang dikenali resolver, nama domain lengkap yang memenuhi syarat, atau "
+"alamat IP"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:83
@@ -3478,7 +4061,9 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
 "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
 "domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: nama komputer bisa berisi karakter wildcard * dan ?. Contohnya: *.cs.foo.edu untuk semua host dengan domain cs.foo.edu."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: nama komputer bisa berisi karakter wildcard "
+"* dan ?. Contohnya: *.cs.foo.edu untuk semua host dengan domain cs.foo.edu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:90
@@ -3486,7 +4071,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
 "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
 "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Jaringan IP</emphasis>: Anda juga bisa mengekspor direktori ke semua host pada (sub-)jaringan IP secara bersamaan. Contohnya, `/255.255.252.0' atau `/22' ditambahkan ke alamat dasar jaringan."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Jaringan IP</emphasis>: Anda juga bisa mengekspor direktori ke "
+"semua host pada (sub-)jaringan IP secara bersamaan. Contohnya, "
+"`/255.255.252.0' atau `/22' ditambahkan ke alamat dasar jaringan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:96
@@ -3498,32 +4086,45 @@ msgstr "Pemetaan ID Pengguna"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
 "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on"
-" the server itself."
-msgstr "<emphasis>petakan pengguna root sebagai anonim</emphasis>: memetakan permintaan dari uid/gid 0 ke uid/gid (root_squash) anonim. Pengguna root dari klien tidak bisa membaca atau menulisi file pada server yang dibuat oleh root pada server-nya sendiri."
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
+"the server itself."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>petakan pengguna root sebagai anonim</emphasis>: memetakan "
+"permintaan dari uid/gid 0 ke uid/gid (root_squash) anonim. Pengguna root "
+"dari klien tidak bisa membaca atau menulisi file pada server yang dibuat "
+"oleh root pada server-nya sendiri."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing."
-" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr "<emphasis>izinkan akses root remote nyata</emphasis>: matikan root squashing. Pilihan ini berguna untuk klien diskless (no_root_squash)."
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
+"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>izinkan akses root remote nyata</emphasis>: matikan root "
+"squashing. Pilihan ini berguna untuk klien diskless (no_root_squash)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:107
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids"
-" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID"
-" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr "<emphasis>petakan semua pengguna ke pengguna anonim</emphasis>: petakan semua uid dan gid ke pengguna anonim (all_squash). Berguna untuk direktori FTP publik terekspor NFS, direktori kumparan berita, dll. Pilihan yang berlawanannya adalah tanpa pemetaan UID (no_all_squash), yang adalah pengaturan baku."
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
+"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
+"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>petakan semua pengguna ke pengguna anonim</emphasis>: petakan "
+"semua uid dan gid ke pengguna anonim (all_squash). Berguna untuk direktori "
+"FTP publik terekspor NFS, direktori kumparan berita, dll. Pilihan yang "
+"berlawanannya adalah tanpa pemetaan UID (no_all_squash), yang adalah "
+"pengaturan baku."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:113
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
 "the anonymous account."
-msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid dan anongid</emphasis>: secara eksplisit mengatur uid dan gid akun anonim."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>anonuid dan anongid</emphasis>: secara eksplisit mengatur uid dan "
+"gid akun anonim."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:118
@@ -3534,9 +4135,12 @@ msgstr "Pilihan lanjutan"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:120
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option"
-" is on by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Koneksi Aman</emphasis>: pilihan ini meminta permintaan berasal dari port internet yang kurang dari IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  Ini adalah pilihan baku."
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
+"is on by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Koneksi Aman</emphasis>: pilihan ini meminta permintaan berasal "
+"dari port internet yang kurang dari IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  Ini adalah "
+"pilihan baku."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:124
@@ -3545,7 +4149,11 @@ msgid ""
 "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
 "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
 "using this option."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Pembagian Hanya-Baca</emphasis>: mengizinkan apakah permintaan hanya baca atau baca dan tulis pada volume NFS ini. Bakunya adalah tidak mengizinkan permintaan apapun yang mengubah sistem file. Juga bisa dibuat eksplisit dengan menggunakan pilihan ini."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Pembagian Hanya-Baca</emphasis>: mengizinkan apakah permintaan "
+"hanya baca atau baca dan tulis pada volume NFS ini. Bakunya adalah tidak "
+"mengizinkan permintaan apapun yang mengubah sistem file. Juga bisa dibuat "
+"eksplisit dengan menggunakan pilihan ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:129
@@ -3553,7 +4161,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
 "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
 "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Akses sinkronis</emphasis>: mencegah server NFS melanggar protokol NFS dan membalas permintaan sebelum perubahan dibuat oleh permintaan tersebut disimpan di penyimpanan stabil (contohnya perangkat disk)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Akses sinkronis</emphasis>: mencegah server NFS melanggar protokol "
+"NFS dan membalas permintaan sebelum perubahan dibuat oleh permintaan "
+"tersebut disimpan di penyimpanan stabil (contohnya perangkat disk)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:134
@@ -3561,7 +4172,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
 "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
 "exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Pemeriksaan subtree</emphasis>: menghidupkan pemeriksaan subtree yang bisa membantu meningkatkan keamanan dalam beberapa kasus, tapi mengurangi reliabilitas. Lihat halaman ekspor(5) untuk lebih rinci."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Pemeriksaan subtree</emphasis>: menghidupkan pemeriksaan subtree "
+"yang bisa membantu meningkatkan keamanan dalam beberapa kasus, tapi "
+"mengurangi reliabilitas. Lihat halaman ekspor(5) untuk lebih rinci."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
@@ -3573,8 +4187,7 @@ msgstr "Entri menu"
 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
 msgstr "Sejauh ini daftar memiliki setidaknya satu entri."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:147
 msgid "draknfs5.png"
 msgstr "draknfs5.png"
@@ -3598,7 +4211,8 @@ msgstr "NFS Server|Restart"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
 msgid ""
 "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr "Server dihentikan dan dijalankan kembali dengan file konfigurasi saat ini."
+msgstr ""
+"Server dihentikan dan dijalankan kembali dengan file konfigurasi saat ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:166
@@ -3608,9 +4222,9 @@ msgstr "NFS Server|Reload"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
 msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration "
-"files."
-msgstr "Konfigurasi yang ditampilkan dimuat ulang dari file konfigurasi saat ini."
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+"Konfigurasi yang ditampilkan dimuat ulang dari file konfigurasi saat ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:10
@@ -3622,8 +4236,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy"
 msgid "drakproxy"
 msgstr "drakproxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:17
 msgid "drakproxy.png"
 msgstr "drakproxy.png"
@@ -3631,30 +4244,44 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net"
-" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
+"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
 "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr "Jika Anda harus menggunakan server proxy untuk mengakses internet, Anda bisa menggunakan alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> untuk mengkonfigurasinya. Administrator jaringan Anda akan memberikan informasi yang diperlukan. Anda juga bisa menentukan beberapa layanan yang bisa diakses tanpa proxy dengan pengecualian."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda harus menggunakan server proxy untuk mengakses internet, Anda bisa "
+"menggunakan alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> untuk "
+"mengkonfigurasinya. Administrator jaringan Anda akan memberikan informasi "
+"yang diperlukan. Anda juga bisa menentukan beberapa layanan yang bisa "
+"diakses tanpa proxy dengan pengecualian."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a"
-" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
+"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
+"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
 "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
 "simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr "Dari Wikipedia, pada 2012-09-24, artikel server Proxy: Dalam jaringan komputer, server proxy adalah server (sistem komputer atau aplikasi) yang bertindak sebagai perantara untuk permintaan dari klien yang mencari sumber dari server lain. Klien terhubung ke server proxy, meminta beberapa layanan, seperti file, koneksi, halaman web, atau sumber lain yang tersedia dari server berbeda. Server proxy menghitung permintaan dengan cara menyederhanakan dan mengendalikan kerumitannya."
+msgstr ""
+"Dari Wikipedia, pada 2012-09-24, artikel server Proxy: Dalam jaringan "
+"komputer, server proxy adalah server (sistem komputer atau aplikasi) yang "
+"bertindak sebagai perantara untuk permintaan dari klien yang mencari sumber "
+"dari server lain. Klien terhubung ke server proxy, meminta beberapa layanan, "
+"seperti file, koneksi, halaman web, atau sumber lain yang tersedia dari "
+"server berbeda. Server proxy menghitung permintaan dengan cara "
+"menyederhanakan dan mengendalikan kerumitannya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
@@ -3666,8 +4293,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi Media"
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
@@ -3675,11 +4301,15 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as"
-" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources"
-" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button"
-" below)."
-msgstr "Hal pertama setelah instalasi adalah menambahkan sumber software (juga dikenal dengan repository, media, mirror). Yang berarti Anda harus memilih sumber media untuk digunakan menginstall dan update paket dan aplikasi. (lihat tombol Tambah di bawah)."
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
+"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
+"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
+"below)."
+msgstr ""
+"Hal pertama setelah instalasi adalah menambahkan sumber software (juga "
+"dikenal dengan repository, media, mirror). Yang berarti Anda harus memilih "
+"sumber media untuk digunakan menginstall dan update paket dan aplikasi. "
+"(lihat tombol Tambah di bawah)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
@@ -3699,14 +4329,20 @@ msgid ""
 "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
 "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
 "the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr "Sistem Anda berjalan pada arsitektur yang mungkin 32-bit (disebut i586), atau 64-bit (disebut x86_64). Beberapa paket bebas digunakan untuk sistem 32-bit atau 64-bit; yang disebut paket noarch. Mereka tidak memiliki direktori noarch sendiri pada mirror, tapi semua ada di media i586 dan x86_64."
+msgstr ""
+"Sistem Anda berjalan pada arsitektur yang mungkin 32-bit (disebut i586), "
+"atau 64-bit (disebut x86_64). Beberapa paket bebas digunakan untuk sistem 32-"
+"bit atau 64-bit; yang disebut paket noarch. Mereka tidak memiliki direktori "
+"noarch sendiri pada mirror, tapi semua ada di media i586 dan x86_64."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
@@ -3714,7 +4350,9 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
 "id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Alat ini ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Pengelolaan software.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Pengelolaan software.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
@@ -3731,7 +4369,10 @@ msgstr "Kolom Hidupkan:"
 msgid ""
 "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
 "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr "Media yang ditandai akan digunakan untuk menginstall paket baru. Hati-hati dengan beberapa media seperti Testing dan Debug, mereka bisa membuat sistem Anda tidak bisa digunakan lagi."
+msgstr ""
+"Media yang ditandai akan digunakan untuk menginstall paket baru. Hati-hati "
+"dengan beberapa media seperti Testing dan Debug, mereka bisa membuat sistem "
+"Anda tidak bisa digunakan lagi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
@@ -3745,7 +4386,12 @@ msgid ""
 "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
 "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
 "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Media yang ditandai akan digunakan untuk update paket, ini harus dihidupkan. Hanya media dengan \"Update\" di namanya yang harus dipilih. Untuk alasan keamanan, kolom ini tidak bisa dimodifikasi pada alat ini, Anda harus membuka konsol sebagai root lalu ketik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Media yang ditandai akan digunakan untuk update paket, ini harus dihidupkan. "
+"Hanya media dengan \"Update\" di namanya yang harus dipilih. Untuk alasan "
+"keamanan, kolom ini tidak bisa dimodifikasi pada alat ini, Anda harus "
+"membuka konsol sebagai root lalu ketik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-"
+"media --expert.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
@@ -3757,28 +4403,36 @@ msgstr "Kolom media:"
 msgid ""
 "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
 "versions contain at least:"
-msgstr "Menampilkan nama media. Repository resmi Mageia untuk versi rilis final berisi setidaknya:"
+msgstr ""
+"Menampilkan nama media. Repository resmi Mageia untuk versi rilis final "
+"berisi setidaknya:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
 "available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> yang berisi kebanyakan semua program yang didukung oleh Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> yang berisi kebanyakan semua program "
+"yang didukung oleh Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
 "which are not free"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> yang berisi beberapa program yang tidak bebas"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> yang berisi beberapa program yang "
+"tidak bebas"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
 "might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software bebas yang mungkin ada klaim paten di beberapa negara."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software bebas yang mungkin ada "
+"klaim paten di beberapa negara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
@@ -3790,7 +4444,9 @@ msgstr "Tiap media memiliki 4 rincian:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
 "this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> paket yang ada saat versi Mageia ini rilis."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> paket yang ada saat versi Mageia "
+"ini rilis."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
@@ -3798,22 +4454,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
 "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
 "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> update paket sejak rilis untuk alasan keamanan dan masalah bug. Semua orang harus menghidupkan media ini, bahkan dengan koneksi internet yang lambat sekalipun."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> update paket sejak rilis untuk "
+"alasan keamanan dan masalah bug. Semua orang harus menghidupkan media ini, "
+"bahkan dengan koneksi internet yang lambat sekalipun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
 "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> beberapa paket versi baru dimasukkan dari Cauldron (versi berikutnya yang dalam pengembangan) ke sini."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> beberapa paket versi baru "
+"dimasukkan dari Cauldron (versi berikutnya yang dalam pengembangan) ke sini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests"
-" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
+"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
 "corrections."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> yang digunakan untuk pengujian sementara dari update baru, untuk memungkinkan pelapor bug dan tim penjamin kualitas membuktikan perbaikan."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> yang digunakan untuk pengujian "
+"sementara dari update baru, untuk memungkinkan pelapor bug dan tim penjamin "
+"kualitas membuktikan perbaikan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
@@ -3831,7 +4495,10 @@ msgid ""
 "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
 "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
 "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr "Untuk menghapus media, klik pada media lalu tombol ini. Akan bijak untuk menghapus media yang digunakan untuk instalasi (CD atau DVD contohnya)  karena semua isi paketnya ada di media resmi Core release."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk menghapus media, klik pada media lalu tombol ini. Akan bijak untuk "
+"menghapus media yang digunakan untuk instalasi (CD atau DVD contohnya)  "
+"karena semua isi paketnya ada di media resmi Core release."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
@@ -3843,7 +4510,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
 "proxy)."
-msgstr "Memungkinkan Anda untuk memodifikasi pengaturan media terpilih (URL, downloader dan proxy)."
+msgstr ""
+"Memungkinkan Anda untuk memodifikasi pengaturan media terpilih (URL, "
+"downloader dan proxy)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
@@ -3856,10 +4525,16 @@ msgid ""
 "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
 "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
 "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a"
-" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
+"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
+"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
 "from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr "Menambah repository resmi yang tersedia di Internet. Repository ini hanya berisi software yang aman dan teruji. Mengklik tombol \"Tambah\" akan menambahkan daftar mirror ke konfigurasi, ini dirancang untuk meyakinkan bahwa Anda menginstall dan update dari mirror yang dekat dengan Anda. Jika Anda lebih suka untuk memilih mirror spesifik, tambahkan dengan memilih \"Tambah mirror media spesifik\" dari menu drop-down \"File\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Menambah repository resmi yang tersedia di Internet. Repository ini hanya "
+"berisi software yang aman dan teruji. Mengklik tombol \"Tambah\" akan "
+"menambahkan daftar mirror ke konfigurasi, ini dirancang untuk meyakinkan "
+"bahwa Anda menginstall dan update dari mirror yang dekat dengan Anda. Jika "
+"Anda lebih suka untuk memilih mirror spesifik, tambahkan dengan memilih "
+"\"Tambah mirror media spesifik\" dari menu drop-down \"File\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
@@ -3870,10 +4545,14 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Panah naik dan turun:</guibutton>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same"
-" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release "
-"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr "Mengubah urutan daftar. Ketika Drakrpm melihat paket, dia membaca urutan daftar yang ditampilkan dan akan menginstall paket yang pertama ditemukan untuk nomor rilis yang sama - bahkan jika versi tidak cocok, rilis terakhir akan diinstall. Jadi jika mungkin, simpan repository paling cepat di atas."
+"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
+"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
+"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
+msgstr ""
+"Mengubah urutan daftar. Ketika Drakrpm melihat paket, dia membaca urutan "
+"daftar yang ditampilkan dan akan menginstall paket yang pertama ditemukan "
+"untuk nomor rilis yang sama - bahkan jika versi tidak cocok, rilis terakhir "
+"akan diinstall. Jadi jika mungkin, simpan repository paling cepat di atas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
@@ -3888,9 +4567,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
 msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and"
-" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Sebuah jendela muncul dengan daftar media. Pilih yang ingin Anda update lalu klik tombol <guibutton>Update</guibutton>."
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
+"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Sebuah jendela muncul dengan daftar media. Pilih yang ingin Anda update lalu "
+"klik tombol <guibutton>Update</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
@@ -3901,16 +4582,22 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>File -> Tambah mirror media spesifik:</guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
 msgid ""
 "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the"
-" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
+"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
 "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
 "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
 "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr "Menduga-duga Anda tidak puas dengan mirror aktual, karena contohnya terlalu lambat atau sering tidak tersedia, Anda bisa memilih mirror lain. Pilih semua media aktual lalu klik <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk menghapusnya. Klik pada <guimenu>File -> Tambah mirror media spesifik</guimenu>, pilih antara hanya update atau satu set penuh (jika kamu tidak tahu, pilih <guibutton>Satu set penuh sumber</guibutton>) lalu terima kontak dengan mengklik <guibutton>Ya</guibutton>. Jendela ini membuka:"
+msgstr ""
+"Menduga-duga Anda tidak puas dengan mirror aktual, karena contohnya terlalu "
+"lambat atau sering tidak tersedia, Anda bisa memilih mirror lain. Pilih "
+"semua media aktual lalu klik <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk "
+"menghapusnya. Klik pada <guimenu>File -> Tambah mirror media spesifik</"
+"guimenu>, pilih antara hanya update atau satu set penuh (jika kamu tidak "
+"tahu, pilih <guibutton>Satu set penuh sumber</guibutton>) lalu terima kontak "
+"dengan mengklik <guibutton>Ya</guibutton>. Jendela ini membuka:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
 msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
@@ -3921,7 +4608,10 @@ msgid ""
 "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
 "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
 "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Anda bisa melihat, di kiri, daftar negara, pilih negara Anda atau yang paling dekat dengan mengklik simbol >, ini akan menampilkan semua mirror yang tersedia di negara tersebut. Pilih lalu klik <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa melihat, di kiri, daftar negara, pilih negara Anda atau yang "
+"paling dekat dengan mengklik simbol >, ini akan menampilkan semua mirror "
+"yang tersedia di negara tersebut. Pilih lalu klik <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
@@ -3933,10 +4623,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>File -> Tambah media sesuaian:</guimenu>"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
 "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr "Anda bisa menginstall media baru (dari pihak ketiga contohnya) yang tidak didukung oleh Mageia. Sebuah jendela muncul:"
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menginstall media baru (dari pihak ketiga contohnya) yang tidak "
+"didukung oleh Mageia. Sebuah jendela muncul:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
@@ -3947,7 +4638,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
 "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
 "according to the medium type)"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Pilih tipe media, cari nama bagus yang menjelaskan media tersebut lalu tambahkan URL (atau arah, tergantung tipe media)"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Pilih tipe media, cari nama "
+"bagus yang menjelaskan media tersebut lalu tambahkan URL (atau arah, "
+"tergantung tipe media)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
@@ -3957,11 +4651,15 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Pilihan -> Pilihan global:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" "
-"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define "
-"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
+"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
+"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
 "default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr "Item ini memungkinkan Anda untuk memilih \"Periksa RPM yang diinstall\" (selalu atau tidak pernah), program download (curl, wget atau aria2) dan menentukan kebijakan download informasi paket (saat diminta -baku-, hanya update, selalu atau tidak pernah)."
+msgstr ""
+"Item ini memungkinkan Anda untuk memilih \"Periksa RPM yang diinstall"
+"\" (selalu atau tidak pernah), program download (curl, wget atau aria2) dan "
+"menentukan kebijakan download informasi paket (saat diminta -baku-, hanya "
+"update, selalu atau tidak pernah)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
@@ -3971,12 +4669,17 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Pilihan -> Kelola kunci:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
 msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate"
-" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In "
-"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click "
-"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr "Untuk menjamin keamanan level yang tinggi, kunci digital digunakan untuk mengesahkan media. Bisa untuk setiap media mengizinkan atau tidak mengizinkan kunci. Pada jendela yang muncul, pilih media lalu klik <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> untuk mengizinkan kunci baru atau pilih kunci dan klik <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk tidak mengizinkan kunci."
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
+"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
+"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
+"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
+"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk menjamin keamanan level yang tinggi, kunci digital digunakan untuk "
+"mengesahkan media. Bisa untuk setiap media mengizinkan atau tidak "
+"mengizinkan kunci. Pada jendela yang muncul, pilih media lalu klik "
+"<guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> untuk mengizinkan kunci baru atau pilih kunci "
+"dan klik <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> untuk tidak mengizinkan kunci."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
@@ -3992,17 +4695,20 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Pilihan -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
 msgid ""
 "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if"
-" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and "
-"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Jika Anda perlu menggunakan server proxy untuk mengakses internet, Anda bisa mengkonfigurasinya di sini. Anda hanya perlu memberikan <guibutton>Hostname proxy</guibutton> dan jika perlu <guilabel>Nama pengguna</guilabel> dan <guilabel>Sandi</guilabel>."
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
+"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda perlu menggunakan server proxy untuk mengakses internet, Anda bisa "
+"mengkonfigurasinya di sini. Anda hanya perlu memberikan <guibutton>Hostname "
+"proxy</guibutton> dan jika perlu <guilabel>Nama pengguna</guilabel> dan "
+"<guilabel>Sandi</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
 msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki "
-"page</link>."
+"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
+"link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -4015,8 +4721,7 @@ msgstr "Berbagi direktori dan perangkat dengan Samba"
 msgid "draksambashare"
 msgstr "draksambashare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:18
 msgid "draksambashare.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare.png"
@@ -4029,7 +4734,13 @@ msgid ""
 "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
 "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
 "resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr "Samba adalah protokol yang digunakan di Sistem Operasi yang berbeda untuk berbagi beberapa sumber daya seperti direktori atau printer. Alat ini memungkinkan Anda untuk mengkonfigurasi komputer sebagai server Samba menggunakan protokol SMB/CIFS. Protokol ini juga digunakan oleh Windows(R) dan lingkungan kerja dengan OS ini  bisa mengakses sumber daya dari server Samba."
+msgstr ""
+"Samba adalah protokol yang digunakan di Sistem Operasi yang berbeda untuk "
+"berbagi beberapa sumber daya seperti direktori atau printer. Alat ini "
+"memungkinkan Anda untuk mengkonfigurasi komputer sebagai server Samba "
+"menggunakan protokol SMB/CIFS. Protokol ini juga digunakan oleh Windows(R) "
+"dan lingkungan kerja dengan OS ini  bisa mengakses sumber daya dari server "
+"Samba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:37
@@ -4045,7 +4756,12 @@ msgid ""
 "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
 "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
 "server."
-msgstr "Untuk diakses dari lingkungan kerja lain, server harus memiliki alamat IP tetap. Ini bisa ditentukan langsung di server, contohnya dengan <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, atau di server DHCP yang mengidentifikasi komputer dengan alamat MAC-nya dan selalu memberikan alamat yang sama. Firewall juga harus mengizinkan permintaan yang datang ke server Samba."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk diakses dari lingkungan kerja lain, server harus memiliki alamat IP "
+"tetap. Ini bisa ditentukan langsung di server, contohnya dengan <xref "
+"linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, atau di server DHCP yang mengidentifikasi "
+"komputer dengan alamat MAC-nya dan selalu memberikan alamat yang sama. "
+"Firewall juga harus mengizinkan permintaan yang datang ke server Samba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:50
@@ -4055,20 +4771,25 @@ msgstr "Panduan - Server mandiri"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:53
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik<emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik<emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks"
-" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
+"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
 "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr "Saat pertama dijalankan, alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memeriksa jika paket yang diperlukan terinstall dan menawarkan untuk menginstall jika belum ada. Lalu panduan untuk mengkonfigurasi server Samba dijalankan."
+msgstr ""
+"Saat pertama dijalankan, alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
+"memeriksa jika paket yang diperlukan terinstall dan menawarkan untuk "
+"menginstall jika belum ada. Lalu panduan untuk mengkonfigurasi server Samba "
+"dijalankan."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:61
 msgid "draksambashare0.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
@@ -4078,10 +4799,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
 "selected."
-msgstr "Pada jendela selanjutnya pilihan konfigurasi Server mandiri sudah terpilih."
+msgstr ""
+"Pada jendela selanjutnya pilihan konfigurasi Server mandiri sudah terpilih."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:71
 msgid "draksambashare1.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
@@ -4089,19 +4810,22 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the"
-" access to the shared resources."
-msgstr "Lalu tentukan nama grup kerja. Nama ini harus sama untuk mengakses ke sumber daya yang dibagi."
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
+"access to the shared resources."
+msgstr ""
+"Lalu tentukan nama grup kerja. Nama ini harus sama untuk mengakses ke sumber "
+"daya yang dibagi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:80
 msgid ""
 "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
 "the network."
-msgstr "Nama netbios adalah nama yang akan digunakan untuk menentukan server pada jaringan."
+msgstr ""
+"Nama netbios adalah nama yang akan digunakan untuk menentukan server pada "
+"jaringan."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:85
 msgid "draksambashare2.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
@@ -4116,24 +4840,29 @@ msgstr "Pilih mode keamanan:"
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
 "resource"
-msgstr "<guilabel>pengguna</guilabel>: klien harus disahkan untuk mengakses sumber daya"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>pengguna</guilabel>: klien harus disahkan untuk mengakses sumber "
+"daya"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:100
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
 "each share"
-msgstr "<guilabel>pembagian</guilabel>: klien mengesahkan dirinya terpisah untuk setiap pembagian"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>pembagian</guilabel>: klien mengesahkan dirinya terpisah untuk "
+"setiap pembagian"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
 "address or host name."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menentukan host mana yang diizinkan untuk mengakses sumber daya, dengan alamat IP atau nama host."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menentukan host mana yang diizinkan untuk mengakses sumber daya, "
+"dengan alamat IP atau nama host."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:110
 msgid "draksambashare3.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
@@ -4143,10 +4872,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
 "described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr "Tentukan banner server. Banner adalah cara server ini dijelaskan di lingkungan kerja Windows."
+msgstr ""
+"Tentukan banner server. Banner adalah cara server ini dijelaskan di "
+"lingkungan kerja Windows."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:120
 msgid "draksambashare4.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
@@ -4155,10 +4885,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:126
 msgid ""
 "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr "Tempat di mana Samba bisa mencatat informasi bisa ditetapkan di langkah selanjutnya."
+msgstr ""
+"Tempat di mana Samba bisa mencatat informasi bisa ditetapkan di langkah "
+"selanjutnya."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:131
 msgid "draksambashare5.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
@@ -4167,12 +4898,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in "
-"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "Panduan menampilkan daftar parameter yang dipilih sebelum Anda menerima konfigurasi. Ketika diterima, konfigurasi akan ditulis di <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
+"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"Panduan menampilkan daftar parameter yang dipilih sebelum Anda menerima "
+"konfigurasi. Ketika diterima, konfigurasi akan ditulis di <code>/etc/samba/"
+"smb.conf</code>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:143
 msgid "draksambashare6.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
@@ -4182,8 +4915,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
 msgstr "Panduan - Pengendali domain primer"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:155
 msgid "draksambashare13.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
@@ -4196,7 +4928,11 @@ msgid ""
 "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
 "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
 "security mode:"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Jika pilihan \"Pengendali domain primer\" dipilih, panduan akan menanyakan tanda jika Wins mendukung untuk menyediakan nama pengguna admin atau tidak. Langkah selanjutnya sama dengan untuk server mandiri, kecuali Anda juga bisa memilih mode keamanan:"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Jika pilihan \"Pengendali domain "
+"primer\" dipilih, panduan akan menanyakan tanda jika Wins mendukung untuk "
+"menyediakan nama pengguna admin atau tidak. Langkah selanjutnya sama dengan "
+"untuk server mandiri, kecuali Anda juga bisa memilih mode keamanan:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:164
@@ -4204,7 +4940,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
 "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
 "account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: menyediakan mekanisme untuk menyimpan semua akun pengguna dan grup pada sebuah repository akun, terbagi, yang terpusat.  Repositori akun terpusat dibagi di antara pengendali (keamanan)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: menyediakan mekanisme untuk menyimpan semua "
+"akun pengguna dan grup pada sebuah repository akun, terbagi, yang terpusat.  "
+"Repositori akun terpusat dibagi di antara pengendali (keamanan)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:173
@@ -4216,8 +4955,7 @@ msgstr "Mengumumkan direktori untuk dibagi"
 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
 msgstr "Dengan tombol <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton>, kita mendapat:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:179
 msgid "draksambashare15.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
@@ -4225,14 +4963,17 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:184
 msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the "
-"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether"
-" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share "
-"name can not be modified."
-msgstr "Entri baru ditambahkan. Ini bisa dimodifikasi dengan tombol <guibutton>Modifikasi</guibutton>. Pilihan bisa diedit, seperti apakah direktori bisa dilihat publik, bisa ditulisi atau dijelajahi. Nama pembagian tidak bisa dimodifikasi."
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
+"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
+"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
+"modified."
+msgstr ""
+"Entri baru ditambahkan. Ini bisa dimodifikasi dengan tombol "
+"<guibutton>Modifikasi</guibutton>. Pilihan bisa diedit, seperti apakah "
+"direktori bisa dilihat publik, bisa ditulisi atau dijelajahi. Nama pembagian "
+"tidak bisa dimodifikasi."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:191
 msgid "draksambashare16.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
@@ -4240,7 +4981,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:203
 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr "Ketika daftar memiliki setidaknya satu entri, entri menu bisa digunakan."
+msgstr ""
+"Ketika daftar memiliki setidaknya satu entri, entri menu bisa digunakan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:209
@@ -4277,8 +5019,7 @@ msgstr "Pembagian printer"
 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
 msgstr "Samba juga memungkinkan Anda untuk membagi printer."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:241
 msgid "draksambashare17.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
@@ -4296,8 +5037,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgid "Samba users"
 msgstr "Pengguna samba"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:253
 msgid "draksambashare18.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
@@ -4308,7 +5048,11 @@ msgid ""
 "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
 "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
 "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Di tab ini, Anda bisa menambah pengguna yang diizinkan untuk mengakses sumber daya yang dibagi ketika otentikasi diperlukan. Anda bisa menambah pengguna dari <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Di tab ini, Anda bisa menambah pengguna yang diizinkan untuk mengakses "
+"sumber daya yang dibagi ketika otentikasi diperlukan. Anda bisa menambah "
+"pengguna dari <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type="
+"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksec.xml:3
@@ -4320,62 +5064,88 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi otentikasi peralatan Mageia"
 msgid "draksec"
 msgstr "draksec"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec.png"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "draksec0.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Keamanan</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
+"Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Keamanan</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:20
+#: en/draksec.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
 "usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr "Ini memungkinkan untuk memberikan pengguna biasa hak yang diperlukan untuk menyelesaikan tugas yang biasanya dilakukan oleh administrator."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini memungkinkan untuk memberikan pengguna biasa hak yang diperlukan untuk "
+"menyelesaikan tugas yang biasanya dilakukan oleh administrator."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:22
+msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksec.xml:27
+msgid "draksec.png"
+msgstr "draksec.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:23
+#: en/draksec.xml:31
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
 "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list gives the choice between:"
-msgstr "Kebanyakan peralatan yang tersedia di Pusat Kendali Mageia ditampilkan di sisi kiri jendela (lihat gambar di atas) dan setiap alat, daftar drop down memberikan pilihan antara:"
+"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
+msgstr ""
+"Kebanyakan peralatan yang tersedia di Pusat Kendali Mageia ditampilkan di "
+"sisi kiri jendela (lihat gambar di atas) dan setiap alat, daftar drop down "
+"memberikan pilihan antara:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:29
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Tanpa sandi: Alat dijalankan tanpa menanyakan sandi apapun."
+#: en/draksec.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
+"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Nilai baku tergantung tingkat keamanan yang dipilih. Lihat tab MCC yang "
+"sama, alat \"Konfigurasi keamanan, perizinan dan audit sistem\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:34
+#: en/draksec.xml:43
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
 msgstr "Sandi pengguna: Sandi pengguna ditanyakan sebelum alat berjalan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:39
-msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
+#: en/draksec.xml:48
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
 msgstr "Sandi root: Sandi root ditanyakan sebelum alat berjalan"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
-"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr "Nilai baku tergantung tingkat keamanan yang dipilih. Lihat tab MCC yang sama, alat \"Konfigurasi keamanan, perizinan dan audit sistem\"."
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:53
+msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+msgstr "Tanpa sandi: Alat dijalankan tanpa menanyakan sandi apapun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
@@ -4387,8 +5157,7 @@ msgstr "Snapshots"
 msgid "draksnapshot-config"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
@@ -4396,17 +5165,22 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration "
-"tools</guilabel> section."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> MCC, pada bagian <guilabel>Peralatan administrasi</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
+"guilabel> section."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab "
+"<guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> MCC, pada bagian <guilabel>Peralatan "
+"administrasi</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
@@ -4414,39 +5188,59 @@ msgid ""
 "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
 "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
 "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr "Ketika Anda menjalankan alat ini di MCC untuk pertama kalinya, Anda akan melihat pesan untuk menginstall draksnapshot. Klik <guibutton>Install</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan. Draksnapshot dan beberapa paket yang diperlukan akan diinstall."
+msgstr ""
+"Ketika Anda menjalankan alat ini di MCC untuk pertama kalinya, Anda akan "
+"melihat pesan untuk menginstall draksnapshot. Klik <guibutton>Install</"
+"guibutton> untuk melanjutkan. Draksnapshot dan beberapa paket yang "
+"diperlukan akan diinstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable "
-"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, "
-"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Klik lagi <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, Anda akan melihat layar <guilabel>Pengaturan</guilabel>. Pilih <guilabel>Hidupkan Backup</guilabel> lalu, jika Anda ingin membackup keseluruhan sistem, <guilabel>Backup keseluruhan sistem</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
+"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
+"whole system</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik lagi <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, Anda akan melihat layar "
+"<guilabel>Pengaturan</guilabel>. Pilih <guilabel>Hidupkan Backup</guilabel> "
+"lalu, jika Anda ingin membackup keseluruhan sistem, <guilabel>Backup "
+"keseluruhan sistem</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
 "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to"
-" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the "
-"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from"
-" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> "
-"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you "
-"are done."
-msgstr "Jika Anda ingin membackup sebagian direktori, pilih <guilabel>Lanjutan</guilabel>. Anda akan melihat layar kecil yang muncul. Gunakan tombol <guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> dan <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> di sebelah <guilabel>Daftar backup</guilabel> untuk memasukkan atau mengeluarkan direktori dan file dari backup. Gunakan tombol yang sama di sebelah daftar <guilabel>Masukkan</guilabel> untuk menghapus subdirektori dan/atau file dari direktori terpilih, ini <emphasis role=\"bold\">tidak</emphasis> akan dimasukkan dalam backup. Klik <guibutton>Tutup</guibutton> jika sudah selesai."
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
+"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
+"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
+"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
+"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
+"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda ingin membackup sebagian direktori, pilih <guilabel>Lanjutan</"
+"guilabel>. Anda akan melihat layar kecil yang muncul. Gunakan tombol "
+"<guibutton>Tambah</guibutton> dan <guibutton>Hapus</guibutton> di sebelah "
+"<guilabel>Daftar backup</guilabel> untuk memasukkan atau mengeluarkan "
+"direktori dan file dari backup. Gunakan tombol yang sama di sebelah daftar "
+"<guilabel>Masukkan</guilabel> untuk menghapus subdirektori dan/atau file "
+"dari direktori terpilih, ini <emphasis role=\"bold\">tidak</emphasis> akan "
+"dimasukkan dalam backup. Klik <guibutton>Tutup</guibutton> jika sudah "
+"selesai."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted"
-" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Sekarang berikan arah ke <guilabel>Di mana membackup</guilabel>, atau pilih tombol <guibutton>Jelajah</guibutton> untuk memilih arah yang benar. Setiap flashdisk atau HD eksternal bisa ditemukan di <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
+"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
+"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sekarang berikan arah ke <guilabel>Di mana membackup</guilabel>, atau pilih "
+"tombol <guibutton>Jelajah</guibutton> untuk memilih arah yang benar. Setiap "
+"flashdisk atau HD eksternal bisa ditemukan di <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/"
+"media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
@@ -4463,8 +5257,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi Suara"
 msgid "draksound"
 msgstr "draksound"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:10
 msgid "draksound.png"
 msgstr "draksound.png"
@@ -4472,16 +5265,20 @@ msgstr "draksound.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
+"Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:19
@@ -4489,15 +5286,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, "
 "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience "
 "sound problems or if you change the sound card."
-msgstr "Draksound berhubungan dengan konfigurasi suara, termasuk pemilihan driver, pilihan PulseAudio dan pemecahan masalah. Ini akan membantu jika Anda mengalami masalah suara atau jika Anda mengganti perangkat suara."
+msgstr ""
+"Draksound berhubungan dengan konfigurasi suara, termasuk pemilihan driver, "
+"pilihan PulseAudio dan pemecahan masalah. Ini akan membantu jika Anda "
+"mengalami masalah suara atau jika Anda mengganti perangkat suara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a"
-" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound "
-"card."
-msgstr "Daftar drop down yang bernama <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> memungkinkan Anda memilih driver yang tersedia di komputer yang cocok dengan perangkat suara."
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
+"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+"Daftar drop down yang bernama <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> memungkinkan Anda "
+"memilih driver yang tersedia di komputer yang cocok dengan perangkat suara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:28
@@ -4505,30 +5306,40 @@ msgid ""
 "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
 "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
 "possible for its enhanced features."
-msgstr "Biasanya, kita bisa memilih driver menggunakan API OSS atau ALSA. OSS adalah yang paling lama dan sangat dasar, kami menyarankan untuk memilih ALSA jika memungkinkan untuk fitur yang lebih baik."
+msgstr ""
+"Biasanya, kita bisa memilih driver menggunakan API OSS atau ALSA. OSS adalah "
+"yang paling lama dan sangat dasar, kami menyarankan untuk memilih ALSA jika "
+"memungkinkan untuk fitur yang lebih baik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound"
-" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the "
-"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> "
-"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> adalah server suara. Ini menerima semua masukan suara, mencampurkannya menurut pilihan pengguna dan mengirimkan hasil keluarannya. Lihat <guimenu>Menu -> Suara dan Video -> Kendali volume PulseAudio</guimenu> untuk mengatur pilihan ini."
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
+"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
+"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
+"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> adalah server suara. Ini menerima semua "
+"masukan suara, mencampurkannya menurut pilihan pengguna dan mengirimkan "
+"hasil keluarannya. Lihat <guimenu>Menu -> Suara dan Video -> Kendali volume "
+"PulseAudio</guimenu> untuk mengatur pilihan ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
 "enabled."
-msgstr "PulseAudio adalah server suara baku dan direkomendasikan untuk dihidupkan."
+msgstr ""
+"PulseAudio adalah server suara baku dan direkomendasikan untuk dihidupkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
 "is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> meningkatkan PulseAudio dengan beberapa program. Ini juga direkomendasikan untuk dihidupkan."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> meningkatkan PulseAudio dengan beberapa "
+"program. Ini juga direkomendasikan untuk dihidupkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:44
@@ -4537,8 +5348,7 @@ msgid ""
 "three buttons:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:49
 msgid "Draksound1.png"
 msgstr "Draksound1.png"
@@ -4557,7 +5367,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any "
 "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking "
 "the community for help."
-msgstr "Yang kedua sudah jelas dan yang ketiga memberi bantuan perbaikan setiap masalah yang Anda punya. Akan sangat berguna untuk mencoba ini sebelum meminta bantuan komunitas."
+msgstr ""
+"Yang kedua sudah jelas dan yang ketiga memberi bantuan perbaikan setiap "
+"masalah yang Anda punya. Akan sangat berguna untuk mencoba ini sebelum "
+"meminta bantuan komunitas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakups.xml:3
@@ -4569,8 +5382,7 @@ msgstr "Mengatur UPS untuk mengawasi daya"
 msgid "drakups"
 msgstr "drakups"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakups.xml:8
 msgid "drakups.png"
 msgstr "drakups.png"
@@ -4578,9 +5390,11 @@ msgstr "drakups.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakups.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:3
@@ -4592,8 +5406,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi Koneksi VPN untuk mengamankan akses jaringan"
 msgid "drakvpn"
 msgstr "drakvpn"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:11
 msgid "drakvpn1.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
@@ -4601,9 +5414,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:18
@@ -4614,7 +5429,13 @@ msgid ""
 "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
 "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
 "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan untuk mengkonfigurasi keamanan akses ke jaringan remote dengan membangun terowongan antara lingkungan kerja lokal dengan jaringan remote. Yang kita bicarakan di sini hanya konfigurasi di sisi lingkungan kerja. Kita anggap jaringan remote sudah beroperasi, dan Anda memiliki informasi koneksi dari administrator jaringan, seperti file konfigurasi .pcf."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan untuk "
+"mengkonfigurasi keamanan akses ke jaringan remote dengan membangun "
+"terowongan antara lingkungan kerja lokal dengan jaringan remote. Yang kita "
+"bicarakan di sini hanya konfigurasi di sisi lingkungan kerja. Kita anggap "
+"jaringan remote sudah beroperasi, dan Anda memiliki informasi koneksi dari "
+"administrator jaringan, seperti file konfigurasi .pcf."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:30
@@ -4626,7 +5447,9 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi"
 msgid ""
 "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
 "protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr "Pertama, pilih antara Cisco VPN Concentrator atau OpenVPN, tergantung pada protokol mana yang digunakan untuk jaringan privat virtual Anda."
+msgstr ""
+"Pertama, pilih antara Cisco VPN Concentrator atau OpenVPN, tergantung pada "
+"protokol mana yang digunakan untuk jaringan privat virtual Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:35
@@ -4643,8 +5466,7 @@ msgstr "Di layar selanjutnya, berikan rincian koneksi VPN Anda."
 msgid "For Cisco VPN"
 msgstr "Untuk VPN Cisco"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:48
 msgid "drakvpn3.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
@@ -4654,10 +5476,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
 msgid ""
 "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
 "first time the tool is used."
-msgstr "Untuk openvpn. Paket openvpn dan dependensinya akan diinstall saat pertama kali alat ini digunakan."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk openvpn. Paket openvpn dan dependensinya akan diinstall saat pertama "
+"kali alat ini digunakan."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:59
 msgid "drakvpn7.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
@@ -4667,15 +5490,16 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
 "received from the network administrator."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Pilih file yang Anda terima dari administrator jaringan."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Pilih file yang Anda terima dari "
+"administrator jaringan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:64
 msgid "Advanced parameters:"
 msgstr "Parameter lanjutan:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:68
 msgid "drakvpn8.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
@@ -4690,15 +5514,19 @@ msgstr "Layar selanjutnya meminta alamat IP gateway."
 msgid ""
 "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
 "connection."
-msgstr "Saat parameter diatur, Anda memiliki pilihan untuk menjalankan koneksi VPN."
+msgstr ""
+"Saat parameter diatur, Anda memiliki pilihan untuk menjalankan koneksi VPN."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect"
-" to this VPN."
-msgstr "Koneksi VPN ini bisa diatur untuk berjalan otomatis dengan koneksi jaringan. Untuk melakukannya, konfigurasi ulang koneksi jaringan untuk selalu terhubung ke VPN ini."
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
+"to this VPN."
+msgstr ""
+"Koneksi VPN ini bisa diatur untuk berjalan otomatis dengan koneksi jaringan. "
+"Untuk melakukannya, konfigurasi ulang koneksi jaringan untuk selalu "
+"terhubung ke VPN ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
@@ -4710,8 +5538,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi server web"
 msgid "drakwizard apache2"
 msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
@@ -4719,9 +5546,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
@@ -4752,8 +5581,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4770,8 +5598,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4788,8 +5615,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server User Module"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4804,8 +5630,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User web directory name"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4822,8 +5647,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Document Root"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4840,8 +5664,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Summary"
 msgstr "Ringkasan"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4851,8 +5674,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -4861,8 +5683,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Finish"
 msgstr "Selesai"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4883,8 +5704,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi DNS"
 msgid "drakwizard bind"
 msgstr "drakwizard bind"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
@@ -4892,9 +5712,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
@@ -4906,8 +5728,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi DHCP"
 msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
 msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
@@ -4922,16 +5743,18 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should"
-" be installed before you can access to it."
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
+"be installed before you can access to it."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -4958,8 +5781,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4969,8 +5791,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4979,8 +5800,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -4988,8 +5809,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select IP range"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5003,8 +5823,7 @@ msgid ""
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5014,8 +5833,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Hold on..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5032,8 +5850,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Hours later..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5058,73 +5875,62 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from "
-"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and "
-"adding the new parameters:"
+"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
+"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
+"parameters:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
 msgid "<code>hname</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
 msgid "<code>dns</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
 msgid "net"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
 msgid "ip"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
 msgid "<code>mask</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
 msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
 msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
 msgid "<code>dname</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
 msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5132,8 +5938,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
 msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file "
-"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
+"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
+"code>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -5151,8 +5957,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi waktu"
 msgid "drakwizard ntp"
 msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
@@ -5160,18 +5965,24 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed"
-" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
+"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
+"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
 "packages."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bertujuan untuk mengatur waktu server Anda supaya sinkron dengan server luar. Ini tidak terinstall secara baku dan Anda harus juga menginstall paket drakwizard dan drakwizard-base."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bertujuan untuk mengatur "
+"waktu server Anda supaya sinkron dengan server luar. Ini tidak terinstall "
+"secara baku dan Anda harus juga menginstall paket drakwizard dan drakwizard-"
+"base."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
@@ -5184,28 +5995,28 @@ msgid ""
 "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
 "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
 "because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr "Setelah layar selamat datang (lihat di atas), yang kedua meminta Anda memilih tiga server waktu di daftar drop down dan menyarankan untuk menggunakan pool.ntp.org dua kali karena server ini selalu mengarahkan ke server waktu yang tersedia."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah layar selamat datang (lihat di atas), yang kedua meminta Anda "
+"memilih tiga server waktu di daftar drop down dan menyarankan untuk "
+"menggunakan pool.ntp.org dua kali karena server ini selalu mengarahkan ke "
+"server waktu yang tersedia."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
@@ -5213,15 +6024,14 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you"
-" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
+"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
+"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
 "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
 "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
@@ -5244,9 +6054,9 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to "
-"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
-"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
+"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
+"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -5266,8 +6076,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
 msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and "
-"<code>ntpd</code> services;"
+"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
+"code> services;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -5286,8 +6096,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi FTP"
 msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
 msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
@@ -5295,15 +6104,17 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
-" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -5329,14 +6140,12 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5353,8 +6162,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Information"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5371,8 +6179,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Server Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5380,18 +6187,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>"
-" (File eXchange Protocol)"
+"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
+"(File eXchange Protocol)"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5406,8 +6211,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi proxy"
 msgid "drakwizard squid"
 msgstr "drakwizard squid"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
@@ -5415,9 +6219,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
@@ -5453,8 +6259,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5464,8 +6269,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5482,8 +6286,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5499,8 +6302,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select Network Access Control"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5508,8 +6310,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5517,16 +6319,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Grant Network Access"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5534,8 +6334,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5550,8 +6349,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5559,12 +6357,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
 msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5574,8 +6371,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Start during boot?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5587,8 +6383,7 @@ msgid ""
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5601,56 +6396,49 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
 msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in "
-"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
+"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
+"orig;</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from "
-"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
+"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
+"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
 msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
 msgid "cache_mem"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
 msgid "http_port"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
 msgid ""
 "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5670,8 +6458,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi daemon OpenSSH"
 msgid "drakwizard sshd"
 msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
@@ -5679,15 +6466,17 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
-" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -5700,8 +6489,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
 "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,"
-" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
+"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
+"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
 "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
 "respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5721,8 +6510,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5730,9 +6518,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or "
-"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
+"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5740,8 +6527,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "General Options"
 msgstr "Opsi Umum"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5758,8 +6544,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Authentication Methods"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5776,8 +6561,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Logging"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5785,8 +6569,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
 msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5794,8 +6578,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Login Options"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5810,8 +6593,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "User Login Options"
 msgstr "pilihan login pengguna"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5827,8 +6609,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5840,14 +6621,12 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5862,8 +6641,7 @@ msgstr "Kelola layanan sistem dengan menghidupkan atau mematikannya"
 msgid "drakxservices"
 msgstr "drakxservices"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:8
 msgid "drakxservices.png"
 msgstr "drakxservices.png"
@@ -5871,9 +6649,11 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:10
@@ -5885,8 +6665,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi hardware"
 msgid "harddrake2"
 msgstr "harddrake2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:17
 msgid "harddrake2.png"
 msgstr "harddrake2.png"
@@ -5894,9 +6673,11 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:22
@@ -5906,7 +6687,12 @@ msgid ""
 "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
 "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
 "lst</code> package."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memberi pandangan umum hardware komputer anda. Saat alat ini dijalankan, ini mengeksekusi tugas untuk melihat semua elemen hardware. Untuk itu, ini menggunakan perintah <code>ldetect </code>yang mengacu ke daftar hardware di paket <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memberi pandangan umum "
+"hardware komputer anda. Saat alat ini dijalankan, ini mengeksekusi tugas "
+"untuk melihat semua elemen hardware. Untuk itu, ini menggunakan perintah "
+"<code>ldetect </code>yang mengacu ke daftar hardware di paket <code>ldetect-"
+"lst</code>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:31
@@ -5924,7 +6710,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
 "grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
 "category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr "Kolom kiri berisi daftar hardware yang terdeteksi. Perangkat dibagi dalam grup dengan berbagai kategori. Klik &gt; untuk melihat isi kategori. Setiap perangkat bisa dipilih di kolom ini."
+msgstr ""
+"Kolom kiri berisi daftar hardware yang terdeteksi. Perangkat dibagi dalam "
+"grup dengan berbagai kategori. Klik &gt; untuk melihat isi kategori. Setiap "
+"perangkat bisa dipilih di kolom ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:39
@@ -5932,14 +6721,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
 "<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
 "about the content of the fields."
-msgstr "Kolom kanan menampilkan informasi perangkat yang dipilih. <guimenu>Bantuan -&gt; Kolom keterangan</guimenu> memberi beberapa informasi tentang isi dari kolom."
+msgstr ""
+"Kolom kanan menampilkan informasi perangkat yang dipilih. <guimenu>Bantuan -"
+"&gt; Kolom keterangan</guimenu> memberi beberapa informasi tentang isi dari "
+"kolom."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are"
-" available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr "Tergantung pada tipe perangkat yang dipilih, satu atau dua tombol tersedia di bawah kolom kedua."
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
+"available at the bottom of the right column:"
+msgstr ""
+"Tergantung pada tipe perangkat yang dipilih, satu atau dua tombol tersedia "
+"di bawah kolom kedua."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:48
@@ -5947,21 +6741,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
 "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
 "used by experts only."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Atur opsi driver saat ini</guibutton>: ini bisa digunakan untuk mengatur parameter modul yang digunakan dalam hubungan dengan perangkat. Ini hanya untuk digunakan oleh pengguna berpengalaman."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Atur opsi driver saat ini</guibutton>: ini bisa digunakan untuk "
+"mengatur parameter modul yang digunakan dalam hubungan dengan perangkat. Ini "
+"hanya untuk digunakan oleh pengguna berpengalaman."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
 "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Jalankan alat konfigurasi</guibutton>: akses ke alat yang digunakan untuk mengkonfigurasi perangkat. Alat ini lebih sering diakses langsung dari MCC."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Jalankan alat konfigurasi</guibutton>: akses ke alat yang "
+"digunakan untuk mengkonfigurasi perangkat. Alat ini lebih sering diakses "
+"langsung dari MCC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
 "enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr "Menu <guimenu>opsi</guimenu> memberi kesempatan untuk menandai kotak untuk menghidupkan pendeteksian otomatis:"
+msgstr ""
+"Menu <guimenu>opsi</guimenu> memberi kesempatan untuk menandai kotak untuk "
+"menghidupkan pendeteksian otomatis:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:73
@@ -5984,7 +6786,10 @@ msgid ""
 "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
 "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
 "be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr "Secara baku pendeteksian ini tidak dihidupkan karena lambat. Tandai kotak yang tepat jika ada perangkat di sini yang terhubung. Pendeteksian akan berjalan saat alat ini dijalankan berikutnya."
+msgstr ""
+"Secara baku pendeteksian ini tidak dihidupkan karena lambat. Tandai kotak "
+"yang tepat jika ada perangkat di sini yang terhubung. Pendeteksian akan "
+"berjalan saat alat ini dijalankan berikutnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
@@ -5996,8 +6801,7 @@ msgstr "Atur Layout Keyboard"
 msgid "keyboarddrake"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
 msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
@@ -6005,9 +6809,11 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
@@ -6017,7 +6823,12 @@ msgid ""
 "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
 "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
 "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr "Alat keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> membantu Anda mengkonfigurasi layout dasar keyboard yang Anda gunakan di Mageia. Ini akan berpengaruh pada layout keyboard untuk semua pengguna sistem. Ini ada di bagian Hardware pada Pusat Kendali Mageia (MCC) dengan nama \"Konfigurasi mouse dan keyboard\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> membantu Anda "
+"mengkonfigurasi layout dasar keyboard yang Anda gunakan di Mageia. Ini akan "
+"berpengaruh pada layout keyboard untuk semua pengguna sistem. Ini ada di "
+"bagian Hardware pada Pusat Kendali Mageia (MCC) dengan nama \"Konfigurasi "
+"mouse dan keyboard\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
@@ -6027,10 +6838,13 @@ msgstr "Layout Keyboard"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed"
-" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity "
-"each layout should be used for."
-msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa memilih layout keyboard mana yang ingin Anda gunakan. Nama (urutan alfabet) menggambarkan layout tiap bahasa, negara dan/atau etnis yang digunakan."
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
+"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
+"layout should be used for."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda bisa memilih layout keyboard mana yang ingin Anda gunakan. Nama "
+"(urutan alfabet) menggambarkan layout tiap bahasa, negara dan/atau etnis "
+"yang digunakan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
@@ -6042,7 +6856,9 @@ msgstr "Tipe Keyboard"
 msgid ""
 "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
 "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr "Menu memberikan pilihan tipe keyboard yang Anda gunakan. Jika Anda tidak yakin mana yang harus dipilih, gunakan saja pilihan baku."
+msgstr ""
+"Menu memberikan pilihan tipe keyboard yang Anda gunakan. Jika Anda tidak "
+"yakin mana yang harus dipilih, gunakan saja pilihan baku."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:10
@@ -6054,8 +6870,7 @@ msgstr "Kelola lokalisasi sistem"
 msgid "localedrake"
 msgstr "localedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:18
 msgid "localedrake.png"
 msgstr "localedrake.png"
@@ -6063,9 +6878,11 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
@@ -6075,14 +6892,20 @@ msgid ""
 "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
 "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di bagian Sistem pada Pusat Kendali Mageia (MCC) dengan nama \"Kelola lokalisasi sistem\". Ini membuka jendela di mana Anda bisa memilih bahasa. Pilihan disesuaikan dengan bahasa terpilih saat instalasi."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di bagian Sistem pada "
+"Pusat Kendali Mageia (MCC) dengan nama \"Kelola lokalisasi sistem\". Ini "
+"membuka jendela di mana Anda bisa memilih bahasa. Pilihan disesuaikan dengan "
+"bahasa terpilih saat instalasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
 "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr "Tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> memberikan akses untuk mengaktifkan kompatibilitas pengkodean lama (non UTF8)."
+msgstr ""
+"Tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> memberikan akses untuk mengaktifkan "
+"kompatibilitas pengkodean lama (non UTF8)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:34
@@ -6090,7 +6913,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
 "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
 "countries not listed."
-msgstr "Jendela kedua menampilkan daftar negara menurut bahasa yang dipilih. Tombol <guibutton>Negara Lainnya</guibutton> memberi akses ke negara yang tidak terdaftar."
+msgstr ""
+"Jendela kedua menampilkan daftar negara menurut bahasa yang dipilih. Tombol "
+"<guibutton>Negara Lainnya</guibutton> memberi akses ke negara yang tidak "
+"terdaftar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:38
@@ -6109,14 +6935,19 @@ msgid ""
 "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
 "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
 "Korean, etc)."
-msgstr "Di layar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel> Anda juga bisa memilih metode masukan (dari menu drop-down di bawah daftar). Metode masukan memungkinkan pengguna memasukkan karakter multilingual (Cina, Jepang, Korean, dsb)."
+msgstr ""
+"Di layar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel> Anda juga bisa memilih metode "
+"masukan (dari menu drop-down di bawah daftar). Metode masukan memungkinkan "
+"pengguna memasukkan karakter multilingual (Cina, Jepang, Korean, dsb)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
 "users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr "Untuk lokalisasi Asia dan Afrika, IBus akan diatur sebagai metode masukan baku sehingga pengguna tidak perlu mengkonfigurasinya secara manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk lokalisasi Asia dan Afrika, IBus akan diatur sebagai metode masukan "
+"baku sehingga pengguna tidak perlu mengkonfigurasinya secara manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:50
@@ -6124,7 +6955,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
 "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
 "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Metode masukan lainnya (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, dll.) juga menyediakan fungsi serupa dan bisa, jika tidak tersedia dari menu drop-down, diinstall di bagian lain Pusat Kendali Mageia. Lihat <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Metode masukan lainnya (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, dll.) juga menyediakan fungsi "
+"serupa dan bisa, jika tidak tersedia dari menu drop-down, diinstall di "
+"bagian lain Pusat Kendali Mageia. Lihat <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:3
@@ -6136,8 +6970,7 @@ msgstr "Lihat dan cari log sistem"
 msgid "logdrake"
 msgstr "logdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:10
 msgid "logdrake.png"
 msgstr "logdrake.png"
@@ -6145,17 +6978,22 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system "
-"logs</guilabel>\"."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia tab Sistem, dengan nama \"<guilabel>Lihat dan cari log sistem</guilabel>\"."
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
+"guilabel>\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
+"Mageia tab Sistem, dengan nama \"<guilabel>Lihat dan cari log sistem</"
+"guilabel>\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:22
@@ -6165,27 +7003,41 @@ msgstr "Untuk melakukan pencarian log"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to "
-"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)"
-"  to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is"
-" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of "
-"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected "
-"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> "
-"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the "
-"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by "
-"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr "Pertama, masukkan kata kunci yang ingin Anda cari di kolom <emphasis role=\"bold\">Pencocokan</emphasis> dan/atau kata kunci yang <emphasis>tidak</emphasis> diinginkan untuk melihat jawaban di kolom <emphasis role=\"bold\">tapi tidak cocok</emphasis>. Lalu pilih file untuk dicari di kolom <guilabel>Pilih file</guilabel>. Atau, bisa juga membatasi pencarian hanya satu hari. Pilih di <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kalender</emphasis>, menggunakan panah kecil di tiap sisi bulan dan tahun, lalu tandai \"<guibutton>Hanya tampilkan hari terpilih</guibutton>\". Terakhir, klik tombol <guibutton>cari</guibutton> untuk melihat hasil di jendela yang disebut <guilabel>Isi file</guilabel>. Hasil bisa disimpan dalam format .txt dengan mengklik tombol <emphasis role=\"bold\">Simpan</emphasis>."
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
+"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
+"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
+"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
+"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
+"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
+"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
+"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Pertama, masukkan kata kunci yang ingin Anda cari di kolom <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Pencocokan</emphasis> dan/atau kata kunci yang <emphasis>tidak</"
+"emphasis> diinginkan untuk melihat jawaban di kolom <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">tapi tidak cocok</emphasis>. Lalu pilih file untuk dicari di kolom "
+"<guilabel>Pilih file</guilabel>. Atau, bisa juga membatasi pencarian hanya "
+"satu hari. Pilih di <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kalender</emphasis>, menggunakan "
+"panah kecil di tiap sisi bulan dan tahun, lalu tandai \"<guibutton>Hanya "
+"tampilkan hari terpilih</guibutton>\". Terakhir, klik tombol "
+"<guibutton>cari</guibutton> untuk melihat hasil di jendela yang disebut "
+"<guilabel>Isi file</guilabel>. Hasil bisa disimpan dalam format .txt dengan "
+"mengklik tombol <emphasis role=\"bold\">Simpan</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia"
-" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs "
-"are updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Log Peralatan Mageia</guibutton> menyimpan log peralatan konfigurasi Mageia seperti peralatan Pusat Kendali Mageia. Log ini diupdate setiap kali konfigurasi dimodifikasi."
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
+"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
+"updated each time a configuration is modified."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Log Peralatan Mageia</guibutton> menyimpan log peralatan "
+"konfigurasi Mageia seperti peralatan Pusat Kendali Mageia. Log ini diupdate "
+"setiap kali konfigurasi dimodifikasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:43
@@ -6198,17 +7050,25 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
 "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
 "address."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Peringatan surat</guibutton> secara otomatis memeriksa beban sistem dan layanan setiap jam dan jika diperlukan, mengirim e-mail ke alamat yang dikonfigurasi."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Peringatan surat</guibutton> secara otomatis memeriksa beban "
+"sistem dan layanan setiap jam dan jika diperlukan, mengirim e-mail ke alamat "
+"yang dikonfigurasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail "
-"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> "
-"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the "
-"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to "
-"look watch. (See screenshot above)."
-msgstr "Untuk mengkonfigurasi alat ini, klik tombol <emphasis role=\"bold\">Peringatan Surat</emphasis> lalu, di layar selanjutnya, di tombol drop down<guibutton> Konfigurasi sistem peringatan surat</guibutton>. Di sini, semua layanan yang berjalan ditampilkan dan Anda bisa memilih layanan mana yang ingin Anda awasi. (Lihat gambar di atas)."
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
+"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
+"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
+"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
+"(See screenshot above)."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk mengkonfigurasi alat ini, klik tombol <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Peringatan Surat</emphasis> lalu, di layar selanjutnya, di tombol drop "
+"down<guibutton> Konfigurasi sistem peringatan surat</guibutton>. Di sini, "
+"semua layanan yang berjalan ditampilkan dan Anda bisa memilih layanan mana "
+"yang ingin Anda awasi. (Lihat gambar di atas)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:55
@@ -6255,8 +7115,7 @@ msgstr "Layanan Xinetd"
 msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
 msgstr "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:91
 msgid "logdrake1.png"
 msgstr "logdrake1.png"
@@ -6265,11 +7124,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png"
 #: en/logdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows"
-" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
+"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
 "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
 "to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr "Di layar selanjutnya, pilih nilai <guilabel>Beban</guilabel> yang Anda pertimbangkan untuk tidak diterima. Beban mewakili permintaan proses, beban tinggi memperlambat sistem dan bebas sangat tinggi bisa mengindikasikan bahwa proses sudah diluar kendali. Nilai baku adalah 3. Pengaturan beban direkomendasikan 3 kali jumlah prosesor."
+msgstr ""
+"Di layar selanjutnya, pilih nilai <guilabel>Beban</guilabel> yang Anda "
+"pertimbangkan untuk tidak diterima. Beban mewakili permintaan proses, beban "
+"tinggi memperlambat sistem dan bebas sangat tinggi bisa mengindikasikan "
+"bahwa proses sudah diluar kendali. Nilai baku adalah 3. Pengaturan beban "
+"direkomendasikan 3 kali jumlah prosesor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:103
@@ -6277,7 +7141,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
 "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
 "or on the Internet)."
-msgstr "Di layar terakhir, masukkan <guilabel>Alamat email</guilabel> orang yang akan diperingatkan dan <guilabel>Server email</guilabel> yang digunakan (lokal atau Internet)."
+msgstr ""
+"Di layar terakhir, masukkan <guilabel>Alamat email</guilabel> orang yang "
+"akan diperingatkan dan <guilabel>Server email</guilabel> yang digunakan "
+"(lokal atau Internet)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
@@ -6292,25 +7159,33 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr "Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hanya bisa dijalankan dan digunakan di baris perintah."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hanya bisa dijalankan dan "
+"digunakan di baris perintah."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the "
-"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir bisa menuliskan bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Tim Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih untuk bantuan Anda."
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
+"advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Halaman ini belum ditulis karena keterbatasan sumber daya. Jika Anda pikir "
+"bisa menuliskan bantuan ini, silakan hubungi <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Tim Dokumentasi.</link> Terima kasih "
+"untuk bantuan Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
@@ -6325,9 +7200,11 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
@@ -6335,18 +7212,23 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
 "root."
-msgstr "Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hanya bisa dijalankan dan digunakan di baris perintah. Ini akan memberikan informasi yang lebih banyak jika dijalankan sebagai root."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hanya bisa dijalankan dan "
+"digunakan di baris perintah. Ini akan memberikan informasi yang lebih banyak "
+"jika dijalankan sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,"
-" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
+"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
+"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
 "packages to work."
-msgstr "lspcidrake memberikan daftar semua perangkat yang terhubung ke komputer (USB, PCI dan PCMCIA) dan driver yang digunakan. Ini memerlukan paket ldetect dan ldetect-lst agar bisa bekerja."
+msgstr ""
+"lspcidrake memberikan daftar semua perangkat yang terhubung ke komputer "
+"(USB, PCI dan PCMCIA) dan driver yang digunakan. Ini memerlukan paket "
+"ldetect dan ldetect-lst agar bisa bekerja."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
 msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
@@ -6355,14 +7237,18 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr "Dengan opsi -v, lspcidrake menambahkan identifikasi perangkat dan pabrikan."
+msgstr ""
+"Dengan opsi -v, lspcidrake menambahkan identifikasi perangkat dan pabrikan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
 "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr "lspcidrake seringkali menghasilkan daftar yang sangat panjang, sehingga, untuk menemukan sebuah informasi, ini sering digunakan dengan perintah grep, seperti pada contoh berikut:"
+msgstr ""
+"lspcidrake seringkali menghasilkan daftar yang sangat panjang, sehingga, "
+"untuk menemukan sebuah informasi, ini sering digunakan dengan perintah grep, "
+"seperti pada contoh berikut:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
@@ -6394,10 +7280,11 @@ msgstr "-i untuk mengabaikan perbedaan."
 msgid ""
 "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
 "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr "Pada gambar di bawah, Anda bisa melihat aksi dari opsi -v lspcidrake dan opsi -i grep."
+msgstr ""
+"Pada gambar di bawah, Anda bisa melihat aksi dari opsi -v lspcidrake dan "
+"opsi -i grep."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
 msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
@@ -6407,7 +7294,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgid ""
 "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
 "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr "Ada alat lain yang bisa memberikan informasi hardware, yang disebut <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (dengan root)"
+msgstr ""
+"Ada alat lain yang bisa memberikan informasi hardware, yang disebut "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (dengan root)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
@@ -6419,8 +7308,7 @@ msgstr "Update Paket Software"
 msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate atau drakrpm-update"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
@@ -6428,18 +7316,23 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
-"update</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini di baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> atau <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
+"emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini di baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> atau <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
+"update</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
-"management.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Manajemen Software.</emphasis>"
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
+"Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Manajemen Software.</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18
@@ -6447,27 +7340,36 @@ msgid ""
 "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-"
 "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
 "prompted to do so."
-msgstr "Supaya bekerja, MageiaUpdate perlu repository terkonfigurasi dengan rpmdrake-edit-media dengan beberapa media ditandai sebagai update. Jika tidak, Anda akan diminta untuk melakukannya."
+msgstr ""
+"Supaya bekerja, MageiaUpdate perlu repository terkonfigurasi dengan rpmdrake-"
+"edit-media dengan beberapa media ditandai sebagai update. Jika tidak, Anda "
+"akan diminta untuk melakukannya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by"
-" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
+"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
 "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr "Saat alat ini sudah berjalan, dia akan memindai paket yang terinstall dan membandingkannya dengan update yang tersedia di repository. Mereka secara otomatis ditandai untuk didownload dan diinstall. Klik pada tombol <guibutton>Update</guibutton> untuk menjalankan proses."
+msgstr ""
+"Saat alat ini sudah berjalan, dia akan memindai paket yang terinstall dan "
+"membandingkannya dengan update yang tersedia di repository. Mereka secara "
+"otomatis ditandai untuk didownload dan diinstall. Klik pada tombol "
+"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> untuk menjalankan proses."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of"
-" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
+"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
 "means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr "Dengan mengklik paket, informasi lebih banyak akan ditampilkan di bagian bawah jendela. Tanda<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> sebelum judul maksudnya Anda bisa mengklik untuk menurunkan teks."
+msgstr ""
+"Dengan mengklik paket, informasi lebih banyak akan ditampilkan di bagian "
+"bawah jendela. Tanda<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> sebelum judul "
+"maksudnya Anda bisa mengklik untuk menurunkan teks."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
@@ -6476,17 +7378,19 @@ msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
-". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr "Ketika update tersedia, sebuah applet tray sistem memperingatkan Anda dengan menampilkan ikon merah <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . Klik dan masukkan sandi pengguna untuk melakukan update."
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
+"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+msgstr ""
+"Ketika update tersedia, sebuah applet tray sistem memperingatkan Anda dengan "
+"menampilkan ikon merah <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . "
+"Klik dan masukkan sandi pengguna untuk melakukan update."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
 msgid "Boot"
 msgstr "Boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-boot.png"
 msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
@@ -6496,7 +7400,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
 "steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengkonfigurasi langkah boot. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
+msgstr ""
+"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengkonfigurasi "
+"langkah boot. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
@@ -6523,8 +7429,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
 msgid "Hardware"
 msgstr "Hardware"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
@@ -6534,23 +7439,25 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
 "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengkonfigurasi hardware. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
+msgstr ""
+"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengkonfigurasi "
+"hardware. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
 msgid "Manage your hardware"
 msgstr "Mengelola hardware"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure "
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Jelajahi dan konfigurasi "
 "hardware</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Jelajahi dan konfigurasi hardware</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
@@ -6560,16 +7467,15 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgid "Configure graphics"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi grafis"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop "
-"effects</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurasi efek Desktop 3D</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurasi efek Desktop 3D</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
@@ -6579,14 +7485,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi mouse dan keyboard"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
@@ -6596,16 +7500,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi printing dan scanning"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),"
-" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Atur printer, antrian pekerjaan untuk diprint, ...</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
+"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Atur printer, antrian "
+"pekerjaan untuk diprint, ...</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
@@ -6615,8 +7519,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Others"
 msgstr "Lainnya"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
@@ -6633,21 +7536,28 @@ msgid ""
 "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
 "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
 "selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr "Pusat Kendali Mageia (MCC) memiliki delapan opsi atau tab berbeda untuk memilih di kolom sebelah kiri, atau sepuluh jika paket drakwizard sudah terinstall. Setiap tab ini memberikan seperangkat peralatan yang bisa dipilih pada panel besar di sebelah kanan."
+msgstr ""
+"Pusat Kendali Mageia (MCC) memiliki delapan opsi atau tab berbeda untuk "
+"memilih di kolom sebelah kiri, atau sepuluh jika paket drakwizard sudah "
+"terinstall. Setiap tab ini memberikan seperangkat peralatan yang bisa "
+"dipilih pada panel besar di sebelah kanan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
 msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related "
-"tools."
-msgstr "Sepuluh bab berikut adalah tentang kesepuluh opsi tersebut dan peralatan terkait."
+"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
+msgstr ""
+"Sepuluh bab berikut adalah tentang kesepuluh opsi tersebut dan peralatan "
+"terkait."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
 msgid ""
 "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
 "any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr "Bab terakhir tentang beberapa peralatan Mageia lainnya, yang tidak bisa dipilih dari tab manapun di MCC."
+msgstr ""
+"Bab terakhir tentang beberapa peralatan Mageia lainnya, yang tidak bisa "
+"dipilih dari tab manapun di MCC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
@@ -6661,15 +7571,16 @@ msgstr "Judul halaman seringkali sama dengan judul layar alat."
 msgid ""
 "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
 "the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr "Tersedia juga kotak pencarian, yang bisa diakses dengan mengklik tab \"Cari\" di kolom sebelah kiri."
+msgstr ""
+"Tersedia juga kotak pencarian, yang bisa diakses dengan mengklik tab \"Cari"
+"\" di kolom sebelah kiri."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
 msgid "Local disks"
 msgstr "Disk lokal"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
@@ -6679,7 +7590,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
 "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengelola atau berbagi disk lokal. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
+msgstr ""
+"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengelola atau "
+"berbagi disk lokal. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
@@ -6701,8 +7614,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network Services"
 msgstr "Layanan Jaringan"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
@@ -6710,11 +7622,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if"
-" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
+"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
 "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
 "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr "Layar ini dan layar untuk <emphasis>Pembagian</emphasis> hanya tersedia jika paket <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> terinstall. Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengatur server berbeda. Klik link di bawah atau pada <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>untuk mempelajarinya."
+msgstr ""
+"Layar ini dan layar untuk <emphasis>Pembagian</emphasis> hanya tersedia jika "
+"paket <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> terinstall. Anda bisa memilih beberapa "
+"peralatan untuk mengatur server berbeda. Klik link di bawah atau pada <xref "
+"linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
@@ -6746,8 +7662,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
 msgid "Network Sharing"
 msgstr "Pembagian Jaringan"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
@@ -6757,40 +7672,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
 "directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk berbagi perangkat atau direktori. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
+msgstr ""
+"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk berbagi perangkat "
+"atau direktori. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi pembagian Windows(R)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
 "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Berbagi perangkat dan direktori dengan sistem Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Berbagi perangkat dan "
+"direktori dengan sistem Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
 msgid "Configure NFS shares"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi pembagian NFS"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
@@ -6800,8 +7715,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
 msgstr "Konfigurasi pembagian WebDAV"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
@@ -6811,8 +7725,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network and Internet"
 msgstr "Jaringan dan Internet"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:8
 msgid "mcc-network.png"
 msgstr "mcc-network.png"
@@ -6820,29 +7733,28 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link"
-" below to learn more."
-msgstr "Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan jaringan. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
+"below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan jaringan. Klik link di "
+"bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:18
 msgid "Manage your network devices"
 msgstr "Kelola perangkat jaringan Anda"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:21
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:25
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:29
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
@@ -6852,32 +7764,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
 msgstr "Personalisasi dan Amankan jaringan"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:39
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:43
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:47
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:51
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:61
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
@@ -6887,8 +7794,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "Keamanan"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-security.png"
 msgstr "mcc-security.png"
@@ -6898,14 +7804,18 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
 "link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan keamanan. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
+msgstr ""
+"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan keamanan. Klik link di "
+"bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
 "permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurasi keamanan, perizinan dan audit sistem</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurasi keamanan, perizinan dan "
+"audit sistem</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:25
@@ -6932,8 +7842,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
 msgid "Sharing"
 msgstr "Pembagian"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
@@ -6942,10 +7851,14 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can"
-" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
+"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
 "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr "Layar ini dan layar <emphasis>Layanan Jaringan</emphasis> hanya tersedia jika paket <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> terinstall. Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengatur server berbeda. Klik link di bawah atau pada <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>untuk mempelajarinya."
+msgstr ""
+"Layar ini dan layar <emphasis>Layanan Jaringan</emphasis> hanya tersedia "
+"jika paket <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> terinstall. Anda bisa memilih "
+"beberapa peralatan untuk mengatur server berbeda. Klik link di bawah atau "
+"pada <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
@@ -6962,8 +7875,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
 msgid "System"
 msgstr "Sistem"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-system.png"
 msgstr "mcc-system.png"
@@ -6973,27 +7885,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
 "tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan sistem dan administrasi. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
+msgstr ""
+"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan sistem dan administrasi. "
+"Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:18
 msgid "Manage system services"
 msgstr "Kelola layanan sistem"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:20
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
@@ -7003,14 +7914,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgid "Localization"
 msgstr "Lokalisasi"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:37
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
@@ -7020,34 +7929,31 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgid "Administration tools"
 msgstr "Peralatan administrasi"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on "
-"system</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Kelola pengguna pada sistem</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Kelola pengguna pada sistem</"
+"emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:62
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:66
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
@@ -7061,25 +7967,34 @@ msgstr "Pusat Kendali Mageia"
 #: en/MCC.xml:6
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Teks dan gambar dalam manual ini tersedia di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Teks dan gambar dalam manual ini tersedia di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 "
+"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:9
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> yang dibuat oleh <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com"
+"\">Calenco CMS</link> yang dibuat oleh <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Ini ditulis oleh relawan di waktu luang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Tim Dokumentasi</link>, jika Anda ingin memperbaiki manual ini."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini ditulis oleh relawan di waktu luang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Tim Dokumentasi</"
+"link>, jika Anda ingin memperbaiki manual ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
@@ -7091,8 +8006,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurasi frekuensi update"
 msgid "mgaapplet-config"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
@@ -7100,28 +8014,37 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Alat ini bisa dijalankan dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini bisa dijalankan dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
-"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / "
-"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Manajemen software</emphasis>. Juga tersedia dengan <guimenu>klik kanan / Konfigurasi updates</guimenu> di ikon merah <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> di tray sistem."
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
+"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
+"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
+"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
+"Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Manajemen software</emphasis>. Juga "
+"tersedia dengan <guimenu>klik kanan / Konfigurasi updates</guimenu> di ikon "
+"merah <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> di tray sistem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
 "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is "
-"out."
-msgstr "Panel geser pertama memungkinkan Anda mengubah seberapa frekuensi Mageia memeriksa update dan yang kedua jeda setelah komputer berjalan sebelum pemeriksaan pertama. Kotak centang memberi Anda opsi untuk diperingatkan ketika rilis Mageia baru keluar."
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
+msgstr ""
+"Panel geser pertama memungkinkan Anda mengubah seberapa frekuensi Mageia "
+"memeriksa update dan yang kedua jeda setelah komputer berjalan sebelum "
+"pemeriksaan pertama. Kotak centang memberi Anda opsi untuk diperingatkan "
+"ketika rilis Mageia baru keluar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:3
@@ -7133,8 +8056,7 @@ msgstr "Atur perangkat pointer (mouse, touchpad)"
 msgid "mousedrake"
 msgstr "mousedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:11
 msgid "mousedrake.png"
 msgstr "mousedrake.png"
@@ -7142,23 +8064,30 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di Pusat Kendali "
+"Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by"
-" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr "Karena Anda harus mempunyai mouse untuk menginstall Mageia, yang satu itu sudah diinstall oleh Drakinstall. Alat ini menungkinkan instalasi mouse lainnya."
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
+"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Karena Anda harus mempunyai mouse untuk menginstall Mageia, yang satu itu "
+"sudah diinstall oleh Drakinstall. Alat ini menungkinkan instalasi mouse "
+"lainnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:23
@@ -7167,7 +8096,11 @@ msgid ""
 "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
 "PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
 "immediately taken into account."
-msgstr "Mouse diurut berdasarkan tipe koneksi lalu model. Pilih mouse Anda lalu klik <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Biasanya \"Universal / Semua PS/2 &amp; Mouse USB\" cocok untuk semua mouse yang ada sekarang. Mouse baru akan langsung bisa digunakan."
+msgstr ""
+"Mouse diurut berdasarkan tipe koneksi lalu model. Pilih mouse Anda lalu klik "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Biasanya \"Universal / Semua PS/2 &amp; Mouse USB"
+"\" cocok untuk semua mouse yang ada sekarang. Mouse baru akan langsung bisa "
+"digunakan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:3
@@ -7179,8 +8112,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Keamanan dan Audit Sistem"
 msgid "msecgui"
 msgstr "msecgui"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:13
 msgid "msecgui.png"
 msgstr "msecgui.png"
@@ -7188,15 +8120,17 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface"
-" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
+"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
 "approaches:"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7205,7 +8139,9 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
 "make it more secure."
-msgstr "Ini mengatur perilaku sistem, msec memaksakan modifikasi sistem untuk membuatnya lebih aman."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini mengatur perilaku sistem, msec memaksakan modifikasi sistem untuk "
+"membuatnya lebih aman."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:33
@@ -7217,11 +8153,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure"
-" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your"
-" own customised security levels."
-msgstr "msec menggunakan konsep \"tingkat keamanan\" yang bertujuan untuk mengkonfigurasi seperangkat perizinan sistem, yang bisa diaudit perubahannya atau pemaksaannya. Beberapa diantaranya disarankan oleh Mageia, tapi Anda bisa menentukan sendiri tingkat keamanan penyesuaian."
+"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
+"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
+"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
+"own customised security levels."
+msgstr ""
+"msec menggunakan konsep \"tingkat keamanan\" yang bertujuan untuk "
+"mengkonfigurasi seperangkat perizinan sistem, yang bisa diaudit perubahannya "
+"atau pemaksaannya. Beberapa diantaranya disarankan oleh Mageia, tapi Anda "
+"bisa menentukan sendiri tingkat keamanan penyesuaian."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:45
@@ -7238,7 +8178,9 @@ msgstr "Lihat gambar di atas"
 msgid ""
 "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
 "button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr "Tab pertama memperlihatkan peralatan keamanan berbeda dengan tombol di sebelah kanan untuk mengkonfigurasi mereka:"
+msgstr ""
+"Tab pertama memperlihatkan peralatan keamanan berbeda dengan tombol di "
+"sebelah kanan untuk mengkonfigurasi mereka:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:54
@@ -7256,25 +8198,24 @@ msgstr "Update, juga ada di MCC / Manajemen Software / Update sistem Anda"
 msgid "msec itself with some information:"
 msgstr "msec dengan beberapa informasi:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:68
 msgid "enabled or not"
 msgstr "hidupkan atau jangan"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:72
 msgid "the configured Base security level"
 msgstr "tingkat keamanan Dasar terkonfigurasi"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
 "and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr "tanggal dari pemeriksaan Rutin terakhir dan tombol untuk melihat laporan rinci dan tombol lain untuk menjalankan pemeriksaan sekarang."
+msgstr ""
+"tanggal dari pemeriksaan Rutin terakhir dan tombol untuk melihat laporan "
+"rinci dan tombol lain untuk menjalankan pemeriksaan sekarang."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:86
@@ -7284,13 +8225,13 @@ msgstr "Tab Pengaturan keamanan"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:88
 msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security "
-"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown "
-"below."
-msgstr "Mengklik tab kedua atau tombol <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> Keamanan akan membawa ke layar yang ditunjukkan di bawah."
+"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
+"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
+msgstr ""
+"Mengklik tab kedua atau tombol <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> Keamanan "
+"akan membawa ke layar yang ditunjukkan di bawah."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:94
 msgid "msecgui2.png"
 msgstr "msecgui2.png"
@@ -7308,22 +8249,32 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Tingkat keamanan:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:106
 msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab"
-" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then"
-" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
+"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
+"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
+"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
 "following levels are available:"
-msgstr "Setelah mencentang kotak <guilabel>Hidupkan alat MSEC</guilabel>, tab ini memungkinkan Anda, dengan klik ganda, memilih tingkat keamanan yang muncul kemudian dengan huruf tebal. Jika kotak tidak dicentang, tingkat « tak ada » akan diterapkan. Tingkat berikut ini tersedia:"
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah mencentang kotak <guilabel>Hidupkan alat MSEC</guilabel>, tab ini "
+"memungkinkan Anda, dengan klik ganda, memilih tingkat keamanan yang muncul "
+"kemudian dengan huruf tebal. Jika kotak tidak dicentang, tingkat « tak ada » "
+"akan diterapkan. Tingkat berikut ini tersedia:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:113
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you"
-" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on"
-" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only"
-" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
+"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
+"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
+"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
+"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
 "vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr "Tingkat <emphasis role=\"bold\">tak ada</emphasis>. Tingkat ini dimaksudkan jika Anda tidak ingin menggunakan msec untuk mengendalikan keamanan sistem, dan lebih suka menyesuaikannya sendiri. Ini mematikan semua pemeriksaan keamanan dan tidak membatasi atau memaksakan pengaturan dan konfigurasi sistem. Gunakan tingkat ini hanya jika Anda mengerti apa yang dilakukan, karena sistem akan mudah diserang."
+msgstr ""
+"Tingkat <emphasis role=\"bold\">tak ada</emphasis>. Tingkat ini dimaksudkan "
+"jika Anda tidak ingin menggunakan msec untuk mengendalikan keamanan sistem, "
+"dan lebih suka menyesuaikannya sendiri. Ini mematikan semua pemeriksaan "
+"keamanan dan tidak membatasi atau memaksakan pengaturan dan konfigurasi "
+"sistem. Gunakan tingkat ini hanya jika Anda mengerti apa yang dilakukan, "
+"karena sistem akan mudah diserang."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:122
@@ -7339,21 +8290,26 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:131
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when"
-" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts"
-" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and"
-" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr "Tingkat <emphasis role=\"bold\">aman</emphasis>. Tingkat ini dimaksudkan saat Anda ingin memastikan bahwa sistem Anda aman, belum bisa digunakan. Ini akan membatasi perizinan sistem dan menjalankan pemeriksaan lebih sering. Terlebih, akses ke sistem lebih dibatasi. (Tingkat ini serupa dengan tingkat 4 (Tinggi) dan 5 (Paranoid) di msec versi lama)."
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
+"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
+"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
+"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
+"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
+msgstr ""
+"Tingkat <emphasis role=\"bold\">aman</emphasis>. Tingkat ini dimaksudkan "
+"saat Anda ingin memastikan bahwa sistem Anda aman, belum bisa digunakan. Ini "
+"akan membatasi perizinan sistem dan menjalankan pemeriksaan lebih sering. "
+"Terlebih, akses ke sistem lebih dibatasi. (Tingkat ini serupa dengan tingkat "
+"4 (Tinggi) dan 5 (Paranoid) di msec versi lama)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:140
 msgid ""
 "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-"
-"configure system security according to the most common use cases."
+"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
+"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
+"the most common use cases."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -7367,13 +8323,19 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:156
 msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in "
-"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define "
-"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called "
-"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder "
-"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power"
-" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration."
-msgstr "Tingkatan ini tersimpan di <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. Anda bisa menentukan tingkat keamanan yang Anda sesuaikan, menyimpannya ke file spesifik yang disebut <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, tempatkan ke dalam folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> Fungsi ini dimaksudkan untuk power user yang membutuhkan konfigurasi sistem yang lebih aman atau yang disesuaikan."
+"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
+"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
+"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
+"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
+"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
+"configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"Tingkatan ini tersimpan di <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
+"filename>. Anda bisa menentukan tingkat keamanan yang Anda sesuaikan, "
+"menyimpannya ke file spesifik yang disebut <filename>level.&lt;levelname></"
+"filename>, tempatkan ke dalam folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</"
+"filename> Fungsi ini dimaksudkan untuk power user yang membutuhkan "
+"konfigurasi sistem yang lebih aman atau yang disesuaikan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:165
@@ -7390,11 +8352,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Peringatan keamanan:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:173
 msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email "
-"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent "
-"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You"
-" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail"
-" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
+"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
+"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
+"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
+"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
+"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
 "the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
 "enable it."
 msgstr ""
@@ -7403,8 +8365,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:182
 msgid ""
 "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems."
-" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
+"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
+"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
 "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7417,11 +8379,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:190
 msgid ""
 "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change"
-" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains "
-"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done "
-"to the options."
+"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
+"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
+"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
+"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
+"options."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -7433,12 +8395,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:201
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side"
-" column."
+"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
+"column."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:207
 msgid "msecgui3.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7453,8 +8414,7 @@ msgid ""
 "choice."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:219
 msgid "msecgui11.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7468,8 +8428,7 @@ msgid ""
 "saving them."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:232
 msgid "msecgui10.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7485,8 +8444,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:245
 msgid "msecgui4.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7511,8 +8469,7 @@ msgid ""
 "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:264
 msgid "msecgui5.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7526,14 +8483,13 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:272
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab"
-" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert"
-" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
+"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
+"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
+"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
 "below shows four exceptions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:280
 msgid "msecgui6.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7541,12 +8497,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:284
 msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> "
-"button"
+"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:289
 msgid "msecgui7.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7555,11 +8509,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:293
 msgid ""
 "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the "
-"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is "
-"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the "
-"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> "
-"tab or modify it with a double clicK."
+"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
+"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
+"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
+"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
@@ -7584,13 +8537,12 @@ msgid ""
 "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
 "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
 "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the "
-"list of all the modifications done to the permissions."
+"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
+"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
+"done to the permissions."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:318
 msgid "msecgui8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7599,16 +8551,16 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/msecgui.xml:321
 msgid ""
 "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the"
-" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a"
-" given rule:"
+"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
+"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
+"given rule:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:327
 msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the"
-" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
+"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
 "if not, but does not change anything."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7623,20 +8575,19 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:337
 msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
+"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:339
 msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed "
-"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
+"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
+"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
+"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:345
 msgid "msecgui9.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7662,11 +8613,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
 "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken "
-"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root "
-"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions"
-" that will be changed by msecperms."
+"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
+"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
+"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
+"be changed by msecperms."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
@@ -7689,9 +8640,12 @@ msgstr "Peralatan Mageia Lainnya"
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
 msgid ""
 "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the"
-" next pages."
-msgstr "Masih ada peralatan Mageia lainnya yang bisa dijalankan di Pusat Kendali Mageia. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya, atau lanjutkan membaca halaman berikutnya."
+"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
+"next pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Masih ada peralatan Mageia lainnya yang bisa dijalankan di Pusat Kendali "
+"Mageia. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya, atau lanjutkan membaca "
+"halaman berikutnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
@@ -7728,8 +8682,7 @@ msgstr "Manajemen Software (Install dan Hapus Software)"
 msgid "rpmdrake"
 msgstr "rpmdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
 msgid "rpmdrake.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
@@ -7742,9 +8695,11 @@ msgstr "Perkenalan rpmdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Alat ini bisa dijalankan dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini bisa dijalankan dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
@@ -7758,19 +8713,32 @@ msgid ""
 "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
 "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
 "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names"
-" included in the packages."
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, dikenal juga dengan drakrpm, adalah program untuk menginstall, uninstall dan update paket. Ini adalah antarmuka grafis pengguna dari URPMI. Setiap dijalankan, ini akan memeriksa daftar paket online (disebut 'media') didownload langsung dari server resmi Mageia, dan menunjukkan kepada Anda setiap ada aplikasi dan paket terbaru yang tersedia untuk komputer Anda. Sistem penyaringan memungkinkan Anda menampilkan hanya tipe paket tertentu: Anda bisa manampilkan hanya aplikasi terinstall (pilihan baku), atau hanya update yang tersedia. Anda bisa juga melihat hanya paket yang tidak terinstall. Anda juga bisa mencari berdasarkan nama paket, atau dengan ringkasan deskripsi atau dengan deskripsi penuh dari paket atau dengan nama file yang termasuk di dalam paket."
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
+"included in the packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, dikenal juga dengan "
+"drakrpm, adalah program untuk menginstall, uninstall dan update paket. Ini "
+"adalah antarmuka grafis pengguna dari URPMI. Setiap dijalankan, ini akan "
+"memeriksa daftar paket online (disebut 'media') didownload langsung dari "
+"server resmi Mageia, dan menunjukkan kepada Anda setiap ada aplikasi dan "
+"paket terbaru yang tersedia untuk komputer Anda. Sistem penyaringan "
+"memungkinkan Anda menampilkan hanya tipe paket tertentu: Anda bisa "
+"manampilkan hanya aplikasi terinstall (pilihan baku), atau hanya update yang "
+"tersedia. Anda bisa juga melihat hanya paket yang tidak terinstall. Anda "
+"juga bisa mencari berdasarkan nama paket, atau dengan ringkasan deskripsi "
+"atau dengan deskripsi penuh dari paket atau dengan nama file yang termasuk "
+"di dalam paket."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend"
-"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr "Untuk bekerja, rpmdrake memerlukan repository yang terkonfigurasi dengan <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
+"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk bekerja, rpmdrake memerlukan repository yang terkonfigurasi dengan "
+"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
 msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7779,8 +8747,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake"
-" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
+"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
+"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
 "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
 "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
 "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
@@ -7799,8 +8767,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The main parts of the screen"
 msgstr "Bagian utama layar"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
 msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
@@ -7816,25 +8783,36 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
 "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
 "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,"
-" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr "Filter ini memungkinkan Anda menampilkan hanya tipe paket tertentu. Pertama kali Anda menjalankan manajer, ini hanya menampilkan aplikasi dengan antarmuka grafis. Anda bisa menampilkan semua paket beserta semua dependensi dan library atau hanya grup paket seperti hanya aplikasi, hanya update atau paket backport dari versi Mageia terbaru."
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
+"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Filter ini memungkinkan Anda menampilkan hanya tipe paket tertentu. Pertama "
+"kali Anda menjalankan manajer, ini hanya menampilkan aplikasi dengan "
+"antarmuka grafis. Anda bisa menampilkan semua paket beserta semua dependensi "
+"dan library atau hanya grup paket seperti hanya aplikasi, hanya update atau "
+"paket backport dari versi Mageia terbaru."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
 msgid ""
 "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading"
-" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge"
-" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr "Pengaturan penyaringan baku untuk yang baru menggunakan Mageia, yang mungkin tidak menginginkan baris perintah atau peralatan khusus. Karena Anda membaca dokumentasi ini, Anda jelas tertarik untuk meningkatkan pengetahuan tentang Mageia, jadi alangkah baiknya untuk mengatur filter ini ke \"Semua\"."
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
+"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
+"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Pengaturan penyaringan baku untuk yang baru menggunakan Mageia, yang mungkin "
+"tidak menginginkan baris perintah atau peralatan khusus. Karena Anda membaca "
+"dokumentasi ini, Anda jelas tertarik untuk meningkatkan pengetahuan tentang "
+"Mageia, jadi alangkah baiknya untuk mengatur filter ini ke \"Semua\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
 msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> "
-"</firstterm>"
-msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filter kondisi paket:</emphasis> </firstterm>"
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
+"firstterm>"
+msgstr ""
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filter kondisi paket:</emphasis> </"
+"firstterm>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
@@ -7842,7 +8820,9 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
 "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
 "not installed."
-msgstr "Filter ini memungkinkan Anda melihat hanya paket terinstall, hanya paket yang tidak terinstall atau semua paket, yang terinstall dan tidak terinstall."
+msgstr ""
+"Filter ini memungkinkan Anda melihat hanya paket terinstall, hanya paket "
+"yang tidak terinstall atau semua paket, yang terinstall dan tidak terinstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
@@ -7855,7 +8835,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
 "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
 "in the packages."
-msgstr "Klik ikon ini untuk mencari melalui nama paket, melalui ringkasan, melalui deskripsi lengkap atau melalui file yang terkandung di dalam paket."
+msgstr ""
+"Klik ikon ini untuk mencari melalui nama paket, melalui ringkasan, melalui "
+"deskripsi lengkap atau melalui file yang terkandung di dalam paket."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
@@ -7868,7 +8850,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
 "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
 "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr "Masukkan satu atau lebih kata kunci di sini. Jika Anda ingin menggunakan lebih dari satu kata kunci untuk mencari, gunakan '|' di antara kata, contohnya untuk mencari \"mplayer\" dan \"xine\" secara bersamaan, ketik 'mplayer | xine'."
+msgstr ""
+"Masukkan satu atau lebih kata kunci di sini. Jika Anda ingin menggunakan "
+"lebih dari satu kata kunci untuk mencari, gunakan '|' di antara kata, "
+"contohnya untuk mencari \"mplayer\" dan \"xine\" secara bersamaan, ketik "
+"'mplayer | xine'."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
@@ -7880,7 +8866,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hapus semua:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
 "box ."
-msgstr "Ikon ini bisa menghapus dengan satu klik, semua kata kunci yang dimasukkan di kotak \"Temukan\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Ikon ini bisa menghapus dengan satu klik, semua kata kunci yang dimasukkan "
+"di kotak \"Temukan\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
@@ -7890,9 +8878,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Daftar kategori:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and"
-" sub categories."
-msgstr "Batang sisi mengelompokkan aplikasi dan paket ke dalam kategori dan subkategori yang jelas."
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
+"sub categories."
+msgstr ""
+"Batang sisi mengelompokkan aplikasi dan paket ke dalam kategori dan "
+"subkategori yang jelas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
@@ -7903,10 +8893,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Panel deskripsi:</emphasis>"
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
 msgid ""
 "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It"
-" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
+"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
 "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr "Panel ini menampilkan nama paket, deskripsi ringkasan dan lengkapnya. Ini menampilkan banyak elemen berguna tentang paket terpilih. Ini bisa juga menunjukkan rincian paket, file di dalam paket juga daftar perubahan terakhir yang dibuat oleh pengelolanya."
+msgstr ""
+"Panel ini menampilkan nama paket, deskripsi ringkasan dan lengkapnya. Ini "
+"menampilkan banyak elemen berguna tentang paket terpilih. Ini bisa juga "
+"menunjukkan rincian paket, file di dalam paket juga daftar perubahan "
+"terakhir yang dibuat oleh pengelolanya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
@@ -7921,78 +8915,73 @@ msgid ""
 "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
 "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
 "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on "
-"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Setelah Anda mengatur penyaringan, Anda bisa menemukan software apakah berdasarkan kategori (di area 6 di atas) atau berdasarkan nama/ringkasan/deskripsi menggunakan area 4. Sebuah daftar paket akan memenuhi permintaan Anda, dan jangan lupa, media yang terpilih ditampilkan dengan penanda status yang berbeda tergantung pada apakah paket terinstall/tidak terinstall/update... Untuk mengubah status ini, tandai atau hilangkan tanda kotak sebelum nama paket lalu klik <guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah Anda mengatur penyaringan, Anda bisa menemukan software apakah "
+"berdasarkan kategori (di area 6 di atas) atau berdasarkan nama/ringkasan/"
+"deskripsi menggunakan area 4. Sebuah daftar paket akan memenuhi permintaan "
+"Anda, dan jangan lupa, media yang terpilih ditampilkan dengan penanda status "
+"yang berbeda tergantung pada apakah paket terinstall/tidak terinstall/"
+"update... Untuk mengubah status ini, tandai atau hilangkan tanda kotak "
+"sebelum nama paket lalu klik <guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
 msgid "Icon"
 msgstr "Ikon"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
 msgid "Legend"
 msgstr "Tulisan"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
 msgid "rpmdrake2.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
 msgid "This package is already installed"
 msgstr "Paket ini sudah diinstall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
 msgid "rpmdrake3.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
 msgid "This package will be installed"
 msgstr "Paket ini akan diinstall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
 msgid "rpmdrake4.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
 msgid "This package cannot be modified"
 msgstr "Paket ini tidak bisa dimodifikasi"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
 msgid "rpmdrake5.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
 msgid "This package is an update"
 msgstr "Ini adalah paket update"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
 msgid "rpmdrake6.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
 msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
 msgstr "Paket ini akan diuninstall"
@@ -8013,7 +9002,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
 "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
 "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Jika saya menghilangkan tanda digikam (panah hijau memberitahukan bahwa ini terinstall), ikon status akan berubah menjadi merah dengan panah ke atas dan akan diuninstall ketika mengklik <guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika saya menghilangkan tanda digikam (panah hijau memberitahukan bahwa ini "
+"terinstall), ikon status akan berubah menjadi merah dengan panah ke atas dan "
+"akan diuninstall ketika mengklik <guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
@@ -8021,15 +9013,17 @@ msgid ""
 "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
 "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Jika saya menandai qdigidoc (yang belum terinstall, lihat status), warna oranye dengan ikon status panah ke bawah akan muncul dan akan diinstall ketika mengklik <guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika saya menandai qdigidoc (yang belum terinstall, lihat status), warna "
+"oranye dengan ikon status panah ke bawah akan muncul dan akan diinstall "
+"ketika mengklik <guibutton>Terapkan</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
 msgid "The dependencies"
 msgstr "Dependensi"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
 msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
@@ -8037,15 +9031,23 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
 msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They"
-" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
+"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
 "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
 "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
 "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
 "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to"
-" install."
-msgstr "Beberapa paket memerlukan paket lain yang disebut dependensi agar bisa bekerja. Mereka contohnya library atau peralatan. Dalam hal ini, Rpmdrake menampilkan jendela informasi yang memungkinkan Anda memilih apakah menerima dependensi yang dipilih, batalkan operasi atau dapatkan informasi (lihat di atas). Mungkin juga terjadi bahwa beragam paket bisa menyediakan library yang diperlukan, yang mana rpmdrake menampilkan daftar alternatif dengan tombol untuk mendapatkan informasi tambahan dan tombol lain untuk memilih paket yang akan diinstall."
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
+"install."
+msgstr ""
+"Beberapa paket memerlukan paket lain yang disebut dependensi agar bisa "
+"bekerja. Mereka contohnya library atau peralatan. Dalam hal ini, Rpmdrake "
+"menampilkan jendela informasi yang memungkinkan Anda memilih apakah menerima "
+"dependensi yang dipilih, batalkan operasi atau dapatkan informasi (lihat di "
+"atas). Mungkin juga terjadi bahwa beragam paket bisa menyediakan library "
+"yang diperlukan, yang mana rpmdrake menampilkan daftar alternatif dengan "
+"tombol untuk mendapatkan informasi tambahan dan tombol lain untuk memilih "
+"paket yang akan diinstall."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
@@ -8067,7 +9069,9 @@ msgstr "Instalasi"
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
 "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
@@ -8076,20 +9080,28 @@ msgid ""
 "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
 "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
 "remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr "Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi perangkat scanner tunggal atau perangkat multifungsi yang menyertakan scanner. Ini juga memungkinkan Anda membagi perangkat lokal yang terhubung ke komputer dengan komputer remote atau untuk mengakses scanner di komputer remote."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> memungkinkan Anda "
+"mengkonfigurasi perangkat scanner tunggal atau perangkat multifungsi yang "
+"menyertakan scanner. Ini juga memungkinkan Anda membagi perangkat lokal yang "
+"terhubung ke komputer dengan komputer remote atau untuk mengakses scanner di "
+"komputer remote."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
 msgid ""
 "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
 "message:"
-msgstr "Ketika Anda menjalankan alat ini untuk pertama kalinya, Anda mungkin akan mendapatkan pesan berikut:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ketika Anda menjalankan alat ini untuk pertama kalinya, Anda mungkin akan "
+"mendapatkan pesan berikut:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>\"Paket SANE perlu diinstall untuk menggunakan scanner</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>\"Paket SANE perlu diinstall untuk menggunakan scanner</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
@@ -8101,10 +9113,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Apakah Anda ingin menginstall paket SANE?\"</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
 "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr "Pilih <emphasis>Ya</emphasis> untuk melanjutkan. Ini akan menginstall <code>scanner-gui</code> dan <code>task-scanning</code> jika belum terinstall."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih <emphasis>Ya</emphasis> untuk melanjutkan. Ini akan menginstall "
+"<code>scanner-gui</code> dan <code>task-scanning</code> jika belum "
+"terinstall."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
 msgid "scannerdrake.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
@@ -8115,15 +9129,21 @@ msgid ""
 "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
 "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
 "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Jika scanner Anda teridentifikasi dengan benar, sehingga jika di layar di atas Anda melihat nama scanner Anda, scanner siap digunakan dengan, contohnya, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> atau <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika scanner Anda teridentifikasi dengan benar, sehingga jika di layar di "
+"atas Anda melihat nama scanner Anda, scanner siap digunakan dengan, "
+"contohnya, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> atau <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr "Dalam hal ini, Anda sekarang mungkin ingin mengkonfigurasi opsi <emphasis>Pembagian scanner</emphasis>. Anda bisa membaca tentang ini di <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannersharing\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dalam hal ini, Anda sekarang mungkin ingin mengkonfigurasi opsi "
+"<emphasis>Pembagian scanner</emphasis>. Anda bisa membaca tentang ini di "
+"<xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
@@ -8132,17 +9152,22 @@ msgid ""
 "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
 "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
 "scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Tapi, jika scanner Anda tidak teridentifikasi dengan benar, dan memeriksa kabel dan tombol daya lalu menekan <emphasis>Cari scanner baru</emphasis> tidak membantu, Anda perlu menekan <emphasis>Tambahkan scanner secara manual</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tapi, jika scanner Anda tidak teridentifikasi dengan benar, dan memeriksa "
+"kabel dan tombol daya lalu menekan <emphasis>Cari scanner baru</emphasis> "
+"tidak membantu, Anda perlu menekan <emphasis>Tambahkan scanner secara "
+"manual</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
 msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the"
-" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Pilih merek scanner di daftar yang Anda lihat, lalu tipenya dari daftar untuk merek tersebut dan klik <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
+"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih merek scanner di daftar yang Anda lihat, lalu tipenya dari daftar "
+"untuk merek tersebut dan klik <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
 msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
@@ -8150,59 +9175,75 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click "
-"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Jika Anda tidak menemukan scanner Anda di dalam daftar, klik <emphasis>Batalkan</emphasis>"
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda tidak menemukan scanner Anda di dalam daftar, klik "
+"<emphasis>Batalkan</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
 msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
-"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr "Silakan lihat apakah scanner Anda didukung di halaman <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link> dan minta bantuan di <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forum</link>."
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
+"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
+"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Silakan lihat apakah scanner Anda didukung di halaman <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
+"Devices</link> dan minta bantuan di <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia."
+"org/en/\">forum</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
 msgid "Choose port"
 msgstr "Pilih port"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
 msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available "
-"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that"
-" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr "Anda bisa membiarkan pengaturan ini ke <emphasis>Deteksi otomatis port yang tersedia</emphasis> kecuali antarmuka scanner Anda adalah port paralel. Dalam hal ini, pilih <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> jika Anda hanya punya satu."
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
+"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
+"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa membiarkan pengaturan ini ke <emphasis>Deteksi otomatis port yang "
+"tersedia</emphasis> kecuali antarmuka scanner Anda adalah port paralel. "
+"Dalam hal ini, pilih <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> jika Anda hanya "
+"punya satu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
 "similar to the one below."
-msgstr "Setelah mengklik <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, biasanya Anda akan melihat layar yang serupa dengan yang di bawah."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah mengklik <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, biasanya Anda akan melihat layar "
+"yang serupa dengan yang di bawah."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
 msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref "
-"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr "Jika Anda tidak mendapatkan layar tersebut, silakan baca <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda tidak mendapatkan layar tersebut, silakan baca <xref linkend="
+"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
 msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
@@ -8212,8 +9253,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgid "Scannersharing"
 msgstr "Scannersharing"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
 msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
@@ -8221,11 +9261,15 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be"
-" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
+"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
 "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
 "this machine."
-msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa memilih apakah scanner yang terhubung ke komputer ini harus bisa diakses oleh komputer remote dan komputer remote yang mana. Anda juga bisa memutuskan di sini apakah scanner di komputer remote harus dibuat tersedia di komputer ini."
+msgstr ""
+"Di sini Anda bisa memilih apakah scanner yang terhubung ke komputer ini "
+"harus bisa diakses oleh komputer remote dan komputer remote yang mana. Anda "
+"juga bisa memutuskan di sini apakah scanner di komputer remote harus dibuat "
+"tersedia di komputer ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
@@ -8233,17 +9277,21 @@ msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
 "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
 "this computer."
-msgstr "Pembagian scanner ke host : nama atau alamat IP host bisa ditambah atau dihapus dari daftar host yang diizinkan mengakses perangkat lokal di komputer ini."
+msgstr ""
+"Pembagian scanner ke host : nama atau alamat IP host bisa ditambah atau "
+"dihapus dari daftar host yang diizinkan mengakses perangkat lokal di "
+"komputer ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
 "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr "Penggunaan scanner remote : nama atau alamat IP host bisa ditambah atau dihapus dari daftar host yang memberi akses ke scanner remote."
+msgstr ""
+"Penggunaan scanner remote : nama atau alamat IP host bisa ditambah atau "
+"dihapus dari daftar host yang memberi akses ke scanner remote."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
 msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
@@ -8253,8 +9301,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
 msgstr "Pembagian scanner ke host: Anda bisa menambah host."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
 msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
@@ -8264,10 +9311,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
 "machines."
-msgstr "Pembagian scanner ke host: tentukan host mana untuk ditambah atau mengizinkan semua komputer remote."
+msgstr ""
+"Pembagian scanner ke host: tentukan host mana untuk ditambah atau "
+"mengizinkan semua komputer remote."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
 msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
@@ -8277,8 +9325,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
 msgstr "\"Semua komputer remote\" mengizinkan untuk mengakses scanner lokal."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
 msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
@@ -8288,7 +9335,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgid ""
 "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
 "offers to do it."
-msgstr "Jika paket <emphasis>saned</emphasis> belum terinstall, alat ini akan menawarkannya."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika paket <emphasis>saned</emphasis> belum terinstall, alat ini akan "
+"menawarkannya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
@@ -8310,14 +9359,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
 "\"net\""
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>untuk menambah atau mengulas arahan \"net\""
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>untuk menambah atau mengulas "
+"arahan \"net\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
 msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr "Ini juga akan mengkonfigurasi <emphasis>saned</emphasis> dan <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> agar berjalan saat komputer dijalankan."
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
+"emphasis> to be started on boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Ini juga akan mengkonfigurasi <emphasis>saned</emphasis> dan "
+"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> agar berjalan saat komputer dijalankan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
@@ -8334,9 +9387,13 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
 msgid ""
 "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
 "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device "
-"Manager</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Kebanyakan scanner HP dikelola dari <emphasis>Manajer Perangkat HP</emphasis> (hplip) yang juga mengelola printer. Dalam hal ini, alat ini tidak mengizinkan Anda mengkonfigurasinya dan mengajak Anda untuk menggunakan <emphasis>Manajer Perangkat HP</emphasis>."
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kebanyakan scanner HP dikelola dari <emphasis>Manajer Perangkat HP</"
+"emphasis> (hplip) yang juga mengelola printer. Dalam hal ini, alat ini tidak "
+"mengizinkan Anda mengkonfigurasinya dan mengajak Anda untuk menggunakan "
+"<emphasis>Manajer Perangkat HP</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
@@ -8346,14 +9403,21 @@ msgstr "Epson"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
 msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
-" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-"
-"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this "
-"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will "
-"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users "
-"have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr "Driver tersedia di <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">halaman ini</link>. Ketika ditunjukkan, Anda harus menginstall paket <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> terlebih dahulu, lalu <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (dalam urutan ini). Bisa juga paket <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> memunculkan peringatan konflik dengan <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Banyak pengguna telah melaporkan bahwa peringatan ini bisa diabaikan."
+"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
+"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
+"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
+"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
+"ignored."
+msgstr ""
+"Driver tersedia di <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/"
+"search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">halaman ini</link>. Ketika ditunjukkan, Anda "
+"harus menginstall paket <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> terlebih dahulu, "
+"lalu <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (dalam urutan ini). Bisa juga paket "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> memunculkan peringatan konflik dengan "
+"<emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Banyak pengguna telah melaporkan bahwa peringatan "
+"ini bisa diabaikan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
@@ -8366,7 +9430,10 @@ msgid ""
 "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
 "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
 "steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr "Bisa saja setelah memilih port untuk scanner Anda di layar <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/>, Anda harus mengambil satu atau lebih langkah tambahan untuk memperbaiki konfigurasi scanner Anda."
+msgstr ""
+"Bisa saja setelah memilih port untuk scanner Anda di layar <xref linkend="
+"\"choosescannerport\"/>, Anda harus mengambil satu atau lebih langkah "
+"tambahan untuk memperbaiki konfigurasi scanner Anda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
@@ -8376,37 +9443,49 @@ msgid ""
 "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
 "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
 "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr "Dalam beberapa kasus, Anda diperingatkan bahwa scanner memerlukan firmware untuk diupload setiap akan dijalankan. Alat ini memungkinkan Anda memuatnya ke perangkat, setelah Anda menginstall ke komputer. Di layar ini Anda bisa menginstall firmware dari CD instalasi Windows, atau yang telah Anda download dari situs Internet pembuat scanner."
+msgstr ""
+"Dalam beberapa kasus, Anda diperingatkan bahwa scanner memerlukan firmware "
+"untuk diupload setiap akan dijalankan. Alat ini memungkinkan Anda memuatnya "
+"ke perangkat, setelah Anda menginstall ke komputer. Di layar ini Anda bisa "
+"menginstall firmware dari CD instalasi Windows, atau yang telah Anda "
+"download dari situs Internet pembuat scanner."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
 "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr "Ketika firmware perangkat Anda harus dimuat, ini bisa memakan waktu saat penggunaan pertama, mungkin lebih dari satu menit. Jadi, harap bersabar."
+msgstr ""
+"Ketika firmware perangkat Anda harus dimuat, ini bisa memakan waktu saat "
+"penggunaan pertama, mungkin lebih dari satu menit. Jadi, harap bersabar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
 msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the "
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Juga, Anda mungkin mendapatkan layar yang memberitahukan Anda untuk menyesuaikan file <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"nama_backend_SANE_Anda\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
+"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Juga, Anda mungkin mendapatkan layar yang memberitahukan Anda untuk "
+"menyesuaikan file <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"nama_backend_SANE_Anda\".conf file."
+"</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
 msgid ""
 "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr "Baca ini atau instruksi lain yang Anda dapatkan dengan seksama dan jika Anda tidak tahu apa yang harus dilakukan, jangan sungkan untuk meminta bantuan di <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forum</link>."
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Baca ini atau instruksi lain yang Anda dapatkan dengan seksama dan jika Anda "
+"tidak tahu apa yang harus dilakukan, jangan sungkan untuk meminta bantuan di "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forum</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
 msgid "Software Management"
 msgstr "Manajemen Software"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/software-management.xml:10
 msgid "software-management.png"
 msgstr "software-management.png"
@@ -8414,9 +9493,11 @@ msgstr "software-management.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management."
-" Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengelola software. Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
+"Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Di layar ini Anda bisa memilih beberapa peralatan untuk mengelola software. "
+"Klik link di bawah untuk mempelajarinya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:17
@@ -8426,9 +9507,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your "
-"system</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update sistem Anda</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update sistem Anda</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:23
@@ -8440,7 +9523,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
 "sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Konfigurasi sumber media untuk install dan update</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Konfigurasi sumber "
+"media untuk install dan update</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
@@ -8452,8 +9537,7 @@ msgstr "Install dan konfigurasi printer"
 msgid "system-config-printer"
 msgstr "system-config-printer"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
 msgid "system-config-printer.png"
 msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
@@ -8467,30 +9551,44 @@ msgid ""
 "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
 "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
 "and openSUSE."
-msgstr "Pencetakan yang dikelola di Mageia oleh server bernama CUPS. Yang memiliki <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">antarmuka konfigurasi</link> sendiri yang bisa diakses melalui browser Internet, tapi Mageia menawarkan alat untuk menginstall printer yang disebut system-config-printer yang berbagi dengan distribusi lain seperti Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu dan openSUSE."
+msgstr ""
+"Pencetakan yang dikelola di Mageia oleh server bernama CUPS. Yang memiliki "
+"<link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">antarmuka "
+"konfigurasi</link> sendiri yang bisa diakses melalui browser Internet, tapi "
+"Mageia menawarkan alat untuk menginstall printer yang disebut system-config-"
+"printer yang berbagi dengan distribusi lain seperti Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
+"dan openSUSE."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
 "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr "Anda harus menghidupkan repository non-free sebelum melanjutkan instalasi, karena beberapa driver mungkin hanya tersedia di sana."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda harus menghidupkan repository non-free sebelum melanjutkan instalasi, "
+"karena beberapa driver mungkin hanya tersedia di sana."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
 "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Sandi root akan ditanyakan untuk ini."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Sandi root akan ditanyakan untuk "
+"ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
 "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>."
-msgstr "Instalasi printer dilakukan di bagian <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> Pusat Kendali Mageia. Pilih <guilabel>Konfigurasi printing dan scanning</guilabel> alat<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
+">."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalasi printer dilakukan di bagian <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> Pusat "
+"Kendali Mageia. Pilih <guilabel>Konfigurasi printing dan scanning</guilabel> "
+"alat<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
@@ -8512,7 +9610,9 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp"
 msgid ""
 "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
 "dependencies are needed."
-msgstr "Penting untuk menerima instalasi ini untuk melanjutkan. Hingga 230MB dependensi diperlukan."
+msgstr ""
+"Penting untuk menerima instalasi ini untuk melanjutkan. Hingga 230MB "
+"dependensi diperlukan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
@@ -8522,7 +9622,12 @@ msgid ""
 "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
 "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
 "will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr "Untuk menambah printer, pilih tombol \"Tambah\" printer. Sistem akan mencoba mendeteksi setiap printer dan port yang tersedia. Gambar layar menampilkan printer yang terhubung ke port paralel. Jika printer terdeteksi, seperti printer pada port USB, ini akan ditampilkan di baris pertama. Jendela ini juga akan berusaha mengkonfigurasi printer jaringan."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk menambah printer, pilih tombol \"Tambah\" printer. Sistem akan mencoba "
+"mendeteksi setiap printer dan port yang tersedia. Gambar layar menampilkan "
+"printer yang terhubung ke port paralel. Jika printer terdeteksi, seperti "
+"printer pada port USB, ini akan ditampilkan di baris pertama. Jendela ini "
+"juga akan berusaha mengkonfigurasi printer jaringan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
@@ -8533,20 +9638,26 @@ msgstr "Otomatis mendeteksi printer"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
 msgid ""
 "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click "
-"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
+"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
 "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the"
-" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr "Biasanya ini mengacu pada printer USB. Utilitas secara otomatis menemukan nama printer dan menampilkannya. Pilih printer lalu klik \"Selanjutnya\". Jika terdapat driver yang diketahui terkait dengan printer, akan secara otomatis diinstall. Jika ada lebih dari satu driver atau tidak ada, sebuah jendela akan meminta Anda untuk memilih atau melengkapinya, seperti dijelaskan di paragraf selanjutnya. Lanjutkan dengan <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
+"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Biasanya ini mengacu pada printer USB. Utilitas secara otomatis menemukan "
+"nama printer dan menampilkannya. Pilih printer lalu klik \"Selanjutnya\". "
+"Jika terdapat driver yang diketahui terkait dengan printer, akan secara "
+"otomatis diinstall. Jika ada lebih dari satu driver atau tidak ada, sebuah "
+"jendela akan meminta Anda untuk memilih atau melengkapinya, seperti "
+"dijelaskan di paragraf selanjutnya. Lanjutkan dengan <xref linkend="
+"\"terminate\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
 msgid "No automatically detected printer"
 msgstr "Tidak ada printer yang terdeteksi otomatis"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
 msgid "printer3.png"
 msgstr "printer3.png"
@@ -8554,10 +9665,13 @@ msgstr "printer3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
 msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window"
-" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
+"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
 "options."
-msgstr "Ketika Anda memilih sebuah port, sistem akan memuat daftar driver dan menampilkan sebuah jendela untuk memilih sebuah driver. Pemilihan bisa dibuat melalui satu dari opsi berikut."
+msgstr ""
+"Ketika Anda memilih sebuah port, sistem akan memuat daftar driver dan "
+"menampilkan sebuah jendela untuk memilih sebuah driver. Pemilihan bisa "
+"dibuat melalui satu dari opsi berikut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
@@ -8582,7 +9696,11 @@ msgid ""
 "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
 "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
 "which know to work."
-msgstr "Dengan memilih dari basis data, jendela akan menyarankan pembuat printer terlebih dahulu lalu perangkat dan driver yang terkait dengannya. Jika lebih dari satu driver yang disarankan, pilih satu yang direkomendasikan, kecuali jika Anda menemui masalah sebelumnya, pilih yang Anda tahu bisa bekerja."
+msgstr ""
+"Dengan memilih dari basis data, jendela akan menyarankan pembuat printer "
+"terlebih dahulu lalu perangkat dan driver yang terkait dengannya. Jika lebih "
+"dari satu driver yang disarankan, pilih satu yang direkomendasikan, kecuali "
+"jika Anda menemui masalah sebelumnya, pilih yang Anda tahu bisa bekerja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
@@ -8598,7 +9716,13 @@ msgid ""
 "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
 "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
 "printers."
-msgstr "Setelah pemilihan driver, sebuah jendela meminta beberapa informasi yang akan memungkinkan sistem untuk menentukan dan menemukan printer. Baris pertama adalah nama perangkat yang akan muncul di aplikasi dalam daftar printer yang tersedia. Installer kemudian menyarankan mencetak halaman uji. Setelah langkah ini, printer ditambahkan dan muncul di daftar printer yang tersedia."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah pemilihan driver, sebuah jendela meminta beberapa informasi yang "
+"akan memungkinkan sistem untuk menentukan dan menemukan printer. Baris "
+"pertama adalah nama perangkat yang akan muncul di aplikasi dalam daftar "
+"printer yang tersedia. Installer kemudian menyarankan mencetak halaman uji. "
+"Setelah langkah ini, printer ditambahkan dan muncul di daftar printer yang "
+"tersedia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
@@ -8609,41 +9733,60 @@ msgstr "Printer jaringan"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to"
-" another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr "Printer jaringan adalah printer yang terikat langsung ke jaringan kabel atau nirkabel, yang dicantumkan ke printserver atau ke lingkungan kerja lain yang melayani sebagai printserver."
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
+"another workstation that serves as printserver."
+msgstr ""
+"Printer jaringan adalah printer yang terikat langsung ke jaringan kabel atau "
+"nirkabel, yang dicantumkan ke printserver atau ke lingkungan kerja lain yang "
+"melayani sebagai printserver."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed"
-" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the "
-"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a "
-"fixed one."
-msgstr "Seringkali, akan lebih baik untuk mengkonfigurasi server DHCP untuk selalu menyatukan alamat IP tetap dengan alamat MAC printer. Tentu saja harus sama dengan alamat IP printer dari printserver, jika alamatnya tetap."
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
+"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
+"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Seringkali, akan lebih baik untuk mengkonfigurasi server DHCP untuk selalu "
+"menyatukan alamat IP tetap dengan alamat MAC printer. Tentu saja harus sama "
+"dengan alamat IP printer dari printserver, jika alamatnya tetap."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
 msgid ""
 "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
 "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label"
-" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
+"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
 "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
 "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
 "after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr "Alamat Mac printer adalah nomor seri yang diberikan ke printer atau printserver atau komputer yang terkait, itu bisa diperoleh dari halaman konfigurasi yang dicetak oleh printer atau mungkin ditulis di label printer atau  printserver. Jika printer berbagi Anda dikaitkan ke sistem Mageia, Anda bisa menjalankan <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> sebagai root untuk menemukan alamat MAC. Ini adalah angka dan huruf berurutan setelah \"HWaddr\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Alamat Mac printer adalah nomor seri yang diberikan ke printer atau "
+"printserver atau komputer yang terkait, itu bisa diperoleh dari halaman "
+"konfigurasi yang dicetak oleh printer atau mungkin ditulis di label printer "
+"atau  printserver. Jika printer berbagi Anda dikaitkan ke sistem Mageia, "
+"Anda bisa menjalankan <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> sebagai "
+"root untuk menemukan alamat MAC. Ini adalah angka dan huruf berurutan "
+"setelah \"HWaddr\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
 msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to"
-" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,"
-" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
+"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
+"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
 "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
 "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
 "says \"host\"."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menambahkan printer jaringan dengan memilih protokol yang digunakan untuk berkomunikasi ke komputer melalui jaringan. Jika Anda tidak tahu protokol mana yang harus dipilih, Anda bisa coba opsi <guilabel>Printer Jaringan</guilabel> - <guilabel>Temukan Printer Jaringan</guilabel> di menu <guilabel>Perangkat</guilabel> lalu berikan alamat IP printer di kotak sebelah kanan dengan tulisan \"host\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menambahkan printer jaringan dengan memilih protokol yang "
+"digunakan untuk berkomunikasi ke komputer melalui jaringan. Jika Anda tidak "
+"tahu protokol mana yang harus dipilih, Anda bisa coba opsi <guilabel>Printer "
+"Jaringan</guilabel> - <guilabel>Temukan Printer Jaringan</guilabel> di menu "
+"<guilabel>Perangkat</guilabel> lalu berikan alamat IP printer di kotak "
+"sebelah kanan dengan tulisan \"host\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
@@ -8651,14 +9794,20 @@ msgid ""
 "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
 "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
 "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr "Jika alat tersebut mengenali printer atau printserver Anda, ini akan mengusulkan sebuah protokol dan antrian, tapi Anda bisa memilih yang lebih tepat dari daftar di bawahnya atau berikan nama antrian yang benar jika tidak ada di dalam daftar."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika alat tersebut mengenali printer atau printserver Anda, ini akan "
+"mengusulkan sebuah protokol dan antrian, tapi Anda bisa memilih yang lebih "
+"tepat dari daftar di bawahnya atau berikan nama antrian yang benar jika "
+"tidak ada di dalam daftar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
 msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find"
-" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr "Baca dokumentasi printer atau printserver Anda untuk menemukan protokol yang didukungnya dan untuk nama antrian spesifik yang memungkinkan."
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
+"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+msgstr ""
+"Baca dokumentasi printer atau printserver Anda untuk menemukan protokol yang "
+"didukungnya dan untuk nama antrian spesifik yang memungkinkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
@@ -8674,10 +9823,18 @@ msgid ""
 "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
 "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
 "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like "
-"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed "
-"IP-adress is not required."
-msgstr "Salah satu tehnik yang dikembangkan oleh Hewlett-Packard disebut JetDirect. Ini memungkinkan akses ke printer secara langsung terhubung ke jaringan melalui port Ethernet. Anda harus mengetahui alamat IP yang diketahui oleh printer di jaringan. Tehnik ini juga digunakan di dalam beberapa router ADSL yang berisi port USB untuk menghubungkan printer. Dalam hal ini, alamat IP router. Perhatikan bahwa \"Manajer Perangkat Hp\" bisa mengelola konfigurasi alamat IP secara dinamis, mengatur URI seperti <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . Dalam hal ini, alamat IP tetap diperlukan."
+"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
+"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
+"not required."
+msgstr ""
+"Salah satu tehnik yang dikembangkan oleh Hewlett-Packard disebut JetDirect. "
+"Ini memungkinkan akses ke printer secara langsung terhubung ke jaringan "
+"melalui port Ethernet. Anda harus mengetahui alamat IP yang diketahui oleh "
+"printer di jaringan. Tehnik ini juga digunakan di dalam beberapa router ADSL "
+"yang berisi port USB untuk menghubungkan printer. Dalam hal ini, alamat IP "
+"router. Perhatikan bahwa \"Manajer Perangkat Hp\" bisa mengelola konfigurasi "
+"alamat IP secara dinamis, mengatur URI seperti <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-"
+"the-printer></emphasis> . Dalam hal ini, alamat IP tetap diperlukan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
@@ -8685,12 +9842,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
 "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
 "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is"
-" the same as above."
-msgstr "Pilih opsi <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> sebagai protokol dan atur alamat di <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, jangan mengubah <guilabel>Nomor Port</guilabel>, kecuali jika anda tahu ini perlu diubah. Setelah pemilihan protokol, pemilihan driver sama dengan di atas."
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
+"the same as above."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih opsi <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> sebagai protokol dan "
+"atur alamat di <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, jangan mengubah <guilabel>Nomor "
+"Port</guilabel>, kecuali jika anda tahu ini perlu diubah. Setelah pemilihan "
+"protokol, pemilihan driver sama dengan di atas."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
 msgid "printer5.png"
 msgstr "printer5.png"
@@ -8707,7 +9867,11 @@ msgid ""
 "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
 "some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Protokol Printing Internet (ipp)</emphasis>: printer yang bisa diakses pada jaringan TCP/IP melalui protokol IPP, contohnya printer yang terhubung ke pangkalan menggunakan CUPS. Protokol ini mungkin juga digunakan oleh beberapa router ADSL."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Protokol Printing Internet (ipp)</emphasis>: printer yang bisa "
+"diakses pada jaringan TCP/IP melalui protokol IPP, contohnya printer yang "
+"terhubung ke pangkalan menggunakan CUPS. Protokol ini mungkin juga digunakan "
+"oleh beberapa router ADSL."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
@@ -8715,14 +9879,19 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
 "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
 "defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Protokol Printing Internet (https): </emphasis>sama dengan ipp, tapi menggunakan transport http dan dengan protokol aman TLS. Port harus ditentukan. Secara baku menggunakan port 631."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Protokol Printing Internet (https): </emphasis>sama dengan ipp, "
+"tapi menggunakan transport http dan dengan protokol aman TLS. Port harus "
+"ditentukan. Secara baku menggunakan port 631."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but"
-" with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Protokol Printing Internet (ipps): </emphasis>sama dengan ipp, tapi dengan protokol aman TLS."
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
+"with TLS secured protocol."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Protokol Printing Internet (ipps): </emphasis>sama dengan ipp, "
+"tapi dengan protokol aman TLS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
@@ -8730,21 +9899,28 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
 "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Printer atau host LPD/LPR</emphasis>: printer yang bisa diakses pada jaringan TCP/IP melalui protokol LPD, contohnya printer yang terhubung ke pangkalan menggunakan LPD."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Printer atau host LPD/LPR</emphasis>: printer yang bisa diakses "
+"pada jaringan TCP/IP melalui protokol LPD, contohnya printer yang terhubung "
+"ke pangkalan menggunakan LPD."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
 "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Printer Windows melalui SAMBA</emphasis>: printer terhubung ke pangkalan yang menjalankan Windows atau server SMB dan dibagi."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Printer Windows melalui SAMBA</emphasis>: printer terhubung ke "
+"pangkalan yang menjalankan Windows atau server SMB dan dibagi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
 "the URI:"
-msgstr "URI juga bisa ditambahkan langsung. Ini adalah beberapa contoh bagaimana cara membentuk URI:"
+msgstr ""
+"URI juga bisa ditambahkan langsung. Ini adalah beberapa contoh bagaimana "
+"cara membentuk URI:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
@@ -8784,10 +9960,11 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
 msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS"
-" documentation.</link>"
-msgstr "Informasi tambahan bisa ditemukan pada <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">dokumentasi CUPS.</link>"
+"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
+"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Informasi tambahan bisa ditemukan pada <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/"
+"documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">dokumentasi CUPS.</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
@@ -8798,13 +9975,18 @@ msgstr "Properti Perangkat"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your"
-" system, but you can specify a different one with the "
-"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, "
-"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters"
-" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr "Anda bisa mengakses properti perangkat. Menu memungkinkan akses ke parameter server CUPS. Secara baku server CUPS dijalankan di sistem, tapi Anda bisa menentukan yang berbeda dengan menu <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Hubungkan...</guimenuitem>, jendela lainnya yang memberikan akses ke penyetelan parameter spesifik server lainnya, <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Pengaturan.</guimenuitem>"
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
+"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
+"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
+"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
+"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa mengakses properti perangkat. Menu memungkinkan akses ke parameter "
+"server CUPS. Secara baku server CUPS dijalankan di sistem, tapi Anda bisa "
+"menentukan yang berbeda dengan menu <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
+"<guimenuitem>Hubungkan...</guimenuitem>, jendela lainnya yang memberikan "
+"akses ke penyetelan parameter spesifik server lainnya, <guimenu>Server</"
+"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Pengaturan.</guimenuitem>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
@@ -8816,29 +9998,43 @@ msgstr "Penyelesaian masalah"
 msgid ""
 "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
 "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr "Anda bisa menemukan beberapa informasi tentang masalah printing dengan memeriksa <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menemukan beberapa informasi tentang masalah printing dengan "
+"memeriksa <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
 msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the "
-"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr "Anda juga bisa mengakses alat untuk mendiagnosa masalah menggunakan menu <guimenu>Bantuan</guimenu> | <guilabel>Penyelesaian masalah</guilabel>."
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
+"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda juga bisa mengakses alat untuk mendiagnosa masalah menggunakan menu "
+"<guimenu>Bantuan</guimenu> | <guilabel>Penyelesaian masalah</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to "
-"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package"
-" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, "
-"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report"
-" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this "
-"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer "
-"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-"
-"date drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr "Mungkin saja beberapa driver untuk printer spesifik tidak tersedia di Mageia atau tidak berfungsi. Untuk itu, silakan lihat situs <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> untuk memeriksa jika driver untuk perangkat Anda tersedia. Jika ya, lihat jika paket sudah tersedia untuk Mageia dan dalam hal ini, install manual. Lalu ulangi proses instalasi untuk mengkonfigurasi printer. Laporkan masalah ke bugzilla atau forum jika Anda merasa nyaman dengan alat ini dan lengkapi informasi model dan driver dan apakah printer bekerja atau tidak setelah instalasi. Ini adalah beberapa sumber daya untuk mencari driver terbaru lainnya atau untuk perangkat yang lebih baru lagi."
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
+"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
+"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
+"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
+"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
+"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
+"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
+"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
+"drivers or for more recent devices."
+msgstr ""
+"Mungkin saja beberapa driver untuk printer spesifik tidak tersedia di Mageia "
+"atau tidak berfungsi. Untuk itu, silakan lihat situs <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> untuk memeriksa jika driver "
+"untuk perangkat Anda tersedia. Jika ya, lihat jika paket sudah tersedia "
+"untuk Mageia dan dalam hal ini, install manual. Lalu ulangi proses instalasi "
+"untuk mengkonfigurasi printer. Laporkan masalah ke bugzilla atau forum jika "
+"Anda merasa nyaman dengan alat ini dan lengkapi informasi model dan driver "
+"dan apakah printer bekerja atau tidak setelah instalasi. Ini adalah beberapa "
+"sumber daya untuk mencari driver terbaru lainnya atau untuk perangkat yang "
+"lebih baru lagi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
@@ -8848,37 +10044,49 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printer Brother</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
 msgid ""
-"<link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This"
-" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver "
-"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">Halaman ini</link> memberikan daftar driver yang disediakan oleh Brother. Cari driver untuk perangkat Anda, download file rpm lalu install."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
+"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
+"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+msgstr ""
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
+"en/download_prn.html\">Halaman ini</link> memberikan daftar driver yang "
+"disediakan oleh Brother. Cari driver untuk perangkat Anda, download file rpm "
+"lalu install."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
 msgid ""
 "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr "Anda harus menginstall driver Brother sebelum menjalankan utilitas konfigurasi."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda harus menginstall driver Brother sebelum menjalankan utilitas "
+"konfigurasi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one "
-"devices</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printer Hewlett-Packard dan perangkat All in one</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printer Hewlett-Packard dan perangkat All in one</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
 msgid ""
 "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
 "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/index.html\">here</link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available "
-"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
+"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
+"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
 "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
 "of the printer."
-msgstr "Perangkat ini menggunakan hplip. Ini terinstall otomatis setelah pendeteksian atau pemilihan printer. Anda bisa menemukan informasi lainnya <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">di sini</link>. \"Manajer Perangkat HP\" tersedia di menu <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel>. Lihat juga <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">konfigurasi</link> untuk manajemen printer."
+msgstr ""
+"Perangkat ini menggunakan hplip. Ini terinstall otomatis setelah "
+"pendeteksian atau pemilihan printer. Anda bisa menemukan informasi lainnya "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">di sini</"
+"link>. \"Manajer Perangkat HP\" tersedia di menu <guilabel>Sistem</"
+"guilabel>. Lihat juga <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/"
+"install/manual/hp_setup.html\">konfigurasi</link> untuk manajemen printer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
@@ -8890,7 +10098,14 @@ msgid ""
 "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
 "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
 "card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr "Perangkat All in one HP harus terinstall sebagai printer dan fitur scanner akan ditambahkan. Perhatikan bahwa terkadang, antarmuka Xsane tidak mengizinkan scan film atau slide (lampu slid tidak bisa berjalan). Dalam hal ini, lakukan scan menggunakan mode mandiri, dan simpan gambar di kartu memori atau flashdisk yang dimasukkan ke perangkat. Setelahnya, buka software gambar kesukaan Anda lalu buka gambar dari kartu memori yang akan muncul di folder /media."
+msgstr ""
+"Perangkat All in one HP harus terinstall sebagai printer dan fitur scanner "
+"akan ditambahkan. Perhatikan bahwa terkadang, antarmuka Xsane tidak "
+"mengizinkan scan film atau slide (lampu slid tidak bisa berjalan). Dalam hal "
+"ini, lakukan scan menggunakan mode mandiri, dan simpan gambar di kartu "
+"memori atau flashdisk yang dimasukkan ke perangkat. Setelahnya, buka "
+"software gambar kesukaan Anda lalu buka gambar dari kartu memori yang akan "
+"muncul di folder /media."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
@@ -8900,10 +10115,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printer warna Samsung</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
 msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> "
-"for the QPDL protocol."
-msgstr "Untuk printer warna Samsung dan Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">situs ini menyediakan driver</link> untuk protokol QPDL."
+"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
+"protocol."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk printer warna Samsung dan Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl."
+"rkkda.com/\">situs ini menyediakan driver</link> untuk protokol QPDL."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
@@ -8913,20 +10130,28 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printer dan scanner Epson</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
 msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
-" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-"
-"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package"
-" can also be available and is to install. Choose the "
-"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture."
-msgstr "Driver untuk printer Epson tersedia di <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">halaman pencarian ini</link>. Untuk bagian scanner, Anda harus menginstall paket \"iscan-data\" terlebih dahulu, lalu \"iscan\" (dalam urutan ini). Paket iscan-plugin bisa juga tersedia untuk diinstall. Pilih paket <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> menurut arsitektur yang Anda gunakan."
+"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
+"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
+"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
+"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
+"according to your architecture."
+msgstr ""
+"Driver untuk printer Epson tersedia di <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz."
+"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">halaman pencarian ini</link>. Untuk "
+"bagian scanner, Anda harus menginstall paket \"iscan-data\" terlebih dahulu, "
+"lalu \"iscan\" (dalam urutan ini). Paket iscan-plugin bisa juga tersedia "
+"untuk diinstall. Pilih paket <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> menurut arsitektur "
+"yang Anda gunakan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
 "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr "Mungkin juga paket iscan akan mengeluarkan peringatan konflik dengan sane. Banyak pengguna telah melaporkan bahwa peringatan ini bisa diabaikan."
+msgstr ""
+"Mungkin juga paket iscan akan mengeluarkan peringatan konflik dengan sane. "
+"Banyak pengguna telah melaporkan bahwa peringatan ini bisa diabaikan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
@@ -8938,7 +10163,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Printer Canon</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
 "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr "Untuk printer Canon, disarankan untuk menginstall alat bernama turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">yang tersedia di sini</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Untuk printer Canon, disarankan untuk menginstall alat bernama turboprint "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">yang tersedia di sini</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
@@ -8950,8 +10177,7 @@ msgstr "Impor documents and settings Windows(TM)"
 msgid "transfugdrake"
 msgstr "transfugdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
 msgid "transfugdrake.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
@@ -8959,9 +10185,11 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
@@ -8969,31 +10197,43 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama <guilabel>Impor documents and settings Windows(TM)</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama "
+"<guilabel>Impor documents and settings Windows(TM)</guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
 "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> "
-"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Alat ini memungkinkan administrator untuk mengimpor documents and settings pengguna dari instalasi <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP atau <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> di komputer yang sama dengan instalasi Mageia."
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
+"computer as the Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini memungkinkan administrator untuk mengimpor documents and settings "
+"pengguna dari instalasi <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
+"2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP atau <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> di "
+"komputer yang sama dengan instalasi Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
 "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Harap diperhatikan bahwa semua perubahan akan diterapkan oleh transfugdrake segera setelah menekan <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Harap diperhatikan bahwa semua perubahan akan diterapkan oleh transfugdrake "
+"segera setelah menekan <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
 "explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr "Setelah menjalankan transfugdrake Anda akan melihat halaman panduan pertama dengan beberapa penjelasan tentang alat ini dan opsi impor."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah menjalankan transfugdrake Anda akan melihat halaman panduan pertama "
+"dengan beberapa penjelasan tentang alat ini dan opsi impor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
@@ -9001,19 +10241,25 @@ msgid ""
 "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
 "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr "Setelah Anda membaca dan mengerti instruksinya, tekan tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>. Ini akan menjalankan pendeteksian instalasi <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah Anda membaca dan mengerti instruksinya, tekan tombol "
+"<guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>. Ini akan menjalankan pendeteksian "
+"instalasi <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
 "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account"
-" than yours own."
-msgstr "Setelah langkah pendeteksian selesai Anda akan melihat halaman yang memungkinkan Anda untuk melihat akun di <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> dan Mageia untuk prosedur impor. Anda bisa memilih akun pengguna yang bukan milik Anda."
+"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
+"than yours own."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah langkah pendeteksian selesai Anda akan melihat halaman yang "
+"memungkinkan Anda untuk melihat akun di <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> dan Mageia untuk prosedur impor. Anda bisa memilih "
+"akun pengguna yang bukan milik Anda."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
 msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
@@ -9022,10 +10268,13 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special "
-"symbols can be displayed incorrectly."
-msgstr "Silakan bawa ke akun karena keterbatasan migrate-assistant (backend dari transfugdrake) nama akun pengguna <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> dengan simbol khusus bisa salah ditampilkan."
+"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
+"incorrectly."
+msgstr ""
+"Silakan bawa ke akun karena keterbatasan migrate-assistant (backend dari "
+"transfugdrake) nama akun pengguna <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> dengan simbol khusus bisa salah ditampilkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
@@ -9038,22 +10287,28 @@ msgstr "Migrasi mungkin memakan waktu tergantung ukuran folder dokumen."
 msgid ""
 "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
 "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using "
-"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the "
-"import purposes."
-msgstr "Beberapa aplikasi <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (khususnya driver) mungkin membuat akun pengguna untuk keperluan berbeda. Contohnya, driver NVidia di <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>diupdate menggunakan <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Harap jangan menggunakan akun seperti itu untuk keperluan impor."
+"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
+"use such accounts for the import purposes."
+msgstr ""
+"Beberapa aplikasi <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
+"(khususnya driver) mungkin membuat akun pengguna untuk keperluan berbeda. "
+"Contohnya, driver NVidia di <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark>diupdate menggunakan <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Harap "
+"jangan menggunakan akun seperti itu untuk keperluan impor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
-" to import documents:"
-msgstr "Setelah selesai dengan pemilihan akun, tekan tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>. Halaman selanjutnya digunakan untuk memilih metode mengimpor dokumen:"
+"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
+"documents:"
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah selesai dengan pemilihan akun, tekan tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</"
+"guibutton>. Halaman selanjutnya digunakan untuk memilih metode mengimpor "
+"dokumen:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
 msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
@@ -9061,23 +10316,28 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
 msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My "
-"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My "
-"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the "
-"appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr "Transfugdrake didesain untuk mengimpor data <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> dari folder <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> dan <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis>. Anda bisa melewatkan impor dengan memilih item yang tepat di jendela ini."
+"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
+"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
+"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
+msgstr ""
+"Transfugdrake didesain untuk mengimpor data <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> dari folder <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, "
+"<emphasis>My Music</emphasis> dan <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis>. Anda "
+"bisa melewatkan impor dengan memilih item yang tepat di jendela ini."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
 msgid ""
 "When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
-" to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr "Setelah selesai dengan pemilihan metode impor dokumen, tekan tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>. Halaman selanjutnya digunakan untuk memilih metode untuk mengimpor bookmarks:"
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
+"to import bookmarks:"
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah selesai dengan pemilihan metode impor dokumen, tekan tombol "
+"<guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>. Halaman selanjutnya digunakan untuk "
+"memilih metode untuk mengimpor bookmarks:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
 msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
@@ -9088,22 +10348,27 @@ msgid ""
 "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr "Transfugdrake bisa mengimpor bookmark <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> dan <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> ke bookmark <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Transfugdrake bisa mengimpor bookmark <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> "
+"dan <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> ke bookmark <emphasis>Mozilla "
+"Firefox</emphasis> Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>"
-" button."
-msgstr "Pilih opsi impor yang disukai lalu tekan tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>."
+"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih opsi impor yang disukai lalu tekan tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr "Halaman selanjutnya memungkinkan Anda mengimpor latar belakang desktop:"
+msgstr ""
+"Halaman selanjutnya memungkinkan Anda mengimpor latar belakang desktop:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
 msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
@@ -9111,19 +10376,20 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr "Pilih opsi yang disukai lalu tekan tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>."
+"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih opsi yang disukai lalu tekan tombol <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
 "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Halaman terakhir panduan menunjukkan beberapa pesan selamat. Tekan tombol <guibutton>Selesai</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Halaman terakhir panduan menunjukkan beberapa pesan selamat. Tekan tombol "
+"<guibutton>Selesai</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
 msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
@@ -9138,8 +10404,7 @@ msgstr "Pengguna dan Grup"
 msgid "userdrake"
 msgstr "userdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:18
 msgid "userdrake.png"
 msgstr "userdrake.png"
@@ -9147,9 +10412,11 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> sebagai root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:22
@@ -9157,23 +10424,32 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr "Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Kelola pengguna pada sistem\""
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ada di tab <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia dengan nama \"Kelola "
+"pengguna pada sistem\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings"
-" (ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr "Alat ini memungkinkan administrator untuk mengelola pengguna dan grup, ini berarti menambah atau menghapus pengguna atau grup dan memodifikasi pengaturan pengguna dan grup (ID, shell, ...)"
+"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
+"(ID, shell, ...)"
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini memungkinkan administrator untuk mengelola pengguna dan grup, ini "
+"berarti menambah atau menghapus pengguna atau grup dan memodifikasi "
+"pengaturan pengguna dan grup (ID, shell, ...)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in"
-" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
+"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
+"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
 "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr "Saat userdrake terbuka, semua pengguna pada sistem terdaftar di tab <guibutton>Pengguna</guibutton>, dan semua grup di tab <guibutton>Grup</guibutton>. Kedua tab bekerja dengan cara yang sama."
+msgstr ""
+"Saat userdrake terbuka, semua pengguna pada sistem terdaftar di tab "
+"<guibutton>Pengguna</guibutton>, dan semua grup di tab <guibutton>Grup</"
+"guibutton>. Kedua tab bekerja dengan cara yang sama."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:35
@@ -9185,8 +10461,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Tambah Pengguna</guibutton>"
 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
 msgstr "Tombol ini membuka jendela baru dengan semua kolom kosong:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:41
 msgid "userdrake1.png"
 msgstr "userdrake1.png"
@@ -9197,7 +10472,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
 "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
 "or nothing as well!"
-msgstr "Kolom <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nama Lengkap</emphasis> ditujukan untuk memasukkan nama depan dan belakang, tapi boleh juga menuliskan apapun atau tidak sama sekali!"
+msgstr ""
+"Kolom <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nama Lengkap</emphasis> ditujukan untuk "
+"memasukkan nama depan dan belakang, tapi boleh juga menuliskan apapun atau "
+"tidak sama sekali!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:49
@@ -9207,19 +10485,26 @@ msgstr "Hanya <emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> yang harus diisi."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended."
-" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower"
-" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
+"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
+"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
+"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
+"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
 "orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr "Mengatur <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sandi</emphasis> sangat disarankan. Ada kotak kecil di sebelah kanan, jika merah, sandi lemah, terlalu pendek atau serupa dengan nama login. Lebih baik menggunakan angka, huruf kecil dan besar, karakter khusus, dsb. Kotak akan berubah oranye dan hijau ketika kekuatan sandi meningkat."
+msgstr ""
+"Mengatur <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sandi</emphasis> sangat disarankan. Ada "
+"kotak kecil di sebelah kanan, jika merah, sandi lemah, terlalu pendek atau "
+"serupa dengan nama login. Lebih baik menggunakan angka, huruf kecil dan "
+"besar, karakter khusus, dsb. Kotak akan berubah oranye dan hijau ketika "
+"kekuatan sandi meningkat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:59
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure"
-" you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr "Kolom <emphasis role=\"bold\">Konfirmasi Sandi</emphasis> ada untuk meyakinkan bahwa Anda memasukkan apa yang Anda inginkan."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
+"you entered what you intended to."
+msgstr ""
+"Kolom <emphasis role=\"bold\">Konfirmasi Sandi</emphasis> ada untuk "
+"meyakinkan bahwa Anda memasukkan apa yang Anda inginkan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:62
@@ -9227,7 +10512,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
 "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
 "are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Shell Login </emphasis>adalah daftar drop down yang memungkinkan Anda mengubah shell yang digunakan oleh pengguna yang Anda tambahkan, pilihannya adalah Bash, Dash dan Sh."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Shell Login </emphasis>adalah daftar drop down yang "
+"memungkinkan Anda mengubah shell yang digunakan oleh pengguna yang Anda "
+"tambahkan, pilihannya adalah Bash, Dash dan Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:66
@@ -9235,14 +10523,19 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
 "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
 "user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Buat grup privat untuk pengguna</emphasis>, jika ditandai akan otomatis membuat grup dengan nama yang sama dan si pengguna adalah pengguna satu-satunya (ini bisa diedit)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Buat grup privat untuk pengguna</emphasis>, jika "
+"ditandai akan otomatis membuat grup dengan nama yang sama dan si pengguna "
+"adalah pengguna satu-satunya (ini bisa diedit)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
 "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Opsi lainnya cukup jelas. Pengguna baru akan langsung dibuat setelah Anda mengklik <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Opsi lainnya cukup jelas. Pengguna baru akan langsung dibuat setelah Anda "
+"mengklik <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:73
@@ -9254,7 +10547,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Tambah Grup</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
 "group ID."
-msgstr "Anda hanya perlu memasukkan nama grup, dan jika perlu ID grup spesifik."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda hanya perlu memasukkan nama grup, dan jika perlu ID grup spesifik."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:78
@@ -9266,15 +10560,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (pengguna yang dipilih)"
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
 "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Data Pengguna</guibutton>: Memungkinkan Anda memodifikasi semua data yang diberikan untuk pengguna saat pembuatan (ID tidak bisa diubah)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Data Pengguna</guibutton>: Memungkinkan Anda memodifikasi semua "
+"data yang diberikan untuk pengguna saat pembuatan (ID tidak bisa diubah)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Info Akun</emphasis>:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:87
 msgid "userdrake2.png"
 msgstr "userdrake2.png"
@@ -9285,14 +10580,18 @@ msgid ""
 "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
 "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
 "accounts."
-msgstr "Opsi pertama untuk mengatur tanggal kadaluarsa akun. Koneksi tidak bisa dilakukan setelah tanggal ini. Ini berguna untuk akun sementara."
+msgstr ""
+"Opsi pertama untuk mengatur tanggal kadaluarsa akun. Koneksi tidak bisa "
+"dilakukan setelah tanggal ini. Ini berguna untuk akun sementara."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
 "as the account is locked."
-msgstr "Opsi kedua untuk mengunci akun, koneksi tidak bisa dilakukan selama akun dikunci."
+msgstr ""
+"Opsi kedua untuk mengunci akun, koneksi tidak bisa dilakukan selama akun "
+"dikunci."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:98
@@ -9305,10 +10604,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
 "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
 "password periodically."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Info Sandi</emphasis>: Memungkinkan Anda mengatur kadaluarsa sandi, ini memaksa pengguna untuk mengubah sandi secara berkala."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Info Sandi</emphasis>: Memungkinkan Anda mengatur "
+"kadaluarsa sandi, ini memaksa pengguna untuk mengubah sandi secara berkala."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:106
 msgid "userdrake3.png"
 msgstr "userdrake3.png"
@@ -9318,14 +10618,18 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
 "that the user is a member of."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup</emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa memilih Grup untuk pengguna."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup</emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa memilih Grup "
+"untuk pengguna."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:114
 msgid ""
 "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
 "effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr "Jika Anda memodifikasi akun pengguna yang sedang terhubung, modifikasi tidak akan efektif hingga login berikutnya."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Anda memodifikasi akun pengguna yang sedang terhubung, modifikasi tidak "
+"akan efektif hingga login berikutnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:118
@@ -9337,14 +10641,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (dengan grup yang dipilih)"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
 "group name."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Data Grup</emphasis>: Memungkinkan Anda memodifikasi nama grup."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Data Grup</emphasis>: Memungkinkan Anda memodifikasi "
+"nama grup."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
 "users who are members of the group"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pengguna Grup</emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa memilih pengguna untuk jadi anggota grup"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pengguna Grup</emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa memilih "
+"pengguna untuk jadi anggota grup"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:126
@@ -9354,11 +10662,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Hapus</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears "
-"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private "
-"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr "Pilih pengguna atau grup lalu klik <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hapus</emphasis> untuk menghapus. Untuk pengguna, sebuah jendela akan muncul untuk menanyakan apakah direktori home dan mailbox juga harus dihapus. Jika grup privat telah dibuat untuk si pengguna, itu akan dihapus juga."
+"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
+"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
+"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
+"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Pilih pengguna atau grup lalu klik <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hapus</emphasis> "
+"untuk menghapus. Untuk pengguna, sebuah jendela akan muncul untuk menanyakan "
+"apakah direktori home dan mailbox juga harus dihapus. Jika grup privat telah "
+"dibuat untuk si pengguna, itu akan dihapus juga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:133
@@ -9373,9 +10685,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Segarkan</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:138
 msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to"
-" refresh the display."
-msgstr "Basis data pengguna bisa diubah diluar Userdrake. Klik ikon ini untuk menyegarkan tampilan."
+"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
+"refresh the display."
+msgstr ""
+"Basis data pengguna bisa diubah diluar Userdrake. Klik ikon ini untuk "
+"menyegarkan tampilan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:141
@@ -9388,11 +10702,17 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
 "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
 "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories"
-" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
+"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
+"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
 "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
 "account</guimenu>."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">tamu</emphasis> adalah akun khusus. Ini dimaksudkan untuk memberi seseorang akses sementara ke sistem dengan keamanan total. Loginnya adalah xguest, tanpa sandi, dan tidak mungkin memodifikasi sistem dari akun ini. Direktori pribadi dihapus saat sesi berakhir. Akun ini dihidupkan secara baku, untuk mematikannya, klik menu<guimenu> Aksi -> Uninstall akun tamu</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">tamu</emphasis> adalah akun khusus. Ini dimaksudkan "
+"untuk memberi seseorang akses sementara ke sistem dengan keamanan total. "
+"Loginnya adalah xguest, tanpa sandi, dan tidak mungkin memodifikasi sistem "
+"dari akun ini. Direktori pribadi dihapus saat sesi berakhir. Akun ini "
+"dihidupkan secara baku, untuk mematikannya, klik menu<guimenu> Aksi -> "
+"Uninstall akun tamu</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:3
@@ -9404,8 +10724,7 @@ msgstr "Mengatur server grafis"
 msgid "XFdrake"
 msgstr "XFdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:10
 msgid "XFdrake.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake.png"
@@ -9413,19 +10732,25 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> "
-"as root. Mind the capital letters."
-msgstr "Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> sebagai pengguna normal atau <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> sebagai root. Ingat huruf kapitalnya."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
+"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
+"capital letters."
+msgstr ""
+"Anda bisa menjalankan alat ini dari baris perintah, dengan mengetik "
+"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> sebagai pengguna normal atau <emphasis>drakx11</"
+"emphasis> sebagai root. Ingat huruf kapitalnya."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Alat ini ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Pilih <emphasis><guilabel>Atur server grafis</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
+"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Alat ini ada di Pusat Kendali Mageia pada tab <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Hardware</emphasis>. Pilih <emphasis><guilabel>Atur server grafis</"
+"guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:23
@@ -9443,7 +10768,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
 "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
 "one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr "Perangkat grafis yang terdeteksi ditampilkan dan server yang cocok terkonfigurasi. Klik tombol ini untuk mengubah server lain, contohnya dengan driver proprietary."
+msgstr ""
+"Perangkat grafis yang terdeteksi ditampilkan dan server yang cocok "
+"terkonfigurasi. Klik tombol ini untuk mengubah server lain, contohnya dengan "
+"driver proprietary."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:31
@@ -9452,7 +10780,10 @@ msgid ""
 "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
 "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
 "Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Server yang tersedia diurut pada <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel> oleh pembuat dalam urutan alfabet lalu model juga dengan urutan alfabet. Driver bebas diurut alfabet di<guilabel> Xorg</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Server yang tersedia diurut pada <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel> oleh pembuat "
+"dalam urutan alfabet lalu model juga dengan urutan alfabet. Driver bebas "
+"diurut alfabet di<guilabel> Xorg</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:37
@@ -9460,7 +10791,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
 "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
 "in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr "Ketika ada masalah, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> akan bekerja pada kebanyakan perangkat grafis dan memberi Anda waktu untuk menemukan dan menginstall driver yang benar saat sedang dalam Lingkungan Desktop."
+msgstr ""
+"Ketika ada masalah, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> akan bekerja pada "
+"kebanyakan perangkat grafis dan memberi Anda waktu untuk menemukan dan "
+"menginstall driver yang benar saat sedang dalam Lingkungan Desktop."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:38
@@ -9468,14 +10802,16 @@ msgid ""
 "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
 "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
 "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr "Jika Vesa pun tidak bekerja, pilih <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, yang digunakan saat menginstall Mageia, tapi tidak memungkinkan untuk mengubah resolusi atau refresh rate."
+msgstr ""
+"Jika Vesa pun tidak bekerja, pilih <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
+"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, yang digunakan saat menginstall "
+"Mageia, tapi tidak memungkinkan untuk mengubah resolusi atau refresh rate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for "
-"example)."
+"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9487,10 +10823,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor"
-" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
+"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
+"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
 "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr "Seperti cara di atas, monitor yang terdeteksi ditampilkan dan Anda bisa mengklik tombol untuk mengubahnya. Jika monitor yang diinginkan tidak ada di daftar <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel>, pilih di daftar monitor <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> dengan fitur yang sama."
+msgstr ""
+"Seperti cara di atas, monitor yang terdeteksi ditampilkan dan Anda bisa "
+"mengklik tombol untuk mengubahnya. Jika monitor yang diinginkan tidak ada di "
+"daftar <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel>, pilih di daftar monitor "
+"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> dengan fitur yang sama."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:54
@@ -9502,10 +10842,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolusi:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
 "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr "Tombol ini memungkinkan untuk memilih resolusi (jumlah piksel) dan kedalaman warna (jumlah warna). Ini menampilkan layar berikut:"
+msgstr ""
+"Tombol ini memungkinkan untuk memilih resolusi (jumlah piksel) dan kedalaman "
+"warna (jumlah warna). Ini menampilkan layar berikut:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:61
 msgid "XFdrake1.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
@@ -9515,31 +10856,42 @@ msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the "
 "middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Gambar monitor di tengah memberikan pratampil dengan konfigurasi yang dipilih."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Gambar monitor di tengah "
+"memberikan pratampil dengan konfigurasi yang dipilih."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another"
-" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
+"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
+"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
 "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
 "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
 "select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr "Tombol pertama menampilkan resolusi yang sedang digunakan, klik untuk mengubah. Daftar memberikan semua kemungkinan pilihan berdasarkan perangkat grafis dan monitor, dimungkinkan untuk mengklik <guilabel>Lainnya</guilabel> untuk mengatur resolusi, tapi ingat, Anda bisa merusak monitor atau memilih pengaturan yang tidak nyaman."
+msgstr ""
+"Tombol pertama menampilkan resolusi yang sedang digunakan, klik untuk "
+"mengubah. Daftar memberikan semua kemungkinan pilihan berdasarkan perangkat "
+"grafis dan monitor, dimungkinkan untuk mengklik <guilabel>Lainnya</guilabel> "
+"untuk mengatur resolusi, tapi ingat, Anda bisa merusak monitor atau memilih "
+"pengaturan yang tidak nyaman."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:72
 msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for"
-" another one."
-msgstr "Tombol kedua menampilkan kedalaman warna yang sedang digunakan, klik untuk mengubah."
+"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
+"another one."
+msgstr ""
+"Tombol kedua menampilkan kedalaman warna yang sedang digunakan, klik untuk "
+"mengubah."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
 "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr "Tergantung pada resolusi terpilih, mungkin akan perlu keluar dan menjalankan ulang lingkungan grafis supaya perubahan bisa bekerja."
+msgstr ""
+"Tergantung pada resolusi terpilih, mungkin akan perlu keluar dan menjalankan "
+"ulang lingkungan grafis supaya perubahan bisa bekerja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:83
@@ -9552,15 +10904,21 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
 "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
 "graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr "Setelah konfigurasi dilakukan, direkomendasikan untuk menguji sebelum mengklik OK karena lebih mudah memodifikasi pengaturan sekarang daripada jika lingkungan grafis tidak bekerja."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah konfigurasi dilakukan, direkomendasikan untuk menguji sebelum "
+"mengklik OK karena lebih mudah memodifikasi pengaturan sekarang daripada "
+"jika lingkungan grafis tidak bekerja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use"
-" XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr "Ketika lingkungan grafis tidak bekerja, ketik Alt+Ctrl+F2 untuk membuka lingkungan teks, hubungkan sebagai root lalu ketik XFdrake (dengan huruf besarnya) untuk menggunakan versi teks XFdrake."
+"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
+"XFdrake's text version."
+msgstr ""
+"Ketika lingkungan grafis tidak bekerja, ketik Alt+Ctrl+F2 untuk membuka "
+"lingkungan teks, hubungkan sebagai root lalu ketik XFdrake (dengan huruf "
+"besarnya) untuk menggunakan versi teks XFdrake."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:93
@@ -9581,29 +10939,43 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
 "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
 "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Opsi global</guilabel>: Jika <emphasis>Matikan Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> ditandai, tidak dimungkinkan untuk menjalankan ulang server X menggunakan tombol keyboard Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Opsi global</guilabel>: Jika <emphasis>Matikan Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</"
+"emphasis> ditandai, tidak dimungkinkan untuk menjalankan ulang server X "
+"menggunakan tombol keyboard Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
 "three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Opsi perangkat grafis</guilabel>: Memungkinkan untuk menghidupkan atau mematikan tiga fitur spesifik tergantung pada perangkat grafis."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Opsi perangkat grafis</guilabel>: Memungkinkan untuk menghidupkan "
+"atau mematikan tiga fitur spesifik tergantung pada perangkat grafis."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:107
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon "
-"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it "
-"may be unchecked for a server."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Jalankan antarmuka grafis di awal</guilabel>: Biasanya, <emphasis>Secara otomatis menjalankan antarmuka grafis (Xorg) saat komputer berjalan</emphasis> ditandai untuk berpindah ke mode grafis, ini bisa dihilangkan untuk server."
+"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
+"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
+"unchecked for a server."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Jalankan antarmuka grafis di awal</guilabel>: Biasanya, "
+"<emphasis>Secara otomatis menjalankan antarmuka grafis (Xorg) saat komputer "
+"berjalan</emphasis> ditandai untuk berpindah ke mode grafis, ini bisa "
+"dihilangkan untuk server."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask"
-" you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
+"you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
 "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
 "and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr "Setelah mengklik tombol <guibutton>Keluar</guibutton>, sistem akan menanyakan untuk mengkonfirmasi. Masih ada waktu untuk membatalkan semuanya dan tetap menggunakan konfigurasi sebelumnya, atau menerimanya. Dalam hal ini, Anda harus memutuskan dan menghubungkan kembali untuk mengaktifkan konfigurasi baru."
+msgstr ""
+"Setelah mengklik tombol <guibutton>Keluar</guibutton>, sistem akan "
+"menanyakan untuk mengkonfirmasi. Masih ada waktu untuk membatalkan semuanya "
+"dan tetap menggunakan konfigurasi sebelumnya, atau menerimanya. Dalam hal "
+"ini, Anda harus memutuskan dan menghubungkan kembali untuk mengaktifkan "
+"konfigurasi baru."
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it.po b/docs/mcc-help/it.po
index 83b4b9c5..86817ce0 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/it.po
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-05 15:22+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: 24fede89 <24fede89@gmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Italian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
@@ -4264,7 +4264,8 @@ msgstr "draksec"
 
 #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec.png"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "draksec0.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
@@ -4276,48 +4277,63 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
+"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lo trovi nel "
+"Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nel tab Condivisioni di rete, etichettato "
+"<guilabel>Configura condivisioni WebDAV</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:20
+#: en/draksec.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
 "usually done by the administrator."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:23
+#: en/draksec.xml:22
+msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksec.xml:27
+msgid "draksec.png"
+msgstr "draksec.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
 "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list gives the choice between:"
+"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:29
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Nessuna password: lo strumento parte senza richiedere alcuna password."
+#: en/draksec.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
+"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:34
+#: en/draksec.xml:43
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:39
-msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:44
+#: en/draksec.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
-"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
 msgstr ""
 
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:53
+msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+msgstr "Nessuna password: lo strumento parte senza richiedere alcuna password."
+
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
 msgid "Snapshots"
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl.po b/docs/mcc-help/nl.po
index a9dd9efb..8e55542c 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/nl.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl.po
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-03 09:51+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
@@ -4451,7 +4451,8 @@ msgstr "draksec"
 
 #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec.png"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "draksec0.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
@@ -4465,46 +4466,61 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
+"Deze tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is te vinden in het "
+"Mageia Configuratiecentrum onder de tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Apparatuur</"
+"emphasis>.¶"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:20
+#: en/draksec.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
 "usually done by the administrator."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:23
+#: en/draksec.xml:22
+msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksec.xml:27
+msgid "draksec.png"
+msgstr "draksec.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
 "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list gives the choice between:"
+"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:29
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+#: en/draksec.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
+"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:34
+#: en/draksec.xml:43
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:39
-msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
+#: en/draksec.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
-"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:53
+msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po
index 7660abe9..8418cb41 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Flávio Monteiro <flaviomonteiro2013@gmail.com>, 2013
 # Flávio Monteiro <flaviomonteiro2013@gmail.com>, 2013
@@ -14,14 +14,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-09 03:10+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/"
+"mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n"
+"Language: pt_BR\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: pt_BR\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -34,8 +35,7 @@ msgstr "Acessar diretório e drivers compartilhados por WebDAV"
 msgid "diskdrake --dav"
 msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
@@ -43,9 +43,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
@@ -53,7 +55,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
 "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
 "WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado no Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia de Compartilhamento de Rede, rotulado <guilabel>Configuração WebDAV </guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado no "
+"Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia de Compartilhamento de Rede, rotulado "
+"<guilabel>Configuração WebDAV </guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
@@ -73,7 +78,12 @@ msgid ""
 "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
 "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
 "server."
-msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> é um protocolo que permite a montagem de diretório de um servidor web localmente, para que ele aparece como um diretório local. É necessário que a máquina remota esteja executando um servidor WebDAV. Este não é o objetivo desta ferramenta para configurar o servidor WebDAV."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> é um "
+"protocolo que permite a montagem de diretório de um servidor web localmente, "
+"para que ele aparece como um diretório local. É necessário que a máquina "
+"remota esteja executando um servidor WebDAV. Este não é o objetivo desta "
+"ferramenta para configurar o servidor WebDAV."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
@@ -86,7 +96,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
 "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
 "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr "A primeira tela da ferramenta exibe as entradas já configuradas, se houver, e um botão <guibutton>novo </guibutton>. Use-o para criar uma nova entrada. Inserir a URL do servidor no domínio da nova tela."
+msgstr ""
+"A primeira tela da ferramenta exibe as entradas já configuradas, se houver, "
+"e um botão <guibutton>novo </guibutton>. Use-o para criar uma nova entrada. "
+"Inserir a URL do servidor no domínio da nova tela."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
@@ -94,12 +107,16 @@ msgid ""
 "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
 "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
 "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct"
-" it, if needed."
-msgstr "Em seguida, você recebe uma tela com os botões de rádio para selecionar algumas ações. Continuar com a ação <guibutton>Ponto de montagem</guibutton>clicando<guibutton>OK</guibutton> depois de selecionar o botão de rádio, como o <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> já está configurado. No entanto, pode corrigi-lo, se necessário."
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
+"it, if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"Em seguida, você recebe uma tela com os botões de rádio para selecionar "
+"algumas ações. Continuar com a ação <guibutton>Ponto de montagem</"
+"guibutton>clicando<guibutton>OK</guibutton> depois de selecionar o botão de "
+"rádio, como o <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> já está configurado. No "
+"entanto, pode corrigi-lo, se necessário."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
@@ -109,17 +126,21 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgid ""
 "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
 "point."
-msgstr "O conteúdo do diretório remoto poderá ser acessado através deste ponto de montagem."
+msgstr ""
+"O conteúdo do diretório remoto poderá ser acessado através deste ponto de "
+"montagem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
 "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr "No próximo passo, dê o seu nome de usuário e senha. Se você precisa de algumas outras opções, você pode informa-las na tela <guibutton>avançada</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"No próximo passo, dê o seu nome de usuário e senha. Se você precisa de "
+"algumas outras opções, você pode informa-las na tela <guibutton>avançada</"
+"guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
@@ -129,19 +150,27 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
 "access."
-msgstr "A opção <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> permite que você monte de imediato o acesso."
+msgstr ""
+"A opção <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> permite que você monte de imediato o "
+"acesso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button "
-"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your "
-"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you"
-" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in "
-"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the "
-"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for "
-"one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr "Depois que você aceita a configuração com o botão de rádio <guibutton>Feito </guibutton>, a primeira tela é exibida novamente e seu novo ponto de montagem está na lista. Depois de escolher <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, você será perguntado se deseja ou não salvar as modificações em <emphasis> /etc/fstab </emphasis>. Escolha esta opção se você deseja que o diretório remoto está disponível em cada inicialização. Se a sua configuração é para o uso de uma só vez, não salvá-lo."
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
+"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
+"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
+"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
+"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
+"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
+msgstr ""
+"Depois que você aceita a configuração com o botão de rádio <guibutton>Feito "
+"</guibutton>, a primeira tela é exibida novamente e seu novo ponto de "
+"montagem está na lista. Depois de escolher <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, você "
+"será perguntado se deseja ou não salvar as modificações em <emphasis> /etc/"
+"fstab </emphasis>. Escolha esta opção se você deseja que o diretório remoto "
+"está disponível em cada inicialização. Se a sua configuração é para o uso de "
+"uma só vez, não salvá-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
@@ -153,8 +182,7 @@ msgstr "Partilhe as partições do disco rígido"
 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
 msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
@@ -162,9 +190,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
@@ -173,14 +203,20 @@ msgid ""
 "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
 "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
 "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr "Esta simples ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você, o administrador, para permitir que os usuários compartilhem partes de seus próprios diretórios /home com outros usuários de uma mesma rede local que pode ter computadores com Linux ou sistema operacional Windows."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta simples ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que "
+"você, o administrador, para permitir que os usuários compartilhem partes de "
+"seus próprios diretórios /home com outros usuários de uma mesma rede local "
+"que pode ter computadores com Linux ou sistema operacional Windows."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled"
-" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr "Pode ser encontrada no Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia do disco local, chamado \"Partilhe as partições do disco rígido \"."
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
+"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Pode ser encontrada no Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia do disco local, "
+"chamado \"Partilhe as partições do disco rígido \"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
@@ -189,11 +225,20 @@ msgid ""
 "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
 "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
 "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for"
-" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their"
-" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
+"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
+"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
 "created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr "Em primeiro lugar, responder à pergunta: \"<guilabel>Gostaria que permite aos usuários compartilhar alguns de seus diretórios </guilabel>\", clique em <guibutton>Sem partilha</guibutton> se a resposta é não para todos os usuários, clique em Permitir que  <guibutton>todos os usuários</guibutton> para todos os usuários e clique em <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> se a resposta é não para alguns usuários e sim para os outros. Neste último caso, os usuários que estão autorizados a compartilhar seus diretórios devem pertencer ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, que é criado automaticamente pelo sistema. Você será questionado sobre isso mais tarde."
+msgstr ""
+"Em primeiro lugar, responder à pergunta: \"<guilabel>Gostaria que permite "
+"aos usuários compartilhar alguns de seus diretórios </guilabel>\", clique em "
+"<guibutton>Sem partilha</guibutton> se a resposta é não para todos os "
+"usuários, clique em Permitir que  <guibutton>todos os usuários</guibutton> "
+"para todos os usuários e clique em <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> se a "
+"resposta é não para alguns usuários e sim para os outros. Neste último caso, "
+"os usuários que estão autorizados a compartilhar seus diretórios devem "
+"pertencer ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, que é criado "
+"automaticamente pelo sistema. Você será questionado sobre isso mais tarde."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
@@ -204,7 +249,13 @@ msgid ""
 "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
 "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
 "required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr "Clique em <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, uma segunda tela aparece que pede para você escolher entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> ou <guibutton>SMB </guibutton>. Verifique <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se o Linux é o único sistema operacional em rede, verifique <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se a rede inclui tanto máquinas Windows Linux e em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Todos os pacotes necessários serão instalados, se necessário."
+msgstr ""
+"Clique em <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, uma segunda tela aparece que pede para "
+"você escolher entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> ou <guibutton>SMB </"
+"guibutton>. Verifique <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se o Linux é o único "
+"sistema operacional em rede, verifique <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se a rede "
+"inclui tanto máquinas Windows Linux e em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>OK</"
+"guibutton>. Todos os pacotes necessários serão instalados, se necessário."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
@@ -214,24 +265,40 @@ msgid ""
 "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
 "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
 "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information"
-" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
-msgstr "A configuração está concluída, a menos que a opção Personalizar foi escolhido. Neste caso, uma tela extra pede-lhe para abrir Userdrake. Esta ferramenta permite que você adicione os usuários autorizados a partilhar os seus diretórios para o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos. Na guia do usuário, clique no usuário a adicionar ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, em seguida, <guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, Na aba Grupos. Verifique o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos e clique em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Para mais informações sobre Userdrake, consulte <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>"
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
+"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"A configuração está concluída, a menos que a opção Personalizar foi "
+"escolhido. Neste caso, uma tela extra pede-lhe para abrir Userdrake. Esta "
+"ferramenta permite que você adicione os usuários autorizados a partilhar os "
+"seus diretórios para o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos. Na guia do "
+"usuário, clique no usuário a adicionar ao grupo de compartilhamento de "
+"arquivos, em seguida, <guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, Na aba Grupos. "
+"Verifique o grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos e clique em <guibutton>OK</"
+"guibutton>. Para mais informações sobre Userdrake, consulte <link ns2:href="
+"\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
 msgid ""
 "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
 "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr "Ao adicionar um novo usuário ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, você tem que desligar e religar a rede para as modificações serem levados em conta."
+msgstr ""
+"Ao adicionar um novo usuário ao grupo de compartilhamento de arquivos, você "
+"tem que desligar e religar a rede para as modificações serem levados em "
+"conta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her"
-" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
+"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
 "have this facility."
-msgstr "A partir de agora cada usuário pertencente ao grupo fileshare pode selecionar em sua / seu gerenciador de arquivos nos diretórios para ser compartilhado, embora nem todos os gerenciadores de arquivos têm essa facilidade."
+msgstr ""
+"A partir de agora cada usuário pertencente ao grupo fileshare pode "
+"selecionar em sua / seu gerenciador de arquivos nos diretórios para ser "
+"compartilhado, embora nem todos os gerenciadores de arquivos têm essa "
+"facilidade."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
@@ -249,8 +316,7 @@ msgstr "NFS acesso compartilhado unidades e diretórios"
 msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
 msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
@@ -263,9 +329,11 @@ msgstr "."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
@@ -274,9 +342,16 @@ msgid ""
 "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
 "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a"
-" user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite declarar alguns diretórios compartilhados para ser acessível a todos os usuários da máquina. O protocolo utilizado para isso é o NFS que está disponível na maioria dos sistemas Linux ou Unix. O diretório compartilhado será, portanto, disponível diretamente no boot. Diretórios compartilhados podem ser também acessível diretamente em uma única sessão para um usuário com ferramentas tais como navegadores de arquivos."
+"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
+"user with tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite declarar "
+"alguns diretórios compartilhados para ser acessível a todos os usuários da "
+"máquina. O protocolo utilizado para isso é o NFS que está disponível na "
+"maioria dos sistemas Linux ou Unix. O diretório compartilhado será, "
+"portanto, disponível diretamente no boot. Diretórios compartilhados podem "
+"ser também acessível diretamente em uma única sessão para um usuário com "
+"ferramentas tais como navegadores de arquivos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
@@ -288,17 +363,20 @@ msgstr "procedimento"
 msgid ""
 "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
 "which share directories."
-msgstr "Selecione  <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma lista de servidores que diretórios ação."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione  <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma "
+"lista de servidores que diretórios ação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
 "shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr "Clique no símbolo > antes do nome do servidor para exibir a lista dos diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja acessar."
+msgstr ""
+"Clique no símbolo > antes do nome do servidor para exibir a lista dos "
+"diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja acessar."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
@@ -306,12 +384,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have"
-" to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr "O botão <guibutton>Ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível e você tem que especificar onde montar o diretório."
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
+"to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr ""
+"O botão <guibutton>Ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível e você "
+"tem que especificar onde montar o diretório."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
@@ -322,16 +401,18 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
 "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
 "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr "Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, você pode montá-lo. Você também pode verificar e alterar algumas opções com as <guibutton>Opções</guibutton>botão. Depois de montar o diretório, você pode desmontá-lo com o mesmo botão."
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, você pode montá-lo. Você também pode "
+"verificar e alterar algumas opções com as <guibutton>Opções</"
+"guibutton>botão. Depois de montar o diretório, você pode desmontá-lo com o "
+"mesmo botão."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
@@ -341,13 +422,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgid ""
 "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
 "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the"
-" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
+"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
+"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
 "browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr "Ao aceitar a configuração com o <guibutton>Feito</guibutton>, uma mensagem será exibida, pedindo \"Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab modificações\". Isso fará com que o diretório disponível em cada boot, se a rede está acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de arquivos, por exemplo, no Dolphin."
+msgstr ""
+"Ao aceitar a configuração com o <guibutton>Feito</guibutton>, uma mensagem "
+"será exibida, pedindo \"Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab modificações"
+"\". Isso fará com que o diretório disponível em cada boot, se a rede está "
+"acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de arquivos, "
+"por exemplo, no Dolphin."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
@@ -362,8 +447,7 @@ msgstr "Gravador de CD / DVD"
 msgid "diskdrake --removable"
 msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
@@ -371,9 +455,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removale</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removale</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
@@ -381,7 +467,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
 "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
 "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob os discos locais guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulados com o hardware removível (CD/DVD players e gravadores e drives de disquete só) ."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob "
+"os discos locais guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulados com o hardware "
+"removível (CD/DVD players e gravadores e drives de disquete só) ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
@@ -395,7 +484,10 @@ msgid ""
 "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
 "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
 "button."
-msgstr "No topo da janela há uma breve descrição de seu hardware e as opções escolhidas para montá-lo. Use o menu na parte inferior para mudá-los. Verifique o item a ser alterado e, em seguida, no <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"No topo da janela há uma breve descrição de seu hardware e as opções "
+"escolhidas para montá-lo. Use o menu na parte inferior para mudá-los. "
+"Verifique o item a ser alterado e, em seguida, no <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
@@ -406,7 +498,8 @@ msgstr "ponto de montagem"
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr "Marque esta caixa para alterar o ponto de montagem. O padrão é /media/cdrom."
+msgstr ""
+"Marque esta caixa para alterar o ponto de montagem. O padrão é /media/cdrom."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
@@ -416,9 +509,11 @@ msgstr "Opções"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the"
-" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr "Muitas opções de montagem pode ser escolhido aqui ou diretamente na lista ou através do <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> submenu. O principal são:"
+"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
+"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
+msgstr ""
+"Muitas opções de montagem pode ser escolhido aqui ou diretamente na lista ou "
+"através do <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> submenu. O principal são:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
@@ -431,7 +526,10 @@ msgid ""
 "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
 "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
 "the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr "usuário permite que um usuário comum (não root) para montar o disco removível, esta opção envolve noexec, nosuid e nodev. O usuário que montou o disco é o único que pode desmontar-lo."
+msgstr ""
+"usuário permite que um usuário comum (não root) para montar o disco "
+"removível, esta opção envolve noexec, nosuid e nodev. O usuário que montou o "
+"disco é o único que pode desmontar-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
@@ -446,9 +544,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
@@ -457,40 +557,55 @@ msgid ""
 "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
 "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with"
-" tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite declarar que compartilhar diretórios para ser acessível a todos os usuários da máquina. O protocolo utilizado para isto é que o SMB foi popularizado nos sistemas Windows(R). O diretório compartilhado estará disponível diretamente na inicialização. Diretórios compartilhados também podem ser acessados ​​diretamente em uma única sessão por um usuário com ferramentas como navegadores de arquivos."
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
+"tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite declarar "
+"que compartilhar diretórios para ser acessível a todos os usuários da "
+"máquina. O protocolo utilizado para isto é que o SMB foi popularizado nos "
+"sistemas Windows(R). O diretório compartilhado estará disponível diretamente "
+"na inicialização. Diretórios compartilhados também podem ser acessados ​​"
+"diretamente em uma única sessão por um usuário com ferramentas como "
+"navegadores de arquivos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
 "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "Antes de iniciar a ferramenta, é uma idéia boa para declarar os nomes dos servidores disponíveis, por exemplo, com <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Antes de iniciar a ferramenta, é uma idéia boa para declarar os nomes dos "
+"servidores disponíveis, por exemplo, com <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who"
-" share directories."
-msgstr "Selecione <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma lista de servidores que compartilham diretórios."
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
+"share directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione <guibutton>servidores de pesquisa</guibutton> para obter uma lista "
+"de servidores que compartilham diretórios."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
 "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr "Clique no nome do servidor e em &gt; antes do nome do servidor para exibir a lista dos diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja acessar."
+msgstr ""
+"Clique no nome do servidor e em &gt; antes do nome do servidor para exibir a "
+"lista dos diretórios compartilhados e selecione o diretório que você deseja "
+"acessar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
 "have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr "O <guibutton>ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível, você tem que especificar onde montar o diretório."
+msgstr ""
+"O <guibutton>ponto de montagem</guibutton> estará disponível, você tem que "
+"especificar onde montar o diretório."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
@@ -501,7 +616,10 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
 "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
 "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, pode ser montado com o <guimenu>Botão Monte </guimenu>. Você também pode verificar e alterar algumas opções com as <guibutton>opções</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de escolher o ponto de montagem, pode ser montado com o "
+"<guimenu>Botão Monte </guimenu>. Você também pode verificar e alterar "
+"algumas opções com as <guibutton>opções</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
@@ -509,16 +627,17 @@ msgid ""
 "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
 "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
 "with the same button."
-msgstr "Em opções, você pode especificar o nome de usuário e a senha daqueles capazes de se conectar ao servidor SMB. Depois de montar o diretório, você pode desmontá-lo com o mesmo botão."
+msgstr ""
+"Em opções, você pode especificar o nome de usuário e a senha daqueles "
+"capazes de se conectar ao servidor SMB. Depois de montar o diretório, você "
+"pode desmontá-lo com o mesmo botão."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
@@ -529,12 +648,15 @@ msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
 "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
 "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in "
-"dolphin."
-msgstr "Depois de aceitar a configuração com o botão Feito, uma mensagem irá perguntar \"Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab modificado\". Salvando, permitirá diretório para disponibilizada a cada inicialização, se a rede está acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de arquivos, por exemplo, em dolphin."
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de aceitar a configuração com o botão Feito, uma mensagem irá "
+"perguntar \"Você deseja salvar o arquivo /etc/fstab modificado\". Salvando, "
+"permitirá diretório para disponibilizada a cada inicialização, se a rede "
+"está acessível. O novo diretório estará disponível no seu navegador de "
+"arquivos, por exemplo, em dolphin."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
@@ -549,8 +671,7 @@ msgstr "Efeitos de desktop 3D"
 msgid "drak3d"
 msgstr "drak3d"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:10
 msgid "drak3d.png"
 msgstr "drak3d.png"
@@ -558,9 +679,11 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:17
@@ -568,7 +691,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
 "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
 "default."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite gerenciar os efeitos de desktop 3D em seu sistema operacional. Efeitos 3D estão desligados por padrão."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite gerenciar "
+"os efeitos de desktop 3D em seu sistema operacional. Efeitos 3D estão "
+"desligados por padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:25
@@ -581,30 +707,41 @@ msgid ""
 "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
 "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
 "start."
-msgstr "Para utilizar esta ferramenta, você precisa ter o pacote glxinfo instalado. Se o pacote não estiver instalado, você será solicitado a fazê-lo antes drak3d pode começar."
+msgstr ""
+"Para utilizar esta ferramenta, você precisa ter o pacote glxinfo instalado. "
+"Se o pacote não estiver instalado, você será solicitado a fazê-lo antes "
+"drak3d pode começar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
 "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a "
-"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special "
-"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn "
-"it on."
-msgstr "Depois de iniciar drak3d, você será apresentado com uma janela de menu. Aqui você pode escolher qualquer <guilabel>Nenhum efeito de desktop 3D</guilabel> ou <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion é parte de um gerenciador de composição/janela, que inclui efeitos especiais com aceleração de hardware para o seu desktop. Escolha <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para ligá-lo."
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
+"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
+"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de iniciar drak3d, você será apresentado com uma janela de menu. Aqui "
+"você pode escolher qualquer <guilabel>Nenhum efeito de desktop 3D</guilabel> "
+"ou <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion é parte de um "
+"gerenciador de composição/janela, que inclui efeitos especiais com "
+"aceleração de hardware para o seu desktop. Escolha <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</"
+"guilabel> para ligá-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be"
-" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr "Se esta é sua primeira vez usando este programa após uma instalação limpa do Mageia, você receberá uma mensagem de aviso dizendo que os pacotes precisam ser instalados para usar Compiz Fusion. Clique no botão <guibutton>Ok </guibutton> para continuar."
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
+"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
+"guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Se esta é sua primeira vez usando este programa após uma instalação limpa do "
+"Mageia, você receberá uma mensagem de aviso dizendo que os pacotes precisam "
+"ser instalados para usar Compiz Fusion. Clique no botão <guibutton>Ok </"
+"guibutton> para continuar."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:45
 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
@@ -615,14 +752,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
 "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
 "for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr "Uma vez que os pacotes apropriados estão instalados, você vai notar que Compiz Fusion é selecionado no menu drak3d, mas você deve fazer logoff e login novamente para que as alterações tenham efeito."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma vez que os pacotes apropriados estão instalados, você vai notar que "
+"Compiz Fusion é selecionado no menu drak3d, mas você deve fazer logoff e "
+"login novamente para que as alterações tenham efeito."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:53
 msgid ""
 "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
 "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr "Depois de entrar de volta, Compiz Fusion será ativado. Para configurar o Compiz Fusion, consulte a página da ferramenta ccsm (Gerenciamento de configurações CompizConfig)."
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de entrar de volta, Compiz Fusion será ativado. Para configurar o "
+"Compiz Fusion, consulte a página da ferramenta ccsm (Gerenciamento de "
+"configurações CompizConfig)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:59
@@ -640,10 +783,13 @@ msgid ""
 "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
 "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
 "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr "Se depois de ligar Compiz Fusion tentar voltar a entrar na sua área de trabalho, mas não pode ver nada, reinicie o computador para voltar para a tela de login. Uma vez lá, clique no ícone do Google Desktop e selecione drak3d."
+msgstr ""
+"Se depois de ligar Compiz Fusion tentar voltar a entrar na sua área de "
+"trabalho, mas não pode ver nada, reinicie o computador para voltar para a "
+"tela de login. Uma vez lá, clique no ícone do Google Desktop e selecione "
+"drak3d."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:71
 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
@@ -653,9 +799,13 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgid ""
 "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
 "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the"
-" log in problem."
-msgstr "Quando você entrar, se a sua conta está listado como um administrador, você será solicitado a senha novamente. Caso contrário, use o login de administrador com seu/sua conta. Depois, você pode desfazer quaisquer alterações que possam ter causado o log no problema."
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
+"log in problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando você entrar, se a sua conta está listado como um administrador, você "
+"será solicitado a senha novamente. Caso contrário, use o login de "
+"administrador com seu/sua conta. Depois, você pode desfazer quaisquer "
+"alterações que possam ter causado o log no problema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:9
@@ -667,8 +817,7 @@ msgstr "autenticação"
 msgid "drakauth"
 msgstr "drakauth"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:16
 msgid "drakauth.png"
 msgstr "drakauth.png"
@@ -676,16 +825,21 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the"
-" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite modificar a maneira pela qual você pode ser reconhecido como usuário da máquina ou na rede."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
+"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite modificar "
+"a maneira pela qual você pode ser reconhecido como usuário da máquina ou na "
+"rede."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:25
@@ -693,7 +847,10 @@ msgid ""
 "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
 "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
 "and give information about that."
-msgstr "Por padrão, as informações para a sua autenticação é armazenado em um arquivo em seu computador. Modificá-lo apenas se o seu administrador de rede convida-o a fazê-lo e dar informação sobre isso."
+msgstr ""
+"Por padrão, as informações para a sua autenticação é armazenado em um "
+"arquivo em seu computador. Modificá-lo apenas se o seu administrador de rede "
+"convida-o a fazê-lo e dar informação sobre isso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3
@@ -705,8 +862,7 @@ msgstr "Configure o sistema de inicialização"
 msgid "drakboot --boot"
 msgstr "drakboot --boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10
 msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
@@ -714,9 +870,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
@@ -724,50 +882,73 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
 "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
 "boot, etc.)"
-msgstr "esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você configure as opções de inicialização (escolha do bootloader, defina uma senha, o padrão de inicialização, etc)"
+msgstr ""
+"esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você "
+"configure as opções de inicialização (escolha do bootloader, defina uma "
+"senha, o padrão de inicialização, etc)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set "
 "up boot system\"."
-msgstr "Pode ser encontrada na aba Inicialização no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configurar sistema de inicialização\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Pode ser encontrada na aba Inicialização no Centro de Controle Mageia "
+"chamado \"Configurar sistema de inicialização\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
 "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr "Não use esta ferramenta se você não sabe exatamente o que você está fazendo. Alterando algumas configurações podem impedir a sua máquina de inicializar de novamente!"
+msgstr ""
+"Não use esta ferramenta se você não sabe exatamente o que você está fazendo. "
+"Alterando algumas configurações podem impedir a sua máquina de inicializar "
+"de novamente!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to"
-" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to "
+"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
 "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
-"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot "
-"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The"
-" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can "
-"prevent you machine from booting."
-msgstr "Na primeira parte, chamada <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, é possível escolher qual <guibutton>Bootloader usar</guibutton>, Grub ou Lilo, e com uma gráfica ou um menu de texto. É apenas uma questão de gosto, não há outras consequências. Você também pode configurar o  <guibutton>dispositivo de inicialização</guibutton>, não mude nada aqui a não ser que você seja um especialista. O dispositivo de inicialização é onde o bootloader está instalado e qualquer modificação pode impedi-lo de máquina inicializar."
+"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</"
+"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot "
+"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent "
+"you machine from booting."
+msgstr ""
+"Na primeira parte, chamada <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, é possível "
+"escolher qual <guibutton>Bootloader usar</guibutton>, Grub ou Lilo, e com "
+"uma gráfica ou um menu de texto. É apenas uma questão de gosto, não há "
+"outras consequências. Você também pode configurar o  <guibutton>dispositivo "
+"de inicialização</guibutton>, não mude nada aqui a não ser que você seja um "
+"especialista. O dispositivo de inicialização é onde o bootloader está "
+"instalado e qualquer modificação pode impedi-lo de máquina inicializar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
 "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating"
-" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
+"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
+"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
 "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr "Na segunda parte, chamada <guilabel>principais opções</guilabel>, você pode definir o atraso <guibutton>antes da inicialização da imagem padrão</guibutton> , em segundos. Durante esse atraso, grub ou Lilo irá exibir a lista de sistemas operacionais disponíveis, solicitando que você faça a sua escolha, se nenhuma seleção for feita, o bootloader irá arrancar o padrão uma vez que o atraso decorre."
+msgstr ""
+"Na segunda parte, chamada <guilabel>principais opções</guilabel>, você pode "
+"definir o atraso <guibutton>antes da inicialização da imagem padrão</"
+"guibutton> , em segundos. Durante esse atraso, grub ou Lilo irá exibir a "
+"lista de sistemas operacionais disponíveis, solicitando que você faça a sua "
+"escolha, se nenhuma seleção for feita, o bootloader irá arrancar o padrão "
+"uma vez que o atraso decorre."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
 "possible to set a password."
-msgstr "Na terceira e última parte, chamada <guibutton>Segurança</guibutton>, é possível definir uma senha."
+msgstr ""
+"Na terceira e última parte, chamada <guibutton>Segurança</guibutton>, é "
+"possível definir uma senha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46
@@ -786,7 +967,11 @@ msgid ""
 "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
 "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
 "compatible."
-msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) é um padrão para o gerenciamento de energia. Ele pode economizar energia, parando os dispositivos não utilizados, este foi o método usado antes do APM. Marque esta caixa se o seu hardware é compatível com ACPI."
+msgstr ""
+"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) é um padrão para o "
+"gerenciamento de energia. Ele pode economizar energia, parando os "
+"dispositivos não utilizados, este foi o método usado antes do APM. Marque "
+"esta caixa se o seu hardware é compatível com ACPI."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56
@@ -798,21 +983,27 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
 "multicore processors."
-msgstr "SMP significa symmetric multi processadores, é uma arquitetura para processadores multicore."
+msgstr ""
+"SMP significa symmetric multi processadores, é uma arquitetura para "
+"processadores multicore."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
 "processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr "Se você tem um processador com HyperThreading, Mageia vai vê-lo como um processador dual e ativar o SMP."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tem um processador com HyperThreading, Mageia vai vê-lo como um "
+"processador dual e ativar o SMP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local "
-"APIC:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton>e<guibutton>Habilitar APIC Local:</guibutton>"
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
+"guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton>e<guibutton>Habilitar APIC Local:</"
+"guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69
@@ -823,12 +1014,19 @@ msgid ""
 "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
 "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
 "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local"
-" APIC."
-msgstr "APIC significa Advanced Controlador de interrupção programável. Há dois componentes no sistema Intel APIC, o local APIC (LAPIC) e APIC / S. A uma rotas as interrupções que os recebe autos periféricos para uma ou mais APICs locais que estão no processador. É realmente útil para sistemas multi-processador. Alguns computadores têm problemas com o sistema APIC o que pode causar congelamentos ou detecção de dispositivo incorreto (mensagem de erro \"espuria 8259A interrupção: IRQ7 \"). Neste caso, desative APIC e / ou APIC Local."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
+"APIC."
+msgstr ""
+"APIC significa Advanced Controlador de interrupção programável. Há dois "
+"componentes no sistema Intel APIC, o local APIC (LAPIC) e APIC / S. A uma "
+"rotas as interrupções que os recebe autos periféricos para uma ou mais APICs "
+"locais que estão no processador. É realmente útil para sistemas multi-"
+"processador. Alguns computadores têm problemas com o sistema APIC o que pode "
+"causar congelamentos ou detecção de dispositivo incorreto (mensagem de erro "
+"\"espuria 8259A interrupção: IRQ7 \"). Neste caso, desative APIC e / ou APIC "
+"Local."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
 msgid "drakboot1.png"
 msgstr "drakboot1.png"
@@ -837,16 +1035,23 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png"
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
-"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the"
-" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
+"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the "
+"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
 "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
 "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
-"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar"
-" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
-msgstr "Na <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> tela, você pode ver a lista de todas as entradas disponíveis no momento da inicialização. O padrão é um asterisco. Para alterar a ordem das entradas do menu, clique sobre as setas para cima ou para baixo para mover o item selecionado. Se você clicar em<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> ou <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, aparece uma nova janela para adicionar uma nova entrada no menu Grub ou modificar um já existente. Você precisa estar familiarizado com o LILO ou GRUB para ser capaz de usar essas ferramentas."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar "
+"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
+msgstr ""
+"Na <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> tela, você pode ver a lista de todas as "
+"entradas disponíveis no momento da inicialização. O padrão é um asterisco. "
+"Para alterar a ordem das entradas do menu, clique sobre as setas para cima "
+"ou para baixo para mover o item selecionado. Se você clicar "
+"em<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> ou <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, "
+"aparece uma nova janela para adicionar uma nova entrada no menu Grub ou "
+"modificar um já existente. Você precisa estar familiarizado com o LILO ou "
+"GRUB para ser capaz de usar essas ferramentas."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94
 msgid "drakboot2.png"
 msgstr "drakboot2.png"
@@ -857,35 +1062,47 @@ msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
 "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
 "example: Mageia3."
-msgstr "O campo <guilabel>Rótulo</guilabel> é de forma livre, escreva aqui o que você deseja ser exibido no menu. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"título \". Por exemplo: Mageia 3."
+msgstr ""
+"O campo <guilabel>Rótulo</guilabel> é de forma livre, escreva aqui o que "
+"você deseja ser exibido no menu. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"título "
+"\". Por exemplo: Mageia 3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
 "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr "O campo <guilabel>Imagem</guilabel> contém o nome do kernel. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"do kernel\". Por exemplo /boot /vmlinuz."
+msgstr ""
+"O campo <guilabel>Imagem</guilabel> contém o nome do kernel. Ele corresponde "
+"ao Grub comando \"do kernel\". Por exemplo /boot /vmlinuz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
 "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr "O campo <guilabel>Raiz</guilabel> contém o nome do dispositivo onde o kernel está armazenado. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"root\". Por exemplo, (hd0, 1)."
+msgstr ""
+"O campo <guilabel>Raiz</guilabel> contém o nome do dispositivo onde o kernel "
+"está armazenado. Ele corresponde ao Grub comando \"root\". Por exemplo, "
+"(hd0, 1)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
 "the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr "O <guilabel>Anexo</guilabel> contém as opções a serem dadas para o kernel no momento da inicialização."
+msgstr ""
+"O <guilabel>Anexo</guilabel> contém as opções a serem dadas para o kernel no "
+"momento da inicialização."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
 "entry by default."
-msgstr "Se a caixa <guilabel>Padrão</guilabel> estiver marcada, o Grub irá inicializar esta entrada por padrão."
+msgstr ""
+"Se a caixa <guilabel>Padrão</guilabel> estiver marcada, o Grub irá "
+"inicializar esta entrada por padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115
@@ -893,7 +1110,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
 "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
 "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr "Na tela extra chamado <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>, é possível escolher o  <guilabel>modo Video</guilabel>, e um arquivo <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> e um <xref linkend =\"draknetprofile\"></xref> nas listas suspensas."
+msgstr ""
+"Na tela extra chamado <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>, é possível escolher o  "
+"<guilabel>modo Video</guilabel>, e um arquivo <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> e "
+"um <xref linkend =\"draknetprofile\"></xref> nas listas suspensas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:3
@@ -905,8 +1125,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar login automático para fazer logon automaticamente no"
 msgid "drakboot"
 msgstr "drakboot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:11
 msgid "drakboot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot.png"
@@ -914,9 +1133,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:15
@@ -925,14 +1146,22 @@ msgid ""
 "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
 "asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
 "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você faça o login automaticamente com o mesmo usuário, em seu/seu ambiente de trabalho, sem pedir qualquer senha. É chamado login automático. Isso geralmente é uma boa idéia quando há apenas um usuário, como estar usando a máquina."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite que você "
+"faça o login automaticamente com o mesmo usuário, em seu/seu ambiente de "
+"trabalho, sem pedir qualquer senha. É chamado login automático. Isso "
+"geralmente é uma boa idéia quando há apenas um usuário, como estar usando a "
+"máquina."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
 "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr "Pode ser encontrada sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Inicialização</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configurar login automático para fazer logon automaticamente em\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Pode ser encontrada sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Inicialização</emphasis> "
+"guia no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configurar login automático para "
+"fazer logon automaticamente em\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:26
@@ -942,23 +1171,35 @@ msgstr "Os botões de interface são bastante óbvios:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system "
-"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the "
-"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be "
-"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by "
-"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr "Verifique <guibutton>Inicie o ambiente gráfico quando o sistema começa </guibutton>, se você quiser X Window System para ser executado após a inicialização. Se não, o sistema irá iniciar em modo texto. No entanto, será possível iniciar a interface gráfica manualmente. Isso pode ser feito com o lançamento do comando 'startx' ou 'systemctl começar dm'."
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
+"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
+"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
+"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
+"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
+msgstr ""
+"Verifique <guibutton>Inicie o ambiente gráfico quando o sistema começa </"
+"guibutton>, se você quiser X Window System para ser executado após a "
+"inicialização. Se não, o sistema irá iniciar em modo texto. No entanto, será "
+"possível iniciar a interface gráfica manualmente. Isso pode ser feito com o "
+"lançamento do comando 'startx' ou 'systemctl começar dm'."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to"
-" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
+"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
 "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
 "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
 "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Se a primeira caixa está marcada, outras duas opções estão disponíveis, verifique ou <guibutton>Não, eu não quero autologin</guibutton>, se você quiser que o sistema continue a pedir que o usuário se conectar (a senha) ou verificar <guibutton>Sim, eu quero autologin com este (usuário, desktop)</guibutton>, se necessário. Neste caso, você também precisa fornecer o nome de  <guilabel>usuário padrão</guilabel> e o <guilabel>desktop  padrão</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se a primeira caixa está marcada, outras duas opções estão disponíveis, "
+"verifique ou <guibutton>Não, eu não quero autologin</guibutton>, se você "
+"quiser que o sistema continue a pedir que o usuário se conectar (a senha) ou "
+"verificar <guibutton>Sim, eu quero autologin com este (usuário, desktop)</"
+"guibutton>, se necessário. Neste caso, você também precisa fornecer o nome "
+"de  <guilabel>usuário padrão</guilabel> e o <guilabel>desktop  padrão</"
+"guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
@@ -973,32 +1214,42 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser iniciado e usado na linha de comando."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser "
+"iniciado e usado na linha de comando."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by"
-" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
-"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space "
-"first: the file can easily be several GBs large."
-msgstr "Aconselha-se a escrever a saída desse comando para um arquivo, por exemplo, fazendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, mas verifique se você tem espaço em disco suficiente em primeiro lugar: o arquivo pode ser facilmente vários GBs grande."
+"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
+"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
+"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
+"several GBs large."
+msgstr ""
+"Aconselha-se a escrever a saída desse comando para um arquivo, por exemplo, "
+"fazendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</"
+"emphasis>, mas verifique se você tem espaço em disco suficiente em primeiro "
+"lugar: o arquivo pode ser facilmente vários GBs grande."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing"
-" the unneeded parts."
-msgstr "A saída é muito grande para anexar a um relatório de bug sem primeiro remover as partes desnecessárias."
+"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
+"the unneeded parts."
+msgstr ""
+"A saída é muito grande para anexar a um relatório de bug sem primeiro "
+"remover as partes desnecessárias."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
@@ -1175,12 +1426,20 @@ msgstr "df"
 msgid ""
 "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
 "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\""
-" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
-"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, "
-"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr "No momento esta página de ajuda foi escrito, a parte \"syslog \" de saída deste comando estava vazio, pois esta ferramenta ainda não tinha sido adaptado para a nossa mudança para systemd. Se ele ainda estiver vazio, você pode recuperar o \"syslog\", fazendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl-a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Se você não tem um espaço em disco, você pode, por exemplo, tomar as últimas 5.000 linhas do log em vez de: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl-a | tail-N5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>."
+"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
+"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
+"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
+"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"No momento esta página de ajuda foi escrito, a parte \"syslog \" de saída "
+"deste comando estava vazio, pois esta ferramenta ainda não tinha sido "
+"adaptado para a nossa mudança para systemd. Se ele ainda estiver vazio, você "
+"pode recuperar o \"syslog\", fazendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">journalctl-a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Se você não tem um espaço em "
+"disco, você pode, por exemplo, tomar as últimas 5.000 linhas do log em vez "
+"de: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl-a | tail-N5000 > journalctl5000.txt </"
+"emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:9
@@ -1192,8 +1451,7 @@ msgstr "Relatório de ferramenta de Bug Mageia"
 msgid "drakbug"
 msgstr "drakbug"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:15
 msgid "drakbug.png"
 msgstr "drakbug.png"
@@ -1201,29 +1459,39 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that,"
-" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some "
-"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug "
-"report."
-msgstr "Normalmente, esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> começa automaticamente quando a ferramenta da Mageia falha. No entanto, também é possível que, após a apresentação de um relatório de erro, você está convidado a iniciar essa ferramenta para verificar algumas das informações que dá, e, em seguida, prever que nesse relatório de bug existente."
+"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
+"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
+"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalmente, esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
+"começa automaticamente quando a ferramenta da Mageia falha. No entanto, "
+"também é possível que, após a apresentação de um relatório de erro, você "
+"está convidado a iniciar essa ferramenta para verificar algumas das "
+"informações que dá, e, em seguida, prever que nesse relatório de bug "
+"existente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link "
-"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How "
-"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" "
-"button."
-msgstr "Se um novo relatório de erro precisa ser apresentado e você não está acostumado a fazer isso, então por favor leia <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Como relatar um bug relatório corretamente</link>, antes de clicar no botão \"Report \" ."
+"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
+"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Se um novo relatório de erro precisa ser apresentado e você não está "
+"acostumado a fazer isso, então por favor leia <link xlink:href=\"https://"
+"wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Como relatar um bug "
+"relatório corretamente</link>, antes de clicar no botão \"Report \" ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:23
@@ -1231,7 +1499,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
 "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
 "that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr "No caso da falha já foi apresentado por outra pessoa (a mensagem de erro que deu drakbug será o mesmo, então), é útil para adicionar um comentário a este relatório existente que você viu o erro, também."
+msgstr ""
+"No caso da falha já foi apresentado por outra pessoa (a mensagem de erro que "
+"deu drakbug será o mesmo, então), é útil para adicionar um comentário a este "
+"relatório existente que você viu o erro, também."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:3
@@ -1243,8 +1514,7 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar data e hora"
 msgid "drakclock"
 msgstr "drakclock"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:10
 msgid "drakclock.png"
 msgstr "drakclock.png"
@@ -1252,18 +1522,25 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and "
-"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a "
-"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrada no âmbito do Sistema guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulado <guilabel>\"Gerenciar data e hora \"</guilabel>. Em alguns ambientes de trabalho também está disponível através de um clique direito data e hora / Ajustar ... no relógio na bandeja do sistema."
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
+"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
+"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrada no "
+"âmbito do Sistema guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulado <guilabel>"
+"\"Gerenciar data e hora \"</guilabel>. Em alguns ambientes de trabalho "
+"também está disponível através de um clique direito data e hora / "
+"Ajustar ... no relógio na bandeja do sistema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:21
@@ -1274,30 +1551,44 @@ msgstr "É uma ferramenta muito simples."
 #: en/drakclock.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on"
-" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
+"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
+"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
 "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
 "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr "Na parte superior esquerda, é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendário</emphasis>. Na imagem acima, a data é setembro (no canto superior esquerdo), 2012 (no canto superior direito), o segundo (em azul) e é um domingo. Selecione o mês (ou ano), clicando nas pequenas setas em cada lado de setembro (ou 2012). Selecione o dia clicando em seu número."
+msgstr ""
+"Na parte superior esquerda, é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendário</"
+"emphasis>. Na imagem acima, a data é setembro (no canto superior esquerdo), "
+"2012 (no canto superior direito), o segundo (em azul) e é um domingo. "
+"Selecione o mês (ou ano), clicando nas pequenas setas em cada lado de "
+"setembro (ou 2012). Selecione o dia clicando em seu número."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:29
 msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time "
-"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on "
-"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
+"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
+"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
 "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr "No canto inferior esquerdo é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">Netbook Time Protocol</emphasis> sincronização, é possível ter um relógio sempre a tempo, sincronizando-o com um servidor. Verifique <guilabel>Ativar Network Time Protocol</guilabel> e escolher o servidor mais próximo."
+msgstr ""
+"No canto inferior esquerdo é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">Netbook Time "
+"Protocol</emphasis> sincronização, é possível ter um relógio sempre a tempo, "
+"sincronizando-o com um servidor. Verifique <guilabel>Ativar Network Time "
+"Protocol</guilabel> e escolher o servidor mais próximo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
 "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows"
-" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see"
-" your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr "Na parte direita é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">relógio</emphasis>. É inútil para acertar o relógio se NTP está habilitado. Três caixas de exibir horas, minutos e segundos (15, 28 e 22 na imagem). Utilize as pequenas setas para ajustar o relógio para a hora correta. O formato não pode ser alterado aqui, ver suas configurações de ambiente desktop para isso."
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
+"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
+"your desktop environment settings for that."
+msgstr ""
+"Na parte direita é o <emphasis role=\"bold\">relógio</emphasis>. É inútil "
+"para acertar o relógio se NTP está habilitado. Três caixas de exibir horas, "
+"minutos e segundos (15, 28 e 22 na imagem). Utilize as pequenas setas para "
+"ajustar o relógio para a hora correta. O formato não pode ser alterado aqui, "
+"ver suas configurações de ambiente desktop para isso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:40
@@ -1305,15 +1596,21 @@ msgid ""
 "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
 "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
 "nearest town."
-msgstr "Pelo menos, no canto inferior direito, selecione seu fuso horário clicando no <guibutton>Alterar fuso horário</guibutton> e escolher na lista a cidade mais próxima."
+msgstr ""
+"Pelo menos, no canto inferior direito, selecione seu fuso horário clicando "
+"no <guibutton>Alterar fuso horário</guibutton> e escolher na lista a cidade "
+"mais próxima."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they"
-" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
+"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
 "settings."
-msgstr "Mesmo que isso não é possível escolher um formato de data ou hora nesta ferramenta, eles serão exibidos na área de trabalho de acordo com as configurações de localização."
+msgstr ""
+"Mesmo que isso não é possível escolher um formato de data ou hora nesta "
+"ferramenta, eles serão exibidos na área de trabalho de acordo com as "
+"configurações de localização."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
@@ -1325,8 +1622,7 @@ msgstr "Retirar uma conexão"
 msgid "drakconnect --del"
 msgstr "drakconnect --del"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
 msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
@@ -1334,30 +1630,37 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui, você pode excluir uma interface de rede <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
 "id=\"0\"/>."
-msgstr "Aqui, você pode excluir uma interface de rede <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
 "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Clique no menu drop-down, escolha o que você deseja remover e clique em <emphasis>próxima</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Clique no menu drop-down, escolha o que você deseja remover e clique em "
+"<emphasis>próxima</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
 "successfully."
-msgstr "Você verá uma mensagem de que a interface de rede foi deletada com sucesso."
+msgstr ""
+"Você verá uma mensagem de que a interface de rede foi deletada com sucesso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:3
@@ -1369,8 +1672,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar uma nova interface de rede (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
 msgid "drakconnect"
 msgstr "drakconnect"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:11
 msgid "drakconnect.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect.png"
@@ -1378,9 +1680,11 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:18
@@ -1388,14 +1692,19 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
 "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
 "your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr "Essa ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar uma rede local ou acesso a internet. Você deve saber algumas informações do seu provedor de acesso ou administrador de sua rede"
+msgstr ""
+"Essa ferramenta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar "
+"uma rede local ou acesso a internet. Você deve saber algumas informações do "
+"seu provedor de acesso ou administrador de sua rede"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
 "and provider you have."
-msgstr "Selecione o tipo de conexão que quer configurar, de acordo com qual Hardware e Provedor você usa."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione o tipo de conexão que quer configurar, de acordo com qual Hardware "
+"e Provedor você usa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:30
@@ -1407,133 +1716,154 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão com fio (Ethernet)"
 msgid ""
 "The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
 "to configure."
-msgstr "A primeira janela lista as interfaces disponíveis. Selecione uma para configurar."
+msgstr ""
+"A primeira janela lista as interfaces disponíveis. Selecione uma para "
+"configurar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
 msgid ""
 "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
 "address."
-msgstr "A esse ponto, uma chance é dada entre configurações automáticas ou um endereço IP manual."
+msgstr ""
+"A esse ponto, uma chance é dada entre configurações automáticas ou um "
+"endereço IP manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
 msgid "Automatic IP"
 msgstr "IP Automatico"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers"
-" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
+"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
-" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal> localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem todos os servidores DHCP tem essa função e, se você estiver configurando o seu PC para obter um endereço IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os "
+"servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados "
+"manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos "
+"servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser "
+"especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal> "
+"localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host "
+"também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir "
+"nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem todos os servidores DHCP tem "
+"essa função e, se você estiver configurando o seu PC para obter um endereço "
+"IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:62
 msgid "drakconnect5.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
 msgstr "O botão Advanced dar a oportunidade de especificar:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
 msgstr "Pesquisa de domínio (não acessível, como fornecido pelo servidor DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
 msgid "the DHCP client"
 msgstr "o cliente DHCP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
 msgid "DHCP timeout"
 msgstr "tempo limite de DHCP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr "Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar o servidor NIS"
+msgstr ""
+"Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar o servidor "
+"NIS"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
 msgstr "Obter servidor NTPD de DHCP (sincronização de relógios)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
 msgid ""
 "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
 "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
 "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr "O nome do host exigido por DHCP. Só use esta opção se o servidor DHCP requer que o cliente para especificar um nome de host antes de receber um endereço IP. Esta opção não é tratado por alguns servidores DHCP."
+msgstr ""
+"O nome do host exigido por DHCP. Só use esta opção se o servidor DHCP requer "
+"que o cliente para especificar um nome de host antes de receber um endereço "
+"IP. Esta opção não é tratado por alguns servidores DHCP."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
 "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Depois de aceitar, os últimos passos que são comuns a todas as configurações de conexão são explicados: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de aceitar, os últimos passos que são comuns a todas as configurações "
+"de conexão são explicados: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
 msgid "Manual configuration"
 msgstr "Manual de configuração "
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:115
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
 "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
 "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você precisa declarar que servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP configurações</emphasis>: você precisa declarar que "
+"servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado "
+"aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost."
+"localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
-"available from your service provider's website."
-msgstr "Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP normalmente parece <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede é <emphasis>255.255.255.0 </emphasis>, e o Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no site do seu provedor de serviços."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
+"provider's website."
+msgstr ""
+"Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP normalmente parece "
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede é <emphasis>255.255.255.0 "
+"</emphasis>, e o Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no site do seu "
+"provedor de serviços."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:126
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
-"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
-"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
-"domestic ADSL would not need this setting."
-msgstr "Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o seu computador é chamado de \"splash\", e é o nome de domínio completo é \"splash.boatanchor.net\", a Pesquisa de domínio seria \"boatanchor.net\". A menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa configuração. Mais uma vez, ADSL doméstico não precisaria esta definição."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
+"this setting."
+msgstr ""
+"Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de "
+"domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o "
+"seu computador é chamado de \"splash\", e é o nome de domínio completo é "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", a Pesquisa de domínio seria \"boatanchor.net\". A "
+"menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa "
+"configuração. Mais uma vez, ADSL doméstico não precisaria esta definição."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:136
 msgid "drakconnect30.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
@@ -1554,11 +1884,14 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão por satélite (DVB)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you"
-" can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
-"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "Esta seção ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> a equipe Doc</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente."
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta seção ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que "
+"pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link ns2:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> a equipe Doc</link> "
+"Agradecendo antecipadamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:158
@@ -1570,59 +1903,74 @@ msgstr "A nova conexão de modem de cabo"
 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
 msgstr "Você tem que especificar um método de autenticação:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:176
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "nenhum"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:180
 msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name"
-" and password."
-msgstr "BPALogin (necessário para Telstra). Neste caso, você tem que fornecer o nome de usuário e senha."
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
+"and password."
+msgstr ""
+"BPALogin (necessário para Telstra). Neste caso, você tem que fornecer o nome "
+"de usuário e senha."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:191
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
 "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
-" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr "Servidor DHCP ou são especificadas manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost.localdomain </literal> é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem todos os servidores DHCP tem essa função e, se você estiver configurando o seu PC para obter um endereço IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr ""
+"Servidor DHCP ou são especificadas manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No "
+"último caso, o endereço IP dos servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do "
+"host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for "
+"especificado, o nome <literal>localhost.localdomain </literal> é atribuído "
+"por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com "
+"a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>. Nem "
+"todos os servidores DHCP tem essa função e, se você estiver configurando o "
+"seu PC para obter um endereço IP de um router ADSL doméstico, é improvável."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:252
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers"
-" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
+"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
 "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr "configurações <emphasis>cabo/IP </emphasis>: você precisa declarar que servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão."
+msgstr ""
+"configurações <emphasis>cabo/IP </emphasis>: você precisa declarar que "
+"servidores DNS para usar. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado "
+"aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal>localhost."
+"localdomain</literal> é atribuído por padrão."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
-"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
-"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
-"domestic connection would not need this setting."
-msgstr "Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o seu computador é chamado de \"splash\", e é o nome de domínio completo é \"splash.boatanchor.net\", a Pesquisa de domínio seria \"boatanchor.net\". A menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa configuração. Mais uma vez, a conexão doméstica não precisaria esta definição."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
+"need this setting."
+msgstr ""
+"Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de "
+"domínio</emphasis>. Seria normalmente o seu domínio inicial, ou seja, se o "
+"seu computador é chamado de \"splash\", e é o nome de domínio completo é "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", a Pesquisa de domínio seria \"boatanchor.net\". A "
+"menos que você especificamente precisa dele, ele está ok não definir essa "
+"configuração. Mais uma vez, a conexão doméstica não precisaria esta "
+"definição."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:273
 msgid "drakconnect32.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
@@ -1637,47 +1985,47 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão DSL"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr "Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces de rede, oferece para selecionar um e configurá-lo."
+msgstr ""
+"Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces de rede, oferece para selecionar um e "
+"configurá-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr "Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu."
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+msgstr ""
+"Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o "
+"seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não "
+"Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
 msgstr "Selecione um dos protocolos disponíveis:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:307
 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:311
 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
 msgstr "Configuração TCP/IP manual"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:315
 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 msgstr "PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:319
 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 msgstr "PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:323
 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgstr "Aponte para Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
@@ -1687,26 +2035,22 @@ msgstr "Aponte para Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgid "Access settings"
 msgstr "definições de acesso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
 msgid "Account Login (user name)"
 msgstr "Conta Login (nome de usuário)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
 msgid "Account password"
 msgstr "senha da Conta"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:341
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 msgstr "(Avançado) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:345
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
 msgstr "(Avançado) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
@@ -1726,14 +2070,12 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão ISDN"
 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
 msgstr "O assistente pergunta qual o dispositivo para configurar:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:365
 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
 msgstr "Escolha Manual (placa interna ISDN)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:369
 msgid "External ISDN modem"
 msgstr "Modem ISDN externo"
@@ -1743,16 +2085,16 @@ msgstr "Modem ISDN externo"
 msgid ""
 "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
 "Select your card."
-msgstr "Propõe-se uma lista de hardware, por categoria e fabricante. Escolha o seu drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Propõe-se uma lista de hardware, por categoria e fabricante. Escolha o seu "
+"drive."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:384
 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Protocolo para o resto do mundo, exceto na Europa (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:389
 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
 msgstr "Protocolo para a Europa (EDSS1)"
@@ -1761,31 +2103,31 @@ msgstr "Protocolo para a Europa (EDSS1)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:395
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave "
-"you. Then it is asked for parameters:"
-msgstr "É, então, ofereceu uma lista de prestadores de serviços, classificados por países. Seleccione o seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor lhe deu. Em seguida, ele é convidado para os parâmetros:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
+"asked for parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+"É, então, ofereceu uma lista de prestadores de serviços, classificados por "
+"países. Seleccione o seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione "
+"a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de "
+"seu provedor lhe deu. Em seguida, ele é convidado para os parâmetros:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:402
 msgid "Connection name"
 msgstr "Nome da conexão"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:406
 msgid "Phone number"
 msgstr "Número do telefone"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:410
 msgid "Login ID"
 msgstr "ID de Login"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:418
 msgid "Authentication method"
 msgstr "Método de autenticação"
@@ -1795,43 +2137,52 @@ msgstr "Método de autenticação"
 msgid ""
 "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
 "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr "Após isso, você deve selecionar se quer obter o seu endereço IP automáticamente ou manualmente. Se for manualmente, especifique o endereço IP e a máscara de sub-rede"
+msgstr ""
+"Após isso, você deve selecionar se quer obter o seu endereço IP "
+"automáticamente ou manualmente. Se for manualmente, especifique o endereço "
+"IP e a máscara de sub-rede"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:430
 msgid ""
 "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to"
-" put:"
-msgstr "O próximo passo é escolher como endereço de servidores DNS são obtidos, pelo método automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que colocar:"
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
+"put:"
+msgstr ""
+"O próximo passo é escolher como endereço de servidores DNS são obtidos, pelo "
+"método automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que "
+"colocar:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:436
 msgid "Domain name"
 msgstr "Nome de Domínio"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:440
 msgid "First and second DNS Server"
 msgstr "Primeiro e segundo Servidor DNS"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:444
 msgid ""
 "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
 "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr "Selecione se o nome da máquina é definido a partir de IP. Esta opção é selecionar somente se tiver certeza de que seu provedor está configurado para aceitá-la."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione se o nome da máquina é definido a partir de IP. Esta opção é "
+"selecionar somente se tiver certeza de que seu provedor está configurado "
+"para aceitá-la."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:452
 msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic"
-" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter "
-"the IP address."
-msgstr "O próximo passo é escolher como o endereço do gateway é obtido, pelo método automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que digitar o endereço IP."
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
+"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
+"IP address."
+msgstr ""
+"O próximo passo é escolher como o endereço do gateway é obtido, pelo método "
+"automático ou manual. No caso da configuração manual, você tem que digitar o "
+"endereço IP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:464
@@ -1844,103 +2195,94 @@ msgid ""
 "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
 "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
 "only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr "A primeira janela lista as interfaces que estão disponíveis e uma entrada para o Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Selecione o que configurar. Use ndiswrapper somente se os outros métodos de configuração não funcionou."
+msgstr ""
+"A primeira janela lista as interfaces que estão disponíveis e uma entrada "
+"para o Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Selecione o que configurar. Use "
+"ndiswrapper somente se os outros métodos de configuração não funcionou."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:475
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
 "the card has detected."
-msgstr "Neste passo, a escolha é dada entre os diferentes pontos de acesso que o cartão tenha detectado."
+msgstr ""
+"Neste passo, a escolha é dada entre os diferentes pontos de acesso que o "
+"cartão tenha detectado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:480
 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
 msgstr "Parâmetro específico para a placa wireless são fornecer:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:484
 msgid "drakconnect31.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:490
 msgid "Operating mode:"
 msgstr "Modo de funcionamento:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:494
 msgid "Managed"
 msgstr "gerenciado"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:497
 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
 msgstr "Para aceder a um ponto de acesso existente (o mais freqüente)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:503
 msgid "Ad-Hoc"
 msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:506
 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
 msgstr "Para configurar a conexão direta entre os computadores."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:514
 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
 msgstr "Nome da rede (ESSID)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:518
 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr "Modo de encriptação: depende de como o ponto de acesso está configurado."
+msgstr ""
+"Modo de encriptação: depende de como o ponto de acesso está configurado."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:523
 msgid "WPA/WPA2"
 msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:526
 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
 msgstr "Este modo de criptografia é preferir se o hardware permitir."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:532
 msgid "WEP"
 msgstr "WEP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:535
 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
 msgstr "Alguns antigos ofertas de hardware só este método de encriptação."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:543
 msgid "Encryption key"
 msgstr "chave de criptografia"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid ""
-"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
+msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
 msgstr "Em geral, é fornecida com o hardware que dão o ponto de acesso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1948,10 +2290,11 @@ msgstr "Em geral, é fornecida com o hardware que dão o ponto de acesso."
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
 "manual IP address."
-msgstr "Nesta etapa, a escolha é dada entre um endereço IP automático ou um endereço IP manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta etapa, a escolha é dada entre um endereço IP automático ou um endereço "
+"IP manual."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:561
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
@@ -1961,49 +2304,67 @@ msgid ""
 "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
 "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
 "DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome localhost.localdomain é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor DHCP</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que escolher se os "
+"servidores DNS são declaradas pelo servidor DHCP ou são especificados "
+"manualmente, como explicado abaixo. No último caso, o endereço IP dos "
+"servidores DNS tem de ser definido. O nome do host do computador pode ser "
+"especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome localhost."
+"localdomain é atribuído por padrão. O nome do host também pode ser fornecida "
+"pelo servidor DHCP com a opção <emphasis>Atribuir nome do host do servidor "
+"DHCP</emphasis>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:589
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr "Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar os servidores NIS"
+msgstr ""
+"Obter servidor YP de DHCP (selecionada por padrão): especificar os "
+"servidores NIS"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:608
 msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
 "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Depois de aceitar a configuração a passo, o qual é comum a todas as configurações de ligação, é explicado: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de aceitar a configuração a passo, o qual é comum a todas as "
+"configurações de ligação, é explicado: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:619
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que declarar servidores DNS. O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de host for especificado, o nome <literal> localhost.localdomain </literal> é atribuído por padrão."
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>IP configurações</emphasis>: você tem que declarar servidores DNS. "
+"O nome do host do computador pode ser especificado aqui. Se nenhum nome de "
+"host for especificado, o nome <literal> localhost.localdomain </literal> é "
+"atribuído por padrão."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:625
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr "Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP sempre parece <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede  é <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, e o Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no seu website prestadores de serviços."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
+"website."
+msgstr ""
+"Para uma rede residencial, o endereço IP sempre parece <emphasis>192.168.x."
+"x</emphasis>, Máscara de rede  é <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, e o "
+"Gateway e servidores DNS estão disponíveis no seu website prestadores de "
+"serviços."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:630
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, "
-"before the period."
-msgstr "Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de domínio</emphasis>. Deve parecer para o seu hostname, sem o primeiro nome, antes do período."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
+"period."
+msgstr ""
+"Em configurações avançadas, você pode especificou um <emphasis>Pesquisa de "
+"domínio</emphasis>. Deve parecer para o seu hostname, sem o primeiro nome, "
+"antes do período."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:644
@@ -2015,7 +2376,9 @@ msgstr "Uma nova conexão GPRS/EDGE/3G"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr "Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces sem fio, ele se oferece para escolher um e configurá-lo."
+msgstr ""
+"Se a ferramenta detectar interfaces sem fio, ele se oferece para escolher um "
+"e configurá-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:653
@@ -2027,15 +2390,16 @@ msgstr "O PIN é solicitado. Deixe em branco se o PIN não é necessário."
 msgid ""
 "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
 "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr "O assistente pede rede. Se não for detectada, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"O assistente pede rede. Se não for detectada, selecione a opção "
+"<guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:670
 msgid "Provide access settings"
 msgstr "Fornecer definições de acesso"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:674
 msgid "Access Point Name"
 msgstr "Nome do Ponto de Acesso"
@@ -2050,14 +2414,12 @@ msgstr "Conexão de rede Uma nova Bluetooth Dial-Up"
 msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
 msgstr "A nova conexão de modem de telefone analógico (POTS)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:710
 msgid "Manual choice"
 msgstr "escolha manual"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:714
 msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
 msgstr "Hardware detectado, se houver."
@@ -2072,73 +2434,69 @@ msgstr "Propõe-se uma lista de portas. Escolha o seu porto."
 msgid ""
 "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
 "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Se ainda não instalado, será sugerido que você instale o pacote <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se ainda não instalado, será sugerido que você instale o pacote "
+"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:729
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-" Then it is asked for Dialup options:"
-msgstr "Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu. Em seguida, ele é convidado para as opções de Modem:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
+"for Dialup options:"
+msgstr ""
+"Propõe-se uma lista de provedores, classificados por países. Seleccione o "
+"seu fornecedor. Se ele não estiver na lista, selecione a opção <guilabel>Não "
+"Listadas</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite as opções de seu provedor deu. Em "
+"seguida, ele é convidado para as opções de Modem:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:736
 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Nome da conexão</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:740
 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Numero Telefone</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:744
 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>ID de Login</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:748
 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Senha</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:752
 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
 msgstr " <emphasis>Autenticação</emphasis>, escolher entre:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:756
 msgid "PAP/CHAP"
 msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:760
 msgid "Script-based"
 msgstr "baseado no script"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:764
 msgid "PAP"
 msgstr "PAP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:768
 msgid "Terminal-based"
 msgstr "Baseado no terminal"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:772
 msgid "CHAP"
 msgstr "CHAP"
@@ -2172,7 +2530,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Ativar contabilização de tráfego</emphasis>"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:804
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador de rede</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador de rede</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:809
@@ -2180,7 +2540,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
 "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
 "automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr "No caso de uma conexão sem fio, uma caixa suplementar é <emphasis>Permitir ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>, que dão a possibilidade de alternar automaticamente entre o ponto de acesso de acordo com a intensidade do sinal."
+msgstr ""
+"No caso de uma conexão sem fio, uma caixa suplementar é <emphasis>Permitir "
+"ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>, que dão a possibilidade de alternar "
+"automaticamente entre o ponto de acesso de acordo com a intensidade do sinal."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:816
@@ -2212,10 +2575,11 @@ msgstr "Habilitar tunelamento IPv6 para IPv4"
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
 "immediately or not."
-msgstr "O último passo permite você especificar se a conexão irá começar automáticamente ou não."
+msgstr ""
+"O último passo permite você especificar se a conexão irá começar "
+"automáticamente ou não."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:841
 msgid "drakconnect9.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
@@ -2230,8 +2594,7 @@ msgstr "Abrir um Terminal como root"
 msgid "drakconsole"
 msgstr "drakconsole"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:10
 msgid "drakconsole.png"
 msgstr "drakconsole.png"
@@ -2239,17 +2602,22 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more"
-" information about that."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> dá-lhe acesso a um console que está diretamente aberto como root. Não acho que você precisa de mais informações sobre isso."
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
+"information about that."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> dá-lhe acesso a um "
+"console que está diretamente aberto como root. Não acho que você precisa de "
+"mais informações sobre isso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:8
@@ -2261,8 +2629,7 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar partições de disco"
 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
 msgstr "drakdisk ou diskdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:15
 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
@@ -2270,10 +2637,13 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis>ou<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
+"as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis>ou<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</"
+"emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:20
@@ -2281,19 +2651,27 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
 "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
 "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on "
-"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é muito poderoso, um pequeno erro ou um gato pulando no seu teclado pode levar a perda de todos os dados em uma partição ou até mesmo apagar todo o disco disco. Por essa razão, você verá a tela acima no topo da tela do instrumento. Clique em  <emphasis>Sair</emphasis> se você não tiver certeza de que quer continuar."
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
+"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é muito poderoso, "
+"um pequeno erro ou um gato pulando no seu teclado pode levar a perda de "
+"todos os dados em uma partição ou até mesmo apagar todo o disco disco. Por "
+"essa razão, você verá a tela acima no topo da tela do instrumento. Clique "
+"em  <emphasis>Sair</emphasis> se você não tiver certeza de que quer "
+"continuar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
 "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr "Se você tiver mais de um disco rígido, você pode alternar para o disco rígido que você deseja trabalhar, selecionando a guia correta (sda, sdb, sdc, etc.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver mais de um disco rígido, você pode alternar para o disco "
+"rígido que você deseja trabalhar, selecionando a guia correta (sda, sdb, "
+"sdc, etc.)"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:35
 msgid "drakdisk.png"
 msgstr "drakdisk.png"
@@ -2303,12 +2681,18 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png"
 msgid ""
 "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
 "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a"
-" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear "
-"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete "
-"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a "
-"partition."
-msgstr "Você pode escolher entre muitas ações para ajustar o seu disco rígido com suas preferências. Limpando um disco rígido inteiro, divisão ou fusão de partições, redimensioná-los ou alterar o sistema de arquivos, formatar ou ver o que está em uma partição: tudo é possível. O <emphasis><guibutton>Limpar</guibutton></emphasis> botão na parte inferior é apagar o disco completo, os outros botões tornam-se visíveis à direita depois que você clica em uma partição."
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
+"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
+"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
+"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode escolher entre muitas ações para ajustar o seu disco rígido com "
+"suas preferências. Limpando um disco rígido inteiro, divisão ou fusão de "
+"partições, redimensioná-los ou alterar o sistema de arquivos, formatar ou "
+"ver o que está em uma partição: tudo é possível. O "
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Limpar</guibutton></emphasis> botão na parte inferior é "
+"apagar o disco completo, os outros botões tornam-se visíveis à direita "
+"depois que você clica em uma partição."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:47
@@ -2316,7 +2700,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
 "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
 "must be unmounted first."
-msgstr "Se a partição selecionada é montado, como no exemplo abaixo, você não pode escolher para redimensionar, formatar ou apagar. Para ser capaz de fazer que a partição deve ser desmontado primeiro."
+msgstr ""
+"Se a partição selecionada é montado, como no exemplo abaixo, você não pode "
+"escolher para redimensionar, formatar ou apagar. Para ser capaz de fazer que "
+"a partição deve ser desmontado primeiro."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:51
@@ -2330,15 +2717,18 @@ msgid ""
 "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
 "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
 "is selected"
-msgstr "Para alterar o tipo de partição (mudança ext3 para ext4, por exemplo) você tem que apagar a partição e, em seguida, recriá-lo com o novo tipo. O botão <guibutton role=\"bold\">Criar</guibutton> aparece quando uma parte do disco vazio é selecionado"
+msgstr ""
+"Para alterar o tipo de partição (mudança ext3 para ext4, por exemplo) você "
+"tem que apagar a partição e, em seguida, recriá-lo com o novo tipo. O botão "
+"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Criar</guibutton> aparece quando uma parte do disco "
+"vazio é selecionado"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:58
 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
 msgstr "Você pode escolher um ponto que não existe montagem, ele será criado."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:63
 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
@@ -2349,10 +2739,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
 "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be "
 "seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr "Selecionando <emphasis><guibutton> Alternar para o modo expert </guibutton></emphasis> dá algumas ações disponíveis extras, como rotular a partição, como pode ser visto na imagem abaixo."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecionando <emphasis><guibutton> Alternar para o modo expert </guibutton></"
+"emphasis> dá algumas ações disponíveis extras, como rotular a partição, como "
+"pode ser visto na imagem abaixo."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:73
 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
@@ -2367,8 +2759,7 @@ msgstr "Configure gerenciador de exibição"
 msgid "drakedm"
 msgstr "drakedm"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:12
 msgid "drakedm.png"
 msgstr "drakedm.png"
@@ -2376,17 +2767,22 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available"
-" on your system will be shown."
-msgstr "Aqui <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> você pode escolher qual gerenciador de telas usa para fazer login em seu ambiente de desktop. Somente os disponíveis em seu sistema serão mostrados."
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
+"on your system will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> você pode escolher qual "
+"gerenciador de telas usa para fazer login em seu ambiente de desktop. "
+"Somente os disponíveis em seu sistema serão mostrados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:24
@@ -2394,7 +2790,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
 "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
 "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr "A maioria dos usuários só vai notar que as telas de login fornecidas olhar diferente. No entanto, existem diferenças de recursos suportados também. LXDM é um gerenciador leve, KDM e GDM tem mais extras."
+msgstr ""
+"A maioria dos usuários só vai notar que as telas de login fornecidas olhar "
+"diferente. No entanto, existem diferenças de recursos suportados também. "
+"LXDM é um gerenciador leve, KDM e GDM tem mais extras."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
@@ -2406,8 +2805,7 @@ msgstr "Configure o seu firewall pessoal"
 msgid "drakfirewall"
 msgstr "drakfirewall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
 msgid "drakfirewall.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
@@ -2415,9 +2813,11 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
@@ -2426,18 +2826,28 @@ msgid ""
 "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
 "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
 "security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a guia Segurança no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configure o seu firewall pessoal \". É a mesma ferramenta na primeira guia de \"Configurar a segurança do sistema, permissões e auditoria \"."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a "
+"guia Segurança no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Configure o seu "
+"firewall pessoal \". É a mesma ferramenta na primeira guia de \"Configurar a "
+"segurança do sistema, permissões e auditoria \"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
 "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection"
-" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
+"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
 "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
 "the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr "Um firewall básico é instalado por padrão com o Mageia. Todas as conexões de entrada do lado de fora são bloqueadas se não forem autorizados. Na primeira tela acima, você pode selecionar os serviços para os quais as tentativas de conexão externas são aceitos. Para sua segurança, desmarque a primeira caixa - <guilabel>Tudo (sem firewall)</guilabel> - a menos que você quiser desativar o firewall, e só verificar os serviços necessários."
+msgstr ""
+"Um firewall básico é instalado por padrão com o Mageia. Todas as conexões de "
+"entrada do lado de fora são bloqueadas se não forem autorizados. Na primeira "
+"tela acima, você pode selecionar os serviços para os quais as tentativas de "
+"conexão externas são aceitos. Para sua segurança, desmarque a primeira caixa "
+"- <guilabel>Tudo (sem firewall)</guilabel> - a menos que você quiser "
+"desativar o firewall, e só verificar os serviços necessários."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
@@ -2446,7 +2856,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
 "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
 "examples :"
-msgstr "É possível inserir manualmente os números de porta para abrir. Clique em <guibutton>avançada</guibutton> e uma nova janela é aberta. No campo <guilabel>Outras portas</guilabel>, digite as portas necessárias seguintes estes exemplos:"
+msgstr ""
+"É possível inserir manualmente os números de porta para abrir. Clique em "
+"<guibutton>avançada</guibutton> e uma nova janela é aberta. No campo "
+"<guilabel>Outras portas</guilabel>, digite as portas necessárias seguintes "
+"estes exemplos:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
@@ -2468,10 +2882,12 @@ msgstr "As portas listadas devem ser separados por um espaço."
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
 "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr "Se a caixa de mensagens de firewall <guilabel>Entrar em logs do sistema</guilabel> estiver marcada, as mensagens de firewall serão salvas em logs do sistema"
+msgstr ""
+"Se a caixa de mensagens de firewall <guilabel>Entrar em logs do sistema</"
+"guilabel> estiver marcada, as mensagens de firewall serão salvas em logs do "
+"sistema"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
 msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
@@ -2482,7 +2898,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
 "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
 "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr "Se você não hospedar serviços específicos (web ou e-mail do servidor, compartilhamento de arquivos, ...) é completamente possível ter nada verificada em tudo, é mesmo recomendável, não vai impedi-lo de se conectar à internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não hospedar serviços específicos (web ou e-mail do servidor, "
+"compartilhamento de arquivos, ...) é completamente possível ter nada "
+"verificada em tudo, é mesmo recomendável, não vai impedi-lo de se conectar à "
+"internet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
@@ -2492,24 +2912,32 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
 "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
 "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot"
-" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to "
-"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr "A próxima tela lida com as opções de firewall interativo. Estas característica lhe permitem ser avisado de tentativas de conexão, se pelo menos a primeira caixa <guilabel>Use Firewall Interativo</guilabel> está marcada. Confira a segunda caixa para ser avisado se as portas são digitalizados (a fim de encontrar uma falha em algum lugar e digite a sua máquina). Cada caixa do terceiro em diante corresponde a uma porta que abriu nas primeiras duas telas, na imagem abaixo, existem duas dessas caixas: servidor SSH e 80:150/tcp. Vê-los para ser avisado cada vez que uma conexão é tentada nessas portas."
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
+"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
+"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+msgstr ""
+"A próxima tela lida com as opções de firewall interativo. Estas "
+"característica lhe permitem ser avisado de tentativas de conexão, se pelo "
+"menos a primeira caixa <guilabel>Use Firewall Interativo</guilabel> está "
+"marcada. Confira a segunda caixa para ser avisado se as portas são "
+"digitalizados (a fim de encontrar uma falha em algum lugar e digite a sua "
+"máquina). Cada caixa do terceiro em diante corresponde a uma porta que abriu "
+"nas primeiras duas telas, na imagem abaixo, existem duas dessas caixas: "
+"servidor SSH e 80:150/tcp. Vê-los para ser avisado cada vez que uma conexão "
+"é tentada nessas portas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr "Estes aviso são dadas por popups de alerta através da aplicação de rede."
+msgstr ""
+"Estes aviso são dadas por popups de alerta através da aplicação de rede."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
 msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
 msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
@@ -2518,29 +2946,34 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary"
-" packages are downloaded."
-msgstr "Na última tela, escolha quais interfaces de rede estão conectados à Internet e deve ser protegida. Uma vez que o botão OK for clicado, os pacotes necessários são baixados."
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
+"packages are downloaded."
+msgstr ""
+"Na última tela, escolha quais interfaces de rede estão conectados à Internet "
+"e deve ser protegida. Uma vez que o botão OK for clicado, os pacotes "
+"necessários são baixados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
 "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr "Se você não sabe o que escolher, dê uma olhada no MCC guia Rede e Internet, ícone Configurar uma nova interface de rede."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não sabe o que escolher, dê uma olhada no MCC guia Rede e Internet, "
+"ícone Configurar uma nova interface de rede."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:3
 msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr "Gerenciar, adicionar e remover fontes. Importação do Windows (TM) fontes"
+msgstr ""
+"Gerenciar, adicionar e remover fontes. Importação do Windows (TM) fontes"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:6
 msgid "drakfont"
 msgstr "drakfont"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:11
 msgid "drakfont.png"
 msgstr "drakfont.png"
@@ -2548,9 +2981,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:15
@@ -2559,7 +2994,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
 "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
 "above shows:"
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia. Ele permite que você gerencie as fontes disponíveis no computador. A principal tela acima mostra:"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente no "
+"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> "
+"guia. Ele permite que você gerencie as fontes disponíveis no computador. A "
+"principal tela acima mostra:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:22
@@ -2579,14 +3018,17 @@ msgstr "alguns botões explicado aqui mais tarde."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:36
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obter Fontes de Janelas: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obter Fontes de Janelas: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You"
-" must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr "Este botão adiciona automaticamente as fontes encontradas na partição do Windows. Você deve ter o Microsoft Windows instalado."
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
+"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Este botão adiciona automaticamente as fontes encontradas na partição do "
+"Windows. Você deve ter o Microsoft Windows instalado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:41
@@ -2596,9 +3038,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opções:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able"
-" to use the fonts."
-msgstr "Ele permite que você especifique os aplicativos ou dispositivos (impressoras principalmente) capazes de usar as fontes."
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
+"to use the fonts."
+msgstr ""
+"Ele permite que você especifique os aplicativos ou dispositivos (impressoras "
+"principalmente) capazes de usar as fontes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:46
@@ -2611,7 +3055,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
 "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
 "documents that use them."
-msgstr "Este botão é para remover fontes instaladas e, possivelmente, economizar um pouco de espaço. Tenha cuidado ao remover as fontes, pois pode ter consequências graves sobre os documentos que as utilizam."
+msgstr ""
+"Este botão é para remover fontes instaladas e, possivelmente, economizar um "
+"pouco de espaço. Tenha cuidado ao remover as fontes, pois pode ter "
+"consequências graves sobre os documentos que as utilizam."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:52
@@ -2623,18 +3070,27 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
 "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select "
-"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
-"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr "Permite a você instalar fontes por terceiros (CD's,Internet, ...). Os formatos suportados são: ttf,pfa,pfb,pcf,pfm e gsf.\nClique no botão <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar</emphasis> e depois em  <emphasis role=\"bold\">Adicionar</emphasis>, um gerenciador de arquivos irá aparecer onde você poderá selecionar as fontes para instalar, clique em  <emphasis role=\"bold\">Instalar</emphasis> quando estiver pronto. As fontes serão instaladas no diretório /usr/share/fonts"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
+"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
+"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+msgstr ""
+"Permite a você instalar fontes por terceiros (CD's,Internet, ...). Os "
+"formatos suportados são: ttf,pfa,pfb,pcf,pfm e gsf.\n"
+"Clique no botão <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar</emphasis> e depois em  "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Adicionar</emphasis>, um gerenciador de arquivos irá "
+"aparecer onde você poderá selecionar as fontes para instalar, clique em  "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Instalar</emphasis> quando estiver pronto. As fontes "
+"serão instaladas no diretório /usr/share/fonts"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
 "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr "Se as fontes recém-instaladas (ou removido) não aparece na tela principal DrakFont, feche e abra-o para ver as modificações."
+msgstr ""
+"Se as fontes recém-instaladas (ou removido) não aparece na tela principal "
+"DrakFont, feche e abra-o para ver as modificações."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:3
@@ -2646,8 +3102,7 @@ msgstr "Controle dos Pais"
 msgid "drakguard"
 msgstr "drakguard"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:10
 msgid "drakguard.png"
 msgstr "drakguard.png"
@@ -2655,18 +3110,24 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental "
-"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the "
-"drakguard package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado no Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia Segurança, rotulado <guilabel>Parental Control</guilabel>. Se você não ver esta etiqueta, você tem que instalar o pacote drakguard (não instalado por padrão)."
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
+"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
+"package (not installed by default)."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado no "
+"Centro de Controle Mageia, sob a guia Segurança, rotulado <guilabel>Parental "
+"Control</guilabel>. Se você não ver esta etiqueta, você tem que instalar o "
+"pacote drakguard (não instalado por padrão)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
@@ -2679,30 +3140,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
 "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
 "useful capabilities:"
-msgstr "Drakguard é uma maneira fácil de configurar os controles dos pais no seu computador para restringir quem pode fazer o quê e em que momentos do dia. Drakguard tem três recursos úteis:"
+msgstr ""
+"Drakguard é uma maneira fácil de configurar os controles dos pais no seu "
+"computador para restringir quem pode fazer o quê e em que momentos do dia. "
+"Drakguard tem três recursos úteis:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:29
 msgid ""
 "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
 "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr "Ele restringe o acesso à web para usuários nomeados para definir momentos do dia. Fá-lo por meio do controle da firewall shorewall incorporado Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Ele restringe o acesso à web para usuários nomeados para definir momentos do "
+"dia. Fá-lo por meio do controle da firewall shorewall incorporado Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can"
-" only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr "Ele bloqueia a execução de comandos específicos de usuários nomeados, para que esses usuários só podem executar o que você aceitá-los para executar."
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
+"only execute what you accept them to execute."
+msgstr ""
+"Ele bloqueia a execução de comandos específicos de usuários nomeados, para "
+"que esses usuários só podem executar o que você aceitá-los para executar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through "
-"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the "
-"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental "
-"control blocker DansGuardian."
-msgstr "Ele restringe o acesso a sites, ambos definidos manualmente através de listas negras/listas brancas, mas também dinamicamente com base no conteúdo do site. Para alcançar este Drakguard usa o líder opensource controlo parental DansGuardian bloqueador."
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
+"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
+"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
+"DansGuardian."
+msgstr ""
+"Ele restringe o acesso a sites, ambos definidos manualmente através de "
+"listas negras/listas brancas, mas também dinamicamente com base no conteúdo "
+"do site. Para alcançar este Drakguard usa o líder opensource controlo "
+"parental DansGuardian bloqueador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:49
@@ -2716,19 +3188,31 @@ msgid ""
 "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
 "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
 "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by"
-" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to "
-"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and"
-" will then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr "Se o seu computador contém partições do disco rígido, que são formatados em ext2, ext3, ReiserFS ou formato que você vai ver um pop-up oferecendo para configurar ACL em suas partições. ACL significa Access Control Lists, e é uma característica do kernel Linux que permite o acesso a arquivos individuais que ser restrito a usuários nomeados. ACL é construído em sistemas de arquivos ext4 e Btrfs, mas deve ser ativado por uma opção em ext2, ext3, ou partições Reiserfs. Se você selecionar \"Sim\" para esta drakguard aviso irá configurar todas as suas partições para apoiar ACL, e, então, sugiro que você reiniciar."
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
+"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
+"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
+"then suggest you reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o seu computador contém partições do disco rígido, que são formatados em "
+"ext2, ext3, ReiserFS ou formato que você vai ver um pop-up oferecendo para "
+"configurar ACL em suas partições. ACL significa Access Control Lists, e é "
+"uma característica do kernel Linux que permite o acesso a arquivos "
+"individuais que ser restrito a usuários nomeados. ACL é construído em "
+"sistemas de arquivos ext4 e Btrfs, mas deve ser ativado por uma opção em "
+"ext2, ext3, ou partições Reiserfs. Se você selecionar \"Sim\" para esta "
+"drakguard aviso irá configurar todas as suas partições para apoiar ACL, e, "
+"então, sugiro que você reiniciar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab"
-" is opened."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ativar controle dos pais</guibutton>: Se marcado, o controle parental é ativado e o acesso a  <guilabel>Programas bloco </guilabel> é aberto."
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
+"is opened."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ativar controle dos pais</guibutton>: Se marcado, o controle "
+"parental é ativado e o acesso a  <guilabel>Programas bloco </guilabel> é "
+"aberto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:65
@@ -2736,7 +3220,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
 "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
 "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Bloquear todo o tráfego de rede</guibutton>: Se marcada, todos os sites são bloqueados, exceto os do guia whitelist. Caso contrário, todos os sites são permitidos, exceto os do guia lista negra."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Bloquear todo o tráfego de rede</guibutton>: Se marcada, todos os "
+"sites são bloqueados, exceto os do guia whitelist. Caso contrário, todos os "
+"sites são permitidos, exceto os do guia lista negra."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:69
@@ -2748,7 +3235,15 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
 "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
 "remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr "<guibutton>O acesso do usuário</guibutton>: Os usuários do lado esquerdo terá seu acesso restrito de acordo com as regras definidas. Usuários do lado direito ter acesso irrestrito para que os usuários adultos do computador não são incomodados. Selecione um usuário no lado esquerdo e clique em <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para adicionar a ele / ela como um usuário autorizado. Selecione um usuário no lado direito e clique em  <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para remover o/a de que os usuários autorizados."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>O acesso do usuário</guibutton>: Os usuários do lado esquerdo "
+"terá seu acesso restrito de acordo com as regras definidas. Usuários do lado "
+"direito ter acesso irrestrito para que os usuários adultos do computador não "
+"são incomodados. Selecione um usuário no lado esquerdo e clique em "
+"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para adicionar a ele / ela como um usuário "
+"autorizado. Selecione um usuário no lado direito e clique em  "
+"<guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para remover o/a de que os usuários "
+"autorizados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:77
@@ -2757,7 +3252,11 @@ msgid ""
 "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
 "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
 "window."
-msgstr "<guibutton> controle de tempo: </guibutton> Se marcado, o acesso à Internet é permitido com restrições entre o <guilabel>Iniciar</guilabel> tempo e <guilabel>End</guilabel> tempo. É totalmente bloqueada fora estes janela de tempo."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton> controle de tempo: </guibutton> Se marcado, o acesso à Internet "
+"é permitido com restrições entre o <guilabel>Iniciar</guilabel> tempo e "
+"<guilabel>End</guilabel> tempo. É totalmente bloqueada fora estes janela de "
+"tempo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:83
@@ -2769,7 +3268,9 @@ msgstr "Guia Blacklist/Whitelist"
 msgid ""
 "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Digite a URL do site no primeiro campo na parte superior e clique no botão <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Digite a URL do site no primeiro campo na parte superior e clique no botão "
+"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:90
@@ -2779,17 +3280,22 @@ msgstr "Programas Bloco Tab"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:92
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to"
-" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
+"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
 "applications you wish to block."
-msgstr "<guibutton>bloquear aplicativos definidos</guibutton>: Permite o uso de ACL para restringir o acesso a aplicações específicas. Insira o caminho para os aplicativos que você deseja bloquear."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>bloquear aplicativos definidos</guibutton>: Permite o uso de ACL "
+"para restringir o acesso a aplicações específicas. Insira o caminho para os "
+"aplicativos que você deseja bloquear."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
 "side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Desbloquear lista Usuários</guibutton>: Os usuários listados no lado direito não estará sujeito ao bloqueio acl."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Desbloquear lista Usuários</guibutton>: Os usuários listados no "
+"lado direito não estará sujeito ao bloqueio acl."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:9
@@ -2801,8 +3307,7 @@ msgstr "Compartilhe a conexão de Internet com outros computadores locais"
 msgid "drakgw"
 msgstr "drakgw"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:17
 msgid "drakgw.png"
 msgstr "drakgw.png"
@@ -2812,8 +3317,7 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png"
 msgid "Principles"
 msgstr "princípios"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:29
 msgid "drakgw-net.png"
 msgstr "drakgw-net.png"
@@ -2828,14 +3332,23 @@ msgid ""
 "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
 "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
 "the Internet (2)."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Isto é útil quando você tem um computador (3), que tem Internet (2) acesso e está ligado também a uma rede local (1). Você pode usar o computador (3) como uma porta de entrada para dar que o acesso a outras estações de trabalho (5) e (6) na rede local (1). Para isso, a porta de entrada tem de ter duas interfaces, o primeiro, como uma placa de rede deve ser ligado com a rede local, e a segunda (4) ligado à Internet (2)."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Isto é útil quando você tem um "
+"computador (3), que tem Internet (2) acesso e está ligado também a uma rede "
+"local (1). Você pode usar o computador (3) como uma porta de entrada para "
+"dar que o acesso a outras estações de trabalho (5) e (6) na rede local (1). "
+"Para isso, a porta de entrada tem de ter duas interfaces, o primeiro, como "
+"uma placa de rede deve ser ligado com a rede local, e a segunda (4) ligado à "
+"Internet (2)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
 "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr "O primeiro passo é verificar se a rede eo acesso à Internet estão configurados, conforme documentado no <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/> ."
+msgstr ""
+"O primeiro passo é verificar se a rede eo acesso à Internet estão "
+"configurados, conforme documentado no <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/> ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:45
@@ -2845,23 +3358,29 @@ msgstr "assistente de Gateway"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
 "which are shown below:"
-msgstr "O assistente <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oferece sucessivos passos que são mostrados abaixo:"
+msgstr ""
+"O assistente <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oferece sucessivos "
+"passos que são mostrados abaixo:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
 "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr "Se o assistente não detectar pelo menos duas interfaces, ele adverte sobre isso e pede para parar a rede e configurar o hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o assistente não detectar pelo menos duas interfaces, ele adverte sobre "
+"isso e pede para parar a rede e configurar o hardware."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:60
@@ -2869,22 +3388,30 @@ msgid ""
 "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
 "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
 "what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr "especificar a interface usada para a conexão com a Internet. O assistente sugere automaticamente uma das interfaces, mas você deve verificar que o que se propõe é correta."
+msgstr ""
+"especificar a interface usada para a conexão com a Internet. O assistente "
+"sugere automaticamente uma das interfaces, mas você deve verificar que o que "
+"se propõe é correta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes"
-" one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr "especificar qual interface é usado para o acesso à LAN. O assistente também propõe um, verifique se este está correto."
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
+"one, check that this is correct."
+msgstr ""
+"especificar qual interface é usado para o acesso à LAN. O assistente também "
+"propõe um, verifique se este está correto."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:71
 msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask"
-" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual"
-" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr "O assistente propõe parâmetros para a rede Lan, tais como endereço IP, máscara e nome de domínio. Verifique se esses parâmetros são compatíveis com a configuração atual. É recomendado que você aceita estes valores."
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
+"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
+"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+msgstr ""
+"O assistente propõe parâmetros para a rede Lan, tais como endereço IP, "
+"máscara e nome de domínio. Verifique se esses parâmetros são compatíveis com "
+"a configuração atual. É recomendado que você aceita estes valores."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:78
@@ -2892,15 +3419,22 @@ msgid ""
 "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
 "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
 "specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr "especificar se o computador tem de ser utilizado como um servidor de DNS. Se sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>ligam</code> está instalado. Caso contrário, você tem que especificar o endereço de um servidor DNS."
+msgstr ""
+"especificar se o computador tem de ser utilizado como um servidor de DNS. Se "
+"sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>ligam</code> está instalado. Caso "
+"contrário, você tem que especificar o endereço de um servidor DNS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure"
-" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr "especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor de DHCP. Se sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>dhcp-server</code> é instalado e oferecer para configurá-lo, com os endereços de início e fim na faixa de DHCP."
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
+"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+msgstr ""
+"especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor de DHCP. "
+"Se sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>dhcp-server</code> é instalado e "
+"oferecer para configurá-lo, com os endereços de início e fim na faixa de "
+"DHCP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:91
@@ -2909,20 +3443,29 @@ msgid ""
 "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
 "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
 "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr "especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor proxy. Se sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>squid</code> é instalado e oferecer para configurá-lo, com o endereço do administrador (admin@mydomain.com), o nome do proxy (myfirewall @mydomaincom), o porto (3128) e o tamanho do cache (100 Mb)."
+msgstr ""
+"especificar se o computador está a ser utilizado como um servidor proxy. Se "
+"sim, o assistente irá verificar se <code>squid</code> é instalado e oferecer "
+"para configurá-lo, com o endereço do administrador (admin@mydomain.com), o "
+"nome do proxy (myfirewall @mydomaincom), o porto (3128) e o tamanho do cache "
+"(100 Mb)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:99
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
 "printers and to share them."
-msgstr "O último passo permite que você verifique se a máquina gateway está conectado a impressoras e compartilhá-los."
+msgstr ""
+"O último passo permite que você verifique se a máquina gateway está "
+"conectado a impressoras e compartilhá-los."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:104
 msgid ""
 "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr "Você será avisado sobre a necessidade de verificar o firewall se ele está ativo."
+msgstr ""
+"Você será avisado sobre a necessidade de verificar o firewall se ele está "
+"ativo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:109
@@ -2935,9 +3478,14 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
 "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
 "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is"
-" using."
-msgstr "Se você configurou a máquina gateway com DHCP, você só precisa especificar na ferramenta de configuração de rede que você obter um endereço automaticamente (usando DHCP). Os parâmetros serão obtidos ao se conectar à rede. Este método é válido qualquer que seja o sistema operacional do cliente está usando."
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
+"using."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você configurou a máquina gateway com DHCP, você só precisa especificar "
+"na ferramenta de configuração de rede que você obter um endereço "
+"automaticamente (usando DHCP). Os parâmetros serão obtidos ao se conectar à "
+"rede. Este método é válido qualquer que seja o sistema operacional do "
+"cliente está usando."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:117
@@ -2945,7 +3493,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
 "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
 "gateway."
-msgstr "Se você deve especificar manualmente os parâmetros de rede, você deve especificar, nomeadamente, a porta de entrada, digitando o endereço IP da máquina atuando como gateway."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você deve especificar manualmente os parâmetros de rede, você deve "
+"especificar, nomeadamente, a porta de entrada, digitando o endereço IP da "
+"máquina atuando como gateway."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:123
@@ -2956,9 +3507,11 @@ msgstr "Pare o compartilhamento de conexão"
 #: en/drakgw.xml:125
 msgid ""
 "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the "
-"sharing."
-msgstr "Se você quiser parar de compartilhar a conexão no computador Mageia, o lançamento da ferramenta. Ele vai oferecer para reconfigurar a conexão ou para parar o compartilhamento."
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você quiser parar de compartilhar a conexão no computador Mageia, o "
+"lançamento da ferramenta. Ele vai oferecer para reconfigurar a conexão ou "
+"para parar o compartilhamento."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:3
@@ -2970,8 +3523,7 @@ msgstr "Hosts definições"
 msgid "drakhosts"
 msgstr "drakhosts"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:10
 msgid "drakhosts.png"
 msgstr "drakhosts.png"
@@ -2979,9 +3531,11 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:14
@@ -2990,7 +3544,11 @@ msgid ""
 "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
 "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
 "instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr "Se alguns sistemas em sua rede que você concessão de serviços, e têm endereços IP fixo, esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite especificar um nome para acessá-los com mais facilidade. Então você pode usar esse nome em vez do endereço IP."
+msgstr ""
+"Se alguns sistemas em sua rede que você concessão de serviços, e têm "
+"endereços IP fixo, esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
+"permite especificar um nome para acessá-los com mais facilidade. Então você "
+"pode usar esse nome em vez do endereço IP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:20
@@ -3003,7 +3561,10 @@ msgid ""
 "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
 "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
 "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr "Com este botão, você pode adicionar o nome de um novo sistema. Você vai ter uma janela para especificar o endereço IP, o nome do host para o sistema e, opcionalmente, um pseudônimo que pode ser usado da mesma forma que o nome é."
+msgstr ""
+"Com este botão, você pode adicionar o nome de um novo sistema. Você vai ter "
+"uma janela para especificar o endereço IP, o nome do host para o sistema e, "
+"opcionalmente, um pseudônimo que pode ser usado da mesma forma que o nome é."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:27
@@ -3015,7 +3576,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
 "same window."
-msgstr "Você pode acessar os parâmetros de uma entrada previamente definido. Você fica com a mesma janela."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode acessar os parâmetros de uma entrada previamente definido. Você "
+"fica com a mesma janela."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
@@ -3027,8 +3590,7 @@ msgstr "Configuração avançada para interfaces de rede e firewall"
 msgid "drakinvictus"
 msgstr "drakinvictus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
 msgid "drakinvictus.png"
 msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
@@ -3038,17 +3600,22 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
 #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
-"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">a equipe de Doc.</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente."
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que "
+"pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor, entre em contato com  <link ns2:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">a equipe de Doc.</link> "
+"Agradecendo antecipadamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
@@ -3060,8 +3627,7 @@ msgstr "Centro de Rede"
 msgid "draknetcenter"
 msgstr "draknetcenter"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
 msgid "draknetcenter.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
@@ -3069,9 +3635,11 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
@@ -3079,40 +3647,45 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
 "Center\""
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a aba Rede e Internet no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Centro de Rede\""
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a "
+"aba Rede e Internet no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Centro de Rede\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,"
-" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, "
-"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, "
-"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to "
-"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface "
-"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr "Quando esta ferramenta é iniciada, é aberta uma janela listando todas as redes configuradas no computador, qualquer que seja o seu tipo (com fio, sem fio, satélite, etc.) Ao clicar em um deles, três ou quatro botões aparecem, dependendo do tipo de rede, para permitir que você para cuidar da rede, alterar suas configurações ou ligar / desligar. Esta ferramenta não se destina a criar uma rede, para este ver <guilabel>Configurar uma nova interface de rede (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> na mesma guia MCC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
+"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
+"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
+"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
+"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
+"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando esta ferramenta é iniciada, é aberta uma janela listando todas as "
+"redes configuradas no computador, qualquer que seja o seu tipo (com fio, sem "
+"fio, satélite, etc.) Ao clicar em um deles, três ou quatro botões aparecem, "
+"dependendo do tipo de rede, para permitir que você para cuidar da rede, "
+"alterar suas configurações ou ligar / desligar. Esta ferramenta não se "
+"destina a criar uma rede, para este ver <guilabel>Configurar uma nova "
+"interface de rede (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> na mesma guia MCC."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
@@ -3122,36 +3695,53 @@ msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
 "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder"
-" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network "
-"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not"
-" connected."
-msgstr "Na imagem abaixo, dada como exemplo, podemos ver duas redes, o primeiro é com fio e conectados, reconhecíveis por este ícone <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (este não é conectado <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) e a segunda seção mostra as redes sem fio, que não estão ligadas reconhecível por este ícone <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject \" id=\"2\"/> e este <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> se estiver conectado. Para os outros tipos de rede, o código de cores é sempre o mesmo, verde, se estiver ligado e vermelho se não conectado."
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
+"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
+"connected."
+msgstr ""
+"Na imagem abaixo, dada como exemplo, podemos ver duas redes, o primeiro é "
+"com fio e conectados, reconhecíveis por este ícone <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (este não é conectado <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) e a segunda seção mostra as redes sem fio, "
+"que não estão ligadas reconhecível por este ícone <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject \" id=\"2\"/> e este <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> se estiver conectado. Para os outros tipos "
+"de rede, o código de cores é sempre o mesmo, verde, se estiver ligado e "
+"vermelho se não conectado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal "
-"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and "
-"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then "
-"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> "
-"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network "
-"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings "
-"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption "
-"key in particular)."
-msgstr "Na parte sem fio da tela, você também pode ver todas as redes detectadas, com o <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, o <guilabel>sinal strengh</guilabel>, se eles são criptografados (em vermelho) ou não (em verde), e o  <guilabel>modo de funcionamento </guilabel>. Clique sobre o escolhido e, em seguida, seja por <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> ou <guibutton>Ligação</guibutton>. É possível aqui a passar de uma rede para outra. Se uma rede privada é selecionada, a janela Configurações de Rede (veja abaixo) será aberta e pedir-lhe para as configurações extras (uma chave de criptografia, em particular)."
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
+"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
+"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
+"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
+"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
+"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
+"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
+"particular)."
+msgstr ""
+"Na parte sem fio da tela, você também pode ver todas as redes detectadas, "
+"com o <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, o <guilabel>sinal strengh</guilabel>, se "
+"eles são criptografados (em vermelho) ou não (em verde), e o  <guilabel>modo "
+"de funcionamento </guilabel>. Clique sobre o escolhido e, em seguida, seja "
+"por <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> ou "
+"<guibutton>Ligação</guibutton>. É possível aqui a passar de uma rede para "
+"outra. Se uma rede privada é selecionada, a janela Configurações de Rede "
+"(veja abaixo) será aberta e pedir-lhe para as configurações extras (uma "
+"chave de criptografia, em particular)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
 msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Atualizar</guibutton> para atualizar a tela."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
 msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
@@ -3161,8 +3751,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgid "The Monitor button"
 msgstr "O botão Monitor"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
 msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
@@ -3172,9 +3761,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
 "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray"
-" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr "Este botão permite que você assista a atividade de rede, downloads (para o PC, em vermelho) e envios (em direção à Internet, em verde). A mesma tela está disponível clicando com o botão direito no ícone <guimenu> Internet na bandeja do sistema -> Network Monitor </guimenu>."
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
+"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+"Este botão permite que você assista a atividade de rede, downloads (para o "
+"PC, em vermelho) e envios (em direção à Internet, em verde). A mesma tela "
+"está disponível clicando com o botão direito no ícone <guimenu> Internet na "
+"bandeja do sistema -> Network Monitor </guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
@@ -3182,14 +3775,19 @@ msgid ""
 "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
 "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
 "gives details about connection status."
-msgstr "Há um guia para cada rede (aqui eth0 é a rede com fio, eis o loopback local e wlan0 a rede sem fio) e uma conexão de guia que dá detalhes sobre o status da conexão."
+msgstr ""
+"Há um guia para cada rede (aqui eth0 é a rede com fio, eis o loopback local "
+"e wlan0 a rede sem fio) e uma conexão de guia que dá detalhes sobre o status "
+"da conexão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic "
-"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr "Na parte inferior da janela é um título <guilabel>contabilidade Tráfego</guilabel>, vamos olhar para isso na próxima seção."
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
+"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+msgstr ""
+"Na parte inferior da janela é um título <guilabel>contabilidade Tráfego</"
+"guilabel>, vamos olhar para isso na próxima seção."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
@@ -3201,8 +3799,7 @@ msgstr "O botão Configurar"
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para uma rede com fio</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
 msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
@@ -3212,9 +3809,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
 "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual"
-" configuration may give better results."
-msgstr "É possível alterar todas as configurações dadas durante a criação da rede. Na maioria das vezes, verificando <guibutton>IP automático</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP / DHCP)</guibutton> vai fazer, mas em caso de problemas, a configuração manual pode dar melhores resultados."
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
+"configuration may give better results."
+msgstr ""
+"É possível alterar todas as configurações dadas durante a criação da rede. "
+"Na maioria das vezes, verificando <guibutton>IP automático</guibutton> "
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP / DHCP)</guibutton> vai fazer, mas em caso de problemas, a "
+"configuração manual pode dar melhores resultados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
@@ -3223,7 +3824,11 @@ msgid ""
 "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
 "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
 "available from your providers website."
-msgstr "Para uma rede residencial, o  <guilabel>endereço IP</guilabel> sempre parece 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> é 255.255.255.0 e o  <guilabel>gateway</guilabel> e <guilabel>servidores DNS</guilabel> estão disponíveis em seu website prestadores de serviços."
+msgstr ""
+"Para uma rede residencial, o  <guilabel>endereço IP</guilabel> sempre parece "
+"192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> é 255.255.255.0 e o  "
+"<guilabel>gateway</guilabel> e <guilabel>servidores DNS</guilabel> estão "
+"disponíveis em seu website prestadores de serviços."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
@@ -3232,22 +3837,27 @@ msgid ""
 "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
 "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
 "have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr "<guibutton> Ativar contabilização de tráfego</guibutton> se verificado isso vai contar o tráfego em uma base horária, diária ou mensal. Os resultados são visíveis no monitor de rede detalhado na seção anterior. Uma vez ativado, você pode ter que reconectar à rede."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton> Ativar contabilização de tráfego</guibutton> se verificado isso "
+"vai contar o tráfego em uma base horária, diária ou mensal. Os resultados "
+"são visíveis no monitor de rede detalhado na seção anterior. Uma vez "
+"ativado, você pode ter que reconectar à rede."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network "
-"Manager:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador de rede:</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
+"</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir interface a ser controlada pelo gerenciador "
+"de rede:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
 msgstr "<guibutton>O botão Avançado:</guibutton>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
 msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
@@ -3262,8 +3872,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Para uma rede sem fio</emphasis>"
 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
 msgstr "Somente os itens não já visto acima são explicados."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
 msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
@@ -3281,12 +3890,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
 "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr "Selecione <guilabel>gerenciado</guilabel> se a conexão for através de um ponto de acesso, há uma <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detectado. Selecione <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> se for uma rede peer to peer. Selecione <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mestre</emphasis> se sua placa de rede é usado como ponto de acesso, sua placa de rede precisa suportar esse modo."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione <guilabel>gerenciado</guilabel> se a conexão for através de um "
+"ponto de acesso, há uma <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detectado. "
+"Selecione <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> se for uma rede peer to peer. "
+"Selecione <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mestre</emphasis> se sua placa de rede é "
+"usado como ponto de acesso, sua placa de rede precisa suportar esse modo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de criptografia  tecla de Encriptação: </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de criptografia  tecla de Encriptação: </"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
@@ -3296,26 +3912,32 @@ msgstr "Se for uma rede privada, você precisa saber essas configurações."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a"
-" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
+"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
 "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
 "in private networks."
-msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> usa uma senha e é mais fraco do que o WPA que usa uma frase secreta. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> é também chamado de WPA casa pessoal ou WPA. <guilabel>WPA Empresa</guilabel> não é usado frequentemente em redes privadas."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> usa uma senha e é mais fraco do que o WPA que usa "
+"uma frase secreta. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> é também chamado "
+"de WPA casa pessoal ou WPA. <guilabel>WPA Empresa</guilabel> não é usado "
+"frequentemente em redes privadas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>:"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir ponto de acesso em roaming</emphasis>:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
 msgid ""
 "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
 "point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr "Roaming é uma tecnologia que permite que permite computador para mudar seu ponto de acesso, permanecendo conectado à rede."
+msgstr ""
+"Roaming é uma tecnologia que permite que permite computador para mudar seu "
+"ponto de acesso, permanecendo conectado à rede."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
 msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
@@ -3325,8 +3947,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
 msgstr "O botão Configurações avançadas"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
 msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
@@ -3341,8 +3962,7 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar diferentes perfis de rede"
 msgid "draknetprofile"
 msgstr "draknetprofile"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
 msgid "draknetprofile.png"
 msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
@@ -3350,9 +3970,11 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:9
@@ -3364,8 +3986,7 @@ msgstr "Compartilhar unidades e diretórios usando NFS"
 msgid "draknfs"
 msgstr "draknfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:16
 msgid "draknfs.png"
 msgstr "draknfs.png"
@@ -3378,21 +3999,24 @@ msgstr "Pré-requisitos"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the"
-" first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr "Quando o assistente <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é lançado pela primeira vez, ele pode exibir a seguinte mensagem:"
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
+"first time, it may display the following message:"
+msgstr ""
+"Quando o assistente <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é lançado pela "
+"primeira vez, ele pode exibir a seguinte mensagem:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
+msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
 msgstr "O pacote nfs-utils precisa ser instalado. Você quer instalá-lo?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3412,7 +4036,10 @@ msgid ""
 "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
 "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
 "configuration tool."
-msgstr "É exibida uma lista de diretórios que são compartilhados. Neste passo, a lista está vazia. O <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> dá acesso a uma ferramenta de configuração."
+msgstr ""
+"É exibida uma lista de diretórios que são compartilhados. Neste passo, a "
+"lista está vazia. O <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> dá acesso a uma "
+"ferramenta de configuração."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:50
@@ -3425,10 +4052,12 @@ msgid ""
 "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
 "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
 "available."
-msgstr "A ferramenta de configuração é chamado \"Modify entry\". Ele também pode ser lançado com o botão <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Os seguintes parâmetros estão disponíveis."
+msgstr ""
+"A ferramenta de configuração é chamado \"Modify entry\". Ele também pode ser "
+"lançado com o botão <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Os seguintes "
+"parâmetros estão disponíveis."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:58
 msgid "draknfs4.png"
 msgstr "draknfs4.png"
@@ -3444,7 +4073,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
 "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
 "it."
-msgstr "Aqui você pode especificar qual diretório é para ser compartilhado. O botão <guibutton>Diretório</guibutton> dá acesso a um navegador para escolhê-lo."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você pode especificar qual diretório é para ser compartilhado. O botão "
+"<guibutton>Diretório</guibutton> dá acesso a um navegador para escolhê-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:72
@@ -3456,7 +4087,9 @@ msgstr "host Access"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
 "directory."
-msgstr "Aqui você pode especificar os anfitriões que estão autorizados a acessar o diretório compartilhado."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você pode especificar os anfitriões que estão autorizados a acessar o "
+"diretório compartilhado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:77
@@ -3468,12 +4101,16 @@ msgstr "Clientes NFS pode ser especificado em uma série de maneiras:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
 "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr "<emphasis>único host</emphasis>: uma série ou de um nome abreviado reconhecido ser a resolver, o nome de domínio totalmente qualificado ou um endereço IP"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>único host</emphasis>: uma série ou de um nome abreviado "
+"reconhecido ser a resolver, o nome de domínio totalmente qualificado ou um "
+"endereço IP"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: netgroups NIS pode ser dada como @grupo."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: netgroups NIS pode ser dada como @grupo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:86
@@ -3481,7 +4118,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
 "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
 "domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: nomes de máquina podem conter os caracteres curinga * e ?. Por exemplo: *.cs.foo.edu corresponde a todos os anfitriões no domínio cs.foo.edu."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: nomes de máquina podem conter os caracteres "
+"curinga * e ?. Por exemplo: *.cs.foo.edu corresponde a todos os anfitriões "
+"no domínio cs.foo.edu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:90
@@ -3489,7 +4129,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
 "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
 "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr "redes <emphasis>IP</emphasis>: você também pode exportar listas para todos os hosts em uma rede IP (sub-) simultaneamente. Por exemplo, tanto `/ 255.255.252.0 'ou` /22' anexado ao endereço de base da rede."
+msgstr ""
+"redes <emphasis>IP</emphasis>: você também pode exportar listas para todos "
+"os hosts em uma rede IP (sub-) simultaneamente. Por exemplo, tanto `/ "
+"255.255.252.0 'ou` /22' anexado ao endereço de base da rede."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:96
@@ -3501,32 +4144,45 @@ msgstr "ID Mapeamento de Usuário"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
 "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on"
-" the server itself."
-msgstr "<emphasis>mapa usuário root como anônimo</emphasis>: mapas pedidos de uid/gid 0 para o anônimo uid/gid (root_squash). O usuário root do cliente não pode ler ou gravar os arquivos no servidor que são criados pela raiz no próprio servidor."
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
+"the server itself."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>mapa usuário root como anônimo</emphasis>: mapas pedidos de uid/"
+"gid 0 para o anônimo uid/gid (root_squash). O usuário root do cliente não "
+"pode ler ou gravar os arquivos no servidor que são criados pela raiz no "
+"próprio servidor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing."
-" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr "<emphasis>permitir o acesso remoto via raiz</emphasis>: desplugar a raiz. Esta opção é útil principalmente para clientes sem disco (no_root_squash)."
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
+"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>permitir o acesso remoto via raiz</emphasis>: desplugar a raiz. "
+"Esta opção é útil principalmente para clientes sem disco (no_root_squash)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:107
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids"
-" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID"
-" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr "<emphasis>mapear todos os usuários para usuário anônimo</emphasis>: mapeia todos os UIDs e GIDs para o usuário anônimo (all_squash). Útil para diretórios FTP público NFS-exportados, diretórios notícias carretel, etc A opção oposta há nenhum usuário mapeamento UID (no_all_squash), que é a configuração padrão."
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
+"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
+"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>mapear todos os usuários para usuário anônimo</emphasis>: mapeia "
+"todos os UIDs e GIDs para o usuário anônimo (all_squash). Útil para "
+"diretórios FTP público NFS-exportados, diretórios notícias carretel, etc A "
+"opção oposta há nenhum usuário mapeamento UID (no_all_squash), que é a "
+"configuração padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:113
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
 "the anonymous account."
-msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid e anongid</emphasis>: definir explicitamente o uid e gid da conta anônima."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>anonuid e anongid</emphasis>: definir explicitamente o uid e gid "
+"da conta anônima."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:118
@@ -3537,9 +4193,12 @@ msgstr "opções avançadas"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:120
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option"
-" is on by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Secured Conexão</emphasis>: esta opção requer que os pedidos têm origem em uma porta internet menos de IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Esta opção é ativada por padrão."
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
+"is on by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Secured Conexão</emphasis>: esta opção requer que os pedidos têm "
+"origem em uma porta internet menos de IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Esta opção é "
+"ativada por padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:124
@@ -3548,7 +4207,11 @@ msgid ""
 "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
 "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
 "using this option."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: permitir ou apenas ler ou ler e escrever pedidos neste volume NFS. O padrão é não permitir qualquer pedido que muda o sistema de arquivos. Isso também pode ser explicitado por usar esta opção."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: permitir ou apenas ler ou ler e "
+"escrever pedidos neste volume NFS. O padrão é não permitir qualquer pedido "
+"que muda o sistema de arquivos. Isso também pode ser explicitado por usar "
+"esta opção."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:129
@@ -3556,7 +4219,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
 "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
 "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr "<emphasis>acesso Synchronous</emphasis>: impede que o servidor NFS de violar o protocolo NFS e para responder aos pedidos antes de quaisquer alterações feitas por estes pedidos foram cometidos para armazenamento estável (por exemplo, unidade de disco)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>acesso Synchronous</emphasis>: impede que o servidor NFS de violar "
+"o protocolo NFS e para responder aos pedidos antes de quaisquer alterações "
+"feitas por estes pedidos foram cometidos para armazenamento estável (por "
+"exemplo, unidade de disco)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:134
@@ -3564,7 +4231,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
 "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
 "exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Subtree verificação</emphasis>: ativar a verificação sub-árvore que pode ajudar a melhorar a segurança, em alguns casos, mas pode diminuir a confiabilidade. Veja as exportações (5) man page para obter mais detalhes."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Subtree verificação</emphasis>: ativar a verificação sub-árvore "
+"que pode ajudar a melhorar a segurança, em alguns casos, mas pode diminuir a "
+"confiabilidade. Veja as exportações (5) man page para obter mais detalhes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
@@ -3576,8 +4246,7 @@ msgstr "entradas de menu"
 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
 msgstr "Até agora, a lista tem pelo menos uma entrada."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:147
 msgid "draknfs5.png"
 msgstr "draknfs5.png"
@@ -3601,7 +4270,8 @@ msgstr "Servidor NFS|Restart"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
 msgid ""
 "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr "O servidor está parado e reiniciado com os arquivos de configuração atuais."
+msgstr ""
+"O servidor está parado e reiniciado com os arquivos de configuração atuais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:166
@@ -3611,9 +4281,10 @@ msgstr "Servidor NFS|Recarregar"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
 msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration "
-"files."
-msgstr "A configuração apresentada é recarregado a partir dos arquivos de configuração atual."
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+"A configuração apresentada é recarregado a partir dos arquivos de "
+"configuração atual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:10
@@ -3625,8 +4296,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy"
 msgid "drakproxy"
 msgstr "drakproxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:17
 msgid "drakproxy.png"
 msgstr "drakproxy.png"
@@ -3634,30 +4304,44 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net"
-" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
+"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
 "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr "Se você tiver que usar um servidor proxy para acessar a internet, você pode usar esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> configurá-lo. O administrador da rede vai lhe dar a informação que você precisa. Você também pode especificar alguns serviços que podem ser acessados ​​sem a procuração por exceção."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver que usar um servidor proxy para acessar a internet, você pode "
+"usar esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> configurá-lo. "
+"O administrador da rede vai lhe dar a informação que você precisa. Você "
+"também pode especificar alguns serviços que podem ser acessados ​​sem a "
+"procuração por exceção."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a"
-" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
+"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
+"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
 "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
 "simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr "Origem: Wikipédia, em 2012-09-24, servidor Proxy artigo: Em redes de computadores, um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou aplicativo) que atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que buscam recursos de outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor proxy, requisitando algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou outro recurso disponível em um servidor diferente. O servidor proxy avalia o pedido como forma de simplificar e controlar a sua complexidade."
+msgstr ""
+"Origem: Wikipédia, em 2012-09-24, servidor Proxy artigo: Em redes de "
+"computadores, um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou "
+"aplicativo) que atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que "
+"buscam recursos de outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor "
+"proxy, requisitando algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou "
+"outro recurso disponível em um servidor diferente. O servidor proxy avalia o "
+"pedido como forma de simplificar e controlar a sua complexidade."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
@@ -3669,8 +4353,7 @@ msgstr "Configure Mídia"
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
@@ -3678,11 +4361,15 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as"
-" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources"
-" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button"
-" below)."
-msgstr "Primeira coisa a fazer depois de uma instalação é adicionar fontes de software (também conhecidos como repositórios, mídia, espelhos). Isso significa que você deve selecionar as fontes de mídia a ser usado para instalar e atualizar pacotes e aplicações. (consulte Adicionar botão abaixo)."
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
+"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
+"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
+"below)."
+msgstr ""
+"Primeira coisa a fazer depois de uma instalação é adicionar fontes de "
+"software (também conhecidos como repositórios, mídia, espelhos). Isso "
+"significa que você deve selecionar as fontes de mídia a ser usado para "
+"instalar e atualizar pacotes e aplicações. (consulte Adicionar botão abaixo)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
@@ -3692,7 +4379,12 @@ msgid ""
 "used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
 "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
 "media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr "Se instalar (ou atualizar) Mageia utilizando uma mídia (DVD ou CD) ou um dispositivo USB, haverá uma fonte de software configurada para mídia utilizada. Para evitar ser solicitado a inserir a mídia quando você instala novos pacotes, você deve desabilitar (ou excluir) esta mídia. (Ela terá o CD-Rom tipo de mídia)."
+msgstr ""
+"Se instalar (ou atualizar) Mageia utilizando uma mídia (DVD ou CD) ou um "
+"dispositivo USB, haverá uma fonte de software configurada para mídia "
+"utilizada. Para evitar ser solicitado a inserir a mídia quando você instala "
+"novos pacotes, você deve desabilitar (ou excluir) esta mídia. (Ela terá o CD-"
+"Rom tipo de mídia)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
@@ -3702,14 +4394,21 @@ msgid ""
 "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
 "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
 "the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr "Seu sistema está sendo executado em uma arquitetura que pode ser de 32 bits (chamado de i586), ou de 64 bits (x86_64 chamado). Alguns pacotes são independentes se o seu sistema é de 32 bits ou de 64 bits, que são chamados pacotes noarch. Eles não têm seus próprios diretórios noarch nos espelhos, mas são todos em ambos os i586 e x86_64 a mídia."
+msgstr ""
+"Seu sistema está sendo executado em uma arquitetura que pode ser de 32 bits "
+"(chamado de i586), ou de 64 bits (x86_64 chamado). Alguns pacotes são "
+"independentes se o seu sistema é de 32 bits ou de 64 bits, que são chamados "
+"pacotes noarch. Eles não têm seus próprios diretórios noarch nos espelhos, "
+"mas são todos em ambos os i586 e x86_64 a mídia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
@@ -3717,7 +4416,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
 "id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">gestão Software</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a guia "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">gestão Software</emphasis><placeholder type="
+"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
@@ -3734,7 +4436,10 @@ msgstr "Coluna Ativar:"
 msgid ""
 "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
 "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr "Os meios de comunicação verificados será usado para instalar novos pacotes. Seja cauteloso com alguns meios de comunicação, tais como testes e depuração, eles poderiam tornar o sistema inutilizável."
+msgstr ""
+"Os meios de comunicação verificados será usado para instalar novos pacotes. "
+"Seja cauteloso com alguns meios de comunicação, tais como testes e "
+"depuração, eles poderiam tornar o sistema inutilizável."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
@@ -3748,7 +4453,12 @@ msgid ""
 "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
 "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
 "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Os meios de comunicação verificados serão utilizados para atualizar os pacotes, ele deve ser ativado. Somente com mídia \"Atualizar\" em seu nome deve ser selecionada. Por razões de segurança, esta coluna não é modificável nesta ferramenta, você deve abrir um console como root e digitar <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Os meios de comunicação verificados serão utilizados para atualizar os "
+"pacotes, ele deve ser ativado. Somente com mídia \"Atualizar\" em seu nome "
+"deve ser selecionada. Por razões de segurança, esta coluna não é modificável "
+"nesta ferramenta, você deve abrir um console como root e digitar <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert </emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
@@ -3760,28 +4470,36 @@ msgstr "Meio de coluna:"
 msgid ""
 "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
 "versions contain at least:"
-msgstr "Apresenta o nome do meio. Mageia repositórios oficiais para versões de lançamento finais contem, no mínimo:"
+msgstr ""
+"Apresenta o nome do meio. Mageia repositórios oficiais para versões de "
+"lançamento finais contem, no mínimo:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
 "available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis>, que contém a maioria dos programas disponíveis suportados pelo Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis>, que contém a maioria dos programas "
+"disponíveis suportados pelo Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
 "which are not free"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Núcleo</emphasis>, Que Contém uma maioria dos Programas available suportados Pelo Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Núcleo</emphasis>, Que Contém uma maioria dos "
+"Programas available suportados Pelo Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
 "might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software livre para que possa haver pedidos de patentes em alguns países."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software livre para que possa "
+"haver pedidos de patentes em alguns países."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
@@ -3793,7 +4511,9 @@ msgstr "Cada meio tem 4 sub-seções:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
 "this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lançamento</emphasis> os pacotes, a partir do dia em que a esta versão do Mageia foi lançado."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lançamento</emphasis> os pacotes, a partir do dia em "
+"que a esta versão do Mageia foi lançado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
@@ -3801,22 +4521,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
 "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
 "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Atualizações</emphasis> os pacotes atualizados desde o lançamento, devido a preocupações de segurança ou bugs. Todo mundo deveria ter este meio habilitado, mesmo com uma conexão de internet muito lenta."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Atualizações</emphasis> os pacotes atualizados desde "
+"o lançamento, devido a preocupações de segurança ou bugs. Todo mundo deveria "
+"ter este meio habilitado, mesmo com uma conexão de internet muito lenta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
 "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> alguns pacotes de novas versões portados do Caldeirão (a próxima versão em desenvolvimento)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> alguns pacotes de novas versões "
+"portados do Caldeirão (a próxima versão em desenvolvimento)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests"
-" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
+"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
 "corrections."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis>, que é usado para testes temporárias de novas atualizações, para permitir que os repórteres de bugs e da equipe de QA para validar as correções."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis>, que é usado para testes "
+"temporárias de novas atualizações, para permitir que os repórteres de bugs e "
+"da equipe de QA para validar as correções."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
@@ -3834,7 +4562,11 @@ msgid ""
 "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
 "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
 "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr "Para remover um meio, clique nele e, em seguida, no botão. É recomendado remover o meio utilizado para a instalação (CD ou DVD, por exemplo) uma vez que todos os pacotes que contém estão no meio de libertação do núcleo oficial."
+msgstr ""
+"Para remover um meio, clique nele e, em seguida, no botão. É recomendado "
+"remover o meio utilizado para a instalação (CD ou DVD, por exemplo) uma vez "
+"que todos os pacotes que contém estão no meio de libertação do núcleo "
+"oficial."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
@@ -3846,7 +4578,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Editar:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
 "proxy)."
-msgstr "Permite que você modifique as configurações médias selecionadas, (URL, downloader e proxy)."
+msgstr ""
+"Permite que você modifique as configurações médias selecionadas, (URL, "
+"downloader e proxy)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
@@ -3859,10 +4593,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
 "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
 "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a"
-" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
+"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
+"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
 "from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr "Adicione os repositórios oficiais disponíveis na Internet. Estes repositórios conter apenas software seguro e bem testado. Clicando sobre o \"Adicionar\" botão adiciona o mirrorlist para sua configuração, ele é projetado para ter certeza de que você instalar e atualizar a partir de um espelho perto de você. Se preferir escolher um espelho específico, em seguida, adicioná-lo escolhendo \"Adicionar uma mídia específica espelho\" no menu do \"arquivo\" drop-down. "
+msgstr ""
+"Adicione os repositórios oficiais disponíveis na Internet. Estes "
+"repositórios conter apenas software seguro e bem testado. Clicando sobre o "
+"\"Adicionar\" botão adiciona o mirrorlist para sua configuração, ele é "
+"projetado para ter certeza de que você instalar e atualizar a partir de um "
+"espelho perto de você. Se preferir escolher um espelho específico, em "
+"seguida, adicioná-lo escolhendo \"Adicionar uma mídia específica espelho\" "
+"no menu do \"arquivo\" drop-down. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
@@ -3873,10 +4614,15 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>setas acima e abaixo:</guibutton>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same"
-" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release "
-"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr "Alterar a ordem da lista. Quando drakrpm procura por um pacote, ele lê a lista na ordem apresentada e irá instalar o primeiro pacote encontrado para o mesmo número de versão - em caso de uma incompatibilidade de versão, a última versão será instalada. Então, se possível, coloque os repositórios mais rápidos no topo."
+"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
+"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
+"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
+msgstr ""
+"Alterar a ordem da lista. Quando drakrpm procura por um pacote, ele lê a "
+"lista na ordem apresentada e irá instalar o primeiro pacote encontrado para "
+"o mesmo número de versão - em caso de uma incompatibilidade de versão, a "
+"última versão será instalada. Então, se possível, coloque os repositórios "
+"mais rápidos no topo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
@@ -3891,29 +4637,39 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Arquivo -> Atualização:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
 msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and"
-" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Uma janela aparece com a lista de mídia. Selecione aquelas que você deseja atualizar e clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização </guibutton>."
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
+"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma janela aparece com a lista de mídia. Selecione aquelas que você deseja "
+"atualizar e clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização </guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Arquivo -> Adicionar um espelho de mídia específico: </guimenu>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guimenu>Arquivo -> Adicionar um espelho de mídia específico: </guimenu>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
 msgid ""
 "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the"
-" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
+"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
 "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
 "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
 "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr "Suponha que você não está feliz com o espelho real, porque, por exemplo, é muito lento ou muitas vezes indisponível, você pode escolher outro espelho. Selecione todas as mídias atuais e clique em  <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para levá-los para fora. Clique em <guimenu>Arquivo  -> Adicionar um espelho de mídia específico </guimenu>, escolha entre atualização só ou o conjunto completo (se você não sabe, escolher o <guibutton>Conjunto completo de fontes </guibutton>) e aceitar o contato clicando <guibutton>Sim</guibutton>. Esta janela é aberta:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr ""
+"Suponha que você não está feliz com o espelho real, porque, por exemplo, é "
+"muito lento ou muitas vezes indisponível, você pode escolher outro espelho. "
+"Selecione todas as mídias atuais e clique em  <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> "
+"para levá-los para fora. Clique em <guimenu>Arquivo  -> Adicionar um espelho "
+"de mídia específico </guimenu>, escolha entre atualização só ou o conjunto "
+"completo (se você não sabe, escolher o <guibutton>Conjunto completo de "
+"fontes </guibutton>) e aceitar o contato clicando <guibutton>Sim</"
+"guibutton>. Esta janela é aberta:"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
 msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
@@ -3924,7 +4680,11 @@ msgid ""
 "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
 "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
 "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Você pode ver, à esquerda, uma lista de países, escolha a sua ou um muito perto, clicando sobre o símbolo>, isto irá exibir todos os espelhos disponíveis naquele país. Selecione um e clique em <guibutton>OK </guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode ver, à esquerda, uma lista de países, escolha a sua ou um muito "
+"perto, clicando sobre o símbolo>, isto irá exibir todos os espelhos "
+"disponíveis naquele país. Selecione um e clique em <guibutton>OK </"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
@@ -3936,10 +4696,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Arquivo  -> Adicionar um meio personalizado: </guimenu>"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
 "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr "É possível instalar uma nova mídia (de um terceiro, por exemplo) que não é suportado pelo Mageia. Uma nova janela será exibida:"
+msgstr ""
+"É possível instalar uma nova mídia (de um terceiro, por exemplo) que não é "
+"suportado pelo Mageia. Uma nova janela será exibida:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
@@ -3950,7 +4711,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
 "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
 "according to the medium type)"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selecione o tipo de mídia, encontrar um nome correto que bem definem o meio e dar o URL (ou o caminho, de acordo com o tipo médio)"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selecione o tipo de mídia, "
+"encontrar um nome correto que bem definem o meio e dar o URL (ou o caminho, "
+"de acordo com o tipo médio)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
@@ -3960,11 +4724,15 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opções  -> Opções globais: </guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" "
-"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define "
-"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
+"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
+"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
 "default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr "Este item permite que você escolha quando a \"Verificar RPMs a serem instalados \" (sempre ou nunca), o programa de download (curl ou wget aria2) e definir a política de download para obter informações sobre os pacotes (on demand-by default -, só atualizar, sempre ou nunca)."
+msgstr ""
+"Este item permite que você escolha quando a \"Verificar RPMs a serem "
+"instalados \" (sempre ou nunca), o programa de download (curl ou wget aria2) "
+"e definir a política de download para obter informações sobre os pacotes (on "
+"demand-by default -, só atualizar, sempre ou nunca)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
@@ -3974,17 +4742,25 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opções  -> Gerenciar chaves: </guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
 msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate"
-" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In "
-"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click "
-"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr "Para garantir um elevado nível de segurança, chaves digitais são usados ​​para autenticar a mídia. É possível que cada meio para permitir ou não a chave. Na janela que aparecer, selecione um meio e, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para permitir que uma nova chave ou para seleccionar uma tecla e clique em <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para não permitir que a chave."
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
+"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
+"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
+"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
+"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+msgstr ""
+"Para garantir um elevado nível de segurança, chaves digitais são usados ​​para "
+"autenticar a mídia. É possível que cada meio para permitir ou não a chave. "
+"Na janela que aparecer, selecione um meio e, em seguida, clique em "
+"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton> para permitir que uma nova chave ou para "
+"seleccionar uma tecla e clique em <guibutton>Remover</guibutton> para não "
+"permitir que a chave."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr "Faça isso com cuidado, como acontece com todas as questões relacionadas com a segurança"
+msgstr ""
+"Faça isso com cuidado, como acontece com todas as questões relacionadas com "
+"a segurança"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
@@ -3995,18 +4771,24 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opções -> Proxy: </guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
 msgid ""
 "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if"
-" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and "
-"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Se você precisar usar um servidor proxy para acesso à internet, você pode configurá-lo aqui. Você só precisa dar o <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> e se necessário, uma <guilabel>Usuário</guilabel> e <guilabel>senha</guilabel>."
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
+"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você precisar usar um servidor proxy para acesso à internet, você pode "
+"configurá-lo aqui. Você só precisa dar o <guibutton>Proxy hostname</"
+"guibutton> e se necessário, uma <guilabel>Usuário</guilabel> e "
+"<guilabel>senha</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
 msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki "
-"page</link>."
-msgstr "Para mais informações sobre como configurar os meios de comunicação, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">página Wiki Mageia</link>."
+"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para mais informações sobre como configurar os meios de comunicação, "
+"consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management"
+"\">página Wiki Mageia</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:10
@@ -4018,8 +4800,7 @@ msgstr "Compartilhar diretórios e discos com Samba"
 msgid "draksambashare"
 msgstr "draksambashare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:18
 msgid "draksambashare.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare.png"
@@ -4032,7 +4813,13 @@ msgid ""
 "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
 "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
 "resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr "Samba é um protocolo utilizado em diferentes sistemas operacionais para compartilhar alguns recursos como diretórios ou impressoras. Esta ferramenta permite-lhe configurar a máquina como um servidor Samba utilizando o protocolo SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo também é usado pelo Windows(R) e estações de trabalho com este sistema operacional pode acessar os recursos do servidor Samba."
+msgstr ""
+"Samba é um protocolo utilizado em diferentes sistemas operacionais para "
+"compartilhar alguns recursos como diretórios ou impressoras. Esta ferramenta "
+"permite-lhe configurar a máquina como um servidor Samba utilizando o "
+"protocolo SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo também é usado pelo Windows(R) e estações "
+"de trabalho com este sistema operacional pode acessar os recursos do "
+"servidor Samba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:37
@@ -4048,7 +4835,13 @@ msgid ""
 "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
 "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
 "server."
-msgstr "Para ser acessados ​​a partir de outras estações de trabalho, o servidor tem de ter um endereço IP fixo. Isso pode ser especificado diretamente no servidor, por exemplo, com <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, ou no servidor DHCP que identifica a estação com seu endereço MAC e dar-lhe sempre o mesmo endereço. O firewall também tem de permitir que os pedidos de entrada para o servidor Samba."
+msgstr ""
+"Para ser acessados ​​a partir de outras estações de trabalho, o servidor tem "
+"de ter um endereço IP fixo. Isso pode ser especificado diretamente no "
+"servidor, por exemplo, com <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, ou no "
+"servidor DHCP que identifica a estação com seu endereço MAC e dar-lhe sempre "
+"o mesmo endereço. O firewall também tem de permitir que os pedidos de "
+"entrada para o servidor Samba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:50
@@ -4058,20 +4851,25 @@ msgstr "Wizard - servidor Standalone"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:53
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare </emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare </emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks"
-" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
+"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
 "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr "Na primeira execução, as ferramentas <placeholder type=\"footnote\"  id=\"0\"/> se os pacotes necessários estão instalados e propõe para instalá-los, se eles ainda não estão presentes. Em seguida, o assistente para configurar o servidor Samba é lançado."
+msgstr ""
+"Na primeira execução, as ferramentas <placeholder type=\"footnote\"  id="
+"\"0\"/> se os pacotes necessários estão instalados e propõe para instalá-"
+"los, se eles ainda não estão presentes. Em seguida, o assistente para "
+"configurar o servidor Samba é lançado."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:61
 msgid "draksambashare0.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
@@ -4081,10 +4879,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
 "selected."
-msgstr "Na janela seguinte, a opção de configuração de servidor Standalone já está selecionado."
+msgstr ""
+"Na janela seguinte, a opção de configuração de servidor Standalone já está "
+"selecionado."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:71
 msgid "draksambashare1.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
@@ -4092,19 +4891,21 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the"
-" access to the shared resources."
-msgstr "Em seguida, especifique o nome do grupo de trabalho. Este nome deve ser o mesmo para o acesso aos recursos compartilhados."
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
+"access to the shared resources."
+msgstr ""
+"Em seguida, especifique o nome do grupo de trabalho. Este nome deve ser o "
+"mesmo para o acesso aos recursos compartilhados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:80
 msgid ""
 "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
 "the network."
-msgstr "O nome NetBIOS é o nome que vai ser usado para designar o servidor da rede."
+msgstr ""
+"O nome NetBIOS é o nome que vai ser usado para designar o servidor da rede."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:85
 msgid "draksambashare2.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
@@ -4119,24 +4920,29 @@ msgstr "Escolha o modo de segurança:"
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
 "resource"
-msgstr "<guilabel>usuário </guilabel>: o cliente deve ser autorizado a acessar o recurso"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>usuário </guilabel>: o cliente deve ser autorizado a acessar o "
+"recurso"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:100
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
 "each share"
-msgstr "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: o cliente autentica-se separadamente para cada ação"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: o cliente autentica-se separadamente para cada "
+"ação"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
 "address or host name."
-msgstr "Você pode especificar quais hosts estão autorizados a acessar os recursos, com o endereço IP ou nome do host."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode especificar quais hosts estão autorizados a acessar os recursos, "
+"com o endereço IP ou nome do host."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:110
 msgid "draksambashare3.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
@@ -4146,10 +4952,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
 "described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr "Especifique o banner do servidor. O banner é a forma como este servidor será descrito nas estações de trabalho do Windows."
+msgstr ""
+"Especifique o banner do servidor. O banner é a forma como este servidor será "
+"descrito nas estações de trabalho do Windows."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:120
 msgid "draksambashare4.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
@@ -4158,10 +4965,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:126
 msgid ""
 "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr "O lugar onde Samba pode registrar informações podem ser especificadas na próxima etapa."
+msgstr ""
+"O lugar onde Samba pode registrar informações podem ser especificadas na "
+"próxima etapa."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:131
 msgid "draksambashare5.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
@@ -4170,12 +4978,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in "
-"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "O assistente exibe uma lista dos parâmetros escolhidos antes de aceitar a configuração. Quando aceito, a configuração será escrito em <code>/ etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
+"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"O assistente exibe uma lista dos parâmetros escolhidos antes de aceitar a "
+"configuração. Quando aceito, a configuração será escrito em <code>/ etc/"
+"samba/smb.conf</code>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:143
 msgid "draksambashare6.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
@@ -4185,8 +4995,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
 msgstr "Wizard - controlador de domínio primário"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:155
 msgid "draksambashare13.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
@@ -4199,7 +5008,12 @@ msgid ""
 "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
 "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
 "security mode:"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Se a opção \"controlador de domínio primário\" for selecionado, o assistente pede indicação se ganha é apoiar ou não, e para fornecer aos usuários de administrador nomes. Os passos seguintes são, em seguida, o mesmo que para o servidor autônomo, exceto que você pode escolher também o modo de segurança:"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Se a opção \"controlador de "
+"domínio primário\" for selecionado, o assistente pede indicação se ganha é "
+"apoiar ou não, e para fornecer aos usuários de administrador nomes. Os "
+"passos seguintes são, em seguida, o mesmo que para o servidor autônomo, "
+"exceto que você pode escolher também o modo de segurança:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:164
@@ -4207,7 +5021,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
 "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
 "account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr "<guilabel>domínio</guilabel>: fornece um mecanismo para armazenar todos os usuários e grupos de contas em uma, compartilhada, repositório conta central. O repositório centralizado conta é compartilhado entre os controladores (segurança)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>domínio</guilabel>: fornece um mecanismo para armazenar todos os "
+"usuários e grupos de contas em uma, compartilhada, repositório conta "
+"central. O repositório centralizado conta é compartilhado entre os "
+"controladores (segurança)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:173
@@ -4219,8 +5037,7 @@ msgstr "Declare um diretório para compartilhar"
 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
 msgstr "Com o botão <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>, temos:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:179
 msgid "draksambashare15.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
@@ -4228,14 +5045,17 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:184
 msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the "
-"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether"
-" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share "
-"name can not be modified."
-msgstr "Uma nova entrada é assim, acrescentou. Ele pode ser modificado com o botão <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. As opções podem ser editadas, como se o diretório é visível para o público, gravável ou navegável. O nome do compartilhamento não pode ser modificado."
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
+"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
+"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
+"modified."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma nova entrada é assim, acrescentou. Ele pode ser modificado com o botão "
+"<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. As opções podem ser editadas, como se o "
+"diretório é visível para o público, gravável ou navegável. O nome do "
+"compartilhamento não pode ser modificado."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:191
 msgid "draksambashare16.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
@@ -4243,7 +5063,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:203
 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr "Quando a lista tem pelo menos uma entrada, entrada de menu pode ser usado."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando a lista tem pelo menos uma entrada, entrada de menu pode ser usado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:209
@@ -4280,8 +5101,7 @@ msgstr "compartilhar Impressoras"
 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
 msgstr "Samba também permite que você compartilhe impressoras."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:241
 msgid "draksambashare17.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
@@ -4299,8 +5119,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgid "Samba users"
 msgstr "usuários do Samba"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:253
 msgid "draksambashare18.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
@@ -4311,7 +5130,11 @@ msgid ""
 "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
 "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
 "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Neste guia, você pode adicionar usuários que têm permissão para acessar os recursos compartilhados quando a autenticação é necessária. Você pode adicionar usuários de <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Neste guia, você pode adicionar usuários que têm permissão para acessar os "
+"recursos compartilhados quando a autenticação é necessária. Você pode "
+"adicionar usuários de <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/> <placeholder type="
+"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksec.xml:3
@@ -4323,62 +5146,92 @@ msgstr "Configurar a autenticação para obter ferramentas Mageia"
 msgid "draksec"
 msgstr "draksec"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec.png"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "draksec0.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Segurança</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente no "
+"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Segurança</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:20
+#: en/draksec.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
 "usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr "Ele permite dar aos usuários regulares os direitos necessários para realizar tarefas normalmente feitas pelo administrador."
+msgstr ""
+"Ele permite dar aos usuários regulares os direitos necessários para realizar "
+"tarefas normalmente feitas pelo administrador."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:22
+msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksec.xml:27
+msgid "draksec.png"
+msgstr "draksec.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:23
+#: en/draksec.xml:31
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
 "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list gives the choice between:"
-msgstr "A maioria das ferramentas disponíveis no Centro de Controle Mageia são exibidos no lado esquerdo da janela (veja a imagem acima) e para cada ferramenta, uma lista suspensa dá a escolha entre:"
+"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
+msgstr ""
+"A maioria das ferramentas disponíveis no Centro de Controle Mageia são "
+"exibidos no lado esquerdo da janela (veja a imagem acima) e para cada "
+"ferramenta, uma lista suspensa dá a escolha entre:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:29
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Nenhuma senha: A ferramenta é lançado sem pedir qualquer senha."
+#: en/draksec.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
+"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Os valores predefinidos dependem do nível de segurança escolhido. Veja na "
+"mesma guia MCC, a ferramenta \"Configurar sistema de segurança, permissões e "
+"auditoria\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:34
+#: en/draksec.xml:43
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr "Senha do usuário: A senha do usuário é solicitado antes do lançamento da ferramenta."
+msgstr ""
+"Senha do usuário: A senha do usuário é solicitado antes do lançamento da "
+"ferramenta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:39
-msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr "Senha de root: a senha de root é solicitado antes do lançamento ferramenta"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:44
+#: en/draksec.xml:48
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
-"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr "Os valores predefinidos dependem do nível de segurança escolhido. Veja na mesma guia MCC, a ferramenta \"Configurar sistema de segurança, permissões e auditoria\"."
+"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
+msgstr ""
+"Senha de root: a senha de root é solicitado antes do lançamento ferramenta"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:53
+msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+msgstr "Nenhuma senha: A ferramenta é lançado sem pedir qualquer senha."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
@@ -4390,8 +5243,7 @@ msgstr "Snapshots"
 msgid "draksnapshot-config"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
@@ -4399,17 +5251,22 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration "
-"tools</guilabel> section."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está disponível no <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>do MCC, <guilabel>nas ferramentas de administração</guilabel> seção."
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
+"guilabel> section."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está disponível no "
+"<guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>do MCC, <guilabel>nas ferramentas de "
+"administração</guilabel> seção."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
@@ -4417,39 +5274,59 @@ msgid ""
 "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
 "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
 "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr "Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta em MCC, pela primeira vez, você verá uma mensagem sobre a instalação draksnapshot. Clique em  <guibutton>Instalar</guibutton> para prosseguir. Draksnapshot e alguns outros pacotes que necessita será instalado."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta em MCC, pela primeira vez, você verá uma "
+"mensagem sobre a instalação draksnapshot. Clique em  <guibutton>Instalar</"
+"guibutton> para prosseguir. Draksnapshot e alguns outros pacotes que "
+"necessita será instalado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable "
-"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, "
-"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Clique novamente em <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, você vai ver tela de<guilabel>Configurações</guilabel> . Assinale <guilabel> habilitar backups</guilabel> e, se você deseja fazer backup de todo o sistema, <guilabel> backup de todo o sistema </guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
+"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
+"whole system</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Clique novamente em <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, você vai ver tela "
+"de<guilabel>Configurações</guilabel> . Assinale <guilabel> habilitar "
+"backups</guilabel> e, se você deseja fazer backup de todo o sistema, "
+"<guilabel> backup de todo o sistema </guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
 "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to"
-" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the "
-"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from"
-" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> "
-"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you "
-"are done."
-msgstr "Se você só quer parte backup dos seus diretórios, em seguida, escolha <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>. Você verá uma pequena tela pop-up. Use o <guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>e<guibutton>Remover</guibutton> botões ao lado da lista <guilabel>backup</guilabel> para incluir ou excluir os diretórios e arquivos do backup. Use os mesmos botões ao lado da lista <guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para remover subdiretórios e/ou arquivos dos diretórios escolhidos, que devem <emphasis role=\"bold\">não</emphasis> ser incluídos no backup . Clique em  <guibutton>Fechar</guibutton> quando você está feito."
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
+"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
+"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
+"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
+"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
+"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você só quer parte backup dos seus diretórios, em seguida, escolha "
+"<guilabel>Avançado</guilabel>. Você verá uma pequena tela pop-up. Use o "
+"<guibutton>Adicionar</guibutton>e<guibutton>Remover</guibutton> botões ao "
+"lado da lista <guilabel>backup</guilabel> para incluir ou excluir os "
+"diretórios e arquivos do backup. Use os mesmos botões ao lado da lista "
+"<guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para remover subdiretórios e/ou arquivos dos "
+"diretórios escolhidos, que devem <emphasis role=\"bold\">não</emphasis> ser "
+"incluídos no backup . Clique em  <guibutton>Fechar</guibutton> quando você "
+"está feito."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted"
-" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Agora dê o caminho para <guilabel>Onde fazer backup</guilabel>, ou escolher o <guibutton>Navegador</guibutton> para selecionar o caminho correto. Qualquer montado HD externo ou pen USB-pode ser encontrado em <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/usuário/</emphasis>."
+"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
+"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
+"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Agora dê o caminho para <guilabel>Onde fazer backup</guilabel>, ou escolher "
+"o <guibutton>Navegador</guibutton> para selecionar o caminho correto. "
+"Qualquer montado HD externo ou pen USB-pode ser encontrado em <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">/run/media/usuário/</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
@@ -4466,8 +5343,7 @@ msgstr "Configuração do Som"
 msgid "draksound"
 msgstr "draksound"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:10
 msgid "draksound.png"
 msgstr "draksound.png"
@@ -4475,16 +5351,21 @@ msgstr "draksound.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. ¶"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no "
+"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</"
+"emphasis>. ¶"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:19
@@ -4492,15 +5373,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, "
 "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience "
 "sound problems or if you change the sound card."
-msgstr "Draksound trata da configuração de som, incluindo a escolha do driver, as opções PulseAudio e resolução de problemas. Ela irá ajudá-lo se você tiver problemas de som ou se você mudar a placa de som."
+msgstr ""
+"Draksound trata da configuração de som, incluindo a escolha do driver, as "
+"opções PulseAudio e resolução de problemas. Ela irá ajudá-lo se você tiver "
+"problemas de som ou se você mudar a placa de som."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a"
-" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound "
-"card."
-msgstr "A lista drop-down chamado <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> permite que você selecione um driver de todos os disponíveis no computador que correspondem a placa de som."
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
+"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+"A lista drop-down chamado <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> permite que você "
+"selecione um driver de todos os disponíveis no computador que correspondem a "
+"placa de som."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:28
@@ -4508,40 +5394,51 @@ msgid ""
 "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
 "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
 "possible for its enhanced features."
-msgstr "Na maioria das vezes, é possível escolher um controlador usando o OSS ou ALSA API. OSS é o mais antigo e muito básico, recomendamos escolher ALSA quando possível aos seus recursos avançados."
+msgstr ""
+"Na maioria das vezes, é possível escolher um controlador usando o OSS ou "
+"ALSA API. OSS é o mais antigo e muito básico, recomendamos escolher ALSA "
+"quando possível aos seus recursos avançados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound"
-" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the "
-"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> "
-"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Pulse Audio</guilabel> é um servidor de som. Ele recebe todas as entradas de som, mistura-los de acordo com as preferências do usuário e envia o som resultante para a saída. Veja <guimenu>Menu -> Som e Vídeo -> controle de volume PulseAudio </guimenu> para definir essas preferências."
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
+"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
+"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
+"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Pulse Audio</guilabel> é um servidor de som. Ele recebe todas as "
+"entradas de som, mistura-los de acordo com as preferências do usuário e "
+"envia o som resultante para a saída. Veja <guimenu>Menu -> Som e Vídeo -> "
+"controle de volume PulseAudio </guimenu> para definir essas preferências."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
 "enabled."
-msgstr "PulseAudio é o servidor de som padrão e é recomendável deixá-lo ativado."
+msgstr ""
+"PulseAudio é o servidor de som padrão e é recomendável deixá-lo ativado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
 "is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> Pulse Audio melhora com alguns programas. Também é recomendável deixá-lo ativado."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> Pulse Audio melhora com alguns programas. "
+"Também é recomendável deixá-lo ativado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or "
 "three buttons:"
-msgstr "O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> exibi uma nova janela com dois ou três botões:"
+msgstr ""
+"O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> exibi uma nova janela com dois ou "
+"três botões:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:49
 msgid "Draksound1.png"
 msgstr "Draksound1.png"
@@ -4552,7 +5449,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you "
 "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver "
 "for your device."
-msgstr "O primeiro botão dá total liberdade de escolha. Você tem que saber o que está fazendo. Este botão não está disponível quando o sistema encontrar um driver para seu dispositivo."
+msgstr ""
+"O primeiro botão dá total liberdade de escolha. Você tem que saber o que "
+"está fazendo. Este botão não está disponível quando o sistema encontrar um "
+"driver para seu dispositivo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:57
@@ -4560,7 +5460,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any "
 "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking "
 "the community for help."
-msgstr "A segunda é óbvia e o último dá assistência para resolver quaisquer problemas que possa ter. Você vai encontrá-lo útil para tentar isso antes de pedir à comunidade para ajudar."
+msgstr ""
+"A segunda é óbvia e o último dá assistência para resolver quaisquer "
+"problemas que possa ter. Você vai encontrá-lo útil para tentar isso antes de "
+"pedir à comunidade para ajudar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakups.xml:3
@@ -4572,8 +5475,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar uma UPS para monitoramento de energia"
 msgid "drakups"
 msgstr "drakups"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakups.xml:8
 msgid "drakups.png"
 msgstr "drakups.png"
@@ -4581,9 +5483,11 @@ msgstr "drakups.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakups.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:3
@@ -4595,8 +5499,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar conexão VPN para proteger o acesso à rede"
 msgid "drakvpn"
 msgstr "drakvpn"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:11
 msgid "drakvpn1.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
@@ -4604,9 +5507,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:18
@@ -4617,7 +5522,13 @@ msgid ""
 "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
 "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
 "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar o acesso seguro a uma rede remota estabelecer um túnel entre a estação de trabalho local e à rede remota. Discutiremos aqui apenas da configuração do lado da estação de trabalho. Nós assumimos que a rede remota já está em operação, e que você tem as informações de conexão do administrador de rede, como um arquivo de configuração do .pcf"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar "
+"o acesso seguro a uma rede remota estabelecer um túnel entre a estação de "
+"trabalho local e à rede remota. Discutiremos aqui apenas da configuração do "
+"lado da estação de trabalho. Nós assumimos que a rede remota já está em "
+"operação, e que você tem as informações de conexão do administrador de rede, "
+"como um arquivo de configuração do .pcf"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:30
@@ -4629,7 +5540,9 @@ msgstr "Configuração"
 msgid ""
 "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
 "protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr "Primeiro, selecione Cisco VPN Concentrador ou OpenVPN, dependendo de qual protocolo é usado para a sua rede privada virtual."
+msgstr ""
+"Primeiro, selecione Cisco VPN Concentrador ou OpenVPN, dependendo de qual "
+"protocolo é usado para a sua rede privada virtual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:35
@@ -4646,8 +5559,7 @@ msgstr "Na tela seguinte, forneça os detalhes para a sua conexão VPN."
 msgid "For Cisco VPN"
 msgstr "Para a Cisco VPN"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:48
 msgid "drakvpn3.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
@@ -4657,10 +5569,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
 msgid ""
 "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
 "first time the tool is used."
-msgstr "Para openvpn. O pacote openvpn e suas dependências vai ser instalado pela primeira vez, a ferramenta é usada."
+msgstr ""
+"Para openvpn. O pacote openvpn e suas dependências vai ser instalado pela "
+"primeira vez, a ferramenta é usada."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:59
 msgid "drakvpn7.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
@@ -4670,15 +5583,16 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
 "received from the network administrator."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Selecione os arquivos que você recebeu do administrador de rede."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Selecione os arquivos que você "
+"recebeu do administrador de rede."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:64
 msgid "Advanced parameters:"
 msgstr "Os parâmetros avançados:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:68
 msgid "drakvpn8.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
@@ -4693,15 +5607,20 @@ msgstr "A próxima tela pede endereço IP do gateway."
 msgid ""
 "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
 "connection."
-msgstr "Quando os parâmetros são definidos, você tem a opção de iniciar a ligação VPN."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando os parâmetros são definidos, você tem a opção de iniciar a ligação "
+"VPN."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect"
-" to this VPN."
-msgstr "Essa conexão VPN pode ser configurado para iniciar automaticamente com uma conexão de rede. Para fazer isso, reconfigurar a conexão de rede para sempre ligar a esta VPN."
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
+"to this VPN."
+msgstr ""
+"Essa conexão VPN pode ser configurado para iniciar automaticamente com uma "
+"conexão de rede. Para fazer isso, reconfigurar a conexão de rede para sempre "
+"ligar a esta VPN."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
@@ -4713,8 +5632,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar webserver"
 msgid "drakwizard apache2"
 msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
@@ -4722,16 +5640,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
 "web server."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a configurar um servidor web."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a "
+"configurar um servidor web."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
@@ -4743,7 +5665,9 @@ msgstr "O que é um servidor web?"
 msgid ""
 "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
 "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "Servidor Web é um software que ajuda a fornecer o conteúdo da web que pode ser acessado através da Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)"
+msgstr ""
+"Servidor Web é um software que ajuda a fornecer o conteúdo da web que pode "
+"ser acessado através da Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
@@ -4755,8 +5679,7 @@ msgstr "Configurando um servidor web com drakwizard apache2"
 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
 msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de servidor web."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
@@ -4766,15 +5689,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "A primeira página é apenas uma introdução, clique <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"A primeira página é apenas uma introdução, clique <guibutton>Próxima</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
 msgstr "Selecionando Exposer Servidor: local Net e ou World"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
@@ -4784,15 +5708,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
 "things."
-msgstr "A exposição do servidor web para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto para coisas ruins."
+msgstr ""
+"A exposição do servidor web para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto "
+"para coisas ruins."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
 msgid "Server User Module"
 msgstr "Módulo do Usuário do Servidor"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
@@ -4807,8 +5732,7 @@ msgstr "Permite que os usuários criem seus próprios sites."
 msgid "User web directory name"
 msgstr "Usuário nome do diretório web"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
@@ -4818,15 +5742,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
 "display it."
-msgstr "O usuário precisa criar e preencher este diretório, em seguida, o servidor irá exibi-la."
+msgstr ""
+"O usuário precisa criar e preencher este diretório, em seguida, o servidor "
+"irá exibi-la."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
 msgid "Server Document Root"
 msgstr "Documento Servidor Raiz"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
@@ -4834,7 +5759,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
 msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr "Permite que você configure o caminho para os servidores Web documentos padrão."
+msgstr ""
+"Permite que você configure o caminho para os servidores Web documentos "
+"padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
@@ -4843,8 +5770,7 @@ msgstr "Permite que você configure o caminho para os servidores Web documentos
 msgid "Summary"
 msgstr "Resumo"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
@@ -4854,9 +5780,10 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Tome um segundo para verificar essas opções, clique em <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
+"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tome um segundo para verificar essas opções, clique em <guibutton>Próxima</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
@@ -4864,8 +5791,7 @@ msgstr "Tome um segundo para verificar essas opções, clique em <guibutton>Pró
 msgid "Finish"
 msgstr "Terminar"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
@@ -4886,8 +5812,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar DNS"
 msgid "drakwizard bind"
 msgstr "drakwizard bind"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
@@ -4895,9 +5820,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ligam</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ligam</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
@@ -4909,8 +5836,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar DHCP"
 msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
 msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
@@ -4920,22 +5846,29 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgid ""
 "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
 "interfaces"
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta é dividida em Mageia 4 por causa do novo esquema de nomenclatura para as interfaces Net"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta é dividida em Mageia 4 por causa do novo esquema de "
+"nomenclatura para as interfaces Net"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should"
-" be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a criar uma <acronym>DHCP</acronym> servidor. É um componente de drakwizard que deve ser instalado antes de poder aceder a ele."
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
+"be installed before you can access to it."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a "
+"criar uma <acronym>DHCP</acronym> servidor. É um componente de drakwizard "
+"que deve ser instalado antes de poder aceder a ele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
@@ -4949,7 +5882,11 @@ msgid ""
 "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
 "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
 "communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "O Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) é um protocolo de rede padronizado usado em redes IP que configura dinamicamente endereços IP e outras informações que são necessárias para a comunicação com a Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)"
+msgstr ""
+"O Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) é um "
+"protocolo de rede padronizado usado em redes IP que configura dinamicamente "
+"endereços IP e outras informações que são necessárias para a comunicação com "
+"a Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
@@ -4961,8 +5898,7 @@ msgstr "Configurando um servidor DHCP com drakwizard dhcp"
 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
 msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de servidor DHCP."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
@@ -4972,8 +5908,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
 msgstr "selecionando Adaptor"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
@@ -4982,17 +5917,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Escolha a interface de rede, que é conectado à sub-rede, e para o qual DHCP irá atribuir endereços IP e, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha a interface de rede, que é conectado à sub-rede, e para o qual DHCP "
+"irá atribuir endereços IP e, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
 msgid "Select IP range"
 msgstr "Selecione o intervalo IP"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
@@ -5004,10 +5941,13 @@ msgid ""
 "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
 "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Selecione o início eo fim endereços IP do intervalo de IPs que você deseja que o servidor para oferecer, juntamente com o IP da máquina gateway de conexão para algum lugar fora da rede local, espero que próximo da Internet, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione o início eo fim endereços IP do intervalo de IPs que você deseja "
+"que o servidor para oferecer, juntamente com o IP da máquina gateway de "
+"conexão para algum lugar fora da rede local, espero que próximo da Internet, "
+"em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
@@ -5017,8 +5957,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgid "Hold on..."
 msgstr "Segure-se ..."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
@@ -5028,15 +5967,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgid ""
 "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
 "change things around."
-msgstr "Isso pode ser corrigido. Clique <guibutton>anteriores</guibutton> algumas vezes e mudar as coisas ao redor."
+msgstr ""
+"Isso pode ser corrigido. Clique <guibutton>anteriores</guibutton> algumas "
+"vezes e mudar as coisas ao redor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
 msgid "Hours later..."
 msgstr "Horas mais tarde ..."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
@@ -5056,78 +5996,71 @@ msgstr "Instalando o pacote dhcp-server, se necessário;"
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
 msgid ""
 "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr "salvando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> em <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
+msgstr ""
+"salvando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> em <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from "
-"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and "
-"adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr "Criando um novo <code>dhcpd.conf</code>a partir de <code>/usr/share wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> e adicionando os novos parâmetros:"
+"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
+"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
+"parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+"Criando um novo <code>dhcpd.conf</code>a partir de <code>/usr/share wizards/"
+"dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> e adicionando os novos "
+"parâmetros:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
 msgid "<code>hname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>hnome</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
 msgid "<code>dns</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
 msgid "net"
 msgstr "net"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
 msgid "ip"
 msgstr "ip"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
 msgid "<code>mask</code>"
 msgstr "<code>mascara</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
 msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
 msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
 msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
 msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
 msgid "<code>dname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
 msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
 msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
@@ -5135,9 +6068,11 @@ msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
 msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file "
-"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
-msgstr "Também modificando Webmin arquivo de configuração <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
+"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
+"code>"
+msgstr ""
+"Também modificando Webmin arquivo de configuração <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/"
+"config</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
@@ -5154,8 +6089,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar tempo"
 msgid "drakwizard ntp"
 msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
@@ -5163,18 +6097,24 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed"
-" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
+"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
+"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
 "packages."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> objetivo é definir a hora do seu servidor sincronizado com um servidor externo. Ele não é instalado por padrão e você também tem que instalar os pacotes drakwizard e drakwizard-base."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> objetivo é definir "
+"a hora do seu servidor sincronizado com um servidor externo. Ele não é "
+"instalado por padrão e você também tem que instalar os pacotes drakwizard e "
+"drakwizard-base."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
@@ -5187,28 +6127,28 @@ msgid ""
 "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
 "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
 "because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr "Após a tela de boas-vindas (veja acima), o segundo pedir para você escolher três servidores de tempo na listas suspensas e sugere usar pool.ntp.org duas vezes porque esse servidor sempre aponta para os servidores de tempo disponíveis."
+msgstr ""
+"Após a tela de boas-vindas (veja acima), o segundo pedir para você escolher "
+"três servidores de tempo na listas suspensas e sugere usar pool.ntp.org duas "
+"vezes porque esse servidor sempre aponta para os servidores de tempo "
+"disponíveis."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
@@ -5216,15 +6156,19 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you"
-" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
+"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
+"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
 "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
 "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr "As telas a seguir permite escolher a região e da cidade e, em seguida, você chega em um resumo. Se algo estiver errado, você pode, obviamente, alterar-lo usando o botão <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>. Se tudo estiver certo, clique no botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> para avançar para o teste. Pode levar um tempo e você finalmente conseguir esta tela abaixo:"
+msgstr ""
+"As telas a seguir permite escolher a região e da cidade e, em seguida, você "
+"chega em um resumo. Se algo estiver errado, você pode, obviamente, alterar-"
+"lo usando o botão <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>. Se tudo estiver certo, "
+"clique no botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> para avançar para o teste. "
+"Pode levar um tempo e você finalmente conseguir esta tela abaixo:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
@@ -5232,7 +6176,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr "Clique no botão <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para fechar a ferramenta"
+msgstr ""
+"Clique no botão <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para fechar a ferramenta"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
@@ -5247,37 +6192,48 @@ msgstr "Instalando o pacote  <code>ntp</code> se necessário"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to "
-"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
-"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr "Salvar os arquivos <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code>para<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
+"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
+"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+msgstr ""
+"Salvar os arquivos <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code>para<code>/etc/sysconfig/"
+"clock.orig</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code>e<code>/etc/ntp/step-"
+"tickers.orig</code>;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
 msgid ""
 "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
 "servers;"
-msgstr "Escrevendo uma nova <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> com a lista de servidores;"
+msgstr ""
+"Escrevendo uma nova <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> com a lista de "
+"servidores;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
 "name;"
-msgstr "Modificando o arquivo <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code>, inserindo o primeiro nome do servidor;"
+msgstr ""
+"Modificando o arquivo <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code>, inserindo o primeiro nome "
+"do servidor;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
 msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and "
-"<code>ntpd</code> services;"
-msgstr "Parando e iniciando <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> e <code>ntpd</code> serviços;"
+"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
+"code> services;"
+msgstr ""
+"Parando e iniciando <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> e <code>ntpd</code> "
+"serviços;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
 msgid ""
 "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr "Acertar o relógio de hardware para a hora do sistema atual com referência UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Acertar o relógio de hardware para a hora do sistema atual com referência "
+"UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
@@ -5289,8 +6245,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar FTP"
 msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
 msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
@@ -5298,16 +6253,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
-" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a configurar um  <acronym>FTP</acronym> servidor."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a "
+"configurar um  <acronym>FTP</acronym> servidor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
@@ -5320,7 +6279,11 @@ msgid ""
 "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
 "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
 "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) é um protocolo de rede padrão usado para transferir arquivos de um hospedeiro para outro host através de uma <acronym>TCP</acronym> baseado em rede, como a Internet. (Origem: Wikipédia)"
+msgstr ""
+"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) é um protocolo de rede "
+"padrão usado para transferir arquivos de um hospedeiro para outro host "
+"através de uma <acronym>TCP</acronym> baseado em rede, como a Internet. "
+"(Origem: Wikipédia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
@@ -5332,14 +6295,12 @@ msgstr "Configuração de um servidor FTP com drakwizard proftpd"
 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
 msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de FTP. Apertem os cintos."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
@@ -5349,15 +6310,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
 "things."
-msgstr "A exposição do servidor FTP para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto para coisas ruins."
+msgstr ""
+"A exposição do servidor FTP para a Internet tem o seu risco. Esteja pronto "
+"para coisas ruins."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
 msgid "Server Information"
 msgstr "Informaação do servidor"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
@@ -5367,15 +6329,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
 "complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr "Digite o nome do sever usará para apresentar-se, alguém para enviar reclamações e também a possibilidade de permitir o acesso de login root."
+msgstr ""
+"Digite o nome do sever usará para apresentar-se, alguém para enviar "
+"reclamações e também a possibilidade de permitir o acesso de login root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
 msgid "Server Options"
 msgstr "Opções do servidor"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
@@ -5383,18 +6346,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>"
-" (File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr "Defina a porta de escuta, o usuário preso, permitir currículos e / ou <acronym>FXP </acronym> (File Exchange Protocol)"
+"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
+"(File eXchange Protocol)"
+msgstr ""
+"Defina a porta de escuta, o usuário preso, permitir currículos e / ou "
+"<acronym>FXP </acronym> (File Exchange Protocol)"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
@@ -5409,8 +6372,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar proxy"
 msgid "drakwizard squid"
 msgstr "drakwizard squid"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
@@ -5418,9 +6380,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard lula</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard lula</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
@@ -5428,7 +6392,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
 "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
 "before you can access to it."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>pode ajudá-lo a configurar um servidor proxy. É um componente de drakwizard que deve ser instalado antes de poder aceder a ele."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>pode ajudá-lo a "
+"configurar um servidor proxy. É um componente de drakwizard que deve ser "
+"instalado antes de poder aceder a ele."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
@@ -5444,7 +6411,14 @@ msgid ""
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
 "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "Um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou aplicativo) que atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que buscam recursos de outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor proxy, requisitando algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou outro recurso disponível a partir de um servidor diferente eo servidor proxy avalia a solicitação como uma maneira de simplificar e controlar a sua complexidade. (Origem: Wikipédia)"
+msgstr ""
+"Um servidor proxy é um servidor (um sistema de computador ou aplicativo) que "
+"atua como um intermediário para pedidos de clientes que buscam recursos de "
+"outros servidores. Um cliente se conecta ao servidor proxy, requisitando "
+"algum serviço, como um arquivo, conexão, página web, ou outro recurso "
+"disponível a partir de um servidor diferente eo servidor proxy avalia a "
+"solicitação como uma maneira de simplificar e controlar a sua complexidade. "
+"(Origem: Wikipédia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
@@ -5456,8 +6430,7 @@ msgstr "Configurando um servidor proxy com squid drakwizard"
 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
 msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de servidor proxy."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
@@ -5467,8 +6440,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
 msgstr "Selecionando a porta do proxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
@@ -5478,15 +6450,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Selecione os navegadores porta proxy vai conectar através, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione os navegadores porta proxy vai conectar através, em seguida, "
+"clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
 msgstr "Definir Memória e Disk Usage"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
@@ -5495,15 +6468,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
 msgid ""
 "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Definir limites de memória e cache de disco, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Definir limites de memória e cache de disco, em seguida, clique em "
+"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
 msgid "Select Network Access Control"
 msgstr "Selecione Controle de Acesso à Rede"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
@@ -5511,34 +6485,35 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Definir visibilidade à rede local ou mundial, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Definir visibilidade à rede local ou mundial, em seguida, clique em  "
+"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
 msgid "Grant Network Access"
 msgstr "Conceda Network Access"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Conceda acesso a redes locais, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Conceda acesso a redes locais, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
 msgstr "Use Nível Superior Proxy Server?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
@@ -5553,8 +6528,7 @@ msgstr "Cascade através de outro servidor proxy? Se não, passe próximo passo.
 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
 msgstr "Nível Superior Proxy URL e Porto"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
@@ -5562,12 +6536,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
 msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Fornecer o nome do host proxy de nível superior e porta, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar </guibutton>."
+"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Fornecer o nome do host proxy de nível superior e porta, em seguida, clique "
+"em  <guibutton>Avançar </guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
@@ -5577,8 +6552,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgid "Start during boot?"
 msgstr "Iniciar durante a inicialização?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
@@ -5588,10 +6562,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgid ""
 "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Escolha se o servidor proxy deve ser iniciado durante o tempo de inicialização, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha se o servidor proxy deve ser iniciado durante o tempo de "
+"inicialização, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
@@ -5604,56 +6579,55 @@ msgstr "Instalando o pacote de lulas, se necessário;"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
 msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in "
-"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr "Salvando <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> em <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
+"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
+"orig;</code>"
+msgstr ""
+"Salvando <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> em <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
+"orig;</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from "
-"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr "Criando um novo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de <code>squid.conf.default</code> e adicionando os novos parâmetros:"
+"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
+"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+"Criando um novo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de <code>squid.conf."
+"default</code> e adicionando os novos parâmetros:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
 msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
 msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
 msgid "cache_mem"
 msgstr "cache_mem"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
 msgid "http_port"
 msgstr "http_port"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
 msgid ""
 "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr "<code>nível</code> 1, 2 ou 3 e <code>http_access </code> de acordo com o nível"
+msgstr ""
+"<code>nível</code> 1, 2 ou 3 e <code>http_access </code> de acordo com o "
+"nível"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
@@ -5673,8 +6647,7 @@ msgstr "Configuração do daemon OpenSSH"
 msgid "drakwizard sshd"
 msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
@@ -5682,16 +6655,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
-" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a configurar um <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pode ajudá-lo a "
+"configurar um <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
@@ -5703,11 +6680,17 @@ msgstr "O que é  <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
 msgid ""
 "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
 "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,"
-" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
+"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
+"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
 "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
 "respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "Secure Shell (SSH) é um protocolo de rede de criptografia para comunicação segura de dados, de linha de comando de login remoto, a execução do comando remoto, e outros serviços de rede segura entre dois computadores ligados em rede que conecta, através de um canal seguro através de uma rede insegura, um (servidor e um cliente executando o servidor SSH e  <acronym>SSH</acronym> programas clientes, respectivamente). (Origem: Wikipédia)"
+msgstr ""
+"Secure Shell (SSH) é um protocolo de rede de criptografia para comunicação "
+"segura de dados, de linha de comando de login remoto, a execução do comando "
+"remoto, e outros serviços de rede segura entre dois computadores ligados em "
+"rede que conecta, através de um canal seguro através de uma rede insegura, "
+"um (servidor e um cliente executando o servidor SSH e  <acronym>SSH</"
+"acronym> programas clientes, respectivamente). (Origem: Wikipédia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
@@ -5724,8 +6707,7 @@ msgstr "Bem-vindo ao assistente de SSH em Abrir."
 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
 msgstr "Selecionar tipo de Configurar opções"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
@@ -5733,18 +6715,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or "
-"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Escolha <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> para todas as opções ou <guilabel>Novato</guilabel> para pular etapas 3-7, clique <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
+"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
+"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha <guilabel>Avançado</guilabel> para todas as opções ou "
+"<guilabel>Novato</guilabel> para pular etapas 3-7, clique "
+"<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
 msgid "General Options"
 msgstr "Opções Gerais"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
@@ -5754,15 +6737,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
 "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr "Define a visibilidade e as opções de acesso root. Porta 22 é o <acronym>SSH padrão</acronym> porta."
+msgstr ""
+"Define a visibilidade e as opções de acesso root. Porta 22 é o <acronym>SSH "
+"padrão</acronym> porta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
 msgid "Authentication Methods"
 msgstr "Métodos de autenticação"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
@@ -5772,15 +6756,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
 "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Permitir uma variedade de métodos de autenticação de usuários podem usar durante a conexão, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Permitir uma variedade de métodos de autenticação de usuários podem usar "
+"durante a conexão, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
 msgid "Logging"
 msgstr "Logging"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
@@ -5788,17 +6773,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
 msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Escolha facilidade de registro e nível de produção, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha facilidade de registro e nível de produção, em seguida, clique em  "
+"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
 msgid "Login Options"
 msgstr "Opções de Login"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
@@ -5806,15 +6792,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Configure configurações por login, clique em <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Configure configurações por login, clique em <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
 msgid "User Login Options"
 msgstr "Login do usuário Opções"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
@@ -5823,15 +6809,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Defina as configurações de acesso do usuário, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Defina as configurações de acesso do usuário, em seguida, clique em  "
+"<guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
 msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
 msgstr "Compressão e Encaminhamento"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
@@ -5841,16 +6828,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgid ""
 "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Configure o encaminhamento X11 e compressão durante a transferência, em seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Configure o encaminhamento X11 e compressão durante a transferência, em "
+"seguida, clique em  <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
@@ -5865,8 +6852,7 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar Serviços do Sistema"
 msgid "drakxservices"
 msgstr "drakxservices"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:8
 msgid "drakxservices.png"
 msgstr "drakxservices.png"
@@ -5874,9 +6860,11 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:10
@@ -5888,8 +6876,7 @@ msgstr "Configuração de hardware"
 msgid "harddrake2"
 msgstr "harddrake2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:17
 msgid "harddrake2.png"
 msgstr "harddrake2.png"
@@ -5897,9 +6884,11 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:22
@@ -5909,7 +6898,12 @@ msgid ""
 "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
 "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
 "lst</code> package."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>dá uma visão geral do hardware do seu computador. Quando a ferramenta é lançado, ele executa um trabalho de olhar para todos os elementos do hardware. Para isso, ele usa o comando <code>ldetect</code>, que refere-se a uma lista de hardware em <code>ldetect-lst </code>."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>dá uma visão geral "
+"do hardware do seu computador. Quando a ferramenta é lançado, ele executa um "
+"trabalho de olhar para todos os elementos do hardware. Para isso, ele usa o "
+"comando <code>ldetect</code>, que refere-se a uma lista de hardware em "
+"<code>ldetect-lst </code>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:31
@@ -5927,7 +6921,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
 "grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
 "category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr "A coluna da esquerda contém uma lista de hardware detectado. Os dispositivos são agrupados por categorias. Clique no> para expandir o conteúdo de uma categoria. Cada dispositivo pode ser selecionada nesta coluna."
+msgstr ""
+"A coluna da esquerda contém uma lista de hardware detectado. Os dispositivos "
+"são agrupados por categorias. Clique no> para expandir o conteúdo de uma "
+"categoria. Cada dispositivo pode ser selecionada nesta coluna."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:39
@@ -5935,14 +6932,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
 "<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
 "about the content of the fields."
-msgstr "A coluna da direita exibe informações sobre o dispositivo selecionado. <guimenu> ->A ajuda e Descrição Campos</guimenu> dá algumas informações sobre o conteúdo dos campos."
+msgstr ""
+"A coluna da direita exibe informações sobre o dispositivo selecionado. "
+"<guimenu> ->A ajuda e Descrição Campos</guimenu> dá algumas informações "
+"sobre o conteúdo dos campos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are"
-" available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr "De acordo com o tipo de dispositivo é seleccionado, ou um ou dois botões estão disponíveis na parte inferior da coluna da direita:"
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
+"available at the bottom of the right column:"
+msgstr ""
+"De acordo com o tipo de dispositivo é seleccionado, ou um ou dois botões "
+"estão disponíveis na parte inferior da coluna da direita:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:48
@@ -5950,21 +6952,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
 "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
 "used by experts only."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Definir as opções atuais do driver</guibutton>: este pode ser usado para parametrizar o módulo que é usado em relação ao aparelho. Este mosto utilizado apenas por especialistas."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Definir as opções atuais do driver</guibutton>: este pode ser "
+"usado para parametrizar o módulo que é usado em relação ao aparelho. Este "
+"mosto utilizado apenas por especialistas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
 "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Executar ferramenta de configuração</guibutton>: acesso à ferramenta que pode configurar o dispositivo. A ferramenta pode muitas vezes ser acessado diretamente a partir do MCC."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Executar ferramenta de configuração</guibutton>: acesso à "
+"ferramenta que pode configurar o dispositivo. A ferramenta pode muitas vezes "
+"ser acessado diretamente a partir do MCC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
 "enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr "O menu de <guimenu>opções </guimenu> dá a oportunidade de verificar caixas para permitir a detecção automática:"
+msgstr ""
+"O menu de <guimenu>opções </guimenu> dá a oportunidade de verificar caixas "
+"para permitir a detecção automática:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:73
@@ -5987,7 +6997,10 @@ msgid ""
 "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
 "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
 "be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr "Por padrão, estas detecções não estão habilitados, porque eles são lentos. Marque a opção apropriada (s) se você tem este hardware conectado. Detecção estará operacional na próxima vez que esta ferramenta é iniciado."
+msgstr ""
+"Por padrão, estas detecções não estão habilitados, porque eles são lentos. "
+"Marque a opção apropriada (s) se você tem este hardware conectado. Detecção "
+"estará operacional na próxima vez que esta ferramenta é iniciado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
@@ -5999,8 +7012,7 @@ msgstr "Configure o layout do teclado"
 msgid "keyboarddrake"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
 msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
@@ -6008,9 +7020,11 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
@@ -6020,7 +7034,12 @@ msgid ""
 "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
 "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
 "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr "A ferramenta keyboarddrake <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>ajuda a configurar o layout básico para o teclado que você deseja usar no Mageia. Ela afeta o layout de teclado para todos os usuários do sistema. Ele pode ser encontrado na seção de hardware do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC) chamado \"Configure mouse e teclado\"."
+msgstr ""
+"A ferramenta keyboarddrake <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>ajuda a "
+"configurar o layout básico para o teclado que você deseja usar no Mageia. "
+"Ela afeta o layout de teclado para todos os usuários do sistema. Ele pode "
+"ser encontrado na seção de hardware do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC) "
+"chamado \"Configure mouse e teclado\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
@@ -6030,10 +7049,13 @@ msgstr "layout do teclado"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed"
-" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity "
-"each layout should be used for."
-msgstr "Aqui você pode selecionar quais layout de teclado que você deseja usar. Os nomes (listados em ordem alfabética) de idioma, país e/ou etnia cada layout deve ser utilizado."
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
+"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
+"layout should be used for."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você pode selecionar quais layout de teclado que você deseja usar. Os "
+"nomes (listados em ordem alfabética) de idioma, país e/ou etnia cada layout "
+"deve ser utilizado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
@@ -6045,7 +7067,10 @@ msgstr "Tipo de teclado"
 msgid ""
 "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
 "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr "Este menu permite que você selecione o tipo de teclado que você está usando. Se você não tiver certeza de qual é para escolher, é melhor deixá-lo como o tipo padrão."
+msgstr ""
+"Este menu permite que você selecione o tipo de teclado que você está usando. "
+"Se você não tiver certeza de qual é para escolher, é melhor deixá-lo como o "
+"tipo padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:10
@@ -6057,8 +7082,7 @@ msgstr "Gerenciar localização para o seu sistema"
 msgid "localedrake"
 msgstr "localedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:18
 msgid "localedrake.png"
 msgstr "localedrake.png"
@@ -6066,9 +7090,11 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> como root."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você também pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
@@ -6078,14 +7104,21 @@ msgid ""
 "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
 "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>podem ser encontrados na seção Sistema do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC) chamado \"Gerenciar localização para o seu sistema\". Ele abre com uma janela na qual você pode escolher o idioma. A escolha é adaptado para os idiomas selecionados durante a instalação."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>podem ser "
+"encontrados na seção Sistema do Centro de Controle Mageia (MCC) chamado "
+"\"Gerenciar localização para o seu sistema\". Ele abre com uma janela na "
+"qual você pode escolher o idioma. A escolha é adaptado para os idiomas "
+"selecionados durante a instalação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
 "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr "O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> dar acesso para ativar a compatibilidade com a codificação antiga (não UTF8)."
+msgstr ""
+"O botão <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> dar acesso para ativar a "
+"compatibilidade com a codificação antiga (não UTF8)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:34
@@ -6093,7 +7126,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
 "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
 "countries not listed."
-msgstr "A segunda janela mostra uma lista de países de acordo com o idioma selecionado. O botão <guibutton>Outros países</guibutton> dá acesso a países não listados."
+msgstr ""
+"A segunda janela mostra uma lista de países de acordo com o idioma "
+"selecionado. O botão <guibutton>Outros países</guibutton> dá acesso a países "
+"não listados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:38
@@ -6112,14 +7148,21 @@ msgid ""
 "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
 "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
 "Korean, etc)."
-msgstr "Em <guilabel>Outros países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um método de entrada (a partir do menu drop-down na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem a entrada de caracteres em vários idiomas (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc...)"
+msgstr ""
+"Em <guilabel>Outros países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um método "
+"de entrada (a partir do menu drop-down na parte inferior da lista). Métodos "
+"de entrada permitem a entrada de caracteres em vários idiomas (chinês, "
+"japonês, coreano, etc...)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
 "users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr "Para localidades asiáticas e africanas, IBus será definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não devem precisar configurá-lo manualmente."
+msgstr ""
+"Para localidades asiáticas e africanas, IBus será definido como método de "
+"entrada padrão para que os usuários não devem precisar configurá-lo "
+"manualmente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:50
@@ -6127,7 +7170,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
 "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
 "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, Hime, etc) também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem, caso não esteja disponível a partir do menu drop-down, ser instalado em outra parte do Centro de Controle Mageia. Veja <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, Hime, etc) também oferecem funções "
+"semelhantes e podem, caso não esteja disponível a partir do menu drop-down, "
+"ser instalado em outra parte do Centro de Controle Mageia. Veja <xref "
+"linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:3
@@ -6139,8 +7186,7 @@ msgstr "Ver e sistema de busca registros"
 msgid "logdrake"
 msgstr "logdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:10
 msgid "logdrake.png"
 msgstr "logdrake.png"
@@ -6148,17 +7194,22 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system "
-"logs</guilabel>\"."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>é encontrada na guia Centro de Controle Mageia, chamado\"<guilabel>Ver sistema de busca de registros</guilabel>\"."
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
+"guilabel>\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>é encontrada na "
+"guia Centro de Controle Mageia, chamado\"<guilabel>Ver sistema de busca de "
+"registros</guilabel>\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:22
@@ -6168,27 +7219,43 @@ msgstr "Para fazer uma busca nos registros"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to "
-"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)"
-"  to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is"
-" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of "
-"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected "
-"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> "
-"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the "
-"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by "
-"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr "Primeiro, digite a seqüência de teclas que deseja procurar no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis>campo e/ou a seqüência de teclas que deseja <emphasis>não</emphasis>  deseja ver entre as respostas no campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mas que não corresponde</emphasis>. Em seguida, selecione o arquivo(s) para procurar no campo <guilabel>Escolher arquivo</guilabel>. Opcionalmente, é possível limitar a busca para um só dia. Selecione-o no  <emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendário</emphasis>, usando as pequenas setas em cada lado do mês e ano, e verificar <guibutton>\" Mostrar apenas para o dia selecionado\"</guibutton>. Por fim, clique no botão de  <guibutton>busca</guibutton> para ver os resultados na janela chamado  <guilabel>Conteudo do arquivo</guilabel>. É possível salvar os resultados no formato txt. Clicando no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvar</emphasis> botão."
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
+"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
+"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
+"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
+"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
+"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
+"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
+"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Primeiro, digite a seqüência de teclas que deseja procurar no <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Matching</emphasis>campo e/ou a seqüência de teclas que deseja "
+"<emphasis>não</emphasis>  deseja ver entre as respostas no campo <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mas que não corresponde</emphasis>. Em seguida, selecione o "
+"arquivo(s) para procurar no campo <guilabel>Escolher arquivo</guilabel>. "
+"Opcionalmente, é possível limitar a busca para um só dia. Selecione-o no  "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendário</emphasis>, usando as pequenas setas em "
+"cada lado do mês e ano, e verificar <guibutton>\" Mostrar apenas para o dia "
+"selecionado\"</guibutton>. Por fim, clique no botão de  <guibutton>busca</"
+"guibutton> para ver os resultados na janela chamado  <guilabel>Conteudo do "
+"arquivo</guilabel>. É possível salvar os resultados no formato txt. Clicando "
+"no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvar</emphasis> botão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia"
-" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs "
-"are updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr "Os <guibutton>Mageia Ferramentas Logs</guibutton> abriga os logs a partir das ferramentas de configuração Mageia como as ferramentas Cento de Controle Mageia. Esses registros são atualizados cada vez que uma configuração é modificada."
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
+"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
+"updated each time a configuration is modified."
+msgstr ""
+"Os <guibutton>Mageia Ferramentas Logs</guibutton> abriga os logs a partir "
+"das ferramentas de configuração Mageia como as ferramentas Cento de Controle "
+"Mageia. Esses registros são atualizados cada vez que uma configuração é "
+"modificada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:43
@@ -6201,17 +7268,25 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
 "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
 "address."
-msgstr "alerta <guibutton>Correio</guibutton> verifica automaticamente a carga do sistema e dos serviços a cada hora e, se necessário envia um e-mail para o endereço configurado."
+msgstr ""
+"alerta <guibutton>Correio</guibutton> verifica automaticamente a carga do "
+"sistema e dos serviços a cada hora e, se necessário envia um e-mail para o "
+"endereço configurado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail "
-"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> "
-"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the "
-"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to "
-"look watch. (See screenshot above)."
-msgstr "Para configurar essa ferramenta, clique no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Correio Alerta</emphasis> botão e, em seguida, na próxima tela, no botão Configurar o sistema <guibutton>mail</guibutton> suspensa . Aqui, todos os serviços em execução são exibidos e você pode escolher quais você quer olhar relógio. (Ver imagem acima)."
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
+"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
+"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
+"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
+"(See screenshot above)."
+msgstr ""
+"Para configurar essa ferramenta, clique no <emphasis role=\"bold\">Correio "
+"Alerta</emphasis> botão e, em seguida, na próxima tela, no botão Configurar "
+"o sistema <guibutton>mail</guibutton> suspensa . Aqui, todos os serviços em "
+"execução são exibidos e você pode escolher quais você quer olhar relógio. "
+"(Ver imagem acima)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:55
@@ -6258,8 +7333,7 @@ msgstr "Servidor Xinetd "
 msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
 msgstr "Nome BIND Domínio Resolve"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:91
 msgid "logdrake1.png"
 msgstr "logdrake1.png"
@@ -6268,11 +7342,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png"
 #: en/logdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows"
-" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
+"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
 "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
 "to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr "Na próxima tela, selecione a  <guilabel>carga</guilabel> valor você considera inaceitável. A carga representa a demanda de um processo, uma carga elevada retarda o sistema e uma carga muito alta pode indicar que um processo tem saído do controle. O valor padrão é 3. Recomendamos a definição do valor de carga de 3 vezes o número de processadores."
+msgstr ""
+"Na próxima tela, selecione a  <guilabel>carga</guilabel> valor você "
+"considera inaceitável. A carga representa a demanda de um processo, uma "
+"carga elevada retarda o sistema e uma carga muito alta pode indicar que um "
+"processo tem saído do controle. O valor padrão é 3. Recomendamos a definição "
+"do valor de carga de 3 vezes o número de processadores."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:103
@@ -6280,7 +7359,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
 "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
 "or on the Internet)."
-msgstr "Na última tela, digite o <guilabel>endereço de e-mail</guilabel> da pessoa para ser avisado eo <guilabel>e-mail do servidor</guilabel> usar (local ou na Internet)."
+msgstr ""
+"Na última tela, digite o <guilabel>endereço de e-mail</guilabel> da pessoa "
+"para ser avisado eo <guilabel>e-mail do servidor</guilabel> usar (local ou "
+"na Internet)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
@@ -6295,25 +7377,33 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser iniciado e usado na linha de comando."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser "
+"iniciado e usado na linha de comando."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the "
-"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor contacte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> a equipe de documentação.</link> Agradecendo antecipadamente."
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
+"advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta página ainda não foi escrito por falta de recursos. Se você acha que "
+"pode escrever esta ajuda, por favor contacte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> a equipe de documentação.</link> "
+"Agradecendo antecipadamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
@@ -6328,9 +7418,11 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
@@ -6338,18 +7430,23 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
 "root."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser iniciado e usado na linha de comando. Ele vai te dar mais algumas informações, se usado na raiz."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> só pode ser "
+"iniciado e usado na linha de comando. Ele vai te dar mais algumas "
+"informações, se usado na raiz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,"
-" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
+"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
+"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
 "packages to work."
-msgstr "lspcidrake dá a lista de todos os dispositivos conectados ao computador (USB, PCI e PCMCIA) e os drivers utilizados. Ele precisa dos pacotes ldetect e ldetect-lst para o trabalho."
+msgstr ""
+"lspcidrake dá a lista de todos os dispositivos conectados ao computador "
+"(USB, PCI e PCMCIA) e os drivers utilizados. Ele precisa dos pacotes ldetect "
+"e ldetect-lst para o trabalho."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
 msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
@@ -6358,14 +7455,19 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr "Com a opção-v, lspcidrake adiciona os fornecedores de dispositivos e identificações."
+msgstr ""
+"Com a opção-v, lspcidrake adiciona os fornecedores de dispositivos e "
+"identificações."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
 "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr "lspcidrake muitas vezes gera listas muito longas, por isso, para encontrar uma informação, muitas vezes é usado em um pipeline com o comando grep, como nestes exemplos:"
+msgstr ""
+"lspcidrake muitas vezes gera listas muito longas, por isso, para encontrar "
+"uma informação, muitas vezes é usado em um pipeline com o comando grep, como "
+"nestes exemplos:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
@@ -6397,10 +7499,11 @@ msgstr "-i para ignorar as distinções de caso."
 msgid ""
 "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
 "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr "Nesta imagem abaixo, você pode ver a ação da opção -v para lspcidrake e a opção  -i para o grep."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta imagem abaixo, você pode ver a ação da opção -v para lspcidrake e a "
+"opção  -i para o grep."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
 msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
@@ -6410,7 +7513,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgid ""
 "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
 "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr "Há uma outra ferramenta que fornece informações sobre o hardware, ele é chamado <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (na raiz)"
+msgstr ""
+"Há uma outra ferramenta que fornece informações sobre o hardware, ele é "
+"chamado <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (na raiz)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
@@ -6422,8 +7527,7 @@ msgstr "Pacotes de software de atualização"
 msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate ou drakrpm-update"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
@@ -6431,18 +7535,24 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
-"update</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> ou <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
+"emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> ou <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
+"update</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
-"management.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a gestão guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software.</emphasis>"
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no "
+"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a gestão guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software."
+"</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18
@@ -6450,27 +7560,36 @@ msgid ""
 "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-"
 "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
 "prompted to do so."
-msgstr "Para funcionar, precisa MageiaUpdate os repositórios para ser configurado com rpmdrake-edit-media com alguns meios de comunicação verificados como atualizações. Se eles não estiverem, você será solicitado a fazê-lo."
+msgstr ""
+"Para funcionar, precisa MageiaUpdate os repositórios para ser configurado "
+"com rpmdrake-edit-media com alguns meios de comunicação verificados como "
+"atualizações. Se eles não estiverem, você será solicitado a fazê-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by"
-" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
+"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
 "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr "Assim que esta ferramenta é lançado, ele verifica os pacotes instalados e lista aqueles com uma atualização disponível nos repositórios. Eles são selecionados por padrão, para ser baixado e instalado automaticamente. Clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização</guibutton> para iniciar o processo."
+msgstr ""
+"Assim que esta ferramenta é lançado, ele verifica os pacotes instalados e "
+"lista aqueles com uma atualização disponível nos repositórios. Eles são "
+"selecionados por padrão, para ser baixado e instalado automaticamente. "
+"Clique no botão <guibutton>Atualização</guibutton> para iniciar o processo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of"
-" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
+"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
 "means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr "Ao clicar sobre um pacote, a informação é apresentada na metade inferior da janela. A impressão <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> antes de um título significa que você pode clicar para cair um texto."
+msgstr ""
+"Ao clicar sobre um pacote, a informação é apresentada na metade inferior da "
+"janela. A impressão <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> antes de um título "
+"significa que você pode clicar para cair um texto."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
@@ -6479,17 +7598,20 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
-". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr "Quando as atualizações estão disponíveis, um applet na bandeja do sistema avisa ao exibir este ícone vermelho <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Basta clicar e digitar a senha do usuário para atualizar o sistema da mesma forma."
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
+"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando as atualizações estão disponíveis, um applet na bandeja do sistema "
+"avisa ao exibir este ícone vermelho <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>. Basta clicar e digitar a senha do usuário para atualizar o "
+"sistema da mesma forma."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
 msgid "Boot"
 msgstr "Boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-boot.png"
 msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
@@ -6499,7 +7621,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
 "steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar os seus passos de inicialização. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar os "
+"seus passos de inicialização. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
@@ -6526,8 +7650,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
 msgid "Hardware"
 msgstr "Hardware"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
@@ -6537,23 +7660,25 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
 "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar o hardware. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar o "
+"hardware. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
 msgid "Manage your hardware"
 msgstr "Gerenciar seu hardware"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure "
-"hardware</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Procurar e configurar o hardware</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Procurar e configurar o hardware</"
+"emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
@@ -6563,16 +7688,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgid "Configure graphics"
 msgstr "Configurar gráficos"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop "
-"effects</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar efeitos do Desktop 3D</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar efeitos do Desktop 3D</"
+"emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
@@ -6582,14 +7707,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
 msgstr "Configurar mouse e teclado"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
@@ -6599,16 +7722,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
 msgstr "Configurar impressão e digitalização"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),"
-" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configure a impressora (s), as filas de trabalhos de impressão, ... </emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
+"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configure a impressora "
+"(s), as filas de trabalhos de impressão, ... </emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
@@ -6618,8 +7741,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Others"
 msgstr "Outros"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
@@ -6636,43 +7758,53 @@ msgid ""
 "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
 "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
 "selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr "O Centro de Controle Mageia (CCM) tem oito opções ou guias para escolher na coluna da esquerda diferentes, e até mesmo se o pacote de dez drakwizard foi instalado. Cada uma dessas abas dá um conjunto diferente de ferramentas que podem ser selecionados no grande painel da direita."
+msgstr ""
+"O Centro de Controle Mageia (CCM) tem oito opções ou guias para escolher na "
+"coluna da esquerda diferentes, e até mesmo se o pacote de dez drakwizard foi "
+"instalado. Cada uma dessas abas dá um conjunto diferente de ferramentas que "
+"podem ser selecionados no grande painel da direita."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
 msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related "
-"tools."
-msgstr "Os dez capítulos seguintes são sobre esses dez opções e as ferramentas relacionadas."
+"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
+msgstr ""
+"Os dez capítulos seguintes são sobre esses dez opções e as ferramentas "
+"relacionadas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
 msgid ""
 "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
 "any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr "O último capítulo é sobre algumas outras ferramentas Mageia, que não pode ser escolhido em qualquer uma das guias da CCM."
+msgstr ""
+"O último capítulo é sobre algumas outras ferramentas Mageia, que não pode "
+"ser escolhido em qualquer uma das guias da CCM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
 "screens."
-msgstr "Os títulos das páginas, muitas vezes, ser o mesmo que os títulos das telas de ferramentas."
+msgstr ""
+"Os títulos das páginas, muitas vezes, ser o mesmo que os títulos das telas "
+"de ferramentas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
 "the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr "Há também uma barra de pesquisa disponível, que você pode acessar clicando na aba \"pesquisa\" na coluna da esquerda."
+msgstr ""
+"Há também uma barra de pesquisa disponível, que você pode acessar clicando "
+"na aba \"pesquisa\" na coluna da esquerda."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
 msgid "Local disks"
 msgstr "discos locais"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
@@ -6682,7 +7814,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
 "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciar ou compartilhar seus discos locais. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciar ou "
+"compartilhar seus discos locais. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
@@ -6704,8 +7838,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network Services"
 msgstr "Serviços de Rede"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
@@ -6713,11 +7846,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if"
-" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
+"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
 "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
 "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr "Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> só são visíveis se a <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes servidores. Clique no link abaixo ou no <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>para saber mais."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> só são visíveis se a "
+"<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode escolher entre "
+"várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes servidores. Clique no link "
+"abaixo ou no <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>para saber mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
@@ -6749,8 +7886,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
 msgid "Network Sharing"
 msgstr "Compartilhamento de Rede"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
@@ -6760,40 +7896,41 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
 "directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para o compartilhamento de unidades e diretórios. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para o "
+"compartilhamento de unidades e diretórios. Clique no link abaixo para saber "
+"mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
 msgstr "Configurar Compartilhamentos Windows®"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
 "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = share e diretórios com sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = share e diretórios com "
+"sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
 msgid "Configure NFS shares"
 msgstr "Configure compartilhamentos NFS"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
@@ -6803,8 +7940,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
 msgstr "Configure compartilhamentos WebDAV"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
@@ -6814,8 +7950,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network and Internet"
 msgstr "Rede e Internet"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:8
 msgid "mcc-network.png"
 msgstr "mcc-network.png"
@@ -6823,29 +7958,28 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link"
-" below to learn more."
-msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de rede. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
+"below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de rede. Clique no "
+"link abaixo para saber mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:18
 msgid "Manage your network devices"
 msgstr "Gerenciar os dispositivos de rede"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:21
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:25
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:29
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
@@ -6855,32 +7989,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
 msgstr "Personalize e Proteja a sua rede"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:39
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:43
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:47
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:51
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:61
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
@@ -6890,8 +8019,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "segurança"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-security.png"
 msgstr "mcc-security.png"
@@ -6901,14 +8029,18 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
 "link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de segurança. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de segurança. Clique "
+"no link abaixo para saber mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
 "permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure a segurança do sistema, permissões e auditoria </emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure a segurança do sistema, "
+"permissões e auditoria </emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:25
@@ -6935,8 +8067,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
 msgid "Sharing"
 msgstr "Compartilhando"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
@@ -6945,10 +8076,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can"
-" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
+"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
 "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr "Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Serviços de Rede</emphasis> só são visíveis se a <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes servidores. Clique no link abaixo ou no <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> para saber mais."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta tela ea outra para <emphasis>Serviços de Rede</emphasis> só são "
+"visíveis se a <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> pacote é instalado. Você pode "
+"escolher entre várias ferramentas para configurar diferentes servidores. "
+"Clique no link abaixo ou no <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> para "
+"saber mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
@@ -6965,8 +8101,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
 msgid "System"
 msgstr "sistema"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-system.png"
 msgstr "mcc-system.png"
@@ -6976,27 +8111,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
 "tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de sistema e administração. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas de sistema e "
+"administração. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:18
 msgid "Manage system services"
 msgstr "Gerenciar serviços do sistema"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:20
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
@@ -7006,14 +8140,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgid "Localization"
 msgstr "localização"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:37
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
@@ -7023,34 +8155,31 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgid "Administration tools"
 msgstr "ferramentas de administração"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on "
-"system</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Gerenciar usuários no sistema</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Gerenciar usuários no "
+"sistema</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:62
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:66
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
@@ -7064,25 +8193,34 @@ msgstr "Centro de Controle Mageia"
 #: en/MCC.xml:6
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:9
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc."
+"biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a "
+"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de "
+"Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
@@ -7094,8 +8232,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar atualizações freqüência"
 msgid "mgaapplet-config"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
@@ -7103,28 +8240,38 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
-"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / "
-"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a  guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">gestão Software</emphasis>. Ele também está disponível por um <guimenu>configuração do botão direito/Atualizações</guimenu> no ícone vermelho<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> na bandeja do sistema."
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
+"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
+"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
+"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no "
+"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a  guia <emphasis role=\"bold\">gestão "
+"Software</emphasis>. Ele também está disponível por um <guimenu>configuração "
+"do botão direito/Atualizações</guimenu> no ícone vermelho<placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> na bandeja do sistema."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
 "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is "
-"out."
-msgstr "O primeiro controle deslizante permite que você mude a freqüência Mageia irá verificar se há atualizações e segundo o atraso após a inicialização antes do primeiro cheque. A caixa de seleção lhe dá a opção de ser avisado quando uma nova versão do Mageia está fora."
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
+msgstr ""
+"O primeiro controle deslizante permite que você mude a freqüência Mageia irá "
+"verificar se há atualizações e segundo o atraso após a inicialização antes "
+"do primeiro cheque. A caixa de seleção lhe dá a opção de ser avisado quando "
+"uma nova versão do Mageia está fora."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:3
@@ -7136,8 +8283,7 @@ msgstr "Configure o dispositivo apontador (mouse, touchpad)"
 msgid "mousedrake"
 msgstr "mousedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:11
 msgid "mousedrake.png"
 msgstr "mousedrake.png"
@@ -7145,23 +8291,31 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>está presente no "
+"Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</"
+"emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by"
-" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr "Como você deve ter um mouse para instalar Mageia, que se já estiver instalado por Drakinstall. Esta ferramenta permite a instalação de outro mouse."
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
+"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Como você deve ter um mouse para instalar Mageia, que se já estiver "
+"instalado por Drakinstall. Esta ferramenta permite a instalação de outro "
+"mouse."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:23
@@ -7170,7 +8324,11 @@ msgid ""
 "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
 "PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
 "immediately taken into account."
-msgstr "Os ratos são classificadas por tipo de ligação e, em seguida, com o modelo. Selecione com o mouse e clique em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. A maior parte do tempo \"Universal / Quaisquer ratinhos PS/2 &amp; USB\" é apropriado para um rato recente. O novo mouse é imediatamente tomado em conta."
+msgstr ""
+"Os ratos são classificadas por tipo de ligação e, em seguida, com o modelo. "
+"Selecione com o mouse e clique em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. A maior parte "
+"do tempo \"Universal / Quaisquer ratinhos PS/2 &amp; USB\" é apropriado para "
+"um rato recente. O novo mouse é imediatamente tomado em conta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:3
@@ -7182,8 +8340,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Sistema de Segurança e Auditoria"
 msgid "msecgui"
 msgstr "msecgui"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:13
 msgid "msecgui.png"
 msgstr "msecgui.png"
@@ -7191,40 +8348,53 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface"
-" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
+"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
 "approaches:"
-msgstr "msecgui <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é uma interface gráfica de usuário para o ms que permite configurar a segurança do sistema de acordo com duas abordagens:"
+msgstr ""
+"msecgui <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é uma interface gráfica de "
+"usuário para o ms que permite configurar a segurança do sistema de acordo "
+"com duas abordagens:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
 "make it more secure."
-msgstr "Ele define o comportamento do sistema, ms impõe modificações no sistema para torná-lo mais seguro."
+msgstr ""
+"Ele define o comportamento do sistema, ms impõe modificações no sistema para "
+"torná-lo mais seguro."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
 "you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr "Ele carrega em verificações periódicas automaticamente no sistema, a fim de avisá-lo se algo parece perigoso."
+msgstr ""
+"Ele carrega em verificações periódicas automaticamente no sistema, a fim de "
+"avisá-lo se algo parece perigoso."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure"
-" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your"
-" own customised security levels."
-msgstr "ms usa o conceito de \"níveis de segurança\" que se destinam a configurar um conjunto de permissões do sistema, que pode ser auditado para alterações ou execução. Vários deles são propostos por Mageia, mas você pode definir seus próprios níveis de segurança personalizados."
+"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
+"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
+"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
+"own customised security levels."
+msgstr ""
+"ms usa o conceito de \"níveis de segurança\" que se destinam a configurar um "
+"conjunto de permissões do sistema, que pode ser auditado para alterações ou "
+"execução. Vários deles são propostos por Mageia, mas você pode definir seus "
+"próprios níveis de segurança personalizados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:45
@@ -7241,43 +8411,48 @@ msgstr "Veja a imagem acima"
 msgid ""
 "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
 "button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr "A primeira aba ocupa a lista das diferentes ferramentas de segurança com um botão do lado direito para configurá-los:"
+msgstr ""
+"A primeira aba ocupa a lista das diferentes ferramentas de segurança com um "
+"botão do lado direito para configurá-los:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Firewall, também encontrado no MCC / Segurança / Configurar seu firewall pessoal"
+msgstr ""
+"Firewall, também encontrado no MCC / Segurança / Configurar seu firewall "
+"pessoal"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:59
 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr "Atualizações, também encontrado em Gestão MCC / Software / Atualize seu sistema"
+msgstr ""
+"Atualizações, também encontrado em Gestão MCC / Software / Atualize seu "
+"sistema"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:64
 msgid "msec itself with some information:"
 msgstr "msec-se com algumas informações:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:68
 msgid "enabled or not"
 msgstr "habilitado ou não"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:72
 msgid "the configured Base security level"
 msgstr "o nível de segurança de base configurada"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
 "and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr "a data das últimas verificações periódicas e um botão para ver um relatório detalhado e outro botão para executar as verificações agora."
+msgstr ""
+"a data das últimas verificações periódicas e um botão para ver um relatório "
+"detalhado e outro botão para executar as verificações agora."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:86
@@ -7287,13 +8462,13 @@ msgstr "Guia de configurações de segurança"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:88
 msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security "
-"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown "
-"below."
-msgstr "Um clique na segunda aba ou na Segurança <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> leva à mesma tela mostrada abaixo."
+"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
+"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
+msgstr ""
+"Um clique na segunda aba ou na Segurança <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> "
+"leva à mesma tela mostrada abaixo."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:94
 msgid "msecgui2.png"
 msgstr "msecgui2.png"
@@ -7311,22 +8486,32 @@ msgstr " <emphasis role=\"underline\">níveis de segurança:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:106
 msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab"
-" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then"
-" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
+"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
+"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
+"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
 "following levels are available:"
-msgstr "Depois de ter marcado a caixa Ativar <guilabel>ferramenta MSEC</guilabel>, este guia permite por um duplo clique para escolher o nível de segurança que aparece em seguida, em negrito. Se a caixa não estiver marcada, o nível de «nenhum» é aplicada. Os seguintes níveis estão disponíveis:"
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de ter marcado a caixa Ativar <guilabel>ferramenta MSEC</guilabel>, "
+"este guia permite por um duplo clique para escolher o nível de segurança que "
+"aparece em seguida, em negrito. Se a caixa não estiver marcada, o nível de "
+"«nenhum» é aplicada. Os seguintes níveis estão disponíveis:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:113
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you"
-" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on"
-" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only"
-" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
+"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
+"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
+"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
+"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
 "vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr "Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">nenhum</emphasis>. Este nível destina-se você não quiser usar ms para controlar a segurança do sistema, e preferem sintonizá-la em seu próprio país. Ele desativa todas as verificações de segurança e coloca sem restrições ou limitações de configuração e configurações do sistema. Utilize este nível somente se você estiver sabendo o que você está fazendo, como seria deixar o sistema vulnerável a ataques."
+msgstr ""
+"Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">nenhum</emphasis>. Este nível destina-se você "
+"não quiser usar ms para controlar a segurança do sistema, e preferem "
+"sintonizá-la em seu próprio país. Ele desativa todas as verificações de "
+"segurança e coloca sem restrições ou limitações de configuração e "
+"configurações do sistema. Utilize este nível somente se você estiver sabendo "
+"o que você está fazendo, como seria deixar o sistema vulnerável a ataques."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:122
@@ -7337,27 +8522,45 @@ msgid ""
 "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
 "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
 "versions)."
-msgstr "Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">padrão</emphasis>. Esta é a configuração padrão quando instalado e é destinado a usuários casuais. Ele restringe várias configurações do sistema e executa verificações de segurança diárias que detectam alterações nos arquivos de sistema, contas do sistema e permissões de diretório vulneráveis. (Este nível é semelhante aos níveis 2 e 3 de versões ms passados)."
+msgstr ""
+"Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">padrão</emphasis>. Esta é a configuração "
+"padrão quando instalado e é destinado a usuários casuais. Ele restringe "
+"várias configurações do sistema e executa verificações de segurança diárias "
+"que detectam alterações nos arquivos de sistema, contas do sistema e "
+"permissões de diretório vulneráveis. (Este nível é semelhante aos níveis 2 e "
+"3 de versões ms passados)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:131
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when"
-" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts"
-" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and"
-" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr "Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">garantir</emphasis>. Este nível é destinado quando você quer garantir que seu sistema é seguro, ainda utilizável. Ele restringe ainda mais as permissões do sistema e executa verificações mais periódicas. Além disso, o acesso ao sistema é mais restrito. (Este nível é semelhante aos níveis 4 (Alta) e 5 (Paranoid) a partir de versões antigas ms)."
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
+"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
+"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
+"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
+"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
+msgstr ""
+"Nível <emphasis role=\"bold\">garantir</emphasis>. Este nível é destinado "
+"quando você quer garantir que seu sistema é seguro, ainda utilizável. Ele "
+"restringe ainda mais as permissões do sistema e executa verificações mais "
+"periódicas. Além disso, o acesso ao sistema é mais restrito. (Este nível é "
+"semelhante aos níveis 4 (Alta) e 5 (Paranoid) a partir de versões antigas "
+"ms)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:140
 msgid ""
 "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-"
-"configure system security according to the most common use cases."
-msgstr "Além desses níveis, diferente de segurança orientado para a tarefa também são fornecidos, como o  <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor de arquivos</emphasis>, , <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor de internet</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> níveis. Tais níveis de tentar a segurança do sistema de pré-configurar de acordo com os casos de uso mais comuns."
+"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
+"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
+"the most common use cases."
+msgstr ""
+"Além desses níveis, diferente de segurança orientado para a tarefa também "
+"são fornecidos, como o  <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor de arquivos</"
+"emphasis>, , <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor de internet</emphasis> e "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> níveis. Tais níveis de tentar a "
+"segurança do sistema de pré-configurar de acordo com os casos de uso mais "
+"comuns."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:149
@@ -7365,25 +8568,37 @@ msgid ""
 "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
 "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
 "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr "Os dois últimos níveis chamados <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> não são realmente os níveis de segurança, mas sim ferramentas para apenas verificações periódicas."
+msgstr ""
+"Os dois últimos níveis chamados <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</"
+"emphasis> e <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> não são "
+"realmente os níveis de segurança, mas sim ferramentas para apenas "
+"verificações periódicas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:156
 msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in "
-"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define "
-"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called "
-"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder "
-"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power"
-" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration."
-msgstr "Estes níveis são salvos em <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. Você pode definir os seus próprios níveis de segurança personalizados, salvando-os em arquivos específicos chamados nível <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, colocado na pasta<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> Esta função é destina-se a usuários avançados que exigem uma configuração de sistema personalizado ou mais seguro."
+"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
+"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
+"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
+"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
+"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
+"configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"Estes níveis são salvos em <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
+"filename>. Você pode definir os seus próprios níveis de segurança "
+"personalizados, salvando-os em arquivos específicos chamados nível "
+"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, colocado na pasta<filename>etc/"
+"security/msec/.</filename> Esta função é destina-se a usuários avançados que "
+"exigem uma configuração de sistema personalizado ou mais seguro."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:165
 msgid ""
 "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
 "level settings."
-msgstr "Tenha em mente que os parâmetros modificados pelo usuário têm precedência sobre as configurações de nível padrão."
+msgstr ""
+"Tenha em mente que os parâmetros modificados pelo usuário têm precedência "
+"sobre as configurações de nível padrão."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:170
@@ -7393,23 +8608,34 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">alertas de segurança:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:173
 msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email "
-"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent "
-"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You"
-" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail"
-" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
+"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
+"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
+"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
+"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
+"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
 "the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
 "enable it."
-msgstr "Se você marcar a caixa de <guibutton>Enviar alertas de segurança por e-mail para: </guibutton>, os alertas de segurança gerados por ms vão ser enviados por e-mail local para o administrador de segurança nomeado no campo nas proximidades. Você pode preencher ou um usuário local ou um endereço de e-mail completo (o local de e-mail eo gerente de e-mail deve ser definido em conformidade). Por fim, você pode receber os alertas de segurança diretamente no seu desktop. Marque a caixa relevante para habilitá-lo."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você marcar a caixa de <guibutton>Enviar alertas de segurança por e-mail "
+"para: </guibutton>, os alertas de segurança gerados por ms vão ser enviados "
+"por e-mail local para o administrador de segurança nomeado no campo nas "
+"proximidades. Você pode preencher ou um usuário local ou um endereço de e-"
+"mail completo (o local de e-mail eo gerente de e-mail deve ser definido em "
+"conformidade). Por fim, você pode receber os alertas de segurança "
+"diretamente no seu desktop. Marque a caixa relevante para habilitá-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:182
 msgid ""
 "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems."
-" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
+"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
+"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
 "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr "É altamente recomendável ativar a opção de alertas de segurança, a fim de informar imediatamente o administrador de possíveis problemas de segurança de segurança. Se não, o administrador terá que verificar regularmente os ficheiros disponíveis no <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+"É altamente recomendável ativar a opção de alertas de segurança, a fim de "
+"informar imediatamente o administrador de possíveis problemas de segurança "
+"de segurança. Se não, o administrador terá que verificar regularmente os "
+"ficheiros disponíveis no <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:188
@@ -7420,12 +8646,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">opções de segurança: </emphasis>"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:190
 msgid ""
 "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change"
-" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains "
-"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done "
-"to the options."
-msgstr "Criar um nível de personalização não é a única maneira de personalizar a segurança do computador, também é possível usar as guias apresentados aqui depois de alterar qualquer opção desejada. Configuração atual de ms é armazenado em <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Este arquivo contém o nome do nível de segurança atual e a lista de todas as modificações feitas para as opções."
+"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
+"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
+"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
+"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Criar um nível de personalização não é a única maneira de personalizar a "
+"segurança do computador, também é possível usar as guias apresentados aqui "
+"depois de alterar qualquer opção desejada. Configuração atual de ms é "
+"armazenado em <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Este "
+"arquivo contém o nome do nível de segurança atual e a lista de todas as "
+"modificações feitas para as opções."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:199
@@ -7436,12 +8668,14 @@ msgstr "Guia de segurança do sistema"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:201
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side"
-" column."
-msgstr "Este guia mostra todas as opções de segurança na coluna do lado esquerdo, uma descrição na coluna central, e seus valores atuais na coluna do lado direito."
+"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
+"column."
+msgstr ""
+"Este guia mostra todas as opções de segurança na coluna do lado esquerdo, "
+"uma descrição na coluna central, e seus valores atuais na coluna do lado "
+"direito."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:207
 msgid "msecgui3.png"
 msgstr "msecgui3.png"
@@ -7454,10 +8688,14 @@ msgid ""
 "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
 "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Para modificar uma opção, clique duas vezes nele e uma nova janela aparece (veja a imagem abaixo). Ele exibe o nome da opção, uma breve descrição, os valores reais e padrão, e uma lista drop-down, onde o novo valor pode ser selecionado. Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a escolha."
+msgstr ""
+"Para modificar uma opção, clique duas vezes nele e uma nova janela aparece "
+"(veja a imagem abaixo). Ele exibe o nome da opção, uma breve descrição, os "
+"valores reais e padrão, e uma lista drop-down, onde o novo valor pode ser "
+"selecionado. Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a "
+"escolha."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:219
 msgid "msecgui11.png"
 msgstr "msecgui11.png"
@@ -7469,10 +8707,13 @@ msgid ""
 "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
 "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
 "saving them."
-msgstr "Não se esqueça quando sair msecgui para salvar definitivamente a configuração usando o menu <guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração </guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado as configurações, msecgui permite que você visualize as alterações antes de salvá-los."
+msgstr ""
+"Não se esqueça quando sair msecgui para salvar definitivamente a "
+"configuração usando o menu <guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração </"
+"guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado as configurações, msecgui permite que você "
+"visualize as alterações antes de salvá-los."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:232
 msgid "msecgui10.png"
 msgstr "msecgui10.png"
@@ -7486,10 +8727,10 @@ msgstr "Segurança da Rede"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:240
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr "Este guia mostra todas as opções de rede e funciona como a guia anterior"
+msgstr ""
+"Este guia mostra todas as opções de rede e funciona como a guia anterior"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:245
 msgid "msecgui4.png"
 msgstr "msecgui4.png"
@@ -7504,7 +8745,10 @@ msgstr "Guia verificações periódicas"
 msgid ""
 "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
 "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr "Verificações periódicas objetivo é informar o administrador de segurança por meio de alertas de todas as situações de segurança ms pensa potencialmente perigosa."
+msgstr ""
+"Verificações periódicas objetivo é informar o administrador de segurança por "
+"meio de alertas de todas as situações de segurança ms pensa potencialmente "
+"perigosa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:257
@@ -7512,10 +8756,13 @@ msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
 "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
 "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr "Essa guia exibe todas as verificações periódicas feitas por ms e sua freqüência se a caixa Ativar <guibutton>verificações de segurança periódicas</guibutton> está marcada. As alterações são feitas como nos guias anteriores."
+msgstr ""
+"Essa guia exibe todas as verificações periódicas feitas por ms e sua "
+"freqüência se a caixa Ativar <guibutton>verificações de segurança "
+"periódicas</guibutton> está marcada. As alterações são feitas como nos guias "
+"anteriores."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:264
 msgid "msecgui5.png"
 msgstr "msecgui5.png"
@@ -7529,14 +8776,18 @@ msgstr "Aba excessões"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:272
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab"
-" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert"
-" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
+"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
+"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
+"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
 "below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr "Às vezes, as mensagens de alerta são devidos a situações conhecidos e procurados. Nestes casos, eles são inúteis e tempo desperdiçado para o administrador. Essa guia permite que você crie tantas exceções que você quer evitar mensagens de alerta indesejados. É obviamente vazio na primeira partida ms. A imagem abaixo mostra quatro exceções."
+msgstr ""
+"Às vezes, as mensagens de alerta são devidos a situações conhecidos e "
+"procurados. Nestes casos, eles são inúteis e tempo desperdiçado para o "
+"administrador. Essa guia permite que você crie tantas exceções que você quer "
+"evitar mensagens de alerta indesejados. É obviamente vazio na primeira "
+"partida ms. A imagem abaixo mostra quatro exceções."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:280
 msgid "msecgui6.png"
 msgstr "msecgui6.png"
@@ -7544,12 +8795,11 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:284
 msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> "
-"button"
-msgstr "Para criar uma exceção, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar uma regra</guibutton>"
+"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Para criar uma exceção, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar uma regra</guibutton>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:289
 msgid "msecgui7.png"
 msgstr "msecgui7.png"
@@ -7558,12 +8808,17 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:293
 msgid ""
 "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the "
-"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is "
-"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the "
-"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> "
-"tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr "Selecione a verificação periódica queria na lista suspensa chamada <guilabel>Confira</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite o <guilabel>Exception</guilabel> na área de texto para baixo. Adicionar uma exceção, obviamente, não é definitivo, você pode excluí-lo usando o botão <guibutton>Excluir</guibutton> das <guilabel>exceções</guilabel> ou modificá-lo com um duplo clique."
+"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
+"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
+"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
+"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione a verificação periódica queria na lista suspensa chamada "
+"<guilabel>Confira</guilabel> e, em seguida, digite o <guilabel>Exception</"
+"guilabel> na área de texto para baixo. Adicionar uma exceção, obviamente, "
+"não é definitivo, você pode excluí-lo usando o botão <guibutton>Excluir</"
+"guibutton> das <guilabel>exceções</guilabel> ou modificá-lo com um duplo "
+"clique."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:303
@@ -7575,7 +8830,9 @@ msgstr "Permissões"
 msgid ""
 "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
 "enforcement."
-msgstr "Este guia destina-se a arquivos e diretórios permissões de controlo e aplicação."
+msgstr ""
+"Este guia destina-se a arquivos e diretórios permissões de controlo e "
+"aplicação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:306
@@ -7587,13 +8844,22 @@ msgid ""
 "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
 "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
 "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the "
-"list of all the modifications done to the permissions."
-msgstr "Como para a segurança, ms possui diferentes níveis de permissões (padrão, seguro, ..), eles são habilitados de acordo com o nível de segurança escolhido. Você pode criar seus próprios níveis de permissão personalizados, salvando-os em arquivos específicos chamados <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> colocado na pasta <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Esta função destina-se a usuários avançados que exigem uma configuração personalizada. Também é possível usar a guia apresentado aqui depois de alterar qualquer permissão que você deseja. Configuração atual é armazenado em <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Este arquivo contém a lista de todas as modificações feitas para as permissões."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
+"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
+"done to the permissions."
+msgstr ""
+"Como para a segurança, ms possui diferentes níveis de permissões (padrão, "
+"seguro, ..), eles são habilitados de acordo com o nível de segurança "
+"escolhido. Você pode criar seus próprios níveis de permissão personalizados, "
+"salvando-os em arquivos específicos chamados <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </"
+"filename> colocado na pasta <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Esta "
+"função destina-se a usuários avançados que exigem uma configuração "
+"personalizada. Também é possível usar a guia apresentado aqui depois de "
+"alterar qualquer permissão que você deseja. Configuração atual é armazenado "
+"em <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Este arquivo contém a "
+"lista de todas as modificações feitas para as permissões."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:318
 msgid "msecgui8.png"
 msgstr "msecgui8.png"
@@ -7602,18 +8868,25 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:321
 msgid ""
 "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the"
-" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a"
-" given rule:"
-msgstr "As permissões padrão são visíveis como uma lista de regras (uma regra por linha). Você pode ver no lado esquerdo, o arquivo ou pasta onde se encontra a regra, então o proprietário, em seguida, o grupo e, em seguida, as permissões dadas pela regra. Se, para uma dada regra:"
+"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
+"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
+"given rule:"
+msgstr ""
+"As permissões padrão são visíveis como uma lista de regras (uma regra por "
+"linha). Você pode ver no lado esquerdo, o arquivo ou pasta onde se encontra "
+"a regra, então o proprietário, em seguida, o grupo e, em seguida, as "
+"permissões dadas pela regra. Se, para uma dada regra:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:327
 msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the"
-" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
+"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
 "if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr "Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> não estiver marcada, msec apenas verifica se as permissões definidas para esta regra são respeitados e envia uma mensagem de alerta se não, mas não muda nada."
+msgstr ""
+"Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> não estiver marcada, msec apenas "
+"verifica se as permissões definidas para esta regra são respeitados e envia "
+"uma mensagem de alerta se não, mas não muda nada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:333
@@ -7621,25 +8894,33 @@ msgid ""
 "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
 "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
 "permissions."
-msgstr "Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> estiver marcada, então msec vai governar o respeito permissões na primeira verificação periódica e substituir as permissões."
+msgstr ""
+"Se caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> estiver marcada, então msec vai "
+"governar o respeito permissões na primeira verificação periódica e "
+"substituir as permissões."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:337
 msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr "Para que isso funcione, os CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia verificação periódica</emphasis> deve ser configurado de acordo."
+"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+"Para que isso funcione, os CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia "
+"verificação periódica</emphasis> deve ser configurado de acordo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:339
 msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed "
-"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr "Para criar uma nova regra, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar um botão</guibutton> regra e preencha os campos como mostrado no exemplo abaixo. O coringa * é permitido no <guilabel>Arquivo</guilabel>. \"Atual\" não significa nenhuma modificação."
+"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
+"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
+"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
+msgstr ""
+"Para criar uma nova regra, clique no <guibutton>Adicionar um botão</"
+"guibutton> regra e preencha os campos como mostrado no exemplo abaixo. O "
+"coringa * é permitido no <guilabel>Arquivo</guilabel>. \"Atual\" não "
+"significa nenhuma modificação."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:345
 msgid "msecgui9.png"
 msgstr "msecgui9.png"
@@ -7651,26 +8932,40 @@ msgid ""
 "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
 "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
 "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr "Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a escolha e não se esqueça ao sair para salvar definitivamente a configuração utilizando o menu <guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração</guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado as configurações, msecgui permite que você visualize as alterações antes de salvá-los."
+msgstr ""
+"Clique no botão <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para validar a escolha e não se "
+"esqueça ao sair para salvar definitivamente a configuração utilizando o menu "
+"<guimenu>Arquivo -> Salvar a configuração</guimenu>. Se você tiver alterado "
+"as configurações, msecgui permite que você visualize as alterações antes de "
+"salvá-los."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:353
 msgid ""
 "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
 "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr "Também é possível criar ou modificar as regras editando o <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Também é possível criar ou modificar as regras editando o <filename>/etc/"
+"security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:356
 msgid ""
 "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
 "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken "
-"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root "
-"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions"
-" that will be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr "Mudanças na aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissão</emphasis> (ou diretamente no arquivo de configuração) são tidos em conta na primeira verificação periódica (ver CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia verificações periódicas </emphasis>). Se você quer que eles sejam imediatamente tomadas em conta, use o comando msecperms em um console com direitos de root. Você pode usar antes, o comando msecperms-p saber as permissões que serão alterados por msecperms."
+"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
+"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
+"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
+"be changed by msecperms."
+msgstr ""
+"Mudanças na aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissão</emphasis> (ou diretamente "
+"no arquivo de configuração) são tidos em conta na primeira verificação "
+"periódica (ver CHECK_PERMS opção no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia "
+"verificações periódicas </emphasis>). Se você quer que eles sejam "
+"imediatamente tomadas em conta, use o comando msecperms em um console com "
+"direitos de root. Você pode usar antes, o comando msecperms-p saber as "
+"permissões que serão alterados por msecperms."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:363
@@ -7681,7 +8976,14 @@ msgid ""
 "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
 "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr "Não se esqueça que se você modificar as permissões em um console ou em um gerenciador de arquivos, de um arquivo de onde a caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> é verificado no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia Permissões</emphasis>, msecgui vai escrever as permissões antigas de volta depois de um tempo, de acordo com a configuração das opções e CHECK_PERMS CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE no <emphasis role=\"bold\">verificações periódicas guia</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Não se esqueça que se você modificar as permissões em um console ou em um "
+"gerenciador de arquivos, de um arquivo de onde a caixa <guilabel>Aplicar</"
+"guilabel> é verificado no <emphasis role=\"bold\">guia Permissões</"
+"emphasis>, msecgui vai escrever as permissões antigas de volta depois de um "
+"tempo, de acordo com a configuração das opções e CHECK_PERMS "
+"CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE no <emphasis role=\"bold\">verificações periódicas guia</"
+"emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
@@ -7692,9 +8994,12 @@ msgstr "Outras ferramentas Mageia"
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
 msgid ""
 "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the"
-" next pages."
-msgstr "Há mais ferramentas Mageia do que aquelas que podem ser iniciados no Centro de Controle Mageia. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais, ou continuar a ler as próximas páginas."
+"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
+"next pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Há mais ferramentas Mageia do que aquelas que podem ser iniciados no Centro "
+"de Controle Mageia. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais, ou continuar a "
+"ler as próximas páginas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
@@ -7731,8 +9036,7 @@ msgstr "Gestão de Software (Instalar e Remover Software)"
 msgid "rpmdrake"
 msgstr "rpmdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
 msgid "rpmdrake.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
@@ -7745,9 +9049,11 @@ msgstr "Introdução à Rpmdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
@@ -7761,19 +9067,32 @@ msgid ""
 "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
 "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
 "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names"
-" included in the packages."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, também conhecido como drakrpm, é um programa para instalar, desinstalar e atualizar pacotes. É a interface gráfica do usuário de URPMI. Em cada partida, ele irá verificar listas de pacotes on-line (chamados de 'media') baixado diretamente dos servidores oficiais da Mageia, e irá mostrar-lhe cada vez os mais recentes aplicativos e pacotes disponíveis para seu computador. Um sistema de filtro permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes: você pode exibir somente os aplicativos instalados (por padrão) ou atualizações disponíveis apenas. Você também pode ver apenas pacotes não instalados. Você também pode procurar pelo nome de um pacote, ou nos resumos de descrições ou nas descrições completas dos pacotes ou nos nomes dos arquivos incluídos nos pacotes."
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
+"included in the packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, também conhecido "
+"como drakrpm, é um programa para instalar, desinstalar e atualizar pacotes. "
+"É a interface gráfica do usuário de URPMI. Em cada partida, ele irá "
+"verificar listas de pacotes on-line (chamados de 'media') baixado "
+"diretamente dos servidores oficiais da Mageia, e irá mostrar-lhe cada vez os "
+"mais recentes aplicativos e pacotes disponíveis para seu computador. Um "
+"sistema de filtro permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes: você "
+"pode exibir somente os aplicativos instalados (por padrão) ou atualizações "
+"disponíveis apenas. Você também pode ver apenas pacotes não instalados. Você "
+"também pode procurar pelo nome de um pacote, ou nos resumos de descrições ou "
+"nas descrições completas dos pacotes ou nos nomes dos arquivos incluídos nos "
+"pacotes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend"
-"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr "Para funcionar, rpmdrake precisa dos repositórios para ser configurado com <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
+"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr ""
+"Para funcionar, rpmdrake precisa dos repositórios para ser configurado com "
+"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
 msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
@@ -7782,28 +9101,36 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake"
-" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
+"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
+"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
 "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
 "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
 "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
 "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr "Durante a instalação, o repositório configurado é o meio utilizado para a instalação, em geral, o DVD ou CD. Se mantiver esta média, rpmdrake vai pedir que cada vez que você quiser instalar um pacote, com esta janela pop-up: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Se a mensagem acima irrita e você tem uma boa conexão de internet sem muito rigoroso limite de download, é sábio para remover esse meio e substituí-lo por repositórios online graças a <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Durante a instalação, o repositório configurado é o meio utilizado para a "
+"instalação, em geral, o DVD ou CD. Se mantiver esta média, rpmdrake vai "
+"pedir que cada vez que você quiser instalar um pacote, com esta janela pop-"
+"up: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Se a mensagem acima irrita "
+"e você tem uma boa conexão de internet sem muito rigoroso limite de "
+"download, é sábio para remover esse meio e substituí-lo por repositórios "
+"online graças a <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
 "packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr "Além disso, os repositórios on-line são sempre atualizado, contém muito mais pacotes, e permitem atualizar seus pacotes instalados."
+msgstr ""
+"Além disso, os repositórios on-line são sempre atualizado, contém muito mais "
+"pacotes, e permitem atualizar seus pacotes instalados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
 msgid "The main parts of the screen"
 msgstr "As principais partes da tela"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
 msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
@@ -7819,25 +9146,38 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
 "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
 "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,"
-" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr "Este filtro permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes. A primeira vez que você iniciar o gerente, ele exibe apenas as aplicações com uma interface gráfica. Você pode exibir tanto todos os pacotes e todas as suas dependências e bibliotecas ou apenas grupos de pacotes, tais como aplicações apenas, as atualizações só ou portadas pacotes a partir de versões mais recentes do Mageia."
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
+"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Este filtro permite exibir apenas determinados tipos de pacotes. A primeira "
+"vez que você iniciar o gerente, ele exibe apenas as aplicações com uma "
+"interface gráfica. Você pode exibir tanto todos os pacotes e todas as suas "
+"dependências e bibliotecas ou apenas grupos de pacotes, tais como aplicações "
+"apenas, as atualizações só ou portadas pacotes a partir de versões mais "
+"recentes do Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
 msgid ""
 "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading"
-" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge"
-" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr "A configuração padrão é de filtro para os novos operadores para o Linux ou Mageia, que provavelmente não querem linha de comando ou ferramentas especializadas. Desde que você está lendo esta documentação, você está obviamente interessado em melhorar o seu conhecimento do Mageia, por isso é melhor para definir este filtro para \"Tudo\"."
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
+"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
+"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+msgstr ""
+"A configuração padrão é de filtro para os novos operadores para o Linux ou "
+"Mageia, que provavelmente não querem linha de comando ou ferramentas "
+"especializadas. Desde que você está lendo esta documentação, você está "
+"obviamente interessado em melhorar o seu conhecimento do Mageia, por isso é "
+"melhor para definir este filtro para \"Tudo\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
 msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> "
-"</firstterm>"
-msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">filtro estado Pacote:</emphasis> </firstterm>"
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
+"firstterm>"
+msgstr ""
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">filtro estado Pacote:</emphasis> </"
+"firstterm>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
@@ -7845,7 +9185,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
 "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
 "not installed."
-msgstr "Este filtro permite que você visualize apenas os pacotes instalados, apenas os pacotes que não estão instalados ou todos os pacotes, ambos instalados e não instalados."
+msgstr ""
+"Este filtro permite que você visualize apenas os pacotes instalados, apenas "
+"os pacotes que não estão instalados ou todos os pacotes, ambos instalados e "
+"não instalados."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
@@ -7858,7 +9201,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
 "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
 "in the packages."
-msgstr "Clique neste ícone para pesquisar os nomes de pacotes, por meio de seus resumos, através da sua descrição completa ou através dos arquivos incluídos nos pacotes."
+msgstr ""
+"Clique neste ícone para pesquisar os nomes de pacotes, por meio de seus "
+"resumos, através da sua descrição completa ou através dos arquivos incluídos "
+"nos pacotes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
@@ -7871,7 +9217,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
 "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
 "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr "Digite aqui uma ou mais palavras-chave. Se você quiser usar mais de uma palavra-chave para pesquisar o uso \"|\" entre as palavras-chave, por exemplo, Para procurar \"mplayer\" e \"xine\" ao mesmo tempo tipo 'mplayer | xine'."
+msgstr ""
+"Digite aqui uma ou mais palavras-chave. Se você quiser usar mais de uma "
+"palavra-chave para pesquisar o uso \"|\" entre as palavras-chave, por "
+"exemplo, Para procurar \"mplayer\" e \"xine\" ao mesmo tempo tipo 'mplayer | "
+"xine'."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
@@ -7883,7 +9233,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Apagar tudo:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
 "box ."
-msgstr "Este ícone pode apagar em um clique todas as palavras-chave inseridas no \"Procurar\" caixa."
+msgstr ""
+"Este ícone pode apagar em um clique todas as palavras-chave inseridas no "
+"\"Procurar\" caixa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
@@ -7893,9 +9245,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lista de Categorias:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and"
-" sub categories."
-msgstr "Este grupo de barra lateral todos os aplicativos e pacotes em categorias claras e sub-categorias."
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
+"sub categories."
+msgstr ""
+"Este grupo de barra lateral todos os aplicativos e pacotes em categorias "
+"claras e sub-categorias."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
@@ -7906,10 +9260,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Descrição painel: </emphasis>"
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
 msgid ""
 "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It"
-" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
+"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
 "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr "Este painel exibe o nome do pacote, o seu resumo e descrição completa. Ele exibe muitos elementos úteis sobre o pacote selecionado. Ele também pode mostrar detalhes precisos sobre o pacote, os arquivos incluídos no pacote, bem como uma lista das últimas alterações feitas pelo mantenedor."
+msgstr ""
+"Este painel exibe o nome do pacote, o seu resumo e descrição completa. Ele "
+"exibe muitos elementos úteis sobre o pacote selecionado. Ele também pode "
+"mostrar detalhes precisos sobre o pacote, os arquivos incluídos no pacote, "
+"bem como uma lista das últimas alterações feitas pelo mantenedor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
@@ -7924,78 +9282,73 @@ msgid ""
 "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
 "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
 "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on "
-"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Depois de definir corretamente os filtros, você pode encontrar o seu software ou por categoria (na zona 6 acima) ou por nome/resumo/descrição usando a área 4. Uma lista de pacotes que cumprem sua consulta e, não se esqueça, o meio escolhido é mostrado com diferentes marcadores de status de acordo com se cada pacote é instalado /não instalado/uma atualização ... Para alterar este status, basta marcar ou desmarcar a caixa antes do nome do pacote e clique em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de definir corretamente os filtros, você pode encontrar o seu "
+"software ou por categoria (na zona 6 acima) ou por nome/resumo/descrição "
+"usando a área 4. Uma lista de pacotes que cumprem sua consulta e, não se "
+"esqueça, o meio escolhido é mostrado com diferentes marcadores de status de "
+"acordo com se cada pacote é instalado /não instalado/uma atualização ... "
+"Para alterar este status, basta marcar ou desmarcar a caixa antes do nome do "
+"pacote e clique em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
 msgid "Icon"
 msgstr "Icone"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
 msgid "Legend"
 msgstr "Legenda"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
 msgid "rpmdrake2.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
 msgid "This package is already installed"
 msgstr "Este pacote já está instalado"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
 msgid "rpmdrake3.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake3.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
 msgid "This package will be installed"
 msgstr "Este pacote será instalado"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
 msgid "rpmdrake4.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake4.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
 msgid "This package cannot be modified"
 msgstr "Este pacotes não pode ser modificado"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
 msgid "rpmdrake5.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
 msgid "This package is an update"
 msgstr "Este pacote é uma atualização"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
 msgid "rpmdrake6.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake6.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
 msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
 msgstr "Este pacote será desinstalado"
@@ -8016,7 +9369,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
 "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
 "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Se eu desmarcar digikam (a seta verde nos diga que está instalado), o ícone de status irá vermelho com uma seta para cima e ele vai ser desinstalado ao clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se eu desmarcar digikam (a seta verde nos diga que está instalado), o ícone "
+"de status irá vermelho com uma seta para cima e ele vai ser desinstalado ao "
+"clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
@@ -8024,15 +9380,17 @@ msgid ""
 "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
 "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Se eu verificar qdigidoc (que não está instalado, consulte o status), a laranja, com um ícone de status de seta para baixo e vai aparecer e ele será instalado ao clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se eu verificar qdigidoc (que não está instalado, consulte o status), a "
+"laranja, com um ícone de status de seta para baixo e vai aparecer e ele será "
+"instalado ao clicar em <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
 msgid "The dependencies"
 msgstr "as dependências"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
 msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
@@ -8040,15 +9398,23 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
 msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They"
-" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
+"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
 "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
 "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
 "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
 "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to"
-" install."
-msgstr "Alguns pacotes precisam de outros pacotes chamados dependências, a fim de trabalhar. Eles são, por exemplo, bibliotecas ou ferramentas. Neste caso, Rpmdrake exibe uma janela de informações que lhe permite escolher se aceita ou não as dependências selecionados, cancelar a operação ou obter mais informações (veja acima). Também pode acontecer que vários pacotes são capazes de fornecer a biblioteca necessária, caso em que rpmdrake exibe a lista de alternativas com um botão para obter mais informações e um outro botão para escolher qual pacote instalar."
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
+"install."
+msgstr ""
+"Alguns pacotes precisam de outros pacotes chamados dependências, a fim de "
+"trabalhar. Eles são, por exemplo, bibliotecas ou ferramentas. Neste caso, "
+"Rpmdrake exibe uma janela de informações que lhe permite escolher se aceita "
+"ou não as dependências selecionados, cancelar a operação ou obter mais "
+"informações (veja acima). Também pode acontecer que vários pacotes são "
+"capazes de fornecer a biblioteca necessária, caso em que rpmdrake exibe a "
+"lista de alternativas com um botão para obter mais informações e um outro "
+"botão para escolher qual pacote instalar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
@@ -8070,7 +9436,9 @@ msgstr "instalação"
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
 "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis>Scannerdrake</emphasis> como root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando "
+"<emphasis>Scannerdrake</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
@@ -8079,20 +9447,28 @@ msgid ""
 "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
 "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
 "remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar um único dispositivo de scanner ou um dispositivo multifuncional que inclui a digitalização. Ele também permite que você compartilhe os dispositivos locais ligados a este computador com um computador remoto ou para acessar scanners remotos."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar "
+"um único dispositivo de scanner ou um dispositivo multifuncional que inclui "
+"a digitalização. Ele também permite que você compartilhe os dispositivos "
+"locais ligados a este computador com um computador remoto ou para acessar "
+"scanners remotos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
 msgid ""
 "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
 "message:"
-msgstr "Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta pela primeira vez, você pode receber a seguinte mensagem:"
+msgstr ""
+"Quando você iniciar essa ferramenta pela primeira vez, você pode receber a "
+"seguinte mensagem:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>\"pacotes SANE precisa ser instalado para usar scanners</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>\"pacotes SANE precisa ser instalado para usar scanners</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
@@ -8104,10 +9480,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Você quer instalar qual pacotes?\"</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
 "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr "Escolha <emphasis>Sim</emphasis> para continuar. Ele irá instalar <code>digitalizador-gui</code> e <code>tarefa de varredura</code> se eles ainda não estão instalados."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha <emphasis>Sim</emphasis> para continuar. Ele irá instalar "
+"<code>digitalizador-gui</code> e <code>tarefa de varredura</code> se eles "
+"ainda não estão instalados."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
 msgid "scannerdrake.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
@@ -8118,15 +9496,21 @@ msgid ""
 "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
 "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
 "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Se o scanner for identificado corretamente, por isso, se na tela acima você vê o nome do seu scanner, o scanner está pronto para uso com, por exemplo, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Digitalização Simples</emphasis> ."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o scanner for identificado corretamente, por isso, se na tela acima você "
+"vê o nome do seu scanner, o scanner está pronto para uso com, por exemplo, "
+"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> ou <emphasis>Digitalização Simples</emphasis> ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr "Nesse caso, você pode agora quer deseja configurar o  <emphasis>compartilhamento de Scanner</emphasis> opção. Você pode ler sobre isso no <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/> ."
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannersharing\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesse caso, você pode agora quer deseja configurar o  "
+"<emphasis>compartilhamento de Scanner</emphasis> opção. Você pode ler sobre "
+"isso no <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/> ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
@@ -8135,17 +9519,22 @@ msgid ""
 "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
 "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
 "scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr "No entanto, se o scanner não foi corretamente identificado, e verificar o respectivo cabo (s) e interruptor de alimentação e, em seguida, pressionando <emphasis>Procure novos scanners</emphasis> não ajudar, você precisa pressionar <emphasis>Adicionar um scanner manualmente</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"No entanto, se o scanner não foi corretamente identificado, e verificar o "
+"respectivo cabo (s) e interruptor de alimentação e, em seguida, pressionando "
+"<emphasis>Procure novos scanners</emphasis> não ajudar, você precisa "
+"pressionar <emphasis>Adicionar um scanner manualmente</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
 msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the"
-" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Escolha a marca do seu scanner na lista que você vê, então o seu tipo na lista para essa marca e clique <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
+"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha a marca do seu scanner na lista que você vê, então o seu tipo na "
+"lista para essa marca e clique <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
 msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
@@ -8153,59 +9542,75 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click "
-"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Se você não consegue encontrar o seu scanner na lista, clique em  <emphasis>Cancelar</emphasis>"
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não consegue encontrar o seu scanner na lista, clique em  "
+"<emphasis>Cancelar</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
 msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
-"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr "Por favor verifique se o seu scanner é compatível com o <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Dispositivos suportados</link> página e pedir ajuda nos fóruns <link xlink:href=\"http://mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/\">forum</link>."
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
+"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
+"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor verifique se o seu scanner é compatível com o <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Dispositivos "
+"suportados</link> página e pedir ajuda nos fóruns <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/\">forum</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
 msgid "Choose port"
 msgstr "Escolha a porta"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
 msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available "
-"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that"
-" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr "Você pode deixar esta definição para <emphasis>Auto-detectar portas disponíveis </emphasis> a menos que a interface do scanner é uma porta paralela. Nesse caso, selecione <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> se você tiver apenas um."
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
+"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
+"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode deixar esta definição para <emphasis>Auto-detectar portas "
+"disponíveis </emphasis> a menos que a interface do scanner é uma porta "
+"paralela. Nesse caso, selecione <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> se você "
+"tiver apenas um."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
 "similar to the one below."
-msgstr "Após clicar em <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, na maioria dos casos, você verá uma tela semelhante à mostrada abaixo."
+msgstr ""
+"Após clicar em <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, na maioria dos casos, você verá uma "
+"tela semelhante à mostrada abaixo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
 msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref "
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você não conseguir que a tela, em seguida, por favor leia as <xref "
 "linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr "Se você não conseguir que a tela, em seguida, por favor leia as <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
 msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
@@ -8215,8 +9620,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgid "Scannersharing"
 msgstr "Scannersharing"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
 msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
@@ -8224,11 +9628,15 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be"
-" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
+"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
 "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
 "this machine."
-msgstr "Aqui você pode escolher se os scanners conectados a esta máquina deve ser acessível por máquinas remotas e por que máquinas remotas. Você também pode decidir aqui se scanners em máquinas remotas devem ser disponibilizados nesta máquina."
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui você pode escolher se os scanners conectados a esta máquina deve ser "
+"acessível por máquinas remotas e por que máquinas remotas. Você também pode "
+"decidir aqui se scanners em máquinas remotas devem ser disponibilizados "
+"nesta máquina."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
@@ -8236,17 +9644,21 @@ msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
 "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
 "this computer."
-msgstr "Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: nome ou endereço IP de hosts podem ser adicionados ou excluídos da lista de hosts autorizados a acessar o dispositivo local (s), neste computador."
+msgstr ""
+"Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: nome ou endereço IP de hosts podem ser "
+"adicionados ou excluídos da lista de hosts autorizados a acessar o "
+"dispositivo local (s), neste computador."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
 "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr "Uso de scanners remotos: nome ou endereço IP de hosts pode adicionados ou excluídos da lista de anfitriões que dão acesso a um scanner remoto."
+msgstr ""
+"Uso de scanners remotos: nome ou endereço IP de hosts pode adicionados ou "
+"excluídos da lista de anfitriões que dão acesso a um scanner remoto."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
 msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
@@ -8256,8 +9668,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
 msgstr "Scanner compartilhando a hosts: você pode adicionar host."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
 msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
@@ -8267,10 +9678,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
 "machines."
-msgstr "Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: especificar qual host (s) para adicionar, ou permitir que todas as máquinas remotas."
+msgstr ""
+"Compartilhando a hosts Scanner: especificar qual host (s) para adicionar, ou "
+"permitir que todas as máquinas remotas."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
 msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
@@ -8278,10 +9690,10 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr "\"Todas as máquinas remotas\" têm permissão para acessar o scanner local."
+msgstr ""
+"\"Todas as máquinas remotas\" têm permissão para acessar o scanner local."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
 msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
@@ -8291,7 +9703,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgid ""
 "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
 "offers to do it."
-msgstr "Se o pacote <emphasis>sanado</emphasis> ainda não está instalada, a ferramenta oferece para fazê-lo."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o pacote <emphasis>sanado</emphasis> ainda não está instalada, a "
+"ferramenta oferece para fazê-lo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
@@ -8313,14 +9727,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
 "\"net\""
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>para adicionar ou comentar a directiva\"net\""
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>para adicionar ou comentar a "
+"directiva\"net\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
 msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr "Precisa também configurar <emphasis>Saned</emphasis> e <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> para ser iniciado no boot."
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
+"emphasis> to be started on boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Precisa também configurar <emphasis>Saned</emphasis> e <emphasis>xinetd</"
+"emphasis> para ser iniciado no boot."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
@@ -8337,9 +9755,13 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
 msgid ""
 "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
 "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device "
-"Manager</emphasis>."
-msgstr "A maioria dos scanners HP são gerenciados a partir de <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> (hplip), que também gerencia impressoras. Neste caso, esta ferramenta não permite que você configure-o e convida-o a usar <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>."
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"A maioria dos scanners HP são gerenciados a partir de <emphasis>HP Device "
+"Manager</emphasis> (hplip), que também gerencia impressoras. Neste caso, "
+"esta ferramenta não permite que você configure-o e convida-o a usar "
+"<emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
@@ -8349,14 +9771,21 @@ msgstr "Epson"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
 msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
-" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-"
-"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this "
-"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will "
-"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users "
-"have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr "Os drivers estão disponíveis a partir de <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta pagina</link>. Quando indicado, é necessário instalar os  <emphasis>dados dos iSCAN</emphasis> pacote primeiro, depois <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (nesta ordem). É possível que o <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> pacote irá gerar um alerta sobre um conflito com <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Os usuários têm relatado que este aviso pode ser ignorado."
+"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
+"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
+"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
+"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
+"ignored."
+msgstr ""
+"Os drivers estão disponíveis a partir de <link xlink:href=\"http://download."
+"ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta pagina</link>. Quando "
+"indicado, é necessário instalar os  <emphasis>dados dos iSCAN</emphasis> "
+"pacote primeiro, depois <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (nesta ordem). É possível "
+"que o <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> pacote irá gerar um alerta sobre um "
+"conflito com <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Os usuários têm relatado que este "
+"aviso pode ser ignorado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
@@ -8369,7 +9798,10 @@ msgid ""
 "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
 "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
 "steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr "É possível que depois de selecionar uma porta para o seu scanner na tela <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> , você precisa tomar uma ou mais etapas extras para configurar corretamente o seu scanner."
+msgstr ""
+"É possível que depois de selecionar uma porta para o seu scanner na tela "
+"<xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> , você precisa tomar uma ou mais "
+"etapas extras para configurar corretamente o seu scanner."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
@@ -8379,37 +9811,50 @@ msgid ""
 "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
 "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
 "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr "Em alguns casos, você disse que o scanner precisa de seu firmware a ser carregado a cada vez que é iniciado. Esta ferramenta permite que você carregue-o para o dispositivo, depois de instalado em seu sistema. Nesta tela você pode instalar o firmware a partir de um CD ou uma instalação do Windows, ou instalar o que você baixou de um site da Internet do vendedor."
+msgstr ""
+"Em alguns casos, você disse que o scanner precisa de seu firmware a ser "
+"carregado a cada vez que é iniciado. Esta ferramenta permite que você "
+"carregue-o para o dispositivo, depois de instalado em seu sistema. Nesta "
+"tela você pode instalar o firmware a partir de um CD ou uma instalação do "
+"Windows, ou instalar o que você baixou de um site da Internet do vendedor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
 "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr "Quando o firmware do seu dispositivo precisa ser carregado, ele pode levar um longo tempo em cada primeiro uso, possivelmente mais do que um minuto. Portanto, seja paciente."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando o firmware do seu dispositivo precisa ser carregado, ele pode levar "
+"um longo tempo em cada primeiro uso, possivelmente mais do que um minuto. "
+"Portanto, seja paciente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
 msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the "
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Além disso, você pode obter uma tela dizendo para você ajustar o arquivo conf <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
+"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Além disso, você pode obter uma tela dizendo para você ajustar o arquivo "
+"conf <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
 msgid ""
 "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr "Leia essas ou outras instruções que você começa com cuidado e, se você não sabe o que fazer, não hesite em pedir ajuda no <link xlink:href=\"http://mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/\">fórum</link>."
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Leia essas ou outras instruções que você começa com cuidado e, se você não "
+"sabe o que fazer, não hesite em pedir ajuda no <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"mageiadobrasil.com.br/forum/\">fórum</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
 msgid "Software Management"
 msgstr "Software de Gestão"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/software-management.xml:10
 msgid "software-management.png"
 msgstr "software-management.png"
@@ -8417,9 +9862,11 @@ msgstr "software-management.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management."
-" Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciamento de software. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
+"Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Nesta tela você pode escolher entre várias ferramentas para gerenciamento de "
+"software. Clique no link abaixo para saber mais."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:17
@@ -8429,9 +9876,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your "
-"system</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Atualize seu sistema</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Atualize seu sistema</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:23
@@ -8443,7 +9892,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
 "sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurar de mídia para instalação e atualização</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurar de mídia "
+"para instalação e atualização</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
@@ -8455,8 +9906,7 @@ msgstr "Instalar e configurar uma impressora"
 msgid "system-config-printer"
 msgstr "system-config-printer"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
 msgid "system-config-printer.png"
 msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
@@ -8470,30 +9920,44 @@ msgid ""
 "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
 "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
 "and openSUSE."
-msgstr "A impressão é gerida no Mageia por um servidor CUPS nomeados. Ela tem seu próprio <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interface de configuração</link>, que é acessível através de um navegador de Internet, mas oferece o seu próprio Mageia ferramenta para instalar impressoras chamados system-config-printer, que é compartilhada com outras distribuições como o Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu e openSUSE."
+msgstr ""
+"A impressão é gerida no Mageia por um servidor CUPS nomeados. Ela tem seu "
+"próprio <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interface "
+"de configuração</link>, que é acessível através de um navegador de Internet, "
+"mas oferece o seu próprio Mageia ferramenta para instalar impressoras "
+"chamados system-config-printer, que é compartilhada com outras distribuições "
+"como o Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu e openSUSE."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
 "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr "Você deve habilitar o repositório non-free, antes de prosseguir com a instalação, porque alguns drivers podem estar disponíveis apenas desta forma."
+msgstr ""
+"Você deve habilitar o repositório non-free, antes de prosseguir com a "
+"instalação, porque alguns drivers podem estar disponíveis apenas desta forma."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
 "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. A senha de root será solicitada."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando "
+"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. A senha de root será solicitada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
 "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>."
-msgstr "Instalação da impressora é realizado no <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> seção do Centro de Controle Mageia. Selecione a impressão <guilabel>Configurar e digitalização</guilabel> ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
+">."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalação da impressora é realizado no <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> seção "
+"do Centro de Controle Mageia. Selecione a impressão <guilabel>Configurar e "
+"digitalização</guilabel> ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
+">."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
@@ -8515,7 +9979,9 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp"
 msgid ""
 "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
 "dependencies are needed."
-msgstr "É necessário aceitar essa instalação para continuar. Até 230MB de dependências são necessários."
+msgstr ""
+"É necessário aceitar essa instalação para continuar. Até 230MB de "
+"dependências são necessários."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
@@ -8525,7 +9991,12 @@ msgid ""
 "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
 "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
 "will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr "Para adicionar uma impressora, escolha o botão \"Adicionar\". O sistema irá tentar detectar quaisquer impressoras e as portas disponíveis. A captura de tela mostra uma impressora conectada a uma porta paralela. Se uma impressora for detectada, como uma impressora em uma porta USB, ele será exibido na primeira linha. A janela também tentará configurar uma impressora de rede."
+msgstr ""
+"Para adicionar uma impressora, escolha o botão \"Adicionar\". O sistema irá "
+"tentar detectar quaisquer impressoras e as portas disponíveis. A captura de "
+"tela mostra uma impressora conectada a uma porta paralela. Se uma impressora "
+"for detectada, como uma impressora em uma porta USB, ele será exibido na "
+"primeira linha. A janela também tentará configurar uma impressora de rede."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
@@ -8536,20 +10007,26 @@ msgstr "Impressora detectou automaticamente"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
 msgid ""
 "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click "
-"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
+"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
 "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the"
-" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr "Isto geralmente se refere a impressoras USB. O utilitário localiza automaticamente o nome da impressora e exibe. Selecione a impressora e, em seguida, clique em \"Avançar\". Se houver um driver conhecido associado para a impressora, ele será instalado automaticamente. Se houver mais de um driver ou não drivers conhecidos, uma janela irá pedir-lhe para seleccionar ou fornecer um, conforme explicado no parágrafo seguinte. Continue com <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/> "
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
+"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Isto geralmente se refere a impressoras USB. O utilitário localiza "
+"automaticamente o nome da impressora e exibe. Selecione a impressora e, em "
+"seguida, clique em \"Avançar\". Se houver um driver conhecido associado para "
+"a impressora, ele será instalado automaticamente. Se houver mais de um "
+"driver ou não drivers conhecidos, uma janela irá pedir-lhe para seleccionar "
+"ou fornecer um, conforme explicado no parágrafo seguinte. Continue com <xref "
+"linkend=\"terminate\"/> "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
 msgid "No automatically detected printer"
 msgstr "impressora não detectado automaticamente"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
 msgid "printer3.png"
 msgstr "printer3.png"
@@ -8557,10 +10034,13 @@ msgstr "printer3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
 msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window"
-" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
+"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
 "options."
-msgstr "Quando você selecionar uma porta, o sistema carrega uma lista de drivers e exibe uma janela para selecionar um driver. A escolha pode ser feita através de uma das seguintes opções."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando você selecionar uma porta, o sistema carrega uma lista de drivers e "
+"exibe uma janela para selecionar um driver. A escolha pode ser feita através "
+"de uma das seguintes opções."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
@@ -8585,7 +10065,12 @@ msgid ""
 "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
 "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
 "which know to work."
-msgstr "Ao selecionar a partir do banco de dados, a janela sugere um fabricante da impressora em primeiro lugar, e, em seguida, um dispositivo e um driver associado a ele. Se mais de um driver é sugerido, selecionar um que é recomendado, a menos que você encontrou alguns problemas com isso antes, neste caso, selecionar o que sabe trabalhar."
+msgstr ""
+"Ao selecionar a partir do banco de dados, a janela sugere um fabricante da "
+"impressora em primeiro lugar, e, em seguida, um dispositivo e um driver "
+"associado a ele. Se mais de um driver é sugerido, selecionar um que é "
+"recomendado, a menos que você encontrou alguns problemas com isso antes, "
+"neste caso, selecionar o que sabe trabalhar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
@@ -8601,7 +10086,13 @@ msgid ""
 "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
 "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
 "printers."
-msgstr "Após a seleção do driver, uma janela pede alguma informação que irá permitir que o sistema de designar e descobrir a impressora. A primeira linha é o nome sob o qual o dispositivo será exibido em aplicações na lista de impressoras disponíveis. O instalador então sugere a impressão de uma página de teste. Após esta etapa, a impressora é adicionado e aparece na lista de impressoras disponíveis."
+msgstr ""
+"Após a seleção do driver, uma janela pede alguma informação que irá permitir "
+"que o sistema de designar e descobrir a impressora. A primeira linha é o "
+"nome sob o qual o dispositivo será exibido em aplicações na lista de "
+"impressoras disponíveis. O instalador então sugere a impressão de uma página "
+"de teste. Após esta etapa, a impressora é adicionado e aparece na lista de "
+"impressoras disponíveis."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
@@ -8612,41 +10103,61 @@ msgstr "impressora de rede"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to"
-" another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr "As impressoras de rede são as impressoras que estão conectadas diretamente a uma rede com ou sem fio, que estão ligados a um printserver ou que estão ligados a outra estação de trabalho que serve como printserver."
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
+"another workstation that serves as printserver."
+msgstr ""
+"As impressoras de rede são as impressoras que estão conectadas diretamente a "
+"uma rede com ou sem fio, que estão ligados a um printserver ou que estão "
+"ligados a outra estação de trabalho que serve como printserver."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed"
-" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the "
-"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a "
-"fixed one."
-msgstr "Muitas vezes, é melhor para configurar o servidor DHCP para associar sempre um endereço IP fixo com endereço MAC da impressora. Claro que deve ser o mesmo que o endereço de IP da impressora de printserver é definido como, se ele tem um fixo."
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
+"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
+"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Muitas vezes, é melhor para configurar o servidor DHCP para associar sempre "
+"um endereço IP fixo com endereço MAC da impressora. Claro que deve ser o "
+"mesmo que o endereço de IP da impressora de printserver é definido como, se "
+"ele tem um fixo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
 msgid ""
 "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
 "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label"
-" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
+"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
 "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
 "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
 "after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr "Mac-endereço da impressora é um número de série dado à impressora ou printserver ou computador está conectado, que pode ser obtido a partir de uma página de configuração impressa pela impressora ou o que pode ser escrito em uma etiqueta na impressora ou Impressão. Se a impressora compartilhada é conectada a um sistema Mageia, você pode executar <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> nele como root para encontrar o endereço MAC. É a seqüência de números e letras depois de \"HWaddr \"."
+msgstr ""
+"Mac-endereço da impressora é um número de série dado à impressora ou "
+"printserver ou computador está conectado, que pode ser obtido a partir de "
+"uma página de configuração impressa pela impressora ou o que pode ser "
+"escrito em uma etiqueta na impressora ou Impressão. Se a impressora "
+"compartilhada é conectada a um sistema Mageia, você pode executar "
+"<emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> nele como root para encontrar o "
+"endereço MAC. É a seqüência de números e letras depois de \"HWaddr \"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
 msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to"
-" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,"
-" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
+"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
+"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
 "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
 "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
 "says \"host\"."
-msgstr "Você pode adicionar a impressora de rede, escolhendo o protocolo que utiliza para falar com o seu computador através da rede. Se você não sabe qual o protocolo para escolher, você pode tentar a <guilabel>impressora de rede</guilabel> - <guilabel>Localizar impressora de rede</guilabel> opção nos <guilabel>dispositivos</guilabel> menu e dar a endereço IP da impressora na caixa à direita, onde diz \"host \"."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode adicionar a impressora de rede, escolhendo o protocolo que utiliza "
+"para falar com o seu computador através da rede. Se você não sabe qual o "
+"protocolo para escolher, você pode tentar a <guilabel>impressora de rede</"
+"guilabel> - <guilabel>Localizar impressora de rede</guilabel> opção nos "
+"<guilabel>dispositivos</guilabel> menu e dar a endereço IP da impressora na "
+"caixa à direita, onde diz \"host \"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
@@ -8654,14 +10165,20 @@ msgid ""
 "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
 "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
 "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr "Se a ferramenta reconhece a impressora ou printserver, irá propor um protocolo e uma fila, mas você pode escolher um mais apropriado a partir da lista abaixo ou dar o nome da fila correta, se não está na lista."
+msgstr ""
+"Se a ferramenta reconhece a impressora ou printserver, irá propor um "
+"protocolo e uma fila, mas você pode escolher um mais apropriado a partir da "
+"lista abaixo ou dar o nome da fila correta, se não está na lista."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
 msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find"
-" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr "Procure na documentação que acompanha a impressora ou printserver para descobrir qual protocolo (s) que apoia e de possíveis nomes de filas específicas."
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
+"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+msgstr ""
+"Procure na documentação que acompanha a impressora ou printserver para "
+"descobrir qual protocolo (s) que apoia e de possíveis nomes de filas "
+"específicas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
@@ -8677,10 +10194,19 @@ msgid ""
 "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
 "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
 "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like "
-"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed "
-"IP-adress is not required."
-msgstr "Uma técnica atual é desenvolvido pela Hewlett-Packard e conhecido como JetDirect. Ele permite o acesso a uma impressora directamente ligado à rede através de uma porta Ethernet. Você deve conhecer o endereço IP em que a impressora é conhecido na rede. Esta técnica também é usada dentro de alguns roteadores ADSL, que contêm uma porta USB para conectar a impressora. Neste caso, o endereço IP é o do router. Note-se que a ferramenta \"HP Device Manager\" pode gerenciar dinamicamente configurado IP-adress, estabelecendo um URI como <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer> </emphasis>. Neste caso, IP fixo endereço não é necessário."
+"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
+"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
+"not required."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma técnica atual é desenvolvido pela Hewlett-Packard e conhecido como "
+"JetDirect. Ele permite o acesso a uma impressora directamente ligado à rede "
+"através de uma porta Ethernet. Você deve conhecer o endereço IP em que a "
+"impressora é conhecido na rede. Esta técnica também é usada dentro de alguns "
+"roteadores ADSL, que contêm uma porta USB para conectar a impressora. Neste "
+"caso, o endereço IP é o do router. Note-se que a ferramenta \"HP Device "
+"Manager\" pode gerenciar dinamicamente configurado IP-adress, estabelecendo "
+"um URI como <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer> </emphasis>. Neste "
+"caso, IP fixo endereço não é necessário."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
@@ -8688,12 +10214,16 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
 "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
 "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is"
-" the same as above."
-msgstr "Escolha a opção <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> como o protocolo e definir o endereço em <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, não altere o <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, a menos que você sabe que ele precisa ser alterado. Após a seleção do protocolo, a seleção do driver é o mesmo que acima."
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
+"the same as above."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha a opção <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> como o protocolo "
+"e definir o endereço em <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, não altere o "
+"<guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, a menos que você sabe que ele precisa ser "
+"alterado. Após a seleção do protocolo, a seleção do driver é o mesmo que "
+"acima."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
 msgid "printer5.png"
 msgstr "printer5.png"
@@ -8710,7 +10240,11 @@ msgid ""
 "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
 "some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</emphasis>: uma impressora que pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP / IP através do protocolo IPP, por exemplo, uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando CUPS. Este protocolo pode igualmente ser utilizado também por alguns ADSL-routers."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</emphasis>: uma impressora que "
+"pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP / IP através do protocolo IPP, por "
+"exemplo, uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando CUPS. Este protocolo "
+"pode igualmente ser utilizado também por alguns ADSL-routers."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
@@ -8718,14 +10252,19 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
 "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
 "defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp, mas usando o transporte HTTP e com TLS protocolo seguro. A porta tem de ser definida. Por padrão, a porta 631 é usada."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp, "
+"mas usando o transporte HTTP e com TLS protocolo seguro. A porta tem de ser "
+"definida. Por padrão, a porta 631 é usada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but"
-" with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPPS):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp, mas com TLS protocolo seguro."
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
+"with TLS secured protocol."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPPS):</emphasis> o mesmo que ipp, mas "
+"com TLS protocolo seguro."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
@@ -8733,21 +10272,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
 "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr "hospedeiro <emphasis>LPD/LPR ou Impressora </emphasis>: uma impressora que pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP/IP através do protocolo LPD, por exemplo, uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando LPD."
+msgstr ""
+"hospedeiro <emphasis>LPD/LPR ou Impressora </emphasis>: uma impressora que "
+"pode ser acessado em uma rede TCP/IP através do protocolo LPD, por exemplo, "
+"uma impressora conectada a uma estação usando LPD."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
 "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr "impressora de <emphasis>Windows via SAMBA</emphasis>: uma impressora conectada a uma estação executando o Windows ou um servidor SMB e compartilhada."
+msgstr ""
+"impressora de <emphasis>Windows via SAMBA</emphasis>: uma impressora "
+"conectada a uma estação executando o Windows ou um servidor SMB e "
+"compartilhada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
 "the URI:"
-msgstr "O URI também pode ser adicionado directamente. Aqui estão alguns exemplos de como formar a URI:"
+msgstr ""
+"O URI também pode ser adicionado directamente. Aqui estão alguns exemplos de "
+"como formar a URI:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
@@ -8787,10 +10334,11 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
 msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS"
-" documentation.</link>"
-msgstr "Informações adicionais podem ser encontradas na <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">documentação CUPS.</link>"
+"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
+"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Informações adicionais podem ser encontradas na <link ns2:href=\"http://www."
+"cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">documentação CUPS.</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
@@ -8801,13 +10349,19 @@ msgstr "Propriedades do dispositivo"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your"
-" system, but you can specify a different one with the "
-"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, "
-"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters"
-" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr "Você pode acessar as propriedades do dispositivo. O menu permite o acesso a parâmetros para o servidor CUPS. Por padrão um servidor CUPS é lançado no sistema, mas você pode especificar um diferente com o <guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | Menu <guimenuitem>conectar ...</guimenuitem>, uma outra janela que dá acesso à afinação de outros parâmetros específicos do servidor, seguindo <guimenu>servidor</guimenu> |  <guimenuitem>Configurações.</guimenuitem>"
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
+"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
+"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
+"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
+"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode acessar as propriedades do dispositivo. O menu permite o acesso a "
+"parâmetros para o servidor CUPS. Por padrão um servidor CUPS é lançado no "
+"sistema, mas você pode especificar um diferente com o <guimenu>Servidor</"
+"guimenu> | Menu <guimenuitem>conectar ...</guimenuitem>, uma outra janela "
+"que dá acesso à afinação de outros parâmetros específicos do servidor, "
+"seguindo <guimenu>servidor</guimenu> |  <guimenuitem>Configurações.</"
+"guimenuitem>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
@@ -8819,29 +10373,44 @@ msgstr "Solucionar"
 msgid ""
 "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
 "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr "Você pode encontrar algumas informações sobre os erros ocorridos durante a impressão inspecionando <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode encontrar algumas informações sobre os erros ocorridos durante a "
+"impressão inspecionando <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
 msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the "
-"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr "Você também pode acessar a uma ferramenta para diagnosticar problemas usando o <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> | <guilabel>Solucionar problemas</guilabel> menu."
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
+"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Você também pode acessar a uma ferramenta para diagnosticar problemas usando "
+"o <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> | <guilabel>Solucionar problemas</guilabel> menu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to "
-"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package"
-" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, "
-"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report"
-" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this "
-"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer "
-"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-"
-"date drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr "É possível que alguns condutores para impressoras específicos não estão disponíveis em Mageia ou não são funcionais. Neste caso, ter um olhar para o <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">OpenPrinting</link> site para verificar se um driver para o seu dispositivo está disponível. Se sim, verifique se o pacote já está presente em Mageia e, neste caso, instalá-lo manualmente. Então, refaça o processo de instalação para configurar a impressora. Em todos os casos, relatar o problema no Bugzilla ou no fórum, se você está confortável com esta ferramenta e fornecer o modelo e as informações do driver e se a impressora funciona ou não após a instalação. Aqui estão algumas fontes para encontrar outros motoristas up-to-date ou para dispositivos mais recentes."
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
+"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
+"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
+"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
+"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
+"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
+"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
+"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
+"drivers or for more recent devices."
+msgstr ""
+"É possível que alguns condutores para impressoras específicos não estão "
+"disponíveis em Mageia ou não são funcionais. Neste caso, ter um olhar para o "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">OpenPrinting</link> "
+"site para verificar se um driver para o seu dispositivo está disponível. Se "
+"sim, verifique se o pacote já está presente em Mageia e, neste caso, instalá-"
+"lo manualmente. Então, refaça o processo de instalação para configurar a "
+"impressora. Em todos os casos, relatar o problema no Bugzilla ou no fórum, "
+"se você está confortável com esta ferramenta e fornecer o modelo e as "
+"informações do driver e se a impressora funciona ou não após a instalação. "
+"Aqui estão algumas fontes para encontrar outros motoristas up-to-date ou "
+"para dispositivos mais recentes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
@@ -8851,37 +10420,50 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impressoras Brother</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
 msgid ""
-"<link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This"
-" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver "
-"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">Esta página</link> dar uma lista de drivers fornecidos pelo irmão . Procure o driver para o seu dispositivo, baixe o rpm (s) e instalar."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
+"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
+"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+msgstr ""
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
+"en/download_prn.html\">Esta página</link> dar uma lista de drivers "
+"fornecidos pelo irmão . Procure o driver para o seu dispositivo, baixe o rpm "
+"(s) e instalar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
 msgid ""
 "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr "Você deve instalar controladores Brother antes de executar o utilitário de configuração."
+msgstr ""
+"Você deve instalar controladores Brother antes de executar o utilitário de "
+"configuração."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one "
-"devices</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impressoras Hewlett-Packard e Tudo em um dispositivos</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">impressoras Hewlett-Packard e Tudo em um "
+"dispositivos</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
 msgid ""
 "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
 "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/index.html\">here</link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available "
-"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
+"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
+"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
 "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
 "of the printer."
-msgstr "Esses dispositivos utilizam a ferramenta hplip. Ele é instalado automaticamente após a detecção ou a seleção da impressora. Você pode encontrar outras informações <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">aqui</link>. A ferramenta \"HP Device Manager\" está disponível no  <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>Menu . Veja também  <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuração</link> para a gestão da impressora."
+msgstr ""
+"Esses dispositivos utilizam a ferramenta hplip. Ele é instalado "
+"automaticamente após a detecção ou a seleção da impressora. Você pode "
+"encontrar outras informações <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/"
+"hplip-web/index.html\">aqui</link>. A ferramenta \"HP Device Manager\" está "
+"disponível no  <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>Menu . Veja também  <link ns2:"
+"href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html"
+"\">configuração</link> para a gestão da impressora."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
@@ -8893,7 +10475,14 @@ msgid ""
 "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
 "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
 "card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr "A HP All in one dispositivo deve ser instalado como uma impressora e serão adicionados os recursos do scanner. Note-se que, por vezes, a interface Xsane não permite digitalizar filmes ou slides (a iluminação deslizou não pode operar). Neste caso, é possível fazer a varredura, utilizando o modo autônomo, e salvar a imagem em um cartão de memória ou pendrive inserido no dispositivo. Em seguida, abra o software de imagem favorito e carregar a imagem do cartão de memória que está apareceu na pasta /media."
+msgstr ""
+"A HP All in one dispositivo deve ser instalado como uma impressora e serão "
+"adicionados os recursos do scanner. Note-se que, por vezes, a interface "
+"Xsane não permite digitalizar filmes ou slides (a iluminação deslizou não "
+"pode operar). Neste caso, é possível fazer a varredura, utilizando o modo "
+"autônomo, e salvar a imagem em um cartão de memória ou pendrive inserido no "
+"dispositivo. Em seguida, abra o software de imagem favorito e carregar a "
+"imagem do cartão de memória que está apareceu na pasta /media."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
@@ -8903,10 +10492,13 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung impressora a cores</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
 msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> "
-"for the QPDL protocol."
-msgstr "Para impressoras a cores específicas Samsung e Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">este site fornece drivers</link> para o protocolo QPDL."
+"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
+"protocol."
+msgstr ""
+"Para impressoras a cores específicas Samsung e Xerox, <link ns2:href="
+"\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">este site fornece drivers</link> para o "
+"protocolo QPDL."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
@@ -8916,20 +10508,28 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson impressoras e scanners</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
 msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
-" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-"
-"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package"
-" can also be available and is to install. Choose the "
-"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture."
-msgstr "Drivers para impressoras Epson estão disponíveis a partir <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta página de pesquisa </link>. Para a parte do scanner, você deve instalar o pacote \"iscan-data\" e depois \"iscan\" (nesta ordem). Um pacote iscan-plugin também pode estar disponível e pode também instalar. Escolha o <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> pacotes de acordo com sua arquitetura."
+"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
+"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
+"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
+"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
+"according to your architecture."
+msgstr ""
+"Drivers para impressoras Epson estão disponíveis a partir <link ns2:href="
+"\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta página "
+"de pesquisa </link>. Para a parte do scanner, você deve instalar o pacote "
+"\"iscan-data\" e depois \"iscan\" (nesta ordem). Um pacote iscan-plugin "
+"também pode estar disponível e pode também instalar. Escolha o "
+"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> pacotes de acordo com sua arquitetura."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
 "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr "É possível que o pacote iscan irá gerar um alerta sobre um conflito com sã. Os usuários têm relatado que este aviso pode ser ignorado."
+msgstr ""
+"É possível que o pacote iscan irá gerar um alerta sobre um conflito com sã. "
+"Os usuários têm relatado que este aviso pode ser ignorado."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
@@ -8941,7 +10541,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impressoras Canon</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
 "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr "Para impressoras Canon, pode ser aconselhável instalar uma ferramenta chamada turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponível aqui</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para impressoras Canon, pode ser aconselhável instalar uma ferramenta "
+"chamada turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponível "
+"aqui</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
@@ -8953,8 +10556,7 @@ msgstr "Importar Documentos e Configurações do MS Windows®"
 msgid "transfugdrake"
 msgstr "transfugdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
 msgid "transfugdrake.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
@@ -8962,9 +10564,11 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
@@ -8972,31 +10576,44 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia rotulado <guilabel>Import do Windows (TM) documentos e configurações</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia "
+"rotulado <guilabel>Import do Windows (TM) documentos e configurações</"
+"guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
 "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> "
-"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr "A ferramenta permite que um administrador para importar os documentos do usuário e configurações de um <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>XP ou<trademark class=\"registrado \">Windows</trademark><trademark>Vista</trademark> instalação no mesmo computador que a instalação Mageia."
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
+"computer as the Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"A ferramenta permite que um administrador para importar os documentos do "
+"usuário e configurações de um <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>XP "
+"ou<trademark class=\"registrado \">Windows</trademark><trademark>Vista</"
+"trademark> instalação no mesmo computador que a instalação Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
 "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Por favor, note que todas as alterações serão aplicadas por transfugdrake imediatamente após pressionar <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor, note que todas as alterações serão aplicadas por transfugdrake "
+"imediatamente após pressionar <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
 "explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr "Depois de iniciar transfugdrake você vai ver a primeira página do assistente, com uma explicação sobre a ferramenta e as opções de importação."
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de iniciar transfugdrake você vai ver a primeira página do "
+"assistente, com uma explicação sobre a ferramenta e as opções de importação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
@@ -9004,19 +10621,25 @@ msgid ""
 "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
 "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr "Assim que você ler e entender as instruções, pressione o botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. Isso deve executar uma detecção de <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</trademark> instalação."
+msgstr ""
+"Assim que você ler e entender as instruções, pressione o botão "
+"<guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. Isso deve executar uma detecção de "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</trademark> instalação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
 "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account"
-" than yours own."
-msgstr "Quando a etapa de detecção é completo, você verá uma página que permite que você escolha as contas em <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</trademark> e Mageia para o procedimento de importação. É possível escolher outra conta de usuário do que o seu próprio."
+"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
+"than yours own."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando a etapa de detecção é completo, você verá uma página que permite que "
+"você escolha as contas em <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</"
+"trademark> e Mageia para o procedimento de importação. É possível escolher "
+"outra conta de usuário do que o seu próprio."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
 msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
@@ -9025,38 +10648,50 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special "
-"symbols can be displayed incorrectly."
-msgstr "Por favor tenha em conta que, devido ao migrar-assistente (o backend do transfugdrake) limitações <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</trademark> marca registrada nomes de conta de usuário com símbolos especiais podem ser exibidos incorretamente."
+"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
+"incorrectly."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor tenha em conta que, devido ao migrar-assistente (o backend do "
+"transfugdrake) limitações <trademark class=\"registered\">do Windows</"
+"trademark> marca registrada nomes de conta de usuário com símbolos especiais "
+"podem ser exibidos incorretamente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr "A migração pode levar algum tempo, dependendo do tamanho das pastas de documentos."
+msgstr ""
+"A migração pode levar algum tempo, dependendo do tamanho das pastas de "
+"documentos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
 "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using "
-"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the "
-"import purposes."
-msgstr "Alguns do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows </trademark> aplicações (especialmente drivers) pode criar contas de usuário para diferentes fins. Por exemplo, drives da NVidia do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> são atualizadas com <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Por favor, não use essas contas para efeitos de importação."
+"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
+"use such accounts for the import purposes."
+msgstr ""
+"Alguns do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows </trademark> aplicações "
+"(especialmente drivers) pode criar contas de usuário para diferentes fins. "
+"Por exemplo, drives da NVidia do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> são atualizadas com <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Por favor, "
+"não use essas contas para efeitos de importação."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
-" to import documents:"
-msgstr "Quando você terminar com a imprensa seleção contas <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para selecionar um método de importar documentos:"
+"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
+"documents:"
+msgstr ""
+"Quando você terminar com a imprensa seleção contas <guibutton>Próxima</"
+"guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para selecionar um método de importar "
+"documentos:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
 msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
@@ -9064,23 +10699,29 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
 msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My "
-"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My "
-"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the "
-"appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr "Transfugdrake é projetado para importar do <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows </trademark>dados de<emphasis>Meus Documentos</emphasis>, <emphasis>Minhas  Musicas</emphasis>e<emphasis>Minhas imagens</emphasis > pastas. É possível pular de importação, selecionando o item apropriado nesta janela."
+"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
+"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
+"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
+msgstr ""
+"Transfugdrake é projetado para importar do <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows </trademark>dados de<emphasis>Meus Documentos</emphasis>, "
+"<emphasis>Minhas  Musicas</emphasis>e<emphasis>Minhas imagens</emphasis > "
+"pastas. É possível pular de importação, selecionando o item apropriado nesta "
+"janela."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
 msgid ""
 "When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
-" to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr "Quando você terminar com o método de importação documento escolhendo imprensa <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para selecionar um método para importar os favoritos:"
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
+"to import bookmarks:"
+msgstr ""
+"Quando você terminar com o método de importação documento escolhendo "
+"imprensa <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>. A página seguinte é usada para "
+"selecionar um método para importar os favoritos:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
 msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
@@ -9091,22 +10732,26 @@ msgid ""
 "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr "Transfugdrake pode importar <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> e <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> favoritos com as fichas de Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instância."
+msgstr ""
+"Transfugdrake pode importar <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> e "
+"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> favoritos com as fichas de Mageia "
+"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instância."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>"
-" button."
-msgstr "Escolha a opção de importação preferencial e pressione o botão <guibutton> Próxima</guibutton>."
+"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha a opção de importação preferencial e pressione o botão <guibutton> "
+"Próxima</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
 msgstr "A próxima página permite que você importe o fundo do desktop:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
 msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
@@ -9114,19 +10759,20 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr "Escolha a opção preferida e pressione o botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
+"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Escolha a opção preferida e pressione o botão <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
 "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "A última página do assistente mostra alguma mensagem congratulações. Basta pressionar o botão <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"A última página do assistente mostra alguma mensagem congratulações. Basta "
+"pressionar o botão <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
 msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
@@ -9141,8 +10787,7 @@ msgstr "Usuários e Grupos"
 msgid "userdrake"
 msgstr "userdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:18
 msgid "userdrake.png"
 msgstr "userdrake.png"
@@ -9150,9 +10795,11 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> como root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> como root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:22
@@ -9160,23 +10807,32 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia chamado \"Gerenciar usuários no sistema\""
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> é encontrado sob a "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> guia no Centro de Controle Mageia "
+"chamado \"Gerenciar usuários no sistema\""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings"
-" (ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr "A ferramenta permite que um administrador para gerenciar os usuários e os grupos, isto significa para adicionar ou excluir um usuário ou grupo e para modificar as configurações de usuário e grupo (ID, shell, ...)"
+"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
+"(ID, shell, ...)"
+msgstr ""
+"A ferramenta permite que um administrador para gerenciar os usuários e os "
+"grupos, isto significa para adicionar ou excluir um usuário ou grupo e para "
+"modificar as configurações de usuário e grupo (ID, shell, ...)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in"
-" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
+"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
+"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
 "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr "Quando userdrake é aberto, todos os usuários existentes no sistema são listados nas <guibutton>guias</guibutton>, e todos os <guibutton>Grupos</guibutton>na guia. Ambos as guias operar da mesma forma."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando userdrake é aberto, todos os usuários existentes no sistema são "
+"listados nas <guibutton>guias</guibutton>, e todos os <guibutton>Grupos</"
+"guibutton>na guia. Ambos as guias operar da mesma forma."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:35
@@ -9188,8 +10844,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Add Usuario</guibutton>"
 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
 msgstr "Este botão abre uma nova janela com todos os campos mostrados vazio:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:41
 msgid "userdrake1.png"
 msgstr "userdrake1.png"
@@ -9200,7 +10855,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
 "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
 "or nothing as well!"
-msgstr "O campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nome completo</emphasis> é destinado para a entrada de um nome de família e primeiro nome, mas é possível escrever qualquer coisa ou nada assim!"
+msgstr ""
+"O campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nome completo</emphasis> é destinado para a "
+"entrada de um nome de família e primeiro nome, mas é possível escrever "
+"qualquer coisa ou nada assim!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:49
@@ -9210,19 +10868,26 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Acesso</emphasis> é o único campo obrigatório
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended."
-" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower"
-" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
+"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
+"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
+"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
+"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
 "orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr "Definindo uma <emphasis role=\"bold\">senha</emphasis> é altamente recomendado. Há um pequeno escudo, à direita, se é vermelho, a senha é fraca, muito curta ou é muito parecido com o nome de login. Você deve usar números, menor e letras maiúsculas, sinais de pontuação, etc O escudo ficará laranja e verde como a força da senha melhora."
+msgstr ""
+"Definindo uma <emphasis role=\"bold\">senha</emphasis> é altamente "
+"recomendado. Há um pequeno escudo, à direita, se é vermelho, a senha é "
+"fraca, muito curta ou é muito parecido com o nome de login. Você deve usar "
+"números, menor e letras maiúsculas, sinais de pontuação, etc O escudo ficará "
+"laranja e verde como a força da senha melhora."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:59
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure"
-" you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmar senha</emphasis> campo está lá para garantir que você digitou o que pretendia."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
+"you entered what you intended to."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmar senha</emphasis> campo está lá para "
+"garantir que você digitou o que pretendia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:62
@@ -9230,7 +10895,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
 "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
 "are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Acesso Shell</emphasis> é uma lista suspensa que permite que você mude o shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando para baixo, as opções são Bash, Dash and Sh."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Acesso Shell</emphasis> é uma lista suspensa que "
+"permite que você mude o shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando "
+"para baixo, as opções são Bash, Dash and Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:66
@@ -9238,14 +10906,19 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
 "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
 "user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Criar um grupo privado para o usuário</emphasis>, se verificado criará automaticamente um grupo com o mesmo nome e que o novo usuário como o único membro (pode ser editado)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Criar um grupo privado para o usuário</emphasis>, se "
+"verificado criará automaticamente um grupo com o mesmo nome e que o novo "
+"usuário como o único membro (pode ser editado)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
 "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "As outras opções deveria ser óbvio. O novo usuário é criado imediatamente depois de clicar em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"As outras opções deveria ser óbvio. O novo usuário é criado imediatamente "
+"depois de clicar em <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:73
@@ -9257,7 +10930,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 add grupo</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
 "group ID."
-msgstr "Você só precisa digitar o nome do novo grupo e, se necessário, a identificação de grupo específico."
+msgstr ""
+"Você só precisa digitar o nome do novo grupo e, se necessário, a "
+"identificação de grupo específico."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:78
@@ -9269,15 +10944,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editar</emphasis> (um usuario selecionado)"
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
 "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr "<guibutton> Dados do Usuário</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos os dados fornecidos para o usuário na criação (o ID não pode ser alterado)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton> Dados do Usuário</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos os dados "
+"fornecidos para o usuário na criação (o ID não pode ser alterado)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
 msgstr "Informações <emphasis role=\"bold\">Conta</emphasis>:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:87
 msgid "userdrake2.png"
 msgstr "userdrake2.png"
@@ -9288,14 +10964,18 @@ msgid ""
 "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
 "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
 "accounts."
-msgstr "A primeira opção é para definir uma data de expiração para a conta. A conexão é impossível após esta data. Isto é útil para contas temporárias."
+msgstr ""
+"A primeira opção é para definir uma data de expiração para a conta. A "
+"conexão é impossível após esta data. Isto é útil para contas temporárias."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
 "as the account is locked."
-msgstr "A segunda opção é para bloquear a conta, a conexão é impossível, desde que a conta está bloqueada."
+msgstr ""
+"A segunda opção é para bloquear a conta, a conexão é impossível, desde que a "
+"conta está bloqueada."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:98
@@ -9308,10 +10988,12 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
 "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
 "password periodically."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Senha Informações</emphasis>: Permite definir uma data de expiração para a senha, isso força o usuário a mudar sua senha periodicamente."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Senha Informações</emphasis>: Permite definir uma "
+"data de expiração para a senha, isso força o usuário a mudar sua senha "
+"periodicamente."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:106
 msgid "userdrake3.png"
 msgstr "userdrake3.png"
@@ -9321,14 +11003,18 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
 "that the user is a member of."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar os grupos que o usuário é um membro do grupo."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar os "
+"grupos que o usuário é um membro do grupo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:114
 msgid ""
 "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
 "effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr "Se você estiver modificando uma conta de usuário conectado, as modificações não serão eficazes até a sua/seu próximo login."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você estiver modificando uma conta de usuário conectado, as modificações "
+"não serão eficazes até a sua/seu próximo login."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:118
@@ -9340,14 +11026,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editar</emphasis> (com um grupo selecionado)"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
 "group name."
-msgstr "Dados <emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Permite que você modifique o nome do grupo."
+msgstr ""
+"Dados <emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Permite que você modifique o "
+"nome do grupo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
 "users who are members of the group"
-msgstr "Usuários <emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar os usuários que são membros do grupo"
+msgstr ""
+"Usuários <emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aqui você pode selecionar "
+"os usuários que são membros do grupo"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:126
@@ -9357,11 +11047,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Excluir</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears "
-"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private "
-"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr "Selecione um usuário ou um grupo e clique em <emphasis role=\"bold\">Excluir</emphasis> para removê-lo. Para um usuário, aparece uma janela a perguntar se diretório home e caixa de correio também deve ser excluído. Se um grupo privado foi criado para o usuário, ele será excluído também."
+"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
+"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
+"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
+"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecione um usuário ou um grupo e clique em <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Excluir</emphasis> para removê-lo. Para um usuário, aparece uma janela a "
+"perguntar se diretório home e caixa de correio também deve ser excluído. Se "
+"um grupo privado foi criado para o usuário, ele será excluído também."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:133
@@ -9376,9 +11070,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Atualizar</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:138
 msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to"
-" refresh the display."
-msgstr "O banco de dados do usuário pode ser alterado fora de userdrake. Clique neste ícone para atualizar a exibição."
+"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
+"refresh the display."
+msgstr ""
+"O banco de dados do usuário pode ser alterado fora de userdrake. Clique "
+"neste ícone para atualizar a exibição."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:141
@@ -9391,11 +11087,17 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
 "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
 "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories"
-" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
+"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
+"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
 "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
 "account</guimenu>."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">convidado</emphasis> é uma conta especial. Pretende-se dar a alguém o acesso temporário ao sistema com total segurança. Entrada é xguest, não há senha, e é impossível fazer modificações no sistema a partir desta conta. Os diretórios pessoais são eliminadas no final da sessão. Esta conta é ativada por padrão, para desativá-lo, clique no menu <guimenu>Ações -> Desinstalar conta de convidado</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">convidado</emphasis> é uma conta especial. Pretende-"
+"se dar a alguém o acesso temporário ao sistema com total segurança. Entrada "
+"é xguest, não há senha, e é impossível fazer modificações no sistema a "
+"partir desta conta. Os diretórios pessoais são eliminadas no final da "
+"sessão. Esta conta é ativada por padrão, para desativá-lo, clique no menu "
+"<guimenu>Ações -> Desinstalar conta de convidado</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:3
@@ -9407,8 +11109,7 @@ msgstr "Configure o servidor gráfico"
 msgid "XFdrake"
 msgstr "XFdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:10
 msgid "XFdrake.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake.png"
@@ -9416,19 +11117,26 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> "
-"as root. Mind the capital letters."
-msgstr "Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuário normal ou <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> como root. Mind the letras maiúsculas."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
+"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
+"capital letters."
+msgstr ""
+"Você pode iniciar esta ferramenta de linha de comando, digitando "
+"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuário normal ou <emphasis>drakx11</"
+"emphasis> como root. Mind the letras maiúsculas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Selecione <emphasis><guilabel>Configure o servidor gráfico</guilabel> </emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
+"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Esta ferramenta está presente no Centro de Controle Mageia sob a aba "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Selecione "
+"<emphasis><guilabel>Configure o servidor gráfico</guilabel> </emphasis>. "
+"<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:23
@@ -9446,7 +11154,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
 "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
 "one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr "A placa de vídeo é exibido atualmente detectado eo servidor correspondente configurado. Clique neste botão para mudar para outro servidor, por exemplo, uma com um driver proprietário."
+msgstr ""
+"A placa de vídeo é exibido atualmente detectado eo servidor correspondente "
+"configurado. Clique neste botão para mudar para outro servidor, por exemplo, "
+"uma com um driver proprietário."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:31
@@ -9455,7 +11166,11 @@ msgid ""
 "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
 "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
 "Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Os servidores disponíveis são classificadas sob <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> pelo fabricante, em ordem alfabética e, em seguida, o modelo também em ordem alfabética. Os drivers livres são ordenadas por ordem alfabética sob <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Os servidores disponíveis são classificadas sob <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> "
+"pelo fabricante, em ordem alfabética e, em seguida, o modelo também em ordem "
+"alfabética. Os drivers livres são ordenadas por ordem alfabética sob "
+"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:37
@@ -9463,7 +11178,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
 "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
 "in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr "Em caso de problemas, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> irá trabalhar com a maioria das placas gráficas e dar-lhe tempo para encontrar e instalar o driver correto, enquanto em seu Ambiente de Trabalho."
+msgstr ""
+"Em caso de problemas, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> irá trabalhar com a "
+"maioria das placas gráficas e dar-lhe tempo para encontrar e instalar o "
+"driver correto, enquanto em seu Ambiente de Trabalho."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:38
@@ -9471,15 +11189,20 @@ msgid ""
 "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
 "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
 "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr "Se até Vesa não funcionar, escolher <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev </guilabel></emphasis>, que é usada durante a instalação Mageia, mas não permite que você alterar a resolução ou taxas de atualização."
+msgstr ""
+"Se até Vesa não funcionar, escolher <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
+"<guilabel>fbdev </guilabel></emphasis>, que é usada durante a instalação "
+"Mageia, mas não permite que você alterar a resolução ou taxas de atualização."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for "
-"example)."
-msgstr "Se você fez a sua escolha para um motorista de graça, você pode ser solicitado se você quer usar um driver proprietário vez com mais recursos (efeitos em 3D, por exemplo)."
+"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você fez a sua escolha para um motorista de graça, você pode ser "
+"solicitado se você quer usar um driver proprietário vez com mais recursos "
+"(efeitos em 3D, por exemplo)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:45
@@ -9490,10 +11213,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor"
-" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
+"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
+"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
 "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr "Da mesma forma que o anterior, o monitor atualmente detectado é exibido e você pode clicar no botão para mudar para outra. Se o monitor desejado não estiver no <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> lista, escolha na lista <guilabel>genérico</guilabel> um monitor com as mesmas características."
+msgstr ""
+"Da mesma forma que o anterior, o monitor atualmente detectado é exibido e "
+"você pode clicar no botão para mudar para outra. Se o monitor desejado não "
+"estiver no <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> lista, escolha na lista "
+"<guilabel>genérico</guilabel> um monitor com as mesmas características."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:54
@@ -9505,10 +11232,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolução:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
 "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr "Esse botão permite a escolha da resolução (número de pixels) e a intensidade de cor (quantidade de cores). ele mostra essa tela:"
+msgstr ""
+"Esse botão permite a escolha da resolução (número de pixels) e a intensidade "
+"de cor (quantidade de cores). ele mostra essa tela:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:61
 msgid "XFdrake1.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
@@ -9518,31 +11246,42 @@ msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the "
 "middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>A imagem do monitor no meio dá uma prévia com a configuração escolhida."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>A imagem do monitor no meio dá "
+"uma prévia com a configuração escolhida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another"
-" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
+"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
+"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
 "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
 "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
 "select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr "O primeiro botão mostra a resolução atual, clique para mudar para outra. A lista te mostra todas as escolhas possíveis de cordo com a placa gráfica e seu monitor, é possível clicar em <guilabel>Outros</guilabel> para escolher outras resoluções, mas tenha em mente que você pode danificar seu monitor ou selecionar uma configuração desconfortável."
+msgstr ""
+"O primeiro botão mostra a resolução atual, clique para mudar para outra. A "
+"lista te mostra todas as escolhas possíveis de cordo com a placa gráfica e "
+"seu monitor, é possível clicar em <guilabel>Outros</guilabel> para escolher "
+"outras resoluções, mas tenha em mente que você pode danificar seu monitor ou "
+"selecionar uma configuração desconfortável."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:72
 msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for"
-" another one."
-msgstr "O segundo botão mostra a profundidade atualmente cor, clique para mudar isso para uma outra."
+"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
+"another one."
+msgstr ""
+"O segundo botão mostra a profundidade atualmente cor, clique para mudar isso "
+"para uma outra."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
 "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr "Dependendo da resolução escolhida, pode ser necessário ter que sair e reiniciar o ambiente gráfico para que as configurações tenham efeito."
+msgstr ""
+"Dependendo da resolução escolhida, pode ser necessário ter que sair e "
+"reiniciar o ambiente gráfico para que as configurações tenham efeito."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:83
@@ -9555,15 +11294,21 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
 "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
 "graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr "Uma vez que a configuração for feita, recomenda-se fazer um teste antes de clicar em OK, porque é mais fácil modificar as configurações agora do que mais tarde, se o ambiente gráfico não funcionar."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma vez que a configuração for feita, recomenda-se fazer um teste antes de "
+"clicar em OK, porque é mais fácil modificar as configurações agora do que "
+"mais tarde, se o ambiente gráfico não funcionar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use"
-" XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr "No caso de seu ambiente gráfico não funcionar, aperte Alt+Crtl+F2 para abrir o ambiente de texto, conecte-se como root e digite XFdrake (com caps lock) para usar a versão de texto XFdrake."
+"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
+"XFdrake's text version."
+msgstr ""
+"No caso de seu ambiente gráfico não funcionar, aperte Alt+Crtl+F2 para abrir "
+"o ambiente de texto, conecte-se como root e digite XFdrake (com caps lock) "
+"para usar a versão de texto XFdrake."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:93
@@ -9571,7 +11316,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
 "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
 "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Se o teste falhar, é só esperar até o final, se ele funciona, mas você não quer mudar, afinal de contas, clique em <guibutton>Não</guibutton>, se tudo estiver certo, clique em <guibutton role=\"bold \">OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o teste falhar, é só esperar até o final, se ele funciona, mas você não "
+"quer mudar, afinal de contas, clique em <guibutton>Não</guibutton>, se tudo "
+"estiver certo, clique em <guibutton role=\"bold \">OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:97
@@ -9584,29 +11332,42 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
 "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
 "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr "opções <guilabel>globais</guilabel>: Se <emphasis>Desativar Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> é marcada, ela não será mais possível reiniciar o servidor X usando as teclas Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
+msgstr ""
+"opções <guilabel>globais</guilabel>: Se <emphasis>Desativar Ctrl-Alt-"
+"Backspace</emphasis> é marcada, ela não será mais possível reiniciar o "
+"servidor X usando as teclas Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
 "three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr "Opções de cartão de <guilabel>gráficos</guilabel>: Permite ativar ou desativar três características específicas, dependendo da placa gráfica."
+msgstr ""
+"Opções de cartão de <guilabel>gráficos</guilabel>: Permite ativar ou "
+"desativar três características específicas, dependendo da placa gráfica."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:107
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon "
-"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it "
-"may be unchecked for a server."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Interface gráfica na inicialização</guilabel>: Na maioria das vezes, <emphasis>iniciar automaticamente a interface gráfica (Xorg) quando iniciar</emphasis> é verificado para fazer a troca de inicialização para modo gráfico, pode ser desmarcada para um servidor."
+"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
+"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
+"unchecked for a server."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Interface gráfica na inicialização</guilabel>: Na maioria das "
+"vezes, <emphasis>iniciar automaticamente a interface gráfica (Xorg) quando "
+"iniciar</emphasis> é verificado para fazer a troca de inicialização para "
+"modo gráfico, pode ser desmarcada para um servidor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask"
-" you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
+"you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
 "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
 "and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr "Após clicar no botão <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, o sistema irá perguntar-lhe para confirmar. Ainda há tempo de cancelar tudo e manter a configuração anterior, ou a aceitar. Neste caso, você tem que desconectar e reconectar para ativar a nova configuração"
+msgstr ""
+"Após clicar no botão <guibutton>Sair</guibutton>, o sistema irá perguntar-"
+"lhe para confirmar. Ainda há tempo de cancelar tudo e manter a configuração "
+"anterior, ou a aceitar. Neste caso, você tem que desconectar e reconectar "
+"para ativar a nova configuração"
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po b/docs/mcc-help/ro.po
index 13fe2e90..2a2a36d3 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Dan <djmarian4u@hotmail.com>, 2013
 # Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>, 2013-2014
@@ -10,15 +10,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-29 12:21+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>\n"
-"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ro/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"ro/)\n"
+"Language: ro\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: ro\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?2:1));\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1?0:(((n%100>19)||((n%100==0)&&(n!=0)))?"
+"2:1));\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
@@ -30,8 +32,7 @@ msgstr "Accesați discuri și directoare partajate prin WebDAV"
 msgid "diskdrake --dav"
 msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
@@ -39,9 +40,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
@@ -49,7 +52,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
 "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
 "WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în Centrul de Control Mageia, în categoria partajelor în rețea, cu titlul <guilabel>Configurare partaje WebDAV</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
+"Centrul de Control Mageia, în categoria partajelor în rețea, cu titlul "
+"<guilabel>Configurare partaje WebDAV</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
@@ -69,7 +75,12 @@ msgid ""
 "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
 "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
 "server."
-msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> este un protocol care vă permite să montați un director de pe un server web, astfel încît să apară ca un director local. Este necesar ca mașina distantă să ruleze un server WebDAV. Configurarea unui server WebDAV nu este scopul acestei unelte."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> este "
+"un protocol care vă permite să montați un director de pe un server web, "
+"astfel încît să apară ca un director local. Este necesar ca mașina distantă "
+"să ruleze un server WebDAV. Configurarea unui server WebDAV nu este scopul "
+"acestei unelte."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
@@ -82,7 +93,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
 "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
 "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr "Primul ecran al uneltei afișează intrările deja configurate (dacă există) și butonul <guibutton>Nou</guibutton>. Utilizați-l pentru a crea o nouă intrare. Introduceți adresa URL a serverului în cîmpul din noua fereastră."
+msgstr ""
+"Primul ecran al uneltei afișează intrările deja configurate (dacă există) și "
+"butonul <guibutton>Nou</guibutton>. Utilizați-l pentru a crea o nouă "
+"intrare. Introduceți adresa URL a serverului în cîmpul din noua fereastră."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
@@ -90,12 +104,16 @@ msgid ""
 "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
 "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
 "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct"
-" it, if needed."
-msgstr "Apoi veți obține un ecran cu butoane radio pentru a selecta anumite acțiuni. Continuați cu acțiunea <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> apăsînd pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton> după selectarea butonului radio, deoarece <guibutton>Server</guibutton> este deja configurat. Dacă totuși este nevoie, puteți să-l corectați."
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
+"it, if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"Apoi veți obține un ecran cu butoane radio pentru a selecta anumite acțiuni. "
+"Continuați cu acțiunea <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> apăsînd pe "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> după selectarea butonului radio, deoarece "
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> este deja configurat. Dacă totuși este nevoie, "
+"puteți să-l corectați."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
@@ -105,17 +123,19 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgid ""
 "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
 "point."
-msgstr "Conținutul directorului distant va fi accesibil prin acest punct de montare."
+msgstr ""
+"Conținutul directorului distant va fi accesibil prin acest punct de montare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
 "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr "La etapa următoare, furnizați utilizatorul și parola. Dacă aveți nevoie de alte opțiuni, le puteți specifica în ecranul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"La etapa următoare, furnizați utilizatorul și parola. Dacă aveți nevoie de "
+"alte opțiuni, le puteți specifica în ecranul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
@@ -125,19 +145,27 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
 "access."
-msgstr "Opțiunea <guibutton>Montează</guibutton> vă permite să montați imediat accesul."
+msgstr ""
+"Opțiunea <guibutton>Montează</guibutton> vă permite să montați imediat "
+"accesul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button "
-"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your "
-"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you"
-" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in "
-"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the "
-"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for "
-"one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr "După ce ați acceptat configurația cu butonul radio <guibutton>Gata</guibutton>, primul ecran va fi afișat din nou și noul punct de montare va fi listat. După ce apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton>, veți fi întrebat dacă vreți să se salveze modificările în <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Alegeți această opțiune dacă doriți ca directorul distant să fie disponibil la fiecare pornire. Nu salvați modificările dacă montați directorul distant doar o singură dată."
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
+"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
+"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
+"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
+"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
+"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
+msgstr ""
+"După ce ați acceptat configurația cu butonul radio <guibutton>Gata</"
+"guibutton>, primul ecran va fi afișat din nou și noul punct de montare va fi "
+"listat. După ce apăsați pe <guibutton>Terminare</guibutton>, veți fi "
+"întrebat dacă vreți să se salveze modificările în <emphasis>/etc/fstab</"
+"emphasis>. Alegeți această opțiune dacă doriți ca directorul distant să fie "
+"disponibil la fiecare pornire. Nu salvați modificările dacă montați "
+"directorul distant doar o singură dată."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
@@ -149,8 +177,7 @@ msgstr "Partajați partițiile discului"
 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
 msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
@@ -158,9 +185,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linie de comandă tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linie de comandă tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
@@ -169,14 +198,20 @@ msgid ""
 "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
 "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
 "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> simplă vă permite, ca și administrator, să lăsați utilizatorii să-și partajeze subdirectoare din propriul /home cu ceilalți utilizatori din rețeaua locală care au calculatoare ce rulează Linux sau Windows ca sistem de operare."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> simplă vă permite, "
+"ca și administrator, să lăsați utilizatorii să-și partajeze subdirectoare "
+"din propriul /home cu ceilalți utilizatori din rețeaua locală care au "
+"calculatoare ce rulează Linux sau Windows ca sistem de operare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled"
-" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr "Se găsește în Centrul de Control Mageia, în categoria discurilor locale, intitulată „Partajați partițiile discului”."
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
+"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Se găsește în Centrul de Control Mageia, în categoria discurilor locale, "
+"intitulată „Partajați partițiile discului”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
@@ -185,11 +220,19 @@ msgid ""
 "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
 "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
 "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for"
-" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their"
-" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
+"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
+"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
 "created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr "Întîi răspundeți la întrebarea: \"<guilabel>Doriți să lăsați utilizatorii să partajeze anumite directoare personale?</guilabel>\", faceți clic pe <guibutton>Fără partajare</guibutton> dacă răspunsul este nu pentru toți utilizatorii, clic pe <guibutton>Autorizează toți utilizatorii</guibutton> pentru toți utilizatorii și pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> dacă răspunsul este nu pentru unii și da pentru alții. Pentru aceștia din urmă, utilizatorii trebuie să facă parte din grupul „fileshare”, care este creat în mod automat de sistem. Veți fi întrebat despre asta mai tîrziu."
+msgstr ""
+"Întîi răspundeți la întrebarea: \"<guilabel>Doriți să lăsați utilizatorii să "
+"partajeze anumite directoare personale?</guilabel>\", faceți clic pe "
+"<guibutton>Fără partajare</guibutton> dacă răspunsul este nu pentru toți "
+"utilizatorii, clic pe <guibutton>Autorizează toți utilizatorii</guibutton> "
+"pentru toți utilizatorii și pe <guibutton>Personalizat</guibutton> dacă "
+"răspunsul este nu pentru unii și da pentru alții. Pentru aceștia din urmă, "
+"utilizatorii trebuie să facă parte din grupul „fileshare”, care este creat "
+"în mod automat de sistem. Veți fi întrebat despre asta mai tîrziu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
@@ -200,7 +243,14 @@ msgid ""
 "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
 "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
 "required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr "Faceți clic pe <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, un al doilea ecran va apărea în care veți fi întrebat să alegeți dintre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> sau <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Bifați <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> dacă Linux este sigurul sistem de operare din rețea, sau <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> dacă în rețea aveți ambele tipuri de mașini cu Windows și Linux, iar apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Toate pachetele necesare vor fi instalate dacă este nevoie."
+msgstr ""
+"Faceți clic pe <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, un al doilea ecran va apărea în care "
+"veți fi întrebat să alegeți dintre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> sau "
+"<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Bifați <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> dacă Linux "
+"este sigurul sistem de operare din rețea, sau <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> "
+"dacă în rețea aveți ambele tipuri de mașini cu Windows și Linux, iar apoi "
+"apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Toate pachetele necesare vor fi "
+"instalate dacă este nevoie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
@@ -210,24 +260,40 @@ msgid ""
 "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
 "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
 "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information"
-" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
-msgstr "Configurarea este acum completă cu excepția cazului în care ați ales opțiunea „Personalizat”. În acest caz se va afișa un ecran suplimentar pentru a deschide <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis>. Această unealtă vă permite să adăugați în grupul „fileshare” utilizatorii autorizați să-și partajeze directoarele. În categoria „Utilizatori” faceți clic pe utilizatorul de adăugat în grupul „fileshare” și apoi pe <guimenuitem>Editează</guimenuitem>. În categoria „Grupuri” bifați grupul „fileshare” și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Pentru informații suplimentare despre userdrake consultați <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">această pagină</link>."
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
+"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Configurarea este acum completă cu excepția cazului în care ați ales "
+"opțiunea „Personalizat”. În acest caz se va afișa un ecran suplimentar "
+"pentru a deschide <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis>. Această "
+"unealtă vă permite să adăugați în grupul „fileshare” utilizatorii autorizați "
+"să-și partajeze directoarele. În categoria „Utilizatori” faceți clic pe "
+"utilizatorul de adăugat în grupul „fileshare” și apoi pe "
+"<guimenuitem>Editează</guimenuitem>. În categoria „Grupuri” bifați grupul "
+"„fileshare” și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Pentru informații "
+"suplimentare despre userdrake consultați <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml"
+"\">această pagină</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
 msgid ""
 "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
 "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr "Cînd adăugați un nou utilizator în grupul „fileshare” trebuie să deconectați și să reconectați rețeaua pentru ca modificările să fie luate în considerare."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd adăugați un nou utilizator în grupul „fileshare” trebuie să deconectați "
+"și să reconectați rețeaua pentru ca modificările să fie luate în considerare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her"
-" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
+"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
 "have this facility."
-msgstr "De acum fiecare utilizator care aparține grupului „fileshare” își poate selecționa în gestionarul de fișiere directoarele pe care dorește să le partajeze, însă nu toți gestionarii de fișiere dispun de această funcționalitate."
+msgstr ""
+"De acum fiecare utilizator care aparține grupului „fileshare” își poate "
+"selecționa în gestionarul de fișiere directoarele pe care dorește să le "
+"partajeze, însă nu toți gestionarii de fișiere dispun de această "
+"funcționalitate."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
@@ -245,8 +311,7 @@ msgstr "Accesați discuri și directoare partajate prin NFS"
 msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
 msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
@@ -259,9 +324,11 @@ msgstr "."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
@@ -270,9 +337,15 @@ msgid ""
 "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
 "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a"
-" user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să faceți accesibile tuturor utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator anumite directoare partajate. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este NFS, care este disponibil pentru majoritatea sistemelor Linux și Unix. Directoarele partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere."
+"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
+"user with tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
+"faceți accesibile tuturor utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator anumite "
+"directoare partajate. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este NFS, care este "
+"disponibil pentru majoritatea sistemelor Linux și Unix. Directoarele "
+"partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu "
+"un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
@@ -284,17 +357,21 @@ msgstr "Procedură"
 msgid ""
 "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
 "which share directories."
-msgstr "Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista serverelor care partajează directoare."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista "
+"serverelor care partajează directoare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
 "shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr "Faceți clic pe simbolul > din dreptul numelui serverului pentru a afișa lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care doriți să-l accesați."
+msgstr ""
+"Faceți clic pe simbolul > din dreptul numelui serverului pentru a afișa "
+"lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care doriți să-l "
+"accesați."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
@@ -302,12 +379,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have"
-" to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul."
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
+"to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va "
+"trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
@@ -318,16 +396,17 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
 "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
 "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr "După ce ați ales punctul de montare, îl puteți monta. De asemenea, puteți verifica și modifica opțiunile cu butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>. După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu același buton."
+msgstr ""
+"După ce ați ales punctul de montare, îl puteți monta. De asemenea, puteți "
+"verifica și modifica opțiunile cu butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>. "
+"După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu același buton."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
@@ -337,13 +416,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgid ""
 "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
 "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the"
-" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
+"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
+"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
 "browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr "După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul <guibutton>Gata</guibutton>, un mesaj se va afișa întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/fstab”. Aceasta va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare redemarare, cu condiția ca rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în exploratorul de fișiere, precum Dolphin spre exemplu."
+msgstr ""
+"După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul <guibutton>Gata</guibutton>, un "
+"mesaj se va afișa întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/"
+"fstab”. Aceasta va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare "
+"redemarare, cu condiția ca rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi "
+"disponibil în exploratorul de fișiere, precum Dolphin spre exemplu."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
@@ -358,8 +441,7 @@ msgstr "Inscriptoare CD/DVD"
 msgid "diskdrake --removable"
 msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
@@ -367,9 +449,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
@@ -377,12 +461,17 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
 "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
 "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se află în categoria „Discuri locale” din Centrul de Control Mageia și numită în funcție de dispozitivul amovibil (numai unitățile de dischetă și cele de citit și scris CD/DVD-uri)."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se află în "
+"categoria „Discuri locale” din Centrul de Control Mageia și numită în "
+"funcție de dispozitivul amovibil (numai unitățile de dischetă și cele de "
+"citit și scris CD/DVD-uri)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
 msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr "Scopul ei este să definească modul în care dispozitivul amovibil este montat."
+msgstr ""
+"Scopul ei este să definească modul în care dispozitivul amovibil este montat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
@@ -391,7 +480,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
 "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
 "button."
-msgstr "În partea de sus a ferestrei se află o scurtă descriere a dispozitivului și opțiunile alese pentru a-l monta. Utilizați meniul din partea de jos pentru a le schimba. Bifați elementul pe care doriți să-l modificați și apoi pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"În partea de sus a ferestrei se află o scurtă descriere a dispozitivului și "
+"opțiunile alese pentru a-l monta. Utilizați meniul din partea de jos pentru "
+"a le schimba. Bifați elementul pe care doriți să-l modificați și apoi pe "
+"butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
@@ -402,7 +495,9 @@ msgstr "Punct de montare"
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr "Bifați această căsuță pentru a modifica punctul de montare. Cel implicit este /media/cdrom."
+msgstr ""
+"Bifați această căsuță pentru a modifica punctul de montare. Cel implicit "
+"este /media/cdrom."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
@@ -412,9 +507,11 @@ msgstr "Opțiuni"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the"
-" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr "Multe opțiuni de montare pot fi alese aici, fie direct din listă fie din submeniul <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel>. Opțiunile principale sînt:"
+"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
+"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
+msgstr ""
+"Multe opțiuni de montare pot fi alese aici, fie direct din listă fie din "
+"submeniul <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel>. Opțiunile principale sînt:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
@@ -427,7 +524,10 @@ msgid ""
 "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
 "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
 "the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr "Utilizatorul autorizează un alt utilizator obișnuit (diferit de root) să monteze discul amovibil, această opțiune implică noexec, nosuid și nodev. Utilizatorul care a montat discul este singurul care-l poate demonta."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilizatorul autorizează un alt utilizator obișnuit (diferit de root) să "
+"monteze discul amovibil, această opțiune implică noexec, nosuid și nodev. "
+"Utilizatorul care a montat discul este singurul care-l poate demonta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
@@ -442,9 +542,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
@@ -453,40 +555,54 @@ msgid ""
 "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
 "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with"
-" tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să specificați care din directoarele partajate să fie accesibile tuturor utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este SMB, care este cel mai popular pentru sistemele Windows(R). Directoarele partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere."
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
+"tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
+"specificați care din directoarele partajate să fie accesibile tuturor "
+"utilizatorilor de pe acest calculator. Protocolul utilizat în acest caz este "
+"SMB, care este cel mai popular pentru sistemele Windows(R). Directoarele "
+"partajate vor fi disponibile direct după pornire, cît și într-o sesiune cu "
+"un singur utilizator folosind unelte precum exploratoarele de fișiere."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
 "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "Înainte să lansați această unealtă este bine să declarați numele serverelor disponibile, de exemplu <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Înainte să lansați această unealtă este bine să declarați numele serverelor "
+"disponibile, de exemplu <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who"
-" share directories."
-msgstr "Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista serverelor care partajează directoare."
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
+"share directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați <guibutton>caută servere</guibutton> pentru a obține lista "
+"serverelor care partajează directoare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
 "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr "Faceți clic pe numele serverului și pe &gt; din dreptul numelui serverului pentru a afișa lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care doriți să-l accesați."
+msgstr ""
+"Faceți clic pe numele serverului și pe &gt; din dreptul numelui serverului "
+"pentru a afișa lista directoarelor partajate și selectați directorul pe care "
+"doriți să-l accesați."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
 "have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul."
+msgstr ""
+"Butonul <guibutton>Punct de montare</guibutton> va fi disponibil și va "
+"trebui să specificați unde doriți să montați directorul."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
@@ -497,7 +613,10 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
 "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
 "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "După ce ați ales punctul de montare, poate fi montat cu <guimenu>butonul de montare</guimenu>. De asemenea, puteți verifica și modifica unele opțiuni cu butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"După ce ați ales punctul de montare, poate fi montat cu <guimenu>butonul de "
+"montare</guimenu>. De asemenea, puteți verifica și modifica unele opțiuni cu "
+"butonul <guibutton>Opțiuni</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
@@ -505,16 +624,17 @@ msgid ""
 "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
 "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
 "with the same button."
-msgstr "În opțiuni puteți specifica numele și parola utilizatorilor care se pot conecta la serverul SMB. După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu același buton."
+msgstr ""
+"În opțiuni puteți specifica numele și parola utilizatorilor care se pot "
+"conecta la serverul SMB. După ce ați montat directorul, îl puteți demonta cu "
+"același buton."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
@@ -525,12 +645,15 @@ msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
 "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
 "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in "
-"dolphin."
-msgstr "După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul „Gata”, un mesaj se va afișa întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/fstab”. Salvarea va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare pornire, cu condiția ca rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în exploratorul de fișiere, precum dolphin spre exemplu."
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
+msgstr ""
+"După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul „Gata”, un mesaj se va afișa "
+"întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/fstab”. Salvarea "
+"va face directorul să fie disponibil după fiecare pornire, cu condiția ca "
+"rețeaua să fie accesibilă. Noul director va fi disponibil în exploratorul de "
+"fișiere, precum dolphin spre exemplu."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
@@ -545,8 +668,7 @@ msgstr "Efecte de birou 3D"
 msgid "drak3d"
 msgstr "drak3d"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:10
 msgid "drak3d.png"
 msgstr "drak3d.png"
@@ -554,9 +676,11 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:17
@@ -564,7 +688,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
 "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
 "default."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să gestionați efectele de birou 3D din acest sistem de operare. Acestea sînt dezactivate în mod implicit."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
+"gestionați efectele de birou 3D din acest sistem de operare. Acestea sînt "
+"dezactivate în mod implicit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:25
@@ -577,30 +704,41 @@ msgid ""
 "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
 "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
 "start."
-msgstr "Pentru a utiliza această unealtă trebuie să aveți instalat pachetul glxinfo. Dacă nu este instalat, veți fi invitat s-o faceți înainte ca drak3d să se poată lansa."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a utiliza această unealtă trebuie să aveți instalat pachetul glxinfo. "
+"Dacă nu este instalat, veți fi invitat s-o faceți înainte ca drak3d să se "
+"poată lansa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
 "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a "
-"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special "
-"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn "
-"it on."
-msgstr "După lansarea drak3d, vi-se va prezenta o fereastră cu un meniu în care puteți alege între <guilabel>Fătă efecte de birou 3D</guilabel> sau <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion este partea din gestionarul de ferestre compozit care include efectele speciale accelerate material pentru mediul de birou. Alegeți <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> pentru a-l activa."
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
+"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
+"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
+msgstr ""
+"După lansarea drak3d, vi-se va prezenta o fereastră cu un meniu în care "
+"puteți alege între <guilabel>Fătă efecte de birou 3D</guilabel> sau "
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion este partea din "
+"gestionarul de ferestre compozit care include efectele speciale accelerate "
+"material pentru mediul de birou. Alegeți <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> "
+"pentru a-l activa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be"
-" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr "Dacă utilizați pentru prima oară acest program după o nouă instalare de Mageia, veți primi un mesaj de avertizare care vă va spune care pachete trebuiesc să fie instalate pentru a putea utiliza Compiz Fusion. Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a continua."
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
+"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
+"guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă utilizați pentru prima oară acest program după o nouă instalare de "
+"Mageia, veți primi un mesaj de avertizare care vă va spune care pachete "
+"trebuiesc să fie instalate pentru a putea utiliza Compiz Fusion. Apăsați pe "
+"butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a continua."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:45
 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
@@ -611,14 +749,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
 "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
 "for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr "Odată ce au fost instalate pachetele adecvate, veți remarca faptul că în meniul drak3d este selecționat Compiz Fusion, însă trebuie să vă deautentificați și reautentificați ca schimbările să fie luate în considerare."
+msgstr ""
+"Odată ce au fost instalate pachetele adecvate, veți remarca faptul că în "
+"meniul drak3d este selecționat Compiz Fusion, însă trebuie să vă "
+"deautentificați și reautentificați ca schimbările să fie luate în "
+"considerare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:53
 msgid ""
 "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
 "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr "După ce vă reautentificați, Compiz Fusion va fi activat. Pentru a configura Compiz Fusion consultați pagina uneltei ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)."
+msgstr ""
+"După ce vă reautentificați, Compiz Fusion va fi activat. Pentru a configura "
+"Compiz Fusion consultați pagina uneltei ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:59
@@ -636,10 +780,13 @@ msgid ""
 "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
 "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
 "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr "Dacă după ce ați activat Compiz Fusion și încercați să vă reautentificați însă nu vedeți nimic, reporniți calculatorul pentru a reveni la ecranul de autentificare. Odată acolo, faceți clic pe pictograma biroului și selectați drak3d."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă după ce ați activat Compiz Fusion și încercați să vă reautentificați "
+"însă nu vedeți nimic, reporniți calculatorul pentru a reveni la ecranul de "
+"autentificare. Odată acolo, faceți clic pe pictograma biroului și selectați "
+"drak3d."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:71
 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
@@ -649,9 +796,13 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgid ""
 "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
 "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the"
-" log in problem."
-msgstr "Cînd vă autentificați, dacă contul vostru este recunoscut ca administrator, veți fi invitat să vă tastați parola din nou. În caz contrar, conectați-vă ca administrator cu contul său. Apoi puteți anula toate modificările care ar fi putut crea probleme la autentificare."
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
+"log in problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd vă autentificați, dacă contul vostru este recunoscut ca administrator, "
+"veți fi invitat să vă tastați parola din nou. În caz contrar, conectați-vă "
+"ca administrator cu contul său. Apoi puteți anula toate modificările care ar "
+"fi putut crea probleme la autentificare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:9
@@ -663,8 +814,7 @@ msgstr "Autentificare"
 msgid "drakauth"
 msgstr "drakauth"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:16
 msgid "drakauth.png"
 msgstr "drakauth.png"
@@ -672,16 +822,21 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the"
-" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să modificați modul în care puteți fi recunoscut ca utilizator al calculatorului sau în rețea."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
+"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
+"modificați modul în care puteți fi recunoscut ca utilizator al "
+"calculatorului sau în rețea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:25
@@ -689,7 +844,10 @@ msgid ""
 "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
 "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
 "and give information about that."
-msgstr "Implicit, informațiile despre autentificare sînt stocate într-un fișier de pe acest calculator. Nu le modificați decît dacă administratorul de rețea vă invită s-o faceți și vă oferă informațiile necesare în această privință."
+msgstr ""
+"Implicit, informațiile despre autentificare sînt stocate într-un fișier de "
+"pe acest calculator. Nu le modificați decît dacă administratorul de rețea vă "
+"invită s-o faceți și vă oferă informațiile necesare în această privință."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3
@@ -701,8 +859,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați pornirea sistemului"
 msgid "drakboot --boot"
 msgstr "drakboot --boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10
 msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
@@ -710,9 +867,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
@@ -720,55 +879,79 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
 "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
 "boot, etc.)"
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să configurați opțiunile de pornire (alegerea încărcătorului de sistem, definirea unei parole, opțiunea de pornire implicită, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
+"configurați opțiunile de pornire (alegerea încărcătorului de sistem, "
+"definirea unei parole, opțiunea de pornire implicită, etc.)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set "
 "up boot system\"."
-msgstr "Se găsește în categoria pornire din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulat „Configurați demararea sistemului”."
+msgstr ""
+"Se găsește în categoria pornire din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulat "
+"„Configurați demararea sistemului”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
 "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr "Nu utilizați această unealtă dacă nu știți cu exactitate ceea ce faceți. Modificarea anumitor parametri poate împiedica sistemul să pornească data viitoare!"
+msgstr ""
+"Nu utilizați această unealtă dacă nu știți cu exactitate ceea ce faceți. "
+"Modificarea anumitor parametri poate împiedica sistemul să pornească data "
+"viitoare!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to"
-" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to "
+"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
 "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
-"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot "
-"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The"
-" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can "
-"prevent you machine from booting."
-msgstr "În prima parte, numită <guilabel>Încărcător de sistem</guilabel>, puteți alege între GRUB sau LILO ca <guibutton>Încărcător de sistem utilizat</guibutton>, cu interfață grafică sau în mod text. Este doar o chestiune de gust care nu implică alte consecințe. Puteți defini și <guibutton>Dispozitivul de pornire</guibutton>, însă nu modificați nimic dacă nu sînteți expert. Încărcătorul de sistem este instalat pe dispozitivul de pornire și orice modificare poate împiedica pornirea sistemului."
+"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</"
+"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot "
+"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent "
+"you machine from booting."
+msgstr ""
+"În prima parte, numită <guilabel>Încărcător de sistem</guilabel>, puteți "
+"alege între GRUB sau LILO ca <guibutton>Încărcător de sistem utilizat</"
+"guibutton>, cu interfață grafică sau în mod text. Este doar o chestiune de "
+"gust care nu implică alte consecințe. Puteți defini și "
+"<guibutton>Dispozitivul de pornire</guibutton>, însă nu modificați nimic "
+"dacă nu sînteți expert. Încărcătorul de sistem este instalat pe dispozitivul "
+"de pornire și orice modificare poate împiedica pornirea sistemului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
 "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating"
-" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
+"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
+"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
 "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr "În a doua parte, intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni principale</guilabel>, puteți defini durata în secunde de <guibutton>Temporizare înaintea pornirii imaginii implicite</guibutton>. În acest timp GRUB sau LILO vor afișa lista sistemelor de operare disponibile, invitîndu-vă să faceți o alegere, iar dacă nu ați ales nimic, încărcătorul de sistem va porni pe cea implicită cînd s-a scurs timpul de așteptare."
+msgstr ""
+"În a doua parte, intitulată <guilabel>Opțiuni principale</guilabel>, puteți "
+"defini durata în secunde de <guibutton>Temporizare înaintea pornirii "
+"imaginii implicite</guibutton>. În acest timp GRUB sau LILO vor afișa lista "
+"sistemelor de operare disponibile, invitîndu-vă să faceți o alegere, iar "
+"dacă nu ați ales nimic, încărcătorul de sistem va porni pe cea implicită "
+"cînd s-a scurs timpul de așteptare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
 "possible to set a password."
-msgstr "În a treia și ultima parte, intitulată <guibutton>Securitate</guibutton>, este posibil să definiți o parolă."
+msgstr ""
+"În a treia și ultima parte, intitulată <guibutton>Securitate</guibutton>, "
+"este posibil să definiți o parolă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46
 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă cîteva opțiuni suplimentare."
+msgstr ""
+"Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă cîteva opțiuni suplimentare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49
@@ -782,7 +965,11 @@ msgid ""
 "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
 "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
 "compatible."
-msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) este un standard pentru gestionarea energiei. Se poate economisi energie prin oprirea dispozitivelor neutilizate, aceasta era înainte metoda utilizată de APM. Bifați această căsuță dacă aveți componente compatibile ACPI."
+msgstr ""
+"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) este un standard pentru "
+"gestionarea energiei. Se poate economisi energie prin oprirea dispozitivelor "
+"neutilizate, aceasta era înainte metoda utilizată de APM. Bifați această "
+"căsuță dacă aveți componente compatibile ACPI."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56
@@ -794,21 +981,27 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Activează SMP:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
 "multicore processors."
-msgstr "SMP vine de la „Symmetric Multi Processors” și este o arhitectură pentru procesoarele cu mai multe nuclee."
+msgstr ""
+"SMP vine de la „Symmetric Multi Processors” și este o arhitectură pentru "
+"procesoarele cu mai multe nuclee."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
 "processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr "Dacă aveți un procesor cu HyperThreading, Mageia îl va vedea ca pe un dual procesor și va activa SMP."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă aveți un procesor cu HyperThreading, Mageia îl va vedea ca pe un dual "
+"procesor și va activa SMP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local "
-"APIC:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Activează APIC</guibutton> și <guibutton>Activează APIC local:</guibutton>"
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
+"guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Activează APIC</guibutton> și <guibutton>Activează APIC local:</"
+"guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69
@@ -819,12 +1012,19 @@ msgid ""
 "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
 "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
 "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local"
-" APIC."
-msgstr "APIC vine de la „Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller”. În sistemul APIC de la Intel sînt două componente: APIC local (LAPIC) și I/O APIC. Acesta din urmă rutează întreruperile pe care le primește de la magistralele periferice către unul sau mai multe APIC locale care se află în procesor. Sînt foarte utile pentru sistemele multi-procesor. Unele calculatoare au probleme cu sistemul APIC care poate cauza blocaje sau detecția incorectă a perifericelor (mesajul de eroare: „spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7”). În acest caz dezactivați APIC și/sau APIC local."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
+"APIC."
+msgstr ""
+"APIC vine de la „Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller”. În sistemul "
+"APIC de la Intel sînt două componente: APIC local (LAPIC) și I/O APIC. "
+"Acesta din urmă rutează întreruperile pe care le primește de la magistralele "
+"periferice către unul sau mai multe APIC locale care se află în procesor. "
+"Sînt foarte utile pentru sistemele multi-procesor. Unele calculatoare au "
+"probleme cu sistemul APIC care poate cauza blocaje sau detecția incorectă a "
+"perifericelor (mesajul de eroare: „spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7”). În "
+"acest caz dezactivați APIC și/sau APIC local."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
 msgid "drakboot1.png"
 msgstr "drakboot1.png"
@@ -833,16 +1033,22 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png"
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
-"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the"
-" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
+"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the "
+"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
 "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
 "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
-"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar"
-" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
-msgstr "În ecranul următor veți putea vedea lista tuturor intrărilor disponibile la pornire. Cea implicită are un asterisc. Pentru a schimba ordinea intrărilor în meniu, faceți clic pe săgețile sus sau jos pentru a deplasa elementul selectat. Dacă faceți clic pe butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> sau <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>, o nouă fereastră va apărea pentru a modifica sau adăuga o nouă intrare în meniul GRUB. Trebuie să fiți familiarizat cu LILO sau GRUB pentru a putea utiliza aceste unelte."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar "
+"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
+msgstr ""
+"În ecranul următor veți putea vedea lista tuturor intrărilor disponibile la "
+"pornire. Cea implicită are un asterisc. Pentru a schimba ordinea intrărilor "
+"în meniu, faceți clic pe săgețile sus sau jos pentru a deplasa elementul "
+"selectat. Dacă faceți clic pe butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> sau "
+"<guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>, o nouă fereastră va apărea pentru a "
+"modifica sau adăuga o nouă intrare în meniul GRUB. Trebuie să fiți "
+"familiarizat cu LILO sau GRUB pentru a putea utiliza aceste unelte."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94
 msgid "drakboot2.png"
 msgstr "drakboot2.png"
@@ -853,35 +1059,46 @@ msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
 "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
 "example: Mageia3."
-msgstr "Cîmpul <guilabel>Etichetă</guilabel> este liber, scrieți aici ceea ce doriți să fie afișat în meniu. Acesta corespunse comenzii GRUB „title”. De exemplu: Mageia 4."
+msgstr ""
+"Cîmpul <guilabel>Etichetă</guilabel> este liber, scrieți aici ceea ce doriți "
+"să fie afișat în meniu. Acesta corespunse comenzii GRUB „title”. De exemplu: "
+"Mageia 4."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
 "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr "Cîmpul <guilabel>Imagine</guilabel> conține numele nucleului. Corespunde comenzii GRUB „kernel”. De exemplu: /boot/vmlinuz."
+msgstr ""
+"Cîmpul <guilabel>Imagine</guilabel> conține numele nucleului. Corespunde "
+"comenzii GRUB „kernel”. De exemplu: /boot/vmlinuz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
 "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr "Cîmpul <guilabel>Root</guilabel> conține numele dispozitivului unde de află nucleul. Corespunde comenzi GRUB „root”. De exemplu: (hd0,1)."
+msgstr ""
+"Cîmpul <guilabel>Root</guilabel> conține numele dispozitivului unde de află "
+"nucleul. Corespunde comenzi GRUB „root”. De exemplu: (hd0,1)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
 "the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr "Cîmpul <guilabel>Opțiuni aplicate nucleului</guilabel> conține opțiuni aplicate nucleului la pornire."
+msgstr ""
+"Cîmpul <guilabel>Opțiuni aplicate nucleului</guilabel> conține opțiuni "
+"aplicate nucleului la pornire."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
 "entry by default."
-msgstr "Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Implicit</guilabel>, GRUB va porni această intrare în mod implicit."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Implicit</guilabel>, GRUB va porni această "
+"intrare în mod implicit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115
@@ -889,7 +1106,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
 "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
 "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr "În ecranul suplimentar intitulat <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> puteți alege un  <guilabel>Mod video</guilabel>, un fișier <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> și un <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> din lista derulantă."
+msgstr ""
+"În ecranul suplimentar intitulat <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> puteți alege "
+"un  <guilabel>Mod video</guilabel>, un fișier <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> și "
+"un <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> din lista derulantă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:3
@@ -901,8 +1121,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați autentificarea automată"
 msgid "drakboot"
 msgstr "drakboot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:11
 msgid "drakboot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot.png"
@@ -910,9 +1129,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:15
@@ -921,14 +1142,21 @@ msgid ""
 "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
 "asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
 "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să autentificați în mod automat același utilizator, în mediul său de birou, fără să se ceară vreo parolă. Se numește autentificare automată. Acest lucru poate fi în general o idee bună dacă mașina este folosită de un singur utilizator."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
+"autentificați în mod automat același utilizator, în mediul său de birou, "
+"fără să se ceară vreo parolă. Se numește autentificare automată. Acest lucru "
+"poate fi în general o idee bună dacă mașina este folosită de un singur "
+"utilizator."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
 "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr "Se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Pornire</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulat „Configurați autentificarea automată”."
+msgstr ""
+"Se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Pornire</emphasis> din "
+"Centrul de Control Mageia intitulat „Configurați autentificarea automată”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:26
@@ -938,23 +1166,35 @@ msgstr "Butoanele interfeței sînt destul de evidente:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system "
-"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the "
-"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be "
-"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by "
-"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr "Bifați <guibutton>Lansează interfața grafică la demararea sistemului</guibutton> dacă doriți ca X Windows System să fie executat imediat după demarare. Altfel, sistemul va porni în mod text. În acest caz interfața grafică va putea fi lansată manual. Acest lucru se poate face tastînd în linie de comandă „startx”' sau „systemctl start dm”."
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
+"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
+"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
+"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
+"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
+msgstr ""
+"Bifați <guibutton>Lansează interfața grafică la demararea sistemului</"
+"guibutton> dacă doriți ca X Windows System să fie executat imediat după "
+"demarare. Altfel, sistemul va porni în mod text. În acest caz interfața "
+"grafică va putea fi lansată manual. Acest lucru se poate face tastînd în "
+"linie de comandă „startx”' sau „systemctl start dm”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to"
-" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
+"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
 "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
 "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
 "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Dacă bifați prima căsuță, alte două opțiuni vor fi disponibile. Apoi alegeți <guibutton>Nu, nu vreau autentificare automată</guibutton> dacă doriți ca sistemul să ceară un utilizator (și parolă) pentru conectare, sau <guibutton>Da, vreau autentificare automată cu acest (utilizator, birou)</guibutton> dacă asta doriți. În acest caz va trebui să furnizați <guilabel>Utilizatorul implicit</guilabel> și <guilabel>Biroul implicit</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă bifați prima căsuță, alte două opțiuni vor fi disponibile. Apoi alegeți "
+"<guibutton>Nu, nu vreau autentificare automată</guibutton> dacă doriți ca "
+"sistemul să ceară un utilizator (și parolă) pentru conectare, sau "
+"<guibutton>Da, vreau autentificare automată cu acest (utilizator, birou)</"
+"guibutton> dacă asta doriți. În acest caz va trebui să furnizați "
+"<guilabel>Utilizatorul implicit</guilabel> și <guilabel>Biroul implicit</"
+"guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
@@ -969,32 +1209,42 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată și utilizată numai în linie de comandă."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată și "
+"utilizată numai în linie de comandă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by"
-" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
-"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space "
-"first: the file can easily be several GBs large."
-msgstr "Este recomandat să scrieți rezultatul acestei comenzi într-un fișier, de exemplu tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, dar aveți grijă să dispuneți de spațiu liber suficient, fișierul poate atinge cu ușurință cîțiva giga."
+"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
+"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
+"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
+"several GBs large."
+msgstr ""
+"Este recomandat să scrieți rezultatul acestei comenzi într-un fișier, de "
+"exemplu tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</"
+"emphasis>, dar aveți grijă să dispuneți de spațiu liber suficient, fișierul "
+"poate atinge cu ușurință cîțiva giga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing"
-" the unneeded parts."
-msgstr "Rezultatul este mult prea voluminos pentru a-l atașa la un raport de eroare fără să-i înlăturați mai întîi părțile nefolositoare."
+"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
+"the unneeded parts."
+msgstr ""
+"Rezultatul este mult prea voluminos pentru a-l atașa la un raport de eroare "
+"fără să-i înlăturați mai întîi părțile nefolositoare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
@@ -1171,12 +1421,20 @@ msgstr "df"
 msgid ""
 "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
 "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\""
-" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
-"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, "
-"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr "La data la care a fost scrisă această pagină de ajutor, partea „syslog” din rezultatul acestei comenzi era goală, pentru că această unealtă nu a fost încă adaptată pentru trecerea la systemd. Dacă încă este goală, puteți înlătura „syslog” tastînd (ca root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Dacă nu dispuneți de suficient spațiu liber pe disc atunci puteți, sper exemplu, reține doar ultimele 5000 de linii din fișierul jurnal tastînd: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
+"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
+"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
+"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"La data la care a fost scrisă această pagină de ajutor, partea „syslog” din "
+"rezultatul acestei comenzi era goală, pentru că această unealtă nu a fost "
+"încă adaptată pentru trecerea la systemd. Dacă încă este goală, puteți "
+"înlătura „syslog” tastînd (ca root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
+"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Dacă nu dispuneți de suficient spațiu liber pe "
+"disc atunci puteți, sper exemplu, reține doar ultimele 5000 de linii din "
+"fișierul jurnal tastînd: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 "
+"> journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:9
@@ -1188,8 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "Utilitarul Mageia de raportat erori"
 msgid "drakbug"
 msgstr "drakbug"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:15
 msgid "drakbug.png"
 msgstr "drakbug.png"
@@ -1197,29 +1454,38 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that,"
-" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some "
-"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug "
-"report."
-msgstr "În mod normal, unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aceasta pornește automat cînd se blochează una din uneltele Mageia. Totuși, se poate întîmpla ca, după ce ați completat un raport de eroare, să vi-se ceară să lansați această unealtă pentru a verifica anumite informații pe care să le adăugați apoi în raportul de eroare existent."
+"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
+"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
+"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
+msgstr ""
+"În mod normal, unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aceasta "
+"pornește automat cînd se blochează una din uneltele Mageia. Totuși, se poate "
+"întîmpla ca, după ce ați completat un raport de eroare, să vi-se ceară să "
+"lansați această unealtă pentru a verifica anumite informații pe care să le "
+"adăugați apoi în raportul de eroare existent."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link "
-"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How "
-"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" "
-"button."
-msgstr "Dacă trebuie să completați un raport de eroare și nu sînteți familiarizat cu acest lucru, vă rugăm în acest caz să citiți <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Cum să redactez un raport de eroare corect</link> înainte de a face clic pe butonul „Raportează”."
+"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
+"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă trebuie să completați un raport de eroare și nu sînteți familiarizat cu "
+"acest lucru, vă rugăm în acest caz să citiți <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Cum să redactez un raport de "
+"eroare corect</link> înainte de a face clic pe butonul „Raportează”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:23
@@ -1227,7 +1493,11 @@ msgid ""
 "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
 "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
 "that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr "În cazul în care eroarea a fost deja raportată de altcineva (mesajul de eroare generat de drakbug este același), atunci este foarte util să adăugați un comentariu la raportul existent indicînd că și dumneavoastră ați întîlnit eroarea."
+msgstr ""
+"În cazul în care eroarea a fost deja raportată de altcineva (mesajul de "
+"eroare generat de drakbug este același), atunci este foarte util să adăugați "
+"un comentariu la raportul existent indicînd că și dumneavoastră ați întîlnit "
+"eroarea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:3
@@ -1239,8 +1509,7 @@ msgstr "Reglați data și ora"
 msgid "drakclock"
 msgstr "drakclock"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:10
 msgid "drakclock.png"
 msgstr "drakclock.png"
@@ -1248,18 +1517,25 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and "
-"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a "
-"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr "Unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aceasta se află în categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulată <guilabel>Reglați data și ora</guilabel>. În unele medii grafice acest lucru se poate face și cu un clic-dreapta pe ceasul din bara de sarcini alegînd „Modifică data și ora”."
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
+"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
+"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+"Unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aceasta se află în "
+"categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia intitulată <guilabel>Reglați "
+"data și ora</guilabel>. În unele medii grafice acest lucru se poate face și "
+"cu un clic-dreapta pe ceasul din bara de sarcini alegînd „Modifică data și "
+"ora”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:21
@@ -1270,30 +1546,45 @@ msgstr "Este un utilitar foarte simplu."
 #: en/drakclock.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on"
-" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
+"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
+"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
 "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
 "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr "În partea din stînga sus se găsește <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendarul</emphasis>. În captura de ecran de deasupra, data este 2 (în albastru) septembrie (în stînga sus) 2012 (în dreapta sus), care cade într-o duminică. Selectați luna (sau anul) făcînd clic pe micile săgeți de fiecare parte a lui septembrie (sau 2012). Selectați ziua făcînd clic pe numărul corespunzător."
+msgstr ""
+"În partea din stînga sus se găsește <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendarul</"
+"emphasis>. În captura de ecran de deasupra, data este 2 (în albastru) "
+"septembrie (în stînga sus) 2012 (în dreapta sus), care cade într-o duminică. "
+"Selectați luna (sau anul) făcînd clic pe micile săgeți de fiecare parte a "
+"lui septembrie (sau 2012). Selectați ziua făcînd clic pe numărul "
+"corespunzător."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:29
 msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time "
-"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on "
-"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
+"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
+"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
 "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr "În stînga jos se află sincronizarea cu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Protocol de timp în rețea (NTP)</emphasis>. Puteți avea mereu un ceas cu ora exactă prin sincronizarea cu un server. Bifați <guilabel>Activează protocolul de timp în rețea (NTP)</guilabel> și alegeți serverul cel mai apropiat."
+msgstr ""
+"În stînga jos se află sincronizarea cu <emphasis role=\"bold\">Protocol de "
+"timp în rețea (NTP)</emphasis>. Puteți avea mereu un ceas cu ora exactă prin "
+"sincronizarea cu un server. Bifați <guilabel>Activează protocolul de timp în "
+"rețea (NTP)</guilabel> și alegeți serverul cel mai apropiat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
 "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows"
-" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see"
-" your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr "În partea dreaptă este <emphasis role=\"bold\">ceasul</emphasis>. Nu este necesar să reglați ceasul dacă ați activat NTP. Trei căsuțe afișează orele, minutele și secundele (15, 28 și 22 pe captura de ecran). Utilizați micile săgeți pentru a regla ora exactă. Formatul orei nu poate fi schimbat aici, consultați parametrii mediului de birou pentru asta. "
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
+"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
+"your desktop environment settings for that."
+msgstr ""
+"În partea dreaptă este <emphasis role=\"bold\">ceasul</emphasis>. Nu este "
+"necesar să reglați ceasul dacă ați activat NTP. Trei căsuțe afișează orele, "
+"minutele și secundele (15, 28 și 22 pe captura de ecran). Utilizați micile "
+"săgeți pentru a regla ora exactă. Formatul orei nu poate fi schimbat aici, "
+"consultați parametrii mediului de birou pentru asta. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:40
@@ -1301,15 +1592,20 @@ msgid ""
 "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
 "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
 "nearest town."
-msgstr "Iar în cele din urmă, în dreapta jos, selecționați fusul orar făcînd clic pe butonul <guibutton>Schimbare fus orar</guibutton> și alegeți din listă orașul cel mai apropiat."
+msgstr ""
+"Iar în cele din urmă, în dreapta jos, selecționați fusul orar făcînd clic pe "
+"butonul <guibutton>Schimbare fus orar</guibutton> și alegeți din listă "
+"orașul cel mai apropiat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they"
-" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
+"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
 "settings."
-msgstr "Chiar dacă nu puteți schimba formatul datei și orei în această unealtă, acestea vor fi afișate pe birou în funcție de parametrii de localizare."
+msgstr ""
+"Chiar dacă nu puteți schimba formatul datei și orei în această unealtă, "
+"acestea vor fi afișate pe birou în funcție de parametrii de localizare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
@@ -1321,8 +1617,7 @@ msgstr "Înlăturați o conexiune"
 msgid "drakconnect --del"
 msgstr "drakconnect --del"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
 msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
@@ -1330,30 +1625,38 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd  <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>."
-msgstr "Aici puteți înlătura o interfață de rețea<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți înlătura o interfață de rețea<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
 "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Faceți clic pe meniul derulant, alegeți-o pe cea pe care doriți s-o înlăturați și faceți clic pe <emphasis>Înainte</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Faceți clic pe meniul derulant, alegeți-o pe cea pe care doriți s-o "
+"înlăturați și faceți clic pe <emphasis>Înainte</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
 "successfully."
-msgstr "Veți vedea un mesaj care va spune că interfața de rețea a fost înlăturată cu succes."
+msgstr ""
+"Veți vedea un mesaj care va spune că interfața de rețea a fost înlăturată cu "
+"succes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:3
@@ -1365,8 +1668,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
 msgid "drakconnect"
 msgstr "drakconnect"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:11
 msgid "drakconnect.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect.png"
@@ -1374,9 +1676,11 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:18
@@ -1384,14 +1688,20 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
 "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
 "your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să faceți majoritatea configurațiilor pentru accesul la rețeaua locală sau la Internet. Trebuie să cunoașteți anumite informații de la furnizorul de acces la Internet sau de la administratorul de rețea."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
+"faceți majoritatea configurațiilor pentru accesul la rețeaua locală sau la "
+"Internet. Trebuie să cunoașteți anumite informații de la furnizorul de acces "
+"la Internet sau de la administratorul de rețea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
 "and provider you have."
-msgstr "Selectați tipul conexiunii pe care doriți s-o stabiliți, în funcție de componentele materiale și de furnizorul de acces pe care-l aveți."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați tipul conexiunii pe care doriți s-o stabiliți, în funcție de "
+"componentele materiale și de furnizorul de acces pe care-l aveți."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:30
@@ -1403,133 +1713,153 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune filară (Ethernet)"
 msgid ""
 "The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
 "to configure."
-msgstr "Prima fereastră afișează lista interfețelor care sînt disponibile. Selectați una pentru a o configura."
+msgstr ""
+"Prima fereastră afișează lista interfețelor care sînt disponibile. Selectați "
+"una pentru a o configura."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
 msgid ""
 "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
 "address."
-msgstr "În acest punct vi-se dă posibilitatea să alegeți între configurarea manuală sau automată a adresei IP."
+msgstr ""
+"În acest punct vi-se dă posibilitatea să alegeți între configurarea manuală "
+"sau automată a adresei IP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
 msgid "Automatic IP"
 msgstr "IP automat"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers"
-" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
+"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
-" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o astfel de funcționalitate și este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un ruter ADSL domestic."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă "
+"serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate "
+"manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți "
+"adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat "
+"aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
+"literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul "
+"DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</"
+"emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o astfel de funcționalitate și "
+"este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un ruter ADSL domestic."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:62
 msgid "drakconnect5.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
 msgstr "Butonul avansat vă dă posibilitatea să specificați:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr "Domeniul de căutare (neaccesibil, deoarece este furnizat de serverul DHCP)"
+msgstr ""
+"Domeniul de căutare (neaccesibil, deoarece este furnizat de serverul DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
 msgid "the DHCP client"
 msgstr "Clientul DHCP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
 msgid "DHCP timeout"
 msgstr "Durată de expirare DHCP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr "Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverul NIS"
+msgstr ""
+"Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverul NIS"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
 msgstr "Recuperează serverele NTPD din DHCP (sincronizarea ceasurilor)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
 msgid ""
 "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
 "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
 "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr "Numele de gazdă cerut de DHCP. Utilizați această opțiune numai dacă serverul DHCP cere clientului să specifice un nume de gazdă înainte de a primi o adresă IP. Această opțiune nu este suportată de unele servere DHCP."
+msgstr ""
+"Numele de gazdă cerut de DHCP. Utilizați această opțiune numai dacă serverul "
+"DHCP cere clientului să specifice un nume de gazdă înainte de a primi o "
+"adresă IP. Această opțiune nu este suportată de unele servere DHCP."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
 "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "După acceptare, sînt explicați ultimii pași de configurare comuni pentru toate conexiunile: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"După acceptare, sînt explicați ultimii pași de configurare comuni pentru "
+"toate conexiunile: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
 msgid "Manual configuration"
 msgstr "Configurare manuală"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:115
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
 "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
 "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Parametrii Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele "
+"DNS care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi "
+"specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost."
+"localdomain</literal> în mod implicit."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
-"available from your service provider's website."
-msgstr "Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP se aseamănă în general cu <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, masca de rețea este <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
+"provider's website."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP se aseamănă în general cu "
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, masca de rețea este "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS "
+"sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:126
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
-"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
-"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
-"domestic ADSL would not need this setting."
-msgstr "În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu, dacă mașina voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet este „splash.boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi „boatanchor.net”. Definiți acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie specifică. Încă odată, ruterele domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest parametru."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
+"this setting."
+msgstr ""
+"În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</"
+"emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu, dacă mașina "
+"voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet este „splash."
+"boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi „boatanchor.net”. Definiți "
+"acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie specifică. Încă odată, ruterele "
+"domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest parametru."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:136
 msgid "drakconnect30.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
@@ -1550,11 +1880,14 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin satelit (DVB)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you"
-" can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
-"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat."
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă "
+"credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim "
+"anticipat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:158
@@ -1566,59 +1899,74 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin cablu"
 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
 msgstr "Trebuie să specificați o metodă de autentificare:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:176
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Neant"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:180
 msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name"
-" and password."
-msgstr "BPALogin (necesar pentru Telstra). În acest caz trebuie să furnizați utilizatorul și parola."
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
+"and password."
+msgstr ""
+"BPALogin (necesar pentru Telstra). În acest caz trebuie să furnizați "
+"utilizatorul și parola."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:191
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
 "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
-" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o astfel de funcționalitate și este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un ruter ADSL domestic."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă "
+"serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate "
+"manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți "
+"adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat "
+"aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
+"literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul "
+"DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</"
+"emphasis>. Nu toate serverele DHCP dispun de o astfel de funcționalitate și "
+"este și mai puțin probabil s-o întîlniți la un ruter ADSL domestic."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:252
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers"
-" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
+"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
 "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Parametrii cablu/IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS "
+"care vor fi utilizate. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat "
+"aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</"
+"literal> în mod implicit."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
-"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
-"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
-"domestic connection would not need this setting."
-msgstr "În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu, dacă mașina voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet este „splash.boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi „boatanchor.net”. Definiți acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie specifică. Încă odată, ruterele domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest parametru."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
+"need this setting."
+msgstr ""
+"În parametrii avansați, puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</"
+"emphasis>. De obicei este domeniul vostru principal. De exemplu, dacă mașina "
+"voastră se numește „splash” și numele său de domeniu complet este „splash."
+"boatanchor.net”, atunci domeniul de căutare ar fi „boatanchor.net”. Definiți "
+"acest parametru numai dacă aveți o nevoie specifică. Încă odată, ruterele "
+"domestice în general nu au nevoie de acest parametru."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:273
 msgid "drakconnect32.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
@@ -1633,47 +1981,48 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin DSL"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr "Dacă unealta detectează interfețe de rețea, se va oferi să alegeți una pentru a o configura."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă unealta detectează interfețe de rețea, se va oferi să alegeți una "
+"pentru a o configura."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr "Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de țară. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea <guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de furnizorul de acces."
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+msgstr ""
+"Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de țară. "
+"Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea "
+"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de "
+"furnizorul de acces."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
 msgstr "Selectați unul din protocoalele disponibile:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:307
 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Protocol de configurare dinamică a gazdei (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:311
 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
 msgstr "Configurare TCP/IP manuală"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:315
 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 msgstr "PPP peste ADSL (PPPoA)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:319
 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 msgstr "PPP peste Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:323
 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgstr "Protocol de tunel punct la punct (PPTP)"
@@ -1683,26 +2032,22 @@ msgstr "Protocol de tunel punct la punct (PPTP)"
 msgid "Access settings"
 msgstr "Parametri de acces"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
 msgid "Account Login (user name)"
 msgstr "Cont de conectare (numele utilizatorului)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
 msgid "Account password"
 msgstr "Parola contului"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:341
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 msgstr "(Avansat) ID de cale virtuală (VPI)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:345
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
 msgstr "(Avansat) ID de circuit virtual (VCI)"
@@ -1722,14 +2067,12 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin ISDN"
 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
 msgstr "Asistentul întreabă pe care dispozitiv să configureze:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:365
 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
 msgstr "Alegere manuală (placă internă ISDN)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:369
 msgid "External ISDN modem"
 msgstr "Modem ISDN extern"
@@ -1739,16 +2082,16 @@ msgstr "Modem ISDN extern"
 msgid ""
 "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
 "Select your card."
-msgstr "O listă de componente materiale este propusă, ordonată după categorie și fabricant. Alegeți-o pe cea potrivită."
+msgstr ""
+"O listă de componente materiale este propusă, ordonată după categorie și "
+"fabricant. Alegeți-o pe cea potrivită."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:384
 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Protocolul pentru restul lumii, exceptînd Europa (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:389
 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
 msgstr "Protocolul pentru Europa (EDSS1)"
@@ -1757,31 +2100,31 @@ msgstr "Protocolul pentru Europa (EDSS1)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:395
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave "
-"you. Then it is asked for parameters:"
-msgstr "O listă de furnizori este apoi propusă, grupați în funcție de țară. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit.  Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea <guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile pe care vi le-a comunicat furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer parametrii:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
+"asked for parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+"O listă de furnizori este apoi propusă, grupați în funcție de țară. "
+"Selectați-l pe cel potrivit.  Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea "
+"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile pe care vi le-a "
+"comunicat furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer parametrii:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:402
 msgid "Connection name"
 msgstr "Numele conexiunii"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:406
 msgid "Phone number"
 msgstr "Număr de telefon "
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:410
 msgid "Login ID"
 msgstr "ID de autentificare"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:418
 msgid "Authentication method"
 msgstr "Metoda de autentificare"
@@ -1791,43 +2134,49 @@ msgstr "Metoda de autentificare"
 msgid ""
 "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
 "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr "După aceasta, trebuie să selectați dacă obțineți adresa IP în mod automat sau manual. În acest caz, specificați adresa IP și masca de subrețea."
+msgstr ""
+"După aceasta, trebuie să selectați dacă obțineți adresa IP în mod automat "
+"sau manual. În acest caz, specificați adresa IP și masca de subrețea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:430
 msgid ""
 "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to"
-" put:"
-msgstr "La etapa următoare alegeți cum sînt obținute adresele serverelor DNS, în mod automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să specificați:"
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
+"put:"
+msgstr ""
+"La etapa următoare alegeți cum sînt obținute adresele serverelor DNS, în mod "
+"automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să specificați:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:436
 msgid "Domain name"
 msgstr "Nume de domeniu"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:440
 msgid "First and second DNS Server"
 msgstr "Serverul DNS primar și secundar"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:444
 msgid ""
 "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
 "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr "Selectați dacă numele de gazdă este definit din adresa IP. Alegeți această opțiune numai dacă sînteți sigur că furnizorul de acces o acceptă."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați dacă numele de gazdă este definit din adresa IP. Alegeți această "
+"opțiune numai dacă sînteți sigur că furnizorul de acces o acceptă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:452
 msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic"
-" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter "
-"the IP address."
-msgstr "La etapa următoare alegeți cum este obținută adresa pasarelei, în mod automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să introduceți adresa IP."
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
+"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
+"IP address."
+msgstr ""
+"La etapa următoare alegeți cum este obținută adresa pasarelei, în mod "
+"automat sau manual. În cazul configurării manuale, trebuie să introduceți "
+"adresa IP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:464
@@ -1840,103 +2189,96 @@ msgid ""
 "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
 "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
 "only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr "O primă fereastră listează interfețele care sînt disponibile și o intrare pentru pilotul Windows (ndiswrapper). Selectați-o pe cea care trebuie configurată. Utilizați ndiswrapper numai dacă celelalte metode de configurare nu au funcționat."
+msgstr ""
+"O primă fereastră listează interfețele care sînt disponibile și o intrare "
+"pentru pilotul Windows (ndiswrapper). Selectați-o pe cea care trebuie "
+"configurată. Utilizați ndiswrapper numai dacă celelalte metode de "
+"configurare nu au funcționat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:475
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
 "the card has detected."
-msgstr "La această etapă aveți de ales între diferitele puncte de acces pe care placa de rețea le-a detectat."
+msgstr ""
+"La această etapă aveți de ales între diferitele puncte de acces pe care "
+"placa de rețea le-a detectat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:480
 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
 msgstr "Trebuiesc furnizați parametrii specifici plăcii de rețea fără fir:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:484
 msgid "drakconnect31.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:490
 msgid "Operating mode:"
 msgstr "Mod de operare:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:494
 msgid "Managed"
 msgstr "Gestionat"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:497
 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
 msgstr "Pentru a accesa un punct de acces existent (cel mai frecvent)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:503
 msgid "Ad-Hoc"
 msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:506
 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
 msgstr "Pentru a configura o conexiune directă între calculatoare."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:514
 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
 msgstr "Numele rețelei (ESSID)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:518
 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
 msgstr "Mod de criptare: depinde de cum a fost configurat punctul de acces."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:523
 msgid "WPA/WPA2"
 msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:526
 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr "Acest mod de criptare este de preferat dacă vă permite configurația materială."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest mod de criptare este de preferat dacă vă permite configurația "
+"materială."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:532
 msgid "WEP"
 msgstr "WEP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:535
 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
 msgstr "Unele componente mai vechi suportă doar această metodă de criptare."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:543
 msgid "Encryption key"
 msgstr "Cheia de criptare"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid ""
-"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
+msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
 msgstr "Este în general furnizat cu dispozitivul care oferă punctul de acces."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1944,10 +2286,11 @@ msgstr "Este în general furnizat cu dispozitivul care oferă punctul de acces."
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
 "manual IP address."
-msgstr "La această etapă se oferă posibilitatea de a alege între o adresă IP automată sau manuală."
+msgstr ""
+"La această etapă se oferă posibilitatea de a alege între o adresă IP "
+"automată sau manuală."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:561
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
@@ -1957,49 +2300,64 @@ msgid ""
 "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
 "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
 "DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă serverele DNS sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate manual, după cum se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți adresa serverului DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea <emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. "
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să selectați dacă serverele DNS "
+"sînt declarate de serverul DHCP sau dacă sînt specificate manual, după cum "
+"se explică mai jos. În acest caz, trebuie să definiți adresa serverului DNS. "
+"Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i "
+"se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. "
+"Numele de gazdă poate fi furnizat și de serverul DHCP cu opțiunea "
+"<emphasis>Atribuie nume gazdei de la serverul DHCP</emphasis>. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:589
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr "Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverele NIS"
+msgstr ""
+"Recuperează serverele YP din DHCP (bifat implicit): specifică serverele NIS"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:608
 msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
 "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "După acceptarea configurării, este explicată etapa de configurare care este comună tuturor conexiunilor: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"După acceptarea configurării, este explicată etapa de configurare care este "
+"comună tuturor conexiunilor: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:619
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS. Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Parametrii IP</emphasis>: trebuie să declarați serverele DNS. "
+"Numele de gazdă al calculatorului poate fi specificat aici. În caz contrar i "
+"se va atribui <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> în mod implicit. "
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:625
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr "Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP seamănă mereu cu <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, masca de rețea este <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
+"website."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru o rețea domestică, adresa IP seamănă mereu cu <emphasis>192.168.x.x</"
+"emphasis>, masca de rețea este <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, iar "
+"adresa pasarelei și a serverelor DNS sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al "
+"furnizorului de acces."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:630
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, "
-"before the period."
-msgstr "În parametrii avansați puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</emphasis>. Trebuie să semene cu numele de gazdă fără primul nume dinainte de punct."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
+"period."
+msgstr ""
+"În parametrii avansați puteți specifica un <emphasis>Domeniu de căutare</"
+"emphasis>. Trebuie să semene cu numele de gazdă fără primul nume dinainte de "
+"punct."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:644
@@ -2011,7 +2369,9 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin GPRS/Edge/3G"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr "Dacă unealta detectează interfețe fără fir, se va oferi să alegeți una pentru a o configura."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă unealta detectează interfețe fără fir, se va oferi să alegeți una "
+"pentru a o configura."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:653
@@ -2023,15 +2383,16 @@ msgstr "Este cerut codul PIN. Lăsați gol dacă nu este necesar."
 msgid ""
 "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
 "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Asistentul întreabă după rețea. Dacă nu este detectată, selectați opțiunea <guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Asistentul întreabă după rețea. Dacă nu este detectată, selectați opțiunea "
+"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:670
 msgid "Provide access settings"
 msgstr "Furnizați parametrii de acces"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:674
 msgid "Access Point Name"
 msgstr "Numele punctului de acces"
@@ -2046,14 +2407,12 @@ msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin rețea comutată Bluetooth"
 msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
 msgstr "O nouă conexiune prin Modem analogic (POTS)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:710
 msgid "Manual choice"
 msgstr "Alegere manuală"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:714
 msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
 msgstr "Componente detectate, dacă există."
@@ -2068,73 +2427,69 @@ msgstr "O lisă de porturi este propusă. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit."
 msgid ""
 "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
 "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Dacă nu este deja instalat, vi-se va sugera să instalați pachetul <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu este deja instalat, vi-se va sugera să instalați pachetul "
+"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:729
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-" Then it is asked for Dialup options:"
-msgstr "Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de țară. Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea <guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer opțiunile pentru apel:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
+"for Dialup options:"
+msgstr ""
+"Este propusă o listă de furnizori de acces, grupați în funcție de țară. "
+"Selectați-l pe cel potrivit. Dacă nu este listat, alegeți opțiunea "
+"<guilabel>Nelistat</guilabel> și introduceți opțiunile comunicate de "
+"furnizorul de acces. Apoi se cer opțiunile pentru apel:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:736
 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Numele conexiunii</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:740
 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Număr de telefon</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:744
 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Identificator de conexiune</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:748
 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Parolă</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:752
 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Autentificare</emphasis>, alegeți dintre:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:756
 msgid "PAP/CHAP"
 msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:760
 msgid "Script-based"
 msgstr "Bazat pe script"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:764
 msgid "PAP"
 msgstr "PAP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:768
 msgid "Terminal-based"
 msgstr "Bazat pe terminal"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:772
 msgid "CHAP"
 msgstr "CHAP"
@@ -2168,7 +2523,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Activează contabilizarea traficului</emphasis>"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:804
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de rețea</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de rețea</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:809
@@ -2176,7 +2533,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
 "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
 "automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr "În cazul unei conexiuni fără fir, căsuța suplimentară <emphasis>Autorizează conexiunile itinerante</emphasis> vă dă posibilitatea de a comuta automat între punctele de acces în funcție de puterea semnalului."
+msgstr ""
+"În cazul unei conexiuni fără fir, căsuța suplimentară <emphasis>Autorizează "
+"conexiunile itinerante</emphasis> vă dă posibilitatea de a comuta automat "
+"între punctele de acces în funcție de puterea semnalului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:816
@@ -2208,10 +2568,11 @@ msgstr "Activează tunelul IPv6 către IPv4"
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
 "immediately or not."
-msgstr "Ultima etapă vă permite să specificați dacă să se pornească imediat sau nu conexiunea."
+msgstr ""
+"Ultima etapă vă permite să specificați dacă să se pornească imediat sau nu "
+"conexiunea."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:841
 msgid "drakconnect9.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
@@ -2226,8 +2587,7 @@ msgstr "Deschideți o consolă ca administrator"
 msgid "drakconsole"
 msgstr "drakconsole"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:10
 msgid "drakconsole.png"
 msgstr "drakconsole.png"
@@ -2235,17 +2595,22 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more"
-" information about that."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă dă accesul la o consolă care este deschisă direct ca administrator (root). Nu credem că vă trebuie mai multe informații despre asta."
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
+"information about that."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă dă accesul la o "
+"consolă care este deschisă direct ca administrator (root). Nu credem că vă "
+"trebuie mai multe informații despre asta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:8
@@ -2257,8 +2622,7 @@ msgstr "Gestionați partițiile"
 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
 msgstr "drakdisk sau diskdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:15
 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
@@ -2266,10 +2630,13 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
+"as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</"
+"emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:20
@@ -2277,19 +2644,26 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
 "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
 "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on "
-"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este foarte puternică, o mică eroare sau o pisică ce merge peste tastatură poate duce la pierderea tuturor datelor de pe o partiție sau chiar la ștergerea întregului disc. Din acest motiv veți vedea ecranul de deasupra peste ecranul uneltei. Faceți clic pe <emphasis>Ieșire</emphasis> dacă nu sînteți sigur că doriți să continuați."
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
+"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este foarte "
+"puternică, o mică eroare sau o pisică ce merge peste tastatură poate duce la "
+"pierderea tuturor datelor de pe o partiție sau chiar la ștergerea întregului "
+"disc. Din acest motiv veți vedea ecranul de deasupra peste ecranul uneltei. "
+"Faceți clic pe <emphasis>Ieșire</emphasis> dacă nu sînteți sigur că doriți "
+"să continuați."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
 "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr "Dacă aveți mai multe discuri, puteți comuta pe discul cu care vreți să lucrați selectînd secțiunea corespunzătoare (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă aveți mai multe discuri, puteți comuta pe discul cu care vreți să "
+"lucrați selectînd secțiunea corespunzătoare (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:35
 msgid "drakdisk.png"
 msgstr "drakdisk.png"
@@ -2299,12 +2673,18 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png"
 msgid ""
 "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
 "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a"
-" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear "
-"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete "
-"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a "
-"partition."
-msgstr "Puteți alege din multiplele acțiuni pentru a ajusta discul dur în funcție de propriile preferințe. Ștergerea întregului disc, fracționarea sau fuzionarea partițiilor, redimensionarea lor sau schimbarea sistemului de fișiere, formatarea sau vizualizarea conținutului unei partiții, totul este posibil. Butonul <emphasis><guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton></emphasis> de mai jos este pentru ștergerea completă a discului, celelalte butoane devin vizibile pe partea dreaptă după ce faceți clic pe o partiție."
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
+"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
+"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
+"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți alege din multiplele acțiuni pentru a ajusta discul dur în funcție de "
+"propriile preferințe. Ștergerea întregului disc, fracționarea sau fuzionarea "
+"partițiilor, redimensionarea lor sau schimbarea sistemului de fișiere, "
+"formatarea sau vizualizarea conținutului unei partiții, totul este posibil. "
+"Butonul <emphasis><guibutton>Șterge toate partițiile</guibutton></emphasis> "
+"de mai jos este pentru ștergerea completă a discului, celelalte butoane "
+"devin vizibile pe partea dreaptă după ce faceți clic pe o partiție."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:47
@@ -2312,7 +2692,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
 "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
 "must be unmounted first."
-msgstr "Dacă partiția selecționată este montată, ca în exemplul de mai jos, nu o puteți redimensiona, formata sau șterge. Pentru a putea face aceste operațiuni trebuie mai întîi s-o demontați."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă partiția selecționată este montată, ca în exemplul de mai jos, nu o "
+"puteți redimensiona, formata sau șterge. Pentru a putea face aceste "
+"operațiuni trebuie mai întîi s-o demontați."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:51
@@ -2326,15 +2709,18 @@ msgid ""
 "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
 "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
 "is selected"
-msgstr "Pentru a schimba tipul unei partiții (din Ext3 în Ext4 de exemplu) trebuie să ștergeți partiția și s-o recreați cu noul tip. Butonul <guibutton role=\"bold\">Creează</guibutton> apare cînd este selecționată partea goală a discului."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a schimba tipul unei partiții (din Ext3 în Ext4 de exemplu) trebuie "
+"să ștergeți partiția și s-o recreați cu noul tip. Butonul <guibutton role="
+"\"bold\">Creează</guibutton> apare cînd este selecționată partea goală a "
+"discului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:58
 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
 msgstr "Puteți alege un punct de montare care nu există, acesta va fi creat."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:63
 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
@@ -2345,10 +2731,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
 "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be "
 "seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr "Selectînd <emphasis><guibutton>Comută în regim expert</guibutton></emphasis> vă oferă cîteva acțiuni suplimentare, precum etichetarea partițiilor, după cum se poate vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectînd <emphasis><guibutton>Comută în regim expert</guibutton></emphasis> "
+"vă oferă cîteva acțiuni suplimentare, precum etichetarea partițiilor, după "
+"cum se poate vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:73
 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
@@ -2363,8 +2751,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați interfața grafică"
 msgid "drakedm"
 msgstr "drakedm"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:12
 msgid "drakedm.png"
 msgstr "drakedm.png"
@@ -2372,17 +2759,22 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available"
-" on your system will be shown."
-msgstr "Aici<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puteți alege care gestionar de ecran să se utilizeze pentru a vă conecta în mediul de birou. Vor fi afișate numai cele disponibile în sistem."
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
+"on your system will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puteți alege care gestionar de "
+"ecran să se utilizeze pentru a vă conecta în mediul de birou. Vor fi afișate "
+"numai cele disponibile în sistem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:24
@@ -2390,7 +2782,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
 "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
 "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr "Majoritatea utilizatorilor vor remarca faptul că ecranele de autentificare arată diferit. Există totuși diferențe între funcționalitățile suportate. LXDM este un gestionar de ecran lejer, KDM și GDM au mai multe funcționalități suplimentare,"
+msgstr ""
+"Majoritatea utilizatorilor vor remarca faptul că ecranele de autentificare "
+"arată diferit. Există totuși diferențe între funcționalitățile suportate. "
+"LXDM este un gestionar de ecran lejer, KDM și GDM au mai multe "
+"funcționalități suplimentare,"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
@@ -2402,8 +2798,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați parafocul personal"
 msgid "drakfirewall"
 msgstr "drakfirewall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
 msgid "drakfirewall.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
@@ -2411,9 +2806,11 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
@@ -2422,18 +2819,29 @@ msgid ""
 "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
 "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
 "security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Configurați parafocul personal”. Este aceeași unealtă din primul tab al „Configurați securitatea sistemului, permisiuni și audit”."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
+"categoria securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată "
+"„Configurați parafocul personal”. Este aceeași unealtă din primul tab al "
+"„Configurați securitatea sistemului, permisiuni și audit”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
 "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection"
-" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
+"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
 "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
 "the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr "Un parafoc bazic este instalat implicit cu Mageia. Toate conexiunile venind din exterior sînt blocate dacă nu sînt autorizate. În primul ecran de deasupra, puteți selecționa serviciile pentru care tentativele de conexiune venite din exterior sînt acceptate. Pentru securitate, debifați prima căsuță - <guilabel>Totul (fără parafoc)</guilabel> - cu excepția cazului în care doriți să dezactivați parafocul și să bifați numai serviciile de care aveți nevoie."
+msgstr ""
+"Un parafoc bazic este instalat implicit cu Mageia. Toate conexiunile venind "
+"din exterior sînt blocate dacă nu sînt autorizate. În primul ecran de "
+"deasupra, puteți selecționa serviciile pentru care tentativele de conexiune "
+"venite din exterior sînt acceptate. Pentru securitate, debifați prima căsuță "
+"- <guilabel>Totul (fără parafoc)</guilabel> - cu excepția cazului în care "
+"doriți să dezactivați parafocul și să bifați numai serviciile de care aveți "
+"nevoie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
@@ -2442,7 +2850,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
 "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
 "examples :"
-msgstr "Este posibilă introducerea manuală a numerelor porturilor de deschis. Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și o fereastră nouă se va deschide. În cîmpul <guilabel>Alte porturi</guilabel> introduceți porturile necesare urmînd aceste exemple:"
+msgstr ""
+"Este posibilă introducerea manuală a numerelor porturilor de deschis. Faceți "
+"clic pe <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> și o fereastră nouă se va deschide. "
+"În cîmpul <guilabel>Alte porturi</guilabel> introduceți porturile necesare "
+"urmînd aceste exemple:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
@@ -2452,7 +2864,9 @@ msgstr "80/tcp : deschide portul 80 pentru protocolul tcp"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr "24000:24010/udp : deschide toate porturile de la 24000 la 24010 pentru protocolul udp"
+msgstr ""
+"24000:24010/udp : deschide toate porturile de la 24000 la 24010 pentru "
+"protocolul udp"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
@@ -2464,10 +2878,12 @@ msgstr "Porturile listate trebuiesc separate cu un spațiu."
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
 "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr "Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Înregistrează mesajele parafocului în jurnalele sistemului</guilabel>, atunci mesajele parafocului vor fi salvate în jurnalele sistemului."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă este bifată căsuța <guilabel>Înregistrează mesajele parafocului în "
+"jurnalele sistemului</guilabel>, atunci mesajele parafocului vor fi salvate "
+"în jurnalele sistemului."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
 msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
@@ -2478,7 +2894,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
 "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
 "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr "Dacă nu găzduiți servicii specifice (server web sau de mesagerie, partajare de fișiere, ...) este întru-totul posibil să nu aveți nimic bifat și este chiar recomandat, iar asta nu vă va împiedica să vă conectați la Internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu găzduiți servicii specifice (server web sau de mesagerie, partajare "
+"de fișiere, ...) este întru-totul posibil să nu aveți nimic bifat și este "
+"chiar recomandat, iar asta nu vă va împiedica să vă conectați la Internet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
@@ -2488,24 +2907,33 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
 "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
 "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot"
-" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to "
-"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr "Ecranul următor se ocupă de opțiunile parafocului interactiv. Această funcționalitate vă permite să fiți avertizat de tentativele de conexiune dacă este bifată cel puțin prima căsuță <guilabel>Utilizează parafocul interactiv</guilabel>. Bifați a doua căsuță pentru a fi avertizat dacă vă sînt scanate porturile (cu scopul de a găsi o breșă undeva ca să se intre pe calculator). Căsuțele de la a treia în jos corespund porturilor pe care le-ați deschis în primele două ecrane. În captura de ecran de mai jos sînt două astfel de căsuțe: server SSH și 80:150/tcp. Bifați-le pentru a fi avertizat de fiecare dată cînd se încearcă o conexiune pe aceste porturi."
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
+"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
+"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+msgstr ""
+"Ecranul următor se ocupă de opțiunile parafocului interactiv. Această "
+"funcționalitate vă permite să fiți avertizat de tentativele de conexiune "
+"dacă este bifată cel puțin prima căsuță <guilabel>Utilizează parafocul "
+"interactiv</guilabel>. Bifați a doua căsuță pentru a fi avertizat dacă vă "
+"sînt scanate porturile (cu scopul de a găsi o breșă undeva ca să se intre pe "
+"calculator). Căsuțele de la a treia în jos corespund porturilor pe care le-"
+"ați deschis în primele două ecrane. În captura de ecran de mai jos sînt două "
+"astfel de căsuțe: server SSH și 80:150/tcp. Bifați-le pentru a fi avertizat "
+"de fiecare dată cînd se încearcă o conexiune pe aceste porturi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr "Aceste avertismente sînt afișate de mesajele de alertă prin intermediul miniaplicației de rețea."
+msgstr ""
+"Aceste avertismente sînt afișate de mesajele de alertă prin intermediul "
+"miniaplicației de rețea."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
 msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
 msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
@@ -2514,29 +2942,34 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary"
-" packages are downloaded."
-msgstr "În ultimul ecran, alegeți care din interfețele de rețea sînt conectate la Internet și trebuiesc protejate. Odată apăsat butonul OK, pachetele necesare vor fi descărcate."
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
+"packages are downloaded."
+msgstr ""
+"În ultimul ecran, alegeți care din interfețele de rețea sînt conectate la "
+"Internet și trebuiesc protejate. Odată apăsat butonul OK, pachetele necesare "
+"vor fi descărcate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
 "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr "Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, uitați-vă în categoria „Rețea și Internet”, pictograma „Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea”."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, uitați-vă în categoria „Rețea și Internet”, "
+"pictograma „Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:3
 msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr "Gestionați, adăugați și înlăturați fonturi. Importați fonturi Windows(TM)"
+msgstr ""
+"Gestionați, adăugați și înlăturați fonturi. Importați fonturi Windows(TM)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:6
 msgid "drakfont"
 msgstr "drakfont"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:11
 msgid "drakfont.png"
 msgstr "drakfont.png"
@@ -2544,9 +2977,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:15
@@ -2555,7 +2990,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
 "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
 "above shows:"
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia și vă permite să gestionați fonturile disponibile de pe calculator. Ecranul principal de mai sus afișează:"
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
+"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control "
+"Mageia și vă permite să gestionați fonturile disponibile de pe calculator. "
+"Ecranul principal de mai sus afișează:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:22
@@ -2575,14 +3014,17 @@ msgstr "Butoane explicate mai jos."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:36
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Recuperează fonturile Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Recuperează fonturile Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You"
-" must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr "Acest buton adaugă automat fonturile găsite pe partiția Windows. Trebuie să aveți instalat Microsoft Windows."
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
+"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest buton adaugă automat fonturile găsite pe partiția Windows. Trebuie să "
+"aveți instalat Microsoft Windows."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:41
@@ -2592,9 +3034,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opțiuni:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able"
-" to use the fonts."
-msgstr "Vă permite să specificați aplicațiile sau dispozitivele (imprimante în general) capabile să utilizeze fonturile."
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
+"to use the fonts."
+msgstr ""
+"Vă permite să specificați aplicațiile sau dispozitivele (imprimante în "
+"general) capabile să utilizeze fonturile."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:46
@@ -2607,7 +3051,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
 "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
 "documents that use them."
-msgstr "Acest buton este pentru înlăturarea fonturilor instalate, eliberînd astfel ceva spațiu pe disc. Aveți grijă cînd înlăturați fonturi deoarece poate avea consecințe serioase asupra documentelor care le utilizează."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest buton este pentru înlăturarea fonturilor instalate, eliberînd astfel "
+"ceva spațiu pe disc. Aveți grijă cînd înlăturați fonturi deoarece poate avea "
+"consecințe serioase asupra documentelor care le utilizează."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:52
@@ -2619,18 +3066,27 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importă:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
 "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select "
-"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
-"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr "Vă permite să adăugați fonturi din surse terțe (CD, Internet,...). Formatele suportate sînt:  ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm și gsf. Faceți clic pe butonul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importă</emphasis> și apoi pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">Adaugă</emphasis>. Vă va apărea un gestionar de fișiere în care puteți selecționa fonturile de instalat și apăsați pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">Instalează</emphasis> cînd sînteți gata. Fonturile vor fi instalate în directorul /usr/share/fonts."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
+"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
+"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+msgstr ""
+"Vă permite să adăugați fonturi din surse terțe (CD, Internet,...). Formatele "
+"suportate sînt:  ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm și gsf. Faceți clic pe butonul "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importă</emphasis> și apoi pe <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Adaugă</emphasis>. Vă va apărea un gestionar de fișiere în care puteți "
+"selecționa fonturile de instalat și apăsați pe <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Instalează</emphasis> cînd sînteți gata. Fonturile vor fi instalate în "
+"directorul /usr/share/fonts."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
 "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr "Dacă fonturile nou instalate (sau înlăturate) nu apar în ecranul principal din Drakfont, închideți-l și redeschideți-l pentru a vedea modificările."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă fonturile nou instalate (sau înlăturate) nu apar în ecranul principal "
+"din Drakfont, închideți-l și redeschideți-l pentru a vedea modificările."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:3
@@ -2642,8 +3098,7 @@ msgstr "Control parental"
 msgid "drakguard"
 msgstr "drakguard"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:10
 msgid "drakguard.png"
 msgstr "drakguard.png"
@@ -2651,18 +3106,24 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental "
-"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the "
-"drakguard package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată <guilabel>Control parental</guilabel>. Dacă nu-i vedeți eticheta, trebuie să instalați pachetul drakguard (nu este instalat implicit)."
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
+"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
+"package (not installed by default)."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
+"categoria securitate din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată "
+"<guilabel>Control parental</guilabel>. Dacă nu-i vedeți eticheta, trebuie să "
+"instalați pachetul drakguard (nu este instalat implicit)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
@@ -2675,30 +3136,42 @@ msgid ""
 "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
 "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
 "useful capabilities:"
-msgstr "Drakguard este o cale ușoară de a configura controalele parentale pe calculator pentru a restricționa cine ce poate face și la ce ore din zi. Drakguard are trei capabilități folositoare:"
+msgstr ""
+"Drakguard este o cale ușoară de a configura controalele parentale pe "
+"calculator pentru a restricționa cine ce poate face și la ce ore din zi. "
+"Drakguard are trei capabilități folositoare:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:29
 msgid ""
 "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
 "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr "Limitează accesul la Internet pentru utilizatorii desemnați și la orele definite din zi. Face acest lucru prin controlul parafocului shorewall instalat în Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Limitează accesul la Internet pentru utilizatorii desemnați și la orele "
+"definite din zi. Face acest lucru prin controlul parafocului shorewall "
+"instalat în Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can"
-" only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr "Blochează execuția comenzilor particulare pentru utilizatorii desemnați, astfel încît aceștia să poată executa numai acțiunile autorizate."
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
+"only execute what you accept them to execute."
+msgstr ""
+"Blochează execuția comenzilor particulare pentru utilizatorii desemnați, "
+"astfel încît aceștia să poată executa numai acțiunile autorizate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through "
-"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the "
-"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental "
-"control blocker DansGuardian."
-msgstr "Limitează accesul la siturile Internet, atît la cele definite manual în lista albă/neagră, cît și dinamic în funcție de conținutul sitului Internet. Pentru a realiza acest lucru Drakguard utilizează DansGuardian, liderul aplicațiilor cu sursă deschisă de filtraj și control parental."
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
+"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
+"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
+"DansGuardian."
+msgstr ""
+"Limitează accesul la siturile Internet, atît la cele definite manual în "
+"lista albă/neagră, cît și dinamic în funcție de conținutul sitului Internet. "
+"Pentru a realiza acest lucru Drakguard utilizează DansGuardian, liderul "
+"aplicațiilor cu sursă deschisă de filtraj și control parental."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:49
@@ -2712,19 +3185,31 @@ msgid ""
 "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
 "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
 "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by"
-" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to "
-"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and"
-" will then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr "Dacă pe calculator aveți partiții formatate cu Ext2, Ext3 sau ReiserFS, vă va apărea o fereastră care vă propune să configurați ACL pe aceste partiții. ACL vine de la „Access Control Lists” (liste de control al accesului), o funcționalitate a nucleului Linux care permite limitarea accesului individual la fișiere numai pentru utilizatorii desemnați. ACL este integrat direct în sistemele de fișiere Ext4 și Btrfs, însă trebuie activat printr-o poțiune pentru partițiile Ext2, Ext3 și ReiserFS. Dacă alegeți „Da”, Drakguard vă va configura toate partițiile ca să suporte ACL și vă va sugera să reporniți calculatorul."
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
+"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
+"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
+"then suggest you reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă pe calculator aveți partiții formatate cu Ext2, Ext3 sau ReiserFS, vă "
+"va apărea o fereastră care vă propune să configurați ACL pe aceste partiții. "
+"ACL vine de la „Access Control Lists” (liste de control al accesului), o "
+"funcționalitate a nucleului Linux care permite limitarea accesului "
+"individual la fișiere numai pentru utilizatorii desemnați. ACL este integrat "
+"direct în sistemele de fișiere Ext4 și Btrfs, însă trebuie activat printr-o "
+"poțiune pentru partițiile Ext2, Ext3 și ReiserFS. Dacă alegeți „Da”, "
+"Drakguard vă va configura toate partițiile ca să suporte ACL și vă va sugera "
+"să reporniți calculatorul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab"
-" is opened."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Activează controlul parental</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, controlul parental este activat și accesul la categoria <guilabel>Programe blocate</guilabel> este posibil."
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
+"is opened."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Activează controlul parental</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, "
+"controlul parental este activat și accesul la categoria <guilabel>Programe "
+"blocate</guilabel> este posibil."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:65
@@ -2732,7 +3217,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
 "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
 "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Blochează tot traficul de rețea</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, toate siturile Internet sînt blocate cu excepția celor din lista albă. În caz contrar, toate siturile Internet sînt permise cu excepția celor din lista neagră."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Blochează tot traficul de rețea</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, "
+"toate siturile Internet sînt blocate cu excepția celor din lista albă. În "
+"caz contrar, toate siturile Internet sînt permise cu excepția celor din "
+"lista neagră."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:69
@@ -2744,7 +3233,15 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
 "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
 "remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Accesul utilizatorilor</guibutton>: utilizatorii listați în partea stîngă vor avea accesul restricționat în funcție de regulile pe care le definiți. Utilizatorii listați în partea dreaptă nu au accesul restricționat, așa că utilizatorii adulți nu sînt afectați. Selectați un utilizator din partea stîngă și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> pentru a-l adăuga în lista utilizatorilor autorizați. Selectați un utilizator din partea dreaptă și apăsați pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a-l înlătura din lista utilizatorilor autorizați. "
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Accesul utilizatorilor</guibutton>: utilizatorii listați în "
+"partea stîngă vor avea accesul restricționat în funcție de regulile pe care "
+"le definiți. Utilizatorii listați în partea dreaptă nu au accesul "
+"restricționat, așa că utilizatorii adulți nu sînt afectați. Selectați un "
+"utilizator din partea stîngă și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> "
+"pentru a-l adăuga în lista utilizatorilor autorizați. Selectați un "
+"utilizator din partea dreaptă și apăsați pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> "
+"pentru a-l înlătura din lista utilizatorilor autorizați. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:77
@@ -2753,7 +3250,11 @@ msgid ""
 "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
 "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
 "window."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Controlul perioadei de timp</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, accesul la Internet este permis cu restricții între ora de <guilabel>Început</guilabel> și de <guilabel>Sfîrșit</guilabel>. Accesul teste blocat în totalitate în afara acestor ore."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Controlul perioadei de timp</guibutton>: dacă este bifat, accesul "
+"la Internet este permis cu restricții între ora de <guilabel>Început</"
+"guilabel> și de <guilabel>Sfîrșit</guilabel>. Accesul teste blocat în "
+"totalitate în afara acestor ore."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:83
@@ -2765,7 +3266,9 @@ msgstr "Secțiunea listei albe/negre"
 msgid ""
 "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Introduceți adresa sitului Internet în cîmpul de sus și faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Introduceți adresa sitului Internet în cîmpul de sus și faceți clic pe "
+"butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:90
@@ -2775,17 +3278,22 @@ msgstr "Secțiunea programelor blocate"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:92
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to"
-" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
+"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
 "applications you wish to block."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Blochează aplicațiile definite</guibutton>: Activează accesul restricționat pe bază de ACL la aplicațiile specificate. Introduceți calea către aplicațiile pe care doriți să le blocați."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Blochează aplicațiile definite</guibutton>: Activează accesul "
+"restricționat pe bază de ACL la aplicațiile specificate. Introduceți calea "
+"către aplicațiile pe care doriți să le blocați."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
 "side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Lista utilizatorilor neblocați</guibutton>: Utilizatorii listați în partea dreaptă nu sînt supuși restricțiilor cu ACL."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Lista utilizatorilor neblocați</guibutton>: Utilizatorii listați "
+"în partea dreaptă nu sînt supuși restricțiilor cu ACL."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:9
@@ -2797,8 +3305,7 @@ msgstr "Partajați conexiunea la Internet cu alte mașini din rețeaua locală"
 msgid "drakgw"
 msgstr "drakgw"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:17
 msgid "drakgw.png"
 msgstr "drakgw.png"
@@ -2808,8 +3315,7 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png"
 msgid "Principles"
 msgstr "Principii"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:29
 msgid "drakgw-net.png"
 msgstr "drakgw-net.png"
@@ -2824,14 +3330,23 @@ msgid ""
 "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
 "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
 "the Internet (2)."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Partajul conexiunii este util cînd aveți un calculator (3) conectat la Internet (2) și care în plus mai este conectat și la o rețea locală (1). Puteți utiliza calculatorul (3) ca pasarelă pentru a oferi accesul la Internet și celorlalte calculatoare (5) și (6) din rețeaua locală (1). Pentru asta, calculatorul pasarelă trebuie să aibă două interfețe de rețea. Prima, precum o placă de rețea Ethernet, conectată la rețeaua locală, iar a doua (4) conectată la Internet (2)."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Partajul conexiunii este util "
+"cînd aveți un calculator (3) conectat la Internet (2) și care în plus mai "
+"este conectat și la o rețea locală (1). Puteți utiliza calculatorul (3) ca "
+"pasarelă pentru a oferi accesul la Internet și celorlalte calculatoare (5) "
+"și (6) din rețeaua locală (1). Pentru asta, calculatorul pasarelă trebuie să "
+"aibă două interfețe de rețea. Prima, precum o placă de rețea Ethernet, "
+"conectată la rețeaua locală, iar a doua (4) conectată la Internet (2)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
 "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr "Prima etapă constă să verificați că accesul la rețea și la Internet este configurat, după cum este documentat în <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Prima etapă constă să verificați că accesul la rețea și la Internet este "
+"configurat, după cum este documentat în <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:45
@@ -2841,23 +3356,29 @@ msgstr "Asistent pasarelă"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
 "which are shown below:"
-msgstr "Asistentul<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oferă etape succesive care sînt afișate mai jos:"
+msgstr ""
+"Asistentul<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> oferă etape succesive "
+"care sînt afișate mai jos:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
 "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr "Asistentul nu detectează cel puțin două interfețe, vă avertizează și cere să opriți rețeaua și să configurați componentele materiale."
+msgstr ""
+"Asistentul nu detectează cel puțin două interfețe, vă avertizează și cere să "
+"opriți rețeaua și să configurați componentele materiale."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:60
@@ -2865,22 +3386,30 @@ msgid ""
 "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
 "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
 "what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr "Specifică interfețele utilizate pentru conexiunea la Internet. Asistentul sugerează în mod automat una din interfețe, însă este bine să verificați dacă cea propusă este corectă."
+msgstr ""
+"Specifică interfețele utilizate pentru conexiunea la Internet. Asistentul "
+"sugerează în mod automat una din interfețe, însă este bine să verificați "
+"dacă cea propusă este corectă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes"
-" one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr "Specifică interfața utilizată pentru accesul la rețeaua locală. Asistentul propune și aici una, verificați dacă este corect."
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
+"one, check that this is correct."
+msgstr ""
+"Specifică interfața utilizată pentru accesul la rețeaua locală. Asistentul "
+"propune și aici una, verificați dacă este corect."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:71
 msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask"
-" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual"
-" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr "Asistentul propune parametri pentru rețeaua locală, precum adresa IP, masca de rețea și numele de domeniu. Verificați dacă parametrii aceștia sînt compatibili cu configurația actuală. Se recomandă acceptarea acestor valori."
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
+"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
+"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+msgstr ""
+"Asistentul propune parametri pentru rețeaua locală, precum adresa IP, masca "
+"de rețea și numele de domeniu. Verificați dacă parametrii aceștia sînt "
+"compatibili cu configurația actuală. Se recomandă acceptarea acestor valori."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:78
@@ -2888,15 +3417,21 @@ msgid ""
 "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
 "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
 "specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr "Specifică dacă se poate utiliza calculatorul pe post de server DNS. Dacă da, asistentul va verifica dacă <code>bind</code> este instalat. În caz contrar va trebui să specificați adresa unui server DNS."
+msgstr ""
+"Specifică dacă se poate utiliza calculatorul pe post de server DNS. Dacă da, "
+"asistentul va verifica dacă <code>bind</code> este instalat. În caz contrar "
+"va trebui să specificați adresa unui server DNS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure"
-" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr "Specifică dacă poate fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server DHCP. Dacă da, asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>dhcp-server</code> și se oferă să-l configureze, cu adresa de început și de sfîrșit a plajei DHCP."
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
+"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+msgstr ""
+"Specifică dacă poate fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server DHCP. Dacă "
+"da, asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>dhcp-server</code> și se "
+"oferă să-l configureze, cu adresa de început și de sfîrșit a plajei DHCP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:91
@@ -2905,14 +3440,21 @@ msgid ""
 "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
 "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
 "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr "Specifică dacă va fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server proxy. Dacă da, asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>squid</code> și se oferă să-l configureze, cu adresa administratorului (admin@domeniulmeu.ro), numele proxyului (parafoculmeu@domeniulmeu.ro), portul (3128) și mărimea tamponului (100 Mo)."
+msgstr ""
+"Specifică dacă va fi utilizat calculatorul pe post de server proxy. Dacă da, "
+"asistentul va verifica dacă este instalat <code>squid</code> și se oferă să-"
+"l configureze, cu adresa administratorului (admin@domeniulmeu.ro), numele "
+"proxyului (parafoculmeu@domeniulmeu.ro), portul (3128) și mărimea tamponului "
+"(100 Mo)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:99
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
 "printers and to share them."
-msgstr "Ultima etapă vă permite să verificați dacă pasarela este conectată la imprimante pentru a le partaja."
+msgstr ""
+"Ultima etapă vă permite să verificați dacă pasarela este conectată la "
+"imprimante pentru a le partaja."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:104
@@ -2931,9 +3473,13 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
 "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
 "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is"
-" using."
-msgstr "Dacă ați configurat pasarela cu DHCP, în unealta de configurat rețeaua trebuie doar să specificați că obțineți adresa IP în mod automat (de la DHCP). Parametrii vor fi obținuți cînd vă conectați la rețea. Această metodă este validă indiferent de sistemul de operate folosit de client."
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
+"using."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă ați configurat pasarela cu DHCP, în unealta de configurat rețeaua "
+"trebuie doar să specificați că obțineți adresa IP în mod automat (de la "
+"DHCP). Parametrii vor fi obținuți cînd vă conectați la rețea. Această metodă "
+"este validă indiferent de sistemul de operate folosit de client."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:117
@@ -2941,7 +3487,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
 "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
 "gateway."
-msgstr "Dacă trebuie să specificați manual parametrii de rețea, este nevoie să specificați și pasarela introducînd adresa IP a calculatorului pe post de pasarelă."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă trebuie să specificați manual parametrii de rețea, este nevoie să "
+"specificați și pasarela introducînd adresa IP a calculatorului pe post de "
+"pasarelă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:123
@@ -2952,9 +3501,11 @@ msgstr "Opriți partajarea conexiunii"
 #: en/drakgw.xml:125
 msgid ""
 "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the "
-"sharing."
-msgstr "Lansați unealta dacă doriți să opriți partajarea conexiunii la Internet de pe calculatorul cu Mageia. Vi se va propune să să opriți partajarea sau să reconfigurați conexiunea."
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
+msgstr ""
+"Lansați unealta dacă doriți să opriți partajarea conexiunii la Internet de "
+"pe calculatorul cu Mageia. Vi se va propune să să opriți partajarea sau să "
+"reconfigurați conexiunea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:3
@@ -2966,8 +3517,7 @@ msgstr "Definiții de gazde"
 msgid "drakhosts"
 msgstr "drakhosts"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:10
 msgid "drakhosts.png"
 msgstr "drakhosts.png"
@@ -2975,9 +3525,11 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:14
@@ -2986,7 +3538,11 @@ msgid ""
 "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
 "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
 "instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr "Dacă unele sisteme din rețea vă oferă servicii și au adrese IP fixe, această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să le dați un nume pentru a le accesa mai ușor. Apoi veți putea utiliza numele ales în loc de adresa IP."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă unele sisteme din rețea vă oferă servicii și au adrese IP fixe, această "
+"unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să le dați un "
+"nume pentru a le accesa mai ușor. Apoi veți putea utiliza numele ales în loc "
+"de adresa IP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:20
@@ -2999,7 +3555,10 @@ msgid ""
 "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
 "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
 "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr "Cu acest buton adăugați numele noului sistem. Veți obține o fereastră în care specificați adresa IP, numele de gazdă al sistemului și un alias care poate fi utilizat ca un nume."
+msgstr ""
+"Cu acest buton adăugați numele noului sistem. Veți obține o fereastră în "
+"care specificați adresa IP, numele de gazdă al sistemului și un alias care "
+"poate fi utilizat ca un nume."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:27
@@ -3011,7 +3570,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Modificați</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
 "same window."
-msgstr "Puteți accesa parametrii unei intrări definite precedent. Veți obține aceeași fereastră."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți accesa parametrii unei intrări definite precedent. Veți obține "
+"aceeași fereastră."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
@@ -3023,8 +3584,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare avansată pentru interfețele de rețea și parafoc"
 msgid "drakinvictus"
 msgstr "drakinvictus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
 msgid "drakinvictus.png"
 msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
@@ -3034,17 +3594,22 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
 #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
-"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat."
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă "
+"credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim "
+"anticipat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
@@ -3056,8 +3621,7 @@ msgstr "Centrul de rețea și Internet"
 msgid "draknetcenter"
 msgstr "draknetcenter"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
 msgid "draknetcenter.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
@@ -3065,9 +3629,11 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
@@ -3075,40 +3641,47 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
 "Center\""
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria rețea și Internet din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Centrul de rețea”."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
+"categoria rețea și Internet din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată "
+"„Centrul de rețea”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,"
-" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, "
-"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, "
-"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to "
-"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface "
-"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr "Cînd lansați această unealtă, se deschide o fereastră care listează toate rețelele configurate pe acest calculator, indiferent de tipul lor (filară, fără fir, satelit, etc.). Cînd faceți clic pe una din ele, vor apărea trei sau patru butoane, în funcție de tipul rețelei, care vă permit să căutați rețeaua, modifica parametrii sau s-o conectați/deconectați. Această unealtă nu este destinată să creeze o rețea, pentru asta folosiți <guilabel>Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> din aceeași categorie din Centrul de Control Mageia."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
+"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
+"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
+"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
+"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
+"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd lansați această unealtă, se deschide o fereastră care listează toate "
+"rețelele configurate pe acest calculator, indiferent de tipul lor (filară, "
+"fără fir, satelit, etc.). Cînd faceți clic pe una din ele, vor apărea trei "
+"sau patru butoane, în funcție de tipul rețelei, care vă permit să căutați "
+"rețeaua, modifica parametrii sau s-o conectați/deconectați. Această unealtă "
+"nu este destinată să creeze o rețea, pentru asta folosiți "
+"<guilabel>Configurați o nouă interfață de rețea (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</"
+"guilabel> din aceeași categorie din Centrul de Control Mageia."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
@@ -3118,36 +3691,56 @@ msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
 "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder"
-" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network "
-"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not"
-" connected."
-msgstr "În captura de ecran de mai jos, dată ca exemplu, puteți vedea două rețele, prima este filară și conectată, recunoscută după pictograma aceasta <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (și așa pentru una deconectată <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ), iar în a doua secțiune sînt afișate rețelele fără fir (WiFi). Cele neconectate le recunoașteți după pictograma aceasta <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> și cele conectate cu pictograma aceasta <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Pentru celelalte tipuri de rețele codul culorilor este același, verde dacă este conectată și roșie dacă nu este conectată."
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
+"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
+"connected."
+msgstr ""
+"În captura de ecran de mai jos, dată ca exemplu, puteți vedea două rețele, "
+"prima este filară și conectată, recunoscută după pictograma aceasta "
+"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (și așa pentru una "
+"deconectată <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ), iar în a "
+"doua secțiune sînt afișate rețelele fără fir (WiFi). Cele neconectate le "
+"recunoașteți după pictograma aceasta <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" "
+"id=\"2\"/> și cele conectate cu pictograma aceasta <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Pentru celelalte tipuri de rețele codul "
+"culorilor este același, verde dacă este conectată și roșie dacă nu este "
+"conectată."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal "
-"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and "
-"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then "
-"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> "
-"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network "
-"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings "
-"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption "
-"key in particular)."
-msgstr "În partea rețelelor fără fir a ecranului, puteți vedea toate rețelele detectate, împreună cu <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Puterea semnalului</guilabel>, dacă sînt criptate (în roșu) sau nu (în verde) și <guilabel>Modul de operare</guilabel>. Alegeți una făcînd clic pe ea și apoi pe <guibutton>Supraveghează</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> sau <guibutton>Conectează</guibutton>. Aici se poate trece de la o rețea la alta. Dacă este selectată o rețea privată, se va deschide fereastra parametrilor de rețea (vedeți mai jos) și vi se vor cere parametri suplimentari (o cheie de criptare în special)."
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
+"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
+"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
+"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
+"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
+"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
+"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
+"particular)."
+msgstr ""
+"În partea rețelelor fără fir a ecranului, puteți vedea toate rețelele "
+"detectate, împreună cu <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Puterea "
+"semnalului</guilabel>, dacă sînt criptate (în roșu) sau nu (în verde) și "
+"<guilabel>Modul de operare</guilabel>. Alegeți una făcînd clic pe ea și apoi "
+"pe <guibutton>Supraveghează</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> "
+"sau <guibutton>Conectează</guibutton>. Aici se poate trece de la o rețea la "
+"alta. Dacă este selectată o rețea privată, se va deschide fereastra "
+"parametrilor de rețea (vedeți mai jos) și vi se vor cere parametri "
+"suplimentari (o cheie de criptare în special)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr "Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Împrospătează</guibutton> pentru a actualiza ecranul."
+msgstr ""
+"Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Împrospătează</guibutton> pentru a actualiza "
+"ecranul."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
 msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
@@ -3157,8 +3750,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgid "The Monitor button"
 msgstr "Butonul de supraveghere"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
 msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
@@ -3168,9 +3760,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
 "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray"
-" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr "Acest buton vă permite să vedeți activitatea rețelei, descărcările (către calculator, în roșu) și transmiterile (către Internet, în verde). Acest ecran este disponibil și făcînd clic dreapta pe <guimenu>pictograma Internet din zona de notificare sistem -> Supraveghează rețeaua</guimenu>."
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
+"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest buton vă permite să vedeți activitatea rețelei, descărcările (către "
+"calculator, în roșu) și transmiterile (către Internet, în verde). Acest "
+"ecran este disponibil și făcînd clic dreapta pe <guimenu>pictograma Internet "
+"din zona de notificare sistem -> Supraveghează rețeaua</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
@@ -3178,14 +3774,19 @@ msgid ""
 "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
 "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
 "gives details about connection status."
-msgstr "Există cîte o secțiune pentru fiecare rețea (în cazul de față eth0 este rețeaua filară, lo este bucla locală și wlan0 este rețeaua fără fir) și una care oferă detalii despre starea conexiunii."
+msgstr ""
+"Există cîte o secțiune pentru fiecare rețea (în cazul de față eth0 este "
+"rețeaua filară, lo este bucla locală și wlan0 este rețeaua fără fir) și una "
+"care oferă detalii despre starea conexiunii."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic "
-"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr "La baza ferestrei este titlul <guilabel>Contabilizarea traficului</guilabel>, vom vedea asta în secțiunea următoare."
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
+"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+msgstr ""
+"La baza ferestrei este titlul <guilabel>Contabilizarea traficului</"
+"guilabel>, vom vedea asta în secțiunea următoare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
@@ -3197,8 +3798,7 @@ msgstr "Butonul de configurare"
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Pentru o rețea filară</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
 msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
@@ -3208,9 +3808,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
 "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual"
-" configuration may give better results."
-msgstr "Există posibilitatea aici de a modifica parametrii dați în cursul creării rețelei. De cele mai multe ori, este suficient să bifați <guibutton>Alocare automată de adresă IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, iar dacă întîlniți probleme, configurarea manuală poate da rezultate mai bune. "
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
+"configuration may give better results."
+msgstr ""
+"Există posibilitatea aici de a modifica parametrii dați în cursul creării "
+"rețelei. De cele mai multe ori, este suficient să bifați <guibutton>Alocare "
+"automată de adresă IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, iar "
+"dacă întîlniți probleme, configurarea manuală poate da rezultate mai bune. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
@@ -3219,7 +3823,11 @@ msgid ""
 "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
 "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
 "available from your providers website."
-msgstr "Pentru o rețea domestică, <guilabel>Adresa IP</guilabel> seamănă mereu cu 192.168.x.x, <guilabel>Masca de rețea</guilabel> este 255.255.255.0, iar <guilabel>Pasarela</guilabel> și <guilabel>Serverele DNS</guilabel> sînt disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru o rețea domestică, <guilabel>Adresa IP</guilabel> seamănă mereu cu "
+"192.168.x.x, <guilabel>Masca de rețea</guilabel> este 255.255.255.0, iar "
+"<guilabel>Pasarela</guilabel> și <guilabel>Serverele DNS</guilabel> sînt "
+"disponibile pe situl Internet al furnizorului de acces."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
@@ -3228,22 +3836,28 @@ msgid ""
 "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
 "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
 "have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr "Dacă este bifată <guibutton>Activează contabilizarea traficului</guibutton>, aceasta va contabiliza traficul de rețea pe o bază orară, cotidiană sau lunară. Rezultatele sînt vizibile în fereastra „Supraveghere rețea” detaliată în secțiunea precedentă. Odată activată, va trebui să vă reconectați la rețea."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă este bifată <guibutton>Activează contabilizarea traficului</guibutton>, "
+"aceasta va contabiliza traficul de rețea pe o bază orară, cotidiană sau "
+"lunară. Rezultatele sînt vizibile în fereastra „Supraveghere rețea” "
+"detaliată în secțiunea precedentă. Odată activată, va trebui să vă "
+"reconectați la rețea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network "
-"Manager:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de rețea:</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
+"</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permite controlul interfeței de către gestionarul de "
+"rețea:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
 msgstr "<guibutton>Butonul avansat:</guibutton>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
 msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
@@ -3256,10 +3870,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Pentru o rețea fără fir</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr "Sînt explicate numai intrările de mai sus care nu au fost încă abordate."
+msgstr ""
+"Sînt explicate numai intrările de mai sus care nu au fost încă abordate."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
 msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
@@ -3277,12 +3891,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
 "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr "Selectați <guilabel>Gestionat</guilabel> dacă se face conexiunea printr-un punct de acces, va fi detectat atunci un <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis>. Selectați <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> dacă este o rețea punct la punct. Selectați <emphasis role=\"bold\">Principal</emphasis> dacă placa de rețea este utilizată ca punct de acces, în acest caz placa de rețea trebuie să suporte acest mod."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați <guilabel>Gestionat</guilabel> dacă se face conexiunea printr-un "
+"punct de acces, va fi detectat atunci un <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</"
+"emphasis>. Selectați <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> dacă este o rețea punct la "
+"punct. Selectați <emphasis role=\"bold\">Principal</emphasis> dacă placa de "
+"rețea este utilizată ca punct de acces, în acest caz placa de rețea trebuie "
+"să suporte acest mod."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mod de criptare și cheie de criptare:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mod de criptare și cheie de criptare:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
@@ -3292,11 +3913,15 @@ msgstr "Trebuie să cunoașteți acești parametri dacă este o rețea privată.
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a"
-" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
+"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
 "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
 "in private networks."
-msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utilizează o parolă și este mai slabă decît WPA care utilizează o frază secretă. <guilabel>WPA/WPA2 cu cheie pre-partajată</guilabel> mai este numită și WPA personală sau WPA domestică. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> nu este prea utilizată în rețelele private."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utilizează o parolă și este mai slabă decît WPA "
+"care utilizează o frază secretă. <guilabel>WPA/WPA2 cu cheie pre-partajată</"
+"guilabel> mai este numită și WPA personală sau WPA domestică. <guilabel>WPA "
+"Enterprise</guilabel> nu este prea utilizată în rețelele private."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
@@ -3308,10 +3933,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Autorizează conexiunile itinerante</emphasis>:"
 msgid ""
 "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
 "point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr "Conexiunea itinerantă este o tehnologie care permite calculatorului să schimbe punctul de acces rămînînd conectat la rețea."
+msgstr ""
+"Conexiunea itinerantă este o tehnologie care permite calculatorului să "
+"schimbe punctul de acces rămînînd conectat la rețea."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
 msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
@@ -3321,8 +3947,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
 msgstr "Butonul de configurări avansate"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
 msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
@@ -3337,8 +3962,7 @@ msgstr "Gestionați profilele de rețea"
 msgid "draknetprofile"
 msgstr "draknetprofile"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
 msgid "draknetprofile.png"
 msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
@@ -3346,9 +3970,11 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:9
@@ -3360,8 +3986,7 @@ msgstr "Partajați discuri și directoare via NFS"
 msgid "draknfs"
 msgstr "draknfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:16
 msgid "draknfs.png"
 msgstr "draknfs.png"
@@ -3374,21 +3999,24 @@ msgstr "Cerințe preliminare"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the"
-" first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr "Cînd asistentul<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este lansat pentru prima oară, poate afișa următorul mesaj:"
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
+"first time, it may display the following message:"
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd asistentul<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este lansat pentru "
+"prima oară, poate afișa următorul mesaj:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
+msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
 msgstr "Trebuie instalat pachetul nfs-utils. Doriți să-l instalați?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
@@ -3408,7 +4036,10 @@ msgid ""
 "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
 "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
 "configuration tool."
-msgstr "Este afișată o listă cu directoarele care sînt partajate. La această etapă lista este goală. Butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> vă dă accesul la o unealtă de configurare."
+msgstr ""
+"Este afișată o listă cu directoarele care sînt partajate. La această etapă "
+"lista este goală. Butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> vă dă accesul la o "
+"unealtă de configurare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:50
@@ -3421,10 +4052,12 @@ msgid ""
 "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
 "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
 "available."
-msgstr "Unealta de configurare este intitulată „Modifică intrarea”. Mai poate fi lansată și cu butonul <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Parametrii următori sînt disponibili."
+msgstr ""
+"Unealta de configurare este intitulată „Modifică intrarea”. Mai poate fi "
+"lansată și cu butonul <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Parametrii următori "
+"sînt disponibili."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:58
 msgid "draknfs4.png"
 msgstr "draknfs4.png"
@@ -3440,7 +4073,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
 "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
 "it."
-msgstr "Puteți specifica aici care director să fie partajat. Butonul <guibutton>Director</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la un explorator de fișiere pentru a-l alege."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți specifica aici care director să fie partajat. Butonul "
+"<guibutton>Director</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la un explorator de fișiere "
+"pentru a-l alege."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:72
@@ -3452,7 +4088,9 @@ msgstr "Acces client"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
 "directory."
-msgstr "Puteți specifica aici gazdele care sînt autorizate să acceseze directorul partajat."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți specifica aici gazdele care sînt autorizate să acceseze directorul "
+"partajat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:77
@@ -3464,12 +4102,17 @@ msgstr "Clienții NFS pot fi specificați în mai multe feluri:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
 "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr "<emphasis>gazdă simplă</emphasis>: o gazdă identificată fie după numele abreviat recunoscut de serverul de nume, un nume de domeniu complet calificat (FQDN) sau o adresă IP"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>gazdă simplă</emphasis>: o gazdă identificată fie după numele "
+"abreviat recunoscut de serverul de nume, un nume de domeniu complet "
+"calificat (FQDN) sau o adresă IP"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr "<emphasis>grupuri de rețea</emphasis>: grupurile de rețea NIS pot fi specificate cu @group."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>grupuri de rețea</emphasis>: grupurile de rețea NIS pot fi "
+"specificate cu @group."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:86
@@ -3477,7 +4120,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
 "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
 "domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr "<emphasis>metacaractere</emphasis>: numele mașinilor pot conține metacaracterele * și ?. De exemplu: *.cs.foo.edu  corespunde cu toate gazdele din domeniul cs.foo.edu"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>metacaractere</emphasis>: numele mașinilor pot conține "
+"metacaracterele * și ?. De exemplu: *.cs.foo.edu  corespunde cu toate "
+"gazdele din domeniul cs.foo.edu"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:90
@@ -3485,7 +4131,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
 "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
 "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: puteți de asemenea exporta simultan directoare la toate gazdele dintr-o (sub)rețea adăugînd o mască la sfîrșitul adresei de (sub)rețea, exemplu: 192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0 sau 192.168.1.0/24"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: puteți de asemenea exporta simultan "
+"directoare la toate gazdele dintr-o (sub)rețea adăugînd o mască la sfîrșitul "
+"adresei de (sub)rețea, exemplu: 192.168.1.0/255.255.255.0 sau 192.168.1.0/24"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:96
@@ -3497,32 +4146,47 @@ msgstr "Asociere ID utilizator"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
 "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on"
-" the server itself."
-msgstr "<emphasis>asociază utilizatorul root cu anonymous</emphasis>: asociază cererile de la uid/gid 0 cu uid/gid anonymous (root_squash). Utilizatorul root de pe calculatorul client nu poate citi sau scrie fișierele de pe server create cu utilizatorul root al serverului."
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
+"the server itself."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>asociază utilizatorul root cu anonymous</emphasis>: asociază "
+"cererile de la uid/gid 0 cu uid/gid anonymous (root_squash). Utilizatorul "
+"root de pe calculatorul client nu poate citi sau scrie fișierele de pe "
+"server create cu utilizatorul root al serverului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing."
-" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr "<emphasis>permite accesul distant direct cu utilizatorul root</emphasis>: nu se transformă cererile UID/GID 0 (no_root_squash). Această opțiune este folosită în particular pentru stațiile de lucru ce nu dispun de un disc local."
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
+"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>permite accesul distant direct cu utilizatorul root</emphasis>: nu "
+"se transformă cererile UID/GID 0 (no_root_squash). Această opțiune este "
+"folosită în particular pentru stațiile de lucru ce nu dispun de un disc "
+"local."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:107
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids"
-" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID"
-" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr "<emphasis>asociază toți utilizatorii cu anonymous</emphasis>: transformă toate UID/GID în utilizator anonim (all_squash). Este folositor pentru a exporta cu NFS directoare publice de FTP, directoare de News, etc. Opțiunea inversă este fără transformare UID (no_all_squash), care se aplică în mod implicit."
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
+"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
+"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>asociază toți utilizatorii cu anonymous</emphasis>: transformă "
+"toate UID/GID în utilizator anonim (all_squash). Este folositor pentru a "
+"exporta cu NFS directoare publice de FTP, directoare de News, etc. Opțiunea "
+"inversă este fără transformare UID (no_all_squash), care se aplică în mod "
+"implicit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:113
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
 "the anonymous account."
-msgstr "<emphasis>utilizatori si grup anonim (anonuid și anongid)</emphasis>:  aceste opțiuni definesc explicit UID si GID pentru contul anonymus."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>utilizatori si grup anonim (anonuid și anongid)</emphasis>:  "
+"aceste opțiuni definesc explicit UID si GID pentru contul anonymus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:118
@@ -3533,9 +4197,12 @@ msgstr "Opțiuni avansate"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:120
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option"
-" is on by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Conexiune securizată</emphasis>: această opțiune necesită ca cererile să provină din Internet de pe un port inferior lui IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Această opțiune este activată implicit."
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
+"is on by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Conexiune securizată</emphasis>: această opțiune necesită ca "
+"cererile să provină din Internet de pe un port inferior lui IPPORT_RESERVED "
+"(1024). Această opțiune este activată implicit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:124
@@ -3544,7 +4211,11 @@ msgid ""
 "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
 "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
 "using this option."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Partaj protejat la scriere</emphasis>: permite ori accesul numai în citire, ori în citire/scriere pe acest volum NFS. Implicit, toate cererile de modificare sînt refuzate. Acest comportament poate fi făcut explicit cu această opțiune."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Partaj protejat la scriere</emphasis>: permite ori accesul numai "
+"în citire, ori în citire/scriere pe acest volum NFS. Implicit, toate "
+"cererile de modificare sînt refuzate. Acest comportament poate fi făcut "
+"explicit cu această opțiune."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:129
@@ -3552,7 +4223,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
 "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
 "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Acces sincron</emphasis>: împiedică serverul NFS să violeze protocolul NFS și să răspundă cererilor înainte ca modificările induse de aceste cereri să fie comise pe mediul de stocare (ex: discul dur)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Acces sincron</emphasis>: împiedică serverul NFS să violeze "
+"protocolul NFS și să răspundă cererilor înainte ca modificările induse de "
+"aceste cereri să fie comise pe mediul de stocare (ex: discul dur)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:134
@@ -3560,7 +4234,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
 "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
 "exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Verificare de subdirectoare</emphasis>: activează verificarea subdirectoarelor care poate îmbunătăți securitatea în unele cazuri, dar poate scădea fiabilitatea. Vedeți pagina de manual exports(5) pentru mai multe detalii."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Verificare de subdirectoare</emphasis>: activează verificarea "
+"subdirectoarelor care poate îmbunătăți securitatea în unele cazuri, dar "
+"poate scădea fiabilitatea. Vedeți pagina de manual exports(5) pentru mai "
+"multe detalii."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
@@ -3572,8 +4250,7 @@ msgstr "Intrări de meniu"
 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
 msgstr "Pînă acum lista are cel puțin o intrare."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:147
 msgid "draknfs5.png"
 msgstr "draknfs5.png"
@@ -3607,9 +4284,9 @@ msgstr "Reîncărcare server NFS"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
 msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration "
-"files."
-msgstr "Configurația afișată este actualizată cu fișierele de configurație actuale."
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+"Configurația afișată este actualizată cu fișierele de configurație actuale."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:10
@@ -3621,8 +4298,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy"
 msgid "drakproxy"
 msgstr "drakproxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:17
 msgid "drakproxy.png"
 msgstr "drakproxy.png"
@@ -3630,30 +4306,44 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net"
-" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
+"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
 "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr "Dacă trebuie să utilizați un server proxy pentru a accesa Internetul, puteți utiliza această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pentru a-l configura. Administratorul de rețea vă va oferi informațiile necesare. De asemenea, puteți specifica și anumite servicii care, prin excepție, pot fi accesate fără proxy."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă trebuie să utilizați un server proxy pentru a accesa Internetul, puteți "
+"utiliza această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> pentru a-l "
+"configura. Administratorul de rețea vă va oferi informațiile necesare. De "
+"asemenea, puteți specifica și anumite servicii care, prin excepție, pot fi "
+"accesate fără proxy."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a"
-" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
+"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
+"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
 "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
 "simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr "Articol de pe Wikipedia, din 24-09-2012, despre „Server proxy”: În rețelele de calculatoare, un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o aplicație) care acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la clienții care caută resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un server proxy, cere un serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de Internet sau altă resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy analizează cererea pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea."
+msgstr ""
+"Articol de pe Wikipedia, din 24-09-2012, despre „Server proxy”: În rețelele "
+"de calculatoare, un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o "
+"aplicație) care acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la "
+"clienții care caută resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un "
+"server proxy, cere un serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de "
+"Internet sau altă resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy "
+"analizează cererea pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
@@ -3665,8 +4355,7 @@ msgstr "Configurează mediile"
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
@@ -3674,11 +4363,16 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as"
-" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources"
-" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button"
-" below)."
-msgstr "Primul lucru care trebuie făcut după instalare este adăugarea surselor aplicațiilor (cunoscute și ca depozite, medii sau oglinzi). Acest lucru înseamnă că trebuie să selecționați mediile sursă ce vor fi utilizate pentru instalarea și actualizarea pachetelor și aplicațiilor. (vedeți butonul „Adaugă” de mai jos)"
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
+"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
+"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
+"below)."
+msgstr ""
+"Primul lucru care trebuie făcut după instalare este adăugarea surselor "
+"aplicațiilor (cunoscute și ca depozite, medii sau oglinzi). Acest lucru "
+"înseamnă că trebuie să selecționați mediile sursă ce vor fi utilizate pentru "
+"instalarea și actualizarea pachetelor și aplicațiilor. (vedeți butonul "
+"„Adaugă” de mai jos)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
@@ -3688,7 +4382,12 @@ msgid ""
 "used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
 "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
 "media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr "Dacă instalați (sau actualizați) Mageia utilizînd un mediu optic (DVD sau CD) sau un dispozitiv USB, acest mediu va rămîne configurat ca mediu sursă pentru instalarea aplicațiilor. Pentru a evita să vi-se ceară să introduceți acest mediu de fiecare dată cînd instalați pachete noi, ar trebui să-l dezactivați (sau să-l înlăturați). (Apare ca un mediu de tip CD-ROM)"
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă instalați (sau actualizați) Mageia utilizînd un mediu optic (DVD sau "
+"CD) sau un dispozitiv USB, acest mediu va rămîne configurat ca mediu sursă "
+"pentru instalarea aplicațiilor. Pentru a evita să vi-se ceară să introduceți "
+"acest mediu de fiecare dată cînd instalați pachete noi, ar trebui să-l "
+"dezactivați (sau să-l înlăturați). (Apare ca un mediu de tip CD-ROM)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
@@ -3698,14 +4397,21 @@ msgid ""
 "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
 "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
 "the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr "Sistemul de față rulează pe o arhitectură care poate fi pe 32 de biți (numită i586) sau pe 64 de biți (numită x86_64). Unele pachete sînt independente de arhitectura sistemului, aceste pachete sînt numite noarch. Acestea nu dispun de propriile lor directoare noarch pe oglinzi, dar se găsesc în ambele medii i586 și x86_64."
+msgstr ""
+"Sistemul de față rulează pe o arhitectură care poate fi pe 32 de biți "
+"(numită i586) sau pe 64 de biți (numită x86_64). Unele pachete sînt "
+"independente de arhitectura sistemului, aceste pachete sînt numite noarch. "
+"Acestea nu dispun de propriile lor directoare noarch pe oglinzi, dar se "
+"găsesc în ambele medii i586 și x86_64."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
@@ -3713,7 +4419,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
 "id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> din Centrul de Control Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare "
+"aplicații</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> din Centrul de "
+"Control Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
@@ -3730,7 +4439,10 @@ msgstr "Coloana „Activează”:"
 msgid ""
 "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
 "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr "Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru a instala pachete noi. Fiți prudent cu unele medii precum „Testing” sau „Debug”, vă pot face sistemul inutilizabil."
+msgstr ""
+"Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru a instala pachete noi. Fiți prudent "
+"cu unele medii precum „Testing” sau „Debug”, vă pot face sistemul "
+"inutilizabil."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
@@ -3744,7 +4456,13 @@ msgid ""
 "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
 "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
 "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru actualizarea pachetelor, este obligatoriu să le activați. Numai mediile care conțin „Update” în nume trebuiesc selecționate. Din motive de securitate, această coloană nu poate fi modificată cu această unealtă, pentru acest lucru trebuie să deschideți o consolă ca root și să tastați <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Mediile bifate vor fi utilizate pentru actualizarea pachetelor, este "
+"obligatoriu să le activați. Numai mediile care conțin „Update” în nume "
+"trebuiesc selecționate. Din motive de securitate, această coloană nu poate "
+"fi modificată cu această unealtă, pentru acest lucru trebuie să deschideți o "
+"consolă ca root și să tastați <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --"
+"expert</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
@@ -3756,28 +4474,36 @@ msgstr "Coloana „Mediu”:"
 msgid ""
 "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
 "versions contain at least:"
-msgstr "Afișează numele mediului. Depozitele Mageia oficiale pentru versiunile finale conțin cel puțin:"
+msgstr ""
+"Afișează numele mediului. Depozitele Mageia oficiale pentru versiunile "
+"finale conțin cel puțin:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
 "available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> care conține majoritatea programelor disponibile și suportate de Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> care conține majoritatea programelor "
+"disponibile și suportate de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
 "which are not free"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> care conține unele aplicații care nu sînt libere."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> care conține unele aplicații care "
+"nu sînt libere."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
 "might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> conține aplicații libere care pot fi sub incidența dreptului de autor în unele țări."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> conține aplicații libere care pot "
+"fi sub incidența dreptului de autor în unele țări."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
@@ -3789,7 +4515,9 @@ msgstr "Fiecare mediu are 4 secțiuni:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
 "this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> conține pachetele așa cum au fost în ziua în care a fost lansată această versiune de Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> conține pachetele așa cum au fost "
+"în ziua în care a fost lansată această versiune de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
@@ -3797,22 +4525,32 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
 "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
 "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> conține pachetele actualizate de la lansarea versiunii din motive de securitate sau de corectare de erori. Toată lumea trebuie să aibă acest mediu activat, chiar și cu o conexiune la Internet foarte lentă."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> conține pachetele actualizate de "
+"la lansarea versiunii din motive de securitate sau de corectare de erori. "
+"Toată lumea trebuie să aibă acest mediu activat, chiar și cu o conexiune la "
+"Internet foarte lentă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
 "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> conține anumite pachete cu versiuni noi retroportate din Cauldron (viitoarea versiune în curs de dezvoltare)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> conține anumite pachete cu "
+"versiuni noi retroportate din Cauldron (viitoarea versiune în curs de "
+"dezvoltare)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests"
-" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
+"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
 "corrections."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> care este utilizat temporar pentru testarea noilor actualizări, atîta cît raportorii de erori și echipa de control al calității (QA) să poată valida corectările."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> care este utilizat temporar "
+"pentru testarea noilor actualizări, atîta cît raportorii de erori și echipa "
+"de control al calității (QA) să poată valida corectările."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
@@ -3830,7 +4568,11 @@ msgid ""
 "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
 "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
 "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr "Pentru a înlătura un mediu, faceți clic pe el și apoi pe acest buton. Este recomandat să înlăturați mediul utilizat pentru instalare (CD sau DVD de exemplu) din moment ce toate pachetele conținute sînt disponibile pe mediul Core al versiunii."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a înlătura un mediu, faceți clic pe el și apoi pe acest buton. Este "
+"recomandat să înlăturați mediul utilizat pentru instalare (CD sau DVD de "
+"exemplu) din moment ce toate pachetele conținute sînt disponibile pe mediul "
+"Core al versiunii."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
@@ -3842,7 +4584,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Editează:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
 "proxy)."
-msgstr "Vă permite să modificați parametrii mediilor selectate (URL, descărcător și proxy)."
+msgstr ""
+"Vă permite să modificați parametrii mediilor selectate (URL, descărcător și "
+"proxy)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
@@ -3855,10 +4599,17 @@ msgid ""
 "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
 "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
 "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a"
-" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
+"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
+"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
 "from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr "Adaugă depozitele oficiale disponibile pe Internet. Aceste depozite conțin numai aplicațiile sigure și bine testate. Făcînd clic pe butonul „Adaugă” se va adăuga în sistem lista oglinzilor, deoarece sistemul este conceput să vă asigure că instalați și actualizați de pe o oglindă aproape de dumneavoastră. Dacă preferați să alegeți o oglindă specifică, adăugați-o alegînd „Adaugă o oglindă specifică pentru medii” din lista derulantă a meniului „Fișier”."
+msgstr ""
+"Adaugă depozitele oficiale disponibile pe Internet. Aceste depozite conțin "
+"numai aplicațiile sigure și bine testate. Făcînd clic pe butonul „Adaugă” se "
+"va adăuga în sistem lista oglinzilor, deoarece sistemul este conceput să vă "
+"asigure că instalați și actualizați de pe o oglindă aproape de "
+"dumneavoastră. Dacă preferați să alegeți o oglindă specifică, adăugați-o "
+"alegînd „Adaugă o oglindă specifică pentru medii” din lista derulantă a "
+"meniului „Fișier”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
@@ -3869,10 +4620,14 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Săgețile sus și jos:</guibutton>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same"
-" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release "
-"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr "Schimbă ordinea listei. Cînd Drakrpm caută un pachet, parcurge lista în ordinea afișată și va instala primul pachet găsit (pentru același număr de versiune, altfel instalează ultima versiune). Deci, dacă se poate, plasați depozitele cele mai rapide la începutul listei."
+"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
+"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
+"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
+msgstr ""
+"Schimbă ordinea listei. Cînd Drakrpm caută un pachet, parcurge lista în "
+"ordinea afișată și va instala primul pachet găsit (pentru același număr de "
+"versiune, altfel instalează ultima versiune). Deci, dacă se poate, plasați "
+"depozitele cele mai rapide la începutul listei."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
@@ -3887,9 +4642,12 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fișier -> Actualizează:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
 msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and"
-" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Va apărea o fereastră cu lista mediilor. Selectați-le pe cele pe care doriți să le actualizați și faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Actualizează</guibutton>."
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
+"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Va apărea o fereastră cu lista mediilor. Selectați-le pe cele pe care doriți "
+"să le actualizați și faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Actualizează</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
@@ -3900,16 +4658,24 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă o oglindă specifică pentru medii:</guimenu
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
 msgid ""
 "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the"
-" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
+"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
 "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
 "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
 "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr "Să presupunem că nu sînteți mulțumit de oglinda actuală deoarece, spre exemplu, este prea înceată sau de foarte multe ori indisponibilă, atunci puteți alege o altă oglindă. Selecționați toate mediile actuale și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a renunța la ele. Apoi faceți clic pe <guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă o oglindă specifică de medii</guimenu>, optați între setul complet sau doar cele de actualizare (dacă nu știți, alegeți <guibutton>Setul complet de surse</guibutton>) și acceptați contractul apăsînd pe <guibutton>Da</guibutton>. Se deschide această fereastră:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr ""
+"Să presupunem că nu sînteți mulțumit de oglinda actuală deoarece, spre "
+"exemplu, este prea înceată sau de foarte multe ori indisponibilă, atunci "
+"puteți alege o altă oglindă. Selecționați toate mediile actuale și faceți "
+"clic pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a renunța la ele. Apoi faceți "
+"clic pe <guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă o oglindă specifică de medii</guimenu>, "
+"optați între setul complet sau doar cele de actualizare (dacă nu știți, "
+"alegeți <guibutton>Setul complet de surse</guibutton>) și acceptați "
+"contractul apăsînd pe <guibutton>Da</guibutton>. Se deschide această "
+"fereastră:"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
 msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
@@ -3920,7 +4686,11 @@ msgid ""
 "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
 "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
 "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "În stînga puteți vedea o listă cu țări. Alegeți țara în care vă aflați sau una din apropiere. Făcînd clic pe simbolul > se vor afișa toate oglinzile disponibile din acea țară. Alegeți una și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"În stînga puteți vedea o listă cu țări. Alegeți țara în care vă aflați sau "
+"una din apropiere. Făcînd clic pe simbolul > se vor afișa toate oglinzile "
+"disponibile din acea țară. Alegeți una și faceți clic pe <guibutton>OK</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
@@ -3932,10 +4702,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fișier -> Adaugă un mediu personalizat:</guimenu>"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
 "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr "Este posibilă instalarea unui mediu nou (de la un furnizor terț de exemplu) care nu este suportat de Mageia. O fereastră nouă apare:"
+msgstr ""
+"Este posibilă instalarea unui mediu nou (de la un furnizor terț de exemplu) "
+"care nu este suportat de Mageia. O fereastră nouă apare:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
@@ -3946,7 +4717,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
 "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
 "according to the medium type)"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selectați tipul mediului, găsiți un nume inspirat care să-l definească bine și specificați adresa URL (sau calea, în funcție de tipul mediului)"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selectați tipul mediului, găsiți "
+"un nume inspirat care să-l definească bine și specificați adresa URL (sau "
+"calea, în funcție de tipul mediului)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
@@ -3956,11 +4730,15 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opțiuni -> Opțiuni globale:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" "
-"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define "
-"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
+"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
+"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
 "default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr "Acest element vă permite să alegeți cînd se „Verifică pachetele RPM de instalat” (mereu sau niciodată), programul de descărcare (curl, wget sau aria2) și să definiți politica de descărcare pentru informațiile despre pachete (la cerere -implicit-, numai la actualizări, mereu sau niciodată)."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest element vă permite să alegeți cînd se „Verifică pachetele RPM de "
+"instalat” (mereu sau niciodată), programul de descărcare (curl, wget sau "
+"aria2) și să definiți politica de descărcare pentru informațiile despre "
+"pachete (la cerere -implicit-, numai la actualizări, mereu sau niciodată)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
@@ -3970,17 +4748,25 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opțiuni -> Gestionați cheile:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
 msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate"
-" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In "
-"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click "
-"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr "Pentru a garanta un înalt nivel de securitate, sînt utilizate chei digitale pentru a autentifica mediile. Pentru fiecare mediu există posibilitatea de a accepta sau refuza o cheie. În fereastra care apare, selectați un mediu și apoi faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> pentru a autoriza o cheie nouă, sau selectați o cheie și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> pentru a refuza acea cheie."
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
+"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
+"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
+"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
+"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a garanta un înalt nivel de securitate, sînt utilizate chei digitale "
+"pentru a autentifica mediile. Pentru fiecare mediu există posibilitatea de a "
+"accepta sau refuza o cheie. În fereastra care apare, selectați un mediu și "
+"apoi faceți clic pe <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> pentru a autoriza o cheie "
+"nouă, sau selectați o cheie și faceți clic pe <guibutton>Înlătură</"
+"guibutton> pentru a refuza acea cheie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr "Faceți acest lucru cu grijă, ca de altfel cu toate chestiunile legate de securitate"
+msgstr ""
+"Faceți acest lucru cu grijă, ca de altfel cu toate chestiunile legate de "
+"securitate"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
@@ -3991,18 +4777,24 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opțiuni -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
 msgid ""
 "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if"
-" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and "
-"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Dacă aveți nevoie să utilizați un server proxy pentru accesul la Internet, îl puteți configura aici. Trebuie doar să specificați <guibutton>Nume proxy</guibutton> și dacă este nevoie de <guilabel>Nume utilizator</guilabel> și de <guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>."
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
+"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă aveți nevoie să utilizați un server proxy pentru accesul la Internet, "
+"îl puteți configura aici. Trebuie doar să specificați <guibutton>Nume proxy</"
+"guibutton> și dacă este nevoie de <guilabel>Nume utilizator</guilabel> și de "
+"<guilabel>Parolă</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
 msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki "
-"page</link>."
-msgstr "Petru informații suplimentare despre configurarea mediilor, consultați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">pagina pe Mageia Wiki</link>."
+"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Petru informații suplimentare despre configurarea mediilor, consultați <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">pagina pe Mageia "
+"Wiki</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:10
@@ -4014,8 +4806,7 @@ msgstr "Partajați discuri și directoare cu Samba"
 msgid "draksambashare"
 msgstr "draksambashare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:18
 msgid "draksambashare.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare.png"
@@ -4028,7 +4819,12 @@ msgid ""
 "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
 "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
 "resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr "Samba este un protocol utilizat în diferite sisteme de operare pentru a partaja unele resurse precum directoarele sau imprimantele. Această unealtă vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca server Samba utilizînd protocolul SMB/CIFS. Acest protocol este utilizat și de Windows(R), iar calculatoarele cu acest sistem de operare pot accesa resursele serverului Samba."
+msgstr ""
+"Samba este un protocol utilizat în diferite sisteme de operare pentru a "
+"partaja unele resurse precum directoarele sau imprimantele. Această unealtă "
+"vă permite să configurați calculatorul ca server Samba utilizînd protocolul "
+"SMB/CIFS. Acest protocol este utilizat și de Windows(R), iar calculatoarele "
+"cu acest sistem de operare pot accesa resursele serverului Samba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:37
@@ -4044,7 +4840,13 @@ msgid ""
 "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
 "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
 "server."
-msgstr "Pentru a putea fi accesat de celelalte calculatoare, serverul trebuie să aibă o adresă IP fixă. Aceasta poate fi specificată direct pe server, de exemplu cu <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, sau pe serverul DHCP care identifică stația după adresa sa MAC și-i atribuie mereu aceeași adresă IP. Parafocul trebuie de asemenea să permită cererile intrînde către serverul Samba."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a putea fi accesat de celelalte calculatoare, serverul trebuie să "
+"aibă o adresă IP fixă. Aceasta poate fi specificată direct pe server, de "
+"exemplu cu <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, sau pe serverul DHCP care "
+"identifică stația după adresa sa MAC și-i atribuie mereu aceeași adresă IP. "
+"Parafocul trebuie de asemenea să permită cererile intrînde către serverul "
+"Samba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:50
@@ -4054,20 +4856,25 @@ msgstr "Asistent - Server autonom"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:53
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks"
-" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
+"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
 "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr "La prima lansare, uneltele <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> verifică dacă pachetele necesare sînt instalate și propun instalarea lor dacă nu sînt prezente. Apoi va fi lansat asistentul pentru configurarea serverului Samba."
+msgstr ""
+"La prima lansare, uneltele <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
+"verifică dacă pachetele necesare sînt instalate și propun instalarea lor "
+"dacă nu sînt prezente. Apoi va fi lansat asistentul pentru configurarea "
+"serverului Samba."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:61
 msgid "draksambashare0.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
@@ -4077,10 +4884,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
 "selected."
-msgstr "În fereastra următoare, opțiunea de configurare de server autonom este deja selectată."
+msgstr ""
+"În fereastra următoare, opțiunea de configurare de server autonom este deja "
+"selectată."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:71
 msgid "draksambashare1.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
@@ -4088,19 +4896,22 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the"
-" access to the shared resources."
-msgstr "Apoi specificați numele grupului. Acesta trebuie să fie același cu cel utilizat pentru a accesa resursele partajate."
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
+"access to the shared resources."
+msgstr ""
+"Apoi specificați numele grupului. Acesta trebuie să fie același cu cel "
+"utilizat pentru a accesa resursele partajate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:80
 msgid ""
 "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
 "the network."
-msgstr "Numele netbios este numele care va fi utilizat pentru a desemna serverul în rețea."
+msgstr ""
+"Numele netbios este numele care va fi utilizat pentru a desemna serverul în "
+"rețea."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:85
 msgid "draksambashare2.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
@@ -4115,24 +4926,29 @@ msgstr "Alegeți modul de securitate:"
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
 "resource"
-msgstr "<guilabel>utilizator</guilabel>: clientul trebuie autorizat pentru a accesa resursa"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>utilizator</guilabel>: clientul trebuie autorizat pentru a accesa "
+"resursa"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:100
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
 "each share"
-msgstr "<guilabel>partaj</guilabel>: clientul se autentifică separat pentru fiecare partaj"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>partaj</guilabel>: clientul se autentifică separat pentru fiecare "
+"partaj"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
 "address or host name."
-msgstr "Puteți specifica gazdele care sînt autorizate să acceseze resursele, prin adresa IP sau numele de gazdă."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți specifica gazdele care sînt autorizate să acceseze resursele, prin "
+"adresa IP sau numele de gazdă."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:110
 msgid "draksambashare3.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
@@ -4142,10 +4958,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
 "described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr "Specificați bandiera serverului. Bandiera este modul în care serverul va fi descris pe stațiile Windows."
+msgstr ""
+"Specificați bandiera serverului. Bandiera este modul în care serverul va fi "
+"descris pe stațiile Windows."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:120
 msgid "draksambashare4.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
@@ -4154,10 +4971,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:126
 msgid ""
 "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr "Locul în care Samba își poate stoca jurnalele cu informații poate fi specificat la etapa următoare."
+msgstr ""
+"Locul în care Samba își poate stoca jurnalele cu informații poate fi "
+"specificat la etapa următoare."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:131
 msgid "draksambashare5.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
@@ -4166,12 +4984,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in "
-"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "Asistentul va afișa o listă cu parametrii aleși înainte să acceptați configurația. La acceptare, configurația va fi scrisă în <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
+"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"Asistentul va afișa o listă cu parametrii aleși înainte să acceptați "
+"configurația. La acceptare, configurația va fi scrisă în <code>/etc/samba/"
+"smb.conf</code>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:143
 msgid "draksambashare6.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
@@ -4181,8 +5001,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
 msgstr "Asistent - Controlor de domeniu principal"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:155
 msgid "draksambashare13.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
@@ -4195,7 +5014,12 @@ msgid ""
 "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
 "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
 "security mode:"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dacă este selectată opțiunea „Controler de domeniu principal”, asistentul va cere să indicați dacă trebuie sau nu suportat Wins și să furnizați administratorii. Pașii următori sînt atunci identici ca pentru serverul autonom, cu excepția că puteți alege și un mod de securitate:"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dacă este selectată opțiunea "
+"„Controler de domeniu principal”, asistentul va cere să indicați dacă "
+"trebuie sau nu suportat Wins și să furnizați administratorii. Pașii următori "
+"sînt atunci identici ca pentru serverul autonom, cu excepția că puteți alege "
+"și un mod de securitate:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:164
@@ -4203,7 +5027,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
 "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
 "account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr "<guilabel>domeniu</guilabel>: furnizează un mecanism pentru stocarea tuturor utilizatorilor și grupurilor într-un repertoriu de conturi central și partajat. Repertoriul de conturi centralizat este partajat între controlere (de securitate)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>domeniu</guilabel>: furnizează un mecanism pentru stocarea tuturor "
+"utilizatorilor și grupurilor într-un repertoriu de conturi central și "
+"partajat. Repertoriul de conturi centralizat este partajat între controlere "
+"(de securitate)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:173
@@ -4215,8 +5043,7 @@ msgstr "Declarați un director pentru partajat"
 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
 msgstr "Cu butonul <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> obținem:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:179
 msgid "draksambashare15.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
@@ -4224,14 +5051,17 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:184
 msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the "
-"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether"
-" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share "
-"name can not be modified."
-msgstr "O nouă intrare este adăugată. Aceasta poate fi modificată cu ajutorul butonului <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Opțiunile, precum dacă un director să fie sau nu vizibil în mod public, scris sau navigabil, pot fi editate. În schimb, numele de partaj nu poate fi modificat."
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
+"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
+"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
+"modified."
+msgstr ""
+"O nouă intrare este adăugată. Aceasta poate fi modificată cu ajutorul "
+"butonului <guibutton>Modifică</guibutton>. Opțiunile, precum dacă un "
+"director să fie sau nu vizibil în mod public, scris sau navigabil, pot fi "
+"editate. În schimb, numele de partaj nu poate fi modificat."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:191
 msgid "draksambashare16.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
@@ -4239,7 +5069,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:203
 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr "Cînd lista conține cel puțin o intrare, intrările din meniu pot fi utilizate."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd lista conține cel puțin o intrare, intrările din meniu pot fi utilizate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:209
@@ -4276,8 +5107,7 @@ msgstr "Partajare imprimante"
 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
 msgstr "Samba vă permite să partajați și imprimantele."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:241
 msgid "draksambashare17.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
@@ -4295,8 +5125,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgid "Samba users"
 msgstr "Utilizatori Samba"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:253
 msgid "draksambashare18.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
@@ -4307,7 +5136,11 @@ msgid ""
 "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
 "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
 "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "În această secțiune puteți adăuga utilizatorii care au dreptul să acceseze resursele partajate cînd este cerută autentificarea. Puteți adăuga utilizatorii din <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"În această secțiune puteți adăuga utilizatorii care au dreptul să acceseze "
+"resursele partajate cînd este cerută autentificarea. Puteți adăuga "
+"utilizatorii din <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type="
+"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksec.xml:3
@@ -4319,62 +5152,94 @@ msgstr "Configurați autentificarea pentru uneltele Mageia"
 msgid "draksec"
 msgstr "draksec"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec.png"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "draksec0.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Securitate</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
+"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Securitate</emphasis> din Centrul de "
+"Control Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:20
+#: en/draksec.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
 "usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr "Permite acordarea utilizatorilor obișnuiți autorizațiile necesare pentru a efectua sarcini realizate de obicei de administrator."
+msgstr ""
+"Permite acordarea utilizatorilor obișnuiți autorizațiile necesare pentru a "
+"efectua sarcini realizate de obicei de administrator."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:23
+#: en/draksec.xml:22
+msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksec.xml:27
+msgid "draksec.png"
+msgstr "draksec.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:31
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
 "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list gives the choice between:"
-msgstr "Majoritatea uneltelor disponibile în Centrul de Control Mageia sînt afișate în partea stîngă a ferestrei (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus) și pentru fiecare unealtă, o listă derulantă vă oferă posibilitatea să alegeți între:"
+"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
+msgstr ""
+"Majoritatea uneltelor disponibile în Centrul de Control Mageia sînt afișate "
+"în partea stîngă a ferestrei (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus) și pentru "
+"fiecare unealtă, o listă derulantă vă oferă posibilitatea să alegeți între:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:29
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Fără parolă: unealta este lansată fără să se ceară vreo parolă."
+#: en/draksec.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
+"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Valorile implicite depind de nivelul de securitate ales. A se vedea în "
+"aceeași secțiune CCM, unealta „Configurați securitatea sistemului, "
+"permisiuni și audit”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:34
+#: en/draksec.xml:43
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr "Parolă utilizator: parola utilizatorului este cerută înainte de lansarea uneltei."
+msgstr ""
+"Parolă utilizator: parola utilizatorului este cerută înainte de lansarea "
+"uneltei."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:39
-msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr "Parolă administrator: parola contului root este cerută înainte de lansarea uneltei."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:44
+#: en/draksec.xml:48
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
-"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr "Valorile implicite depind de nivelul de securitate ales. A se vedea în aceeași secțiune CCM, unealta „Configurați securitatea sistemului, permisiuni și audit”."
+"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
+msgstr ""
+"Parolă administrator: parola contului root este cerută înainte de lansarea "
+"uneltei."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:53
+msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+msgstr "Fără parolă: unealta este lansată fără să se ceară vreo parolă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
@@ -4386,8 +5251,7 @@ msgstr "Instantanee (puncte de restaurare)"
 msgid "draksnapshot-config"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
@@ -4395,17 +5259,22 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration "
-"tools</guilabel> section."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia, în secțiunea <guilabel>Unelte de administrare</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
+"guilabel> section."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
+"categoria <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia, în "
+"secțiunea <guilabel>Unelte de administrare</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
@@ -4413,44 +5282,66 @@ msgid ""
 "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
 "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
 "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr "Cînd lansați această unealtă în CCM pentru prima dată, veți vedea un mesaj pentru a instala draksnapshot. Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Instalează</guibutton> pentru a continua. Draksnapshot și alte cîteva pachete necesare vor fi instalate."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd lansați această unealtă în CCM pentru prima dată, veți vedea un mesaj "
+"pentru a instala draksnapshot. Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Instalează</"
+"guibutton> pentru a continua. Draksnapshot și alte cîteva pachete necesare "
+"vor fi instalate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable "
-"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, "
-"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Faceți clic din nou pe <guilabel>Instantanee (puncte de restaurare)</guilabel> și veți vedea ecranul de <guilabel>Configurări</guilabel>. Bifați <guilabel>Activează salvările</guilabel> iar, dacă doriți să salvați întreg sistemul, și <guilabel>Salvează întreg sistemul</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
+"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
+"whole system</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Faceți clic din nou pe <guilabel>Instantanee (puncte de restaurare)</"
+"guilabel> și veți vedea ecranul de <guilabel>Configurări</guilabel>. Bifați "
+"<guilabel>Activează salvările</guilabel> iar, dacă doriți să salvați întreg "
+"sistemul, și <guilabel>Salvează întreg sistemul</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
 "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to"
-" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the "
-"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from"
-" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> "
-"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you "
-"are done."
-msgstr "Dacă doriți să salvați doar o parte din directoare, atunci alegeți <guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> și va apărea o mică fereastră. Utilizați butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> și <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> împreună cu <guilabel>Lista de salvat</guilabel> pentru a include sau exclude directoare și fișiere în lista de salvat. Utilizați aceleași butoane de lîngă lista de <guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> pentru a înlătura subdirectoare și/sau fișiere din directoarele alese, care <emphasis role=\"bold\">nu</emphasis> trebuiesc incluse în salvare. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Închide</guibutton> cînd ați terminat."
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
+"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
+"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
+"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
+"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
+"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă doriți să salvați doar o parte din directoare, atunci alegeți "
+"<guilabel>Avansat</guilabel> și va apărea o mică fereastră. Utilizați "
+"butoanele <guibutton>Adaugă</guibutton> și <guibutton>Înlătură</guibutton> "
+"împreună cu <guilabel>Lista de salvat</guilabel> pentru a include sau "
+"exclude directoare și fișiere în lista de salvat. Utilizați aceleași butoane "
+"de lîngă lista de <guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> pentru a înlătura "
+"subdirectoare și/sau fișiere din directoarele alese, care <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">nu</emphasis> trebuiesc incluse în salvare. Apăsați pe "
+"<guibutton>Închide</guibutton> cînd ați terminat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted"
-" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis "
+"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
+"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
+"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Acum indicați calea <guilabel>Unde să se salveze</guilabel>, sau alegeți "
+"butonul <guibutton>Navigare</guibutton> pentru a selecta calea corectă. "
+"Toate cheile USB sau discurile externe montate pot fi găsite în <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Acum indicați calea <guilabel>Unde să se salveze</guilabel>, sau alegeți butonul <guibutton>Navigare</guibutton> pentru a selecta calea corectă. Toate cheile USB sau discurile externe montate pot fi găsite în <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr "Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton> pentru a efectua un instantaneu (punct de restaurare)."
+msgstr ""
+"Faceți clic pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton> pentru a efectua un instantaneu "
+"(punct de restaurare)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksound.xml:3
@@ -4462,8 +5353,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați sunetul"
 msgid "draksound"
 msgstr "draksound"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:10
 msgid "draksound.png"
 msgstr "draksound.png"
@@ -4471,16 +5361,21 @@ msgstr "draksound.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia.¶"
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
+"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din "
+"Centrul de Control Mageia.¶"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:19
@@ -4488,15 +5383,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, "
 "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience "
 "sound problems or if you change the sound card."
-msgstr "Draksound se ocupă cu configurarea sunetului, incluzînd alegerea pilotului, opțiunile PulseAudio și depanarea sunetului. Vă va ajuta dacă întîlniți probleme cu sunetul sau dacă schimbați placa de sunet."
+msgstr ""
+"Draksound se ocupă cu configurarea sunetului, incluzînd alegerea pilotului, "
+"opțiunile PulseAudio și depanarea sunetului. Vă va ajuta dacă întîlniți "
+"probleme cu sunetul sau dacă schimbați placa de sunet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a"
-" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound "
-"card."
-msgstr "Lista derulantă intitulată <guilabel>Pilot</guilabel> vă permite să alegeți un pilot potrivit pentru placa de sunet dintre toți cei disponibili în calculator."
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
+"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+"Lista derulantă intitulată <guilabel>Pilot</guilabel> vă permite să alegeți "
+"un pilot potrivit pentru placa de sunet dintre toți cei disponibili în "
+"calculator."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:28
@@ -4504,40 +5404,53 @@ msgid ""
 "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
 "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
 "possible for its enhanced features."
-msgstr "De cele mai multe ori, se poate alege un pilot utilizînd OSS sau ALSA API. OSS este cel mai vechi și este foarte bazic, noi vă recomandăm cînd este posibil să utilizați ALSA pentru funcționalitățile sale îmbunătățite."
+msgstr ""
+"De cele mai multe ori, se poate alege un pilot utilizînd OSS sau ALSA API. "
+"OSS este cel mai vechi și este foarte bazic, noi vă recomandăm cînd este "
+"posibil să utilizați ALSA pentru funcționalitățile sale îmbunătățite."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound"
-" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the "
-"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> "
-"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> este un server de sunet. Acesta recepționează toate semnalele audio de intrare, le mixează în funcție de preferințele utilizatorului și transmite rezultatul la ieșirea de sunet. Vedeți <guimenu>Meniu -> Sunte și video -> Controlul volumului PulseAudio</guimenu> pentru aceste preferințe."
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
+"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
+"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
+"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> este un server de sunet. Acesta "
+"recepționează toate semnalele audio de intrare, le mixează în funcție de "
+"preferințele utilizatorului și transmite rezultatul la ieșirea de sunet. "
+"Vedeți <guimenu>Meniu -> Sunte și video -> Controlul volumului PulseAudio</"
+"guimenu> pentru aceste preferințe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
 "enabled."
-msgstr "PulseAudio este serverul de sunet implicit și este recomandat să-l lăsați activat."
+msgstr ""
+"PulseAudio este serverul de sunet implicit și este recomandat să-l lăsați "
+"activat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
 "is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> ameliorează PulseAudio cu unele programe. Este recomandat să-l lăsați activat."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> ameliorează PulseAudio cu unele programe. "
+"Este recomandat să-l lăsați activat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or "
 "three buttons:"
-msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> afișează o fereastră nouă cu două sau trei butoane:"
+msgstr ""
+"Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> afișează o fereastră nouă cu două sau "
+"trei butoane:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:49
 msgid "Draksound1.png"
 msgstr "Draksound1.png"
@@ -4548,7 +5461,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you "
 "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver "
 "for your device."
-msgstr "Primul buton vă oferă libertate totală în alegeri. Trebuie să știți ce faceți. Acest buton nu este disponibil cînd sistemul a găsit un pilot pentru acest dispozitiv."
+msgstr ""
+"Primul buton vă oferă libertate totală în alegeri. Trebuie să știți ce "
+"faceți. Acest buton nu este disponibil cînd sistemul a găsit un pilot pentru "
+"acest dispozitiv."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:57
@@ -4556,7 +5472,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any "
 "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking "
 "the community for help."
-msgstr "Al doilea este evident, iar ultimul oferă asistență pentru reglarea problemelor pe care le puteți avea. Veți găsi foarte utilă folosirea sa înainte de a cere ajutor comunității."
+msgstr ""
+"Al doilea este evident, iar ultimul oferă asistență pentru reglarea "
+"problemelor pe care le puteți avea. Veți găsi foarte utilă folosirea sa "
+"înainte de a cere ajutor comunității."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakups.xml:3
@@ -4568,8 +5487,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați un UPS pentru supravegherea alimentării"
 msgid "drakups"
 msgstr "drakups"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakups.xml:8
 msgid "drakups.png"
 msgstr "drakups.png"
@@ -4577,9 +5495,11 @@ msgstr "drakups.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakups.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:3
@@ -4591,8 +5511,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați conexiunea VPN pentru acces securizat la rețea"
 msgid "drakvpn"
 msgstr "drakvpn"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:11
 msgid "drakvpn1.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
@@ -4600,9 +5519,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:18
@@ -4613,7 +5534,13 @@ msgid ""
 "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
 "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
 "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să configurați accesul la o rețea distantă prin stabilirea unui tunel între calculatorul local și rețeaua distantă. Vom prezenta aici numai configurarea de partea calculatorului local. Presupunem că rețeaua distantă este deja operațională și că administratorul v-a furnizat informațiile de conectare, ca de exemplu un fișier de configurare .pcf."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
+"configurați accesul la o rețea distantă prin stabilirea unui tunel între "
+"calculatorul local și rețeaua distantă. Vom prezenta aici numai configurarea "
+"de partea calculatorului local. Presupunem că rețeaua distantă este deja "
+"operațională și că administratorul v-a furnizat informațiile de conectare, "
+"ca de exemplu un fișier de configurare .pcf."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:30
@@ -4625,7 +5552,9 @@ msgstr "Configuration"
 msgid ""
 "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
 "protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr "Mai întîi, selectați Concentrator VPN Cisco sau OpenVPN în funcție de protocolul pe care-l utilizați pentru rețeaua privată."
+msgstr ""
+"Mai întîi, selectați Concentrator VPN Cisco sau OpenVPN în funcție de "
+"protocolul pe care-l utilizați pentru rețeaua privată."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:35
@@ -4642,8 +5571,7 @@ msgstr "În ecranul următor, furnizați detaliile conexiunii VPN."
 msgid "For Cisco VPN"
 msgstr "Pentru VPN Cisco"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:48
 msgid "drakvpn3.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
@@ -4653,10 +5581,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
 msgid ""
 "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
 "first time the tool is used."
-msgstr "Pentru OpenVPN, pachetul și dependențele sale vor fi instalate cînd unealta este utilizată pentru prima dată."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru OpenVPN, pachetul și dependențele sale vor fi instalate cînd unealta "
+"este utilizată pentru prima dată."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:59
 msgid "drakvpn7.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
@@ -4666,15 +5595,16 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
 "received from the network administrator."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selectați fișierele pe care le-ați primit de la administratorul de rețea."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Selectați fișierele pe care le-"
+"ați primit de la administratorul de rețea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:64
 msgid "Advanced parameters:"
 msgstr "Parametri avansați:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:68
 msgid "drakvpn8.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
@@ -4689,15 +5619,19 @@ msgstr "În ecranul următor se va cere adresa IP a pasarelei."
 msgid ""
 "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
 "connection."
-msgstr "Cînd s-au configurat parametrii, aveți opțiunea de a porni conexiunea VPN."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd s-au configurat parametrii, aveți opțiunea de a porni conexiunea VPN."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect"
-" to this VPN."
-msgstr "Această conexiune VPN poate fi configurată să pornească automat cu o conexiune de rețea. Pentru a face asta, reconfigurați conexiunea de rețea să se conecteze mereu la acest VPN."
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
+"to this VPN."
+msgstr ""
+"Această conexiune VPN poate fi configurată să pornească automat cu o "
+"conexiune de rețea. Pentru a face asta, reconfigurați conexiunea de rețea să "
+"se conecteze mereu la acest VPN."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
@@ -4709,8 +5643,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare server web"
 msgid "drakwizard apache2"
 msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
@@ -4718,16 +5651,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
 "web server."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un server web."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să "
+"configurați un server web."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
@@ -4739,7 +5676,9 @@ msgstr "Ce este un server web?"
 msgid ""
 "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
 "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "Serverul web este aplicația care ajută la furnizarea conținutului ce poate fi accesat din Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+"Serverul web este aplicația care ajută la furnizarea conținutului ce poate "
+"fi accesat din Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
@@ -4751,8 +5690,7 @@ msgstr "Configurarea unui server web cu drakwizard apache2"
 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
 msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul serverului web."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
@@ -4762,15 +5700,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Prima pagină este doar o introducere, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Prima pagină este doar o introducere, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
 msgstr "Selectarea expunerii serverului: în rețeaua locală și/sau pe Internet"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
@@ -4780,15 +5719,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
 "things."
-msgstr "Expunerea sitului web pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentru lucruri neplăcute."
+msgstr ""
+"Expunerea sitului web pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentru "
+"lucruri neplăcute."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
 msgid "Server User Module"
 msgstr "Modulul utilizator al serverului"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
@@ -4803,8 +5743,7 @@ msgstr "Autorizează utilizatorii să-și creeze propriile situri web."
 msgid "User web directory name"
 msgstr "Nemele directorului web al utilizatorului"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
@@ -4814,15 +5753,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
 "display it."
-msgstr "Utilizatorul trebuie să creeze și să populeze acest director, apoi serverul îl va afișa."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilizatorul trebuie să creeze și să populeze acest director, apoi serverul "
+"îl va afișa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
 msgid "Server Document Root"
 msgstr "Directorul implicit al serverului web"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
@@ -4830,7 +5770,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
 msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr "Vă permite să configurați calea către directorul cu fișierele implicite ale serverului web."
+msgstr ""
+"Vă permite să configurați calea către directorul cu fișierele implicite ale "
+"serverului web."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
@@ -4839,8 +5781,7 @@ msgstr "Vă permite să configurați calea către directorul cu fișierele impli
 msgid "Summary"
 msgstr "Rezumat"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
@@ -4850,9 +5791,10 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați pe butonul "
+"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
@@ -4860,8 +5802,7 @@ msgstr "Acordați-vă o clipă și verificați aceste opțiuni, apoi apăsați p
 msgid "Finish"
 msgstr "Finalizare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
@@ -4882,8 +5823,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare DNS"
 msgid "drakwizard bind"
 msgstr "drakwizard bind"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
@@ -4891,9 +5831,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
@@ -4905,8 +5847,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare DHCP"
 msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
 msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
@@ -4916,22 +5857,29 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgid ""
 "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
 "interfaces"
-msgstr "Această unealtă nu funcționează pe Mageia 4 din cauza noii scheme de numire pentru interfețele de rețea."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă nu funcționează pe Mageia 4 din cauza noii scheme de numire "
+"pentru interfețele de rețea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should"
-" be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un server <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Este o componentă drakwizard care trebuie instalată înainte de a o accesa."
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
+"be installed before you can access to it."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să "
+"configurați un server <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Este o componentă drakwizard "
+"care trebuie instalată înainte de a o accesa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
@@ -4945,7 +5893,11 @@ msgid ""
 "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
 "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
 "communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) este un protocol de rețea standardizat utilizat pentru configurarea dinamică a adreselor IP și a altor informații care sînt necesare pentru comunicarea pe Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+"Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) este un "
+"protocol de rețea standardizat utilizat pentru configurarea dinamică a "
+"adreselor IP și a altor informații care sînt necesare pentru comunicarea pe "
+"Internet. (sursă: Wikipedia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
@@ -4957,8 +5909,7 @@ msgstr "Configurarea unui server DHCP cu drakwizard dhcp"
 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
 msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul serverului DHCP."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
@@ -4968,8 +5919,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
 msgstr "Selectarea interfeței de rețea"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
@@ -4978,17 +5928,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Alegeți interfața de rețea, care este conectată la subrețea și pentru care serverul DHCP îi va atribui o adresă IP, iar apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți interfața de rețea, care este conectată la subrețea și pentru care "
+"serverul DHCP îi va atribui o adresă IP, iar apoi apăsați pe "
+"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
 msgid "Select IP range"
 msgstr "Selectați plaja de adrese IP"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
@@ -5000,10 +5952,13 @@ msgid ""
 "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
 "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Selectați adresele de început și de sfîrșit al plajei de adrese IP pe care doriți s-o furnizeze serverul, împreună cu adresa IP a pasarelei care vă conectează undeva dincolo de rețeaua locală, sperăm aproape de Internet, iar apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați adresele de început și de sfîrșit al plajei de adrese IP pe care "
+"doriți s-o furnizeze serverul, împreună cu adresa IP a pasarelei care vă "
+"conectează undeva dincolo de rețeaua locală, sperăm aproape de Internet, iar "
+"apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
@@ -5013,8 +5968,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgid "Hold on..."
 msgstr "Stați puțin..."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
@@ -5024,15 +5978,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgid ""
 "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
 "change things around."
-msgstr "Se poate rezolva. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> de cîteva ori și mai faceți schimbări pe ici pe colo."
+msgstr ""
+"Se poate rezolva. Apăsați pe <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton> de cîteva ori și "
+"mai faceți schimbări pe ici pe colo."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
 msgid "Hours later..."
 msgstr "Cîteva ore mai tîrziu..."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
@@ -5052,78 +6007,71 @@ msgstr "Instalarea pachetului dhcp-server dacă este necesar;"
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
 msgid ""
 "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr "Salvarea <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> în <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code>;"
+msgstr ""
+"Salvarea <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> în <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code>;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from "
-"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and "
-"adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr "Crearea unui nou <code>dhcpd.conf</code> pornind de la <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> și adăugînd noii parametrii:"
+"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
+"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
+"parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+"Crearea unui nou <code>dhcpd.conf</code> pornind de la <code>/usr/share/"
+"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> și adăugînd noii "
+"parametrii:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
 msgid "<code>hname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
 msgid "<code>dns</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
 msgid "net"
 msgstr "net"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
 msgid "ip"
 msgstr "ip"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
 msgid "<code>mask</code>"
 msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
 msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
 msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
 msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
 msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
 msgid "<code>dname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
 msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
 msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
@@ -5131,9 +6079,11 @@ msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
 msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file "
-"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
-msgstr "De asemenea, modificarea fișierului de configurare Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
+"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
+"code>"
+msgstr ""
+"De asemenea, modificarea fișierului de configurare Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/"
+"dhcpd/config</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
@@ -5150,8 +6100,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare dată și oră"
 msgid "drakwizard ntp"
 msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
@@ -5159,18 +6108,24 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed"
-" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
+"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
+"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
 "packages."
-msgstr "Scopul acestei unelte<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este să sincronizeze ora serverului local cu un server distant. Nu este instalat în mod implicit și trebuie de asemenea să instalați pachetele drakwizard și drakwizard-base."
+msgstr ""
+"Scopul acestei unelte<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este să "
+"sincronizeze ora serverului local cu un server distant. Nu este instalat în "
+"mod implicit și trebuie de asemenea să instalați pachetele drakwizard și "
+"drakwizard-base."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
@@ -5183,28 +6138,28 @@ msgid ""
 "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
 "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
 "because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr "După ecranul de întîmpinare (a se vedea mai sus), cel de al doilea vă cere să alegeți trei servere de timp din lista derulantă și vă sugerează de două ori să utilizați pool.ntp.org deoarece acest server indică mereu către serverele de timp disponibile."
+msgstr ""
+"După ecranul de întîmpinare (a se vedea mai sus), cel de al doilea vă cere "
+"să alegeți trei servere de timp din lista derulantă și vă sugerează de două "
+"ori să utilizați pool.ntp.org deoarece acest server indică mereu către "
+"serverele de timp disponibile."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
@@ -5212,15 +6167,19 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you"
-" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
+"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
+"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
 "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
 "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr "Ecranele următoare vă permit să alegeți regiunea și orașul, iar apoi ajungeți la un sumar. Dacă ceva nu este în regulă, puteți bine înțeles modifica utilizînd butonul <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>. Dacă totul este în regulă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a proceda la teste. Poate dura ceva timp, iar la final veți obține ecranul de mai jos:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ecranele următoare vă permit să alegeți regiunea și orașul, iar apoi "
+"ajungeți la un sumar. Dacă ceva nu este în regulă, puteți bine înțeles "
+"modifica utilizînd butonul <guibutton>Înapoi</guibutton>. Dacă totul este în "
+"regulă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton> pentru a proceda "
+"la teste. Poate dura ceva timp, iar la final veți obține ecranul de mai jos:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
@@ -5228,7 +6187,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr "Faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton> pentru a închide unealta."
+msgstr ""
+"Faceți clic pe butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton> pentru a închide "
+"unealta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
@@ -5243,31 +6204,40 @@ msgstr "Instalarea pachetului <code>ntp</code> dacă este necesar"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to "
-"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
-"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr "Salvarea fișierelor <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> în <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> și <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> în <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
+"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
+"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+msgstr ""
+"Salvarea fișierelor <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> în <code>/etc/"
+"sysconfig/clock.orig</code> și <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> în <code>/"
+"etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
 msgid ""
 "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
 "servers;"
-msgstr "Scrierea unui nou fișieru <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> cu lista serverelor;"
+msgstr ""
+"Scrierea unui nou fișieru <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> cu lista "
+"serverelor;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
 "name;"
-msgstr "Modificarea fișierului <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> prin inserarea numelui primului server;"
+msgstr ""
+"Modificarea fișierului <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> prin inserarea numelui "
+"primului server;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
 msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and "
-"<code>ntpd</code> services;"
-msgstr "Oprirea și pornirea serviciilor <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> și <code>ntpd</code>;"
+"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
+"code> services;"
+msgstr ""
+"Oprirea și pornirea serviciilor <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> și "
+"<code>ntpd</code>;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
@@ -5285,8 +6255,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare FTP"
 msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
 msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
@@ -5294,16 +6263,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
-" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un server <acronym>FTP</acronym>."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să "
+"configurați un server <acronym>FTP</acronym>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
@@ -5316,7 +6289,11 @@ msgid ""
 "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
 "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
 "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) este un protocol standard de rețea utilizat pentru transferarea fișierelor de la o gazdă la alta printr-o rețea pe bază de <acronym>TCP</acronym>, precum Internetul. (sursă: Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) este un protocol standard de "
+"rețea utilizat pentru transferarea fișierelor de la o gazdă la alta printr-o "
+"rețea pe bază de <acronym>TCP</acronym>, precum Internetul. (sursă: "
+"Wikipedia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
@@ -5328,14 +6305,12 @@ msgstr "Configurarea unui server FTP cu drakwizard proftpd"
 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
 msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul FTP."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
@@ -5345,15 +6320,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
 "things."
-msgstr "Expunerea serverului FTP pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentu lucruri neplăcute."
+msgstr ""
+"Expunerea serverului FTP pe Internet are riscurile sale. Pregătiți-vă pentu "
+"lucruri neplăcute."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
 msgid "Server Information"
 msgstr "Informații despre server"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
@@ -5363,15 +6339,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
 "complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr "Introduceți numele cu care serverul se va prezenta, cineva care să primească mailurile cu reclamații și dacă să accepte sau nu autentificarea cu root."
+msgstr ""
+"Introduceți numele cu care serverul se va prezenta, cineva care să primească "
+"mailurile cu reclamații și dacă să accepte sau nu autentificarea cu root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
 msgid "Server Options"
 msgstr "Opțiuni server"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
@@ -5379,18 +6356,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>"
-" (File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr "Definiți portul de ascultare, directorul chroot, permiterea reluării transferului și/sau <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)"
+"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
+"(File eXchange Protocol)"
+msgstr ""
+"Definiți portul de ascultare, directorul chroot, permiterea reluării "
+"transferului și/sau <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
@@ -5405,8 +6382,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare proxy"
 msgid "drakwizard squid"
 msgstr "drakwizard squid"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
@@ -5414,9 +6390,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
@@ -5424,7 +6402,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
 "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
 "before you can access to it."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un server proxy. Este o componentă drakwizard care trebuie instalată înainte de a o accesa."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să "
+"configurați un server proxy. Este o componentă drakwizard care trebuie "
+"instalată înainte de a o accesa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
@@ -5440,7 +6421,13 @@ msgid ""
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
 "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "Un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o aplicație) care acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la clienții care caută resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un server proxy, cere un serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de Internet sau altă resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy analizează cererea pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea. (sursă: Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+"Un server proxy este un server (un calculator sau o aplicație) care "
+"acționează ca un intermediar la tratarea cererilor de la clienții care caută "
+"resurse pe alte servere. Un client se conectează la un server proxy, cere un "
+"serviciu, precum un fișier, o conexiune, o pagină de Internet sau altă "
+"resursă disponibilă de pe un alt server. Serverul proxy analizează cererea "
+"pentru a-i simplifica și controla complexitatea. (sursă: Wikipedia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
@@ -5452,8 +6439,7 @@ msgstr "Configurarea unui server proxy cu drakwizard squid"
 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
 msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul de server proxy."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
@@ -5463,8 +6449,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
 msgstr "Selectare port proxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
@@ -5474,15 +6459,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Selectați portul proxy-ului prin care navigatorul se va conecta, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați portul proxy-ului prin care navigatorul se va conecta, apoi "
+"apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
 msgstr "Definiți nivelul de utilizare al memoriei și al spațiului pe disc"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
@@ -5491,15 +6477,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
 msgid ""
 "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Definiți limitele memoriei și al pre-tamponului, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Definiți limitele memoriei și al pre-tamponului, apoi apăsați pe "
+"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
 msgid "Select Network Access Control"
 msgstr "Selectați controlul accesului la rețea"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
@@ -5507,34 +6494,35 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Definiți vizibilitatea în rețeaua locală sau mondială, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Definiți vizibilitatea în rețeaua locală sau mondială, apoi apăsați pe "
+"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
 msgid "Grant Network Access"
 msgstr "Permiteți accesul la rețea"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Permiteți accesul la rețelele locale, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Permiteți accesul la rețelele locale, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
 msgstr "Utilizați serverul proxy de nivel superior?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
@@ -5549,8 +6537,7 @@ msgstr "Cascadați prin alt server proxy? Dacă nu, omiteți această etapă."
 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
 msgstr "Adresa URL și portul serverului proxy de nivel superior"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
@@ -5558,12 +6545,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
 msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Furnizați numele de gază și portul serverului proxy de nivel superior, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Furnizați numele de gază și portul serverului proxy de nivel superior, apoi "
+"apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
@@ -5573,8 +6561,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgid "Start during boot?"
 msgstr "Lansare la demarare?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
@@ -5584,10 +6571,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgid ""
 "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Alegeți dacă serverul proxy trebuie să fie lansat la demarare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți dacă serverul proxy trebuie să fie lansat la demarare, apoi apăsați "
+"pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
@@ -5600,56 +6588,54 @@ msgstr "Instalarea pachetului squid dacă este necesar;"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
 msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in "
-"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr "Salvarea lui <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> în <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig</code>;"
+"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
+"orig;</code>"
+msgstr ""
+"Salvarea lui <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> în <code>/etc/squid/squid."
+"conf.orig</code>;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from "
-"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr "Crearea unui nou <code>squid.conf</code> pornind de la <code>squid.conf.default</code> și adăugînd noii parametrii:"
+"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
+"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+"Crearea unui nou <code>squid.conf</code> pornind de la <code>squid.conf."
+"default</code> și adăugînd noii parametrii:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
 msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
 msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
 msgid "cache_mem"
 msgstr "cache_mem"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
 msgid "http_port"
 msgstr "http_port"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
 msgid ""
 "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr "<code>level</code> 1, 2 sau 3 și <code>http_access</code> în funcție de nivel"
+msgstr ""
+"<code>level</code> 1, 2 sau 3 și <code>http_access</code> în funcție de nivel"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
@@ -5669,8 +6655,7 @@ msgstr "Configurare demon OpenSSH"
 msgid "drakwizard sshd"
 msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
@@ -5678,16 +6663,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
-" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați un serviciu <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să "
+"configurați un serviciu <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
@@ -5699,11 +6688,18 @@ msgstr "Ce este <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
 msgid ""
 "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
 "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,"
-" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
+"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
+"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
 "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
 "respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "Secure Shell (SSH) este un protocol de rețea criptografic pentru securizarea comunicațiilor de date, conectarea de la distanță în linie de comandă, executarea de la distanță a comenzilor și a altor servicii de rețea securizate între două calculatoare care conectează, printr-un canal securizat într-o rețea nesigură, un server și un client (executînd programele de server SSH și respectiv client <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs). (sursă: Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+"Secure Shell (SSH) este un protocol de rețea criptografic pentru securizarea "
+"comunicațiilor de date, conectarea de la distanță în linie de comandă, "
+"executarea de la distanță a comenzilor și a altor servicii de rețea "
+"securizate între două calculatoare care conectează, printr-un canal "
+"securizat într-o rețea nesigură, un server și un client (executînd "
+"programele de server SSH și respectiv client <acronym>SSH</acronym> client "
+"programs). (sursă: Wikipedia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
@@ -5720,8 +6716,7 @@ msgstr "Bine ați venit în asistentul Open SSH."
 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
 msgstr "Selectați tipul opțiunilor de configurare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
@@ -5729,18 +6724,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or "
-"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Alegeți <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> pentru toate opțiunile sau <guilabel>Începător</guilabel> pentru a omite etapele 3-7, apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
+"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> pentru toate opțiunile sau "
+"<guilabel>Începător</guilabel> pentru a omite etapele 3-7, apăsați pe "
+"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
 msgid "General Options"
 msgstr "Opțiuni generale"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
@@ -5750,15 +6746,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
 "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr "Stabilește vizibilitatea și opțiunile accesului pentru root. Portul 22 este portul <acronym>SSH</acronym> standard."
+msgstr ""
+"Stabilește vizibilitatea și opțiunile accesului pentru root. Portul 22 este "
+"portul <acronym>SSH</acronym> standard."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
 msgid "Authentication Methods"
 msgstr "Metode de autentificare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
@@ -5768,15 +6765,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
 "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Permite o varietate de metode de autentificare pe care utilizatorii le pot utiliza la conectare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Permite o varietate de metode de autentificare pe care utilizatorii le pot "
+"utiliza la conectare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
 msgid "Logging"
 msgstr "Autentificare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
@@ -5784,17 +6782,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
 msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Alegeți tipul de acces la jurnale și nivelul de jurnalizare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți tipul de acces la jurnale și nivelul de jurnalizare, apoi apăsați pe "
+"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
 msgid "Login Options"
 msgstr "Opțiuni autentificare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
@@ -5802,15 +6801,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Configurați parametrii de pre-autentificare, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Configurați parametrii de pre-autentificare, apoi apăsați pe "
+"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
 msgid "User Login Options"
 msgstr "Opțiuni autentificare utilizator"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
@@ -5819,15 +6819,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Configurați parametrii de acces al utilizatorului, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Configurați parametrii de acces al utilizatorului, apoi apăsați pe "
+"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
 msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
 msgstr "Compresie și redirecționare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
@@ -5837,16 +6838,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgid ""
 "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Configurați compresia și redirecționarea X11 în timpul transferului, apoi apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Configurați compresia și redirecționarea X11 în timpul transferului, apoi "
+"apăsați pe <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
@@ -5861,8 +6862,7 @@ msgstr "Gestionați serviciile sistemului prin activarea și dezactivarea lor"
 msgid "drakxservices"
 msgstr "drakxservices"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:8
 msgid "drakxservices.png"
 msgstr "drakxservices.png"
@@ -5870,9 +6870,11 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:10
@@ -5884,8 +6886,7 @@ msgstr "Configurație materială"
 msgid "harddrake2"
 msgstr "harddrake2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:17
 msgid "harddrake2.png"
 msgstr "harddrake2.png"
@@ -5893,9 +6894,11 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:22
@@ -5905,7 +6908,13 @@ msgid ""
 "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
 "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
 "lst</code> package."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă oferă o vedere de ansamblu a componentelor materiale din calculator. Cînd este lansată, unealta execută o sarcină care se uită după fiecare element al componentelor materiale. Pentru asta utilizează comanda <code>ldetect</code> care face referință la o listă de componente materiale din pachetul  <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă oferă o vedere "
+"de ansamblu a componentelor materiale din calculator. Cînd este lansată, "
+"unealta execută o sarcină care se uită după fiecare element al componentelor "
+"materiale. Pentru asta utilizează comanda <code>ldetect</code> care face "
+"referință la o listă de componente materiale din pachetul  <code>ldetect-"
+"lst</code>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:31
@@ -5923,7 +6932,11 @@ msgid ""
 "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
 "grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
 "category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr "Coloana din stînga conține o listă cu componentele detectate. Dispozitivele sînt grupate după categorie. Faceți clic pe &gt; pentru a desfășura conținutul unei categorii. Fiecare dispozitiv poate fi selectat în această coloană."
+msgstr ""
+"Coloana din stînga conține o listă cu componentele detectate. Dispozitivele "
+"sînt grupate după categorie. Faceți clic pe &gt; pentru a desfășura "
+"conținutul unei categorii. Fiecare dispozitiv poate fi selectat în această "
+"coloană."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:39
@@ -5931,14 +6944,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
 "<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
 "about the content of the fields."
-msgstr "Coloana din dreapta afișează informații despre dispozitivul selectat. <guimenu>Ajutor -&gt; Descrierea cîmpurilor</guimenu> oferă anumite informații despre conținutul cîmpurilor."
+msgstr ""
+"Coloana din dreapta afișează informații despre dispozitivul selectat. "
+"<guimenu>Ajutor -&gt; Descrierea cîmpurilor</guimenu> oferă anumite "
+"informații despre conținutul cîmpurilor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are"
-" available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr "În funcție de tipul dispozitivului selectat, unul sau două butoane sînt disponibile în partea de jos a coloanei din dreapta:"
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
+"available at the bottom of the right column:"
+msgstr ""
+"În funcție de tipul dispozitivului selectat, unul sau două butoane sînt "
+"disponibile în partea de jos a coloanei din dreapta:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:48
@@ -5946,21 +6964,29 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
 "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
 "used by experts only."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Specificați opțiunile pilotului curent</guibutton>: permite parametrarea modulului utilizat în relație cu dispozitivul. Trebuie utilizat numai de experți."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Specificați opțiunile pilotului curent</guibutton>: permite "
+"parametrarea modulului utilizat în relație cu dispozitivul. Trebuie utilizat "
+"numai de experți."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
 "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Execută unealta de configurare</guibutton>: accesul la unealta care poate configura dispozitivul. De multe ori unealta poate fi accesată direct din CCM."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Execută unealta de configurare</guibutton>: accesul la unealta "
+"care poate configura dispozitivul. De multe ori unealta poate fi accesată "
+"direct din CCM."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
 "enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr "Meniul cu <guimenu>opțiuni</guimenu> vă oferă oportunitatea de a bifa căsuțe pentru a activa detectarea automată:"
+msgstr ""
+"Meniul cu <guimenu>opțiuni</guimenu> vă oferă oportunitatea de a bifa căsuțe "
+"pentru a activa detectarea automată:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:73
@@ -5983,7 +7009,10 @@ msgid ""
 "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
 "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
 "be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr "Aceste detecții nu sînt activate în mod implicit pentru că sînt încete. Bifați căsuțele potrivite dacă aveți astfel de componente. Detecția va funcționa la următoarea lansare a acestei unelte."
+msgstr ""
+"Aceste detecții nu sînt activate în mod implicit pentru că sînt încete. "
+"Bifați căsuțele potrivite dacă aveți astfel de componente. Detecția va "
+"funcționa la următoarea lansare a acestei unelte."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
@@ -5995,8 +7024,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați dispunerea tastaturii"
 msgid "keyboarddrake"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
 msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
@@ -6004,9 +7032,11 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
@@ -6016,7 +7046,12 @@ msgid ""
 "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
 "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
 "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr "Unealta pentru tastatură<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută să configurați dispunerea de bază a tastaturii pe care o utilizați în Mageia. Aceasta va afecta dispunerea tastaturii pentru toți utilizatorii din sistem. Unealta poate fi găsită în secțiunea componentelor materiale din Centrul de Control Mageia (CCM) intitulată „Configurare maus și tastatură”."
+msgstr ""
+"Unealta pentru tastatură<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă ajută "
+"să configurați dispunerea de bază a tastaturii pe care o utilizați în "
+"Mageia. Aceasta va afecta dispunerea tastaturii pentru toți utilizatorii din "
+"sistem. Unealta poate fi găsită în secțiunea componentelor materiale din "
+"Centrul de Control Mageia (CCM) intitulată „Configurare maus și tastatură”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
@@ -6026,10 +7061,13 @@ msgstr "Dispunerea tastaturii"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed"
-" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity "
-"each layout should be used for."
-msgstr "Aici puteți alege dispunerea tastaturii pe care doriți să o utilizați. Denumirile, listate în ordine alfabetică, descriu limba, țara și/sau etnia pentru care tastatura corespunde."
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
+"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
+"layout should be used for."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți alege dispunerea tastaturii pe care doriți să o utilizați. "
+"Denumirile, listate în ordine alfabetică, descriu limba, țara și/sau etnia "
+"pentru care tastatura corespunde."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
@@ -6041,7 +7079,9 @@ msgstr "Tipul tastaturii"
 msgid ""
 "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
 "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr "Acest meniu vă permite să selectați tipul tastaturii pe care o utilizați. Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, cel mai bine este să lăsați tipul implicit."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest meniu vă permite să selectați tipul tastaturii pe care o utilizați. "
+"Dacă nu știți ce să alegeți, cel mai bine este să lăsați tipul implicit."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:10
@@ -6053,8 +7093,7 @@ msgstr "Gestionați localizarea sistemului"
 msgid "localedrake"
 msgstr "localedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:18
 msgid "localedrake.png"
 msgstr "localedrake.png"
@@ -6062,9 +7101,11 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
@@ -6074,14 +7115,20 @@ msgid ""
 "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
 "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Gestionați localizarea sistemului”. Se deschide o fereastră în care vă puteți alege limba. Selecția este în funcție de limbile alese la instalare."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
+"categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată "
+"„Gestionați localizarea sistemului”. Se deschide o fereastră în care vă "
+"puteți alege limba. Selecția este în funcție de limbile alese la instalare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
 "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr "Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la activarea compatibilității cu codificarea veche (non UTF-8)."
+msgstr ""
+"Butonul <guibutton>Avansat</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la activarea "
+"compatibilității cu codificarea veche (non UTF-8)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:34
@@ -6089,7 +7136,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
 "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
 "countries not listed."
-msgstr "A doua fereastră afișează o listă cu țări în funcție de limba selectată. Butonul <guibutton>Alte țări</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la țările nelistate."
+msgstr ""
+"A doua fereastră afișează o listă cu țări în funcție de limba selectată. "
+"Butonul <guibutton>Alte țări</guibutton> vă oferă accesul la țările "
+"nelistate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:38
@@ -6108,14 +7158,21 @@ msgid ""
 "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
 "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
 "Korean, etc)."
-msgstr "În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și o metodă de intrare (din meniul derulant de la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit utilizatorilor să introducă caractere multilingve (chinezești, japoneze, coreene, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+"În ecranul <guilabel>Alte țări</guilabel> puteți selecta și o metodă de "
+"intrare (din meniul derulant de la baza listei). Metodele de intrare permit "
+"utilizatorilor să introducă caractere multilingve (chinezești, japoneze, "
+"coreene, etc.)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
 "users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr "Pentru localizările asiatice și africane, IBus va fi definit ca metoda implicită de intrare, așa că utilizatorii nu mai trebuie să o configureze manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru localizările asiatice și africane, IBus va fi definit ca metoda "
+"implicită de intrare, așa că utilizatorii nu mai trebuie să o configureze "
+"manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:50
@@ -6123,7 +7180,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
 "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
 "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) oferă și ele funcții similare și pot, dacă nu sînt disponibile în meniul derulant, fi instalate în altă parte a Centrului de Control Mageia. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Celelalte metode de intrare (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) oferă și ele funcții "
+"similare și pot, dacă nu sînt disponibile în meniul derulant, fi instalate "
+"în altă parte a Centrului de Control Mageia. Vedeți <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake"
+"\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:3
@@ -6135,8 +7196,7 @@ msgstr "Vizualizați și căutați în jurnalele de sistem"
 msgid "logdrake"
 msgstr "logdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:10
 msgid "logdrake.png"
 msgstr "logdrake.png"
@@ -6144,17 +7204,22 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system "
-"logs</guilabel>\"."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată <guilabel>Vizualizați și căutați în jurnalele de sistem</guilabel>."
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
+"guilabel>\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
+"categoria sistem din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată "
+"<guilabel>Vizualizați și căutați în jurnalele de sistem</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:22
@@ -6164,27 +7229,43 @@ msgstr "Pentru a efectua o căutare în jurnale"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to "
-"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)"
-"  to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is"
-" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of "
-"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected "
-"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> "
-"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the "
-"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by "
-"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr "Întîi, introduceți șirul cheie pe care vreți să-l căutați în cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Conținînd</emphasis> și/sau șirul cheie pe care <emphasis>nu</emphasis> doriți să-l vedeți printre rezultatele din cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">dar nu conține</emphasis>. Apoi alegeți fișierele de căutat în cîmpul <guilabel>Alegeți fișierul</guilabel>. Opțional, se poate limita căutarea la doar o singură zi. Selectați în <emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, utilizînd micile săgeți de o parte și de alta a lunii și anului și bifați \"<guibutton>Arată numai pentru ziua selectată</guibutton>\". La final, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>caută</guibutton> pentru a vedea rezultatele în fereastra intitulată <guilabel>Conținutul fișierului</guilabel>. Se pot salva rezultatele în format .txt apăsînd pe butonul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvează</emphasis>."
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
+"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
+"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
+"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
+"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
+"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
+"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
+"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Întîi, introduceți șirul cheie pe care vreți să-l căutați în cîmpul "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Conținînd</emphasis> și/sau șirul cheie pe care "
+"<emphasis>nu</emphasis> doriți să-l vedeți printre rezultatele din cîmpul "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dar nu conține</emphasis>. Apoi alegeți fișierele de "
+"căutat în cîmpul <guilabel>Alegeți fișierul</guilabel>. Opțional, se poate "
+"limita căutarea la doar o singură zi. Selectați în <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Calendar</emphasis>, utilizînd micile săgeți de o parte și de alta a "
+"lunii și anului și bifați \"<guibutton>Arată numai pentru ziua selectată</"
+"guibutton>\". La final, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>caută</guibutton> "
+"pentru a vedea rezultatele în fereastra intitulată <guilabel>Conținutul "
+"fișierului</guilabel>. Se pot salva rezultatele în format .txt apăsînd pe "
+"butonul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Salvează</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia"
-" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs "
-"are updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Jurnalele uneltelor Mageia</guibutton> găzduiesc jurnalele uneltelor de configurare Mageia precum cele din Centrul de Control Mageia. Aceste jurnale sînt actualizate de fiecare dată cînd o configurație este modificată."
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
+"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
+"updated each time a configuration is modified."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Jurnalele uneltelor Mageia</guibutton> găzduiesc jurnalele "
+"uneltelor de configurare Mageia precum cele din Centrul de Control Mageia. "
+"Aceste jurnale sînt actualizate de fiecare dată cînd o configurație este "
+"modificată."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:43
@@ -6197,17 +7278,25 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
 "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
 "address."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Alerte pe e-mail</guibutton> verifică în mod automat serviciile și solicitarea sistemului, iar dacă este necesar trimite un e-mail la adresele configurate."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Alerte pe e-mail</guibutton> verifică în mod automat serviciile "
+"și solicitarea sistemului, iar dacă este necesar trimite un e-mail la "
+"adresele configurate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail "
-"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> "
-"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the "
-"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to "
-"look watch. (See screenshot above)."
-msgstr "Pentru a configura această unealtă, apăsați pe butonul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alerte pe e-mail</emphasis>, iar în ecranul următor pe butonul <guibutton>Configurați sistemul de alerte pe e-mail</guibutton>. Aici sînt afișate toate serviciile în execuție și puteți alege pe cele pe care doriți să le urmăriți (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus)."
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
+"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
+"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
+"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
+"(See screenshot above)."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a configura această unealtă, apăsați pe butonul <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Alerte pe e-mail</emphasis>, iar în ecranul următor pe butonul "
+"<guibutton>Configurați sistemul de alerte pe e-mail</guibutton>. Aici sînt "
+"afișate toate serviciile în execuție și puteți alege pe cele pe care doriți "
+"să le urmăriți (a se vedea în imaginea de mai sus)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:55
@@ -6254,8 +7343,7 @@ msgstr "Serviciul xinetd"
 msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
 msgstr "Rezolvator de nume de domeniu BIND"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:91
 msgid "logdrake1.png"
 msgstr "logdrake1.png"
@@ -6264,11 +7352,17 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png"
 #: en/logdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows"
-" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
+"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
 "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
 "to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr "În ecranul următor, selectați valoarea <guilabel>Solicitării</guilabel> pe care o considerați inacceptabilă. Solicitarea reprezintă numărul de apeluri al unui proces, o solicitare mare arată că sistemul poate fi blocat, iar o solicitare foarte mare poate indica faptul că un proces a ieșit de sub control. Valoarea implicită este 3. Vă recomandăm să stabiliți valoarea solicitării de trei ori numărul procesoarelor."
+msgstr ""
+"În ecranul următor, selectați valoarea <guilabel>Solicitării</guilabel> pe "
+"care o considerați inacceptabilă. Solicitarea reprezintă numărul de apeluri "
+"al unui proces, o solicitare mare arată că sistemul poate fi blocat, iar o "
+"solicitare foarte mare poate indica faptul că un proces a ieșit de sub "
+"control. Valoarea implicită este 3. Vă recomandăm să stabiliți valoarea "
+"solicitării de trei ori numărul procesoarelor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:103
@@ -6276,7 +7370,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
 "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
 "or on the Internet)."
-msgstr "În ultimul ecran, introduceți <guilabel>Adresa de e-mail</guilabel> a persoanei care va fi avertizată și <guilabel>Serverul de mesagerie</guilabel> care va fi utilizat (local sau pe Internet)."
+msgstr ""
+"În ultimul ecran, introduceți <guilabel>Adresa de e-mail</guilabel> a "
+"persoanei care va fi avertizată și <guilabel>Serverul de mesagerie</"
+"guilabel> care va fi utilizat (local sau pe Internet)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
@@ -6291,25 +7388,33 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr "Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată și utilizată numai în linie de comandă."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată "
+"și utilizată numai în linie de comandă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the "
-"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim anticipat."
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
+"advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Această secțiune nu a fost încă scrisă din cauza lipsei de resurse. Dacă "
+"credeți că ne puteți ajuta, contactați <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>. Vă mulțumim "
+"anticipat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
@@ -6324,9 +7429,11 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
@@ -6334,18 +7441,23 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
 "root."
-msgstr "Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată și utilizată numai în linie de comandă. Vă va oferi ceva mai multe informații dacă este utilizată cu contul root."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> poate fi lansată "
+"și utilizată numai în linie de comandă. Vă va oferi ceva mai multe "
+"informații dacă este utilizată cu contul root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,"
-" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
+"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
+"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
 "packages to work."
-msgstr "lspcidrake furnizează listat tuturor dispozitivelor conectate la calculator (USB, PCI și PCMCIA) și cu piloții utilizați. Are nevoie de pachetele ldetect și ldetect-lst pentru a funcționa."
+msgstr ""
+"lspcidrake furnizează listat tuturor dispozitivelor conectate la calculator "
+"(USB, PCI și PCMCIA) și cu piloții utilizați. Are nevoie de pachetele "
+"ldetect și ldetect-lst pentru a funcționa."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
 msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
@@ -6354,14 +7466,18 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr "Cu opțiunea -v, lspcidrake adaugă identificatorii dispozitivului și al fabricantului."
+msgstr ""
+"Cu opțiunea -v, lspcidrake adaugă identificatorii dispozitivului și al "
+"fabricantului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
 "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr "lspcidrake generează de obicei liste foarte lungi, astfel încît, pentru a găsi o informație, este des utilizat cu comanda grep, ca în aceste exemple:"
+msgstr ""
+"lspcidrake generează de obicei liste foarte lungi, astfel încît, pentru a "
+"găsi o informație, este des utilizat cu comanda grep, ca în aceste exemple:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
@@ -6393,10 +7509,11 @@ msgstr "-i pentru a ignora sensibilitatea la majuscule."
 msgid ""
 "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
 "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr "În imaginea de mai jos puteți vedea acțiunea opțiunii -v pentru lspcidrake și opțiunea -i pentru grep."
+msgstr ""
+"În imaginea de mai jos puteți vedea acțiunea opțiunii -v pentru lspcidrake "
+"și opțiunea -i pentru grep."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
 msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
@@ -6406,7 +7523,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgid ""
 "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
 "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr "Există și altă unealtă care furnizează informații despre componentele materiale, se numește <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (ca root)"
+msgstr ""
+"Există și altă unealtă care furnizează informații despre componentele "
+"materiale, se numește <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (ca root)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
@@ -6418,8 +7537,7 @@ msgstr "Actualizare pachete"
 msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate sau drakrpm-update"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
@@ -6427,18 +7545,24 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
-"update</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
+"emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> sau <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
+"emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
-"management.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia."
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
+"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din "
+"Centrul de Control Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18
@@ -6446,27 +7570,38 @@ msgid ""
 "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-"
 "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
 "prompted to do so."
-msgstr "Pentru a funcționa, MageiaUpdate are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate cu rpmdrake-edit-media și să aibă bifate cîteva medii de actualizare. În caz contrar, veți fi invitat s-o faceți."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a funcționa, MageiaUpdate are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate "
+"cu rpmdrake-edit-media și să aibă bifate cîteva medii de actualizare. În caz "
+"contrar, veți fi invitat s-o faceți."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by"
-" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
+"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
 "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr "Imediat ce este lansată, această unealtă scanează pachetele instalate și le listează pe cele pentru care sînt disponibile actualizări în depozite. Acestea sînt selecționate toate în mod implicit pentru descărcare și instalare. Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Actualizează</guibutton> pentru a lansa procesul."
+msgstr ""
+"Imediat ce este lansată, această unealtă scanează pachetele instalate și le "
+"listează pe cele pentru care sînt disponibile actualizări în depozite. "
+"Acestea sînt selecționate toate în mod implicit pentru descărcare și "
+"instalare. Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Actualizează</guibutton> pentru a "
+"lansa procesul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of"
-" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
+"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
 "means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr "Cînd faceți clic pe un pachet, informații suplimentare sînt afișate în jumătatea de jos a ferestrei. Simbolul <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> din fața unui titlu înseamnă că puteți face clic pe el pentru a derula textul."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd faceți clic pe un pachet, informații suplimentare sînt afișate în "
+"jumătatea de jos a ferestrei. Simbolul <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> "
+"din fața unui titlu înseamnă că puteți face clic pe el pentru a derula "
+"textul."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
@@ -6475,17 +7610,20 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
-". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr "Cînd sînt disponibile actualizările, o miniaplicație din zona de notificare sistem vă avertizează afișînd o pictogramă roșie <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Faceți simplu clic pe ea și introduceți parola utilizatorului în curs pentru a actualiza sistemul."
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
+"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd sînt disponibile actualizările, o miniaplicație din zona de notificare "
+"sistem vă avertizează afișînd o pictogramă roșie <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Faceți simplu clic pe ea și introduceți "
+"parola utilizatorului în curs pentru a actualiza sistemul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
 msgid "Boot"
 msgstr "Pornire"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-boot.png"
 msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
@@ -6495,7 +7633,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
 "steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura etapele de demarare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
+msgstr ""
+"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura "
+"etapele de demarare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai "
+"multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
@@ -6522,8 +7663,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
 msgid "Hardware"
 msgstr "Componente materiale"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
@@ -6533,23 +7673,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
 "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura componentele materiale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
+msgstr ""
+"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a configura "
+"componentele materiale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai "
+"multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
 msgid "Manage your hardware"
 msgstr "Gestionați componentele materiale"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure "
-"hardware</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Explorați și configurați componentele materiale</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Explorați și configurați "
+"componentele materiale</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
@@ -6559,16 +7702,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgid "Configure graphics"
 msgstr "Configurare sistem grafic"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop "
-"effects</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurați efectele de birou 3D</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurați efectele de birou 3D</"
+"emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
@@ -6578,14 +7721,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
 msgstr "Configurare maus și tastatură"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
@@ -6595,16 +7736,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
 msgstr "Configurare imprimantă și scaner"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),"
-" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurați imprimantele, cozile de tipărire...</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
+"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurați "
+"imprimantele, cozile de tipărire...</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
@@ -6614,8 +7755,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Others"
 msgstr "Altele"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
@@ -6632,43 +7772,51 @@ msgid ""
 "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
 "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
 "selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr "Centrul de Control Mageia (MCC) prezintă în coloana din stînga opt intrări sau categorii diferite (sau chiar zece dacă este instalat pachetul drakwizard) dintre care puteți alege. Fiecare dintre aceste categorii vă oferă un set de unelte care pot fi selecționate în panoul mare din dreapta."
+msgstr ""
+"Centrul de Control Mageia (MCC) prezintă în coloana din stînga opt intrări "
+"sau categorii diferite (sau chiar zece dacă este instalat pachetul "
+"drakwizard) dintre care puteți alege. Fiecare dintre aceste categorii vă "
+"oferă un set de unelte care pot fi selecționate în panoul mare din dreapta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
 msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related "
-"tools."
-msgstr "Următoarele zece capitole tratează acele zece opțiuni și uneltele asociate."
+"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
+msgstr ""
+"Următoarele zece capitole tratează acele zece opțiuni și uneltele asociate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
 msgid ""
 "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
 "any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr "Ultimul capitol tratează alte cîteva unelte Mageia care nu pot fi selecționate din niciuna din secțiunile MCC."
+msgstr ""
+"Ultimul capitol tratează alte cîteva unelte Mageia care nu pot fi "
+"selecționate din niciuna din secțiunile MCC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
 "screens."
-msgstr "Titlurile paginilor vor fi de obicei aceleași cu titlurile ecranelor uneltei."
+msgstr ""
+"Titlurile paginilor vor fi de obicei aceleași cu titlurile ecranelor uneltei."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
 "the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr "Este disponibilă și o bară de căutare, ce poate fi accesată făcînd clic pe secțiunea „Caută” din coloana din stînga."
+msgstr ""
+"Este disponibilă și o bară de căutare, ce poate fi accesată făcînd clic pe "
+"secțiunea „Caută” din coloana din stînga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
 msgid "Local disks"
 msgstr "Discuri locale"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
@@ -6678,7 +7826,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
 "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a gestiona sau partaja discurile locale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
+msgstr ""
+"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a gestiona sau "
+"partaja discurile locale. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla "
+"mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
@@ -6700,8 +7851,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network Services"
 msgstr "Servicii de rețea"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
@@ -6709,11 +7859,16 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if"
-" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
+"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
 "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
 "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr "Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Partajare</emphasis> sînt vizibile numai dacă este instalat pachetul <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Puteți alege dintre diversele unelte pentru a configura diferite servere. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos sau pe  <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> pentru a afla mai multe."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Partajare</emphasis> sînt vizibile numai "
+"dacă este instalat pachetul <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Puteți alege "
+"dintre diversele unelte pentru a configura diferite servere. Faceți clic pe "
+"legătura de mai jos sau pe  <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> pentru a afla "
+"mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
@@ -6745,8 +7900,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
 msgid "Network Sharing"
 msgstr "Partajare în rețea"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
@@ -6756,40 +7910,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
 "directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a partaja discuri și directoare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
+msgstr ""
+"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru a partaja discuri "
+"și directoare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
 msgstr "Configurare partaje Windows(R)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
 "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Partajați discuri și directoare cu sistemele Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Partajați discuri și "
+"directoare cu sistemele Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
 msgid "Configure NFS shares"
 msgstr "Configurare partaje NFS"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
@@ -6799,8 +7953,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
 msgstr "Configurare partaje WebDAV"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
@@ -6810,8 +7963,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network and Internet"
 msgstr "Rețea și Internet"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:8
 msgid "mcc-network.png"
 msgstr "mcc-network.png"
@@ -6819,29 +7971,28 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link"
-" below to learn more."
-msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de rețea. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
+"below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de rețea. Faceți clic pe "
+"legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:18
 msgid "Manage your network devices"
 msgstr "Gestionați interfețele de rețea"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:21
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:25
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:29
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
@@ -6851,32 +8002,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
 msgstr "Personalizați și securizați rețeaua"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:39
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:43
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:47
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:51
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:61
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
@@ -6886,8 +8032,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "Securitate"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-security.png"
 msgstr "mcc-security.png"
@@ -6897,14 +8042,18 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
 "link below to learn more."
-msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de securitate. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
+msgstr ""
+"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte de securitate. Faceți "
+"clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
 "permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurați securitatea sistemului, permisiuni și audit</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurați securitatea sistemului, "
+"permisiuni și audit</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:25
@@ -6931,8 +8080,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
 msgid "Sharing"
 msgstr "Partajare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
@@ -6941,10 +8089,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can"
-" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
+"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
 "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr "Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Servicii de rețea</emphasis> sînt vizibile numai dacă este instalat pachetul <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. Puteți alege dintre diversele unelte pentru a configura diferite servere. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos sau pe <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> pentru a afla mai multe."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest ecran și cel pentru <emphasis>Servicii de rețea</emphasis> sînt "
+"vizibile numai dacă este instalat pachetul <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. "
+"Puteți alege dintre diversele unelte pentru a configura diferite servere. "
+"Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos sau pe <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices"
+"\"/> pentru a afla mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
@@ -6961,8 +8114,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
 msgid "System"
 msgstr "Sistem"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-system.png"
 msgstr "mcc-system.png"
@@ -6972,27 +8124,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
 "tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte sistem și de administrare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
+msgstr ""
+"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte sistem și de "
+"administrare. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:18
 msgid "Manage system services"
 msgstr "Gestionați serviciile sistem"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:20
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
@@ -7002,14 +8153,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgid "Localization"
 msgstr "Localizare"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:37
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
@@ -7019,34 +8168,31 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgid "Administration tools"
 msgstr "Unelte de administrare"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on "
-"system</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Gestionați utilizatorii din "
+"sistem</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:62
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:66
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
@@ -7060,25 +8206,35 @@ msgstr "Centrul de Control Mageia"
 #: en/MCC.xml:6
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Textele și capturile de ecran din acest manual sînt disponibile sub licența "
+"CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:9
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest manual a fost produs cu ajutorul <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link> dezvoltat de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</link>."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"A fost scris de voluntari în timpul lor liber. Dacă doriți să ajutați la "
+"îmbunătățirea acestui manual, vă rugăm să contactați <link ns6:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</"
+"link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
@@ -7090,8 +8246,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați frecvența actualizărilor"
 msgid "mgaapplet-config"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
@@ -7099,28 +8254,39 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
-"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / "
-"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Mai poate fi accesată și printr-un clic-dreapta pe pictograma roșie <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> din zona de notificare a sistemului și alegînd <guimenu>Configurare actualizări</guimenu>."
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
+"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
+"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
+"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
+"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Gestionare aplicații</emphasis> din "
+"Centrul de Control Mageia. Mai poate fi accesată și printr-un clic-dreapta "
+"pe pictograma roșie <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> din "
+"zona de notificare a sistemului și alegînd <guimenu>Configurare actualizări</"
+"guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
 "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is "
-"out."
-msgstr "Primul cursor vă permite să schimbați cît de des Mageia va verifica după actualizări, iar al doilea durata înaintea primei verificări după demarare. Căsuța de bifare vă oferă posibilitatea de a fi anunțat cînd o nouă versiune de Mageia este disponibilă."
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
+msgstr ""
+"Primul cursor vă permite să schimbați cît de des Mageia va verifica după "
+"actualizări, iar al doilea durata înaintea primei verificări după demarare. "
+"Căsuța de bifare vă oferă posibilitatea de a fi anunțat cînd o nouă versiune "
+"de Mageia este disponibilă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:3
@@ -7132,8 +8298,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați dispozitivele de indicare (maus, tușieră tactilă)"
 msgid "mousedrake"
 msgstr "mousedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:11
 msgid "mousedrake.png"
 msgstr "mousedrake.png"
@@ -7141,23 +8306,30 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
+"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din "
+"Centrul de Control Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by"
-" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr "Deoarece aveți nevoie de un maus pentru a instala Mageia, acela este deja instalat de Drakinstall. Această unealtă vă permite să instalați un alt maus."
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
+"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Deoarece aveți nevoie de un maus pentru a instala Mageia, acela este deja "
+"instalat de Drakinstall. Această unealtă vă permite să instalați un alt maus."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:23
@@ -7166,7 +8338,11 @@ msgid ""
 "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
 "PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
 "immediately taken into account."
-msgstr "Maușii sînt sortați după tipul de conexiune și apoi după model. Alegeți mausul și apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. În majoritatea cazurilor „Universal / Orice maus PS/2 și USB” este potrivit pentru un maus recent. Noul maus este luat în considerare imediat."
+msgstr ""
+"Maușii sînt sortați după tipul de conexiune și apoi după model. Alegeți "
+"mausul și apăsați pe <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. În majoritatea cazurilor "
+"„Universal / Orice maus PS/2 și USB” este potrivit pentru un maus recent. "
+"Noul maus este luat în considerare imediat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:3
@@ -7178,8 +8354,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Securitate și audit de sistem"
 msgid "msecgui"
 msgstr "msecgui"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:13
 msgid "msecgui.png"
 msgstr "msecgui.png"
@@ -7187,40 +8362,53 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface"
-" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
+"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
 "approaches:"
-msgstr "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este o interfață grafică pentru MSEC care vă permite să configurați securitatea sistemului de două maniere:"
+msgstr ""
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> este o interfață grafică "
+"pentru MSEC care vă permite să configurați securitatea sistemului de două "
+"maniere:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
 "make it more secure."
-msgstr "Definește comportamentul sistemului, MSEC impune modificări sistemului pentru a-l face mai securizat."
+msgstr ""
+"Definește comportamentul sistemului, MSEC impune modificări sistemului "
+"pentru a-l face mai securizat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
 "you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr "Efectuează în mod automat verificări periodice ale sistemului pentru a ne putea avertiza dacă ceva pare a fi periculos."
+msgstr ""
+"Efectuează în mod automat verificări periodice ale sistemului pentru a ne "
+"putea avertiza dacă ceva pare a fi periculos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure"
-" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your"
-" own customised security levels."
-msgstr "MSEC utilizează conceptul de „nivele de securitate” care sînt destinate să configureze un set de permisiuni pentru sistem. Acestea pot fi auditate pentru modificări sau forțare. O parte din ele sînt propuse de Mageia, însă vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate."
+"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
+"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
+"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
+"own customised security levels."
+msgstr ""
+"MSEC utilizează conceptul de „nivele de securitate” care sînt destinate să "
+"configureze un set de permisiuni pentru sistem. Acestea pot fi auditate "
+"pentru modificări sau forțare. O parte din ele sînt propuse de Mageia, însă "
+"vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:45
@@ -7237,43 +8425,47 @@ msgstr "A se vedea în imaginea de mai sus"
 msgid ""
 "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
 "button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr "Prima categorie afișează lista diferitelor unelte de securitate cu un buton în dreapta pentru a le putea configura:"
+msgstr ""
+"Prima categorie afișează lista diferitelor unelte de securitate cu un buton "
+"în dreapta pentru a le putea configura:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Parafoc, accesibil și din CCM / Securitate / Configurați parafocul personal"
+msgstr ""
+"Parafoc, accesibil și din CCM / Securitate / Configurați parafocul personal"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:59
 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr "Actualizări, accesibil și din CCM / Gestionare aplicații / Actualizați sistemul"
+msgstr ""
+"Actualizări, accesibil și din CCM / Gestionare aplicații / Actualizați "
+"sistemul"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:64
 msgid "msec itself with some information:"
 msgstr "Securitate, adică MSEC însuși în plus de cîteva informații:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:68
 msgid "enabled or not"
 msgstr "activat sau nu"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:72
 msgid "the configured Base security level"
 msgstr "nivelul de securitate de bază actual"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
 "and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr "Data ultimei verificări periodice, un buton pentru a afișa un raport detaliat și un alt buton pentru a executa verificările chiar acum."
+msgstr ""
+"Data ultimei verificări periodice, un buton pentru a afișa un raport "
+"detaliat și un alt buton pentru a executa verificările chiar acum."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:86
@@ -7283,13 +8475,13 @@ msgstr "Secțiunea parametrilor de securitate"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:88
 msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security "
-"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown "
-"below."
-msgstr "Un clic pe a doua categorie sau pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</guibutton> din Securitate vă conduce la același ecran ca cel de mai jos."
+"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
+"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
+msgstr ""
+"Un clic pe a doua categorie sau pe butonul <guibutton>Configurează</"
+"guibutton> din Securitate vă conduce la același ecran ca cel de mai jos."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:94
 msgid "msecgui2.png"
 msgstr "msecgui2.png"
@@ -7307,22 +8499,32 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Nivele de securitate:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:106
 msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab"
-" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then"
-" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
+"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
+"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
+"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
 "following levels are available:"
-msgstr "După ce ați bifat căsuța <guilabel>Activează utilitarul MSEC</guilabel>, această secțiune vă permite printr-un dublu clic să alegeți nivelul de securitate care va apărea atunci în caractere aldine. Dacă nu este bifată, nivelul „neant” este aplicat. Următoarele nivele sînt disponibile:"
+msgstr ""
+"După ce ați bifat căsuța <guilabel>Activează utilitarul MSEC</guilabel>, "
+"această secțiune vă permite printr-un dublu clic să alegeți nivelul de "
+"securitate care va apărea atunci în caractere aldine. Dacă nu este bifată, "
+"nivelul „neant” este aplicat. Următoarele nivele sînt disponibile:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:113
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you"
-" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on"
-" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only"
-" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
+"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
+"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
+"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
+"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
 "vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr "Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">neant</emphasis>. Acest nivel se aplică dacă nu doriți să utilizați MSEC pentru a controla securitatea sistemului și doriți s-o faceți voi înșivă. Va dezactiva toate verificările de securitate și nu impune nicio restricție sau constrîngere asupra parametrilor sau configurației sistemului. Utilizați acest nivel numai dacă știți ce faceți, deoarece vă lasă sistemul vulnerabil la atacuri."
+msgstr ""
+"Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">neant</emphasis>. Acest nivel se aplică dacă "
+"nu doriți să utilizați MSEC pentru a controla securitatea sistemului și "
+"doriți s-o faceți voi înșivă. Va dezactiva toate verificările de securitate "
+"și nu impune nicio restricție sau constrîngere asupra parametrilor sau "
+"configurației sistemului. Utilizați acest nivel numai dacă știți ce faceți, "
+"deoarece vă lasă sistemul vulnerabil la atacuri."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:122
@@ -7333,27 +8535,43 @@ msgid ""
 "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
 "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
 "versions)."
-msgstr "Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Este configurația implicită la instalare și este destinată utilizatorilor normali. Impune cîteva constrîngeri asupra configurației sistemului și execută verificări zilnice pentru detectarea modificărilor în fișierele sistem, conturile utilizatorilor și autorizațiile directoarelor vulnerabile. (acest nivel este similar cu nivelele 2 și 3 din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)"
+msgstr ""
+"Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Este configurația "
+"implicită la instalare și este destinată utilizatorilor normali. Impune "
+"cîteva constrîngeri asupra configurației sistemului și execută verificări "
+"zilnice pentru detectarea modificărilor în fișierele sistem, conturile "
+"utilizatorilor și autorizațiile directoarelor vulnerabile. (acest nivel este "
+"similar cu nivelele 2 și 3 din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:131
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when"
-" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts"
-" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and"
-" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr "Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">securizat</emphasis>. Acest nivel vă asigură un sistem securizat, însă utilizabil. Restricționează și mai mult autorizațiile sistemului și execută mai multe verificări periodice. În plus, accesul la sistem este și mai restrîns. (acest nivel este similar cu nivelele 4 (înalt) și 5 (paranoic) din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)"
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
+"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
+"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
+"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
+"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
+msgstr ""
+"Nivelul <emphasis role=\"bold\">securizat</emphasis>. Acest nivel vă asigură "
+"un sistem securizat, însă utilizabil. Restricționează și mai mult "
+"autorizațiile sistemului și execută mai multe verificări periodice. În plus, "
+"accesul la sistem este și mai restrîns. (acest nivel este similar cu "
+"nivelele 4 (înalt) și 5 (paranoic) din versiunile anterioare de MSEC)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:140
 msgid ""
 "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-"
-"configure system security according to the most common use cases."
-msgstr "În plus de aceste nivele, mai sînt furnizate și altele specifice diferitelor sarcini, precum nivele  <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> și <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Acestea pre-configurează securitatea sistemului în funcție de modurile de utilizare cele mai frecvente."
+"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
+"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
+"the most common use cases."
+msgstr ""
+"În plus de aceste nivele, mai sînt furnizate și altele specifice diferitelor "
+"sarcini, precum nivele  <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> și <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">netbook</emphasis>. Acestea pre-configurează securitatea sistemului în "
+"funcție de modurile de utilizare cele mai frecvente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:149
@@ -7361,25 +8579,36 @@ msgid ""
 "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
 "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
 "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr "Ultimele două intitulate <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> și <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> nu sînt nivele de securitate propriu zise, ci mai degrabă utilitare numai pentru verificările periodice."
+msgstr ""
+"Ultimele două intitulate <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> și "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> nu sînt nivele de securitate "
+"propriu zise, ci mai degrabă utilitare numai pentru verificările periodice."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:156
 msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in "
-"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define "
-"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called "
-"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder "
-"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power"
-" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration."
-msgstr "Aceste nivele sînt salvate în <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. Vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate, salvîndu-le în fișiere specifice intitulate <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename> și plasate în directorul <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Această funcționalitate este destinată utilizatorilor avansați care au nevoie de un sistem personalizat sau mult mai securizat."
+"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
+"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
+"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
+"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
+"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
+"configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"Aceste nivele sînt salvate în <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;"
+"levelname></filename>. Vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate "
+"personalizate, salvîndu-le în fișiere specifice intitulate <filename>level."
+"&lt;levelname></filename> și plasate în directorul <filename>etc/security/"
+"msec/</filename>. Această funcționalitate este destinată utilizatorilor "
+"avansați care au nevoie de un sistem personalizat sau mult mai securizat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:165
 msgid ""
 "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
 "level settings."
-msgstr "Rețineți să parametrii modificați de utilizator au prioritate față de configurațiile nivelelor implicite."
+msgstr ""
+"Rețineți să parametrii modificați de utilizator au prioritate față de "
+"configurațiile nivelelor implicite."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:170
@@ -7389,23 +8618,34 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Alerte de securitate:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:173
 msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email "
-"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent "
-"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You"
-" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail"
-" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
+"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
+"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
+"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
+"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
+"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
 "the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
 "enable it."
-msgstr "Dacă ați bifat căsuța <guibutton>Trimite alertele de securitate pe e-mail la:</guibutton>, alertele de securitate generate de MSEC vor fi trimise prin e-mail local administratorului de securitate indicat în cîmpul învecinat. Puteți specifica ori un utilizator local, ori o adresă de e-mail completă (e-mailul local și gestionarul de e-mail trebuiesc specificate în consecință). Totuși, puteți primi alertele de securitate direct pe biroul personal. Bifați căsuța corespunzătoare pentru a-l activa."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă ați bifat căsuța <guibutton>Trimite alertele de securitate pe e-mail la:"
+"</guibutton>, alertele de securitate generate de MSEC vor fi trimise prin e-"
+"mail local administratorului de securitate indicat în cîmpul învecinat. "
+"Puteți specifica ori un utilizator local, ori o adresă de e-mail completă (e-"
+"mailul local și gestionarul de e-mail trebuiesc specificate în consecință). "
+"Totuși, puteți primi alertele de securitate direct pe biroul personal. "
+"Bifați căsuța corespunzătoare pentru a-l activa."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:182
 msgid ""
 "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems."
-" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
+"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
+"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
 "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr "Este foarte recomandat să activați alertele de securitate pentru a informa imediat administratorul de securitate de posibilele probleme de securitate. Altfel, administratorul va trebuie să verifice periodic fișierele jurnal disponibile în <filename>/var/log/security</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Este foarte recomandat să activați alertele de securitate pentru a informa "
+"imediat administratorul de securitate de posibilele probleme de securitate. "
+"Altfel, administratorul va trebuie să verifice periodic fișierele jurnal "
+"disponibile în <filename>/var/log/security</filename>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:188
@@ -7416,12 +8656,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Opțiuni de securitate:</emphasis>"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:190
 msgid ""
 "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change"
-" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains "
-"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done "
-"to the options."
-msgstr "Crearea de nivele de securitate personalizate nu este singura cale pentru a personaliza securitatea sistemului. Se mai pot utiliza și categoriile prezentate imediat după pentru a modifica opțiunile dorite. Configurația MSEC curentă se află în <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Acest fișier conține numele nivelului de securitate și lista tuturor modificărilor făcute opțiunilor."
+"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
+"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
+"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
+"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Crearea de nivele de securitate personalizate nu este singura cale pentru a "
+"personaliza securitatea sistemului. Se mai pot utiliza și categoriile "
+"prezentate imediat după pentru a modifica opțiunile dorite. Configurația "
+"MSEC curentă se află în <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</"
+"filename>. Acest fișier conține numele nivelului de securitate și lista "
+"tuturor modificărilor făcute opțiunilor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:199
@@ -7432,12 +8678,14 @@ msgstr "Secțiunea securității sistemului"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:201
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side"
-" column."
-msgstr "În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de securitate în coloana din stînga, o descriere în centrul coloanei și valorile lor actuale în coloana din dreapta."
+"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
+"column."
+msgstr ""
+"În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de securitate în coloana "
+"din stînga, o descriere în centrul coloanei și valorile lor actuale în "
+"coloana din dreapta."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:207
 msgid "msecgui3.png"
 msgstr "msecgui3.png"
@@ -7450,10 +8698,14 @@ msgid ""
 "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
 "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Pentru a modifica o opțiune faceți dublu clic pe ea și o fereastră nouă va apărea (a se vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos). Este afișat numele opțiunii, o scurtă descriere, valorile actuale și cele implicite și o listă derulantă de unde poate fi selectată noua valoare. Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a modifica o opțiune faceți dublu clic pe ea și o fereastră nouă va "
+"apărea (a se vedea în captura de ecran de mai jos). Este afișat numele "
+"opțiunii, o scurtă descriere, valorile actuale și cele implicite și o listă "
+"derulantă de unde poate fi selectată noua valoare. Apăsați pe butonul "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:219
 msgid "msecgui11.png"
 msgstr "msecgui11.png"
@@ -7465,10 +8717,12 @@ msgid ""
 "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
 "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
 "saving them."
-msgstr "Nu uitați cînd părăsiți msecgui să vă salvați configurația finală utilizînd meniul <guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu uitați cînd părăsiți msecgui să vă salvați configurația finală utilizînd "
+"meniul <guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut "
+"modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:232
 msgid "msecgui10.png"
 msgstr "msecgui10.png"
@@ -7482,10 +8736,11 @@ msgstr "Securitate rețea"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:240
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr "În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de rețea și funcționează ca și secțiunea precedentă."
+msgstr ""
+"În această secțiune sînt afișate toate opțiunile de rețea și funcționează ca "
+"și secțiunea precedentă."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:245
 msgid "msecgui4.png"
 msgstr "msecgui4.png"
@@ -7500,7 +8755,10 @@ msgstr "Secțiunea verificărilor periodice"
 msgid ""
 "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
 "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr "Verificările periodice au ca scop să informeze administratorul de securitate prin intermediul alertelor de securitate despre toate situațiile pe care MSEC le consideră periculoase."
+msgstr ""
+"Verificările periodice au ca scop să informeze administratorul de securitate "
+"prin intermediul alertelor de securitate despre toate situațiile pe care "
+"MSEC le consideră periculoase."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:257
@@ -7508,10 +8766,13 @@ msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
 "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
 "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr "Acest tab afișează toate verificările de securitate efectuate de MSEC și frecvența lor dacă bifați căsuța <guibutton>Activează verificările periodice de securitate</guibutton>. Modificările se fac la fel ca și în tabul precedent."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest tab afișează toate verificările de securitate efectuate de MSEC și "
+"frecvența lor dacă bifați căsuța <guibutton>Activează verificările periodice "
+"de securitate</guibutton>. Modificările se fac la fel ca și în tabul "
+"precedent."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:264
 msgid "msecgui5.png"
 msgstr "msecgui5.png"
@@ -7525,14 +8786,18 @@ msgstr "Categoria excepțiilor"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:272
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab"
-" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert"
-" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
+"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
+"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
+"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
 "below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr "Uneori mesajele de alertă sînt datorate unor situații cunoscute și voite. În acest caz alertele sînt inutile și o pierdere de timp pentru administrator. Această secțiune vă permite să creați cîte excepții doriți pentru a evita mesajele de alertă nedorite. În mod evident acesta este gol cînd MSEC este lansat pentru prima oară. Imaginea de mai jos afișează patru excepții."
+msgstr ""
+"Uneori mesajele de alertă sînt datorate unor situații cunoscute și voite. În "
+"acest caz alertele sînt inutile și o pierdere de timp pentru administrator. "
+"Această secțiune vă permite să creați cîte excepții doriți pentru a evita "
+"mesajele de alertă nedorite. În mod evident acesta este gol cînd MSEC este "
+"lansat pentru prima oară. Imaginea de mai jos afișează patru excepții."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:280
 msgid "msecgui6.png"
 msgstr "msecgui6.png"
@@ -7540,12 +8805,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:284
 msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> "
-"button"
-msgstr "Pentru a crea o excepție apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o regulă</guibutton>"
+"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a crea o excepție apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o regulă</"
+"guibutton>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:289
 msgid "msecgui7.png"
 msgstr "msecgui7.png"
@@ -7554,12 +8819,17 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:293
 msgid ""
 "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the "
-"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is "
-"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the "
-"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> "
-"tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr "Selectați verificarea periodică dorită în lista derulantă intitulată <guilabel>Verifică</guilabel> și apoi introduceți <guilabel>Excepția</guilabel> în zona de text. Bine înțeles, adăugarea unei excepții nu este definitivă, o puteți șterge cu butonul <guibutton>Șterge</guibutton> din categoria <guilabel>Excepții</guilabel> sau o puteți modifica printr-un dublu clic."
+"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
+"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
+"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
+"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați verificarea periodică dorită în lista derulantă intitulată "
+"<guilabel>Verifică</guilabel> și apoi introduceți <guilabel>Excepția</"
+"guilabel> în zona de text. Bine înțeles, adăugarea unei excepții nu este "
+"definitivă, o puteți șterge cu butonul <guibutton>Șterge</guibutton> din "
+"categoria <guilabel>Excepții</guilabel> sau o puteți modifica printr-un "
+"dublu clic."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:303
@@ -7571,7 +8841,9 @@ msgstr "Permisiuni"
 msgid ""
 "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
 "enforcement."
-msgstr "Această secțiune este dedicată verificării și forțării permisiunilor fișierelor și directoarelor."
+msgstr ""
+"Această secțiune este dedicată verificării și forțării permisiunilor "
+"fișierelor și directoarelor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:306
@@ -7583,13 +8855,23 @@ msgid ""
 "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
 "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
 "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the "
-"list of all the modifications done to the permissions."
-msgstr "Ca și pentru securitate, diferitele nivelele proprii de securitate MSEC (standard, securizat, ...) sînt activate în funcție de nivelul de securitate ales. Vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate, salvîndu-le în fișiere specifice intitulate <filename>perm.&lt;levelname></filename> și plasate în directorul <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Această funcționalitate este destinată utilizatorilor avansați care au nevoie de o configurație personalizată. Este de asemenea posibil să utilizați această secțiune pentru a modifica orice permisiune după plac. Configurația curentă se află în <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename>. Acest fișier conține lista tuturor modificărilor făcute asupra permisiunilor. "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
+"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
+"done to the permissions."
+msgstr ""
+"Ca și pentru securitate, diferitele nivelele proprii de securitate MSEC "
+"(standard, securizat, ...) sînt activate în funcție de nivelul de securitate "
+"ales. Vă puteți defini propriile nivele de securitate personalizate, "
+"salvîndu-le în fișiere specifice intitulate <filename>perm.&lt;levelname></"
+"filename> și plasate în directorul <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. "
+"Această funcționalitate este destinată utilizatorilor avansați care au "
+"nevoie de o configurație personalizată. Este de asemenea posibil să "
+"utilizați această secțiune pentru a modifica orice permisiune după plac. "
+"Configurația curentă se află în <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</"
+"filename>. Acest fișier conține lista tuturor modificărilor făcute asupra "
+"permisiunilor. "
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:318
 msgid "msecgui8.png"
 msgstr "msecgui8.png"
@@ -7598,18 +8880,25 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:321
 msgid ""
 "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the"
-" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a"
-" given rule:"
-msgstr "Permisiunile implicite sînt afișate sub forma unei liste cu reguli (o regulă pe linie). În partea stîngă puteți vedea fișierul sau directorul vizat de regulă, urmate de proprietar, de grup și apoi de permisiunile acordate de regulă. Dacă, pentru o regulă dată:"
+"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
+"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
+"given rule:"
+msgstr ""
+"Permisiunile implicite sînt afișate sub forma unei liste cu reguli (o regulă "
+"pe linie). În partea stîngă puteți vedea fișierul sau directorul vizat de "
+"regulă, urmate de proprietar, de grup și apoi de permisiunile acordate de "
+"regulă. Dacă, pentru o regulă dată:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:327
 msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the"
-" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
+"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
 "if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr "Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> nu este bifată, MSEC verifică doar dacă sînt respectate permisiunile definite pentru această regulă și trimite un mesaj de alertă în caz contrar, însă nu modifică nimic."
+msgstr ""
+"Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> nu este bifată, MSEC verifică doar dacă "
+"sînt respectate permisiunile definite pentru această regulă și trimite un "
+"mesaj de alertă în caz contrar, însă nu modifică nimic."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:333
@@ -7617,25 +8906,33 @@ msgid ""
 "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
 "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
 "permissions."
-msgstr "Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> este bifată, în acest caz MSEC nu va ține cont de permisiuni la prima verificare periodică și le va suprascrie."
+msgstr ""
+"Căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> este bifată, în acest caz MSEC nu va "
+"ține cont de permisiuni la prima verificare periodică și le va suprascrie."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:337
 msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr "Pentru ca să funcționeze, opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Secțiunea verificărilor periodice</emphasis> trebuie să fie configurată corespunzător."
+"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru ca să funcționeze, opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Secțiunea verificărilor periodice</emphasis> trebuie să fie configurată "
+"corespunzător."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:339
 msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed "
-"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr "Pentru a crea o regulă nouă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o regulă nouă</guibutton> și completați cîmpurile ca în exemplul de mai jos. Metacaracterul * este permis în cîmpul <guilabel>Fișier</guilabel>. „Curent” înseamnă fără nicio modificare."
+"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
+"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
+"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a crea o regulă nouă, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Adaugă o regulă "
+"nouă</guibutton> și completați cîmpurile ca în exemplul de mai jos. "
+"Metacaracterul * este permis în cîmpul <guilabel>Fișier</guilabel>. „Curent” "
+"înseamnă fără nicio modificare."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:345
 msgid "msecgui9.png"
 msgstr "msecgui9.png"
@@ -7647,26 +8944,39 @@ msgid ""
 "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
 "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
 "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr "Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea și nu uitați cînd părăsiți să salvați configurația finală utilizînd meniul <guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva."
+msgstr ""
+"Apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pentru a valida alegerea și nu "
+"uitați cînd părăsiți să salvați configurația finală utilizînd meniul "
+"<guimenu>Fișier -> Salvează configurația</guimenu>. Dacă ați făcut "
+"modificări, msecgui vă permite să le previzualizați înainte de a le salva."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:353
 msgid ""
 "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
 "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr "Este de asemenea posibil să creați sau să modificați regulile editînd fișierul de configurare <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Este de asemenea posibil să creați sau să modificați regulile editînd "
+"fișierul de configurare <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:356
 msgid ""
 "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
 "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken "
-"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root "
-"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions"
-" that will be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr "Modificările din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria permisiunilor</emphasis> (sau direct în fișierul de configurare) sînt luate în considerare la prima verificare periodică (vedeți opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria verificărilor periodice</emphasis>). Dacă doriți să fie luate în considerare imediat, utilizați comanda „msecperms” într-o consolă cu drepturi de root. Înainte puteți utiliza comanda „msecperms -p” pentru a vedea care din permisiuni vor fi modificate de msecperms."
+"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
+"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
+"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
+"be changed by msecperms."
+msgstr ""
+"Modificările din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria permisiunilor</emphasis> "
+"(sau direct în fișierul de configurare) sînt luate în considerare la prima "
+"verificare periodică (vedeți opțiunea CHECK_PERMS din <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Categoria verificărilor periodice</emphasis>). Dacă doriți să fie luate "
+"în considerare imediat, utilizați comanda „msecperms” într-o consolă cu "
+"drepturi de root. Înainte puteți utiliza comanda „msecperms -p” pentru a "
+"vedea care din permisiuni vor fi modificate de msecperms."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:363
@@ -7677,7 +8987,13 @@ msgid ""
 "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
 "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr "Nu uitați că dacă modificați permisiunile într-o consolă sau într-un gestionar de fișiere, pentru un fișier unde căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</guilabel> este bifată în <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria permisiunilor</emphasis>, msecgui va scrie înapoi vechile permisiuni după o vreme, în funcție de configurația opțiunilor CHECK_PERMS și CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE din <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria verificărilor periodice</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu uitați că dacă modificați permisiunile într-o consolă sau într-un "
+"gestionar de fișiere, pentru un fișier unde căsuța <guilabel>Forțează</"
+"guilabel> este bifată în <emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria permisiunilor</"
+"emphasis>, msecgui va scrie înapoi vechile permisiuni după o vreme, în "
+"funcție de configurația opțiunilor CHECK_PERMS și CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE din "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categoria verificărilor periodice</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
@@ -7688,9 +9004,12 @@ msgstr "Alte unelte Mageia"
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
 msgid ""
 "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the"
-" next pages."
-msgstr "Există mai multe unelte Mageia decît cele care pot fi lansate în Centrul de Control Mageia. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe, sau continuați lectura paginilor următoare."
+"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
+"next pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Există mai multe unelte Mageia decît cele care pot fi lansate în Centrul de "
+"Control Mageia. Faceți clic pe legătura de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe, "
+"sau continuați lectura paginilor următoare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
@@ -7727,8 +9046,7 @@ msgstr "Gestionare aplicații (instalați și dezinstalați aplicații)"
 msgid "rpmdrake"
 msgstr "rpmdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
 msgid "rpmdrake.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
@@ -7741,9 +9059,11 @@ msgstr "Introducere la rpmdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
@@ -7757,19 +9077,31 @@ msgid ""
 "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
 "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
 "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names"
-" included in the packages."
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, cunoscută și ca drakrpm, este un program pentru instalarea, dezinstalarea și actualizarea pachetelor. Este interfața grafică pentru URPMI. La fiecare lansare, va verifica online lista pachetelor (numite „medii”) descărcate direct de pe serverele Mageia oficiale și vă va afișa de fiecare dată cele mai recente aplicații și pachete disponibile pentru calculatorul vostru. Un sistem de filtre vă permite să afișați numai anumite tipuri de pachete: puteți afișa numai aplicațiile instalate (implicit) sau doar actualizările disponibile. Puteți afișa și numai pachetele care nu sînt instalate. De asemenea, puteți face căutări după numele pachetului, în sumarul descrierilor, în descrierea completă, sau în numele fișierelor incluse în pachete."
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
+"included in the packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, cunoscută și ca "
+"drakrpm, este un program pentru instalarea, dezinstalarea și actualizarea "
+"pachetelor. Este interfața grafică pentru URPMI. La fiecare lansare, va "
+"verifica online lista pachetelor (numite „medii”) descărcate direct de pe "
+"serverele Mageia oficiale și vă va afișa de fiecare dată cele mai recente "
+"aplicații și pachete disponibile pentru calculatorul vostru. Un sistem de "
+"filtre vă permite să afișați numai anumite tipuri de pachete: puteți afișa "
+"numai aplicațiile instalate (implicit) sau doar actualizările disponibile. "
+"Puteți afișa și numai pachetele care nu sînt instalate. De asemenea, puteți "
+"face căutări după numele pachetului, în sumarul descrierilor, în descrierea "
+"completă, sau în numele fișierelor incluse în pachete."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend"
-"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr "Pentru a funcționa, rpmdrake are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate cu <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
+"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a funcționa, rpmdrake are nevoie ca depozitele să fie configurate cu "
+"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
 msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
@@ -7778,28 +9110,37 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake"
-" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
+"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
+"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
 "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
 "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
 "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
 "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr "În cursul instalării, depozitul configurat este mediul utilizat pentru instalare, în general DVD-ul sau CD-ul. Dacă păstrați acest mediu, rpmdrake îl va cere de fiecare dată cînd doriți să instalați un pachet, cu această fereastră pop-up: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dacă mesajul de mai sus vă agasează și aveți o conexiune bună la Internet fără limită prea strică la descărcare, este recomandat să înlăturați acest mediu și să-l înlocuiți cu depozitele online cu ajutorul <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr ""
+"În cursul instalării, depozitul configurat este mediul utilizat pentru "
+"instalare, în general DVD-ul sau CD-ul. Dacă păstrați acest mediu, rpmdrake "
+"îl va cere de fiecare dată cînd doriți să instalați un pachet, cu această "
+"fereastră pop-up: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Dacă mesajul "
+"de mai sus vă agasează și aveți o conexiune bună la Internet fără limită "
+"prea strică la descărcare, este recomandat să înlăturați acest mediu și să-l "
+"înlocuiți cu depozitele online cu ajutorul <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media"
+"\"/> ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
 "packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr "În plus, depozitele online sînt mereu la zi, conțin mult mai multe pachete și permit actualizarea pachetelor instalate."
+msgstr ""
+"În plus, depozitele online sînt mereu la zi, conțin mult mai multe pachete "
+"și permit actualizarea pachetelor instalate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
 msgid "The main parts of the screen"
 msgstr "Părțile principale ale ecranului"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
 msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
@@ -7815,25 +9156,37 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
 "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
 "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,"
-" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr "Acest filtru vă permite să afișați numai un anumit tip de pachete. La prima lansare, gestionarul afișează doar aplicațiile cu interfață grafică. Puteți afișa ori toate pachetele cu toate dependențele și bibliotecile lor, ori doar grupurile de pachete precum numai aplicațiile, numai actualizările sau pachetele retroportate de la versiunile mai noi de Mageia."
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
+"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest filtru vă permite să afișați numai un anumit tip de pachete. La prima "
+"lansare, gestionarul afișează doar aplicațiile cu interfață grafică. Puteți "
+"afișa ori toate pachetele cu toate dependențele și bibliotecile lor, ori "
+"doar grupurile de pachete precum numai aplicațiile, numai actualizările sau "
+"pachetele retroportate de la versiunile mai noi de Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
 msgid ""
 "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading"
-" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge"
-" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr "Configurația filtrului implicit este pentru noii veniți în Linux sau la Mageia, care probabil nu doresc unelte pentru specialiști sau în linie de comandă. Deoarece citiți această documentație, sînteți cu siguranță interesat să vă îmbunătățiți cunoștințele despre Mageia, așa că cel mai bine este să lăsați acest filtru pe „Toate”."
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
+"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
+"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Configurația filtrului implicit este pentru noii veniți în Linux sau la "
+"Mageia, care probabil nu doresc unelte pentru specialiști sau în linie de "
+"comandă. Deoarece citiți această documentație, sînteți cu siguranță "
+"interesat să vă îmbunătățiți cunoștințele despre Mageia, așa că cel mai bine "
+"este să lăsați acest filtru pe „Toate”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
 msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> "
-"</firstterm>"
-msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtru de stare de pachete:</emphasis> </firstterm>"
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
+"firstterm>"
+msgstr ""
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtru de stare de pachete:</emphasis> </"
+"firstterm>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
@@ -7841,7 +9194,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
 "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
 "not installed."
-msgstr "Acest filtru vă permite să afișați doar pachetele instalate, doar pachetele care nu sînt instalate sau toate pachetele, atît instalate cît și neinstalate."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest filtru vă permite să afișați doar pachetele instalate, doar pachetele "
+"care nu sînt instalate sau toate pachetele, atît instalate cît și "
+"neinstalate."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
@@ -7854,7 +9210,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
 "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
 "in the packages."
-msgstr "Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a căuta în numele pachetelor, în sumarele descrierilor, în descrierile complete sau în fișierele incluse în pachete."
+msgstr ""
+"Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a căuta în numele pachetelor, în "
+"sumarele descrierilor, în descrierile complete sau în fișierele incluse în "
+"pachete."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
@@ -7867,7 +9226,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
 "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
 "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr "Introduceți unul sau mai multe cuvinte cheie. Dacă doriți să utilizați mai multe cuvinte cheie pentru căutate, utilizați '|' între cuvinte. De exemplu, pentru a căuta după „mplayer” și „xine” în același timp, introduceți 'mplayer | xine'."
+msgstr ""
+"Introduceți unul sau mai multe cuvinte cheie. Dacă doriți să utilizați mai "
+"multe cuvinte cheie pentru căutate, utilizați '|' între cuvinte. De exemplu, "
+"pentru a căuta după „mplayer” și „xine” în același timp, introduceți "
+"'mplayer | xine'."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
@@ -7879,7 +9242,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Șterge tot:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
 "box ."
-msgstr "Această pictogramă poate șterge cu un singur clic toate cuvintele cheie introduse în căsuța „Caută”."
+msgstr ""
+"Această pictogramă poate șterge cu un singur clic toate cuvintele cheie "
+"introduse în căsuța „Caută”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
@@ -7889,9 +9254,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Listă categorii:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and"
-" sub categories."
-msgstr "Această bară laterală grupează toate aplicațiile și pachetele în categorii și subcategorii clar definite."
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
+"sub categories."
+msgstr ""
+"Această bară laterală grupează toate aplicațiile și pachetele în categorii "
+"și subcategorii clar definite."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
@@ -7902,10 +9269,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Panou descriere:</emphasis>"
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
 msgid ""
 "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It"
-" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
+"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
 "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr "Acest panou afișează numele pachetului, sumarul și descrierea sa completă. Multe informații folositoare despre pachetul selecționat. Aici se mai pat afișa și detalii precise despre pachet, precum fișierele incluse în pachet cît și lista ultimelor modificări efectuate de menținătorul pachetului."
+msgstr ""
+"Acest panou afișează numele pachetului, sumarul și descrierea sa completă. "
+"Multe informații folositoare despre pachetul selecționat. Aici se mai pat "
+"afișa și detalii precise despre pachet, precum fișierele incluse în pachet "
+"cît și lista ultimelor modificări efectuate de menținătorul pachetului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
@@ -7920,78 +9291,73 @@ msgid ""
 "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
 "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
 "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on "
-"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Odată ce ați poziționat corect filtrele, puteți găsi aplicațiile care vă interesează ori după categorie (în zona 6 de deasupra) ori după nume/sumar/descriere utilizînd zona 4. Lista cu pachetele care corespund criteriilor căutării, și cu mediul ales, se va afișa împreună cu indicatoarele corespunzătoare stării fiecărui pachet instalat/neinstalat/actualizare... Pentru a schimba această stare, bifați sau debifați căsuța din fața numelui pachetului și apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Odată ce ați poziționat corect filtrele, puteți găsi aplicațiile care vă "
+"interesează ori după categorie (în zona 6 de deasupra) ori după nume/sumar/"
+"descriere utilizînd zona 4. Lista cu pachetele care corespund criteriilor "
+"căutării, și cu mediul ales, se va afișa împreună cu indicatoarele "
+"corespunzătoare stării fiecărui pachet instalat/neinstalat/actualizare... "
+"Pentru a schimba această stare, bifați sau debifați căsuța din fața numelui "
+"pachetului și apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
 msgid "Icon"
 msgstr "Pictogramă"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
 msgid "Legend"
 msgstr "Legendă"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
 msgid "rpmdrake2.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
 msgid "This package is already installed"
 msgstr "Acest pachet este deja instalat"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
 msgid "rpmdrake3.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake3.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
 msgid "This package will be installed"
 msgstr "Acest pachet va fi instalat"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
 msgid "rpmdrake4.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake4.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
 msgid "This package cannot be modified"
 msgstr "Acest pachet nu poate fi modificat"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
 msgid "rpmdrake5.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
 msgid "This package is an update"
 msgstr "Acest pachet este o actualizare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
 msgid "rpmdrake6.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake6.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
 msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
 msgstr "Acest pachet va fi dezinstalat"
@@ -8012,7 +9378,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
 "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
 "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Dacă debifați digikam (săgeata verde ne spune că este instalat), pictograma de stare va deveni roșie cu o săgeată îndreptată în sus și va fi dezinstalat cînd apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă debifați digikam (săgeata verde ne spune că este instalat), pictograma "
+"de stare va deveni roșie cu o săgeată îndreptată în sus și va fi dezinstalat "
+"cînd apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
@@ -8020,15 +9389,17 @@ msgid ""
 "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
 "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Dacă bifați qdigidoc (care nu este instalat, a i-se vedea starea), o pictogramă portocalie cu o săgeată îndreptată în jos va apărea și va fi instalat cînd apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă bifați qdigidoc (care nu este instalat, a i-se vedea starea), o "
+"pictogramă portocalie cu o săgeată îndreptată în jos va apărea și va fi "
+"instalat cînd apăsați pe <guibutton>Aplică</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
 msgid "The dependencies"
 msgstr "Dependențele"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
 msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
@@ -8036,15 +9407,23 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
 msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They"
-" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
+"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
 "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
 "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
 "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
 "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to"
-" install."
-msgstr "Pentru a funcționa, unele pachete au nevoie de alte pachete numite dependențe. Acestea sînt spre exemplu biblioteci și unelte. În acest caz, rpmdrake afișează o fereastră informativă permițîndu-vă să alegeți să acceptați dependențele selecționate, să anulați operația sau să obțineți mai multe informații (a se vedea mai sus). Se poate întîmpla ca biblioteca necesară să fie furnizată mai multe pachete, în acest caz rpmdrake afișează lista cu alternative împreună cu un buton pentru a obține informații suplimentare și un altul pentru a alege pe care din pachete să instaleze. "
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
+"install."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a funcționa, unele pachete au nevoie de alte pachete numite "
+"dependențe. Acestea sînt spre exemplu biblioteci și unelte. În acest caz, "
+"rpmdrake afișează o fereastră informativă permițîndu-vă să alegeți să "
+"acceptați dependențele selecționate, să anulați operația sau să obțineți mai "
+"multe informații (a se vedea mai sus). Se poate întîmpla ca biblioteca "
+"necesară să fie furnizată mai multe pachete, în acest caz rpmdrake afișează "
+"lista cu alternative împreună cu un buton pentru a obține informații "
+"suplimentare și un altul pentru a alege pe care din pachete să instaleze. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
@@ -8066,7 +9445,9 @@ msgstr "Instalare"
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
 "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> ca root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd "
+"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
@@ -8075,20 +9456,29 @@ msgid ""
 "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
 "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
 "remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr "Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să configurați un scaner individual sau un dispozitiv multifuncțional care include un modul pentru scanare. De asemenea, vă permite să partajați dispozitivele conectate la acest calculator cu un altul distant sau să accesați scanere distante."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vă permite să "
+"configurați un scaner individual sau un dispozitiv multifuncțional care "
+"include un modul pentru scanare. De asemenea, vă permite să partajați "
+"dispozitivele conectate la acest calculator cu un altul distant sau să "
+"accesați scanere distante."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
 msgid ""
 "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
 "message:"
-msgstr "Cînd lansați această unealtă pentru prima dată, puteți obține următorul mesaj:"
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd lansați această unealtă pentru prima dată, puteți obține următorul "
+"mesaj:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>\"Pentru a utiliza scanerele trebuiesc instalate pachetele SANE</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>\"Pentru a utiliza scanerele trebuiesc instalate pachetele SANE</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
@@ -8100,10 +9490,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Doriți să instalați pachetele SANE?\"</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
 "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr "Alegeți <emphasis>Da</emphasis> pentru a continua. Se vor instala <code>scanner-gui</code> și <code>task-scanning</code> dacă nu sînt deja instalate."
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți <emphasis>Da</emphasis> pentru a continua. Se vor instala "
+"<code>scanner-gui</code> și <code>task-scanning</code> dacă nu sînt deja "
+"instalate."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
 msgid "scannerdrake.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
@@ -8114,15 +9506,21 @@ msgid ""
 "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
 "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
 "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Dacă scanerul este identificat corect, adică îi puteți vedea numele în fereastra de mai sus, atunci este gata de utilizat cu aplicații de genul <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> sau <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă scanerul este identificat corect, adică îi puteți vedea numele în "
+"fereastra de mai sus, atunci este gata de utilizat cu aplicații de genul "
+"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> sau <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref "
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannersharing\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"În acel caz, este în plus posibil să configurați opțiunea "
+"<emphasis>Partajare scaner</emphasis>. Puteți citi mai multe în <xref "
 "linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr "În acel caz, este în plus posibil să configurați opțiunea <emphasis>Partajare scaner</emphasis>. Puteți citi mai multe în <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
@@ -8131,17 +9529,22 @@ msgid ""
 "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
 "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
 "scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Cu toate acestea, dacă scanerul nu a fost identificat corect, iar verificarea cablurilor, a butonului de pornire și apăsarea <emphasis>Căutare pentru scanere noi</emphasis> nu au ajutat, va trebui să apăsați <emphasis>Adăugați manual un scaner</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cu toate acestea, dacă scanerul nu a fost identificat corect, iar "
+"verificarea cablurilor, a butonului de pornire și apăsarea <emphasis>Căutare "
+"pentru scanere noi</emphasis> nu au ajutat, va trebui să apăsați "
+"<emphasis>Adăugați manual un scaner</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
 msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the"
-" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Alegeți marca scanerului din lista afișată, apoi tipul său din lista acelei mărci și apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis>"
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
+"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți marca scanerului din lista afișată, apoi tipul său din lista acelei "
+"mărci și apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
 msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
@@ -8149,59 +9552,73 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click "
-"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Dacă nu găsiți scanerul în listă, apăsați pe <emphasis>Anulează</emphasis>"
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu găsiți scanerul în listă, apăsați pe <emphasis>Anulează</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
 msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
-"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr "Vă rugăm să verificați pe pagina <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link> dacă scanerul este suportat și cereți ajutor pe <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumuri</link>."
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
+"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
+"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vă rugăm să verificați pe pagina <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project."
+"org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link> dacă scanerul "
+"este suportat și cereți ajutor pe <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia."
+"org/en/\">forumuri</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
 msgid "Choose port"
 msgstr "Alegeți portul"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
 msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available "
-"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that"
-" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr "Puteți lăsa acest parametru pe <emphasis>Auto-detecție porturi disponibile</emphasis> numai dacă scanerul nu este pe port paralel. În acel caz, selectați <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> dacă aveți doar unul."
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
+"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
+"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lăsa acest parametru pe <emphasis>Auto-detecție porturi disponibile</"
+"emphasis> numai dacă scanerul nu este pe port paralel. În acel caz, "
+"selectați <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> dacă aveți doar unul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
 "similar to the one below."
-msgstr "După ce apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis>, în majoritatea cazurilor veți vedea un ecran similar celui de mai jos."
+msgstr ""
+"După ce apăsați pe <emphasis>OK</emphasis>, în majoritatea cazurilor veți "
+"vedea un ecran similar celui de mai jos."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
 msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref "
-"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr "Dacă nu obțineți acel ecran, vă rugăm să citiți <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă nu obțineți acel ecran, vă rugăm să citiți <xref linkend="
+"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
 msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
@@ -8211,8 +9628,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgid "Scannersharing"
 msgstr "Partajare scaner"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
 msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
@@ -8220,11 +9636,15 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be"
-" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
+"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
 "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
 "this machine."
-msgstr "Aici puteți alege dacă scanerele conectate la acest calculator trebui să fie accesibile calculatoarelor distante și cărora dintre ele. Tot aici puteți decide dacă scanerele de pe calculatoarele distante ar trebui să fie accesibile pentru acest calculator."
+msgstr ""
+"Aici puteți alege dacă scanerele conectate la acest calculator trebui să fie "
+"accesibile calculatoarelor distante și cărora dintre ele. Tot aici puteți "
+"decide dacă scanerele de pe calculatoarele distante ar trebui să fie "
+"accesibile pentru acest calculator."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
@@ -8232,17 +9652,21 @@ msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
 "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
 "this computer."
-msgstr "Partajare scaner către gazdele: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor autorizate să acceseze dispozitivele locale, de pe acest calculator."
+msgstr ""
+"Partajare scaner către gazdele: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi "
+"adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor autorizate să acceseze dispozitivele "
+"locale, de pe acest calculator."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
 "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr "Utilizarea scanerelor distante: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor care oferă acces la un scaner distant."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilizarea scanerelor distante: numele sau adresele IP ale gazdelor pot fi "
+"adăugate sau șterse din lista gazdelor care oferă acces la un scaner distant."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
 msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
@@ -8252,8 +9676,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
 msgstr "Partajare de scaner către gazdele: puteți adăuga gazda."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
 msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
@@ -8263,10 +9686,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
 "machines."
-msgstr "Partajare de scaner către gazdele: specificați pe care din gazde adăugați, sau permiteți tuturor mașinilor distante."
+msgstr ""
+"Partajare de scaner către gazdele: specificați pe care din gazde adăugați, "
+"sau permiteți tuturor mașinilor distante."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
 msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
@@ -8276,8 +9700,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
 msgstr "„Toate mașinile distante” sînt lăsate să acceseze scanerul local."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
 msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
@@ -8287,7 +9710,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgid ""
 "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
 "offers to do it."
-msgstr "Dacă pachetul <emphasis>saned</emphasis> nu este încă instalat, unealta se oferă să o facă."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă pachetul <emphasis>saned</emphasis> nu este încă instalat, unealta se "
+"oferă să o facă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
@@ -8309,14 +9734,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
 "\"net\""
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> pentru a adăuga sau comenta directiva „net”"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> pentru a adăuga sau comenta "
+"directiva „net”"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
 msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr "De altfel va configura <emphasis>saned</emphasis> și <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> ca să fie lansate la demarare."
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
+"emphasis> to be started on boot."
+msgstr ""
+"De altfel va configura <emphasis>saned</emphasis> și <emphasis>xinetd</"
+"emphasis> ca să fie lansate la demarare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
@@ -8333,9 +9762,13 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
 msgid ""
 "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
 "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device "
-"Manager</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Majoritatea scanerelor HP sînt gestionate din <emphasis>Gestionarul de dispozitive HP</emphasis> (hplip) care gestionează și imprimantele. În acest caz, această unealtă nu vă permite să-l configurați și vă invită să utilizați <emphasis>Gestionarul de dispozitive HP</emphasis>."
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Majoritatea scanerelor HP sînt gestionate din <emphasis>Gestionarul de "
+"dispozitive HP</emphasis> (hplip) care gestionează și imprimantele. În acest "
+"caz, această unealtă nu vă permite să-l configurați și vă invită să "
+"utilizați <emphasis>Gestionarul de dispozitive HP</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
@@ -8345,14 +9778,21 @@ msgstr "Epson"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
 msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
-" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-"
-"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this "
-"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will "
-"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users "
-"have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr "Piloții sînt disponibili de pe <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">această pagină</link>. Cînd vi-se indică, trebuie să instalați mai întîi pachetul <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>, apoi <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (în această ordine). Este posibil ca pachetul <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> să genereze un avertisment de conflict cu pachetul <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Utilizatorii au raportat că acest avertisment poate fi ignorat."
+"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
+"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
+"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
+"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
+"ignored."
+msgstr ""
+"Piloții sînt disponibili de pe <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson."
+"net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">această pagină</link>. Cînd vi-se indică, "
+"trebuie să instalați mai întîi pachetul <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>, "
+"apoi <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (în această ordine). Este posibil ca "
+"pachetul <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> să genereze un avertisment de conflict "
+"cu pachetul <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Utilizatorii au raportat că acest "
+"avertisment poate fi ignorat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
@@ -8365,7 +9805,10 @@ msgid ""
 "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
 "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
 "steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr "Este posibil ca ca după ce ați ales un port pentru scaner în ecranul <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/>, va trebui să mai efectuați una sau mai multe etapa suplimentare pentru a configura corect scanerul."
+msgstr ""
+"Este posibil ca ca după ce ați ales un port pentru scaner în ecranul <xref "
+"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/>, va trebui să mai efectuați una sau mai "
+"multe etapa suplimentare pentru a configura corect scanerul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
@@ -8375,37 +9818,50 @@ msgid ""
 "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
 "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
 "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr "În unele cazuri sînteți informat că trebuie să încărcați în scaner un microcod de fiecare dată cînd este pornit. Această unealtă vă permite să încărcați microcodul în dispozitiv, după ce l-ați instalat în sistem. În acest ecran puteți instala microcodul de pe un CD, de pe o instalare de Windows sau cel pe care l-ați descărcat de pe un sit Internet sau al fabricantului."
+msgstr ""
+"În unele cazuri sînteți informat că trebuie să încărcați în scaner un "
+"microcod de fiecare dată cînd este pornit. Această unealtă vă permite să "
+"încărcați microcodul în dispozitiv, după ce l-ați instalat în sistem. În "
+"acest ecran puteți instala microcodul de pe un CD, de pe o instalare de "
+"Windows sau cel pe care l-ați descărcat de pe un sit Internet sau al "
+"fabricantului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
 "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr "Cînd dispozitivul are nevoie să i-se încarce microcodul, acest lucru poate dura ceva timp la fiecare primă utilizare, probabil mai bine de un minut. Așa că aveți răbdare."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd dispozitivul are nevoie să i-se încarce microcodul, acest lucru poate "
+"dura ceva timp la fiecare primă utilizare, probabil mai bine de un minut. "
+"Așa că aveți răbdare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
 msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the "
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "De asemenea, puteți obține un ecran care vă spune să ajustați <emphasis>fișierul /etc/sane.d/\"numele_interfeței_SANE\".conf</emphasis>."
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
+"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"De asemenea, puteți obține un ecran care vă spune să ajustați "
+"<emphasis>fișierul /etc/sane.d/\"numele_interfeței_SANE\".conf</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
 msgid ""
 "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr "Citiți aceste instrucțiuni și altele cu atenție, iar dacă întîlniți dificultăți nu ezitați să cereți ajutor pe <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumuri</link>."
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Citiți aceste instrucțiuni și altele cu atenție, iar dacă întîlniți "
+"dificultăți nu ezitați să cereți ajutor pe <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
+"mageia.org/en/\">forumuri</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
 msgid "Software Management"
 msgstr "Gestionare aplicații"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/software-management.xml:10
 msgid "software-management.png"
 msgstr "software-management.png"
@@ -8413,9 +9869,11 @@ msgstr "software-management.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management."
-" Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru gestionarea aplicațiilor. Faceți clic pe o legătură de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
+"Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"În acest ecran puteți alege dintre mai multe unelte pentru gestionarea "
+"aplicațiilor. Faceți clic pe o legătură de mai jos pentru a afla mai multe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:17
@@ -8425,9 +9883,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your "
-"system</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Actualizați sistemul</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Actualizați sistemul</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:23
@@ -8439,7 +9899,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
 "sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurați mediile sursă pentru instalare și actualizare</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurați mediile "
+"sursă pentru instalare și actualizare</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
@@ -8451,8 +9913,7 @@ msgstr "Instalați și configurați o imprimantă"
 msgid "system-config-printer"
 msgstr "system-config-printer"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
 msgid "system-config-printer.png"
 msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
@@ -8466,30 +9927,45 @@ msgid ""
 "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
 "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
 "and openSUSE."
-msgstr "În Mageia tipărirea este gestionată de un server numit CUPS. Acesta dispune de propria sa <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interfață de configurare</link> care este accesibilă cu ajutorul unui navigator de Internet, însă Mageia propune propria sa unealtă pentru instalarea imprimantelor intitulată system-config-printer și care este partajată și cu alte distribuții precum Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu și openSUSE."
+msgstr ""
+"În Mageia tipărirea este gestionată de un server numit CUPS. Acesta dispune "
+"de propria sa <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://"
+"localhost:631\">interfață de configurare</link> care este accesibilă cu "
+"ajutorul unui navigator de Internet, însă Mageia propune propria sa unealtă "
+"pentru instalarea imprimantelor intitulată system-config-printer și care "
+"este partajată și cu alte distribuții precum Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu și "
+"openSUSE."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
 "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr "Trebuie să activați depozitul Nonfree înainte de a proceda la instalare, deoarece unii piloți sînt disponibili numai în acest fel."
+msgstr ""
+"Trebuie să activați depozitul Nonfree înainte de a proceda la instalare, "
+"deoarece unii piloți sînt disponibili numai în acest fel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
 "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Se va cere parola de root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>system-"
+"config-printer</emphasis>. Se va cere parola de root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
 "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>."
-msgstr "Instalarea imprimantei se efectuează în secțiunea <guilabel>Componente materiale</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <guilabel>Configurare imprimantă și scaner</guilabel>."
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
+">."
+msgstr ""
+"Instalarea imprimantei se efectuează în secțiunea <guilabel>Componente "
+"materiale</guilabel> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați "
+"unealta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <guilabel>Configurare "
+"imprimantă și scaner</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
@@ -8511,7 +9987,9 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp"
 msgid ""
 "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
 "dependencies are needed."
-msgstr "Este necesar să acceptați această instalare pentru a continua. Vor fi instalate pînă la 230 Mo de dependențe."
+msgstr ""
+"Este necesar să acceptați această instalare pentru a continua. Vor fi "
+"instalate pînă la 230 Mo de dependențe."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
@@ -8521,7 +9999,12 @@ msgid ""
 "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
 "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
 "will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr "Pentru a adăuga o imprimantă, alegeți butonul „Adaugă”. Sistemul va încerca să detecteze toate imprimantele și toate porturile disponibile. Captura de ecran afișează o imprimantă conectată la un port paralel. În cazul în care o imprimantă este detectată, precum o imprimantă pe port USB, va fi afișată pe prima linie. Fereastra va încerca să configureze și o imprimată în rețea."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru a adăuga o imprimantă, alegeți butonul „Adaugă”. Sistemul va încerca "
+"să detecteze toate imprimantele și toate porturile disponibile. Captura de "
+"ecran afișează o imprimantă conectată la un port paralel. În cazul în care o "
+"imprimantă este detectată, precum o imprimantă pe port USB, va fi afișată pe "
+"prima linie. Fereastra va încerca să configureze și o imprimată în rețea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
@@ -8532,20 +10015,26 @@ msgstr "Imprimantă detectată automat"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
 msgid ""
 "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click "
-"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
+"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
 "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the"
-" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr "Aceasta se referă de obicei la imprimantele USB. Utilitarul găsește în mod automat numele imprimantei și îl afișează. Selectați imprimanta și apoi faceți clic pe „Înainte”. Dacă există un pilot cunoscut pentru această imprimantă, acesta va fi instalat în mod automat. Dacă există mai mulți piloți sau niciunul, o fereastră vă va cere să selecționați sau să furnizați unul, după cum se explică în paragraful următor. Continuați cu <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
+"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Aceasta se referă de obicei la imprimantele USB. Utilitarul găsește în mod "
+"automat numele imprimantei și îl afișează. Selectați imprimanta și apoi "
+"faceți clic pe „Înainte”. Dacă există un pilot cunoscut pentru această "
+"imprimantă, acesta va fi instalat în mod automat. Dacă există mai mulți "
+"piloți sau niciunul, o fereastră vă va cere să selecționați sau să furnizați "
+"unul, după cum se explică în paragraful următor. Continuați cu <xref linkend="
+"\"terminate\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
 msgid "No automatically detected printer"
 msgstr "Imprimantă nedetectată automat"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
 msgid "printer3.png"
 msgstr "printer3.png"
@@ -8553,10 +10042,13 @@ msgstr "printer3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
 msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window"
-" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
+"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
 "options."
-msgstr "Cînd selectați un port, sistemul încarcă o listă cu piloți și afișează o fereastră ca să alegeți unul. Alegerea poate fi făcută dintre următoarele opțiuni."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd selectați un port, sistemul încarcă o listă cu piloți și afișează o "
+"fereastră ca să alegeți unul. Alegerea poate fi făcută dintre următoarele "
+"opțiuni."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
@@ -8581,7 +10073,12 @@ msgid ""
 "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
 "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
 "which know to work."
-msgstr "Cu opțiunea „Selecționați imprimanta din baza de date”, fereastra propune mai întîi o listă cu fabricanți, apoi dispozitivul și pilotul asociat. Dacă sînt propuși mai mulți piloți, alegeți-l pe cel care este recomandat, iar dacă ați întîmpinat probleme cu el în trecut, în acest caz alegeți unul care știți că funcționează."
+msgstr ""
+"Cu opțiunea „Selecționați imprimanta din baza de date”, fereastra propune "
+"mai întîi o listă cu fabricanți, apoi dispozitivul și pilotul asociat. Dacă "
+"sînt propuși mai mulți piloți, alegeți-l pe cel care este recomandat, iar "
+"dacă ați întîmpinat probleme cu el în trecut, în acest caz alegeți unul care "
+"știți că funcționează."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
@@ -8597,7 +10094,13 @@ msgid ""
 "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
 "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
 "printers."
-msgstr "După ce ați selecționat pilotul, o fereastră vă cere cîteva informații care vor permite sistemului să desemneze și să descopere imprimanta. Prima linie conține numele cu care dispozitivul va apărea  în aplicații în lista cu imprimantele disponibile. Instalatorul vă va propune apoi să tipăriți o pagină de test. După această etapă, imprimanta este adăugată în sistem și apare în lista imprimantelor disponibile."
+msgstr ""
+"După ce ați selecționat pilotul, o fereastră vă cere cîteva informații care "
+"vor permite sistemului să desemneze și să descopere imprimanta. Prima linie "
+"conține numele cu care dispozitivul va apărea  în aplicații în lista cu "
+"imprimantele disponibile. Instalatorul vă va propune apoi să tipăriți o "
+"pagină de test. După această etapă, imprimanta este adăugată în sistem și "
+"apare în lista imprimantelor disponibile."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
@@ -8608,41 +10111,61 @@ msgstr "Imprimantă de rețea"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to"
-" another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr "Imprimantele de rețea sînt imprimate care sînt conectate direct la o rețea filară sau fără-fir și care sînt gestionate de un server de tipărire sau de un calculator care servește de server de tipărire."
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
+"another workstation that serves as printserver."
+msgstr ""
+"Imprimantele de rețea sînt imprimate care sînt conectate direct la o rețea "
+"filară sau fără-fir și care sînt gestionate de un server de tipărire sau de "
+"un calculator care servește de server de tipărire."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed"
-" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the "
-"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a "
-"fixed one."
-msgstr "De obicei este mai bine să configurați serverul DHCP să asocieze mereu o adresă IP fixă cu adresa MAC a imprimantei. Bine înțeles că trebuie să fie aceeași cu adresa IP a imprimantei de pe serverul de tipărire, dacă are una fixă."
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
+"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
+"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"De obicei este mai bine să configurați serverul DHCP să asocieze mereu o "
+"adresă IP fixă cu adresa MAC a imprimantei. Bine înțeles că trebuie să fie "
+"aceeași cu adresa IP a imprimantei de pe serverul de tipărire, dacă are una "
+"fixă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
 msgid ""
 "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
 "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label"
-" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
+"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
 "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
 "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
 "after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr "Adresa MAC a imprimantei est un număr de serie dat imprimantei, serverului de tipărire sau calculatorului la care aceasta este conectată și care poate fi obținută din pagina de configurare tipărită de imprimantă, sau care poate este scrisă pe o etichetă de pe imprimantă sau de pe serverul de tipărire. Dacă imprimanta partajată este conectată la un sistem Mageia, pentru a-i afla adresa MAC lansați comanda <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> ca root. Este secvența de cifre și numere de după „HWaddr”."
+msgstr ""
+"Adresa MAC a imprimantei est un număr de serie dat imprimantei, serverului "
+"de tipărire sau calculatorului la care aceasta este conectată și care poate "
+"fi obținută din pagina de configurare tipărită de imprimantă, sau care poate "
+"este scrisă pe o etichetă de pe imprimantă sau de pe serverul de tipărire. "
+"Dacă imprimanta partajată este conectată la un sistem Mageia, pentru a-i "
+"afla adresa MAC lansați comanda <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> "
+"ca root. Este secvența de cifre și numere de după „HWaddr”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
 msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to"
-" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,"
-" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
+"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
+"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
 "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
 "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
 "says \"host\"."
-msgstr "Puteți adăuga o imprimantă de rețea prin alegerea protocolului pe care îl utilizează pentru a comunica prin rețea cu calculatorul. Dacă nu știți ce protocol să alegeți, puteți încerca opțiunea <guilabel>Imprimantă de rețea</guilabel> - <guilabel>Caută imprimantă de rețea</guilabel> din meniul <guilabel>Dispozitive</guilabel> și introduceți adresa IP a imprimantei în căsuța din dreapta, unde scrie „gazdă”."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți adăuga o imprimantă de rețea prin alegerea protocolului pe care îl "
+"utilizează pentru a comunica prin rețea cu calculatorul. Dacă nu știți ce "
+"protocol să alegeți, puteți încerca opțiunea <guilabel>Imprimantă de rețea</"
+"guilabel> - <guilabel>Caută imprimantă de rețea</guilabel> din meniul "
+"<guilabel>Dispozitive</guilabel> și introduceți adresa IP a imprimantei în "
+"căsuța din dreapta, unde scrie „gazdă”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
@@ -8650,14 +10173,20 @@ msgid ""
 "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
 "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
 "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr "Dacă unealta vă recunoaște imprimanta sau serverul de tipărire, vă va propune un protocol și o coadă de tipărire, însă puteți alege una mult mai potrivită din lista de sub ea, sau introduceți numele corect al cozii de tipărire dacă nu se află în listă."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă unealta vă recunoaște imprimanta sau serverul de tipărire, vă va "
+"propune un protocol și o coadă de tipărire, însă puteți alege una mult mai "
+"potrivită din lista de sub ea, sau introduceți numele corect al cozii de "
+"tipărire dacă nu se află în listă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
 msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find"
-" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr "Uitați-vă în documentația imprimantei sau a serverului de tipărire pentru a afla ce protocoale suportă și denumirile cozilor de tipărire specifice."
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
+"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+msgstr ""
+"Uitați-vă în documentația imprimantei sau a serverului de tipărire pentru a "
+"afla ce protocoale suportă și denumirile cozilor de tipărire specifice."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
@@ -8673,10 +10202,19 @@ msgid ""
 "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
 "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
 "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like "
-"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed "
-"IP-adress is not required."
-msgstr "O tehnică curentă este cea dezvoltată de Hewlett-Packard cunoscură sub numele de JetDirect. Aceasta permite accesul la o imprimantă conectată direct la rețea printr-un port Ethernet. Trebuie să știți adresa IP cu care imprimanta este cunoscută în rețea. Această tehnică este utilizată și în unele rutere ADSL care dispun de un port USB pentru a conecta imprimanta. În acest caz, adresa IP este cea a ruterului. Remarcați că unealta „Hp Device manager” poate gestiona adresele IP configurate dinamic, stabilind o legătură de tip URI <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;numele-imprimantei></emphasis>. În acest caz nu este necesară o adresă IP fixă."
+"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
+"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
+"not required."
+msgstr ""
+"O tehnică curentă este cea dezvoltată de Hewlett-Packard cunoscură sub "
+"numele de JetDirect. Aceasta permite accesul la o imprimantă conectată "
+"direct la rețea printr-un port Ethernet. Trebuie să știți adresa IP cu care "
+"imprimanta este cunoscută în rețea. Această tehnică este utilizată și în "
+"unele rutere ADSL care dispun de un port USB pentru a conecta imprimanta. În "
+"acest caz, adresa IP este cea a ruterului. Remarcați că unealta „Hp Device "
+"manager” poate gestiona adresele IP configurate dinamic, stabilind o "
+"legătură de tip URI <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;numele-imprimantei></emphasis>. În "
+"acest caz nu este necesară o adresă IP fixă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
@@ -8684,12 +10222,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
 "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
 "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is"
-" the same as above."
-msgstr "Alegeți ca protocol opțiunea  <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> și specificați adresa în <guilabel>Gazdă:</guilabel>, nu schimbați <guilabel>Numărul portului</guilabel> numai dacă știți că trebuie schimbat.După selecționarea protocolului, alegerea pilotului este la fel ca mai sus."
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
+"the same as above."
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți ca protocol opțiunea  <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> și "
+"specificați adresa în <guilabel>Gazdă:</guilabel>, nu schimbați "
+"<guilabel>Numărul portului</guilabel> numai dacă știți că trebuie schimbat."
+"După selecționarea protocolului, alegerea pilotului este la fel ca mai sus."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
 msgid "printer5.png"
 msgstr "printer5.png"
@@ -8706,7 +10247,11 @@ msgid ""
 "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
 "some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: o imprimantă care poate fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul IPP, de exemplu o imprimantă conectată la un calculator folosind CUPS. Acest protocol poate fi utilizat și de unele rutere ADSL."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: o imprimantă care "
+"poate fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul IPP, de exemplu o "
+"imprimantă conectată la un calculator folosind CUPS. Acest protocol poate fi "
+"utilizat și de unele rutere ADSL."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
@@ -8714,14 +10259,19 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
 "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
 "defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis> același cu IPP, însă utilizînd HTTP pentru transport împreună cu protocolul securizat TLS. Trebuie să definiți portul. În mod implicit se va utiliza portul 631."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis> același cu IPP, "
+"însă utilizînd HTTP pentru transport împreună cu protocolul securizat TLS. "
+"Trebuie să definiți portul. În mod implicit se va utiliza portul 631."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but"
-" with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis> este același cu IPP, însă cu protocolul securizat TLS."
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
+"with TLS secured protocol."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis> este același cu "
+"IPP, însă cu protocolul securizat TLS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
@@ -8729,21 +10279,28 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
 "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Imprimantă sau gazdă LPD/LPR</emphasis>: o imprimantă care poate fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul LPD, de exemplu o imprimantă conectată la un calculator folosind LPD."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Imprimantă sau gazdă LPD/LPR</emphasis>: o imprimantă care poate "
+"fi accesată într-o rețea TCP/IP cu protocolul LPD, de exemplu o imprimantă "
+"conectată la un calculator folosind LPD."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
 "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Imprimantă Windows prin Samba</emphasis>: o imprimantă partajată și conectată la un calculator Windows sau la un server SMB."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Imprimantă Windows prin Samba</emphasis>: o imprimantă partajată "
+"și conectată la un calculator Windows sau la un server SMB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
 "the URI:"
-msgstr "Adresa URI poate fi adăugată și direct. Iată aici cîteva exemple despre cum se formează un URI:"
+msgstr ""
+"Adresa URI poate fi adăugată și direct. Iată aici cîteva exemple despre cum "
+"se formează un URI:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
@@ -8783,10 +10340,11 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://utilizator@adresă-ip-sau-numedegazdă/coadă</uri>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
 msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS"
-" documentation.</link>"
-msgstr "Informații suplimentare pot fi găsite în <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">documentația CUPS</link>."
+"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
+"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Informații suplimentare pot fi găsite în <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
+"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">documentația CUPS</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
@@ -8797,13 +10355,18 @@ msgstr "Proprietăți dispozitiv"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your"
-" system, but you can specify a different one with the "
-"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, "
-"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters"
-" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr "Puteți accesa proprietățile dispozitivului. Meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> vă permite accesul la parametrii serverului CUPS. În sistem este lansat implicit un server CUPS, dar puteți specifica un altul din meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Conectare...</guimenuitem>, o altă fereastră permite reglarea detaliată a parametrilor specifici ai serverului cu meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Configurări</guimenuitem>."
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
+"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
+"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
+"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
+"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți accesa proprietățile dispozitivului. Meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> "
+"vă permite accesul la parametrii serverului CUPS. În sistem este lansat "
+"implicit un server CUPS, dar puteți specifica un altul din meniul "
+"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Conectare...</guimenuitem>, o altă "
+"fereastră permite reglarea detaliată a parametrilor specifici ai serverului "
+"cu meniul <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Configurări</guimenuitem>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
@@ -8815,29 +10378,44 @@ msgstr "Depanare"
 msgid ""
 "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
 "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr "Puteți găsi cîteva informații despre erorile apărute la tipărire consultînd <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți găsi cîteva informații despre erorile apărute la tipărire consultînd "
+"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
 msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the "
-"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr "De asemenea, puteți accesa o unealtă pentru diagnosticarea problemelor utilizînd meniul <guimenu>Ajutor</guimenu> | <guilabel>Depanare</guilabel>."
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
+"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+msgstr ""
+"De asemenea, puteți accesa o unealtă pentru diagnosticarea problemelor "
+"utilizînd meniul <guimenu>Ajutor</guimenu> | <guilabel>Depanare</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to "
-"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package"
-" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, "
-"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report"
-" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this "
-"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer "
-"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-"
-"date drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr "Este posibil ca unii piloți pentru anumite imprimante specifice să nu fie disponibili în Mageia sau să nu funcționeze. În acest caz consultați situl <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> și verificați dacă este disponibil un pilot pentru dispozitivul dumneavoastră. Dacă da, verificați dacă pachetul este disponibil în Mageia, iar în acest caz instalați-l manual. Apoi, refaceți procesul de instalare pentru a configura imprimanta. Indiferent de caz, raportați problema în Bugzilla sau pe forum dacă sînteți confortabil cu această unealtă și furnizați informațiile despre model, pilot și dacă imprimanta funcționează după instalare. Aici sînt cîteva surse pentru a găsi alți piloți actualizați sau pentru dispozitive mai recente."
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
+"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
+"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
+"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
+"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
+"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
+"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
+"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
+"drivers or for more recent devices."
+msgstr ""
+"Este posibil ca unii piloți pentru anumite imprimante specifice să nu fie "
+"disponibili în Mageia sau să nu funcționeze. În acest caz consultați situl "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> și "
+"verificați dacă este disponibil un pilot pentru dispozitivul dumneavoastră. "
+"Dacă da, verificați dacă pachetul este disponibil în Mageia, iar în acest "
+"caz instalați-l manual. Apoi, refaceți procesul de instalare pentru a "
+"configura imprimanta. Indiferent de caz, raportați problema în Bugzilla sau "
+"pe forum dacă sînteți confortabil cu această unealtă și furnizați "
+"informațiile despre model, pilot și dacă imprimanta funcționează după "
+"instalare. Aici sînt cîteva surse pentru a găsi alți piloți actualizați sau "
+"pentru dispozitive mai recente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
@@ -8847,37 +10425,50 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante Brother</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
 msgid ""
-"<link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This"
-" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver "
-"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">Această pagină</link> regrupează o listă cu toți piloții Brother. Căutați pilotul corespunzător dispozitivului, descărcați fișierele rpm (dacă sînt mai multe) și instalați-le."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
+"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
+"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+msgstr ""
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
+"en/download_prn.html\">Această pagină</link> regrupează o listă cu toți "
+"piloții Brother. Căutați pilotul corespunzător dispozitivului, descărcați "
+"fișierele rpm (dacă sînt mai multe) și instalați-le."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
 msgid ""
 "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr "Trebuie să instalați piloții Brother înainte de a lansa utilitarul de configurare."
+msgstr ""
+"Trebuie să instalați piloții Brother înainte de a lansa utilitarul de "
+"configurare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one "
-"devices</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante și dispozitive tot-în-unu Hewlett-Packard</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante și dispozitive tot-în-unu Hewlett-"
+"Packard</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
 msgid ""
 "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
 "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/index.html\">here</link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available "
-"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
+"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
+"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
 "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
 "of the printer."
-msgstr "Aceste dispozitive utilizează unealta hplip, care este instalată automat după detectarea sau selectarea imprimantei. Alte informații le puteți găsi <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">aici</link>. Unealta „HP Device Manager” este disponibilă în meniul <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel>. Uitați-vă și peste <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configurație</link> pentru gestionarea imprimantei."
+msgstr ""
+"Aceste dispozitive utilizează unealta hplip, care este instalată automat "
+"după detectarea sau selectarea imprimantei. Alte informații le puteți găsi "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">aici</"
+"link>. Unealta „HP Device Manager” este disponibilă în meniul "
+"<guilabel>Sistem</guilabel>. Uitați-vă și peste <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configurație</"
+"link> pentru gestionarea imprimantei."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
@@ -8889,7 +10480,15 @@ msgid ""
 "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
 "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
 "card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr "Un dispozitiv HP tot-într-unu trebuie să fie instalat ca imprimantă, iar funcționalitatea de scaner va di adăugată. Țineți cont că uneori interfața Xsane nu permite scanarea filmelor sau diapozitivelor (lampa culisantă nu poare opera). Puteți totuși scana și în acest caz, în mod autonom și salva imaginea pe o cartelă de memorie sau o cheie USB inserată în dispozitiv. După aceea lansați aplicația preferată de prelucrare a imaginilor și încărcați imaginea de pe cartela de memorie care se găsește în directorul /media."
+msgstr ""
+"Un dispozitiv HP tot-într-unu trebuie să fie instalat ca imprimantă, iar "
+"funcționalitatea de scaner va di adăugată. Țineți cont că uneori interfața "
+"Xsane nu permite scanarea filmelor sau diapozitivelor (lampa culisantă nu "
+"poare opera). Puteți totuși scana și în acest caz, în mod autonom și salva "
+"imaginea pe o cartelă de memorie sau o cheie USB inserată în dispozitiv. "
+"După aceea lansați aplicația preferată de prelucrare a imaginilor și "
+"încărcați imaginea de pe cartela de memorie care se găsește în directorul /"
+"media."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
@@ -8899,10 +10498,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimantă color Samsung</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
 msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> "
-"for the QPDL protocol."
-msgstr "Pentru imprimatele color specifice Samsung și Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">acest sit oferă piloți</link> pentru protocolul QPDL."
+"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
+"protocol."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru imprimatele color specifice Samsung și Xerox, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">acest sit oferă piloți</link> pentru protocolul QPDL."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
@@ -8912,20 +10513,29 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante și scanere Epson</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
 msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
-" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-"
-"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package"
-" can also be available and is to install. Choose the "
-"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture."
-msgstr "Piloții pentru imprimantele Epson sînt disponibil pe <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">această pagină de căutare</link>. Pentru partea de scaner va trebui să instalați mai întîi pachetul <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> și apoi <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (în această ordine). Un pachet <emphasis>iscan-plugin</emphasis> vă poate fi propus și trebuie instalat. Alegeți pachetul <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> în funcție de arhitectura instalată."
+"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
+"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
+"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
+"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
+"according to your architecture."
+msgstr ""
+"Piloții pentru imprimantele Epson sînt disponibil pe <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">această pagină de "
+"căutare</link>. Pentru partea de scaner va trebui să instalați mai întîi "
+"pachetul <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> și apoi <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> "
+"(în această ordine). Un pachet <emphasis>iscan-plugin</emphasis> vă poate fi "
+"propus și trebuie instalat. Alegeți pachetul <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> în "
+"funcție de arhitectura instalată."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
 "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr "Este posibil ca pachetul iscan să genereze un avertisment despre un conflict cu sane. Utilizatorii au raportat că poate fi ignorat acest avertisment."
+msgstr ""
+"Este posibil ca pachetul iscan să genereze un avertisment despre un conflict "
+"cu sane. Utilizatorii au raportat că poate fi ignorat acest avertisment."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
@@ -8937,7 +10547,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Imprimante Canon</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
 "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr "Pentru imprimantele Canon poate fi recomandată instalarea utilitarului intitulat turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponibil aici</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Pentru imprimantele Canon poate fi recomandată instalarea utilitarului "
+"intitulat turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/"
+"\">disponibil aici</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
@@ -8949,8 +10562,7 @@ msgstr "Importați documente și configurări din Windows(TM)"
 msgid "transfugdrake"
 msgstr "transfugdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
 msgid "transfugdrake.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
@@ -8958,9 +10570,11 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
@@ -8968,31 +10582,44 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată <guilabel>Importați documente și configurări din Windows(TM)</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
+"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control "
+"Mageia și este intitulată <guilabel>Importați documente și configurări din "
+"Windows(TM)</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
 "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
+"computer as the Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Unealta permite unui administrator să importe documentele și parametrii "
+"utilizatorilor de pe un  <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
+"2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP sau <trademark "
 "class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> "
-"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Unealta permite unui administrator să importe documentele și parametrii utilizatorilor de pe un  <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP sau <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> instalat pe același calculator cu Mageia."
+"instalat pe același calculator cu Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
 "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Vă rugăm să notați că toate modificările vor fi aplicate de transfugdrake imediat după apăsarea butonului <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vă rugăm să notați că toate modificările vor fi aplicate de transfugdrake "
+"imediat după apăsarea butonului <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
 "explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr "După ce lansați transfugdrake veți vedea prima pagină a asistentului cu cîteva explicații despre utilitar și opțiunile de importare."
+msgstr ""
+"După ce lansați transfugdrake veți vedea prima pagină a asistentului cu "
+"cîteva explicații despre utilitar și opțiunile de importare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
@@ -9000,19 +10627,25 @@ msgid ""
 "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
 "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr "Imediat ce ați citit și înțeles instrucțiunile, apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Acesta ar trebui să lanseze detectarea <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-ului instalat."
+msgstr ""
+"Imediat ce ați citit și înțeles instrucțiunile, apăsați butonul "
+"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Acesta ar trebui să lanseze detectarea "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-ului instalat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
 "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account"
-" than yours own."
-msgstr "Cînd s-a încheiat etapa de detectare, veți vedea o pagină care vă permite să alegeți conturile din <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> și Mageia pentru procedura de import. Se poate alege și un alt cont de utilizator decît cel personal."
+"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
+"than yours own."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd s-a încheiat etapa de detectare, veți vedea o pagină care vă permite să "
+"alegeți conturile din <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> și "
+"Mageia pentru procedura de import. Se poate alege și un alt cont de "
+"utilizator decît cel personal."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
 msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
@@ -9021,38 +10654,49 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special "
-"symbols can be displayed incorrectly."
-msgstr "Vă rugăm să aveți în vedere că datorită limitărilor lui migrate-assistant (motorul lui transfugdrake), conturile utilizatorilor <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> care conțin caractere speciale în nume riscă să nu fie afișate corect."
+"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
+"incorrectly."
+msgstr ""
+"Vă rugăm să aveți în vedere că datorită limitărilor lui migrate-assistant "
+"(motorul lui transfugdrake), conturile utilizatorilor <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> care conțin caractere speciale în nume "
+"riscă să nu fie afișate corect."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr "Migrarea poate dura ceva timp în funcție de mărimea dosarelor cu documente."
+msgstr ""
+"Migrarea poate dura ceva timp în funcție de mărimea dosarelor cu documente."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
 "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using "
-"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the "
-"import purposes."
-msgstr "Anumite aplicații <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (în general piloții) pot crea conturi de utilizator pentru diferite scopuri. De exemplu, piloții NVidia în <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> se actualizează cu utilizatorul <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Vă rugăm să nu utilizați astfel de conturi pentru import."
+"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
+"use such accounts for the import purposes."
+msgstr ""
+"Anumite aplicații <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (în "
+"general piloții) pot crea conturi de utilizator pentru diferite scopuri. De "
+"exemplu, piloții NVidia în <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> se actualizează cu utilizatorul <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. "
+"Vă rugăm să nu utilizați astfel de conturi pentru import."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
-" to import documents:"
-msgstr "Cînd ați terminat cu selectarea conturilor apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Următoarea pagină este folosită pentru alegerea unei metode de importat documente:"
+"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
+"documents:"
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd ați terminat cu selectarea conturilor apăsați butonul "
+"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Următoarea pagină este folosită pentru "
+"alegerea unei metode de importat documente:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
 msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
@@ -9060,23 +10704,29 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
 msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My "
-"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My "
-"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the "
-"appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr "Transfugdrake este conceput să importe date din <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> din directoarele <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> și <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis>. Este posibil să omiteți importarea selectînd elementul potrivit în această fereastră."
+"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
+"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
+"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
+msgstr ""
+"Transfugdrake este conceput să importe date din <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> din directoarele <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, "
+"<emphasis>My Music</emphasis> și <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis>. Este "
+"posibil să omiteți importarea selectînd elementul potrivit în această "
+"fereastră."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
 msgid ""
 "When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
-" to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr "Cînd ați terminat cu alegerea metodei de importat documente apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Pagina următoare este utilizată pentru alegerea unei metode pentru importarea semnelor de carte:"
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
+"to import bookmarks:"
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd ați terminat cu alegerea metodei de importat documente apăsați butonul "
+"<guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>. Pagina următoare este utilizată pentru "
+"alegerea unei metode pentru importarea semnelor de carte:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
 msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
@@ -9087,22 +10737,26 @@ msgid ""
 "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr "Transfugdrake poate importa semnele de carte din <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> și <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> în instanța <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> din Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Transfugdrake poate importa semnele de carte din <emphasis>Internet "
+"Explorer</emphasis> și <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> în instanța "
+"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> din Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>"
-" button."
-msgstr "Alegeți opțiunea de import preferată și apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți opțiunea de import preferată și apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
 msgstr "Pagina următoare vă permite să importați fundalul de ecran:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
 msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
@@ -9110,19 +10764,20 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr "Alegeți opțiunea preferată și apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
+"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Alegeți opțiunea preferată și apăsați butonul <guibutton>Înainte</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
 "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Ultima pagină a asistentului afișează un mesaj de felicitare. Apăsați simplu butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ultima pagină a asistentului afișează un mesaj de felicitare. Apăsați simplu "
+"butonul <guibutton>Finalizează</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
 msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
@@ -9137,8 +10792,7 @@ msgstr "Utilizatori și grupuri"
 msgid "userdrake"
 msgstr "userdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:18
 msgid "userdrake.png"
 msgstr "userdrake.png"
@@ -9146,9 +10800,11 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> ca root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> ca root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:22
@@ -9156,23 +10812,33 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr "Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia și este intitulată „Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem”."
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se găsește în "
+"categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> din Centrul de Control "
+"Mageia și este intitulată „Gestionați utilizatorii din sistem”."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings"
-" (ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr "Unealta permite unui administrator să gestioneze utilizatorii și grupurile. Asta înseamnă că poate adăuga sau șterge un grup de utilizatori și să modifice parametrii utilizatorilor și grupurilor (ID, interpretor, ...)"
+"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
+"(ID, shell, ...)"
+msgstr ""
+"Unealta permite unui administrator să gestioneze utilizatorii și grupurile. "
+"Asta înseamnă că poate adăuga sau șterge un grup de utilizatori și să "
+"modifice parametrii utilizatorilor și grupurilor (ID, interpretor, ...)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in"
-" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
+"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
+"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
 "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr "Cînd userdrake este deschis, toți utilizatorii existenți din sistem sînt listați în secțiunea <guibutton>Utilizatori</guibutton> și toate grupurile în secțiunea <guibutton>Grupuri</guibutton>. Ambele funcționează în același fel."
+msgstr ""
+"Cînd userdrake este deschis, toți utilizatorii existenți din sistem sînt "
+"listați în secțiunea <guibutton>Utilizatori</guibutton> și toate grupurile "
+"în secțiunea <guibutton>Grupuri</guibutton>. Ambele funcționează în același "
+"fel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:35
@@ -9184,8 +10850,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Adaugă un utilizator</guibutton>"
 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
 msgstr "Acest buton deschide o fereastră nouă cu toate cîmpurile goale:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:41
 msgid "userdrake1.png"
 msgstr "userdrake1.png"
@@ -9196,29 +10861,40 @@ msgid ""
 "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
 "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
 "or nothing as well!"
-msgstr "Cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nume complet</emphasis> este destinat numelui și prenumelui, însă puteți scrie orice sau lăsa gol."
+msgstr ""
+"Cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nume complet</emphasis> este destinat numelui "
+"și prenumelui, însă puteți scrie orice sau lăsa gol."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:49
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Autentificare</emphasis> este singurul cîmp obligatoriu."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Autentificare</emphasis> este singurul cîmp "
+"obligatoriu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended."
-" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower"
-" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
+"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
+"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
+"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
+"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
 "orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr "Definirea unei <emphasis role=\"bold\">Parole</emphasis> este extrem de recomandată. Este un mic scut în dreapta, dacă este roșu, parola este prea slabă, prea scurtă sau similară cu numele de autentificare. Puteți utiliza cifre, minuscule și majuscule, semne de punctuație, etc. Scutul devine portocaliu și apoi verde pe măsură ce crește puterea parolei."
+msgstr ""
+"Definirea unei <emphasis role=\"bold\">Parole</emphasis> este extrem de "
+"recomandată. Este un mic scut în dreapta, dacă este roșu, parola este prea "
+"slabă, prea scurtă sau similară cu numele de autentificare. Puteți utiliza "
+"cifre, minuscule și majuscule, semne de punctuație, etc. Scutul devine "
+"portocaliu și apoi verde pe măsură ce crește puterea parolei."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:59
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure"
-" you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr "Cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmare parolă</emphasis> este acolo pentru a confirma că parola tastată este cea dorită."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
+"you entered what you intended to."
+msgstr ""
+"Cîmpul <emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmare parolă</emphasis> este acolo "
+"pentru a confirma că parola tastată este cea dorită."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:62
@@ -9226,7 +10902,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
 "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
 "are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Interpretor de comenzi</emphasis>este o listă derulantă care vă permite să schimbați interpretorul de comenzi folosit de utilizatorul pe care îl adăugați, opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Interpretor de comenzi</emphasis>este o listă "
+"derulantă care vă permite să schimbați interpretorul de comenzi folosit de "
+"utilizatorul pe care îl adăugați, opțiunile sînt Bash, Dash și Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:66
@@ -9234,14 +10913,20 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
 "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
 "user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr "Dacă este bifat <emphasis role=\"bold\">Creează un grup privat pentru utilizator</emphasis>, se va crea în mod automat un grup cu același nume ca al noului utilizator și acesta va fi singurul membru (acest lucru poate fi modificat)."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă este bifat <emphasis role=\"bold\">Creează un grup privat pentru "
+"utilizator</emphasis>, se va crea în mod automat un grup cu același nume ca "
+"al noului utilizator și acesta va fi singurul membru (acest lucru poate fi "
+"modificat)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
 "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Celelalte opțiuni ar trebui să fie evidente. Noul utilizator va fi creat imediat după ce apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Celelalte opțiuni ar trebui să fie evidente. Noul utilizator va fi creat "
+"imediat după ce apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:73
@@ -9253,27 +10938,32 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Adaugă un grup</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
 "group ID."
-msgstr "Nu trebuie decît să introduceți numele noului grup, iar dacă este necesar, ID-ul specific al grupului."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu trebuie decît să introduceți numele noului grup, iar dacă este necesar, "
+"ID-ul specific al grupului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:78
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editează</emphasis> (un utilizator selecționat)"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editează</emphasis> (un utilizator selecționat)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:80
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
 "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Datele utilizatorului</guibutton>: Vă permite să modificați toate datele introduse la crearea utilizatorului (mai puțin ID-ul său care nu poate fi schimbat)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Datele utilizatorului</guibutton>: Vă permite să modificați toate "
+"datele introduse la crearea utilizatorului (mai puțin ID-ul său care nu "
+"poate fi schimbat)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informații cont</emphasis>:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:87
 msgid "userdrake2.png"
 msgstr "userdrake2.png"
@@ -9284,14 +10974,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
 "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
 "accounts."
-msgstr "Prima opțiune este pentru definirea unei date de expirare a contului. Conectarea nu va mai fi posibilă după această dată. Acest lucru este util pentru conturile temporare."
+msgstr ""
+"Prima opțiune este pentru definirea unei date de expirare a contului. "
+"Conectarea nu va mai fi posibilă după această dată. Acest lucru este util "
+"pentru conturile temporare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
 "as the account is locked."
-msgstr "A doua opțiune este pentru blocarea contului. Conectarea este imposibilă atîta timp cît contul este blocat."
+msgstr ""
+"A doua opțiune este pentru blocarea contului. Conectarea este imposibilă "
+"atîta timp cît contul este blocat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:98
@@ -9304,10 +10999,12 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
 "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
 "password periodically."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informații despre parolă</emphasis>: Vă permite să definiți o dată de expirare pentru parolă. Acest lucru forțează utilizatorul să-și schimbe parola periodic."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informații despre parolă</emphasis>: Vă permite să "
+"definiți o dată de expirare pentru parolă. Acest lucru forțează utilizatorul "
+"să-și schimbe parola periodic."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:106
 msgid "userdrake3.png"
 msgstr "userdrake3.png"
@@ -9317,14 +11014,18 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
 "that the user is a member of."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup</emphasis>: Aici puteți selecta grupurile din care va face parte utilizatorul."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup</emphasis>: Aici puteți selecta grupurile din "
+"care va face parte utilizatorul."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:114
 msgid ""
 "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
 "effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr "Dacă modificați contul unui utilizator conectat, modificările nu vor fi efective pînă la următoarea autentificare."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă modificați contul unui utilizator conectat, modificările nu vor fi "
+"efective pînă la următoarea autentificare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:118
@@ -9336,14 +11037,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editează</emphasis> (cu un grup selecționat)
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
 "group name."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Datele grupului</emphasis>: Vă permite să modificați numele grupului."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Datele grupului</emphasis>: Vă permite să modificați "
+"numele grupului."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
 "users who are members of the group"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Utilizatorii grupului</emphasis>: Aici puteți selecționa utilizatorii care fac parte din grup."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Utilizatorii grupului</emphasis>: Aici puteți "
+"selecționa utilizatorii care fac parte din grup."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:126
@@ -9353,11 +11058,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Șterge</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears "
-"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private "
-"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr "Selectați un utilizator sau un grup și apăsați pe <emphasis role=\"bold\">Șterge</emphasis> pentru a-l șterge. În cazul unui utilizator va apărea o fereastră în care sînteți întrebat dacă directorul personal și căsuța sa poștală vor fi de asemenea șterse. Dacă a fost creat un grup privat pentru utilizator, acesta va fi și el șters."
+"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
+"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
+"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
+"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Selectați un utilizator sau un grup și apăsați pe <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Șterge</emphasis> pentru a-l șterge. În cazul unui utilizator va apărea o "
+"fereastră în care sînteți întrebat dacă directorul personal și căsuța sa "
+"poștală vor fi de asemenea șterse. Dacă a fost creat un grup privat pentru "
+"utilizator, acesta va fi și el șters."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:133
@@ -9372,9 +11082,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Împrospătează</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:138
 msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to"
-" refresh the display."
-msgstr "Baza de date cu utilizatori poate fi modificată în afara lui Userdrake. Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a împrospăta afișarea."
+"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
+"refresh the display."
+msgstr ""
+"Baza de date cu utilizatori poate fi modificată în afara lui Userdrake. "
+"Faceți clic pe această pictogramă pentru a împrospăta afișarea."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:141
@@ -9387,11 +11099,18 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
 "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
 "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories"
-" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
+"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
+"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
 "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
 "account</guimenu>."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Invitat</emphasis> este un cont special. Acesta este destinat să ofere unei persoane acces la sistem în deplină securitate. Contul de utilizator este xguest, nu este nevoie de parolă și nu se pot face modificări în sistem cu acest cont. Directoarele personale sînt șterse la sfîrșitul sesiunii. Acest cont este activat în mod implicit, pentru a-l dezactiva utilizați meniul <guimenu> Acțiuni -> Dezinstalează contul invitat</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Invitat</emphasis> este un cont special. Acesta este "
+"destinat să ofere unei persoane acces la sistem în deplină securitate. "
+"Contul de utilizator este xguest, nu este nevoie de parolă și nu se pot face "
+"modificări în sistem cu acest cont. Directoarele personale sînt șterse la "
+"sfîrșitul sesiunii. Acest cont este activat în mod implicit, pentru a-l "
+"dezactiva utilizați meniul <guimenu> Acțiuni -> Dezinstalează contul "
+"invitat</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:3
@@ -9403,8 +11122,7 @@ msgstr "Configurați serverul grafic"
 msgid "XFdrake"
 msgstr "XFdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:10
 msgid "XFdrake.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake.png"
@@ -9412,19 +11130,26 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> "
-"as root. Mind the capital letters."
-msgstr "Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> ca utilizator obișnuit sau <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> ca root. Țineți cont de majuscule."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
+"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
+"capital letters."
+msgstr ""
+"Puteți lansa această unealtă din linia de comandă, tastînd "
+"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> ca utilizator obișnuit sau <emphasis>drakx11</"
+"emphasis> ca root. Țineți cont de majuscule."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați <emphasis><guilabel>Configurați serverul grafic</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
+"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Această unealtă se găsește în categoria <emphasis role=\"bold\">Componente "
+"materiale</emphasis> din Centrul de Control Mageia. Selectați "
+"<emphasis><guilabel>Configurați serverul grafic</guilabel></emphasis>. "
+"<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:23
@@ -9442,7 +11167,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
 "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
 "one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr "Placa grafică detectată este afișată și serverul corespunzător configurat. Apăsați pe acest buton pentru a schimba cu un alt server, de exemplu unul cu un pilot proprietar."
+msgstr ""
+"Placa grafică detectată este afișată și serverul corespunzător configurat. "
+"Apăsați pe acest buton pentru a schimba cu un alt server, de exemplu unul cu "
+"un pilot proprietar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:31
@@ -9451,7 +11179,11 @@ msgid ""
 "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
 "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
 "Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Serverele disponibile sînt sortate în ordine alfabetică după fabricant la rubrica <guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel> și apoi după model tot în ordine alfabetică. Piloții liberi sînt sortați în ordine alfabetică la rubrica <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Serverele disponibile sînt sortate în ordine alfabetică după fabricant la "
+"rubrica <guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel> și apoi după model tot în ordine "
+"alfabetică. Piloții liberi sînt sortați în ordine alfabetică la rubrica "
+"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:37
@@ -9459,7 +11191,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
 "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
 "in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr "În cazul în care întîlniți probleme,  <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> va funcționa cu majoritatea plăcilor grafice și vă va oferi timpul să căutați pilotul potrivit direct din mediul de birou."
+msgstr ""
+"În cazul în care întîlniți probleme,  <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> va "
+"funcționa cu majoritatea plăcilor grafice și vă va oferi timpul să căutați "
+"pilotul potrivit direct din mediul de birou."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:38
@@ -9467,15 +11202,20 @@ msgid ""
 "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
 "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
 "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr "Dacă Vesa nu funcționează, alegeți <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, care este utilizat cînd se instalează Mageia, însă nu vă permite să schimbați rezoluția sau rata de împrospătare."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă Vesa nu funcționează, alegeți <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
+"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, care este utilizat cînd se instalează "
+"Mageia, însă nu vă permite să schimbați rezoluția sau rata de împrospătare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for "
-"example)."
-msgstr "Dacă ați optat pentru un pilot liber, puteți fi întrebat dacă doriți să utilizați în schimb un pilor proprietar cu mai multe funcționalități (efecte 3D de exemplu)."
+"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă ați optat pentru un pilot liber, puteți fi întrebat dacă doriți să "
+"utilizați în schimb un pilor proprietar cu mai multe funcționalități (efecte "
+"3D de exemplu)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:45
@@ -9486,10 +11226,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor"
-" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
+"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
+"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
 "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr "În același fel ca mai sus, ecranul detectat este afișat și puteți apăsa pe buton pentru a-l schimba cu altul. Dacă ecranul dorit nu se află în lista <guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel>, alegeți din lista <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> un ecran cu aceleași caracteristici."
+msgstr ""
+"În același fel ca mai sus, ecranul detectat este afișat și puteți apăsa pe "
+"buton pentru a-l schimba cu altul. Dacă ecranul dorit nu se află în lista "
+"<guilabel>Fabricant</guilabel>, alegeți din lista <guilabel>Generic</"
+"guilabel> un ecran cu aceleași caracteristici."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:54
@@ -9501,10 +11245,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Rezoluție:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
 "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr "Acest buton vă permite alegerea rezoluției (numărului de pixeli) și adîncimea de culoare (numărul de culori). Va afișa acest ecran:"
+msgstr ""
+"Acest buton vă permite alegerea rezoluției (numărului de pixeli) și "
+"adîncimea de culoare (numărul de culori). Va afișa acest ecran:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:61
 msgid "XFdrake1.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
@@ -9514,31 +11259,42 @@ msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the "
 "middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Imaginea ecranului din mijloc oferă o previzualizare cu configurația aleasă."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Imaginea ecranului din mijloc "
+"oferă o previzualizare cu configurația aleasă."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another"
-" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
+"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
+"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
 "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
 "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
 "select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr "Primul buton afișează rezoluția curentă, apăsați pentru a o schimba. În listă sînt oferite toate posibilitățile de opțiuni în funcție de placa grafică și de ecran. Puteți apăsa pe <guilabel>Altele</guilabel> pentru a defini alte rezoluții, însă țineți cont că puteți defecta ecranul dacă selectați parametri inadecvați."
+msgstr ""
+"Primul buton afișează rezoluția curentă, apăsați pentru a o schimba. În "
+"listă sînt oferite toate posibilitățile de opțiuni în funcție de placa "
+"grafică și de ecran. Puteți apăsa pe <guilabel>Altele</guilabel> pentru a "
+"defini alte rezoluții, însă țineți cont că puteți defecta ecranul dacă "
+"selectați parametri inadecvați."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:72
 msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for"
-" another one."
-msgstr "Al doilea buton afișează adîncimea de culoare curentă, apăsați pentru a o schimba."
+"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
+"another one."
+msgstr ""
+"Al doilea buton afișează adîncimea de culoare curentă, apăsați pentru a o "
+"schimba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
 "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr "În funcție de rezoluția aleasă, s-ar putea să fie necesar să vă deconectați și să reporniți mediul grafic pentru a activa modificările."
+msgstr ""
+"În funcție de rezoluția aleasă, s-ar putea să fie necesar să vă deconectați "
+"și să reporniți mediul grafic pentru a activa modificările."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:83
@@ -9551,15 +11307,21 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
 "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
 "graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr "Odată configurarea terminată, este recomandat să faceți un test înainte de a apăsa pe OK, deoarece este mai ușor să modificați parametrii aici decît mai tîrziu dacă mediul grafic nu funcționează."
+msgstr ""
+"Odată configurarea terminată, este recomandat să faceți un test înainte de a "
+"apăsa pe OK, deoarece este mai ușor să modificați parametrii aici decît mai "
+"tîrziu dacă mediul grafic nu funcționează."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use"
-" XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr "În cazul în care mediul grafic nu funcționează, apăsați Alt+Ctrl+F2 pentru a deschide un mod text, conectat ca root și tastați XFdrake (respectați majusculele) pentru a utiliza XFdrake în mod text."
+"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
+"XFdrake's text version."
+msgstr ""
+"În cazul în care mediul grafic nu funcționează, apăsați Alt+Ctrl+F2 pentru a "
+"deschide un mod text, conectat ca root și tastați XFdrake (respectați "
+"majusculele) pentru a utiliza XFdrake în mod text."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:93
@@ -9567,7 +11329,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
 "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
 "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Dacă testul eșuează, așteptați pînă la sfîrșit. Dacă funcționează dar nu mai doriți să faceți schimbarea, apăsați pe <guibutton>Nu</guibutton>. Dacă totul a mers bine, apăsați pe <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dacă testul eșuează, așteptați pînă la sfîrșit. Dacă funcționează dar nu mai "
+"doriți să faceți schimbarea, apăsați pe <guibutton>Nu</guibutton>. Dacă "
+"totul a mers bine, apăsați pe <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:97
@@ -9580,29 +11345,43 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
 "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
 "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Opțiuni globale</guilabel>: Dacă este bifat <emphasis>Dezactivează Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis>, nu va mai fi posibil să reporniți serverul X utilizînd combinația de taste Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Opțiuni globale</guilabel>: Dacă este bifat <emphasis>Dezactivează "
+"Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis>, nu va mai fi posibil să reporniți serverul X "
+"utilizînd combinația de taste Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
 "three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Opțiunile plăcii grafice</guilabel>: Vă permite să activați sau să dezactivați trei funcționalități specifice în funcție de tipul plăcii grafice."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Opțiunile plăcii grafice</guilabel>: Vă permite să activați sau să "
+"dezactivați trei funcționalități specifice în funcție de tipul plăcii "
+"grafice."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:107
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon "
-"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it "
-"may be unchecked for a server."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Interfața grafică la pornire</guilabel>: În majoritatea cazurilor, <emphasis>Se lansează automat interfața grafică (Xorg) la demararea sistemului</emphasis>  este bifată pentru a demara direct în mediul grafic. Poate fi debifată pentru un server."
+"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
+"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
+"unchecked for a server."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Interfața grafică la pornire</guilabel>: În majoritatea cazurilor, "
+"<emphasis>Se lansează automat interfața grafică (Xorg) la demararea "
+"sistemului</emphasis>  este bifată pentru a demara direct în mediul grafic. "
+"Poate fi debifată pentru un server."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask"
-" you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
+"you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
 "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
 "and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr "După un clic pe butonul <guibutton>Ieșire</guibutton>, sistemul vă va cere o confirmare. Încă se mai poate anula totul și păstra configurația precedentă, sau să acceptați. În acest caz, va trebui să vă deconectați și reconectați pentru a activa noua configurație."
+msgstr ""
+"După un clic pe butonul <guibutton>Ieșire</guibutton>, sistemul vă va cere o "
+"confirmare. Încă se mai poate anula totul și păstra configurația precedentă, "
+"sau să acceptați. În acest caz, va trebui să vă deconectați și reconectați "
+"pentru a activa noua configurație."
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru.po b/docs/mcc-help/ru.po
index 79a731d0..ac3bdde9 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/ru.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/ru.po
@@ -10,15 +10,17 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-13 00:10+0300\n"
 "Last-Translator: AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>\n"
-"Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ru/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"ru/)\n"
+"Language: ru\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: ru\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n"
+"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
@@ -30,44 +32,56 @@ msgstr "Совместный доступ к дискам и каталогам
 msgid "diskdrake --dav"
 msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia (MCC), пункт «Общие сетевые службы», раздел <guilabel>Настройка ресурсов WebDAV</guilabel>."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
+"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
+"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
+"получить из Центра управления Mageia (MCC), пункт «Общие сетевые службы», "
+"раздел <guilabel>Настройка ресурсов WebDAV</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:16
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:16
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
+#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
 msgid "Introduction"
 msgstr "Введение"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV server."
-msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> - протокол, с помощью которого можно монтировать каталог веб-сервера локально так, что в системе соответствующий каталог отобразится как локальный. На компьютере-сервере должен быть запущен сервер WebDAV. Этот инструмент не предназначен для настройки сервера WebDAV."
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
+"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
+"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
+"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
+"server."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> - "
+"протокол, с помощью которого можно монтировать каталог веб-сервера локально "
+"так, что в системе соответствующий каталог отобразится как локальный. На "
+"компьютере-сервере должен быть запущен сервер WebDAV. Этот инструмент не "
+"предназначен для настройки сервера WebDAV."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
@@ -76,45 +90,87 @@ msgstr "Создание собственного пункта"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr "На первой странице программы будет показана уже настроенная запись, если таковая уже была создана и кнопка <guibutton>Новая</guibutton>. С помощью нажатия этой кнопки можно создать новую запись. Укажите URL-адрес сервера в поле страницы, которая будет открыта в ответ на нажатие кнопки."
+msgid ""
+"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
+"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
+"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
+msgstr ""
+"На первой странице программы будет показана уже настроенная запись, если "
+"таковая уже была создана и кнопка <guibutton>Новая</guibutton>. С помощью "
+"нажатия этой кнопки можно создать новую запись. Укажите URL-адрес сервера в "
+"поле страницы, которая будет открыта в ответ на нажатие кнопки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the <guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct it, if needed."
-msgstr "После этого будет показано окно с пунктами-переключателями для выбора следующих действий. Продолжите с нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>. После выбора пункта, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, поскольку <guibutton>Сервер</guibutton> уже настроен. Впрочем, вы можете воспользоваться этим пунктом, если необходимо внести какие-либо изменения."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid ""
+"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
+"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
+"it, if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"После этого будет показано окно с пунктами-переключателями для выбора "
+"следующих действий. Продолжите с нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Точка "
+"монтирования</guibutton>. После выбора пункта, нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, поскольку <guibutton>Сервер</guibutton> уже "
+"настроен. Впрочем, вы можете воспользоваться этим пунктом, если необходимо "
+"внести какие-либо изменения."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount point."
-msgstr "Доступ к удаленному каталогу можно будет осуществлять с помощью указанной точки монтирования."
+msgid ""
+"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
+"point."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к удаленному каталогу можно будет осуществлять с помощью указанной "
+"точки монтирования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr "На следующем шаге вам необходимо указать - ваше имя пользователя и пароль. Если нужны другие настройки, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
+"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
+msgstr ""
+"На следующем шаге вам необходимо указать - ваше имя пользователя и пароль. "
+"Если нужны другие настройки, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</"
+"guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the access."
-msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Монтировать</guibutton> можно смонтировать каталог для немедленного использования."
+msgid ""
+"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
+"access."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Монтировать</guibutton> можно смонтировать "
+"каталог для немедленного использования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid "After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr "После подтверждения настройки кнопкой <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, будет снова показано первое окно с назначенной вами точкой монтирования. После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> программа спросит вас, следует ли записать внесённые изменения в <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Сохраните внесённые изменения, чтобы директория/раздел были доступны для использования сразу после загрузки системы. И не сохраняйте изменения, если монтируете для одноразового использования."
+msgid ""
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
+"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
+"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
+"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
+"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
+"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
+msgstr ""
+"После подтверждения настройки кнопкой <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, будет "
+"снова показано первое окно с назначенной вами точкой монтирования. После "
+"нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> программа спросит вас, следует "
+"ли записать внесённые изменения в <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Сохраните "
+"внесённые изменения, чтобы директория/раздел были доступны для использования "
+"сразу после загрузки системы. И не сохраняйте изменения, если монтируете для "
+"одноразового использования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
@@ -126,58 +182,137 @@ msgstr "Настройки доступа к разделам жёсткого �
 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
 msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> от имени "
+"администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid "This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы, как администратор, сможете предоставить пользователям возможность предоставлять подкаталоги, из каталога пользователя в /home, в совместное пользование другим пользователям в локальной сети. Компьютеры этих пользователей могут работать под управлением операционных систем Linux или Windows."
+msgid ""
+"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
+"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
+"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
+"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы, как "
+"администратор, сможете предоставить пользователям возможность предоставлять "
+"подкаталоги, из каталога пользователя в /home, в совместное пользование "
+"другим пользователям в локальной сети. Компьютеры этих пользователей могут "
+"работать под управлением операционных систем Linux или Windows."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid "It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled \"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr "Доступ к этому модулю можно получить из Центра управления Mageia (MCC), пункт «Локальные диски», раздел «Совместный доступ к разделам вашего жёсткого диска»."
+msgid ""
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
+"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к этому модулю можно получить из Центра управления Mageia (MCC), "
+"пункт «Локальные диски», раздел «Совместный доступ к разделам вашего "
+"жёсткого диска»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid "First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on <guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr "Сначала вам следует дать ответ на вопрос: «<guilabel>хотели бы вы позволить пользователям предоставлять доступ к некоторым из своих папок?</guilabel>» Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Нет общего доступа</guibutton>, если доступ следует запретить всем пользователям, пункт <guibutton>Разрешить всем пользователям</guibutton>, если доступ следует разрешить всем и <guibutton>Выборочно</guibutton>, если некоторым пользователям запретить доступ, а некоторым предоставить. В последнем случае пользователи, которые будут иметь доступ к каталогам общего пользования, должны принадлежать к группе fileshare, которая будет автоматически создана системой. Дополнительный вопрос, относительно этого будет задан программой на следующих шагах настройки."
+msgid ""
+"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
+"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
+"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
+"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
+"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
+"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
+msgstr ""
+"Сначала вам следует дать ответ на вопрос: «<guilabel>хотели бы вы позволить "
+"пользователям предоставлять доступ к некоторым из своих папок?</guilabel>» "
+"Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Нет общего доступа</guibutton>, если доступ "
+"следует запретить всем пользователям, пункт <guibutton>Разрешить всем "
+"пользователям</guibutton>, если доступ следует разрешить всем и "
+"<guibutton>Выборочно</guibutton>, если некоторым пользователям запретить "
+"доступ, а некоторым предоставить. В последнем случае пользователи, которые "
+"будут иметь доступ к каталогам общего пользования, должны принадлежать к "
+"группе fileshare, которая будет автоматически создана системой. "
+"Дополнительный вопрос, относительно этого будет задан программой на "
+"следующих шагах настройки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid "Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr "После нажатия кнопки <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, появится вторая страница настроек, с помощью которой вы сможете выбрать тип совместных ресурсов, <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> или <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Выберите вариант <guibutton>NFS</guibutton>, если единственной операционной системой в локальной сети является Linux. Если же в сети есть компьютеры под управлением Windows, выберите пункт <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Если это требуется, система выполнит установку пакетов, необходимых для работы с новыми настройками."
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
+"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
+"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
+"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
+"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
+"required packages will be installed if necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"После нажатия кнопки <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, появится вторая страница "
+"настроек, с помощью которой вы сможете выбрать тип совместных ресурсов, "
+"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> или <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Выберите вариант "
+"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>, если единственной операционной системой в "
+"локальной сети является Linux. Если же в сети есть компьютеры под "
+"управлением Windows, выберите пункт <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Как только "
+"выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Если это "
+"требуется, система выполнит установку пакетов, необходимых для работы с "
+"новыми настройками."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid "The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
-msgstr "Если не выбран вариант «Выборочно», на этом настройка будет завершена. Если же вы выбрали вариант «Выборочно», появится страница, на которой программа попросит вас открыть окно программы Userdrake. С помощью Userdrake вы сможете добавить пользователей, которым будет разрешено предоставлять каталоги в общее пользование в группу fileshare. На вкладке «Пользователи» выберите пользователя, которого необходимо добавить к этой группе, затем нажмите кнопку <guimenuitem>Редактировать</guimenuitem>, на вкладке «Группы». Отметьте пункт группы fileshare и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Более подробное описание программы Userdrake можно найти на <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">этой странице</link>."
+msgid ""
+"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
+"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
+"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
+"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
+"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
+"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Если не выбран вариант «Выборочно», на этом настройка будет завершена. Если "
+"же вы выбрали вариант «Выборочно», появится страница, на которой программа "
+"попросит вас открыть окно программы Userdrake. С помощью Userdrake вы "
+"сможете добавить пользователей, которым будет разрешено предоставлять "
+"каталоги в общее пользование в группу fileshare. На вкладке «Пользователи» "
+"выберите пользователя, которого необходимо добавить к этой группе, затем "
+"нажмите кнопку <guimenuitem>Редактировать</guimenuitem>, на вкладке "
+"«Группы». Отметьте пункт группы fileshare и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</"
+"guibutton>. Более подробное описание программы Userdrake можно найти на "
+"<link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">этой странице</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr "Чтобы внесённые изменения вступили в силу, после добавления нового пользователя в группу fileshare, отключите компьютер от локальной сети, а затем установите соединение повторно."
+msgid ""
+"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
+"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы внесённые изменения вступили в силу, после добавления нового "
+"пользователя в группу fileshare, отключите компьютер от локальной сети, а "
+"затем установите соединение повторно."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid "From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers have this facility."
-msgstr "После этой операции каждый из участников группы fileshare сможет просто обозначить в программе для управления файлами своей графической среды пункт каталога, данные из которого следует предоставить в общее пользование и воспользоваться возможностями общего доступа этой программы (такие возможности предусмотрены не во всех программах)."
+msgid ""
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
+"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"have this facility."
+msgstr ""
+"После этой операции каждый из участников группы fileshare сможет просто "
+"обозначить в программе для управления файлами своей графической среды пункт "
+"каталога, данные из которого следует предоставить в общее пользование и "
+"воспользоваться возможностями общего доступа этой программы (такие "
+"возможности предусмотрены не во всех программах)."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:1
-#: en/MCC.xml:1
-#: en/software-management.xml:2
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:1
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
+#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
 msgid "en"
 msgstr "ru"
 
@@ -191,8 +326,7 @@ msgstr "Настройка общего доступа к дискам и пап
 msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
 msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
@@ -204,71 +338,114 @@ msgstr "."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете объявить некоторые из каталогов общего пользования доступными всем пользователям компьютера. Протокол NFS используется в большинстве систем Linux или Unix. Такие совместные каталоги станут доступными для пользователей сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ к общим каталогам можно осуществлять непосредственно во время рабочего сеанса пользователя с помощью программ для управления файлами."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
+"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
+"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
+"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
+"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
+"user with tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
+"объявить некоторые из каталогов общего пользования доступными всем "
+"пользователям компьютера. Протокол NFS используется в большинстве систем "
+"Linux или Unix. Такие совместные каталоги станут доступными для "
+"пользователей сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ к общим каталогам можно "
+"осуществлять непосредственно во время рабочего сеанса пользователя с помощью "
+"программ для управления файлами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
 msgid "Procedure"
 msgstr "Процедура"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers which share directories."
-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование."
+msgid ""
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
+"which share directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список "
+"серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr "Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием, чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к которому вы хотите получить доступ."
+msgid ""
+"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
+"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием, "
+"чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к "
+"которому вы хотите получить доступ."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid "The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr "Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога."
+msgid ""
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
+"to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью "
+"которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr "После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог. Вы также можете проверить или изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Параметры</guibutton>. После монтирования каталога его можно размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки."
+msgid ""
+"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
+"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
+"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
+msgstr ""
+"После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог. Вы также "
+"можете проверить или изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки "
+"<guibutton>Параметры</guibutton>. После монтирования каталога его можно "
+"размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr "После подтверждения настроек, нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton> система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid ""
+"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
+"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
+"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
+"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
+"browser, for example in Dolphin."
+msgstr ""
+"После подтверждения настроек, нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton> "
+"система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы "
+"сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает "
+"каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть "
+"доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с "
+"помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
@@ -283,31 +460,51 @@ msgstr "Программа для записи CD/DVD"
 msgid "diskdrake --removable"
 msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> от имени "
+"администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr "Доступ к этому модулю <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>можно получить с помощью пункта «Локальные диски» из Центра управления Mageia. Модуль подписан в соответствии с названием вашего съёмного носителя данных (только для CD/DVD и дисководов)."
+msgid ""
+"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
+"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
+"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к этому модулю <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>можно "
+"получить с помощью пункта «Локальные диски» из Центра управления Mageia. "
+"Модуль подписан в соответствии с названием вашего съёмного носителя данных "
+"(только для CD/DVD и дисководов)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
 msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr "Модуль предназначен для определения способа монтирования съёмных дисков."
+msgstr ""
+"Модуль предназначен для определения способа монтирования съёмных дисков."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid "At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "В верхней части окна будет показано краткое описание оборудования и параметров его монтирования. С помощью меню, показанного в нижней части окна, вы сможете изменить параметры монтирования. Отметьте в меню пункт и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
+"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
+"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+"В верхней части окна будет показано краткое описание оборудования и "
+"параметров его монтирования. С помощью меню, показанного в нижней части "
+"окна, вы сможете изменить параметры монтирования. Отметьте в меню пункт и "
+"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
@@ -316,19 +513,26 @@ msgstr "Точка монтирования"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr "Отметьте этот пункт, чтобы изменить точку монтирования. По умолчанию это /media/cdrom."
+msgid ""
+"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
+msgstr ""
+"Отметьте этот пункт, чтобы изменить точку монтирования. По умолчанию это /"
+"media/cdrom."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:66
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
 msgid "Options"
 msgstr "Параметры"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid "Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr "Изменить параметры монтирования можно непосредственно с помощью списка или нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. Основными параметрами являются:"
+msgid ""
+"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
+"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
+msgstr ""
+"Изменить параметры монтирования можно непосредственно с помощью списка или "
+"нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. Основными параметрами "
+"являются:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
@@ -337,8 +541,15 @@ msgstr "user/nouser"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr "Обозначением пункта «user» можно позволить обычному пользователю (не root) монтировать съёмные диски. Выбор пункта приведёт к обозначению пунктов noexec, nosuid и nodev. Размонтировать смонтированный диск может только пользователь, который его смонтировал."
+msgid ""
+"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
+"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
+"the only one who can umount it."
+msgstr ""
+"Обозначением пункта «user» можно позволить обычному пользователю (не root) "
+"монтировать съёмные диски. Выбор пункта приведёт к обозначению пунктов "
+"noexec, nosuid и nodev. Размонтировать смонтированный диск может только "
+"пользователь, который его смонтировал."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
@@ -352,69 +563,123 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете указать каталоги, доступ к которым смогут получать все пользователи компьютера. Для доступа будет использоваться протокол SMB, который приобрел популярность вместе с операционными системами Windows®. Доступ к каталогам общего пользования можно будет получить сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ к каталогам общего пользования можно также получить в пределах отдельного сеанса с помощью программ для управления файлами."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
+"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
+"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
+"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
+"tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
+"указать каталоги, доступ к которым смогут получать все пользователи "
+"компьютера. Для доступа будет использоваться протокол SMB, который приобрел "
+"популярность вместе с операционными системами Windows®. Доступ к каталогам "
+"общего пользования можно будет получить сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ "
+"к каталогам общего пользования можно также получить в пределах отдельного "
+"сеанса с помощью программ для управления файлами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "До запуска этой программы следует определить названия доступных серверов, например с помощью <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
+"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"До запуска этой программы следует определить названия доступных серверов, "
+"например с помощью <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who share directories."
-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование."
+msgid ""
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
+"share directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список "
+"серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid "Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr "Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием, чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к которому вы хотите получить доступ."
+msgid ""
+"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
+"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием, "
+"чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к "
+"которому вы хотите получить доступ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr "Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога."
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
+"have to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью "
+"которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог с помощью кнопки <guimenu>Монтировать</guimenu>. Вы также можете проверить или изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Параметры</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
+"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
+"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог с помощью "
+"кнопки <guimenu>Монтировать</guimenu>. Вы также можете проверить или "
+"изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Параметры</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr "С помощью окна параметров вы можете указать имя пользователя и пароль, которым должны пользоваться те, кто хочет соединиться с сервером SMB. После монтирования каталога его можно размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки."
+msgid ""
+"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
+"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
+"with the same button."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью окна параметров вы можете указать имя пользователя и пароль, "
+"которым должны пользоваться те, кто хочет соединиться с сервером SMB. После "
+"монтирования каталога его можно размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr "После подтверждения настроек нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton> система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid ""
+"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
+"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
+"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
+msgstr ""
+"После подтверждения настроек нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton> "
+"система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы "
+"сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает "
+"каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть "
+"доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с "
+"помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
@@ -429,21 +694,30 @@ msgstr "3D - эффекты рабочего стола."
 msgid "drak3d"
 msgstr "drak3d"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:10
 msgid "drak3d.png"
 msgstr "drak3d.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by default."
-msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете управлять эффектами пространственного воспроизведения (3D) в вашей операционной системе. Обычно такие эффекты отключены."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
+"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
+"default."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
+"управлять эффектами пространственного воспроизведения (3D) в вашей "
+"операционной системе. Обычно такие эффекты отключены."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:25
@@ -452,34 +726,70 @@ msgstr "Первоначальные замечания"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can start."
-msgstr "Чтобы воспользоваться этим инструментом, вам следует установить пакет glxinfo. Если этот пакет ещё не был установлен, система попросит вас установить его до того, как запустит drak3d."
+msgid ""
+"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
+"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
+"start."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы воспользоваться этим инструментом, вам следует установить пакет "
+"glxinfo. Если этот пакет ещё не был установлен, система попросит вас "
+"установить его до того, как запустит drak3d."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr "После запуска drak3d будет показано окно меню. С помощью этого окна вы сможете выбрать вариант работы: <guilabel>Без эффектов 3D-рабочего стола</guilabel> или <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion является частью композитной системы управления окнами, которая делает возможным использование специальных эффектов с аппаратным ускорением на рабочем столе. Выберите <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>, чтобы включить такую композитную систему управления окнами."
+msgid ""
+"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
+"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
+"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
+"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
+msgstr ""
+"После запуска drak3d будет показано окно меню. С помощью этого окна вы "
+"сможете выбрать вариант работы: <guilabel>Без эффектов 3D-рабочего стола</"
+"guilabel> или <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion является "
+"частью композитной системы управления окнами, которая делает возможным "
+"использование специальных эффектов с аппаратным ускорением на рабочем столе. "
+"Выберите <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>, чтобы включить такую "
+"композитную систему управления окнами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr "Если вы впервые пользуетесь этой программой после первоначальной установки Mageia, система покажет сообщение с предупреждением относительно того, что для работы Compiz Fusion следует установить некоторые пакеты. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
+"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
+"guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы впервые пользуетесь этой программой после первоначальной установки "
+"Mageia, система покажет сообщение с предупреждением относительно того, что "
+"для работы Compiz Fusion следует установить некоторые пакеты. Нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:45
 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr "Как только будут установлены соответствующие пакеты, вы увидите обозначенный пункт Compiz Fusion в меню drak3d. Впрочем, для пользования новыми эффектами следует выйти из учётной записи пользователя и снова войти в неё."
+msgid ""
+"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
+"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
+"for the changes to take effect."
+msgstr ""
+"Как только будут установлены соответствующие пакеты, вы увидите обозначенный "
+"пункт Compiz Fusion в меню drak3d. Впрочем, для пользования новыми эффектами "
+"следует выйти из учётной записи пользователя и снова войти в неё."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr "После повторного входа в систему будет задействована Compiz Fusion. Настроить Compiz Fusion можно с помощью утилиты ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)."
+msgid ""
+"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
+"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
+msgstr ""
+"После повторного входа в систему будет задействована Compiz Fusion. "
+"Настроить Compiz Fusion можно с помощью утилиты ccsm (CompizConfig Settings "
+"Manager)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:59
@@ -493,19 +803,34 @@ msgstr "После входа в систему не видно рабочего
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr "Если после включения Compiz Fusion и попытке войти под своей учётной записью, вы ничего не увидите, перезагрузите операционную систему, чтобы вернуться к экрану входа в систему. В этом окне нажмите кнопку «Рабочий стол» и выберите drak3d."
+msgid ""
+"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
+"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
+"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
+msgstr ""
+"Если после включения Compiz Fusion и попытке войти под своей учётной "
+"записью, вы ничего не увидите, перезагрузите операционную систему, чтобы "
+"вернуться к экрану входа в систему. В этом окне нажмите кнопку «Рабочий "
+"стол» и выберите drak3d."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:71
 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the log in problem."
-msgstr "После входа в систему, если ваша учётная запись не является административной, система попросит вас ввести пароль к вашей учётной записи. Если же ваша учётная запись является административной (root), воспользуйтесь ей. После входа под административной учётной записью вы сможете отменить изменения в системе, которые привели к её неработоспособности."
+msgid ""
+"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
+"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
+"log in problem."
+msgstr ""
+"После входа в систему, если ваша учётная запись не является "
+"административной, система попросит вас ввести пароль к вашей учётной записи. "
+"Если же ваша учётная запись является административной (root), воспользуйтесь "
+"ей. После входа под административной учётной записью вы сможете отменить "
+"изменения в системе, которые привели к её неработоспособности."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:9
@@ -517,26 +842,40 @@ msgstr "Аутентификация"
 msgid "drakauth"
 msgstr "drakauth"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:16
 msgid "drakauth.png"
 msgstr "drakauth.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете изменить способ признания вас в качестве пользователя машины или сети."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
+"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
+"изменить способ признания вас в качестве пользователя машины или сети."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so and give information about that."
-msgstr "По умолчанию данные для вашей авторизации сохраняются в файле на вашем компьютере. Внесите в него изменения, если вас об этом попросит администратор сети. Соответствующие данные для внесения изменений должны быть предоставлены администратором сети."
+msgid ""
+"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
+"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
+"and give information about that."
+msgstr ""
+"По умолчанию данные для вашей авторизации сохраняются в файле на вашем "
+"компьютере. Внесите в него изменения, если вас об этом попросит "
+"администратор сети. Соответствующие данные для внесения изменений должны "
+"быть предоставлены администратором сети."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3
@@ -548,51 +887,102 @@ msgstr "Настройка способа загрузки системы"
 msgid "drakboot --boot"
 msgstr "drakboot --boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10
 msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
-msgid "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default boot, etc.)"
-msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно настроить варианты загрузки компьютера (выбрать загрузчик, установить пароль, определить вариант загрузки по умолчанию и др.)."
+msgid ""
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
+"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
+"boot, etc.)"
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
+"настроить варианты загрузки компьютера (выбрать загрузчик, установить "
+"пароль, определить вариант загрузки по умолчанию и др.)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19
-msgid "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up boot system\"."
-msgstr "Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Загрузка» из Центра управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка загрузки»."
+msgid ""
+"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set "
+"up boot system\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Загрузка» из Центра "
+"управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка загрузки»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23
-msgid "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr "Не пользуйтесь этой программой, если вы не уверены относительно последствий своих действий. Внесение изменений в определённые параметры загрузки может помешать штатной загрузке вашей системы!"
+msgid ""
+"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
+"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
+msgstr ""
+"Не пользуйтесь этой программой, если вы не уверены относительно последствий "
+"своих действий. Внесение изменений в определённые параметры загрузки может "
+"помешать штатной загрузке вашей системы!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
-msgid "In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent you machine from booting."
-msgstr "С помощью первой части с названием <guilabel>Загрузчик</guilabel> можно выбрать загрузчик, который следует использовать Grub или Lilo, и определить каким будет меню, графическим или текстовым. Выбор типа меню является лишь вопросом вкуса, никаких других последствий для работы компьютера он иметь не будет. Кроме того, вы можете установить <guibutton>Устройство загрузки</guibutton>. Не изменяйте его, если вы не являетесь знатоком в вопросах загрузки. Устройство загрузки - это устройство, на котором будет установлен загрузчик, любые изменения могут помешать загрузке системы."
+msgid ""
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to "
+"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
+"with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
+"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</"
+"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot "
+"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent "
+"you machine from booting."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью первой части с названием <guilabel>Загрузчик</guilabel> можно "
+"выбрать загрузчик, который следует использовать Grub или Lilo, и определить "
+"каким будет меню, графическим или текстовым. Выбор типа меню является лишь "
+"вопросом вкуса, никаких других последствий для работы компьютера он иметь не "
+"будет. Кроме того, вы можете установить <guibutton>Устройство загрузки</"
+"guibutton>. Не изменяйте его, если вы не являетесь знатоком в вопросах "
+"загрузки. Устройство загрузки - это устройство, на котором будет установлен "
+"загрузчик, любые изменения могут помешать загрузке системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36
-msgid "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr "С помощью второй части, <guilabel>Основные параметры</guilabel>, вы можете установить <guibutton>Паузу перед загрузкой системы по умолчанию</guibutton> в секундах. Во время этой паузы grub или Lilo будет отображать список операционных систем и попросит вас выбрать желаемую систему. Если в течение паузы выбор не будет сделан, загрузчиком будет загружена система по умолчанию."
+msgid ""
+"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
+"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
+"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
+"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
+"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью второй части, <guilabel>Основные параметры</guilabel>, вы можете "
+"установить <guibutton>Паузу перед загрузкой системы по умолчанию</guibutton> "
+"в секундах. Во время этой паузы grub или Lilo будет отображать список "
+"операционных систем и попросит вас выбрать желаемую систему. Если в течение "
+"паузы выбор не будет сделан, загрузчиком будет загружена система по "
+"умолчанию."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43
-msgid "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is possible to set a password."
-msgstr "С помощью третьей и последней части, которая называется <guibutton>Безопасность</guibutton>, можно установить пароль для загрузчика."
+msgid ""
+"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
+"possible to set a password."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью третьей и последней части, которая называется "
+"<guibutton>Безопасность</guibutton>, можно установить пароль для загрузчика."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46
 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно получить доступ к дополнительным параметрам."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно получить доступ "
+"к дополнительным параметрам."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49
@@ -601,8 +991,17 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Включить ACPI:</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51
-msgid "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI compatible."
-msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface или интерфейс дополнительного конфигурирования и питания) - стандарт управления питанием. С его помощью можно экономить энергию, приостанавливать работу устройств, которые не используются. Этот способ использовался ранее в APM. Отметьте этот пункт, если ваше оборудование является совместимым с ACPI."
+msgid ""
+"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
+"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
+"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
+"compatible."
+msgstr ""
+"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface или интерфейс "
+"дополнительного конфигурирования и питания) - стандарт управления питанием. "
+"С его помощью можно экономить энергию, приостанавливать работу устройств, "
+"которые не используются. Этот способ использовался ранее в APM. Отметьте "
+"этот пункт, если ваше оборудование является совместимым с ACPI."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56
@@ -611,70 +1010,144 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Включить SMP:</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58
-msgid "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for multicore processors."
-msgstr "SMP - сокращение от Symmetric Multi Processors (симметричный многопроцессорный), так называется архитектура многопроцессорных систем."
+msgid ""
+"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
+"multicore processors."
+msgstr ""
+"SMP - сокращение от Symmetric Multi Processors (симметричный "
+"многопроцессорный), так называется архитектура многопроцессорных систем."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62
-msgid "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr "Если в вашем компьютере установлен процессор с поддержкой технологии HyperThreading, Mageia определит его как двойной процессор и включит SMP."
+msgid ""
+"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
+"processor and enable SMP."
+msgstr ""
+"Если в вашем компьютере установлен процессор с поддержкой технологии "
+"HyperThreading, Mageia определит его как двойной процессор и включит SMP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Включить APIC</guibutton> и <guibutton>Включить локальный APIC:</guibutton>"
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
+"guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Включить APIC</guibutton> и <guibutton>Включить локальный APIC:</"
+"guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69
-msgid "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O APIC. This one routes the interrupts it receives them from peripheral buses to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local APIC."
-msgstr "APIC - аббревиатура от Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (улучшенный программируемый контроллер прерываний). Существуют два компонента Intel APIC системы: локальный APIC (LAPIC) и APIC ввода-вывода. Этот контроллер направляет прерывания, которые он получает из периферийных каналов на один или несколько APIC в процессоре. Такие контроллеры являются весьма полезными в многопроцессорных системах. Некоторые компьютеры могут иметь проблемы с системой APIC, что приводит к зависанию работы или ложного обнаружения устройств (сообщение об ошибке «spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7»). Если с вашим компьютером случаются такие проблемы, отключите APIC и/или локальный APIC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid ""
+"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
+"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
+"APIC. This one routes the interrupts it receives them from peripheral buses "
+"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
+"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
+"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
+"APIC."
+msgstr ""
+"APIC - аббревиатура от Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller "
+"(улучшенный программируемый контроллер прерываний). Существуют два "
+"компонента Intel APIC системы: локальный APIC (LAPIC) и APIC ввода-вывода. "
+"Этот контроллер направляет прерывания, которые он получает из периферийных "
+"каналов на один или несколько APIC в процессоре. Такие контроллеры являются "
+"весьма полезными в многопроцессорных системах. Некоторые компьютеры могут "
+"иметь проблемы с системой APIC, что приводит к зависанию работы или ложного "
+"обнаружения устройств (сообщение об ошибке «spurious 8259A interrupt: "
+"IRQ7»). Если с вашим компьютером случаются такие проблемы, отключите APIC и/"
+"или локальный APIC."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
 msgid "drakboot1.png"
 msgstr "drakboot1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84
-msgid "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
-msgstr "После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton> вы увидите список всех доступных пунктов меню загрузки. Пункт по умолчанию помечен звёздочкой. Чтобы изменить порядок пунктов меню, отметьте какой-либо из пунктов и нажмите кнопку со стрелкой вверх или вниз, чтобы переместить его. В ответ на нажатие кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> или <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton> будет показано новое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете добавить новый пункт меню Grub или изменить уже существующий пункт меню. Не используйте эти кнопки, если вы не знакомы с синтаксисом команд Lilo или Grub."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid ""
+"In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
+"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the "
+"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
+"selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
+"<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
+"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar "
+"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
+msgstr ""
+"После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton> вы увидите список всех "
+"доступных пунктов меню загрузки. Пункт по умолчанию помечен звёздочкой. "
+"Чтобы изменить порядок пунктов меню, отметьте какой-либо из пунктов и "
+"нажмите кнопку со стрелкой вверх или вниз, чтобы переместить его. В ответ на "
+"нажатие кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> или <guibutton>Изменить</"
+"guibutton> будет показано новое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете добавить "
+"новый пункт меню Grub или изменить уже существующий пункт меню. Не "
+"используйте эти кнопки, если вы не знакомы с синтаксисом команд Lilo или "
+"Grub."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94
 msgid "drakboot2.png"
 msgstr "drakboot2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98
-msgid "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For example: Mageia3."
-msgstr "Содержимое поля <guilabel>Метка</guilabel> может быть произвольным. Сюда вы можете вписать что угодно, что хотите видеть в меню. Этот пункт соответствует команде Grub «title». Пример: Mageia3."
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
+"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
+"example: Mageia3."
+msgstr ""
+"Содержимое поля <guilabel>Метка</guilabel> может быть произвольным. Сюда вы "
+"можете вписать что угодно, что хотите видеть в меню. Этот пункт "
+"соответствует команде Grub «title». Пример: Mageia3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102
-msgid "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr "В поле <guilabel>Образ</guilabel> должно быть указано название ядра. Этот пункт соответствует команде Grub «kernel». Пример: /boot/vmlinuz."
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
+"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
+msgstr ""
+"В поле <guilabel>Образ</guilabel> должно быть указано название ядра. Этот "
+"пункт соответствует команде Grub «kernel». Пример: /boot/vmlinuz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105
-msgid "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr "В поле <guilabel>Корень</guilabel> должно быть указано название устройства, на котором хранится ядро. Этот пункт соответствует команде Grub «root». Пример: (hd0,1)."
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
+"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
+msgstr ""
+"В поле <guilabel>Корень</guilabel> должно быть указано название устройства, "
+"на котором хранится ядро. Этот пункт соответствует команде Grub «root». "
+"Пример: (hd0,1)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109
-msgid "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr "В поле <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel> должны быть указаны параметры, которые передаются ядру во время загрузки."
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
+"the kernel at boot time."
+msgstr ""
+"В поле <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel> должны быть указаны параметры, которые "
+"передаются ядру во время загрузки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112
-msgid "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this entry by default."
-msgstr "Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>По умолчанию</guilabel>, Grub загружает соответствующую систему по умолчанию."
+msgid ""
+"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
+"entry by default."
+msgstr ""
+"Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>По умолчанию</guilabel>, Grub загружает "
+"соответствующую систему по умолчанию."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115
-msgid "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr "С помощью дополнительного окна, открыть которое можно нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, <guilabel>Режим видео</guilabel>, <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> и <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\">Сетевой профиль</xref> из выпадающих списков."
+msgid ""
+"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
+"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
+"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью дополнительного окна, открыть которое можно нажатием кнопки "
+"<guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, <guilabel>Режим видео</guilabel>, "
+"<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> и <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\">Сетевой "
+"профиль</xref> из выпадающих списков."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:3
@@ -686,26 +1159,43 @@ msgstr "Настройка автовхода"
 msgid "drakboot"
 msgstr "drakboot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:11
 msgid "drakboot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:16
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:15
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно приказать системе загружаться в аккаунт того же пользователя и в той же рабочей среде без необходимости ввода пароля. Такая возможность называется автовход. Как правило, такой способ загрузки является удобным, если компьютером будет пользоваться только один пользователь."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
+"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
+"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
+"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
+"приказать системе загружаться в аккаунт того же пользователя и в той же "
+"рабочей среде без необходимости ввода пароля. Такая возможность называется "
+"автовход. Как правило, такой способ загрузки является удобным, если "
+"компьютером будет пользоваться только один пользователь."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:22
-msgid "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr "Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold\">«Загрузка»</emphasis> из Центра управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка автовхода»."
+msgid ""
+"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
+"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">«Загрузка»</emphasis> из Центра управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка "
+"автовхода»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:26
@@ -714,18 +1204,44 @@ msgstr "Назначение кнопок интерфейса является
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:28
-msgid "Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr "Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Запускать графическую оболочку при загрузке</guibutton>, если вы хотите запускать систему X Window во время загрузки. Если параметр отмечен не будет, система запустится в текстовом режиме. Впрочем, графический интерфейс можно будет запустить из текстового режима вручную. Сделать это можно с помощью команды 'startx' или 'systemctl start dm'."
+msgid ""
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
+"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
+"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
+"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
+"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
+msgstr ""
+"Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Запускать графическую оболочку при загрузке</"
+"guibutton>, если вы хотите запускать систему X Window во время загрузки. "
+"Если параметр отмечен не будет, система запустится в текстовом режиме. "
+"Впрочем, графический интерфейс можно будет запустить из текстового режима "
+"вручную. Сделать это можно с помощью команды 'startx' или 'systemctl start "
+"dm'."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:34
-msgid "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either <guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check <guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Если установлен первый пункт, вы получите доступ к двум другим пунктам. Вы можете выбрать пункт <guibutton>Нет, я не хочу использовать автоматический вход</guibutton>, если вы хотите, чтобы система продолжала спрашивать вас о том, под какой из учётных записей пользователей следует войти и будет просить ввести пароль. Другим вариантом является обозначение пункта <guibutton>Да, я хочу осуществлять автовход под этим (пользователем, рабочим столом)</guibutton>, в этом случае вам следует указать значения параметров <guilabel>Пользователь</guilabel> и <guilabel>Рабочий стол</guilabel>."
+msgid ""
+"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
+"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
+"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
+"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Если установлен первый пункт, вы получите доступ к двум другим пунктам. Вы "
+"можете выбрать пункт <guibutton>Нет, я не хочу использовать автоматический "
+"вход</guibutton>, если вы хотите, чтобы система продолжала спрашивать вас о "
+"том, под какой из учётных записей пользователей следует войти и будет "
+"просить ввести пароль. Другим вариантом является обозначение пункта "
+"<guibutton>Да, я хочу осуществлять автовход под этим (пользователем, рабочим "
+"столом)</guibutton>, в этом случае вам следует указать значения параметров "
+"<guilabel>Пользователь</guilabel> и <guilabel>Рабочий стол</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
 msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr "Сбор данных из журналов (логов) и системы для создания отчётов о проблемах"
+msgstr ""
+"Сбор данных из журналов (логов) и системы для создания отчётов о проблемах"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
@@ -734,23 +1250,45 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and used on the command line."
-msgstr "Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить только из командной строки."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
+"used on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+"Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить "
+"только из командной строки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid "It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be several GBs large."
-msgstr "Вам стоит вывести данные, полученные с помощью этой программы, в файл например так: <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>. Впрочем, сначала следует убедиться, что в системе есть достаточно свободного места на диске: объём файла может достичь значения в несколько гигабайт."
+msgid ""
+"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
+"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
+"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
+"several GBs large."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам стоит вывести данные, полученные с помощью этой программы, в файл "
+"например так: <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</"
+"emphasis>. Впрочем, сначала следует убедиться, что в системе есть достаточно "
+"свободного места на диске: объём файла может достичь значения в несколько "
+"гигабайт."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid "The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing the unneeded parts."
-msgstr "Выведенные данные слишком велики, чтобы прикрепить их к сообщению об ошибке, без предварительного удаления ненужных частей."
+msgid ""
+"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
+"the unneeded parts."
+msgstr ""
+"Выведенные данные слишком велики, чтобы прикрепить их к сообщению об ошибке, "
+"без предварительного удаления ненужных частей."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
@@ -924,8 +1462,24 @@ msgstr "df"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Во время написания этой страницы справки, часть «syslog» выведенных этой программой данных была пустой, поскольку эта утилита ещё не приспособлена к новой системе ведения журнала, используемой в systemd. Если в вашей системе эта часть является пустой, получить соответствующие данные можно с помощью следующей команды (команду следует отдавать от имени пользователя root): <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Если на диске не слишком много места, вы можете, например, вывести лишь последние 5000 строк журнала: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
+"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
+"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
+"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
+"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
+"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Во время написания этой страницы справки, часть «syslog» выведенных этой "
+"программой данных была пустой, поскольку эта утилита ещё не приспособлена к "
+"новой системе ведения журнала, используемой в systemd. Если в вашей системе "
+"эта часть является пустой, получить соответствующие данные можно с помощью "
+"следующей команды (команду следует отдавать от имени пользователя root): "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Если на "
+"диске не слишком много места, вы можете, например, вывести лишь последние "
+"5000 строк журнала: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > "
+"journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:9
@@ -937,31 +1491,58 @@ msgstr "Отчёты об ошибках в Mageia"
 msgid "drakbug"
 msgstr "drakbug"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:15
 msgid "drakbug.png"
 msgstr "drakbug.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr "Обычно этот инструмент<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> запускается автоматически после сбоя какой-либо программы Mageia. Впрочем, может так случиться, что после создания отчёта об ошибках вас попросят запустить этот инструмент для проверки предоставленных им данных с последующим предоставлением их в уже созданном отчёте об ошибках."
+msgid ""
+"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
+"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
+"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
+"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
+msgstr ""
+"Обычно этот инструмент<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> запускается "
+"автоматически после сбоя какой-либо программы Mageia. Впрочем, может так "
+"случиться, что после создания отчёта об ошибках вас попросят запустить этот "
+"инструмент для проверки предоставленных им данных с последующим "
+"предоставлением их в уже созданном отчёте об ошибках."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr "Если возникнет потребность в создании отчёта об ошибках, а вы этого еще никогда не делали, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь со страницей <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Как создать надлежащий отчёт об ошибках</link>, прежде чем нажимать кнопку «Отчёт»."
+msgid ""
+"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
+"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
+"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Если возникнет потребность в создании отчёта об ошибках, а вы этого еще "
+"никогда не делали, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь со страницей <link xlink:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Как создать "
+"надлежащий отчёт об ошибках</link>, прежде чем нажимать кнопку «Отчёт»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr "Если отчёт об этой ошибке уже оформлен кем-то другим (в этом случае сообщение об ошибках, созданное drakbug, будет тем же), стоит добавить комментарий к этому отчёту, чтобы разработчики увидели, что ошибка встречается не только в одной системе."
+msgid ""
+"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
+"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
+"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
+msgstr ""
+"Если отчёт об этой ошибке уже оформлен кем-то другим (в этом случае "
+"сообщение об ошибках, созданное drakbug, будет тем же), стоит добавить "
+"комментарий к этому отчёту, чтобы разработчики увидели, что ошибка "
+"встречается не только в одной системе."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:3
@@ -973,21 +1554,34 @@ msgstr "Управление настройками даты и времени"
 msgid "drakclock"
 msgstr "drakclock"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:10
 msgid "drakclock.png"
 msgstr "drakclock.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr "Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia. Соответствующий раздел подписан как <guilabel>Настроить дату и время</guilabel>. В некоторых средах рабочего стола эту программу можно запустить с помощью щелчка правой кнопки мыши на виджете часы в системном лотке с последующим выбором пункта «Настроить дату и время...»."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
+"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
+"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+"Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить с "
+"помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia. Соответствующий раздел "
+"подписан как <guilabel>Настроить дату и время</guilabel>. В некоторых средах "
+"рабочего стола эту программу можно запустить с помощью щелчка правой кнопки "
+"мыши на виджете часы в системном лотке с последующим выбором пункта "
+"«Настроить дату и время...»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:21
@@ -996,28 +1590,72 @@ msgstr "Это очень простая программа."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month (or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or 2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr "В верхней левой части расположена панель <emphasis role=\"bold\">календарь</emphasis>. На приведенном выше скриншоте показана дата: «апрель» (в верхнем левом углу), 2013 (в верхнем правом углу), 6 число (синим цветом), воскресенье. Выбрать месяц (или год) можно нажатием маленьких стрелочек по бокам от надписи «апрель» (или «2013»). День можно выбрать нажатием соответствующего пункта в календаре."
+msgid ""
+"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
+"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
+"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
+"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
+"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
+msgstr ""
+"В верхней левой части расположена панель <emphasis role=\"bold\">календарь</"
+"emphasis>. На приведенном выше скриншоте показана дата: «апрель» (в верхнем "
+"левом углу), 2013 (в верхнем правом углу), 6 число (синим цветом), "
+"воскресенье. Выбрать месяц (или год) можно нажатием маленьких стрелочек по "
+"бокам от надписи «апрель» (или «2013»). День можно выбрать нажатием "
+"соответствующего пункта в календаре."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid "On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr "В нижней левой части окна находится панель синхронизации <emphasis role=\"bold\">Протокол сетевого времени</emphasis>. Вы можете поддерживать всегда точные показания часов с помощью синхронизации времени с сервером. Выберите <guilabel>Включить протокол сетевого времени</guilabel> и выберите ближайший к вашему местоположению сервер."
+msgid ""
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
+"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
+"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
+msgstr ""
+"В нижней левой части окна находится панель синхронизации <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Протокол сетевого времени</emphasis>. Вы можете поддерживать всегда "
+"точные показания часов с помощью синхронизации времени с сервером. Выберите "
+"<guilabel>Включить протокол сетевого времени</guilabel> и выберите ближайший "
+"к вашему местоположению сервер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr "В правой части окна находится панель <emphasis role=\"bold\">часы</emphasis>. Если включено NTP, изменение показаний данных на ней не имеет смысла. В трех полях часов показано значение часов, минут и секунд (17, 8 и 13 на скриншоте). Воспользуйтесь небольшими стрелочками, чтобы установить на часах должное значение времени. Формат показа времени изменить нельзя. Для изменения формата показа, воспользуйтесь соответствующей программой вашего рабочего окружения."
+msgid ""
+"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
+"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
+"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
+"your desktop environment settings for that."
+msgstr ""
+"В правой части окна находится панель <emphasis role=\"bold\">часы</"
+"emphasis>. Если включено NTP, изменение показаний данных на ней не имеет "
+"смысла. В трех полях часов показано значение часов, минут и секунд (17, 8 и "
+"13 на скриншоте). Воспользуйтесь небольшими стрелочками, чтобы установить на "
+"часах должное значение времени. Формат показа времени изменить нельзя. Для "
+"изменения формата показа, воспользуйтесь соответствующей программой вашего "
+"рабочего окружения."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the <guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the nearest town."
-msgstr "Наконец, в правой нижней части окна можно выбрать часовой пояс. Для этого следует нажать кнопку <guibutton>Изменить часовой пояс</guibutton> и выбрать соответствующий пункт из предоставленного списка."
+msgid ""
+"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
+"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
+"nearest town."
+msgstr ""
+"Наконец, в правой нижней части окна можно выбрать часовой пояс. Для этого "
+"следует нажать кнопку <guibutton>Изменить часовой пояс</guibutton> и выбрать "
+"соответствующий пункт из предоставленного списка."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid "Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation settings."
-msgstr "Несмотря на то, что выбрать формат даты и времени с помощью этой программы невозможно, эти данные будут показаны на вашем рабочем столе в соответствии с указанными вами параметрами локализации."
+msgid ""
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
+"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Несмотря на то, что выбрать формат даты и времени с помощью этой программы "
+"невозможно, эти данные будут показаны на вашем рабочем столе в соответствии "
+"с указанными вами параметрами локализации."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
@@ -1029,30 +1667,44 @@ msgstr "Удалить соединение"
 msgid "drakconnect --del"
 msgstr "drakconnect --del"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
 msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid "You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid "Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
-msgstr "С помощью окна программы вы можете удалить сетевой интерфейс<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью окна программы вы можете удалить сетевой интерфейс<placeholder "
+"type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Нажмите пункт выпадающего меню, выберите пункт, который следует удалить, а затем нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Далее</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
+"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите пункт выпадающего меню, выберите пункт, который следует удалить, а "
+"затем нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Далее</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted successfully."
+msgid ""
+"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
+"successfully."
 msgstr "Программа покажет сообщение, что сетевой интерфейс был успешно удален."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -1065,26 +1717,42 @@ msgstr "Настройка нового сетевого интерфейса (L
 msgid "drakconnect"
 msgstr "drakconnect"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:11
 msgid "drakconnect.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr "С помощью этого модуля<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете настроить доступ вашего компьютера к локальной сети или интернету. Вам понадобятся некоторые данные от вашей компании-поставщика услуг (провайдера) или администратора вашей сети."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
+"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
+"your access provider or your network administrator."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого модуля<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
+"настроить доступ вашего компьютера к локальной сети или интернету. Вам "
+"понадобятся некоторые данные от вашей компании-поставщика услуг (провайдера) "
+"или администратора вашей сети."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware and provider you have."
-msgstr "Выберите тип соединения, которое нужно настроить. Тип определяется используемым вами оборудованием и параметрами работы компании-поставщика услуг (провайдером)."
+msgid ""
+"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
+"and provider you have."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите тип соединения, которое нужно настроить. Тип определяется "
+"используемым вами оборудованием и параметрами работы компании-поставщика "
+"услуг (провайдером)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:30
@@ -1092,137 +1760,171 @@ msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
 msgstr "Новое проводное соединение (Ethernet)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid "The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one to configure."
-msgstr "В первом окне будет показан список доступных интерфейсов. Выберите тот из них, который следует настроить."
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
+"to configure."
+msgstr ""
+"В первом окне будет показан список доступных интерфейсов. Выберите тот из "
+"них, который следует настроить."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP address."
-msgstr "На этом шаге можно определиться со способом получения компьютером IP-адреса: автоматически или вручную."
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
+msgid ""
+"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+"На этом шаге можно определиться со способом получения компьютером IP-адреса: "
+"автоматически или вручную."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:187
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:557
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
 msgid "Automatic IP"
 msgstr "Автоматический IP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли получать компьютер, данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить имя узла с адреса DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность, определения названия узла, предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы настраиваете ваш компьютер на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора ADSL, вряд ли следует обозначать этот пункт."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
+"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли "
+"получать компьютер, данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные "
+"будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет "
+"указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла "
+"компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по "
+"умолчанию, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может "
+"быть предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт "
+"<emphasis>Определить имя узла с адреса DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность, "
+"определения названия узла, предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы "
+"настраиваете ваш компьютер на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора "
+"ADSL, вряд ли следует обозначать этот пункт."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:62
 msgid "drakconnect5.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:205
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:572
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно дополнительно указать следующие параметры:"
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно дополнительно "
+"указать следующие параметры:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:209
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:576
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr "Поиск имён доменов (недоступно, если адрес предоставляется сервером DHCP)"
+msgstr ""
+"Поиск имён доменов (недоступно, если адрес предоставляется сервером DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:214
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:581
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
 msgid "the DHCP client"
 msgstr "Клиент DHCP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:218
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:585
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
 msgid "DHCP timeout"
 msgstr "Задержка DHCP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:222
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
 msgstr "Получить серверы YP с DHCP (по умолчанию включен): укажите сервер NIS"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:227
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:594
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr "Получить серверы NTPD от DHCP (определяет сервер синхронизации времени)"
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:232
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr "DHCP требуется имя узла. Используйте эту опцию только в случае, если DHCP-сервер требует от клиента указать имя узла до получения IP-адреса. Этот вариант не рассматривается некоторыми серверами DHCP."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "После подтверждения внесённых изменений, следующие шаги настройки могут быть выполнены для всех типов соединения способом: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Получить серверы NTPD от DHCP (определяет сервер синхронизации времени)"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
+msgid ""
+"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
+"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
+"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
+msgstr ""
+"DHCP требуется имя узла. Используйте эту опцию только в случае, если DHCP-"
+"сервер требует от клиента указать имя узла до получения IP-адреса. Этот "
+"вариант не рассматривается некоторыми серверами DHCP."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
+"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"После подтверждения внесённых изменений, следующие шаги настройки могут быть "
+"выполнены для всех типов соединения способом: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end"
+"\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:248
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:615
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
 msgid "Manual configuration"
 msgstr "Настройка вручную"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service provider's website."
-msgstr "В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно получить с сайта вашего провайдера."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid "In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need this setting."
-msgstr "С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Поиск домена</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть «domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий домен, то его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для настройки домашнего ADSL."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
+"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
+"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
+"attributed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли "
+"получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут "
+"указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать "
+"адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. "
+"Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию, "
+"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
+"provider's website."
+msgstr ""
+"В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168."
+"x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А "
+"данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно получить с сайта вашего провайдера."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
+"this setting."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Поиск "
+"домена</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой "
+"части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а "
+"полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть "
+"«domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий "
+"домен, то его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для "
+"настройки домашнего ADSL."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:136
 msgid "drakconnect30.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:279
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:636
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:688
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:780
 msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 msgstr "Следующие шаги описаны в разделе <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
@@ -1233,13 +1935,17 @@ msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
 msgstr "Новое спутниковое соединение (DVB)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:696
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid "This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "Этот раздел ещё не написан из-за отсутствия ресурсов. Если вы считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команда по документации</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь."
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
+msgid ""
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Этот раздел ещё не написан из-за отсутствия ресурсов. Если вы считаете, что "
+"можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link ns2:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команда по "
+"документации</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:158
@@ -1251,38 +1957,79 @@ msgstr "Новое кабельное соединение с помощью м�
 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
 msgstr " Вам следует указать способ авторизации:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:176
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Нет"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid "BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name and password."
-msgstr "BPALogin (нужен для Telstra). В этом случае вам следует указать имя пользователя и пароль."
+msgid ""
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
+"and password."
+msgstr ""
+"BPALogin (нужен для Telstra). В этом случае вам следует указать имя "
+"пользователя и пароль."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность определения названия узла предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы настраиваете ваш компьютер на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора ADSL, вряд ли следует обозначать этот пункт."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
+"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет "
+"ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные "
+"будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет "
+"указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла "
+"компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по "
+"умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть "
+"предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить "
+"имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность определения названия узла "
+"предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы настраиваете ваш компьютер "
+"на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора ADSL, вряд ли следует "
+"обозначать этот пункт."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
+"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
+"attributed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет "
+"ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные "
+"будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет "
+"указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла "
+"компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по "
+"умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid "In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not need this setting."
-msgstr "С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть «domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий домен, его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для настройки домашнего соединения."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid ""
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
+"need this setting."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен "
+"поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой "
+"части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а "
+"полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть "
+"«domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий "
+"домен, его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для "
+"настройки домашнего соединения."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:273
 msgid "drakconnect32.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
@@ -1294,47 +2041,51 @@ msgstr "Новое DSL-соединение"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to configure it."
-msgstr "Если, программой будут обнаружены сетевые интерфейсы, то она предложит выбрать один из них и настроить его."
+msgid ""
+"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
+"configure it."
+msgstr ""
+"Если, программой будут обнаружены сетевые интерфейсы, то она предложит "
+"выбрать один из них и настроить его."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr "Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите опцию <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры, предоставленные вашим провайдером."
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
+msgid ""
+"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+msgstr ""
+"Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. "
+"Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите опцию "
+"<guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры, предоставленные "
+"вашим провайдером."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:380
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
 msgstr "Выберите один из доступных протоколов:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:307
 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Протокол динамической конфигурации клиента (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:311
 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
 msgstr "Настройки TCP/IP вручную"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:315
 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 msgstr "PPP через ADSL (PPPoA)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:319
 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 msgstr "PPP через Ethernet (PPoE)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:323
 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgstr "Туннельный протокол типа точка-точка (PPTP)"
@@ -1344,37 +2095,28 @@ msgstr "Туннельный протокол типа точка-точка (PP
 msgid "Access settings"
 msgstr "Параметры доступа"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:678
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
 msgid "Account Login (user name)"
 msgstr "Логин (имя пользователя)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:414
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:682
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
 msgid "Account password"
 msgstr "Пароль учётной записи"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:341
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 msgstr "(Дополнительно) Виртуальный путь ID (VPI)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:345
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
 msgstr "(Дополнительно) Виртуальный канал ID (VCI)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:359
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:646
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
 msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
@@ -1384,101 +2126,123 @@ msgid "A new ISDN connection"
 msgstr "Новое ISDN-соединение"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:706
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
 msgstr "Программа-мастер попросит вас указать устройство для настройки:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:365
 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
 msgstr "Выбор вручную (Внутренняя плата ISDN)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:369
 msgid "External ISDN modem"
 msgstr "Внешний модем ISDN"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. Select your card."
-msgstr "Программа предложит вам список оборудования, распределенного по категориям и производителями. Выберите вашу карту."
+msgid ""
+"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
+"Select your card."
+msgstr ""
+"Программа предложит вам список оборудования, распределенного по категориям и "
+"производителями. Выберите вашу карту."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:384
 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Протокол для всего мира, кроме Европы (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:389
 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
 msgstr "Протокол для Европы (EDSS1)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is asked for parameters:"
-msgstr "Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите опцию <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры, предоставленные вашим провайдером. После этого программа попросит вас указать следующие данные:"
+msgid ""
+"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
+"asked for parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+"Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. "
+"Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите опцию "
+"<guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры, предоставленные "
+"вашим провайдером. После этого программа попросит вас указать следующие "
+"данные:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:402
 msgid "Connection name"
 msgstr "Название соединения"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:406
 msgid "Phone number"
 msgstr "Номер телефона"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:410
 msgid "Login ID"
 msgstr "Идентификатор входа ID (логин)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:418
 msgid "Authentication method"
 msgstr "Метод авторизации"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr "После этого выберите способ получения IP-адреса: автоматически или вручную. Во втором случае укажите IP-адрес и маску подсети."
+msgid ""
+"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
+"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
+msgstr ""
+"После этого выберите способ получения IP-адреса: автоматически или вручную. "
+"Во втором случае укажите IP-адрес и маску подсети."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to put:"
-msgstr "На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ получения адресов DNS-серверов: автоматически или вручную. В случае определения вручную вам следует указать следующие данные:"
+msgid ""
+"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
+"put:"
+msgstr ""
+"На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ получения адресов DNS-серверов: "
+"автоматически или вручную. В случае определения вручную вам следует указать "
+"следующие данные:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:436
 msgid "Domain name"
 msgstr "Название домена"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:440
 msgid "First and second DNS Server"
 msgstr "Первый и второй DNS сервер"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr "Укажите, следует ли определять название узла на основе IP-адреса. Этот пункт следует указывать, только если вам известно, что поставщиком услуг предусмотрено такое определение."
+msgid ""
+"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
+"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
+msgstr ""
+"Укажите, следует ли определять название узла на основе IP-адреса. Этот пункт "
+"следует указывать, только если вам известно, что поставщиком услуг "
+"предусмотрено такое определение."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid "The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the IP address."
-msgstr "На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ, в котором компьютер будет получать адрес шлюза, автоматически или вручную. Если вы выберете способ получения вручную, вам придется указать IP-адрес."
+msgid ""
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
+"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
+"IP address."
+msgstr ""
+"На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ, в котором компьютер будет получать "
+"адрес шлюза, автоматически или вручную. Если вы выберете способ получения "
+"вручную, вам придется указать IP-адрес."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:464
@@ -1487,143 +2251,185 @@ msgstr "Новое беспроводное соединение (Wi-Fi)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr "На первой странице будет показан список доступных интерфейсов и пункт для драйвера Windows (ndiswrapper). Выберите интерфейс, который вы хотите настроить. Воспользуйтесь пунктом ndiswrapper, только если другие способы настройки не приведут к желаемым результатам."
+msgid ""
+"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
+"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
+"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
+msgstr ""
+"На первой странице будет показан список доступных интерфейсов и пункт для "
+"драйвера Windows (ndiswrapper). Выберите интерфейс, который вы хотите "
+"настроить. Воспользуйтесь пунктом ndiswrapper, только если другие способы "
+"настройки не приведут к желаемым результатам."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that the card has detected."
-msgstr "На этом шаге вы сможете выбрать нужную вам точку доступа из списка точек, которые были обнаружены картой."
+msgid ""
+"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
+"the card has detected."
+msgstr ""
+"На этом шаге вы сможете выбрать нужную вам точку доступа из списка точек, "
+"которые были обнаружены картой."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:480
 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
 msgstr "Специфические параметры для карт беспроводной связи:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:484
 msgid "drakconnect31.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:490
 msgid "Operating mode:"
 msgstr "Режим работы:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:494
 msgid "Managed"
 msgstr "Управляемый"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:497
 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
 msgstr "Для получения доступа к точке доступа (самый распространённый случай)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:503
 msgid "Ad-Hoc"
 msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:506
 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
 msgstr "Для настройки прямого соединения между компьютерами."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:514
 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
 msgstr "Имя сети (ESSID)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:518
 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
 msgstr "Режим шифрования, зависит от параметров настройки вашей точки доступа."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:523
 msgid "WPA/WPA2"
 msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:526
 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr "Стоит использовать именно этот режим шифрования, если предусмотрена его поддержка  со стороны вашего оборудования."
+msgstr ""
+"Стоит использовать именно этот режим шифрования, если предусмотрена его "
+"поддержка  со стороны вашего оборудования."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:532
 msgid "WEP"
 msgstr "WEP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:535
 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr "На устаревшем оборудовании возможно использование только этого способа шифрования."
+msgstr ""
+"На устаревшем оборудовании возможно использование только этого способа "
+"шифрования."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:543
 msgid "Encryption key"
 msgstr "Ключ шифрования"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:545
 msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr "Обычно предоставляется вместе с оборудованием, которое работает как точка доступа."
+msgstr ""
+"Обычно предоставляется вместе с оборудованием, которое работает как точка "
+"доступа."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a manual IP address."
-msgstr "На этом шаге можно выбрать между автоматическим назначением IP-адреса и определением его вручную."
+msgid ""
+"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
+"manual IP address."
+msgstr ""
+"На этом шаге можно выбрать между автоматическим назначением IP-адреса и "
+"определением его вручную."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли компьютер получать данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов . Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
+"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
+"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
+"the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
+"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
+"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
+"DHCP server</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли "
+"компьютер получать данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут "
+"указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать "
+"адреса DNS-серверов . Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. "
+"Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию "
+"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть "
+"предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить "
+"имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:589
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr "Получить серверы YP через DHCP (по умолчанию включен): укажите серверы NIS"
+msgstr ""
+"Получить серверы YP через DHCP (по умолчанию включен): укажите серверы NIS"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "После подтверждения настроек, определенных этим шагом, программа перейдет к шагу, который является общим для всех настроек соединений: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
+"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"После подтверждения настроек, определенных этим шагом, программа перейдет к "
+"шагу, который является общим для всех настроек соединений: <xref linkend="
+"\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует указать DNS-серверы. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если имя узла не будет указано, то будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует указать DNS-серверы. Здесь "
+"также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если имя узла не будет "
+"указано, то будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost."
+"localdomain</literal>."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers website."
-msgstr "В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно получить с сайта вашего провайдера."
+msgid ""
+"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
+"website."
+msgstr ""
+"В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168."
+"x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А "
+"данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно получить с сайта вашего провайдера."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid "In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the period."
-msgstr "С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой части, до точки."
+msgid ""
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
+"period."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен "
+"поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой "
+"части, до точки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:644
@@ -1632,26 +2438,34 @@ msgstr "Новое соединение GPRS/Edge/3G"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to configure it."
-msgstr "Если программой будут обнаружены интерфейсы беспроводной сети, она предложит выбрать один из них и настроить его."
+msgid ""
+"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
+"configure it."
+msgstr ""
+"Если программой будут обнаружены интерфейсы беспроводной сети, она предложит "
+"выбрать один из них и настроить его."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:653
 msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr "Программа попросит вас указать PIN-код. Не указывайте, если PIN не нужен."
+msgstr ""
+"Программа попросит вас указать PIN-код. Не указывайте, если PIN не нужен."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Программа-мастер попросит вас указать сеть. Если сеть не будет обнаружена автоматически, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>."
+msgid ""
+"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Программа-мастер попросит вас указать сеть. Если сеть не будет обнаружена "
+"автоматически, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:670
 msgid "Provide access settings"
 msgstr "Укажите параметры доступа"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:674
 msgid "Access Point Name"
 msgstr "Название точки доступа"
@@ -1666,14 +2480,12 @@ msgstr "Новое сетевое соединение Bluetooth"
 msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
 msgstr "Новое аналоговое телефонное соединение с помощью модема (POTS)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:710
 msgid "Manual choice"
 msgstr "Выбор вручную"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:714
 msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
 msgstr "Обнаружение оборудования, если таковое имеется."
@@ -1685,70 +2497,73 @@ msgstr "Список предлагаемых портов. Выберите н�
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Если этот пакет еще не установлен, программа предложит вам установить пакет <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
+"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Если этот пакет еще не установлен, программа предложит вам установить пакет "
+"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:"
-msgstr "Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. Выберите в нём вашего провайдера. Если соответствующего пункта в списке не окажется, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем укажите значения параметров, предоставленные вашим провайдером. После этого программа попросит вас указать параметры дозвона:"
+msgid ""
+"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
+"for Dialup options:"
+msgstr ""
+"Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. "
+"Выберите в нём вашего провайдера. Если соответствующего пункта в списке не "
+"окажется, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем укажите "
+"значения параметров, предоставленные вашим провайдером. После этого "
+"программа попросит вас указать параметры дозвона:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:736
 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Название соединения</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:740
 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Номер телефона</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:744
 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Логин пользователя</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:748
 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Пароль</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:752
 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Авторизация</emphasis>, выберите один из этих вариантов:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:756
 msgid "PAP/CHAP"
 msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:760
 msgid "Script-based"
 msgstr "На основе скрипта"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:764
 msgid "PAP"
 msgstr "PAP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:768
 msgid "Terminal-based"
 msgstr "На основе терминала"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:772
 msgid "CHAP"
 msgstr "CHAP"
@@ -1780,18 +2595,29 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Включить подсчёт трафика</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network Manager</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network Manager</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr "В случае беспроводного соединения будет предложен дополнительный пункт <emphasis>Разрешить роуминг точки доступа</emphasis>. С помощью этого пункта можно разрешить компьютеру автоматически переключаться между точками доступа в зависимости от силы сигнала."
+msgid ""
+"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
+"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
+"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
+msgstr ""
+"В случае беспроводного соединения будет предложен дополнительный пункт "
+"<emphasis>Разрешить роуминг точки доступа</emphasis>. С помощью этого пункта "
+"можно разрешить компьютеру автоматически переключаться между точками доступа "
+"в зависимости от силы сигнала."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:816
 msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> вы можете указать:"
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> вы можете указать:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:820
@@ -1815,11 +2641,14 @@ msgstr "Включить туннелирование с IPv6 в IPv4"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start immediately or not."
-msgstr "На последнем шаге можно определить, будет ли выполнена попытка соединиться немедленно или нет."
+msgid ""
+"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
+"immediately or not."
+msgstr ""
+"На последнем шаге можно определить, будет ли выполнена попытка соединиться "
+"немедленно или нет."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:841
 msgid "drakconnect9.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
@@ -1834,21 +2663,32 @@ msgstr "Открытие консоли от имени администрато
 msgid "drakconsole"
 msgstr "drakconsole"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:10
 msgid "drakconsole.png"
 msgstr "drakconsole.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more information about that."
-msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете получить доступ к консоли, открытой от имени администратора системы (пользователя root). Думаем, этого описания достаточно, чтобы понять, о чем идет речь."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
+"information about that."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
+"получить доступ к консоли, открытой от имени администратора системы "
+"(пользователя root). Думаем, этого описания достаточно, чтобы понять, о чем "
+"идет речь."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:8
@@ -1860,71 +2700,129 @@ msgstr "Управление разделами диска"
 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
 msgstr "drakdisk або diskdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:15
 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:21
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
+"as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">diskdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:20
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr "Эта программа<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> является очень мощной - малейшая ошибка или случайное нажатие клавиш может привести к потере всех данных на разделе или даже стиранию всего жёсткого диска. По этой причине вам будет показано приведённое выше окно над окном программы. Нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Выйти</emphasis>, если вы не уверены, что хотите продолжать работу с программой."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
+"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
+"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
+"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Эта программа<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> является очень мощной "
+"- малейшая ошибка или случайное нажатие клавиш может привести к потере всех "
+"данных на разделе или даже стиранию всего жёсткого диска. По этой причине "
+"вам будет показано приведённое выше окно над окном программы. Нажмите кнопку "
+"<emphasis>Выйти</emphasis>, если вы не уверены, что хотите продолжать работу "
+"с программой."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:30
-msgid "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr "Если в вашей системе несколько жёстких дисков, вы можете переключиться на нужный вам жёсткий диск выбором соответствующей вкладки (sda, sdb, sdc и т.д.)."
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
+"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
+msgstr ""
+"Если в вашей системе несколько жёстких дисков, вы можете переключиться на "
+"нужный вам жёсткий диск выбором соответствующей вкладки (sda, sdb, sdc и т."
+"д.)."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:35
 msgid "drakdisk.png"
 msgstr "drakdisk.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:39
-msgid "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr "Вы можете выбрать одно из многих действий, с помощью которых вы можете скорректировать разметку вашего диска в соответствии с вашими потребностями. Стирание всего жёсткого диска, разделение и объединение разделов, изменение размеров разделов или файловой системы разделов, форматирование или просмотр содержимого раздела: все это можно сделать с помощью этой программы. Кнопка <emphasis><guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton></emphasis> в нижней части окна предназначена для стирания всего диска. Доступ к другим кнопкам действий, расположенных справа, можно получить после нажатия на картинке раздела диска."
+msgid ""
+"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
+"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
+"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
+"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
+"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете выбрать одно из многих действий, с помощью которых вы можете "
+"скорректировать разметку вашего диска в соответствии с вашими потребностями. "
+"Стирание всего жёсткого диска, разделение и объединение разделов, изменение "
+"размеров разделов или файловой системы разделов, форматирование или просмотр "
+"содержимого раздела: все это можно сделать с помощью этой программы. Кнопка "
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton></emphasis> в нижней части окна "
+"предназначена для стирания всего диска. Доступ к другим кнопкам действий, "
+"расположенных справа, можно получить после нажатия на картинке раздела диска."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition must be unmounted first."
-msgstr "Если обозначенный вами раздел смонтирован, как в приведённом ниже примере, вы не сможете воспользоваться действиями по изменению размера, форматированию или удалению раздела. Чтобы получить доступ к этим действиям, вам следует сначала размонтировать раздел."
+msgid ""
+"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
+"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
+"must be unmounted first."
+msgstr ""
+"Если обозначенный вами раздел смонтирован, как в приведённом ниже примере, "
+"вы не сможете воспользоваться действиями по изменению размера, "
+"форматированию или удалению раздела. Чтобы получить доступ к этим действиям, "
+"вам следует сначала размонтировать раздел."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:51
 msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr "Изменение размеров раздела можно выполнять только за счет правой границы раздела."
+msgstr ""
+"Изменение размеров раздела можно выполнять только за счет правой границы "
+"раздела."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:53
-msgid "To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button <guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part is selected"
-msgstr "Чтобы изменить тип раздела (например, с ext3 на ext4), вам следует удалить раздел, а затем повторно создать его с новым типом. Если будет обозначена пустая часть диска, в окне программы появится кнопка <guibutton role=\"bold\">Создать</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
+"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
+"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
+"is selected"
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы изменить тип раздела (например, с ext3 на ext4), вам следует удалить "
+"раздел, а затем повторно создать его с новым типом. Если будет обозначена "
+"пустая часть диска, в окне программы появится кнопка <guibutton role=\"bold"
+"\">Создать</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:58
 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr "Вы можете выбрать точку монтирования, которой не существует. Если будет осуществлен такой выбор, соответствующая точка монтирования будет создана."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете выбрать точку монтирования, которой не существует. Если будет "
+"осуществлен такой выбор, соответствующая точка монтирования будет создана."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:63
 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:67
-msgid "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr "Нажатие кнопки <emphasis><guibutton>Переключить в режим эксперта</guibutton></emphasis> предоставит вам доступ к дополнительным действиям, в частности определения метки раздела, как это показано на приведённом ниже снимке."
+msgid ""
+"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
+"gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be "
+"seen in the screenshot below."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажатие кнопки <emphasis><guibutton>Переключить в режим эксперта</"
+"guibutton></emphasis> предоставит вам доступ к дополнительным действиям, в "
+"частности определения метки раздела, как это показано на приведённом ниже "
+"снимке."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:73
 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
@@ -1939,26 +2837,44 @@ msgstr "Настройки программы для управления сеа
 msgid "drakedm"
 msgstr "drakedm"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:12
 msgid "drakedm.png"
 msgstr "drakedm.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:16
-msgid "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available on your system will be shown."
-msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете выбрать средство управления сеансами (менеджер регистрации), который будет использоваться для входа в ваше рабочее окружение. В списке будут показаны только те среды окружения рабочего стола, которые установлены в вашей системе."
+msgid ""
+"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
+"on your system will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
+"выбрать средство управления сеансами (менеджер регистрации), который будет "
+"использоваться для входа в ваше рабочее окружение. В списке будут показаны "
+"только те среды окружения рабочего стола, которые установлены в вашей "
+"системе."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:24
-msgid "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr "Большинство пользователей заметят лишь то, что изменится окно входа в систему. Впрочем, различные менеджеры входа имеют также и различные возможности. LXDM является самым нетребовательным и простым, KDM и GDM имеют значительно более широкие возможности."
+msgid ""
+"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
+"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
+"lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras."
+msgstr ""
+"Большинство пользователей заметят лишь то, что изменится окно входа в "
+"систему. Впрочем, различные менеджеры входа имеют также и различные "
+"возможности. LXDM является самым нетребовательным и простым, KDM и GDM имеют "
+"значительно более широкие возможности."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
@@ -1970,31 +2886,65 @@ msgstr "Настройка персонального файервола"
 msgid "drakfirewall"
 msgstr "drakfirewall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
 msgid "drakfirewall.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью пункта «Безопасность» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел «Настройка персонального файервола». Доступ к этому же инструменту можно получить и с помощью первой вкладки пункта «Настройка безопасности системы, прав доступа и аудита системы»."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
+"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
+"security, permissions and audit\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
+"получить с помощью пункта «Безопасность» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел "
+"«Настройка персонального файервола». Доступ к этому же инструменту можно "
+"получить и с помощью первой вкладки пункта «Настройка безопасности системы, "
+"прав доступа и аудита системы»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - <guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr "Персональный файервол с базовыми возможностями по умолчанию устанавливается вместе с Mageia. Все входящие соединения извне блокируются, если они не были явным образом разрешены. С помощью окна, снимок которого показан выше, вы можете выбрать службы, для которых будут приниматься внешние соединения. Если вы цените вашу безопасность, снимите отметку с первого пункта, <guilabel>Ко всем(файервол отключен)</guilabel>, (вам ведь нужна хоть какая-то защита?) и отметьте только службы, необходимые для работы."
+msgid ""
+"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
+"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
+"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
+"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
+msgstr ""
+"Персональный файервол с базовыми возможностями по умолчанию устанавливается "
+"вместе с Mageia. Все входящие соединения извне блокируются, если они не были "
+"явным образом разрешены. С помощью окна, снимок которого показан выше, вы "
+"можете выбрать службы, для которых будут приниматься внешние соединения. "
+"Если вы цените вашу безопасность, снимите отметку с первого пункта, "
+"<guilabel>Ко всем(файервол отключен)</guilabel>, (вам ведь нужна хоть какая-"
+"то защита?) и отметьте только службы, необходимые для работы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid "It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field <guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these examples :"
-msgstr "Номера портов, которые необходимо открыть, можно указать вручную. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы открыть новое окно. В поле <guilabel>Другие порты</guilabel> введите желаемые номера портов. Например:"
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
+"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
+"examples :"
+msgstr ""
+"Номера портов, которые необходимо открыть, можно указать вручную. Нажмите "
+"кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы открыть новое окно. В "
+"поле <guilabel>Другие порты</guilabel> введите желаемые номера портов. "
+"Например:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
@@ -2013,51 +2963,90 @@ msgstr "Порты в списке разделяются пробелами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr "Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>Записывать сообщения файервола в системный журнал</guilabel>, то сообщения файервола будут записываться в системный журнал."
+msgid ""
+"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
+"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
+msgstr ""
+"Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>Записывать сообщения файервола в "
+"системный журнал</guilabel>, то сообщения файервола будут записываться в "
+"системный журнал."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
 msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr "Если на вашем компьютере не работают специфические службы (интернет-сервер, почтовый сервер, сервер предоставления файлов в общее пользование и т.п.), то в таком случае не обозначайте ни одного пункта. Это даже рекомендуется, поскольку необозначенные пункты не мешают соединению с интернетом."
+msgid ""
+"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
+"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
+"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Если на вашем компьютере не работают специфические службы (интернет-сервер, "
+"почтовый сервер, сервер предоставления файлов в общее пользование и т.п.), "
+"то в таком случае не обозначайте ни одного пункта. Это даже рекомендуется, "
+"поскольку необозначенные пункты не мешают соединению с интернетом."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid "The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box <guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr "С помощью следующей страницы настройки можно изменить параметры работы интерактивного файервола. Если обозначен лишь первый пункт, <guilabel>Использовать интерактивный файервол</guilabel>, то вы можете приказать файерволу предупреждать вас о попытках соединения. Отметьте второй пункт, если вы хотите, чтобы программа предупреждала вас, что выполняется сканирование портов (с целью поиска уязвимостей и входа в систему). Все остальные пункты соответствуют портам, которые были открыты с помощью предыдущих окон. На приведённом ниже снимке два таких пункта: «сервер SSH» и «80:150/tcp». Отметьте эти пункты, если вы хотите, чтобы программа предупреждала вас о каждой попытке установления соединения с этими портами."
+msgid ""
+"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
+"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
+"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
+"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
+"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
+"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
+"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью следующей страницы настройки можно изменить параметры работы "
+"интерактивного файервола. Если обозначен лишь первый пункт, "
+"<guilabel>Использовать интерактивный файервол</guilabel>, то вы можете "
+"приказать файерволу предупреждать вас о попытках соединения. Отметьте второй "
+"пункт, если вы хотите, чтобы программа предупреждала вас, что выполняется "
+"сканирование портов (с целью поиска уязвимостей и входа в систему). Все "
+"остальные пункты соответствуют портам, которые были открыты с помощью "
+"предыдущих окон. На приведённом ниже снимке два таких пункта: «сервер SSH» и "
+"«80:150/tcp». Отметьте эти пункты, если вы хотите, чтобы программа "
+"предупреждала вас о каждой попытке установления соединения с этими портами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr "Эти предупреждения предоставляются всплывающими сообщениями сетевого апплета."
+msgstr ""
+"Эти предупреждения предоставляются всплывающими сообщениями сетевого апплета."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
 msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
 msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary packages are downloaded."
-msgstr "С помощью последней страницы программы можно выбрать, какие из интерфейсов сети соединены с интернетом, следовательно, какие из них следует защищать. Как только будет нажата кнопка <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, система установит необходимые для работы пакеты."
+msgid ""
+"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
+"packages are downloaded."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью последней страницы программы можно выбрать, какие из интерфейсов "
+"сети соединены с интернетом, следовательно, какие из них следует защищать. "
+"Как только будет нажата кнопка <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, система "
+"установит необходимые для работы пакеты."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr "Если вы не знаете, что выбрать, посмотрите в Центре управления Mageia, пункт «Сеть и Интернет», раздел «Настройка нового сетевого интерфейса»."
+msgid ""
+"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
+"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы не знаете, что выбрать, посмотрите в Центре управления Mageia, пункт "
+"«Сеть и Интернет», раздел «Настройка нового сетевого интерфейса»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:3
@@ -2069,21 +3058,32 @@ msgstr "Удаление и установка шрифтов. Импорт шр
 msgid "drakfont"
 msgstr "drakfont"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:11
 msgid "drakfont.png"
 msgstr "drakfont.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen above shows:"
-msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis>. С помощью этой программы вы сможете управлять шрифтами в операционной системе. В основном окне программы показано:"
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
+"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
+"above shows:"
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
+"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</"
+"emphasis>. С помощью этой программы вы сможете управлять шрифтами в "
+"операционной системе. В основном окне программы показано:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:22
@@ -2103,12 +3103,18 @@ msgstr "кнопки, назначение которых описано ниж�
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:36
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Получить шрифты из Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Получить шрифты из Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid "This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки можно автоматически добавить шрифты, которые будут найдены на разделе с Windows. Чтобы этой кнопкой можно было воспользоваться, на вашем компьютере должена быть установлена Microsoft Windows."
+msgid ""
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
+"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой кнопки можно автоматически добавить шрифты, которые будут "
+"найдены на разделе с Windows. Чтобы этой кнопкой можно было воспользоваться, "
+"на вашем компьютере должена быть установлена Microsoft Windows."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:41
@@ -2117,8 +3123,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Параметры:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid "It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able to use the fonts."
-msgstr "С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать программы или устройства (в основном принтеры), которые используют шрифты."
+msgid ""
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
+"to use the fonts."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать программы или устройства (в "
+"основном принтеры), которые используют шрифты."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:46
@@ -2127,8 +3137,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Удалить:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the documents that use them."
-msgstr "Эта кнопка предназначена для удаления установленных шрифтов, для экономии места на диске. Будьте осторожны с удалением шрифтов, поскольку это может повредить просмотру документов, в которых эти шрифты использованы."
+msgid ""
+"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
+"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
+"documents that use them."
+msgstr ""
+"Эта кнопка предназначена для удаления установленных шрифтов, для экономии "
+"места на диске. Будьте осторожны с удалением шрифтов, поскольку это может "
+"повредить просмотру документов, в которых эти шрифты использованы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:52
@@ -2137,13 +3153,32 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Импортировать:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки вы можете добавить сторонние шрифты (с компакт-дисков, интернета и т.д.). Среди поддерживаемых форматов: ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm и gsf. Нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Импортировать</emphasis>, а затем кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Добавить</emphasis>. В ответ будет открыто окно выбора файлов, с помощью которого вы можете выбрать файлы шрифтов для установки. Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Установить</emphasis>. Шрифты будут установлены в каталог /usr/share/fonts."
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
+"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
+"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
+"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой кнопки вы можете добавить сторонние шрифты (с компакт-дисков, "
+"интернета и т.д.). Среди поддерживаемых форматов: ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm и "
+"gsf. Нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Импортировать</emphasis>, а "
+"затем кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Добавить</emphasis>. В ответ будет "
+"открыто окно выбора файлов, с помощью которого вы можете выбрать файлы "
+"шрифтов для установки. Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Установить</emphasis>. Шрифты будут установлены в "
+"каталог /usr/share/fonts."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr "Если в списке шрифтов Drakfont вы не увидите изменений в результате установки или удаления шрифтов, закройте окно программы и повторно откройте его. После этого внесённые изменения вступят в силу."
+msgid ""
+"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
+"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
+msgstr ""
+"Если в списке шрифтов Drakfont вы не увидите изменений в результате "
+"установки или удаления шрифтов, закройте окно программы и повторно откройте "
+"его. После этого внесённые изменения вступят в силу."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:3
@@ -2155,47 +3190,82 @@ msgstr "Родительский контроль"
 msgid "drakguard"
 msgstr "drakguard"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:10
 msgid "drakguard.png"
 msgstr "drakguard.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr "Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Безопасность», раздел <guilabel>Родительский контроль</guilabel>. Если этого пункта на странице не будет, вам следует установить пакет drakguard (этот пакет по умолчанию не установлен)."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
+"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
+"package (not installed by default)."
+msgstr ""
+"Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить из "
+"Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Безопасность», раздел "
+"<guilabel>Родительский контроль</guilabel>. Если этого пункта на странице не "
+"будет, вам следует установить пакет drakguard (этот пакет по умолчанию не "
+"установлен)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21
-#: en/msecgui.xml:19
+#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
 msgid "Presentation"
 msgstr "Вступление"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three useful capabilities:"
-msgstr "Drakguard - это простой способ обеспечить работу родительского контроля на вашем компьютере, чтобы ограничить действий пользователей и определить временные рамки использования определённых программ в течение дня. В drakguard предусмотрены такие полезные возможности:"
+msgid ""
+"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
+"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
+"useful capabilities:"
+msgstr ""
+"Drakguard - это простой способ обеспечить работу родительского контроля на "
+"вашем компьютере, чтобы ограничить действий пользователей и определить "
+"временные рамки использования определённых программ в течение дня. В "
+"drakguard предусмотрены такие полезные возможности:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr "Ограничение доступа к интернету указанным пользователям в указанные временные интервалы. Это задание выполняется с помощью файервола shorewall, встроенного в Mageia."
+msgid ""
+"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
+"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Ограничение доступа к интернету указанным пользователям в указанные "
+"временные интервалы. Это задание выполняется с помощью файервола shorewall, "
+"встроенного в Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid "It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr "Запрет выполнения определенных команд указанным пользователям. Эти пользователи смогут выполнять только разрешённые вами команды."
+msgid ""
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
+"only execute what you accept them to execute."
+msgstr ""
+"Запрет выполнения определенных команд указанным пользователям. Эти "
+"пользователи смогут выполнять только разрешённые вами команды."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid "It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker DansGuardian."
-msgstr "Ограничение доступа к интернету на основе определённых вручную «чёрных» и «белых» списков или динамической блокировки на основе содержимого сайтов. Для выполнения этой задачи Drakguard использует ведущее решение с открытым кодом для родительского контроля - DansGuardian."
+msgid ""
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
+"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
+"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
+"DansGuardian."
+msgstr ""
+"Ограничение доступа к интернету на основе определённых вручную «чёрных» и "
+"«белых» списков или динамической блокировки на основе содержимого сайтов. "
+"Для выполнения этой задачи Drakguard использует ведущее решение с открытым "
+"кодом для родительского контроля - DansGuardian."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:49
@@ -2204,28 +3274,83 @@ msgstr "Настройка родительского контроля"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid "If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr "Если на вашем компьютере есть разделы жёсткого диска с файловыми системами Ext2, Ext3 или ReiserFS, то вы увидите контекстное окно с предложением настроить списки управления доступом ACL для этих разделов. ACL является возможностью ядра Linux, с помощью которой можно блокировать доступ к отдельным файлам указанным пользователям. ACL встроено в файловые системы Ext4 и Btrfs. Для разделов с файловыми системами Ext2, Ext3 или Reiserfs эти списки управления доступом следует включать отдельно. Если вы согласитесь с включением ACL, то drakguard настроит все разделы, которыми руководит операционная система с поддержкой ACL и предложит вам перезагрузить компьютер. (ACL - Access Control Lists расшифровывается как списки контроля доступа)."
+msgid ""
+"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
+"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
+"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
+"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
+"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
+"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
+"then suggest you reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Если на вашем компьютере есть разделы жёсткого диска с файловыми системами "
+"Ext2, Ext3 или ReiserFS, то вы увидите контекстное окно с предложением "
+"настроить списки управления доступом ACL для этих разделов. ACL является "
+"возможностью ядра Linux, с помощью которой можно блокировать доступ к "
+"отдельным файлам указанным пользователям. ACL встроено в файловые системы "
+"Ext4 и Btrfs. Для разделов с файловыми системами Ext2, Ext3 или Reiserfs эти "
+"списки управления доступом следует включать отдельно. Если вы согласитесь с "
+"включением ACL, то drakguard настроит все разделы, которыми руководит "
+"операционная система с поддержкой ACL и предложит вам перезагрузить "
+"компьютер. (ACL - Access Control Lists расшифровывается как списки контроля "
+"доступа)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab is opened."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Включить родительский контроль</guibutton>: если отмечен этот пункт, родительский контроль будет включен. После этого программа откроет доступ к вкладке <guilabel>Заблокированные приложения</guilabel>."
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
+"is opened."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Включить родительский контроль</guibutton>: если отмечен этот "
+"пункт, родительский контроль будет включен. После этого программа откроет "
+"доступ к вкладке <guilabel>Заблокированные приложения</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Заблокировать весь сетевой трафик</guibutton>: если установлен этот пункт, все сайты будут заблокированы, кроме сайтов, указанных на вкладке «Белый список». Если пункт не выбран, то доступ ко всем сайтам будет открыт, кроме сайтов, указанных на вкладке «Чёрный список»."
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
+"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
+"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Заблокировать весь сетевой трафик</guibutton>: если установлен "
+"этот пункт, все сайты будут заблокированы, кроме сайтов, указанных на "
+"вкладке «Белый список». Если пункт не выбран, то доступ ко всем сайтам будет "
+"открыт, кроме сайтов, указанных на вкладке «Чёрный список»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid "<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Доступ пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из левого списка будет ограничен в соответствии с определёнными вами правилами. Доступ пользователей из правого списка не будет ограничен, следовательно взрослые пользователи не будут иметь проблем. Выберите пользователя в левом списке и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>чтобы добавить пользователя к разрешенному списку. Выберите пользователя в правом списке и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы удалить пользователя из списка пользователей без ограничения в доступе."
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
+"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
+"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
+"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
+"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
+"remove him/her from the allowed users."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Доступ пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из левого "
+"списка будет ограничен в соответствии с определёнными вами правилами. Доступ "
+"пользователей из правого списка не будет ограничен, следовательно взрослые "
+"пользователи не будут иметь проблем. Выберите пользователя в левом списке и "
+"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>чтобы добавить пользователя к "
+"разрешенному списку. Выберите пользователя в правом списке и нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы удалить пользователя из списка "
+"пользователей без ограничения в доступе."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid "<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and <guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time window."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Контроль времени:</guibutton> если установлен этот пункт, доступ к интернету будет разрешен с ограничениями в интервале от времени <guilabel>Начало</guilabel> до времени <guilabel>Конец</guilabel>. Доступ будет полностью заблокирован вне этих промежутков времени."
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
+"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
+"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
+"window."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Контроль времени:</guibutton> если установлен этот пункт, доступ "
+"к интернету будет разрешен с ограничениями в интервале от времени "
+"<guilabel>Начало</guilabel> до времени <guilabel>Конец</guilabel>. Доступ "
+"будет полностью заблокирован вне этих промежутков времени."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:83
@@ -2234,8 +3359,12 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Чёрный»/«Белый» список"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Укажите адрес сайта в первом поле в верхней части окна и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Укажите адрес сайта в первом поле в верхней части окна и нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:90
@@ -2244,13 +3373,24 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Заблокированные программы»"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid "<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the applications you wish to block."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Заблокировать программы</guibutton>: с помощью этого пункта можно включить использование ACL для ограничения доступа к определённым программам. Укажите путь к программе, доступ к которой вы хотите заблокировать."
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
+"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"applications you wish to block."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Заблокировать программы</guibutton>: с помощью этого пункта можно "
+"включить использование ACL для ограничения доступа к определённым "
+"программам. Укажите путь к программе, доступ к которой вы хотите "
+"заблокировать."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Разблокировать пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из правого списка не подлежит блокировке на основе ACL."
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
+"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Разблокировать пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из "
+"правого списка не подлежит блокировке на основе ACL."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:9
@@ -2262,8 +3402,7 @@ msgstr "Совместный доступ к Интернету с другим�
 msgid "drakgw"
 msgstr "drakgw"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:17
 msgid "drakgw.png"
 msgstr "drakgw.png"
@@ -2273,21 +3412,38 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png"
 msgid "Principles"
 msgstr "Принципы"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:29
 msgid "drakgw-net.png"
 msgstr "drakgw-net.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to the Internet (2)."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Эта программа будет полезна, если ваш компьютер (3) с доступом к интернету (2) соединен также с локальной сетью (1). Вы можете воспользоваться компьютером (3) как шлюзом, чтобы предоставить доступ другим рабочим станциям (5) и (6) в локальной сети (1). Для этого у шлюза должно быть два интерфейса; первый, например, карта Ethernet, должен быть соединен с локальной сетью, а второй (4) - соединен с интернетом (2)."
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
+"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
+"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
+"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
+"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
+"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
+"the Internet (2)."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Эта программа будет полезна, "
+"если ваш компьютер (3) с доступом к интернету (2) соединен также с локальной "
+"сетью (1). Вы можете воспользоваться компьютером (3) как шлюзом, чтобы "
+"предоставить доступ другим рабочим станциям (5) и (6) в локальной сети (1). "
+"Для этого у шлюза должно быть два интерфейса; первый, например, карта "
+"Ethernet, должен быть соединен с локальной сетью, а второй (4) - соединен с "
+"интернетом (2)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr "На первом шаге следует проверить, настроена ли сеть и доступ к интернету, как это задокументировано в разделе <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
+"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"На первом шаге следует проверить, настроена ли сеть и доступ к интернету, "
+"как это задокументировано в разделе <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:45
@@ -2296,58 +3452,118 @@ msgstr "Мастер настройки шлюза"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps which are shown below:"
-msgstr "Мастер предложит<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> последовательные шаги, описание которых приведено ниже:"
+msgid ""
+"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
+"which are shown below:"
+msgstr ""
+"Мастер предложит<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> последовательные "
+"шаги, описание которых приведено ниже:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr "Если мастеру не удастся обнаружить по крайней мере два интерфейса, он предупредит об этом и попросит вас прекратить работу сети и настроить оборудование."
+msgid ""
+"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
+"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"Если мастеру не удастся обнаружить по крайней мере два интерфейса, он "
+"предупредит об этом и попросит вас прекратить работу сети и настроить "
+"оборудование."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr "Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединения с интернетом. Мастер настройки автоматически предложит один из следующих интерфейсов, но вам следует проверить корректность его предложения."
+msgid ""
+"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
+"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
+"what is proposed is correct."
+msgstr ""
+"Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединения с интернетом. "
+"Мастер настройки автоматически предложит один из следующих интерфейсов, но "
+"вам следует проверить корректность его предложения."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid "specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr "Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединений с локальной сетью. Мастер снова предложит свой вариант. Проверьте, является ли он корректным."
+msgid ""
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
+"one, check that this is correct."
+msgstr ""
+"Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединений с локальной "
+"сетью. Мастер снова предложит свой вариант. Проверьте, является ли он "
+"корректным."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid "The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr "Мастер предложит параметры для локальной сети, в частности IP-адрес, маску сети и название домена. Проверьте, совместимы ли эти параметры с текущей конфигурацией. Рекомендуем вам воспользоваться предлагаемыми значениями."
+msgid ""
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
+"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
+"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+msgstr ""
+"Мастер предложит параметры для локальной сети, в частности IP-адрес, маску "
+"сети и название домена. Проверьте, совместимы ли эти параметры с текущей "
+"конфигурацией. Рекомендуем вам воспользоваться предлагаемыми значениями."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr "Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DNS. Если вы ответите утвердительно, мастер проверит, установлен ли в системе <code>bind</code>. Если вы не намерены использовать компьютер как DNS-сервер, то укажите адрес DNS-сервера."
+msgid ""
+"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
+"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
+"specify the address of a DNS server."
+msgstr ""
+"Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DNS. Если вы ответите "
+"утвердительно, мастер проверит, установлен ли в системе <code>bind</code>. "
+"Если вы не намерены использовать компьютер как DNS-сервер, то укажите адрес "
+"DNS-сервера."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr "Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DHCP. Если да, то мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>dhcp-server</code> и предложит вам его настроить, указав начальный и конечный адреса в диапазоне DHCP."
+msgid ""
+"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
+"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+msgstr ""
+"Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DHCP. Если да, то "
+"мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>dhcp-server</code> и предложит "
+"вам его настроить, указав начальный и конечный адреса в диапазоне DHCP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid "specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr "Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер в качестве прокси-сервера. Если да, то мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>squid</code> и предложит вам настроить прокси-сервер, указав адрес администратора сервера (по умолчанию admin@mydomain.com), название прокси-сервера (по умолчанию myfirewall@mydomaincom), порт (по умолчанию 3128) и размер кэша (по умолчанию 100 МБ)."
+msgid ""
+"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
+"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
+"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
+"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
+msgstr ""
+"Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер в качестве прокси-сервера. Если "
+"да, то мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>squid</code> и предложит "
+"вам настроить прокси-сервер, указав адрес администратора сервера (по "
+"умолчанию admin@mydomain.com), название прокси-сервера (по умолчанию "
+"myfirewall@mydomaincom), порт (по умолчанию 3128) и размер кэша (по "
+"умолчанию 100 МБ)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to printers and to share them."
-msgstr "На последнем шаге вы можете проверить, подключена ли машина-шлюз к принтерам и следует ли предоставлять эти принтеры в общее пользование."
+msgid ""
+"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
+"printers and to share them."
+msgstr ""
+"На последнем шаге вы можете проверить, подключена ли машина-шлюз к принтерам "
+"и следует ли предоставлять эти принтеры в общее пользование."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr "Программа предупредит вас о необходимости проверки параметров файервола, если он активен."
+msgid ""
+"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
+msgstr ""
+"Программа предупредит вас о необходимости проверки параметров файервола, "
+"если он активен."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:109
@@ -2356,13 +3572,29 @@ msgstr "Настройка клиента"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is using."
-msgstr "Если вами был настроен компьютер-шлюз с DHCP, достаточно будет указать с помощью средства настройки сети, что адрес будет получен автоматически (по DHCP). Параметры будут получены во время установления соединения с сетью. Этот способ будет работать независимо от операционной системы, установленной на клиентских компьютерах."
+msgid ""
+"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
+"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
+"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
+"using."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вами был настроен компьютер-шлюз с DHCP, достаточно будет указать с "
+"помощью средства настройки сети, что адрес будет получен автоматически (по "
+"DHCP). Параметры будут получены во время установления соединения с сетью. "
+"Этот способ будет работать независимо от операционной системы, установленной "
+"на клиентских компьютерах."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the gateway."
-msgstr "Если параметры сети не будут определяться автоматически, вам следует в частности указать шлюз сети, введя IP-адрес компьютера, который будет работать как шлюз."
+msgid ""
+"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
+"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
+"gateway."
+msgstr ""
+"Если параметры сети не будут определяться автоматически, вам следует в "
+"частности указать шлюз сети, введя IP-адрес компьютера, который будет "
+"работать как шлюз."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:123
@@ -2371,8 +3603,14 @@ msgstr "Прекращение совместного использования
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr "Если вам нужно будет прекратить совместное использование соединения на компьютере под управлением Mageia, запустите эту программу. Она предложит вам перенастроить подключение или прекратить совместное использование соединения."
+msgid ""
+"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вам нужно будет прекратить совместное использование соединения на "
+"компьютере под управлением Mageia, запустите эту программу. Она предложит "
+"вам перенастроить подключение или прекратить совместное использование "
+"соединения."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:3
@@ -2384,21 +3622,33 @@ msgstr "Определения узлов"
 msgid "drakhosts"
 msgstr "drakhosts"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:10
 msgid "drakhosts.png"
 msgstr "drakhosts.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid "If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr "Если некоторые из компьютеров в вашей сети предоставляют доступ к собственным службам и IP-адреса этих компьютеров являются фиксированными, то с помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете указать название службы, чтобы упростить доступ к ней. После определения названия вы сможете использовать её вместо IP-адреса."
+msgid ""
+"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
+"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
+"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
+"instead of the IP-address."
+msgstr ""
+"Если некоторые из компьютеров в вашей сети предоставляют доступ к "
+"собственным службам и IP-адреса этих компьютеров являются фиксированными, то "
+"с помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете "
+"указать название службы, чтобы упростить доступ к ней. После определения "
+"названия вы сможете использовать её вместо IP-адреса."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:20
@@ -2407,8 +3657,15 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки можно добавлять названия новых систем. После ее нажатия откроется окно для указания IP-адреса, названия узла системы и если нужно, альтернативного названия, используемого таким же образом, что и основное название."
+msgid ""
+"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
+"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
+"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой кнопки можно добавлять названия новых систем. После ее "
+"нажатия откроется окно для указания IP-адреса, названия узла системы и если "
+"нужно, альтернативного названия, используемого таким же образом, что и "
+"основное название."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:27
@@ -2417,8 +3674,14 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the same window."
-msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки можно получить доступ к изменению параметров ранее определенной записи. Окно, которое будет открыто в ответ на нажатие этой кнопки, является тем же самым, что и окно, которое можно открыть с помощью предыдущей кнопки."
+msgid ""
+"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
+"same window."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой кнопки можно получить доступ к изменению параметров ранее "
+"определенной записи. Окно, которое будет открыто в ответ на нажатие этой "
+"кнопки, является тем же самым, что и окно, которое можно открыть с помощью "
+"предыдущей кнопки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
@@ -2430,26 +3693,33 @@ msgstr "Дополнительные настройки сетевого инт�
 msgid "drakinvictus"
 msgstr "drakinvictus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
 msgid "drakinvictus.png"
 msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:187
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командой по документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь."
+#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
+#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы "
+"считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь "
+"с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командой "
+"по документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
@@ -2461,68 +3731,131 @@ msgstr "Сетевой центр"
 msgid "draknetcenter"
 msgstr "draknetcenter"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
 msgid "draknetcenter.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network Center\""
-msgstr "Доступ к этому модулю<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью пункта «Сеть и Интернет» из Центра управления Mageia. Раздел подписан «Сетевой центр»."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
+"Center\""
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к этому модулю<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
+"получить с помощью пункта «Сеть и Интернет» из Центра управления Mageia. "
+"Раздел подписан «Сетевой центр»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr "После запуска модуля будет открыто окно со списком всех сетей, настроенных на компьютере, независимо от типа (проводная, беспроводная, спутниковая и т.д.). В ответ на нажатие пункта сети будет показано три или четыре кнопки, в зависимости от типа сети. С помощью этих кнопок вы сможете наблюдать за сетью, изменять параметры работы сети, устанавливать и разрывать соединение. Этот модуль не предназначен для создания самого соединения. Создать само соединение можно с помощью пункта <guilabel>Создать новый сетевой интерфейс (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> на той же странице Центра управления Mageia."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid ""
+"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
+"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
+"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
+"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
+"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
+"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+msgstr ""
+"После запуска модуля будет открыто окно со списком всех сетей, настроенных "
+"на компьютере, независимо от типа (проводная, беспроводная, спутниковая и т."
+"д.). В ответ на нажатие пункта сети будет показано три или четыре кнопки, в "
+"зависимости от типа сети. С помощью этих кнопок вы сможете наблюдать за "
+"сетью, изменять параметры работы сети, устанавливать и разрывать соединение. "
+"Этот модуль не предназначен для создания самого соединения. Создать само "
+"соединение можно с помощью пункта <guilabel>Создать новый сетевой интерфейс "
+"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> на той же странице Центра управления "
+"Mageia."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not connected."
-msgstr "На приведенном ниже скриншоте показан пример с двумя сетями. Первая из сетей проводная, с ней установлено соединение, о чем можно узнать из соответствующей иконки <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (сети, с которыми установлено соединение, обозначаются так: <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ). Второй же пункт показывает беспроводную сеть, с которой установлено соединение, что обозначено иконкой <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/>. Если соединение было установлено, будет показана такая иконка: <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Обозначения цветами состояния соединения для других сетей является такими: зеленый цвет обозначает, что соединение установлено, а красный - не установлено."
+msgid ""
+"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
+"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
+"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
+"connected."
+msgstr ""
+"На приведенном ниже скриншоте показан пример с двумя сетями. Первая из сетей "
+"проводная, с ней установлено соединение, о чем можно узнать из "
+"соответствующей иконки <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
+"(сети, с которыми установлено соединение, обозначаются так: <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ). Второй же пункт показывает "
+"беспроводную сеть, с которой установлено соединение, что обозначено иконкой "
+"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/>. Если соединение было "
+"установлено, будет показана такая иконка: <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Обозначения цветами состояния соединения "
+"для других сетей является такими: зеленый цвет обозначает, что соединение "
+"установлено, а красный - не установлено."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in particular)."
-msgstr "В разделе беспроводной сети отображается список обнаруженных сетей с данными по <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Мощность сигнала</guilabel>, использование шифрования в сети (красный - используется шифрование, зеленый - шифрование не используется) и <guilabel>Режим работы</guilabel>. Щелкните на желаемом пункте, а затем нажмите одну из этих кнопок: <guibutton>Наблюдать</guibutton>, <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton> или <guibutton>Соединиться</guibutton>. Так можно переключать систему с использования одной сети на использование другой. Если выбрать частную сеть, будет открыто окно параметров сети (см. ниже), с помощью которого программа попытается узнать у вас значения дополнительных параметров (в частности ключа шифрования)."
+msgid ""
+"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
+"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
+"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
+"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
+"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
+"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
+"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
+"particular)."
+msgstr ""
+"В разделе беспроводной сети отображается список обнаруженных сетей с данными "
+"по <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Мощность сигнала</guilabel>, "
+"использование шифрования в сети (красный - используется шифрование, зеленый "
+"- шифрование не используется) и <guilabel>Режим работы</guilabel>. Щелкните "
+"на желаемом пункте, а затем нажмите одну из этих кнопок: "
+"<guibutton>Наблюдать</guibutton>, <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton> или "
+"<guibutton>Соединиться</guibutton>. Так можно переключать систему с "
+"использования одной сети на использование другой. Если выбрать частную сеть, "
+"будет открыто окно параметров сети (см. ниже), с помощью которого программа "
+"попытается узнать у вас значения дополнительных параметров (в частности "
+"ключа шифрования)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы обновить данные на экране."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы обновить данные на "
+"экране."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
 msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
@@ -2532,26 +3865,46 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgid "The Monitor button"
 msgstr "Кнопка «Наблюдать»"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
 msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray -> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки вы сможете наблюдать за обменом данными в сети, получением компьютером данных («Получение», красная линия) и выгрузкой данных («Отдача», зеленая линия). Доступ к этому инструменту можно получить наведя указатель мыши на иконку управления интернетом в трее, щелкнув правой кнопкой мыши и выбрав пункт <guimenu>Мониторинг сети</guimenu>."
+msgid ""
+"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
+"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
+"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой кнопки вы сможете наблюдать за обменом данными в сети, "
+"получением компьютером данных («Получение», красная линия) и выгрузкой "
+"данных («Отдача», зеленая линия). Доступ к этому инструменту можно получить "
+"наведя указатель мыши на иконку управления интернетом в трее, щелкнув правой "
+"кнопкой мыши и выбрав пункт <guimenu>Мониторинг сети</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which gives details about connection status."
-msgstr "Для каждого из интерфейсов сети предусмотрена собственная вкладка (в нашем примере, eth0 - проводная сеть, lo - локальный петлевой интерфейс, а wlan0 - беспроводная сеть). Кроме того, будет показана вкладка «подключения», с помощью которой можно наблюдать за состоянием соединений."
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
+"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
+"gives details about connection status."
+msgstr ""
+"Для каждого из интерфейсов сети предусмотрена собственная вкладка (в нашем "
+"примере, eth0 - проводная сеть, lo - локальный петлевой интерфейс, а wlan0 - "
+"беспроводная сеть). Кроме того, будет показана вкладка «подключения», с "
+"помощью которой можно наблюдать за состоянием соединений."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid "At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr "В нижней части списка пунктов, вы увидите пункт <guilabel>Включить учет трафика</guilabel>, подробное описание которого приведено в следующем разделе."
+msgid ""
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
+"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+msgstr ""
+"В нижней части списка пунктов, вы увидите пункт <guilabel>Включить учет "
+"трафика</guilabel>, подробное описание которого приведено в следующем "
+"разделе."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
@@ -2563,40 +3916,67 @@ msgstr "Кнопка «Настроить»"
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Проводная сеть</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
 msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual configuration may give better results."
-msgstr "Можно изменить все параметры, определенные во время создания сети. В подавляющем большинстве случаев стоит отметить пункт <guibutton>Автоматический IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, но если возникают проблемы, то определение адреса вручную может быть лучшим вариантом."
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
+"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
+"configuration may give better results."
+msgstr ""
+"Можно изменить все параметры, определенные во время создания сети. В "
+"подавляющем большинстве случаев стоит отметить пункт "
+"<guibutton>Автоматический IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</"
+"guibutton>, но если возникают проблемы, то определение адреса вручную может "
+"быть лучшим вариантом."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid "For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the <guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are available from your providers website."
-msgstr " В домашних сетях <guilabel>IP-адреса</guilabel> всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168.0.x</emphasis>. <guilabel>Маска сети</guilabel> <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по <guilabel>шлюзу</guilabel> и <guilabel>DNS-серверам</guilabel> можно получить на сайте вашего провайдера."
+msgid ""
+"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
+"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
+"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
+"available from your providers website."
+msgstr ""
+" В домашних сетях <guilabel>IP-адреса</guilabel> всегда имеют следующий "
+"формат: <emphasis>192.168.0.x</emphasis>. <guilabel>Маска сети</guilabel> "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по <guilabel>шлюзу</guilabel> и "
+"<guilabel>DNS-серверам</guilabel> можно получить на сайте вашего провайдера."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Включить учет трафика</guibutton>: если отмечен этот пункт, то программа будет выполнять почасовой, ежедневный и ежемесячный учет обмена данными. Результаты можно будет просмотреть с помощью средства наблюдения за сетью, подробно описанного в предыдущем разделе. После включения учёта может потребоваться повторное подключение к сети, чтобы учет был начат."
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
+"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
+"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
+"have to reconnect to the network."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Включить учет трафика</guibutton>: если отмечен этот пункт, то "
+"программа будет выполнять почасовой, ежедневный и ежемесячный учет обмена "
+"данными. Результаты можно будет просмотреть с помощью средства наблюдения за "
+"сетью, подробно описанного в предыдущем разделе. После включения учёта может "
+"потребоваться повторное подключение к сети, чтобы учет был начат."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network Manager:</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
+"</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network "
+"Manager:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:185
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
 msgstr "<guibutton>Кнопка «Дополнительно»:</guibutton>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
 msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
@@ -2611,8 +3991,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Беспроводная сеть</emphasis>
 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
 msgstr "Приведено описание лишь пунктов, которые не были описаны выше."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
 msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
@@ -2624,8 +4003,19 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Режим работы:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid "Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select <emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr "Выберите <guilabel>Управляемый</guilabel>, если соединение осуществляется с помощью точки доступа, <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> будет обнаружен программой. Выберите <guilabel>Специальный</guilabel>, если это сеть PTP. Отметьте пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Основной</emphasis>, если ваша сетевая карта используется как точка доступа. В вашей сетевой карте должна быть предусмотрена поддержка такого режима."
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
+"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
+"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
+"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите <guilabel>Управляемый</guilabel>, если соединение осуществляется с "
+"помощью точки доступа, <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> будет "
+"обнаружен программой. Выберите <guilabel>Специальный</guilabel>, если это "
+"сеть PTP. Отметьте пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Основной</emphasis>, если "
+"ваша сетевая карта используется как точка доступа. В вашей сетевой карте "
+"должна быть предусмотрена поддержка такого режима."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
@@ -2639,8 +4029,17 @@ msgstr "Если это частная сеть, вы должны знать э
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used in private networks."
-msgstr "В <guilabel>WEP</guilabel> используется менее устойчивый вариант защиты паролем чем в WPA, где используется ключ. <guilabel>Предварительно распространённый ключ WPA</guilabel> еще называется личным ключом WPA или домашним ключом WPA. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> является довольно редким вариантом в частных сетях."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
+"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
+"in private networks."
+msgstr ""
+"В <guilabel>WEP</guilabel> используется менее устойчивый вариант защиты "
+"паролем чем в WPA, где используется ключ. <guilabel>Предварительно "
+"распространённый ключ WPA</guilabel> еще называется личным ключом WPA или "
+"домашним ключом WPA. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> является довольно "
+"редким вариантом в частных сетях."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
@@ -2649,11 +4048,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Разрешить роуминг точки д�
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr "Роуминг - это технология, с помощью которой компьютер может менять точку доступа без разрыва соединения с сетью."
+msgid ""
+"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
+"point while remaining connected to the network."
+msgstr ""
+"Роуминг - это технология, с помощью которой компьютер может менять точку "
+"доступа без разрыва соединения с сетью."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
 msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
@@ -2663,8 +4065,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
 msgstr "Кнопка дополнительных параметров"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
 msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
@@ -2679,16 +4080,20 @@ msgstr "Управления различными сетевыми профил�
 msgid "draknetprofile"
 msgstr "draknetprofile"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
 msgid "draknetprofile.png"
 msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:9
@@ -2700,8 +4105,7 @@ msgstr "Предоставление общего доступа к файлам
 msgid "draknfs"
 msgstr "draknfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:16
 msgid "draknfs.png"
 msgstr "draknfs.png"
@@ -2713,13 +4117,21 @@ msgstr "Предпосылки"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid "When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr "Во время первого запуска мастера<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> программа может показать окно с таким сообщением:"
+msgid ""
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
+"first time, it may display the following message:"
+msgstr ""
+"Во время первого запуска мастера<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
+"программа может показать окно с таким сообщением:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:33
@@ -2728,7 +4140,8 @@ msgstr "Нужно установить пакет nfs-utils. Вы хотите
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid "After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
+msgid ""
+"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
 msgstr "После завершения установки будет показано окно с пустым списком."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
@@ -2738,8 +4151,15 @@ msgstr "Главное окно"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a configuration tool."
-msgstr "Здесь будет показан список каталогов, которые предоставлены в общее пользование. Во время первого запуска этот список, конечно же, будет пустым. С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> можно открыть окно утилиты конфигурирования."
+msgid ""
+"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
+"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
+"configuration tool."
+msgstr ""
+"Здесь будет показан список каталогов, которые предоставлены в общее "
+"пользование. Во время первого запуска этот список, конечно же, будет пустым. "
+"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> можно открыть окно утилиты "
+"конфигурирования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:50
@@ -2748,11 +4168,16 @@ msgstr "Изменить запись"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are available."
-msgstr "Окно утилиты настройки имеет вид «Изменить запись». Его также можно открыть с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Доступны следующие параметры."
+msgid ""
+"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
+"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
+"available."
+msgstr ""
+"Окно утилиты настройки имеет вид «Изменить запись». Его также можно открыть "
+"с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Доступны следующие "
+"параметры."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:58
 msgid "draknfs4.png"
 msgstr "draknfs4.png"
@@ -2764,8 +4189,14 @@ msgstr "Каталог NFS"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The <guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose it."
-msgstr "С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать каталог, который будет предоставлен в общее пользование. С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Каталог</guibutton> можно открыть окно инструмента выбора каталога с помощью графического интерфейса."
+msgid ""
+"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
+"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать каталог, который будет предоставлен "
+"в общее пользование. С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Каталог</guibutton> можно "
+"открыть окно инструмента выбора каталога с помощью графического интерфейса."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:72
@@ -2774,8 +4205,12 @@ msgstr "Доступ к узлу"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared directory."
-msgstr "Здесь вы можете указать узлы, которым будет предоставлен доступ к папке совместного использования."
+msgid ""
+"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
+"directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Здесь вы можете указать узлы, которым будет предоставлен доступ к папке "
+"совместного использования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:77
@@ -2784,23 +4219,42 @@ msgstr "Клиенты NFS можно указать несколькими сп
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr "<emphasis>отдельный узел</emphasis>: указать узел в формате аббревиатуры названия, которое может быть распознано инструментом определения адресов или в формате полноценного доменного названия, или в формате IP-адреса"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
+"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>отдельный узел</emphasis>: указать узел в формате аббревиатуры "
+"названия, которое может быть распознано инструментом определения адресов или "
+"в формате полноценного доменного названия, или в формате IP-адреса"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr "<emphasis>сетевые группы</emphasis>: сетевые группы NIS, можно указывать как @группа."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>сетевые группы</emphasis>: сетевые группы NIS, можно указывать как "
+"@группа."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr "<emphasis>шаблоны замены</emphasis>: названия компьютеров могут содержать шаблонные символы замены * и ?. Пример: *.cs.foo.edu отвечает всем узлам домена cs.foo.edu."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
+"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
+"domain cs.foo.edu."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>шаблоны замены</emphasis>: названия компьютеров могут содержать "
+"шаблонные символы замены * и ?. Пример: *.cs.foo.edu отвечает всем узлам "
+"домена cs.foo.edu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either `/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr "<emphasis>IP-сети</emphasis>: кроме того, вы можете одновременно экспортировать каталоги на все папки IP-(под-)сети. Пример: «/255.255.252.0» или «/22, добавленные к базовому адресу сети."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
+"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
+"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>IP-сети</emphasis>: кроме того, вы можете одновременно "
+"экспортировать каталоги на все папки IP-(под-)сети. Пример: «/255.255.252.0» "
+"или «/22, добавленные к базовому адресу сети."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:96
@@ -2809,23 +4263,50 @@ msgstr "Сопоставление ID пользователей "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid 0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on the server itself."
-msgstr "<emphasis>сопоставление пользователя root как анонимного</emphasis>: перенаправить запросы с uid/gid 0 на анонимный uid/gid (root_squash). Пользователь-администратор клиентской системы не сможет читать файлы или выполнять запись в файлы на сервере, которые были созданы администратором сервера или самим сервером."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
+"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
+"the server itself."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>сопоставление пользователя root как анонимного</emphasis>: "
+"перенаправить запросы с uid/gid 0 на анонимный uid/gid (root_squash). "
+"Пользователь-администратор клиентской системы не сможет читать файлы или "
+"выполнять запись в файлы на сервере, которые были созданы администратором "
+"сервера или самим сервером."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr "<emphasis>действительно позволить удалённый доступ для root</emphasis>: отключить подавление root'а. Эта опция в основном используется для бездисковых клиентов (no_root_squash)."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
+"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>действительно позволить удалённый доступ для root</emphasis>: "
+"отключить подавление root'а. Эта опция в основном используется для "
+"бездисковых клиентов (no_root_squash)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid "<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr "<emphasis>сопоставить всех пользователей анонимными</emphasis>: сопоставить все uids и gids анонимными (all_squash). Полезно для экспортированных с помощью NFS общих каталогов FTP, каталогов новостей и т.д. Параметр с противоположным значением, без сопоставления UID пользователей (no_all_squash), используется по умолчанию."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
+"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
+"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>сопоставить всех пользователей анонимными</emphasis>: сопоставить "
+"все uids и gids анонимными (all_squash). Полезно для экспортированных с "
+"помощью NFS общих каталогов FTP, каталогов новостей и т.д. Параметр с "
+"противоположным значением, без сопоставления UID пользователей "
+"(no_all_squash), используется по умолчанию."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of the anonymous account."
-msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid и anongid</emphasis>: явным образом определить uid и gid анонимного аккаунта."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
+"the anonymous account."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>anonuid и anongid</emphasis>: явным образом определить uid и gid "
+"анонимного аккаунта."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:118
@@ -2834,27 +4315,54 @@ msgstr "Дополнительные параметры"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option is on by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Безопасное соединение</emphasis>: этот параметр требует, чтобы запросы поступали с интернет-порта с номером, меньшим по IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Этот параметр по умолчанию включен."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
+"is on by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Безопасное соединение</emphasis>: этот параметр требует, чтобы "
+"запросы поступали с интернет-порта с номером, меньшим по IPPORT_RESERVED "
+"(1024). Этот параметр по умолчанию включен."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid "<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by using this option."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Общий ресурс только для чтения</emphasis>: разрешает выполнение запросов только для чтения, либо для чтения и записи в NFS раздел. По умолчанию стоит запрет любых запросов на изменение файловой системы. Такой запрет также можно сделать явным образом с помощью этой опции."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
+"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
+"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
+"using this option."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Общий ресурс только для чтения</emphasis>: разрешает выполнение "
+"запросов только для чтения, либо для чтения и записи в NFS раздел. По "
+"умолчанию стоит запрет любых запросов на изменение файловой системы. Такой "
+"запрет также можно сделать явным образом с помощью этой опции."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Синхронный доступ</emphasis>: запрещает серверу NFS нарушать протокол NFS и отвечать на запросы, прежде чем любые изменения, которые являются следствием этих запросов, будут отправлены в стабильное хранилище (например, диск)."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
+"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
+"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Синхронный доступ</emphasis>: запрещает серверу NFS нарушать "
+"протокол NFS и отвечать на запросы, прежде чем любые изменения, которые "
+"являются следствием этих запросов, будут отправлены в стабильное хранилище "
+"(например, диск)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Проверка поддеревьев</emphasis>: включает проверку поддеревьев, что в некоторых случаях может улучшить параметры безопасности, но снизить надежность работы. Чтобы узнать больше, прочитайте страницу справки exports(5)."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
+"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
+"exports(5) man page for more details."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Проверка поддеревьев</emphasis>: включает проверку поддеревьев, "
+"что в некоторых случаях может улучшить параметры безопасности, но снизить "
+"надежность работы. Чтобы узнать больше, прочитайте страницу справки "
+"exports(5)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:201
+#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
 msgid "Menu entries"
 msgstr "Пункты меню"
 
@@ -2863,15 +4371,13 @@ msgstr "Пункты меню"
 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
 msgstr "В списке должен быть хотя бы один пункт."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:147
 msgid "draknfs5.png"
 msgstr "draknfs5.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:207
+#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
 msgid "File|Write conf"
 msgstr "Файл|Записать настройки"
 
@@ -2886,10 +4392,12 @@ msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
 msgstr "Сервер NFS|Перезапустить"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr "Приостановить работу сервера и перезапустить его с использованием текущих файлов настройки."
+#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
+msgid ""
+"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+"Приостановить работу сервера и перезапустить его с использованием текущих "
+"файлов настройки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:166
@@ -2897,10 +4405,11 @@ msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
 msgstr "Сервер NFS|Перезагрузить"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid "The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr "Отображённая конфигурация загружается из текущих конфигурационных файлов."
+#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
+msgid ""
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+"Отображённая конфигурация загружается из текущих конфигурационных файлов."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:10
@@ -2912,26 +4421,53 @@ msgstr "Прокси"
 msgid "drakproxy"
 msgstr "drakproxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:17
 msgid "drakproxy.png"
 msgstr "drakproxy.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr "Если для доступа к интернету вам следует пользоваться прокси-сервером, вы можете воспользоваться этой утилитой<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> для настройки доступа. Необходимые для настройки данные можно узнать у администратора сети. Вы также можете определить службы, доступ к которым следует осуществлять в обход прокси-сервера."
+msgid ""
+"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
+"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
+msgstr ""
+"Если для доступа к интернету вам следует пользоваться прокси-сервером, вы "
+"можете воспользоваться этой утилитой<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
+"> для настройки доступа. Необходимые для настройки данные можно узнать у "
+"администратора сети. Вы также можете определить службы, доступ к которым "
+"следует осуществлять в обход прокси-сервера."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid "From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr "Из Википедии (4 сентября 2012 года), статья «Прокси-сервер»: «В компьютерных сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер (компьютерная система или программа), который работает промежуточным звеном для запросов от клиентов, которые выполняют поиски ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система соединяется с прокси-сервером, посылает запрос относительно определенной службы, в частности данных файла, соединения, страницы или другого ресурса на другом сервере. Прокси-сервер обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и управления сложностью запроса.»"
+msgid ""
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
+"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
+"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
+"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
+"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
+"simplify and control their complexity."
+msgstr ""
+"Из Википедии (4 сентября 2012 года), статья «Прокси-сервер»: «В компьютерных "
+"сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер (компьютерная система или "
+"программа), который работает промежуточным звеном для запросов от клиентов, "
+"которые выполняют поиски ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система "
+"соединяется с прокси-сервером, посылает запрос относительно определенной "
+"службы, в частности данных файла, соединения, страницы или другого ресурса "
+"на другом сервере. Прокси-сервер обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и "
+"управления сложностью запроса.»"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
@@ -2943,36 +4479,79 @@ msgstr "Настроить Источник"
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid "First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button below)."
-msgstr "Сразу после установки системы следует добавить записи источников программного обеспечения (их также называют репозиториями, носителями данных, зеркалами). Это означает, что вам следует выбрать источники программного обеспечения, которые будут использованы для установки и обновления пакетов и программ (см. кнопку <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>, описанную ниже)."
+msgid ""
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
+"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
+"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
+"below)."
+msgstr ""
+"Сразу после установки системы следует добавить записи источников "
+"программного обеспечения (их также называют репозиториями, носителями "
+"данных, зеркалами). Это означает, что вам следует выбрать источники "
+"программного обеспечения, которые будут использованы для установки и "
+"обновления пакетов и программ (см. кнопку <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>, "
+"описанную ниже)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid "If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr "Если вы устанавливаете (или обновляете) Mageia с помощью оптического носителя данных (DVD или компакт-диска) или устройства хранения данных USB, то будет автоматически настроена запись в источнике пакетов с программным обеспечением на использование носителя данных. Чтобы избежать просьб по вставке этого носителя при установке новых пакетов, вам следует выключить (или удалить) соответствующую запись в списке. (Запись принадлежит к типу носителя CD-Rom)."
+msgid ""
+"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
+"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
+"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
+"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
+"media type CD-Rom)."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы устанавливаете (или обновляете) Mageia с помощью оптического "
+"носителя данных (DVD или компакт-диска) или устройства хранения данных USB, "
+"то будет автоматически настроена запись в источнике пакетов с программным "
+"обеспечением на использование носителя данных. Чтобы избежать просьб по "
+"вставке этого носителя при установке новых пакетов, вам следует выключить "
+"(или удалить) соответствующую запись в списке. (Запись принадлежит к типу "
+"носителя CD-Rom)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr "Ваша система может работать на 32-битной аппаратной архитектуре, так называемый дистрибутив i586 или 64-битной архитектуре, так называемый дистрибутив x86_64. Вам следует выбрать репозитории, которые соответствуют вашей системе и репозитории для пакетов, которые не зависят от архитектуры (их еще называют noarch). Такие пакеты не имеют собственных каталогов noarch в репозиториях, они хранятся в каталогах обеих архитектур, i586 и x86_64."
+msgid ""
+"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
+"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
+"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
+"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
+"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
+msgstr ""
+"Ваша система может работать на 32-битной аппаратной архитектуре, так "
+"называемый дистрибутив i586 или 64-битной архитектуре, так называемый "
+"дистрибутив x86_64. Вам следует выбрать репозитории, которые соответствуют "
+"вашей системе и репозитории для пакетов, которые не зависят от архитектуры "
+"(их еще называют noarch). Такие пакеты не имеют собственных каталогов noarch "
+"в репозиториях, они хранятся в каталогах обеих архитектур, i586 и x86_64."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> от имени "
+"администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Доступ к этой программе можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Управление программами</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к этой программе можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Управление программами</emphasis><placeholder type="
+"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
@@ -2986,8 +4565,13 @@ msgstr "Столбец «Включён»:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr "Обозначенные источники будут использованы для установки новых пакетов. Специальные источники, в частности Testing и Debug, выбирать не стоит, поскольку их использование может привести к неработоспособности системы."
+msgid ""
+"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
+"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
+msgstr ""
+"Обозначенные источники будут использованы для установки новых пакетов. "
+"Специальные источники, в частности Testing и Debug, выбирать не стоит, "
+"поскольку их использование может привести к неработоспособности системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
@@ -2996,8 +4580,18 @@ msgstr "Столбец «Обновления»:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Если источник будет использован для обновления пакетов, его следует обозначить в этом столбце. Должны быть обозначены лишь источники со словом «Update» (обновление) в названии. Из соображений безопасности значение в этом столбце нельзя изменять с помощью этой программы. Вам придётся открыть консоль и от имени администратора (root) выполнить команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
+"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
+"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
+"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Если источник будет использован для обновления пакетов, его следует "
+"обозначить в этом столбце. Должны быть обозначены лишь источники со словом "
+"«Update» (обновление) в названии. Из соображений безопасности значение в "
+"этом столбце нельзя изменять с помощью этой программы. Вам придётся открыть "
+"консоль и от имени администратора (root) выполнить команду <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
@@ -3006,23 +4600,41 @@ msgstr "Столбец «Источник»:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release versions contain at least:"
-msgstr "Здесь будет показано название источника. Официальные репозитории Mageia для окончательных выпусков содержат по крайней мере следующие элементы:"
+msgid ""
+"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
+"versions contain at least:"
+msgstr ""
+"Здесь будет показано название источника. Официальные репозитории Mageia для "
+"окончательных выпусков содержат по крайней мере следующие элементы:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> (основной) - репозиторий, содержащий большинство программ, которые поддерживаются сообществом Mageia."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
+"available supported by Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> (основной) - репозиторий, содержащий "
+"большинство программ, которые поддерживаются сообществом Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs which are not free"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> (несвободное ПО) - репозиторий, содержащий некоторые из программ, доступ к коду которых ограничен правилами лицензирования."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
+"which are not free"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> (несвободное ПО) - репозиторий, "
+"содержащий некоторые из программ, доступ к коду которых ограничен правилами "
+"лицензирования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> (свободный) - репозиторий со свободным программным обеспечением, в отношении использования которого, в некоторых странах могут применяться патентные ограничения."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
+"might be patent claims in some countries."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> (свободный) - репозиторий со "
+"свободным программным обеспечением, в отношении использования которого, в "
+"некоторых странах могут применяться патентные ограничения."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
@@ -3031,23 +4643,47 @@ msgstr "Каждая запись источников содержит 4 под
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> (выпуск) - репозиторий пакетов на день выпуска вашей версии Mageia."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
+"this version of Mageia was released."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> (выпуск) - репозиторий пакетов на "
+"день выпуска вашей версии Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> (обновления) - пакеты, обновлённые со времени выпуска из соображений безопасности или устранения недостатков. Этот источник стоит включить всем, даже если соединение с интернетом является очень медленным."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
+"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
+"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> (обновления) - пакеты, "
+"обновлённые со времени выпуска из соображений безопасности или устранения "
+"недостатков. Этот источник стоит включить всем, даже если соединение с "
+"интернетом является очень медленным."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> (обратное портирование) - для некоторых пакетов новые версии поступают из репозитория Cauldron (репозиторий следующей версии дистрибутива, разработка которой ещё не завершена)."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
+"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> (обратное портирование) - для "
+"некоторых пакетов новые версии поступают из репозитория Cauldron "
+"(репозиторий следующей версии дистрибутива, разработка которой ещё не "
+"завершена)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the corrections."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> (тестирование) - репозиторий, который используется для промежуточного тестирования обновлений, чтобы дать возможность тем, кто отчитывается о недостатках и участникам команды по обеспечению качества, проверить работоспособность исправленных пакетов."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
+"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"corrections."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> (тестирование) - репозиторий, "
+"который используется для промежуточного тестирования обновлений, чтобы дать "
+"возможность тем, кто отчитывается о недостатках и участникам команды по "
+"обеспечению качества, проверить работоспособность исправленных пакетов."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
@@ -3061,8 +4697,16 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Удалить:</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr "Чтобы удалить источник, наведите на его пункт указатель мыши и щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, затем нажмите эту кнопку. Иногда стоит удалить пункт носителя, который был использован для установки системы (компакт-диск или DVD), поскольку все пакеты с этого носителя можно установить из официального источника основных пакетов (Core), соответствующего выпуска."
+msgid ""
+"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
+"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
+"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы удалить источник, наведите на его пункт указатель мыши и щелкните "
+"левой кнопкой мыши, затем нажмите эту кнопку. Иногда стоит удалить пункт "
+"носителя, который был использован для установки системы (компакт-диск или "
+"DVD), поскольку все пакеты с этого носителя можно установить из официального "
+"источника основных пакетов (Core), соответствующего выпуска."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
@@ -3071,8 +4715,12 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Редактировать:</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and proxy)."
-msgstr "Позволяет изменить параметры выбранного носителя, (URL-адрес, загрузчик и параметры прокси-сервера)."
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
+"proxy)."
+msgstr ""
+"Позволяет изменить параметры выбранного носителя, (URL-адрес, загрузчик и "
+"параметры прокси-сервера)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
@@ -3081,8 +4729,20 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Добавить:</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr "Кнопка для добавления официальных репозиториев из интернета. В официальных репозиториях содержатся только надёжные и хорошо проверенные пакеты. После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> программа откроет контекстное окно, с помощью которого вы сможете выбрать набор источников для установки. Если вы отдаёте предпочтение определенному зеркалу, добавьте его при помощи пункта «Добавить указанное зеркало источников» из меню «Файл»."
+msgid ""
+"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
+"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
+"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
+"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
+"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
+"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Кнопка для добавления официальных репозиториев из интернета. В официальных "
+"репозиториях содержатся только надёжные и хорошо проверенные пакеты. После "
+"нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> программа откроет контекстное "
+"окно, с помощью которого вы сможете выбрать набор источников для установки. "
+"Если вы отдаёте предпочтение определенному зеркалу, добавьте его при помощи "
+"пункта «Добавить указанное зеркало источников» из меню «Файл»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
@@ -3091,12 +4751,22 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Кнопки со стрелками вверх и вниз:<
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr "Эти кнопки предназначены для упорядочивания списка. Во время поисков пакетов программой Drakrpm выполняется загрузка списка репозиториев в указанном порядке, пакет устанавливается из репозитория, который будет стоять выше в списке (если номер выпуска пакета является одинаковым во всех репозиториях; если номер будет разным, программа установит пакет с самого свежего выпуска). Итак, если можно, располагайте репозиторий с самым быстрым доступом в начале списка."
+msgid ""
+"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
+"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
+"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
+"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
+msgstr ""
+"Эти кнопки предназначены для упорядочивания списка. Во время поисков пакетов "
+"программой Drakrpm выполняется загрузка списка репозиториев в указанном "
+"порядке, пакет устанавливается из репозитория, который будет стоять выше в "
+"списке (если номер выпуска пакета является одинаковым во всех репозиториях; "
+"если номер будет разным, программа установит пакет с самого свежего "
+"выпуска). Итак, если можно, располагайте репозиторий с самым быстрым "
+"доступом в начале списка."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:64
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
 msgid "The menu"
 msgstr "Меню программы"
 
@@ -3107,8 +4777,13 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -> Обновить:</guimenu>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid "A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "В ответ на выбор этого пункта будет открыто окно со списком источников. Выберите те из них, данные которых требуется обновить и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
+"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"В ответ на выбор этого пункта будет открыто окно со списком источников. "
+"Выберите те из них, данные которых требуется обновить и нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
@@ -3117,19 +4792,41 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -> Добавить указанное зеркало
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the <guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr "Предположим, что вам чем-то не нравится текущее зеркало основного репозитория. Причиной, например, может быть то, что репозиторий работает слишком медленно или часто недоступен. Тогда вы можете выбрать другое зеркало. Отметьте пункты всех текущих источников пакетов и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы убрать их. Далее, выберите пункт меню <guimenu>Файл -> Добавить особое зеркало источников</guimenu>, сделайте выбор только между обновлениями и полным набором (если не уверены, выберите <guibutton>Полный набор источников</guibutton>) и подтвердите возможность соединения нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Да</guibutton>. В ответ будет показано следующее окно:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid ""
+"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
+"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
+"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
+"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
+"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
+"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
+msgstr ""
+"Предположим, что вам чем-то не нравится текущее зеркало основного "
+"репозитория. Причиной, например, может быть то, что репозиторий работает "
+"слишком медленно или часто недоступен. Тогда вы можете выбрать другое "
+"зеркало. Отметьте пункты всех текущих источников пакетов и нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы убрать их. Далее, выберите пункт меню "
+"<guimenu>Файл -> Добавить особое зеркало источников</guimenu>, сделайте "
+"выбор только между обновлениями и полным набором (если не уверены, выберите "
+"<guibutton>Полный набор источников</guibutton>) и подтвердите возможность "
+"соединения нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Да</guibutton>. В ответ будет показано "
+"следующее окно:"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
 msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Слева будет показан список стран. Выберите вашу страну или близкую к ней нажатием кнопки >. В ответ будет развернут список зеркал, расположенных в этой стране. Отметьте одно из них и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
+"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
+"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Слева будет показан список стран. Выберите вашу страну или близкую к ней "
+"нажатием кнопки >. В ответ будет развернут список зеркал, расположенных в "
+"этой стране. Отметьте одно из них и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
@@ -3138,19 +4835,29 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -> Добавить собственный источ�
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr "Вы можете выполнить установку нового источника (например, из стороннего репозитория сообщества), который не поддерживается официальным сообществом Mageia. В ответ на выбор этого пункта меню будет показано новое окно:"
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
+"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете выполнить установку нового источника (например, из стороннего "
+"репозитория сообщества), который не поддерживается официальным сообществом "
+"Mageia. В ответ на выбор этого пункта меню будет показано новое окно:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to the medium type)"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Выберите тип источника, укажите краткое название, которое хорошо описывает соответствующий репозиторий и добавьте URL-адрес (или путь к источнику, в зависимости от его типа)."
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
+"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
+"according to the medium type)"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Выберите тип источника, укажите "
+"краткое название, которое хорошо описывает соответствующий репозиторий и "
+"добавьте URL-адрес (или путь к источнику, в зависимости от его типа)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
@@ -3159,8 +4866,17 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Настройки -> Общие настройки:</guimenu>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid "This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr "С помощью этого пункта меню вы можете определить, когда следует <guilabel>Проверять пакеты, которые устанавливаются</guilabel> (всегда или никогда), определить программу для загрузки пакетов (curl, wget или aria2) и указать правила получения данных о пакетах на запрос (вариант по умолчанию, только обновления, всегда или никогда)."
+msgid ""
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
+"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
+"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"default-, update only, always or never)."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого пункта меню вы можете определить, когда следует "
+"<guilabel>Проверять пакеты, которые устанавливаются</guilabel> (всегда или "
+"никогда), определить программу для загрузки пакетов (curl, wget или aria2) и "
+"указать правила получения данных о пакетах на запрос (вариант по умолчанию, "
+"только обновления, всегда или никогда)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
@@ -3169,13 +4885,27 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Настройки -> Управление ключами:</gui
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid "To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr "С целью обеспечения лучшей безопасности для распознавания источника используются цифровые ключи. Для каждого из источников можно разрешить или запретить использование ключа. В окне, которое будет открыто, выберите нужный источник и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, чтобы сделать возможным использование нового ключа, или отметьте пункт ключа и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы запретить его использование."
+msgid ""
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
+"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
+"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
+"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
+"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+msgstr ""
+"С целью обеспечения лучшей безопасности для распознавания источника "
+"используются цифровые ключи. Для каждого из источников можно разрешить или "
+"запретить использование ключа. В окне, которое будет открыто, выберите "
+"нужный источник и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, чтобы "
+"сделать возможным использование нового ключа, или отметьте пункт ключа и "
+"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы запретить его "
+"использование."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr "Будьте осторожны, как и со всеми другими вопросами, связанными с безопасностью."
+msgstr ""
+"Будьте осторожны, как и со всеми другими вопросами, связанными с "
+"безопасностью."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
@@ -3184,13 +4914,25 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Настройки -> Прокси:</guimenu>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Если для доступа к интернету с вашего компьютера следует пользоваться прокси-сервером, вы можете указать параметры его работы. Вам следует указать <guibutton>Название прокси</guibutton> и если нужно, указать <guilabel>Логин</guilabel> и <guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>."
+msgid ""
+"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
+"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Если для доступа к интернету с вашего компьютера следует пользоваться прокси-"
+"сервером, вы можете указать параметры его работы. Вам следует указать "
+"<guibutton>Название прокси</guibutton> и если нужно, указать "
+"<guilabel>Логин</guilabel> и <guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid "For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</link>."
-msgstr "Подробнее о настройке источников смотрите <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">страницу из вики Mageia</link>."
+msgid ""
+"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Подробнее о настройке источников смотрите <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Software_management\">страницу из вики Mageia</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:10
@@ -3202,16 +4944,26 @@ msgstr "Совместное использование каталогов и д
 msgid "draksambashare"
 msgstr "draksambashare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:18
 msgid "draksambashare.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid "Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr "Samba - протокол, используемый в различных операционных системах для совместного доступа к некоторым ресурсам, к таким как каталоги или принтеры. С помощью этого модуля вы можете настроить компьютер на работу в режиме сервера Samba с использованием протокола SMB/CIFS. Этот протокол используется Windows®, рабочие станции под управлением этой операционной системы могут получать доступ к ресурсам на сервере Samba."
+msgid ""
+"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
+"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
+"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
+"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
+"resources of the Samba server."
+msgstr ""
+"Samba - протокол, используемый в различных операционных системах для "
+"совместного доступа к некоторым ресурсам, к таким как каталоги или принтеры. "
+"С помощью этого модуля вы можете настроить компьютер на работу в режиме "
+"сервера Samba с использованием протокола SMB/CIFS. Этот протокол "
+"используется Windows®, рабочие станции под управлением этой операционной "
+"системы могут получать доступ к ресурсам на сервере Samba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:37
@@ -3220,8 +4972,20 @@ msgstr "Подготовка"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid "To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server."
-msgstr "Чтобы пользователи могли получать доступ к вашим ресурсам, сервер должен иметь постоянный IP-адрес. Определить этот URL-адрес можно непосредственно на вашем сервере, например с помощью <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/> или на сервере DHCP, который идентифицирует рабочую станцию по MAC-адресу и всегда придаёт ей тот же адрес в сети. Также файервол вашего компьютера должен разрешать входящие соединения с сервера Samba."
+msgid ""
+"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
+"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
+"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
+"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
+"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
+"server."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы пользователи могли получать доступ к вашим ресурсам, сервер должен "
+"иметь постоянный IP-адрес. Определить этот URL-адрес можно непосредственно "
+"на вашем сервере, например с помощью <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/> "
+"или на сервере DHCP, который идентифицирует рабочую станцию по MAC-адресу и "
+"всегда придаёт ей тот же адрес в сети. Также файервол вашего компьютера "
+"должен разрешать входящие соединения с сервера Samba."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:50
@@ -3230,43 +4994,64 @@ msgstr "Мастер - Автономный сервер"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid "At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr "После первого запуска, программа <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> проверит, установлены ли необходимые пакеты и предложит установить их, если пакеты не будут обнаружены в системе. После этого будет запущена программа-мастер настройки сервера Samba."
+msgid ""
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
+"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
+msgstr ""
+"После первого запуска, программа <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
+"проверит, установлены ли необходимые пакеты и предложит установить их, если "
+"пакеты не будут обнаружены в системе. После этого будет запущена программа-"
+"мастер настройки сервера Samba."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:61
 msgid "draksambashare0.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already selected."
-msgstr "На следующей странице вариант настройки автономного сервера уже будет обозначен."
+msgid ""
+"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
+"selected."
+msgstr ""
+"На следующей странице вариант настройки автономного сервера уже будет "
+"обозначен."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:71
 msgid "draksambashare1.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid "Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the access to the shared resources."
-msgstr "Укажите название рабочей группы. Это название должно совпадать с названием группы, которая будет получать доступ к ресурсам общего пользования."
+msgid ""
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
+"access to the shared resources."
+msgstr ""
+"Укажите название рабочей группы. Это название должно совпадать с названием "
+"группы, которая будет получать доступ к ресурсам общего пользования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on the network."
-msgstr "Название Netbios - это название, которое будет использовано для обозначения сервера сети."
+msgid ""
+"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
+"the network."
+msgstr ""
+"Название Netbios - это название, которое будет использовано для обозначения "
+"сервера сети."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:85
 msgid "draksambashare2.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
@@ -3278,54 +5063,76 @@ msgstr "Выберите режим защиты:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the resource"
-msgstr "<guilabel>пользователь</guilabel>: клиент должен пройти аутентификацию, чтобы получить доступ к ресурсу."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
+"resource"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>пользователь</guilabel>: клиент должен пройти аутентификацию, "
+"чтобы получить доступ к ресурсу."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for each share"
-msgstr "<guilabel>общий ресурс</guilabel>: клиент предоставляет данные для распознавания, отдельно для каждого общего ресурса."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
+"each share"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>общий ресурс</guilabel>: клиент предоставляет данные для "
+"распознавания, отдельно для каждого общего ресурса."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP address or host name."
-msgstr "Здесь вы можете указать IP-адреса или названия узлов, которым будет предоставлен доступ к ресурсам."
+msgid ""
+"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
+"address or host name."
+msgstr ""
+"Здесь вы можете указать IP-адреса или названия узлов, которым будет "
+"предоставлен доступ к ресурсам."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:110
 msgid "draksambashare3.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr "Укажите баннер сервера. Баннер - это способ, которым сервер будет представлен на рабочих станциях Windows."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
+"described in the Windows workstations."
+msgstr ""
+"Укажите баннер сервера. Баннер - это способ, которым сервер будет "
+"представлен на рабочих станциях Windows."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:120
 msgid "draksambashare4.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr "На следующем шаге можно указать место, где Samba сможет хранить журналы своей работы."
+msgid ""
+"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
+msgstr ""
+"На следующем шаге можно указать место, где Samba сможет хранить журналы "
+"своей работы."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:131
 msgid "draksambashare5.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "Прежде чем вами будут подтверждены выбранные значения параметров, программа-мастер покажет список этих параметров. Если параметры будут подтверждены, соответствующие данные будут записаны в файл <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgid ""
+"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
+"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"Прежде чем вами будут подтверждены выбранные значения параметров, программа-"
+"мастер покажет список этих параметров. Если параметры будут подтверждены, "
+"соответствующие данные будут записаны в файл <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</"
+"code>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:143
 msgid "draksambashare6.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
@@ -3335,21 +5142,37 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
 msgstr "Мастер: Основной контроллер домена"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:155
 msgid "draksambashare13.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Если будет отмечен пункт «Основной контроллер домена», мастер попросит вас указать, следует ли поддерживать Wins, и определить имена пользователей-администраторов. Следующие шаги являются теми же самыми, что и при настройке отдельного сервера, кроме того, что вам придётся указать режим защиты:"
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
+"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
+"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
+"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
+"security mode:"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Если будет отмечен пункт "
+"«Основной контроллер домена», мастер попросит вас указать, следует ли "
+"поддерживать Wins, и определить имена пользователей-администраторов. "
+"Следующие шаги являются теми же самыми, что и при настройке отдельного "
+"сервера, кроме того, что вам придётся указать режим защиты:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr "<guilabel>домен</guilabel>: предоставляется механизм для хранения всех учётных записей пользователей и групп в централизованном общем репозитории учётных записей. Централизованный репозиторий учётных записей предоставляется в использование контролерами безопасности домена."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
+"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
+"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>домен</guilabel>: предоставляется механизм для хранения всех "
+"учётных записей пользователей и групп в централизованном общем репозитории "
+"учётных записей. Централизованный репозиторий учётных записей "
+"предоставляется в использование контролерами безопасности домена."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:173
@@ -3359,21 +5182,29 @@ msgstr "Назначение каталога, доступ к которому
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:175
 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr "Если нажать кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, будет показано следующее окно:"
+msgstr ""
+"Если нажать кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, будет показано следующее "
+"окно:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:179
 msgid "draksambashare15.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid "A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be modified."
-msgstr "Таким образом будет добавлена новая запись. Внести изменения в существующую запись можно с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Вы можете изменить, будет ли каталог видимым для всех пользователей, пригодным к записи или чтению. Менять имя общего ресурса нельзя."
+msgid ""
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
+"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
+"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
+"modified."
+msgstr ""
+"Таким образом будет добавлена новая запись. Внести изменения в существующую "
+"запись можно с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Вы "
+"можете изменить, будет ли каталог видимым для всех пользователей, пригодным "
+"к записи или чтению. Менять имя общего ресурса нельзя."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:191
 msgid "draksambashare16.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
@@ -3381,7 +5212,9 @@ msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:203
 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr "Если в списке будет хоть одна запись, можно будет воспользоваться пунктами меню."
+msgstr ""
+"Если в списке будет хоть одна запись, можно будет воспользоваться пунктами "
+"меню."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:209
@@ -3418,22 +5251,15 @@ msgstr "Совместный доступ к принтерам"
 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
 msgstr "С помощью Samba можно также предоставлять общий доступ к принтерам."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:241
 msgid "draksambashare17.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:46
-#: en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:163
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:193
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:203
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
@@ -3443,16 +5269,22 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgid "Samba users"
 msgstr "Пользователи Samba"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:253
 msgid "draksambashare18.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "С помощью этой вкладки вы можете добавлять пользователей, которым будет разрешен доступ к общим ресурсам, если включено распознавание пользователей. Можно добавить пользователей из раздела <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
+"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
+"linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой вкладки вы можете добавлять пользователей, которым будет "
+"разрешен доступ к общим ресурсам, если включено распознавание пользователей. "
+"Можно добавить пользователей из раздела <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/"
+"><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksec.xml:3
@@ -3464,51 +5296,96 @@ msgstr "Настройка аутентификации для инструме�
 msgid "draksec"
 msgstr "draksec"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec.png"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "draksec0.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Безопасность</emphasis>"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
+"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Безопасность</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:20
-msgid "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr "С помощью этой программы можно предоставлять обычным пользователям права, необходимые для выполнения задач, которые обычно выполняются под учётной записью администратора."
+#: en/draksec.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
+"usually done by the administrator."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой программы можно предоставлять обычным пользователям права, "
+"необходимые для выполнения задач, которые обычно выполняются под учётной "
+"записью администратора."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:23
-msgid "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a drop down list gives the choice between:"
-msgstr "Список большинства инструментов, которыми можно воспользоваться с помощью Центра управления Mageia, будет приведён в левой части окна (см. снимок выше). Для каждого из инструментов предусмотрен выпадающий список с вариантами:"
+#: en/draksec.xml:22
+msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksec.xml:27
+msgid "draksec.png"
+msgstr "draksec.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:31
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
+"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
+"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
+msgstr ""
+"Список большинства инструментов, которыми можно воспользоваться с помощью "
+"Центра управления Mageia, будет приведён в левой части окна (см. снимок "
+"выше). Для каждого из инструментов предусмотрен выпадающий список с "
+"вариантами:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:29
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Без пароля: инструмент запускается без необходимости ввода пароля."
+#: en/draksec.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
+"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Значения по умолчанию зависят от выбранного уровня безопасности. Смотрите в "
+"Центре управления Mageia, пункт \"Настройка безопасности, прав доступа и "
+"аудита системы\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:34
+#: en/draksec.xml:43
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr "Пароль пользователя: для запуска инструмента необходимо будет ввести пароль пользователя."
+msgstr ""
+"Пароль пользователя: для запуска инструмента необходимо будет ввести пароль "
+"пользователя."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:39
-msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr "Пароль администратора: для запуска инструмента необходимо будет ввести пароль администратора (root)"
+#: en/draksec.xml:48
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
+msgstr ""
+"Пароль администратора: для запуска инструмента необходимо будет ввести "
+"пароль администратора (root)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:44
-msgid "The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr "Значения по умолчанию зависят от выбранного уровня безопасности. Смотрите в Центре управления Mageia, пункт \"Настройка безопасности, прав доступа и аудита системы\"."
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:53
+msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+msgstr "Без пароля: инструмент запускается без необходимости ввода пароля."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
@@ -3520,46 +5397,100 @@ msgstr "Резервные копии"
 msgid "draksnapshot-config"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> от имени "
+"администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's <guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</guilabel> section."
-msgstr "Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Система», раздел «Инструменты администрирования»."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
+"guilabel> section."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
+"получить с помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Система», раздел "
+"«Инструменты администрирования»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr "После первого запуска этой программы из Центра управления Mageia вы увидите сообщение об установке draksnapshot. Нажмите на кнопку <guibutton>Установить</guibutton>. После этого будет установлен draksnapshot и другие нужные для работы этой программы пакеты."
+msgid ""
+"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
+"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
+"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
+msgstr ""
+"После первого запуска этой программы из Центра управления Mageia вы увидите "
+"сообщение об установке draksnapshot. Нажмите на кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Установить</guibutton>. После этого будет установлен draksnapshot "
+"и другие нужные для работы этой программы пакеты."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Еще раз выберите <guilabel>Резервные копии</guilabel>, и вы увидите окно <guilabel>Параметры</guilabel>. Выберите <guilabel>Включить резервное копирование</guilabel>, если хотите создать резервную копию всей системы, пункт <guilabel>Резервное копирование всей системы</guilabel>."
+msgid ""
+"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
+"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
+"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
+"whole system</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Еще раз выберите <guilabel>Резервные копии</guilabel>, и вы увидите окно "
+"<guilabel>Параметры</guilabel>. Выберите <guilabel>Включить резервное "
+"копирование</guilabel>, если хотите создать резервную копию всей системы, "
+"пункт <guilabel>Резервное копирование всей системы</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr "Если вы хотите создать резервную копию только части каталогов, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. В ответ будет открыто небольшое всплывающее окно. Воспользуйтесь кнопками <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> и <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, расположенными рядом со списком <guilabel>Перечень резервных копий</guilabel>, чтобы добавить каталоги и файлы в список резервного копирования или удалить их. Воспользуйтесь такими же кнопками рядом со <guilabel>Списком исключений</guilabel>, чтобы определить список подкаталогов и/или файлов, которые не следует добавлять к резервной копии. Файлы из этого списка <emphasis role=\"bold\">не будут</emphasis> включены в резервную копию. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Закрыть</guibutton>, когда списки будут готовы."
+msgid ""
+"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
+"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
+"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
+"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
+"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
+"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
+"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы хотите создать резервную копию только части каталогов, нажмите "
+"кнопку <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. В ответ будет открыто небольшое "
+"всплывающее окно. Воспользуйтесь кнопками <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> и "
+"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, расположенными рядом со списком "
+"<guilabel>Перечень резервных копий</guilabel>, чтобы добавить каталоги и "
+"файлы в список резервного копирования или удалить их. Воспользуйтесь такими "
+"же кнопками рядом со <guilabel>Списком исключений</guilabel>, чтобы "
+"определить список подкаталогов и/или файлов, которые не следует добавлять к "
+"резервной копии. Файлы из этого списка <emphasis role=\"bold\">не будут</"
+"emphasis> включены в резервную копию. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Закрыть</"
+"guibutton>, когда списки будут готовы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Далее укажите каталог в поле <guilabel>Куда сохранять копии</guilabel> или нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обзор</guibutton>, чтобы указать соответствующий каталог. Все смонтированные флеш-носители USB и внешние диски можно найти в каталоге <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/имя пользователя/</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
+"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
+"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
+"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Далее укажите каталог в поле <guilabel>Куда сохранять копии</guilabel> или "
+"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обзор</guibutton>, чтобы указать соответствующий "
+"каталог. Все смонтированные флеш-носители USB и внешние диски можно найти в "
+"каталоге <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/имя пользователя/</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>, чтобы создать резервную копию."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>, чтобы создать резервную "
+"копию."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksound.xml:3
@@ -3571,72 +5502,135 @@ msgstr "Настройка звука"
 msgid "draksound"
 msgstr "draksound"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:10
 msgid "draksound.png"
 msgstr "draksound.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:15
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:14
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
-msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Оборудование</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
+"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Оборудование</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:19
-msgid "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you change the sound card."
-msgstr "Draksound предназначен для настройки звуковой подсистемы, в частности выбора драйверов, определение параметров PulseAudio и решения проблем с работой звука. Программа поможет вам устранить проблемы со звуковой подсистемой или изменить звуковую карту для вывода звуковых данных."
+msgid ""
+"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, "
+"PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience "
+"sound problems or if you change the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+"Draksound предназначен для настройки звуковой подсистемы, в частности выбора "
+"драйверов, определение параметров PulseAudio и решения проблем с работой "
+"звука. Программа поможет вам устранить проблемы со звуковой подсистемой или "
+"изменить звуковую карту для вывода звуковых данных."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:23
-msgid "The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
-msgstr "С помощью выпадающего списка <guilabel>Драйвер</guilabel> вы можете выбрать нужный драйвер для работы звуковой карты вашего компьютера из списка установленных драйверов."
+msgid ""
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
+"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью выпадающего списка <guilabel>Драйвер</guilabel> вы можете выбрать "
+"нужный драйвер для работы звуковой карты вашего компьютера из списка "
+"установленных драйверов."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:28
-msgid "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when possible for its enhanced features."
-msgstr "В основном, для определения драйвера достаточно возможностей программного интерфейса OSS или ALSA. Интерфейс OSS является старым и простым, он предоставляет довольно базовые возможности. Мы рекомендуем использовать ALSA, поскольку этот интерфейс предоставляет значительно более широкие возможности."
+msgid ""
+"Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
+"API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
+"possible for its enhanced features."
+msgstr ""
+"В основном, для определения драйвера достаточно возможностей программного "
+"интерфейса OSS или ALSA. Интерфейс OSS является старым и простым, он "
+"предоставляет довольно базовые возможности. Мы рекомендуем использовать "
+"ALSA, поскольку этот интерфейс предоставляет значительно более широкие "
+"возможности."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:33
-msgid "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> - звуковой сервер. Этот сервер получает все входящие звуковые данные, выполняет микширование этих данных, согласно указанных пользователем параметров и отправляет результаты на устройства вывода звуковых данных. Настроить параметры микширования можно с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Кнопка меню -> Звук и видео -> Управление громкостью</guimenu>."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
+"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
+"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
+"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> - звуковой сервер. Этот сервер получает все "
+"входящие звуковые данные, выполняет микширование этих данных, согласно "
+"указанных пользователем параметров и отправляет результаты на устройства "
+"вывода звуковых данных. Настроить параметры микширования можно с помощью "
+"пункта меню <guimenu>Кнопка меню -> Звук и видео -> Управление громкостью</"
+"guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:38
-msgid "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr "PulseAudio является звуковым сервером по умолчанию. Рекомендуем вам не выключать его."
+msgid ""
+"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
+"enabled."
+msgstr ""
+"PulseAudio является звуковым сервером по умолчанию. Рекомендуем вам не "
+"выключать его."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:41
-msgid "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Использовать режим Glitch-Free</guilabel> - улучшает работу PulseAudio с некоторыми программами. Мы не рекомендуем снимать отметку с этого пункта."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
+"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Использовать режим Glitch-Free</guilabel> - улучшает работу "
+"PulseAudio с некоторыми программами. Мы не рекомендуем снимать отметку с "
+"этого пункта."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:44
-msgid "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or three buttons:"
-msgstr "Кнопка <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> отображает новое окно с двумя или тремя кнопками:"
+msgid ""
+"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or "
+"three buttons:"
+msgstr ""
+"Кнопка <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> отображает новое окно с двумя "
+"или тремя кнопками:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:49
 msgid "Draksound1.png"
 msgstr "Draksound1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:53
-msgid "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver for your device."
-msgstr "С помощью первой кнопки вы можете выбрать любой драйвер. При этом не помешают определённые знания какой драйвер следует выбрать. Этой кнопкой нельзя будет воспользоваться, если система не обнаружит драйвера к устройству."
+msgid ""
+"The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you "
+"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver "
+"for your device."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью первой кнопки вы можете выбрать любой драйвер. При этом не "
+"помешают определённые знания какой драйвер следует выбрать. Этой кнопкой "
+"нельзя будет воспользоваться, если система не обнаружит драйвера к "
+"устройству."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:57
-msgid "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking the community for help."
-msgstr "Назначение второй кнопки понятно из надписи на ней. Последняя же кнопка может помочь с решением проблем, возникающих со звуком. Попробуйте нажать ее до того, как начнёте искать помощи у сообщества дистрибутива."
+msgid ""
+"The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any "
+"problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking "
+"the community for help."
+msgstr ""
+"Назначение второй кнопки понятно из надписи на ней. Последняя же кнопка "
+"может помочь с решением проблем, возникающих со звуком. Попробуйте нажать ее "
+"до того, как начнёте искать помощи у сообщества дистрибутива."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakups.xml:3
@@ -3648,16 +5642,19 @@ msgstr "Настройка ИБП (UPS) для контроля за питан�
 msgid "drakups"
 msgstr "drakups"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakups.xml:8
 msgid "drakups.png"
 msgstr "drakups.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:3
@@ -3669,21 +5666,37 @@ msgstr "Настройка соединения VPN для безопасног�
 msgid "drakvpn"
 msgstr "drakvpn"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:11
 msgid "drakvpn1.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr "С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно настроить безопасный доступ к удаленной сети с использованием туннелирования данных между локальной рабочей станцией и удаленной сетью. В этом разделе мы обсудим только настройки на стороне рабочей станции. Предполагается, что удалённая сеть работает надежно, и что вам известны данные относительно установленного соединения, которые можно получить от администратора сети, например в формате файла настроек .pcf."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
+"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
+"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
+"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
+"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
+"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
+"настроить безопасный доступ к удаленной сети с использованием туннелирования "
+"данных между локальной рабочей станцией и удаленной сетью. В этом разделе мы "
+"обсудим только настройки на стороне рабочей станции. Предполагается, что "
+"удалённая сеть работает надежно, и что вам известны данные относительно "
+"установленного соединения, которые можно получить от администратора сети, "
+"например в формате файла настроек .pcf."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:30
@@ -3692,8 +5705,12 @@ msgstr "Настройки"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr "Сначала следует выбрать концентратор Cisco VPN или OpenVPN, в зависимости от того, какой протокол использован для вашей виртуальной частной сети."
+msgid ""
+"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
+"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
+msgstr ""
+"Сначала следует выбрать концентратор Cisco VPN или OpenVPN, в зависимости от "
+"того, какой протокол использован для вашей виртуальной частной сети."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:35
@@ -3710,35 +5727,40 @@ msgstr "С помощью следующего окна укажите пара�
 msgid "For Cisco VPN"
 msgstr "Cisco VPN"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:48
 msgid "drakvpn3.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the first time the tool is used."
-msgstr "Openvpn. После первого запуска инструмента будет установлен пакет openvpn и его зависимости."
+msgid ""
+"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
+"first time the tool is used."
+msgstr ""
+"Openvpn. После первого запуска инструмента будет установлен пакет openvpn и "
+"его зависимости."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:59
 msgid "drakvpn7.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you received from the network administrator."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Выберите файлы, которые были получены от администратора сети."
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
+"received from the network administrator."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Выберите файлы, которые были "
+"получены от администратора сети."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:64
 msgid "Advanced parameters:"
 msgstr "Дополнительные параметры:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:68
 msgid "drakvpn8.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
@@ -3750,13 +5772,23 @@ msgstr "В следующем окне программа попросит ва�
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN connection."
-msgstr "После определения параметров программа предложит вам установить VPN-соединение."
+msgid ""
+"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
+"connection."
+msgstr ""
+"После определения параметров программа предложит вам установить VPN-"
+"соединение."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect to this VPN."
-msgstr "Вы можете указать системе устанавливать это VPN-соединение в автоматическом режиме во время ее запуска. Для этого необходимо изменить настройки сетевого соединения так, чтобы оно всегда устанавливалось с этим VPN."
+msgid ""
+"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
+"to this VPN."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете указать системе устанавливать это VPN-соединение в автоматическом "
+"режиме во время ее запуска. Для этого необходимо изменить настройки сетевого "
+"соединения так, чтобы оно всегда устанавливалось с этим VPN."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
@@ -3768,21 +5800,29 @@ msgstr "Настройка веб-сервера"
 msgid "drakwizard apache2"
 msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> от имени "
+"администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a web server."
-msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам настроить веб-сервер."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
+"web server."
+msgstr ""
+"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам "
+"настроить веб-сервер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
@@ -3791,8 +5831,13 @@ msgstr "Что такое веб-сервер?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "Веб-сервер представляет собой программное обеспечение, которое помогает поставить веб содержимое, которое может быть доступно через Интернет. (Материал из Википедии)"
+msgid ""
+"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
+"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+"Веб-сервер представляет собой программное обеспечение, которое помогает "
+"поставить веб содержимое, которое может быть доступно через Интернет. "
+"(Материал из Википедии)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
@@ -3804,44 +5849,46 @@ msgstr "Настройка веб-сервера с drakwizard apache2"
 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
 msgstr "Добро пожаловать в мастер веб-сервера."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Первая страница - это только инструкция, нажмите <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Первая страница - это только инструкция, нажмите <guibutton>Далее</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
 msgstr "Выбор вида сервера: локальная сеть и/или мир"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad things."
-msgstr "Предоставление доступа к данным веб-сервера из Интернета является рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите предоставить такой доступ."
+msgid ""
+"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
+"things."
+msgstr ""
+"Предоставление доступа к данным веб-сервера из Интернета является "
+"рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите "
+"предоставить такой доступ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
 msgid "Server User Module"
 msgstr "Модуль пользователя сервера"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
@@ -3856,24 +5903,26 @@ msgstr "Позволяет пользователям создавать сво�
 msgid "User web directory name"
 msgstr "Название веб-каталога пользователя"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will display it."
-msgstr "Пользователю необходимо создать и заполнить этот каталог, затем сервер будет отображать его."
+msgid ""
+"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
+"display it."
+msgstr ""
+"Пользователю необходимо создать и заполнить этот каталог, затем сервер будет "
+"отображать его."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
 msgid "Server Document Root"
 msgstr "Корень документации сервера"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
@@ -3884,48 +5933,41 @@ msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
 msgstr "Позволяет настроить путь к дефолтным документам веб-сервера."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
 msgid "Summary"
 msgstr "Сводка"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid "Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Ознакомьтесь с резюме по изменению параметров и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ознакомьтесь с резюме по изменению параметров и нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
 msgid "Finish"
 msgstr "Финиш"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
 msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
 msgstr "Завершено! Нажмите <guibutton>Финиш</guibutton>."
 
@@ -3939,16 +5981,20 @@ msgstr "Настройка DNS"
 msgid "drakwizard bind"
 msgstr "drakwizard bind"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
@@ -3960,26 +6006,40 @@ msgstr "Настройка DHCP"
 msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
 msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net interfaces"
-msgstr "Этот инструмент не способен работать в Mageia 4, поскольку схема именования сетевых интерфейсов изменена."
+msgid ""
+"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
+"interfaces"
+msgstr ""
+"Этот инструмент не способен работать в Mageia 4, поскольку схема именования "
+"сетевых интерфейсов изменена."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам настроить <acronym>DHCP</acronym> сервер. Этот компонент drakwizard следует установить до того, как вы сможете им воспользоваться."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
+"be installed before you can access to it."
+msgstr ""
+"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам "
+"настроить <acronym>DHCP</acronym> сервер. Этот компонент drakwizard следует "
+"установить до того, как вы сможете им воспользоваться."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
@@ -3988,8 +6048,16 @@ msgstr "Что такое DHCP?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "Протокол динамической конфигурации хоста (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) представляет собой стандартизированный сетевой протокол, используемый на IP сетях, который динамически настраивает IP-адреса и другую информацию, необходимую для интернет-общения. (Материал из Википедии)"
+msgid ""
+"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
+"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
+"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
+"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+"Протокол динамической конфигурации хоста (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) "
+"представляет собой стандартизированный сетевой протокол, используемый на IP "
+"сетях, который динамически настраивает IP-адреса и другую информацию, "
+"необходимую для интернет-общения. (Материал из Википедии)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
@@ -4001,8 +6069,7 @@ msgstr "Настройка DHCP сервера с drakwizard dhcp"
 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
 msgstr "Добро пожаловать в мастер DHCP сервера."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
@@ -4012,35 +6079,47 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
 msgstr "Выбор адаптера"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Выберите сетевой интерфейс, соединённый с подсетью, в которой будет происходить назначение IP-адресов, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
+"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите сетевой интерфейс, соединённый с подсетью, в которой будет "
+"происходить назначение IP-адресов, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
 msgid "Select IP range"
 msgstr "Выберите диапазон IP"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Выберите начальные и конечные IP-адреса из диапазона адресов, которые должен предоставлять сервер, а также IP-адрес шлюза, компьютера, который будет соединяться с внешними компьютерами вне локальной сети, желательно непосредственно с компьютерами в интернете. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
+"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
+"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
+"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите начальные и конечные IP-адреса из диапазона адресов, которые должен "
+"предоставлять сервер, а также IP-адрес шлюза, компьютера, который будет "
+"соединяться с внешними компьютерами вне локальной сети, желательно "
+"непосредственно с компьютерами в интернете. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</"
+"guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
@@ -4050,31 +6129,32 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgid "Hold on..."
 msgstr "Подождите..."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and change things around."
-msgstr "С этой проблемой можно справиться. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton> несколько раз и внесите какие-либо изменения."
+msgid ""
+"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
+"change things around."
+msgstr ""
+"С этой проблемой можно справиться. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</"
+"guibutton> несколько раз и внесите какие-либо изменения."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
 msgid "Hours later..."
 msgstr "Позже..."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
 msgid "What is done"
 msgstr "Действия, которые выполняет инструмент"
@@ -4086,84 +6166,84 @@ msgstr "Установка пакета dhcp-server, если он не уста
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr "Сохранение <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> в <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
+msgid ""
+"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
+msgstr ""
+"Сохранение <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> в <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid "Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr "Создание нового <code>dhcpd.conf</code>, взятого из <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>, и добавление новых параметров:"
+msgid ""
+"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
+"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
+"parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+"Создание нового <code>dhcpd.conf</code>, взятого из <code>/usr/share/wizards/"
+"dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>, и добавление новых параметров:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
 msgid "<code>hname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
 msgid "<code>dns</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
 msgid "net"
 msgstr "net"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
 msgid "ip"
 msgstr "ip"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
 msgid "<code>mask</code>"
 msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
 msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
 msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
 msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
 msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
 msgid "<code>dname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
 msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
 msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid "Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
-msgstr "Также изменение конфигурационного файла Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
+msgid ""
+"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
+"code>"
+msgstr ""
+"Также изменение конфигурационного файла Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/"
+"config</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
@@ -4180,21 +6260,33 @@ msgstr "Настройка времени"
 msgid "drakwizard ntp"
 msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base packages."
-msgstr "С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете настроить сервер так, чтобы время в нём синхронизировалось с внешним сервером. По умолчанию, этот инструмент не устанавливается. Чтобы получить к нему доступ, вам следует установить пакеты drakwizard и drakwizard-base."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
+"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
+"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
+"packages."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы "
+"сможете настроить сервер так, чтобы время в нём синхронизировалось с внешним "
+"сервером. По умолчанию, этот инструмент не устанавливается. Чтобы получить к "
+"нему доступ, вам следует установить пакеты drakwizard и drakwizard-base."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
@@ -4203,40 +6295,53 @@ msgstr "Настройка сервера NTP с помощью drakwizard ntp"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr "После приветственного окна (см. выше), программа попросит вас выбрать три сервера времени с помощью раскрывающихся списков и дважды предложит воспользоваться pool.ntp.org, поскольку этот сервер всегда привязывается к доступным серверам времени."
+msgid ""
+"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
+"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
+"because this server always points to available time servers."
+msgstr ""
+"После приветственного окна (см. выше), программа попросит вас выбрать три "
+"сервера времени с помощью раскрывающихся списков и дважды предложит "
+"воспользоваться pool.ntp.org, поскольку этот сервер всегда привязывается к "
+"доступным серверам времени."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid "The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr "С помощью следующих страниц мастера вы сможете выбрать регион и город, после чего вам будет показано резюме настроек. Если вами будут обнаружены ошибки в настройках, вы можете внести изменения, нажав кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>. Если всё в порядке, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, чтобы приказать программе выполнить тестирование. Если всё будет хорошо, то вы увидите окно, подобное приведённому ниже:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid ""
+"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
+"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
+"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
+"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
+"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью следующих страниц мастера вы сможете выбрать регион и город, после "
+"чего вам будет показано резюме настроек. Если вами будут обнаружены ошибки в "
+"настройках, вы можете внести изменения, нажав кнопку <guibutton>Назад</"
+"guibutton>. Если всё в порядке, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, "
+"чтобы приказать программе выполнить тестирование. Если всё будет хорошо, то "
+"вы увидите окно, подобное приведённому ниже:"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
@@ -4258,28 +6363,47 @@ msgstr "Установка пакета <code>ntp</code> если необход
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid "Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr "Сохранение файлов <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> в <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> и <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> в <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+msgid ""
+"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
+"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
+"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+msgstr ""
+"Сохранение файлов <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> в <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
+"clock.orig</code> и <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> в <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
+"tickers.orig</code>;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of servers;"
-msgstr "Запись нового файла <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> со списком серверов;"
+msgid ""
+"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
+"servers;"
+msgstr ""
+"Запись нового файла <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> со списком серверов;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server name;"
-msgstr "Изменение файла <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> путём вставки первого имени сервера;"
+msgid ""
+"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
+"name;"
+msgstr ""
+"Изменение файла <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> путём вставки первого имени "
+"сервера;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid "Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</code> services;"
-msgstr "Остановка и запуск сервисов <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> и <code>ntpd</code>;"
+msgid ""
+"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
+"code> services;"
+msgstr ""
+"Остановка и запуск сервисов <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> и "
+"<code>ntpd</code>;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr "Установка для аппаратных часов текущего времени системы с привязкой к UTC."
+msgid ""
+"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
+msgstr ""
+"Установка для аппаратных часов текущего времени системы с привязкой к UTC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
@@ -4291,21 +6415,29 @@ msgstr "Настройка FTP"
 msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
 msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> от имени "
+"администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам настроить <acronym>FTP</acronym> сервер."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
+msgstr ""
+"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам "
+"настроить <acronym>FTP</acronym> сервер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
@@ -4314,8 +6446,15 @@ msgstr "Что такое <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a <acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "Протокол передачи файлов (File Transfer Protocol или <acronym>FTP</acronym>) - стандартный протокол работы в сети, которая используется для передачи файлов с одного компьютера на другой в сети, основанной на <acronym>TCP</acronym>, в частности, в Интернете (из Википедии)."
+msgid ""
+"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
+"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
+"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+"Протокол передачи файлов (File Transfer Protocol или <acronym>FTP</acronym>) "
+"- стандартный протокол работы в сети, которая используется для передачи "
+"файлов с одного компьютера на другой в сети, основанной на <acronym>TCP</"
+"acronym>, в частности, в Интернете (из Википедии)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
@@ -4327,63 +6466,73 @@ msgstr "Настройка сервера FTP с помощью drakwizard proft
 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
 msgstr "Добро пожаловать в мастер настройки FTP."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad things."
-msgstr "Предоставление доступа к данным сервера FTP из Интернета является рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите предоставить такой доступ."
+msgid ""
+"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
+"things."
+msgstr ""
+"Предоставление доступа к данным сервера FTP из Интернета является "
+"рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите "
+"предоставить такой доступ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
 msgid "Server Information"
 msgstr "Информация о сервере"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr "Укажите название, которое сервер будет использовать для собственной идентификации, адрес электронной почты для направления жалоб и будет ли предоставлен доступ к входу в систему от имени администратора (пользователя root)."
+msgid ""
+"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
+"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
+msgstr ""
+"Укажите название, которое сервер будет использовать для собственной "
+"идентификации, адрес электронной почты для направления жалоб и будет ли "
+"предоставлен доступ к входу в систему от имени администратора (пользователя "
+"root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
 msgid "Server Options"
 msgstr "Параметры сервера"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid "Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr "Укажите порт для ожидания данных, параметры ограниченной записи пользователя и то, следует ли  разрешать возобновления получения данных и/или <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)."
+msgid ""
+"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
+"(File eXchange Protocol)"
+msgstr ""
+"Укажите порт для ожидания данных, параметры ограниченной записи пользователя "
+"и то, следует ли  разрешать возобновления получения данных и/или "
+"<acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
@@ -4398,21 +6547,31 @@ msgstr "Настройка прокси-сервера"
 msgid "drakwizard squid"
 msgstr "drakwizard squid"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам в настройке прокси-сервера. Этот компонент drakwizard следует установить отдельно, прежде чем вы сможете им воспользоваться."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
+"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
+"before you can access to it."
+msgstr ""
+"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам в "
+"настройке прокси-сервера. Этот компонент drakwizard следует установить "
+"отдельно, прежде чем вы сможете им воспользоваться."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
@@ -4421,8 +6580,21 @@ msgstr "Что такое прокси сервер?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid "A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "Из Википедии: «В компьютерных сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер (компьютерная система или программа), который работает в качестве промежуточных звеньев для запросов от клиентов, которые выполняют поиски ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система соединяется с прокси-сервером, посылает запрос по определённой службе, в том числе данные файла, соединения, страницы или другого ресурса на другом сервере. Прокси-сервер обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и управления сложностью запроса. »"
+msgid ""
+"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
+"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
+"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
+"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
+"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+"Из Википедии: «В компьютерных сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер "
+"(компьютерная система или программа), который работает в качестве "
+"промежуточных звеньев для запросов от клиентов, которые выполняют поиски "
+"ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система соединяется с прокси-"
+"сервером, посылает запрос по определённой службе, в том числе данные файла, "
+"соединения, страницы или другого ресурса на другом сервере. Прокси-сервер "
+"обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и управления сложностью запроса. »"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
@@ -4434,8 +6606,7 @@ msgstr "Настройка прокси-сервера с помощью drakwiz
 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
 msgstr "Добро пожаловать в мастер настройки прокси-сервера."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
@@ -4445,56 +6616,63 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
 msgstr "Выбор порта прокси"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Выберите порт, с которым будут устанавливать соединение клиенты прокси-сервера, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите порт, с которым будут устанавливать соединение клиенты прокси-"
+"сервера, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
 msgstr "Использование памяти и диска"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Установите пределы памяти и дискового кэша, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Установите пределы памяти и дискового кэша, затем нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
 msgid "Select Network Access Control"
 msgstr "Выбор параметров управления доступом к сети"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid "Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Определите диапазон доступа: локальная сеть или интернет, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Определите диапазон доступа: локальная сеть или интернет, затем нажмите "
+"кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
 msgid "Grant Network Access"
 msgstr "Предоставление доступа к сети"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
@@ -4502,15 +6680,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
 msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Предоставьте доступ локальным сетям и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Предоставьте доступ локальным сетям и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
 msgstr "Следует ли использовать прокси-сервер высшего уровня?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
@@ -4518,26 +6697,30 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
 msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr "Есть ли каскадный доступ к интернету через другой прокси-сервер? Если нет, пропустите следующий шаг."
+msgstr ""
+"Есть ли каскадный доступ к интернету через другой прокси-сервер? Если нет, "
+"пропустите следующий шаг."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
 msgstr "Адрес и порт прокси-сервера более высокого уровня"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid "Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Укажите имя компьютера и порт прокси высшего уровня и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Укажите имя компьютера и порт прокси высшего уровня и нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
@@ -4547,19 +6730,21 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgid "Start during boot?"
 msgstr "Запустить при загрузке?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Укажите, следует ли запускать прокси при загрузке операционной системы, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
+"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Укажите, следует ли запускать прокси при загрузке операционной системы, и "
+"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
@@ -4571,52 +6756,56 @@ msgstr "Установка пакета squid если необходимо;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid "Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr "Сохрание <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> в <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
+msgid ""
+"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
+"orig;</code>"
+msgstr ""
+"Сохрание <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> в <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
+"orig;</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid "Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr "Создание нового <code>squid.conf</code>, взятого из <code>squid.conf.default</code>, и добавление новых параметров:"
+msgid ""
+"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
+"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+"Создание нового <code>squid.conf</code>, взятого из <code>squid.conf."
+"default</code>, и добавление новых параметров:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
 msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
 msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
 msgid "cache_mem"
 msgstr "cache_mem"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
 msgid "http_port"
 msgstr "http_port"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr "<code>level</code> 1, 2 или 3 и <code>http_access</code> в соответствии с уровнем"
+msgid ""
+"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
+msgstr ""
+"<code>level</code> 1, 2 или 3 и <code>http_access</code> в соответствии с "
+"уровнем"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
@@ -4636,21 +6825,29 @@ msgstr "Настройка демона OpenSSH"
 msgid "drakwizard sshd"
 msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам в настройке сервера <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+msgstr ""
+"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам в "
+"настройке сервера <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
@@ -4659,13 +6856,28 @@ msgstr "Что такое <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client (running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "Безопасная оболочка (Secure Shell или SSH) - криптографический протокол обмена данными в сети, предназначенный для защиты обмена данными от постороннего вмешательства, удалённого управления системой с помощью командной строки, удалённого выполнения команд и управления другими сетевыми службами. При использовании этого протокола два соединённых сетью компьютера используют защищённый канал обмена данными в незащищённой сети. Эти компьютеры называются сервер и клиент, на них запущены серверные и клиентские программы <acronym>SSH</acronym>, соответственно (из Википедии)."
+msgid ""
+"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
+"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
+"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
+"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
+"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
+"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+"Безопасная оболочка (Secure Shell или SSH) - криптографический протокол "
+"обмена данными в сети, предназначенный для защиты обмена данными от "
+"постороннего вмешательства, удалённого управления системой с помощью "
+"командной строки, удалённого выполнения команд и управления другими сетевыми "
+"службами. При использовании этого протокола два соединённых сетью компьютера "
+"используют защищённый канал обмена данными в незащищённой сети. Эти "
+"компьютеры называются сервер и клиент, на них запущены серверные и "
+"клиентские программы <acronym>SSH</acronym>, соответственно (из Википедии)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
 msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "Настройка фоновой службы <acronym>SSH</acronym> с помощью drakwizard sshd"
+msgstr ""
+"Настройка фоновой службы <acronym>SSH</acronym> с помощью drakwizard sshd"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
@@ -4677,72 +6889,84 @@ msgstr "Добро пожаловать в мастер настройки Open
 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
 msgstr "Выберите тип параметров настройки"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid "Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Выберите <guilabel>Эксперт</guilabel> для получения доступа ко всем настройкам или <guilabel>Начинающий</guilabel>, чтобы пропустить шаги 3-7, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
+"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите <guilabel>Эксперт</guilabel> для получения доступа ко всем "
+"настройкам или <guilabel>Начинающий</guilabel>, чтобы пропустить шаги 3-7, "
+"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
 msgid "General Options"
 msgstr "Общие Параметры"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard <acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr "Настройте видимость службы и параметры административного доступа. Стандартным портом для <acronym>SSH</acronym> является порт 22."
+msgid ""
+"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
+"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
+msgstr ""
+"Настройте видимость службы и параметры административного доступа. "
+"Стандартным портом для <acronym>SSH</acronym> является порт 22."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
 msgid "Authentication Methods"
 msgstr "Методы авторизации"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Укажите один из способов распознавания при подключении и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
+"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Укажите один из способов распознавания при подключении и нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
 msgid "Logging"
 msgstr "Журналирование"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid "Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Выберите нужные вам возможности по ведению журнала и уровень детализации сообщений, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите нужные вам возможности по ведению журнала и уровень детализации "
+"сообщений, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
 msgid "Login Options"
 msgstr "Параметры входа"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
@@ -4750,48 +6974,53 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Настройте отдельные параметры входа для учётных записей и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Настройте отдельные параметры входа для учётных записей и нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
 msgid "User Login Options"
 msgstr "Параметры регистрации пользователя"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Настройте параметры доступа пользователей, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Настройте параметры доступа пользователей, затем нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
 msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
 msgstr "Сжатие и перенаправление"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Выберите параметры перенаправления графического сервера и сжатия при передаче, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите параметры перенаправления графического сервера и сжатия при "
+"передаче, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
@@ -4806,16 +7035,20 @@ msgstr "Настройка служб системы"
 msgid "drakxservices"
 msgstr "drakxservices"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:8
 msgid "drakxservices.png"
 msgstr "drakxservices.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:10
@@ -4827,21 +7060,34 @@ msgstr "Настройка оборудования"
 msgid "harddrake2"
 msgstr "harddrake2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:17
 msgid "harddrake2.png"
 msgstr "harddrake2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command <code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-lst</code> package."
-msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете осуществить общий обзор оборудования вашего компьютера. После запуска программа выполняет автоматический поиск всех компонентов оборудования. С этой целью она использует программу <code>ldetect</code>, которая в своей работе использует список оборудования из пакета <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
+"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
+"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
+"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
+"lst</code> package."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете "
+"осуществить общий обзор оборудования вашего компьютера. После запуска "
+"программа выполняет автоматический поиск всех компонентов оборудования. С "
+"этой целью она использует программу <code>ldetect</code>, которая в своей "
+"работе использует список оборудования из пакета <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:31
@@ -4855,33 +7101,65 @@ msgstr "Окно разделено на две колонки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr "В левом столбце отображается список обнаруженного оборудования. Устройства группируются по категориям. Нажмите кнопку >, чтобы развернуть список категории. С помощью этого столбца можно выбрать устройство из списка."
+msgid ""
+"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
+"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
+"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
+msgstr ""
+"В левом столбце отображается список обнаруженного оборудования. Устройства "
+"группируются по категориям. Нажмите кнопку >, чтобы развернуть список "
+"категории. С помощью этого столбца можно выбрать устройство из списка."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid "The right column displays information about the selected device.  The <guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information about the content of the fields."
-msgstr "В правом столбце будут показаны данные выбранного устройства. С помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Справка -> Описание полей</guimenu> можно получить более подробное описание отображаемых полей."
+msgid ""
+"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
+"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
+"about the content of the fields."
+msgstr ""
+"В правом столбце будут показаны данные выбранного устройства. С помощью "
+"пункта меню <guimenu>Справка -> Описание полей</guimenu> можно получить "
+"более подробное описание отображаемых полей."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid "According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr "Согласно выбранного типа устройства, в нижней части правой панели окна будет показано одна или две кнопки:"
+msgid ""
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
+"available at the bottom of the right column:"
+msgstr ""
+"Согласно выбранного типа устройства, в нижней части правой панели окна будет "
+"показано одна или две кнопки:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must used by experts only."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Установить параметры текущего драйвера</guibutton>: с помощью этой кнопки можно изменить параметры работы модуля системы, связанного с работой устройства. Этой кнопкой следует пользоваться только опытным пользователям."
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
+"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
+"used by experts only."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Установить параметры текущего драйвера</guibutton>: с помощью "
+"этой кнопки можно изменить параметры работы модуля системы, связанного с "
+"работой устройства. Этой кнопкой следует пользоваться только опытным "
+"пользователям."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Запустить инструмент настройки</guibutton>: получить доступ к средству настройки устройства. Обычно, доступ к этому инструменту можно получить непосредственно из Центра управления Mageia."
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
+"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Запустить инструмент настройки</guibutton>: получить доступ к "
+"средству настройки устройства. Обычно, доступ к этому инструменту можно "
+"получить непосредственно из Центра управления Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr "С помощью пунктов меню <guimenu>Параметры</guimenu> вы можете включить автоматическое обнаружение некоторых типов устройств:"
+msgid ""
+"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
+"enable automatic detection:"
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью пунктов меню <guimenu>Параметры</guimenu> вы можете включить "
+"автоматическое обнаружение некоторых типов устройств:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:73
@@ -4900,8 +7178,15 @@ msgstr "Zip параллельные устройства"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr "По умолчанию такое обнаружение не выполняется, поскольку оно является достаточно длительным. Отметьте соответствующие пункты, если на вашем компьютере установлено соответствующее оборудование. Обнаружение будет выполнено при следующем запуске этой утилиты."
+msgid ""
+"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
+"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
+"be operational the next time this tool is started."
+msgstr ""
+"По умолчанию такое обнаружение не выполняется, поскольку оно является "
+"достаточно длительным. Отметьте соответствующие пункты, если на вашем "
+"компьютере установлено соответствующее оборудование. Обнаружение будет "
+"выполнено при следующем запуске этой утилиты."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
@@ -4913,21 +7198,35 @@ msgstr "Настройка раскладки клавиатуры"
 msgid "keyboarddrake"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
 msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid "The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr "Программа keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> поможет вам настроить базовую раскладку вашей клавиатуры в операционной системе Mageia. Результаты настройки будут использованы для всех пользователей системы. Доступ к программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Оборудование» из Центра управления Mageia, в разделе: «Настроить мышь и клавиатуру»."
+msgid ""
+"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
+"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
+"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
+"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
+"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Программа keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> поможет вам "
+"настроить базовую раскладку вашей клавиатуры в операционной системе Mageia. "
+"Результаты настройки будут использованы для всех пользователей системы. "
+"Доступ к программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Оборудование» из Центра "
+"управления Mageia, в разделе: «Настроить мышь и клавиатуру»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
@@ -4936,8 +7235,14 @@ msgstr "Раскладка клавиатуры"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid "Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each layout should be used for."
-msgstr "С помощью этого окна вы можете выбрать раскладку клавиатуры, которую следует использовать. В названиях раскладок указаны по алфавиту язык, страна и этническая принадлежность раскладки."
+msgid ""
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
+"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
+"layout should be used for."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого окна вы можете выбрать раскладку клавиатуры, которую следует "
+"использовать. В названиях раскладок указаны по алфавиту язык, страна и "
+"этническая принадлежность раскладки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
@@ -4946,8 +7251,13 @@ msgstr "Тип клавиатуры"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr "С помощью этого меню вы можете указать тип клавиатуры, которой пользуетесь. Если вы не уверены относительно своего выбора, лучше не менять вариант по умолчанию."
+msgid ""
+"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
+"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого меню вы можете указать тип клавиатуры, которой пользуетесь. "
+"Если вы не уверены относительно своего выбора, лучше не менять вариант по "
+"умолчанию."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:10
@@ -4959,36 +7269,62 @@ msgstr "Настройка локализации системы"
 msgid "localedrake"
 msgstr "localedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:18
 msgid "localedrake.png"
 msgstr "localedrake.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid "You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно также с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно также с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести "
+"команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> от имени "
+"администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during installation."
-msgstr "Этим модулем<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно воспользоваться с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, в разделе «Настройка локализации системы». В случае его выбора будет открыто окно, с помощью которого вы можете выбрать язык. По умолчанию будет подобран список языков, которые были выбраны во время установки системы."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
+"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
+"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
+"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Этим модулем<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно воспользоваться "
+"с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, в разделе «Настройка "
+"локализации системы». В случае его выбора будет открыто окно, с помощью "
+"которого вы можете выбрать язык. По умолчанию будет подобран список языков, "
+"которые были выбраны во время установки системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно задействовать режим совместимости с устаревшими кодировками (не UTF-8)."
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
+"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно задействовать "
+"режим совместимости с устаревшими кодировками (не UTF-8)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to countries not listed."
-msgstr "Во втором окне будет показан список стран, в которых может использоваться указанный язык. Доступ к спискам стран, которых нет в списке, можно получить с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Другие страны</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
+"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
+"countries not listed."
+msgstr ""
+"Во втором окне будет показан список стран, в которых может использоваться "
+"указанный язык. Доступ к спискам стран, которых нет в списке, можно получить "
+"с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Другие страны</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:38
 msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr "Чтобы внесённые вами изменения вступили в силу, вам следует выйти из вашей учётной записи в системе и снова войти в неё."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы внесённые вами изменения вступили в силу, вам следует выйти из вашей "
+"учётной записи в системе и снова войти в неё."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:42
@@ -4997,18 +7333,37 @@ msgstr "Метод ввода"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc)."
-msgstr "С помощью пункта <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы также можете выбрать метод ввода (в раскрывающемся меню под списком). С помощью способов ввода можно вводить символы языков, в которых запись осуществляется не с помощью букв (китайской, японской, корейской и т.д.)."
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
+"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
+"Korean, etc)."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью пункта <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы также можете выбрать "
+"метод ввода (в раскрывающемся меню под списком). С помощью способов ввода "
+"можно вводить символы языков, в которых запись осуществляется не с помощью "
+"букв (китайской, японской, корейской и т.д.)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr "Для азиатских и африканских языков способом ввода по умолчанию будет выбран IBus, следовательно, потребности в настройке этого способа ввода вручную нет."
+msgid ""
+"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
+"users should not need to configure it manually."
+msgstr ""
+"Для азиатских и африканских языков способом ввода по умолчанию будет выбран "
+"IBus, следовательно, потребности в настройке этого способа ввода вручную нет."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Другие способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME и т.п.) также предоставляют подобные функциональные возможности. Установить пакеты этих способов, если их нет в контекстном меню, можно с помощью другого модуля из Центра управления Mageia. См. <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
+msgid ""
+"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
+"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
+"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Другие способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME и т.п.) также предоставляют подобные "
+"функциональные возможности. Установить пакеты этих способов, если их нет в "
+"контекстном меню, можно с помощью другого модуля из Центра управления "
+"Mageia. См. <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:3
@@ -5020,21 +7375,30 @@ msgstr "Просмотр системных журналов"
 msgid "logdrake"
 msgstr "logdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:10
 msgid "logdrake.png"
 msgstr "logdrake.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</guilabel>\"."
-msgstr "Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел <guilabel>Просмотр системных журналов</guilabel>."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
+"guilabel>\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
+"получить с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел "
+"<guilabel>Просмотр системных журналов</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:22
@@ -5043,13 +7407,45 @@ msgstr "Поиск в журналах"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid "First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr "Сначала вам следует указать строку поиска в поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Совпадает с</emphasis> и/или строку, <emphasis>которой не должно быть в результатах</emphasis> в поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Не совпадает</emphasis>. После этого выберите файл(ы), в которых будет выполняться поиск, в поле <guilabel>Выбор файла</guilabel>. Вы также можете ограничить поиск определённым днём. Выберите его на панели <emphasis role=\"bold\">Календарь</emphasis> с помощью нажатия маленьких стрелочек с каждой стороны от полей месяца и года, после чего отметьте пункт <guibutton>Показывать только для выбранного дня</guibutton>. Наконец, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>поиск</guibutton>, чтобы просмотреть результаты в окне с названием <guilabel>Содержимое файла</guilabel>. Предусмотрена возможность сохранить результаты в файле формата txt, - для этого следует нажать кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Сохранить</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
+"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
+"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
+"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
+"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
+"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
+"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
+"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Сначала вам следует указать строку поиска в поле <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Совпадает с</emphasis> и/или строку, <emphasis>которой не должно быть в "
+"результатах</emphasis> в поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Не совпадает</"
+"emphasis>. После этого выберите файл(ы), в которых будет выполняться поиск, "
+"в поле <guilabel>Выбор файла</guilabel>. Вы также можете ограничить поиск "
+"определённым днём. Выберите его на панели <emphasis role=\"bold\">Календарь</"
+"emphasis> с помощью нажатия маленьких стрелочек с каждой стороны от полей "
+"месяца и года, после чего отметьте пункт <guibutton>Показывать только для "
+"выбранного дня</guibutton>. Наконец, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>поиск</"
+"guibutton>, чтобы просмотреть результаты в окне с названием "
+"<guilabel>Содержимое файла</guilabel>. Предусмотрена возможность сохранить "
+"результаты в файле формата txt, - для этого следует нажать кнопку <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Сохранить</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid "The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr "В <guibutton>Журнале инструментов Mageia</guibutton> содержатся данные, записанные в журнал средствами настройки Mageia, в частности инструментами из Центра управления Mageia. Эти журналы обновляются каждый раз, когда вы меняете какие-либо настройки."
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
+"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
+"updated each time a configuration is modified."
+msgstr ""
+"В <guibutton>Журнале инструментов Mageia</guibutton> содержатся данные, "
+"записанные в журнал средствами настройки Mageia, в частности инструментами "
+"из Центра управления Mageia. Эти журналы обновляются каждый раз, когда вы "
+"меняете какие-либо настройки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:43
@@ -5058,13 +7454,30 @@ msgstr "Настройка оповещения по электронной по
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured address."
-msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Почтовое напоминание</guibutton> можно приказать системе выполнять проверку нагрузки на систему и службы каждый час, и если это нужно, отправлять сообщения по электронной почте на указанный адрес."
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
+"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Почтовое напоминание</guibutton> можно приказать "
+"системе выполнять проверку нагрузки на систему и службы каждый час, и если "
+"это нужно, отправлять сообщения по электронной почте на указанный адрес."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid "To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. (See screenshot above)."
-msgstr "Чтобы выполнить настройки этой утилиты, нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Почтовое напоминание</emphasis> и выберите в следующем окне, которое будет показано, вариант <guibutton>Настроить систему почтового напоминания</guibutton>. В окне, которое будет показано после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, вы сможете указать службы, за которыми следует вести наблюдение (см. приведенный выше снимок экрана)."
+msgid ""
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
+"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
+"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
+"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
+"(See screenshot above)."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы выполнить настройки этой утилиты, нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Почтовое напоминание</emphasis> и выберите в следующем окне, которое "
+"будет показано, вариант <guibutton>Настроить систему почтового напоминания</"
+"guibutton>. В окне, которое будет показано после нажатия кнопки "
+"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, вы сможете указать службы, за которыми следует "
+"вести наблюдение (см. приведенный выше снимок экрана)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:55
@@ -5111,21 +7524,39 @@ msgstr "Служба xinetd"
 msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
 msgstr "Распознаватель доменных имен BIND"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:91
 msgid "logdrake1.png"
 msgstr "logdrake1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr "На следующей странице выберите значение <guilabel>Нагрузка</guilabel>, превышение которой вы считаете неприемлемым. Нагрузка определяется как уровень требовательности процесса к ресурсам компьютера, большая нагрузка замедляет работу остальной системы, а очень высокая нагрузка может свидетельствовать о том, что процесс вышел из-под контроля. По умолчанию используется значение 3. Мы рекомендуем определить значение предельной нагрузки как количество процессов, умноженное на 3."
+msgid ""
+"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
+"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
+"to 3 times the number of processors."
+msgstr ""
+"На следующей странице выберите значение <guilabel>Нагрузка</guilabel>, "
+"превышение которой вы считаете неприемлемым. Нагрузка определяется как "
+"уровень требовательности процесса к ресурсам компьютера, большая нагрузка "
+"замедляет работу остальной системы, а очень высокая нагрузка может "
+"свидетельствовать о том, что процесс вышел из-под контроля. По умолчанию "
+"используется значение 3. Мы рекомендуем определить значение предельной "
+"нагрузки как количество процессов, умноженное на 3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local or on the Internet)."
-msgstr "С помощью последней страницы введите <guilabel>Адрес электронной почты</guilabel> лица, которое следует предупредить и <guilabel>Сервер электронной почты</guilabel>, которым следует воспользоваться (локальный или интернет-сервер)."
+msgid ""
+"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
+"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
+"or on the Internet)."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью последней страницы введите <guilabel>Адрес электронной почты</"
+"guilabel> лица, которое следует предупредить и <guilabel>Сервер электронной "
+"почты</guilabel>, которым следует воспользоваться (локальный или интернет-"
+"сервер)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
@@ -5139,18 +7570,34 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and used on the command line."
-msgstr "Эту программу <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить только из командной строки."
+msgid ""
+"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
+"used on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+"Эту программу <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить "
+"только из командной строки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командой по документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь."
+msgid ""
+"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
+"advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы "
+"считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь "
+"с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командой "
+"по документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
@@ -5164,34 +7611,56 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under root."
-msgstr "Эту программу <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить только из командной строки. Она выводит определённое описание оборудования в системе, если ее запускать от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
+"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
+"root."
+msgstr ""
+"Эту программу <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить "
+"только из командной строки. Она выводит определённое описание оборудования в "
+"системе, если ее запускать от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid "lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst packages to work."
-msgstr "lspcidrake выводит список всех соединённых с компьютером устройств (USB, PCI и PCMCIA) и задействованных драйверов. Для работы программы требуются пакеты ldetect и ldetect-lst."
+msgid ""
+"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
+"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
+"packages to work."
+msgstr ""
+"lspcidrake выводит список всех соединённых с компьютером устройств (USB, PCI "
+"и PCMCIA) и задействованных драйверов. Для работы программы требуются пакеты "
+"ldetect и ldetect-lst."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
 msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr "Если добавить параметр «-v», lspcidrake покажет данные относительно производителя и идентификации устройства."
+msgid ""
+"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
+msgstr ""
+"Если добавить параметр «-v», lspcidrake покажет данные относительно "
+"производителя и идентификации устройства."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr "Часто список, выведенный lspcidrake, довольно длинный, поэтому для его фильтрации приходится использовать программу grep. Примеры:"
+msgid ""
+"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
+"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
+msgstr ""
+"Часто список, выведенный lspcidrake, довольно длинный, поэтому для его "
+"фильтрации приходится использовать программу grep. Примеры:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
@@ -5220,19 +7689,27 @@ msgstr "Параметр -i предназначен для игнорирова
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr "На приведённом ниже скриншоте показана работа параметра «-v» для lspcidrake и «-i» для grep."
+msgid ""
+"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
+"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
+msgstr ""
+"На приведённом ниже скриншоте показана работа параметра «-v» для lspcidrake "
+"и «-i» для grep."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
 msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr "Предусмотрено и другое средство получения данных по оборудованию. Эта программа называется <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis>, запускать от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
+"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
+msgstr ""
+"Предусмотрено и другое средство получения данных по оборудованию. Эта "
+"программа называется <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis>, запускать "
+"от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
@@ -5244,64 +7721,108 @@ msgstr "Обновления пакетов с программами"
 msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate или drakrpm-update"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
+"emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Управление программами</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
+"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Управление программами</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18
-msgid "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are prompted to do so."
-msgstr "Для обеспечения работоспособности MageiaUpdate следует должным образом настроить репозитории, воспользовавшись rpmdrake-edit-media и указав определённые источники пакетов для обновления. Если вы еще этого не сделали, программа попросит вас выполнить соответствующую настройку."
+msgid ""
+"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-"
+"edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
+"prompted to do so."
+msgstr ""
+"Для обеспечения работоспособности MageiaUpdate следует должным образом "
+"настроить репозитории, воспользовавшись rpmdrake-edit-media и указав "
+"определённые источники пакетов для обновления. Если вы еще этого не сделали, "
+"программа попросит вас выполнить соответствующую настройку."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
-msgid "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr "После запуска этого инструмента программа выполняет сканирование установленных пакетов и показывает список пакетов, обновления которых появились в репозитории дистрибутива. По умолчанию все пункты пакетов будут помечены для автоматической загруки и установки. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы начать эту процедуру."
+msgid ""
+"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
+"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
+msgstr ""
+"После запуска этого инструмента программа выполняет сканирование "
+"установленных пакетов и показывает список пакетов, обновления которых "
+"появились в репозитории дистрибутива. По умолчанию все пункты пакетов будут "
+"помечены для автоматической загруки и установки. Нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы начать эту процедуру."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
-msgid "By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr "Если вы нажмёте на пакете, в нижней части окна будут показаны дополнительные данные относительно пакета. Символ<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> перед заголовком в списке данных означает, что после нажатия этой стрелочки можно просмотреть дополнительный информационный блок."
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
+"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"means you can click to drop down a text."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы нажмёте на пакете, в нижней части окна будут показаны дополнительные "
+"данные относительно пакета. Символ<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> "
+"перед заголовком в списке данных означает, что после нажатия этой стрелочки "
+"можно просмотреть дополнительный информационный блок."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
-msgid "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr "Когда в репозитории дистрибутива будут появляться обновления, апплет системного лотка будет предупреждать вас, показывая значок <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . Наведите указатель мыши на этот значок и щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, введите свой пароль пользователя, чтобы обновить пакеты системы."
+msgid ""
+"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
+"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+msgstr ""
+"Когда в репозитории дистрибутива будут появляться обновления, апплет "
+"системного лотка будет предупреждать вас, показывая значок <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . Наведите указатель мыши на этот значок и "
+"щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, введите свой пароль пользователя, чтобы "
+"обновить пакеты системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
 msgid "Boot"
 msgstr "Загрузка"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-boot.png"
 msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам настройки загрузки системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
+"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
+"настройки загрузки системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы "
+"узнать больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
@@ -5328,30 +7849,36 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
 msgid "Hardware"
 msgstr "Оборудование"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам настройкаи оборудования. Нажмите на ссылке, расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
+"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
+"настройкаи оборудования. Нажмите на ссылке, расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать "
+"больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
 msgid "Manage your hardware"
 msgstr "Настройка оборудования"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Поиск и настройка оборудования</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Поиск и настройка оборудования</"
+"emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
@@ -5361,14 +7888,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgid "Configure graphics"
 msgstr "Настройка графики"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Настройка эффектов трёхмерного рабочего стола</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Настройка эффектов трёхмерного "
+"рабочего стола</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
@@ -5378,14 +7907,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
 msgstr "Настройка клавиатуры и мыши"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
@@ -5395,26 +7922,26 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
 msgstr "Настройка печати и сканирования"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Настройка принтеров, очередей печати, ...</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
+"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Настройка принтеров, "
+"очередей печати, ...</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:58
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
 msgid "Others"
 msgstr "Другие"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
@@ -5426,45 +7953,71 @@ msgstr "Руководство по Центру управления Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid "The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr "В Центре управления Mageia (MCC) предусмотрено восемь пунктов, выбрать которые можно в левой колонке окна программы. Если установлен пакет drakwizard, таких пунктов будет десять. Каждый из этих пунктов предлагает набор инструментов, которые можно выбрать в правой стороне окна программы."
+msgid ""
+"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
+"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
+"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
+"selected in the big right panel."
+msgstr ""
+"В Центре управления Mageia (MCC) предусмотрено восемь пунктов, выбрать "
+"которые можно в левой колонке окна программы. Если установлен пакет "
+"drakwizard, таких пунктов будет десять. Каждый из этих пунктов предлагает "
+"набор инструментов, которые можно выбрать в правой стороне окна программы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid "The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr "Следующие десять глав посвящены этим десяти пунктам и связанными с ними инструментами."
+msgid ""
+"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
+msgstr ""
+"Следующие десять глав посвящены этим десяти пунктам и связанными с ними "
+"инструментами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr "Последняя глава посвящена другим инструментам Mageia, которые не могут быть выбраны с помощью страниц Центра управления Mageia (MCC)."
+msgid ""
+"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
+"any of the MCC tabs."
+msgstr ""
+"Последняя глава посвящена другим инструментам Mageia, которые не могут быть "
+"выбраны с помощью страниц Центра управления Mageia (MCC)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool screens."
-msgstr "Названия пунктов на этих страницах иногда совпадают с заголовками окон соответствующих инструментов."
+msgid ""
+"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
+"screens."
+msgstr ""
+"Названия пунктов на этих страницах иногда совпадают с заголовками окон "
+"соответствующих инструментов."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr "Кроме того, можно воспользоваться кнопкой «Поиск» этого руководства, которая находится справа от кнопки «Содержание»."
+msgid ""
+"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
+"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
+msgstr ""
+"Кроме того, можно воспользоваться кнопкой «Поиск» этого руководства, которая "
+"находится справа от кнопки «Содержание»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
 msgid "Local disks"
 msgstr "Локальные диски"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления дисками системы и предоставления общего доступа к локальным дискам. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
+"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
+"управления дисками системы и предоставления общего доступа к локальным "
+"дискам. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
@@ -5482,21 +8035,28 @@ msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
 msgid "Network Services"
 msgstr "Сетевые службы"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr "Это окно и окно <emphasis>Общий доступ</emphasis> можно будет увидеть, только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>,чтобы узнать больше."
+msgid ""
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
+"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
+"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Это окно и окно <emphasis>Общий доступ</emphasis> можно будет увидеть, "
+"только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих "
+"окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на "
+"ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>,чтобы "
+"узнать больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
@@ -5528,47 +8088,51 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
 msgid "Network Sharing"
 msgstr "Общий доступ"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно выбрать инструменты управления общего доступа к дискам и каталогам системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
+"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы можно выбрать инструменты управления общего доступа "
+"к дискам и каталогам системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы "
+"узнать больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
 msgstr "Настройка ресурсов Windows®"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Доступ к общим файлам и каталогам на системах Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
+"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Доступ к общим файлам и "
+"каталогам на системах Windows (SMB)</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
 msgid "Configure NFS shares"
 msgstr "Управление ресурсами NFS"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
@@ -5578,8 +8142,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
 msgstr "Настройка ресурсов WebDAV"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
@@ -5589,36 +8152,37 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network and Internet"
 msgstr "Сеть и Интернет"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:8
 msgid "mcc-network.png"
 msgstr "mcc-network.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid "In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления доступа к сети. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
+"below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
+"управления доступа к сети. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы "
+"узнать больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:18
 msgid "Manage your network devices"
 msgstr "Управление сетевыми службами"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:21
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:25
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:29
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
@@ -5628,57 +8192,59 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
 msgstr "Обеспечение безопасности сети"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:39
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:43
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:47
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:51
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:61
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:18
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "Безопасность"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-security.png"
 msgstr "mcc-security.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления защитой системы от внешнего вмешательства. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
+"link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
+"управления защитой системы от внешнего вмешательства. Нажмите на ссылку, "
+"расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Настройка безопасности, прав доступа и аудита системы</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
+"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Настройка безопасности, прав доступа "
+"и аудита системы</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:25
@@ -5701,21 +8267,28 @@ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
 msgid "Sharing"
 msgstr "Совместное пользование"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr "Это окно и окно <emphasis>Сетевые службы</emphasis> можно будет увидеть, только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>,чтобы узнать больше."
+msgid ""
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
+"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Это окно и окно <emphasis>Сетевые службы</emphasis> можно будет увидеть, "
+"только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих "
+"окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на "
+"ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/"
+">,чтобы узнать больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
@@ -5732,36 +8305,37 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
 msgid "System"
 msgstr "Система"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-system.png"
 msgstr "mcc-system.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:13
-msgid "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления и администрирования системой. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
+"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
+"управления и администрирования системой. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную "
+"ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:18
 msgid "Manage system services"
 msgstr "Управление системными службами"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:20
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
@@ -5771,14 +8345,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgid "Localization"
 msgstr "Локализация"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:37
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
@@ -5788,32 +8360,31 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgid "Administration tools"
 msgstr "Инструменты администрирования"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:58
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Управление пользователями</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Управление пользователями</"
+"emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:62
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:66
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
@@ -5825,18 +8396,38 @@ msgstr "Центр управления Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Тексты и скриншоты в данном руководстве, предоставляются вам в соответствии с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Тексты и скриншоты в данном руководстве, предоставляются вам в соответствии "
+"с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href=\"http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/"
+"licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Это руководство было создано с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанное компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Это руководство было создано с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанное компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://"
+"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Это руководство было написано добровольцами в свободное от основной работы время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команде документирования</link>, если хотите помочь в улучшении этого руководства."
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Это руководство было написано добровольцами в свободное от основной работы "
+"время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"Documentation_team\">команде документирования</link>, если хотите помочь в "
+"улучшении этого руководства."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
@@ -5848,26 +8439,49 @@ msgstr "Настройка частоты проверки обновлений"
 msgid "mgaapplet-config"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr "Доступ к этому модулю<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Управление программами</emphasis>. Также окно этой программы открывается с помощью щелчка правой кнопки мыши на красном значке в системном трее <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> с последующим выбором пункта <guimenu>Настройка обновлений</guimenu>."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
+"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
+"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
+"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к этому модулю<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
+"получить с помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Управление программами</emphasis>. Также окно этой программы открывается "
+"с помощью щелчка правой кнопки мыши на красном значке в системном трее "
+"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> с последующим выбором "
+"пункта <guimenu>Настройка обновлений</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr "С помощью первого ползунка вы можете изменить частоту, с которой Mageia будет проверять наличие обновлений, а с помощью второго - промежуток между завершением загрузки и первой проверкой наличия обновлений. С помощью обозначения или снятия отметки с соответствующего пункта вы можете приказать системе предупреждать вас о новых выпусках Mageia."
+msgid ""
+"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
+"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью первого ползунка вы можете изменить частоту, с которой Mageia "
+"будет проверять наличие обновлений, а с помощью второго - промежуток между "
+"завершением загрузки и первой проверкой наличия обновлений. С помощью "
+"обозначения или снятия отметки с соответствующего пункта вы можете приказать "
+"системе предупреждать вас о новых выпусках Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:3
@@ -5879,31 +8493,53 @@ msgstr "Настройка указывающего устройства (мыш
 msgid "mousedrake"
 msgstr "mousedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:11
 msgid "mousedrake.png"
 msgstr "mousedrake.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Оборудование</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
+"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Оборудование</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid "As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr "Для установки Mageia, к компьютеру должен быть подключен манипулятор-мышь. Настройка этого оборудования выполняется во время установки системы. С помощью этого модуля вы сможете изменить параметры работы мыши или настроить работу с другой мышью."
+msgid ""
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
+"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Для установки Mageia, к компьютеру должен быть подключен манипулятор-мышь. "
+"Настройка этого оборудования выполняется во время установки системы. С "
+"помощью этого модуля вы сможете изменить параметры работы мыши или настроить "
+"работу с другой мышью."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid "The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is immediately taken into account."
-msgstr "Список упорядочен по модели мыши и по её типу соединения. Отметьте пункт с вашей мышью и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. В основном новейшие мыши хорошо работают, если выбран пункт «Любая мышь PS/2 или USB». Выбранный вариант мыши будет задействован немедленно."
+msgid ""
+"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
+"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
+"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
+"immediately taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+"Список упорядочен по модели мыши и по её типу соединения. Отметьте пункт с "
+"вашей мышью и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. В основном новейшие "
+"мыши хорошо работают, если выбран пункт «Любая мышь PS/2 или USB». Выбранный "
+"вариант мыши будет задействован немедленно."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:3
@@ -5915,36 +8551,61 @@ msgstr "MSEC: безопасность и аудит системы"
 msgid "msecgui"
 msgstr "msecgui"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:13
 msgid "msecgui.png"
 msgstr "msecgui.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two approaches:"
-msgstr "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> - графический интерфейс к msec, с помощью которого можно настроить защиту системы следующим образом:"
+msgid ""
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
+"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
+"approaches:"
+msgstr ""
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> - графический интерфейс к "
+"msec, с помощью которого можно настроить защиту системы следующим образом:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to make it more secure."
-msgstr "Установить системное поведение; msec вносит в систему изменения с целью ее страхования."
+msgid ""
+"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
+"make it more secure."
+msgstr ""
+"Установить системное поведение; msec вносит в систему изменения с целью ее "
+"страхования."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr "Выполнять периодические автоматические проверки системы с целью предупредить вас о потенциально опасных изменениях."
+msgid ""
+"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
+"you if something seems dangerous."
+msgstr ""
+"Выполнять периодические автоматические проверки системы с целью предупредить "
+"вас о потенциально опасных изменениях."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid "msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your own customised security levels."
-msgstr "В msec использована концепция «уровней безопасности». Уровни предназначены для настройки целого набора прав доступа в системе, за которыми будет наблюдать и принудительно изменять программа. В Mageia вам будет предложено несколько типовых уровней, но вы можете определить собственные нетипичные уровни безопасности."
+msgid ""
+"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
+"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
+"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
+"own customised security levels."
+msgstr ""
+"В msec использована концепция «уровней безопасности». Уровни предназначены "
+"для настройки целого набора прав доступа в системе, за которыми будет "
+"наблюдать и принудительно изменять программа. В Mageia вам будет предложено "
+"несколько типовых уровней, но вы можете определить собственные нетипичные "
+"уровни безопасности."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:45
@@ -5958,41 +8619,51 @@ msgstr "Смотрите приведённый выше скриншот"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr "На первой вкладке будет показан список различных инструментов защиты с расположенной справа кнопкой для настройки этих инструментов:"
+msgid ""
+"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
+"button on the right side to configure them:"
+msgstr ""
+"На первой вкладке будет показан список различных инструментов защиты с "
+"расположенной справа кнопкой для настройки этих инструментов:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "К файерволу можно получить доступ с помощью Центра управления Mageia - страница «Безопасность», пункт «Настройка персонального файервола»."
+msgid ""
+"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
+msgstr ""
+"К файерволу можно получить доступ с помощью Центра управления Mageia - "
+"страница «Безопасность», пункт «Настройка персонального файервола»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:59
 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr "Доступ к обновлениям можно получить в Центре управления Mageia - страница «Управление программами», пункт «Обновление системы»."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к обновлениям можно получить в Центре управления Mageia - страница "
+"«Управление программами», пункт «Обновление системы»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:64
 msgid "msec itself with some information:"
 msgstr "Сам msec с некоторой информацией:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:68
 msgid "enabled or not"
 msgstr "включен или нет"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:72
 msgid "the configured Base security level"
 msgstr "настроен базовый уровень безопасности"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr "даты последних периодических проверок, кнопки просмотра подробного отчёта и кнопки для немедленного выполнения проверки."
+msgid ""
+"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
+"and another button to execute the checks just now."
+msgstr ""
+"даты последних периодических проверок, кнопки просмотра подробного отчёта и "
+"кнопки для немедленного выполнения проверки."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:86
@@ -6001,11 +8672,14 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Параметры безопасности»"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid "A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr "Нажав левой кнопкой мыши на второй вкладке или кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>, будет показана страница, подобная приведённой на снимке ниже."
+msgid ""
+"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
+"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажав левой кнопкой мыши на второй вкладке или кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</"
+"guibutton>, будет показана страница, подобная приведённой на снимке ниже."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:94
 msgid "msecgui2.png"
 msgstr "msecgui2.png"
@@ -6022,43 +8696,123 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Уровни безопасности:</emp
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid "After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The following levels are available:"
-msgstr "После выбора пункта <guilabel>Включить инструмент MSEC</guilabel>, с помощью этой вкладки вы можете двойным щелчком кнопки мыши выбрать уровень безопасности. Если этот пункт не будет отмечен, правила обеспечения безопасности не будут применяться. По умолчанию можно воспользоваться такими уровнями безопасности:"
+msgid ""
+"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
+"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
+"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
+"following levels are available:"
+msgstr ""
+"После выбора пункта <guilabel>Включить инструмент MSEC</guilabel>, с помощью "
+"этой вкладки вы можете двойным щелчком кнопки мыши выбрать уровень "
+"безопасности. Если этот пункт не будет отмечен, правила обеспечения "
+"безопасности не будут применяться. По умолчанию можно воспользоваться такими "
+"уровнями безопасности:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid "Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr "Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. Этот уровень предназначен для ситуаций, когда вы не хотите, чтобы msec руководил безопасностью системы, и хотите настроить средства защиты самостоятельно. Если будет выбран этот уровень, все проверки безопасности будут отключены, программа не будет применять никаких ограничений на настройки и параметры системы. Пожалуйста, пользуйтесь этим уровнем только если полностью осознаёте последствия, поскольку его использование оставит вашу систему уязвимой к нападениям злоумышленников."
+msgid ""
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
+"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
+"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
+"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
+"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
+"vulnerable to attack."
+msgstr ""
+"Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. Этот уровень предназначен "
+"для ситуаций, когда вы не хотите, чтобы msec руководил безопасностью "
+"системы, и хотите настроить средства защиты самостоятельно. Если будет "
+"выбран этот уровень, все проверки безопасности будут отключены, программа не "
+"будет применять никаких ограничений на настройки и параметры системы. "
+"Пожалуйста, пользуйтесь этим уровнем только если полностью осознаёте "
+"последствия, поскольку его использование оставит вашу систему уязвимой к "
+"нападениям злоумышленников."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid "Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec versions)."
-msgstr "Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">стандартный</emphasis>. Этот уровень является дефолтным после установки, он предназначен для обычных пользователей. Права доступа в системе будут несколько ограничены, будут выполняться ежедневные проверки защиты для выявления изменений в системных файлах, учётных записях и уязвимостей в правах доступа к каталогам (этот уровень подобен уровням 2 и 3 в старых версиях msec)."
+msgid ""
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
+"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users.  It "
+"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
+"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
+"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
+"versions)."
+msgstr ""
+"Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">стандартный</emphasis>. Этот уровень "
+"является дефолтным после установки, он предназначен для обычных "
+"пользователей. Права доступа в системе будут несколько ограничены, будут "
+"выполняться ежедневные проверки защиты для выявления изменений в системных "
+"файлах, учётных записях и уязвимостей в правах доступа к каталогам (этот "
+"уровень подобен уровням 2 и 3 в старых версиях msec)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid "Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr "Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">безопасный</emphasis>. Этот уровень будет полезным, если вам нужна защищённая система с определённой свободой в действиях. Права доступа в системе ограничены, выполняются периодические проверки. Кроме того, будет ограничен доступ к системе (этот уровень подобен уровням 4 (высокий) и 5 (параноидальный) в старых версиях msec)."
+msgid ""
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
+"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
+"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
+"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
+"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
+msgstr ""
+"Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">безопасный</emphasis>. Этот уровень будет "
+"полезным, если вам нужна защищённая система с определённой свободой в "
+"действиях. Права доступа в системе ограничены, выполняются периодические "
+"проверки. Кроме того, будет ограничен доступ к системе (этот уровень подобен "
+"уровням 4 (высокий) и 5 (параноидальный) в старых версиях msec)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to the most common use cases."
-msgstr "Кроме этих уровней, предусмотрены различные ориентированные на задачи наборы настроек защиты, в частности уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">файловый сервер </emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">веб-сервер</emphasis> и <emphasis role=\"bold\">нетбук</emphasis>. Если вы воспользуетесь этими уровнями, то защита системы будет предварительно настроена на выполнение большинства типовых задач."
+msgid ""
+"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
+"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
+"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
+"the most common use cases."
+msgstr ""
+"Кроме этих уровней, предусмотрены различные ориентированные на задачи наборы "
+"настроек защиты, в частности уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">файловый сервер "
+"</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">веб-сервер</emphasis> и <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">нетбук</emphasis>. Если вы воспользуетесь этими уровнями, то защита "
+"системы будет предварительно настроена на выполнение большинства типовых "
+"задач."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr "Последние два уровня называются <emphasis role=\"bold\">ежедневные проверки </emphasis> и <emphasis role=\"bold\">еженедельные проверки</emphasis>. На самом деле, это не совсем уровни безопасности, скорее инструменты, предназначенные только для выполнения периодических проверок."
+msgid ""
+"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
+"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
+"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
+msgstr ""
+"Последние два уровня называются <emphasis role=\"bold\">ежедневные проверки "
+"</emphasis> и <emphasis role=\"bold\">еженедельные проверки</emphasis>. На "
+"самом деле, это не совсем уровни безопасности, скорее инструменты, "
+"предназначенные только для выполнения периодических проверок."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid "These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system configuration."
-msgstr "Записи этих уровней хранятся в файлах <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;Название уровня&gt;</filename>. Вы можете определить собственные нетипичные уровни безопасности и сохранить их в специфических файлах с названиями <filename>level.&lt;Название уровня&gt;</filename>, которые будут храниться в папке <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Создание уровней является прерогативой опытных пользователей, которым требуется гибкая система настроек и защищённая система."
+msgid ""
+"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
+"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
+"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
+"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
+"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
+"configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"Записи этих уровней хранятся в файлах <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;"
+"Название уровня&gt;</filename>. Вы можете определить собственные нетипичные "
+"уровни безопасности и сохранить их в специфических файлах с названиями "
+"<filename>level.&lt;Название уровня&gt;</filename>, которые будут храниться "
+"в папке <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Создание уровней является "
+"прерогативой опытных пользователей, которым требуется гибкая система "
+"настроек и защищённая система."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default level settings."
-msgstr "Помните, что изменённые пользователем параметры превосходят дефолтные параметры уровня."
+msgid ""
+"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
+"level settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Помните, что изменённые пользователем параметры превосходят дефолтные "
+"параметры уровня."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:170
@@ -6067,13 +8821,39 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Уведомления безопаснос
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid "If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to enable it."
-msgstr "Если вы выбрали пункт <guibutton>Присылать уведомления безопасности по электронной почте по адресу:</guibutton>, то отчёты по безопасности , созданные msec, будут отправляться по локальной электронной почте администратору безопасности , указанному в соседнем поле. Вы можете либо указать имя учётной записи локального пользователя , либо указать адрес электронной почты полностью (чтобы это сработало, необходимо настроить локальные средства работы с электронной почтой и средства управления ею соответствующим образом). Наконец, вы можете получать уведомления по безопасности непосредственно с помощью рабочего стола . Просто отметьте соответствующий пункт, чтобы включить эти уведомления."
+msgid ""
+"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
+"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
+"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
+"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
+"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
+"the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
+"enable it."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы выбрали пункт <guibutton>Присылать уведомления безопасности по "
+"электронной почте по адресу:</guibutton>, то отчёты по безопасности , "
+"созданные msec, будут отправляться по локальной электронной почте "
+"администратору безопасности , указанному в соседнем поле. Вы можете либо "
+"указать имя учётной записи локального пользователя , либо указать адрес "
+"электронной почты полностью (чтобы это сработало, необходимо настроить "
+"локальные средства работы с электронной почтой и средства управления ею "
+"соответствующим образом). Наконец, вы можете получать уведомления по "
+"безопасности непосредственно с помощью рабочего стола . Просто отметьте "
+"соответствующий пункт, чтобы включить эти уведомления."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr "Настоятельно рекомендуем вам включить оповещения о безопасности для администратора безопасности, чтобы немедленно получать информацию о возможных проблемах с безопасностью. Если вы этого не сделаете, администратору придётся регулярно знакомиться с файлами журнала, хранящимися в каталоге <filename>/var/log/security</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
+"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
+"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
+"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+"Настоятельно рекомендуем вам включить оповещения о безопасности для "
+"администратора безопасности, чтобы немедленно получать информацию о "
+"возможных проблемах с безопасностью. Если вы этого не сделаете, "
+"администратору придётся регулярно знакомиться с файлами журнала, хранящимися "
+"в каталоге <filename>/var/log/security</filename>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:188
@@ -6082,8 +8862,20 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Опции безопасности:</empha
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the options."
-msgstr "Создание нетипичного уровня безопасности не является единственным способом настройки защиты компьютера. Вы также можете воспользоваться вкладками для изменения любого из нужных вам параметров. Текущие настройки msec хранятся в файле <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. В этом файле содержатся данные о названии текущего уровня безопасности и список изменений, которые были внесены в его параметры."
+msgid ""
+"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
+"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
+"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
+"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
+"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Создание нетипичного уровня безопасности не является единственным способом "
+"настройки защиты компьютера. Вы также можете воспользоваться вкладками для "
+"изменения любого из нужных вам параметров. Текущие настройки msec хранятся в "
+"файле <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. В этом файле "
+"содержатся данные о названии текущего уровня безопасности и список "
+"изменений, которые были внесены в его параметры."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:199
@@ -6092,33 +8884,54 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Безопасность системы»"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side column."
-msgstr "На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты в левом столбце, их описания в центральном столбце и текущие значения в правом столбце."
+msgid ""
+"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
+"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
+"column."
+msgstr ""
+"На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты в левом столбце, их "
+"описания в центральном столбце и текущие значения в правом столбце."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:207
 msgid "msecgui3.png"
 msgstr "msecgui3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid "To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice."
-msgstr "Чтобы изменить параметр, дважды щёлкните на соответствующем пункте. В ответ будет открыто новое окно (см. приведённый ниже снимок). В окне будет показано название параметра, краткое описание, текущее и дефолтное значение, а также выпадающий список, с помощью которого можно выбрать это значение. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton>, чтобы сделать ваш выбор."
+msgid ""
+"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
+"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
+"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
+"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
+"choice."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы изменить параметр, дважды щёлкните на соответствующем пункте. В ответ "
+"будет открыто новое окно (см. приведённый ниже снимок). В окне будет "
+"показано название параметра, краткое описание, текущее и дефолтное значение, "
+"а также выпадающий список, с помощью которого можно выбрать это значение. "
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton>, чтобы сделать ваш выбор."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:219
 msgid "msecgui11.png"
 msgstr "msecgui11.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid "Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr "Не забудьте перед завершением работы msecgui сохранить ваши настройки с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если вами были внесены изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам возможность просмотреть список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут сохранены."
+msgid ""
+"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
+"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
+"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
+"saving them."
+msgstr ""
+"Не забудьте перед завершением работы msecgui сохранить ваши настройки с "
+"помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если "
+"вами были внесены изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам "
+"возможность просмотреть список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут "
+"сохранены."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:232
 msgid "msecgui10.png"
 msgstr "msecgui10.png"
@@ -6130,11 +8943,13 @@ msgstr "Безопасность сети"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr "На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты работы в сети. Она работает подобно работе предыдущей вкладки."
+msgid ""
+"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
+msgstr ""
+"На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты работы в сети. Она "
+"работает подобно работе предыдущей вкладки."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:245
 msgid "msecgui4.png"
 msgstr "msecgui4.png"
@@ -6146,16 +8961,27 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Периодические проверки»"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr "Периодические проверки предназначены для информирования администратора безопасности с помощью уведомлений по всем проблемам, которые msec считает потенциально опасными."
+msgid ""
+"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
+"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
+msgstr ""
+"Периодические проверки предназначены для информирования администратора "
+"безопасности с помощью уведомлений по всем проблемам, которые msec считает "
+"потенциально опасными."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr "На этой вкладке отображаются все выполненные msec периодические проверки и их частота, если установлен флажок <guibutton>Включить периодические проверки безопасности</guibutton>. Изменения можно вносить аналогично внесению изменений на предыдущих вкладках."
+msgid ""
+"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
+"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
+"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
+msgstr ""
+"На этой вкладке отображаются все выполненные msec периодические проверки и "
+"их частота, если установлен флажок <guibutton>Включить периодические "
+"проверки безопасности</guibutton>. Изменения можно вносить аналогично "
+"внесению изменений на предыдущих вкладках."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:264
 msgid "msecgui5.png"
 msgstr "msecgui5.png"
@@ -6167,30 +8993,54 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Исключения»"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr "Иногда оповещения создаются по хорошо известным и безопасным «проблемам». В таких случаях оповещения являются лишними и только тратят время администратора. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете создать любое количество исключений для устранения лишних уведомлений. При первом запуске msec список на этой вкладке, конечно же, будет пустым. На следующем снимке показаны исключения."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
+"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
+"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
+"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
+"below shows four exceptions."
+msgstr ""
+"Иногда оповещения создаются по хорошо известным и безопасным «проблемам». В "
+"таких случаях оповещения являются лишними и только тратят время "
+"администратора. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете создать любое количество "
+"исключений для устранения лишних уведомлений. При первом запуске msec список "
+"на этой вкладке, конечно же, будет пустым. На следующем снимке показаны "
+"исключения."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:280
 msgid "msecgui6.png"
 msgstr "msecgui6.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid "To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr "Чтобы создать запись исключения, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить правило</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы создать запись исключения, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить правило</"
+"guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:289
 msgid "msecgui7.png"
 msgstr "msecgui7.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called <guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr "Выберите желаемые периодические проверки с помощью выпадающего списка <guilabel>Проверка</guilabel>, введите <guilabel>Исключение</guilabel> в соответствующее поле. Конечно же, добавление исключения не является окончательным. Вы можете либо удалить его с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton> на вкладке <guilabel>Исключения</guilabel>, или изменить созданную запись исключения двойным щелчком левой кнопкой мыши на соответствующем пункте."
+msgid ""
+"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
+"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
+"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
+"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
+"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите желаемые периодические проверки с помощью выпадающего списка "
+"<guilabel>Проверка</guilabel>, введите <guilabel>Исключение</guilabel> в "
+"соответствующее поле. Конечно же, добавление исключения не является "
+"окончательным. Вы можете либо удалить его с помощью нажатия кнопки "
+"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton> на вкладке <guilabel>Исключения</guilabel>, "
+"или изменить созданную запись исключения двойным щелчком левой кнопкой мыши "
+"на соответствующем пункте."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:303
@@ -6199,70 +9049,168 @@ msgstr "Права доступа"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and enforcement."
-msgstr "Эту вкладка предназначена для настройки проверок прав доступа к файлам и каталогам и принудительного установления соответствующих прав."
+msgid ""
+"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
+"enforcement."
+msgstr ""
+"Эту вкладка предназначена для настройки проверок прав доступа к файлам и "
+"каталогам и принудительного установления соответствующих прав."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid "Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications done to the permissions."
-msgstr "Подобно уровням защиты, в msec предусмотрены различные уровни прав доступа (стандартный, безопасный, ..), которые включаются в соответствии с заданным уровнем безопасности . Вы можете создавать собственные нетипичные уровни прав доступа, сохранять их в соответствующих файлах с названиями <filename>perm.&lt;Название уровня></filename>в каталог <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Конечно же , этим стоит пользоваться имея определенный опыт и причину для создания нетипичного уровня. Кроме того, можно воспользоваться вкладкой окна настроек для внесения изменений в уже созданные права доступа. Текущие настройки сохраняются в файле <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>. Этот файл содержит список изменений, которые были внесены для прав доступа."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgid ""
+"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
+"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
+"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
+"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
+"the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
+"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
+"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
+"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
+"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
+"done to the permissions."
+msgstr ""
+"Подобно уровням защиты, в msec предусмотрены различные уровни прав доступа "
+"(стандартный, безопасный, ..), которые включаются в соответствии с заданным "
+"уровнем безопасности . Вы можете создавать собственные нетипичные уровни "
+"прав доступа, сохранять их в соответствующих файлах с названиями "
+"<filename>perm.&lt;Название уровня></filename>в каталог <filename>etc/"
+"security/msec/</filename>. Конечно же , этим стоит пользоваться имея "
+"определенный опыт и причину для создания нетипичного уровня. Кроме того, "
+"можно воспользоваться вкладкой окна настроек для внесения изменений в уже "
+"созданные права доступа. Текущие настройки сохраняются в файле <filename>/"
+"etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>. Этот файл содержит список "
+"изменений, которые были внесены для прав доступа."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:318
 msgid "msecgui8.png"
 msgstr "msecgui8.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a given rule:"
-msgstr "Типичные права доступа отображаются в виде списка правил (одно правило на строку). В левом столбце показаны файл или папка, которых касаются правила, в следующем столбце показан владелец, дальше группа, а затем столбик прав доступа, предоставляемый этим. Если для предоставленного правила:"
+msgid ""
+"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
+"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
+"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
+"given rule:"
+msgstr ""
+"Типичные права доступа отображаются в виде списка правил (одно правило на "
+"строку). В левом столбце показаны файл или папка, которых касаются правила, "
+"в следующем столбце показан владелец, дальше группа, а затем столбик прав "
+"доступа, предоставляемый этим. Если для предоставленного правила:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr "пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> не обозначен, msec выполняет только проверку: выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и посылает текстовые оповещения, если они не выполнятся, но никакие изменения не вносятся."
+msgid ""
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
+"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
+"if not, but does not change anything."
+msgstr ""
+"пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> не обозначен, msec выполняет только "
+"проверку: выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и "
+"посылает текстовые оповещения, если они не выполнятся, но никакие изменения "
+"не вносятся."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the permissions."
-msgstr "пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> обозначен, msec выполняет проверку: выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и исправляет права доступа."
+msgid ""
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
+"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
+"permissions."
+msgstr ""
+"пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> обозначен, msec выполняет проверку: "
+"выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и исправляет "
+"права доступа."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid "For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr "Для того, чтобы это сработало, следует соответствующим образом настроить параметр CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические проверки»</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+"Для того, чтобы это сработало, следует соответствующим образом настроить "
+"параметр CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические "
+"проверки»</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid "To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr "Чтобы создать новое правило, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить правило</guibutton> и заполните поля так, как это показано в следующем примере. В поле <guilabel>Файл</guilabel> можно использовать заменитель *. \"Текущий\" означает \"не вносить изменения\"."
+msgid ""
+"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
+"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
+"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы создать новое правило, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить правило</"
+"guibutton> и заполните поля так, как это показано в следующем примере. В "
+"поле <guilabel>Файл</guilabel> можно использовать заменитель *. \"Текущий\" "
+"означает \"не вносить изменения\"."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:345
 msgid "msecgui9.png"
 msgstr "msecgui9.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton> для подтверждения, и не забудьте перед закрытием окна сохранить ваши настройки с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если вами были внесены изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам возможность просмотреть список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут сохранены."
+msgid ""
+"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
+"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
+"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
+"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton> для подтверждения, и не забудьте "
+"перед закрытием окна сохранить ваши настройки с помощью пункта меню "
+"<guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если вами были внесены "
+"изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам возможность просмотреть "
+"список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут сохранены."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr "Кроме того, можно создавать или вносить изменения в правила с помощью редактирования файла настроек <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
+"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Кроме того, можно создавать или вносить изменения в правила с помощью "
+"редактирования файла настроек <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</"
+"filename>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr "Изменения на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> (или непосредственно с помощью файла настроек) учитываются при выполнении первой же периодической проверки (см. пункт CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические проверки»</emphasis>). Если вы хотите, чтобы изменения были применены немедленно, то воспользуйтесь командой msecperms в консоли. Команду следует вводить от имени пользователя root. Чтобы ознакомиться со списком прав доступа, которые будут изменены программой msecperms, воспользуйтесь командой msecperms -p."
+msgid ""
+"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
+"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
+"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
+"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
+"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
+"be changed by msecperms."
+msgstr ""
+"Изменения на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> (или "
+"непосредственно с помощью файла настроек) учитываются при выполнении первой "
+"же периодической проверки (см. пункт CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">вкладке «Периодические проверки»</emphasis>). Если вы хотите, чтобы "
+"изменения были применены немедленно, то воспользуйтесь командой msecperms в "
+"консоли. Команду следует вводить от имени пользователя root. Чтобы "
+"ознакомиться со списком прав доступа, которые будут изменены программой "
+"msecperms, воспользуйтесь командой msecperms -p."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid "Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr "Не забывайте, что если вы внесёте изменения в условиях доступа к определенному файлу с помощью консольной команды или программы для управления файлами, и пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> для этого файла будет обозначен, то msecgui через некоторое время вернёт предыдущие права доступа, в соответствии с настройками параметров CHECK_PERMS и CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические проверки» </emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
+"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
+"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
+"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
+"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Не забывайте, что если вы внесёте изменения в условиях доступа к "
+"определенному файлу с помощью консольной команды или программы для "
+"управления файлами, и пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> на <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> для этого файла будет "
+"обозначен, то msecgui через некоторое время вернёт предыдущие права доступа, "
+"в соответствии с настройками параметров CHECK_PERMS и CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE на "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические проверки» </emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
@@ -6271,8 +9219,14 @@ msgstr "Другие инструменты Mageia"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the next pages."
-msgstr "В Mageia предусмотрено больше инструментов, чем перечень инструментов из Центра управления Mageia. Нажмите ссылку внизу, чтобы узнать больше или продолжите чтение последующих страниц руководства."
+msgid ""
+"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
+"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
+"next pages."
+msgstr ""
+"В Mageia предусмотрено больше инструментов, чем перечень инструментов из "
+"Центра управления Mageia. Нажмите ссылку внизу, чтобы узнать больше или "
+"продолжите чтение последующих страниц руководства."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
@@ -6309,8 +9263,7 @@ msgstr "Управление программами (Установка и уд�
 msgid "rpmdrake"
 msgstr "rpmdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
 msgid "rpmdrake.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
@@ -6322,42 +9275,92 @@ msgstr "Введение в rpmdrake"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names included in the packages."
-msgstr "С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, также известного под названием drakrpm, можно устанавливать, удалять и обновлять пакеты с программным обеспечением. Программа является графическим интерфейсом к URPMI. Во время каждого запуска она будет проверять списки пакетов в интернете (которые называются «источниками» пакетов), полученные непосредственно с официальных серверов Mageia и будет показывать список самых свежих пакетов с программным обеспечением для вашей системы. Система фильтрации предоставляет вам возможность просматривать списки пакетов только определенного типа: вы можете просмотреть список установленных пакетов (фильтрация по умолчанию) или только доступные обновления. Также можно ознакомиться со списком неустановленных пакетов. Вы можете найти пакет по названию или слову в резюме описания пакета, а также по названиям файлов, которые являются частью пакета."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
+"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
+"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
+"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
+"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
+"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
+"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
+"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
+"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
+"included in the packages."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, также "
+"известного под названием drakrpm, можно устанавливать, удалять и обновлять "
+"пакеты с программным обеспечением. Программа является графическим "
+"интерфейсом к URPMI. Во время каждого запуска она будет проверять списки "
+"пакетов в интернете (которые называются «источниками» пакетов), полученные "
+"непосредственно с официальных серверов Mageia и будет показывать список "
+"самых свежих пакетов с программным обеспечением для вашей системы. Система "
+"фильтрации предоставляет вам возможность просматривать списки пакетов только "
+"определенного типа: вы можете просмотреть список установленных пакетов "
+"(фильтрация по умолчанию) или только доступные обновления. Также можно "
+"ознакомиться со списком неустановленных пакетов. Вы можете найти пакет по "
+"названию или слову в резюме описания пакета, а также по названиям файлов, "
+"которые являются частью пакета."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid "To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr "Для надлежащей работы rpmdrake следует настроить параметры репозиториев с помощью <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
+"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr ""
+"Для надлежащей работы rpmdrake следует настроить параметры репозиториев с "
+"помощью <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
 msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr "При установке настроенным репозиторием является носитель, с которого происходит установка, например DVD или компакт-диск. Если вы ничего не будете менять, то rpmdrake будет просить вас вставить носитель каждый раз, когда вам нужно будет установить пакет с помощью такого контекстного окна: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Если приведённое выше сообщение раздражает вас и у вас есть хорошие условия соединения с интернетом без ограничений по получению данных, стоит изъять запись начального носителя и заменить его репозиториями в сети с помощью <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
+"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
+"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
+"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
+"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
+"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
+"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr ""
+"При установке настроенным репозиторием является носитель, с которого "
+"происходит установка, например DVD или компакт-диск. Если вы ничего не "
+"будете менять, то rpmdrake будет просить вас вставить носитель каждый раз, "
+"когда вам нужно будет установить пакет с помощью такого контекстного окна: "
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Если приведённое выше "
+"сообщение раздражает вас и у вас есть хорошие условия соединения с "
+"интернетом без ограничений по получению данных, стоит изъять запись "
+"начального носителя и заменить его репозиториями в сети с помощью <xref "
+"linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr "Кроме того, репозитории в сети всегда содержат свежие пакеты, широкий их диапазон и предоставляют возможность обновлять уже установленные пакеты."
+msgid ""
+"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
+"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Кроме того, репозитории в сети всегда содержат свежие пакеты, широкий их "
+"диапазон и предоставляют возможность обновлять уже установленные пакеты."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
 msgid "The main parts of the screen"
 msgstr "Основные части окна"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
 msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
@@ -6369,23 +9372,54 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Фильтрация по типу пакета:
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical interface. You can display either all the packages and all their dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr "Этот фильтр позволяет сузить список пакетов до определенного типа. Во время первого запуска программы для управления пакетами в списке будут только программы с графическим интерфейсом. Вы можете предписать программе отображать все пакеты и все зависимости этих пакетов вместе с библиотеками или предписать показывать только группы пакетов (цельные программные комплексы), только обновления или только пакеты из более новых версий Mageia."
+msgid ""
+"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
+"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
+"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
+"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Этот фильтр позволяет сузить список пакетов до определенного типа. Во время "
+"первого запуска программы для управления пакетами в списке будут только "
+"программы с графическим интерфейсом. Вы можете предписать программе "
+"отображать все пакеты и все зависимости этих пакетов вместе с библиотеками "
+"или предписать показывать только группы пакетов (цельные программные "
+"комплексы), только обновления или только пакеты из более новых версий Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr "Режим фильтрации по умолчанию предназначен для пользователей, не имеющих значительного опыта использования Linux или Mageia, то есть для тех, кому не нужны программы, которые руководствуются командной строкой, программы для специалистов. Поскольку вы читаете это руководство, вы очевидно заинтересованы в расширении ваших знаний по Mageia, следовательно, лучше выбрать вариант «Все»."
+msgid ""
+"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
+"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
+"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Режим фильтрации по умолчанию предназначен для пользователей, не имеющих "
+"значительного опыта использования Linux или Mageia, то есть для тех, кому не "
+"нужны программы, которые руководствуются командной строкой, программы для "
+"специалистов. Поскольку вы читаете это руководство, вы очевидно "
+"заинтересованы в расширении ваших знаний по Mageia, следовательно, лучше "
+"выбрать вариант «Все»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </firstterm>"
-msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Фильтрация по состоянию пакета:</emphasis> </firstterm>"
+msgid ""
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
+"firstterm>"
+msgstr ""
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Фильтрация по состоянию пакета:</"
+"emphasis> </firstterm>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and not installed."
-msgstr "При помощи этого фильтра вы можете приказать программе показывать только установленные пакеты, пакеты которые еще не установлены или все пакеты, установленные и неустановленные."
+msgid ""
+"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
+"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
+"not installed."
+msgstr ""
+"При помощи этого фильтра вы можете приказать программе показывать только "
+"установленные пакеты, пакеты которые еще не установлены или все пакеты, "
+"установленные и неустановленные."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
@@ -6394,8 +9428,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Режим поиска:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their summaries, through their complete description or through the files included in the packages."
-msgstr "Нажмите этот значок, чтобы выбрать данные, в которых будет выполняться поиск: названия пакетов, резюме, полные описания или списки файлов, содержащихся в пакетах."
+msgid ""
+"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
+"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
+"in the packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите этот значок, чтобы выбрать данные, в которых будет выполняться "
+"поиск: названия пакетов, резюме, полные описания или списки файлов, "
+"содержащихся в пакетах."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
@@ -6404,8 +9444,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Поле «Найти»:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and \"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr "В этом поле можно указать одно или несколько ключевых слов. Если для поиска вы хотите использовать несколько ключевых слов, отделите их символом «|». Например, если вы хотите найти пакеты для mplayer или xine, укажите: «mplayer | xine» (без кавычек)."
+msgid ""
+"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
+"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
+"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
+msgstr ""
+"В этом поле можно указать одно или несколько ключевых слов. Если для поиска "
+"вы хотите использовать несколько ключевых слов, отделите их символом «|». "
+"Например, если вы хотите найти пакеты для mplayer или xine, укажите: "
+"«mplayer | xine» (без кавычек)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
@@ -6414,7 +9461,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Стереть все:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" box ."
+msgid ""
+"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
+"box ."
 msgstr "Нажав на этот значок, можно удалить все ключевые слова в поле «Найти»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -6424,8 +9473,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Список категорий:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid "This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and sub categories."
-msgstr "На этой панели приведён список всех программ и пакетов, распределённых по категориям и подкатегориям."
+msgid ""
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
+"sub categories."
+msgstr ""
+"На этой панели приведён список всех программ и пакетов, распределённых по "
+"категориям и подкатегориям."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
@@ -6434,8 +9487,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Панель описания:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr "Эта панель отображает имя пакета, его краткое и полное описание. Здесь много полезных данных о выбранном пакете, а также точные данные относительно пакета, включенных в него файлов и список изменений, созданный сопровождающим пакета."
+msgid ""
+"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
+"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
+msgstr ""
+"Эта панель отображает имя пакета, его краткое и полное описание. Здесь много "
+"полезных данных о выбранном пакете, а также точные данные относительно "
+"пакета, включенных в него файлов и список изменений, созданный "
+"сопровождающим пакета."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
@@ -6444,77 +9505,79 @@ msgstr "Столбец состояния"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid "Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "После определения параметров фильтрации вы сможете искать программное обеспечение либо по категориям (в области 6 на рисунке), либо по названию/резюме/описанию в области 4. Список пакетов, которые соответствуют вашему запросу на указанных вами носителях пакетов, будет показан с пометками состояния установлено/не установлено/обновление. Чтобы изменить это положение, просто отметьте или снимите отметку с пункта перед названием пакета в списке и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+msgid ""
+"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
+"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
+"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
+"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
+"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"После определения параметров фильтрации вы сможете искать программное "
+"обеспечение либо по категориям (в области 6 на рисунке), либо по названию/"
+"резюме/описанию в области 4. Список пакетов, которые соответствуют вашему "
+"запросу на указанных вами носителях пакетов, будет показан с пометками "
+"состояния установлено/не установлено/обновление. Чтобы изменить это "
+"положение, просто отметьте или снимите отметку с пункта перед названием "
+"пакета в списке и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
 msgid "Icon"
 msgstr "Иконка"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
 msgid "Legend"
 msgstr "Условные обозначения"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
 msgid "rpmdrake2.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
 msgid "This package is already installed"
 msgstr "Этот пакет уже установлен"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
 msgid "rpmdrake3.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
 msgid "This package will be installed"
 msgstr "Этот пакет будет установлен"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
 msgid "rpmdrake4.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
 msgid "This package cannot be modified"
 msgstr "Состояние этого пакета изменять нельзя"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
 msgid "rpmdrake5.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
 msgid "This package is an update"
 msgstr "Этот пакет является обновлением"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
 msgid "rpmdrake6.png"
 msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
 msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
 msgstr "Этот пакет будет удалён"
@@ -6531,29 +9594,59 @@ msgstr "Примеры на приведенном скриншоте:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Если снять отметку с пункта digikam (зелёная стрелка вниз означает, что пакет установлен), значок состояния станет красным с изображением стрелки вверх. Пакет будет удален сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
+"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
+"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Если снять отметку с пункта digikam (зелёная стрелка вниз означает, что "
+"пакет установлен), значок состояния станет красным с изображением стрелки "
+"вверх. Пакет будет удален сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Применить</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Если отметить пункт qdigidoc (пакет не установлен, как видно из колонки статуса), в колонке статуса появится оранжевая пиктограмма состояния со стрелкой вниз. Пакет будет установлен сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
+"with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
+"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Если отметить пункт qdigidoc (пакет не установлен, как видно из колонки "
+"статуса), в колонке статуса появится оранжевая пиктограмма состояния со "
+"стрелкой вниз. Пакет будет установлен сразу после нажатия кнопки "
+"<guibutton>Применить</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
 msgid "The dependencies"
 msgstr "Зависимости"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
 msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid "Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a button to get more information and another button to choose which package to install."
-msgstr "Для правильной работы некоторых пакетов придётся установить другие пакеты, которые называют зависимостями. Эти пакеты содержат библиотеки или дополнительные инструменты. Если вам попадётся такой пакет, rpmdrake покажет информационное окно, с помощью которого вы сможете согласиться с установкой зависимостей, отменить установку или получить дополнительные данные (см. выше). Также вы сможете выбрать нужный вам пакет, если зависимости можно удовлетворить в несколько способов, то rpmdrake просто покажет вам окно со списком вариантов удовлетворения зависимостей и кнопками получения дополнительных данных и выбора пакета, который следует установить."
+msgid ""
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
+"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
+"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
+"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
+"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
+"install."
+msgstr ""
+"Для правильной работы некоторых пакетов придётся установить другие пакеты, "
+"которые называют зависимостями. Эти пакеты содержат библиотеки или "
+"дополнительные инструменты. Если вам попадётся такой пакет, rpmdrake покажет "
+"информационное окно, с помощью которого вы сможете согласиться с установкой "
+"зависимостей, отменить установку или получить дополнительные данные (см. "
+"выше). Также вы сможете выбрать нужный вам пакет, если зависимости можно "
+"удовлетворить в несколько способов, то rpmdrake просто покажет вам окно со "
+"списком вариантов удовлетворения зависимостей и кнопками получения "
+"дополнительных данных и выбора пакета, который следует установить."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
@@ -6572,23 +9665,44 @@ msgstr "Установка"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
+"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr "С помощью этого модуля <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете настроить сканер или многофункциональное устройство, в котором предусмотрена возможность сканирования. Кроме того, с помощью модуля можно предоставить в совместное использование устройства, соединённые с вашим компьютером в пределах локальной сети или получить доступ к сканерам, соединённых с удаленными компьютерами."
+msgid ""
+"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
+"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
+"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
+"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого модуля <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете "
+"настроить сканер или многофункциональное устройство, в котором предусмотрена "
+"возможность сканирования. Кроме того, с помощью модуля можно предоставить в "
+"совместное использование устройства, соединённые с вашим компьютером в "
+"пределах локальной сети или получить доступ к сканерам, соединённых с "
+"удаленными компьютерами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following message:"
-msgstr "После первого запуска этой программы вы можете увидеть такое сообщение:"
+msgid ""
+"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
+"message:"
+msgstr ""
+"После первого запуска этой программы вы можете увидеть такое сообщение:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Для использования сканера должны быть установлены пакеты SANE.</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Для использования сканера должны быть установлены пакеты SANE.</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
@@ -6597,84 +9711,143 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Вы хотите установить пакеты SANE?</emp
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Да</emphasis>, чтобы установить нужные пакеты. Если этого еще не было сделано ранее, будут установлены пакеты <code>scanner-gui</code> и <code>task-scanning</code>."
+msgid ""
+"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
+"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Да</emphasis>, чтобы установить нужные пакеты. Если "
+"этого еще не было сделано ранее, будут установлены пакеты <code>scanner-gui</"
+"code> и <code>task-scanning</code>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
 msgid "scannerdrake.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Если сканер был идентифицирован правильно, то в окне, отображённом на скриншоте выше, вы увидите имя вашего сканера, сканер готов к работе, например, в <emphasis>XSane</emphasis>, <emphasis>Skanlite</emphasis> или <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
+"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
+"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Если сканер был идентифицирован правильно, то в окне, отображённом на "
+"скриншоте выше, вы увидите имя вашего сканера, сканер готов к работе, "
+"например, в <emphasis>XSane</emphasis>, <emphasis>Skanlite</emphasis> или "
+"<emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr "Итак, после этого вы можете настроить <emphasis>совместное использование сканера</emphasis>. Соответствующие сведения см. в разделе <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannersharing\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Итак, после этого вы можете настроить <emphasis>совместное использование "
+"сканера</emphasis>. Соответствующие сведения см. в разделе <xref linkend="
+"\"scannersharing\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid "However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Впрочем, если программе не удалось должным образом идентифицировать ваш сканер, проверка кабеля и электропитания показала, что все работает, а после нажатия кнопки <emphasis>Искать новые сканеры</emphasis> сканеров не было найдено, вам придётся нажать кнопку <emphasis>Добавить сканер вручную</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
+"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
+"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
+"scanner manually</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Впрочем, если программе не удалось должным образом идентифицировать ваш "
+"сканер, проверка кабеля и электропитания показала, что все работает, а после "
+"нажатия кнопки <emphasis>Искать новые сканеры</emphasis> сканеров не было "
+"найдено, вам придётся нажать кнопку <emphasis>Добавить сканер вручную</"
+"emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid "Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Выберите производителя сканеров в списке, а затем выберите марку сканера и нажмите кнопку <emphasis>OK</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
+"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите производителя сканеров в списке, а затем выберите марку сканера и "
+"нажмите кнопку <emphasis>OK</emphasis>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
 msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid "If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Если вашего сканера в списке нет, то нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Отменить</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Если вашего сканера в списке нет, то нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Отменить</"
+"emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr "Пожалуйста, проверьте, предусмотрена ли поддержка вашего сканера с помощью страницы <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">Поддерживаемые сканеры SANE</link> и попросите о помощи на <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">форуме</link>."
+msgid ""
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
+"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
+"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Пожалуйста, проверьте, предусмотрена ли поддержка вашего сканера с помощью "
+"страницы <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs."
+"html\">Поддерживаемые сканеры SANE</link> и попросите о помощи на <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">форуме</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
 msgid "Choose port"
 msgstr "Выбор порта"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
 msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid "You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr "Вы можете оставить вариант по умолчанию, <emphasis>Автоматически определять доступные порты</emphasis>, если ваш сканер подключен к компьютеру не с помощью параллельного порта. Если сканер все же соединён с помощью параллельного порта, выберите <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> (если сканер только один)."
+msgid ""
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
+"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
+"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете оставить вариант по умолчанию, <emphasis>Автоматически определять "
+"доступные порты</emphasis>, если ваш сканер подключен к компьютеру не с "
+"помощью параллельного порта. Если сканер все же соединён с помощью "
+"параллельного порта, выберите <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> (если "
+"сканер только один)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen similar to the one below."
-msgstr "После нажатия кнопки <emphasis>OK</emphasis> в подавляющем большинстве случаев вы увидите окно, подобное приведенному на снимке ниже."
+msgid ""
+"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
+"similar to the one below."
+msgstr ""
+"После нажатия кнопки <emphasis>OK</emphasis> в подавляющем большинстве "
+"случаев вы увидите окно, подобное приведенному на снимке ниже."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid "If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr "Если подобное окно не было показано, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь с содержанием раздела <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Если подобное окно не было показано, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь с содержанием "
+"раздела <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
 msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
@@ -6684,29 +9857,46 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgid "Scannersharing"
 msgstr "Совместное использование сканеров"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
 msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid "Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on this machine."
-msgstr "Здесь вы можете указать, могут ли присоединённые к вашей машине сканеры быть доступны всем остальным компьютерам и каким именно. Вы также можете разрешить, можно ли будет пользоваться с вашей машины сканерами, соединёнными с другими компьютерами."
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
+"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
+"this machine."
+msgstr ""
+"Здесь вы можете указать, могут ли присоединённые к вашей машине сканеры быть "
+"доступны всем остальным компьютерам и каким именно. Вы также можете "
+"разрешить, можно ли будет пользоваться с вашей машины сканерами, "
+"соединёнными с другими компьютерами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on this computer."
-msgstr "Сканер общего доступа: можно добавить или удалить имена или IP-адреса хостов, которым предоставлен доступ к локальным устройствам на вашем компьютере."
+msgid ""
+"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
+"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
+"this computer."
+msgstr ""
+"Сканер общего доступа: можно добавить или удалить имена или IP-адреса "
+"хостов, которым предоставлен доступ к локальным устройствам на вашем "
+"компьютере."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr "Использование удалённых сканеров: можете добавить новые или удалить старые из списка хостов, имена или IP-адреса хостов, которые дают доступ к удаленному сканеру."
+msgid ""
+"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
+"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
+msgstr ""
+"Использование удалённых сканеров: можете добавить новые или удалить старые "
+"из списка хостов, имена или IP-адреса хостов, которые дают доступ к "
+"удаленному сканеру."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
 msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
@@ -6714,21 +9904,25 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr "Сканер общего доступа: с помощью этого пункта можно запустить инструмент добавления узлов."
+msgstr ""
+"Сканер общего доступа: с помощью этого пункта можно запустить инструмент "
+"добавления узлов."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
 msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote machines."
-msgstr "Сканер общего доступа: укажите хосты, которые следует добавить в список хостов с доступом или предоставьте доступ всем удалённым компьютерам."
+msgid ""
+"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
+"machines."
+msgstr ""
+"Сканер общего доступа: укажите хосты, которые следует добавить в список "
+"хостов с доступом или предоставьте доступ всем удалённым компьютерам."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
 msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
@@ -6736,18 +9930,23 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr "«Все удалённые машины» - предоставить доступ к вашему локальному сканеру пользователям всех удаленных компьютеров в локальной сети."
+msgstr ""
+"«Все удалённые машины» - предоставить доступ к вашему локальному сканеру "
+"пользователям всех удаленных компьютеров в локальной сети."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
 msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool offers to do it."
-msgstr "Если еще не установлен пакет <emphasis>saned</emphasis>, программа-мастер предложит его установить."
+msgid ""
+"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
+"offers to do it."
+msgstr ""
+"Если еще не установлен пакет <emphasis>saned</emphasis>, программа-мастер "
+"предложит его установить."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
@@ -6766,17 +9965,24 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive \"net\""
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> (добавление и комментирование директивы «net»)"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
+"\"net\""
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> (добавление и комментирование "
+"директивы «net»)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid "It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr "Также фоновые службы <emphasis>saned</emphasis> и <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> будут настроены на запуск во время загрузки системы."
+msgid ""
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
+"emphasis> to be started on boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Также фоновые службы <emphasis>saned</emphasis> и <emphasis>xinetd</"
+"emphasis> будут настроены на запуск во время загрузки системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:278
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
 msgid "Specifics"
 msgstr "Специфические советы"
 
@@ -6787,8 +9993,16 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> (hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Работа с большинством сканеров, а также принтеров HP обеспечивается программой <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>. Если вы имеете дело со сканером именно этой фирмы, вам будет предложено воспользоваться для настройки <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
+"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Работа с большинством сканеров, а также принтеров HP обеспечивается "
+"программой <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>. Если вы имеете дело со "
+"сканером именно этой фирмы, вам будет предложено воспользоваться для "
+"настройки <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
@@ -6797,8 +10011,22 @@ msgstr "Epson"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid "Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr "Драйверы можно получить с помощью <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">этой страницы поиска</link>. Чтобы воспользоваться сканером, вам придётся сначала установить пакет «iscan-data», а затем пакет «iscan» (именно в таком порядке). Иногда во время установки пакета iscan может быть показано сообщение о конфликте с пакетом sane. Пользователями этого пакета сообщалось, что такие предупреждения можно смело игнорировать."
+msgid ""
+"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
+"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
+"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
+"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
+"ignored."
+msgstr ""
+"Драйверы можно получить с помощью <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz."
+"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">этой страницы поиска</link>. Чтобы "
+"воспользоваться сканером, вам придётся сначала установить пакет «iscan-"
+"data», а затем пакет «iscan» (именно в таком порядке). Иногда во время "
+"установки пакета iscan может быть показано сообщение о конфликте с пакетом "
+"sane. Пользователями этого пакета сообщалось, что такие предупреждения можно "
+"смело игнорировать."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
@@ -6807,45 +10035,80 @@ msgstr "Дополнительные шаги по установке"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr "Возможно, после обозначения порта вашего сканера на странице <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> вам придется выполнить еще один или несколько шагов настройки сканера."
+msgid ""
+"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
+"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
+"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
+msgstr ""
+"Возможно, после обозначения порта вашего сканера на странице <xref linkend="
+"\"choosescannerport\"/> вам придется выполнить еще один или несколько шагов "
+"настройки сканера."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid "In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr "Работа с некоторыми сканерами требует загрузки микропрограммы в сканер при каждом его запуске. С помощью модуля настройки сканера можно приказать системе загружать эту прошивку в устройство после соединения его с компьютером. С помощью этого окна вы можете установить микропрограмму с компакт-диска или установленной системы Windows, или установить микропрограмму, полученную с сайта производителя устройства в интернете."
+msgid ""
+"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
+"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
+"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
+"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
+"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
+msgstr ""
+"Работа с некоторыми сканерами требует загрузки микропрограммы в сканер при "
+"каждом его запуске. С помощью модуля настройки сканера можно приказать "
+"системе загружать эту прошивку в устройство после соединения его с "
+"компьютером. С помощью этого окна вы можете установить микропрограмму с "
+"компакт-диска или установленной системы Windows, или установить "
+"микропрограмму, полученную с сайта производителя устройства в интернете."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr "Если для работы с вашим сканером требуется загрузить микропрограмму, первая попытка воспользоваться устройством может быть довольно длинной, вероятно более одной минуты. Будьте терпеливы."
+msgid ""
+"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
+"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
+msgstr ""
+"Если для работы с вашим сканером требуется загрузить микропрограмму, первая "
+"попытка воспользоваться устройством может быть довольно длинной, вероятно "
+"более одной минуты. Будьте терпеливы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid "Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Кроме того, может быть показан совет относительно внесения изменений в файл <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/название_соответствующего_модуля_SANE.conf</emphasis>."
+msgid ""
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
+"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Кроме того, может быть показан совет относительно внесения изменений в файл "
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/название_соответствующего_модуля_SANE.conf</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr "Тщательно ознакомьтесь с этими и другими установками. Если они вам не помогут, не сомневайтесь и попросите о помощи на <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">форуме</link>."
+msgid ""
+"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Тщательно ознакомьтесь с этими и другими установками. Если они вам не "
+"помогут, не сомневайтесь и попросите о помощи на <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"forums.mageia.org/en/\">форуме</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5
-#: en/software-management.xml:15
+#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
 msgid "Software Management"
 msgstr "Управление программами"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/software-management.xml:10
 msgid "software-management.png"
 msgstr "software-management.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid "In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления пакетами с программным обеспечением. Нажмите на ссылке, расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
+"Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам "
+"управления пакетами с программным обеспечением. Нажмите на ссылке, "
+"расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать больше."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:17
@@ -6854,8 +10117,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Обновить систему</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Обновить систему</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:23
@@ -6864,8 +10131,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Настроить источники установки и обновления</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
+"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Настроить источники "
+"установки и обновления</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
@@ -6877,36 +10148,68 @@ msgstr "Установка и настройка принтера"
 msgid "system-config-printer"
 msgstr "system-config-printer"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
 msgid "system-config-printer.png"
 msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid "Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu and openSUSE."
-msgstr "Задачами печати в Mageia управляет сервер, который называется CUPS. У сервера есть собственный <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">интерфейс настройки</link>, доступ к которому осуществляется с помощью программы для просмотра страниц в интернете (браузера). Впрочем, в Mageia предусмотрен и собственный инструмент для установки и настройки драйверов принтеров, который называется system-config-printer и используется также в других дистрибутивах, в частности Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu и openSUSE."
+msgid ""
+"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
+"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
+"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
+"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
+"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
+"and openSUSE."
+msgstr ""
+"Задачами печати в Mageia управляет сервер, который называется CUPS. У "
+"сервера есть собственный <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://"
+"localhost:631\">интерфейс настройки</link>, доступ к которому осуществляется "
+"с помощью программы для просмотра страниц в интернете (браузера). Впрочем, в "
+"Mageia предусмотрен и собственный инструмент для установки и настройки "
+"драйверов принтеров, который называется system-config-printer и используется "
+"также в других дистрибутивах, в частности Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu и "
+"openSUSE."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr "Вам стоит включить доступ к репозиториям пакетов, которые не являются свободными (non-free) до того, как вы продолжите установку, поскольку пакеты некоторых из драйверов хранятся только в этом репозитории."
+msgid ""
+"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
+"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам стоит включить доступ к репозиториям пакетов, которые не являются "
+"свободными (non-free) до того, как вы продолжите установку, поскольку пакеты "
+"некоторых из драйверов хранятся только в этом репозитории."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Для работы с программой придётся указать пароль администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
+"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Для работы с программой придётся "
+"указать пароль администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
-msgstr "Управлять установкой драйверов принтеров можно с помощью раздела <guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> из Центра управления Mageia. Вам просто нужно выбрать пункт <guilabel>Настройка печати и сканирования</guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
+"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
+">."
+msgstr ""
+"Управлять установкой драйверов принтеров можно с помощью раздела "
+"<guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> из Центра управления Mageia. Вам просто "
+"нужно выбрать пункт <guilabel>Настройка печати и сканирования</"
+"guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
 msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr "Центр управления Mageia (MCC) попросит вас разрешить установку двух пакетов:"
+msgstr ""
+"Центр управления Mageia (MCC) попросит вас разрешить установку двух пакетов:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
@@ -6920,13 +10223,27 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of dependencies are needed."
-msgstr "Вам следует согласиться на установку этих пакетов, чтобы продолжить работу с программой. Вместе с зависимостями может быть установлено до 230 МБ данных."
+msgid ""
+"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
+"dependencies are needed."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам следует согласиться на установку этих пакетов, чтобы продолжить работу с "
+"программой. Вместе с зависимостями может быть установлено до 230 МБ данных."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid "To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr "Чтобы добавить принтер, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>. Система попытается обнаружить все доступные принтеры и порты. На снимке показан пункт принтера, соединенного посредством USB. Если принтер будет обнаружен, он будет указан в первой строке списка. С помощью этого же окна можно настроить сетевой принтер."
+msgid ""
+"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
+"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
+"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
+"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
+"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы добавить принтер, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>. "
+"Система попытается обнаружить все доступные принтеры и порты. На снимке "
+"показан пункт принтера, соединенного посредством USB. Если принтер будет "
+"обнаружен, он будет указан в первой строке списка. С помощью этого же окна "
+"можно настроить сетевой принтер."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
@@ -6935,24 +10252,42 @@ msgstr "Принтер обнаружен автоматически"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr "Обычно, это касается принтеров, соединенных с компьютером с помощью кабеля USB. Программа автоматически определяет название принтера и показывает его. Выберите принтер и нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Далее</guilabel>. Если с принтером связан известный системе драйвер, он будет установлен автоматически. Если можно воспользоваться одним из нескольких драйверов или системе не удастся определить лучший драйвер, будет показано окно с просьбой выбрать драйвер, руководство приведено в следующем разделе. Продолжите чтение раздела <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
+"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
+"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Обычно, это касается принтеров, соединенных с компьютером с помощью кабеля "
+"USB. Программа автоматически определяет название принтера и показывает его. "
+"Выберите принтер и нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Далее</guilabel>. Если с "
+"принтером связан известный системе драйвер, он будет установлен "
+"автоматически. Если можно воспользоваться одним из нескольких драйверов или "
+"системе не удастся определить лучший драйвер, будет показано окно с просьбой "
+"выбрать драйвер, руководство приведено в следующем разделе. Продолжите "
+"чтение раздела <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
 msgid "No automatically detected printer"
 msgstr "Принтер не удалось обнаружить автоматически"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
 msgid "printer3.png"
 msgstr "printer3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid "When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following options."
-msgstr "После выбора порта система загрузит список драйверов и покажет окно выбора драйвера. Вы сможете выбрать один из приведённых ниже вариантов."
+msgid ""
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
+"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"После выбора порта система загрузит список драйверов и покажет окно выбора "
+"драйвера. Вы сможете выбрать один из приведённых ниже вариантов."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
@@ -6971,8 +10306,20 @@ msgstr "поиск драйвера для загрузки"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid "By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one which know to work."
-msgstr "Если будет выбран вариант с поиском в базе данных, программа сначала предложит вам выбрать название компании-производителя принтера, а затем название устройства и драйвер, связанный с работой этого устройства. Если можно будет воспользоваться несколькими драйверами, следует выбрать рекомендованные из них. Если у вас возникнут какие-либо проблемы с работой рекомендованного драйвера, выберите тот из драйверов, который работает лучше всего."
+msgid ""
+"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
+"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
+"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
+"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
+"which know to work."
+msgstr ""
+"Если будет выбран вариант с поиском в базе данных, программа сначала "
+"предложит вам выбрать название компании-производителя принтера, а затем "
+"название устройства и драйвер, связанный с работой этого устройства. Если "
+"можно будет воспользоваться несколькими драйверами, следует выбрать "
+"рекомендованные из них. Если у вас возникнут какие-либо проблемы с работой "
+"рекомендованного драйвера, выберите тот из драйверов, который работает лучше "
+"всего."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
@@ -6981,8 +10328,20 @@ msgstr "Завершение процедуры установки"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid "After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available printers."
-msgstr "После выбора драйвера будет открыто окно ввода данных, которые помогут системе обозначить и распознать принтер. В первой строке следует ввести название устройства, которое будет показано программой в списке доступных принтеров. После ввода данных, средство установки драйвера предложит напечатать тестовую страницу. После тестовой печати, принтер будет добавлен в список доступных принтеров, им можно будет пользоваться."
+msgid ""
+"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
+"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
+"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
+"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
+"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
+"printers."
+msgstr ""
+"После выбора драйвера будет открыто окно ввода данных, которые помогут "
+"системе обозначить и распознать принтер. В первой строке следует ввести "
+"название устройства, которое будет показано программой в списке доступных "
+"принтеров. После ввода данных, средство установки драйвера предложит "
+"напечатать тестовую страницу. После тестовой печати, принтер будет добавлен "
+"в список доступных принтеров, им можно будет пользоваться."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
@@ -6991,33 +10350,86 @@ msgstr "Сетевой принтер"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr "Сетевые принтеры - это принтеры, которые непосредственно соединены с проводной или беспроводной сетью, сервером печати или другой рабочей станцией, которая работает в режиме сервера печати."
+msgid ""
+"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
+"another workstation that serves as printserver."
+msgstr ""
+"Сетевые принтеры - это принтеры, которые непосредственно соединены с "
+"проводной или беспроводной сетью, сервером печати или другой рабочей "
+"станцией, которая работает в режиме сервера печати."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid "Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed one."
-msgstr "Часто, стоит настроить DHCP-сервер на автоматическую привязку IP-адреса к MAC-адресу принтера. Конечно же, если этот адрес является фиксированным, он должен совпадать с IP-адресом принтера, на который настроен сервер печати."
+msgid ""
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
+"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
+"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Часто, стоит настроить DHCP-сервер на автоматическую привязку IP-адреса к "
+"MAC-адресу принтера. Конечно же, если этот адрес является фиксированным, он "
+"должен совпадать с IP-адресом принтера, на который настроен сервер печати."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr "MAC-адрес принтера - это серийный номер, который предоставляется принтеру, серверу печати или компьютеру, к которому подключен принтер и который можно определить с помощью тестовой страницы, напечатанной самим принтером или на наклейке на принтере или сервере печати. Если ваш принтер общего пользования соединен с системой Mageia, вы можете выполнить от имени администратора (root) команду <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>, чтобы определить этот MAC-адрес. MAC-адрес есть последовательность цифр и букв после слова «HWaddr»."
+msgid ""
+"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
+"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
+"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
+"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
+"after \"HWaddr\"."
+msgstr ""
+"MAC-адрес принтера - это серийный номер, который предоставляется принтеру, "
+"серверу печати или компьютеру, к которому подключен принтер и который можно "
+"определить с помощью тестовой страницы, напечатанной самим принтером или на "
+"наклейке на принтере или сервере печати. Если ваш принтер общего пользования "
+"соединен с системой Mageia, вы можете выполнить от имени администратора "
+"(root) команду <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>, чтобы определить "
+"этот MAC-адрес. MAC-адрес есть последовательность цифр и букв после слова "
+"«HWaddr»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid "You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it says \"host\"."
-msgstr "Добавить ваш сетевой принтер можно так: выберите протокол, используемый принтером для обмена данными с сетью вашим компьютером. Если вы не знаете, какой протокол следует выбрать, вы можете попробовать воспользоваться пунктом <guilabel>Сетевой принтер</guilabel> - <guilabel>Найти сетевой принтер</guilabel> в меню <guilabel>Устройства</guilabel> и указать IP-адрес принтера в поле справа, где указано «host»."
+msgid ""
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
+"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
+"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
+"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
+"says \"host\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Добавить ваш сетевой принтер можно так: выберите протокол, используемый "
+"принтером для обмена данными с сетью вашим компьютером. Если вы не знаете, "
+"какой протокол следует выбрать, вы можете попробовать воспользоваться "
+"пунктом <guilabel>Сетевой принтер</guilabel> - <guilabel>Найти сетевой "
+"принтер</guilabel> в меню <guilabel>Устройства</guilabel> и указать IP-адрес "
+"принтера в поле справа, где указано «host»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr "Если программе удастся обнаружить ваш принтер или сервер печати, она предложит вам определённые параметры протокола и очереди печати. Впрочем, вы можете выбрать нужный вам вариант из списка, расположенного ниже или указать соответствующее название очереди печати, если соответствующего пункта нет в списке."
+msgid ""
+"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
+"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
+"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
+msgstr ""
+"Если программе удастся обнаружить ваш принтер или сервер печати, она "
+"предложит вам определённые параметры протокола и очереди печати. Впрочем, вы "
+"можете выбрать нужный вам вариант из списка, расположенного ниже или указать "
+"соответствующее название очереди печати, если соответствующего пункта нет в "
+"списке."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid "Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr "Посмотрите в документации, поставляемой с принтером или с сервером принтера, чтобы выяснить, какие протоколы он поддерживает и по возможности, конкретные имена очередей."
+msgid ""
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
+"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+msgstr ""
+"Посмотрите в документации, поставляемой с принтером или с сервером принтера, "
+"чтобы выяснить, какие протоколы он поддерживает и по возможности, конкретные "
+"имена очередей."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
@@ -7026,16 +10438,45 @@ msgstr "Протоколы сетевой печати"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid "One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is not required."
-msgstr "Одной из современных методик работы с принтерами является разработанная Hewlett-Packard технология под названием JetDirect. С ее помощью можно осуществлять доступ к принтеру, напрямую соединенного с сетью с помощью порта Ethernet. Вам необходимо будет указать IP-адрес, используемый принтером в сети. Эта технология используется также в некоторых ADSL-маршрутизаторах, в которых предусмотрен порт USB для подключения принтера. Если вы пользуетесь таким маршрутизатором, следует указать его IP-адрес. Заметьте, что программа «Hp Device manager» может работать с динамически определяемым IP-адресом, настройками URI записывающего устройства <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;название_принтера&gt;</emphasis> . В этом случае фиксированный IP-адрес не требуется."
+msgid ""
+"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
+"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
+"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
+"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
+"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
+"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
+"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
+"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
+"not required."
+msgstr ""
+"Одной из современных методик работы с принтерами является разработанная "
+"Hewlett-Packard технология под названием JetDirect. С ее помощью можно "
+"осуществлять доступ к принтеру, напрямую соединенного с сетью с помощью "
+"порта Ethernet. Вам необходимо будет указать IP-адрес, используемый "
+"принтером в сети. Эта технология используется также в некоторых ADSL-"
+"маршрутизаторах, в которых предусмотрен порт USB для подключения принтера. "
+"Если вы пользуетесь таким маршрутизатором, следует указать его IP-адрес. "
+"Заметьте, что программа «Hp Device manager» может работать с динамически "
+"определяемым IP-адресом, настройками URI записывающего устройства "
+"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;название_принтера&gt;</emphasis> . В этом случае "
+"фиксированный IP-адрес не требуется."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is the same as above."
-msgstr "Выберите <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> в списке протоколов и укажите адрес в поле <guilabel>Узел:</guilabel>. Не изменяйте содержимое поля <guilabel>Номер порта</guilabel>, если не уверены, что это следует делать. После выбора протокола выполните выбор драйвера, как уже было описано выше."
+msgid ""
+"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
+"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
+"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
+"the same as above."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> в списке протоколов и "
+"укажите адрес в поле <guilabel>Узел:</guilabel>. Не изменяйте содержимое "
+"поля <guilabel>Номер порта</guilabel>, если не уверены, что это следует "
+"делать. После выбора протокола выполните выбор драйвера, как уже было "
+"описано выше."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
 msgid "printer5.png"
 msgstr "printer5.png"
@@ -7047,33 +10488,66 @@ msgstr "Другие протоколы:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipp)</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к которому осуществляется по сети TCP/IP с помощью протокола IPP. Например, принтер, соединенный с рабочей станцией, где используется CUPS. Этот протокол может также использоваться некоторыми ADSL-маршрутизаторами."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
+"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
+"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
+"some ADSL-routers."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipp)</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к "
+"которому осуществляется по сети TCP/IP с помощью протокола IPP. Например, "
+"принтер, соединенный с рабочей станцией, где используется CUPS. Этот "
+"протокол может также использоваться некоторыми ADSL-маршрутизаторами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (https)</emphasis>: то же, что и ipp, но с использованием передачи данных HTTP с защитой TLS. Следует указать порт. По умолчанию это 631 порт."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
+"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
+"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (https)</emphasis>: то же, что и "
+"ipp, но с использованием передачи данных HTTP с защитой TLS. Следует указать "
+"порт. По умолчанию это 631 порт."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipps)</emphasis>: то же, что и ipp, но с защитой TLS."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
+"with TLS secured protocol."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipps)</emphasis>: то же, что и "
+"ipp, но с защитой TLS."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Узел или принтер LPD/LPR</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к которому осуществляется по сети TCP/IP по протоколу LPD. Например принтер, соединенный с рабочей станцией, на которой используется LPD."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
+"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
+"connected to a station using LPD."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Узел или принтер LPD/LPR</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к которому "
+"осуществляется по сети TCP/IP по протоколу LPD. Например принтер, "
+"соединенный с рабочей станцией, на которой используется LPD."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Принтер Windows через SAMBA</emphasis>: принтер в совместном пользовании, соединенный с рабочей станцией под управлением Windows или сервером SMB."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
+"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Принтер Windows через SAMBA</emphasis>: принтер в совместном "
+"пользовании, соединенный с рабочей станцией под управлением Windows или "
+"сервером SMB."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form the URI:"
-msgstr "URI также могут быть добавлены непосредственно. Вот несколько примеров форматирования URI:"
+msgid ""
+"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
+"the URI:"
+msgstr ""
+"URI также могут быть добавлены непосредственно. Вот несколько примеров "
+"форматирования URI:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
@@ -7112,8 +10586,12 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://пользователь@ip-адрес-или-имя-узла
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid "Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr "Дополнительные сведения можно найти в <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">документации к CUPS</link>."
+msgid ""
+"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
+"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Дополнительные сведения можно найти в <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/"
+"documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">документации к CUPS</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
@@ -7122,8 +10600,21 @@ msgstr "Свойства устройства"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr "Вы можете просмотреть и изменить параметры работы устройства. С помощью меню можно получить доступ к панели настройки сервера CUPS. По умолчанию сервер CUPS запускается вашей операционной системой, но вы можете выбрать другой вариант с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Соединиться...</guimenuitem>. Другое окно настройки параметров сервера можно открыть с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Параметры</guimenuitem>."
+msgid ""
+"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
+"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
+"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
+"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
+"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете просмотреть и изменить параметры работы устройства. С помощью меню "
+"можно получить доступ к панели настройки сервера CUPS. По умолчанию сервер "
+"CUPS запускается вашей операционной системой, но вы можете выбрать другой "
+"вариант с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> | "
+"<guimenuitem>Соединиться...</guimenuitem>. Другое окно настройки параметров "
+"сервера можно открыть с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> | "
+"<guimenuitem>Параметры</guimenuitem>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
@@ -7132,18 +10623,52 @@ msgstr "Диагностика проблем"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr "Данные об ошибках, которые могли случиться при печати, можно найти в файле <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
+msgid ""
+"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
+"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+"Данные об ошибках, которые могли случиться при печати, можно найти в файле "
+"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid "You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr "Кроме того, вы можете воспользоваться инструментом для диагностики и решения проблем. Доступ к нему можно получить с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Справка</guimenu> | <guilabel>Устранение проблем с печатью</guilabel>."
+msgid ""
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
+"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Кроме того, вы можете воспользоваться инструментом для диагностики и решения "
+"проблем. Доступ к нему можно получить с помощью пункта меню "
+"<guimenu>Справка</guimenu> | <guilabel>Устранение проблем с печатью</"
+"guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr "Вполне возможно, что в репозиториях Mageia нет некоторых драйверов, необходимых для работы определенных принтеров, из-за лицензионных проблем или эти драйверы оказались неработоспособными. Если вы не можете найти нужного драйвера воспользуйтесь страницей системы <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link>, чтобы убедиться, существует ли драйвер вообще. Если окажется, что драйвер существует, проверьте, есть ли пакет с этим драйвером в репозиториях Mageia. Если такой пакет будет обнаружен, установите его вручную. После установки драйвера повторите процедуру установки и настройки принтера. О проблемах сообщайте с помощью системы слежения за ошибками дистрибутива или через форум. Также можно сообщать о пожеланиях относительно работы программ для настройки и о том, работает ли принтер после установки. Ниже приведены несколько адресов, по которым можно найти последние версии драйверов или драйверы к новым устройствам."
+msgid ""
+"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
+"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
+"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
+"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
+"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
+"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
+"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
+"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
+"drivers or for more recent devices."
+msgstr ""
+"Вполне возможно, что в репозиториях Mageia нет некоторых драйверов, "
+"необходимых для работы определенных принтеров, из-за лицензионных проблем "
+"или эти драйверы оказались неработоспособными. Если вы не можете найти "
+"нужного драйвера воспользуйтесь страницей системы <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link>, чтобы убедиться, "
+"существует ли драйвер вообще. Если окажется, что драйвер существует, "
+"проверьте, есть ли пакет с этим драйвером в репозиториях Mageia. Если такой "
+"пакет будет обнаружен, установите его вручную. После установки драйвера "
+"повторите процедуру установки и настройки принтера. О проблемах сообщайте с "
+"помощью системы слежения за ошибками дистрибутива или через форум. Также "
+"можно сообщать о пожеланиях относительно работы программ для настройки и о "
+"том, работает ли принтер после установки. Ниже приведены несколько адресов, "
+"по которым можно найти последние версии драйверов или драйверы к новым "
+"устройствам."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
@@ -7152,28 +10677,72 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры Brother</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr "На <link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">этой странице</link> можно найти список драйверов,  предоставляемые Brother. Найдите драйвер устройства, загрузите пакеты rpm с ним и установите эти пакеты."
+msgid ""
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
+"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
+"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+msgstr ""
+"На <link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/"
+"linux/en/download_prn.html\">этой странице</link> можно найти список "
+"драйверов,  предоставляемые Brother. Найдите драйвер устройства, загрузите "
+"пакеты rpm с ним и установите эти пакеты."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr "Драйвера Brother следует установить до запуска программы настройки системы печати."
+msgid ""
+"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
+msgstr ""
+"Драйвера Brother следует установить до запуска программы настройки системы "
+"печати."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры и многофункциональные устройства Hewlett-Packard</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры и многофункциональные устройства Hewlett-"
+"Packard</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management of the printer."
-msgstr "Для этих устройств используются программы из комплекта hplip. Этот комплект программ будет автоматически установлен после выбора принтера. Дополнительные сведения о комплектах программ можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">здесь</link>. Программу «HP Device Manager (Управление устройствами HP) можно будет найти в меню системы. Справку по настройкам принтера можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">здесь</link>."
+msgid ""
+"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
+"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
+"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
+"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
+"of the printer."
+msgstr ""
+"Для этих устройств используются программы из комплекта hplip. Этот комплект "
+"программ будет автоматически установлен после выбора принтера. "
+"Дополнительные сведения о комплектах программ можно найти <link ns2:href="
+"\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">здесь</link>. Программу "
+"«HP Device Manager (Управление устройствами HP) можно будет найти в меню "
+"системы. Справку по настройкам принтера можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">здесь</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid "A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr "Многофункциональные устройства HP требуют установки драйвера принтера, чтобы работать и в режиме сканера. Обратите внимание, что иногда в интерфейсе программы для сканирования не предусмотрено возможностей по сканированию пленок или слайдов (не работает модуль для слайдов). В этом случае можно воспользоваться для сканирования автономным режимом с сохранением изображения на карту памяти или флэш-устройство USB, вставленный в USB порт. После сканирования полученные изображения можно перенести с носителя данных в хранилище вашего любимого программного обеспечения для работы с изображениями."
+msgid ""
+"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
+"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
+"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
+"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
+"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
+"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
+"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
+msgstr ""
+"Многофункциональные устройства HP требуют установки драйвера принтера, чтобы "
+"работать и в режиме сканера. Обратите внимание, что иногда в интерфейсе "
+"программы для сканирования не предусмотрено возможностей по сканированию "
+"пленок или слайдов (не работает модуль для слайдов). В этом случае можно "
+"воспользоваться для сканирования автономным режимом с сохранением "
+"изображения на карту памяти или флэш-устройство USB, вставленный в USB порт. "
+"После сканирования полученные изображения можно перенести с носителя данных "
+"в хранилище вашего любимого программного обеспечения для работы с "
+"изображениями."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
@@ -7182,8 +10751,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Цветные принтеры Samsung</emphasi
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid "For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL protocol."
-msgstr "Драйверы для отдельных цветных принтеров Samsung и Xerox, работающих по протоколу QPDL, можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">здесь</link>."
+msgid ""
+"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
+"protocol."
+msgstr ""
+"Драйверы для отдельных цветных принтеров Samsung и Xerox, работающих по "
+"протоколу QPDL, можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/"
+"\">здесь</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
@@ -7192,13 +10767,31 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры и сканеры Epson</emphas
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid "Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture."
-msgstr "Драйверы можно получить с помощью <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">этой страницы поиска</link>. Чтобы воспользоваться сканером, вам придётся сначала установить пакет «iscan-data», а затем пакет «iscan» (именно в таком порядке). Кроме того, может возникнуть необходимость в установке пакета iscan-plugin. Выберите пакеты <emphasis>rpm</emphasis>, архитектура которых соответствует установленной на компьютере системе."
+msgid ""
+"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
+"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
+"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
+"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
+"according to your architecture."
+msgstr ""
+"Драйверы можно получить с помощью <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson."
+"net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">этой страницы поиска</link>. Чтобы "
+"воспользоваться сканером, вам придётся сначала установить пакет «iscan-"
+"data», а затем пакет «iscan» (именно в таком порядке). Кроме того, может "
+"возникнуть необходимость в установке пакета iscan-plugin. Выберите пакеты "
+"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis>, архитектура которых соответствует установленной на "
+"компьютере системе."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr "Иногда во время установки пакета iscan может быть показано сообщение о конфликте с пакетом sane. Пользователями этого пакета сообщалось, что такие предупреждения можно смело игнорировать."
+msgid ""
+"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
+"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+"Иногда во время установки пакета iscan может быть показано сообщение о "
+"конфликте с пакетом sane. Пользователями этого пакета сообщалось, что такие "
+"предупреждения можно смело игнорировать."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
@@ -7207,8 +10800,13 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры Canon</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr "Если вы работаете с принтерами Canon, вам может пригодиться программа turboprint. Соответствующий (тестовый) пакет можно получить <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">здесь</link>."
+msgid ""
+"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы работаете с принтерами Canon, вам может пригодиться программа "
+"turboprint. Соответствующий (тестовый) пакет можно получить <link ns2:href="
+"\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">здесь</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
@@ -7220,128 +10818,229 @@ msgstr "Импорт документов и параметров Windows™"
 msgid "transfugdrake"
 msgstr "transfugdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
 msgid "transfugdrake.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора "
+"(root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr "Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis> из Центра управления Mageia, подпункт <guilabel>Импорт документов и настроек Windows™</guilabel>."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
+"labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
+"получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis> из "
+"Центра управления Mageia, подпункт <guilabel>Импорт документов и настроек "
+"Windows™</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr "С помощью этого инструмента, администратор системы может импортировать документы и настройки учётных записей пользователей с установленной системы <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP или <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> на том же компьютере, на котором установлена Mageia."
+msgid ""
+"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
+"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
+"computer as the Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого инструмента, администратор системы может импортировать "
+"документы и настройки учётных записей пользователей с установленной системы "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP или <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> на том же компьютере, на "
+"котором установлена Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Пожалуйста, обратите внимание, что все изменения вступят в силу немедленно после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
+"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Пожалуйста, обратите внимание, что все изменения вступят в силу немедленно "
+"после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr "После запуска transfugdrake вы увидите первую страницу мастера с пояснениями о назначении программы и вариантами импорта данных."
+msgid ""
+"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
+"explanation about the tool and import options."
+msgstr ""
+"После запуска transfugdrake вы увидите первую страницу мастера с пояснениями "
+"о назначении программы и вариантами импорта данных."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr "Как только вы прочтёте и поймёте установки, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. В ответ программа выполнит обнаружение соответствующих данных в установленной операционной системе <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>."
+msgid ""
+"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Как только вы прочтёте и поймёте установки, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</"
+"guibutton>. В ответ программа выполнит обнаружение соответствующих данных в "
+"установленной операционной системе <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account than yours own."
-msgstr "После завершения процедуры выявления данных вы увидите страницу, с помощью которой сможете выбрать учётные записи в <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> и Mageia для выполнения процедуры импорта. Вы можете выбрать не только свою учётную запись."
+msgid ""
+"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
+"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
+"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
+"than yours own."
+msgstr ""
+"После завершения процедуры выявления данных вы увидите страницу, с помощью "
+"которой сможете выбрать учётные записи в <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> и Mageia для выполнения процедуры импорта. Вы можете "
+"выбрать не только свою учётную запись."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
 msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly."
-msgstr "Пожалуйста, обратите внимание на то, что из-за ограничения migrate-assistant (основного компонента transfugdrake) названия учётных записей <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, которые содержат специальные символы (кириллицу), могут отображаться некорректно."
+msgid ""
+"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
+"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
+"incorrectly."
+msgstr ""
+"Пожалуйста, обратите внимание на то, что из-за ограничения migrate-assistant "
+"(основного компонента transfugdrake) названия учётных записей <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, которые содержат специальные "
+"символы (кириллицу), могут отображаться некорректно."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr "Продолжительность переноса данных будет зависеть от размера папок с документами."
+msgid ""
+"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
+msgstr ""
+"Продолжительность переноса данных будет зависеть от размера папок с "
+"документами."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications (especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr "Некоторые программы <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (в частности драйверы) могут создавать учётные записи для реализации специальных возможностей. Например, драйверы NVidia <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> обновляются с помощью учётной записи <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Пожалуйста, не используйте такие учётные записи для импорта данных."
+msgid ""
+"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
+"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
+"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
+"use such accounts for the import purposes."
+msgstr ""
+"Некоторые программы <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (в "
+"частности драйверы) могут создавать учётные записи для реализации "
+"специальных возможностей. Например, драйверы NVidia <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> обновляются с помощью учётной записи "
+"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Пожалуйста, не используйте такие учётные "
+"записи для импорта данных."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid "When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import documents:"
-msgstr "После завершения выбора способа импорта учётных записей нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. Следующее окно используется для выбора способа импортирования документов:"
+msgid ""
+"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
+"documents:"
+msgstr ""
+"После завершения выбора способа импорта учётных записей нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. Следующее окно используется для выбора способа "
+"импортирования документов:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
 msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid "Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr "Transfugdrake разработан для импорта данных <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> из <emphasis>Мои документы</emphasis>, <emphasis>Моя музыка</emphasis> и <emphasis>Мои рисунки</emphasis>. Вы можете не выполнять импорт определённых данных, сняв галочку c соответствующего пункта в этом окне."
+msgid ""
+"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
+"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
+"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
+msgstr ""
+"Transfugdrake разработан для импорта данных <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> из <emphasis>Мои документы</emphasis>, <emphasis>Моя "
+"музыка</emphasis> и <emphasis>Мои рисунки</emphasis>. Вы можете не выполнять "
+"импорт определённых данных, сняв галочку c соответствующего пункта в этом "
+"окне."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid "When you finished with the document import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr "После завершения выбора способа импортирования документов нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. Следующее окно используется для выбора способа импортирования закладок:"
+msgid ""
+"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
+"to import bookmarks:"
+msgstr ""
+"После завершения выбора способа импортирования документов нажмите кнопку "
+"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. Следующее окно используется для выбора способа "
+"импортирования закладок:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
 msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr "Transfugdrake может импортировать закладки <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> и <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> в закладки программы <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>, установленную в Mageia."
+msgid ""
+"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
+"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
+"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
+msgstr ""
+"Transfugdrake может импортировать закладки <emphasis>Internet Explorer</"
+"emphasis> и <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> в закладки программы "
+"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>, установленную в Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid "Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Выберите желаемый вариант импорта и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите желаемый вариант импорта и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr "С помощью следующей страницы вы сможете импортировать изображения фона рабочего стола:"
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью следующей страницы вы сможете импортировать изображения фона "
+"рабочего стола:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
 msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid "Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Выберите желаемый вариант и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Выберите желаемый вариант и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "На последней странице мастера будет показано сообщение с приветствием. Просто нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Завершить</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
+"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"На последней странице мастера будет показано сообщение с приветствием. "
+"Просто нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Завершить</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
 msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
@@ -7356,31 +11055,54 @@ msgstr "Пользователи и группы"
 msgid "userdrake"
 msgstr "userdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:18
 msgid "userdrake.png"
 msgstr "userdrake.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr "Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis> из Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Управление пользователями»."
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
+"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно "
+"получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis> из "
+"Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Управление пользователями»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings (ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr "С помощью этого инструмента, администратор системы может управлять пользователями и группами пользователей, то есть добавлять или удалять пользователя или группу и вносить изменения в параметры записи пользователя или группы (идентификатора, командной оболочки и т.п.)."
+msgid ""
+"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
+"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
+"(ID, shell, ...)"
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этого инструмента, администратор системы может управлять "
+"пользователями и группами пользователей, то есть добавлять или удалять "
+"пользователя или группу и вносить изменения в параметры записи пользователя "
+"или группы (идентификатора, командной оболочки и т.п.)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid "When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the <guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr "В открытом окне userdrake будет показан список всех пользователей системы на вкладке <guibutton>Пользователи</guibutton>, а список всех групп - на вкладке <guibutton>Группы</guibutton>. Принцип работы с двумя вкладками является одинаковым."
+msgid ""
+"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
+"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
+"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
+msgstr ""
+"В открытом окне userdrake будет показан список всех пользователей системы на "
+"вкладке <guibutton>Пользователи</guibutton>, а список всех групп - на "
+"вкладке <guibutton>Группы</guibutton>. Принцип работы с двумя вкладками "
+"является одинаковым."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:35
@@ -7390,48 +11112,91 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1. Добавить пользователя</guibutton>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:37
 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки можно открыть новое окно с незаполненными полями:"
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой кнопки можно открыть новое окно с незаполненными полями:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:41
 msgid "userdrake1.png"
 msgstr "userdrake1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything or nothing as well!"
-msgstr "Поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Имя полностью</emphasis> предназначено для ввода фамилии и имени, но вы можете ввести в него любые данные!"
+msgid ""
+"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
+"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
+"or nothing as well!"
+msgstr ""
+"Поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Имя полностью</emphasis> предназначено для "
+"ввода фамилии и имени, но вы можете ввести в него любые данные!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:49
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr "Поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Пользователь</emphasis> является единственным обязательным для заполнения."
+msgstr ""
+"Поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Пользователь</emphasis> является единственным "
+"обязательным для заполнения."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid "Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr "Мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам установить <emphasis role=\"bold\">Пароль</emphasis> к учётной записи пользователя. Справа от поля пароля вы увидите небольшое изображение щита. Если цвет этого щита будет красным, то указанный пароль является слишком простым, слишком коротким или слишком похожим на название учётной записи. В пароле вам следует использовать цифры, строчные и прописные буквы, знаки препинания и т.д. С повышением сложности пароля цвет щита изменится на желтый, а потом на зелёный."
+msgid ""
+"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
+"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
+"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
+"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
+"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
+msgstr ""
+"Мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам установить <emphasis role=\"bold\">Пароль</"
+"emphasis> к учётной записи пользователя. Справа от поля пароля вы увидите "
+"небольшое изображение щита. Если цвет этого щита будет красным, то указанный "
+"пароль является слишком простым, слишком коротким или слишком похожим на "
+"название учётной записи. В пароле вам следует использовать цифры, строчные и "
+"прописные буквы, знаки препинания и т.д. С повышением сложности пароля цвет "
+"щита изменится на желтый, а потом на зелёный."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr "В поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Подтвердите пароль</emphasis> вам следует повторно ввести пароль, чтобы обеспечить соответствие символов вашим намерениям."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
+"you entered what you intended to."
+msgstr ""
+"В поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Подтвердите пароль</emphasis> вам следует "
+"повторно ввести пароль, чтобы обеспечить соответствие символов вашим "
+"намерениям."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Командная оболочка</emphasis>: с помощью этого выпадающего списка вы можете изменить командную оболочку, которая будет использоваться для работы пользователя, учётную запись которого вы добавляете. Возможны следующие варианты: Bash, Dash и Sh."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
+"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
+"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Командная оболочка</emphasis>: с помощью этого "
+"выпадающего списка вы можете изменить командную оболочку, которая будет "
+"использоваться для работы пользователя, учётную запись которого вы "
+"добавляете. Возможны следующие варианты: Bash, Dash и Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr "Если будет выбрана опция <emphasis role=\"bold\">Создать личную группу для пользователя</emphasis>, userdrake автоматически создаст группу с тем же названием, что и название учётной записи нового пользователя, и единственным участником (позже параметры группы можно изменить)."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
+"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
+"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
+msgstr ""
+"Если будет выбрана опция <emphasis role=\"bold\">Создать личную группу для "
+"пользователя</emphasis>, userdrake автоматически создаст группу с тем же "
+"названием, что и название учётной записи нового пользователя, и единственным "
+"участником (позже параметры группы можно изменить)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Назначение других пунктов диалогового окна понятно из надписей. Запись нового пользователя будет создана сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
+"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Назначение других пунктов диалогового окна понятно из надписей. Запись "
+"нового пользователя будет создана сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>OK</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:73
@@ -7440,39 +11205,59 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2. Добавить группу</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific group ID."
-msgstr "Вам следует лишь указать название новой группы и если это нужно, специфический номер-идентификатор группы."
+msgid ""
+"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
+"group ID."
+msgstr ""
+"Вам следует лишь указать название новой группы и если это нужно, "
+"специфический номер-идентификатор группы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:78
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3. Редактировать</emphasis> (выбранного пользователя)"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3. Редактировать</emphasis> (выбранного пользователя)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Данные Пользователя</guibutton>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете изменить все данные, указанные в учётной записи пользователя во время её создания (но идентификатор записи пользователя ID изменять нельзя)."
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
+"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Данные Пользователя</guibutton>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете "
+"изменить все данные, указанные в учётной записи пользователя во время её "
+"создания (но идентификатор записи пользователя ID изменять нельзя)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Информация об аккаунте</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:87
 msgid "userdrake2.png"
 msgstr "userdrake2.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary accounts."
-msgstr "Первый пункт предназначен для установления предельного срока действия учётной записи. По завершению срока действия вход в аккаунт станет невозможным. Этим пунктом можно воспользоваться для создания временных учётных записей."
+msgid ""
+"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
+"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
+"accounts."
+msgstr ""
+"Первый пункт предназначен для установления предельного срока действия "
+"учётной записи. По завершению срока действия вход в аккаунт станет "
+"невозможным. Этим пунктом можно воспользоваться для создания временных "
+"учётных записей."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long as the account is locked."
-msgstr "Второй пункт предназначен для блокировки учётной записи. Вход в заблокированные учётные записи невозможен."
+msgid ""
+"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
+"as the account is locked."
+msgstr ""
+"Второй пункт предназначен для блокировки учётной записи. Вход в "
+"заблокированные учётные записи невозможен."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:98
@@ -7481,39 +11266,63 @@ msgstr "Также можно изменить значок пользовате
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his password periodically."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Информация о пароле</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете установить срок действия пароля. Установление срока действия побуждает пользователя к периодической смене пароля, с целью обеспечения лучшей защиты системы от несанкционированного вмешательства."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
+"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
+"password periodically."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Информация о пароле</emphasis>: с помощью этой "
+"вкладки вы можете установить срок действия пароля. Установление срока "
+"действия побуждает пользователя к периодической смене пароля, с целью "
+"обеспечения лучшей защиты системы от несанкционированного вмешательства."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:106
 msgid "userdrake3.png"
 msgstr "userdrake3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that the user is a member of."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Группы</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете выбрать группы, участником которых будет пользователь."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
+"that the user is a member of."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Группы</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете "
+"выбрать группы, участником которых будет пользователь."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr "Если изменения будут внесены в учётную запись пользователя, который уже работает в системе, то эти изменения вступят в силу только после перезагрузки системы."
+msgid ""
+"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
+"effective until his/her next login."
+msgstr ""
+"Если изменения будут внесены в учётную запись пользователя, который уже "
+"работает в системе, то эти изменения вступят в силу только после "
+"перезагрузки системы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:118
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4. Редактировать</emphasis> (обозначенную группу)"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">4. Редактировать</emphasis> (обозначенную группу)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group name."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Данные группы</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки можно изменить название группы."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
+"group name."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Данные группы</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки "
+"можно изменить название группы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users who are members of the group"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Группы пользователей</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете выбрать пользователей, которые будут участниками группы."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
+"users who are members of the group"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Группы пользователей</emphasis>: с помощью этой "
+"вкладки вы можете выбрать пользователей, которые будут участниками группы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:126
@@ -7522,8 +11331,19 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5. Удалить</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid "Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr "Чтобы удалить учётную запись пользователя или группу, выберите запись в списке и нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Удалить</emphasis>. Если был указан пункт учётной записи пользователя, будет показано окно с вопросом, следует ли удалить также домашний каталог и каталог почтового ящика пользователя. Если для учётной записи пользователя была создана личная группа, то эта группа будет также удалена вместе с учётной записью пользователя."
+msgid ""
+"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
+"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
+"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
+"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы удалить учётную запись пользователя или группу, выберите запись в "
+"списке и нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Удалить</emphasis>. Если был "
+"указан пункт учётной записи пользователя, будет показано окно с вопросом, "
+"следует ли удалить также домашний каталог и каталог почтового ящика "
+"пользователя. Если для учётной записи пользователя была создана личная "
+"группа, то эта группа будет также удалена вместе с учётной записью "
+"пользователя."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:133
@@ -7537,8 +11357,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6. Восстановить</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid "The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to refresh the display."
-msgstr "База данных учётных записей пользователей может быть изменена за пределами Userdrake. Нажмите эту кнопку, чтобы обновить данные в списке."
+msgid ""
+"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
+"refresh the display."
+msgstr ""
+"База данных учётных записей пользователей может быть изменена за пределами "
+"Userdrake. Нажмите эту кнопку, чтобы обновить данные в списке."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:141
@@ -7547,8 +11371,23 @@ msgstr "<emphasis роль=\"bold\">7 Гостевой аккаунт</emphasis>
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> является особой учётной записью. Она предназначена для предоставления кому-либо временного доступа к системе с максимальными мерами безопасности. Именем пользователя такой записи является xguest, пароль пустой. Внесение каких-либо изменений в систему с этой учётной записи невозможно. Личные каталоги пользователя учётной записи будут удалятся сразу по завершению сеанса работы в аккаунте. По умолчанию учётная запись включена. Чтобы отключить её, воспользуйтесь пунктом меню <guimenu>Действия -> Удалить аккаунт для гостя</guimenu>."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
+"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
+"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
+"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
+"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
+"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
+"account</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> является особой учётной записью. "
+"Она предназначена для предоставления кому-либо временного доступа к системе "
+"с максимальными мерами безопасности. Именем пользователя такой записи "
+"является xguest, пароль пустой. Внесение каких-либо изменений в систему с "
+"этой учётной записи невозможно. Личные каталоги пользователя учётной записи "
+"будут удалятся сразу по завершению сеанса работы в аккаунте. По умолчанию "
+"учётная запись включена. Чтобы отключить её, воспользуйтесь пунктом меню "
+"<guimenu>Действия -> Удалить аккаунт для гостя</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:3
@@ -7560,26 +11399,41 @@ msgstr "Настройка графического сервера"
 msgid "XFdrake"
 msgstr "XFdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:10
 msgid "XFdrake.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the capital letters."
-msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">XFdrake</emphasis> от имени обычного пользователя или команду <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> от имени администратора (root). Обратите внимание на регистр используемых в командах букв."
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
+"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
+"capital letters."
+msgstr ""
+"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">XFdrake</emphasis> от имени обычного пользователя "
+"или команду <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> от имени администратора (root). "
+"Обратите внимание на регистр используемых в командах букв."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Доступ к этой программе можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Оборудование</emphasis>. Выберете <emphasis><guilabel>Настройка графического сервера</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
+"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Доступ к этой программе можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Оборудование</emphasis>. Выберете "
+"<emphasis><guilabel>Настройка графического сервера</guilabel></emphasis>. "
+"<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:23
 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr "С помощью этих кнопок можно настроить параметры графической подсистемы."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этих кнопок можно настроить параметры графической подсистемы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:25
@@ -7588,28 +11442,61 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Графическая карта</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:27
-msgid "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr "Здесь показано - программой обнаружен тип графической карты и соответствующий драйвер. Нажмите кнопку, чтобы изменить на другой, например, на проприетарный (с закрытым кодом) драйвер от производителя."
+msgid ""
+"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
+"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
+"one with a proprietary driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Здесь показано - программой обнаружен тип графической карты и "
+"соответствующий драйвер. Нажмите кнопку, чтобы изменить на другой, например, "
+"на проприетарный (с закрытым кодом) драйвер от производителя."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:31
-msgid "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Доступные драйверы упорядочены в списке <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel> по производителю по алфавиту, а затем по модели также по алфавиту. Свободные драйверы отсортированы в алфавитном порядке в списке <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>"
+msgid ""
+"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
+"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
+"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
+"Xorg</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Доступные драйверы упорядочены в списке <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel> "
+"по производителю по алфавиту, а затем по модели также по алфавиту. Свободные "
+"драйверы отсортированы в алфавитном порядке в списке <guilabel>Xorg</"
+"guilabel>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:37
-msgid "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr "Если у вас возникнут проблемы, вы можете воспользоваться вариантом <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis>, который работает для большинства карт и предоставит вам возможность найти и установить драйвер, работая в ваших графических средах."
+msgid ""
+"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
+"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
+"in your Desktop Environment."
+msgstr ""
+"Если у вас возникнут проблемы, вы можете воспользоваться вариантом "
+"<emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis>, который работает для большинства карт и "
+"предоставит вам возможность найти и установить драйвер, работая в ваших "
+"графических средах."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr "Если даже Vesa не работает, то выберите вариант <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, который используется во время установки Mageia, но не предоставляет возможности менять разрешение или частоту обновления изображения."
+msgid ""
+"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
+"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
+"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
+msgstr ""
+"Если даже Vesa не работает, то выберите вариант <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</"
+"guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, который используется во "
+"время установки Mageia, но не предоставляет возможности менять разрешение "
+"или частоту обновления изображения."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:39
-msgid "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr "Если вы ранее выбрали свободный драйвер, то система может предложить вам воспользоваться вместо него проприетарным (с закрытым кодом) драйвером, который имеет более широкие возможности (например, 3D эффекты)."
+msgid ""
+"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
+"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы ранее выбрали свободный драйвер, то система может предложить вам "
+"воспользоваться вместо него проприетарным (с закрытым кодом) драйвером, "
+"который имеет более широкие возможности (например, 3D эффекты)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:45
@@ -7618,8 +11505,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Монитор:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr "Наряду с этим пунктом будет показан монитор, определённый системой. Нажмите кнопку, чтобы изменить определённое название на другое. Если нужного вам названия нет в списке <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel>, то вы можете выбрать наиболее подходящий монитор в поле <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>."
+msgid ""
+"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
+"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
+"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
+"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
+msgstr ""
+"Наряду с этим пунктом будет показан монитор, определённый системой. Нажмите "
+"кнопку, чтобы изменить определённое название на другое. Если нужного вам "
+"названия нет в списке <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel>, то вы можете "
+"выбрать наиболее подходящий монитор в поле <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:54
@@ -7628,34 +11523,61 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Разрешение:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:56
-msgid "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки можно выбрать разрешение (количество пикселей) и глубину цвета (число цветов в изображении). В ответ на её нажатие будет показано следующее окно:"
+msgid ""
+"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
+"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью этой кнопки можно выбрать разрешение (количество пикселей) и "
+"глубину цвета (число цветов в изображении). В ответ на её нажатие будет "
+"показано следующее окно:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:61
 msgid "XFdrake1.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:59
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>На изображении монитора посередине окна будет показан предварительный просмотр текущих настроек."
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the "
+"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>На изображении монитора "
+"посередине окна будет показан предварительный просмотр текущих настроек."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:66
-msgid "The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr "На первой кнопке будет показано текущее разрешение. Нажмите, чтобы изменить разрешение. В списке будут показаны возможные варианты, что соответствует возможностям графической карты и монитора. Вы можете выбрать пункт <guilabel>Другие</guilabel>, чтобы указать другое разрешение, но стоит учитывать то, что произвольное изменение параметров разрешения может привести к повреждению монитора или нарушению комфортности работы."
+msgid ""
+"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
+"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
+"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
+"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
+"select an uncomfortable setting."
+msgstr ""
+"На первой кнопке будет показано текущее разрешение. Нажмите, чтобы изменить "
+"разрешение. В списке будут показаны возможные варианты, что соответствует "
+"возможностям графической карты и монитора. Вы можете выбрать пункт "
+"<guilabel>Другие</guilabel>, чтобы указать другое разрешение, но стоит "
+"учитывать то, что произвольное изменение параметров разрешения может "
+"привести к повреждению монитора или нарушению комфортности работы."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:72
-msgid "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for another one."
-msgstr "На второй кнопке будет показана текущая глубина цвета. Нажмите кнопку, чтобы изменить глубину цвета на другую."
+msgid ""
+"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
+"another one."
+msgstr ""
+"На второй кнопке будет показана текущая глубина цвета. Нажмите кнопку, чтобы "
+"изменить глубину цвета на другую."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:76
-msgid "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr "В зависимости от выбранного разрешения, может понадобиться выход из графической среды и её перезапуск, чтобы настройки вступили в силу."
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
+"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
+msgstr ""
+"В зависимости от выбранного разрешения, может понадобиться выход из "
+"графической среды и её перезапуск, чтобы настройки вступили в силу."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:83
@@ -7664,18 +11586,39 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Проверить:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr "Как только настройки будут завершены, рекомендуем вам проверить их до нажатия кнопки <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, поскольку проще изменить значения параметров сразу, чем получить неработоспособную графическую среду."
+msgid ""
+"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
+"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
+"graphical environment doesn't work."
+msgstr ""
+"Как только настройки будут завершены, рекомендуем вам проверить их до "
+"нажатия кнопки <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, поскольку проще изменить значения "
+"параметров сразу, чем получить неработоспособную графическую среду."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:90
-msgid "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr "В случае нерабочей графической среды, нажмите комбинацию клавиш Alt+Ctrl+F2, чтобы открыть текстовую консоль, войдите в систему от имени администратора (root) и дайте команду XFdrake (первые две буквы должны быть большими), чтобы воспользоваться текстовой версией XFdrake."
+msgid ""
+"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
+"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
+"XFdrake's text version."
+msgstr ""
+"В случае нерабочей графической среды, нажмите комбинацию клавиш Alt+Ctrl+F2, "
+"чтобы открыть текстовую консоль, войдите в систему от имени администратора "
+"(root) и дайте команду XFdrake (первые две буквы должны быть большими), "
+"чтобы воспользоваться текстовой версией XFdrake."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:93
-msgid "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Если заданные параметры не сработают, просто дождитесь завершения проверки, чтобы вернуться к начальным параметрам. Если значения сработают, но вы всё равно не хотите их изменять, то нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Нет</guibutton>. Если же полученные результаты вас устраивают, то нажмите кнопку <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
+msgid ""
+"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
+"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
+"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Если заданные параметры не сработают, просто дождитесь завершения проверки, "
+"чтобы вернуться к начальным параметрам. Если значения сработают, но вы всё "
+"равно не хотите их изменять, то нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Нет</guibutton>. "
+"Если же полученные результаты вас устраивают, то нажмите кнопку <guibutton "
+"role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:97
@@ -7684,21 +11627,49 @@ msgstr "Параметры:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr "В разделе <guilabel>Глобальные параметры</guilabel> вы можете настроить систему на перезапуск графической среды с помощью комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+Backspace."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
+"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
+"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
+msgstr ""
+"В разделе <guilabel>Глобальные параметры</guilabel> вы можете настроить "
+"систему на перезапуск графической среды с помощью комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt"
+"+Backspace."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr "С помощью раздела <guilabel>Параметры видеокарты</guilabel> можно включить или выключить три специфические возможности, зависящие от типа графической видеокарты."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
+"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
+msgstr ""
+"С помощью раздела <guilabel>Параметры видеокарты</guilabel> можно включить "
+"или выключить три специфические возможности, зависящие от типа графической "
+"видеокарты."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, <emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be unchecked for a server."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Графический интерфейс при загрузке</guilabel>: следует оставить вариант <emphasis>Автоматически запускать графическую оболочку (Xorg) при загрузке</emphasis>, чтобы система загружалась в графическом режиме. Впрочем, вы можете снять отметку, если загрузка должна быть выполнена без использования графического режима для сервера."
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
+"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
+"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
+"unchecked for a server."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Графический интерфейс при загрузке</guilabel>: следует оставить "
+"вариант <emphasis>Автоматически запускать графическую оболочку (Xorg) при "
+"загрузке</emphasis>, чтобы система загружалась в графическом режиме. "
+"Впрочем, вы можете снять отметку, если загрузка должна быть выполнена без "
+"использования графического режима для сервера."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:112
-msgid "After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr "В ответ на нажатие кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> программа предложит вам подтвердить выход. Вы можете отменить или подтвердить внесённые изменения, или сохранить предварительные настройки. Если изменения будут подтверждены, вам придётся выйти из аккаунта и снова войти в него, чтобы внесённые изменения вступили в силу."
-
+msgid ""
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
+"you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
+"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
+"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"В ответ на нажатие кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> программа предложит "
+"вам подтвердить выход. Вы можете отменить или подтвердить внесённые "
+"изменения, или сохранить предварительные настройки. Если изменения будут "
+"подтверждены, вам придётся выйти из аккаунта и снова войти в него, чтобы "
+"внесённые изменения вступили в силу."
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv.po b/docs/mcc-help/sv.po
index 4d88d4bb..e74a8315 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/sv.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013
 # Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>, 2013-2014
@@ -10,14 +10,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-04 13:00+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sv/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"sv/)\n"
+"Language: sv\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: sv\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -30,8 +31,7 @@ msgstr "Kom åt WebDAV-delade enheter och mappar"
 msgid "diskdrake --dav"
 msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
@@ -39,9 +39,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
@@ -49,7 +51,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
 "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
 "WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hittas i Mageia's kontrollcentral, under fliken för Nätverksdelning, märkt <guilabel>Konfigurera WebDAV-delningar</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hittas i Mageia's "
+"kontrollcentral, under fliken för Nätverksdelning, märkt "
+"<guilabel>Konfigurera WebDAV-delningar</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
@@ -69,7 +74,12 @@ msgid ""
 "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
 "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
 "server."
-msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> är ett protokoll som låter dig montera en webbservers katalog lokalt (förutsatt att den fjärrstyrda datorn kör en WebDAV-server), så att den dyker upp som en lokal katalog i filsystemet. Syftet med detta verktyg är inte att konfigurera en WebDAV-server."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> är "
+"ett protokoll som låter dig montera en webbservers katalog lokalt (förutsatt "
+"att den fjärrstyrda datorn kör en WebDAV-server), så att den dyker upp som "
+"en lokal katalog i filsystemet. Syftet med detta verktyg är inte att "
+"konfigurera en WebDAV-server."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
@@ -82,7 +92,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
 "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
 "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr "Den första skärmen visar de redan konfigurerade inläggen om det finns några, och en <gui>Ny</gui>-knapp.Använd den för att skapa ett nytt inlägg. Ange serverns URL i fältet i på nya skärmen."
+msgstr ""
+"Den första skärmen visar de redan konfigurerade inläggen om det finns några, "
+"och en <gui>Ny</gui>-knapp.Använd den för att skapa ett nytt inlägg. Ange "
+"serverns URL i fältet i på nya skärmen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
@@ -90,12 +103,16 @@ msgid ""
 "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
 "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
 "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct"
-" it, if needed."
-msgstr "Sedan kommer du till en skärm med alternativknappar där du kan välja några åtgärder. Välj <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> genom att klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> efter att du valt alternativsknappen eftersom <guibutton>servern</guibutton> redan är konfigurerad. Du kan emellertid rätta till det om det behövs."
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
+"it, if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"Sedan kommer du till en skärm med alternativknappar där du kan välja några "
+"åtgärder. Välj <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> genom att klicka på "
+"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> efter att du valt alternativsknappen eftersom "
+"<guibutton>servern</guibutton> redan är konfigurerad. Du kan emellertid "
+"rätta till det om det behövs."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
@@ -105,17 +122,20 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgid ""
 "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
 "point."
-msgstr "Innehållet av den fjärrstyrda mappen kommer att vara tillgängligt via denna monteringspunkt."
+msgstr ""
+"Innehållet av den fjärrstyrda mappen kommer att vara tillgängligt via denna "
+"monteringspunkt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
 "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr "I nästa steg ska du ange ditt användarnamn och lösenord. Om du behöver några andra val så kan du ange dessa i <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton>-fönstret."
+msgstr ""
+"I nästa steg ska du ange ditt användarnamn och lösenord. Om du behöver några "
+"andra val så kan du ange dessa i <guibutton>avancerat</guibutton>-fönstret."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
@@ -125,19 +145,26 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
 "access."
-msgstr "Valet <guibutton>Montera</guibutton> tillåter dig att omedelbart montera för åtkomst."
+msgstr ""
+"Valet <guibutton>Montera</guibutton> tillåter dig att omedelbart montera för "
+"åtkomst."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button "
-"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your "
-"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you"
-" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in "
-"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the "
-"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for "
-"one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr "Efter att du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> så visas första skärmen igen och din nya monteringspunkt finns med i listan. När du trycker på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> blir du bli tillfrågad om du vill spara ändringarna i <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Välj detta om du vill att fjärrkatalogen ska vara tillgänglig vid varje uppstart. Om det bara är en en-gångs grej så spara inte konfigurationen."
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
+"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
+"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
+"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
+"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
+"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen <guibutton>Klar</"
+"guibutton> så visas första skärmen igen och din nya monteringspunkt finns "
+"med i listan. När du trycker på <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> blir du bli "
+"tillfrågad om du vill spara ändringarna i <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. "
+"Välj detta om du vill att fjärrkatalogen ska vara tillgänglig vid varje "
+"uppstart. Om det bara är en en-gångs grej så spara inte konfigurationen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
@@ -149,8 +176,7 @@ msgstr "Dela dina hårddiskpartitioner"
 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
 msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
@@ -158,9 +184,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommando-raden genom att skriva "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
@@ -169,14 +197,20 @@ msgid ""
 "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
 "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
 "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr "Detta enkla verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ger dig som systemadministratör möjlighet att tillåta användare att dela undermappar i sin egen /home-katalog med andra användare som befinner sig på samma lokala nätverk, och som har datorer som kör antingen Linux eller Windows."
+msgstr ""
+"Detta enkla verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ger dig som "
+"systemadministratör möjlighet att tillåta användare att dela undermappar i "
+"sin egen /home-katalog med andra användare som befinner sig på samma lokala "
+"nätverk, och som har datorer som kör antingen Linux eller Windows."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled"
-" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr "Det hittas i Mageia's kontrollcentral, under fliken för Lokal disk kallad \"Dela dina hårddiskpartitioner\"."
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
+"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Det hittas i Mageia's kontrollcentral, under fliken för Lokal disk kallad "
+"\"Dela dina hårddiskpartitioner\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
@@ -185,11 +219,15 @@ msgid ""
 "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
 "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
 "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for"
-" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their"
-" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
+"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
+"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
 "created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr "Svara först på frågan: \"<guilabel>Skulle du vilja tillåta användare att dela några av sina mappar ?</guilabel>, klicka på <guibutton>Ingen delning</guibutton> om svaret är nej för alla användare, klicka på <guibutton>Tillåt alla användare</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+"Svara först på frågan: \"<guilabel>Skulle du vilja tillåta användare att "
+"dela några av sina mappar ?</guilabel>, klicka på <guibutton>Ingen delning</"
+"guibutton> om svaret är nej för alla användare, klicka på <guibutton>Tillåt "
+"alla användare</guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
@@ -200,7 +238,13 @@ msgid ""
 "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
 "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
 "required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr "Klicka på <guilabel>Ok</guilabel>, på nästa skärm får du välja mellan <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Kryssa i <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> om Linux är det enda operativsystemet i nätverket, eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> om nätverket har både Linux och Windows-datorer. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Alla nödvändiga paket kommer att installeras automatiskt om det behövs."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på <guilabel>Ok</guilabel>, på nästa skärm får du välja mellan "
+"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Kryssa i "
+"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> om Linux är det enda operativsystemet i "
+"nätverket, eller <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> om nätverket har både Linux och "
+"Windows-datorer. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Alla nödvändiga "
+"paket kommer att installeras automatiskt om det behövs."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
@@ -210,24 +254,37 @@ msgid ""
 "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
 "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
 "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information"
-" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
-msgstr "Konfigurationen är nu klar om inte anpassad valdes. I så fall kommer ytterligare ett fönster öppnas där du får starta Userdrake. I detta verktyg kan du lägga till användare som är godkända att dela sina mappar till fildelningsgruppen. Välj användar-fliken, klicka på den användare som ska läggas till i fildelningsgruppen, och sedan <guimenuitem>Redigera</guimenuitem> på grupp-fliken. Kryssa i fildelningsgruppen och klicka på <guimenuitem>Ok</guimenuitem>. Mer information om Userdrake hittar du <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">här</link>."
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
+"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Konfigurationen är nu klar om inte anpassad valdes. I så fall kommer "
+"ytterligare ett fönster öppnas där du får starta Userdrake. I detta verktyg "
+"kan du lägga till användare som är godkända att dela sina mappar till "
+"fildelningsgruppen. Välj användar-fliken, klicka på den användare som ska "
+"läggas till i fildelningsgruppen, och sedan <guimenuitem>Redigera</"
+"guimenuitem> på grupp-fliken. Kryssa i fildelningsgruppen och klicka på "
+"<guimenuitem>Ok</guimenuitem>. Mer information om Userdrake hittar du <link "
+"ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">här</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
 msgid ""
 "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
 "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr "När en ny användare läggs till i fildelningsgruppen så behöver du koppla ner och ansluta igen för att ändringarna som gjorts ska börja gälla."
+msgstr ""
+"När en ny användare läggs till i fildelningsgruppen så behöver du koppla ner "
+"och ansluta igen för att ändringarna som gjorts ska börja gälla."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her"
-" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
+"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
 "have this facility."
-msgstr "Från och med nu så kan varje användare som tillhör fildelningsgruppen välja i sin filhanterare de mappar som ska delas även om inte alla filhanterare har denna möjlighet."
+msgstr ""
+"Från och med nu så kan varje användare som tillhör fildelningsgruppen välja "
+"i sin filhanterare de mappar som ska delas även om inte alla filhanterare "
+"har denna möjlighet."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
@@ -245,8 +302,7 @@ msgstr "Kom åt NFS-delade enheter och kataloger"
 msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
 msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
@@ -259,9 +315,11 @@ msgstr "."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommando-raden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommando-raden genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
@@ -270,9 +328,15 @@ msgid ""
 "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
 "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a"
-" user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr "Med detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ange några kataloger som ska vara tillgängliga för alla användare på datorn. Protokollet som används är NFS och är tillgängligt på de flesta Linux och UNIX-system. Den utdelade katalogen kommer därför att vara tillgänglig vid uppstart. Utdelade kataloger kan även vara åtkomliga under en session för användare med verktyg så som en filhanterare."
+"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
+"user with tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+"Med detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ange "
+"några kataloger som ska vara tillgängliga för alla användare på datorn. "
+"Protokollet som används är NFS och är tillgängligt på de flesta Linux och "
+"UNIX-system. Den utdelade katalogen kommer därför att vara tillgänglig vid "
+"uppstart. Utdelade kataloger kan även vara åtkomliga under en session för "
+"användare med verktyg så som en filhanterare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
@@ -284,17 +348,20 @@ msgstr "Procedur"
 msgid ""
 "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
 "which share directories."
-msgstr "Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över servrar som delar mappar."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över "
+"servrar som delar mappar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
 "shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr "Klicka på >-symbolen före namnet på servern för a visa listan av delade mappar och välj den mapp du vill komma åt."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på >-symbolen före namnet på servern för a visa listan av delade "
+"mappar och välj den mapp du vill komma åt."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
@@ -302,12 +369,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have"
-" to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> kommer att finnas tillgänglig och du kommer behöva ange var du ska montera mappen."
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
+"to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> kommer att finnas tillgänglig "
+"och du kommer behöva ange var du ska montera mappen."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
@@ -318,16 +386,17 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
 "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
 "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr "Efter att du har valt monteringspunkt så kan du montera den. Du kan också verifiera och ändra några val med <guibutton>Val</guibutton>-knappen. Efter att mappen är monterad så kan du avmontera den med samma knapp."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att du har valt monteringspunkt så kan du montera den. Du kan också "
+"verifiera och ändra några val med <guibutton>Val</guibutton>-knappen. Efter "
+"att mappen är monterad så kan du avmontera den med samma knapp."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
@@ -337,13 +406,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgid ""
 "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
 "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the"
-" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
+"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
+"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
 "browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr "När du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> så visas ett meddelande som frågar om du vill spara dina ändringar i /etc/fstab. Det medför att katalogen finns tillgänglig vid varje uppstart om nätverket är åtkomligt. Den nya katalogen är då tillgänglig i din filhanterare, som t. ex. Dolphin."
+msgstr ""
+"När du har godkänt konfigurationen med knappen <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> "
+"så visas ett meddelande som frågar om du vill spara dina ändringar i /etc/"
+"fstab. Det medför att katalogen finns tillgänglig vid varje uppstart om "
+"nätverket är åtkomligt. Den nya katalogen är då tillgänglig i din "
+"filhanterare, som t. ex. Dolphin."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
@@ -358,8 +431,7 @@ msgstr "CD/DVD-brännare"
 msgid "diskdrake --removable"
 msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
@@ -367,9 +439,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
@@ -377,7 +451,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
 "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
 "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr "Detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>hittas under fliken Lokala diskar i Mageia's Kontrollcentral märkt i enlighet med med din flyttbara hårdvara (Endast CD/DVD-spelare, brännare och diskettstation)."
+msgstr ""
+"Detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>hittas under fliken "
+"Lokala diskar i Mageia's Kontrollcentral märkt i enlighet med med din "
+"flyttbara hårdvara (Endast CD/DVD-spelare, brännare och diskettstation)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
@@ -391,7 +468,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
 "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
 "button."
-msgstr "Längst upp i fönstret finns en kort beskrivning av din hårdvara och de valda alternativen att montera den. Använd menyn längst ner för att ändra dem. Kryssa i vilket objekt som ska ändras och sedan på knappen <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Längst upp i fönstret finns en kort beskrivning av din hårdvara och de valda "
+"alternativen att montera den. Använd menyn längst ner för att ändra dem. "
+"Kryssa i vilket objekt som ska ändras och sedan på knappen <guibutton>OK</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
@@ -402,7 +483,8 @@ msgstr "Monteringspunkt"
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr "Kryssa i denna ruta för att ändra monteringspunkt. Standard är /media/cdrom."
+msgstr ""
+"Kryssa i denna ruta för att ändra monteringspunkt. Standard är /media/cdrom."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
@@ -412,9 +494,11 @@ msgstr "Val"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the"
-" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr "Många monteringspunkter kan välja antingen här direkt i listan eller via undermenyn <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel>. De huvudsakliga är:"
+"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
+"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
+msgstr ""
+"Många monteringspunkter kan välja antingen här direkt i listan eller via "
+"undermenyn <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel>. De huvudsakliga är:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
@@ -427,7 +511,10 @@ msgid ""
 "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
 "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
 "the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr "användaren tillåter en vanlig användare (inte root) att montera en flyttbar disk, detta alternativ involverar noexec, nosuid och nodev. Användaren som monterade disken är den enda som kan avmontera den."
+msgstr ""
+"användaren tillåter en vanlig användare (inte root) att montera en flyttbar "
+"disk, detta alternativ involverar noexec, nosuid och nodev. Användaren som "
+"monterade disken är den enda som kan avmontera den."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
@@ -442,9 +529,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
@@ -453,40 +542,53 @@ msgid ""
 "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
 "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with"
-" tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr "Med detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ange vilka katalogen som ska vara tillgängliga för användare på datorn. Protokollet som används är SMB som är populärt på Windows(R)-system. Den utdelade katalogen är tillgänglig  direkt vid uppstart. Utdelade kataloger kan även vara åtkomliga under en session för användare med verktyg så som en filhanterare."
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
+"tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+"Med detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ange "
+"vilka katalogen som ska vara tillgängliga för användare på datorn. "
+"Protokollet som används är SMB som är populärt på Windows(R)-system. Den "
+"utdelade katalogen är tillgänglig  direkt vid uppstart. Utdelade kataloger "
+"kan även vara åtkomliga under en session för användare med verktyg så som en "
+"filhanterare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
 "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "Innan du startar verktyget så är det en bra idé att deklarera namnen på servrarna som är tillgängliga, till exempel med <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Innan du startar verktyget så är det en bra idé att deklarera namnen på "
+"servrarna som är tillgängliga, till exempel med <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who"
-" share directories."
-msgstr "Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över servrar som delar kataloger."
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
+"share directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj <guibutton>sök servrar</guibutton> för att erhålla en lista över "
+"servrar som delar kataloger."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
 "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr "Klicka på servernamnet och &gt; före servernamnet för att visa upp listan av delade mappar och välj den mapp som du vill få tillgång till."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på servernamnet och &gt; före servernamnet för att visa upp listan av "
+"delade mappar och välj den mapp som du vill få tillgång till."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
 "have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr "För att knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> ska bli tillgänglig så behöver du ange var mappen ska monteras."
+msgstr ""
+"För att knappen <guibutton>Monteringspunkt</guibutton> ska bli tillgänglig "
+"så behöver du ange var mappen ska monteras."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
@@ -497,7 +599,10 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
 "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
 "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Efter val av monteringspunkt så kan det monteras med knappen <guimenu>Montera</guimenu>. Du kan också bekräfta och ändra några alternativ med knappen <guibutton>Alternativ</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter val av monteringspunkt så kan det monteras med knappen "
+"<guimenu>Montera</guimenu>. Du kan också bekräfta och ändra några alternativ "
+"med knappen <guibutton>Alternativ</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
@@ -505,16 +610,17 @@ msgid ""
 "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
 "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
 "with the same button."
-msgstr "I alternativ så kan du ange användarnamnet och lösenordet till de som ska kunna ansluta till SMB-servern. Efter att mappen har monterats så kan du avmontera den med samma knapp."
+msgstr ""
+"I alternativ så kan du ange användarnamnet och lösenordet till de som ska "
+"kunna ansluta till SMB-servern. Efter att mappen har monterats så kan du "
+"avmontera den med samma knapp."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
@@ -525,12 +631,14 @@ msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
 "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
 "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in "
-"dolphin."
-msgstr "Efter att konfigurationen accepterats med Klar-knappen kommer ett meddelande upp om du vill spara inställningarna i /etc/fstab. Sparas inställningarna så är katalogen åtkomlig vid varje uppstart om nätverket är igång. Den nya katalogen finns då tillgänglig i din filhanterare, t. ex. Dolphin."
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att konfigurationen accepterats med Klar-knappen kommer ett meddelande "
+"upp om du vill spara inställningarna i /etc/fstab. Sparas inställningarna så "
+"är katalogen åtkomlig vid varje uppstart om nätverket är igång. Den nya "
+"katalogen finns då tillgänglig i din filhanterare, t. ex. Dolphin."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
@@ -545,8 +653,7 @@ msgstr "3D-skrivbordseffekter"
 msgid "drak3d"
 msgstr "drak3d"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:10
 msgid "drak3d.png"
 msgstr "drak3d.png"
@@ -554,9 +661,11 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta detta verktyg från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:17
@@ -564,7 +673,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
 "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
 "default."
-msgstr "Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> låter dig hantera skrivbordets 3D-effekter i ditt operativsystem. 3D-effekter är som standard avstängt."
+msgstr ""
+"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> låter dig hantera "
+"skrivbordets 3D-effekter i ditt operativsystem. 3D-effekter är som standard "
+"avstängt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:25
@@ -577,30 +689,40 @@ msgid ""
 "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
 "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
 "start."
-msgstr "För att använda det här verktyget så behöver du ha glxinfo-paketet installerat. Om paketet inte är installerat så kommer du att bli tillfrågad med en popup-ruta om att göra så innan drak3d kan startas."
+msgstr ""
+"För att använda det här verktyget så behöver du ha glxinfo-paketet "
+"installerat. Om paketet inte är installerat så kommer du att bli tillfrågad "
+"med en popup-ruta om att göra så innan drak3d kan startas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
 "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a "
-"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special "
-"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn "
-"it on."
-msgstr "Efter att du startat drak3d kommer en meny att visas. Här kan du välja antingen <guilabel>Inga skrivbordseffekter</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion är en del av en sammansatt fönsterhanterare som bland annant innehåller hårdvaruaccelererade specialeffekter för ditt skrivbord. Välj <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> för att starta den."
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
+"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
+"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att du startat drak3d kommer en meny att visas. Här kan du välja "
+"antingen <guilabel>Inga skrivbordseffekter</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Compiz "
+"Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion är en del av en sammansatt fönsterhanterare "
+"som bland annant innehåller hårdvaruaccelererade specialeffekter för ditt "
+"skrivbord. Välj <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> för att starta den."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be"
-" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr "Om detta är första gången du startar programmet efter en ren installation av Mageia kommer ett varningsmeddelande att visas om vilka paket som måste installeras för att kunna använda Compiz Fusion. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att fortsätta."
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
+"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
+"guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Om detta är första gången du startar programmet efter en ren installation av "
+"Mageia kommer ett varningsmeddelande att visas om vilka paket som måste "
+"installeras för att kunna använda Compiz Fusion. Klicka på knappen "
+"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att fortsätta."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:45
 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
@@ -611,14 +733,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
 "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
 "for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr "När de lämpliga paketen slutligen är installerade så kommer du att märka att Compiz Fusion är valt i drak3d-menyn, men att du måste logga ut och logga in igen för att ändringarna ska få effekt."
+msgstr ""
+"När de lämpliga paketen slutligen är installerade så kommer du att märka att "
+"Compiz Fusion är valt i drak3d-menyn, men att du måste logga ut och logga in "
+"igen för att ändringarna ska få effekt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:53
 msgid ""
 "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
 "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr "Efter att du har loggat in igen så kommer Compiz Fusion att vara aktiverat. För att ställa in Compiz Fusion så kollar du in sidan för ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)-verktyget."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att du har loggat in igen så kommer Compiz Fusion att vara aktiverat. "
+"För att ställa in Compiz Fusion så kollar du in sidan för ccsm (CompizConfig "
+"Settings Manager)-verktyget."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:59
@@ -636,10 +764,12 @@ msgid ""
 "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
 "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
 "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr "Om du efter att ha aktiverat Compiz Fusion och loggar in på skrivbordsmiljön igen och inte kan se någonting, starta om datorn för att komma tillbaka till inloggningsskärmen. Klicka sedan på skrivbordsikonen och välj drak3d."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du efter att ha aktiverat Compiz Fusion och loggar in på skrivbordsmiljön "
+"igen och inte kan se någonting, starta om datorn för att komma tillbaka till "
+"inloggningsskärmen. Klicka sedan på skrivbordsikonen och välj drak3d."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:71
 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
@@ -649,9 +779,13 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgid ""
 "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
 "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the"
-" log in problem."
-msgstr "Om ditt konto är ett administratörskonto kommer du att bli ombedd att ange ditt lösenord igen när du loggar in. Använd annars ett administratörskonto. Därefter kan du återställa de ändringar som kan ha orsakat inloggningsproblemet."
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
+"log in problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Om ditt konto är ett administratörskonto kommer du att bli ombedd att ange "
+"ditt lösenord igen när du loggar in. Använd annars ett administratörskonto. "
+"Därefter kan du återställa de ändringar som kan ha orsakat "
+"inloggningsproblemet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:9
@@ -663,8 +797,7 @@ msgstr "Verifiering"
 msgid "drakauth"
 msgstr "drakauth"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:16
 msgid "drakauth.png"
 msgstr "drakauth.png"
@@ -672,16 +805,21 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the"
-" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> möjliggör att du kan ändra på vilket sätt som du blir erkänd som användare av maskinen eller på nätet."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
+"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> möjliggör att du "
+"kan ändra på vilket sätt som du blir erkänd som användare av maskinen eller "
+"på nätet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:25
@@ -689,7 +827,10 @@ msgid ""
 "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
 "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
 "and give information about that."
-msgstr "Som standard så lagras informationen om din autentisering i en fil på din dator. Modifiera den enbart om din nätverksadministratör bjuder in dig att göra det och ger dig information om det."
+msgstr ""
+"Som standard så lagras informationen om din autentisering i en fil på din "
+"dator. Modifiera den enbart om din nätverksadministratör bjuder in dig att "
+"göra det och ger dig information om det."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3
@@ -701,8 +842,7 @@ msgstr "Ställ in uppstartssystemet"
 msgid "drakboot --boot"
 msgstr "drakboot --boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10
 msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
@@ -710,9 +850,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
@@ -720,50 +862,72 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
 "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
 "boot, etc.)"
-msgstr "det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> tillåter dig att konfigurera uppstartsalternativen (valet av uppstartsladdare, ställa in ett lösenord, standard-uppstarten etc.)"
+msgstr ""
+"det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> tillåter dig att "
+"konfigurera uppstartsalternativen (valet av uppstartsladdare, ställa in ett "
+"lösenord, standard-uppstarten etc.)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set "
 "up boot system\"."
-msgstr "Det hittas under fliken Uppstart i Mageia's Kontrollcentral märkt \"Ställ in uppstartssystemet\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Det hittas under fliken Uppstart i Mageia's Kontrollcentral märkt \"Ställ in "
+"uppstartssystemet\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
 "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr "Använd inte det här verktyget om du inte exakt vet vad du håller på med. Att ändra några inställningar kan förhindra att din maskin startar upp igen !"
+msgstr ""
+"Använd inte det här verktyget om du inte exakt vet vad du håller på med. Att "
+"ändra några inställningar kan förhindra att din maskin startar upp igen !"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to"
-" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to "
+"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
 "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
-"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot "
-"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The"
-" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can "
-"prevent you machine from booting."
-msgstr "I den första delen kallad <guilabel>Starthanterare</guilabel> kan man välja vilken starthanterare som ska användas, antingen Grub eller Lilo och med grafisk eller textbaserad meny. Det är en smaksak och har inga andra konsekvenser. Du kan också ange <guilabel>Startenhet</guilabel>, ändra inte dessa inställningar om du inte är en expert. Startenheten är där starthanteraren installeras och ändringar i den kan hindra din dator från att starta."
+"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</"
+"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot "
+"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent "
+"you machine from booting."
+msgstr ""
+"I den första delen kallad <guilabel>Starthanterare</guilabel> kan man välja "
+"vilken starthanterare som ska användas, antingen Grub eller Lilo och med "
+"grafisk eller textbaserad meny. Det är en smaksak och har inga andra "
+"konsekvenser. Du kan också ange <guilabel>Startenhet</guilabel>, ändra inte "
+"dessa inställningar om du inte är en expert. Startenheten är där "
+"starthanteraren installeras och ändringar i den kan hindra din dator från "
+"att starta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
 "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating"
-" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
+"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
+"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
 "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr "I andra delen kallad <guilabel>Huvudinställningar</guilabel> kan du ställa in <guibutton> Fördröjning innan uppstart av standardavbild</guibutton> i sekunder. Under denna fördröjning kommer Grub eller Lilo att visa en lista över tillgängliga operativsystem som du kan välja mellan. Om du inte väljer något kommer starthanteraren att välja standardalternativet när tiden gått ut."
+msgstr ""
+"I andra delen kallad <guilabel>Huvudinställningar</guilabel> kan du ställa "
+"in <guibutton> Fördröjning innan uppstart av standardavbild</guibutton> i "
+"sekunder. Under denna fördröjning kommer Grub eller Lilo att visa en lista "
+"över tillgängliga operativsystem som du kan välja mellan. Om du inte väljer "
+"något kommer starthanteraren att välja standardalternativet när tiden gått "
+"ut."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
 "possible to set a password."
-msgstr "I den tredje och sista delen som kallas <guibutton>Säkerhet</guibutton>så är det möjligt att ställa in ett lösenord."
+msgstr ""
+"I den tredje och sista delen som kallas <guibutton>Säkerhet</guibutton>så är "
+"det möjligt att ställa in ett lösenord."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46
@@ -782,7 +946,11 @@ msgid ""
 "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
 "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
 "compatible."
-msgstr "ACPI (Avancerad konfiguration och strömgränssnitt) är en standard för strömhanteringen. Det kan spara ström genom att stoppa oanvända enheter, det här var metoden som användes före APM. Bocka i den här rutan om din hårdvara är ACPI-kompatibel."
+msgstr ""
+"ACPI (Avancerad konfiguration och strömgränssnitt) är en standard för "
+"strömhanteringen. Det kan spara ström genom att stoppa oanvända enheter, det "
+"här var metoden som användes före APM. Bocka i den här rutan om din hårdvara "
+"är ACPI-kompatibel."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56
@@ -794,21 +962,27 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Aktivera SMP:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
 "multicore processors."
-msgstr "SMP står för Symetriska Multiprocessorer, det är en arkitektur för processorer med flera kärnor."
+msgstr ""
+"SMP står för Symetriska Multiprocessorer, det är en arkitektur för "
+"processorer med flera kärnor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
 "processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr "Om du har en processor med HyperThreading så kommer Mageia att se den som en dubbelkärnig processor och aktivera SMP."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har en processor med HyperThreading så kommer Mageia att se den som en "
+"dubbelkärnig processor och aktivera SMP."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local "
-"APIC:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Aktivera APIC</guibutton> och <guibutton>Aktivera lokal APIC:</guibutton>"
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
+"guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Aktivera APIC</guibutton> och <guibutton>Aktivera lokal APIC:</"
+"guibutton>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69
@@ -819,12 +993,19 @@ msgid ""
 "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
 "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
 "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local"
-" APIC."
-msgstr "APIC står för Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Det finns två komponenter i Intels APIC-system, den lokala APIC (LAPIC) och I/O APIC. Denna omdirigerar avbrotten som erhålls via kringutrustning till en eller flera lokala APICs som finns i processorn. Det är speciellt användbart i system med mer än en processor. Vissa datorer har problem med APIC-systemet som kan orsaka hängningar eller inkorrekt enhetsidentifiering (felmeddelande \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7). Om så är fallet så avaktivera APIC och/eller lokal APIC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
+"APIC."
+msgstr ""
+"APIC står för Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. Det finns två "
+"komponenter i Intels APIC-system, den lokala APIC (LAPIC) och I/O APIC. "
+"Denna omdirigerar avbrotten som erhålls via kringutrustning till en eller "
+"flera lokala APICs som finns i processorn. Det är speciellt användbart i "
+"system med mer än en processor. Vissa datorer har problem med APIC-systemet "
+"som kan orsaka hängningar eller inkorrekt enhetsidentifiering (felmeddelande "
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7). Om så är fallet så avaktivera APIC och/"
+"eller lokal APIC."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
 msgid "drakboot1.png"
 msgstr "drakboot1.png"
@@ -833,16 +1014,22 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png"
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
-"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the"
-" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
+"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the "
+"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
 "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
 "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
-"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar"
-" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
-msgstr "På <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> skärm visas alla tillgängliga poster som finns vid uppstart. Standard är markerad med en asterisk. Klicka på upp eller ner-pilarna för att ändra ordningen i menyn. Om du klickar på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> eller <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>-knapparna kommer ett nytt fönster att visas där du antingen kan lägga till nya poster i Grubmenyn eller ändra befintliga. Du bör känna till hur Lilo eller Grub fungerar för att använda dessa verktyg."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar "
+"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
+msgstr ""
+"På <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> skärm visas alla tillgängliga poster som "
+"finns vid uppstart. Standard är markerad med en asterisk. Klicka på upp "
+"eller ner-pilarna för att ändra ordningen i menyn. Om du klickar på "
+"<guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> eller <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>-"
+"knapparna kommer ett nytt fönster att visas där du antingen kan lägga till "
+"nya poster i Grubmenyn eller ändra befintliga. Du bör känna till hur Lilo "
+"eller Grub fungerar för att använda dessa verktyg."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94
 msgid "drakboot2.png"
 msgstr "drakboot2.png"
@@ -853,35 +1040,45 @@ msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
 "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
 "example: Mageia3."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Etikettfältet</guilabel> är valfritt, ange vad som ska visas i menyn. Det matchar Grubs titel-kommando. T. ex: Mageia3."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Etikettfältet</guilabel> är valfritt, ange vad som ska visas i "
+"menyn. Det matchar Grubs titel-kommando. T. ex: Mageia3."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
 "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr "Fältet <guilabel>Avbild</guilabel> innehåller namnet på kärnan. Det matchar Grub-kommandot \"kernel\". Till exempel /boot/vmlinuz."
+msgstr ""
+"Fältet <guilabel>Avbild</guilabel> innehåller namnet på kärnan. Det matchar "
+"Grub-kommandot \"kernel\". Till exempel /boot/vmlinuz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
 "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr "Fältet <guilabel>Root</guilabel> innehåller enhetsnamnet där kärnan lagras. Det matchar Grub-kommandot \"root\". Till exempel (hd0,1)."
+msgstr ""
+"Fältet <guilabel>Root</guilabel> innehåller enhetsnamnet där kärnan lagras. "
+"Det matchar Grub-kommandot \"root\". Till exempel (hd0,1)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
 "the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr "Fältet <guilabel>Bifoga</guilabel> innehåller valen som ska anges till kärnan vid tid för uppstart."
+msgstr ""
+"Fältet <guilabel>Bifoga</guilabel> innehåller valen som ska anges till "
+"kärnan vid tid för uppstart."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
 "entry by default."
-msgstr "Om rutan <guilabel>Standard</guilabel> är förvalt så kommer Grub att ladda den här posten som standard."
+msgstr ""
+"Om rutan <guilabel>Standard</guilabel> är förvalt så kommer Grub att ladda "
+"den här posten som standard."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115
@@ -889,7 +1086,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
 "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
 "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr "I extra-rutan kallad <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel> så är det möjligt att välja <guilabel>Video-läge</guilabel>, en initrd-file och en <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> i rullgardinsmenyerna."
+msgstr ""
+"I extra-rutan kallad <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel> så är det möjligt att "
+"välja <guilabel>Video-läge</guilabel>, en initrd-file och en <xref linkend="
+"\"draknetprofile\"></xref> i rullgardinsmenyerna."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:3
@@ -901,8 +1101,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera autologin för automatisk inloggning"
 msgid "drakboot"
 msgstr "drakboot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:11
 msgid "drakboot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot.png"
@@ -910,8 +1109,8 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
 msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -921,14 +1120,20 @@ msgid ""
 "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
 "asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
 "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr "Med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ställa in automatisk inloggning för en användare utan att ange lösenord. Det kallas automatisk inloggning och kan vara användbart när det bara finns en användare som använder datorn."
+msgstr ""
+"Med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du ställa in "
+"automatisk inloggning för en användare utan att ange lösenord. Det kallas "
+"automatisk inloggning och kan vara användbart när det bara finns en "
+"användare som använder datorn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
 "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr "Det finns under <emphasis role=\"bold\">Start</emphasis>-fliken i Mageias kontrollcenter och är märkt \"Ställ in automatisk inloggning\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns under <emphasis role=\"bold\">Start</emphasis>-fliken i Mageias "
+"kontrollcenter och är märkt \"Ställ in automatisk inloggning\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:26
@@ -938,23 +1143,35 @@ msgstr "Gränssnittets knappar är ganska uppenbara:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system "
-"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the "
-"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be "
-"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by "
-"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr "Kryssa i <guibutton>Starta det grafiska gränssnittet automatiskt när datorn startar</guibutton> om du vill att X-fönstersystem ska startas efter uppstarten. Annars kommer systemet att starta i textbaserad läge. Oavsett vad så är det möjligt att starta det grafiska gränssnittet manuellt, genom att t. ex. att köra kommandot 'startx' eller 'systemctl start dm'."
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
+"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
+"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
+"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
+"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
+msgstr ""
+"Kryssa i <guibutton>Starta det grafiska gränssnittet automatiskt när datorn "
+"startar</guibutton> om du vill att X-fönstersystem ska startas efter "
+"uppstarten. Annars kommer systemet att starta i textbaserad läge. Oavsett "
+"vad så är det möjligt att starta det grafiska gränssnittet manuellt, genom "
+"att t. ex. att köra kommandot 'startx' eller 'systemctl start dm'."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to"
-" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
+"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
 "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
 "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
 "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Om första rutan är ikryssad kommer två nya alternativ att vara tillgängliga, antingen väljer du <guibutton>Nej, jag vill inte använda autologin</guibutton> om du vill att systemet ska fortsätta att fråga om användarnamn och lösenord, eller kryssa i <guibutton>Ja, jag vill använda autologin för denna (användare, skrivbord)</guibutton> om nödvändigt. I så fall måste du även ange <guilabel>standardanvändare</guilabel> och <guilabel>standard skrivbordsmiljö</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Om första rutan är ikryssad kommer två nya alternativ att vara tillgängliga, "
+"antingen väljer du <guibutton>Nej, jag vill inte använda autologin</"
+"guibutton> om du vill att systemet ska fortsätta att fråga om användarnamn "
+"och lösenord, eller kryssa i <guibutton>Ja, jag vill använda autologin för "
+"denna (användare, skrivbord)</guibutton> om nödvändigt. I så fall måste du "
+"även ange <guilabel>standardanvändare</guilabel> och <guilabel>standard "
+"skrivbordsmiljö</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
@@ -969,32 +1186,42 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr "Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas och användas från en konsol."
+msgstr ""
+"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas och "
+"användas från en konsol."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by"
-" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
-"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space "
-"first: the file can easily be several GBs large."
-msgstr "Det rekommenderas att skriva utdatan av detta kommando till en fil, till exempel genom  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, men se till att du har tillräckligt med diskutrymme först. Filen kan lätt bli flera gigabyte stor."
+"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
+"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
+"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
+"several GBs large."
+msgstr ""
+"Det rekommenderas att skriva utdatan av detta kommando till en fil, till "
+"exempel genom  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</"
+"emphasis>, men se till att du har tillräckligt med diskutrymme först. Filen "
+"kan lätt bli flera gigabyte stor."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing"
-" the unneeded parts."
-msgstr "Utdatan är alldeles för stor för att bifogas till en felrapport utan att först ta bort obehövliga delar."
+"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
+"the unneeded parts."
+msgstr ""
+"Utdatan är alldeles för stor för att bifogas till en felrapport utan att "
+"först ta bort obehövliga delar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
@@ -1171,12 +1398,19 @@ msgstr "df"
 msgid ""
 "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
 "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\""
-" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
-"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, "
-"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr "När denna hjälptext skrevs så var delar av utdatan från \"syslog\" tom, detta för att verktyget inte är anpassat till vår övergång till systemd. Om den fortfarande är tom kan du återfå \"syslog\" skriva (som root): <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Om du har dåligt med diskutrymme kan du exempelvis ta de sista 5000 raderna av loggfilen istället: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
+"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
+"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
+"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"När denna hjälptext skrevs så var delar av utdatan från \"syslog\" tom, "
+"detta för att verktyget inte är anpassat till vår övergång till systemd. Om "
+"den fortfarande är tom kan du återfå \"syslog\" skriva (som root): <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Om du har dåligt "
+"med diskutrymme kan du exempelvis ta de sista 5000 raderna av loggfilen "
+"istället: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > "
+"journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:9
@@ -1188,8 +1422,7 @@ msgstr "Mageia's felrapporteringsverktyg"
 msgid "drakbug"
 msgstr "drakbug"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:15
 msgid "drakbug.png"
 msgstr "drakbug.png"
@@ -1197,29 +1430,38 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that,"
-" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some "
-"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug "
-"report."
-msgstr "Vanligtvis så startas detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> automatiskt när ett av Mageias verktyg slutar att fungera. Det är emellertid möjligt att efter att du fyllt i en felrapport så kan du bli tillfrågad att starta verktyget igen för att kontrollera informationen som ges, och sedan ange den i en existerande felrapport."
+"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
+"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
+"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
+msgstr ""
+"Vanligtvis så startas detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
+"automatiskt när ett av Mageias verktyg slutar att fungera. Det är emellertid "
+"möjligt att efter att du fyllt i en felrapport så kan du bli tillfrågad att "
+"starta verktyget igen för att kontrollera informationen som ges, och sedan "
+"ange den i en existerande felrapport."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link "
-"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How "
-"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" "
-"button."
-msgstr "Om en ny felrapport måste lämnas in och du inte är van vid att göra det, vänligen läs <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Hur man rapporterar ett programfel på rätt sätt</link> innan du klickar på knappen Rapportera."
+"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
+"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Om en ny felrapport måste lämnas in och du inte är van vid att göra det, "
+"vänligen läs <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Hur man rapporterar ett programfel på rätt "
+"sätt</link> innan du klickar på knappen Rapportera."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:23
@@ -1227,7 +1469,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
 "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
 "that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr "Om felet redan har rapporterats av någon annan (felmeddelandet som dragbug ger kommer i så fall vara samma) är det bra om man skriver en kommentar till den rapporten också."
+msgstr ""
+"Om felet redan har rapporterats av någon annan (felmeddelandet som dragbug "
+"ger kommer i så fall vara samma) är det bra om man skriver en kommentar till "
+"den rapporten också."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:3
@@ -1239,8 +1484,7 @@ msgstr "Hantera datum och tid"
 msgid "drakclock"
 msgstr "drakclock"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:10
 msgid "drakclock.png"
 msgstr "drakclock.png"
@@ -1248,18 +1492,24 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and "
-"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a "
-"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr "Detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under systemfliken i Mageias kontrollcentral och kallas <guilabel>Hantera datum och tid</guilabel>. I vissa skrivbordsmiljöer är den även tillgänglig genom att högerklicka på klockan i systembrickan och välja ändra datum och tid."
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
+"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
+"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+"Detta verktyg <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under "
+"systemfliken i Mageias kontrollcentral och kallas <guilabel>Hantera datum "
+"och tid</guilabel>. I vissa skrivbordsmiljöer är den även tillgänglig genom "
+"att högerklicka på klockan i systembrickan och välja ändra datum och tid."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:21
@@ -1270,30 +1520,44 @@ msgstr "Det är ett väldigt enkelt verktyg."
 #: en/drakclock.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on"
-" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
+"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
+"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
 "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
 "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr "I övre vänstra hörnet finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalendern</emphasis>. I skärmdumpen ovan är datumet september (uppe till vänster), 2012 (uppe till höger), den andra (i blått) och det är en söndag. Välj månad (eller år) genom att klicka på de små pilarna på vardera sida om september (eller 2012). Välj dag genom att klicka på numret."
+msgstr ""
+"I övre vänstra hörnet finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">kalendern</emphasis>. I "
+"skärmdumpen ovan är datumet september (uppe till vänster), 2012 (uppe till "
+"höger), den andra (i blått) och det är en söndag. Välj månad (eller år) "
+"genom att klicka på de små pilarna på vardera sida om september (eller "
+"2012). Välj dag genom att klicka på numret."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:29
 msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time "
-"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on "
-"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
+"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
+"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
 "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr "Längst ner till vänster finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nätverk tidsprotokoll</emphasis>-synkronisering där det finns möjlighet att alltid ha klockan synkroniserad genom en server. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera nätverkstids-protokoll</guilabel> och välj närmsta server."
+msgstr ""
+"Längst ner till vänster finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nätverk tidsprotokoll</"
+"emphasis>-synkronisering där det finns möjlighet att alltid ha klockan "
+"synkroniserad genom en server. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera nätverkstids-"
+"protokoll</guilabel> och välj närmsta server."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
 "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows"
-" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see"
-" your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr "På högra delen finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">klockan</emphasis>. Det är inte nödvändigt att ställa in klockan om NTP är aktiverat. Tre rutor visar timmar, minuter och sekunder (15, 28 och 22) i skärmdumpen). Använd de små pilarna för att ställa in klockan korrekt. Tidsformatet kan inte ändras här. Läs dokumentationen för din skrivbordsmiljö för detta."
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
+"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
+"your desktop environment settings for that."
+msgstr ""
+"På högra delen finns <emphasis role=\"bold\">klockan</emphasis>. Det är inte "
+"nödvändigt att ställa in klockan om NTP är aktiverat. Tre rutor visar "
+"timmar, minuter och sekunder (15, 28 och 22) i skärmdumpen). Använd de små "
+"pilarna för att ställa in klockan korrekt. Tidsformatet kan inte ändras här. "
+"Läs dokumentationen för din skrivbordsmiljö för detta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:40
@@ -1301,15 +1565,20 @@ msgid ""
 "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
 "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
 "nearest town."
-msgstr "Välj åtminstonde din tidszon längst ner till höger genom att klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ändra tidszon</guibutton> och välj närmaste stad i listan."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj åtminstonde din tidszon längst ner till höger genom att klicka på "
+"knappen <guibutton>Ändra tidszon</guibutton> och välj närmaste stad i listan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they"
-" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
+"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
 "settings."
-msgstr "Även om det inte är möjligt att välja ett datum eller tidsformat i detta verktyg så kommer de att visas på ditt skrivbord i enlighet med dina lokaliseringsinställningar."
+msgstr ""
+"Även om det inte är möjligt att välja ett datum eller tidsformat i detta "
+"verktyg så kommer de att visas på ditt skrivbord i enlighet med dina "
+"lokaliseringsinställningar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
@@ -1321,8 +1590,7 @@ msgstr "Ta bort en anslutning"
 msgid "drakconnect --del"
 msgstr "drakconnect --del"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
 msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
@@ -1330,30 +1598,37 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan även köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> som root."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan även köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>."
-msgstr "Här kan du ta bort ett nätverksgränssnitt<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Här kan du ta bort ett nätverksgränssnitt<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
 "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Klicka på rullgardinsmenyn och välj vilken du vill ta bort, klicka sedan på <emphasis>nästa</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på rullgardinsmenyn och välj vilken du vill ta bort, klicka sedan på "
+"<emphasis>nästa</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
 "successfully."
-msgstr "Du kommer att få ett meddelande om att nätverksgränssnittet har tagits bort."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kommer att få ett meddelande om att nätverksgränssnittet har tagits bort."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:3
@@ -1365,8 +1640,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera ett nytt nätverksgränssnitt (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ....)"
 msgid "drakconnect"
 msgstr "drakconnect"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:11
 msgid "drakconnect.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect.png"
@@ -1374,9 +1648,11 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan köra detta verktyg från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:18
@@ -1384,14 +1660,19 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
 "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
 "your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr "Med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du konfigurera mycket av det lokala nätverket och Internet. Du behöver information från din internetleverantör eller nätverksadministratör."
+msgstr ""
+"Med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du "
+"konfigurera mycket av det lokala nätverket och Internet. Du behöver "
+"information från din internetleverantör eller nätverksadministratör."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
 "and provider you have."
-msgstr "Välj vilken uppkoppling du vill konfigurera, i enlighet med den hårdvara och leverantör du har."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj vilken uppkoppling du vill konfigurera, i enlighet med den hårdvara och "
+"leverantör du har."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:30
@@ -1403,133 +1684,150 @@ msgstr "En ny trådbunden anslutning (Ethernet)"
 msgid ""
 "The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
 "to configure."
-msgstr "Den första rutan listar vilka gränssnitt som finns tillgängliga. Välj det som du ska ställa in."
+msgstr ""
+"Den första rutan listar vilka gränssnitt som finns tillgängliga. Välj det "
+"som du ska ställa in."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
 msgid ""
 "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
 "address."
-msgstr "I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress."
+msgstr ""
+"I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
 msgid "Automatic IP"
 msgstr "Automatisk IP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers"
-" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
+"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
-" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange om DNS-servrarna tillhandahålls via DHCP, eller om du manuellt måste ställa in dem vilket förklaras nedan. I det senare fallet måste IP-adressen ställas in. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget värdnamn ställs in kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att användas som standard. Värdnamnet kan även förses av DHCP-servern med växeln <emphasis>Tilldela värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Många DHCP-servrar har inte den funktionaliteten, och om du konfigurerar din PC till att automatiskt få en IP-adress genom en lokal ADSL-router är det osannolikt."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange om DNS-"
+"servrarna tillhandahålls via DHCP, eller om du manuellt måste ställa in dem "
+"vilket förklaras nedan. I det senare fallet måste IP-adressen ställas in. "
+"Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget värdnamn ställs in kommer "
+"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att användas som standard. "
+"Värdnamnet kan även förses av DHCP-servern med växeln <emphasis>Tilldela "
+"värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Många DHCP-servrar har inte den "
+"funktionaliteten, och om du konfigurerar din PC till att automatiskt få en "
+"IP-adress genom en lokal ADSL-router är det osannolikt."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:62
 msgid "drakconnect5.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
 msgstr "Avancerade-knappen ger dig möjligheten att specificera:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
 msgstr "Sök domän (inte tillgänglig, som angiven av DHCP-servern)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
 msgid "the DHCP client"
 msgstr "DHCP-klienten"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
 msgid "DHCP timeout"
 msgstr "DHCP-timeout"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
 msgstr "Få YP-server av DHCP (markerad som standard): Ange NIS-server"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
 msgstr "Få NTPD-server av DHCP (tidssynkronisering av klockor)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
 msgid ""
 "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
 "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
 "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr "VÄRDNAMNET som krävs av DHCP. Använd bara detta om DHCP-servern kräver att klienten anger ett värddatornamn som standard innan den får en IP-adress. Denna inställning används inte av vissa DHCP-servrar."
+msgstr ""
+"VÄRDNAMNET som krävs av DHCP. Använd bara detta om DHCP-servern kräver att "
+"klienten anger ett värddatornamn som standard innan den får en IP-adress. "
+"Denna inställning används inte av vissa DHCP-servrar."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
 "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Efter bekräftning kommer de sista stegen som är gemensamma för alla nätverkskonfigureringar att förklaras: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Efter bekräftning kommer de sista stegen som är gemensamma för alla "
+"nätverkskonfigureringar att förklaras: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
 msgid "Manual configuration"
 msgstr "Manuell inställning"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:115
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
 "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
 "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du behöver deklarera vilka DNS-servrar som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inte VÄRDNAMN anges så ställs <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> in som standard."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du behöver deklarera vilka "
+"DNS-servrar som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inte "
+"VÄRDNAMN anges så ställs <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> in som "
+"standard."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
-"available from your service provider's website."
-msgstr "För ett nätverk i ett bostadsområde så skrivs IP-adressen som <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Nätmasken är <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> och Gateway samt DNS-servrar är tillgängligt från din internetleverantörs hemsida."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
+"provider's website."
+msgstr ""
+"För ett nätverk i ett bostadsområde så skrivs IP-adressen som "
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Nätmasken är <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis> och Gateway samt DNS-servrar är tillgängligt från din "
+"internetleverantörs hemsida."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:126
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
-"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
-"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
-"domestic ADSL would not need this setting."
-msgstr "I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en <emphasis>sökdomän</emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator t. ex. kallas för \"splash\" och det fullständiga domännamnet är \"splash.boatanchor.net\" så är sökdomänen \"boatanchor.net\". Om du inte specifikt behöver det så är det ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala ADSL-leverantörerna använder inte den inställningen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
+"this setting."
+msgstr ""
+"I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en <emphasis>sökdomän</"
+"emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator t. ex. kallas för "
+"\"splash\" och det fullständiga domännamnet är \"splash.boatanchor.net\" så "
+"är sökdomänen \"boatanchor.net\". Om du inte specifikt behöver det så är det "
+"ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala ADSL-leverantörerna använder "
+"inte den inställningen."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:136
 msgid "drakconnect30.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
@@ -1550,11 +1848,13 @@ msgstr "En ny satellit-anslutning (DVB)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you"
-" can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
-"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "Detta avsnitt har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror att du kan skriva denna hjälptext, kontakta <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentations-teamet.</link> Tack på förhand."
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Detta avsnitt har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror att du "
+"kan skriva denna hjälptext, kontakta <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia."
+"org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentations-teamet.</link> Tack på förhand."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:158
@@ -1566,59 +1866,74 @@ msgstr "En ny kabel-modemsanslutning"
 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
 msgstr "Du måste välja en autentiseringsmetod:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:176
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Ingen"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:180
 msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name"
-" and password."
-msgstr "BPALogin (nödvändig för Telstra). I detta fall måste du ange användarnamn och lösenord."
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
+"and password."
+msgstr ""
+"BPALogin (nödvändig för Telstra). I detta fall måste du ange användarnamn "
+"och lösenord."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:191
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
 "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
-" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen anges, datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som standard. Värdnamnet kan också tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att välja <emphasis>Tilldela värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Alla DHCP-servrar har inte den funktionen, och om du konfigurerar din dator att tilldelas en IP-adress från en ADSL-router är det osannolikt."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar "
+"deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras "
+"nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen anges, datorns VÄRDNAMN kan "
+"också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost."
+"localdomain</literal> att anges som standard. Värdnamnet kan också "
+"tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att välja <emphasis>Tilldela "
+"värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>. Alla DHCP-servrar har inte den "
+"funktionen, och om du konfigurerar din dator att tilldelas en IP-adress från "
+"en ADSL-router är det osannolikt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:252
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers"
-" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
+"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
 "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange vilka DNS-servrar som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som standard."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Kabel/IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange vilka DNS-servrar "
+"som ska användas. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget "
+"VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som "
+"standard."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
-"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
-"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
-"domestic connection would not need this setting."
-msgstr "I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en <emphasis>sökdomän</emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator t. ex. kallas för \"splash\" och det fullständiga domännamnet är \"splash.boatanchor.net\" så är sökdomänen \"boatanchor.net\". Om du inte specifikt behöver det så är det ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala nätverken behöver inte den inställningen."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
+"need this setting."
+msgstr ""
+"I de avancerade inställningarna kan du specificera en <emphasis>sökdomän</"
+"emphasis>. Vanligtvis är det din hemdomän. Om din dator t. ex. kallas för "
+"\"splash\" och det fullständiga domännamnet är \"splash.boatanchor.net\" så "
+"är sökdomänen \"boatanchor.net\". Om du inte specifikt behöver det så är det "
+"ok att inte ange något här. De flesta lokala nätverken behöver inte den "
+"inställningen."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:273
 msgid "drakconnect32.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
@@ -1633,47 +1948,47 @@ msgstr "En ny DSL-anslutning"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr "Om verktyget hittar ett nätverkskort erbjuder det att välja ett och konfigurera det."
+msgstr ""
+"Om verktyget hittar ett nätverkskort erbjuder det att välja ett och "
+"konfigurera det."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr "En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din leverantör. Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter."
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+msgstr ""
+"En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din leverantör. "
+"Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och "
+"fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
 msgstr "Välj en av de tillgängliga protokollen:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:307
 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Dynamiskt konfigurationsprotokoll för värd (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:311
 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
 msgstr "Manuell TCP/IP-konfiguration"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:315
 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 msgstr "PPP över ADSL (PPPoA)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:319
 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 msgstr "PPP över Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:323
 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgstr "Tunnelprotokoll från punkt till punkt (PPTP)"
@@ -1683,26 +1998,22 @@ msgstr "Tunnelprotokoll från punkt till punkt (PPTP)"
 msgid "Access settings"
 msgstr "Åtkomstinställningar"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
 msgid "Account Login (user name)"
 msgstr "Konto-inloggning (användarnamn)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
 msgid "Account password"
 msgstr "Konto-lösenord"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:341
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 msgstr "(Avancerat) virtuellt genvägs-ID (VPI)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:345
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
 msgstr "(Avancerad) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
@@ -1722,14 +2033,12 @@ msgstr "En ny ISDN-anslutning"
 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
 msgstr "Guiden frågar vilken enhet som ska ställas in:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:365
 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
 msgstr "Manuellt val (Internt ISDN-kort)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:369
 msgid "External ISDN modem"
 msgstr "Externt ISDN-modem"
@@ -1739,16 +2048,16 @@ msgstr "Externt ISDN-modem"
 msgid ""
 "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
 "Select your card."
-msgstr "En lista med hårdvara visas, sorterad per kategori och tillverkare. Välj ditt kort."
+msgstr ""
+"En lista med hårdvara visas, sorterad per kategori och tillverkare. Välj "
+"ditt kort."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:384
 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Protokoll för resten av världen, förutom Europa (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:389
 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
 msgstr "Protokoll för Europa (EDSS1)"
@@ -1757,31 +2066,30 @@ msgstr "Protokoll för Europa (EDSS1)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:395
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave "
-"you. Then it is asked for parameters:"
-msgstr "En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din leverantör. Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter. Sedan tillfrågas parametrar:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
+"asked for parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+"En lista över leverantörer visas, sorterad efter land. Välj din leverantör. "
+"Om den inte finns med, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och "
+"fyll sedan i leverantörens uppgifter. Sedan tillfrågas parametrar:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:402
 msgid "Connection name"
 msgstr "Namn på anslutning"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:406
 msgid "Phone number"
 msgstr "Telefonnummer"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:410
 msgid "Login ID"
 msgstr "Inloggnings-ID"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:418
 msgid "Authentication method"
 msgstr "Identifieringsmetod"
@@ -1791,43 +2099,49 @@ msgstr "Identifieringsmetod"
 msgid ""
 "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
 "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr "Efter det måste du välja om du får din IP-adress automatiskt eller måste ange den manuellt. I sista fallet så skriv in din IP-adress och nätmask."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter det måste du välja om du får din IP-adress automatiskt eller måste "
+"ange den manuellt. I sista fallet så skriv in din IP-adress och nätmask."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:430
 msgid ""
 "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to"
-" put:"
-msgstr "Nästa steg är att välja hur adresserna till DNS-servrar erhålls. Antingen automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ställa in:"
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
+"put:"
+msgstr ""
+"Nästa steg är att välja hur adresserna till DNS-servrar erhålls. Antingen "
+"automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ställa in:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:436
 msgid "Domain name"
 msgstr "Namn på domän"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:440
 msgid "First and second DNS Server"
 msgstr "Första och andra DNS-server"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:444
 msgid ""
 "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
 "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr "Välj om värdnamnet ställs in från IP. Välja bara detta om du är säker på att din leverantör är konfigurerad att acceptera det."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj om värdnamnet ställs in från IP. Välja bara detta om du är säker på att "
+"din leverantör är konfigurerad att acceptera det."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:452
 msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic"
-" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter "
-"the IP address."
-msgstr "Nästa steg är att ställa in hur gateway-adressen erhålls. Antingen automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ange IP-adressen."
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
+"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
+"IP address."
+msgstr ""
+"Nästa steg är att ställa in hur gateway-adressen erhålls. Antingen "
+"automatiskt eller manuellt. Vid manuell konfiguration måste du ange IP-"
+"adressen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:464
@@ -1840,103 +2154,94 @@ msgid ""
 "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
 "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
 "only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr "Den första skärmen visar en lista över vilka gränssnitt som är tillgängliga och en post för varje Windows-drivrutin (ndiswrapper). Välj den som ska konfigureras. Använd bara ndiswrapper om de andra konfigurationsalternativen inte fungerade."
+msgstr ""
+"Den första skärmen visar en lista över vilka gränssnitt som är tillgängliga "
+"och en post för varje Windows-drivrutin (ndiswrapper). Välj den som ska "
+"konfigureras. Använd bara ndiswrapper om de andra konfigurationsalternativen "
+"inte fungerade."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:475
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
 "the card has detected."
-msgstr "I det här steget får man välja mellan de olika accesspunkterna som kortet har hittat."
+msgstr ""
+"I det här steget får man välja mellan de olika accesspunkterna som kortet "
+"har hittat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:480
 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
 msgstr "Det trådlösa kortets specifika parametrar är att ange:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:484
 msgid "drakconnect31.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:490
 msgid "Operating mode:"
 msgstr "Arbetsläge:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:494
 msgid "Managed"
 msgstr "Hanterad"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:497
 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
 msgstr "För att få tillgång till en befintlig accesspunkt (den vanligaste)."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:503
 msgid "Ad-Hoc"
 msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:506
 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
 msgstr "För att ställa in direktanslutning mellan datorer."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:514
 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
 msgstr "Namn på nätverk (ESSID)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:518
 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
 msgstr "Krypteringsläge: Det beror på hur åtkomstpunkten är inställd."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:523
 msgid "WPA/WPA2"
 msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:526
 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
 msgstr "Detta krypteringsläge är att föredra om din hårdvara tillåter det."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:532
 msgid "WEP"
 msgstr "WEP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:535
 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
 msgstr "Viss äldre hårdvara kan bara hantera denna krypteringsmetod."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:543
 msgid "Encryption key"
 msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid ""
-"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
+msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
 msgstr "Det ges i regel av hårdvaran som tillhandahåller accesspunkten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1944,10 +2249,10 @@ msgstr "Det ges i regel av hårdvaran som tillhandahåller accesspunkten."
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
 "manual IP address."
-msgstr "I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress."
+msgstr ""
+"I det här skedet står valet mellan en automatisk eller manuell IP-adress."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:561
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
@@ -1957,49 +2262,63 @@ msgid ""
 "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
 "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
 "DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen till DNS-servrarna anges. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som standard. Värdnamnet kan också tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att välja <emphasis>Tilldela värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste välja om DNS-servrar "
+"deklareras av DHCP-servern eller måste ställas in manuellt som förklaras "
+"nedan. I det sista fallet måste IP-adressen till DNS-servrarna anges. "
+"Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan också ställas in här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer "
+"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att anges som standard. Värdnamnet "
+"kan också tillhandahållas av DHCP-servern genom att välja <emphasis>Tilldela "
+"värddatornamn från DHCP-server</emphasis>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:589
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
 msgstr "Få YP-server från DHCP (valt som standard): Ange NIS-servrar"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:608
 msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
 "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Efter att konfigurationen godkänts så kommer nästa steg, som är gemensamt för alla nätverkskonfigurationer att förklaras: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att konfigurationen godkänts så kommer nästa steg, som är gemensamt "
+"för alla nätverkskonfigurationer att förklaras: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-"
+"end\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:619
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange DNS-servrar. Datorns VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> att användas som standard."
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>IP-inställningar</emphasis>: Du måste ange DNS-servrar. Datorns "
+"VÄRDNAMN kan anges här. Om inget VÄRDNAMN anges kommer <literal>localhost."
+"localdomain</literal> att användas som standard."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:625
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr "För ett hemmanätverk brukar IP-adressen i regel likna <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, nätmask är <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gateway och DNS-servrar är tillgängliga på din leverantörs hemsida."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
+"website."
+msgstr ""
+"För ett hemmanätverk brukar IP-adressen i regel likna <emphasis>192.168.x.x</"
+"emphasis>, nätmask är <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gateway och DNS-"
+"servrar är tillgängliga på din leverantörs hemsida."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:630
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, "
-"before the period."
-msgstr "I de avancerade inställningarna kan du ange en <emphasis>sökdomän</emphasis>. Det syns i ditt värdnamn, utan det första namnet och innan punkten."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
+"period."
+msgstr ""
+"I de avancerade inställningarna kan du ange en <emphasis>sökdomän</"
+"emphasis>. Det syns i ditt värdnamn, utan det första namnet och innan "
+"punkten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:644
@@ -2011,7 +2330,9 @@ msgstr "En ny GPRS/Edge/3G-anslutning"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr "Om verktyget hittar några trådlösa nätverkskort låter det dig välja ett och konfigurera det."
+msgstr ""
+"Om verktyget hittar några trådlösa nätverkskort låter det dig välja ett och "
+"konfigurera det."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:653
@@ -2023,15 +2344,16 @@ msgstr "PIN-koden efterfrågas. Lämna tomt om det inte behövs."
 msgid ""
 "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
 "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Guiden frågar efter ett nätverk om det inte hittas, välj alternativet <guilabel>Olistat</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Guiden frågar efter ett nätverk om det inte hittas, välj alternativet "
+"<guilabel>Olistat</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:670
 msgid "Provide access settings"
 msgstr "Ange åtkomstinställningar"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:674
 msgid "Access Point Name"
 msgstr "Namn på åtkomstpunkt"
@@ -2046,14 +2368,12 @@ msgstr "En ny uppringd nätverksanslutning via Bluetooth"
 msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
 msgstr "En ny analog telefon-modemsanslutning (POTS)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:710
 msgid "Manual choice"
 msgstr "Manuellt val"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:714
 msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
 msgstr "Upptäckt hårdvara, om någon."
@@ -2068,73 +2388,69 @@ msgstr "En lista av portar är föreslaget. Välj din port."
 msgid ""
 "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
 "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Om det inte är installerat så är det rekommenderat att du installerar paketet <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Om det inte är installerat så är det rekommenderat att du installerar "
+"paketet <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:729
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-" Then it is asked for Dialup options:"
-msgstr "En lista visas med olika leverantörer, sorterade efter land. Välj din leverantör. Om den inte finns med i listan så väljer du alternativet <guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och anger sedan de inställningar du fått av leverantören. Sedan tillfrågas uppringningsalternativ:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
+"for Dialup options:"
+msgstr ""
+"En lista visas med olika leverantörer, sorterade efter land. Välj din "
+"leverantör. Om den inte finns med i listan så väljer du alternativet "
+"<guilabel>Olistad</guilabel> och anger sedan de inställningar du fått av "
+"leverantören. Sedan tillfrågas uppringningsalternativ:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:736
 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Namn på anslutning</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:740
 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Telefonnummer</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:744
 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Inloggnings-ID</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:748
 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Lösenord</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:752
 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Identifiering</emphasis>, välj mellan:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:756
 msgid "PAP/CHAP"
 msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:760
 msgid "Script-based"
 msgstr "Skript-baserad"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:764
 msgid "PAP"
 msgstr "PAP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:768
 msgid "Terminal-based"
 msgstr "Terminal-baserad"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:772
 msgid "CHAP"
 msgstr "CHAP"
@@ -2168,7 +2484,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Aktivera trafikloggning</emphasis>"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:804
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Tillåt gränssnittet att kontrolleras av Network Manager</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Tillåt gränssnittet att kontrolleras av Network Manager</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:809
@@ -2176,7 +2493,11 @@ msgid ""
 "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
 "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
 "automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr "När det gäller trådlösa anslutningar kommer finns en kompletterande kryssruta <emphasis>Tillåt roaming för åtkomstpunkter</emphasis> som gör det möjligt att automatiskt byta mellan anslutningspunkter beroende på signalstyrka."
+msgstr ""
+"När det gäller trådlösa anslutningar kommer finns en kompletterande "
+"kryssruta <emphasis>Tillåt roaming för åtkomstpunkter</emphasis> som gör det "
+"möjligt att automatiskt byta mellan anslutningspunkter beroende på "
+"signalstyrka."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:816
@@ -2208,10 +2529,11 @@ msgstr "Aktivera IPv6 till IPv4-tunnel"
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
 "immediately or not."
-msgstr "Det sista steget tillåter dig att specificera om anslutningen ska starta omedelbart eller inte."
+msgstr ""
+"Det sista steget tillåter dig att specificera om anslutningen ska starta "
+"omedelbart eller inte."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:841
 msgid "drakconnect9.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
@@ -2226,8 +2548,7 @@ msgstr "Öppna en konsoll som en administratör"
 msgid "drakconsole"
 msgstr "drakconsole"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:10
 msgid "drakconsole.png"
 msgstr "drakconsole.png"
@@ -2235,17 +2556,21 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more"
-" information about that."
-msgstr "Det här verktyget ger dig tillgång till en konsol som körs som root. Vi tror inte du behöver mer information än så."
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
+"information about that."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget ger dig tillgång till en konsol som körs som root. Vi tror "
+"inte du behöver mer information än så."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:8
@@ -2257,8 +2582,7 @@ msgstr "Hantera hårddisk-partitioner"
 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
 msgstr "drakdisk eller diskdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:15
 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
@@ -2266,10 +2590,13 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> eller <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
+"as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> eller <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</"
+"emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:20
@@ -2277,19 +2604,25 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
 "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
 "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on "
-"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är väldigt kraftfullt, ett minsta fel eller att katten hoppar upp på tangentbordet kan resultera i att all data på partitionen, även hela hårddisken kan raderas. Därför ser du fönstret ovanpå verktygsfönstret. Klicka på <emphasis>Avsluta</emphasis> om du är osäker på om du vill fortsätta."
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
+"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är väldigt "
+"kraftfullt, ett minsta fel eller att katten hoppar upp på tangentbordet kan "
+"resultera i att all data på partitionen, även hela hårddisken kan raderas. "
+"Därför ser du fönstret ovanpå verktygsfönstret. Klicka på <emphasis>Avsluta</"
+"emphasis> om du är osäker på om du vill fortsätta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
 "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr "Om du har mer än en hårddisk så kan du byta till hårddisken som du vill jobba på genom att välja den korrekta fliken (sda, sdb, sdc osv)."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har mer än en hårddisk så kan du byta till hårddisken som du vill "
+"jobba på genom att välja den korrekta fliken (sda, sdb, sdc osv)."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:35
 msgid "drakdisk.png"
 msgstr "drakdisk.png"
@@ -2299,12 +2632,17 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png"
 msgid ""
 "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
 "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a"
-" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear "
-"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete "
-"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a "
-"partition."
-msgstr "Du kan välja bland många olika åtgärder för att anpassa din hårddisk efter dina önskemål. Radera en hel hårddisk, dela eller slå ihop partitioner, ändra storlek eller filsystem, formatera eller visa vad som finns på en partition. Knappen <emphasis><guibutton>Rensa allt</guibutton></emphasis> längst ner används för att radera hela disken, de andra knapparna blir synliga och visas till höger när du klickat på en partition."
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
+"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
+"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
+"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan välja bland många olika åtgärder för att anpassa din hårddisk efter "
+"dina önskemål. Radera en hel hårddisk, dela eller slå ihop partitioner, "
+"ändra storlek eller filsystem, formatera eller visa vad som finns på en "
+"partition. Knappen <emphasis><guibutton>Rensa allt</guibutton></emphasis> "
+"längst ner används för att radera hela disken, de andra knapparna blir "
+"synliga och visas till höger när du klickat på en partition."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:47
@@ -2312,7 +2650,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
 "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
 "must be unmounted first."
-msgstr "Om den valda partitionen är monterad som i nedanstående exempel så kan du inte välja att ändra storlek, formatera eller att ta bort den. För att göra det så måste partitionen avmonteras först."
+msgstr ""
+"Om den valda partitionen är monterad som i nedanstående exempel så kan du "
+"inte välja att ändra storlek, formatera eller att ta bort den. För att göra "
+"det så måste partitionen avmonteras först."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:51
@@ -2326,15 +2667,20 @@ msgid ""
 "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
 "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
 "is selected"
-msgstr "För att ändra partitionstyp (t. ex. ändra från ext3 till ext4) måste du först ta bort partitionen och sedan återskapa den med det nya filsystemet. Knappen <guibutton role=\"bold\">Skapa</guibutton> visas du klickar på oanvänt diskutrymme."
+msgstr ""
+"För att ändra partitionstyp (t. ex. ändra från ext3 till ext4) måste du "
+"först ta bort partitionen och sedan återskapa den med det nya filsystemet. "
+"Knappen <guibutton role=\"bold\">Skapa</guibutton> visas du klickar på "
+"oanvänt diskutrymme."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:58
 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr "Du kan välja en monteringspunkt som inte existerar, den kommer då att bli skapad."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan välja en monteringspunkt som inte existerar, den kommer då att bli "
+"skapad."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:63
 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
@@ -2345,10 +2691,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
 "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be "
 "seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr "Att välja <emphasis><guibutton>Byt till expertläge</guibutton></emphasis> ger lite fler alternativ som att t. ex. ändra partitionens namn, som kan ses i skärmdumpen nedan."
+msgstr ""
+"Att välja <emphasis><guibutton>Byt till expertläge</guibutton></emphasis> "
+"ger lite fler alternativ som att t. ex. ändra partitionens namn, som kan ses "
+"i skärmdumpen nedan."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:73
 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
@@ -2363,8 +2711,7 @@ msgstr "Ställ in en skärmhanterare"
 msgid "drakedm"
 msgstr "drakedm"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:12
 msgid "drakedm.png"
 msgstr "drakedm.png"
@@ -2372,17 +2719,22 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available"
-" on your system will be shown."
-msgstr "Här<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du välja vilken fönsterhanterare som ska användas för att logga in på ditt skrivbord. Enbart de som finns tillgängliga på din dator visas."
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
+"on your system will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+"Här<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du välja vilken "
+"fönsterhanterare som ska användas för att logga in på ditt skrivbord. Enbart "
+"de som finns tillgängliga på din dator visas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:24
@@ -2390,7 +2742,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
 "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
 "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr "De flesta användarna kommer bara att märka att loginskärmen ser annorlunda ut. Det finns dock skillnader i de funktioner som stöds. LXDM är en lätt fönsterhanterare, KDM och GDM har fler möjligheter."
+msgstr ""
+"De flesta användarna kommer bara att märka att loginskärmen ser annorlunda "
+"ut. Det finns dock skillnader i de funktioner som stöds. LXDM är en lätt "
+"fönsterhanterare, KDM och GDM har fler möjligheter."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
@@ -2402,8 +2757,7 @@ msgstr "Ställ in din personliga brandvägg"
 msgid "drakfirewall"
 msgstr "drakfirewall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
 msgid "drakfirewall.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
@@ -2411,9 +2765,11 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
@@ -2422,18 +2778,28 @@ msgid ""
 "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
 "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
 "security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr "Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under säkerhetsfliken i Mageias kontrollcenter och kallas \"Konfigurera din personliga brandvägg\". Det är samma verktyg som finns på första fliken i \"Konfigurera säkerhet, behörigheter och revisioner\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under "
+"säkerhetsfliken i Mageias kontrollcenter och kallas \"Konfigurera din "
+"personliga brandvägg\". Det är samma verktyg som finns på första fliken i "
+"\"Konfigurera säkerhet, behörigheter och revisioner\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
 "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection"
-" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
+"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
 "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
 "the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr "En grundläggande brandvägg installeras som standard med Mageia. All inkommande trafik utifrån blockeras om de inte är godkända. På första skärmen ovan kan du välja vilka tjänster som ska accepteras utifrån. Av säkerhetsskäl, bocka av första rutan <guilabel>Allt (ingen brandvägg)</guilabel> om du inte vill avaktivera brandväggen, och bara välja nödvändiga tjänster."
+msgstr ""
+"En grundläggande brandvägg installeras som standard med Mageia. All "
+"inkommande trafik utifrån blockeras om de inte är godkända. På första "
+"skärmen ovan kan du välja vilka tjänster som ska accepteras utifrån. Av "
+"säkerhetsskäl, bocka av första rutan <guilabel>Allt (ingen brandvägg)</"
+"guilabel> om du inte vill avaktivera brandväggen, och bara välja nödvändiga "
+"tjänster."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
@@ -2442,7 +2808,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
 "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
 "examples :"
-msgstr "Det är möjligt att manuellt ange vilka portar som ska vara öppna. Klicka på <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> så öppnas ett nytt fönster. I fältet <guilabel>Andra portar</guilabel>, ange vilka portar som behövs genom att följa dessa exempel :"
+msgstr ""
+"Det är möjligt att manuellt ange vilka portar som ska vara öppna. Klicka på "
+"<guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> så öppnas ett nytt fönster. I fältet "
+"<guilabel>Andra portar</guilabel>, ange vilka portar som behövs genom att "
+"följa dessa exempel :"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
@@ -2452,7 +2822,8 @@ msgstr "80/tcp: öppna porten 80's TCP-protokoll"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr "24000:24010/udp : öppna alla portar från 24000 till 24010 UDP-protokollet"
+msgstr ""
+"24000:24010/udp : öppna alla portar från 24000 till 24010 UDP-protokollet"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
@@ -2464,10 +2835,12 @@ msgstr "De listade portarna bör skiljas åt med ett mellanslag"
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
 "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr "Om kryssrutan <guilabel>Logga brandvägssmeddelanden i systemloggen</guilabel> är markerad kommer alla meddelanden från brandväggen att sparas i systemloggen."
+msgstr ""
+"Om kryssrutan <guilabel>Logga brandvägssmeddelanden i systemloggen</"
+"guilabel> är markerad kommer alla meddelanden från brandväggen att sparas i "
+"systemloggen."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
 msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
@@ -2478,7 +2851,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
 "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
 "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr "Om du inte kör vissa tjänster (webb, mail eller fildelning, ...) behöver du inte ha något ikryssat, det är t.o.m. rekommenderat. Det kommer inte att hindra dig från att ansluta till internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte kör vissa tjänster (webb, mail eller fildelning, ...) behöver du "
+"inte ha något ikryssat, det är t.o.m. rekommenderat. Det kommer inte att "
+"hindra dig från att ansluta till internet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
@@ -2488,24 +2864,31 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
 "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
 "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot"
-" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to "
-"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr "Nästa skärm visar den interaktiva brandväggens olika alternativ. Med dem kan du bli varnad vid inkommande anslutningsförsök om åtminstone den första kryssrutan <guilabel>Använd interativ brandvägg</guilabel> är markerad. Markera den andra kryssrutan för att bli varnad om portar blir skannade (för att fösröka hitta fel någonstans som kan leda till att någon kan ta sig in i din dator). Varje kryssruta från den tredje och framåt motsvarar en port du öppnat i de två första fönstren. I skärmdumpen nedan finns två sådana alternativ: SSH-server och 80:150/tcp. Markera dem för att bli varnad om några anslutningsförsök sker på dessa portar."
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
+"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
+"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+msgstr ""
+"Nästa skärm visar den interaktiva brandväggens olika alternativ. Med dem kan "
+"du bli varnad vid inkommande anslutningsförsök om åtminstone den första "
+"kryssrutan <guilabel>Använd interativ brandvägg</guilabel> är markerad. "
+"Markera den andra kryssrutan för att bli varnad om portar blir skannade (för "
+"att fösröka hitta fel någonstans som kan leda till att någon kan ta sig in i "
+"din dator). Varje kryssruta från den tredje och framåt motsvarar en port du "
+"öppnat i de två första fönstren. I skärmdumpen nedan finns två sådana "
+"alternativ: SSH-server och 80:150/tcp. Markera dem för att bli varnad om "
+"några anslutningsförsök sker på dessa portar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
 msgstr "De här varningsmeddelanden visas som en popup genom nätverksappleten."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
 msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
 msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
@@ -2514,16 +2897,21 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary"
-" packages are downloaded."
-msgstr "Välj på sista skärmen vilket nätverkskort som är kopplat mot internet och som måste skyddas. När du klickat på knappen Ok så kommer de nödvändiga paketen att laddas ner."
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
+"packages are downloaded."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj på sista skärmen vilket nätverkskort som är kopplat mot internet och "
+"som måste skyddas. När du klickat på knappen Ok så kommer de nödvändiga "
+"paketen att laddas ner."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
 "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr "Om du inte vet vad du ska välja, ta en titt i MCC under fliken Nätverk &amp; Internet, och Skapa nytt nätverksinterface."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte vet vad du ska välja, ta en titt i MCC under fliken Nätverk &amp; "
+"Internet, och Skapa nytt nätverksinterface."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:3
@@ -2535,8 +2923,7 @@ msgstr "Hantera, lägg till och ta bort typsnitt. Importera Windows® typsnitt."
 msgid "drakfont"
 msgstr "drakfont"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:11
 msgid "drakfont.png"
 msgstr "drakfont.png"
@@ -2544,9 +2931,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:15
@@ -2555,7 +2944,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
 "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
 "above shows:"
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis>. Med det kan du hantera olika typsnitt som finns på datorn. Huvudfönstret ovan visar:"
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias "
+"kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis>. Med "
+"det kan du hantera olika typsnitt som finns på datorn. Huvudfönstret ovan "
+"visar:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:22
@@ -2580,9 +2973,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hämta Windows-typsnitt: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You"
-" must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr "Den här knappen lägger automatiskt till typsnitt som hittas på Windows-partitionen. Du måste ha Microsoft Windows installerat."
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
+"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Den här knappen lägger automatiskt till typsnitt som hittas på Windows-"
+"partitionen. Du måste ha Microsoft Windows installerat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:41
@@ -2592,9 +2987,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Alternativ:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able"
-" to use the fonts."
-msgstr "Det gör att du kan ange vilka program och enheter (mestadels skrivare) som kan använda typsnitten."
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
+"to use the fonts."
+msgstr ""
+"Det gör att du kan ange vilka program och enheter (mestadels skrivare) som "
+"kan använda typsnitten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:46
@@ -2607,7 +3004,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
 "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
 "documents that use them."
-msgstr "Den här knappen är till för att ta bort installerade typsnitt, i regel för att spara ututrymme. Var försiktig när du tar bort typsnitt då det kan få allvarliga konsekvenser för dokument som använder dem."
+msgstr ""
+"Den här knappen är till för att ta bort installerade typsnitt, i regel för "
+"att spara ututrymme. Var försiktig när du tar bort typsnitt då det kan få "
+"allvarliga konsekvenser för dokument som använder dem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:52
@@ -2619,18 +3019,28 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importera:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
 "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select "
-"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
-"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr "Gör så att du kan lägga till typsnitt från en tredje-part (CD, internet, ...). Filformat som stöds är ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm och gsf. Klicka på knappen <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importera</emphasis> och sedan på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Lägg till</emphasis>, en filhanterare dyker upp där du kan välja vilka typsnitt som ska installeras. Klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Installera</emphasis> när du är klar. De installeras i katalogen /usr/share/fonts."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
+"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
+"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+msgstr ""
+"Gör så att du kan lägga till typsnitt från en tredje-part (CD, "
+"internet, ...). Filformat som stöds är ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm och gsf. "
+"Klicka på knappen <emphasis role=\"bold\">Importera</emphasis> och sedan på "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lägg till</emphasis>, en filhanterare dyker upp där "
+"du kan välja vilka typsnitt som ska installeras. Klicka på <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Installera</emphasis> när du är klar. De installeras i katalogen /"
+"usr/share/fonts."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
 "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr "Om det nyinstallerade (eller borttagna) typsnittet inte dyker upp i drakfonts huvudfönster, stäng programmet och öppna det igen för att se ändringarna."
+msgstr ""
+"Om det nyinstallerade (eller borttagna) typsnittet inte dyker upp i "
+"drakfonts huvudfönster, stäng programmet och öppna det igen för att se "
+"ändringarna."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:3
@@ -2642,8 +3052,7 @@ msgstr "Föräldrakontroll"
 msgid "drakguard"
 msgstr "drakguard"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:10
 msgid "drakguard.png"
 msgstr "drakguard.png"
@@ -2651,18 +3060,24 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental "
-"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the "
-"drakguard package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken säkerhet och heter <guilabel>Föräldrakontroll</guilabel>. Om du inte hittar den måste du installera drakguard-paketet (installeras inte som standard)."
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
+"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
+"package (not installed by default)."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias "
+"kontrollcentral under fliken säkerhet och heter <guilabel>Föräldrakontroll</"
+"guilabel>. Om du inte hittar den måste du installera drakguard-paketet "
+"(installeras inte som standard)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
@@ -2675,30 +3090,42 @@ msgid ""
 "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
 "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
 "useful capabilities:"
-msgstr "Drakguard är ett lätt sätt att ställa in föräldrakontroll på din dator och begränsa vem som kan göra vad, och på vilka tider. Drakguard har tre användbara egenskaper:"
+msgstr ""
+"Drakguard är ett lätt sätt att ställa in föräldrakontroll på din dator och "
+"begränsa vem som kan göra vad, och på vilka tider. Drakguard har tre "
+"användbara egenskaper:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:29
 msgid ""
 "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
 "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr "Den begränsar webbåtkomst för namngivna användare till satta tider på dygnet. Den gör det genom att använda shorewall, den inbyggda brandväggen i Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Den begränsar webbåtkomst för namngivna användare till satta tider på "
+"dygnet. Den gör det genom att använda shorewall, den inbyggda brandväggen i "
+"Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can"
-" only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr "Den blockerar körning av olika kommandon för namngivna användare så att de bara kan köra det du tillåter dem."
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
+"only execute what you accept them to execute."
+msgstr ""
+"Den blockerar körning av olika kommandon för namngivna användare så att de "
+"bara kan köra det du tillåter dem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through "
-"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the "
-"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental "
-"control blocker DansGuardian."
-msgstr "Den begränsar åtkomst till webbsidor, både genom att manuellt definiera svart/vitlistor men även dynamisk baserat på webbsidans innehåll. För att uppnå detta använder Drakguard DansGuardian, den ledande föräldrakontroll-blockeraren inom öppen källkod."
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
+"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
+"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
+"DansGuardian."
+msgstr ""
+"Den begränsar åtkomst till webbsidor, både genom att manuellt definiera "
+"svart/vitlistor men även dynamisk baserat på webbsidans innehåll. För att "
+"uppnå detta använder Drakguard DansGuardian, den ledande föräldrakontroll-"
+"blockeraren inom öppen källkod."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:49
@@ -2712,19 +3139,30 @@ msgid ""
 "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
 "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
 "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by"
-" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to "
-"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and"
-" will then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr "Om din dator har en hårddisk med partitioner i Ext2, Ext3 eller Reiser-filsystem kommer ett pop upp-fönster att låta dig konfigurera ACL på dessa partitioner. ACL står för Access Control List och är en funktion i Linux kärna som tillåter åtkomst till individuella filer som är begränsade till namngivna användare. ACL är inbyggt i Ext4 och Btrfs-filsystem men måste aktiveras i Ext2, Ext3 och Reiser-partitioner. Om du väljer ja när du blir tillfrågad kommer drakguard att konfigurera alla dina partitioner med ACL-stöd och föreslår sedan att du startar om."
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
+"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
+"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
+"then suggest you reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Om din dator har en hårddisk med partitioner i Ext2, Ext3 eller Reiser-"
+"filsystem kommer ett pop upp-fönster att låta dig konfigurera ACL på dessa "
+"partitioner. ACL står för Access Control List och är en funktion i Linux "
+"kärna som tillåter åtkomst till individuella filer som är begränsade till "
+"namngivna användare. ACL är inbyggt i Ext4 och Btrfs-filsystem men måste "
+"aktiveras i Ext2, Ext3 och Reiser-partitioner. Om du väljer ja när du blir "
+"tillfrågad kommer drakguard att konfigurera alla dina partitioner med ACL-"
+"stöd och föreslår sedan att du startar om."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab"
-" is opened."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Aktivera föräldrakontroll</guibutton>: Om markerad kommer föräldrakontroll att aktiveras och fliken <guilabel>Blockera program</guilabel> öppnas."
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
+"is opened."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Aktivera föräldrakontroll</guibutton>: Om markerad kommer "
+"föräldrakontroll att aktiveras och fliken <guilabel>Blockera program</"
+"guilabel> öppnas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:65
@@ -2732,7 +3170,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
 "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
 "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Blockera all nätverkstrafik</guibutton>: Om markerad så kommer alla webbsidor att blockeras utom de som finns med på fliken vitlista. Annars tillåts alla webbsidor, utom de som finns med på fliken svartlista."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Blockera all nätverkstrafik</guibutton>: Om markerad så kommer "
+"alla webbsidor att blockeras utom de som finns med på fliken vitlista. "
+"Annars tillåts alla webbsidor, utom de som finns med på fliken svartlista."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:69
@@ -2744,7 +3185,14 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
 "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
 "remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Användaråtkomst</guibutton>: Användare till vänster kommer att ha restriktioner enligt dina regler. Användare till höger har obegränsad åtkomst så att vuxna användare inte blir besvärade. Välj en användare till vänster och klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att lägga till honom/henne som en tillåten användare. Välj en användare till höger och klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att ta bort honom/henne från tillåtna användare."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Användaråtkomst</guibutton>: Användare till vänster kommer att ha "
+"restriktioner enligt dina regler. Användare till höger har obegränsad "
+"åtkomst så att vuxna användare inte blir besvärade. Välj en användare till "
+"vänster och klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att lägga till "
+"honom/henne som en tillåten användare. Välj en användare till höger och "
+"klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att ta bort honom/henne från "
+"tillåtna användare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:77
@@ -2753,7 +3201,10 @@ msgid ""
 "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
 "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
 "window."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Tidkontroll:</guibutton> Om markerad kommer internetåtkomst att tillåtas med begränsningar mellan <guilabel>Start</guilabel> och <guilabel>Slut</guilabel>-tid. Den är helt blockerad utanför dessa tidsramar."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Tidkontroll:</guibutton> Om markerad kommer internetåtkomst att "
+"tillåtas med begränsningar mellan <guilabel>Start</guilabel> och "
+"<guilabel>Slut</guilabel>-tid. Den är helt blockerad utanför dessa tidsramar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:83
@@ -2765,7 +3216,9 @@ msgstr "Fliken svart/vitlista"
 msgid ""
 "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Skriv in webbsidans URL i första fältet längt upp, klicka sedan på knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Skriv in webbsidans URL i första fältet längt upp, klicka sedan på knappen "
+"<guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:90
@@ -2775,17 +3228,22 @@ msgstr "Fliken blockera program"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:92
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to"
-" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
+"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
 "applications you wish to block."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Blockera definierade program</guibutton>: Möjliggör användning av ACL för att begränsa åtkomst till särskilda program. Ange sökväg till de program du vill blockera."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Blockera definierade program</guibutton>: Möjliggör användning av "
+"ACL för att begränsa åtkomst till särskilda program. Ange sökväg till de "
+"program du vill blockera."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
 "side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Avblockera användare</guibutton>: Användare till höger kommer inte att påverkas av ACL-blockeringar."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Avblockera användare</guibutton>: Användare till höger kommer "
+"inte att påverkas av ACL-blockeringar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:9
@@ -2797,8 +3255,7 @@ msgstr "Dela internetanslutning med andra lokala datorer"
 msgid "drakgw"
 msgstr "drakgw"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:17
 msgid "drakgw.png"
 msgstr "drakgw.png"
@@ -2808,8 +3265,7 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png"
 msgid "Principles"
 msgstr "Principer"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:29
 msgid "drakgw-net.png"
 msgstr "drakgw-net.png"
@@ -2824,14 +3280,22 @@ msgid ""
 "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
 "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
 "the Internet (2)."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Detta är användbart när du har en dator (3) som har internetåtkomst (2) och även är kopplad till ett lokalt nätverk (1). Du kan använda datorn (3) som en gateway och dela den åtkomsten till andra arbetsstationer (5) och (6) i det lokala nätverket (1). För detta måste gatewayn ha två gränssnitt. T. ex. ett nätverkskort för det lokala nätverket  och den andra (4) som är kopplad till internet (2)."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Detta är användbart när du har "
+"en dator (3) som har internetåtkomst (2) och även är kopplad till ett lokalt "
+"nätverk (1). Du kan använda datorn (3) som en gateway och dela den åtkomsten "
+"till andra arbetsstationer (5) och (6) i det lokala nätverket (1). För detta "
+"måste gatewayn ha två gränssnitt. T. ex. ett nätverkskort för det lokala "
+"nätverket  och den andra (4) som är kopplad till internet (2)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
 "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr "Första steget är att verifiera att nätverk och internetåtkomst är inställt som är dokumenterat i <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Första steget är att verifiera att nätverk och internetåtkomst är inställt "
+"som är dokumenterat i <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:45
@@ -2841,23 +3305,29 @@ msgstr "Gatewayguide"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan köra det här programmet från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan köra det här programmet från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
 "which are shown below:"
-msgstr "Guiden<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erbjuder följande steg som visas nedan:"
+msgstr ""
+"Guiden<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> erbjuder följande steg som "
+"visas nedan:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
 "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr "Om guiden inte hittar minst två enheter kommer den att varna om detta och fråga om att stänga ner nätverket och konfigurera hårdvaran."
+msgstr ""
+"Om guiden inte hittar minst två enheter kommer den att varna om detta och "
+"fråga om att stänga ner nätverket och konfigurera hårdvaran."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:60
@@ -2865,22 +3335,30 @@ msgid ""
 "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
 "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
 "what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr "ange enheten som används för internetåtkomst. Guiden kommer automatiskt att föreslå en av enheterna men du bör kontrollera att det som föreslås är korrekt."
+msgstr ""
+"ange enheten som används för internetåtkomst. Guiden kommer automatiskt att "
+"föreslå en av enheterna men du bör kontrollera att det som föreslås är "
+"korrekt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes"
-" one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr "ange vilken enhet som används för lan-åtkomst. Guiden föreslår också en sådan, kontrollera att den är korrekt."
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
+"one, check that this is correct."
+msgstr ""
+"ange vilken enhet som används för lan-åtkomst. Guiden föreslår också en "
+"sådan, kontrollera att den är korrekt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:71
 msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask"
-" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual"
-" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr "Guiden föreslår parametrar för det lokala nätverket., så som IP-adress, nätmask och domännamn. Kontrollera att parametrarna är kompatibla med den faktiska konfigurationen. Det rekommenderas att du accepterar dessa värden."
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
+"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
+"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+msgstr ""
+"Guiden föreslår parametrar för det lokala nätverket., så som IP-adress, "
+"nätmask och domännamn. Kontrollera att parametrarna är kompatibla med den "
+"faktiska konfigurationen. Det rekommenderas att du accepterar dessa värden."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:78
@@ -2888,15 +3366,21 @@ msgid ""
 "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
 "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
 "specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr "ange om datorn måste användas som en DNS-server. Om så är fallet kommer guiden att kontrollera att <code>bind</code> är installerat. I annat fall måste du specificera adressen till DNS-servern."
+msgstr ""
+"ange om datorn måste användas som en DNS-server. Om så är fallet kommer "
+"guiden att kontrollera att <code>bind</code> är installerat. I annat fall "
+"måste du specificera adressen till DNS-servern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure"
-" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr "ange om datorn måste användas som en DHCP-server. Om så är fallet kommer guiden att kontrollera att <code>dhcp-server</code> är installerat och du erbjuds att konfigurera den med ett adressområde för IP-adresser."
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
+"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+msgstr ""
+"ange om datorn måste användas som en DHCP-server. Om så är fallet kommer "
+"guiden att kontrollera att <code>dhcp-server</code> är installerat och du "
+"erbjuds att konfigurera den med ett adressområde för IP-adresser."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:91
@@ -2905,20 +3389,28 @@ msgid ""
 "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
 "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
 "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr "ange om datorn ska användas som en Proxy-server. Om ja kommer guiden att kontrollera så att <code>squid</code> är installerat och erbjuda att konfigurera den, med administratörens adress (admin@mydomain.com), proxyns namn (myfirewall@mydomain.com), porten (3128) och cachestorlek (100mb)."
+msgstr ""
+"ange om datorn ska användas som en Proxy-server. Om ja kommer guiden att "
+"kontrollera så att <code>squid</code> är installerat och erbjuda att "
+"konfigurera den, med administratörens adress (admin@mydomain.com), proxyns "
+"namn (myfirewall@mydomain.com), porten (3128) och cachestorlek (100mb)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:99
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
 "printers and to share them."
-msgstr "I sista steget kan du kontrollera om gateway-datorn är kopplad till skrivarna och att dela ut dem."
+msgstr ""
+"I sista steget kan du kontrollera om gateway-datorn är kopplad till "
+"skrivarna och att dela ut dem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:104
 msgid ""
 "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr "Du kommer att bli varnad om behovet av att kontrollera brandväggen om den är aktiv."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kommer att bli varnad om behovet av att kontrollera brandväggen om den är "
+"aktiv."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:109
@@ -2931,9 +3423,13 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
 "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
 "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is"
-" using."
-msgstr "Om du har konfigurerat gateway-datorn med DHCP behöver du bara ange att du får en adress automatiskt (genom DHCP) i nätverksverktyget. Parametrarna kommer att erhållas vid anslutning till nätverket. Denna metod är giltig oavsett vilket operativsystem klienten använder."
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
+"using."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har konfigurerat gateway-datorn med DHCP behöver du bara ange att du "
+"får en adress automatiskt (genom DHCP) i nätverksverktyget. Parametrarna "
+"kommer att erhållas vid anslutning till nätverket. Denna metod är giltig "
+"oavsett vilket operativsystem klienten använder."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:117
@@ -2941,7 +3437,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
 "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
 "gateway."
-msgstr "Om du behöver ange nätverksparametrarna manuellt är det viktigt att du specificerar en gateway genom att skriva in IP-adressen till datorn som agerar gateway."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du behöver ange nätverksparametrarna manuellt är det viktigt att du "
+"specificerar en gateway genom att skriva in IP-adressen till datorn som "
+"agerar gateway."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:123
@@ -2952,9 +3451,11 @@ msgstr "Sluta dela förbindelser"
 #: en/drakgw.xml:125
 msgid ""
 "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the "
-"sharing."
-msgstr "Om du vill sluta dela förbindelsen på datorn som kör Mageia så kan du starta verktyget. Det kommer att erbjuda att omkonfigurera förbindelsen eller stoppa delningen."
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du vill sluta dela förbindelsen på datorn som kör Mageia så kan du starta "
+"verktyget. Det kommer att erbjuda att omkonfigurera förbindelsen eller "
+"stoppa delningen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:3
@@ -2966,8 +3467,7 @@ msgstr "Maskindefinitioner"
 msgid "drakhosts"
 msgstr "drakhosts"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:10
 msgid "drakhosts.png"
 msgstr "drakhosts.png"
@@ -2975,9 +3475,11 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:14
@@ -2986,7 +3488,11 @@ msgid ""
 "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
 "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
 "instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr "Om vissa system i ditt nätverk ger dig olika tjänster och har fasta IP-adresser så kan du med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> specificera ett namn för att komma åt dem lättare. Du kan då använda det namnet istället för en IP-adress."
+msgstr ""
+"Om vissa system i ditt nätverk ger dig olika tjänster och har fasta IP-"
+"adresser så kan du med detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
+"> specificera ett namn för att komma åt dem lättare. Du kan då använda det "
+"namnet istället för en IP-adress."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:20
@@ -2999,7 +3505,10 @@ msgid ""
 "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
 "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
 "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr "Med den här knappen anger du ett namn för ett nytt system. Du kommer att få ett fönster där du anger IP-adress, systemets värdnamn och eventuellt ett alias som kan användas på samma sätt som namnet."
+msgstr ""
+"Med den här knappen anger du ett namn för ett nytt system. Du kommer att få "
+"ett fönster där du anger IP-adress, systemets värdnamn och eventuellt ett "
+"alias som kan användas på samma sätt som namnet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:27
@@ -3011,7 +3520,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
 "same window."
-msgstr "Du kan komma åt parametrarna för en post som tidigare definierats. Samma fönster används."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan komma åt parametrarna för en post som tidigare definierats. Samma "
+"fönster används."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
@@ -3023,8 +3534,7 @@ msgstr "Avancerad konfiguration av nätverk och brandvägg"
 msgid "drakinvictus"
 msgstr "drakinvictus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
 msgid "drakinvictus.png"
 msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
@@ -3034,17 +3544,22 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
 #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
-"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand."
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig "
+"kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link ns2:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentations-teamet</"
+"link>. Tack på förhand."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
@@ -3056,8 +3571,7 @@ msgstr "Nätverkscenter"
 msgid "draknetcenter"
 msgstr "draknetcenter"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
 msgid "draknetcenter.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
@@ -3065,9 +3579,11 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
@@ -3075,40 +3591,45 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
 "Center\""
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcenter under fliken Nätverk och Internet, Nätverkscenter."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias "
+"kontrollcenter under fliken Nätverk och Internet, Nätverkscenter."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,"
-" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, "
-"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, "
-"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to "
-"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface "
-"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr "När det här verktyget startas öppnas ett fönster som visar alla nätverk som är konfigurerade på datorn oavsett typ (trådburet, trådlöst, satellit osv.). När du klickar på en av dem så dyker tre eller fyra nya knappar upp beroende på vilken nätverkstyp det är. Sedan kan du kan söka efter nätverk, ändra inställningar eller koppla upp/ifrån. Detta verktyg är inte till för att skapa ett nätverk. För detta kan du titta på <guilabel>Skapa ett nytt nätverksinterface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> på samma flik i MCC."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
+"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
+"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
+"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
+"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
+"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+msgstr ""
+"När det här verktyget startas öppnas ett fönster som visar alla nätverk som "
+"är konfigurerade på datorn oavsett typ (trådburet, trådlöst, satellit osv.). "
+"När du klickar på en av dem så dyker tre eller fyra nya knappar upp beroende "
+"på vilken nätverkstyp det är. Sedan kan du kan söka efter nätverk, ändra "
+"inställningar eller koppla upp/ifrån. Detta verktyg är inte till för att "
+"skapa ett nätverk. För detta kan du titta på <guilabel>Skapa ett nytt "
+"nätverksinterface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> på samma flik i MCC."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
@@ -3118,36 +3639,52 @@ msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
 "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder"
-" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network "
-"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not"
-" connected."
-msgstr "I skärmdumpen nedan som är ett exempel kan vi se två nätverk, det första är trådburet och uppkopplat vilket vi kan se med den här ikonen <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (den här är inte uppkopplad<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ), och den andra sektionen visar ett trådlöst nätverk som inte är uppkopplat som vi kan se med den här ikonen <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> och den här <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> om det är uppkopplat. Färgkoden för de andra nätverken är alltid densamma, grön för uppkopplad och röd för nerkopplad."
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
+"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
+"connected."
+msgstr ""
+"I skärmdumpen nedan som är ett exempel kan vi se två nätverk, det första är "
+"trådburet och uppkopplat vilket vi kan se med den här ikonen <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (den här är inte "
+"uppkopplad<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ), och den "
+"andra sektionen visar ett trådlöst nätverk som inte är uppkopplat som vi kan "
+"se med den här ikonen <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> och "
+"den här <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> om det är "
+"uppkopplat. Färgkoden för de andra nätverken är alltid densamma, grön för "
+"uppkopplad och röd för nerkopplad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal "
-"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and "
-"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then "
-"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> "
-"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network "
-"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings "
-"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption "
-"key in particular)."
-msgstr "I den trådlösa delen av skärmen ser du också alla hittade nätverk med dess <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, om de är krypterade (i rött) eller okrypterade (i grönt) och <guibutton>Driftläge</guibutton>. Klicka på ett av dem och sedan på antingen <guibutton>Övervaka</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> eller <guibutton>Anslut</guibutton>. Det är också möjligt att byta till ett annat nätverk här. Om ett privat nätverk väljs kommer nätverksinställningarna (se nedan) att fråga efter fler inställningar (särskilt en krypteringsnyckel)."
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
+"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
+"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
+"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
+"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
+"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
+"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
+"particular)."
+msgstr ""
+"I den trådlösa delen av skärmen ser du också alla hittade nätverk med dess "
+"<guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, om de är krypterade (i rött) eller okrypterade (i "
+"grönt) och <guibutton>Driftläge</guibutton>. Klicka på ett av dem och sedan "
+"på antingen <guibutton>Övervaka</guibutton>, <guibutton>Konfigurera</"
+"guibutton> eller <guibutton>Anslut</guibutton>. Det är också möjligt att "
+"byta till ett annat nätverk här. Om ett privat nätverk väljs kommer "
+"nätverksinställningarna (se nedan) att fråga efter fler inställningar "
+"(särskilt en krypteringsnyckel)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
 msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton> för att uppdatera skärmen."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
 msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
@@ -3157,8 +3694,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgid "The Monitor button"
 msgstr "Bildskärmsknappen"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
 msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
@@ -3168,9 +3704,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
 "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray"
-" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr "Med den här knappen kan du övervaka nätverkets aktivitet, hämtning till datorn (i rött) och skickat från datorn (ut mot internet, i grönt). Detta fönster är också tillgängligt genom att högerklicka på <guimenu>internetikonen i systemfältet och välja Övervaka nätverk</guimenu>."
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
+"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+"Med den här knappen kan du övervaka nätverkets aktivitet, hämtning till "
+"datorn (i rött) och skickat från datorn (ut mot internet, i grönt). Detta "
+"fönster är också tillgängligt genom att högerklicka på "
+"<guimenu>internetikonen i systemfältet och välja Övervaka nätverk</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
@@ -3178,14 +3718,19 @@ msgid ""
 "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
 "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
 "gives details about connection status."
-msgstr "Det finns en flik för varje nätverk (här ser vi  eth0 som trådburet, lo som lokalt och wlan0 som trådlöst) och en anslutningsflik som visar detaljer om anslutningens status."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns en flik för varje nätverk (här ser vi  eth0 som trådburet, lo som "
+"lokalt och wlan0 som trådlöst) och en anslutningsflik som visar detaljer om "
+"anslutningens status."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic "
-"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr "Längst ner i fönstret står det <guilabel>Trafikloggning</guilabel>. Vi kommer att titta på det i nästa avsnitt."
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
+"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+msgstr ""
+"Längst ner i fönstret står det <guilabel>Trafikloggning</guilabel>. Vi "
+"kommer att titta på det i nästa avsnitt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
@@ -3197,8 +3742,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigureringsknappen"
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - För ett trådburet nätverk</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
 msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
@@ -3208,9 +3752,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
 "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual"
-" configuration may give better results."
-msgstr "Det är möjligt att ändra alla inställningar som anges när nätverket skapas. För det mesta så räcker det med att kryssa i <guibutton>Automatisk IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> men om det uppstår problem kan manuell konfiguration ge bättre resultat."
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
+"configuration may give better results."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är möjligt att ändra alla inställningar som anges när nätverket skapas. "
+"För det mesta så räcker det med att kryssa i <guibutton>Automatisk IP</"
+"guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> men om det uppstår problem "
+"kan manuell konfiguration ge bättre resultat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
@@ -3219,7 +3767,11 @@ msgid ""
 "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
 "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
 "available from your providers website."
-msgstr "För ett hemmanätverk brukar <guilabel>IP-adress</guilabel> alltid likna 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Nätmask</guilabel> är 255.255.255.0.<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> och <guilabel>DNS-servrar</guilabel> är tillgängliga från din leverantörs hemsida."
+msgstr ""
+"För ett hemmanätverk brukar <guilabel>IP-adress</guilabel> alltid likna "
+"192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Nätmask</guilabel> är 255.255.255.0."
+"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> och <guilabel>DNS-servrar</guilabel> är "
+"tillgängliga från din leverantörs hemsida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
@@ -3228,22 +3780,27 @@ msgid ""
 "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
 "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
 "have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr "Om <guibutton>Aktivera trafikloggning</guibutton> är markerad kommer trafiken att beräknas på en basis per timme, dag eller månad. Resultaten är tillgängliga i nätverksövervakaren från förra sektionen. När den har aktiverats kan du behöva starta om nätverket."
+msgstr ""
+"Om <guibutton>Aktivera trafikloggning</guibutton> är markerad kommer "
+"trafiken att beräknas på en basis per timme, dag eller månad. Resultaten är "
+"tillgängliga i nätverksövervakaren från förra sektionen. När den har "
+"aktiverats kan du behöva starta om nätverket."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network "
-"Manager:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tillåt att gränsnittet hanteras av nätverkscenter:</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
+"</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tillåt att gränsnittet hanteras av nätverkscenter:</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
 msgstr "<guibutton>Knappen avancerat:</guibutton>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
 msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
@@ -3258,8 +3815,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - För ett trådlöst nätverk</emphasis>"
 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
 msgstr "Endast de objekt som inte redan visas ovan förklaras"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
 msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
@@ -3277,12 +3833,18 @@ msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
 "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Hanterat</guilabel> om anslutningen är via en åtkomstpunkt, en <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> har hittats. Välj <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> om det är ett peer to peer-nätverk. Välj <emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> om ditt nätverk används som åtkomstpunkt, ditt nätverkskort måste ha stöd för detta läget."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj <guilabel>Hanterat</guilabel> om anslutningen är via en åtkomstpunkt, "
+"en <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> har hittats. Välj <guilabel>Ad-"
+"hoc</guilabel> om det är ett peer to peer-nätverk. Välj <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Master</emphasis> om ditt nätverk används som åtkomstpunkt, ditt "
+"nätverkskort måste ha stöd för detta läget."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Krypteringsläge och krypteringsnyckel:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Krypteringsläge och krypteringsnyckel:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
@@ -3292,11 +3854,15 @@ msgstr "Om detta är ett privat nätverk så behöver du veta dessa inställning
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a"
-" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
+"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
 "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
 "in private networks."
-msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> använder ett lösenord och är svagare än WPA som använder en passfras. <guilabel>WPA fördefinierad nyckel</guilabel> kallas även för WPA Personal eller WPA Home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> används sällan i privata nätverk."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> använder ett lösenord och är svagare än WPA som "
+"använder en passfras. <guilabel>WPA fördefinierad nyckel</guilabel> kallas "
+"även för WPA Personal eller WPA Home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> "
+"används sällan i privata nätverk."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
@@ -3308,10 +3874,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tillåt roaming för åtkomstpunkt</emphasis>:"
 msgid ""
 "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
 "point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr "Roaming är en teknik som gör att datorn kan ändra sin åtkomstpunkt samtidigt som den är ansluten till nätverket."
+msgstr ""
+"Roaming är en teknik som gör att datorn kan ändra sin åtkomstpunkt samtidigt "
+"som den är ansluten till nätverket."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
 msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
@@ -3321,8 +3888,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
 msgstr "Knapp för avancerade inställningar"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
 msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
@@ -3337,8 +3903,7 @@ msgstr "Hantera olika nätverksprofiler"
 msgid "draknetprofile"
 msgstr "draknetprofile"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
 msgid "draknetprofile.png"
 msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
@@ -3346,9 +3911,11 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:9
@@ -3360,8 +3927,7 @@ msgstr "Dela ut enheter och kataloger via NFS"
 msgid "draknfs"
 msgstr "draknfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:16
 msgid "draknfs.png"
 msgstr "draknfs.png"
@@ -3374,28 +3940,32 @@ msgstr "Förutsättningar"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the"
-" first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr "När guiden<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> körs för första gången kan den visa följande meddelande:"
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
+"first time, it may display the following message:"
+msgstr ""
+"När guiden<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> körs för första gången "
+"kan den visa följande meddelande:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
+msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
 msgstr "Paketet nfs-utils behöver installeras. Vill du installera det?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr "När installationen är slutförd visas ett nytt fönster med en tom lista."
+msgstr ""
+"När installationen är slutförd visas ett nytt fönster med en tom lista."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:42
@@ -3408,7 +3978,10 @@ msgid ""
 "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
 "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
 "configuration tool."
-msgstr "En lista visas med delade kataloger och i det här steget är listan tom. Knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> ger tillgång till ett konfigureringsverktyg."
+msgstr ""
+"En lista visas med delade kataloger och i det här steget är listan tom. "
+"Knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> ger tillgång till ett "
+"konfigureringsverktyg."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:50
@@ -3421,10 +3994,12 @@ msgid ""
 "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
 "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
 "available."
-msgstr "Det här konfigurationsverktyget är märkt \"Ändra post\". Det kan också startas med knappen <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>. Följande parametrar är tillgängliga."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här konfigurationsverktyget är märkt \"Ändra post\". Det kan också "
+"startas med knappen <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>. Följande parametrar är "
+"tillgängliga."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:58
 msgid "draknfs4.png"
 msgstr "draknfs4.png"
@@ -3440,7 +4015,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
 "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
 "it."
-msgstr "Här kan du ange vilken katalog som ska delas ut. Knappen <guibutton>Katalog</guibutton> öppnar en bläddrare där du får välja vilken."
+msgstr ""
+"Här kan du ange vilken katalog som ska delas ut. Knappen <guibutton>Katalog</"
+"guibutton> öppnar en bläddrare där du får välja vilken."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:72
@@ -3452,7 +4029,9 @@ msgstr "Maskin åtkomst"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
 "directory."
-msgstr "Här kan du ange vilka värdar som har tillstånd att komma åt den delade katalogen."
+msgstr ""
+"Här kan du ange vilka värdar som har tillstånd att komma åt den delade "
+"katalogen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:77
@@ -3464,7 +4043,9 @@ msgstr "NFS-klienter kan specificeras på en rad olika sätt:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
 "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr "<emphasis>en värd</emphasis>: en värd som med ett förkortat namn känns igen av namnupplösaren, fullständigt domännamn eller en IP-adress."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>en värd</emphasis>: en värd som med ett förkortat namn känns igen "
+"av namnupplösaren, fullständigt domännamn eller en IP-adress."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:83
@@ -3477,7 +4058,9 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
 "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
 "domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr "<emphasis>asterisk</emphasis>: datornamn får innehålla asterisker * och ? T. ex: *.cs.foo.edu matchar alla värdar i domänen cs.foo.edu"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>asterisk</emphasis>: datornamn får innehålla asterisker * och ? T. "
+"ex: *.cs.foo.edu matchar alla värdar i domänen cs.foo.edu"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:90
@@ -3485,7 +4068,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
 "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
 "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr "<emphasis>IP-nätverk</emphasis>: du kan även exportera kataloger till alla värdar på ett IP(under)-nätverk samtidigt. T. ex. antingen med `/255.255.252.0' eller `/22' tillagt i nätverkets basadress."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>IP-nätverk</emphasis>: du kan även exportera kataloger till alla "
+"värdar på ett IP(under)-nätverk samtidigt. T. ex. antingen med "
+"`/255.255.252.0' eller `/22' tillagt i nätverkets basadress."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:96
@@ -3497,32 +4083,45 @@ msgstr "Användar ID Mappning"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
 "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on"
-" the server itself."
-msgstr "<emphasis>mappa root användare som anonyma</emphasis>: mappar förfrågningar från uid/gid 0 till de anonyma uid/gid (root_squash). Root-användarna fr klienten kan inte läsa eller skriva till filer på servern som är skapat av den faktiska root-användaren på servern."
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
+"the server itself."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>mappa root användare som anonyma</emphasis>: mappar förfrågningar "
+"från uid/gid 0 till de anonyma uid/gid (root_squash). Root-användarna fr "
+"klienten kan inte läsa eller skriva till filer på servern som är skapat av "
+"den faktiska root-användaren på servern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing."
-" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr "<emphasis>tillåt verklig fjärråtkomst som root</emphasis>: stäng av root squashing. Det här alternativer är användbart för disklösa klienter (no_root_squash)."
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
+"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>tillåt verklig fjärråtkomst som root</emphasis>: stäng av root "
+"squashing. Det här alternativer är användbart för disklösa klienter "
+"(no_root_squash)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:107
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids"
-" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID"
-" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr "<emphasis>mappa alla användare till anonym användare</emphasis>: mappa alla uid och gid till den anonyma användaren (all_squash). Användbart för NFS-exporterade kataloger på publika FTP-servrar, nyhetskataloger etc. Det motsatta alternativet är ingen UID-mappning (no_squash_all) som är standard."
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
+"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
+"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>mappa alla användare till anonym användare</emphasis>: mappa alla "
+"uid och gid till den anonyma användaren (all_squash). Användbart för NFS-"
+"exporterade kataloger på publika FTP-servrar, nyhetskataloger etc. Det "
+"motsatta alternativet är ingen UID-mappning (no_squash_all) som är standard."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:113
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
 "the anonymous account."
-msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid och anongid</emphasis>: ange uttryckligen uid och gid för det anonyma kontot."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>anonuid och anongid</emphasis>: ange uttryckligen uid och gid för "
+"det anonyma kontot."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:118
@@ -3533,9 +4132,12 @@ msgstr "Avancerade alternativ"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:120
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option"
-" is on by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Säker anslutning</emphasis>: det här alternativet kräver förfrågningar inkommer på en internet port under IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Detta alternativ är påslaget som standard."
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
+"is on by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Säker anslutning</emphasis>: det här alternativet kräver "
+"förfrågningar inkommer på en internet port under IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). "
+"Detta alternativ är påslaget som standard."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:124
@@ -3544,7 +4146,11 @@ msgid ""
 "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
 "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
 "using this option."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Skrivskyddad utdelning</emphasis>: Tillåt antingen enbart läs eller både läs och skriv-rättigheter på denna NFS-volym. Standard är att inte tillåta något som gör ändringar i filsystemet. Det här kan också göras tydligt med detta alternativ."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Skrivskyddad utdelning</emphasis>: Tillåt antingen enbart läs "
+"eller både läs och skriv-rättigheter på denna NFS-volym. Standard är att "
+"inte tillåta något som gör ändringar i filsystemet. Det här kan också göras "
+"tydligt med detta alternativ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:129
@@ -3552,7 +4158,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
 "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
 "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Synkroniserad åtkomst</emphasis>: förhindrar NFS-servern från att bryta mot NFS-protokollet genom att svara på förfrågningar innan några ändringar har gjorts som svar på dessa förfrågningar lagrats på en stabil lagringsmedia (t. ex. hårddisk)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Synkroniserad åtkomst</emphasis>: förhindrar NFS-servern från att "
+"bryta mot NFS-protokollet genom att svara på förfrågningar innan några "
+"ändringar har gjorts som svar på dessa förfrågningar lagrats på en stabil "
+"lagringsmedia (t. ex. hårddisk)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:134
@@ -3560,7 +4170,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
 "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
 "exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Underträdskontroll</emphasis>: aktivera underträdskontroll vilket kan hjälpa till att öka säkerheten men i vissa fall minsa tillförlitligheten. Se exports(5) man för mer detaljer."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Underträdskontroll</emphasis>: aktivera underträdskontroll vilket "
+"kan hjälpa till att öka säkerheten men i vissa fall minsa "
+"tillförlitligheten. Se exports(5) man för mer detaljer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
@@ -3572,8 +4185,7 @@ msgstr "Menyposter"
 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
 msgstr "Än så länge har listan minst en post."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:147
 msgid "draknfs5.png"
 msgstr "draknfs5.png"
@@ -3607,9 +4219,9 @@ msgstr "NFS-server|Ladda om"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
 msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration "
-"files."
-msgstr "Konfigurationen som visas laddas om från de nuvarande konfigurationsfilerna."
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+"Konfigurationen som visas laddas om från de nuvarande konfigurationsfilerna."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:10
@@ -3621,8 +4233,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy"
 msgid "drakproxy"
 msgstr "drakproxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:17
 msgid "drakproxy.png"
 msgstr "drakproxy.png"
@@ -3630,30 +4241,44 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net"
-" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
+"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
 "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr "Om du måste använda en proxyserver för att ansluta till internet kan du använda det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> för att konfigurera den. Din nätverksadministratör ger dig den information som du behöver. Du kan även ange vissa tjänster som med undantag går att komma åt utan proxy."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du måste använda en proxyserver för att ansluta till internet kan du "
+"använda det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> för att "
+"konfigurera den. Din nätverksadministratör ger dig den information som du "
+"behöver. Du kan även ange vissa tjänster som med undantag går att komma åt "
+"utan proxy."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a"
-" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
+"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
+"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
 "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
 "simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr "Från Wikipedia den 24:e september 2012, artikel Proxy-server: I ett datornätverk betecknas vanligen en proxyserver en som agerar mellanhand för förfrågningar från klienter som söker resurser från andra servrar. En klient ansluter till proxyservern och frågar efter en tjänst som t. ex. en fil, anslutning, webbsida eller en annan resurs som finns på en annan server. Proxyservern utvärderar förfrågningen som ett sätt att förenkla och kontrollera dess komplexitet."
+msgstr ""
+"Från Wikipedia den 24:e september 2012, artikel Proxy-server: I ett "
+"datornätverk betecknas vanligen en proxyserver en som agerar mellanhand för "
+"förfrågningar från klienter som söker resurser från andra servrar. En klient "
+"ansluter till proxyservern och frågar efter en tjänst som t. ex. en fil, "
+"anslutning, webbsida eller en annan resurs som finns på en annan server. "
+"Proxyservern utvärderar förfrågningen som ett sätt att förenkla och "
+"kontrollera dess komplexitet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
@@ -3665,8 +4290,7 @@ msgstr "Ställ in media"
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 msgstr "drakrpm-exit-media.png"
@@ -3674,11 +4298,15 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-exit-media.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as"
-" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources"
-" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button"
-" below)."
-msgstr "Det första som behöver göras efter en installation är att lägga till mjukvarumedier (också kända som filförråd, medier, speglar). Det betyder att du måste välja mediakällorna som ska användas för att installera och uppdatera paket och applikationer. (se Lägg till-knapp nedan)."
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
+"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
+"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
+"below)."
+msgstr ""
+"Det första som behöver göras efter en installation är att lägga till "
+"mjukvarumedier (också kända som filförråd, medier, speglar). Det betyder att "
+"du måste välja mediakällorna som ska användas för att installera och "
+"uppdatera paket och applikationer. (se Lägg till-knapp nedan)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
@@ -3688,7 +4316,12 @@ msgid ""
 "used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
 "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
 "media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr "Om du installerar (eller uppgraderar) Mageia genom ett optiskt media (DVD eller CD) eller ett USB-minne så finns det en källa för program att användas med använt media. För att undvika att bli ombedd att sätta i mediet varje gång du vill installera nya paket bör du avaktivera (eller ta bort) det. Det kommer att ha CD-rom som media typ."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du installerar (eller uppgraderar) Mageia genom ett optiskt media (DVD "
+"eller CD) eller ett USB-minne så finns det en källa för program att användas "
+"med använt media. För att undvika att bli ombedd att sätta i mediet varje "
+"gång du vill installera nya paket bör du avaktivera (eller ta bort) det. Det "
+"kommer att ha CD-rom som media typ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
@@ -3698,14 +4331,20 @@ msgid ""
 "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
 "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
 "the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr "Ditt system körs i en arkitektur som kan vara 32-bitars (så kallad i586) eller 64-bitars (kallad x86_64). Vissa paket är oberoende av om systemet är 32-bitars eller 64-bitars, dessa kallas noarch paket. De har inte sin egen noarch-katalog utan finns i både i586 och x86_64 medier."
+msgstr ""
+"Ditt system körs i en arkitektur som kan vara 32-bitars (så kallad i586) "
+"eller 64-bitars (kallad x86_64). Vissa paket är oberoende av om systemet är "
+"32-bitars eller 64-bitars, dessa kallas noarch paket. De har inte sin egen "
+"noarch-katalog utan finns i både i586 och x86_64 medier."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från kommandoraden genom att skriva "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
@@ -3713,7 +4352,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
 "id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Det här verktyget finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Installera &amp; ta bort program</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Installera &amp; ta bort program</emphasis><placeholder type="
+"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
@@ -3730,7 +4372,10 @@ msgstr "Aktivera kolumn:"
 msgid ""
 "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
 "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr "Det markerade mediat kommer att användas för att installera nya paket. Var försiktig med viss media som t. ex testning och debug, de kan göra ditt system oanvändbart."
+msgstr ""
+"Det markerade mediat kommer att användas för att installera nya paket. Var "
+"försiktig med viss media som t. ex testning och debug, de kan göra ditt "
+"system oanvändbart."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
@@ -3744,7 +4389,12 @@ msgid ""
 "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
 "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
 "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Det markerade mediet kommer att användas för att uppdatera paket och måste vara aktiverat. Enbart media med Uppdateringar i namnet bör väljas. Av säkerhetsskäl är den här kolumnen inte redigerbar i detta verktyg. Du måste öppna en konsol som root och skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Det markerade mediet kommer att användas för att uppdatera paket och måste "
+"vara aktiverat. Enbart media med Uppdateringar i namnet bör väljas. Av "
+"säkerhetsskäl är den här kolumnen inte redigerbar i detta verktyg. Du måste "
+"öppna en konsol som root och skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-"
+"media --expert</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
@@ -3756,28 +4406,36 @@ msgstr "Mediakolumn:"
 msgid ""
 "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
 "versions contain at least:"
-msgstr "Visa mediets namn. Mageias officiella förvaringsplatser för slutgiltig version innehåller minst:"
+msgstr ""
+"Visa mediets namn. Mageias officiella förvaringsplatser för slutgiltig "
+"version innehåller minst:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
 "available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> som innehåller de flesta tillgängliga program som stöds av Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> som innehåller de flesta "
+"tillgängliga program som stöds av Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
 "which are not free"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> som innehåller vissa program som inte är gratis"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> som innehåller vissa program som "
+"inte är gratis"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
 "might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> gratis mjukvara men som kan vara patentskyddade i vissa länder."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> gratis mjukvara men som kan vara "
+"patentskyddade i vissa länder."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
@@ -3789,7 +4447,9 @@ msgstr "Varje media har fyra undersektioner."
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
 "this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> paket som är tillgängliga den dag när den här versionen av Mageia släpptes."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> paket som är tillgängliga den dag "
+"när den här versionen av Mageia släpptes."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
@@ -3797,22 +4457,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
 "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
 "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> paket som är uppdaterade sedan släppet pga. säkerhet eller felrättningar. Alla bör ha detta media aktiverat även om man har en långsam internetuppkoppling."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> paket som är uppdaterade sedan "
+"släppet pga. säkerhet eller felrättningar. Alla bör ha detta media aktiverat "
+"även om man har en långsam internetuppkoppling."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
 "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> vissa paket av nya versioner portat från Cauldron (nästa version under utveckling)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> vissa paket av nya versioner "
+"portat från Cauldron (nästa version under utveckling)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests"
-" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
+"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
 "corrections."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> som används temporärt för att testa nya uppdateringar, så att felrapporterare och QA-teamet kan validera korrigeringar."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> som används temporärt för att "
+"testa nya uppdateringar, så att felrapporterare och QA-teamet kan validera "
+"korrigeringar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
@@ -3830,7 +4498,10 @@ msgid ""
 "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
 "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
 "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr "För att ta bort ett media, klicka på det och sedan på den här knappen. Det är bra att ta bort det media som användes vid installationen (t. ex. CD eller DVD) eftersom alla paket där finns i det officiella Core-mediet."
+msgstr ""
+"För att ta bort ett media, klicka på det och sedan på den här knappen. Det "
+"är bra att ta bort det media som användes vid installationen (t. ex. CD "
+"eller DVD) eftersom alla paket där finns i det officiella Core-mediet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
@@ -3842,7 +4513,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Redigera:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
 "proxy)."
-msgstr "Tillåter dig att ändra inställningar för det valda mediet (URL, hämtare och proxy)."
+msgstr ""
+"Tillåter dig att ändra inställningar för det valda mediet (URL, hämtare och "
+"proxy)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
@@ -3855,10 +4528,16 @@ msgid ""
 "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
 "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
 "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a"
-" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
+"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
+"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
 "from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr "Lägg till de officiella förvaringsplatserna på internet. Dessa platser innehåller endast säkra och väl testade program. Genom att klicka på knappen Lägg till så läggs spegellistan till i konfigurationen. Den är utformad för att se till att du installerar uppdateringar från en spegel som är nära dig. Om du hellre vill ange en specifik spegel kan du göra det genom att välja Lägg till en specifik mediaspegel från arkivmenyn."
+msgstr ""
+"Lägg till de officiella förvaringsplatserna på internet. Dessa platser "
+"innehåller endast säkra och väl testade program. Genom att klicka på knappen "
+"Lägg till så läggs spegellistan till i konfigurationen. Den är utformad för "
+"att se till att du installerar uppdateringar från en spegel som är nära dig. "
+"Om du hellre vill ange en specifik spegel kan du göra det genom att välja "
+"Lägg till en specifik mediaspegel från arkivmenyn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
@@ -3869,10 +4548,14 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Pil upp och pil ner:</guibutton>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same"
-" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release "
-"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr "Ändra listans ordning. När Drakrpm letar efter ett paket så läser den listan i den visade ordningen och kommer att installera det första paketet som hittas för samma versionsnummer. Om versionen inte matchar så installeras den senaste. Om möjligt, lägg de snabbaste förvaringsplatserna längst upp."
+"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
+"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
+"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
+msgstr ""
+"Ändra listans ordning. När Drakrpm letar efter ett paket så läser den listan "
+"i den visade ordningen och kommer att installera det första paketet som "
+"hittas för samma versionsnummer. Om versionen inte matchar så installeras "
+"den senaste. Om möjligt, lägg de snabbaste förvaringsplatserna längst upp."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
@@ -3887,9 +4570,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Arkiv -> Uppdatera:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
 msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and"
-" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Ett fönster visas med medialistan. Välj vilka du vill uppdatera och klicka på knappen <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton>."
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
+"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Ett fönster visas med medialistan. Välj vilka du vill uppdatera och klicka "
+"på knappen <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
@@ -3900,16 +4585,23 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Arkiv -> Lägg till en specifik mediaspegel:</guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
 msgid ""
 "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the"
-" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
+"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
 "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
 "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
 "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr "Anta att du inte är nöjd med de aktuella speglarna, de är kanske för långsamma eller ofta otillgängliga, då kan du ange nya speglar. Välj alla aktuella medier och klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att radera dem. Klicka på <guimenu>Arkiv -> Läggtill ett anpassat media</guimenu> och välj mellan uppdateringar eller för en hela distributionen (om du är osäker, välj <guibutton>Media för hela distributionen</guibutton>) och acceptera kontakten genom att klicka på <guibutton>Ja</guibutton>. Två nya fönster öppnas:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr ""
+"Anta att du inte är nöjd med de aktuella speglarna, de är kanske för "
+"långsamma eller ofta otillgängliga, då kan du ange nya speglar. Välj alla "
+"aktuella medier och klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> för att radera "
+"dem. Klicka på <guimenu>Arkiv -> Läggtill ett anpassat media</guimenu> och "
+"välj mellan uppdateringar eller för en hela distributionen (om du är osäker, "
+"välj <guibutton>Media för hela distributionen</guibutton>) och acceptera "
+"kontakten genom att klicka på <guibutton>Ja</guibutton>. Två nya fönster "
+"öppnas:"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
 msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
@@ -3920,7 +4612,11 @@ msgid ""
 "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
 "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
 "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Till vänster ser du en lista över land, välj ditt eller ett närliggande genom att klicka på symbolen > Detta kommer att visa alla tillgängliga speglar i det landet. Välj en och klicka på knappen <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Till vänster ser du en lista över land, välj ditt eller ett närliggande "
+"genom att klicka på symbolen > Detta kommer att visa alla tillgängliga "
+"speglar i det landet. Välj en och klicka på knappen <guibutton>OK</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
@@ -3932,10 +4628,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Arkiv -> Lägg till ett anpassat media:</guimenu>"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
 "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr "Det är möjligt att installera ett nytt media (t. ex. från en tredjepart) som inte stöds av Mageia. Ett nytt fönster visas:"
+msgstr ""
+"Det är möjligt att installera ett nytt media (t. ex. från en tredjepart) som "
+"inte stöds av Mageia. Ett nytt fönster visas:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
@@ -3946,7 +4643,9 @@ msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
 "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
 "according to the medium type)"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Välj mediatyp, ett bra namn som beskriver mediat väl och ange en URL (eller sökväg, beroende på mediatyp)"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Välj mediatyp, ett bra namn som "
+"beskriver mediat väl och ange en URL (eller sökväg, beroende på mediatyp)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
@@ -3956,11 +4655,15 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Alternativ -> Globala alternativ:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" "
-"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define "
-"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
+"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
+"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
 "default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr "Med det här alternativet kan du välja när paketen ska verifieras (alltid eller aldrig), nerladdningsprogram (curl, wget eller aria2) och att definiera en nerladdningspolicy för information angående paketen (på begäran, standard, enbart uppdateringar, alltid eller aldrig)."
+msgstr ""
+"Med det här alternativet kan du välja när paketen ska verifieras (alltid "
+"eller aldrig), nerladdningsprogram (curl, wget eller aria2) och att "
+"definiera en nerladdningspolicy för information angående paketen (på "
+"begäran, standard, enbart uppdateringar, alltid eller aldrig)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
@@ -3970,12 +4673,17 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Alternativ -> Hantera nycklar:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
 msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate"
-" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In "
-"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click "
-"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr "För att garantera en hög säkerhetsnivå används digitala nycklar för att autentisera mediet. Det är möjligt för varje media att tillåta nyckel eller inte. Välj ett media i fönstret som visas och klicka sedan på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att tillåta en ny nyckel, eller <guibutton>Radera</guibutton> för att ta bort den nyckeln."
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
+"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
+"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
+"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
+"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+msgstr ""
+"För att garantera en hög säkerhetsnivå används digitala nycklar för att "
+"autentisera mediet. Det är möjligt för varje media att tillåta nyckel eller "
+"inte. Välj ett media i fönstret som visas och klicka sedan på "
+"<guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> för att tillåta en ny nyckel, eller "
+"<guibutton>Radera</guibutton> för att ta bort den nyckeln."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
@@ -3991,18 +4699,23 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Alternativ -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
 msgid ""
 "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if"
-" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and "
-"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Om du behöver en proxyserver för att ansluta till internet kan du konfigurera den här. Du behöver bara ange <guibutton>Proxyns värdnamn</guibutton> och om nödvändigt ett <guilabel>användarnamn</guilabel> och <guilabel>lösenord</guilabel>."
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
+"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du behöver en proxyserver för att ansluta till internet kan du "
+"konfigurera den här. Du behöver bara ange <guibutton>Proxyns värdnamn</"
+"guibutton> och om nödvändigt ett <guilabel>användarnamn</guilabel> och "
+"<guilabel>lösenord</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
 msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki "
-"page</link>."
-msgstr "Du hittar mer information om hur du konfigurerar ett media på <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">Mageias Wiki</link>."
+"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du hittar mer information om hur du konfigurerar ett media på <link ns2:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">Mageias Wiki</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:10
@@ -4014,8 +4727,7 @@ msgstr "Dela kataloger och enheter med Samba"
 msgid "draksambashare"
 msgstr "draksambashare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:18
 msgid "draksambashare.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare.png"
@@ -4028,7 +4740,12 @@ msgid ""
 "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
 "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
 "resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr "Samba är ett protokoll som används i olika operativsystem för att dela resurser som t. ex kataloger eller skrivare. Med det här verktyget kan du konfigurera datorn som en sambaserver genom att använda protokollet SMB/CIFS. Detta protokoll används även av Windows(R) och arbetsstationer med det operativsystemet kan komma åt resurserna på sambaservern."
+msgstr ""
+"Samba är ett protokoll som används i olika operativsystem för att dela "
+"resurser som t. ex kataloger eller skrivare. Med det här verktyget kan du "
+"konfigurera datorn som en sambaserver genom att använda protokollet SMB/"
+"CIFS. Detta protokoll används även av Windows(R) och arbetsstationer med det "
+"operativsystemet kan komma åt resurserna på sambaservern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:37
@@ -4044,7 +4761,12 @@ msgid ""
 "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
 "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
 "server."
-msgstr "För att vara åtkomlig från andra arbetsstationer behöver servern ha en fast IP-adress. Det kan anges direkt på servern med t. ex. <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, eller på DHCP-servern som identifierar datorn via sin MAC-adress och alltid ger den samma adress. Branväggen måste också tillåta inkommande förfrågningar till sambaservern."
+msgstr ""
+"För att vara åtkomlig från andra arbetsstationer behöver servern ha en fast "
+"IP-adress. Det kan anges direkt på servern med t. ex. <xref linkend="
+"\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, eller på DHCP-servern som identifierar datorn via "
+"sin MAC-adress och alltid ger den samma adress. Branväggen måste också "
+"tillåta inkommande förfrågningar till sambaservern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:50
@@ -4054,20 +4776,25 @@ msgstr "Guide - Fristående server"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:53
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks"
-" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
+"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
 "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr "Vid första körningen kommer verktygen <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> att kontrollera att nödvändiga paket är installerade och föreslår att de installeras om de inte redan finns. Sedan kör guiden igång Sambakonfigurationen."
+msgstr ""
+"Vid första körningen kommer verktygen <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/> att kontrollera att nödvändiga paket är installerade och föreslår "
+"att de installeras om de inte redan finns. Sedan kör guiden igång "
+"Sambakonfigurationen."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:61
 msgid "draksambashare0.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
@@ -4079,8 +4806,7 @@ msgid ""
 "selected."
 msgstr "I nästa fönster är konfigurationen för fristående server redan vald."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:71
 msgid "draksambashare1.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
@@ -4088,19 +4814,21 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the"
-" access to the shared resources."
-msgstr "Ange sedan ett namn för arbetsgruppen. Det här namnet bör vara samma som för att komma åt utdelningar."
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
+"access to the shared resources."
+msgstr ""
+"Ange sedan ett namn för arbetsgruppen. Det här namnet bör vara samma som för "
+"att komma åt utdelningar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:80
 msgid ""
 "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
 "the network."
-msgstr " Netbiosnamnet är det namn som används för att beteckna servern på nätverket."
+msgstr ""
+" Netbiosnamnet är det namn som används för att beteckna servern på nätverket."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:85
 msgid "draksambashare2.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
@@ -4115,24 +4843,29 @@ msgstr "Välj säkerhetsläget:"
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
 "resource"
-msgstr "<guilabel>användare</guilabel>: klienten måste vara auktoriserad för att ha åtkomst till resursen."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>användare</guilabel>: klienten måste vara auktoriserad för att ha "
+"åtkomst till resursen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:100
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
 "each share"
-msgstr "<guilabel>delad</guilabel>: klienten auktoriserar sig själv separat för varje utdelning."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>delad</guilabel>: klienten auktoriserar sig själv separat för "
+"varje utdelning."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
 "address or host name."
-msgstr "Du kan ange vilka värdar som tillåts åtkomst till resurserna, med IP-adress eller värdnamn."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan ange vilka värdar som tillåts åtkomst till resurserna, med IP-adress "
+"eller värdnamn."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:110
 msgid "draksambashare3.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
@@ -4142,10 +4875,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
 "described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr "Ange serverns banderoll. Banderollen är hur den här servern beskrivs för arbetsstationer med Windows."
+msgstr ""
+"Ange serverns banderoll. Banderollen är hur den här servern beskrivs för "
+"arbetsstationer med Windows."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:120
 msgid "draksambashare4.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
@@ -4156,8 +4890,7 @@ msgid ""
 "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
 msgstr "Platsen där Samba kan logga sin information kan anges i nästa steg."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:131
 msgid "draksambashare5.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
@@ -4166,12 +4899,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in "
-"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "Guiden visar en lista med de valda parametrarna innan du kan acceptera konfigurationen. När den accepteras skrivs den till <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
+"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"Guiden visar en lista med de valda parametrarna innan du kan acceptera "
+"konfigurationen. När den accepteras skrivs den till <code>/etc/samba/smb."
+"conf</code>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:143
 msgid "draksambashare6.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
@@ -4181,8 +4916,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
 msgstr "Guide - Primär domänkontrollant"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:155
 msgid "draksambashare13.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
@@ -4195,7 +4929,12 @@ msgid ""
 "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
 "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
 "security mode:"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Om alternativet Primär domänkontrollant är valt så frågar guiden om den ska ha Wins-stöd eller inte, och att förse med administratörskonto. De nästföljande stegen är sedan samma som för en fristående server förutom att du även kan välja säkerhetsläge:"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Om alternativet Primär "
+"domänkontrollant är valt så frågar guiden om den ska ha Wins-stöd eller "
+"inte, och att förse med administratörskonto. De nästföljande stegen är sedan "
+"samma som för en fristående server förutom att du även kan välja "
+"säkerhetsläge:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:164
@@ -4203,7 +4942,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
 "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
 "account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr "<guilabel>domän</guilabel>: tillhandahåller ett funktionssätt för att lagra alla användarkonto och gruppkonto i ett centraliserat och delat kontoförråd. Den centraliserade förvaringsplatsen för konton är sedan delad mellan (säkerhets) kontrollanter"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>domän</guilabel>: tillhandahåller ett funktionssätt för att lagra "
+"alla användarkonto och gruppkonto i ett centraliserat och delat kontoförråd. "
+"Den centraliserade förvaringsplatsen för konton är sedan delad mellan "
+"(säkerhets) kontrollanter"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:173
@@ -4215,8 +4958,7 @@ msgstr "Ange en katalog att dela"
 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
 msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> ger oss:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:179
 msgid "draksambashare15.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
@@ -4224,14 +4966,16 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:184
 msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the "
-"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether"
-" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share "
-"name can not be modified."
-msgstr "En ny post är därmed tillagd. Den kan justeras med knappen <guibutton>Ändra</guibutton>. Alternativen kan redigeras som t. ex. om en katalog ska vara synlig publikt, skrivbar eller läsbar. Utdelningsnamnet kan inte ändras."
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
+"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
+"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
+"modified."
+msgstr ""
+"En ny post är därmed tillagd. Den kan justeras med knappen <guibutton>Ändra</"
+"guibutton>. Alternativen kan redigeras som t. ex. om en katalog ska vara "
+"synlig publikt, skrivbar eller läsbar. Utdelningsnamnet kan inte ändras."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:191
 msgid "draksambashare16.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
@@ -4276,8 +5020,7 @@ msgstr "Skrivarutdelning"
 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
 msgstr "Samba tillåter dig också att dela ut skrivare."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:241
 msgid "draksambashare17.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
@@ -4295,8 +5038,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgid "Samba users"
 msgstr "Samba-användare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:253
 msgid "draksambashare18.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
@@ -4307,7 +5049,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
 "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
 "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "På den här fliken kan du lägga till användare som har åtkomst till den delade resursen när autentisering krävs. Du kan lägga till användare från <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"På den här fliken kan du lägga till användare som har åtkomst till den "
+"delade resursen när autentisering krävs. Du kan lägga till användare från "
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksec.xml:3
@@ -4319,62 +5064,90 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera autentikering för Mageia verktyg"
 msgid "draksec"
 msgstr "draksec"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec.png"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "draksec0.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns tillgängligt i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Säkerhet</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns "
+"tillgängligt i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Säkerhet</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:20
+#: en/draksec.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
 "usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr "Det gör det möjligt att ge vanliga användare nödvändiga rättigheter för att utföra uppgifter som i regel utförs av administratören."
+msgstr ""
+"Det gör det möjligt att ge vanliga användare nödvändiga rättigheter för att "
+"utföra uppgifter som i regel utförs av administratören."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:23
+#: en/draksec.xml:22
+msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksec.xml:27
+msgid "draksec.png"
+msgstr "draksec.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:31
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
 "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list gives the choice between:"
-msgstr "De flesta verktyg som finns tillgängliga i Mageias kontrollcentral visas till vänster i fönstret (se skärmdumpen ovan) och för varje verktyg finns en rullgardinslista där du kan välja mellan:"
+"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
+msgstr ""
+"De flesta verktyg som finns tillgängliga i Mageias kontrollcentral visas "
+"till vänster i fönstret (se skärmdumpen ovan) och för varje verktyg finns en "
+"rullgardinslista där du kan välja mellan:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:29
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Inget lösenord: Verktyget startas utan att fråga efter lösenord."
+#: en/draksec.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
+"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Standardvärden beror på säkerhetsnivån. Titta på \"Konfigurera systemsäkerhet"
+"\" som finns på samma flik i MCC för rättigheter och revisioner."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:34
+#: en/draksec.xml:43
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr "Användarlösenord: Användarens lösenord efterfrågas innan verktyget startas."
+msgstr ""
+"Användarlösenord: Användarens lösenord efterfrågas innan verktyget startas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:39
-msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
+#: en/draksec.xml:48
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
 msgstr "Rootlösenord: Rootlösenordet efterfrågas innan verktyget startas."
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
-"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr "Standardvärden beror på säkerhetsnivån. Titta på \"Konfigurera systemsäkerhet\" som finns på samma flik i MCC för rättigheter och revisioner."
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:53
+msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+msgstr "Inget lösenord: Verktyget startas utan att fråga efter lösenord."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
@@ -4386,8 +5159,7 @@ msgstr "Säkerhetskopiering"
 msgid "draksnapshot-config"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
@@ -4395,17 +5167,22 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration "
-"tools</guilabel> section."
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är tillgängligt i MCC under <guilabel>Administrationsverktyg</guilabel> på fliken <guilabel>System</guilabel>."
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
+"guilabel> section."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är tillgängligt i "
+"MCC under <guilabel>Administrationsverktyg</guilabel> på fliken "
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
@@ -4413,44 +5190,66 @@ msgid ""
 "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
 "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
 "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr "När du startar det här verktyget i MCC för första gången kommer du att se ett meddelande om att installera draksnapshot. Klicka på <guibutton>Installera</guibutton> för att fortsätta. Draksnapshot och några andra nödvändiga paket kommer att installeras."
+msgstr ""
+"När du startar det här verktyget i MCC för första gången kommer du att se "
+"ett meddelande om att installera draksnapshot. Klicka på "
+"<guibutton>Installera</guibutton> för att fortsätta. Draksnapshot och några "
+"andra nödvändiga paket kommer att installeras."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable "
-"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, "
-"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Klicka på <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> igen så ser du en skärm med <guilabel>Inställningar</guilabel>. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> och <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiera hela systemet</guilabel> om du vill säkerhetskopiera hela systemet."
+"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
+"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
+"whole system</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> igen så ser du en skärm "
+"med <guilabel>Inställningar</guilabel>. Kryssa i <guilabel>Aktivera "
+"säkerhetskopiering</guilabel> och <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiera hela systemet</"
+"guilabel> om du vill säkerhetskopiera hela systemet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
 "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to"
-" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the "
-"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from"
-" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> "
-"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you "
-"are done."
-msgstr "Om du enbart vill säkerhetskopiera delar av dina kataloger ska du välja <guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel>. Du kommer att se ett nytt litet fönster. Använd knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> och <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton> sidan om <guilabel>Säkerhetskopieringslista</guilabel> för att inkludera eller exkludera kataloger och filer från säkerhetskopieringen. Använd samma knappar sidan om <guilabel>Exkluderingslista</guilabel> för att ta bort underkataloger och eller filer från de valda katalogerna som <emphasis role=\"bold\">inte</emphasis> ska inkluderas i säkerhetskopieringen. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton> när du är klar."
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
+"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
+"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
+"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
+"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
+"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du enbart vill säkerhetskopiera delar av dina kataloger ska du välja "
+"<guilabel>Avancerat</guilabel>. Du kommer att se ett nytt litet fönster. "
+"Använd knappen <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton> och <guibutton>Ta bort</"
+"guibutton> sidan om <guilabel>Säkerhetskopieringslista</guilabel> för att "
+"inkludera eller exkludera kataloger och filer från säkerhetskopieringen. "
+"Använd samma knappar sidan om <guilabel>Exkluderingslista</guilabel> för att "
+"ta bort underkataloger och eller filer från de valda katalogerna som "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">inte</emphasis> ska inkluderas i "
+"säkerhetskopieringen. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Stäng</guibutton> när du "
+"är klar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted"
-" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Ange nu sökvägen till <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiera till</guilabel> eller tryck på <guibutton>Bläddra</guibutton>-knappen för att välja korrekt sökväg. De USB-minnen eller externa hårddiskar som är monterade finns i <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/ditt_användarnamn/</emphasis>."
+"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
+"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
+"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ange nu sökvägen till <guilabel>Säkerhetskopiera till</guilabel> eller tryck "
+"på <guibutton>Bläddra</guibutton>-knappen för att välja korrekt sökväg. De "
+"USB-minnen eller externa hårddiskar som är monterade finns i <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">/run/media/ditt_användarnamn/</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton> för att göra ett snapshot."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton> för att göra ett snapshot."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksound.xml:3
@@ -4462,8 +5261,7 @@ msgstr "Ljudkonfiguration"
 msgid "draksound"
 msgstr "draksound"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:10
 msgid "draksound.png"
 msgstr "draksound.png"
@@ -4471,16 +5269,21 @@ msgstr "draksound.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är tillgängligt i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är tillgängligt i "
+"Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</"
+"emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:19
@@ -4488,15 +5291,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, "
 "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience "
 "sound problems or if you change the sound card."
-msgstr "Draksound hanterar ljudkonfigurationen inklusive drivrutin, alternativ för PulseAudio och felsökning. Det hjälper dig om du har ljudproblem eller vill ändra ljudkort."
+msgstr ""
+"Draksound hanterar ljudkonfigurationen inklusive drivrutin, alternativ för "
+"PulseAudio och felsökning. Det hjälper dig om du har ljudproblem eller vill "
+"ändra ljudkort."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a"
-" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound "
-"card."
-msgstr "I rullgardinslistan <guilabel>Drivrutin</guilabel> kan du välja en drivrutin från de som finns tillgängliga på din dator och som matchar ditt ljudkort."
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
+"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+"I rullgardinslistan <guilabel>Drivrutin</guilabel> kan du välja en drivrutin "
+"från de som finns tillgängliga på din dator och som matchar ditt ljudkort."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:28
@@ -4504,40 +5311,52 @@ msgid ""
 "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
 "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
 "possible for its enhanced features."
-msgstr "I de flesta fall är det möjligt att välja drivrutin genom att använda OSS eller ALSA API. OSS är det äldsta och är väldigt grundläggande. Vi rekommenderar ALSA när det är möjligt för dess berikade egenskaper."
+msgstr ""
+"I de flesta fall är det möjligt att välja drivrutin genom att använda OSS "
+"eller ALSA API. OSS är det äldsta och är väldigt grundläggande. Vi "
+"rekommenderar ALSA när det är möjligt för dess berikade egenskaper."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound"
-" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the "
-"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> "
-"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> är en ljudserver. Den tar emot alla ljudingångar, mixar dem enligt användarens inställningar och skickar resultatet till ljudutgången. Dessa inställningar finns i <guimenu>Meny -> Ljud och video -> PulseAudio volymkontroll</guimenu>."
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
+"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
+"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
+"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> är en ljudserver. Den tar emot alla "
+"ljudingångar, mixar dem enligt användarens inställningar och skickar "
+"resultatet till ljudutgången. Dessa inställningar finns i <guimenu>Meny -> "
+"Ljud och video -> PulseAudio volymkontroll</guimenu>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
 "enabled."
-msgstr "PulseAudio är den förinställda ljudservern och det rekommenderas att låta den vara aktiverad."
+msgstr ""
+"PulseAudio är den förinställda ljudservern och det rekommenderas att låta "
+"den vara aktiverad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
 "is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Störningsfri</guilabel> förbättrar PulseAudio med vissa program. Det är även rekommenderat att den är aktiverad."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Störningsfri</guilabel> förbättrar PulseAudio med vissa program. "
+"Det är även rekommenderat att den är aktiverad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or "
 "three buttons:"
-msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> visar ett nytt fönster med två eller tre knappar:"
+msgstr ""
+"Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> visar ett nytt fönster med två "
+"eller tre knappar:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:49
 msgid "Draksound1.png"
 msgstr "Draksound1.png"
@@ -4548,7 +5367,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you "
 "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver "
 "for your device."
-msgstr "Första knappen ger total valfrihet. Du måste veta vad du gör. Den här knappen är inte tillgänglig när systemet har hittat en drivrutin för din enhet."
+msgstr ""
+"Första knappen ger total valfrihet. Du måste veta vad du gör. Den här "
+"knappen är inte tillgänglig när systemet har hittat en drivrutin för din "
+"enhet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:57
@@ -4556,7 +5378,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any "
 "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking "
 "the community for help."
-msgstr "Den andra är självklar och den sista hjälper till med att fixa eventuella problem du kan ha. Det är bra att du provar detta innan du frågar efter hjälp i olika kanaler."
+msgstr ""
+"Den andra är självklar och den sista hjälper till med att fixa eventuella "
+"problem du kan ha. Det är bra att du provar detta innan du frågar efter "
+"hjälp i olika kanaler."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakups.xml:3
@@ -4568,8 +5393,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera en UPS för strömövervakning"
 msgid "drakups"
 msgstr "drakups"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakups.xml:8
 msgid "drakups.png"
 msgstr "drakups.png"
@@ -4577,9 +5401,11 @@ msgstr "drakups.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakups.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:3
@@ -4591,8 +5417,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera VPN-anslutning för säker nätverksåtkomst"
 msgid "drakvpn"
 msgstr "drakvpn"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:11
 msgid "drakvpn1.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
@@ -4600,9 +5425,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:18
@@ -4613,7 +5440,13 @@ msgid ""
 "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
 "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
 "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gör det möjligt att konfigurera säker åtkomst till ett fjärrnätverk genom en tunnel från den lokala arbetsstationen och fjärrnätverket. Vi kommer enbart att ta upp konfigureringen av arbetsstationen här. Vi antar att fjärrnätverket redan är i drift, och att du har anslutningsinformation från nätverksadministratören, som t. ex. en konfigurationsfil i .pcf-format."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gör det möjligt "
+"att konfigurera säker åtkomst till ett fjärrnätverk genom en tunnel från den "
+"lokala arbetsstationen och fjärrnätverket. Vi kommer enbart att ta upp "
+"konfigureringen av arbetsstationen här. Vi antar att fjärrnätverket redan är "
+"i drift, och att du har anslutningsinformation från nätverksadministratören, "
+"som t. ex. en konfigurationsfil i .pcf-format."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:30
@@ -4625,7 +5458,9 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration"
 msgid ""
 "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
 "protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr "Välj först antingen Cisco VPN Concentrator eller OpenVPN beroende på vilket protokoll som ska användas för ditt privata nätverk."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj först antingen Cisco VPN Concentrator eller OpenVPN beroende på vilket "
+"protokoll som ska användas för ditt privata nätverk."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:35
@@ -4642,8 +5477,7 @@ msgstr "Ange detaljerna för din VPN-anslutning på nästa skärm."
 msgid "For Cisco VPN"
 msgstr "För Cisco VPN"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:48
 msgid "drakvpn3.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
@@ -4653,10 +5487,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
 msgid ""
 "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
 "first time the tool is used."
-msgstr "För openvpn måste paketet och dess beroende installeras första gången verkyget används."
+msgstr ""
+"För openvpn måste paketet och dess beroende installeras första gången "
+"verkyget används."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:59
 msgid "drakvpn7.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
@@ -4666,15 +5501,16 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
 "received from the network administrator."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Välj de filer du fick av nätverkets administratör."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Välj de filer du fick av "
+"nätverkets administratör."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:64
 msgid "Advanced parameters:"
 msgstr "Avancerade parametrar:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:68
 msgid "drakvpn8.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
@@ -4695,9 +5531,12 @@ msgstr "När parametrarna är inställda kan du starta VPN-anslutningen."
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect"
-" to this VPN."
-msgstr "Den här VPN-anslutningen kan ställas in att startas automatiskt med en nätverksanslutning. För att göra åstadkomma detta, konfigurera om nätverksanslutningen att alltid koppla upp till den här VPN-anslutningen."
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
+"to this VPN."
+msgstr ""
+"Den här VPN-anslutningen kan ställas in att startas automatiskt med en "
+"nätverksanslutning. För att göra åstadkomma detta, konfigurera om "
+"nätverksanslutningen att alltid koppla upp till den här VPN-anslutningen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
@@ -4709,8 +5548,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera webbserver"
 msgid "drakwizard apache2"
 msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
@@ -4718,16 +5556,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
 "web server."
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan hjälpa dig att ställa in en webbserver."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan hjälpa dig "
+"att ställa in en webbserver."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
@@ -4739,7 +5581,9 @@ msgstr "Vad är en webbserver?"
 msgid ""
 "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
 "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "En webbserver är ett program som hjälper till att leverera webbinnehåll som är åtkomligt genom internet (från Wikipedia)."
+msgstr ""
+"En webbserver är ett program som hjälper till att leverera webbinnehåll som "
+"är åtkomligt genom internet (från Wikipedia)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
@@ -4751,8 +5595,7 @@ msgstr "Ställa in en webbserver med drakwizard apache2"
 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
 msgstr "Välkommen till guiden webbserver."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
@@ -4762,15 +5605,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Första sidan är bara en introduktion, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta."
+msgstr ""
+"Första sidan är bara en introduktion, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> "
+"för att fortsätta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
 msgstr "Välj servertjänst: Lokal och/eller världen"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
@@ -4780,15 +5624,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
 "things."
-msgstr "Att exponera webbservern mot internet har sina risker. Var beredd på dåliga saker."
+msgstr ""
+"Att exponera webbservern mot internet har sina risker. Var beredd på dåliga "
+"saker."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
 msgid "Server User Module"
 msgstr "Användarmodul"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
@@ -4803,8 +5648,7 @@ msgstr "Tillåter användare att skapa sina egna sajter."
 msgid "User web directory name"
 msgstr "Användarens webbkatalog"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
@@ -4814,15 +5658,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
 "display it."
-msgstr "Användaren måste skapa och lägga till innehåll i denna katalog, därefter kommer servern att visa den."
+msgstr ""
+"Användaren måste skapa och lägga till innehåll i denna katalog, därefter "
+"kommer servern att visa den."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
 msgid "Server Document Root"
 msgstr "Serverns dokumentkatalog"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
@@ -4839,8 +5684,7 @@ msgstr "Gör så att du kan ställa in webbserverns standardkatalog för dokumen
 msgid "Summary"
 msgstr "Sammanfattning"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
@@ -4850,9 +5694,10 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Ta en stund och titta igenom de här alternativen, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
+"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ta en stund och titta igenom de här alternativen, klicka sedan på "
+"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
@@ -4860,8 +5705,7 @@ msgstr "Ta en stund och titta igenom de här alternativen, klicka sedan på <gui
 msgid "Finish"
 msgstr "Slutför"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
@@ -4882,8 +5726,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa DNS"
 msgid "drakwizard bind"
 msgstr "drakwizard bind"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
@@ -4891,9 +5734,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
@@ -4905,8 +5750,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa DHCP"
 msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
 msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
@@ -4916,22 +5760,29 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgid ""
 "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
 "interfaces"
-msgstr "Det här verktyget fungerar inte i Mageia 4 på grund av nytt namnschema för nätverksgränssnitt"
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget fungerar inte i Mageia 4 på grund av nytt namnschema för "
+"nätverksgränssnitt"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should"
-" be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan hjälpa dig att ställa in en <acronym>DHCP</acronym>-server. Det är en komponent i drakwizard som bör installeras innan du använder det."
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
+"be installed before you can access to it."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan hjälpa dig "
+"att ställa in en <acronym>DHCP</acronym>-server. Det är en komponent i "
+"drakwizard som bör installeras innan du använder det."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
@@ -4945,7 +5796,11 @@ msgid ""
 "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
 "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
 "communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) är ett standardiserat protokoll som används i IP-nätverk som dynamiskt konfigurerar IP-adresser och annan information som behövs för internetkommunikation (från Wikipedia)."
+msgstr ""
+"Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) är ett "
+"standardiserat protokoll som används i IP-nätverk som dynamiskt konfigurerar "
+"IP-adresser och annan information som behövs för internetkommunikation (från "
+"Wikipedia)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
@@ -4957,8 +5812,7 @@ msgstr "Ställa in en DHCP-server med drakwizard dhcp"
 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
 msgstr "Välkommen till guiden för DHCP-server."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
@@ -4968,8 +5822,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
 msgstr "Väljer adapter"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
@@ -4978,17 +5831,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Välj det nätverksgränssnitt som är kopplat till undernätet och som vilket DHCP ska tilldela IP-adresser. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
+"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj det nätverksgränssnitt som är kopplat till undernätet och som vilket "
+"DHCP ska tilldela IP-adresser. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
 msgid "Select IP range"
 msgstr "Välj IP-område"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
@@ -5000,10 +5854,13 @@ msgid ""
 "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
 "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Välj start och slut på IP-området som du vill att servern ska erbjuda, tillsammans med IP-adressen till den gateway som ansluter någonstans utanför ditt lokala nätverk, förhoppningsvis nära internet. Klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj start och slut på IP-området som du vill att servern ska erbjuda, "
+"tillsammans med IP-adressen till den gateway som ansluter någonstans utanför "
+"ditt lokala nätverk, förhoppningsvis nära internet. Klicka sedan på "
+"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
@@ -5013,8 +5870,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgid "Hold on..."
 msgstr "Vänta..."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
@@ -5024,15 +5880,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgid ""
 "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
 "change things around."
-msgstr "Det här kan fixas. Klicka på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> några gånger och ändra runt lite."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här kan fixas. Klicka på <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton> några gånger "
+"och ändra runt lite."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
 msgid "Hours later..."
 msgstr "Flera timmar senare..."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
@@ -5052,78 +5909,71 @@ msgstr "Installerar paketet dhcp-server om det behövs;"
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
 msgid ""
 "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr "Sparar <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> i <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
+msgstr ""
+"Sparar <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> i <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from "
-"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and "
-"adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr "Skapar en ny <code>dhcpd.conf</code> med början av <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> och lägger till de nya parametrarna:"
+"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
+"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
+"parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+"Skapar en ny <code>dhcpd.conf</code> med början av <code>/usr/share/wizards/"
+"dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> och lägger till de nya "
+"parametrarna:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
 msgid "<code>hname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
 msgid "<code>dns</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
 msgid "net"
 msgstr "net"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
 msgid "ip"
 msgstr "ip"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
 msgid "<code>mask</code>"
 msgstr "<code>mask</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
 msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
 msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
 msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
 msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
 msgid "<code>dname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
 msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
 msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
@@ -5131,9 +5981,11 @@ msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
 msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file "
-"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
-msgstr "Ändrar också i Webmins konfigurationsfil <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
+"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
+"code>"
+msgstr ""
+"Ändrar också i Webmins konfigurationsfil <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
+"code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
@@ -5150,8 +6002,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa tid"
 msgid "drakwizard ntp"
 msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
@@ -5159,18 +6010,24 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed"
-" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
+"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
+"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
 "packages."
-msgstr "Det här verktygets<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ändamål är att ställa in korrekt tid på din server genom att synkronisera med en extern server. Den är inte installerad som standard och du måste även installera paketen drakwizard och drakwizard-base."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktygets<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ändamål är att "
+"ställa in korrekt tid på din server genom att synkronisera med en extern "
+"server. Den är inte installerad som standard och du måste även installera "
+"paketen drakwizard och drakwizard-base."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
@@ -5183,28 +6040,27 @@ msgid ""
 "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
 "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
 "because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr "Efter en välkomstskärm (se ovan) kommer den andra att be dig välja tre tidservrar i rullgardinslistan och föreslår att du använder pool.ntp.org två gånger eftersom den servern alltid pekar på tillgängliga servrar."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter en välkomstskärm (se ovan) kommer den andra att be dig välja tre "
+"tidservrar i rullgardinslistan och föreslår att du använder pool.ntp.org två "
+"gånger eftersom den servern alltid pekar på tillgängliga servrar."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
@@ -5212,15 +6068,19 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you"
-" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
+"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
+"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
 "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
 "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr "På nästkommande skärm får du välja region och stad, sedan visas en översikt. Om något är fel kan du så klart ändra det med knappen <guibutton>Föregående</guibutton>. Om allt är korrekt så klickar du på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att göra en test. Det kan ta lite tid och du kommer till sist att se följande skärm nedan:"
+msgstr ""
+"På nästkommande skärm får du välja region och stad, sedan visas en översikt. "
+"Om något är fel kan du så klart ändra det med knappen <guibutton>Föregående</"
+"guibutton>. Om allt är korrekt så klickar du på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> "
+"för att göra en test. Det kan ta lite tid och du kommer till sist att se "
+"följande skärm nedan:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
@@ -5243,31 +6103,39 @@ msgstr "Installerar <code>ntp</code>-paketet om det behövs"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to "
-"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
-"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr "Sparar filerna <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> till <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> och <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> till <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
+"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
+"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+msgstr ""
+"Sparar filerna <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> till <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
+"clock.orig</code> och <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> till <code>/etc/ntp/"
+"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
 msgid ""
 "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
 "servers;"
-msgstr "Skriver en ny fil <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> med en serverlista;"
+msgstr ""
+"Skriver en ny fil <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> med en serverlista;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
 "name;"
-msgstr "Ändrar filen <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> genom att infoga det första servernamnet;"
+msgstr ""
+"Ändrar filen <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> genom att infoga det första "
+"servernamnet;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
 msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and "
-"<code>ntpd</code> services;"
-msgstr "Stoppar och startar tjänsterna <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> och <code>ntpd</code>;"
+"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
+"code> services;"
+msgstr ""
+"Stoppar och startar tjänsterna <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> och "
+"<code>ntpd</code>;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
@@ -5285,8 +6153,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa FTP"
 msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
 msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
@@ -5294,16 +6161,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
-" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att ställa in en <acronym>FTP</acronym>-server."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att "
+"ställa in en <acronym>FTP</acronym>-server."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
@@ -5316,7 +6187,10 @@ msgid ""
 "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
 "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
 "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) är ett standardiserat nätverksprotokoll för att överföra filer från en värd till en annan genom <acronym>TCP</acronym>-baserade nätverk, som t. ex internet (från Wikipedia)."
+msgstr ""
+"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) är ett standardiserat "
+"nätverksprotokoll för att överföra filer från en värd till en annan genom "
+"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-baserade nätverk, som t. ex internet (från Wikipedia)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
@@ -5328,14 +6202,12 @@ msgstr "Ställ in en FTP-server med drakwizard proftpd"
 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
 msgstr "Välkommen till FTP-guiden. Sätt på dig säkerhetsbältet."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
@@ -5345,15 +6217,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
 "things."
-msgstr "Att exponera FTP-servern mot internet har sina risker. Var beredd på dåliga saker."
+msgstr ""
+"Att exponera FTP-servern mot internet har sina risker. Var beredd på dåliga "
+"saker."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
 msgid "Server Information"
 msgstr "Serverinformation"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
@@ -5363,15 +6236,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
 "complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr "Ange det namn som servern ska presentera sig som, någon att e-posta klagomål till och om du vill tillåta root att logga in."
+msgstr ""
+"Ange det namn som servern ska presentera sig som, någon att e-posta klagomål "
+"till och om du vill tillåta root att logga in."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
 msgid "Server Options"
 msgstr "Serveralternativ"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
@@ -5379,18 +6253,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>"
-" (File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr "Ställ in lyssningsport, fångad användare, tillåta återupptagning och/eller  <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)"
+"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
+"(File eXchange Protocol)"
+msgstr ""
+"Ställ in lyssningsport, fångad användare, tillåta återupptagning och/eller  "
+"<acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
@@ -5405,8 +6279,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa proxy"
 msgid "drakwizard squid"
 msgstr "drakwizard squid"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
@@ -5414,9 +6287,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
@@ -5424,7 +6299,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
 "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
 "before you can access to it."
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att ställa in en proxyserver. Det är en komponent i drakwizard som ska installeras innan du kan få tillgång till det."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att "
+"ställa in en proxyserver. Det är en komponent i drakwizard som ska "
+"installeras innan du kan få tillgång till det."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
@@ -5440,7 +6318,13 @@ msgid ""
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
 "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "En proxyserver är en server (dator eller applikation) som agerar mellanhand för förfrågningar från klienter som söker resurser från andra servrar. En klient ansluter till proxyservern och frågar efter en tjänst som t. ex. en fil, anslutning, webbsida eller en annan resurs som finns på en annan server. Proxyservern utvärderar förfrågningen som ett sätt att förenkla och kontrollera dess komplexitet."
+msgstr ""
+"En proxyserver är en server (dator eller applikation) som agerar mellanhand "
+"för förfrågningar från klienter som söker resurser från andra servrar. En "
+"klient ansluter till proxyservern och frågar efter en tjänst som t. ex. en "
+"fil, anslutning, webbsida eller en annan resurs som finns på en annan "
+"server. Proxyservern utvärderar förfrågningen som ett sätt att förenkla och "
+"kontrollera dess komplexitet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
@@ -5452,8 +6336,7 @@ msgstr "Ställ in en proxyserver med drakwizard squid"
 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
 msgstr "Välkommen till guiden för proxyserver."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
@@ -5463,8 +6346,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
 msgstr "Välja proxyport"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
@@ -5474,15 +6356,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Välj den proxyport som webbläsare kommer att ansluta genom, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj den proxyport som webbläsare kommer att ansluta genom, klicka sedan på "
+"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
 msgstr "Ställ in minne och diskanvändning"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
@@ -5491,15 +6374,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
 msgid ""
 "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Ställ in minne och diskbegränsningar, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ställ in minne och diskbegränsningar, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
 msgid "Select Network Access Control"
 msgstr "Välj kontroll för nätverksåtkomst"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
@@ -5507,34 +6391,35 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Ställ in synlighet till lokalt nätverk eller världen, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
+"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ställ in synlighet till lokalt nätverk eller världen, klicka sedan på "
+"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
 msgid "Grant Network Access"
 msgstr "Bevilja nätverksåtkomst"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Bevilja åtkomst för lokala nätverk, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
+msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bevilja åtkomst för lokala nätverk, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</"
+"guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
 msgstr "Använda en proxyserver på högnivå?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
@@ -5549,8 +6434,7 @@ msgstr "Flöda igenom en annan proxyserver? Om inte, hoppa över nästa steg."
 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
 msgstr "URL och port till en proxy på högnivå"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
@@ -5558,12 +6442,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
 msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Ange namn och port för högnivå-proxyn, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
+"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ange namn och port för högnivå-proxyn, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</"
+"guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
@@ -5573,8 +6458,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgid "Start during boot?"
 msgstr "Starta under uppstart?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
@@ -5584,10 +6468,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgid ""
 "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Välj om proxyservern ska starta när datorn startas upp, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj om proxyservern ska starta när datorn startas upp, klicka sedan på "
+"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
@@ -5600,56 +6485,54 @@ msgstr "Installerar paketet squid om det behövs;"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
 msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in "
-"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr "Sparar <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> i <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
+"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
+"orig;</code>"
+msgstr ""
+"Sparar <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> i <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;"
+"</code>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from "
-"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr "Skapar en ny <code>squid.conf</code> med start från <code>squid.conf.default</code> och lägger till de nya parametrarna:"
+"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
+"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+"Skapar en ny <code>squid.conf</code> med start från <code>squid.conf."
+"default</code> och lägger till de nya parametrarna:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
 msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
 msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
 msgid "cache_mem"
 msgstr "cache_mem"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
 msgid "http_port"
 msgstr "http_port"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
 msgid ""
 "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr "<code>nivå</code> 1, 2 eller 3 och <code>http_access</code> enligt nivå"
+msgstr ""
+"<code>nivå</code> 1, 2 eller 3 och <code>http_access</code> enligt nivå"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
@@ -5669,8 +6552,7 @@ msgstr "OpenSSH demonens inställningar"
 msgid "drakwizard sshd"
 msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
@@ -5678,16 +6560,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
-" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr "Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att ställa in en <acronym>SSH</acronym>-daemon."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+msgstr ""
+"Detta verktyg<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att "
+"ställa in en <acronym>SSH</acronym>-daemon."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
@@ -5699,11 +6585,16 @@ msgstr "Vad är <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
 msgid ""
 "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
 "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,"
-" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
+"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
+"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
 "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
 "respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "Secure Shell (SSH) är ett kryptografiskt nätverksprotokoll för säker nätverkskommunikation. Login via konsol, exekvering av kommando och andra säkra nätverkstjänster mellan två datorer som är sammankopplade genom en säkrad tunnel över ett osäkert nätverk. En server och en klient (som kör SSH-server och <acronym>SSH</acronym>-klienter respektive). (Från Wikipedia)."
+msgstr ""
+"Secure Shell (SSH) är ett kryptografiskt nätverksprotokoll för säker "
+"nätverkskommunikation. Login via konsol, exekvering av kommando och andra "
+"säkra nätverkstjänster mellan två datorer som är sammankopplade genom en "
+"säkrad tunnel över ett osäkert nätverk. En server och en klient (som kör SSH-"
+"server och <acronym>SSH</acronym>-klienter respektive). (Från Wikipedia)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
@@ -5720,8 +6611,7 @@ msgstr "Välkommen till guiden för Open SSH."
 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
 msgstr "Välj konfigurationstyp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
@@ -5729,18 +6619,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or "
-"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Välj <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> för alla alternativ eller <guilabel>Nybörjare</guilabel> för att hoppa över steg 3-7. Klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
+"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
+"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> för alla alternativ eller "
+"<guilabel>Nybörjare</guilabel> för att hoppa över steg 3-7. Klicka på "
+"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
 msgid "General Options"
 msgstr "Allmänna alternativ"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
@@ -5750,15 +6641,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
 "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr "Ställer in synlighet och åtkomstmöjligheter för root. Port 22 är standardport för <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ställer in synlighet och åtkomstmöjligheter för root. Port 22 är "
+"standardport för <acronym>SSH</acronym>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
 msgid "Authentication Methods"
 msgstr "Autentiseringsmetoder"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
@@ -5768,15 +6660,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
 "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Tillåt en rad autentiseringsmetoder för användare som ansluter, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tillåt en rad autentiseringsmetoder för användare som ansluter, klicka sedan "
+"på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
 msgid "Logging"
 msgstr "Loggning"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
@@ -5784,8 +6677,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
 msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
 msgstr "Välj loggningsnivå och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
@@ -5793,8 +6686,7 @@ msgstr "Välj loggningsnivå och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
 msgid "Login Options"
 msgstr "Inloggningsalternativ"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
@@ -5802,15 +6694,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Konfigurera individuella inloggningsalternativ, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Konfigurera individuella inloggningsalternativ, klicka sedan på "
+"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
 msgid "User Login Options"
 msgstr "Inloggningsalternativ för användare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
@@ -5819,15 +6712,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Konfigurera användarnas åtkomstmöjligheter, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Konfigurera användarnas åtkomstmöjligheter, klicka sedan på "
+"<guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
 msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
 msgstr "Komprimering och vidarebefordring"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
@@ -5837,16 +6731,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgid ""
 "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Konfigurera vidarebefordring och komprimering av X11 under överföringen, klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Konfigurera vidarebefordring och komprimering av X11 under överföringen, "
+"klicka sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
@@ -5861,8 +6755,7 @@ msgstr "Hantera systemtjänster genom att aktivera eller inaktivera dem"
 msgid "drakxservices"
 msgstr "drakxservices"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:8
 msgid "drakxservices.png"
 msgstr "drakxservices.png"
@@ -5870,9 +6763,11 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:10
@@ -5884,8 +6779,7 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration av hårdvara"
 msgid "harddrake2"
 msgstr "harddrake2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:17
 msgid "harddrake2.png"
 msgstr "harddrake2.png"
@@ -5893,9 +6787,11 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:22
@@ -5905,7 +6801,11 @@ msgid ""
 "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
 "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
 "lst</code> package."
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ger en överblick av hårdvaran i din dator. När det körs så startas ett jobb som letar efter all hårdvara. Det använder kommandot <code>ldetect</code> som refererar till en lista överhårdvara som finns i paketet <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ger en överblick "
+"av hårdvaran i din dator. När det körs så startas ett jobb som letar efter "
+"all hårdvara. Det använder kommandot <code>ldetect</code> som refererar till "
+"en lista överhårdvara som finns i paketet <code>ldetect-lst</code>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:31
@@ -5923,7 +6823,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
 "grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
 "category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr "Den vänstra kolumnen innehåller en lista över hittad hårdvara. Enheterna är grupperade i kategorier. Klicka på &gt; för att expandera innehållet i en kategori. Varje enhet kan väljas i denna kolumn."
+msgstr ""
+"Den vänstra kolumnen innehåller en lista över hittad hårdvara. Enheterna är "
+"grupperade i kategorier. Klicka på &gt; för att expandera innehållet i en "
+"kategori. Varje enhet kan väljas i denna kolumn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:39
@@ -5931,14 +6834,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
 "<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
 "about the content of the fields."
-msgstr "Den högra kolumnen visar information om den valda enheten. <guimenu>Hjälp och &gt; informationsfälten</guimenu> ger lite information om innehållet i fälten."
+msgstr ""
+"Den högra kolumnen visar information om den valda enheten. <guimenu>Hjälp "
+"och &gt; informationsfälten</guimenu> ger lite information om innehållet i "
+"fälten."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are"
-" available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr "Beroende på vilken typ av enhet som är vald så är visas en eller två knappar längst ner i högra kolumnen:"
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
+"available at the bottom of the right column:"
+msgstr ""
+"Beroende på vilken typ av enhet som är vald så är visas en eller två knappar "
+"längst ner i högra kolumnen:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:48
@@ -5946,21 +6854,28 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
 "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
 "used by experts only."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ställ in alternativ för aktuell drivrutin</guibutton>: Denna kan användas för att ställa in parametrar som används i relation till enheten. Enbart experter bör använda detta."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ställ in alternativ för aktuell drivrutin</guibutton>: Denna kan "
+"användas för att ställa in parametrar som används i relation till enheten. "
+"Enbart experter bör använda detta."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
 "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Kör konfigurationsverktyg</guibutton>: åtkomst till verktyget som kan konfigurera enheten. Verktyget kan oftast köras direkt i MCC."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Kör konfigurationsverktyg</guibutton>: åtkomst till verktyget som "
+"kan konfigurera enheten. Verktyget kan oftast köras direkt i MCC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
 "enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr "Med <guimenu>alternativ</guimenu>-menyn kan du markera kryssrutor så att automatisk identifiering sker:"
+msgstr ""
+"Med <guimenu>alternativ</guimenu>-menyn kan du markera kryssrutor så att "
+"automatisk identifiering sker:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:73
@@ -5983,7 +6898,10 @@ msgid ""
 "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
 "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
 "be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr "Som standard är inte dessa identifieringar aktiverade för att de är långsamma. Kryssa i de lämpliga boxar om du har denna hårdvara ansluten. Identifiering fungerar nästa gång detta verktyg startas."
+msgstr ""
+"Som standard är inte dessa identifieringar aktiverade för att de är "
+"långsamma. Kryssa i de lämpliga boxar om du har denna hårdvara ansluten. "
+"Identifiering fungerar nästa gång detta verktyg startas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
@@ -5995,8 +6913,7 @@ msgstr "Ställ in tangentbodslayout"
 msgid "keyboarddrake"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
 msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
@@ -6004,9 +6921,11 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
@@ -6016,7 +6935,12 @@ msgid ""
 "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
 "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
 "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr "Verktyget keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig att konfigurera den grundläggande tangentbordsuppsättningen som du kan använda i Mageia. Den påverkar tangentbordsuppsättningen för alla användare på systemet. Du hittar det i hårdvarusektionen i Mageias kontrollcentral (MCC) och är märkt Konfigurera mus och tangentbord."
+msgstr ""
+"Verktyget keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hjälper dig "
+"att konfigurera den grundläggande tangentbordsuppsättningen som du kan "
+"använda i Mageia. Den påverkar tangentbordsuppsättningen för alla användare "
+"på systemet. Du hittar det i hårdvarusektionen i Mageias kontrollcentral "
+"(MCC) och är märkt Konfigurera mus och tangentbord."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
@@ -6026,10 +6950,13 @@ msgstr "Tangentbordslayout"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed"
-" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity "
-"each layout should be used for."
-msgstr "Här kan du välja vilken tangentbordsuppsättning du vill använda. Namnen (listas i alfabetisk ordning) beskriver språk, land och eller etnicitet som varje uppsättning ska användas till."
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
+"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
+"layout should be used for."
+msgstr ""
+"Här kan du välja vilken tangentbordsuppsättning du vill använda. Namnen "
+"(listas i alfabetisk ordning) beskriver språk, land och eller etnicitet som "
+"varje uppsättning ska användas till."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
@@ -6041,7 +6968,9 @@ msgstr "Typ av tangentbord"
 msgid ""
 "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
 "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr "Denna menyn låter dig välja vilket tangentbord du använder. Om du är osäker på vad du ska välja så låt det vara inställt som standardtyp."
+msgstr ""
+"Denna menyn låter dig välja vilket tangentbord du använder. Om du är osäker "
+"på vad du ska välja så låt det vara inställt som standardtyp."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:10
@@ -6053,8 +6982,7 @@ msgstr "Hantera lokalisering av ditt system"
 msgid "localedrake"
 msgstr "localedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:18
 msgid "localedrake.png"
 msgstr "localedrake.png"
@@ -6062,9 +6990,11 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan också starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> som root."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan också starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
@@ -6074,14 +7004,20 @@ msgid ""
 "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
 "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hittar du under System i MAgeias kontrollcenter (MCC) märkt Hantera lokalisering av ditt system. Det öppnar ett fönster där du kan välja ditt språk. Valet är anpassat efter vad som valts under installationen."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> hittar du under "
+"System i MAgeias kontrollcenter (MCC) märkt Hantera lokalisering av ditt "
+"system. Det öppnar ett fönster där du kan välja ditt språk. Valet är "
+"anpassat efter vad som valts under installationen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
 "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr "Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> ger tillgång att aktivera kompatibilitet med gammal teckenuppsättning (icke-UTF8)."
+msgstr ""
+"Knappen <guibutton>Avancerat</guibutton> ger tillgång att aktivera "
+"kompatibilitet med gammal teckenuppsättning (icke-UTF8)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:34
@@ -6089,7 +7025,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
 "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
 "countries not listed."
-msgstr "Det andra fönstret visar en lista över länder enligt det valda språket. Knappen <guibutton>Andra språk</guibutton> ger tillgång till andra land som inte är listade."
+msgstr ""
+"Det andra fönstret visar en lista över länder enligt det valda språket. "
+"Knappen <guibutton>Andra språk</guibutton> ger tillgång till andra land som "
+"inte är listade."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:38
@@ -6108,14 +7047,20 @@ msgid ""
 "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
 "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
 "Korean, etc)."
-msgstr "På skärmen <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> kan du även välja en inmatningsmetod (från rullgardinsmenyn längst ner i listan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare att skriva flerspråkiga tecken (kinesiska, japanska, koreanska, etc)."
+msgstr ""
+"På skärmen <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> kan du även välja en "
+"inmatningsmetod (från rullgardinsmenyn längst ner i listan). "
+"Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare att skriva flerspråkiga tecken "
+"(kinesiska, japanska, koreanska, etc)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
 "users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr "För asiatiska och afrikanska platser kommer IBus att ställas som standard så att användarna inte behöver konfigurera det manuellt."
+msgstr ""
+"För asiatiska och afrikanska platser kommer IBus att ställas som standard så "
+"att användarna inte behöver konfigurera det manuellt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:50
@@ -6123,7 +7068,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
 "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
 "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Andra inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) ger även liknande funktioner. De kan också (om otillgängliga i rullgardinsmenyn) installeras i en annan del av Mageias kontrollcentral. Se <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Andra inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) ger även liknande "
+"funktioner. De kan också (om otillgängliga i rullgardinsmenyn) installeras i "
+"en annan del av Mageias kontrollcentral. Se <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></"
+"xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:3
@@ -6135,8 +7084,7 @@ msgstr "Visa och sök i systemloggar"
 msgid "logdrake"
 msgstr "logdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:10
 msgid "logdrake.png"
 msgstr "logdrake.png"
@@ -6144,17 +7092,22 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan köra det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system "
-"logs</guilabel>\"."
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken \"<guilabel>Visa och sök i systemloggarna</guilabel>\"."
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
+"guilabel>\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias "
+"kontrollcentral under fliken \"<guilabel>Visa och sök i systemloggarna</"
+"guilabel>\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:22
@@ -6164,27 +7117,40 @@ msgstr "För att söka i loggarna"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to "
-"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)"
-"  to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is"
-" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of "
-"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected "
-"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> "
-"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the "
-"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by "
-"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr "Skriv först det sökord du vill söka efter i fältet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Matchar</emphasis> och/eller det sökord som <emphasis>du inte</emphasis> vill ska matcha i fältet <emphasis role=\"bold\">matchar inte</emphasis>. Välj sedan fil att söka igenom i fältet <guilabel>Välj fil</guilabel>. Du kan även välja att bara söka på en dag. Välj detta i <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kalendern</emphasis> genom att använda de små pilarna vid sidan om månad och år och markera <guibutton>Visa enbart för den valda dagen</guibutton>. Klicka sedan på knappen <guibutton>sök</guibutton> för att se resultaten i rutan <guilabel>Innehållet i filen</guilabel>. Du kan spara resultatet i en textfil genom att klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Spara</emphasis>"
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
+"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
+"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
+"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
+"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
+"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
+"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
+"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Skriv först det sökord du vill söka efter i fältet <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Matchar</emphasis> och/eller det sökord som <emphasis>du inte</emphasis> "
+"vill ska matcha i fältet <emphasis role=\"bold\">matchar inte</emphasis>. "
+"Välj sedan fil att söka igenom i fältet <guilabel>Välj fil</guilabel>. Du "
+"kan även välja att bara söka på en dag. Välj detta i <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Kalendern</emphasis> genom att använda de små pilarna vid sidan om månad "
+"och år och markera <guibutton>Visa enbart för den valda dagen</guibutton>. "
+"Klicka sedan på knappen <guibutton>sök</guibutton> för att se resultaten i "
+"rutan <guilabel>Innehållet i filen</guilabel>. Du kan spara resultatet i en "
+"textfil genom att klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Spara</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia"
-" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs "
-"are updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Mageias loggverktyg</guibutton> innehåller loggar från Mageias konfigurationsverktyg som ingår i kontrollcentralen. Dessa loggar uppdateras varje gång en konfiguration ändras."
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
+"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
+"updated each time a configuration is modified."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Mageias loggverktyg</guibutton> innehåller loggar från Mageias "
+"konfigurationsverktyg som ingår i kontrollcentralen. Dessa loggar uppdateras "
+"varje gång en konfiguration ändras."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:43
@@ -6197,17 +7163,25 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
 "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
 "address."
-msgstr "<guibutton>E-postvarning</guibutton> kontrollerar automatiskt systemets belastning och tjänster varje timme och skickar en e-postvarning till de inställda adresserna om nödvändigt ."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>E-postvarning</guibutton> kontrollerar automatiskt systemets "
+"belastning och tjänster varje timme och skickar en e-postvarning till de "
+"inställda adresserna om nödvändigt ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail "
-"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> "
-"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the "
-"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to "
-"look watch. (See screenshot above)."
-msgstr "Klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">E-postvarningar</emphasis> för att konfigurera det här verktyget och sedan <guibutton>Konfigurera E-postvarningar</guibutton> i rullgardinsmenyn på nästa skärm. Här visas alla tjänster som körs och du kan välja vilka du vill övervaka (se skärmdumpen ovan)."
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
+"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
+"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
+"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
+"(See screenshot above)."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">E-postvarningar</emphasis> för att "
+"konfigurera det här verktyget och sedan <guibutton>Konfigurera E-"
+"postvarningar</guibutton> i rullgardinsmenyn på nästa skärm. Här visas alla "
+"tjänster som körs och du kan välja vilka du vill övervaka (se skärmdumpen "
+"ovan)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:55
@@ -6254,8 +7228,7 @@ msgstr "Xinetd-tjänst"
 msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
 msgstr "BIND Uppslag av domännamn"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:91
 msgid "logdrake1.png"
 msgstr "logdrake1.png"
@@ -6264,11 +7237,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png"
 #: en/logdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows"
-" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
+"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
 "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
 "to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr "På nästa skärm väljer du vilket <guilabel>Belastning</guilabel>värde du tycker är oacceptabelt. Belastningen representerar kraven på en process.  Ett högt värde saktar ner systemet och ett väldigt högt kan indikera att en process har gått utom kontroll. Standardvärde är tre. Vi rekommenderar att ställa belastningsvärdet till tre gånger antalet processer."
+msgstr ""
+"På nästa skärm väljer du vilket <guilabel>Belastning</guilabel>värde du "
+"tycker är oacceptabelt. Belastningen representerar kraven på en process.  "
+"Ett högt värde saktar ner systemet och ett väldigt högt kan indikera att en "
+"process har gått utom kontroll. Standardvärde är tre. Vi rekommenderar att "
+"ställa belastningsvärdet till tre gånger antalet processer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:103
@@ -6276,7 +7254,9 @@ msgid ""
 "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
 "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
 "or on the Internet)."
-msgstr "Ange <guilabel>e-postadress</guilabel> till den person som ska varnas på sista skärmen, samt e-postserver (lokal eller internet)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ange <guilabel>e-postadress</guilabel> till den person som ska varnas på "
+"sista skärmen, samt e-postserver (lokal eller internet)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
@@ -6291,25 +7271,33 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr "Det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas från en konsol."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas "
+"från en konsol."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the "
-"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentations-teamet</link>. Tack på förhand."
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
+"advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Den här sidan har inte skrivits ännu i brist på resurser. Om du tror dig "
+"kunna skriva denna hjälptext så hör gärna av dig till <link ns2:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> dokumentations-teamet</"
+"link>. Tack på förhand."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
@@ -6324,9 +7312,11 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
@@ -6334,18 +7324,22 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
 "root."
-msgstr "Det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas och användas från en konsol. Det ger mer information om det körs som root."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan bara startas "
+"och användas från en konsol. Det ger mer information om det körs som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,"
-" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
+"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
+"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
 "packages to work."
-msgstr "lspcidrake visar alla anslutna enheter i datorn (USB, PCI och PCMCIA) och vilka drivrutiner som används. Den behöver paketen ldetect och ldetect-lst för att fungera."
+msgstr ""
+"lspcidrake visar alla anslutna enheter i datorn (USB, PCI och PCMCIA) och "
+"vilka drivrutiner som används. Den behöver paketen ldetect och ldetect-lst "
+"för att fungera."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
 msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
@@ -6354,14 +7348,17 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr "Med växeln -e lägger lspdrake till tillverkare och enhetsidentifikationer."
+msgstr ""
+"Med växeln -e lägger lspdrake till tillverkare och enhetsidentifikationer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
 "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr "lspcidrake genererar ofta väldigt långa listor. För att få fram information används den ofta i en pipeline med kommandot grep, som i de här exemplen:"
+msgstr ""
+"lspcidrake genererar ofta väldigt långa listor. För att få fram information "
+"används den ofta i en pipeline med kommandot grep, som i de här exemplen:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
@@ -6393,10 +7390,11 @@ msgstr "-i för att ignorera gemener/versaler."
 msgid ""
 "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
 "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr "I skärmdumpen nedan ser du resultatet från växlarna -v för lspcidrake och -i för grep."
+msgstr ""
+"I skärmdumpen nedan ser du resultatet från växlarna -v för lspcidrake och -i "
+"för grep."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
 msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
@@ -6406,7 +7404,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgid ""
 "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
 "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr "Det finns ett annat verktyg som ger information om hårdvaran, det kallas <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (som root)"
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns ett annat verktyg som ger information om hårdvaran, det kallas "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (som root)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
@@ -6418,8 +7418,7 @@ msgstr "Uppdatera Paket"
 msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate eller drakrpm-update"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
@@ -6427,18 +7426,24 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
-"update</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> eller <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
+"emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> eller <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
+"update</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
-"management.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Programhantering</emphasis>"
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias "
+"kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Programhantering</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18
@@ -6446,27 +7451,37 @@ msgid ""
 "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-"
 "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
 "prompted to do so."
-msgstr "För att MageiaUpdate ska fungera krävs det att förvaringsplatserna är konfigurerade med rpmdrake-edit-media där vissa media är markerade som uppdateringar. Du kommer att bli ombedd att göra det om inga är konfigurerade."
+msgstr ""
+"För att MageiaUpdate ska fungera krävs det att förvaringsplatserna är "
+"konfigurerade med rpmdrake-edit-media där vissa media är markerade som "
+"uppdateringar. Du kommer att bli ombedd att göra det om inga är "
+"konfigurerade."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by"
-" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
+"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
 "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr "Direkt när verktyget startas så söker det efter installerade paket och visar de med tillgängliga uppdateringar i förråden. De är alla markerade som standard för att automatiskt laddas ner och installeras. Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton> för att starta processen."
+msgstr ""
+"Direkt när verktyget startas så söker det efter installerade paket och visar "
+"de med tillgängliga uppdateringar i förråden. De är alla markerade som "
+"standard för att automatiskt laddas ner och installeras. Klicka på knappen "
+"<guibutton>Uppdatera</guibutton> för att starta processen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of"
-" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
+"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
 "means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr "Genom att markera ett paket så visas mer information om det i nedre halvan av fönstret. Tecknet<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> framför rubriken ger dig mer information."
+msgstr ""
+"Genom att markera ett paket så visas mer information om det i nedre halvan "
+"av fönstret. Tecknet<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> framför rubriken "
+"ger dig mer information."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
@@ -6475,17 +7490,20 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
-". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr "En applet i system systemfältet varnar dig när uppdateringar finns tillgängliga genom att visa den här röda ikonen <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Klicka på den och ange lösenord för att uppdatera."
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
+"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+msgstr ""
+"En applet i system systemfältet varnar dig när uppdateringar finns "
+"tillgängliga genom att visa den här röda ikonen <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Klicka på den och ange lösenord för att "
+"uppdatera."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
 msgid "Boot"
 msgstr "Uppstart"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-boot.png"
 msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
@@ -6495,7 +7513,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
 "steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att konfigurera dina uppstartsalternativ. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
+msgstr ""
+"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att konfigurera "
+"dina uppstartsalternativ. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
@@ -6522,8 +7542,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
 msgid "Hardware"
 msgstr "Hårdvara"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
@@ -6533,23 +7552,25 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
 "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att konfigurera din hårdvara. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
+msgstr ""
+"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att konfigurera din "
+"hårdvara. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
 msgid "Manage your hardware"
 msgstr "Hantera din hårdvara"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure "
-"hardware</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Bläddra i och konfigurera hårdvara</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Bläddra i och konfigurera "
+"hårdvara</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
@@ -6559,16 +7580,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgid "Configure graphics"
 msgstr "Konfigurera Grafik"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop "
-"effects</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurera skrivbordseffekter i 3D</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurera skrivbordseffekter i 3D</"
+"emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
@@ -6578,14 +7599,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
 msgstr "Konfigurera mus och tangentbord"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
@@ -6595,16 +7614,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
 msgstr "Konfigurera utskrift och skanning"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),"
-" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Ställ in skrivare och utskriftsjobb, ...</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
+"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Ställ in skrivare och "
+"utskriftsjobb, ...</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
@@ -6614,8 +7633,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Others"
 msgstr "Andra"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
@@ -6632,21 +7650,28 @@ msgid ""
 "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
 "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
 "selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr "MAgeias kontrollcentral (MCC) har åtta olika flikar att välja mellan i den vänstra kolumnen, tio om drakwizard är installerat. Var och en av dessa flikar visar en ny uppsättning med verktyg som kan väljas i den högra panelen."
+msgstr ""
+"MAgeias kontrollcentral (MCC) har åtta olika flikar att välja mellan i den "
+"vänstra kolumnen, tio om drakwizard är installerat. Var och en av dessa "
+"flikar visar en ny uppsättning med verktyg som kan väljas i den högra "
+"panelen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
 msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related "
-"tools."
-msgstr "De följande tio kapitlen handlar om just de tio alternativen och dess relaterade verktyg."
+"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
+msgstr ""
+"De följande tio kapitlen handlar om just de tio alternativen och dess "
+"relaterade verktyg."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
 msgid ""
 "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
 "any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr "Det sista kapitlet handlar om några andra verktyg från Mageia som inte kan väljas i någon av flikarna i MCC."
+msgstr ""
+"Det sista kapitlet handlar om några andra verktyg från Mageia som inte kan "
+"väljas i någon av flikarna i MCC."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
@@ -6660,15 +7685,16 @@ msgstr "Sidornas rubriker är ofta desamma som i verktygens fönster."
 msgid ""
 "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
 "the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr "Det finns även ett sökfält tillgängligt som du kan använda genom att klicka på Sök-fliken i vänstra kolumnen."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns även ett sökfält tillgängligt som du kan använda genom att klicka "
+"på Sök-fliken i vänstra kolumnen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
 msgid "Local disks"
 msgstr "Lokala diskar"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
@@ -6678,7 +7704,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
 "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att hantera och dela ut dina lokala hårddiskar. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
+msgstr ""
+"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att hantera och "
+"dela ut dina lokala hårddiskar. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
@@ -6700,8 +7728,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network Services"
 msgstr "Nätverkstjänster"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
@@ -6709,11 +7736,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if"
-" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
+"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
 "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
 "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr "Den här skärmen och den för <emphasis>Dela ut</emphasis> är bara synlig om <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-paketet är installerat. Du kan välja mellan ett flertal olika verktyg för att ställa in olika servrar. Klicka på en länk nedan eller på <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> för att läsa mer."
+msgstr ""
+"Den här skärmen och den för <emphasis>Dela ut</emphasis> är bara synlig om "
+"<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-paketet är installerat. Du kan välja mellan "
+"ett flertal olika verktyg för att ställa in olika servrar. Klicka på en länk "
+"nedan eller på <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> för att läsa mer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
@@ -6745,8 +7776,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
 msgid "Network Sharing"
 msgstr "Nätverksdelning"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
@@ -6756,40 +7786,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
 "directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att dela ut hårddiskar och kataloger. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
+msgstr ""
+"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika verktyg för att dela ut "
+"hårddiskar och kataloger. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
 msgstr "Konfigurera Windows (R) utdelningar"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
 "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Dela hårddiskar och kataloger med Windows (SMB)-system</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Dela hårddiskar och "
+"kataloger med Windows (SMB)-system</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
 msgid "Configure NFS shares"
 msgstr "Konfigurera NFS utdelningar"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
@@ -6799,8 +7829,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
 msgstr "Konfigurera WebDAV utdelningar"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
@@ -6810,8 +7839,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network and Internet"
 msgstr "Nätverk och Internet"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:8
 msgid "mcc-network.png"
 msgstr "mcc-network.png"
@@ -6819,29 +7847,28 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link"
-" below to learn more."
-msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika nätverksverktyg. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
+"below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika nätverksverktyg. Klicka på en "
+"länk nedan för att läsa mer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:18
 msgid "Manage your network devices"
 msgstr "Hantera dina nätverksenheter"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:21
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:25
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:29
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
@@ -6851,32 +7878,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
 msgstr "Personifiera och Säkra ditt nätverk"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:39
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:43
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:47
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:51
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:61
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
@@ -6886,8 +7908,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "Säkerhet"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-security.png"
 msgstr "mcc-security.png"
@@ -6897,14 +7918,18 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
 "link below to learn more."
-msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika säkerhetsverktyg. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
+msgstr ""
+"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika säkerhetsverktyg. Klicka på en "
+"länk nedan för att läsa mer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
 "permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurera systemsäkerhet, rättigheter och revisioner</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Konfigurera systemsäkerhet, "
+"rättigheter och revisioner</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:25
@@ -6931,8 +7956,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
 msgid "Sharing"
 msgstr "Filutdelning"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
@@ -6941,10 +7965,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can"
-" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
+"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
 "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr "Den här skärmen och den för <emphasis>Nätverkstjänster</emphasis> är bara synlig om <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-paketet är installerat. Du kan välja mellan ett flertal olika verktyg för att ställa in olika servrar. Klicka på en länk nedan eller på <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> för att läsa mer."
+msgstr ""
+"Den här skärmen och den för <emphasis>Nätverkstjänster</emphasis> är bara "
+"synlig om <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>-paketet är installerat. Du kan "
+"välja mellan ett flertal olika verktyg för att ställa in olika servrar. "
+"Klicka på en länk nedan eller på <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> för "
+"att läsa mer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
@@ -6961,8 +7990,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
 msgid "System"
 msgstr "System"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-system.png"
 msgstr "mcc-system.png"
@@ -6972,27 +8000,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
 "tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika system och administrationsverktyg. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
+msgstr ""
+"På den här skärmen kan du välja mellan olika system och "
+"administrationsverktyg. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:18
 msgid "Manage system services"
 msgstr "Hantera systemtjänster"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:20
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
@@ -7002,14 +8029,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgid "Localization"
 msgstr "Lokalisering"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:37
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
@@ -7019,34 +8044,31 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgid "Administration tools"
 msgstr "Administrations-verktyg"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on "
-"system</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Hantera användare i systemet</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Hantera användare i "
+"systemet</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:62
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:66
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
@@ -7060,25 +8082,34 @@ msgstr "Mageia Kontrollcentral"
 #: en/MCC.xml:6
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen "
+"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://"
+"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:9
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco."
+"com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz"
+"\">NeoDoc</link>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual."
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, "
+"om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
@@ -7090,8 +8121,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera uppdateringsfrekvens"
 msgid "mgaapplet-config"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
@@ -7099,28 +8129,38 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta  det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta  det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
-"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / "
-"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Programhantering</emphasis>. Det är även tillgängligt genom att <guimenu>högerklicka / konfigurera uppdateringar</guimenu> på den röda ikonen <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> i systemfältet."
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
+"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
+"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
+"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias "
+"kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Programhantering</"
+"emphasis>. Det är även tillgängligt genom att <guimenu>högerklicka / "
+"konfigurera uppdateringar</guimenu> på den röda ikonen <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> i systemfältet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
 "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is "
-"out."
-msgstr "Med det första reglaget kan du ändra hur ofta Mageia ska kontrollera efter uppdateringar, och det andra hur lång tid efter uppstart som kontrollen ska göras. Kryssrutan gör att du blir meddelad när en ny version av Mageia finns tillgänglig."
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
+msgstr ""
+"Med det första reglaget kan du ändra hur ofta Mageia ska kontrollera efter "
+"uppdateringar, och det andra hur lång tid efter uppstart som kontrollen ska "
+"göras. Kryssrutan gör att du blir meddelad när en ny version av Mageia finns "
+"tillgänglig."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:3
@@ -7132,8 +8172,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa pekdon (mus, ritbord)"
 msgid "mousedrake"
 msgstr "mousedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:11
 msgid "mousedrake.png"
 msgstr "mousedrake.png"
@@ -7141,23 +8180,29 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias kontrollcenter under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns i Mageias "
+"kontrollcenter under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by"
-" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr "Eftersom du måste ha en mus för att installera Mageia så är den redan installerad av Drakinstall. Med det här verktyget kan du installera en annan."
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
+"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Eftersom du måste ha en mus för att installera Mageia så är den redan "
+"installerad av Drakinstall. Med det här verktyget kan du installera en annan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:23
@@ -7166,7 +8211,11 @@ msgid ""
 "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
 "PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
 "immediately taken into account."
-msgstr "Pekdonen är sorterade efter anslutningstyp och modell. Välj ett pekdon och klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. I de flesta fall så är \"Universal / PS2 &amp; USB\" lämplig för en nyare modell. Det nya pekdonet kan användas direkt."
+msgstr ""
+"Pekdonen är sorterade efter anslutningstyp och modell. Välj ett pekdon och "
+"klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. I de flesta fall så är \"Universal / "
+"PS2 &amp; USB\" lämplig för en nyare modell. Det nya pekdonet kan användas "
+"direkt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:3
@@ -7178,8 +8227,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Systemsäkerhet och kontroll"
 msgid "msecgui"
 msgstr "msecgui"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:13
 msgid "msecgui.png"
 msgstr "msecgui.png"
@@ -7187,40 +8235,53 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface"
-" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
+"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
 "approaches:"
-msgstr "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är ett grafiskt gränssnitt för msec där du kan konfigurera sitt systems säkerhet enligt två tillvägagångssätt."
+msgstr ""
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> är ett grafiskt gränssnitt "
+"för msec där du kan konfigurera sitt systems säkerhet enligt två "
+"tillvägagångssätt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
 "make it more secure."
-msgstr "Den ställer in systemets beteende, msec tvingar ändringar för systemet för att göra det mer säkert."
+msgstr ""
+"Den ställer in systemets beteende, msec tvingar ändringar för systemet för "
+"att göra det mer säkert."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
 "you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr "Det utför periodiska kontroller automatisk i systemet för att varna dig om något verkar vara farligt."
+msgstr ""
+"Det utför periodiska kontroller automatisk i systemet för att varna dig om "
+"något verkar vara farligt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure"
-" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your"
-" own customised security levels."
-msgstr "msec använder begreppet säkerhetsnivåer som är till för att konfigurera en rad tillstånd i systemet som kan övervakas för ändringar eller genomdrivande. Många av dem föreslås av Mageia men du kan ange dina egna anpassade säkerhetsnivåer."
+"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
+"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
+"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
+"own customised security levels."
+msgstr ""
+"msec använder begreppet säkerhetsnivåer som är till för att konfigurera en "
+"rad tillstånd i systemet som kan övervakas för ändringar eller "
+"genomdrivande. Många av dem föreslås av Mageia men du kan ange dina egna "
+"anpassade säkerhetsnivåer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:45
@@ -7237,43 +8298,47 @@ msgstr "Se skärmdumpen ovan"
 msgid ""
 "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
 "button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr "Första fliken visa olika säkerhetsverktyg och en knapp till höger för att konfigurera dem:"
+msgstr ""
+"Första fliken visa olika säkerhetsverktyg och en knapp till höger för att "
+"konfigurera dem:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Brandvägg. Finns även i MCC / Säkerhet / Konfigurera din personliga brandvägg."
+msgstr ""
+"Brandvägg. Finns även i MCC / Säkerhet / Konfigurera din personliga "
+"brandvägg."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:59
 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr "Uppdateringar. Finns även i MCC / Programhantering / Uppdatera ditt system"
+msgstr ""
+"Uppdateringar. Finns även i MCC / Programhantering / Uppdatera ditt system"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:64
 msgid "msec itself with some information:"
 msgstr "msec själv med lite information:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:68
 msgid "enabled or not"
 msgstr "aktiverad eller inte"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:72
 msgid "the configured Base security level"
 msgstr "den konfigurerade säkerheten för basnivå"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
 "and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr "datum för senaste periodiska kontrollen och en knapp för att visa en detaljerad rapport och ytterligare en knapp för att utföra kontrollen nu."
+msgstr ""
+"datum för senaste periodiska kontrollen och en knapp för att visa en "
+"detaljerad rapport och ytterligare en knapp för att utföra kontrollen nu."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:86
@@ -7283,13 +8348,13 @@ msgstr "Fliken Säkerhetsalternativ"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:88
 msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security "
-"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown "
-"below."
-msgstr "Att klicka på den andra fliken eller på knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</guibutton> under Säkerhet leder till samma skärm som visas nedan."
+"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
+"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
+msgstr ""
+"Att klicka på den andra fliken eller på knappen <guibutton>Konfigurera</"
+"guibutton> under Säkerhet leder till samma skärm som visas nedan."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:94
 msgid "msecgui2.png"
 msgstr "msecgui2.png"
@@ -7307,22 +8372,32 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Säkerhetsnivåer:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:106
 msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab"
-" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then"
-" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
+"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
+"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
+"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
 "following levels are available:"
-msgstr "När du har kryssat i rutan <guilabel>Aktivera MSEC-verktyg</guilabel> så kan du på den här fliken dubbelklicka för att välja en säkerhetsnivå som sedan visas i fetstil. Om kryssrytan inte är markerad så tillämpas nivån « Ingen » Följande nivåer är tillgängliga:"
+msgstr ""
+"När du har kryssat i rutan <guilabel>Aktivera MSEC-verktyg</guilabel> så kan "
+"du på den här fliken dubbelklicka för att välja en säkerhetsnivå som sedan "
+"visas i fetstil. Om kryssrytan inte är markerad så tillämpas nivån « Ingen » "
+"Följande nivåer är tillgängliga:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:113
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you"
-" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on"
-" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only"
-" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
+"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
+"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
+"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
+"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
 "vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr "Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">ingen</emphasis>. Den här nivån är om du inte vill använda msec för att kontrollera systemets säkerhet utan istället vill justera den själv. Den inaktiverar alla säkerhetskontroller och lägger inga restriktioner eller begränsningar för systemkonfiguration och inställningar. Använd enbart den här nivån om du vet vad du gör eftersom det gör ditt system sårbart mot attacker."
+msgstr ""
+"Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">ingen</emphasis>. Den här nivån är om du inte "
+"vill använda msec för att kontrollera systemets säkerhet utan istället vill "
+"justera den själv. Den inaktiverar alla säkerhetskontroller och lägger inga "
+"restriktioner eller begränsningar för systemkonfiguration och inställningar. "
+"Använd enbart den här nivån om du vet vad du gör eftersom det gör ditt "
+"system sårbart mot attacker."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:122
@@ -7333,27 +8408,42 @@ msgid ""
 "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
 "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
 "versions)."
-msgstr "Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Den här är standard efter installation och är avsedd för vanliga användare. Den begränsar flera systeminställningar och kör dagliga säkerhetskontroller som upptäcker ändringar i systemfiler, konton och sårbara katalogrättigheter. (Den här nivån liknar Nivå 2 och Nivå 3 från tidigare versioner av msec)."
+msgstr ""
+"Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Den här är standard efter "
+"installation och är avsedd för vanliga användare. Den begränsar flera "
+"systeminställningar och kör dagliga säkerhetskontroller som upptäcker "
+"ändringar i systemfiler, konton och sårbara katalogrättigheter. (Den här "
+"nivån liknar Nivå 2 och Nivå 3 från tidigare versioner av msec)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:131
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when"
-" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts"
-" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and"
-" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr "Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">säker</emphasis>. Den här nivån är till för om du vill garantera att ditt system är säkert men ändå användbart. Det begränsar systemrättigheter ännu mer och kör fler periodiska kontroller. Dessutom är åtkomst till systemet mer begränsad (Den här nivån liknar nivå 4 (Hög) och Nivå 5 (Paranoid) från tidigare msec-versioner)."
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
+"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
+"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
+"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
+"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
+msgstr ""
+"Nivå <emphasis role=\"bold\">säker</emphasis>. Den här nivån är till för om "
+"du vill garantera att ditt system är säkert men ändå användbart. Det "
+"begränsar systemrättigheter ännu mer och kör fler periodiska kontroller. "
+"Dessutom är åtkomst till systemet mer begränsad (Den här nivån liknar nivå 4 "
+"(Hög) och Nivå 5 (Paranoid) från tidigare msec-versioner)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:140
 msgid ""
 "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-"
-"configure system security according to the most common use cases."
-msgstr "Förutom dessa nivåer är olika uppgiftsorienterade säkerhetsnivåer också tillgängliga, t. ex <emphasis role=\"bold\">filserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">webbserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>-nivåer. De försöker förkonfigurera  systemets säkerhet i enlighet med de vanligaste användningsområdena."
+"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
+"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
+"the most common use cases."
+msgstr ""
+"Förutom dessa nivåer är olika uppgiftsorienterade säkerhetsnivåer också "
+"tillgängliga, t. ex <emphasis role=\"bold\">filserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">webbserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</"
+"emphasis>-nivåer. De försöker förkonfigurera  systemets säkerhet i enlighet "
+"med de vanligaste användningsområdena."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:149
@@ -7361,25 +8451,36 @@ msgid ""
 "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
 "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
 "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr "De två sista nivåerna är <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> och <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> är egentligen inga säkerhetsnivåer utan enbart verktyg som utför periodiska kontroller."
+msgstr ""
+"De två sista nivåerna är <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> och "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> är egentligen inga "
+"säkerhetsnivåer utan enbart verktyg som utför periodiska kontroller."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:156
 msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in "
-"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define "
-"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called "
-"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder "
-"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power"
-" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration."
-msgstr "Nivåerna sparas i <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;nivånamn></filename>. Du kan definiera dina egna anpassade säkerhetsnivåer och spara dem i särskilda filer som heter <filename>nivå.&lt;nivånamn></filename> och placera dem i katalogen <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> Den här funktionen är till för avancerade användare som kräver en anpassad och mer säker systemkonfiguration."
+"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
+"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
+"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
+"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
+"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
+"configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"Nivåerna sparas i <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;nivånamn></"
+"filename>. Du kan definiera dina egna anpassade säkerhetsnivåer och spara "
+"dem i särskilda filer som heter <filename>nivå.&lt;nivånamn></filename> och "
+"placera dem i katalogen <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> Den här "
+"funktionen är till för avancerade användare som kräver en anpassad och mer "
+"säker systemkonfiguration."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:165
 msgid ""
 "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
 "level settings."
-msgstr "Tänk på att användardefinierade parametrar har företräde över standard nivåinställningar."
+msgstr ""
+"Tänk på att användardefinierade parametrar har företräde över standard "
+"nivåinställningar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:170
@@ -7389,23 +8490,33 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Säkerhetsvarningar:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:173
 msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email "
-"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent "
-"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You"
-" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail"
-" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
+"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
+"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
+"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
+"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
+"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
 "the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
 "enable it."
-msgstr "Om du markerar kryssrutan <guibutton>Skicka säkerhetsvarningar med e-post till:</guibutton> så skickas säkerhetsvarningarna som msec genererar lokalt till en e-postadress för säkerhetsansvarig som anges i fältet sidan om. Du kan ange en lokal användare eller en fullständig e-postadress (den lokala e-posthanteraren måste vara inställd). Till sist kan du få säkerhetsvarningar direkt till skrivbordet. Markera kryssrutan för att aktivera det."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du markerar kryssrutan <guibutton>Skicka säkerhetsvarningar med e-post "
+"till:</guibutton> så skickas säkerhetsvarningarna som msec genererar lokalt "
+"till en e-postadress för säkerhetsansvarig som anges i fältet sidan om. Du "
+"kan ange en lokal användare eller en fullständig e-postadress (den lokala e-"
+"posthanteraren måste vara inställd). Till sist kan du få säkerhetsvarningar "
+"direkt till skrivbordet. Markera kryssrutan för att aktivera det."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:182
 msgid ""
 "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems."
-" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
+"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
+"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
 "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr "Det rekommenderas starkt att du aktiverar alternativet systemvarningar för att omedelbart informera systemansvarig om potentiella säkerhetsproblem. Annars måste administratören regelbundet kontrollera loggarna som finns i <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+"Det rekommenderas starkt att du aktiverar alternativet systemvarningar för "
+"att omedelbart informera systemansvarig om potentiella säkerhetsproblem. "
+"Annars måste administratören regelbundet kontrollera loggarna som finns i "
+"<filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:188
@@ -7416,12 +8527,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Säkerhetsalternativ:</emphasis>"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:190
 msgid ""
 "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change"
-" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains "
-"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done "
-"to the options."
-msgstr "Att skapa en anpassad nivå är inte det enda sättet att anpassa datorns säkerhet. Du kan också använda flikarna som visas här efteråt för att ändra vilken inställning du vill. Nuvarande konfiguration för msec är sparad i <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Filen innehåller namnet på den aktuella säkerhetsnivån och en lista gjorda med alla ändringar för inställningarna."
+"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
+"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
+"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
+"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Att skapa en anpassad nivå är inte det enda sättet att anpassa datorns "
+"säkerhet. Du kan också använda flikarna som visas här efteråt för att ändra "
+"vilken inställning du vill. Nuvarande konfiguration för msec är sparad i "
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Filen innehåller "
+"namnet på den aktuella säkerhetsnivån och en lista gjorda med alla ändringar "
+"för inställningarna."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:199
@@ -7432,12 +8549,13 @@ msgstr "Fliken Systemsäkerhet"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:201
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side"
-" column."
-msgstr "Den här fliken visar alla säkerhetsalternativ i den vänstra kolumnen, en beskrivning i mitten och deras nuvarande värden till höger."
+"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
+"column."
+msgstr ""
+"Den här fliken visar alla säkerhetsalternativ i den vänstra kolumnen, en "
+"beskrivning i mitten och deras nuvarande värden till höger."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:207
 msgid "msecgui3.png"
 msgstr "msecgui3.png"
@@ -7450,10 +8568,13 @@ msgid ""
 "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
 "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
 "choice."
-msgstr "För att ändra ett alternativ så dubbelklickar du på det, därefter visas ett nytt fönster (se skärmdumpen nedan). Det visar namn, en kort beskrivning, det faktiska värdet och en rullgardinsmeny där ett nytt värde kan väljas. Klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att spara."
+msgstr ""
+"För att ändra ett alternativ så dubbelklickar du på det, därefter visas ett "
+"nytt fönster (se skärmdumpen nedan). Det visar namn, en kort beskrivning, "
+"det faktiska värdet och en rullgardinsmeny där ett nytt värde kan väljas. "
+"Klicka på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att spara."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:219
 msgid "msecgui11.png"
 msgstr "msecgui11.png"
@@ -7465,10 +8586,12 @@ msgid ""
 "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
 "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
 "saving them."
-msgstr "Glöm inte att spara dina inställningar innan du avslutar helt genom menyn <guimenu>Arkiv -> Spara inställningar</guimenu>. Om du har ändrat något så kan du förhandsgranska dem innan du sparar."
+msgstr ""
+"Glöm inte att spara dina inställningar innan du avslutar helt genom menyn "
+"<guimenu>Arkiv -> Spara inställningar</guimenu>. Om du har ändrat något så "
+"kan du förhandsgranska dem innan du sparar."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:232
 msgid "msecgui10.png"
 msgstr "msecgui10.png"
@@ -7482,10 +8605,11 @@ msgstr "Nätverks-säkerhet"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:240
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr "Den här fliken visar alla nätverksalternativ och fungerar på samma sätt som föregående flik."
+msgstr ""
+"Den här fliken visar alla nätverksalternativ och fungerar på samma sätt som "
+"föregående flik."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:245
 msgid "msecgui4.png"
 msgstr "msecgui4.png"
@@ -7500,7 +8624,9 @@ msgstr "Fliken Periodiska kontroller"
 msgid ""
 "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
 "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr "Periodiska kontroller är till för att informera säkerhetsansvarig genom säkerhetsvarningar för alla situationer som msec tror kan vara farliga."
+msgstr ""
+"Periodiska kontroller är till för att informera säkerhetsansvarig genom "
+"säkerhetsvarningar för alla situationer som msec tror kan vara farliga."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:257
@@ -7508,10 +8634,12 @@ msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
 "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
 "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr "Om kryssrutan <guibutton>Aktivera periodiska säkerhetskontroller</guibutton> är markerad så visar den här fliken alla periodiska kontroller som msec utför och hur ofta. Ändringar görs som i föregående flikar."
+msgstr ""
+"Om kryssrutan <guibutton>Aktivera periodiska säkerhetskontroller</guibutton> "
+"är markerad så visar den här fliken alla periodiska kontroller som msec "
+"utför och hur ofta. Ändringar görs som i föregående flikar."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:264
 msgid "msecgui5.png"
 msgstr "msecgui5.png"
@@ -7525,14 +8653,18 @@ msgstr "Fliken Undantag"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:272
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab"
-" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert"
-" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
+"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
+"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
+"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
 "below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr "Ibland är varningsmeddelanden genererade av välkända och önskade situationer. I de fallen är de värdelösa och slöseri med tid för administratören. På den här fliken kan du skapa hur många undantag du vill för att förhindra oönskade varningsmeddelanden. Den är uppenbarligen tom första gången msec startar. Skärmdumpen nedan visar fyra undantag."
+msgstr ""
+"Ibland är varningsmeddelanden genererade av välkända och önskade "
+"situationer. I de fallen är de värdelösa och slöseri med tid för "
+"administratören. På den här fliken kan du skapa hur många undantag du vill "
+"för att förhindra oönskade varningsmeddelanden. Den är uppenbarligen tom "
+"första gången msec startar. Skärmdumpen nedan visar fyra undantag."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:280
 msgid "msecgui6.png"
 msgstr "msecgui6.png"
@@ -7540,12 +8672,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:284
 msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> "
-"button"
-msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till en regel</guibutton> för att skapa ett undantag."
+"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till en regel</guibutton> för att skapa ett "
+"undantag."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:289
 msgid "msecgui7.png"
 msgstr "msecgui7.png"
@@ -7554,12 +8686,16 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:293
 msgid ""
 "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the "
-"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is "
-"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the "
-"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> "
-"tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr "Välj ett önskat värde för periodisk kontroll i <guilabel>Kontroll</guilabel>-listan och skriv in <guilabel>undantaget</guilabel> i textfältet. Att lägga till ett undantag är naturligtvis inte definitivt. De kan radera det med knappen <guibutton>Radera</guibutton> i fliken <guilabel>Undantag</guilabel> eller dubbelklicka för att ändra."
+"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
+"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
+"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
+"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj ett önskat värde för periodisk kontroll i <guilabel>Kontroll</guilabel>-"
+"listan och skriv in <guilabel>undantaget</guilabel> i textfältet. Att lägga "
+"till ett undantag är naturligtvis inte definitivt. De kan radera det med "
+"knappen <guibutton>Radera</guibutton> i fliken <guilabel>Undantag</guilabel> "
+"eller dubbelklicka för att ändra."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:303
@@ -7571,7 +8707,9 @@ msgstr "Behörigheter"
 msgid ""
 "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
 "enforcement."
-msgstr "Den här fliken är avsedd för kontroll och påtvingande av rättigheter för filer och kataloger."
+msgstr ""
+"Den här fliken är avsedd för kontroll och påtvingande av rättigheter för "
+"filer och kataloger."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:306
@@ -7583,13 +8721,21 @@ msgid ""
 "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
 "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
 "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the "
-"list of all the modifications done to the permissions."
-msgstr "Som med säkerhet så har msec olika rättighetsnivåer (standard, säker, ...) de är aktiverade enligt vald säkerhetsnivå. Du kan skapa dina egna anpassade säkerhetsnivåer och kan spara dem i specifika filer med namnet <filename>perm.&lt;nivånamn> </filename> i katalogen <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Den här funktionen är till för avancerade användare som kräver en anpassad konfiguration. Du kan också använda fliken som visas här vid ett senare tillfälle för att ändra vilka rättigheter du vill. Nuvarande konfiguration lagras i <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename>. Denna fil innehåller alla ändringar som är gjorda för rättigheterna."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
+"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
+"done to the permissions."
+msgstr ""
+"Som med säkerhet så har msec olika rättighetsnivåer (standard, säker, ...) "
+"de är aktiverade enligt vald säkerhetsnivå. Du kan skapa dina egna anpassade "
+"säkerhetsnivåer och kan spara dem i specifika filer med namnet "
+"<filename>perm.&lt;nivånamn> </filename> i katalogen <filename>etc/security/"
+"msec/</filename>. Den här funktionen är till för avancerade användare som "
+"kräver en anpassad konfiguration. Du kan också använda fliken som visas här "
+"vid ett senare tillfälle för att ändra vilka rättigheter du vill. Nuvarande "
+"konfiguration lagras i <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename>. "
+"Denna fil innehåller alla ändringar som är gjorda för rättigheterna."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:318
 msgid "msecgui8.png"
 msgstr "msecgui8.png"
@@ -7598,18 +8744,25 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:321
 msgid ""
 "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the"
-" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a"
-" given rule:"
-msgstr "Standard rättigheter visas som en lista med regler (en regel per rad). Du ser till vänster vilken fil eller katalog som berörs av regeln. Därefter ägare, grupp och slutligen vilka rättigheter som ges av regeln. Om, för en angiven regel:"
+"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
+"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
+"given rule:"
+msgstr ""
+"Standard rättigheter visas som en lista med regler (en regel per rad). Du "
+"ser till vänster vilken fil eller katalog som berörs av regeln. Därefter "
+"ägare, grupp och slutligen vilka rättigheter som ges av regeln. Om, för en "
+"angiven regel:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:327
 msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the"
-" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
+"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
 "if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr "kryssrutan <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> inte är markerad kommer msec bara att kontrollera om de definierade rättigheterna för den här regeln respekteras och skickar ett varningsmeddelande om de inte är det, men ingenting ändras."
+msgstr ""
+"kryssrutan <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> inte är markerad kommer msec bara att "
+"kontrollera om de definierade rättigheterna för den här regeln respekteras "
+"och skickar ett varningsmeddelande om de inte är det, men ingenting ändras."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:333
@@ -7617,25 +8770,33 @@ msgid ""
 "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
 "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
 "permissions."
-msgstr "kryssrutan <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> är markerad kommer msec inte att respektera rättigheterna vid första periodiska kontrollen utan skriva över dem."
+msgstr ""
+"kryssrutan <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> är markerad kommer msec inte att "
+"respektera rättigheterna vid första periodiska kontrollen utan skriva över "
+"dem."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:337
 msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr "För att det här ska fungera måste alternativet CHECK_PERMS i <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken periodiska kontroller</emphasis> vara markerat och konfigurerat"
+"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+"För att det här ska fungera måste alternativet CHECK_PERMS i <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Fliken periodiska kontroller</emphasis> vara markerat och "
+"konfigurerat"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:339
 msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed "
-"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr "Klicka på<guibutton> Lägg till en regel</guibutton> för att skapa en ny regel och fyll i fälten som visas i exemplet nedan. En asterisk * är tillåtet i fältet <guilabel>Fil</guilabel>. “nuvaranade” menas ingen ändring."
+"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
+"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
+"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på<guibutton> Lägg till en regel</guibutton> för att skapa en ny "
+"regel och fyll i fälten som visas i exemplet nedan. En asterisk * är "
+"tillåtet i fältet <guilabel>Fil</guilabel>. “nuvaranade” menas ingen ändring."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:345
 msgid "msecgui9.png"
 msgstr "msecgui9.png"
@@ -7647,26 +8808,39 @@ msgid ""
 "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
 "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
 "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr "Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att bekräfta valet och glöm inte att spara din konfiguration innan du avslutar helt genom menyn <guimenu>Arkiv -> Spara inställningar</guimenu>. Om du har ändrat något så ger msecgui dig möjlighet att förhandsgranska dem innan du sparar."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på knappen <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> för att bekräfta valet och glöm "
+"inte att spara din konfiguration innan du avslutar helt genom menyn "
+"<guimenu>Arkiv -> Spara inställningar</guimenu>. Om du har ändrat något så "
+"ger msecgui dig möjlighet att förhandsgranska dem innan du sparar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:353
 msgid ""
 "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
 "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr "Du kan också ändra reglerna genom att redigera filen <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan också ändra reglerna genom att redigera filen <filename>/etc/security/"
+"msec/perms.conf</filename>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:356
 msgid ""
 "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
 "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken "
-"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root "
-"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions"
-" that will be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr "Ändringar gjorda på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken rättigheter</emphasis> (eller manuellt i konfigurationsfilen) beaktas vid den första periodiska kontrollen (se alternativet CHECK_PERMS på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken Periodiska kontroller</emphasis>). Om du vill att de ska verkställas omedelbart så använder du kommandot msecperms i en konsoll med root-rättigheter. Där kan du i förväg kontrollera vilka rättigheter som kommer att ändras genom att skriva msecperms -p"
+"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
+"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
+"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
+"be changed by msecperms."
+msgstr ""
+"Ändringar gjorda på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken rättigheter</emphasis> "
+"(eller manuellt i konfigurationsfilen) beaktas vid den första periodiska "
+"kontrollen (se alternativet CHECK_PERMS på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken "
+"Periodiska kontroller</emphasis>). Om du vill att de ska verkställas "
+"omedelbart så använder du kommandot msecperms i en konsoll med root-"
+"rättigheter. Där kan du i förväg kontrollera vilka rättigheter som kommer "
+"att ändras genom att skriva msecperms -p"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:363
@@ -7677,7 +8851,13 @@ msgid ""
 "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
 "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr "Kom ihåg att om du ändrar rättigheterna i en konsol eller filhanterare för en fil där <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> är markerad i <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken rättigheter </emphasis> så kommer msecgui att ändra tillbaka de gamla rättigheterna efter ett tag i enlighet med konfigurationen av alternativen CHECK_PERMS och CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE från <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fliken Periodiska kontroller</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kom ihåg att om du ändrar rättigheterna i en konsol eller filhanterare för "
+"en fil där <guilabel>Tvinga</guilabel> är markerad i <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Fliken rättigheter </emphasis> så kommer msecgui att ändra tillbaka de "
+"gamla rättigheterna efter ett tag i enlighet med konfigurationen av "
+"alternativen CHECK_PERMS och CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE från <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Fliken Periodiska kontroller</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
@@ -7688,9 +8868,12 @@ msgstr "Andra verktyg från Mageia"
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
 msgid ""
 "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the"
-" next pages."
-msgstr "Det finns fler verktyg från Mageia än de som kan köras från kontrollcentralen. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer eller fortsätt läsa de nästkommande sidorna."
+"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
+"next pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns fler verktyg från Mageia än de som kan köras från "
+"kontrollcentralen. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer eller fortsätt "
+"läsa de nästkommande sidorna."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
@@ -7727,8 +8910,7 @@ msgstr "Programhantering (installera och ta bort program)"
 msgid "rpmdrake"
 msgstr "rpmdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
 msgid "rpmdrake.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
@@ -7741,9 +8923,11 @@ msgstr "Introduktion till rpmdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> som root"
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> som root"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
@@ -7757,19 +8941,30 @@ msgid ""
 "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
 "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
 "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names"
-" included in the packages."
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, även kallat drakrpm är ett program för att installera, avinstallera och uppdatera paket. Det är det grafiska gränssnittet för URPMI. Vid varje uppstart kontrollerar paketlistorna online (s.k. \"Media\") som hämtas direkt från Mageias officiella servrar, och visar alltid de senaste programmen och uppdateringarna som finns tillgängliga för din dator. Ett filtersystem gör att du kan välja att bara visa vissa typer av paket: Du kan visa enbart installerade program (standard) eller enbart tillgängliga uppdateringar, eller att visa ej installerade program. Du kan även söka efter namn, beskrivning eller filnamn som finns med i ett paket."
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
+"included in the packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, även kallat "
+"drakrpm är ett program för att installera, avinstallera och uppdatera paket. "
+"Det är det grafiska gränssnittet för URPMI. Vid varje uppstart kontrollerar "
+"paketlistorna online (s.k. \"Media\") som hämtas direkt från Mageias "
+"officiella servrar, och visar alltid de senaste programmen och "
+"uppdateringarna som finns tillgängliga för din dator. Ett filtersystem gör "
+"att du kan välja att bara visa vissa typer av paket: Du kan visa enbart "
+"installerade program (standard) eller enbart tillgängliga uppdateringar, "
+"eller att visa ej installerade program. Du kan även söka efter namn, "
+"beskrivning eller filnamn som finns med i ett paket."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend"
-"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr "För att fungera behöver rpmdrake konfigureras med <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
+"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr ""
+"För att fungera behöver rpmdrake konfigureras med <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-"
+"edit-media\"/> ."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
 msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
@@ -7778,28 +8973,36 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake"
-" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
+"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
+"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
 "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
 "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
 "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
 "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr "Vid installation så är det förkonfigurerade mediaförrådet oftast det som används för att installera, i regel en CD/DVD. Om du behåller detta media kommer rpmdrake att be dig om det varje gång du vill installera något med den här dialogrutan : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Om du störs av det meddelandet och du har en bra internetförbindelse utan nerladdningsrestriktioner kan du ta bort detta media och ersätta det med ett som är tillgängligt online med <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vid installation så är det förkonfigurerade mediaförrådet oftast det som "
+"används för att installera, i regel en CD/DVD. Om du behåller detta media "
+"kommer rpmdrake att be dig om det varje gång du vill installera något med "
+"den här dialogrutan : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Om du "
+"störs av det meddelandet och du har en bra internetförbindelse utan "
+"nerladdningsrestriktioner kan du ta bort detta media och ersätta det med ett "
+"som är tillgängligt online med <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
 "packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr "Dessutom är förrådsplatserna alltid uppdaterade, innehåller fler paket och ger dig möjlighet att uppdatera redan installerade paket."
+msgstr ""
+"Dessutom är förrådsplatserna alltid uppdaterade, innehåller fler paket och "
+"ger dig möjlighet att uppdatera redan installerade paket."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
 msgid "The main parts of the screen"
 msgstr "De viktigaste delarna av skärmen"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
 msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
@@ -7815,25 +9018,37 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
 "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
 "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,"
-" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr "Det här filtret ger dig möjlighet att enbart visa en viss typ av paket. Första gången du startar hanteraren så visar den enbart program med grafiska gränssnitt. Du kan visa antingen alla paket och dess beroenden och bibliotek eller i grupper som t. ex. endast program, uppdateringar eller bakåtportade paket från nyare versioner av Mageia."
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
+"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här filtret ger dig möjlighet att enbart visa en viss typ av paket. "
+"Första gången du startar hanteraren så visar den enbart program med grafiska "
+"gränssnitt. Du kan visa antingen alla paket och dess beroenden och bibliotek "
+"eller i grupper som t. ex. endast program, uppdateringar eller bakåtportade "
+"paket från nyare versioner av Mageia."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
 msgid ""
 "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading"
-" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge"
-" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr "Standard filetinställningar är för nya användare av Linux och Mageia som förmodligen inte vill ha kommandorad eller specialistverktyg. Eftersom du läser den här dokumentationen är du uppenbarligen intresserad av att förbättra dina kunskaper om Mageia, därför för du ställa in filtret till \"alla\"."
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
+"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
+"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Standard filetinställningar är för nya användare av Linux och Mageia som "
+"förmodligen inte vill ha kommandorad eller specialistverktyg. Eftersom du "
+"läser den här dokumentationen är du uppenbarligen intresserad av att "
+"förbättra dina kunskaper om Mageia, därför för du ställa in filtret till "
+"\"alla\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
 msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> "
-"</firstterm>"
-msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtrera efter paketstatus:</emphasis> </firstterm>"
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
+"firstterm>"
+msgstr ""
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtrera efter paketstatus:</emphasis> </"
+"firstterm>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
@@ -7841,7 +9056,9 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
 "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
 "not installed."
-msgstr "Det här filtret gör att du kan visa paket som antingen är installerade, ej installerade eller både och."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här filtret gör att du kan visa paket som antingen är installerade, ej "
+"installerade eller både och."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
@@ -7854,7 +9071,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
 "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
 "in the packages."
-msgstr "Klicka på den här ikonen för att söka igenom paketnamn. Antingen genom dess översikt, detaljerad information eller vilka filer som följer med paketet."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på den här ikonen för att söka igenom paketnamn. Antingen genom dess "
+"översikt, detaljerad information eller vilka filer som följer med paketet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
@@ -7867,7 +9086,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
 "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
 "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr "Skriv ett eller flera sökord. Om du vill använda mer än ett sökord, separera dem med '|'. T. ex. för att söka efter \"mplayer\" och \"xine\" samtidigt, skriv: 'mplayer | xine'."
+msgstr ""
+"Skriv ett eller flera sökord. Om du vill använda mer än ett sökord, separera "
+"dem med '|'. T. ex. för att söka efter \"mplayer\" och \"xine\" samtidigt, "
+"skriv: 'mplayer | xine'."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
@@ -7889,9 +9111,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kategorilista:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and"
-" sub categories."
-msgstr "Den här kolumnen grupperar alla program och paket i tydliga kategorier och underkategorier."
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
+"sub categories."
+msgstr ""
+"Den här kolumnen grupperar alla program och paket i tydliga kategorier och "
+"underkategorier."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
@@ -7902,10 +9126,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Beskrivningspanel:</emphasis>"
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
 msgid ""
 "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It"
-" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
+"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
 "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr "Den här panelen visar paketets namn, översikt och fullständig beskrivning. Den visar många användbara delar om det markerade paketet. Den visar även exakta detaljer om paketet, vilka filer som är inkluderade och en lista över ändringar från författaren."
+msgstr ""
+"Den här panelen visar paketets namn, översikt och fullständig beskrivning. "
+"Den visar många användbara delar om det markerade paketet. Den visar även "
+"exakta detaljer om paketet, vilka filer som är inkluderade och en lista över "
+"ändringar från författaren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
@@ -7920,78 +9148,72 @@ msgid ""
 "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
 "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
 "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on "
-"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "När du ställt in filtrena korrekt hittar du programvaran antingen genom kategori (i område 6 ovan) eller genom namn/översikt/beskrivning (i område 4). En lista med paket som uppfyller din sökning. Glöm inte att valt program visas i olika statusmarkeringar beroende på om de är installerade/ej installerade/eller uppdatering... Markera eller avmarkera kryssrutan för att ändra status och klicka på <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"När du ställt in filtrena korrekt hittar du programvaran antingen genom "
+"kategori (i område 6 ovan) eller genom namn/översikt/beskrivning (i område "
+"4). En lista med paket som uppfyller din sökning. Glöm inte att valt program "
+"visas i olika statusmarkeringar beroende på om de är installerade/ej "
+"installerade/eller uppdatering... Markera eller avmarkera kryssrutan för att "
+"ändra status och klicka på <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
 msgid "Icon"
 msgstr "Ikon"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
 msgid "Legend"
 msgstr "Legend"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
 msgid "rpmdrake2.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
 msgid "This package is already installed"
 msgstr "Det här paketet är redan installerat"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
 msgid "rpmdrake3.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake3.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
 msgid "This package will be installed"
 msgstr "Det här paketet kommer att installeras"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
 msgid "rpmdrake4.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake4.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
 msgid "This package cannot be modified"
 msgstr "Det här paketet kan inte ändras"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
 msgid "rpmdrake5.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
 msgid "This package is an update"
 msgstr "Det här paketet är en uppdatering"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
 msgid "rpmdrake6.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake6.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
 msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
 msgstr "Det här paketet kommer att avinstalleras"
@@ -8012,7 +9234,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
 "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
 "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Om jag avmarkerar digikam (den gröna pilen talar om för oss att den är installerad) kommer statusikonen att bli röd med en pil upp och kommer att avinstalleras när jag trycker på <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Om jag avmarkerar digikam (den gröna pilen talar om för oss att den är "
+"installerad) kommer statusikonen att bli röd med en pil upp och kommer att "
+"avinstalleras när jag trycker på <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
@@ -8020,15 +9245,17 @@ msgid ""
 "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
 "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Om jag markerar qdigidoc (som inte är installerat, se status) så visas ikonen med en pil ner och kommer att installeras när jag trycker på <guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Om jag markerar qdigidoc (som inte är installerat, se status) så visas "
+"ikonen med en pil ner och kommer att installeras när jag trycker på "
+"<guibutton>Verkställ</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
 msgid "The dependencies"
 msgstr "Beroenden"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
 msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
@@ -8036,15 +9263,21 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
 msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They"
-" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
+"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
 "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
 "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
 "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
 "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to"
-" install."
-msgstr "Vissa paket behöver andra paket för att fungera, det kan vara ett bibliotek eller verktyg. I så fall visar Rpmdrake ett informationsfönster där du får välja att antingen acceptera beroenden, avbryta installationen eller läsa mer (se ovan). Ibland kan även vissa paket förse dig med det nödvändiga biblioteket och då visar Rpmdrake en lista över alternativ, samt en knapp med information och en där du får välja vilka paket som ska installeras."
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
+"install."
+msgstr ""
+"Vissa paket behöver andra paket för att fungera, det kan vara ett bibliotek "
+"eller verktyg. I så fall visar Rpmdrake ett informationsfönster där du får "
+"välja att antingen acceptera beroenden, avbryta installationen eller läsa "
+"mer (se ovan). Ibland kan även vissa paket förse dig med det nödvändiga "
+"biblioteket och då visar Rpmdrake en lista över alternativ, samt en knapp "
+"med information och en där du får välja vilka paket som ska installeras."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
@@ -8066,7 +9299,9 @@ msgstr "Installation"
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
 "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "De kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> som root."
+msgstr ""
+"De kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva "
+"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
@@ -8075,20 +9310,27 @@ msgid ""
 "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
 "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
 "remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr "Med det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du konfigurera en bildläsare eller multifunktionsenhet som även inkluderar skanner. Du kan även dela ut lokala enheter som är inkopplade till datorn till en fjärrdator eller för att komma åt fjärrskanners."
+msgstr ""
+"Med det här verktyget <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kan du "
+"konfigurera en bildläsare eller multifunktionsenhet som även inkluderar "
+"skanner. Du kan även dela ut lokala enheter som är inkopplade till datorn "
+"till en fjärrdator eller för att komma åt fjärrskanners."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
 msgid ""
 "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
 "message:"
-msgstr "När du kör det här verktyget för första gången kan du få följande meddelande:"
+msgstr ""
+"När du kör det här verktyget för första gången kan du få följande meddelande:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>\"SANE-paketen behöver installeras för att använda bildläsare</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>\"SANE-paketen behöver installeras för att använda bildläsare</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
@@ -8100,10 +9342,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vill du installera SANE-paketen?\"</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
 "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr "Välj <emphasis>Ja</emphasis> för att fortsätta. <code>scanner-gui</code> och <code>task-scanning</code> kommer att installeras om de inte redan är det."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj <emphasis>Ja</emphasis> för att fortsätta. <code>scanner-gui</code> och "
+"<code>task-scanning</code> kommer att installeras om de inte redan är det."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
 msgid "scannerdrake.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
@@ -8114,15 +9357,20 @@ msgid ""
 "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
 "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
 "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Om din bildläsare identifieras korrekt och du ser den i fönstret så är den redo att användas med t. ex. <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> eller <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Om din bildläsare identifieras korrekt och du ser den i fönstret så är den "
+"redo att användas med t. ex. <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> eller "
+"<emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr "I så fall vill du kanske konfigurera <emphasis>Skannerdelning</emphasis>. Du kan läsa mer om det i <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannersharing\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"I så fall vill du kanske konfigurera <emphasis>Skannerdelning</emphasis>. Du "
+"kan läsa mer om det i <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
@@ -8131,17 +9379,22 @@ msgid ""
 "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
 "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
 "scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Om din skanner däremot inte har identifierats korrekt (du har kontrollerat kablar och ström) och tryckt på <emphasis>Sök efter nya skanners</emphasis> inte hjälper så måste du trycka på <emphasis>Lägg till skanner manuellt</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Om din skanner däremot inte har identifierats korrekt (du har kontrollerat "
+"kablar och ström) och tryckt på <emphasis>Sök efter nya skanners</emphasis> "
+"inte hjälper så måste du trycka på <emphasis>Lägg till skanner manuellt</"
+"emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
 msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the"
-" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Välj skanners tillverkare och modell i listan och klicka på <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>."
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
+"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Välj skanners tillverkare och modell i listan och klicka på <emphasis>Ok</"
+"emphasis>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
 msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
@@ -8149,59 +9402,72 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click "
-"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Klicka på <emphasis>Avbryt</emphasis> om du inte hittar din skanner i listan ."
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på <emphasis>Avbryt</emphasis> om du inte hittar din skanner i "
+"listan ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
 msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
-"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr "Kontrollera att din skanner stöds på <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Enheter som stöds</link> och fråga om hjälp på <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumen</link>."
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
+"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
+"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Kontrollera att din skanner stöds på <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-"
+"project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Enheter som stöds</link> och "
+"fråga om hjälp på <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumen</"
+"link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
 msgid "Choose port"
 msgstr "Välj port"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
 msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available "
-"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that"
-" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr "Du kan lämna den här inställningen på <emphasis>Upptäck lediga portar automatiskt</emphasis> så vidare inte din skanner har en parallellport. Välj i så fall <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> om du bara har en."
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
+"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
+"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan lämna den här inställningen på <emphasis>Upptäck lediga portar "
+"automatiskt</emphasis> så vidare inte din skanner har en parallellport. Välj "
+"i så fall <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> om du bara har en."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
 "similar to the one below."
-msgstr "I de flesta fall kommer du att se en skärm som liknar den nedan efter att du tryckt på <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"I de flesta fall kommer du att se en skärm som liknar den nedan efter att du "
+"tryckt på <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
 msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref "
-"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
 msgstr "Om du inte ser den, läs <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
 msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
@@ -8211,8 +9477,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgid "Scannersharing"
 msgstr "Scannersharing"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
 msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
@@ -8220,11 +9485,14 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be"
-" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
+"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
 "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
 "this machine."
-msgstr "Här kan du välja om inkopplade skannrar ska vara tillgängliga för fjärrdatorer och i så fall vilka. Du kan också ange om skannrar från andra datorer ska vara tillgängliga på den här datorn."
+msgstr ""
+"Här kan du välja om inkopplade skannrar ska vara tillgängliga för "
+"fjärrdatorer och i så fall vilka. Du kan också ange om skannrar från andra "
+"datorer ska vara tillgängliga på den här datorn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
@@ -8232,17 +9500,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
 "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
 "this computer."
-msgstr "Skannerdelning till värdar: Namn eller IP-adress till värdar kan läggas till eller tas bort från listan över tillåtna datorer som har åtkomst till lokala enheter på den här datorn."
+msgstr ""
+"Skannerdelning till värdar: Namn eller IP-adress till värdar kan läggas till "
+"eller tas bort från listan över tillåtna datorer som har åtkomst till lokala "
+"enheter på den här datorn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
 "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr "Fjärranvändning av skanners: Namn eller IP-adress över datorer kan läggas till eller tas bort från listan över datorer som ger fjärråtkomst till en skanner."
+msgstr ""
+"Fjärranvändning av skanners: Namn eller IP-adress över datorer kan läggas "
+"till eller tas bort från listan över datorer som ger fjärråtkomst till en "
+"skanner."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
 msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
@@ -8252,8 +9525,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
 msgstr "Skannerutdelning till värdar: Du kan lägga till en värd."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
 msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
@@ -8263,10 +9535,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
 "machines."
-msgstr "Skannerutdelning till värdar: Ange värdar att lägga till, eller tillåt alla fjärrdatorer."
+msgstr ""
+"Skannerutdelning till värdar: Ange värdar att lägga till, eller tillåt alla "
+"fjärrdatorer."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
 msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
@@ -8276,8 +9549,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
 msgstr "\"Alla fjärrmaskiner\" tillåts åtkomst till den lokala skannern."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
 msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
@@ -8287,7 +9559,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgid ""
 "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
 "offers to do it."
-msgstr "Om paketet <emphasis>saned</emphasis> inte är installerat kommer verktyget att erbjuda att göra det."
+msgstr ""
+"Om paketet <emphasis>saned</emphasis> inte är installerat kommer verktyget "
+"att erbjuda att göra det."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
@@ -8309,14 +9583,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
 "\"net\""
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> för att lägga till eller kommentera \"net\"-direktivet."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> för att lägga till eller "
+"kommentera \"net\"-direktivet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
 msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr "Det kommer även att konfiguera <emphasis>saned</emphasis> och <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> att startas vid uppstart."
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
+"emphasis> to be started on boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Det kommer även att konfiguera <emphasis>saned</emphasis> och "
+"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> att startas vid uppstart."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
@@ -8333,9 +9611,13 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
 msgid ""
 "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
 "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device "
-"Manager</emphasis>."
-msgstr "De flesta HP-skannrar hanteras av <emphasis>HPs enhetshanterare</emphasis> (hplip) som även hanterar skrivare. I det här fallet kan detta verktyg inte användas för konfiguration utan erbjuder dig att använda <emphasis>HPs enhetshanterare</emphasis>."
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"De flesta HP-skannrar hanteras av <emphasis>HPs enhetshanterare</emphasis> "
+"(hplip) som även hanterar skrivare. I det här fallet kan detta verktyg inte "
+"användas för konfiguration utan erbjuder dig att använda <emphasis>HPs "
+"enhetshanterare</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
@@ -8345,14 +9627,21 @@ msgstr "Epson"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
 msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
-" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-"
-"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this "
-"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will "
-"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users "
-"have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr "Drivrutiner är tillgängliga från <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">den här sidan</link>. Vid indikation måste du installera <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>-paketet först, sedan <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (i den ordningen). Det är möjligt att <emphasis>iscan</emphasis>-paketet genererar en varning om en konflikt med <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Användare har rapporterat att denna varning kan ignoreras."
+"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
+"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
+"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
+"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
+"ignored."
+msgstr ""
+"Drivrutiner är tillgängliga från <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz."
+"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">den här sidan</link>. Vid "
+"indikation måste du installera <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis>-paketet "
+"först, sedan <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (i den ordningen). Det är möjligt "
+"att <emphasis>iscan</emphasis>-paketet genererar en varning om en konflikt "
+"med <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Användare har rapporterat att denna varning "
+"kan ignoreras."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
@@ -8365,7 +9654,10 @@ msgid ""
 "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
 "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
 "steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr "Efter att du har valt en port för din skanner i <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> kan du behöva utföra ytterligare steg för att konfigurera din skanner korrekt."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att du har valt en port för din skanner i <xref linkend="
+"\"choosescannerport\"/> kan du behöva utföra ytterligare steg för att "
+"konfigurera din skanner korrekt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
@@ -8375,37 +9667,48 @@ msgid ""
 "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
 "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
 "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr "I vissa fall måste din skanners firmware laddas upp till enheten varje gång den startas. Det här verktyget ger dig möjlighet att göra det efter att du installerat det i ditt system. På den här skärmen kan du installera firmware från en CD eller Windowsinstallation, eller installera från en fil som laddats ner från tillverkarens hemsida."
+msgstr ""
+"I vissa fall måste din skanners firmware laddas upp till enheten varje gång "
+"den startas. Det här verktyget ger dig möjlighet att göra det efter att du "
+"installerat det i ditt system. På den här skärmen kan du installera firmware "
+"från en CD eller Windowsinstallation, eller installera från en fil som "
+"laddats ner från tillverkarens hemsida."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
 "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr "När din enhets firmware måste laddas in kan det ta en stund vid första användningen, möjligen mer än en minut. Så ha tålamod."
+msgstr ""
+"När din enhets firmware måste laddas in kan det ta en stund vid första "
+"användningen, möjligen mer än en minut. Så ha tålamod."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
 msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the "
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Du kanske också får en ruta som ber dig justera filen <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"namnet_på_din_SANE_backend\".conf</emphasis>."
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
+"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Du kanske också får en ruta som ber dig justera filen <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
+"\"namnet_på_din_SANE_backend\".conf</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
 msgid ""
 "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr "Läs dem eller de andra instruktionerna du får noggrant och om du inte vet vad du ska göra så fråga gärna om hjälp på <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumen</link>."
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Läs dem eller de andra instruktionerna du får noggrant och om du inte vet "
+"vad du ska göra så fråga gärna om hjälp på <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
+"mageia.org/en/\">forumen</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
 msgid "Software Management"
 msgstr "Mjukvaruhantering"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/software-management.xml:10
 msgid "software-management.png"
 msgstr "software-management.png"
@@ -8413,9 +9716,11 @@ msgstr "software-management.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management."
-" Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "I det här fönstret kan du välja mellan flera olika verktyg för programhantering. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
+"Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"I det här fönstret kan du välja mellan flera olika verktyg för "
+"programhantering. Klicka på en länk nedan för att läsa mer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:17
@@ -8425,9 +9730,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your "
-"system</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Uppdatera ditt system</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Uppdatera ditt system</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:23
@@ -8439,7 +9746,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
 "sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Konfigurera mediakällor för installation och uppdateringar</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Konfigurera "
+"mediakällor för installation och uppdateringar</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
@@ -8451,8 +9760,7 @@ msgstr "Installera och konfigurera skrivare"
 msgid "system-config-printer"
 msgstr "system-config-printer"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
 msgid "system-config-printer.png"
 msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
@@ -8466,30 +9774,43 @@ msgid ""
 "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
 "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
 "and openSUSE."
-msgstr "Utskrifter i Mageia hanteras av en CUPS-server. Den har sitt eget <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">konfigurationsgränssnitt</link> som är tillgängligt från en webbläsare, men Mageia har sitt eget verktyg för att installera skrivare som heter system-config-printer som delas med andra distributioner så som Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu och openSUSE."
+msgstr ""
+"Utskrifter i Mageia hanteras av en CUPS-server. Den har sitt eget <link ns2:"
+"title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">konfigurationsgränssnitt</"
+"link> som är tillgängligt från en webbläsare, men Mageia har sitt eget "
+"verktyg för att installera skrivare som heter system-config-printer som "
+"delas med andra distributioner så som Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu och openSUSE."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
 "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr "Du bör aktivera förrådet non-free innan du fortsätter med installationen eftersom vissa drivrutiner kanske bara finns tillgängliga där."
+msgstr ""
+"Du bör aktivera förrådet non-free innan du fortsätter med installationen "
+"eftersom vissa drivrutiner kanske bara finns tillgängliga där."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
 "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Lösenordet för root kommer att frågas efter."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva "
+"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Lösenordet för root kommer att "
+"frågas efter."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
 "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>."
-msgstr "Installation av skrivare utförs i sektionen <guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> i Mageias  kontrollcentral. Välj verktyget <guilabel>Konfigurera skrivare och bildläsare</guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
+">."
+msgstr ""
+"Installation av skrivare utförs i sektionen <guilabel>Hårdvara</guilabel> i "
+"Mageias  kontrollcentral. Välj verktyget <guilabel>Konfigurera skrivare och "
+"bildläsare</guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
@@ -8511,7 +9832,9 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp"
 msgid ""
 "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
 "dependencies are needed."
-msgstr "Det är nödvändigt att godkänna den här installationen för att fortsätta. Upp till 230MB beroenden behövs."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är nödvändigt att godkänna den här installationen för att fortsätta. Upp "
+"till 230MB beroenden behövs."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
@@ -8521,7 +9844,12 @@ msgid ""
 "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
 "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
 "will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr "Klicka på Lägg till skrivare för att lägga till en skrivare. Systemet kommer att försöka hitta tillgängliga skrivare och vilka portar de använder. Skärmdumpen visar en skrivare som är ansluten via en parallellport. Om en skrivare hittas som t. ex. en USB-skrivare så visas den på första raden. Fönstret kommer även att försöka konfigurera en nätverksskrivare."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicka på Lägg till skrivare för att lägga till en skrivare. Systemet kommer "
+"att försöka hitta tillgängliga skrivare och vilka portar de använder. "
+"Skärmdumpen visar en skrivare som är ansluten via en parallellport. Om en "
+"skrivare hittas som t. ex. en USB-skrivare så visas den på första raden. "
+"Fönstret kommer även att försöka konfigurera en nätverksskrivare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
@@ -8532,20 +9860,25 @@ msgstr "Skrivare som hittats automatiskt"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
 msgid ""
 "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click "
-"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
+"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
 "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the"
-" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr "Detta hänvisar oftast till USB-skrivare. Verktyget hittar automatiskt skrivaren och visar den. Välj skrivaren och klicka på \"Nästa\" för att fortsätta. Om det finns en känd drivrutin för skrivaren så kommer den att installeras automatiskt. Om det finns fler än en drivrutin eller om ingen känd hittas så ber en dialogruta dig att välja eller förse en som förklaras i nästa paragraf. Fortsätt med <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
+"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Detta hänvisar oftast till USB-skrivare. Verktyget hittar automatiskt "
+"skrivaren och visar den. Välj skrivaren och klicka på \"Nästa\" för att "
+"fortsätta. Om det finns en känd drivrutin för skrivaren så kommer den att "
+"installeras automatiskt. Om det finns fler än en drivrutin eller om ingen "
+"känd hittas så ber en dialogruta dig att välja eller förse en som förklaras "
+"i nästa paragraf. Fortsätt med <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
 msgid "No automatically detected printer"
 msgstr "Ingen skrivare hittades automatiskt "
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
 msgid "printer3.png"
 msgstr "printer3.png"
@@ -8553,10 +9886,12 @@ msgstr "printer3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
 msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window"
-" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
+"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
 "options."
-msgstr "När du väljer en port kommer systemet att visa en lista med drivrutiner där du sedan får välja. Valet kan göras genom ett av följande alternativ."
+msgstr ""
+"När du väljer en port kommer systemet att visa en lista med drivrutiner där "
+"du sedan får välja. Valet kan göras genom ett av följande alternativ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
@@ -8581,7 +9916,11 @@ msgid ""
 "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
 "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
 "which know to work."
-msgstr "Genom att välja från databasen föreslås först en skrivartillverkare och sedan en enhet med en tillhörande drivrutin. Om mer än drivrutin föreslås så välj den som rekommenderas så vidare du inte stött på problem med den tidigare, välj annars den som är känd för att fungera."
+msgstr ""
+"Genom att välja från databasen föreslås först en skrivartillverkare och "
+"sedan en enhet med en tillhörande drivrutin. Om mer än drivrutin föreslås så "
+"välj den som rekommenderas så vidare du inte stött på problem med den "
+"tidigare, välj annars den som är känd för att fungera."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
@@ -8597,7 +9936,12 @@ msgid ""
 "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
 "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
 "printers."
-msgstr "Efter val av drivrutin så efterfrågas lite information som gör att systemet kan beteckna och upptäcka skrivaren. Första raden är namnet som skrivaren kommer att betecknas i olika programs utskriftsalternativ. Sedan föreslås att du skriver ut en testsida, och efter detta steget läggs skrivare till och visas i listan över tillgängliga skrivare."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter val av drivrutin så efterfrågas lite information som gör att systemet "
+"kan beteckna och upptäcka skrivaren. Första raden är namnet som skrivaren "
+"kommer att betecknas i olika programs utskriftsalternativ. Sedan föreslås "
+"att du skriver ut en testsida, och efter detta steget läggs skrivare till "
+"och visas i listan över tillgängliga skrivare."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
@@ -8608,41 +9952,61 @@ msgstr "Nätverksskrivare"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to"
-" another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr "Nätverksskrivare är skrivare som är anslutna direkt till ett trådburet eller trådlöst nätverk, eller en ansluten printerserver eller till en dator som agerar printerserver."
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
+"another workstation that serves as printserver."
+msgstr ""
+"Nätverksskrivare är skrivare som är anslutna direkt till ett trådburet eller "
+"trådlöst nätverk, eller en ansluten printerserver eller till en dator som "
+"agerar printerserver."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed"
-" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the "
-"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a "
-"fixed one."
-msgstr "Det är oftast bättre att konfigurera DHCP-servern att alltid associera en fast IP-adress med skrivarens MAC-adress. Naturligtvis bör det vara samma som IP-adressen till skrivaren som skrivarservern är inställd på, om den har en fast IP-adress."
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
+"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
+"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är oftast bättre att konfigurera DHCP-servern att alltid associera en "
+"fast IP-adress med skrivarens MAC-adress. Naturligtvis bör det vara samma "
+"som IP-adressen till skrivaren som skrivarservern är inställd på, om den har "
+"en fast IP-adress."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
 msgid ""
 "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
 "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label"
-" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
+"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
 "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
 "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
 "after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr "Skrivarens MAC-adress är ett serienummer som skrivaren, skrivarservern eller datorn som skrivaren är ansluten till har fått. Den kan erhållas från en konfigurationssida som är utskriven av skrivaren eller som är klistrad på en etikett på skrivaren eller skrivarservern. Om din delade skrivare är ansluten till ett Mageiasystem så kan du köra <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> på den som root för att hitta MAC-adressen. Det är en sekvensen med siffror och bokstäver efter \"HWaddr\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Skrivarens MAC-adress är ett serienummer som skrivaren, skrivarservern eller "
+"datorn som skrivaren är ansluten till har fått. Den kan erhållas från en "
+"konfigurationssida som är utskriven av skrivaren eller som är klistrad på en "
+"etikett på skrivaren eller skrivarservern. Om din delade skrivare är "
+"ansluten till ett Mageiasystem så kan du köra <emphasis><code>ifconfig</"
+"code></emphasis> på den som root för att hitta MAC-adressen. Det är en "
+"sekvensen med siffror och bokstäver efter \"HWaddr\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
 msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to"
-" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,"
-" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
+"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
+"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
 "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
 "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
 "says \"host\"."
-msgstr "Du kan lägga till en nätverksskrivare genom att ange vilket protokoll den använder för att kommunicera med din dator över nätverket. Om du inte vet vilket protokoll du ska använda så prova med alternativet <guilabel>Nätverksskrivare</guilabel> - <guilabel>Hitta nätverksskrivare</guilabel> i menyn <guilabel>Enheter</guilabel>, och ange skrivarens IP-adress i fältet till höger där det står \"värd\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan lägga till en nätverksskrivare genom att ange vilket protokoll den "
+"använder för att kommunicera med din dator över nätverket. Om du inte vet "
+"vilket protokoll du ska använda så prova med alternativet "
+"<guilabel>Nätverksskrivare</guilabel> - <guilabel>Hitta nätverksskrivare</"
+"guilabel> i menyn <guilabel>Enheter</guilabel>, och ange skrivarens IP-"
+"adress i fältet till höger där det står \"värd\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
@@ -8650,14 +10014,19 @@ msgid ""
 "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
 "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
 "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr "Om verktyget känner igen din skrivare eller skrivarserver kommer det att föreslå ett protokoll och kö, men du kan välja ett mer lämpligt från listan nedan eller ange korrekt könamn om det inte visas i listan."
+msgstr ""
+"Om verktyget känner igen din skrivare eller skrivarserver kommer det att "
+"föreslå ett protokoll och kö, men du kan välja ett mer lämpligt från listan "
+"nedan eller ange korrekt könamn om det inte visas i listan."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
 msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find"
-" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr "Läs dokumentationen som följde med din skrivare eller skrivarserver över vilka protokoll som stöds och möjliga könamn."
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
+"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+msgstr ""
+"Läs dokumentationen som följde med din skrivare eller skrivarserver över "
+"vilka protokoll som stöds och möjliga könamn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
@@ -8673,10 +10042,18 @@ msgid ""
 "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
 "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
 "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like "
-"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed "
-"IP-adress is not required."
-msgstr "En aktuell teknik är en som utvecklats av Hewlett-Packard och känd som JetDirect. Den ger tillgång till en skrivare som är direktansluten till nätverket via en ethernet-port. Du måste veta IP-adressen som skrivaren använder i nätverket. Samma teknik används i vissa ADSL-routrar som har en USB-port för att ansluta skrivaren. I det fallet är IP-adressen samma som routern. Observera att \"HPs enhetshanterare\" kan hantera dynamiska IP-adresser genom en URI lik <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;skrivarens-namn></emphasis>. I så fall är en fast IP-adress inte nödvändig."
+"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
+"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
+"not required."
+msgstr ""
+"En aktuell teknik är en som utvecklats av Hewlett-Packard och känd som "
+"JetDirect. Den ger tillgång till en skrivare som är direktansluten till "
+"nätverket via en ethernet-port. Du måste veta IP-adressen som skrivaren "
+"använder i nätverket. Samma teknik används i vissa ADSL-routrar som har en "
+"USB-port för att ansluta skrivaren. I det fallet är IP-adressen samma som "
+"routern. Observera att \"HPs enhetshanterare\" kan hantera dynamiska IP-"
+"adresser genom en URI lik <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;skrivarens-namn></emphasis>. "
+"I så fall är en fast IP-adress inte nödvändig."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
@@ -8684,12 +10061,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
 "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
 "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is"
-" the same as above."
-msgstr "Välj alternativet <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> som protokoll och ange adressen i fältet <guilabel>Värd:</guilabel>, ändra inte <guilabel>Portnummer</guilabel> om du inte vet att det måste ändras. Efter protokollval är valet av drivrutin samma som ovan."
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
+"the same as above."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj alternativet <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> som protokoll "
+"och ange adressen i fältet <guilabel>Värd:</guilabel>, ändra inte "
+"<guilabel>Portnummer</guilabel> om du inte vet att det måste ändras. Efter "
+"protokollval är valet av drivrutin samma som ovan."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
 msgid "printer5.png"
 msgstr "printer5.png"
@@ -8706,7 +10086,11 @@ msgid ""
 "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
 "some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: En skrivare som är tillgänglig i ett TCP/IP-nätverk via IPP-protokollet, som t. ex. en skrivare som är ansluten till en dator som använder CUPS. Detta protokoll kan även användas av vissa ADSL-routrar."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: En skrivare som är "
+"tillgänglig i ett TCP/IP-nätverk via IPP-protokollet, som t. ex. en skrivare "
+"som är ansluten till en dator som använder CUPS. Detta protokoll kan även "
+"användas av vissa ADSL-routrar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
@@ -8714,14 +10098,19 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
 "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
 "defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https)</emphasis>: Samma som ipp men som använder http för transport och med TLS-säkrat protokoll. Porten måste anges och brukar vara 631 som standard."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https)</emphasis>: Samma som ipp men "
+"som använder http för transport och med TLS-säkrat protokoll. Porten måste "
+"anges och brukar vara 631 som standard."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but"
-" with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps)</emphasis>: Samma som ipp, men med säkrat TLS-protokoll."
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
+"with TLS secured protocol."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps)</emphasis>: Samma som ipp, men "
+"med säkrat TLS-protokoll."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
@@ -8729,21 +10118,28 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
 "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr "<emphasis>LPD/LPR värd eller skrivare</emphasis>: En skrivare som åtkomstbar på ett TCP/IP-nätverk via LPP-protokollet. T. ex. en skrivare ansluten till en dator som använder LPD."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>LPD/LPR värd eller skrivare</emphasis>: En skrivare som åtkomstbar "
+"på ett TCP/IP-nätverk via LPP-protokollet. T. ex. en skrivare ansluten till "
+"en dator som använder LPD."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
 "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Windowsskrivare via Samba</emphasis>: En skrivare som är ansluten till en datorn som kör Windows eller en SMB-server som är utdelad."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Windowsskrivare via Samba</emphasis>: En skrivare som är ansluten "
+"till en datorn som kör Windows eller en SMB-server som är utdelad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
 "the URI:"
-msgstr "En URI kan även läggas till manuellt. Här följer några exempel på hur man utformar en URI:"
+msgstr ""
+"En URI kan även läggas till manuellt. Här följer några exempel på hur man "
+"utformar en URI:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
@@ -8783,10 +10179,11 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://ip-adress-eller-värdnamn:port-nummer/resurs</uri>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
 msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS"
-" documentation.</link>"
-msgstr "Ytterligare information finns tillgänglig i <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS dokumentation</link>."
+"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
+"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Ytterligare information finns tillgänglig i <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
+"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS dokumentation</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
@@ -8797,13 +10194,18 @@ msgstr "Enhetsegenskaper"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your"
-" system, but you can specify a different one with the "
-"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, "
-"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters"
-" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr "Du kan komma åt enhetens egenskaper. Menyn ger tillgång till parametrar för CUPS-servern. Som standard startar en CUPS-server på din dator men du kan ange en annan med menyn <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Anslut...</guimenuitem> och i nästa fönster kan du finjustera andra specifika parametrar i menyn <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Inställningar</guimenuitem>."
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
+"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
+"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
+"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
+"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan komma åt enhetens egenskaper. Menyn ger tillgång till parametrar för "
+"CUPS-servern. Som standard startar en CUPS-server på din dator men du kan "
+"ange en annan med menyn <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Anslut...</"
+"guimenuitem> och i nästa fönster kan du finjustera andra specifika "
+"parametrar i menyn <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Inställningar</"
+"guimenuitem>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
@@ -8815,29 +10217,43 @@ msgstr "Felsök"
 msgid ""
 "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
 "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr "Du hittar information om förekommande fel vid utskrift genom att granska <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+"Du hittar information om förekommande fel vid utskrift genom att granska "
+"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
 msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the "
-"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr "Du har även tillgång till ett diagnostikverktyg för felsökning i menyn <guimenu>Hjälp</guimenu> | <guilabel>Felsökning</guilabel>."
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
+"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Du har även tillgång till ett diagnostikverktyg för felsökning i menyn "
+"<guimenu>Hjälp</guimenu> | <guilabel>Felsökning</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to "
-"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package"
-" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, "
-"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report"
-" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this "
-"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer "
-"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-"
-"date drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr "Det är möjligt att vissa drivrutiner inte är tillgängliga i Mageia eller att de inte fungerar. Ta då en titt webbsidan för <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> för att se om en drivrutin är tillgänglig för din enhet. Om den finns så kontrollera om den inte redan finns i Mageia och installera den i så fall manuellt. Gör sedan om installationsprocessen för att konfigurera skrivaren. Oavsett vad så rapportera problemet till bugzilla eller forumen om du är bekväm i det verktyget och förse information om modell och drivrutin, och om skrivaren fungerar eller inte efter installation. Här är lite fler resurser för att hitta aktuella drivrutiner för nyare enheter."
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
+"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
+"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
+"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
+"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
+"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
+"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
+"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
+"drivers or for more recent devices."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är möjligt att vissa drivrutiner inte är tillgängliga i Mageia eller att "
+"de inte fungerar. Ta då en titt webbsidan för <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> för att se om en drivrutin "
+"är tillgänglig för din enhet. Om den finns så kontrollera om den inte redan "
+"finns i Mageia och installera den i så fall manuellt. Gör sedan om "
+"installationsprocessen för att konfigurera skrivaren. Oavsett vad så "
+"rapportera problemet till bugzilla eller forumen om du är bekväm i det "
+"verktyget och förse information om modell och drivrutin, och om skrivaren "
+"fungerar eller inte efter installation. Här är lite fler resurser för att "
+"hitta aktuella drivrutiner för nyare enheter."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
@@ -8847,37 +10263,49 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother-skrivare</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
 msgid ""
-"<link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This"
-" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver "
-"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://support.brother.com/g/b/productsearch.aspx?c=se%26lang=sv%26content=dl\">Den här sidan</link> har en lista med drivrutiner från Brother. Sök efter din enhet och ladda ner rpm-drivrutinen och installera den."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
+"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
+"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+msgstr ""
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://support.brother.com/g/b/productsearch.aspx?c=se"
+"%26lang=sv%26content=dl\">Den här sidan</link> har en lista med drivrutiner "
+"från Brother. Sök efter din enhet och ladda ner rpm-drivrutinen och "
+"installera den."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
 msgid ""
 "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr "Du borde installera drivrutinerna från Brother innan du kör konfigurationsverktyget."
+msgstr ""
+"Du borde installera drivrutinerna från Brother innan du kör "
+"konfigurationsverktyget."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one "
-"devices</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard skrivare och multifunktionella enheter</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard skrivare och multifunktionella "
+"enheter</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
 msgid ""
 "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
 "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/index.html\">here</link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available "
-"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
+"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
+"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
 "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
 "of the printer."
-msgstr "De här enheterna använder verktyget hplip. Det installeras automatiskt efter en skrivare har hittats eller blivit vald. Du hitta mer information <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">här</link>. HPs enhetshanterare är tillgänglig i <guilabel>System</guilabel>-menyn. Läs även <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">konfiguration</link> för hantering av skrivaren."
+msgstr ""
+"De här enheterna använder verktyget hplip. Det installeras automatiskt efter "
+"en skrivare har hittats eller blivit vald. Du hitta mer information <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">här</link>. HPs "
+"enhetshanterare är tillgänglig i <guilabel>System</guilabel>-menyn. Läs även "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/"
+"hp_setup.html\">konfiguration</link> för hantering av skrivaren."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
@@ -8889,7 +10317,13 @@ msgid ""
 "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
 "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
 "card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr "En HP multifunktionell enhet måste installeras som en skrivare först och därefter läggs skannerfunktionerna till. Observera att ibland tillåter inte gränssnittet i Xsane att skanna negativ eller diabilder. I detta fall är det möjligt att skanna i fristående läge och spara bilden på ett minneskort eller ett anslutet USB-minne. Efteråt kan du starta ett bildprogram och öppna bilden från minneskortet som dykt upp i /media-katalogen."
+msgstr ""
+"En HP multifunktionell enhet måste installeras som en skrivare först och "
+"därefter läggs skannerfunktionerna till. Observera att ibland tillåter inte "
+"gränssnittet i Xsane att skanna negativ eller diabilder. I detta fall är det "
+"möjligt att skanna i fristående läge och spara bilden på ett minneskort "
+"eller ett anslutet USB-minne. Efteråt kan du starta ett bildprogram och "
+"öppna bilden från minneskortet som dykt upp i /media-katalogen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
@@ -8899,10 +10333,13 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung färgskrivare</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
 msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> "
-"for the QPDL protocol."
-msgstr "För vissa färgskrivare från Samsung och Xerox <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\"> så har den här sidan drivrutiner</link> för QPDL-protokollet."
+"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
+"protocol."
+msgstr ""
+"För vissa färgskrivare från Samsung och Xerox <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\"> så har den här sidan drivrutiner</link> för QPDL-"
+"protokollet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
@@ -8912,20 +10349,28 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson skrivare och skanners</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
 msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
-" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-"
-"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package"
-" can also be available and is to install. Choose the "
-"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture."
-msgstr "Drivrutiner för Epsonskrivare är tillgängliga på <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">den här söksidan</link>. För skannerdelen måste du installera \"iscan-data\"-paketet först, sedan \"iscan\" (i den ordningen). Ett iscan-plugin-paket kan också vara tillgängligt och ska installeras. Välj det <emphasis>rpm</emphasis>-paket som passar din arkitektur."
+"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
+"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
+"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
+"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
+"according to your architecture."
+msgstr ""
+"Drivrutiner för Epsonskrivare är tillgängliga på <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">den här söksidan</"
+"link>. För skannerdelen måste du installera \"iscan-data\"-paketet först, "
+"sedan \"iscan\" (i den ordningen). Ett iscan-plugin-paket kan också vara "
+"tillgängligt och ska installeras. Välj det <emphasis>rpm</emphasis>-paket "
+"som passar din arkitektur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
 "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr "Det är möjligt att iscan-paketet genererar en varning om en konflikt med Sane. Användare har rapporterat att den varningen kan ignoreras."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är möjligt att iscan-paketet genererar en varning om en konflikt med "
+"Sane. Användare har rapporterat att den varningen kan ignoreras."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
@@ -8937,7 +10382,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon-skrivare</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
 "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr "För Canonskrivare kan det vara klokt att installera verktyget turboprint, <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">som finns tillgängligt här</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"För Canonskrivare kan det vara klokt att installera verktyget turboprint, "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">som finns tillgängligt här</"
+"link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
@@ -8949,8 +10397,7 @@ msgstr "Importera Windows(tm) dokument och inställningar"
 msgid "transfugdrake"
 msgstr "transfugdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
 msgid "transfugdrake.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
@@ -8958,9 +10405,11 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
@@ -8968,31 +10417,44 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> i Mageias kontrollcentral och är märkt <guilabel>Importera Windows(TM) dokument and inställningar</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under "
+"fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> i Mageias kontrollcentral "
+"och är märkt <guilabel>Importera Windows(TM) dokument and inställningar</"
+"guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
 "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> "
-"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Med det här verktyget kan en administratör importera användardokument och inställningar från en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP eller <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark>-installation på samma dator där Mageia är installerat."
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
+"computer as the Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Med det här verktyget kan en administratör importera användardokument och "
+"inställningar från en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
+"2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP eller "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</"
+"trademark>-installation på samma dator där Mageia är installerat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
 "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Observera att alla ändringa värkställs direkt i transfugdrake när du trycker på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Observera att alla ändringa värkställs direkt i transfugdrake när du trycker "
+"på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
 "explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr "När transfugdrake startas visas första sidan i guiden lite information som förklarar verktyget och importalternativ."
+msgstr ""
+"När transfugdrake startas visas första sidan i guiden lite information som "
+"förklarar verktyget och importalternativ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
@@ -9000,19 +10462,24 @@ msgid ""
 "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
 "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr "När du har läst och förstått instruktionerna, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>. Detta startar en sökning efter en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-installation."
+msgstr ""
+"När du har läst och förstått instruktionerna, klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</"
+"guibutton>. Detta startar en sökning efter en <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark>-installation."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
 "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account"
-" than yours own."
-msgstr "När sökningen är klar visas en sida där du kan välja konton i <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> och Mageia för importproceduren. Det är möjligt att välja ett annat användarkonto än ditt eget."
+"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
+"than yours own."
+msgstr ""
+"När sökningen är klar visas en sida där du kan välja konton i <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> och Mageia för importproceduren. "
+"Det är möjligt att välja ett annat användarkonto än ditt eget."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
 msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
@@ -9021,38 +10488,49 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special "
-"symbols can be displayed incorrectly."
-msgstr "Vänligen ta hänsyn till att på grund av migreringsassistentens (transfugdrakes backend)begränsningar så kan användarkonton i <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> med speciella tecken visas inkorrekt."
+"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
+"incorrectly."
+msgstr ""
+"Vänligen ta hänsyn till att på grund av migreringsassistentens "
+"(transfugdrakes backend)begränsningar så kan användarkonton i <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> med speciella tecken visas "
+"inkorrekt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr "Migreringen kan ta en stund beroende på storleken av dokumentkatalogerna."
+msgstr ""
+"Migreringen kan ta en stund beroende på storleken av dokumentkatalogerna."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
 msgid ""
 "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
 "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using "
-"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the "
-"import purposes."
-msgstr "Vissa <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-program (speciellt drivrutiner) kan skapa användarkonton för olika ändamål. NVidias drivruntiner i <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> uppdateras genom <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Använd inte sådana konton för importering."
+"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
+"use such accounts for the import purposes."
+msgstr ""
+"Vissa <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-program (speciellt "
+"drivrutiner) kan skapa användarkonton för olika ändamål. NVidias "
+"drivruntiner i <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
+"uppdateras genom <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Använd inte sådana konton "
+"för importering."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
-" to import documents:"
-msgstr "När du har valt klart användarkonton klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>. På nästa sida får du välja vilken metod som ska användas för att importera dokumenten."
+"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
+"documents:"
+msgstr ""
+"När du har valt klart användarkonton klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>. "
+"På nästa sida får du välja vilken metod som ska användas för att importera "
+"dokumenten."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
 msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
@@ -9060,23 +10538,28 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
 msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My "
-"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My "
-"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the "
-"appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr "Transfugdrake är utformat för att importera <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>-data från katalogerna <emphasis>Mina Dokument</emphasis>, <emphasis>Min Musik</emphasis> och <emphasis>Mina Bilder</emphasis>. Det är möjligt att skippa importering genom att välja lämpligt objekt i det här fönstret."
+"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
+"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
+"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
+msgstr ""
+"Transfugdrake är utformat för att importera <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark>-data från katalogerna <emphasis>Mina Dokument</"
+"emphasis>, <emphasis>Min Musik</emphasis> och <emphasis>Mina Bilder</"
+"emphasis>. Det är möjligt att skippa importering genom att välja lämpligt "
+"objekt i det här fönstret."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
 msgid ""
 "When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
-" to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr "När du har valt hur du vill importera dokumenten, tryck på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>. På nästa sida får du välja hur du vill importera bokmärken."
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
+"to import bookmarks:"
+msgstr ""
+"När du har valt hur du vill importera dokumenten, tryck på <guibutton>Nästa</"
+"guibutton>. På nästa sida får du välja hur du vill importera bokmärken."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
 msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
@@ -9087,22 +10570,25 @@ msgid ""
 "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr "Transfugdrake kan importera bokmärken från <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> och <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> till Mageias instans av bokmärken för <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Transfugdrake kan importera bokmärken från <emphasis>Internet Explorer</"
+"emphasis> och <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> till Mageias instans av "
+"bokmärken för <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>"
-" button."
-msgstr "Välj önskvärda importalternativ och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
+"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj önskvärda importalternativ och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
 msgstr "På nästa sida kan du importera skrivbordsbakgrunder:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
 msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
@@ -9110,8 +10596,7 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
+"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
 msgstr "Välj önskvärt alternativ och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -9119,10 +10604,11 @@ msgstr "Välj önskvärt alternativ och klicka på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton>
 msgid ""
 "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
 "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Sista sidan i guiden visar ett grattis-meddelande. Tryck på <guibutton>Slutför</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sista sidan i guiden visar ett grattis-meddelande. Tryck på "
+"<guibutton>Slutför</guibutton>."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
 msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
@@ -9137,8 +10623,7 @@ msgstr "Användare och Grupper"
 msgid "userdrake"
 msgstr "userdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:18
 msgid "userdrake.png"
 msgstr "userdrake.png"
@@ -9146,9 +10631,11 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> som root."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> som root."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:22
@@ -9156,23 +10643,32 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr "Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> i Mageias kontrollcentral och är märkt \"Hantera systemanvändare\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> finns under "
+"fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> i Mageias kontrollcentral "
+"och är märkt \"Hantera systemanvändare\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings"
-" (ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr "Med det här verktyget kan administratörer hantera användare och grupper, som t. ex. lägga till eller radera samt att redigera deras inställningar (ID, skal, ...)."
+"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
+"(ID, shell, ...)"
+msgstr ""
+"Med det här verktyget kan administratörer hantera användare och grupper, som "
+"t. ex. lägga till eller radera samt att redigera deras inställningar (ID, "
+"skal, ...)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in"
-" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
+"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
+"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
 "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr "När userdrake startas så visas alla befintliga användare i fliken <guibutton>Användare</guibutton> och grupperna i fliken <guibutton>Grupper</guibutton>. Båda fungerar på samma sätt."
+msgstr ""
+"När userdrake startas så visas alla befintliga användare i fliken "
+"<guibutton>Användare</guibutton> och grupperna i fliken <guibutton>Grupper</"
+"guibutton>. Båda fungerar på samma sätt."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:35
@@ -9184,8 +10680,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Lägg till användare</guibutton>"
 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
 msgstr "Denna knapp öppnar ett nytt fönster med fält tomma:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:41
 msgid "userdrake1.png"
 msgstr "userdrake1.png"
@@ -9196,29 +10691,41 @@ msgid ""
 "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
 "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
 "or nothing as well!"
-msgstr "Fältet för <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fullständigt namn</emphasis> är avsett för att ange förnamn och efternamn, men man kan skriva vad som helt eller inget alls."
+msgstr ""
+"Fältet för <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fullständigt namn</emphasis> är avsett "
+"för att ange förnamn och efternamn, men man kan skriva vad som helt eller "
+"inget alls."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:49
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Logga in</emphasis> är det enda obligatoriska fältet."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Logga in</emphasis> är det enda obligatoriska fältet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended."
-" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower"
-" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
+"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
+"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
+"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
+"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
 "orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr "Att ställa in ett <emphasis role=\"bold\">lösenord</emphasis> rekommenderas skarpt. Det finns en lite sköld till höger som visar hur starkt lösenordet är. Om den är röd är lösenordet svagt, för kort eller liknar användarnamnet. Du bör använda specialtecken, små och stora bokstäver kombinerat med siffror eller liknande. Skölden blir orange och sedan grön allteftersom lösenordet ökar i styrka."
+msgstr ""
+"Att ställa in ett <emphasis role=\"bold\">lösenord</emphasis> rekommenderas "
+"skarpt. Det finns en lite sköld till höger som visar hur starkt lösenordet "
+"är. Om den är röd är lösenordet svagt, för kort eller liknar användarnamnet. "
+"Du bör använda specialtecken, små och stora bokstäver kombinerat med siffror "
+"eller liknande. Skölden blir orange och sedan grön allteftersom lösenordet "
+"ökar i styrka."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:59
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure"
-" you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr "Fältet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Bekräfta lösenord</emphasis> finns för att säkerställa att du skrivit vad menade."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
+"you entered what you intended to."
+msgstr ""
+"Fältet <emphasis role=\"bold\">Bekräfta lösenord</emphasis> finns för att "
+"säkerställa att du skrivit vad menade."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:62
@@ -9226,7 +10733,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
 "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
 "are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Loginskal </emphasis> är en rullgardinsmeny där du kan ändra vilket skal användaren ska använda. Alternativen är Bash, Dash och Sh."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Loginskal </emphasis> är en rullgardinsmeny där du "
+"kan ändra vilket skal användaren ska använda. Alternativen är Bash, Dash och "
+"Sh."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:66
@@ -9234,14 +10744,19 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
 "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
 "user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr "Om <emphasis role=\"bold\">Skapa en privat grupp för användaren</emphasis> är markerad skapas automatiskt en grupp med samma namn och där den nya användaren är den enda medlemmen (det kan ändras)."
+msgstr ""
+"Om <emphasis role=\"bold\">Skapa en privat grupp för användaren</emphasis> "
+"är markerad skapas automatiskt en grupp med samma namn och där den nya "
+"användaren är den enda medlemmen (det kan ändras)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
 "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "De andra alternativen är självklara. Den nya användaren skapas direkt när du klickar på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"De andra alternativen är självklara. Den nya användaren skapas direkt när du "
+"klickar på <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:73
@@ -9253,7 +10768,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Lägg till grupp</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
 "group ID."
-msgstr "Du behöver bara ange det nya gruppnamnet och om nödvändigt ett specifikt grupp-ID."
+msgstr ""
+"Du behöver bara ange det nya gruppnamnet och om nödvändigt ett specifikt "
+"grupp-ID."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:78
@@ -9265,15 +10782,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Redigera</emphasis> (en markerad användare)"
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
 "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Användardata</guibutton>: Här kan du redigera all användardata som angavs vid skapandet (ID kan inte ändras)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Användardata</guibutton>: Här kan du redigera all användardata "
+"som angavs vid skapandet (ID kan inte ändras)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kontoinformation</emphasis>:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:87
 msgid "userdrake2.png"
 msgstr "userdrake2.png"
@@ -9284,14 +10802,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
 "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
 "accounts."
-msgstr "Först alternativet är till för att ställa in utgångsdatum för kontot.  Anslutning är inte möjlig efter detta datum. Det är användbart för tillfälliga konton."
+msgstr ""
+"Först alternativet är till för att ställa in utgångsdatum för kontot.  "
+"Anslutning är inte möjlig efter detta datum. Det är användbart för "
+"tillfälliga konton."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
 "as the account is locked."
-msgstr "Det andra alternativet är till för att låsa kontot, anslutning är inte möjlig så länge kontot är låst."
+msgstr ""
+"Det andra alternativet är till för att låsa kontot, anslutning är inte "
+"möjlig så länge kontot är låst."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:98
@@ -9304,10 +10827,12 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
 "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
 "password periodically."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lösenordsinformation</emphasis>: Ger dig möjlighet att ställa in ett utgångsdatum för lösenordet. Det tvingar användaren att ändra sitt lösenord periodiskt."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lösenordsinformation</emphasis>: Ger dig möjlighet "
+"att ställa in ett utgångsdatum för lösenordet. Det tvingar användaren att "
+"ändra sitt lösenord periodiskt."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:106
 msgid "userdrake3.png"
 msgstr "userdrake3.png"
@@ -9317,14 +10842,18 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
 "that the user is a member of."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupp</emphasis>: Här kan du välja vilka grupper som användaren är medlem i."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupp</emphasis>: Här kan du välja vilka grupper som "
+"användaren är medlem i."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:114
 msgid ""
 "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
 "effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr "Om du ändrar ett anslutet användarkonto så kommer ändringarna inte att verkställas förrän denna loggar in igen."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du ändrar ett anslutet användarkonto så kommer ändringarna inte att "
+"verkställas förrän denna loggar in igen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:118
@@ -9336,14 +10865,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Redigera</emphasis> (med en markerad grupp)"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
 "group name."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gruppdata</emphasis>: Gör så att du kan ändra gruppnamnet."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gruppdata</emphasis>: Gör så att du kan ändra "
+"gruppnamnet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
 "users who are members of the group"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gruppanvändare</emphasis>: Här kan du välja vilka användare som tillhör gruppen."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Gruppanvändare</emphasis>: Här kan du välja vilka "
+"användare som tillhör gruppen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:126
@@ -9353,11 +10886,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Radera</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears "
-"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private "
-"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr "Välj en användare och klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ta bort</emphasis> för att radera den. För användare frågar en dialogruta om hemkatalogen och brevlådan också ska raderas. Om en privat grupp har skapats för användaren kommer den också att raderas."
+"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
+"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
+"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
+"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj en användare och klicka på <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ta bort</emphasis> "
+"för att radera den. För användare frågar en dialogruta om hemkatalogen och "
+"brevlådan också ska raderas. Om en privat grupp har skapats för användaren "
+"kommer den också att raderas."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:133
@@ -9372,9 +10909,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Uppdatera</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:138
 msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to"
-" refresh the display."
-msgstr "Användardatabasen kan ändras utanför Userdrake. Klicka på den här ikonen för att uppdatera skärmen."
+"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
+"refresh the display."
+msgstr ""
+"Användardatabasen kan ändras utanför Userdrake. Klicka på den här ikonen för "
+"att uppdatera skärmen."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:141
@@ -9387,11 +10926,17 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
 "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
 "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories"
-" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
+"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
+"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
 "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
 "account</guimenu>."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">gäst</emphasis> är ett specialkonto. Det är avsett att ge någon tillfällig åtkomst till systemet med högsta säkerhet. Om någon loggar in som xguest utan lösenord är det omöjligt att göra några ändringar i systemet från det här kontot. De personliga katalogerna raderas när sessionen avslutas. Kontot är aktiverat som standard och för att avaktivera det väljer du <guimenu>Åtgärder -> Avinstallera gästkonto</guimenu> i menyn."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">gäst</emphasis> är ett specialkonto. Det är avsett "
+"att ge någon tillfällig åtkomst till systemet med högsta säkerhet. Om någon "
+"loggar in som xguest utan lösenord är det omöjligt att göra några ändringar "
+"i systemet från det här kontot. De personliga katalogerna raderas när "
+"sessionen avslutas. Kontot är aktiverat som standard och för att avaktivera "
+"det väljer du <guimenu>Åtgärder -> Avinstallera gästkonto</guimenu> i menyn."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:3
@@ -9403,8 +10948,7 @@ msgstr "Anpassa den grafiska servern"
 msgid "XFdrake"
 msgstr "XFdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:10
 msgid "XFdrake.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake.png"
@@ -9412,19 +10956,26 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> "
-"as root. Mind the capital letters."
-msgstr "Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> som vanlig användare, eller <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> som root. Observera de stora bokstäverna."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
+"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
+"capital letters."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan starta det här verktyget från en konsol genom att skriva "
+"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> som vanlig användare, eller <emphasis>drakx11</"
+"emphasis> som root. Observera de stora bokstäverna."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Det här verktyget finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</emphasis>. Välj <emphasis><guilabel>Ställ in den grafiska servern</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
+"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Det här verktyget finns i Mageias kontrollcentral under fliken <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Hårdvara</emphasis>. Välj <emphasis><guilabel>Ställ in den "
+"grafiska servern</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:23
@@ -9442,7 +10993,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
 "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
 "one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr "Det aktuella grafikkortet visas med matchande konfigurerad server. Klicka på den här knappen för att ändra till en annan drivrutin, t. ex. en som är patentskyddad."
+msgstr ""
+"Det aktuella grafikkortet visas med matchande konfigurerad server. Klicka på "
+"den här knappen för att ändra till en annan drivrutin, t. ex. en som är "
+"patentskyddad."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:31
@@ -9451,7 +11005,11 @@ msgid ""
 "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
 "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
 "Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr "De tillgängliga servrarna är sorterade efter <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> i alfabetisk ordning och sedan efter modell, också i alfabetisk ordning. De fria drivrutinerna är sorterade i alfabetisk ordning under <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"De tillgängliga servrarna är sorterade efter <guilabel>Tillverkare</"
+"guilabel> i alfabetisk ordning och sedan efter modell, också i alfabetisk "
+"ordning. De fria drivrutinerna är sorterade i alfabetisk ordning under "
+"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:37
@@ -9459,7 +11017,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
 "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
 "in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr "Om problem uppstår så fungerar <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> med de flesta grafikkorten så att du kan hitta och installera en korrekt drivrutin när du är i skrivbordsmiljö."
+msgstr ""
+"Om problem uppstår så fungerar <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> med de "
+"flesta grafikkorten så att du kan hitta och installera en korrekt drivrutin "
+"när du är i skrivbordsmiljö."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:38
@@ -9467,15 +11028,19 @@ msgid ""
 "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
 "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
 "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr "Om ej heller Vesa fungerar, välj <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis> som används för att installera Mageia, men du kan inte ändra upplösning eller uppdateringsfrekvens."
+msgstr ""
+"Om ej heller Vesa fungerar, välj <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
+"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis> som används för att installera Mageia, "
+"men du kan inte ändra upplösning eller uppdateringsfrekvens."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for "
-"example)."
-msgstr "Om du har valt en fri drivrutin kan du bli tillfrågad om du vill använda en kommersiell drivrutin istället med fler funktioner (t. ex. 3D-effekter)."
+"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har valt en fri drivrutin kan du bli tillfrågad om du vill använda en "
+"kommersiell drivrutin istället med fler funktioner (t. ex. 3D-effekter)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:45
@@ -9486,10 +11051,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Bildskärm:</emphasis>"
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor"
-" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
+"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
+"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
 "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr "På samma sätt som ovan visas den bildskärm som hittats och du kan klicka på knappen för att väja en annan. Om din bildskärm inte finns med i listan under <guilabel>tillverkare</guilabel>, välj då istället en i listan <guilabel>Allmänna</guilabel> med samma egenskaper."
+msgstr ""
+"På samma sätt som ovan visas den bildskärm som hittats och du kan klicka på "
+"knappen för att väja en annan. Om din bildskärm inte finns med i listan "
+"under <guilabel>tillverkare</guilabel>, välj då istället en i listan "
+"<guilabel>Allmänna</guilabel> med samma egenskaper."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:54
@@ -9501,10 +11070,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Upplösning:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
 "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr "Med den här knappen kan du ställa in upplösning (i pixlar) och färgdjup (antal färger). Den visar den här skärmen:"
+msgstr ""
+"Med den här knappen kan du ställa in upplösning (i pixlar) och färgdjup "
+"(antal färger). Den visar den här skärmen:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:61
 msgid "XFdrake1.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
@@ -9514,31 +11084,42 @@ msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the "
 "middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Bilden av bildskärmen i mitten visar en förhandsgranskning med vald konfiguration."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Bilden av bildskärmen i mitten "
+"visar en förhandsgranskning med vald konfiguration."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another"
-" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
+"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
+"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
 "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
 "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
 "select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr "Första knappen visar aktuell upplösning, klicka på den för att ändra. Rullgardinslistan visar de upplösningar som är tillgängliga enligt grafikkortet och bildskärmen. Du kan klicka på <guilabel>Annan</guilabel> för att ställa in andra upplösningar men tänk på att det kan skada din bildskärm eller välja en obehaglig inställning."
+msgstr ""
+"Första knappen visar aktuell upplösning, klicka på den för att ändra. "
+"Rullgardinslistan visar de upplösningar som är tillgängliga enligt "
+"grafikkortet och bildskärmen. Du kan klicka på <guilabel>Annan</guilabel> "
+"för att ställa in andra upplösningar men tänk på att det kan skada din "
+"bildskärm eller välja en obehaglig inställning."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:72
 msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for"
-" another one."
-msgstr "Den andra knappen visar de aktuella färgdjupet, klicka för att ändra till ett annat."
+"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
+"another one."
+msgstr ""
+"Den andra knappen visar de aktuella färgdjupet, klicka för att ändra till "
+"ett annat."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
 "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr "Beroende på vilken upplösning du valt behöver du kanske logga ut och starta om den grafiska miljön innan ändringarna verkställs."
+msgstr ""
+"Beroende på vilken upplösning du valt behöver du kanske logga ut och starta "
+"om den grafiska miljön innan ändringarna verkställs."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:83
@@ -9551,15 +11132,21 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
 "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
 "graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr "När konfigurationen är klar är det rekommenderat att testa den innan du klickar på Ok därför att det är lättare att ändra inställningarna nu än senare ifall den grafiska miljön inte skulle fungera."
+msgstr ""
+"När konfigurationen är klar är det rekommenderat att testa den innan du "
+"klickar på Ok därför att det är lättare att ändra inställningarna nu än "
+"senare ifall den grafiska miljön inte skulle fungera."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use"
-" XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr "Om den grafiska miljön inte fungerar, tryck ner Alt+Ctrl+F2 för att öppna ett textläge. Logga in som root och skriv XFdrake (med de stora bokstäverna) för att starta XFdrake i textbaserat läge."
+"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
+"XFdrake's text version."
+msgstr ""
+"Om den grafiska miljön inte fungerar, tryck ner Alt+Ctrl+F2 för att öppna "
+"ett textläge. Logga in som root och skriv XFdrake (med de stora bokstäverna) "
+"för att starta XFdrake i textbaserat läge."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:93
@@ -9567,7 +11154,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
 "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
 "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Om testet misslyckas vänta tills slutet, om det fungerar men du vill ändå inte ändra klickar du på <guibutton>Nej</guibutton>. Om allt fungerar som det ska klickar du på <guibutton role=\"bold\">Ok</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Om testet misslyckas vänta tills slutet, om det fungerar men du vill ändå "
+"inte ändra klickar du på <guibutton>Nej</guibutton>. Om allt fungerar som "
+"det ska klickar du på <guibutton role=\"bold\">Ok</guibutton>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:97
@@ -9580,29 +11170,41 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
 "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
 "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Globala alternativ</guilabel>: Om <emphasis>Inaktivera Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> är markerat är det inte längre möjligt att starta om X-servern med tangenterna Ctrl+Alt-Backspace."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Globala alternativ</guilabel>: Om <emphasis>Inaktivera Ctrl-Alt-"
+"Backspace</emphasis> är markerat är det inte längre möjligt att starta om X-"
+"servern med tangenterna Ctrl+Alt-Backspace."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
 "three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Grafikkortsalternativ</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller inaktivera tre särskila inställningar beroende på grafikkortet."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Grafikkortsalternativ</guilabel>: Här kan du aktivera eller "
+"inaktivera tre särskila inställningar beroende på grafikkortet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:107
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon "
-"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it "
-"may be unchecked for a server."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Grafiskt gränsnitt vid start</guilabel>: I de flesta fall är <emphasis>Starta det grafiska gränsnittet (Xorg) när datorn startar</emphasis> markerat som standard. Den kan avmarkeras för servern."
+"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
+"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
+"unchecked for a server."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Grafiskt gränsnitt vid start</guilabel>: I de flesta fall är "
+"<emphasis>Starta det grafiska gränsnittet (Xorg) när datorn startar</"
+"emphasis> markerat som standard. Den kan avmarkeras för servern."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask"
-" you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
+"you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
 "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
 "and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr "När du klickar på knappen <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> ber systemet dig att bekräfta. Du kan fortfarande avbryta allt och behålla den tidigare konfigurationen eller bekräfta. I så fall måste du återansluta för att aktivera den nya konfigurationen."
+msgstr ""
+"När du klickar på knappen <guibutton>Avsluta</guibutton> ber systemet dig "
+"att bekräfta. Du kan fortfarande avbryta allt och behålla den tidigare "
+"konfigurationen eller bekräfta. I så fall måste du återansluta för att "
+"aktivera den nya konfigurationen."
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr.po b/docs/mcc-help/tr.po
index 0673ef62..9c9e1574 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/tr.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/tr.po
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
 # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-# 
+#
 # Translators:
 # Atilla ÖNTAŞ . <Atilla ÖNTAŞ@gmail.com>, 2013
 # Atilla Öntaş <tarakbumba@gmail.com>, 2013-2014
@@ -18,14 +18,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 14:27+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Turkish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/tr/)\n"
+"Language-Team: Turkish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/"
+"tr/)\n"
+"Language: tr\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Language: tr\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -38,8 +39,7 @@ msgstr "WebDAV paylaşımlı sürücü ve dizinlere erişim"
 msgid "diskdrake --dav"
 msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
@@ -47,9 +47,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
@@ -57,7 +59,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
 "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
 "WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Ağ Paylaşımı sekmesi altında, <guilabel>WebDAV paylaşımlarını yapılandır</guilabel> etiketi ile Mageia Denetim Merkezi' nde bulunabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Ağ Paylaşımı sekmesi "
+"altında, <guilabel>WebDAV paylaşımlarını yapılandır</guilabel> etiketi ile "
+"Mageia Denetim Merkezi' nde bulunabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
@@ -77,7 +82,12 @@ msgid ""
 "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
 "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
 "server."
-msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link>bir web sunucusu dizinini yerel olarak bağlamanıza, böylece o dizinin bir yerel dizin olarak kullanılabilmesine izin veren bir protokoldür. Uzak sunucunun bir WebDAV sunucusu çalıştırması zorunludur. Bu aracın maksadı WebDAV sunucusunu yapılandırmak değildir."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link>bir "
+"web sunucusu dizinini yerel olarak bağlamanıza, böylece o dizinin bir yerel "
+"dizin olarak kullanılabilmesine izin veren bir protokoldür. Uzak sunucunun "
+"bir WebDAV sunucusu çalıştırması zorunludur. Bu aracın maksadı WebDAV "
+"sunucusunu yapılandırmak değildir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
@@ -90,7 +100,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
 "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
 "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr "Aracın ilk ekranı varsa önceden yapılandırılmış girdileri ve bir <guibutton>Yeni</guibutton> düğmesi görüntüler. Yeni bir girdi oluşturmak için bunu kullanın. Yeni ekranın boş alanına sunucu URL bağlantısını girin."
+msgstr ""
+"Aracın ilk ekranı varsa önceden yapılandırılmış girdileri ve bir "
+"<guibutton>Yeni</guibutton> düğmesi görüntüler. Yeni bir girdi oluşturmak "
+"için bunu kullanın. Yeni ekranın boş alanına sunucu URL bağlantısını girin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
@@ -98,12 +111,16 @@ msgid ""
 "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
 "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
 "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct"
-" it, if needed."
-msgstr "Sonra, bazı eylemleri seçebileceğiniz işaretleme düğmeleri olan bir ekran gelir. İşaretleme düğmesini seçtikten sonra <guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak <guibutton>Bağlama noktası</guibutton> eylemi ile devam edin; çünkü <guibutton>Sunucu</guibutton> önceden yapılandırılmıştır. Ancak gerekirse bunu düzeltebilirsiniz."
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
+"it, if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"Sonra, bazı eylemleri seçebileceğiniz işaretleme düğmeleri olan bir ekran "
+"gelir. İşaretleme düğmesini seçtikten sonra <guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> "
+"düğmesine tıklayarak <guibutton>Bağlama noktası</guibutton> eylemi ile devam "
+"edin; çünkü <guibutton>Sunucu</guibutton> önceden yapılandırılmıştır. Ancak "
+"gerekirse bunu düzeltebilirsiniz."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
@@ -120,10 +137,12 @@ msgstr "Uzak dizin içeriğine bu bağlama noktasından ulaşılabilecektir."
 msgid ""
 "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
 "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr "Sonraki adımda kullanıcı adınızı ve parolanızı verin. Başka seçenekler gerekiyorsa, bunları <guibutton>gelişmiş</guibutton> ekranında verebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Sonraki adımda kullanıcı adınızı ve parolanızı verin. Başka seçenekler "
+"gerekiyorsa, bunları <guibutton>gelişmiş</guibutton> ekranında "
+"verebilirsiniz."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
@@ -133,19 +152,26 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
 "access."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Bağla</guibutton> seçeneği derhal erişim için bağlamanızı sağlar."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Bağla</guibutton> seçeneği derhal erişim için bağlamanızı sağlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button "
-"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your "
-"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you"
-" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in "
-"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the "
-"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for "
-"one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr "İşaretleme düğmesi <guibutton>Tamamlandı</guibutton> kullanarak yapılandırmayı kabul ettikten sonra ilk ekran yeniden gösterilir ve yeni bağlama noktası listelenir. <guibutton>Çık</guibutton> düğmesini seçtikten sonra, <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis> içindeki değişiklikleri kaydetmek isteyip istemediğiniz sorulur. Uzak dizin her önyüklemede erişilebilir olsun istiyorsanız bunu seçin. Yapılandırmanız tek seferlik kullanım içinse kaydetmeyin."
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
+"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
+"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
+"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
+"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
+"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
+msgstr ""
+"İşaretleme düğmesi <guibutton>Tamamlandı</guibutton> kullanarak "
+"yapılandırmayı kabul ettikten sonra ilk ekran yeniden gösterilir ve yeni "
+"bağlama noktası listelenir. <guibutton>Çık</guibutton> düğmesini seçtikten "
+"sonra, <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis> içindeki değişiklikleri kaydetmek "
+"isteyip istemediğiniz sorulur. Uzak dizin her önyüklemede erişilebilir olsun "
+"istiyorsanız bunu seçin. Yapılandırmanız tek seferlik kullanım içinse "
+"kaydetmeyin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
@@ -157,8 +183,7 @@ msgstr "Sabit disk bölümlerini paylaşın"
 msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
 msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
@@ -166,9 +191,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında ve kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında ve kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --"
+"fileshare</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
@@ -177,14 +204,20 @@ msgid ""
 "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
 "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
 "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr "Bu basit araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> size, yani yöneticiye, kullanıcıların kendi /home alt dizinlerinin kısımlarını aynı yerel ağda Linux veya Windows işletim sistemi kullanan diğer kullanıcılarla paylaşmalarına izin verme yetkisi verir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu basit araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> size, yani "
+"yöneticiye, kullanıcıların kendi /home alt dizinlerinin kısımlarını aynı "
+"yerel ağda Linux veya Windows işletim sistemi kullanan diğer kullanıcılarla "
+"paylaşmalarına izin verme yetkisi verir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled"
-" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr "Bu araç Mageia Denetim Merkezinde, Yerel Disk sekmesi altında, \"Sabit disk bölümlerinizi paylaşın\" etiketinde bulunur."
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
+"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç Mageia Denetim Merkezinde, Yerel Disk sekmesi altında, \"Sabit disk "
+"bölümlerinizi paylaşın\" etiketinde bulunur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
@@ -193,11 +226,21 @@ msgid ""
 "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
 "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
 "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for"
-" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their"
-" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
+"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
+"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
 "created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr "İlk olarak  \"<guilabel>Kullanıcıların kendi dizinlerinden bazılarını paylaşmasına izin vermek ister misiniz?</guilabel>\" sorusuna cevap verin, eğer cevap tüm kullanıcılar için Hayır ise <guibutton>Paylaşım Yok</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın, tüm kullanıcılara izin vermek için <guibutton>Tüm kullanıcılara izin ver</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın, eğer cevap bazı kullanıcılar için evet bazı kullanıcılar için hayır ise <guibutton>Özel</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın. Sonuncusu durumunda, kendi dizinlerini paylaşmak için yetkilendirilecek kullanıcılar sistem tarafından otomatik olarak oluştrurulan fileshare grubuna dahil olmalı. Bu daha sonra sizden istenecek. "
+msgstr ""
+"İlk olarak  \"<guilabel>Kullanıcıların kendi dizinlerinden bazılarını "
+"paylaşmasına izin vermek ister misiniz?</guilabel>\" sorusuna cevap verin, "
+"eğer cevap tüm kullanıcılar için Hayır ise <guibutton>Paylaşım Yok</"
+"guibutton> butonuna tıklayın, tüm kullanıcılara izin vermek için "
+"<guibutton>Tüm kullanıcılara izin ver</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın, eğer "
+"cevap bazı kullanıcılar için evet bazı kullanıcılar için hayır ise "
+"<guibutton>Özel</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın. Sonuncusu durumunda, kendi "
+"dizinlerini paylaşmak için yetkilendirilecek kullanıcılar sistem tarafından "
+"otomatik olarak oluştrurulan fileshare grubuna dahil olmalı. Bu daha sonra "
+"sizden istenecek. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
@@ -208,7 +251,13 @@ msgid ""
 "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
 "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
 "required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr "<guilabel>OK</guilabel> butonuna tıklayın,  <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> ya da <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> den birini seçmenizi isteyen ikinci bir ekran görünecek. Ağdaki tek işletim sistemi Linux ise <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> işaretleyin, ağ hem Linux hem de Windows makineleri içeriyor ise <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> işaretleyin ve sonra  <guibutton>OK</guibutton> tıklayın.  Eğer gerekliyse tüm ihtiyaç duyulan paketler kurulacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>OK</guilabel> butonuna tıklayın,  <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> ya da "
+"<guibutton>SMB</guibutton> den birini seçmenizi isteyen ikinci bir ekran "
+"görünecek. Ağdaki tek işletim sistemi Linux ise <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> "
+"işaretleyin, ağ hem Linux hem de Windows makineleri içeriyor ise "
+"<guibutton>SMB</guibutton> işaretleyin ve sonra  <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
+"tıklayın.  Eğer gerekliyse tüm ihtiyaç duyulan paketler kurulacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
@@ -218,24 +267,37 @@ msgid ""
 "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
 "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
 "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information"
-" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
-msgstr "Yapılandırma, Özel seçeneği seçilmediyse, tamalanmış durumdadır. Bu durumda ek bir pencere Userdrake'i açmanızı ister. Bu araç kullanıcıları kendi dizinlerini paylaşma yetkisi olan fileshare grubuna eklemenizi sağlar. Kullanıcı sekmesinde fileshare grubuna eklemek istediğiniz kullanıcıya tıklayın, sonra Gruplar sekmesinde <guimenuitem>Düzenle</guimenuitem> tıklayın. fileshare grubunu işaretleyin  <guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın. Userdrake ile ilgili daha fazla bilgi için  <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">bu sayfaya</link> bakınız"
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
+"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Yapılandırma, Özel seçeneği seçilmediyse, tamalanmış durumdadır. Bu durumda "
+"ek bir pencere Userdrake'i açmanızı ister. Bu araç kullanıcıları kendi "
+"dizinlerini paylaşma yetkisi olan fileshare grubuna eklemenizi sağlar. "
+"Kullanıcı sekmesinde fileshare grubuna eklemek istediğiniz kullanıcıya "
+"tıklayın, sonra Gruplar sekmesinde <guimenuitem>Düzenle</guimenuitem> "
+"tıklayın. fileshare grubunu işaretleyin  <guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> "
+"butonuna tıklayın. Userdrake ile ilgili daha fazla bilgi için  <link ns2:"
+"href=\"userdrake.xml\">bu sayfaya</link> bakınız"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
 msgid ""
 "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
 "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr "fileshare grubuna yeni bir kullanıcı eklediğinizde değişikliklerin etkili olabilmesi için ağ bağlantısını kesmeniz ve yeniden bağlanmanız gerekir."
+msgstr ""
+"fileshare grubuna yeni bir kullanıcı eklediğinizde değişikliklerin etkili "
+"olabilmesi için ağ bağlantısını kesmeniz ve yeniden bağlanmanız gerekir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
 msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her"
-" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
+"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
 "have this facility."
-msgstr "Şu andan itibaren fileshare grubuna ait tüm kullanıcılar, bu özelliği tüm dosya yöneticileri desteklemese de, dosya yöneticisinden paylaştırılacak dizinlerini seçebilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Şu andan itibaren fileshare grubuna ait tüm kullanıcılar, bu özelliği tüm "
+"dosya yöneticileri desteklemese de, dosya yöneticisinden paylaştırılacak "
+"dizinlerini seçebilir."
 
 #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1
@@ -253,8 +315,7 @@ msgstr "NFS paylaşımları ve dizinlerine erişim"
 msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
 msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
@@ -267,9 +328,11 @@ msgstr "."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
@@ -278,9 +341,15 @@ msgid ""
 "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
 "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a"
-" user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bazı paylaşılan dizinlere bilgisayardaki tüm kullanıcılarca erişilebilir kılmanızı sağlar. Bunun için kullanılan protokol bir çok Linux ve Unix sistemde bulanan NFS protokolüdür. Böylece paylaşılan dizin doğrudan önyüklemede erişilebilir olacaktır. Paylaşılan dizinler ayrıca dosya tarayıcıları gibi araçlar ile bir kullanıcı için tek oturumda doğrudan erişilebilir olabilir."
+"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
+"user with tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bazı paylaşılan dizinlere "
+"bilgisayardaki tüm kullanıcılarca erişilebilir kılmanızı sağlar. Bunun için "
+"kullanılan protokol bir çok Linux ve Unix sistemde bulanan NFS protokolüdür. "
+"Böylece paylaşılan dizin doğrudan önyüklemede erişilebilir olacaktır. "
+"Paylaşılan dizinler ayrıca dosya tarayıcıları gibi araçlar ile bir kullanıcı "
+"için tek oturumda doğrudan erişilebilir olabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
@@ -292,17 +361,20 @@ msgstr "Yöntem"
 msgid ""
 "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
 "which share directories."
-msgstr "Dizinleri paylaşan sunucuların bir listesini edinmek için <guibutton>sunucuları ara</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Dizinleri paylaşan sunucuların bir listesini edinmek için "
+"<guibutton>sunucuları ara</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
 "shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr "Paylaşılan dizinlerin listesini görüntülemek için sunucu adı önündeki > işaretine tıklayın ve erişmek istediğiniz dizini seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"Paylaşılan dizinlerin listesini görüntülemek için sunucu adı önündeki > "
+"işaretine tıklayın ve erişmek istediğiniz dizini seçin."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
@@ -310,12 +382,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
 msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have"
-" to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Bağlama noktası</guibutton> düğmesi erişilebilir olacaktır. Dizini nereye bağlayacağınızı belirtmelisiniz."
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
+"to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Bağlama noktası</guibutton> düğmesi erişilebilir olacaktır. "
+"Dizini nereye bağlayacağınızı belirtmelisiniz."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
@@ -326,16 +399,18 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
 "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
 "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr "Bağlama noktasını seçtikten sonra bunu bağlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca bazı seçenekleri <guibutton>Seçenekler</guibutton> düğmesi ile gözden geçirebilir ve değiştirebilirsiniz. Dizini bağladıktan sonra aynı düğme ile ayırabilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Bağlama noktasını seçtikten sonra bunu bağlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca bazı "
+"seçenekleri <guibutton>Seçenekler</guibutton> düğmesi ile gözden geçirebilir "
+"ve değiştirebilirsiniz. Dizini bağladıktan sonra aynı düğme ile "
+"ayırabilirsiniz."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
@@ -345,13 +420,16 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
 msgid ""
 "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
 "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the"
-" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
+"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
+"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
 "browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Bitti</guibutton> düğmesi ile yapılandırma kabul edildiğinde \"/etc/fstab değişikliklerini kaydetmek istiyor musunuz?\" diye sorulur. Ağ erişilebilir durumdaysa bu, dizini her önyüklemede erişilebilir kılar. Yeni dizine bundan sonra Dolphin gibi dosya tarayıcılarından erişilebilir."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Bitti</guibutton> düğmesi ile yapılandırma kabul edildiğinde \"/"
+"etc/fstab değişikliklerini kaydetmek istiyor musunuz?\" diye sorulur. Ağ "
+"erişilebilir durumdaysa bu, dizini her önyüklemede erişilebilir kılar. Yeni "
+"dizine bundan sonra Dolphin gibi dosya tarayıcılarından erişilebilir."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
@@ -366,8 +444,7 @@ msgstr "CD/DVD yazıcı"
 msgid "diskdrake --removable"
 msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
@@ -375,9 +452,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında ve kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında ve kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --"
+"removable</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
@@ -385,7 +464,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
 "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
 "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr "Bu araç <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezindeki Yerel diskler sekmesinde çıkartılabilir donanımınızla (sadece CD/DVD oynatıcılar/yazıcılar ve disket sürücüleri) eş olarak etiketlenmiştir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim "
+"Merkezindeki Yerel diskler sekmesinde çıkartılabilir donanımınızla (sadece "
+"CD/DVD oynatıcılar/yazıcılar ve disket sürücüleri) eş olarak etiketlenmiştir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
@@ -399,7 +481,11 @@ msgid ""
 "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
 "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
 "button."
-msgstr "Pencerenin en üstünde donanımınızın kısa açıklaması ve bağlamak için kullanılan seçenekler yer alır. Bunları değiştirmek için en alttaki düğmeyi kullanın. Değişecek ögeyi işaretleyin ve <guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Pencerenin en üstünde donanımınızın kısa açıklaması ve bağlamak için "
+"kullanılan seçenekler yer alır. Bunları değiştirmek için en alttaki düğmeyi "
+"kullanın. Değişecek ögeyi işaretleyin ve <guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> "
+"düğmesine tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
@@ -410,7 +496,9 @@ msgstr "Bağlama noktası"
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr "Bağlama noktasını değiştirmek için bu kutuyu işaretleyin. Öntanımlı olan /media/cdrom."
+msgstr ""
+"Bağlama noktasını değiştirmek için bu kutuyu işaretleyin. Öntanımlı olan /"
+"media/cdrom."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
@@ -420,9 +508,12 @@ msgstr "Seçenekler"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
 msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the"
-" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr "Buradaki bir çok bağlama seçenekleri ya listeden doğrudan ya da <guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel> alt menüsü aracılığıyla seçilebilir. Başlıcaları:"
+"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
+"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
+msgstr ""
+"Buradaki bir çok bağlama seçenekleri ya listeden doğrudan ya da "
+"<guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel> alt menüsü aracılığıyla seçilebilir. "
+"Başlıcaları:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
@@ -435,7 +526,10 @@ msgid ""
 "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
 "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
 "the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr "user, (kök olmayan) normal bir kullanıcının çıkartılabilir diski bağlamasını sağlar. Bu seçenek noexec, nosuid ve nodev seçeneklerini içerir. Diski, sadece onu bağlayan kullanıcı ayırabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"user, (kök olmayan) normal bir kullanıcının çıkartılabilir diski bağlamasını "
+"sağlar. Bu seçenek noexec, nosuid ve nodev seçeneklerini içerir. Diski, "
+"sadece onu bağlayan kullanıcı ayırabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
@@ -450,9 +544,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
@@ -461,40 +557,53 @@ msgid ""
 "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
 "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
 "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with"
-" tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> paylaşılan dizinleri bilgisayardaki tüm kullanıcılarca erişilebilir kılmanızı sağlar. Bunun için kullanılan protokol Windows(R) sistemlerinde popüler olan SMB protokolüdür. Böylece paylaşılan dizin doğrudan önyüklemede erişilebilir olacaktır. Paylaşılan dizinler ayrıca dosya tarayıcıları gibi araçlar ile bir kullanıcı için tek oturumda doğrudan erişilebilir olabilir."
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
+"tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> paylaşılan dizinleri "
+"bilgisayardaki tüm kullanıcılarca erişilebilir kılmanızı sağlar. Bunun için "
+"kullanılan protokol Windows(R) sistemlerinde popüler olan SMB protokolüdür. "
+"Böylece paylaşılan dizin doğrudan önyüklemede erişilebilir olacaktır. "
+"Paylaşılan dizinler ayrıca dosya tarayıcıları gibi araçlar ile bir kullanıcı "
+"için tek oturumda doğrudan erişilebilir olabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
 "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "Aracı başlatmadan önce, erişilebilir sunucuların isimlerini mesela <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/> ile bildirmek, iyi bir fikirdir"
+msgstr ""
+"Aracı başlatmadan önce, erişilebilir sunucuların isimlerini mesela <xref "
+"linkend=\"drakhosts\"/> ile bildirmek, iyi bir fikirdir"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who"
-" share directories."
-msgstr "Dizinleri paylaşan sunucuların bir listesini edinmek için <guibutton>sunucuları ara</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
+"share directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Dizinleri paylaşan sunucuların bir listesini edinmek için "
+"<guibutton>sunucuları ara</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
 "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr "Paylaşılan dizinlerin listesini görüntülemek için sunucu adına ve sunucu adı önündeki &gt; tıklayın ve erişmek istediğiniz dizini seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"Paylaşılan dizinlerin listesini görüntülemek için sunucu adına ve sunucu adı "
+"önündeki &gt; tıklayın ve erişmek istediğiniz dizini seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
 "have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Bağlama noktası</guibutton> düğmesi erişilebilir olacaktır. Dizini nereye bağlayacağınızı belirtmelisiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Bağlama noktası</guibutton> düğmesi erişilebilir olacaktır. "
+"Dizini nereye bağlayacağınızı belirtmelisiniz."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
@@ -505,7 +614,10 @@ msgid ""
 "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
 "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
 "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Bağlama noktasını seçtikten sonra bunu <guimenu>Bağlama düğmesi</guimenu> ile bağlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca bazı ayarları <guibutton>Seçenekler</guibutton> düğmesi ile gözden geçirebilir ve değiştirebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Bağlama noktasını seçtikten sonra bunu <guimenu>Bağlama düğmesi</guimenu> "
+"ile bağlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca bazı ayarları <guibutton>Seçenekler</"
+"guibutton> düğmesi ile gözden geçirebilir ve değiştirebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
@@ -513,16 +625,17 @@ msgid ""
 "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
 "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
 "with the same button."
-msgstr "Seçeneklerde, SMB sunucusuna bağlanabilecek kullanıcı adını ve parolasını belirtebilirsiniz. Dizini bağladıktan sonra yine aynı düğme ile ayırabilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçeneklerde, SMB sunucusuna bağlanabilecek kullanıcı adını ve parolasını "
+"belirtebilirsiniz. Dizini bağladıktan sonra yine aynı düğme ile "
+"ayırabilirsiniz."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
@@ -533,12 +646,14 @@ msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
 "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
 "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in "
-"dolphin."
-msgstr "Bitti düğmesi ile yapılandırma kabul edildikten sonra \"/etc/fstab değişikliklerini kaydetmek istiyor musunuz?\" diye sorulur. Kaydetmek, ağ erişilebilir durumdaysa dizini her önyüklemede erişilebilir kılar. Yeni dizine bundan sonra dolphin gibi dosya tarayıcılarından erişilebilir."
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
+msgstr ""
+"Bitti düğmesi ile yapılandırma kabul edildikten sonra \"/etc/fstab "
+"değişikliklerini kaydetmek istiyor musunuz?\" diye sorulur. Kaydetmek, ağ "
+"erişilebilir durumdaysa dizini her önyüklemede erişilebilir kılar. Yeni "
+"dizine bundan sonra dolphin gibi dosya tarayıcılarından erişilebilir."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
 msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
@@ -553,8 +668,7 @@ msgstr "3B Masaüstü Efektleri"
 msgid "drak3d"
 msgstr "drak3d"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:10
 msgid "drak3d.png"
 msgstr "drak3d.png"
@@ -562,9 +676,11 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:18
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:17
@@ -572,7 +688,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
 "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
 "default."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> işletim sisteminizdeki 3B efektlerini yönetmenizi sağlar. Öntanımlı olarak 3B efektleri devre dışı bırakılmıştır."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> işletim sisteminizdeki 3B "
+"efektlerini yönetmenizi sağlar. Öntanımlı olarak 3B efektleri devre dışı "
+"bırakılmıştır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:25
@@ -585,30 +704,39 @@ msgid ""
 "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
 "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
 "start."
-msgstr "Bu aracı kullanmak için glxinfo paketi kurulmuş olmalıdır. Paket kurulu değilse, drak3d başlamadan önce kurmanız için uyarılırsınız."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı kullanmak için glxinfo paketi kurulmuş olmalıdır. Paket kurulu "
+"değilse, drak3d başlamadan önce kurmanız için uyarılırsınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
 "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a "
-"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special "
-"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn "
-"it on."
-msgstr "Drak3d başladıktan sonra bir menü penceresi ile karşılaşacaksınız. Burada ya <guilabel>3B Masaüstü Efektleri Yok</guilabel> veya <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> seçeneklerinden birini seçebilirsiniz. Compiz Fusion bir bileşik pencere yöneticisi olup donanım hızlandırmalı özel efektleri içerir. Etkinleştirmek için <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> seçin."
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
+"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
+"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
+msgstr ""
+"Drak3d başladıktan sonra bir menü penceresi ile karşılaşacaksınız. Burada ya "
+"<guilabel>3B Masaüstü Efektleri Yok</guilabel> veya <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</"
+"guilabel> seçeneklerinden birini seçebilirsiniz. Compiz Fusion bir bileşik "
+"pencere yöneticisi olup donanım hızlandırmalı özel efektleri içerir. "
+"Etkinleştirmek için <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be"
-" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr "Temiz bir Mageia kurulumundan sonra bu uygulamayı ilk kez kullanıyorsanız Compiz Fusion' un kullanılabilmesi için hangi ek paketlerin kurulması gerektiğini bildiren bir ileti görüntülenecektir. Devam etmek için <guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
+"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
+"guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Temiz bir Mageia kurulumundan sonra bu uygulamayı ilk kez kullanıyorsanız "
+"Compiz Fusion' un kullanılabilmesi için hangi ek paketlerin kurulması "
+"gerektiğini bildiren bir ileti görüntülenecektir. Devam etmek için "
+"<guibutton>Tamam</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:45
 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
@@ -619,14 +747,20 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
 "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
 "for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr "Uygun paketler kurulduktan sonra drak3d menüsünde Compiz Fusion' un seçili olduğunu fark edeceksiniz. Fakat değişikliklerin etkili olması için oturumdan çıkıp yeniden giriş yapmalısınız."
+msgstr ""
+"Uygun paketler kurulduktan sonra drak3d menüsünde Compiz Fusion' un seçili "
+"olduğunu fark edeceksiniz. Fakat değişikliklerin etkili olması için "
+"oturumdan çıkıp yeniden giriş yapmalısınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:53
 msgid ""
 "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
 "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
-msgstr "Yeniden giriş yaptığınızda Compiz Fusion devreye girecektir. Compiz Fusion' u yapılandırmak içinccsm (CompizConfig Ayarlar Yöneticisi) aracı için sayfasına bakın."
+msgstr ""
+"Yeniden giriş yaptığınızda Compiz Fusion devreye girecektir. Compiz Fusion' "
+"u yapılandırmak içinccsm (CompizConfig Ayarlar Yöneticisi) aracı için "
+"sayfasına bakın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:59
@@ -644,10 +778,13 @@ msgid ""
 "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
 "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
 "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr "Compiz Fusion' u etkinleştirikten sonra masaüstüne giriş yapmaya çalıştığınızda hiç bir şey göremiyorsanız, yeniden giriş ekranına dönebilmek için bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlatın. Giriş ekranına eriştiğinizde Masaüstü simgesine tıklayın ve drak3d' yi seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"Compiz Fusion' u etkinleştirikten sonra masaüstüne giriş yapmaya "
+"çalıştığınızda hiç bir şey göremiyorsanız, yeniden giriş ekranına dönebilmek "
+"için bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlatın. Giriş ekranına eriştiğinizde Masaüstü "
+"simgesine tıklayın ve drak3d' yi seçin."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drak3d.xml:71
 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
@@ -657,9 +794,13 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
 msgid ""
 "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
 "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the"
-" log in problem."
-msgstr "Giriş yaptığınızda hesabınız yönetici olarak listelenmişse, parolanızı yeniden girmeniz istenecektir. Aksi halde yönetici hesabını kullanarak giriş yapmalısınız. Yöneticiler giriş sorununa neden olabilecek her türlü değişikliği geri alabilirler."
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
+"log in problem."
+msgstr ""
+"Giriş yaptığınızda hesabınız yönetici olarak listelenmişse, parolanızı "
+"yeniden girmeniz istenecektir. Aksi halde yönetici hesabını kullanarak giriş "
+"yapmalısınız. Yöneticiler giriş sorununa neden olabilecek her türlü "
+"değişikliği geri alabilirler."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:9
@@ -671,8 +812,7 @@ msgstr "Kimlik kanıtlama"
 msgid "drakauth"
 msgstr "drakauth"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:16
 msgid "drakauth.png"
 msgstr "drakauth.png"
@@ -680,16 +820,21 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the"
-" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> makinenin kullanıcısı veya internetteki kullanıcı olaak nasıl algılanacağınızı değiştirmenize olanak sağlar."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
+"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> makinenin kullanıcısı veya "
+"internetteki kullanıcı olaak nasıl algılanacağınızı değiştirmenize olanak "
+"sağlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakauth.xml:25
@@ -697,7 +842,10 @@ msgid ""
 "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
 "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
 "and give information about that."
-msgstr "Ön tanımlı olarak, kimlik doğrulama bilgileriniz bilgisayarınızdaki bir dosyaya depolanır. Bunu sadece ağ yöneticiniz değiştirmenizi istediğinde değiştirin ve hakkında ona bilgi verin."
+msgstr ""
+"Ön tanımlı olarak, kimlik doğrulama bilgileriniz bilgisayarınızdaki bir "
+"dosyaya depolanır. Bunu sadece ağ yöneticiniz değiştirmenizi istediğinde "
+"değiştirin ve hakkında ona bilgi verin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3
@@ -709,8 +857,7 @@ msgstr "Önyükleme sistemini ayarlayın"
 msgid "drakboot --boot"
 msgstr "drakboot --boot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10
 msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
@@ -718,9 +865,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
@@ -728,50 +877,73 @@ msgid ""
 "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
 "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
 "boot, etc.)"
-msgstr "bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> önyükleme seçeneklerini (önyükleyici seçimi, parola konulması, öntanımlı önyükleme v.b.) ayarlamanızı sağlar"
+msgstr ""
+"bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> önyükleme seçeneklerini "
+"(önyükleyici seçimi, parola konulması, öntanımlı önyükleme v.b.) "
+"ayarlamanızı sağlar"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set "
 "up boot system\"."
-msgstr "Mageia Denetim Merkezi' ndeki Önyükleme sekmesinde \"Önyükleme sistemini ayarlayın\" etiketi altında bulunur."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia Denetim Merkezi' ndeki Önyükleme sekmesinde \"Önyükleme sistemini "
+"ayarlayın\" etiketi altında bulunur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
 "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr "Eğer tam olarak ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız bu aracı kullanmayın.Bazı ayarlarını değiştirerek makinenizin tekrar başlamasına engel olabilir!"
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer tam olarak ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız bu aracı kullanmayın.Bazı "
+"ayarlarını değiştirerek makinenizin tekrar başlamasına engel olabilir!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to"
-" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to "
+"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
 "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
-"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot "
-"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The"
-" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can "
-"prevent you machine from booting."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Önyükleyici</guilabel> denilen ilk bölümde, hangi <guibutton>Önyükleyicinin kullanılacağı</guibutton>nı, Grub veya Lilo ve grafiksel veya metin tabanlı menü; seçmek mümkündür. Bu sadece bir zevk meselesidir ve bir bedeli yoktur. Ayrıca, <guibutton>Önyükleme aygıtı</guibutton>nı da ayarlayabilirsiniz ancak bir uzman değilseniz burada hiç bir şeyi değiştirmeyin. Önyükleme aygıtı, önyükleyicinin kurulacağı sabit disk olup burada yapılacak herhangi bir değişikliğin makinenizin önyükleme yapmasını engelleyebileceğini unutmayın."
+"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</"
+"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot "
+"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent "
+"you machine from booting."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Önyükleyici</guilabel> denilen ilk bölümde, hangi "
+"<guibutton>Önyükleyicinin kullanılacağı</guibutton>nı, Grub veya Lilo ve "
+"grafiksel veya metin tabanlı menü; seçmek mümkündür. Bu sadece bir zevk "
+"meselesidir ve bir bedeli yoktur. Ayrıca, <guibutton>Önyükleme aygıtı</"
+"guibutton>nı da ayarlayabilirsiniz ancak bir uzman değilseniz burada hiç bir "
+"şeyi değiştirmeyin. Önyükleme aygıtı, önyükleyicinin kurulacağı sabit disk "
+"olup burada yapılacak herhangi bir değişikliğin makinenizin önyükleme "
+"yapmasını engelleyebileceğini unutmayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36
 msgid ""
 "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
 "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating"
-" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
+"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
+"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the "
 "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Ana seçenekler</guilabel> olarak adlandırılan ikinci bölümde, saniye bazında <guibutton>Öntanımlı görüntünün yüklenmesinden önceki gecikme</guibutton>yi  ayarlayabilirsiniz. Bu gecikme sırasında grub veya Lilo erişilebilir işletim sistemlerini listeleyecek, bir seçim yapmanızı isteyecek ve herhangi bir seçim yapılmamışsa gecikme sonlandığında ön tanımlı olanı yükleyecektir."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ana seçenekler</guilabel> olarak adlandırılan ikinci bölümde, "
+"saniye bazında <guibutton>Öntanımlı görüntünün yüklenmesinden önceki "
+"gecikme</guibutton>yi  ayarlayabilirsiniz. Bu gecikme sırasında grub veya "
+"Lilo erişilebilir işletim sistemlerini listeleyecek, bir seçim yapmanızı "
+"isteyecek ve herhangi bir seçim yapılmamışsa gecikme sonlandığında ön "
+"tanımlı olanı yükleyecektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43
 msgid ""
 "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
 "possible to set a password."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Güvenlik</guibutton> denilen üçüncü ve son bölümde bir parola ayarlamak mümkündür."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Güvenlik</guibutton> denilen üçüncü ve son bölümde bir parola "
+"ayarlamak mümkündür."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46
@@ -790,7 +962,11 @@ msgid ""
 "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
 "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
 "compatible."
-msgstr "ACPI (Gelişmiş Yapılandırma ve Güç Arabirimi) bir güç yönetimi standardıdır. Kullanılmayan aygıtları durdurarak, ki bu APM öncesinde kullanılan yöntemdir, enerji tasarrufu sağlayabilir. Donanımınız ACPI ile uyumlu ise bu seçeneği işaretleyin."
+msgstr ""
+"ACPI (Gelişmiş Yapılandırma ve Güç Arabirimi) bir güç yönetimi standardıdır. "
+"Kullanılmayan aygıtları durdurarak, ki bu APM öncesinde kullanılan "
+"yöntemdir, enerji tasarrufu sağlayabilir. Donanımınız ACPI ile uyumlu ise bu "
+"seçeneği işaretleyin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56
@@ -802,21 +978,28 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>SMP özelliğini etkinleştir:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
 "multicore processors."
-msgstr "SMP, Simetrik Çoklu İşlemci teriminin kısaltmasıdır, çok çekirdekli işlemciler için bir mimaridir."
+msgstr ""
+"SMP, Simetrik Çoklu İşlemci teriminin kısaltmasıdır, çok çekirdekli "
+"işlemciler için bir mimaridir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
 "processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr "HyperThreading kullanan bir işlemciniz varsa, Mageia bunu bir çift işlemci olarak algılayacak ve SMP etkinleştirilecektir."
+msgstr ""
+"HyperThreading kullanan bir işlemciniz varsa, Mageia bunu bir çift işlemci "
+"olarak algılayacak ve SMP etkinleştirilecektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local "
-"APIC:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>APIC etkinleştir</guibutton> ve <guibutton>Yerel APIC etkinleştir:</guibutton>Bu \"Kur önyükleme sistemi\" etiketli Mageia Kontrol Merkezi'nde Boot sekmesi altında bulunur."
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
+"guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>APIC etkinleştir</guibutton> ve <guibutton>Yerel APIC etkinleştir:"
+"</guibutton>Bu \"Kur önyükleme sistemi\" etiketli Mageia Kontrol Merkezi'nde "
+"Boot sekmesi altında bulunur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69
@@ -827,12 +1010,19 @@ msgid ""
 "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
 "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
 "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local"
-" APIC."
-msgstr "APIC Gelişmiş Programlanabilir Kesme Denetleyicisi' nin kısaltmasıdır. Intel APIC sisteminde iki bileşen vardır, yerel APIC (LAPIC) ve I/O APIC. Bu sonuncusu, işlemcideki bir veya birden fazla yerel APIC'lerin çevre yollarından aldığı kesmeleri yönlendirir. Bu, çok çekirdekli işlemciler için oldukça yararlıdır. Bazı bilgisayarların APIC sistemi ile donmaların meydana gelmesi veya hatalı aygıt algılama (hata iletisi \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\") gibi sorunları vardır. Bu durumda APIC ve/veya Yerel APIC devre dışı bırakılmalıdır."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
+"APIC."
+msgstr ""
+"APIC Gelişmiş Programlanabilir Kesme Denetleyicisi' nin kısaltmasıdır. Intel "
+"APIC sisteminde iki bileşen vardır, yerel APIC (LAPIC) ve I/O APIC. Bu "
+"sonuncusu, işlemcideki bir veya birden fazla yerel APIC'lerin çevre "
+"yollarından aldığı kesmeleri yönlendirir. Bu, çok çekirdekli işlemciler için "
+"oldukça yararlıdır. Bazı bilgisayarların APIC sistemi ile donmaların meydana "
+"gelmesi veya hatalı aygıt algılama (hata iletisi \"spurious 8259A interrupt: "
+"IRQ7\") gibi sorunları vardır. Bu durumda APIC ve/veya Yerel APIC devre dışı "
+"bırakılmalıdır."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
 msgid "drakboot1.png"
 msgstr "drakboot1.png"
@@ -841,16 +1031,23 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png"
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
-"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the"
-" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
+"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the "
+"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
 "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
 "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
-"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar"
-" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
-msgstr "<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> ekranında, önyükleme sırasında kullanılabilir durumdaki tüm girdilerin bir listesini görebilirsiniz. Öntanımlı olan yıldız ile işaretlidir. Menü girdilerinin sırasını değiştirmek için yukarı veya aşağı oklara tıklayarak seçili ögeyi kaydırabilirsiniz.<guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> veya <guibutton>Düzenle</guibutton> düğmelerine tıklarsanız, yeni bir girdi eklemek veya mevcut olan bir tanesini değiştirmek için yeni bir pencere açılacaktır. Bu araçları kullanabilmek için Lilo veya Grub' a aşina olmanız gerekir. "
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar "
+"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> ekranında, önyükleme sırasında kullanılabilir "
+"durumdaki tüm girdilerin bir listesini görebilirsiniz. Öntanımlı olan yıldız "
+"ile işaretlidir. Menü girdilerinin sırasını değiştirmek için yukarı veya "
+"aşağı oklara tıklayarak seçili ögeyi kaydırabilirsiniz.<guibutton>Ekle</"
+"guibutton> veya <guibutton>Düzenle</guibutton> düğmelerine tıklarsanız, yeni "
+"bir girdi eklemek veya mevcut olan bir tanesini değiştirmek için yeni bir "
+"pencere açılacaktır. Bu araçları kullanabilmek için Lilo veya Grub' a aşina "
+"olmanız gerekir. "
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94
 msgid "drakboot2.png"
 msgstr "drakboot2.png"
@@ -861,35 +1058,46 @@ msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
 "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
 "example: Mageia3."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Etiket</guilabel> alanı serbest biçimdedir. Buraya menüde görüntülenmesini istediğiniz şekilde yazın. Grub komutlarından \"title\" ile aynıdır. Örneğin: Mageia3"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Etiket</guilabel> alanı serbest biçimdedir. Buraya menüde "
+"görüntülenmesini istediğiniz şekilde yazın. Grub komutlarından \"title\" ile "
+"aynıdır. Örneğin: Mageia3"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
 "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Görüntü</guilabel> alanı çekirdek adını içerir. Grub komutu \"kernel\" ile eşleşmektedir. Örneğin /boot/vmlinuz."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Görüntü</guilabel> alanı çekirdek adını içerir. Grub komutu "
+"\"kernel\" ile eşleşmektedir. Örneğin /boot/vmlinuz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
 "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Kök</guilabel> alanı çekirdeğin depolandığı aygıt adını içerir. Grub komutu \"root\" ile eşleşmektedir. Örneğin (hd0,1)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Kök</guilabel> alanı çekirdeğin depolandığı aygıt adını içerir. "
+"Grub komutu \"root\" ile eşleşmektedir. Örneğin (hd0,1)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
 "the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Sonuna ekle</guilabel> alanı çekirdeğe önyükleme anında verilen seçenekleri içerir."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Sonuna ekle</guilabel> alanı çekirdeğe önyükleme anında verilen "
+"seçenekleri içerir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
 "entry by default."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Öntanımlı</guilabel> kutucuğu işaretliyse, Grub öntanımlı olarak bu girdi ile önyükleme yapacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Öntanımlı</guilabel> kutucuğu işaretliyse, Grub öntanımlı olarak "
+"bu girdi ile önyükleme yapacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115
@@ -897,7 +1105,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
 "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
 "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel> ekranında; açılır menüler yardımıyla <guilabel>Ekran kipi</guilabel>ni, bir <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> dosyasını ve bir <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> seçmek mümkündür."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel> ekranında; açılır menüler yardımıyla "
+"<guilabel>Ekran kipi</guilabel>ni, bir <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> dosyasını "
+"ve bir <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> seçmek mümkündür."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:3
@@ -909,8 +1120,7 @@ msgstr "Otomatik oturum açmayı ayarlayın"
 msgid "drakboot"
 msgstr "drakboot"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:11
 msgid "drakboot.png"
 msgstr "drakboot.png"
@@ -918,9 +1128,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:15
@@ -929,14 +1141,20 @@ msgid ""
 "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
 "asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
 "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr "Bu aygıt<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>parola sormadan aynı kullanıcının kendi masaüstü ortamına kendiliğinden giriş yapmasını sağlar. Otomatik giriş olarak adlandırılır.   Makineyi kullanacak tek bir kullanıcı varsa bu genellikle iyi bir fikirdir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aygıt<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>parola sormadan aynı "
+"kullanıcının kendi masaüstü ortamına kendiliğinden giriş yapmasını sağlar. "
+"Otomatik giriş olarak adlandırılır.   Makineyi kullanacak tek bir kullanıcı "
+"varsa bu genellikle iyi bir fikirdir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
 "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr "Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Önyükleme</emphasis> sekmesi altında \"Otomatik oturum açmayı ayarlayın\" etiketi altında bulunur."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Önyükleme</emphasis> "
+"sekmesi altında \"Otomatik oturum açmayı ayarlayın\" etiketi altında bulunur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:26
@@ -946,23 +1164,35 @@ msgstr "Arayüz düğmeleri oldukça açıktır:"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system "
-"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the "
-"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be "
-"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by "
-"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr "Eğer X Window System önyükleme sonrası çalıştırılacaksa <guibutton>Grafiksel ortam açılışta çalıştırılsın</guibutton> kutusunu işaretleyin. Aksi durumda sistem metin kipinde başlatılacaktır. Yine de grafik arayüzü elle başlatmak mümkün olacaktır. Bu ise 'startx' veya 'systemctl start dm' komutunu çalıştırarak yapılabilir."
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
+"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
+"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
+"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
+"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer X Window System önyükleme sonrası çalıştırılacaksa <guibutton>Grafiksel "
+"ortam açılışta çalıştırılsın</guibutton> kutusunu işaretleyin. Aksi durumda "
+"sistem metin kipinde başlatılacaktır. Yine de grafik arayüzü elle başlatmak "
+"mümkün olacaktır. Bu ise 'startx' veya 'systemctl start dm' komutunu "
+"çalıştırarak yapılabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakboot.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to"
-" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
+"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
 "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
 "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
 "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Eğer ilk kutu işaretlenmiş ise, diğer iki seçeneğe erişilebilir, eğer sistemin hangi kullanıcının oturum açacağını (ve parola) sormaya devam etmesini istiyorsanız <guibutton>Hayır, otomatik oturum açma istemiyorum</guibutton> ya da  gerekliyse <guibutton>Evet, şununla (kullanıcı, masaüstü) otomatik oturum açmak istiyorum</guibutton> işaretleyin. Bu durumda ayrıca  <guilabel>Varsayılan kullanıcı adı</guilabel>nı ve <guilabel>Varsayılan masaüstü</guilabel>nü girmeniz gerekir. "
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer ilk kutu işaretlenmiş ise, diğer iki seçeneğe erişilebilir, eğer "
+"sistemin hangi kullanıcının oturum açacağını (ve parola) sormaya devam "
+"etmesini istiyorsanız <guibutton>Hayır, otomatik oturum açma istemiyorum</"
+"guibutton> ya da  gerekliyse <guibutton>Evet, şununla (kullanıcı, masaüstü) "
+"otomatik oturum açmak istiyorum</guibutton> işaretleyin. Bu durumda ayrıca  "
+"<guilabel>Varsayılan kullanıcı adı</guilabel>nı ve <guilabel>Varsayılan "
+"masaüstü</guilabel>nü girmeniz gerekir. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
@@ -977,32 +1207,42 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırından kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</"
+"emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sadece komut satırından başlatılabilir ve kullanılabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sadece komut satırından "
+"başlatılabilir ve kullanılabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by"
-" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > "
-"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space "
-"first: the file can easily be several GBs large."
-msgstr "Bu komutun çıktısını bir dosyaya yazdırmanız tavsiye edilir, örneğin <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis> komutu ile yapabilirsiniz. Fakat yeterli disk boşluğunuzun bulunduğundan emin olun: bu dosya kolaylıkla birkaç GB boyutunda olabilir."
+"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
+"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
+"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
+"several GBs large."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu komutun çıktısını bir dosyaya yazdırmanız tavsiye edilir, örneğin "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis> komutu "
+"ile yapabilirsiniz. Fakat yeterli disk boşluğunuzun bulunduğundan emin olun: "
+"bu dosya kolaylıkla birkaç GB boyutunda olabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing"
-" the unneeded parts."
-msgstr "Çıktı, gereksiz bölümleri silmeden hata raporuna eklemek için çok çok fazla büyük."
+"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
+"the unneeded parts."
+msgstr ""
+"Çıktı, gereksiz bölümleri silmeden hata raporuna eklemek için çok çok fazla "
+"büyük."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
@@ -1179,12 +1419,19 @@ msgstr "df"
 msgid ""
 "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
 "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\""
-" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
-"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, "
-"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Bu yardım sayfası yazıldığı sıralarda, bu komutun \"syslog\" bölümü boştu, çünkü bu araç systemd geçişine göre düzeltilmemişti. Eğer hala boşsa, \"syslog\" u (kök olarak) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis> komutuyla alabilirsiniz. Yeterince boş alanınız yoksa, bunun yerine örneğin son 5000 satır kaydı şu komutla alabilirsiniz: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
+"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
+"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
+"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu yardım sayfası yazıldığı sıralarda, bu komutun \"syslog\" bölümü boştu, "
+"çünkü bu araç systemd geçişine göre düzeltilmemişti. Eğer hala boşsa, "
+"\"syslog\" u (kök olarak) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > "
+"journalctl.txt</emphasis> komutuyla alabilirsiniz. Yeterince boş alanınız "
+"yoksa, bunun yerine örneğin son 5000 satır kaydı şu komutla alabilirsiniz: "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</"
+"emphasis>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:9
@@ -1196,8 +1443,7 @@ msgstr "Mageia Hata Bildirme Aracı"
 msgid "drakbug"
 msgstr "drakbug"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:15
 msgid "drakbug.png"
 msgstr "drakbug.png"
@@ -1205,29 +1451,37 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that,"
-" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some "
-"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug "
-"report."
-msgstr "Genellikle bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir Mageia aracı çöktüğünde otomatik olarak başlar. Bununla birlikte, bir hata raporunu doldurduktan sonra sizden bu aracı çalıştırmanız ve böylece bazı bilgileri sağlamanız istenebilir. "
+"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
+"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
+"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
+msgstr ""
+"Genellikle bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir Mageia aracı "
+"çöktüğünde otomatik olarak başlar. Bununla birlikte, bir hata raporunu "
+"doldurduktan sonra sizden bu aracı çalıştırmanız ve böylece bazı bilgileri "
+"sağlamanız istenebilir. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link "
-"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How "
-"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" "
-"button."
-msgstr "Eğer yeni bir hata raporunun dosyalanması gerekiyorsa ve buna alışkın değilseniz, \"Raporla\" düğmesine tıklamadan önce lütfen <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Bir hata raporu Nasıl uygun bir şekilde raporlanır</link>."
+"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
+"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
+"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer yeni bir hata raporunun dosyalanması gerekiyorsa ve buna alışkın "
+"değilseniz, \"Raporla\" düğmesine tıklamadan önce lütfen <link xlink:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Bir hata raporu "
+"Nasıl uygun bir şekilde raporlanır</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakbug.xml:23
@@ -1235,7 +1489,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
 "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
 "that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr "Hatanın başka bir kullanıcı tarafından daha önce raporlanması durumunda (öyleyse drakbug'ın verdiği hata mesajı aynıdır), ayrıca gördüğünüz hata raporuna ek yorumlar yapmanız faydalı olur."
+msgstr ""
+"Hatanın başka bir kullanıcı tarafından daha önce raporlanması durumunda "
+"(öyleyse drakbug'ın verdiği hata mesajı aynıdır), ayrıca gördüğünüz hata "
+"raporuna ek yorumlar yapmanız faydalı olur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:3
@@ -1247,8 +1504,7 @@ msgstr "Tarih ve saati yönet"
 msgid "drakclock"
 msgstr "drakclock"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:10
 msgid "drakclock.png"
 msgstr "drakclock.png"
@@ -1256,18 +1512,24 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</"
+"emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and "
-"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a "
-"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Merkezi Sistem sekmesinde  <guilabel>\"Tarih ve saati yönet\"</guilabel> etiketi ile bulunur. Bazı masaüstü ortamlarında görev çubuğundaki saatin üstüne sağ tıklayıp / Tarih ve saati ayarla ... ile ayarlamak mümkündür."
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
+"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
+"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Kontrol Merkezi "
+"Sistem sekmesinde  <guilabel>\"Tarih ve saati yönet\"</guilabel> etiketi ile "
+"bulunur. Bazı masaüstü ortamlarında görev çubuğundaki saatin üstüne sağ "
+"tıklayıp / Tarih ve saati ayarla ... ile ayarlamak mümkündür."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:21
@@ -1278,30 +1540,43 @@ msgstr "Bu çok kolay bir araçtır."
 #: en/drakclock.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on"
-" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
+"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
+"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
 "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
 "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr "Sol üst bölümde <emphasis role=\"bold\">takvim</emphasis> bulunur. Yukarıdaki ekran görüntüsünde Eylül (sol üstte),  (sağ üstte), 2 (mavi) ve Pazar. Ayı (ya da yılı) Eylül'ün (ya da 2012'nin) iki tarafında da bulunan küçük oka tıklayarak seçiniz. Günü rakamına tıklayarak seçiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Sol üst bölümde <emphasis role=\"bold\">takvim</emphasis> bulunur. "
+"Yukarıdaki ekran görüntüsünde Eylül (sol üstte),  (sağ üstte), 2 (mavi) ve "
+"Pazar. Ayı (ya da yılı) Eylül'ün (ya da 2012'nin) iki tarafında da bulunan "
+"küçük oka tıklayarak seçiniz. Günü rakamına tıklayarak seçiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:29
 msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time "
-"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on "
-"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
+"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
+"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
 "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr "Sol altta <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ağ zaman Protokolü</emphasis> eşzamanlanıyor, bit sunucu ile eşzamanlanarak daima dakik bir saate sahip olmak mümkündür. <guilabel>Ağ Zaman Protokolünü Etkinleştir</guilabel>i işaretleyin ve en yakın sunucuyu seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"Sol altta <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ağ zaman Protokolü</emphasis> "
+"eşzamanlanıyor, bit sunucu ile eşzamanlanarak daima dakik bir saate sahip "
+"olmak mümkündür. <guilabel>Ağ Zaman Protokolünü Etkinleştir</guilabel>i "
+"işaretleyin ve en yakın sunucuyu seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
 "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows"
-" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see"
-" your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr "Sağ tarafta <emphasis role=\"bold\">saat</emphasis> bulunur. Eğer NTP etkinleştirilmişse saati ayarlamak faydasızdır. Üç kutu saati, dakikayı ve saniyeyi (ekran görüntüsünde 15, 28 ve 22) gösterir. Saati doğru olarak ayarlamak için küçük okları kullanın. Burada biçim değiştirilemez, bunun için masaüstü ortamınızın ayarlarına bakınız."
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
+"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
+"your desktop environment settings for that."
+msgstr ""
+"Sağ tarafta <emphasis role=\"bold\">saat</emphasis> bulunur. Eğer NTP "
+"etkinleştirilmişse saati ayarlamak faydasızdır. Üç kutu saati, dakikayı ve "
+"saniyeyi (ekran görüntüsünde 15, 28 ve 22) gösterir. Saati doğru olarak "
+"ayarlamak için küçük okları kullanın. Burada biçim değiştirilemez, bunun "
+"için masaüstü ortamınızın ayarlarına bakınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:40
@@ -1309,15 +1584,20 @@ msgid ""
 "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
 "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
 "nearest town."
-msgstr "En azından, sağ altta, <guibutton>Saat Dilimini Değiştir</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak ve listeden en yakın yerleşim yerini seçerek zaman diliminizi seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"En azından, sağ altta, <guibutton>Saat Dilimini Değiştir</guibutton> "
+"düğmesine tıklayarak ve listeden en yakın yerleşim yerini seçerek zaman "
+"diliminizi seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/drakclock.xml:45
 msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they"
-" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
+"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
 "settings."
-msgstr "Bu araçtan bir tarih ve saat biçimi seçemek mümkün olmasa bile, masaüstünüzde yerelleştirme ayarlarınızla uyumlu olarak gösterilecektir. "
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araçtan bir tarih ve saat biçimi seçemek mümkün olmasa bile, "
+"masaüstünüzde yerelleştirme ayarlarınızla uyumlu olarak gösterilecektir. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
@@ -1329,8 +1609,7 @@ msgstr "Bir bağlantıyı kaldır"
 msgid "drakconnect --del"
 msgstr "drakconnect --del"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
 msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
@@ -1338,30 +1617,38 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --"
+"del</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>."
-msgstr "Burada, bir ağ arabirimini silebilirsiniz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada, bir ağ arabirimini silebilirsiniz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
 "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Aşağı açılır menüye tıklayın, kaldırmak istediğinizi seçin ve <emphasis>sonraki</emphasis>ye tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Aşağı açılır menüye tıklayın, kaldırmak istediğinizi seçin ve "
+"<emphasis>sonraki</emphasis>ye tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
 "successfully."
-msgstr "Ağ arayüzünün başarılı bir şekilde silindiğini söyleyen bir mesaj göreceksiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Ağ arayüzünün başarılı bir şekilde silindiğini söyleyen bir mesaj "
+"göreceksiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:3
@@ -1373,8 +1660,7 @@ msgstr "Yeni bir ağ arayüzü kur (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
 msgid "drakconnect"
 msgstr "drakconnect"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:11
 msgid "drakconnect.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect.png"
@@ -1382,9 +1668,11 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</"
+"emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:18
@@ -1392,14 +1680,19 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
 "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
 "your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> yerel ağın ve İnternet erişiminin büyük kısmını yapılandırmanızı sağlar. Erişim sağlayıcınızdan veya ağ yöneticinizden bazı bilgileri almak zorundasınız."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> yerel ağın ve İnternet "
+"erişiminin büyük kısmını yapılandırmanızı sağlar. Erişim sağlayıcınızdan "
+"veya ağ yöneticinizden bazı bilgileri almak zorundasınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:25
 msgid ""
 "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
 "and provider you have."
-msgstr "Ayarlamak istediğiniz bağlantı türünü, hangi donanıma ve sağlayıcıya sahip olduğunuza bağlı olarak, seçiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Ayarlamak istediğiniz bağlantı türünü, hangi donanıma ve sağlayıcıya sahip "
+"olduğunuza bağlı olarak, seçiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:30
@@ -1411,133 +1704,150 @@ msgstr "Yeni bir kablolu bağlantı (Ethernet)"
 msgid ""
 "The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
 "to configure."
-msgstr "İlk pencere uygun olan arayüzleri listeler. Yapılandırmak istediğinizi seçiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"İlk pencere uygun olan arayüzleri listeler. Yapılandırmak istediğinizi "
+"seçiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
 msgid ""
 "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
 "address."
-msgstr "Bu adımda, seçenekler otomatik IP adresi veya elle IP adresi olmak üzere verilir. "
+msgstr ""
+"Bu adımda, seçenekler otomatik IP adresi veya elle IP adresi olmak üzere "
+"verilir. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
 msgid "Automatic IP"
 msgstr "Otomatik IP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers"
-" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
+"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
-" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuların DHCP sunucu tarafından mı yoksa elle mi belirtildiğini aşağıda açıklandığı gibi seçmeniz gerekir. İkincisi durumunda, DHCP sunucularının IP adresi ayarlanmalı. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME i burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse varsayılan olarak <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> ismi verilir. Makine adı ayrıca DHCP sunucusundan <emphasis>Makine ismini DHCP sunucusundan ata</emphasis> seçeneği ile sağlanabilir. Tüm DHCP sunucuları böyle bir fonksiyonu yoktur ve eğer bilgisayarınızı evdeki ADSL yönelticiden IP adresi alacak şekilde ayarladıysanız, muhtemelen yoktur."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuların DHCP sunucu "
+"tarafından mı yoksa elle mi belirtildiğini aşağıda açıklandığı gibi seçmeniz "
+"gerekir. İkincisi durumunda, DHCP sunucularının IP adresi ayarlanmalı. "
+"Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME i burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME "
+"belirtilmemişse varsayılan olarak <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> "
+"ismi verilir. Makine adı ayrıca DHCP sunucusundan <emphasis>Makine ismini "
+"DHCP sunucusundan ata</emphasis> seçeneği ile sağlanabilir. Tüm DHCP "
+"sunucuları böyle bir fonksiyonu yoktur ve eğer bilgisayarınızı evdeki ADSL "
+"yönelticiden IP adresi alacak şekilde ayarladıysanız, muhtemelen yoktur."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:62
 msgid "drakconnect5.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
 msgstr "Gelişmiş düğmesi, şunları belirtme fırsatı verir:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
 msgstr "Alan tara (DHCP sunucu tarafından sağlandığından erişilebilir değil)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
 msgid "the DHCP client"
 msgstr "DHCP istemci"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
 msgid "DHCP timeout"
 msgstr "DHCP zamanaşımı"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr "DHCP'den YP sunucuyu getir (varsayılan olarak işaretli): NIS sunucuyu belirt"
+msgstr ""
+"DHCP'den YP sunucuyu getir (varsayılan olarak işaretli): NIS sunucuyu belirt"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
 msgstr "DHCP'den NTPD sunucuyu getir (saat eşzamanlaması)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
 msgid ""
 "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
 "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
 "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr "DHCP taraından istenen HOSTNAME . Bu seçeneği sadece DHCP sunucunun istemcinin IP adresi almasından önce alanadına gereksinim duyması durumunda kullanınız. Bu seçenek bazı DHCP sunucular tarafından yerine getirilmez."
+msgstr ""
+"DHCP taraından istenen HOSTNAME . Bu seçeneği sadece DHCP sunucunun "
+"istemcinin IP adresi almasından önce alanadına gereksinim duyması durumunda "
+"kullanınız. Bu seçenek bazı DHCP sunucular tarafından yerine getirilmez."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
 "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Kabul ettikten sonra, tüm bağlantı yapaılandırmaları için ortak olan son adım açıklanmıştır: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Kabul ettikten sonra, tüm bağlantı yapaılandırmaları için ortak olan son "
+"adım açıklanmıştır: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
 msgid "Manual configuration"
 msgstr "Elle yapılandırma"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:115
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
 "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
 "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuyu bildirmek zorundasınız. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME bilgisi burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse,   <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> ismi varsayılan olarak verilecektir."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuyu bildirmek "
+"zorundasınız. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME bilgisi burada belirtilebilir. Eğer "
+"hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse,   <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> "
+"ismi varsayılan olarak verilecektir."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
-"available from your service provider's website."
-msgstr "Bir ev ağı için genellikle IP adresi <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Ağ maskesi <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gibidir ve Ağ geçidi ve DNS sunucular servis sunucunuzun web sayfasından alınabilir."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
+"provider's website."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir ev ağı için genellikle IP adresi <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Ağ "
+"maskesi <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gibidir ve Ağ geçidi ve DNS "
+"sunucular servis sunucunuzun web sayfasından alınabilir."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:126
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
-"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
-"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
-"domestic ADSL would not need this setting."
-msgstr "Gelişmiş ayarlarda, <emphasis>Arama alanı</emphasis> belirtebilirdiniz. Bu genellikle sizin ev alanınız olurdu, örn. bilgiayarınız \"splash\" olarak isimlendirilmişse, ve tam alan adı \"splash.boatanchor.net\" ise, Arama Alanı \"boatanchor.net\" olurdu. Özellikle ihtiyacınız yoksa, bu ayarı tanımlamamak normaldir. Yine evdeki ADSLiniz bu ayara ihtiyaç duymaz."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
+"this setting."
+msgstr ""
+"Gelişmiş ayarlarda, <emphasis>Arama alanı</emphasis> belirtebilirdiniz. Bu "
+"genellikle sizin ev alanınız olurdu, örn. bilgiayarınız \"splash\" olarak "
+"isimlendirilmişse, ve tam alan adı \"splash.boatanchor.net\" ise, Arama "
+"Alanı \"boatanchor.net\" olurdu. Özellikle ihtiyacınız yoksa, bu ayarı "
+"tanımlamamak normaldir. Yine evdeki ADSLiniz bu ayara ihtiyaç duymaz."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:136
 msgid "drakconnect30.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
@@ -1558,11 +1868,14 @@ msgstr "Yeni bir Uydu bağlantısı (DVB)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
 msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you"
-" can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
-"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Belgelendirme takımı.</link> ile iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler."
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına "
+"yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Belgelendirme takımı.</link> ile "
+"iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:158
@@ -1574,59 +1887,73 @@ msgstr "Yeni bir kablolu modem bağlantısı"
 msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
 msgstr "Kimlik kontrolü metodunu belirtmek zorundasınız:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:176
 msgid "None"
 msgstr "Hiçbiri"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:180
 msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name"
-" and password."
-msgstr "BPALogin (Telstra için gerekli). Bu durumda Kullanıcı adını ve parolayı sağlamalısınız."
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
+"and password."
+msgstr ""
+"BPALogin (Telstra için gerekli). Bu durumda Kullanıcı adını ve parolayı "
+"sağlamalısınız."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:191
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
 "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
 "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-"  The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers"
-" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
 "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Kablolu/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuların DHCP sunucu tarafından mı yoksa elle mi belirtildiğini aşağıda açıklandığı gibi seçmeniz gerekir. İkincisi durumunda, DHCP sunucularının IP adresi ayarlanmalı. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME i burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse varsayılan olarak <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> ismi verilir. Makine adı ayrıca DHCP sunucusundan <emphasis>Makine ismini DHCP sunucusundan ata</emphasis> seçeneği ile sağlanabilir. Tüm DHCP sunucuları böyle bir fonksiyonu yoktur ve eğer bilgisayarınızı evdeki ADSL yönelticiden IP adresi alacak şekilde ayarladıysanız, muhtemelen yoktur."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Kablolu/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuların DHCP sunucu "
+"tarafından mı yoksa elle mi belirtildiğini aşağıda açıklandığı gibi seçmeniz "
+"gerekir. İkincisi durumunda, DHCP sunucularının IP adresi ayarlanmalı. "
+"Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME i burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME "
+"belirtilmemişse varsayılan olarak <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> "
+"ismi verilir. Makine adı ayrıca DHCP sunucusundan <emphasis>Makine ismini "
+"DHCP sunucusundan ata</emphasis> seçeneği ile sağlanabilir. Tüm DHCP "
+"sunucuları böyle bir fonksiyonu yoktur ve eğer bilgisayarınızı evdeki ADSL "
+"yönelticiden IP adresi alacak şekilde ayarladıysanız, muhtemelen yoktur."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:252
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers"
-" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
+"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
 "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
 "attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Kablo/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuyu bildirmek zorundasınız. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME bilgisi burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse,   <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> ismi varsayılan olarak verilecektir."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Kablo/IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuyu bildirmek zorundasınız. "
+"Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME bilgisi burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME "
+"belirtilmemişse,   <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> ismi varsayılan "
+"olarak verilecektir."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:263
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
-"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
-"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". "
-"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, "
-"domestic connection would not need this setting."
-msgstr "Gelişmiş ayarlarda, <emphasis>Arama alanı</emphasis> belirtebilirdiniz. Bu genellikle sizin ev alanınız olurdu, örn. bilgiayarınız \"splash\" olarak isimlendirilmişse, ve tam alan adı \"splash.boatanchor.net\" ise, Arama Alanı \"boatanchor.net\" olurdu. Özellikle ihtiyacınız yoksa, bu ayarı tanımlamamak normaldir. Yine evdeki bağlantınız bu ayara ihtiyaç duymaz."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
+"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
+"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
+"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
+"need this setting."
+msgstr ""
+"Gelişmiş ayarlarda, <emphasis>Arama alanı</emphasis> belirtebilirdiniz. Bu "
+"genellikle sizin ev alanınız olurdu, örn. bilgiayarınız \"splash\" olarak "
+"isimlendirilmişse, ve tam alan adı \"splash.boatanchor.net\" ise, Arama "
+"Alanı \"boatanchor.net\" olurdu. Özellikle ihtiyacınız yoksa, bu ayarı "
+"tanımlamamak normaldir. Yine evdeki bağlantınız bu ayara ihtiyaç duymaz."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:273
 msgid "drakconnect32.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
@@ -1641,47 +1968,47 @@ msgstr "Yeni bir DSL bağlantısı"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr "Eğer araç ağ aryüzleri tespit ederse, birini seçmenizi ve bunu yapılandırmanızı önerir."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer araç ağ aryüzleri tespit ederse, birini seçmenizi ve bunu "
+"yapılandırmanızı önerir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr "Ülkelere göre sınıflandırılmış bir sağlayıcı listesi önerilmiştir. Sağlayıcınızı seçiniz. Eğer listelenmemiş ise <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</guilabel> seçeneğini seçiniz ve sağlayıcınızın verdiği seçenekleri giriniz."
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+msgstr ""
+"Ülkelere göre sınıflandırılmış bir sağlayıcı listesi önerilmiştir. "
+"Sağlayıcınızı seçiniz. Eğer listelenmemiş ise <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</"
+"guilabel> seçeneğini seçiniz ve sağlayıcınızın verdiği seçenekleri giriniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
 msgstr "Mümkün olan protokollerden birini seçiniz:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:307
 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Değişen Makine Yapılandırma Protokolü (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:311
 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
 msgstr "Elle TCP/IP yapılandırması"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:315
 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
 msgstr "ADSL üzerinden PPP (PPPoA)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:319
 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
 msgstr "Ethernet üzerinden PPP (PPPoE)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:323
 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
 msgstr "Noktadan Noktaya Borulama Protokolü (PPTP)"
@@ -1691,26 +2018,22 @@ msgstr "Noktadan Noktaya Borulama Protokolü (PPTP)"
 msgid "Access settings"
 msgstr "Erişim ayarları"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
 msgid "Account Login (user name)"
 msgstr "Oturum Hesabı (kullanıcı adı)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
 msgid "Account password"
 msgstr "Hesap parolası"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:341
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
 msgstr "(Gelişmiş) Sanal Yol Kimliği (VPI)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:345
 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
 msgstr "(Gelişmiş) Sanal Şebeke Kimliği (VCI)"
@@ -1730,14 +2053,12 @@ msgstr "Yeni bir ISDN bağlantısı"
 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
 msgstr "Sihirbaz hangi cihazı yapılandıracağını sorar"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:365
 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
 msgstr "Elle seçim (dahili ISDN kartı)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:369
 msgid "External ISDN modem"
 msgstr "Harici ISDN modem"
@@ -1747,16 +2068,16 @@ msgstr "Harici ISDN modem"
 msgid ""
 "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
 "Select your card."
-msgstr "Bir donanım listesi sunulmuş, kategori ve üreticisine göre sınıflandırılmış. Kartınızı seçiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir donanım listesi sunulmuş, kategori ve üreticisine göre sınıflandırılmış. "
+"Kartınızı seçiniz."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:384
 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
 msgstr "Avrupa hariç, dünyanın geri kalanı için protokol  (DHCP)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:389
 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
 msgstr "Avrupa için protokol (EDSS1)"
@@ -1765,31 +2086,31 @@ msgstr "Avrupa için protokol (EDSS1)"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:395
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave "
-"you. Then it is asked for parameters:"
-msgstr "Sonra ülkelere göre sınıflandırılmış bir sağlayıcı listesi önerilmiştir. Sağlayıcınızı seçiniz. Eğer listelenmemiş ise <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</guilabel> seçeneğini seçiniz ve sağlayıcınızın verdiği seçenekleri giriniz. Sonra parametreler için sorulcaktır:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
+"asked for parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+"Sonra ülkelere göre sınıflandırılmış bir sağlayıcı listesi önerilmiştir. "
+"Sağlayıcınızı seçiniz. Eğer listelenmemiş ise <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</"
+"guilabel> seçeneğini seçiniz ve sağlayıcınızın verdiği seçenekleri giriniz. "
+"Sonra parametreler için sorulcaktır:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:402
 msgid "Connection name"
 msgstr "Bağlanrı ismi"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:406
 msgid "Phone number"
 msgstr "Telefon numarası"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:410
 msgid "Login ID"
 msgstr "Oturum ID"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:418
 msgid "Authentication method"
 msgstr "Kimlik Denetimi yöntemi"
@@ -1799,43 +2120,49 @@ msgstr "Kimlik Denetimi yöntemi"
 msgid ""
 "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
 "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr "Bundan sonra IP adresinizi otomatik mi yoksa elle mi elde ettiğinizi seçmeniz gerekir. Eğer ikincisiyse IP adresi ve Altağ maskesini belirtin."
+msgstr ""
+"Bundan sonra IP adresinizi otomatik mi yoksa elle mi elde ettiğinizi "
+"seçmeniz gerekir. Eğer ikincisiyse IP adresi ve Altağ maskesini belirtin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:430
 msgid ""
 "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to"
-" put:"
-msgstr "Sonraki metod DNS sunucu adresinin nasıl elde edildiğini, otomatik veya elle, seçmeniz için. Elle yapılandırma durumunda şunları girmelisiniz:"
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
+"put:"
+msgstr ""
+"Sonraki metod DNS sunucu adresinin nasıl elde edildiğini, otomatik veya "
+"elle, seçmeniz için. Elle yapılandırma durumunda şunları girmelisiniz:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:436
 msgid "Domain name"
 msgstr "Alanadı ismi"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:440
 msgid "First and second DNS Server"
 msgstr "Birinci ve ikinci DNS Sunucu"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:444
 msgid ""
 "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
 "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr "Eğer makineadı IP ile ayarlanıp ayarlanmadığını seçiniz. Bunu sadece sağlayıcınızın bunu kabul edecek şekilde yapılandırıldığından eminseniz seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer makineadı IP ile ayarlanıp ayarlanmadığını seçiniz. Bunu sadece "
+"sağlayıcınızın bunu kabul edecek şekilde yapılandırıldığından eminseniz "
+"seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:452
 msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic"
-" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter "
-"the IP address."
-msgstr "Sonraki metod ağgeçidi adresinin nasıl elde edildiğini, otomatik veya elle, seçmeniz için. Elle yapılandırma durumunda IP adresini girmelisiniz:"
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
+"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
+"IP address."
+msgstr ""
+"Sonraki metod ağgeçidi adresinin nasıl elde edildiğini, otomatik veya elle, "
+"seçmeniz için. Elle yapılandırma durumunda IP adresini girmelisiniz:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:464
@@ -1848,103 +2175,92 @@ msgid ""
 "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
 "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
 "only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr "İlk pencere uygun olan arayüzleri ve Windows sürücüleri için bir girdi (ndiswrapper) listeler. Yapılandırmak istediğinizi seçiniz. ndiswrapper'ı sadece diğer yapılandırma metodları işe yaramadığında kullanın."
+msgstr ""
+"İlk pencere uygun olan arayüzleri ve Windows sürücüleri için bir girdi "
+"(ndiswrapper) listeler. Yapılandırmak istediğinizi seçiniz. ndiswrapper'ı "
+"sadece diğer yapılandırma metodları işe yaramadığında kullanın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:475
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
 "the card has detected."
-msgstr "Bu adımda kartın algıladığı farklı erişim noktaları arasında seçim verilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu adımda kartın algıladığı farklı erişim noktaları arasında seçim verilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:480
 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
 msgstr "Kablosuz kart için sağlanacak belirli parametreler:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:484
 msgid "drakconnect31.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:490
 msgid "Operating mode:"
 msgstr "İşlem modu:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:494
 msgid "Managed"
 msgstr "Yönetildi"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:497
 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
 msgstr "Varolan bir erişim noktasına erişmek için (çoğunlukla)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:503
 msgid "Ad-Hoc"
 msgstr "Ad-hoc"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:506
 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
 msgstr "Bilgisayarlar arasındaki doğrudan bağlantıyı yapılandırmak için."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:514
 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
 msgstr "Ağ İsmi (ESSID)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:518
 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
 msgstr "Şifreleme modu: Erişim noktasının nasıl yapılandırıldığına bağlıdır."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:523
 msgid "WPA/WPA2"
 msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:526
 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
 msgstr "Eğer donanımınız izin veriyor ise şifreleme modu tercih edilir."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:532
 msgid "WEP"
 msgstr "WEP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:535
 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
 msgstr "Bazı eski donanımlar sadece bu şifreleme metodunu kullanır."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:543
 msgid "Encryption key"
 msgstr "Şifreleme anahtarı"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid ""
-"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
+msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
 msgstr "Bu genellikle erişim noktasına verilen donanım ile sağlanır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
@@ -1952,10 +2268,11 @@ msgstr "Bu genellikle erişim noktasına verilen donanım ile sağlanır."
 msgid ""
 "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
 "manual IP address."
-msgstr "Bu adımda, seçenekler otomatik IP adresi veya elle IP adresi olmak üzere verilir. "
+msgstr ""
+"Bu adımda, seçenekler otomatik IP adresi veya elle IP adresi olmak üzere "
+"verilir. "
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:561
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
@@ -1965,49 +2282,63 @@ msgid ""
 "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
 "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
 "DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuların DHCP sunucu tarafından mı yoksa elle mi belirtildiğini aşağıda açıklandığı gibi seçmeniz gerekir. İkincisi durumunda, DHCP sunucularının IP adresi ayarlanmalı. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME i burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse varsayılan olarak localhost.localdomain ismi verilir. Makine adı ayrıca DHCP sunucusundan <emphasis>Makine ismini DHCP sunucusundan ata</emphasis> seçeneği ile sağlanabilir. "
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuların DHCP sunucu tarafından mı "
+"yoksa elle mi belirtildiğini aşağıda açıklandığı gibi seçmeniz gerekir. "
+"İkincisi durumunda, DHCP sunucularının IP adresi ayarlanmalı. Bilgisayarın "
+"HOSTNAME i burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse "
+"varsayılan olarak localhost.localdomain ismi verilir. Makine adı ayrıca DHCP "
+"sunucusundan <emphasis>Makine ismini DHCP sunucusundan ata</emphasis> "
+"seçeneği ile sağlanabilir. "
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:589
 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr "DHCP'den YP sunucuyu getir (varsayılan olarak işareli): NIS sunucuları belirt"
+msgstr ""
+"DHCP'den YP sunucuyu getir (varsayılan olarak işareli): NIS sunucuları belirt"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:608
 msgid ""
 "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
 "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr "Yapılandırmayı kabul ettikten sonra, tüm bağlantılar için ortak olan adım açıklanmıştır: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Yapılandırmayı kabul ettikten sonra, tüm bağlantılar için ortak olan adım "
+"açıklanmıştır: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:619
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified,"
-" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuyu açıklamak zorundasınız. Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME bilgisi burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME belirtilmemişse,   <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> ismi varsayılan olarak verilecektir."
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>IP ayarları</emphasis>: DNS sunucuyu açıklamak zorundasınız. "
+"Bilgisayarın HOSTNAME bilgisi burada belirtilebilir. Eğer hiçbir HOSTNAME "
+"belirtilmemişse,   <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> ismi varsayılan "
+"olarak verilecektir."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:625
 msgid ""
 "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
-"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr "Bir ev ağı için genellikle IP adresi <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Ağ maskesi <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gibidir ve Ağ geçidi ve DNS sunucular servis sunucunuzun web sayfasından alınabilir."
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
+"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
+"website."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir ev ağı için genellikle IP adresi <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Ağ "
+"maskesi <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, gibidir ve Ağ geçidi ve DNS "
+"sunucular servis sunucunuzun web sayfasından alınabilir."
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:630
 msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
-"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, "
-"before the period."
-msgstr "Gelişmiş ayarlarda <emphasis>Arama alanı</emphasis> belirtebilirsiniz. Bu, makineadınıza ilk isim olmadan görünmelidir."
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
+"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
+"period."
+msgstr ""
+"Gelişmiş ayarlarda <emphasis>Arama alanı</emphasis> belirtebilirsiniz. Bu, "
+"makineadınıza ilk isim olmadan görünmelidir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:644
@@ -2019,7 +2350,9 @@ msgstr "Yeni bir  GPRS/Edge/3G bağlantısı"
 msgid ""
 "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
 "configure it."
-msgstr "Eğer araç kablosuz ağ aryüzleri tespit ederse, birini seçmenizi ve bunu yapılandırmanızı önerir."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer araç kablosuz ağ aryüzleri tespit ederse, birini seçmenizi ve bunu "
+"yapılandırmanızı önerir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:653
@@ -2031,15 +2364,16 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
 "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Sihirbaz ağı soruyor. Eğer bulunmamışsa <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</guilabel> seçeneğini seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"Sihirbaz ağı soruyor. Eğer bulunmamışsa <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</guilabel> "
+"seçeneğini seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:670
 msgid "Provide access settings"
 msgstr "Erişim ayarlarını sağlayın"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:674
 msgid "Access Point Name"
 msgstr "Erişim Noktası İsmi"
@@ -2054,14 +2388,12 @@ msgstr "Yeni bir Blurtooth Çevirmeli Ağ bağlantısı"
 msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
 msgstr "Yeni bir Analog telefon modem bağlantısı (POTS)"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:710
 msgid "Manual choice"
 msgstr "Elle seçim"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:714
 msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
 msgstr "Donanım bulundu, eğer varsa."
@@ -2076,73 +2408,69 @@ msgstr "Bir port listesi sunuldu. Portunuzu seçiniz."
 msgid ""
 "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
 "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Eğer hala kurulmadıysa,  <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis> paketini kurmanız önerilir"
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer hala kurulmadıysa,  <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis> paketini "
+"kurmanız önerilir"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:729
 msgid ""
 "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-" Then it is asked for Dialup options:"
-msgstr "Ülkelere göre sınıflandırılmış bir sağlayıcı listesi önerilmiştir. Sağlayıcınızı seçiniz. Eğer listelenmemiş ise <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</guilabel> seçeneğini seçiniz ve sağlayıcınızın verdiği seçenekleri giriniz. Sonra Çevirmeli seçenekleri sorulcaktır:"
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
+"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
+"for Dialup options:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ülkelere göre sınıflandırılmış bir sağlayıcı listesi önerilmiştir. "
+"Sağlayıcınızı seçiniz. Eğer listelenmemiş ise <guilabel>Listelenmemiş</"
+"guilabel> seçeneğini seçiniz ve sağlayıcınızın verdiği seçenekleri giriniz. "
+"Sonra Çevirmeli seçenekleri sorulcaktır:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:736
 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Bağlantı ismi</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:740
 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Telefon numarası</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:744
 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Oturum ID</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:748
 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Parola</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:752
 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
 msgstr "<emphasis>Kimlik Denetimi</emphasis>, seçiniz:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:756
 msgid "PAP/CHAP"
 msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:760
 msgid "Script-based"
 msgstr "Betik Tabanlı"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:764
 msgid "PAP"
 msgstr "PAP"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:768
 msgid "Terminal-based"
 msgstr "Uçbirim-tabanlı"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:772
 msgid "CHAP"
 msgstr "CHAP"
@@ -2176,7 +2504,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Trafik muhasebesini etkinleştir</emphasis>"
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:804
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Arayüzün Ağ Yöneticisi tarafından yönetilmesine izin ver</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Arayüzün Ağ Yöneticisi tarafından yönetilmesine izin ver</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:809
@@ -2184,7 +2513,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
 "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
 "automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr "Kablosuz bağlantı durumunda, tamamlayıcı bir kutu, sinyal gücüne göre otomatik olarak erişim noktasını değiştiren <emphasis>Erişim noktası dolaşımına izin ver</emphasis> bulunur."
+msgstr ""
+"Kablosuz bağlantı durumunda, tamamlayıcı bir kutu, sinyal gücüne göre "
+"otomatik olarak erişim noktasını değiştiren <emphasis>Erişim noktası "
+"dolaşımına izin ver</emphasis> bulunur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:816
@@ -2216,10 +2548,10 @@ msgstr "IPv6' dan IPv4 tünellemeyi etkinleştir"
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
 "immediately or not."
-msgstr "Son adım bağlantının hemen başlatılıp başlatılmayacağını belirtmenizi sağlar."
+msgstr ""
+"Son adım bağlantının hemen başlatılıp başlatılmayacağını belirtmenizi sağlar."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconnect.xml:841
 msgid "drakconnect9.png"
 msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
@@ -2234,8 +2566,7 @@ msgstr "Yönetici olarak bir komut satırı açın"
 msgid "drakconsole"
 msgstr "drakconsole"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:10
 msgid "drakconsole.png"
 msgstr "drakconsole.png"
@@ -2243,17 +2574,22 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</"
+"emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakconsole.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more"
-" information about that."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> doğrudan root olarak bir uç birim açmanızı sağlar. Bununla ilgili daha fazla bilgiye ihtiyacınız olmadığını düşünüyoruz. "
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
+"information about that."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> doğrudan root olarak bir uç "
+"birim açmanızı sağlar. Bununla ilgili daha fazla bilgiye ihtiyacınız "
+"olmadığını düşünüyoruz. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:8
@@ -2265,8 +2601,7 @@ msgstr "Disk bölümlerini yönet"
 msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
 msgstr "drakdisk veya diskdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:15
 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
@@ -2274,10 +2609,13 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında ve root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> veya <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
+"as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında ve root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</"
+"emphasis> veya <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> yazarak "
+"başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:20
@@ -2285,19 +2623,25 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
 "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
 "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on "
-"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> çok kuvvetlidir, küçücük bir hata veya bir kedinin klavyenizin üzerinde dolaşması bir bölmümdeki tüm verileri kaybatmenize veya hatta tüm sabit diskin silinmesine yol açabilir. Bu yüzden araç ekranının en üstünde yukarıdaki ekranı göreceksiniz. Devam etmek istediğinize emin değilseniz <emphasis>Çıkış</emphasis>a tıklayınız."
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
+"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> çok kuvvetlidir, küçücük "
+"bir hata veya bir kedinin klavyenizin üzerinde dolaşması bir bölmümdeki tüm "
+"verileri kaybatmenize veya hatta tüm sabit diskin silinmesine yol açabilir. "
+"Bu yüzden araç ekranının en üstünde yukarıdaki ekranı göreceksiniz. Devam "
+"etmek istediğinize emin değilseniz <emphasis>Çıkış</emphasis>a tıklayınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
 "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr "Eğer birden fazla sabit diskiniz varsa, doğru sekmeyi seçerek (sda, sdb, sdc vb.) üzerinde çalışmak istediğiniz sabit diske geçebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer birden fazla sabit diskiniz varsa, doğru sekmeyi seçerek (sda, sdb, sdc "
+"vb.) üzerinde çalışmak istediğiniz sabit diske geçebilirsiniz."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:35
 msgid "drakdisk.png"
 msgstr "drakdisk.png"
@@ -2307,12 +2651,18 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png"
 msgid ""
 "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
 "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a"
-" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear "
-"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete "
-"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a "
-"partition."
-msgstr "Sabit diskinizi tercihlerinize göre ayarlamak için bir çok işlem arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Tüm sabit diski silme, bölme ya da birleştirme, yeniden boyutlandırma ya da dosya sistemini değiştirme, biçimlendirme ya da bir bölümde ne olduğunu görüntüleme: hepsi mümkün. En alttaki <emphasis><guibutton>Tümünü temizle</guibutton></emphasis> düğmesi tüm diski silmek içindir, sağ taraftaki diğer düğmeler bir bölüme tıkladığınızda görünür olur."
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
+"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
+"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
+"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Sabit diskinizi tercihlerinize göre ayarlamak için bir çok işlem arasından "
+"seçim yapabilirsiniz. Tüm sabit diski silme, bölme ya da birleştirme, "
+"yeniden boyutlandırma ya da dosya sistemini değiştirme, biçimlendirme ya da "
+"bir bölümde ne olduğunu görüntüleme: hepsi mümkün. En alttaki "
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Tümünü temizle</guibutton></emphasis> düğmesi tüm diski "
+"silmek içindir, sağ taraftaki diğer düğmeler bir bölüme tıkladığınızda "
+"görünür olur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:47
@@ -2320,7 +2670,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
 "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
 "must be unmounted first."
-msgstr "Eğer seçilen bölüm bağlanmışsa, aşağıdaki örnekte olduğu gibi, yeniden boyutlandırmayı, biçimlendirmeyi veya silmeyi seçemezsiniz. Bunun için önce bölümün ayırılması gerekir."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer seçilen bölüm bağlanmışsa, aşağıdaki örnekte olduğu gibi, yeniden "
+"boyutlandırmayı, biçimlendirmeyi veya silmeyi seçemezsiniz. Bunun için önce "
+"bölümün ayırılması gerekir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:51
@@ -2334,15 +2687,17 @@ msgid ""
 "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
 "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
 "is selected"
-msgstr "Bölüm türünü değiştirmek için (örneğin ext3'den ext4'e) bölümü silmeli ve yeniden oluşturmalısınız. Boş bir bölüm seçildiğinde <guibutton role=\"bold\">Oluştur</guibutton> düğmesi görünecektir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bölüm türünü değiştirmek için (örneğin ext3'den ext4'e) bölümü silmeli ve "
+"yeniden oluşturmalısınız. Boş bir bölüm seçildiğinde <guibutton role=\"bold"
+"\">Oluştur</guibutton> düğmesi görünecektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:58
 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
 msgstr "Varolmayan bir bağlama noktaı seçebilirsiniz, oluşturulacaktır."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:63
 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
@@ -2353,10 +2708,12 @@ msgid ""
 "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
 "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be "
 "seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Uzman moduna geç</guibutton></emphasis> seçilerek, aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsünde görüldüğü gibi, bölümü etiketleme gibi bazı ek işlemler gelir."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis><guibutton>Uzman moduna geç</guibutton></emphasis> seçilerek, "
+"aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsünde görüldüğü gibi, bölümü etiketleme gibi bazı ek "
+"işlemler gelir."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakdisk.xml:73
 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
 msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
@@ -2371,8 +2728,7 @@ msgstr "Görüntü yöneticisini ayarla"
 msgid "drakedm"
 msgstr "drakedm"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:12
 msgid "drakedm.png"
 msgstr "drakedm.png"
@@ -2380,17 +2736,22 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:16
 msgid ""
 "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available"
-" on your system will be shown."
-msgstr "Burada<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> masaüstü ortamınızda oturum açmak için hangi görüntü yöneticisini kullanacağınızı seçebilirsiniz. Sadece sisteminize uygun olanlar gösterilecektir. "
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
+"on your system will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> masaüstü ortamınızda oturum "
+"açmak için hangi görüntü yöneticisini kullanacağınızı seçebilirsiniz. Sadece "
+"sisteminize uygun olanlar gösterilecektir. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakedm.xml:24
@@ -2398,7 +2759,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
 "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
 "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr "Çoğu kullanıcı sadece sağlanan oturum açma ekranının farklı olduğuna dikkat eder. Bununla birlikte, sağlanan özelliklerde de farklılıklar bulunur. LZDM düşük yoğunluklu bir görüntü yöneticisidir, KDM ve GDM daha fazla ek özelliğe sahiptir."
+msgstr ""
+"Çoğu kullanıcı sadece sağlanan oturum açma ekranının farklı olduğuna dikkat "
+"eder. Bununla birlikte, sağlanan özelliklerde de farklılıklar bulunur. LZDM "
+"düşük yoğunluklu bir görüntü yöneticisidir, KDM ve GDM daha fazla ek "
+"özelliğe sahiptir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
@@ -2410,8 +2775,7 @@ msgstr "Kişisel güvenlik duvarınızı ayarlayın"
 msgid "drakfirewall"
 msgstr "drakfirewall"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
 msgid "drakfirewall.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
@@ -2419,9 +2783,11 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
@@ -2430,18 +2796,28 @@ msgid ""
 "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
 "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
 "security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr "Bu araç <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezindeki Güvenlik sekmesinde \"Kişisel güvenlik duvarınızı ayarlayın\" etiketiyle bulunur. \"Sistem güvenliğini, yetkileri ve denetimi yapılandır\" kısmının ilk sekmesindekiyle aynı araçtır."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim "
+"Merkezindeki Güvenlik sekmesinde \"Kişisel güvenlik duvarınızı ayarlayın\" "
+"etiketiyle bulunur. \"Sistem güvenliğini, yetkileri ve denetimi yapılandır\" "
+"kısmının ilk sekmesindekiyle aynı araçtır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
 "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection"
-" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
+"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
 "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
 "the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr "Temel bir güvenlik duvarı Mageia tarafından kurulmuştur. Dışarıdan gelen tüm bağlantılar eğer yetkilendirilmemişse bloklanır. Yukarıdaki ilk ekranda dış bağlantı girişimlerinin kabul edildiği servisleri seçebilirsiniz. Güvenliğiniz için, eğer güvenlik duvarını devre dışı bırakmak istemiyorsanız, ilk kutunun - <guilabel>Herşey (güvenlik duvarı yok)</guilabel> - işaretini kaldırın, ve gerekli servisleri işaretleyin."
+msgstr ""
+"Temel bir güvenlik duvarı Mageia tarafından kurulmuştur. Dışarıdan gelen tüm "
+"bağlantılar eğer yetkilendirilmemişse bloklanır. Yukarıdaki ilk ekranda dış "
+"bağlantı girişimlerinin kabul edildiği servisleri seçebilirsiniz. "
+"Güvenliğiniz için, eğer güvenlik duvarını devre dışı bırakmak "
+"istemiyorsanız, ilk kutunun - <guilabel>Herşey (güvenlik duvarı yok)</"
+"guilabel> - işaretini kaldırın, ve gerekli servisleri işaretleyin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
@@ -2450,7 +2826,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
 "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
 "examples :"
-msgstr "Açılacak port numaralarını elle girmek mümkündür. <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınca yeni bir pencere açılır. <guilabel>Diğer portlar</guilabel> alanında gerekli portları aşağıdaki örnekte olduğu gibi giriniz:"
+msgstr ""
+"Açılacak port numaralarını elle girmek mümkündür. <guibutton>Gelişmiş</"
+"guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınca yeni bir pencere açılır. <guilabel>Diğer "
+"portlar</guilabel> alanında gerekli portları aşağıdaki örnekte olduğu gibi "
+"giriniz:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
@@ -2460,7 +2840,8 @@ msgstr "80/tcp : port 80 tcp protokolünü aç"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr "24000:24010/udp : 24000'den 24010'e kadar tüm udp protokolü portlarını aç"
+msgstr ""
+"24000:24010/udp : 24000'den 24010'e kadar tüm udp protokolü portlarını aç"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
@@ -2472,10 +2853,12 @@ msgstr "Listelenen portlar boşlukla ayırılmış olmalı."
 msgid ""
 "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
 "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr "Eğer <guilabel>Güvenlik duvarı mesajlarını sistem günlüklerine kaydet</guilabel> kutusu işaretlenmişse, güvenlik duvar mesajı sistem günlüklerine kaydedilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer <guilabel>Güvenlik duvarı mesajlarını sistem günlüklerine kaydet</"
+"guilabel> kutusu işaretlenmişse, güvenlik duvar mesajı sistem günlüklerine "
+"kaydedilir."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
 msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
@@ -2486,7 +2869,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
 "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
 "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr "Konağa özel servisleriniz yoksa (web veya e-posta, sunucu, dosya paylaşımı, ...) hiçbirini işaretlememiz mümkündür, hatta tavsiye edilir. Bu sizin İnternete bağlanmanızı engellemez."
+msgstr ""
+"Konağa özel servisleriniz yoksa (web veya e-posta, sunucu, dosya "
+"paylaşımı, ...) hiçbirini işaretlememiz mümkündür, hatta tavsiye edilir. Bu "
+"sizin İnternete bağlanmanızı engellemez."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
@@ -2496,24 +2882,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
 "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
 "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot"
-" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to "
-"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr "Bir sonraki ekran Etkileşimli güvenlik duvarı seçeneklerini halleder. Bu özellik, eğer en azından ilk kutu<guilabel>Etkileşimli güvenlik duvarı kullan </guilabel> işaretlenmişse, bağlantı girişimleri ile ilgili uyarı almanızı sağlar. Eğer portlar taranacaksa (bazı yerlerdeki hataları bulmak için ve makineyi girmek için) ikinci kutuyu işaretleyin. Üçüncüden itibaren her kutu ilk ekranda açtığınız bir porta karşılık gelir; aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsünde, böyle iki kutu bulunur: SSH sunucu ve 80:150/tcp. Bu portlara her bağlantı girişimide uyarı almak için bunları işaretleyin."
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
+"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
+"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir sonraki ekran Etkileşimli güvenlik duvarı seçeneklerini halleder. Bu "
+"özellik, eğer en azından ilk kutu<guilabel>Etkileşimli güvenlik duvarı "
+"kullan </guilabel> işaretlenmişse, bağlantı girişimleri ile ilgili uyarı "
+"almanızı sağlar. Eğer portlar taranacaksa (bazı yerlerdeki hataları bulmak "
+"için ve makineyi girmek için) ikinci kutuyu işaretleyin. Üçüncüden itibaren "
+"her kutu ilk ekranda açtığınız bir porta karşılık gelir; aşağıdaki ekran "
+"görüntüsünde, böyle iki kutu bulunur: SSH sunucu ve 80:150/tcp. Bu portlara "
+"her bağlantı girişimide uyarı almak için bunları işaretleyin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
 msgstr "Bu uyarılar ağ applet'i tarafından açılan pencere ile verilir."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
 msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
 msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
 msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
@@ -2522,16 +2914,21 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary"
-" packages are downloaded."
-msgstr "Son ekranda, hangi ağ arayüzlerinin İnternete bağlanacağını ve korumalı olması gerektiğini. Bir kez TAMAM düğmesi tıklandığında gerekli paketler indirilir."
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
+"packages are downloaded."
+msgstr ""
+"Son ekranda, hangi ağ arayüzlerinin İnternete bağlanacağını ve korumalı "
+"olması gerektiğini. Bir kez TAMAM düğmesi tıklandığında gerekli paketler "
+"indirilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
 #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
 "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr "Hangisini seçeceğinizi bilmiyorsanız, MCC sekmesinde Ağ &amp; İnternet bakınız, Yeni bir Ağ arayüzü kur'u seçiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Hangisini seçeceğinizi bilmiyorsanız, MCC sekmesinde Ağ &amp; İnternet "
+"bakınız, Yeni bir Ağ arayüzü kur'u seçiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:3
@@ -2543,8 +2940,7 @@ msgstr "Fontları yönet, ekle ve sil. Windows(TM) fontlarını içe aktar."
 msgid "drakfont"
 msgstr "drakfont"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:11
 msgid "drakfont.png"
 msgstr "drakfont.png"
@@ -2552,9 +2948,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</"
+"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:15
@@ -2563,7 +2961,11 @@ msgid ""
 "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
 "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
 "above shows:"
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde  <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur. Bilgisayarınızda bulunan fontları yönetmenize izin verir. Ana ekran aşağıda gösteriliyor:"
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde  "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur. "
+"Bilgisayarınızda bulunan fontları yönetmenize izin verir. Ana ekran aşağıda "
+"gösteriliyor:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:22
@@ -2583,14 +2985,17 @@ msgstr "bazı düğmeler burada daha sonra açıklanmıştır."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:36
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Windows Fontlarını Getir: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Windows Fontlarını Getir: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You"
-" must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr "Bu düğme otomatik olarak Windows bölümünde bulunan fontları ekler. Kurulu Microsoft Windows olmalıdır."
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
+"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu düğme otomatik olarak Windows bölümünde bulunan fontları ekler. Kurulu "
+"Microsoft Windows olmalıdır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:41
@@ -2600,9 +3005,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Seçenekler:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able"
-" to use the fonts."
-msgstr "Bu sizin uygulamaların veya aygıtların (çoğunlukla yazıcılar) fontları kullanabileceklerini belirtmenizi sağlar."
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
+"to use the fonts."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu sizin uygulamaların veya aygıtların (çoğunlukla yazıcılar) fontları "
+"kullanabileceklerini belirtmenizi sağlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:46
@@ -2615,7 +3022,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
 "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
 "documents that use them."
-msgstr "Bu düğme kurulu fontların kaldırılması ve muhtemelen yer kazanılması içindir. Fontları kaldırıken dikkatli olun çünkü onları kullanan belgelere ciddi sonuçlar doğurabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu düğme kurulu fontların kaldırılması ve muhtemelen yer kazanılması "
+"içindir. Fontları kaldırıken dikkatli olun çünkü onları kullanan belgelere "
+"ciddi sonuçlar doğurabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:52
@@ -2627,18 +3037,26 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">İçe aktar:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
 "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select "
-"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
-"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr "Üçüncü partiden (CD, internet, ...) fontları eklemenizi sağlar. Desteklenen biçimler ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm ve gsf'dir. <emphasis role=\"bold\">İçe aktar</emphasis> düğmesine ve sonra <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ekle</emphasis>ye tıklayın, kurulacak fontları seçebileceğiniz bir dosya yöneticisi açılır, bitince <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kur</emphasis>a tıklayın. /usr/share/fonts altına kurulurlar."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
+"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
+"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+msgstr ""
+"Üçüncü partiden (CD, internet, ...) fontları eklemenizi sağlar. Desteklenen "
+"biçimler ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm ve gsf'dir. <emphasis role=\"bold\">İçe "
+"aktar</emphasis> düğmesine ve sonra <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ekle</"
+"emphasis>ye tıklayın, kurulacak fontları seçebileceğiniz bir dosya "
+"yöneticisi açılır, bitince <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kur</emphasis>a "
+"tıklayın. /usr/share/fonts altına kurulurlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakfont.xml:60
 msgid ""
 "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
 "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr "Eğer yeni kurulmuş (ya da kaldırılmış) fontlarDrakfon ana ekranında görünmüyorsa, değişiklikleri görmek için kapatıp yeniden açın."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer yeni kurulmuş (ya da kaldırılmış) fontlarDrakfon ana ekranında "
+"görünmüyorsa, değişiklikleri görmek için kapatıp yeniden açın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:3
@@ -2650,8 +3068,7 @@ msgstr "Ebeveyn Denetimi"
 msgid "drakguard"
 msgstr "drakguard"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:10
 msgid "drakguard.png"
 msgstr "drakguard.png"
@@ -2659,18 +3076,23 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</"
+"emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental "
-"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the "
-"drakguard package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <guilabel>Ebeveyn Denetimi</guilabel> sekmesinde bulunur. Bu etiketi görmüyor iseniz drakguard paketini kurmalısınız (varsayılan olarak kurulmaz)."
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
+"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
+"package (not installed by default)."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde "
+"<guilabel>Ebeveyn Denetimi</guilabel> sekmesinde bulunur. Bu etiketi "
+"görmüyor iseniz drakguard paketini kurmalısınız (varsayılan olarak kurulmaz)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
@@ -2683,30 +3105,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
 "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
 "useful capabilities:"
-msgstr "Drakguard bilgisayarınızda kimin neyi günün hangi saatinde yapabileceğini sınırlandıran ebeveyn denetimini yapılandırmak için kolay bir yoldur. Drakguard'ın üç kullanışlı özelliği vardır:"
+msgstr ""
+"Drakguard bilgisayarınızda kimin neyi günün hangi saatinde yapabileceğini "
+"sınırlandıran ebeveyn denetimini yapılandırmak için kolay bir yoldur. "
+"Drakguard'ın üç kullanışlı özelliği vardır:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:29
 msgid ""
 "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
 "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr "Web erişimini belirli kullanıcılar için günün belirli zamanlarında sınırlar. Bunu Mageia içinde kurulu shorewall güvenlik duvarını kontrol ederek yapar."
+msgstr ""
+"Web erişimini belirli kullanıcılar için günün belirli zamanlarında sınırlar. "
+"Bunu Mageia içinde kurulu shorewall güvenlik duvarını kontrol ederek yapar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can"
-" only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr "Belirli komutların belirli kullanıcılar tarafından çalıştırılmasını engeller, bu sayede sadece izin verdiklerinizi çalıştırabilir."
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
+"only execute what you accept them to execute."
+msgstr ""
+"Belirli komutların belirli kullanıcılar tarafından çalıştırılmasını "
+"engeller, bu sayede sadece izin verdiklerinizi çalıştırabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:40
 msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through "
-"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the "
-"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental "
-"control blocker DansGuardian."
-msgstr "Web sayfalarına erişimi hem elle tanımlanmış karaliste/beyazliste yoluyla, hem de web site içerğine dayalı bir şekilde dinamik olarak sınırlar. Drakkguard bunu yapmak için lider açık kaynaklı ebeveyn denetimi engelleyici DansGuardian kullanır."
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
+"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
+"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
+"DansGuardian."
+msgstr ""
+"Web sayfalarına erişimi hem elle tanımlanmış karaliste/beyazliste yoluyla, "
+"hem de web site içerğine dayalı bir şekilde dinamik olarak sınırlar. "
+"Drakkguard bunu yapmak için lider açık kaynaklı ebeveyn denetimi engelleyici "
+"DansGuardian kullanır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:49
@@ -2720,19 +3153,30 @@ msgid ""
 "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
 "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
 "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by"
-" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to "
-"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and"
-" will then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr "Eğer bilgisayarınızda Ext2, Ext3 veya ReiserFS biçiminde biçimlendirilmiş bir sabit disk bölümü varsa, bölünleriniz üzerinde ACL'i yapılandırmayı öneren bir açılır pencere göreceksiniz. ACL'in açılımı Erişim Kontrol Listeleridir, ve Linux çekirdeğinin tekil dosyaların erişimini belirli kullanıcılarla sınırlandıran bir özelliidir. ACL Ext4 ve Btrfs içine inşa edilmiştir fakat Ext2, Ext3 veya ReiserFS'de bir seçenek ile etkinleştirilmelidir. Eğer 'Evet'i seçerseniz drakguard tüm bölümleri ACL destekli yapılandıracaktır ve size yeniden başlatmayı önerecektir."
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
+"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
+"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
+"then suggest you reboot."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer bilgisayarınızda Ext2, Ext3 veya ReiserFS biçiminde biçimlendirilmiş "
+"bir sabit disk bölümü varsa, bölünleriniz üzerinde ACL'i yapılandırmayı "
+"öneren bir açılır pencere göreceksiniz. ACL'in açılımı Erişim Kontrol "
+"Listeleridir, ve Linux çekirdeğinin tekil dosyaların erişimini belirli "
+"kullanıcılarla sınırlandıran bir özelliidir. ACL Ext4 ve Btrfs içine inşa "
+"edilmiştir fakat Ext2, Ext3 veya ReiserFS'de bir seçenek ile "
+"etkinleştirilmelidir. Eğer 'Evet'i seçerseniz drakguard tüm bölümleri ACL "
+"destekli yapılandıracaktır ve size yeniden başlatmayı önerecektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:61
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab"
-" is opened."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Ebeveyn kontrolünü etkinleştir</guibutton>: İşaretlenmişse, ebeveyn kontrolü etkiinleştirilir ve <guilabel>Programları engelle</guilabel> sekmesi açılır."
+"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
+"is opened."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Ebeveyn kontrolünü etkinleştir</guibutton>: İşaretlenmişse, "
+"ebeveyn kontrolü etkiinleştirilir ve <guilabel>Programları engelle</"
+"guilabel> sekmesi açılır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:65
@@ -2740,7 +3184,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
 "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
 "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Tüm ağ trafiğini engelle</guibutton>: Eğer işaretlenmişse, tüm web sayfaları engellenir. Aksi durumda karalistede sekmesindekiler hariç tüm web sayfalarına izin verilir."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Tüm ağ trafiğini engelle</guibutton>: Eğer işaretlenmişse, tüm "
+"web sayfaları engellenir. Aksi durumda karalistede sekmesindekiler hariç tüm "
+"web sayfalarına izin verilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:69
@@ -2752,7 +3199,15 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
 "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
 "remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Kullanıcı erişimi</guibutton>: Sol taraftaki kullanıcılar tanımladığınız kurallara bağlı olarak erişim sınırlandırmalarına sahip olacaktır. Sağ taraftaki kullanıcılar sınırlandırılmamış erişime sahip olacaktır, böylece yetişkin kullanıcılar güçlük yaşamayacaktır. Sol taraftan bir kullanıcı seçiniz ve onu izin verilen kullanıcılara eklemek için  <guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız. Sağ taraftan bir kullanıcı seçiniz ve onu izin verilmiş kullanıcılardan çıkartmak için <guibutton>Kaldır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Kullanıcı erişimi</guibutton>: Sol taraftaki kullanıcılar "
+"tanımladığınız kurallara bağlı olarak erişim sınırlandırmalarına sahip "
+"olacaktır. Sağ taraftaki kullanıcılar sınırlandırılmamış erişime sahip "
+"olacaktır, böylece yetişkin kullanıcılar güçlük yaşamayacaktır. Sol taraftan "
+"bir kullanıcı seçiniz ve onu izin verilen kullanıcılara eklemek için  "
+"<guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız. Sağ taraftan bir kullanıcı "
+"seçiniz ve onu izin verilmiş kullanıcılardan çıkartmak için "
+"<guibutton>Kaldır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:77
@@ -2761,7 +3216,11 @@ msgid ""
 "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
 "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
 "window."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Zaman denetimi:</guibutton> Eğer işaretlenmişse, internet erişimine  <guilabel>Başlangıç</guilabel> zamanı ve <guilabel>Bitiş</guilabel> zamanı arasında izin verilir. It is totally blocked outside these time window. Bu zamandilimi dışında tamamen engellenir."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Zaman denetimi:</guibutton> Eğer işaretlenmişse, internet "
+"erişimine  <guilabel>Başlangıç</guilabel> zamanı ve <guilabel>Bitiş</"
+"guilabel> zamanı arasında izin verilir. It is totally blocked outside these "
+"time window. Bu zamandilimi dışında tamamen engellenir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:83
@@ -2773,7 +3232,9 @@ msgstr "Karaliste/Beyazliste sekmesi"
 msgid ""
 "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
 "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "En üstte ilk alanda web sayfası URL'sini girin ve  <guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"En üstte ilk alanda web sayfası URL'sini girin ve  <guibutton>Ekle</"
+"guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:90
@@ -2783,17 +3244,22 @@ msgstr "Programları Engelle Sekmesi"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:92
 msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to"
-" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
+"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
 "applications you wish to block."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Tanımlanan Uygulamaları Engelle</guibutton>: Belirli uygulamaların erişimini sınırlandırmak için ACL kullanımını etkinleştirir. Engellemek istediğiniz uygulamaların yolunu ekleyin."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Tanımlanan Uygulamaları Engelle</guibutton>: Belirli "
+"uygulamaların erişimini sınırlandırmak için ACL kullanımını etkinleştirir. "
+"Engellemek istediğiniz uygulamaların yolunu ekleyin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/drakguard.xml:96
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
 "side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Engelsiz Kullanıcılar listesi</guibutton>: Sağ tarafta listelenen kullanıcılar acl engellemesine tabi değildir."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Engelsiz Kullanıcılar listesi</guibutton>: Sağ tarafta listelenen "
+"kullanıcılar acl engellemesine tabi değildir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:9
@@ -2805,8 +3271,7 @@ msgstr "İnternet bağlantısını diğer yerel makinelerle paylaşın"
 msgid "drakgw"
 msgstr "drakgw"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:17
 msgid "drakgw.png"
 msgstr "drakgw.png"
@@ -2816,8 +3281,7 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png"
 msgid "Principles"
 msgstr "Prensipler"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:29
 msgid "drakgw-net.png"
 msgstr "drakgw-net.png"
@@ -2832,14 +3296,22 @@ msgid ""
 "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
 "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
 "the Internet (2)."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Bu Internet (2) erişimi olan ve ayrıca yerel bir ağa (1)  bağlı bir bilgisayarınız (3) olduğunda kullanışlıdır. Bilgisayarı (3) erişimi yerel ağdaki (1) diğer iş istasyonlarına (5) ve (6) vermek için ağ geçidi olarak kullanabilirsiniz. Bunun için, ağ geçidinin iki arayüzü olmalıdır; birincisi ethernet kartı gibi, yerel ağa bağlı olmalı, ve ikincisi (4) İnternete (2) bağlı olmalı."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Bu Internet (2) erişimi olan ve "
+"ayrıca yerel bir ağa (1)  bağlı bir bilgisayarınız (3) olduğunda "
+"kullanışlıdır. Bilgisayarı (3) erişimi yerel ağdaki (1) diğer iş "
+"istasyonlarına (5) ve (6) vermek için ağ geçidi olarak kullanabilirsiniz. "
+"Bunun için, ağ geçidinin iki arayüzü olmalıdır; birincisi ethernet kartı "
+"gibi, yerel ağa bağlı olmalı, ve ikincisi (4) İnternete (2) bağlı olmalı."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
 "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr "İlk adım ağ ve İnternete erişimin <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/> belgesinde anlatıldığı gibi ayarlandığını doğrulamaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"İlk adım ağ ve İnternete erişimin <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/> "
+"belgesinde anlatıldığı gibi ayarlandığını doğrulamaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:45
@@ -2849,23 +3321,29 @@ msgstr "Ağ geçidi sihirbazı"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:48
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
 "which are shown below:"
-msgstr "Sihirbaz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aşağıda gösterilen ardıl adımları önerir:"
+msgstr ""
+"Sihirbaz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> aşağıda gösterilen ardıl "
+"adımları önerir:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
 "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr "Eğer sihirbaz en azında iki arayüz algılamazsa, bunun hakkında uyarır ve ağ ve donanım yapılandırmasını durdurmayı ister."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer sihirbaz en azında iki arayüz algılamazsa, bunun hakkında uyarır ve ağ "
+"ve donanım yapılandırmasını durdurmayı ister."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:60
@@ -2873,22 +3351,30 @@ msgid ""
 "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
 "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
 "what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr "İnternet bağlantısı için kullanılan arayüzü belirtin. Sihirbaz otomatik olarak arayüzlerden birini önerir, fakat önerilenin doğru olduğunu kontrol etmeniz gerekir."
+msgstr ""
+"İnternet bağlantısı için kullanılan arayüzü belirtin. Sihirbaz otomatik "
+"olarak arayüzlerden birini önerir, fakat önerilenin doğru olduğunu kontrol "
+"etmeniz gerekir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes"
-" one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr "Lan erişimi için hangi arayüzün kullanılacağını belirtin. Sihirbaz ayrıca bir tane önerir, doğru olduğunu kontrol edin."
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
+"one, check that this is correct."
+msgstr ""
+"Lan erişimi için hangi arayüzün kullanılacağını belirtin. Sihirbaz ayrıca "
+"bir tane önerir, doğru olduğunu kontrol edin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:71
 msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask"
-" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual"
-" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr "Sihirbaz, IP adresi, ağ maskesi ve alan adı gibi, yerel ağ için parametreler önerir. Bu parametrenin yapılandırmanızla uygun olduğunu kontrol edin. Bu değerleri kabul etmeniz tavsiye edilir:"
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
+"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
+"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+msgstr ""
+"Sihirbaz, IP adresi, ağ maskesi ve alan adı gibi, yerel ağ için parametreler "
+"önerir. Bu parametrenin yapılandırmanızla uygun olduğunu kontrol edin. Bu "
+"değerleri kabul etmeniz tavsiye edilir:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:78
@@ -2896,15 +3382,21 @@ msgid ""
 "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
 "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
 "specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr "bilgisayarın bir DNS sunucu olarak kullanılmak zorunda olup olmadığını belirtin. Eğer evetse, sihirbaz <code>bind</code>'ın kurulu olduğunu kontrol eder. Aksi durumda, DNS sunucunun adresini belirtmeniz gerekir."
+msgstr ""
+"bilgisayarın bir DNS sunucu olarak kullanılmak zorunda olup olmadığını "
+"belirtin. Eğer evetse, sihirbaz <code>bind</code>'ın kurulu olduğunu kontrol "
+"eder. Aksi durumda, DNS sunucunun adresini belirtmeniz gerekir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:84
 msgid ""
 "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure"
-" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr "bilgisayarın bir DHCP sunucu olarak kullanılıp kullanılmayacağını belirtin. Evet ise, sihirbaz <code>dhcp-server</code>'ın kurulu olduğunu kontrol eder ve DHCP aralığındaki başlangıç ve bitiş adresleri ile yapılandırmayı önerir."
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
+"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+msgstr ""
+"bilgisayarın bir DHCP sunucu olarak kullanılıp kullanılmayacağını belirtin. "
+"Evet ise, sihirbaz <code>dhcp-server</code>'ın kurulu olduğunu kontrol eder "
+"ve DHCP aralığındaki başlangıç ve bitiş adresleri ile yapılandırmayı önerir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:91
@@ -2913,20 +3405,29 @@ msgid ""
 "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
 "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
 "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr "bilgisayarın vekil sunucu olarak kullanılıp kullanılmayacağını belirtin. Eğer evetse, sihirbaz <code>squid</code>in kurulu olduğunu kontrol eder ve, yönetici adresi (admin@mydomain.com), vekil sunucu ismi  (myfirewall@mydomaincom), port (3128) ve önbellek boyutu (100 Mb) ile yapılandırmayı önerir. "
+msgstr ""
+"bilgisayarın vekil sunucu olarak kullanılıp kullanılmayacağını belirtin. "
+"Eğer evetse, sihirbaz <code>squid</code>in kurulu olduğunu kontrol eder ve, "
+"yönetici adresi (admin@mydomain.com), vekil sunucu ismi  "
+"(myfirewall@mydomaincom), port (3128) ve önbellek boyutu (100 Mb) ile "
+"yapılandırmayı önerir. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:99
 msgid ""
 "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
 "printers and to share them."
-msgstr "Son adım ağ geçidi olan makinanın yazıcılara bağlı olup olmadığını ve onları paylaşıp paylaşmayacağını işaretlemenizi sağlar."
+msgstr ""
+"Son adım ağ geçidi olan makinanın yazıcılara bağlı olup olmadığını ve onları "
+"paylaşıp paylaşmayacağını işaretlemenizi sağlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:104
 msgid ""
 "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr "Güvenlik duvarının aktif olup olmadığını kontrol etmeniz gerektiği hakkında uyarılacaksınız."
+msgstr ""
+"Güvenlik duvarının aktif olup olmadığını kontrol etmeniz gerektiği hakkında "
+"uyarılacaksınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:109
@@ -2939,9 +3440,12 @@ msgid ""
 "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
 "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
 "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is"
-" using."
-msgstr "Ağ geçidi makinasını DHCP ile yapılandırdıysanız, tek gerekli olan ağ yapılandırma aracında adresi otomatik olarak aldığınızı (DHCP kullanarak) belirtmenizdir. "
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
+"using."
+msgstr ""
+"Ağ geçidi makinasını DHCP ile yapılandırdıysanız, tek gerekli olan ağ "
+"yapılandırma aracında adresi otomatik olarak aldığınızı (DHCP kullanarak) "
+"belirtmenizdir. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:117
@@ -2949,7 +3453,9 @@ msgid ""
 "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
 "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
 "gateway."
-msgstr "Eğer ağ parametrelerini elle belirtmeliyseniz, özellikle ağ geçidi olarak görev yapan makinanın IĞ-adresini ağ geçidi olarak girmelisiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer ağ parametrelerini elle belirtmeliyseniz, özellikle ağ geçidi olarak "
+"görev yapan makinanın IĞ-adresini ağ geçidi olarak girmelisiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakgw.xml:123
@@ -2960,9 +3466,10 @@ msgstr "Bağlantıyı paylaşmayı durdur"
 #: en/drakgw.xml:125
 msgid ""
 "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the "
-"sharing."
-msgstr "Mageia bilgisayarında paylaşımı durdurmak isterseniz, aracı çalıştırın. Bağlantıyı yeniden yapılandırmanızı veya ppaylaşımı durdurmayı önerecektir."
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia bilgisayarında paylaşımı durdurmak isterseniz, aracı çalıştırın. "
+"Bağlantıyı yeniden yapılandırmanızı veya ppaylaşımı durdurmayı önerecektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:3
@@ -2974,8 +3481,7 @@ msgstr "Konakların tanımlaması"
 msgid "drakhosts"
 msgstr "drakhosts"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:10
 msgid "drakhosts.png"
 msgstr "drakhosts.png"
@@ -2983,9 +3489,11 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</"
+"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:14
@@ -2994,7 +3502,11 @@ msgid ""
 "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
 "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
 "instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr "Eğer ağınızdaki bazı sistemlerde size hizmet veriyorsa, ve sabit IP-adresleri varsa, bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> onlara kolaylıkla ulaşmak için isim vermenizi sağlar. Sonra IP-adresleri yerine isimleri kullanabilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer ağınızdaki bazı sistemlerde size hizmet veriyorsa, ve sabit IP-"
+"adresleri varsa, bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> onlara "
+"kolaylıkla ulaşmak için isim vermenizi sağlar. Sonra IP-adresleri yerine "
+"isimleri kullanabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:20
@@ -3007,7 +3519,10 @@ msgid ""
 "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
 "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
 "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr "Bu düğme ile, sisteminiz için bir isim eklersiniz. IP-adresini, sistem için makina adını, ve seçimlik olarak makina adı ile benzer şekilde kullanılan bir mahlas belirteceğiniz bir pencere çıkacak."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu düğme ile, sisteminiz için bir isim eklersiniz. IP-adresini, sistem için "
+"makina adını, ve seçimlik olarak makina adı ile benzer şekilde kullanılan "
+"bir mahlas belirteceğiniz bir pencere çıkacak."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakhosts.xml:27
@@ -3019,7 +3534,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Değiştir</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
 "same window."
-msgstr "Daha önce tanımlanan bir girdinin parametrelerine erişebilirsiniz. Aynı pencere karşınıza çıkacak."
+msgstr ""
+"Daha önce tanımlanan bir girdinin parametrelerine erişebilirsiniz. Aynı "
+"pencere karşınıza çıkacak."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
@@ -3031,8 +3548,7 @@ msgstr "Ağ arayüzleri ve güvenlik duvarı için gelişmiş kurulum"
 msgid "drakinvictus"
 msgstr "drakinvictus"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
 msgid "drakinvictus.png"
 msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
@@ -3042,17 +3558,22 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
 #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
-"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Belgelendirme takımı.</link> ile iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler."
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına "
+"yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Belgelendirme takımı.</link> ile "
+"iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</"
+"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
@@ -3064,8 +3585,7 @@ msgstr "Ağ Merkezi"
 msgid "draknetcenter"
 msgstr "draknetcenter"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
 msgid "draknetcenter.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
@@ -3073,9 +3593,11 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</"
+"emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
@@ -3083,40 +3605,45 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
 "Center\""
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde Ağ &amp; İnternet sekmesinde bulunur."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde "
+"Ağ &amp; İnternet sekmesinde bulunur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite,"
-" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, "
-"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, "
-"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to "
-"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface "
-"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr "Bu araç çalıştırıldığında bir pencere açılır, bilgisayardaki yapılandırılmış tüm ağları türlerine bağlı olmaksızın (kablolu, kablosuz, uydu, vb.) listeler.Birine tıkladığınızda, ağ türüne bağlı olarak, ağı gözlemek, ayarlarını değiştirmek, bağlanmak/bağlantıyı kesmek için üç ya da dört düğme ortaya çıkar.Bu araç ağ oluşturmak için değildir, bunun için aynı MDM sekmesinde <guilabel>Yeni bir ağ arayüzü kur (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> e bakınız."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
+"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
+"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
+"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
+"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
+"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç çalıştırıldığında bir pencere açılır, bilgisayardaki yapılandırılmış "
+"tüm ağları türlerine bağlı olmaksızın (kablolu, kablosuz, uydu, vb.) "
+"listeler.Birine tıkladığınızda, ağ türüne bağlı olarak, ağı gözlemek, "
+"ayarlarını değiştirmek, bağlanmak/bağlantıyı kesmek için üç ya da dört düğme "
+"ortaya çıkar.Bu araç ağ oluşturmak için değildir, bunun için aynı MDM "
+"sekmesinde <guilabel>Yeni bir ağ arayüzü kur (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</"
+"guilabel> e bakınız."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
@@ -3126,36 +3653,51 @@ msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
 msgid ""
 "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
 "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder"
-" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network "
-"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not"
-" connected."
-msgstr "Aşağıda örnek olarak verilen ekran görüntüsünde, iki ağ görüyoruz, ilki kablolu ve bağlı, <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> simgesinden anlaşılabilir ( bu bağlanmamış <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) ve ikinci bölüm kablosuz ağı gösterir, bağlanmamış olduğu <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> simgesinden anlaşılabilir ve eğer bağlanmışsa bu <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Diğer ağ türleri için, renk kodu daima aynıdır, bağlıysa yeşil, bağlı değilse kırmızı."
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
+"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
+"connected."
+msgstr ""
+"Aşağıda örnek olarak verilen ekran görüntüsünde, iki ağ görüyoruz, ilki "
+"kablolu ve bağlı, <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
+"simgesinden anlaşılabilir ( bu bağlanmamış <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) ve ikinci bölüm kablosuz ağı gösterir, "
+"bağlanmamış olduğu <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> "
+"simgesinden anlaşılabilir ve eğer bağlanmışsa bu <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Diğer ağ türleri için, renk kodu daima "
+"aynıdır, bağlıysa yeşil, bağlı değilse kırmızı."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal "
-"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and "
-"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then "
-"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> "
-"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network "
-"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings "
-"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption "
-"key in particular)."
-msgstr "Ekranın kablosuz tarafında, tüm algılanan aygıtları, <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Sinyal gücü</guilabel>, şifrelenmişlerse (kırmızı) veya değilse (yeşil), ve <guilabel>İşlem modu</guilabel> ile görebileceksiniz. Seçilmiş olana tıklayın ve sonra ya <guibutton>Ekran</guibutton>, ya <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> veya <guibutton>Bağlan</guibutton>a tıklayın. Burada bir ağdan diğerine gitmek mümkündür. Eğer özel bir ağ seçilmişse, Ağ Ayarları penceresi (aşağıya bakınız) açılacak ve ek ayarları soracaktır ( özellikle bir şifreleme anahtarı)."
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
+"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
+"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
+"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
+"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
+"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
+"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
+"particular)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ekranın kablosuz tarafında, tüm algılanan aygıtları, <guilabel>SSID</"
+"guilabel>, <guilabel>Sinyal gücü</guilabel>, şifrelenmişlerse (kırmızı) veya "
+"değilse (yeşil), ve <guilabel>İşlem modu</guilabel> ile görebileceksiniz. "
+"Seçilmiş olana tıklayın ve sonra ya <guibutton>Ekran</guibutton>, ya "
+"<guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> veya <guibutton>Bağlan</guibutton>a "
+"tıklayın. Burada bir ağdan diğerine gitmek mümkündür. Eğer özel bir ağ "
+"seçilmişse, Ağ Ayarları penceresi (aşağıya bakınız) açılacak ve ek ayarları "
+"soracaktır ( özellikle bir şifreleme anahtarı)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
 msgstr "Ekranı yenilemek için <guibutton>Yenileye</guibutton> tıklayınız."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
 msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
@@ -3165,8 +3707,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
 msgid "The Monitor button"
 msgstr "The Monitor button"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
 msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
@@ -3176,9 +3717,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
 "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray"
-" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr "Bu düğme ağ etkinliğini, indirmeleri (PC'ye gelen, kırmızı ile) ve yüklemeleri (İnternet'e doğru, yeşille) izlemenizi sağlar. Aynı ekrana <guimenu>Görev çubuğu İnternet simgesi -> Ağı Görüntüle</guimenu> ile de erişilebilir. "
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
+"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu düğme ağ etkinliğini, indirmeleri (PC'ye gelen, kırmızı ile) ve "
+"yüklemeleri (İnternet'e doğru, yeşille) izlemenizi sağlar. Aynı ekrana "
+"<guimenu>Görev çubuğu İnternet simgesi -> Ağı Görüntüle</guimenu> ile de "
+"erişilebilir. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
@@ -3186,14 +3731,19 @@ msgid ""
 "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
 "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
 "gives details about connection status."
-msgstr "Her bir ağ (burada eth0 kablolu ağ, lo yerel loopback ve wlan0 kablosuz ağdır) için bir sekme ve bağlantı durumunun detaylarını veren bir sekme bulunur. "
+msgstr ""
+"Her bir ağ (burada eth0 kablolu ağ, lo yerel loopback ve wlan0 kablosuz "
+"ağdır) için bir sekme ve bağlantı durumunun detaylarını veren bir sekme "
+"bulunur. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
 msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic "
-"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr "Pencerenin altında <guilabel>Trafik muhasebesi</guilabel> başlığı var, buna bir sonraki bölümde bakacağız."
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
+"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+msgstr ""
+"Pencerenin altında <guilabel>Trafik muhasebesi</guilabel> başlığı var, buna "
+"bir sonraki bölümde bakacağız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
@@ -3205,8 +3755,7 @@ msgstr "Yapılandırma düğmesi"
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Kablolu bir bağlantı için</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
 msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
@@ -3216,9 +3765,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
 "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual"
-" configuration may give better results."
-msgstr "Ağ oluşturma sürecinde verilen tüm ayarları değiştirmek mümkündür. Çoğu zaman, <guibutton>Otomatik IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>yi işaretlemek bunu yapar, fakat problem durumunda, elle yapılandırma daha iyi sonuçlar verir."
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
+"configuration may give better results."
+msgstr ""
+"Ağ oluşturma sürecinde verilen tüm ayarları değiştirmek mümkündür. Çoğu "
+"zaman, <guibutton>Otomatik IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</"
+"guibutton>yi işaretlemek bunu yapar, fakat problem durumunda, elle "
+"yapılandırma daha iyi sonuçlar verir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
@@ -3227,7 +3780,11 @@ msgid ""
 "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
 "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
 "available from your providers website."
-msgstr "Bir ev ağı için <guilabel>IP adresi</guilabel> genellikle 92.168.0.x, <guilabel>Ağ maskesi</guilabel> 255.255.255.0, ve <guilabel>Ağ Geçidi</guilabel> gibidir ve  <guilabel>DNS sunucular</guilabel> sağlayıcınızın web sayfasından elde edilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir ev ağı için <guilabel>IP adresi</guilabel> genellikle 92.168.0.x, "
+"<guilabel>Ağ maskesi</guilabel> 255.255.255.0, ve <guilabel>Ağ Geçidi</"
+"guilabel> gibidir ve  <guilabel>DNS sunucular</guilabel> sağlayıcınızın web "
+"sayfasından elde edilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
@@ -3236,22 +3793,27 @@ msgid ""
 "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
 "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
 "have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Trafik muhasebesini etkinleştir</guibutton> işaretlenmiş ise bu trafiği saatlik, günlük ve aylık olarak tutar. Sonuç önceki bölümde anlatılan Ağ ekranında görünür. Etkinleştirildiğinde ağa tekrar bağlanmanız gerekir."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Trafik muhasebesini etkinleştir</guibutton> işaretlenmiş ise bu "
+"trafiği saatlik, günlük ve aylık olarak tutar. Sonuç önceki bölümde "
+"anlatılan Ağ ekranında görünür. Etkinleştirildiğinde ağa tekrar bağlanmanız "
+"gerekir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network "
-"Manager:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Arayüzün Ağ Yöneticisi tarafından yönetilmesine izin ver:</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
+"</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Arayüzün Ağ Yöneticisi tarafından yönetilmesine izin "
+"ver:</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
 msgstr "<guibutton>Gelişmiş Düğmesi:</guibutton>"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
 msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
@@ -3266,8 +3828,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Kablosuz bir bağlantı için</emphasis>"
 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
 msgstr "Sadece henüz yukarıda görünmeyen öğeler açıklanmıştır."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
 msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
@@ -3285,12 +3846,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
 "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr "Eğer bağlantı erişim noktası vasıtası ileyse <guilabel>Yönetilmiş</guilabel>i eçiniz, algılanmış bir <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> bulunur. Eğer eşler arası bir ağ ise <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel>u seçiniz. Eğer ağ kartınız erişim noktası olarak kullanılıyorsa <emphasis role=\"bold\">Asıl</emphasis>ı seçiniz, ağ kartınızın bu modu desteklemesi gerekmektedir."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer bağlantı erişim noktası vasıtası ileyse <guilabel>Yönetilmiş</"
+"guilabel>i eçiniz, algılanmış bir <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> "
+"bulunur. Eğer eşler arası bir ağ ise <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel>u seçiniz. "
+"Eğer ağ kartınız erişim noktası olarak kullanılıyorsa <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Asıl</emphasis>ı seçiniz, ağ kartınızın bu modu desteklemesi "
+"gerekmektedir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Şifreleme modu ve Şifreleme anahtarı</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Şifreleme modu ve Şifreleme anahtarı</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
@@ -3300,11 +3868,15 @@ msgstr "Bu özel bir ağ ise, bu ayarları bilmelisiniz."
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a"
-" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
+"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
 "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
 "in private networks."
-msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> parola kullanır ve parola-cümleciği kullanan WPA'dan daha zayıftır. <guilabel>WPA Ön-paylaşımlı anahtar</guilabel> ayrıca kişisel WPA ya da WPA ev olarak adlandırılır. <guilabel>WPA Kurum</guilabel> özel ağlarda genellikle kullanılmaz."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> parola kullanır ve parola-cümleciği kullanan "
+"WPA'dan daha zayıftır. <guilabel>WPA Ön-paylaşımlı anahtar</guilabel> ayrıca "
+"kişisel WPA ya da WPA ev olarak adlandırılır. <guilabel>WPA Kurum</guilabel> "
+"özel ağlarda genellikle kullanılmaz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
@@ -3316,10 +3888,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erişim noktası dolaşımına izin ver</emphasi
 msgid ""
 "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
 "point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr "Dolaşım, bilgisayarın İnternet bağlantısı devam ederken erişim noktasını değiştirmesini sağlayan bir teknolojidir."
+msgstr ""
+"Dolaşım, bilgisayarın İnternet bağlantısı devam ederken erişim noktasını "
+"değiştirmesini sağlayan bir teknolojidir."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
 msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
@@ -3329,8 +3902,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
 msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
 msgstr "Gelişmiş Ayarlar düğmesi"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
 msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
 msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
@@ -3345,8 +3917,7 @@ msgstr "Farklı Ağ profillerini yönet."
 msgid "draknetprofile"
 msgstr "draknetprofile"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
 msgid "draknetprofile.png"
 msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
@@ -3354,9 +3925,11 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">draknetprofile</emphasis> komutu ile başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:9
@@ -3368,8 +3941,7 @@ msgstr "Sürücü ve dizinleri NFS kullanarak paylaşın"
 msgid "draknfs"
 msgstr "draknfs"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:16
 msgid "draknfs.png"
 msgstr "draknfs.png"
@@ -3382,28 +3954,32 @@ msgstr "Ön gereksinimler"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:27
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</"
+"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:26
 msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the"
-" first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr "Sihirbaz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ilk kez çalıştırıldığında şu mesajı gösterir:"
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
+"first time, it may display the following message:"
+msgstr ""
+"Sihirbaz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ilk kez çalıştırıldığında "
+"şu mesajı gösterir:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
+msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
 msgstr "nfs-utils paketinin kurulması gerekiyor. Kurulmasını ister misiniz?"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr "Kurulum tamamlandıktan sonra boş bir liste içeren bir pencere gösterilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum tamamlandıktan sonra boş bir liste içeren bir pencere gösterilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:42
@@ -3416,7 +3992,9 @@ msgid ""
 "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
 "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
 "configuration tool."
-msgstr "Paylaşılan dizinler listesi gösterilir. Bu adımda, liste boştur. <guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesi bir yapılandırma aracına erişim verir."
+msgstr ""
+"Paylaşılan dizinler listesi gösterilir. Bu adımda, liste boştur. "
+"<guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesi bir yapılandırma aracına erişim verir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:50
@@ -3429,10 +4007,12 @@ msgid ""
 "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
 "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
 "available."
-msgstr "Yapılandırma aracı \"Girdiyi değiştir\" ile etiketlenmiştir. Bu ayrıca <guibutton>Değiştir</guibutton> düğmesiyle de çalıştırılabilir. Takip eden parametreler kullanılabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Yapılandırma aracı \"Girdiyi değiştir\" ile etiketlenmiştir. Bu ayrıca "
+"<guibutton>Değiştir</guibutton> düğmesiyle de çalıştırılabilir. Takip eden "
+"parametreler kullanılabilir."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:58
 msgid "draknfs4.png"
 msgstr "draknfs4.png"
@@ -3448,7 +4028,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
 "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
 "it."
-msgstr "Burada hangi dizinin paylaşılacağını belirtebilirsiniz. <guibutton>Dizin</guibutton> düğmesi gözatmanızı ve seçmenizi sağlar."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada hangi dizinin paylaşılacağını belirtebilirsiniz. <guibutton>Dizin</"
+"guibutton> düğmesi gözatmanızı ve seçmenizi sağlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:72
@@ -3460,7 +4042,9 @@ msgstr "Konak erişimi"
 msgid ""
 "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
 "directory."
-msgstr "Burada paylaşılan dizinlere erişim yetkisine sahip konakları belirtebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada paylaşılan dizinlere erişim yetkisine sahip konakları "
+"belirtebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:77
@@ -3472,12 +4056,16 @@ msgstr "NFS istemciler çeşitli şekillerde belirtilebilir:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
 "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr "<emphasis>tekil makina</emphasis>: ya çözücü tarafından algılanan bir kısaltılmış isim ya da tam sınıflandırılmış alan adı veya bir IP adresi olan bir makinadır."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>tekil makina</emphasis>: ya çözücü tarafından algılanan bir "
+"kısaltılmış isim ya da tam sınıflandırılmış alan adı veya bir IP adresi olan "
+"bir makinadır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr "<emphasis>netgrupları</emphasis>: NIS netgrupları @group olarak verilebilir."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>netgrupları</emphasis>: NIS netgrupları @group olarak verilebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:86
@@ -3485,7 +4073,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
 "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
 "domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr "<emphasis>joker karakterler</emphasis>: makina ismi * ve ? joker karakterleri içerebilir. Örnek: *.cs.foo.edu cs.foo.edu alanındaki tüm makinalarla eşleşir."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>joker karakterler</emphasis>: makina ismi * ve ? joker "
+"karakterleri içerebilir. Örnek: *.cs.foo.edu cs.foo.edu alanındaki tüm "
+"makinalarla eşleşir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:90
@@ -3493,7 +4084,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
 "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
 "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr "<emphasis>IP ağları</emphasis>: ayrıca dizinleri tüm makinalara IP (alt-)ağları üzerinden sırasıyla dışa aktarabilirsiniz. Örneğin, ya `/255.255.252.0' ya da `/22' ağ temel adresine eklenir."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>IP ağları</emphasis>: ayrıca dizinleri tüm makinalara IP "
+"(alt-)ağları üzerinden sırasıyla dışa aktarabilirsiniz. Örneğin, ya "
+"`/255.255.252.0' ya da `/22' ağ temel adresine eklenir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:96
@@ -3505,32 +4099,46 @@ msgstr "Kullanıcı Kimlik Haritalaması"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
 "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on"
-" the server itself."
-msgstr "<emphasis>root kullanıcısını anonim olarak haritala</emphasis>: uid/gid 0'dan gelen istekleri  anonymous uid/gid (root_squash)'e haritalar. istemciden root kullanıcısı sunucudaki root tarafından oluştuulmuş dosyalara yazamaz ve okuyamaz."
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
+"the server itself."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>root kullanıcısını anonim olarak haritala</emphasis>: uid/gid "
+"0'dan gelen istekleri  anonymous uid/gid (root_squash)'e haritalar. "
+"istemciden root kullanıcısı sunucudaki root tarafından oluştuulmuş dosyalara "
+"yazamaz ve okuyamaz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing."
-" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr "<emphasis>uzaktan gerçek root erişimine izin ver</emphasis>: kök sıkıştırmayı kaldırır. Bu seçenek temel olarak disksiz istemcilerde (no_root_squash) uygundur."
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
+"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>uzaktan gerçek root erişimine izin ver</emphasis>: kök "
+"sıkıştırmayı kaldırır. Bu seçenek temel olarak disksiz istemcilerde "
+"(no_root_squash) uygundur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:107
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids"
-" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID"
-" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr "<emphasis>tüm kullanıcıları anonim olarak haritala</emphasis>: tüm uidleri ve gidleri anonim kullanıcı (all_squash) olarak haritalar. NFS-dışa aktarılmış umumi FTP dizinleri, haber spool dizinleri, vb. için kullanışlıdır. Karşıt seçenek, hiçbir UID haritalama (no_all_squash) varsayılan ayardır."
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
+"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
+"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>tüm kullanıcıları anonim olarak haritala</emphasis>: tüm uidleri "
+"ve gidleri anonim kullanıcı (all_squash) olarak haritalar. NFS-dışa "
+"aktarılmış umumi FTP dizinleri, haber spool dizinleri, vb. için "
+"kullanışlıdır. Karşıt seçenek, hiçbir UID haritalama (no_all_squash) "
+"varsayılan ayardır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:113
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
 "the anonymous account."
-msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid ve anongid</emphasis>: anonim hesabın uid ve gid'sini kesin bir şekilde aayrlar."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>anonuid ve anongid</emphasis>: anonim hesabın uid ve gid'sini "
+"kesin bir şekilde aayrlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:118
@@ -3541,9 +4149,12 @@ msgstr "Gelişmiş seçenekler"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:120
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option"
-" is on by default."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Güvenli Bağlantı</emphasis>: bu seçenek IPPORT_RESERVED (1024)'den daha düşük bir internet portu kökenli istekleri gerektirir. Bu seçenek ön tanımlı olarak etkindir."
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
+"is on by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Güvenli Bağlantı</emphasis>: bu seçenek IPPORT_RESERVED (1024)'den "
+"daha düşük bir internet portu kökenli istekleri gerektirir. Bu seçenek ön "
+"tanımlı olarak etkindir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:124
@@ -3552,7 +4163,11 @@ msgid ""
 "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
 "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
 "using this option."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Sadece-okunabilir paylaşım</emphasis>: Bu NFS bölümünde ya sadece okuma veya hem okuma hem de yazma isteklerine izin ver. Ön tanımlı davranış, dosya sisteminde değişiklik yapan istekleri engellemektir. Bu ayrıac bu seçenek kullanılarak kesinleştirilebilir."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Sadece-okunabilir paylaşım</emphasis>: Bu NFS bölümünde ya sadece "
+"okuma veya hem okuma hem de yazma isteklerine izin ver. Ön tanımlı davranış, "
+"dosya sisteminde değişiklik yapan istekleri engellemektir. Bu ayrıac bu "
+"seçenek kullanılarak kesinleştirilebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:129
@@ -3560,7 +4175,11 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
 "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
 "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Eşzamanlı erişim</emphasis>:  NFS sunucunun NFS protokolü tarafından zarar görmesini, ve istekleri bu istekler tarafından yapılan herhangi bir değişikliğin kalıcı depoya (örn. disk sürücüleri) yapılmasından önce engeller."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Eşzamanlı erişim</emphasis>:  NFS sunucunun NFS protokolü "
+"tarafından zarar görmesini, ve istekleri bu istekler tarafından yapılan "
+"herhangi bir değişikliğin kalıcı depoya (örn. disk sürücüleri) yapılmasından "
+"önce engeller."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:134
@@ -3568,7 +4187,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
 "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
 "exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Alt ağaç denetimi</emphasis>: güvenliği arttıran ama işlevselliği azaltan alt ağaç denetlemesini etkinleştir. Ayrıntılı bilgi için exports(5) el kitabına bakın."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Alt ağaç denetimi</emphasis>: güvenliği arttıran ama işlevselliği "
+"azaltan alt ağaç denetlemesini etkinleştir. Ayrıntılı bilgi için exports(5) "
+"el kitabına bakın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
@@ -3580,8 +4202,7 @@ msgstr "Menü girdileri"
 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
 msgstr "Şu ana kadar listede en azından bir girdi var"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:147
 msgid "draknfs5.png"
 msgstr "draknfs5.png"
@@ -3605,7 +4226,8 @@ msgstr "NFS Sunucu|Yeniden başlat"
 #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
 msgid ""
 "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr "Sunucu aktif yapılandırma dosyaları ile durduruldu ve yeniden başlatıldı."
+msgstr ""
+"Sunucu aktif yapılandırma dosyaları ile durduruldu ve yeniden başlatıldı."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:166
@@ -3615,9 +4237,9 @@ msgstr "NFS Sunucu|Yeniden yükle"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
 msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration "
-"files."
-msgstr "Gösterilen yapılandırma aktif yapılandırma dosyaları ile yeniden yüklendi."
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+"Gösterilen yapılandırma aktif yapılandırma dosyaları ile yeniden yüklendi."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:10
@@ -3629,8 +4251,7 @@ msgstr "Vekil"
 msgid "drakproxy"
 msgstr "drakproxy"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:17
 msgid "drakproxy.png"
 msgstr "drakproxy.png"
@@ -3638,30 +4259,44 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</"
+"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net"
-" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
+"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
 "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr "Internete erişim için vekil sunucu kullanmak zorundaysanız, bunu yapılandırmak için bu aracı <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> kullanabilirsiniz. Ağ yöneticiniz ihtiyacınız olan bilgiyi verecektir. Ayrıca istinai olarak vekil olmadan erişebilen servisleri de belirtebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Internete erişim için vekil sunucu kullanmak zorundaysanız, bunu "
+"yapılandırmak için bu aracı <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> "
+"kullanabilirsiniz. Ağ yöneticiniz ihtiyacınız olan bilgiyi verecektir. "
+"Ayrıca istinai olarak vekil olmadan erişebilen servisleri de "
+"belirtebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakproxy.xml:30
 msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a"
-" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
+"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
+"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
 "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
 "simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr "Wikipedia'dan, 24.09.2012'de Vekil sunucu makalesi: Bilgisayar ağlarında, bir vekil sunucu istemcilerden gelen ve diğer sunuculardan kaynak arayan istekler için aracı olarak davranan bir sunucudur (bir bilgisayar sistemi ya da uygulama). Bir istemci vekil  sunucuya dosya bağlantısı, web sayfası ya da farklı bir sunucudan diğer erişilebilir kaynaklar gibi bazı hizmet istekleriyle bağlanır. Vekil sunucu isteği basitleştirecek ve karmaşıklığını kontrol edecek şekilde değerlendirir. "
+msgstr ""
+"Wikipedia'dan, 24.09.2012'de Vekil sunucu makalesi: Bilgisayar ağlarında, "
+"bir vekil sunucu istemcilerden gelen ve diğer sunuculardan kaynak arayan "
+"istekler için aracı olarak davranan bir sunucudur (bir bilgisayar sistemi ya "
+"da uygulama). Bir istemci vekil  sunucuya dosya bağlantısı, web sayfası ya "
+"da farklı bir sunucudan diğer erişilebilir kaynaklar gibi bazı hizmet "
+"istekleriyle bağlanır. Vekil sunucu isteği basitleştirecek ve karmaşıklığını "
+"kontrol edecek şekilde değerlendirir. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
@@ -3673,8 +4308,7 @@ msgstr "Ortamı Yapılandır"
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
@@ -3682,11 +4316,15 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as"
-" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources"
-" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button"
-" below)."
-msgstr "Bir kurulumdan sonra yapılması gereken ilk şey yazılım kaynakları eklemektir (depo, ortam ya da yansı olarak da bilinir). Bu, kurulumda ve paket ve uygulamaların güncellenmesinde kullanılacak yazılım kaynağını seçemeniz gerektiği anlamına gelir. (aşağıdaki Ekle düğmesine bakınız)."
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
+"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
+"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
+"below)."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir kurulumdan sonra yapılması gereken ilk şey yazılım kaynakları eklemektir "
+"(depo, ortam ya da yansı olarak da bilinir). Bu, kurulumda ve paket ve "
+"uygulamaların güncellenmesinde kullanılacak yazılım kaynağını seçemeniz "
+"gerektiği anlamına gelir. (aşağıdaki Ekle düğmesine bakınız)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
@@ -3706,14 +4344,21 @@ msgid ""
 "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
 "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
 "the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr "Sisteminiz 32-bit (i586 denen) veya 64-bit (x86_64 denen) bir mimari üzerinde çalışıyor olabilir. Bazı paketler, ki bunlar noarch olarak isimlendirilir- sisteminizin 32-bit mi yoksa 64-bit mi olduğundan bağımsızdır. Yansılarda kendi noarch dizinlerine sahip değildirler, fakat hem i586 hem de x86_64 ortamları bulunur."
+msgstr ""
+"Sisteminiz 32-bit (i586 denen) veya 64-bit (x86_64 denen) bir mimari "
+"üzerinde çalışıyor olabilir. Bazı paketler, ki bunlar noarch olarak "
+"isimlendirilir- sisteminizin 32-bit mi yoksa 64-bit mi olduğundan "
+"bağımsızdır. Yansılarda kendi noarch dizinlerine sahip değildirler, fakat "
+"hem i586 hem de x86_64 ortamları bulunur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-"
+"media</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
@@ -3721,7 +4366,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
 "id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Bu araç Mageia Denetim Merkezi altında <emphasis role=\"bold\">Yazılım Yönetimi</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sekmesinde bulunur."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç Mageia Denetim Merkezi altında <emphasis role=\"bold\">Yazılım "
+"Yönetimi</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sekmesinde "
+"bulunur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
@@ -3738,7 +4386,10 @@ msgstr "Sütun Etkinleştir:"
 msgid ""
 "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
 "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr "İşaretlenmiş yazılım kaynağı yeni paketlerin kurulmasında kullanılacaktır. Testing ve Debug gibi bazı yazılım kaynaklarında dikkatli olun çünkü sisteminizi kullanılmaz yapabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"İşaretlenmiş yazılım kaynağı yeni paketlerin kurulmasında kullanılacaktır. "
+"Testing ve Debug gibi bazı yazılım kaynaklarında dikkatli olun çünkü "
+"sisteminizi kullanılmaz yapabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
@@ -3752,7 +4403,12 @@ msgid ""
 "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
 "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
 "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "İşaretlenmiş ortam paketleri güncellemede kullanılır, bu etkinleştirilmelidir. Sadece ismi içinde \"Update\" olan ortamlar seçilmelidir. Güvenlik sebeplerinden, bu sütun bu araç içinden değiştirilebilir değildir, root olarak uç birim açıp <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> yazmalısınız. "
+msgstr ""
+"İşaretlenmiş ortam paketleri güncellemede kullanılır, bu "
+"etkinleştirilmelidir. Sadece ismi içinde \"Update\" olan ortamlar "
+"seçilmelidir. Güvenlik sebeplerinden, bu sütun bu araç içinden "
+"değiştirilebilir değildir, root olarak uç birim açıp <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis> yazmalısınız. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
@@ -3764,28 +4420,36 @@ msgstr "Ortam sütunu:"
 msgid ""
 "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
 "versions contain at least:"
-msgstr "Ortam ismini göster. Mageia son yayımı sürümlerinin  resmi depoları en azından şunları içerir:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ortam ismini göster. Mageia son yayımı sürümlerinin  resmi depoları en "
+"azından şunları içerir:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
 "available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> Mageia tarafından sağlanan çoğu programı içerir."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> Mageia tarafından sağlanan çoğu "
+"programı içerir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
 "which are not free"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> bazı özgür olmayan programları içerir"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> bazı özgür olmayan programları "
+"içerir"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
 "might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> bazı ülkelerde patent hakları olabilecek özgür yazılımlar"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> bazı ülkelerde patent hakları "
+"olabilecek özgür yazılımlar"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
@@ -3797,7 +4461,9 @@ msgstr "Her ortam 4 alt-dizine sahiptir:"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
 "this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Yayım</emphasis> Mageia'nın bu sürümü yayımlandığı tarihteki paketlerdir."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Yayım</emphasis> Mageia'nın bu sürümü yayımlandığı "
+"tarihteki paketlerdir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
@@ -3805,22 +4471,30 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
 "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
 "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Güncellemeler</emphasis> yayımdan beri güvenlik ve hata ile ilgili güncellemelerdir. Herkes bu yazılım kaynağını çok yavaş bir İnternet bağlantısı olsa bile etkinleştirmelidir."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Güncellemeler</emphasis> yayımdan beri güvenlik ve "
+"hata ile ilgili güncellemelerdir. Herkes bu yazılım kaynağını çok yavaş bir "
+"İnternet bağlantısı olsa bile etkinleştirmelidir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
 "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> yeni sürümün bazı paketleri Cauldron'dan alınmıştır (yeni sürümü geliştirme aşamasındadır)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> yeni sürümün bazı paketleri "
+"Cauldron'dan alınmıştır (yeni sürümü geliştirme aşamasındadır)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests"
-" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
+"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
 "corrections."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> yeni güncellemelerin hata raporlamasını ve QA takımının düzeltmeleri onaylamasını sağlayan geçici testler için kullanılır."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> yeni güncellemelerin hata "
+"raporlamasını ve QA takımının düzeltmeleri onaylamasını sağlayan geçici "
+"testler için kullanılır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
@@ -3838,7 +4512,10 @@ msgid ""
 "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
 "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
 "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr "Ortamı çıkarmak için üzerine ve sonra bu düğmeye tıklayın. Kurulum için kullanılan ortamı (örneğin CD veya DVD) çıkarmayı, içerdiği tüm paketlerin resmi Core yayım ortamında bulunduğu için bilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Ortamı çıkarmak için üzerine ve sonra bu düğmeye tıklayın. Kurulum için "
+"kullanılan ortamı (örneğin CD veya DVD) çıkarmayı, içerdiği tüm paketlerin "
+"resmi Core yayım ortamında bulunduğu için bilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
@@ -3850,7 +4527,8 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Düzenle:</guibutton>"
 msgid ""
 "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
 "proxy)."
-msgstr "Seçilen ortam ayarlarını değiştirmenizi sağlar (URL, indirici ve vekil)."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçilen ortam ayarlarını değiştirmenizi sağlar (URL, indirici ve vekil)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
@@ -3863,10 +4541,16 @@ msgid ""
 "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
 "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
 "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a"
-" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
+"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
+"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
 "from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr "İnternet üzerindeki resmi depoları ekleyin. Bu depolar sadece güvenli ve iyice test edilmiş yazılımları içerir. \"Ekle\" düğmesine tıklayarak yapılandırmanıza yansı listesi eklersiniz, bu size yakın bir yansıdan kurulum ve güncelleme yaptığınızdan emin olmak için tasarlanmıştır. Belirli bir yansıyı seçmek isterseniz, \"Dosya\" açılır menüsünden \"Belirli bir ortam yansısı ekle\"yi seçerek eklersiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"İnternet üzerindeki resmi depoları ekleyin. Bu depolar sadece güvenli ve "
+"iyice test edilmiş yazılımları içerir. \"Ekle\" düğmesine tıklayarak "
+"yapılandırmanıza yansı listesi eklersiniz, bu size yakın bir yansıdan "
+"kurulum ve güncelleme yaptığınızdan emin olmak için tasarlanmıştır. Belirli "
+"bir yansıyı seçmek isterseniz, \"Dosya\" açılır menüsünden \"Belirli bir "
+"ortam yansısı ekle\"yi seçerek eklersiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
@@ -3877,10 +4561,14 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Yukarı ve aşağı oklar:</guibutton>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same"
-" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release "
-"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr "Liste sırasını değiştir. Drakrpm bir paket aradığında, listeyi gösterilen sırada okur ve aynı sürüm numarası ile bulduğu ilk paketi kurar -sürüm eşleşmemesinde son yayım kurulur. Bu yüzden eğer mümkünse, en hızlı depoyu en üste koyun."
+"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
+"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
+"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
+msgstr ""
+"Liste sırasını değiştir. Drakrpm bir paket aradığında, listeyi gösterilen "
+"sırada okur ve aynı sürüm numarası ile bulduğu ilk paketi kurar -sürüm "
+"eşleşmemesinde son yayım kurulur. Bu yüzden eğer mümkünse, en hızlı depoyu "
+"en üste koyun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
@@ -3895,9 +4583,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Dosya -> Güncelle:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
 msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and"
-" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Ortam listesi penceresi ortaya çıkar. Güncellemek istediklerinize tıklayın ve <guibutton>Güncelle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
+"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Ortam listesi penceresi ortaya çıkar. Güncellemek istediklerinize tıklayın "
+"ve <guibutton>Güncelle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
@@ -3908,16 +4598,23 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Dosya -> Belirli bir ortam yansısı ekle:</guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
 msgid ""
 "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the"
-" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
+"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
 "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
 "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
 "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr "Farzedelim şu anki yansıdan memnun deeğilsiniz, çünkü örneğin çok yavaş ya da çoğu zaman erişilebilir değil, başka bir yansı seçebilirsiniz. Aktif tüm ortamları seçiniz ve devre dışı bırakmak için <guibutton>Kaldır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın, <guimenu>Dosya-> Belirli bir ortam yansısı ekle</guimenu>ye tıklayın, sadece güncelleyi veya tam seti (bilmiyorsanız <guibutton>Kaynakları tam kümesi</guibutton>ni seçiniz) seçiniz ve  <guibutton>Evet</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak iletişimi kabul edin. Bu pencere açılır:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+msgstr ""
+"Farzedelim şu anki yansıdan memnun deeğilsiniz, çünkü örneğin çok yavaş ya "
+"da çoğu zaman erişilebilir değil, başka bir yansı seçebilirsiniz. Aktif tüm "
+"ortamları seçiniz ve devre dışı bırakmak için <guibutton>Kaldır</guibutton> "
+"düğmesine tıklayın, <guimenu>Dosya-> Belirli bir ortam yansısı ekle</"
+"guimenu>ye tıklayın, sadece güncelleyi veya tam seti (bilmiyorsanız "
+"<guibutton>Kaynakları tam kümesi</guibutton>ni seçiniz) seçiniz ve  "
+"<guibutton>Evet</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak iletişimi kabul edin. Bu "
+"pencere açılır:"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
 msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
@@ -3928,7 +4625,10 @@ msgid ""
 "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
 "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
 "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Sol tarafta ülkeler listesini görebilirsiniz, kendinizinkini veya > düğmesine tıklayarak bu ülkedeki en yakını yansıyı seçin. Birini seçin ve <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Sol tarafta ülkeler listesini görebilirsiniz, kendinizinkini veya > "
+"düğmesine tıklayarak bu ülkedeki en yakını yansıyı seçin. Birini seçin ve "
+"<guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
@@ -3940,10 +4640,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Dosya -> Özel bir ortam ekle:</guimenu>"
 msgid ""
 "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
 "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr "Mageia tarafından desteklenmeyen yeni bir ortam kurmak mümkündür (örneğin üçüncü parti). Yeni bir pencere çıkar:"
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia tarafından desteklenmeyen yeni bir ortam kurmak mümkündür (örneğin "
+"üçüncü parti). Yeni bir pencere çıkar:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
@@ -3954,7 +4655,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
 "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
 "according to the medium type)"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ortam türünü seçin, ortamı iyi bir şekilde tanımlayan akıllıca bir isim bulun ve URL (veya ortam türüne göre yol) girin"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ortam türünü seçin, ortamı iyi "
+"bir şekilde tanımlayan akıllıca bir isim bulun ve URL (veya ortam türüne "
+"göre yol) girin"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
@@ -3964,11 +4668,15 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Seçenekler -> Global seçenekler:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
 msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" "
-"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define "
-"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
+"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
+"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
 "default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr "Bu öğe \"Kurulacak RPMleri doğrulayın\" (daima veya asla) zamanını, indirme programını (curl, wget veya aria2) ve paketler hakkındaki bilgiler için indirme politikasını (instendiğinde -varsayılan-; sadece güncelle veya asla) seçmenizi sağlar."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu öğe \"Kurulacak RPMleri doğrulayın\" (daima veya asla) zamanını, indirme "
+"programını (curl, wget veya aria2) ve paketler hakkındaki bilgiler için "
+"indirme politikasını (instendiğinde -varsayılan-; sadece güncelle veya asla) "
+"seçmenizi sağlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
@@ -3978,12 +4686,17 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Seçenekler -> Anahtarları yönet:</guimenu>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
 msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate"
-" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In "
-"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click "
-"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr "Yüksek seviye güvenliği garanti etmek için, sayısal anahtarlar ortam kimlik denetimi için kullanılır. Her bir ortam için anahtarı kabul etmek veya reddetmek mümkündür. Çıkan pencerede, bir ortam seçin ve yeni bir anahtarı kabul etmek için <guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesine veya anahtarı reddetmek için <guibutton>Kaldır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın. "
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
+"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
+"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
+"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
+"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+msgstr ""
+"Yüksek seviye güvenliği garanti etmek için, sayısal anahtarlar ortam kimlik "
+"denetimi için kullanılır. Her bir ortam için anahtarı kabul etmek veya "
+"reddetmek mümkündür. Çıkan pencerede, bir ortam seçin ve yeni bir anahtarı "
+"kabul etmek için <guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesine veya anahtarı "
+"reddetmek için <guibutton>Kaldır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
@@ -3999,17 +4712,20 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Seçenekler -> Vekil:</guimenu>"
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
 msgid ""
 "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if"
-" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and "
-"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr "İnternet erişimi için vekil sunucu kullanmanız gerekiyorsa, bunu burada yapılandırabilirsiniz. Gerekli olan sadece <guibutton>Vekil sunucuadı</guibutton>nı ve gerekliyse <guilabel>Kullanıcı adı</guilabel> ve <guilabel>Parolayı</guilabel> girmenizdir."
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
+"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"İnternet erişimi için vekil sunucu kullanmanız gerekiyorsa, bunu burada "
+"yapılandırabilirsiniz. Gerekli olan sadece <guibutton>Vekil sunucuadı</"
+"guibutton>nı ve gerekliyse <guilabel>Kullanıcı adı</guilabel> ve "
+"<guilabel>Parolayı</guilabel> girmenizdir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
 msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki "
-"page</link>."
+"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
+"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
+"link>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
@@ -4022,8 +4738,7 @@ msgstr "Sürücü ve dizinleri Samba ile paylaşın"
 msgid "draksambashare"
 msgstr "draksambashare"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:18
 msgid "draksambashare.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare.png"
@@ -4036,7 +4751,12 @@ msgid ""
 "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
 "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
 "resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr "Samba farklı işletim sistemlerinde dizinler veya yazıcılar gibi bazı kaynakları paylaşmak için kullanılan bir protokoldür. Bu araç makinayı SMB/CIFS protokolü kullanarak Samba sunucu olarak yapılandırmanızı sağlar. Bu protokol ayrıca Windows(R) ve işistasyonları tarafından, bu işletim sisteminin Samba sunucudaki kaynaklara erişebilmesi için kullanılır. "
+msgstr ""
+"Samba farklı işletim sistemlerinde dizinler veya yazıcılar gibi bazı "
+"kaynakları paylaşmak için kullanılan bir protokoldür. Bu araç makinayı SMB/"
+"CIFS protokolü kullanarak Samba sunucu olarak yapılandırmanızı sağlar. Bu "
+"protokol ayrıca Windows(R) ve işistasyonları tarafından, bu işletim "
+"sisteminin Samba sunucudaki kaynaklara erişebilmesi için kullanılır. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:37
@@ -4052,7 +4772,12 @@ msgid ""
 "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
 "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
 "server."
-msgstr "Diğer iş istasyonlarından erişilebilmesi için, sunucunun sabit IP adresi olmalıdır. Bu doğrudan sunucu üzerinde yapılabilir, örneğin <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/> ile, veya DHCP sunucuda istasyonu MAC-adresi ile belirterek ve daima aynı adresi vererek yapılabilir. Güvenlik duvarı da ayrıca Samba sunucuya gelen isteklere izin vermelidir."
+msgstr ""
+"Diğer iş istasyonlarından erişilebilmesi için, sunucunun sabit IP adresi "
+"olmalıdır. Bu doğrudan sunucu üzerinde yapılabilir, örneğin <xref linkend="
+"\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/> ile, veya DHCP sunucuda istasyonu MAC-adresi ile "
+"belirterek ve daima aynı adresi vererek yapılabilir. Güvenlik duvarı da "
+"ayrıca Samba sunucuya gelen isteklere izin vermelidir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:50
@@ -4062,20 +4787,24 @@ msgstr "Sihirbaz - Tekbaşına sunucu"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:53
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\"> "
+"draksambashare</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks"
-" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
+"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
 "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr "İlk çalıştırmada, araçlar <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gerekli paketlerin kurulu olup olmadığını denetler ve yoklarsa onları kurmayı önerir. Sonra Samba sunucuyu yapılandıran sihirbaz başlatılır. "
+msgstr ""
+"İlk çalıştırmada, araçlar <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gerekli "
+"paketlerin kurulu olup olmadığını denetler ve yoklarsa onları kurmayı "
+"önerir. Sonra Samba sunucuyu yapılandıran sihirbaz başlatılır. "
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:61
 msgid "draksambashare0.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
@@ -4087,8 +4816,7 @@ msgid ""
 "selected."
 msgstr "Bir sonraki pencerede Tekbaşına sunucu yapılandırması zaten seçili."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:71
 msgid "draksambashare1.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
@@ -4096,9 +4824,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:77
 msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the"
-" access to the shared resources."
-msgstr "Sonra çalışmagrubunun ismini belirtin. Bu isim paylaşılan kaynaklara erişim için olanla aynı olmalı."
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
+"access to the shared resources."
+msgstr ""
+"Sonra çalışmagrubunun ismini belirtin. Bu isim paylaşılan kaynaklara erişim "
+"için olanla aynı olmalı."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:80
@@ -4107,8 +4837,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the network."
 msgstr "netbios ismi ağdaki sunucuyu tasarlamada kullanılan bir isimdir."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:85
 msgid "draksambashare2.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
@@ -4123,24 +4852,29 @@ msgstr "Güvenlik modunu seçiniz:"
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
 "resource"
-msgstr "<guilabel>kullanıcı</guilabel>: istemci kaynağa erişim için yetkilendirilmiş olamlı"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>kullanıcı</guilabel>: istemci kaynağa erişim için yetkilendirilmiş "
+"olamlı"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:100
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
 "each share"
-msgstr "<guilabel>paylaş</guilabel>: istemci kendini her bir paylaşım için ayrı ayrı yetkilendirir"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>paylaş</guilabel>: istemci kendini her bir paylaşım için ayrı ayrı "
+"yetkilendirir"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:105
 msgid ""
 "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
 "address or host name."
-msgstr "Burada, hangi konakların kaynaklara erişim izni olduğunu, IP adresi veya konak ismi ile belirtebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada, hangi konakların kaynaklara erişim izni olduğunu, IP adresi veya "
+"konak ismi ile belirtebilirsiniz."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:110
 msgid "draksambashare3.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
@@ -4150,10 +4884,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
 "described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr "Sunucu afişini belirtin. Afiş bu sunucunun Windows iş istasyonlarında tanımlanacağı biçimdir."
+msgstr ""
+"Sunucu afişini belirtin. Afiş bu sunucunun Windows iş istasyonlarında "
+"tanımlanacağı biçimdir."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:120
 msgid "draksambashare4.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
@@ -4162,10 +4897,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:126
 msgid ""
 "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr "Samba'nın bilgileri kaydedeceği yer bir sonraki bölümde belirtilebilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Samba'nın bilgileri kaydedeceği yer bir sonraki bölümde belirtilebilir."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:131
 msgid "draksambashare5.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
@@ -4174,12 +4909,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in "
-"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "Sihirbaz, yapılandırmayı kabul etmenizden önce seçilen parametlerin bir listesini gösterir. Kabul edildiğinde yapılandırma <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> dosyasına yazılır."
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
+"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sihirbaz, yapılandırmayı kabul etmenizden önce seçilen parametlerin bir "
+"listesini gösterir. Kabul edildiğinde yapılandırma <code>/etc/samba/smb."
+"conf</code> dosyasına yazılır."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:143
 msgid "draksambashare6.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
@@ -4189,8 +4926,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
 msgstr "Sihirbaz - birincil alan denetleyicisi"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:155
 msgid "draksambashare13.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
@@ -4203,7 +4939,12 @@ msgid ""
 "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
 "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
 "security mode:"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Eğer \"Birincil alan denetcisi\" seçeneği seçilmişse, sihirbaz, Wins'in desteklenip desteklenmeyeceğini ve yönetici isimlerinin sağlanıp sağlanmayacağını sorar. Takip eden adımlar, tek başına sunucu için olanla -ayrıca güvenlik modunu seçebilmeniz dışında- aynıdır:"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Eğer \"Birincil alan denetcisi\" "
+"seçeneği seçilmişse, sihirbaz, Wins'in desteklenip desteklenmeyeceğini ve "
+"yönetici isimlerinin sağlanıp sağlanmayacağını sorar. Takip eden adımlar, "
+"tek başına sunucu için olanla -ayrıca güvenlik modunu seçebilmeniz dışında- "
+"aynıdır:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:164
@@ -4211,7 +4952,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
 "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
 "account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
-msgstr "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: tüm kullanıcı ve grup hesaplarının merkezi ve paylaşılan bir hesap deposunda depolanmasını sağlayan bir mekanizma sunar. Merkezi hesap deposu, alan (güvenlik) denetleyiceleri arasında paylaştırılır."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: tüm kullanıcı ve grup hesaplarının merkezi ve "
+"paylaşılan bir hesap deposunda depolanmasını sağlayan bir mekanizma sunar. "
+"Merkezi hesap deposu, alan (güvenlik) denetleyiceleri arasında paylaştırılır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:173
@@ -4223,8 +4967,7 @@ msgstr "Paylaşılacak dizini belirtin"
 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
 msgstr "<guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> düğmesiyle şu gelir:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:179
 msgid "draksambashare15.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
@@ -4232,14 +4975,16 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:184
 msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the "
-"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether"
-" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share "
-"name can not be modified."
-msgstr "Yeni bir girdi böylece eklendi. Bu <guibutton>Değiştir</guibutton> düğmesiyle değiştirilebilir. Dizinin görünebilir, yazılabilir, görüntülenebilir olup olmayacağı gibi seçenekler düzenlenebilir."
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
+"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
+"visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share name can not be "
+"modified."
+msgstr ""
+"Yeni bir girdi böylece eklendi. Bu <guibutton>Değiştir</guibutton> "
+"düğmesiyle değiştirilebilir. Dizinin görünebilir, yazılabilir, "
+"görüntülenebilir olup olmayacağı gibi seçenekler düzenlenebilir."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:191
 msgid "draksambashare16.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
@@ -4252,7 +4997,8 @@ msgstr "Liste en azından bir girdi içerdiğinde, menü girdileri kullanılabil
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:209
 msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "Aktif yapılandırmayı <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> dosyasına kaydet."
+msgstr ""
+"Aktif yapılandırmayı <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code> dosyasına kaydet."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:214
@@ -4284,8 +5030,7 @@ msgstr "Yazıcıların paylaşımı"
 msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
 msgstr "Samba ayrıca yazıcıları paylaştırmanızı sağlar."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:241
 msgid "draksambashare17.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
@@ -4303,8 +5048,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgid "Samba users"
 msgstr "Samba Kullanıcıları"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:253
 msgid "draksambashare18.png"
 msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
@@ -4315,7 +5059,11 @@ msgid ""
 "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
 "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
 "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Bu sekmede, kimlik denetimi gerektiğinde paylaşılan kaynaklara erişmeye izin verilen kullanıcılar eklenebilir. <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>'dan kullanıcıları ekleyebilirsiniz. "
+msgstr ""
+"Bu sekmede, kimlik denetimi gerektiğinde paylaşılan kaynaklara erişmeye izin "
+"verilen kullanıcılar eklenebilir. <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/"
+"><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>'dan kullanıcıları "
+"ekleyebilirsiniz. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksec.xml:3
@@ -4327,62 +5075,89 @@ msgstr "Mageia araçları için kimlik denetimini yapılandırın"
 msgid "draksec"
 msgstr "draksec"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec.png"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "draksec0.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Güvenlik</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Güvenlik</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:20
+#: en/draksec.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
 "usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr "Bu sıradan kullanıcılara genellikle yönetici tarafından yapılan görevleri yapabilme için gerekli hakları verir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu sıradan kullanıcılara genellikle yönetici tarafından yapılan görevleri "
+"yapabilme için gerekli hakları verir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:23
+#: en/draksec.xml:22
+msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksec.xml:27
+msgid "draksec.png"
+msgstr "draksec.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:31
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
 "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list gives the choice between:"
-msgstr "Mageia Denetim Merkezindeki çoğu araç pencerenin solunda gösterilir (aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakın) ve her bir araç için bir açılır liste şöyle seçenekler verir:"
+"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia Denetim Merkezindeki çoğu araç pencerenin solunda gösterilir "
+"(aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakın) ve her bir araç için bir açılır liste "
+"şöyle seçenekler verir:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:29
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Parola yok: Araç parola sormadan çalıştırılır."
+#: en/draksec.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
+"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Varsayılan değerler seçilen güvenlik seviyesine bağlıdır. Aynı MCC "
+"sekmesinde bakınız \"Sistem güvenliğini yapılandır, izinler ve denetim\"."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:34
+#: en/draksec.xml:43
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr "Kullanıcı parolası: Araça çalıştırılmadan önce kullanıcı parolası sorulur."
+msgstr ""
+"Kullanıcı parolası: Araça çalıştırılmadan önce kullanıcı parolası sorulur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:39
-msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
+#: en/draksec.xml:48
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
 msgstr "Root parolası: araç çalıştırılmadan önce root parolası sorulur"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
-"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr "Varsayılan değerler seçilen güvenlik seviyesine bağlıdır. Aynı MCC sekmesinde bakınız \"Sistem güvenliğini yapılandır, izinler ve denetim\"."
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:53
+msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+msgstr "Parola yok: Araç parola sormadan çalıştırılır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
@@ -4394,8 +5169,7 @@ msgstr "Anlık Durum Yedekleri"
 msgid "draksnapshot-config"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
 msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
@@ -4403,17 +5177,22 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-"
+"config </emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration "
-"tools</guilabel> section."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde  <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> sekmesinde <guilabel>Yönetimsel araçlar</guilabel> bölümünde bulunur."
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
+"guilabel> section."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde  "
+"<guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> sekmesinde <guilabel>Yönetimsel araçlar</"
+"guilabel> bölümünde bulunur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
@@ -4421,44 +5200,64 @@ msgid ""
 "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
 "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
 "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr "Bu aracı MDM'de ilk kez başlattığınızda, draksnapshot kurulumu hakkında bir mesaj göreceksiniz. Devam etmek için <guibutton>Kur</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın. Draksnapshot ve ihtiyaç duyduğu bazı diğer paketler kurulacaktır. "
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı MDM'de ilk kez başlattığınızda, draksnapshot kurulumu hakkında bir "
+"mesaj göreceksiniz. Devam etmek için <guibutton>Kur</guibutton> düğmesine "
+"tıklayın. Draksnapshot ve ihtiyaç duyduğu bazı diğer paketler kurulacaktır. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable "
-"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, "
-"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Yeniden <guilabel>Anlıkyedekler</guilabel>a tıklayın, <guilabel>Ayarlar</guilabel> ekranını göreceksiniz. <guilabel>Yedekleri Etkinleştir</guilabel>i  ve, tüm sistemin yedeğini almak isterseniz <guilabel>Tüm sistemi yedekle</guilabel> işaretleyin."
+"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
+"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
+"whole system</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Yeniden <guilabel>Anlıkyedekler</guilabel>a tıklayın, <guilabel>Ayarlar</"
+"guilabel> ekranını göreceksiniz. <guilabel>Yedekleri Etkinleştir</"
+"guilabel>i  ve, tüm sistemin yedeğini almak isterseniz <guilabel>Tüm sistemi "
+"yedekle</guilabel> işaretleyin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
 "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to"
-" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the "
-"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from"
-" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> "
-"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you "
-"are done."
-msgstr "Dizinlerin sadece bazı bölümlerini yedekleyecekseniz <guilabel>Gelişmiş</guilabel>i seçiniz. Küçük bir açılır pencere göreceksiniz. Dizinleri yedeklemeye eklemek veya yedeklemeden çıkartmak için <guilabel>Yedekleme listesi</guilabel> yanındaki <guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> ve <guibutton>Çıkar</guibutton> düğmelerini kullanınız. Seçilen dizinler içinde yedeklemeye <emphasis role=\"bold\">eklenmemesi</emphasis> gereken altdizinleri ve/veya dosyaları kaldırmak için <guilabel>Hariç</guilabel> listesinin yanındaki aynı düğmeleri kullanınız. Bitirdiğinizde <guibutton>Çıkış</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız."
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
+"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
+"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
+"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
+"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
+"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
+msgstr ""
+"Dizinlerin sadece bazı bölümlerini yedekleyecekseniz <guilabel>Gelişmiş</"
+"guilabel>i seçiniz. Küçük bir açılır pencere göreceksiniz. Dizinleri "
+"yedeklemeye eklemek veya yedeklemeden çıkartmak için <guilabel>Yedekleme "
+"listesi</guilabel> yanındaki <guibutton>Ekle</guibutton> ve "
+"<guibutton>Çıkar</guibutton> düğmelerini kullanınız. Seçilen dizinler içinde "
+"yedeklemeye <emphasis role=\"bold\">eklenmemesi</emphasis> gereken "
+"altdizinleri ve/veya dosyaları kaldırmak için <guilabel>Hariç</guilabel> "
+"listesinin yanındaki aynı düğmeleri kullanınız. Bitirdiğinizde "
+"<guibutton>Çıkış</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted"
-" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Şimdi <guilabel>Yedekleme yeri</guilabel> için yolu girin, veya <guibutton>Gözat</guibutton> düğmesiyle doğru yolu seçin.  Herhangi bağlı USB-anahtarı veya harici HD <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/kullanıcı_adınız/</emphasis> içinde bulunabilir."
+"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
+"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
+"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Şimdi <guilabel>Yedekleme yeri</guilabel> için yolu girin, veya "
+"<guibutton>Gözat</guibutton> düğmesiyle doğru yolu seçin.  Herhangi bağlı "
+"USB-anahtarı veya harici HD <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
+"kullanıcı_adınız/</emphasis> içinde bulunabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr " Anlık yedekleme için <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+" Anlık yedekleme için <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksound.xml:3
@@ -4470,8 +5269,7 @@ msgstr "Ses Yapılandırması"
 msgid "draksound"
 msgstr "draksound"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:10
 msgid "draksound.png"
 msgstr "draksound.png"
@@ -4479,16 +5277,20 @@ msgstr "draksound.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</"
+"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Donanım</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur.¶"
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Donanım</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur.¶"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:19
@@ -4496,15 +5298,19 @@ msgid ""
 "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, "
 "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience "
 "sound problems or if you change the sound card."
-msgstr "Draksound ses yapılandırmasını, sürücü seçimi, PulseAudio seçenekleri ve hata giderme de dahil olmak üzere, halleder.Ses problemi yaşadığınızda veya ses kartını değiştirdiğinizde size yardım eder."
+msgstr ""
+"Draksound ses yapılandırmasını, sürücü seçimi, PulseAudio seçenekleri ve "
+"hata giderme de dahil olmak üzere, halleder.Ses problemi yaşadığınızda veya "
+"ses kartını değiştirdiğinizde size yardım eder."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a"
-" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound "
-"card."
-msgstr "Açılır liste <guilabel>Sürücü</guilabel> bilgisatarınızda ses kartınızla eşleşen tüm sürücüler arasında seçim yapmanızı sağlar."
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
+"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+"Açılır liste <guilabel>Sürücü</guilabel> bilgisatarınızda ses kartınızla "
+"eşleşen tüm sürücüler arasında seçim yapmanızı sağlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:28
@@ -4512,30 +5318,41 @@ msgid ""
 "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
 "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
 "possible for its enhanced features."
-msgstr "Çoğu zaman, OSS veya ALSA API kullanan bir sürücü seçmek mümkündür. OSS en eskisidir ve çok basittir, gelişmiş özelliklerinden dolayı mümkün olduğunda ALSA'yı seçmenizi öneriyoruz."
+msgstr ""
+"Çoğu zaman, OSS veya ALSA API kullanan bir sürücü seçmek mümkündür. OSS en "
+"eskisidir ve çok basittir, gelişmiş özelliklerinden dolayı mümkün olduğunda "
+"ALSA'yı seçmenizi öneriyoruz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:33
 msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound"
-" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the "
-"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> "
-"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> bir ses sunucudur. Tüm ses girişlerini karşılar, onları kullanıcı tercihlerine bağlı olarak karıştırır ve sonuçta oluşan sesi çıktıya gönderir. Bu özellikleri ayarlamak için <guimenu>Menü ->Ses ve Video -> PulseAudio ses denetimi</guimenu> ne bakınız."
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
+"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
+"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
+"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> bir ses sunucudur. Tüm ses girişlerini "
+"karşılar, onları kullanıcı tercihlerine bağlı olarak karıştırır ve sonuçta "
+"oluşan sesi çıktıya gönderir. Bu özellikleri ayarlamak için <guimenu>Menü -"
+">Ses ve Video -> PulseAudio ses denetimi</guimenu> ne bakınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
 "enabled."
-msgstr "PulseAudio varsayılan ses sunucusudur ve bunu etkinleştirilmiş olarak bırakmanız önerilir."
+msgstr ""
+"PulseAudio varsayılan ses sunucusudur ve bunu etkinleştirilmiş olarak "
+"bırakmanız önerilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:41
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
 "is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> PulseAudio'yu bazı programlarla zenginleştirir. Bunu da etkinleştirilmiş olarak bırakmanız önerilir."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> PulseAudio'yu bazı programlarla "
+"zenginleştirir. Bunu da etkinleştirilmiş olarak bırakmanız önerilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksound.xml:44
@@ -4544,8 +5361,7 @@ msgid ""
 "three buttons:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksound.xml:49
 msgid "Draksound1.png"
 msgstr "Draksound1.png"
@@ -4564,7 +5380,9 @@ msgid ""
 "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any "
 "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking "
 "the community for help."
-msgstr "İkincisi açıktır ve sonuncusu karşılaşabileceğiniz problemleri çözmede yardım sağlar. Topluluğa sormadan önce bunu denemeyi faydalı bulacaksınız."
+msgstr ""
+"İkincisi açıktır ve sonuncusu karşılaşabileceğiniz problemleri çözmede "
+"yardım sağlar. Topluluğa sormadan önce bunu denemeyi faydalı bulacaksınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakups.xml:3
@@ -4576,8 +5394,7 @@ msgstr "Güç görüntüleme için bir UPS ayarlayın"
 msgid "drakups"
 msgstr "drakups"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakups.xml:8
 msgid "drakups.png"
 msgstr "drakups.png"
@@ -4585,9 +5402,11 @@ msgstr "drakups.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakups.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:3
@@ -4599,8 +5418,7 @@ msgstr "Ağ erişimi güvenliği için VPN Bağlantısı yapılandır"
 msgid "drakvpn"
 msgstr "drakvpn"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:11
 msgid "drakvpn1.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
@@ -4608,9 +5426,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:19
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</"
+"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:18
@@ -4621,7 +5441,13 @@ msgid ""
 "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
 "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
 "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> uzak bir ağa yerel iş istasyonu ve uzak ağ arasında tünel oluşturarak güvenli erişimi yapılandırmanızı sağlar. Burada sadece iş istasyonu tarafındaki yapılandırmadan bahsedeceğiz. Uzak ağın halihazırda çalışmakta olduğunu  ve ağ yöneticisinden .pcf yapılandırma dosyası gibi bilgilere ulaştıınızı varsayıyoruz."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> uzak bir ağa yerel iş "
+"istasyonu ve uzak ağ arasında tünel oluşturarak güvenli erişimi "
+"yapılandırmanızı sağlar. Burada sadece iş istasyonu tarafındaki "
+"yapılandırmadan bahsedeceğiz. Uzak ağın halihazırda çalışmakta olduğunu  ve "
+"ağ yöneticisinden .pcf yapılandırma dosyası gibi bilgilere ulaştıınızı "
+"varsayıyoruz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:30
@@ -4633,7 +5459,9 @@ msgstr "Yapılandırma"
 msgid ""
 "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
 "protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr "Önce sanal özel ağınız için hangi protokolün kullanıldığına bağlı olarak Cisco VPN Concentrator'u veya OpenVPN'i seçiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Önce sanal özel ağınız için hangi protokolün kullanıldığına bağlı olarak "
+"Cisco VPN Concentrator'u veya OpenVPN'i seçiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:35
@@ -4650,8 +5478,7 @@ msgstr "Sonraki ekranda, VPN bağlantınızın detaylarını sağlayınız."
 msgid "For Cisco VPN"
 msgstr "Cisco VPN için"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:48
 msgid "drakvpn3.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
@@ -4661,10 +5488,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
 msgid ""
 "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
 "first time the tool is used."
-msgstr "openvpn için. openvpn ve bağımlı olduğu paketler araç ilk kez kullanıldığında kurulacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"openvpn için. openvpn ve bağımlı olduğu paketler araç ilk kez "
+"kullanıldığında kurulacaktır."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:59
 msgid "drakvpn7.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
@@ -4674,15 +5502,16 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
 "received from the network administrator."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ağ yöneticinizden aldığınız dosyaları seçin."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ağ yöneticinizden aldığınız "
+"dosyaları seçin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:64
 msgid "Advanced parameters:"
 msgstr "Gelişmiş parametreler:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:68
 msgid "drakvpn8.png"
 msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
@@ -4697,15 +5526,20 @@ msgstr "Sonraki ekran ağ geçidinin IP-adresini sorar."
 msgid ""
 "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
 "connection."
-msgstr "Parametreler ayarlandığında VPN bağlantısını başlatma imkanına sahip olursunuz."
+msgstr ""
+"Parametreler ayarlandığında VPN bağlantısını başlatma imkanına sahip "
+"olursunuz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/drakvpn.xml:79
 msgid ""
 "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect"
-" to this VPN."
-msgstr "Bu VPN bağlantısı ağ bağlantısı ile otomatik olarak başlayacak şekilde ayarlanabilir. Bunu yapmak için, ağ bağlantısını daima bu VPN'e bağlanmak için yeniden yapılandırın."
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
+"to this VPN."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu VPN bağlantısı ağ bağlantısı ile otomatik olarak başlayacak şekilde "
+"ayarlanabilir. Bunu yapmak için, ağ bağlantısını daima bu VPN'e bağlanmak "
+"için yeniden yapılandırın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
@@ -4717,8 +5551,7 @@ msgstr "Web sunucu yapılandır"
 msgid "drakwizard apache2"
 msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
@@ -4726,16 +5559,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
+"apache2</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
 "web server."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir web sunucusu kurmanız için yardımcı olabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir web sunucusu kurmanız "
+"için yardımcı olabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
@@ -4747,7 +5584,9 @@ msgstr "Bir web sunucusu nedir?"
 msgid ""
 "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
 "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "Web sunucusu, İnternet üzerinden erişilebilen web içeriğini ulaştımaya yardımcı olan bir yazılımdır. (Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+"Web sunucusu, İnternet üzerinden erişilebilen web içeriğini ulaştımaya "
+"yardımcı olan bir yazılımdır. (Wikipedia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
@@ -4759,8 +5598,7 @@ msgstr "Bir web sunucusunu drakwizard apache2 ile kurmak"
 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
 msgstr "Web sunucusu sihirbazına hoş geldiniz."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
@@ -4770,15 +5608,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "İlk sayfa sadece bir sunumdur, <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"İlk sayfa sadece bir sunumdur, <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
 msgstr "Sunucu Açılımcısı seçiliyor: Yerel Ağ ve/veya Dünya"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
@@ -4788,15 +5626,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
 "things."
-msgstr "Web sunucusunu İnternete açmanın tehlikeleri vardır.  Kötü şeyler için şimdiden hazır olun."
+msgstr ""
+"Web sunucusunu İnternete açmanın tehlikeleri vardır.  Kötü şeyler için "
+"şimdiden hazır olun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
 msgid "Server User Module"
 msgstr "Sunucu Kullanıcı Modülü"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
@@ -4811,8 +5650,7 @@ msgstr "Kullanıcıların kendi sitelerini oluşturmalarına izin verir."
 msgid "User web directory name"
 msgstr "Kullanıcı web dizini adı"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
@@ -4822,15 +5660,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
 msgid ""
 "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
 "display it."
-msgstr "Kullanıcı bu dizini oluşturmalı ve içini doldurmalıdır, daha sonra sunucu bunu gösterecektir."
+msgstr ""
+"Kullanıcı bu dizini oluşturmalı ve içini doldurmalıdır, daha sonra sunucu "
+"bunu gösterecektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
 msgid "Server Document Root"
 msgstr "Sunucu Belge Kökü"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
@@ -4838,7 +5677,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
 msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr "Web sunucusunun öntanımlı belgelerinin konumunu ayarlamanıza olanak sağlar."
+msgstr ""
+"Web sunucusunun öntanımlı belgelerinin konumunu ayarlamanıza olanak sağlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
@@ -4847,8 +5687,7 @@ msgstr "Web sunucusunun öntanımlı belgelerinin konumunu ayarlamanıza olanak
 msgid "Summary"
 msgstr "Özet"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
@@ -4858,9 +5697,10 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Bu seçenekleri denetlemek için bir saniyenizi ayırın ve <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine basın."
+"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu seçenekleri denetlemek için bir saniyenizi ayırın ve <guibutton>İleri</"
+"guibutton> düğmesine basın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
@@ -4868,8 +5708,7 @@ msgstr "Bu seçenekleri denetlemek için bir saniyenizi ayırın ve <guibutton>�
 msgid "Finish"
 msgstr "Son"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
@@ -4890,8 +5729,7 @@ msgstr "DNS yapılandır"
 msgid "drakwizard bind"
 msgstr "drakwizard bind"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
@@ -4899,9 +5737,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
+"bind</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
@@ -4913,8 +5753,7 @@ msgstr "DHCP yapılandırın"
 msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
 msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
@@ -4929,17 +5768,22 @@ msgstr ""
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
+"dhcp</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should"
-" be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>bir <acronym>DHCP</acronym> sunucusu kurmanıza yardımcı olabilir. Bu araç drakwizard' ın bir bileşeni olup önceden kurulmuş olmalıdır."
+"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
+"be installed before you can access to it."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>bir <acronym>DHCP</acronym> "
+"sunucusu kurmanıza yardımcı olabilir. Bu araç drakwizard' ın bir bileşeni "
+"olup önceden kurulmuş olmalıdır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
@@ -4953,7 +5797,10 @@ msgid ""
 "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
 "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
 "communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "Değişken Makine Yapılandırma Protokolü (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>),  basit olarak sistemdeki bilgisayarlara IP adreslerini ve buna ek olarak değişik parametreleri atamak için kullanılan servistir. (Wikipedia' dan)"
+msgstr ""
+"Değişken Makine Yapılandırma Protokolü (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>),  basit "
+"olarak sistemdeki bilgisayarlara IP adreslerini ve buna ek olarak değişik "
+"parametreleri atamak için kullanılan servistir. (Wikipedia' dan)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
@@ -4965,8 +5812,7 @@ msgstr "Bir DHCP sunucusunu drakwizard dhcp ile kurmak"
 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
 msgstr "DHCP sunucusu sihirbazına hoş geldiniz."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
@@ -4976,8 +5822,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
 msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
 msgstr "Adaptörü seçerek"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
@@ -4986,17 +5831,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
 msgid ""
 "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Alt ağa bağlı olan ve DHCP'nin IP adresi atayacağı ağ arabirimini seçerek <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Alt ağa bağlı olan ve DHCP'nin IP adresi atayacağı ağ arabirimini seçerek "
+"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
 msgid "Select IP range"
 msgstr "IP aralığı seçin"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
@@ -5008,10 +5854,13 @@ msgid ""
 "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
 "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Ağ geçidi makinenin yerel ağ dışında, belki de İnternet, bağlandığı yerin IP adresi ile birlikte; sunucunun önermesini istediğiniz IP aralığının başlangıç ve bitiş IP adreslerini seçin ve sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Ağ geçidi makinenin yerel ağ dışında, belki de İnternet, bağlandığı yerin IP "
+"adresi ile birlikte; sunucunun önermesini istediğiniz IP aralığının "
+"başlangıç ve bitiş IP adreslerini seçin ve sonra <guibutton>İleri</"
+"guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
@@ -5021,8 +5870,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
 msgid "Hold on..."
 msgstr "Bekleyin..."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
@@ -5032,15 +5880,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
 msgid ""
 "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
 "change things around."
-msgstr "Bu düzeltilebilir. <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine bir kaç kez tıklayın ve seçenekleri değiştirin."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu düzeltilebilir. <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine bir kaç kez "
+"tıklayın ve seçenekleri değiştirin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
 msgid "Hours later..."
 msgstr "Saatler sonra..."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
@@ -5060,78 +5909,72 @@ msgstr "dhcp-server şu gerekiyorsa kuruluyor;"
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
 msgid ""
 "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr "<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> dosyası <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code> olarak kaydediliyor"
+msgstr ""
+"<code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> dosyası <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code> "
+"olarak kaydediliyor"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from "
-"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and "
-"adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr "Yeni bir <code>dhcpd.conf</code> dosyası <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> dosyasından oluşturuluyor ve yeni parametreler ekleniyor:"
+"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
+"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
+"parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+"Yeni bir <code>dhcpd.conf</code> dosyası <code>/usr/share/wizards/"
+"dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> dosyasından oluşturuluyor ve "
+"yeni parametreler ekleniyor:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
 msgid "<code>hname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
 msgid "<code>dns</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
 msgid "net"
 msgstr "ağ"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
 msgid "ip"
 msgstr "ip"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
 msgid "<code>mask</code>"
 msgstr "<code>maske</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
 msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
 msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
 msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
 msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
 msgid "<code>dname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
 msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
 msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
@@ -5139,9 +5982,11 @@ msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
 msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file "
-"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>"
-msgstr "Ayrıca Webmin yapılandırma dosyası <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code> da değiştiriliyor"
+"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
+"code>"
+msgstr ""
+"Ayrıca Webmin yapılandırma dosyası <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code> da "
+"değiştiriliyor"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
@@ -5158,8 +6003,7 @@ msgstr "Zamanı yapılandırın"
 msgid "drakwizard ntp"
 msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
@@ -5167,18 +6011,24 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
+"ntp</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed"
-" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
+"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
+"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
 "packages."
-msgstr "Bu aracın<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> amacı sisteminizin saatini harici bir sunucu ile eşzamanlamaktır. Varsayılan olarak kurulu değildir ve ayrıca drakwizard vedrakwizard-base paketlerini de kurmanız gerekir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracın<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> amacı sisteminizin "
+"saatini harici bir sunucu ile eşzamanlamaktır. Varsayılan olarak kurulu "
+"değildir ve ayrıca drakwizard vedrakwizard-base paketlerini de kurmanız "
+"gerekir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
@@ -5191,28 +6041,27 @@ msgid ""
 "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
 "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
 "because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr "Hoşgeldiniz ekranından sonra (yukarıya bakınız), ikincisi açılır listelerden üç zaman sunucu seçmenizi ister ve pool.ntp.org'u iki kez önerir çünkü bu sunucu daima müsait zaman sunucuları gösterir."
+msgstr ""
+"Hoşgeldiniz ekranından sonra (yukarıya bakınız), ikincisi açılır listelerden "
+"üç zaman sunucu seçmenizi ister ve pool.ntp.org'u iki kez önerir çünkü bu "
+"sunucu daima müsait zaman sunucuları gösterir."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
@@ -5220,15 +6069,19 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you"
-" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
+"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
+"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
 "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button.  If everything is right, "
 "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
 "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr "İlerleyen ekranlar bölge ve şehri seçmenizi sağlar ve sonra bir özet ekranına ulaşırsınız. Bir şey yanlış ise <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesini kullanarak düzeltebilirsiniz. Her şey doğruysa <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak denemeye başlayabilirsiniz. Bu, biraz zaman alır ve sonunda aşağıdaki ekran ile karşılaşırsınız:"
+msgstr ""
+"İlerleyen ekranlar bölge ve şehri seçmenizi sağlar ve sonra bir özet "
+"ekranına ulaşırsınız. Bir şey yanlış ise <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> "
+"düğmesini kullanarak düzeltebilirsiniz. Her şey doğruysa <guibutton>İleri</"
+"guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak denemeye başlayabilirsiniz. Bu, biraz zaman "
+"alır ve sonunda aşağıdaki ekran ile karşılaşırsınız:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
@@ -5251,31 +6104,38 @@ msgstr "<code>ntp</code> paketi gerekiyorsa kurulur"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to "
-"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-"
-"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr "<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> dosyası <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> olarak ve <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> dosyası <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code> olarak kaydediliyor;"
+"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
+"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
+"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
+msgstr ""
+"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> dosyası <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</"
+"code> olarak ve <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> dosyası <code>/etc/ntp/"
+"step-tickers.orig</code> olarak kaydediliyor;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
 msgid ""
 "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
 "servers;"
-msgstr "Sunucuların listesi ile <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> dosyası yazılıyor;"
+msgstr ""
+"Sunucuların listesi ile <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> dosyası yazılıyor;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
 msgid ""
 "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
 "name;"
-msgstr "İlk sunucu adı eklenerek <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> dosyası değiştiriliyor;"
+msgstr ""
+"İlk sunucu adı eklenerek <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> dosyası değiştiriliyor;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
 msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and "
-"<code>ntpd</code> services;"
-msgstr "<code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> ve <code>ntpd</code> hizmetleri durduruluyor ve başlatılıyor;"
+"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
+"code> services;"
+msgstr ""
+"<code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> ve <code>ntpd</code> hizmetleri "
+"durduruluyor ve başlatılıyor;"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
@@ -5293,8 +6153,7 @@ msgstr "FTP yapılandırın"
 msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
 msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
@@ -5302,16 +6161,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
+"proftpd</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
-" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir <acronym>FTP</acronym> sunucusu kurmanız için yardımcı olabilir."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir <acronym>FTP</acronym> "
+"sunucusu kurmanız için yardımcı olabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
@@ -5324,7 +6187,10 @@ msgid ""
 "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
 "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
 "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "Dosya Aktarım Protokolü (<acronym>FTP</acronym>), İntenet gibi <acronym>TCP</acronym> temelli bir ağ üzerinde bir makineden diğer bir makineye dosya aktarımında kullanılan bir standart ağ protokolüdür. (Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+"Dosya Aktarım Protokolü (<acronym>FTP</acronym>), İntenet gibi <acronym>TCP</"
+"acronym> temelli bir ağ üzerinde bir makineden diğer bir makineye dosya "
+"aktarımında kullanılan bir standart ağ protokolüdür. (Wikipedia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
@@ -5336,14 +6202,12 @@ msgstr "Bir FTP sunucusunu drakwizard proftpd ile kurmak"
 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
 msgstr "FTP sihirbazına hoş geldiniz. Kemerinizi bağlayın."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
@@ -5353,15 +6217,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
 "things."
-msgstr "FTP sunucusunu İnternete açmanın tehlikeleri vardır.  Kötü şeyler için şimdiden hazır olun."
+msgstr ""
+"FTP sunucusunu İnternete açmanın tehlikeleri vardır.  Kötü şeyler için "
+"şimdiden hazır olun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
 msgid "Server Information"
 msgstr "Sunucu Bilgisi"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
@@ -5371,15 +6236,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
 "complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr "Sunucunun kendisini tanıtacağı bir isim girin, email uyumlu bir kullanıcı ve kök oturum açma erişimi verilip verilmeyeceğini girin."
+msgstr ""
+"Sunucunun kendisini tanıtacağı bir isim girin, email uyumlu bir kullanıcı ve "
+"kök oturum açma erişimi verilip verilmeyeceğini girin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
 msgid "Server Options"
 msgstr "Sunucu Seçenekleri"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
@@ -5387,18 +6253,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
 msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>"
-" (File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr "Dinleme bağlantı noktasını ayarla, hapsedilmiş kullanıcı, sürdürmeye ve/veya <acronym>FXP</acronym> (Dosya Alışverişi Protokolü)ne izin ver"
+"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
+"(File eXchange Protocol)"
+msgstr ""
+"Dinleme bağlantı noktasını ayarla, hapsedilmiş kullanıcı, sürdürmeye ve/veya "
+"<acronym>FXP</acronym> (Dosya Alışverişi Protokolü)ne izin ver"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
@@ -5413,8 +6279,7 @@ msgstr "Vekil sunucu yapılandırın"
 msgid "drakwizard squid"
 msgstr "drakwizard squid"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
@@ -5422,9 +6287,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>  yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
+"squid</emphasis>  yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
@@ -5432,7 +6299,10 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
 "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
 "before you can access to it."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>bir vekil sunucu kurmanıza yardımcı olabilir. Bu araç drakwizard' ın bir bileşeni olup önceden kurulmuş olmalıdır."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>bir vekil sunucu kurmanıza "
+"yardımcı olabilir. Bu araç drakwizard' ın bir bileşeni olup önceden kurulmuş "
+"olmalıdır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
@@ -5448,7 +6318,14 @@ msgid ""
 "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
 "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
 "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "Bilgisayar ağlarında, bir vekil sunucu istemcilerden gelen ve diğer sunuculardan kaynak arayan istekler için aracı olarak davranan bir sunucudur (bir bilgisayar sistemi ya da uygulama). Bir istemci vekil  sunucuya dosya bağlantısı, web sayfası ya da farklı bir sunucudan diğer erişilebilir kaynaklar gibi bazı hizmet istekleriyle bağlanır. Vekil sunucu isteği basitleştirecek ve karmaşıklığını kontrol edecek şekilde değerlendirir.  (Wikipedia)"
+msgstr ""
+"Bilgisayar ağlarında, bir vekil sunucu istemcilerden gelen ve diğer "
+"sunuculardan kaynak arayan istekler için aracı olarak davranan bir sunucudur "
+"(bir bilgisayar sistemi ya da uygulama). Bir istemci vekil  sunucuya dosya "
+"bağlantısı, web sayfası ya da farklı bir sunucudan diğer erişilebilir "
+"kaynaklar gibi bazı hizmet istekleriyle bağlanır. Vekil sunucu isteği "
+"basitleştirecek ve karmaşıklığını kontrol edecek şekilde değerlendirir.  "
+"(Wikipedia)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
@@ -5460,8 +6337,7 @@ msgstr "Bir vekil sunucuyu drakwizard squid ile kurmak"
 msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
 msgstr "Vekil sunucu sihirbazına hoş geldiniz."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
@@ -5471,8 +6347,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
 msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
 msgstr "Bir ağ vekili bağlantı noktasını seçme"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
@@ -5482,15 +6357,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Tarayıcıların üzerinden bağlanacağı vekil sunucu bağlantı noktasını seçin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Tarayıcıların üzerinden bağlanacağı vekil sunucu bağlantı noktasını seçin, "
+"sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
 msgstr "Bellek ve Disk Kullanımını Ayarla"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
@@ -5499,15 +6375,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
 msgid ""
 "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Bellek ve disk önbelleği sınırlarını ayarlayın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Bellek ve disk önbelleği sınırlarını ayarlayın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</"
+"guibutton>yi tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
 msgid "Select Network Access Control"
 msgstr "Ağ Erişim Denetimi' ni seçin"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
@@ -5515,34 +6392,35 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Yerel ağ veya dünya görünürlüğünü ayarlayın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
+"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Yerel ağ veya dünya görünürlüğünü ayarlayın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</"
+"guibutton>yi tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
 msgid "Grant Network Access"
 msgstr "Ağ Erişimine İzin Ver"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Yerel ağlara erişime izin verin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
+msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Yerel ağlara erişime izin verin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi "
+"tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
 msgstr "Üst Düzey Vekil Sunucu Kullanılsın Mı?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
@@ -5550,15 +6428,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
 msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr "Bir başka vekil sunucu üzerinden kademelendirmek mi istiyorsunuz? Cevabınız hayır ise sonraki adımı atlayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir başka vekil sunucu üzerinden kademelendirmek mi istiyorsunuz? Cevabınız "
+"hayır ise sonraki adımı atlayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
 msgstr "Üst Seviye Ağ Vekili URLsi ve Bağlantı Noktası"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
@@ -5566,12 +6445,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
 msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Üst seviye ağ vekili makine adı ve bağlantı noktasını sağlayın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
+"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Üst seviye ağ vekili makine adı ve bağlantı noktasını sağlayın, sonra "
+"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
@@ -5581,8 +6461,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
 msgid "Start during boot?"
 msgstr "Önyükleme sırasında başlatılsın mı?"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
@@ -5592,10 +6471,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
 msgid ""
 "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
 "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Vekil sunucunun önyüklemede başlatılıp başlatılmayacağını seçin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Vekil sunucunun önyüklemede başlatılıp başlatılmayacağını seçin, sonra "
+"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
@@ -5608,56 +6488,54 @@ msgstr "squid şu gerekiyorsa kuruluyor;"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
 msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in "
-"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr "<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> dosyası <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code> olarak kaydediliyor"
+"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
+"orig;</code>"
+msgstr ""
+"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> dosyası <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;"
+"</code> olarak kaydediliyor"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
 msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from "
-"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr "Yeni bir <code>squid.conf</code> dosyası <code>squid.conf.default</code> dosyasından oluşturuluyor ve yeni parametreler ekleniyor:"
+"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
+"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+"Yeni bir <code>squid.conf</code> dosyası <code>squid.conf.default</code> "
+"dosyasından oluşturuluyor ve yeni parametreler ekleniyor:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
 msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
 msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
 msgid "cache_mem"
 msgstr "cache_mem"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
 msgid "http_port"
 msgstr "http_port"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
 msgid ""
 "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr "seviyesine göre <code>seviye</code> 1, 2 veya 3 ve <code>http_access</code>"
+msgstr ""
+"seviyesine göre <code>seviye</code> 1, 2 veya 3 ve <code>http_access</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
 msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
@@ -5677,8 +6555,7 @@ msgstr "OpenSSH art süreç yapılandırması"
 msgid "drakwizard sshd"
 msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
@@ -5686,16 +6563,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard "
+"sshd</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an"
-" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir <acronym>SSH</acronym> arkaucu ayarlamanız için yardımcı olabilir."
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
+"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir <acronym>SSH</acronym> "
+"arkaucu ayarlamanız için yardımcı olabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
@@ -5707,11 +6588,17 @@ msgstr "<acronym>SSH</acronym>nedir?"
 msgid ""
 "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
 "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects,"
-" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
+"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
+"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
 "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
 "respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr "Güvenli Kabuk (Secure Shell SSH), güvensiz bir ağ, bir sunucu ve bir istemci üzerinden (SSH sunucusu ve <acronym>SSH</acronym> istemci uygulamalarını çalıştıran) birbirine bağlı iki ağ bilgisayarı arasında güvenli veri iletimi, uzaktan komut satırı girişleri, uzaktan komut yürütülmesi ve diğer güvenli ağ hizmetlerini sağlayan şifreli bir ağ protokolüdür . (Wikipedia' dan)"
+msgstr ""
+"Güvenli Kabuk (Secure Shell SSH), güvensiz bir ağ, bir sunucu ve bir istemci "
+"üzerinden (SSH sunucusu ve <acronym>SSH</acronym> istemci uygulamalarını "
+"çalıştıran) birbirine bağlı iki ağ bilgisayarı arasında güvenli veri "
+"iletimi, uzaktan komut satırı girişleri, uzaktan komut yürütülmesi ve diğer "
+"güvenli ağ hizmetlerini sağlayan şifreli bir ağ protokolüdür . (Wikipedia' "
+"dan)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
@@ -5728,8 +6615,7 @@ msgstr "Open SSH sihirbazına hoş geldiniz."
 msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
 msgstr "Yapılandırma Seçeneklerini Seçin"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
@@ -5737,18 +6623,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or "
-"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Tüm seçenekler için <guilabel>Uzman</guilabel> veya 3-7 arası adımları atlamak için <guilabel>Yeni başlayan</guilabel> seçin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
+"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
+"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tüm seçenekler için <guilabel>Uzman</guilabel> veya 3-7 arası adımları "
+"atlamak için <guilabel>Yeni başlayan</guilabel> seçin, sonra "
+"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
 msgid "General Options"
 msgstr "Genel Seçenekler"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
@@ -5758,15 +6645,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
 msgid ""
 "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
 "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr "Görünürlüğü ve kök erişimi seçeneklerini ayarlar. Bağlantı noktası 22 standart <acronym>SSH</acronym> bağlantı noktasıdır."
+msgstr ""
+"Görünürlüğü ve kök erişimi seçeneklerini ayarlar. Bağlantı noktası 22 "
+"standart <acronym>SSH</acronym> bağlantı noktasıdır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
 msgid "Authentication Methods"
 msgstr "Kimlik Doğrulama Yöntemi"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
@@ -5776,15 +6664,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
 msgid ""
 "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
 "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Bağlantı sırasında kullanıcıların kullanabilecekleri farklı kimlik doğrulama yöntemlerini seçin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Bağlantı sırasında kullanıcıların kullanabilecekleri farklı kimlik doğrulama "
+"yöntemlerini seçin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
 msgid "Logging"
 msgstr "Kayıt Tutma"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
@@ -5792,17 +6681,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
 msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Günlük kaydı tutma aracını ve çıktı düzeyini seçin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
+"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Günlük kaydı tutma aracını ve çıktı düzeyini seçin, sonra <guibutton>İleri</"
+"guibutton>yi tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
 msgid "Login Options"
 msgstr "Giriş Seçenekleri"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
@@ -5810,15 +6700,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Giriş ayarlarını yapılandırın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Giriş ayarlarını yapılandırın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
 msgid "User Login Options"
 msgstr "Kullanıcı Giriş Seçenekleri"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
@@ -5827,15 +6717,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Kullanıcı erişim ayarlarını yapılandırın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Kullanıcı erişim ayarlarını yapılandırın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</"
+"guibutton>yi tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
 msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
 msgstr "Sıkıştırma ve İletme"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
@@ -5845,16 +6736,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
 msgid ""
 "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "İletim sırasında X11 iletme ve sıkıştırmayı yapılandırın, sonra <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"İletim sırasında X11 iletme ve sıkıştırmayı yapılandırın, sonra "
+"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton>yi tıklayın."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
 msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
@@ -5862,15 +6753,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:3
 msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Sistem hizmetlerini etkinleştirmek veya devre dışı bırakmak suretiyle yönetin"
+msgstr ""
+"Sistem hizmetlerini etkinleştirmek veya devre dışı bırakmak suretiyle yönetin"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:3
 msgid "drakxservices"
 msgstr "drakxservices"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:8
 msgid "drakxservices.png"
 msgstr "drakxservices.png"
@@ -5878,9 +6769,11 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/drakxservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:10
@@ -5892,8 +6785,7 @@ msgstr "Donanım Yapılandırması"
 msgid "harddrake2"
 msgstr "harddrake2"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:17
 msgid "harddrake2.png"
 msgstr "harddrake2.png"
@@ -5901,9 +6793,11 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:22
@@ -5913,7 +6807,11 @@ msgid ""
 "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
 "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
 "lst</code> package."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bilgisayarınızın donanımı ile ilgili genel bir görünüm verir. Araç çalıştırıldığında donanımın her bir öğesi için arama başlatır. Bunun için <code>ldetect-lst</code> içindeki bir donanım listesine başvuran <code>ldetect </code>komutunu kullanır."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bilgisayarınızın donanımı "
+"ile ilgili genel bir görünüm verir. Araç çalıştırıldığında donanımın her bir "
+"öğesi için arama başlatır. Bunun için <code>ldetect-lst</code> içindeki bir "
+"donanım listesine başvuran <code>ldetect </code>komutunu kullanır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:31
@@ -5931,7 +6829,9 @@ msgid ""
 "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
 "grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
 "category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr "Sol sütun algılanan donanımların bir listesini içerir. Aygıtlar kategorilerine göre gruplandırılmıştır. Bu sütunda her araç seçilebilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Sol sütun algılanan donanımların bir listesini içerir. Aygıtlar "
+"kategorilerine göre gruplandırılmıştır. Bu sütunda her araç seçilebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:39
@@ -5939,14 +6839,19 @@ msgid ""
 "The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
 "<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
 "about the content of the fields."
-msgstr "Sağ sütun seçilen aygıt ile ilgili bilgileri gösterir. <guimenu>Yardım -&gt; Alanların tanımlamaları</guimenu> alanların içerikleri ile ilgili bilgiler verir."
+msgstr ""
+"Sağ sütun seçilen aygıt ile ilgili bilgileri gösterir. <guimenu>Yardım -&gt; "
+"Alanların tanımlamaları</guimenu> alanların içerikleri ile ilgili bilgiler "
+"verir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:43
 msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are"
-" available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr "Hangi tür aygıtın seçildiğine bağlı olarak, sağ altta bir ya da iki düğmeye ulaşılabilir."
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
+"available at the bottom of the right column:"
+msgstr ""
+"Hangi tür aygıtın seçildiğine bağlı olarak, sağ altta bir ya da iki düğmeye "
+"ulaşılabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:48
@@ -5954,21 +6859,28 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
 "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
 "used by experts only."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Aktif sürücü seçeneklerini ayarla</guibutton>: aygıtla ilgili olarak kullanılan modül parametrelerini değiştirmek için kullanılabilir. Bu sadece uzmanlar tarafından kullanılmalıdır."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Aktif sürücü seçeneklerini ayarla</guibutton>: aygıtla ilgili "
+"olarak kullanılan modül parametrelerini değiştirmek için kullanılabilir. Bu "
+"sadece uzmanlar tarafından kullanılmalıdır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
 "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Yapılandırma aracı çalıştır</guibutton>: aygıtı yapılandıran araca erişim. Araç sıklıkla MDM'den erişilebilir."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Yapılandırma aracı çalıştır</guibutton>: aygıtı yapılandıran "
+"araca erişim. Araç sıklıkla MDM'den erişilebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:68
 msgid ""
 "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
 "enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr "<guimenu>seçenekler</guimenu> menüsü otomatik algılamayı etkinleştirmek onay kutuları imkanını verir:"
+msgstr ""
+"<guimenu>seçenekler</guimenu> menüsü otomatik algılamayı etkinleştirmek onay "
+"kutuları imkanını verir:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/harddrake2.xml:73
@@ -5991,7 +6903,10 @@ msgid ""
 "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
 "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
 "be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr "Varsayılan olarak bu tespit edilenler etkinleştirilmemiştir, çünkü yavaştırlar. Eğer bu donanım bağlanmış ise uygun kutuları işaretleyin. Tespit etme bu aracın çalıştırıldığı bir sonraki zamanda gerçekleştirilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Varsayılan olarak bu tespit edilenler etkinleştirilmemiştir, çünkü "
+"yavaştırlar. Eğer bu donanım bağlanmış ise uygun kutuları işaretleyin. "
+"Tespit etme bu aracın çalıştırıldığı bir sonraki zamanda gerçekleştirilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
@@ -6003,8 +6918,7 @@ msgstr "Kılavye düzenini ayarlayın"
 msgid "keyboarddrake"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
 msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
 msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
@@ -6012,9 +6926,11 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
@@ -6024,7 +6940,12 @@ msgid ""
 "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
 "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
 "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr "keyboarddrake aracı<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia üzerinde kullanmak istediğiniz klavye için temel düzeni yapılandırmada size yardımcı olur. Klavye düzenini sistemdeki tüm kullanıcılar için etkiler. Mageia Denetim Merkezinde (MDM) Donanım bölümünde \"Fareyi ve klavyeyi yapılandır\" etiketiyle bulunur."
+msgstr ""
+"keyboarddrake aracı<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia üzerinde "
+"kullanmak istediğiniz klavye için temel düzeni yapılandırmada size yardımcı "
+"olur. Klavye düzenini sistemdeki tüm kullanıcılar için etkiler. Mageia "
+"Denetim Merkezinde (MDM) Donanım bölümünde \"Fareyi ve klavyeyi yapılandır\" "
+"etiketiyle bulunur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
@@ -6034,10 +6955,13 @@ msgstr "Klavye Düzeni"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed"
-" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity "
-"each layout should be used for."
-msgstr "Burada hangi klavye düzenini kullanmak istediinizi seçebilirsiniz. İsimler (alfabetik olarak sıralanmıştır) her düzen için kullanılması gereken dili, ülkeyi, ve/veya etnik kökeni tanımlar. "
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
+"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
+"layout should be used for."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada hangi klavye düzenini kullanmak istediinizi seçebilirsiniz. İsimler "
+"(alfabetik olarak sıralanmıştır) her düzen için kullanılması gereken dili, "
+"ülkeyi, ve/veya etnik kökeni tanımlar. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
@@ -6049,7 +6973,9 @@ msgstr "Klavye Türü"
 msgid ""
 "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
 "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr "Bu menü kullandığınız klavye türünü seçmenizi sağlar. Hangisini seçmeniz gerektiğinden emin değilseniz en iyisi varsayılan tür olarak bırakmaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu menü kullandığınız klavye türünü seçmenizi sağlar. Hangisini seçmeniz "
+"gerektiğinden emin değilseniz en iyisi varsayılan tür olarak bırakmaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:10
@@ -6061,8 +6987,7 @@ msgstr "Sisteminizin yerelleştirmesini yönetin"
 msgid "localedrake"
 msgstr "localedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:18
 msgid "localedrake.png"
 msgstr "localedrake.png"
@@ -6070,9 +6995,11 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı ayrıca komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı ayrıca komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">localedrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:24
@@ -6082,14 +7009,20 @@ msgid ""
 "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
 "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
 "installation."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinin (MDM) Sistem bölümünde \"Sisteminiz için yerelleştirmeyi yönetin\" etiketiyle bulunur. Dilinizi seçebileceğiniz bir pencere açar. Seçim kurulum sırasında seçilen dile uyarlanır."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinin "
+"(MDM) Sistem bölümünde \"Sisteminiz için yerelleştirmeyi yönetin\" "
+"etiketiyle bulunur. Dilinizi seçebileceğiniz bir pencere açar. Seçim kurulum "
+"sırasında seçilen dile uyarlanır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
 "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
 "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi eski kodlama (UTF8 olmayan) ile uyumluluğu etkinleştirmeye erişimi sağlar."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi eski kodlama (UTF8 olmayan) ile "
+"uyumluluğu etkinleştirmeye erişimi sağlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:34
@@ -6097,12 +7030,16 @@ msgid ""
 "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
 "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
 "countries not listed."
-msgstr "İkinci ekran seçilen dile bağlı olarak ülkeler listesini gösterir. <guibutton>Diğer Ülkeler</guibutton> düğmesi listelenmemiş ülkelere erişimi verir."
+msgstr ""
+"İkinci ekran seçilen dile bağlı olarak ülkeler listesini gösterir. "
+"<guibutton>Diğer Ülkeler</guibutton> düğmesi listelenmemiş ülkelere erişimi "
+"verir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:38
 msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr "Herhangi bir değişiklikten sonra oturumunuzu yeniden başlatmak zorundasınız."
+msgstr ""
+"Herhangi bir değişiklikten sonra oturumunuzu yeniden başlatmak zorundasınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:42
@@ -6116,14 +7053,21 @@ msgid ""
 "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
 "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
 "Korean, etc)."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> ekranında ayrıca girdi yöntemini seçebilirsiniz (listenin altındaki aşağı-açılır menüden). Girdi yöntemleri kullanıcının çokdilli karakterlkeri girmesini sağlar (Çince, Japonca, Korece, vb.)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> ekranında ayrıca girdi yöntemini "
+"seçebilirsiniz (listenin altındaki aşağı-açılır menüden). Girdi yöntemleri "
+"kullanıcının çokdilli karakterlkeri girmesini sağlar (Çince, Japonca, "
+"Korece, vb.)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:48
 msgid ""
 "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
 "users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr "Asya ve Afrika yerelleştirmeleri için, IBus, kullanııların elle yapılandırması gerekmesin diye varsayılan giriş yöntemi olarak ayarlanacaktır. "
+msgstr ""
+"Asya ve Afrika yerelleştirmeleri için, IBus, kullanııların elle "
+"yapılandırması gerekmesin diye varsayılan giriş yöntemi olarak "
+"ayarlanacaktır. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/localedrake.xml:50
@@ -6131,7 +7075,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
 "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
 "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr "Diğer girdi yöntemleri (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, vb.) ayrıca benzer işlevleri sağlar ve eğer aşağı-açılır menüde yoksa Mageia Denetim Merkezinin başka bir yerinden kurulmasını sağlar. Bakınız <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+"Diğer girdi yöntemleri (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, vb.) ayrıca benzer işlevleri "
+"sağlar ve eğer aşağı-açılır menüde yoksa Mageia Denetim Merkezinin başka bir "
+"yerinden kurulmasını sağlar. Bakınız <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:3
@@ -6143,8 +7090,7 @@ msgstr "Sistem günlük kayıtlarını görüntüleyin ve arama yapın"
 msgid "logdrake"
 msgstr "logdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:10
 msgid "logdrake.png"
 msgstr "logdrake.png"
@@ -6152,17 +7098,22 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system "
-"logs</guilabel>\"."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezi Sistem sekmesinde  \"<guilabel>Sistem günlüklerini gör ve ara</guilabel>\" etiketiyle bulunur."
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
+"guilabel>\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezi "
+"Sistem sekmesinde  \"<guilabel>Sistem günlüklerini gör ve ara</guilabel>\" "
+"etiketiyle bulunur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:22
@@ -6172,27 +7123,42 @@ msgstr "Sistem günlüklerinde arama yapmak için"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:24
 msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to "
-"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)"
-"  to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is"
-" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of "
-"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected "
-"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> "
-"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the "
-"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by "
-"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr "İlk olarak aramak istediğiniz anahtar dizgeyi <emphasis role=\"bold\">Eşleşen</emphasis> alanı içine ve/veya cevaplar arasında görmek <emphasis>istemediğiniz</emphasis> anahtar dizgeyi <emphasis role=\"bold\">fakat eşleşmeyen</emphasis> alanına giriniz. Sonra <guilabel>Dosya seçininiz</guilabel> alanından aramak istediğiniz dosya(lar)ı seçiniz. Seçimlik olarak, aramayı sadece bir günlük olarak sınırlandırmak mümkündür. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Takvim</emphasis> içinden ay ve yılın her iki yanındaki küçük okları kullanarak seçiniz, ve \"<guibutton>Sadece seçilen günler için göster</guibutton>\"i işaretleyiniz. En sonunda sonucu <guilabel>Dosyanın içeriği</guilabel> isimli pencerede görmek için <guibutton>ara</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kaydet</emphasis> düğmesine tıklayıp sonucu .txt biçiminde kaydetmek mümkündür."
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
+"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  to search in "
+"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
+"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
+"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
+"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
+"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
+"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+msgstr ""
+"İlk olarak aramak istediğiniz anahtar dizgeyi <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Eşleşen</emphasis> alanı içine ve/veya cevaplar arasında görmek "
+"<emphasis>istemediğiniz</emphasis> anahtar dizgeyi <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">fakat eşleşmeyen</emphasis> alanına giriniz. Sonra <guilabel>Dosya "
+"seçininiz</guilabel> alanından aramak istediğiniz dosya(lar)ı seçiniz. "
+"Seçimlik olarak, aramayı sadece bir günlük olarak sınırlandırmak mümkündür. "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Takvim</emphasis> içinden ay ve yılın her iki "
+"yanındaki küçük okları kullanarak seçiniz, ve \"<guibutton>Sadece seçilen "
+"günler için göster</guibutton>\"i işaretleyiniz. En sonunda sonucu "
+"<guilabel>Dosyanın içeriği</guilabel> isimli pencerede görmek için "
+"<guibutton>ara</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız. <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Kaydet</emphasis> düğmesine tıklayıp sonucu .txt biçiminde kaydetmek "
+"mümkündür."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia"
-" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs "
-"are updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Mageia Günlükleme Araçları</guibutton> Mageia Denetim Merkezi araçları gibi Mageia yapılandırma araçlarına evsahipliği yapar."
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
+"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
+"updated each time a configuration is modified."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Mageia Günlükleme Araçları</guibutton> Mageia Denetim Merkezi "
+"araçları gibi Mageia yapılandırma araçlarına evsahipliği yapar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:43
@@ -6205,17 +7171,24 @@ msgid ""
 "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
 "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
 "address."
-msgstr "<guibutton>E-posta ikazı</guibutton> otomatik olarak her saat sistetem yükünü kontrol eder ve gerekliyse ayarlanmış adrese e-posta gönderir."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>E-posta ikazı</guibutton> otomatik olarak her saat sistetem "
+"yükünü kontrol eder ve gerekliyse ayarlanmış adrese e-posta gönderir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail "
-"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> "
-"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the "
-"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to "
-"look watch. (See screenshot above)."
-msgstr "Bu aracı yapılandırmak için, <emphasis role=\"bold\">E-posta İkazı</emphasis> düğmesine tıklayın ve sonra, sonraki ekranda, <guibutton> E-posta ikaz sistemini yapılandır</guibutton> açılır dümesine tıklayın. Burada, tüm çalışan servisler gösterilir ve hangisini izleyeceğinizi seçebilirsiniz. (Aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakınız)."
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
+"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
+"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
+"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
+"(See screenshot above)."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı yapılandırmak için, <emphasis role=\"bold\">E-posta İkazı</"
+"emphasis> düğmesine tıklayın ve sonra, sonraki ekranda, <guibutton> E-posta "
+"ikaz sistemini yapılandır</guibutton> açılır dümesine tıklayın. Burada, tüm "
+"çalışan servisler gösterilir ve hangisini izleyeceğinizi seçebilirsiniz. "
+"(Aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakınız)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:55
@@ -6262,8 +7235,7 @@ msgstr "Xinetd Servisi"
 msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
 msgstr "BIND Alan Adı Çözücüsü"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:91
 msgid "logdrake1.png"
 msgstr "logdrake1.png"
@@ -6272,11 +7244,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png"
 #: en/logdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
 "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows"
-" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
+"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
 "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
 "to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr "Sonrakiekranda,  kabul edilebilir olarak düşündüğünüz <guilabel>Yük</guilabel> değerini giriniz. Yük, süreç talebini temsil eder, yüksek bir yük sistemi yavaşlatır ve çok yüksek yük bir sürecin kontrolden çıkmasına işaret edebilir. Varsayılan değer 3tür. Yük değerinin işlemci sayısının 3 katı olmasını tavsiye ediyoruz."
+msgstr ""
+"Sonrakiekranda,  kabul edilebilir olarak düşündüğünüz <guilabel>Yük</"
+"guilabel> değerini giriniz. Yük, süreç talebini temsil eder, yüksek bir yük "
+"sistemi yavaşlatır ve çok yüksek yük bir sürecin kontrolden çıkmasına işaret "
+"edebilir. Varsayılan değer 3tür. Yük değerinin işlemci sayısının 3 katı "
+"olmasını tavsiye ediyoruz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/logdrake.xml:103
@@ -6284,7 +7261,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
 "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
 "or on the Internet)."
-msgstr "Son ekranda, uyarılacak olan kişinin <guilabel>E-posta addresi</guilabel>ni ve kullanılacak <guilabel>E-posta sunucusu</guilabel>nu girin (yerel veya İnternet üzerinde)."
+msgstr ""
+"Son ekranda, uyarılacak olan kişinin <guilabel>E-posta addresi</guilabel>ni "
+"ve kullanılacak <guilabel>E-posta sunucusu</guilabel>nu girin (yerel veya "
+"İnternet üzerinde)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
@@ -6299,25 +7279,33 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis> "
+"yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sadece komut satırından başlatılabilir ve kullanılabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sadece komut satırından "
+"başlatılabilir ve kullanılabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
 "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link "
-"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the "
-"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr "Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Belgelendirme takımı.</link> ile iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler."
+"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
+"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
+"advance."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu bölüm kaynak yetersizliğinden henüz yazılmamıştır. Eğer bunun yazılmasına "
+"yardım edebileceğinizi düşünüyorsanız lütfen <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> Belgelendirme takımı.</link> ile "
+"iletişime geçiniz. Şimdiden teşekkürler."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
@@ -6332,9 +7320,11 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
@@ -6342,18 +7332,23 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
 "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
 "root."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sadece komut satırından başlatılabilir ve kullanılabilir. root kullanıcısı ile kullanıldığında daha fazla bilgi verecektir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> sadece komut satırından "
+"başlatılabilir ve kullanılabilir. root kullanıcısı ile kullanıldığında daha "
+"fazla bilgi verecektir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB,"
-" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
+"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
+"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
 "packages to work."
-msgstr "lspcidrake bilgisayara bağlı (USB, PCI ve PCMCIA) tüm aygıtların ve sürücülerin listesini verir. Çalışmak için ldetect ve ldetect-lst paketlerine ihtiyaç duyar."
+msgstr ""
+"lspcidrake bilgisayara bağlı (USB, PCI ve PCMCIA) tüm aygıtların ve "
+"sürücülerin listesini verir. Çalışmak için ldetect ve ldetect-lst "
+"paketlerine ihtiyaç duyar."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
 msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
@@ -6369,7 +7364,9 @@ msgstr "-v seçeneği ile lspcidrake üretici ve aygıt tanımlamalarını ekler
 msgid ""
 "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
 "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr "lspcidrake genellikle çok uzun listeler üretir, bu yüzden, sıklıkla bir boru ile grep komutu -bu örnekte olduğu gibi- kullanılır:"
+msgstr ""
+"lspcidrake genellikle çok uzun listeler üretir, bu yüzden, sıklıkla bir boru "
+"ile grep komutu -bu örnekte olduğu gibi- kullanılır:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
@@ -6401,10 +7398,11 @@ msgstr "-i büyük-küçük harf farklılığını göz ardı etmek için."
 msgid ""
 "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
 "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr "Aşağıdaki bu ekran görüntüsünde, lspcidrake için -v seçeneğinin etkisini ve grep için -i seçeneği etkisini görebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Aşağıdaki bu ekran görüntüsünde, lspcidrake için -v seçeneğinin etkisini ve "
+"grep için -i seçeneği etkisini görebilirsiniz."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
 msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
@@ -6414,7 +7412,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
 msgid ""
 "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
 "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr "Donanım hakkında bilgi veren<emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> adında başka bir araç daha vardır (root altında)."
+msgstr ""
+"Donanım hakkında bilgi veren<emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> "
+"adında başka bir araç daha vardır (root altında)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
@@ -6426,8 +7426,7 @@ msgstr "Yazılım Paketleri Güncelleme"
 msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate veya drakrpm-update"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
@@ -6435,18 +7434,23 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-"
-"update</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> veya <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
+"emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında kök olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</"
+"emphasis> veya <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> yazarak "
+"çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
-"management.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Yazılım yönetimi</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur."
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Yazılım yönetimi</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18
@@ -6454,27 +7458,36 @@ msgid ""
 "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-"
 "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
 "prompted to do so."
-msgstr "Çalışması için, MageiaUpdate rpmdrake-edit-media ile yapılandırılacak bazı ortamların güncelleme için işaretlendiği depolara ihtiyaç duyar. Eğer öyle değilse, bu şekilde bilgilendirilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Çalışması için, MageiaUpdate rpmdrake-edit-media ile yapılandırılacak bazı "
+"ortamların güncelleme için işaretlendiği depolara ihtiyaç duyar. Eğer öyle "
+"değilse, bu şekilde bilgilendirilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
 msgid ""
 "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by"
-" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
+"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
 "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr "Bu araç başlatılır başlatılmaz, kurulu paketleri tarar ve depolarda güncelleme olanlarını listeler. Tümü varsayılan olarak otomatik olarak indirilecek şekilde seçilmiştir ve kurulur. İşlemin başlaması için <guibutton>Güncelle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız. "
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç başlatılır başlatılmaz, kurulu paketleri tarar ve depolarda "
+"güncelleme olanlarını listeler. Tümü varsayılan olarak otomatik olarak "
+"indirilecek şekilde seçilmiştir ve kurulur. İşlemin başlaması için "
+"<guibutton>Güncelle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
 msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of"
-" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
+"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
 "means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr "Bir pakete tıklayarak, daha fazla bilgi pencerenin alt yarısında görüntülenir. Bir başlıktan önceki <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> işareti tıkladığınızda açılan bir metin anlamına gelir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir pakete tıklayarak, daha fazla bilgi pencerenin alt yarısında "
+"görüntülenir. Bir başlıktan önceki <emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> "
+"işareti tıkladığınızda açılan bir metin anlamına gelir."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
@@ -6483,17 +7496,19 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
 #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
-". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr "Güncellemeler müsait olduğunda, bir applet görev çubuğunda kırmızı bir simge <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> göstererek sizi uyarır. Sistemi güncellemek için sadece tıklayın ve kullanıcı parolasını girin."
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
+"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+msgstr ""
+"Güncellemeler müsait olduğunda, bir applet görev çubuğunda kırmızı bir simge "
+"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> göstererek sizi uyarır. "
+"Sistemi güncellemek için sadece tıklayın ve kullanıcı parolasını girin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
 msgid "Boot"
 msgstr "Önyükleme"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-boot.png"
 msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
@@ -6503,7 +7518,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
 "steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Bu ekranda önyükleme aşamalarında yapılandırmak için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekranda önyükleme aşamalarında yapılandırmak için bir çok araç arasından "
+"seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya "
+"tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
@@ -6530,8 +7548,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
 msgid "Hardware"
 msgstr "Donanım"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
@@ -6541,23 +7558,25 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
 "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Bu ekranda donanımınızı yapılandırmak için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz.  Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekranda donanımınızı yapılandırmak için bir çok araç arasından seçim "
+"yapabilirsiniz.  Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
 msgid "Manage your hardware"
 msgstr "Donanımınızı yönetin"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure "
-"hardware</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Donanım gözat ve yapılandır</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Donanım gözat ve yapılandır</"
+"emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
@@ -6567,16 +7586,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
 msgid "Configure graphics"
 msgstr "Ekran kartı yapılandırın"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop "
-"effects</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = 3D Masaüstü etkilerini yapılandır</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = 3D Masaüstü etkilerini yapılandır</"
+"emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
@@ -6586,14 +7605,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
 msgstr "Fare ve klavye yapılandırın"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
@@ -6603,16 +7620,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
 msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
 msgstr "Yazdırma ve tarama yapılandırın"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s),"
-" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Yazıcı(lar)ı ve yazdırma iş kuyruğunu ayarlayın ...</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
+"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Yazıcı(lar)ı ve "
+"yazdırma iş kuyruğunu ayarlayın ...</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
@@ -6622,8 +7639,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
 msgid "Others"
 msgstr "Diğerleri"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
@@ -6640,13 +7656,16 @@ msgid ""
 "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
 "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
 "selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr "Mageia Denetim Merkezi (MDM) soldaki sütundan seçilebilecek sekiz değişik seçenek veya sekmeye sahiptir, ve eğer drakwizard paketi kurulu ise on tane daha olur. Bu sekmelerin her biri büyük sağ panelden seçilebilecek farklı araç kümeleri verir."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia Denetim Merkezi (MDM) soldaki sütundan seçilebilecek sekiz değişik "
+"seçenek veya sekmeye sahiptir, ve eğer drakwizard paketi kurulu ise on tane "
+"daha olur. Bu sekmelerin her biri büyük sağ panelden seçilebilecek farklı "
+"araç kümeleri verir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
 msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related "
-"tools."
+"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
 msgstr "Takip eden on bölüm on seçenek ve onlarla ilgili araçlar hakkındadır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
@@ -6654,29 +7673,34 @@ msgstr "Takip eden on bölüm on seçenek ve onlarla ilgili araçlar hakkındad�
 msgid ""
 "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
 "any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr "Son bölüm MDM sekmelerinden seçilebilmesi mümkün olmayan bazı diğer Mageia araçları hakkındadır, "
+msgstr ""
+"Son bölüm MDM sekmelerinden seçilebilmesi mümkün olmayan bazı diğer Mageia "
+"araçları hakkındadır, "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
 msgid ""
 "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
 "screens."
-msgstr "Sayfaların başlıkları çoğunlukla araç ekranının başlıkları ile aynı olacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"Sayfaların başlıkları çoğunlukla araç ekranının başlıkları ile aynı "
+"olacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
 "the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr "Ayrıca, sol tarafta \"Ara\" sekmesine tıklayarak erişebileceğiniz arama çubuğu vardır."
+msgstr ""
+"Ayrıca, sol tarafta \"Ara\" sekmesine tıklayarak erişebileceğiniz arama "
+"çubuğu vardır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
 msgid "Local disks"
 msgstr "Yerel diskler"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
@@ -6686,7 +7710,10 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
 "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Bu ekranda yerel diskinizi yönetmeniz veya paylaşmanız için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekranda yerel diskinizi yönetmeniz veya paylaşmanız için bir çok araç "
+"arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki "
+"bağlantıya tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
@@ -6708,8 +7735,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network Services"
 msgstr "Ağ Hizmetleri"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
@@ -6717,11 +7743,16 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if"
-" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
+"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
 "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
 "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr "Bu ekran ve <emphasis>Paylaşım</emphasis> için olanı sadece <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketi kurulu ise görünebilirdir. Farklı sunucuları ayarlamak için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya veya <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/> tıklayınız."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekran ve <emphasis>Paylaşım</emphasis> için olanı sadece "
+"<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketi kurulu ise görünebilirdir. Farklı "
+"sunucuları ayarlamak için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha "
+"fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya veya <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing"
+"\"/> tıklayınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
@@ -6753,8 +7784,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
 msgid "Network Sharing"
 msgstr "Ağ Paylaşımı"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
@@ -6764,40 +7794,41 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
 "directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Bu ekranda sürücüleri ve dizinleri paylaşmak için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekranda sürücüleri ve dizinleri paylaşmak için bir çok araç arasından "
+"seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya "
+"tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
 msgstr "Windows(R) paylaşımlarını yapılandırın"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
 "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Windows (SMB) sistemleri ile sürücü ve dizinleri paylaşın</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Windows (SMB) "
+"sistemleri ile sürücü ve dizinleri paylaşın</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
 msgid "Configure NFS shares"
 msgstr "NFS paylaşımlarını yapılandırın"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
@@ -6807,8 +7838,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
 msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
 msgstr "WebDAV paylaşımlarını yapılandırın"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
@@ -6818,8 +7848,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
 msgid "Network and Internet"
 msgstr "Ağ ve İnternet"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:8
 msgid "mcc-network.png"
 msgstr "mcc-network.png"
@@ -6827,29 +7856,28 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:12
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link"
-" below to learn more."
-msgstr "Bu ekranda bir çok ağ aracı arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın."
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
+"below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekranda bir çok ağ aracı arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını "
+"öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:18
 msgid "Manage your network devices"
 msgstr "Ağ aygıtlarınızı yönetin"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:21
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:25
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:29
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
@@ -6859,32 +7887,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
 msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
 msgstr "Ağınızı Kişiselleştirin ve Güvenli hale getirin"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:39
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:43
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:47
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:51
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-network.xml:61
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
@@ -6894,8 +7917,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
 msgid "Security"
 msgstr "Güvenlik"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:10
 msgid "mcc-security.png"
 msgstr "mcc-security.png"
@@ -6905,14 +7927,18 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
 "link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Bu ekranda bir çok güvenlik aracı arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekranda bir çok güvenlik aracı arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha "
+"fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:20
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
 "permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Sistem güvenliğini, izinleri ve yetkileri yapılandır</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Sistem güvenliğini, izinleri ve "
+"yetkileri yapılandır</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-security.xml:25
@@ -6939,8 +7965,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
 msgid "Sharing"
 msgstr "Paylaşım"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
 msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
@@ -6949,10 +7974,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can"
-" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
+"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
 "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr "Bu ekran ve <emphasis>Ağ Hizmetleri</emphasis> için olanı sadece <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketi kurulu ise görünebilirdir. Farklı sunucuları ayarlamak için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya veya <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/> tıklayınız."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekran ve <emphasis>Ağ Hizmetleri</emphasis> için olanı sadece "
+"<emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> paketi kurulu ise görünebilirdir. Farklı "
+"sunucuları ayarlamak için bir çok araç arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha "
+"fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya veya <xref linkend=\"mcc-"
+"networkservices\"/> tıklayınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
@@ -6969,8 +7999,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
 msgid "System"
 msgstr "Sistem"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:9
 msgid "mcc-system.png"
 msgstr "mcc-system.png"
@@ -6980,27 +8009,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png"
 msgid ""
 "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
 "tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Bu ekranda bir çok sistem ve yönetim araçları arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekranda bir çok sistem ve yönetim araçları arasından seçim "
+"yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:18
 msgid "Manage system services"
 msgstr "Sistem hizmetlerini yönetin"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:20
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:24
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:28
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
@@ -7010,14 +8038,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
 msgid "Localization"
 msgstr "Yerelleştirme"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:37
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:41
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
@@ -7027,34 +8053,31 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
 msgid "Administration tools"
 msgstr "Yönetim araçları"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:50
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:54
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:58
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on "
-"system</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Sistemdeki kullanıcıları yönetin</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Sistemdeki kullanıcıları "
+"yönetin</emphasis>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:62
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/mcc-system.xml:66
 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
 msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
@@ -7068,25 +8091,35 @@ msgstr "Mageia Denetim Merkezi"
 #: en/MCC.xml:6
 msgid ""
 "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
+"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:9
 msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
-"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr "Bu belge <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> yardımlarıyla üretilmiş <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link> tarafından geliştirilmiştir."
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
+"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu belge <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> "
+"yardımlarıyla üretilmiş <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</"
+"link> tarafından geliştirilmiştir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
 #: en/MCC.xml:11
 msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
-"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
-"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr "Gönüllüler tarafından onların boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu kılavuzun geliştirilmesine yardım etmek için lütfen <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Takımı</link> ile iletişime geçin. "
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
+"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
+"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+"Gönüllüler tarafından onların boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu kılavuzun "
+"geliştirilmesine yardım etmek için lütfen <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki."
+"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Takımı</link> ile iletişime "
+"geçin. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
@@ -7098,8 +8131,7 @@ msgstr "Güncelleme sıklığını yapılandırın"
 msgid "mgaapplet-config"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
 msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
@@ -7107,28 +8139,37 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-"
+"config</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
-"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / "
-"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezi <emphasis role=\"bold\">Yazılım yönetimi</emphasis> sekmesi altında bulunur. Ayrıca görev çubuğunda kırmızı simge üstünde <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> <guimenu>sağ tık / Yapılandırmayı güncelle</guimenu>  ile erişilebilir."
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
+"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
+"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
+"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezi "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Yazılım yönetimi</emphasis> sekmesi altında bulunur. "
+"Ayrıca görev çubuğunda kırmızı simge üstünde <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> <guimenu>sağ tık / Yapılandırmayı güncelle</"
+"guimenu>  ile erişilebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
 "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is "
-"out."
-msgstr "İlk kayan ekran Mageia'nın güncellemeleri ne sıklıkta denetleyeceğini değiştirmenizi sağlar ve ikincisi ilk denetimden sonra önyükleme gecikmesi içindir."
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
+msgstr ""
+"İlk kayan ekran Mageia'nın güncellemeleri ne sıklıkta denetleyeceğini "
+"değiştirmenizi sağlar ve ikincisi ilk denetimden sonra önyükleme gecikmesi "
+"içindir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:3
@@ -7140,8 +8181,7 @@ msgstr "İşaretleme aracı (fare, touchpad) yapılandır"
 msgid "mousedrake"
 msgstr "mousedrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:11
 msgid "mousedrake.png"
 msgstr "mousedrake.png"
@@ -7149,23 +8189,30 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:15
 msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Donanım</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Donanım</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by"
-" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr "Mageia'yı kurmak için fareniz olması gerektiğinden, bu halihazırda Drakinstall tarafından kurulmuştur. Bu araç başka bir farenin kurulumunu sağlar."
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
+"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia'yı kurmak için fareniz olması gerektiğinden, bu halihazırda "
+"Drakinstall tarafından kurulmuştur. Bu araç başka bir farenin kurulumunu "
+"sağlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/mousedrake.xml:23
@@ -7174,7 +8221,11 @@ msgid ""
 "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
 "PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
 "immediately taken into account."
-msgstr "Fareler bağlantı türüne göre ve sonra modeline göre sıralıdırlar. Farenizi seçin ve <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton>a tıklayın. Çoğu zaman \"Universal / Any PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" yeni fareler için uygundur. Yeni fare hemen devreye girer."
+msgstr ""
+"Fareler bağlantı türüne göre ve sonra modeline göre sıralıdırlar. Farenizi "
+"seçin ve <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton>a tıklayın. Çoğu zaman \"Universal / "
+"Any PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" yeni fareler için uygundur. Yeni fare hemen "
+"devreye girer."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:3
@@ -7186,8 +8237,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Sistem Güvenliği ve Denetimi"
 msgid "msecgui"
 msgstr "msecgui"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:13
 msgid "msecgui.png"
 msgstr "msecgui.png"
@@ -7195,40 +8245,53 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak  <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</"
+"emphasis> yazarak başlatabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface"
-" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
+"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
 "approaches:"
-msgstr "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> msec için, sistem güvenliğini iki yaklaşıma göre yapılandırmaya izin veren bir grafik kullanıcı arayüzüdür:"
+msgstr ""
+"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> msec için, sistem "
+"güvenliğini iki yaklaşıma göre yapılandırmaya izin veren bir grafik "
+"kullanıcı arayüzüdür:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:28
 msgid ""
 "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
 "make it more secure."
-msgstr "Bu, sistem davranışını ayarlar, msec sistemi daha güvenli olması için değişiklik yapmaya zorlar."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu, sistem davranışını ayarlar, msec sistemi daha güvenli olması için "
+"değişiklik yapmaya zorlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
 "you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr "Bu, bir şeylerin tehlikeli görünmesi durumunda sizi uyarmak için, periyodik denetimleri sürdürür."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu, bir şeylerin tehlikeli görünmesi durumunda sizi uyarmak için, periyodik "
+"denetimleri sürdürür."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:38
 msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure"
-" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your"
-" own customised security levels."
-msgstr "msec, bir dizi sistem izinlerini yapılandırma amacıyla, değşiklikler veya zorlamalar için denetim olabilecek \"güvenlik seviyeleri\" kavramını kullanır. Bunların bikaçı Mageia tarafından önerilir, fakat kendi özelleştirilmiş güvenlik seviyelerinizi tanımlayabilirsiniz."
+"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
+"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
+"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
+"own customised security levels."
+msgstr ""
+"msec, bir dizi sistem izinlerini yapılandırma amacıyla, değşiklikler veya "
+"zorlamalar için denetim olabilecek \"güvenlik seviyeleri\" kavramını "
+"kullanır. Bunların bikaçı Mageia tarafından önerilir, fakat kendi "
+"özelleştirilmiş güvenlik seviyelerinizi tanımlayabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:45
@@ -7245,43 +8308,48 @@ msgstr "Aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakınız"
 msgid ""
 "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
 "button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr "İlk sekme farklı güvenlik araçları listesini sağ tarafta onları yapılandırmak için bir düğmeyle alır:"
+msgstr ""
+"İlk sekme farklı güvenlik araçları listesini sağ tarafta onları "
+"yapılandırmak için bir düğmeyle alır:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:54
 msgid ""
 "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Güvenlik duvarı ayrıca MDM / Güvenlik / Kişisel güvenlik duvarınızı kurun içinde bulunabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Güvenlik duvarı ayrıca MDM / Güvenlik / Kişisel güvenlik duvarınızı kurun "
+"içinde bulunabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:59
 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr "Güncellemeler, ayrıca MDM / Yazılım Yönetimi / Sisteminizi güncelleyin içinde bulunabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Güncellemeler, ayrıca MDM / Yazılım Yönetimi / Sisteminizi güncelleyin "
+"içinde bulunabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:64
 msgid "msec itself with some information:"
 msgstr "bazı bilgilerle msec'in kendisi:"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:68
 msgid "enabled or not"
 msgstr "etkinleştir ya da etknleştirme"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:72
 msgid "the configured Base security level"
 msgstr "Yapılandırılmış Temel güvenlik seviyesi"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
 "and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr "Son periyodik denetimin tarihi ve detaylı rapor için bir düğme ve denetimleri hemen gerçekleştiren bir başka düğme bulunur."
+msgstr ""
+"Son periyodik denetimin tarihi ve detaylı rapor için bir düğme ve "
+"denetimleri hemen gerçekleştiren bir başka düğme bulunur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:86
@@ -7291,13 +8359,13 @@ msgstr "Güvenlik ayarları sekmesi"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:88
 msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security "
-"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown "
-"below."
-msgstr "İkinci sekmede veya Güvenlik <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklama aşağıda gösterilen aynı ekrana götürür."
+"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
+"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
+msgstr ""
+"İkinci sekmede veya Güvenlik <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine "
+"tıklama aşağıda gösterilen aynı ekrana götürür."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:94
 msgid "msecgui2.png"
 msgstr "msecgui2.png"
@@ -7315,22 +8383,32 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Güvenlik seviyeleri:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:106
 msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab"
-" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then"
-" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
+"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
+"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
+"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
 "following levels are available:"
-msgstr "<guilabel>MSEC aracını etkinleştir</guilabel> kutusunu işaretledikten sonra, bu sekme güvenlik seviyesini çift tıklayarak ve sonra kalın olarak göstererek seçmenizi sağlar. Eğer kutu işaretlenmiş değilse, « hiçbir » seviyesi uygulanır. Aşağıdaki seviyeler uygulanabilir:"
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>MSEC aracını etkinleştir</guilabel> kutusunu işaretledikten sonra, "
+"bu sekme güvenlik seviyesini çift tıklayarak ve sonra kalın olarak "
+"göstererek seçmenizi sağlar. Eğer kutu işaretlenmiş değilse, « hiçbir » "
+"seviyesi uygulanır. Aşağıdaki seviyeler uygulanabilir:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:113
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you"
-" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on"
-" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only"
-" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
+"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
+"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
+"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
+"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
 "vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">hiçbir</emphasis> seviyesi. Bu seviye eğer sistem güvenliğini denetlemek için msec kullanmak istemiyorsanız, ve bunu kendi başınıza ayrlamak istiyorsanız kullanılır. Bütün güvenlik denetimlerini kaldırır ve sistem yapılandırması ve ayarları üzerinde hiçbir sınırlandırma ve baskı uygulamaz. Lütfen bu seviyeyi, sisteminizi zarar verici saldırılara karşı açık bırakacağında, ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız kullanınız."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">hiçbir</emphasis> seviyesi. Bu seviye eğer sistem "
+"güvenliğini denetlemek için msec kullanmak istemiyorsanız, ve bunu kendi "
+"başınıza ayrlamak istiyorsanız kullanılır. Bütün güvenlik denetimlerini "
+"kaldırır ve sistem yapılandırması ve ayarları üzerinde hiçbir sınırlandırma "
+"ve baskı uygulamaz. Lütfen bu seviyeyi, sisteminizi zarar verici saldırılara "
+"karşı açık bırakacağında, ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız kullanınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:122
@@ -7341,27 +8419,43 @@ msgid ""
 "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
 "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
 "versions)."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis> seviyesi. Bu kurulduğunda varsıyılan yapılandırmadır ve genel kullanıcılar içindir. Pek çok sistem ayarlarını sınırlar ve dosya sisteminde, sistem hesaplarında ve savunmasız dizin izinlerindeki değişimleri algılayan günlük güvenlik denetimleri gerçekleştirir. (Bu seviye önceki msec sürümündeki seviye 2 ve 3 ile benzerdir)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis> seviyesi. Bu kurulduğunda "
+"varsıyılan yapılandırmadır ve genel kullanıcılar içindir. Pek çok sistem "
+"ayarlarını sınırlar ve dosya sisteminde, sistem hesaplarında ve savunmasız "
+"dizin izinlerindeki değişimleri algılayan günlük güvenlik denetimleri "
+"gerçekleştirir. (Bu seviye önceki msec sürümündeki seviye 2 ve 3 ile "
+"benzerdir)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:131
 msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when"
-" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts"
-" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and"
-" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">güvenli</emphasis> eviyesi. Bu seviye sistemin güvenli olduğundan emin ve hala kullanılabilir olmasını istediğiniz durumlarda kullanılır. Sistem sınırlandırmalarını destekler ve daha çok periyodik denetimler yapar. Dahası, sisteme erişim daha çok sınırlandırılmıştır. (Bu seviye eski msec sürümlerindeki seviye 4 (Yüksek) ve seviye 5 (Paronoid) ile benzerdir)."
+"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
+"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable.  It further restricts "
+"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
+"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
+"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">güvenli</emphasis> eviyesi. Bu seviye sistemin "
+"güvenli olduğundan emin ve hala kullanılabilir olmasını istediğiniz "
+"durumlarda kullanılır. Sistem sınırlandırmalarını destekler ve daha çok "
+"periyodik denetimler yapar. Dahası, sisteme erişim daha çok "
+"sınırlandırılmıştır. (Bu seviye eski msec sürümlerindeki seviye 4 (Yüksek) "
+"ve seviye 5 (Paronoid) ile benzerdir)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:140
 msgid ""
 "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-"
-"configure system security according to the most common use cases."
-msgstr "Bu güvenlik seviyelerinin yanında, <emphasis role=\"bold\">dosyasunucu </emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">websunucu</emphasis> ve <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> seviyeleri gibi farklı görev-odaklı güvenlik ayrıca sağlanır."
+"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
+"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
+"the most common use cases."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu güvenlik seviyelerinin yanında, <emphasis role=\"bold\">dosyasunucu </"
+"emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">websunucu</emphasis> ve <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> seviyeleri gibi farklı görev-odaklı güvenlik "
+"ayrıca sağlanır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:149
@@ -7369,25 +8463,36 @@ msgid ""
 "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
 "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
 "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">günlük_denetim </emphasis> ve <emphasis role=\"bold\">aylık_denetim</emphasis> denen son iki seviye aslında gerçek güvenlik seviyelerinden ziyade sadece periyodik denetim için araçlardır."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">günlük_denetim </emphasis> ve <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">aylık_denetim</emphasis> denen son iki seviye aslında gerçek güvenlik "
+"seviyelerinden ziyade sadece periyodik denetim için araçlardır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:156
 msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in "
-"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename>. You can define "
-"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called "
-"<filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed into the folder "
-"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power"
-" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration."
-msgstr "Bu seviyeler <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename> içine kaydedilirler. Kendi özelleştirilmiş güvenlik seviyelerinizi tanımlayabilir, onları <filename>seviye.&lt;seviyeismi></filename> içine kaydedip, <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> içine yerleştirebilirsiniz. Bu işlem özelleştirilmiş ve daha güvenli sistem yapılandırması isteyen güçlü kullanıcılar içindir. "
+"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
+"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
+"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
+"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
+"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
+"configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu seviyeler <filename>etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></filename> "
+"içine kaydedilirler. Kendi özelleştirilmiş güvenlik seviyelerinizi "
+"tanımlayabilir, onları <filename>seviye.&lt;seviyeismi></filename> içine "
+"kaydedip, <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> içine "
+"yerleştirebilirsiniz. Bu işlem özelleştirilmiş ve daha güvenli sistem "
+"yapılandırması isteyen güçlü kullanıcılar içindir. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:165
 msgid ""
 "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
 "level settings."
-msgstr "kullanıcı tarafından değiştirilen parametrelerin varsayılan seviye üzerinde bulunduğunu aklınızdan çıkarmayın."
+msgstr ""
+"kullanıcı tarafından değiştirilen parametrelerin varsayılan seviye üzerinde "
+"bulunduğunu aklınızdan çıkarmayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:170
@@ -7397,23 +8502,34 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Güvenlik ikazları:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:173
 msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email "
-"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent "
-"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You"
-" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail"
-" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
+"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
+"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
+"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
+"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
+"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
 "the security alerts directly on your desktop.  Check the relevant box to "
 "enable it."
-msgstr "Eğer <guibutton>Güvenlik ikazlarını e-posta ile gönder :</guibutton> kutusunu işaretlerseniz, msec tarafından oluşturulan güvenlik ikazları alanın yanındaki güvenlik yöneticisi yerel e-posta adresine gönderilir. Yerel bir kullanıcı ya da tam e-posta adresi (yerel e-posta adresi ve e-posta yöneticisi uygun bir şekilde ayarlanmalıdır) girebilirsiniz. En azından, güvenlik ikazlarını doğrudan masaüstünde alabilirsiniz. Bunu etkinleştirmek için ilgili kutuyu işaretleyin. "
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer <guibutton>Güvenlik ikazlarını e-posta ile gönder :</guibutton> "
+"kutusunu işaretlerseniz, msec tarafından oluşturulan güvenlik ikazları "
+"alanın yanındaki güvenlik yöneticisi yerel e-posta adresine gönderilir. "
+"Yerel bir kullanıcı ya da tam e-posta adresi (yerel e-posta adresi ve e-"
+"posta yöneticisi uygun bir şekilde ayarlanmalıdır) girebilirsiniz. En "
+"azından, güvenlik ikazlarını doğrudan masaüstünde alabilirsiniz. Bunu "
+"etkinleştirmek için ilgili kutuyu işaretleyin. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:182
 msgid ""
 "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems."
-" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
+"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
+"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
 "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr "Güvenlik ikazları seçeneğinin işaretlenmesi muhtemel güvenlik sorunlarının güvenlik yöneticisine hemen gönderilmesi için şiddetle tavsiye edilir. Eğer öyle değilse, yönetici <filename>/var/log/security.</filename> içinden erişilebilen günlük dosyalarını düzenli olarak denetlemek zorundadır."
+msgstr ""
+"Güvenlik ikazları seçeneğinin işaretlenmesi muhtemel güvenlik sorunlarının "
+"güvenlik yöneticisine hemen gönderilmesi için şiddetle tavsiye edilir. Eğer "
+"öyle değilse, yönetici <filename>/var/log/security.</filename> içinden "
+"erişilebilen günlük dosyalarını düzenli olarak denetlemek zorundadır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:188
@@ -7424,12 +8540,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Güvenlik seçenekleri:</emphasis>"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:190
 msgid ""
 "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change"
-" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains "
-"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done "
-"to the options."
-msgstr "Özelleştirilmiş bir güvenlik seviyesi oluşturmak bilgisayar güvenliğini özelleştirmek için tek yol değildir, burada bulunan sekmelerive istediğiniz seçenekleri değiştirmek de ayrıca mümkündür. msec için aktif yapılandırma <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename> içinde saklanır. Bu dosya aktif güvenlik seviyesi ismini ve seçeneklerde yapılan tüm değişiklerin bir listesini içerir. "
+"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
+"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
+"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
+"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+"Özelleştirilmiş bir güvenlik seviyesi oluşturmak bilgisayar güvenliğini "
+"özelleştirmek için tek yol değildir, burada bulunan sekmelerive istediğiniz "
+"seçenekleri değiştirmek de ayrıca mümkündür. msec için aktif yapılandırma "
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename> içinde saklanır. Bu "
+"dosya aktif güvenlik seviyesi ismini ve seçeneklerde yapılan tüm "
+"değişiklerin bir listesini içerir. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:199
@@ -7440,12 +8562,13 @@ msgstr "Sistem güvenlik sekmesi"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:201
 msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side"
-" column."
-msgstr "Bu sekme tüm güvenlik seçeneklerini sol taraftaki sütunda, tanımı merkez sütunda ve aktif değerini sağ sütunda gösterir."
+"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
+"column."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu sekme tüm güvenlik seçeneklerini sol taraftaki sütunda, tanımı merkez "
+"sütunda ve aktif değerini sağ sütunda gösterir."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:207
 msgid "msecgui3.png"
 msgstr "msecgui3.png"
@@ -7458,10 +8581,14 @@ msgid ""
 "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
 "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
 "choice."
-msgstr "Bir seçeneği değiştirmek için, üzerine çift tıklanır ve yeni bir pencere açılır (aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakınız). Bu, seçenek ismini, kısa bir tanımını, aktif ve varsayılan değerleri, ve yeni değerin seçilebileceği açılır bir listeyi görüntüler. Seçimleri doğrulamak için <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir seçeneği değiştirmek için, üzerine çift tıklanır ve yeni bir pencere "
+"açılır (aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsüne bakınız). Bu, seçenek ismini, kısa bir "
+"tanımını, aktif ve varsayılan değerleri, ve yeni değerin seçilebileceği "
+"açılır bir listeyi görüntüler. Seçimleri doğrulamak için <guibutton>TAMAM</"
+"guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:219
 msgid "msecgui11.png"
 msgstr "msecgui11.png"
@@ -7473,10 +8600,13 @@ msgid ""
 "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
 "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
 "saving them."
-msgstr "msecgui'den çıkarken <guimenu>Dosya -> Yapılandırmayı kaydet</guimenu> yolulya yapılandırmanızı kaydetmeyi unutmayın. Eğer ayarlarda değişiklik yapyıysanız, msecgui kaydetmeden önce değşiklikleri önizleme yapmanızı sağlar."
+msgstr ""
+"msecgui'den çıkarken <guimenu>Dosya -> Yapılandırmayı kaydet</guimenu> "
+"yolulya yapılandırmanızı kaydetmeyi unutmayın. Eğer ayarlarda değişiklik "
+"yapyıysanız, msecgui kaydetmeden önce değşiklikleri önizleme yapmanızı "
+"sağlar."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:232
 msgid "msecgui10.png"
 msgstr "msecgui10.png"
@@ -7492,8 +8622,7 @@ msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
 msgstr "Bu sekme tüm ağ seçeneklerini gösterir ve önceki sekme gibi çalışır"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:245
 msgid "msecgui4.png"
 msgstr "msecgui4.png"
@@ -7508,7 +8637,10 @@ msgstr "Periyodik kontroller sekmesi"
 msgid ""
 "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
 "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr "Periyodik denetimler güvenlik yöneticisini msec'in potansiyel olarak tehlikeli olduğunu düşündüğü güvenlik ikazları için bilgilendirmesini amaçlar."
+msgstr ""
+"Periyodik denetimler güvenlik yöneticisini msec'in potansiyel olarak "
+"tehlikeli olduğunu düşündüğü güvenlik ikazları için bilgilendirmesini "
+"amaçlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:257
@@ -7516,10 +8648,12 @@ msgid ""
 "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
 "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
 "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr "Bu sekme msec tarafından gerçekleştirilen ve eğer <guibutton>Periyodik güvenlik denetimlerini etkinleştir</guibutton> işaretli ise bunların sıklığını gösterir. Değişiklikler önceki sekmede olduğu gibi yapılır."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu sekme msec tarafından gerçekleştirilen ve eğer <guibutton>Periyodik "
+"güvenlik denetimlerini etkinleştir</guibutton> işaretli ise bunların "
+"sıklığını gösterir. Değişiklikler önceki sekmede olduğu gibi yapılır."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:264
 msgid "msecgui5.png"
 msgstr "msecgui5.png"
@@ -7533,14 +8667,18 @@ msgstr "İstisnalar sekmesi"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:272
 msgid ""
 "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab"
-" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert"
-" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
+"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
+"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
+"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
 "below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr "Bazen ikaz mesajları iyi bilinen ve istenen durumlardan kaynaklanır. Bu durumlarda bunlar kullanışsızdırlar ve sistem yöneticisinin zamanını harcarlar. Bu sekme istenmeyen mesajlardan kurtulmak için pek çok istisna oluşturmanıza izin verir. Açıktır ki msec ilk çalıştırıldığında boştur. Aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsü dört istina gösterir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bazen ikaz mesajları iyi bilinen ve istenen durumlardan kaynaklanır. Bu "
+"durumlarda bunlar kullanışsızdırlar ve sistem yöneticisinin zamanını "
+"harcarlar. Bu sekme istenmeyen mesajlardan kurtulmak için pek çok istisna "
+"oluşturmanıza izin verir. Açıktır ki msec ilk çalıştırıldığında boştur. "
+"Aşağıdaki ekran görüntüsü dört istina gösterir."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:280
 msgid "msecgui6.png"
 msgstr "msecgui6.png"
@@ -7548,12 +8686,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:284
 msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> "
-"button"
-msgstr "Bir istisna oluşturmak için <guibutton>Bir kural ekle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayınız"
+"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
+msgstr ""
+"Bir istisna oluşturmak için <guibutton>Bir kural ekle</guibutton> düğmesine "
+"tıklayınız"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:289
 msgid "msecgui7.png"
 msgstr "msecgui7.png"
@@ -7562,12 +8700,16 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:293
 msgid ""
 "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the "
-"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is "
-"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the "
-"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> "
-"tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr "İstenen periyodik denetimi <guilabel>Denetle</guilabel> ismindeki aşağı açılır listeden seçin ve sonra metin alanında <guilabel>İstisna</guilabel>yı giriniz. Bir istisna eklemek açıktır ki değiştirilmez değildir, bunu <guilabel>İstisnalar</guilabel> sekmesinin <guibutton>Sil</guibutton> düğmesini kullanarak veya çift tıklamayla düzenleyerek silebilirsiniz."
+"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
+"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
+"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
+"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
+msgstr ""
+"İstenen periyodik denetimi <guilabel>Denetle</guilabel> ismindeki aşağı "
+"açılır listeden seçin ve sonra metin alanında <guilabel>İstisna</guilabel>yı "
+"giriniz. Bir istisna eklemek açıktır ki değiştirilmez değildir, bunu "
+"<guilabel>İstisnalar</guilabel> sekmesinin <guibutton>Sil</guibutton> "
+"düğmesini kullanarak veya çift tıklamayla düzenleyerek silebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:303
@@ -7591,13 +8733,22 @@ msgid ""
 "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
 "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
 "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in "
-"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the "
-"list of all the modifications done to the permissions."
-msgstr "Pek çok güvenlik için olduğu gibi, msec farklı izin seviyelerine (standard, güvenli, ...) sahiptir, bunlar seçilen güvenlik seviyelerine bağlı olarak etkinleştirilir. Kendi özelleştirilmiş izin seviyelerinizi, onları <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> dizini içinde bulunan <filename>izin.&lt;seviyeismi> </filename> ismindeki dosyaya yazarak oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu fonksiyon özelleştirilmiş yapılandırmaya ihtiyacı olan güçlü kullanıcılar içindir. Burada gösterilen sekmeyi istediğiniz herhangi bir izini değiştirmek için kullanmanız da mümkündür. Aktif yapılandırma <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> içinde saklanır. Bu dosya izinlerde yapılan  tüm değişikliklerin listesini içerir."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
+"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
+"done to the permissions."
+msgstr ""
+"Pek çok güvenlik için olduğu gibi, msec farklı izin seviyelerine (standard, "
+"güvenli, ...) sahiptir, bunlar seçilen güvenlik seviyelerine bağlı olarak "
+"etkinleştirilir. Kendi özelleştirilmiş izin seviyelerinizi, onları "
+"<filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> dizini içinde bulunan <filename>izin."
+"&lt;seviyeismi> </filename> ismindeki dosyaya yazarak oluşturabilirsiniz. Bu "
+"fonksiyon özelleştirilmiş yapılandırmaya ihtiyacı olan güçlü kullanıcılar "
+"içindir. Burada gösterilen sekmeyi istediğiniz herhangi bir izini "
+"değiştirmek için kullanmanız da mümkündür. Aktif yapılandırma <filename>/etc/"
+"security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> içinde saklanır. Bu dosya izinlerde "
+"yapılan  tüm değişikliklerin listesini içerir."
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:318
 msgid "msecgui8.png"
 msgstr "msecgui8.png"
@@ -7606,18 +8757,25 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png"
 #: en/msecgui.xml:321
 msgid ""
 "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the"
-" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a"
-" given rule:"
-msgstr "Varsayılan izinler bir kurallar listesi olarak (satır başına bir kural) gösterilir. Sol tarafta kural ile ilgili dosya veya dizini, ayrıca sahibi, ayrıca grubu ve kural tarafından verilen izini görebilirsiniz. Eğer, verilmiş bir kural için:"
+"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
+"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
+"given rule:"
+msgstr ""
+"Varsayılan izinler bir kurallar listesi olarak (satır başına bir kural) "
+"gösterilir. Sol tarafta kural ile ilgili dosya veya dizini, ayrıca sahibi, "
+"ayrıca grubu ve kural tarafından verilen izini görebilirsiniz. Eğer, "
+"verilmiş bir kural için:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:327
 msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the"
-" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
+"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
+"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
 "if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Zorla</guilabel> kutusu işaretlenmiş değilse, msec sadece bu kural için tanımlı izinlerin itibarlı olup olmadığını denetler ve değilse ikaz mesajı gönderir, fakat herhangi bir şeyi deiştirmez."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Zorla</guilabel> kutusu işaretlenmiş değilse, msec sadece bu kural "
+"için tanımlı izinlerin itibarlı olup olmadığını denetler ve değilse ikaz "
+"mesajı gönderir, fakat herhangi bir şeyi deiştirmez."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:333
@@ -7625,25 +8783,32 @@ msgid ""
 "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
 "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
 "permissions."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Zorla</guilabel> düğmesi işaretli, öyleyse msec ilk periyodik denetimde izinleri yönetecek ve izinlerin üzerine yazacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Zorla</guilabel> düğmesi işaretli, öyleyse msec ilk periyodik "
+"denetimde izinleri yönetecek ve izinlerin üzerine yazacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:337
 msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr "Bunun çalışması için <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periyodik denetim sekmesi</emphasis> içinde CHECK_PERMS seçeneği uygun bir şekilde yapılandırılmalı."
+"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+"Bunun çalışması için <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periyodik denetim sekmesi</"
+"emphasis> içinde CHECK_PERMS seçeneği uygun bir şekilde yapılandırılmalı."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:339
 msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed "
-"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr "Yeni bir kural oluşturmak için, <guibutton> Kural ekle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın ve aşağıdaki örnekte gösterildiği gibi alanları doldurun. <guilabel>Dosya</guilabel> alanında * joker karakterine izin verilir. \"aktif\" hiç değişiklik olmaması anlamında gelir."
+"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
+"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
+"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
+msgstr ""
+"Yeni bir kural oluşturmak için, <guibutton> Kural ekle</guibutton> düğmesine "
+"tıklayın ve aşağıdaki örnekte gösterildiği gibi alanları doldurun. "
+"<guilabel>Dosya</guilabel> alanında * joker karakterine izin verilir. \"aktif"
+"\" hiç değişiklik olmaması anlamında gelir."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:345
 msgid "msecgui9.png"
 msgstr "msecgui9.png"
@@ -7655,26 +8820,40 @@ msgid ""
 "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
 "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
 "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr "Seçimi doğrulamak için <guibutton>OK</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın ve çıkarken <guimenu>Dosya -> Yapılandırmayı kaydet</guimenu> yolulya yapılandırmanızı kaydetmeyi unutmayın. Eğer ayarlarda değişiklik yapyıysanız, msecgui kaydetmeden önce değşiklikleri önizleme yapmanızı sağlar."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçimi doğrulamak için <guibutton>OK</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın ve "
+"çıkarken <guimenu>Dosya -> Yapılandırmayı kaydet</guimenu> yolulya "
+"yapılandırmanızı kaydetmeyi unutmayın. Eğer ayarlarda değişiklik "
+"yapyıysanız, msecgui kaydetmeden önce değşiklikleri önizleme yapmanızı "
+"sağlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:353
 msgid ""
 "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
 "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr "<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename> dosyasını düzenleyerek de kural oluşturmak veya değiştirmek mümkündür."
+msgstr ""
+"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename> dosyasını düzenleyerek de "
+"kural oluşturmak veya değiştirmek mümkündür."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:356
 msgid ""
 "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
 "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken "
-"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root "
-"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions"
-" that will be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">İzin sekmesi</emphasis>ndeki değişiklikler (veya doğrudan yapılandırma dosyasındaki) ilk periyodik denetimde hesaba katılır  (bakınız <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periyodik denetimler sekmesi</emphasis> içinde CHECK_PERMS seçeneği). Bunların hemen hesaba katılmasını istiyorsanız, root hakları ile uç birimde msecperms komutunu kullanınız. Öncesinde  msecperms tarafından değiştirilecek izinleri öğrenmek için msecperms -p komutunu kullanabilirsiniz."
+"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
+"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
+"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
+"be changed by msecperms."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">İzin sekmesi</emphasis>ndeki değişiklikler (veya "
+"doğrudan yapılandırma dosyasındaki) ilk periyodik denetimde hesaba katılır  "
+"(bakınız <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periyodik denetimler sekmesi</emphasis> "
+"içinde CHECK_PERMS seçeneği). Bunların hemen hesaba katılmasını "
+"istiyorsanız, root hakları ile uç birimde msecperms komutunu kullanınız. "
+"Öncesinde  msecperms tarafından değiştirilecek izinleri öğrenmek için "
+"msecperms -p komutunu kullanabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
 #: en/msecgui.xml:363
@@ -7685,7 +8864,13 @@ msgid ""
 "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
 "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr "Unutmayın, bir izini uç birimden veya bir dosya yöneticisi ile değiştirirseniz, <emphasis role=\"bold\">İzinler sekmesi </emphasis> içinde <guilabel>Zorla </guilabel> kutusu işaretli bir dosya için, msecgui bir süre sonra <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periyodik Denetimler Sekmesi </emphasis> içindeki CHECK_PERMS ve CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE seçeneklerinin yapılandırmasına bağlı olarak eski izinleri geri yazacktır, "
+msgstr ""
+"Unutmayın, bir izini uç birimden veya bir dosya yöneticisi ile "
+"değiştirirseniz, <emphasis role=\"bold\">İzinler sekmesi </emphasis> içinde "
+"<guilabel>Zorla </guilabel> kutusu işaretli bir dosya için, msecgui bir süre "
+"sonra <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periyodik Denetimler Sekmesi </emphasis> "
+"içindeki CHECK_PERMS ve CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE seçeneklerinin yapılandırmasına "
+"bağlı olarak eski izinleri geri yazacktır, "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
@@ -7696,9 +8881,12 @@ msgstr "Diğer Mageia Araçları"
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
 msgid ""
 "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the"
-" next pages."
-msgstr "Mageia Denetim Merkezinden başlatılabilen araçlardan daha fazla Mageia aracı bulunur. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın ya da sonraki sayfayı okumaya devam edin."
+"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
+"next pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia Denetim Merkezinden başlatılabilen araçlardan daha fazla Mageia aracı "
+"bulunur. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın ya da "
+"sonraki sayfayı okumaya devam edin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
@@ -7735,8 +8923,7 @@ msgstr "Yazılım Yönetimi (Yazılım Kurun veya Kaldırın)"
 msgid "rpmdrake"
 msgstr "rpmdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
 msgid "rpmdrake.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
@@ -7749,9 +8936,11 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake'e giriş"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
@@ -7765,19 +8954,31 @@ msgid ""
 "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
 "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
 "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names"
-" included in the packages."
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, ayrıca drakrpm olarak bilinir, paketleri kurmak, kaldırmak ve güncellemek için kullanılan bir programdır. URPMI'nin grafik kullanıcı arayüzüdür. Her açılışta, Mageia'nın resmi sunucularından indirilen çevrimiçi paket listesini ('ortam' denir) kontrol edecektir, ve bilgisayarınız için uygun en son paket ve uygulamaları gösterecektir. Bir filtreleme sistemi sadece belirli türdeki paketleri görüntülemenizi sağlar: sadece kurulu olan paketleri (varsayılan), veya sadece uygun güncellemeleri görüntüleyebilirsiniz. Ayrıca sadece kurulu olmayan paketleri de görüntüleyebilirsiniz. Ayrıca, bir paketin ismi ile, veya tanımlamaların özetinde veya paketlerin tam tanımlamaları içinde ya da pakete dahil dosyaların içinde arama yapabilirsiniz."
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
+"included in the packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, ayrıca drakrpm olarak "
+"bilinir, paketleri kurmak, kaldırmak ve güncellemek için kullanılan bir "
+"programdır. URPMI'nin grafik kullanıcı arayüzüdür. Her açılışta, Mageia'nın "
+"resmi sunucularından indirilen çevrimiçi paket listesini ('ortam' denir) "
+"kontrol edecektir, ve bilgisayarınız için uygun en son paket ve uygulamaları "
+"gösterecektir. Bir filtreleme sistemi sadece belirli türdeki paketleri "
+"görüntülemenizi sağlar: sadece kurulu olan paketleri (varsayılan), veya "
+"sadece uygun güncellemeleri görüntüleyebilirsiniz. Ayrıca sadece kurulu "
+"olmayan paketleri de görüntüleyebilirsiniz. Ayrıca, bir paketin ismi ile, "
+"veya tanımlamaların özetinde veya paketlerin tam tanımlamaları içinde ya da "
+"pakete dahil dosyaların içinde arama yapabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
 msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend"
-"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr "Çalışması için, rpmdrake <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ile yapılandırılacak depolara ihtiyaç duyar."
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
+"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr ""
+"Çalışması için, rpmdrake <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ile "
+"yapılandırılacak depolara ihtiyaç duyar."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
 msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
@@ -7786,28 +8987,36 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png"
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
 msgid ""
 "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake"
-" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
+"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
+"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
 "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
 "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
 "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
 "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr "Kurulum sırasında, yapılandırılmış veri kaynağı kurulumda kullanılan, genellikle DVD veya CD veri kaynağıdır. Bu veri kaynağını tutmaya devam ederseniz, rpmdrake her paket kurulumunda bunu soracaktır: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Yukarıdaki ileti sizi rahatsız ediyorsa ve çok kısıtlı indirme sınırları olmayan iyi bir internet bağlantınız varsa, bu veri kaynağını <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> kullanarak çevrimiçi depolar ile değiştirmek daha uygun olacaktır ."
+msgstr ""
+"Kurulum sırasında, yapılandırılmış veri kaynağı kurulumda kullanılan, "
+"genellikle DVD veya CD veri kaynağıdır. Bu veri kaynağını tutmaya devam "
+"ederseniz, rpmdrake her paket kurulumunda bunu soracaktır: <placeholder type="
+"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Yukarıdaki ileti sizi rahatsız ediyorsa ve çok "
+"kısıtlı indirme sınırları olmayan iyi bir internet bağlantınız varsa, bu "
+"veri kaynağını <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> kullanarak çevrimiçi "
+"depolar ile değiştirmek daha uygun olacaktır ."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
 msgid ""
 "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
 "packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr "Ayrıca, çevrimiçi depolar her zaman güncel olup çok daha fazla paket içerirler ve kurulu paketlerinizin güncelenmesini sağlarlar."
+msgstr ""
+"Ayrıca, çevrimiçi depolar her zaman güncel olup çok daha fazla paket "
+"içerirler ve kurulu paketlerinizin güncelenmesini sağlarlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
 msgid "The main parts of the screen"
 msgstr "Ekranın ana bölümleri"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
 msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
@@ -7823,25 +9032,37 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
 "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
 "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only,"
-" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr "Bu filtre sadece belirli türdeki paketleri görüntülemenizi sağlar. Yöneticiyi ilk kez çalıştırdığınızda, sadece grafik arayüzlü uygulamaları gösterir. Tüm paketleri veya, onların tüm bağımlılıklarını ve kütüphanelerini ya da sadece uygulamalar, sadece güncellemeler veya Mageianın daha yeni sürümünden düzeltilmiş paketler gibi grupları görüntüleyebilirsiniz."
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
+"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu filtre sadece belirli türdeki paketleri görüntülemenizi sağlar. "
+"Yöneticiyi ilk kez çalıştırdığınızda, sadece grafik arayüzlü uygulamaları "
+"gösterir. Tüm paketleri veya, onların tüm bağımlılıklarını ve "
+"kütüphanelerini ya da sadece uygulamalar, sadece güncellemeler veya "
+"Mageianın daha yeni sürümünden düzeltilmiş paketler gibi grupları "
+"görüntüleyebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
 msgid ""
 "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading"
-" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge"
-" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr "Varsayılan filtre ayarı Linux veya Mageia ile yeni tanışanlar içindir, ki bunlar komut satırı ve uzman araçları istemezler. Bu belgeyi okuduğunuza göre açıkça Mageia bilginizi geliştirmek istiyorsunuz, bu yüzden bu filtreyi \"Tümü\" yapmak en iyisidir."
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
+"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
+"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Varsayılan filtre ayarı Linux veya Mageia ile yeni tanışanlar içindir, ki "
+"bunlar komut satırı ve uzman araçları istemezler. Bu belgeyi okuduğunuza "
+"göre açıkça Mageia bilginizi geliştirmek istiyorsunuz, bu yüzden bu filtreyi "
+"\"Tümü\" yapmak en iyisidir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
 msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> "
-"</firstterm>"
-msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Paket durumu filtresi:</emphasis> </firstterm>"
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
+"firstterm>"
+msgstr ""
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Paket durumu filtresi:</emphasis> </"
+"firstterm>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
@@ -7849,7 +9070,9 @@ msgid ""
 "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
 "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
 "not installed."
-msgstr "Bu filtre sadece kurulu olan paketleri, kurulu olmayan paketleri veya kurulu veya kurulu olmayan tüm paketleri görmenizi sağlar, "
+msgstr ""
+"Bu filtre sadece kurulu olan paketleri, kurulu olmayan paketleri veya kurulu "
+"veya kurulu olmayan tüm paketleri görmenizi sağlar, "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
@@ -7862,7 +9085,9 @@ msgid ""
 "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
 "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
 "in the packages."
-msgstr "Paket isimleri, özetleri, tam tanımlamaları veya paketin içerdiği dosyalar arasında arama yapmak için bu simgeye tıklayın. "
+msgstr ""
+"Paket isimleri, özetleri, tam tanımlamaları veya paketin içerdiği dosyalar "
+"arasında arama yapmak için bu simgeye tıklayın. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
@@ -7875,7 +9100,10 @@ msgid ""
 "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
 "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
 "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr "Buraya bir ya da daha fazla anahtar kelime girin. Arama için birden fazla anahtar kelime girmek istiyorsanız anahtar kelimeler arasında '|' kullanın, örn. Aynı anda \"mplayer\" ve \"xine\" aramak için 'mplayer | xine' yazın. "
+msgstr ""
+"Buraya bir ya da daha fazla anahtar kelime girin. Arama için birden fazla "
+"anahtar kelime girmek istiyorsanız anahtar kelimeler arasında '|' kullanın, "
+"örn. Aynı anda \"mplayer\" ve \"xine\" aramak için 'mplayer | xine' yazın. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
@@ -7887,7 +9115,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tümünü sil:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
 "box ."
-msgstr "Bu simge \"Ara\" kutusuna girilmiş anahtar kelimeleri tek tıklamayla temizleyebilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu simge \"Ara\" kutusuna girilmiş anahtar kelimeleri tek tıklamayla "
+"temizleyebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
@@ -7897,9 +9127,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kategori listesi:</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and"
-" sub categories."
-msgstr "Bu kenar çubuğu tüm uygulamaları ve paketleri net bir şekilde kategoriler ve alt kategoriler halinde gruplandırır. "
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
+"sub categories."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu kenar çubuğu tüm uygulamaları ve paketleri net bir şekilde kategoriler ve "
+"alt kategoriler halinde gruplandırır. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
@@ -7910,10 +9142,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Açıklama paneli:</emphasis>"
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
 msgid ""
 "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It"
-" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
+"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
 "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr "Bu panel paketin ismini, özetini ve tam tanımlamalarını gösterir. Seçilen paketle ilgili bir çok kullanışlı öğeler gösterir. Ayrıca paket ile ilgili tam detayları, pakete dahil edilmiş dosyalarla birlikte bakımcının yaptığı son değişikliği de gösterir. "
+msgstr ""
+"Bu panel paketin ismini, özetini ve tam tanımlamalarını gösterir. Seçilen "
+"paketle ilgili bir çok kullanışlı öğeler gösterir. Ayrıca paket ile ilgili "
+"tam detayları, pakete dahil edilmiş dosyalarla birlikte bakımcının yaptığı "
+"son değişikliği de gösterir. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
@@ -7928,78 +9164,73 @@ msgid ""
 "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
 "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
 "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on "
-"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Bir kez filtreyi doğru bir şekilde ayarladığınızda, yazılımınızı ya kategori (yukarıda alan 6) ya da alan 4 isim/özet/tanım yoluyla bulabilirsiniz. Sorgunuzu karşılayan bir paketler listesi ve unutmayın seçilen ortam her paketin kurulu/kurulu değil/güncelleme... durumuna bağlı olarak farklı durum işaretçisi ile gösterilir. Bu durumu değiştirmek için sadece paket isminin önündeki kutuyu işaretleyin ve <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> butonuna tıklayın."
-
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
+"guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir kez filtreyi doğru bir şekilde ayarladığınızda, yazılımınızı ya kategori "
+"(yukarıda alan 6) ya da alan 4 isim/özet/tanım yoluyla bulabilirsiniz. "
+"Sorgunuzu karşılayan bir paketler listesi ve unutmayın seçilen ortam her "
+"paketin kurulu/kurulu değil/güncelleme... durumuna bağlı olarak farklı durum "
+"işaretçisi ile gösterilir. Bu durumu değiştirmek için sadece paket isminin "
+"önündeki kutuyu işaretleyin ve <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> butonuna "
+"tıklayın."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
 msgid "Icon"
 msgstr "Simge"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
 msgid "Legend"
 msgstr "Gösterge"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
 msgid "rpmdrake2.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake2.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
 msgid "This package is already installed"
 msgstr "Bu paket zaten kurulu"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
 msgid "rpmdrake3.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake3.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
 msgid "This package will be installed"
 msgstr "Bu paket kurulacak"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
 msgid "rpmdrake4.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake4.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
 msgid "This package cannot be modified"
 msgstr "Bu paket değiştirilemez"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
 msgid "rpmdrake5.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake5.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
 msgid "This package is an update"
 msgstr "Bu paket bir güncelleştirme"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
 msgid "rpmdrake6.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake6.png"
 
-#. type: Content of:
-#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
 msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
 msgstr "Bu paket kaldırılacak"
@@ -8020,7 +9251,10 @@ msgid ""
 "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
 "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
 "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Eğer digikam  seçimini kaldırırsam (yeşil ok bize kurulu olduğunu söyler), durum simgesi kırmızı yukarı ok olur ve <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladığımızda kaldırılır."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer digikam  seçimini kaldırırsam (yeşil ok bize kurulu olduğunu söyler), "
+"durum simgesi kırmızı yukarı ok olur ve <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> "
+"düğmesine tıkladığımızda kaldırılır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
@@ -8028,15 +9262,17 @@ msgid ""
 "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
 "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
 "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Eğer qdigidoc seçersem (kurulu değildir, duruma bakınız),turuncu  aşağı ok simgesi gözükür ve <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladığımızda kurulur."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer qdigidoc seçersem (kurulu değildir, duruma bakınız),turuncu  aşağı ok "
+"simgesi gözükür ve <guibutton>Uygula</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladığımızda "
+"kurulur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
 msgid "The dependencies"
 msgstr "Bağımlılıklar"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
 msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
 msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
@@ -8044,15 +9280,23 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
 msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They"
-" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
+"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
 "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
 "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
 "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
 "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to"
-" install."
-msgstr "Bazı paketler çalışabilmeleri için bağımlılıklar denen paketlere ihtiyaç duyarlar. Örneğin bunlar kütüphanelerdir ya da araçlardır. Bu durumda, Rpmdrake seçilen bağımlılıkları kabul edip etmediğinizi soran, işlemi iptal etmenizi veya daha fazla bilgi almanızı sağlayan bir pencere gösterir (yukarıya bakınız). Bu ayrıca çeşitli paketler gerekli kütüphaneleri sağlayabilecekleri zaman meydana gelebilir, bu durumda rpmdrake alternatif listesini daha fazla bilgi veren bir düğme ve hangi paketlerin kurulacağını seçtiren bir düğme ile gösterir."
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
+"install."
+msgstr ""
+"Bazı paketler çalışabilmeleri için bağımlılıklar denen paketlere ihtiyaç "
+"duyarlar. Örneğin bunlar kütüphanelerdir ya da araçlardır. Bu durumda, "
+"Rpmdrake seçilen bağımlılıkları kabul edip etmediğinizi soran, işlemi iptal "
+"etmenizi veya daha fazla bilgi almanızı sağlayan bir pencere gösterir "
+"(yukarıya bakınız). Bu ayrıca çeşitli paketler gerekli kütüphaneleri "
+"sağlayabilecekleri zaman meydana gelebilir, bu durumda rpmdrake alternatif "
+"listesini daha fazla bilgi veren bir düğme ve hangi paketlerin kurulacağını "
+"seçtiren bir düğme ile gösterir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
@@ -8074,7 +9318,9 @@ msgstr "Kurulum"
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
 "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> "
+"yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
@@ -8083,7 +9329,11 @@ msgid ""
 "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
 "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
 "remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr "Bu araç <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir tekil tarayıcıyı veya taramayı da içeren çok fonksiyonlu bir aygıtı yapılandırmanızı sağlar. Ayrıca bu bilgisayara uzaktan bağlı veya uzak tarayıcıya erişim için yerel aygıtları paylaşıma izin verir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> bir tekil tarayıcıyı veya "
+"taramayı da içeren çok fonksiyonlu bir aygıtı yapılandırmanızı sağlar. "
+"Ayrıca bu bilgisayara uzaktan bağlı veya uzak tarayıcıya erişim için yerel "
+"aygıtları paylaşıma izin verir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
@@ -8096,7 +9346,9 @@ msgstr "Bu aracı ilk kez çalıştırdığınızda şu mesajı alabilirsiniz:"
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>\"Tarayıcıların kullanılabilmesi için SANE paketlerinin kurulması gerekiyor</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>\"Tarayıcıların kullanılabilmesi için SANE paketlerinin kurulması "
+"gerekiyor</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
@@ -8108,10 +9360,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>SANE paketlerini kurmak istiyor musunuz?\"</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
 "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr "Devam etmek için <emphasis>Evet</emphasis>i seçiniz. Bu kurulu değillerse <code>scanner-gui</code>yi ve <code>task-scanning</code>i kuracaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"Devam etmek için <emphasis>Evet</emphasis>i seçiniz. Bu kurulu değillerse "
+"<code>scanner-gui</code>yi ve <code>task-scanning</code>i kuracaktır."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
 msgid "scannerdrake.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
@@ -8122,15 +9375,22 @@ msgid ""
 "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
 "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
 "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Eğer tarayıcınız doğru bir şekilde tanımlandıysa, ve böylece yukarıdaki ekranda tarayıcınızın ismini görüyorsanız, tarayıcı, örneğin, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> veya <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis> ile kullanıma hazırdır."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer tarayıcınız doğru bir şekilde tanımlandıysa, ve böylece yukarıdaki "
+"ekranda tarayıcınızın ismini görüyorsanız, tarayıcı, örneğin, "
+"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> veya <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis> ile "
+"kullanıma hazırdır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
 msgid ""
 "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr "O durumda, <emphasis>Tarayıcı paylaşımı</emphasis> seçeneğini yapılandırmak isteyebilirsiniz. Bunun hakkında <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/> ı okuyabilirsiniz."
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannersharing\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"O durumda, <emphasis>Tarayıcı paylaşımı</emphasis> seçeneğini yapılandırmak "
+"isteyebilirsiniz. Bunun hakkında <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/> ı "
+"okuyabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
@@ -8139,17 +9399,22 @@ msgid ""
 "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
 "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
 "scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Diğer taraftan, tarayıcınız doğru bir şekilde tanımlanmamışsa, ve kablo(lar)ını, güç düğmesini kontrol etmek ve <emphasis>Yeni bir tarayıcı ara</emphasis> işe yaramadıysa, <emphasis>Elle bir tarayıcı ekle</emphasis> düğmesine basmanız gerekir."
+msgstr ""
+"Diğer taraftan, tarayıcınız doğru bir şekilde tanımlanmamışsa, ve "
+"kablo(lar)ını, güç düğmesini kontrol etmek ve <emphasis>Yeni bir tarayıcı "
+"ara</emphasis> işe yaramadıysa, <emphasis>Elle bir tarayıcı ekle</emphasis> "
+"düğmesine basmanız gerekir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
 msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the"
-" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Gördüğünüz listede tarayıcınızın markasınız seçiniz, sonra o marka için türünü seçiniz ve <emphasis>Tamam</emphasis>a tıklayınız"
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
+"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Gördüğünüz listede tarayıcınızın markasınız seçiniz, sonra o marka için "
+"türünü seçiniz ve <emphasis>Tamam</emphasis>a tıklayınız"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
 msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
@@ -8157,59 +9422,74 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click "
-"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Tarayıcınızı listede göremiyorsanız <emphasis>İptal</emphasis> düğmesini tıklayın"
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Tarayıcınızı listede göremiyorsanız <emphasis>İptal</emphasis> düğmesini "
+"tıklayın"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
 msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
-"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr "Lütfen tarayıcınızın <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Desteklenen Cihazlar</link> sayfasında destekli olduğunu kontrol ediniz ve yardım için  <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumlar</link>ı kullanınız."
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
+"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
+"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Lütfen tarayıcınızın <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/"
+"sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Desteklenen Cihazlar</link> sayfasında destekli "
+"olduğunu kontrol ediniz ve yardım için  <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
+"mageia.org/en/\">forumlar</link>ı kullanınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
 msgid "Choose port"
 msgstr "Port seçin"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
 msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
+"\"1\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
 msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available "
-"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that"
-" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr "Bu ayarı tarayıcınızın arayüzü paralel port değilse <emphasis>Uygun portları otomatik olarak algıla</emphasis> şeklinde bırakabilirsiniz. Diğer durumda, eğer sadece bir tane varsa <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> seçiniz."
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
+"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
+"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ayarı tarayıcınızın arayüzü paralel port değilse <emphasis>Uygun portları "
+"otomatik olarak algıla</emphasis> şeklinde bırakabilirsiniz. Diğer durumda, "
+"eğer sadece bir tane varsa <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> seçiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
 msgid ""
 "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
 "similar to the one below."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Tamam</emphasis> düğmesini tıkladıktan sonra, pek çok durumda, aşağıdakine benzer bir ekran göreceksiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Tamam</emphasis> düğmesini tıkladıktan sonra, pek çok durumda, "
+"aşağıdakine benzer bir ekran göreceksiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
 msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref "
-"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr "Eğer o ekran gelmediyse lütfen <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/> belgesini okuyun."
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
+"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer o ekran gelmediyse lütfen <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/> "
+"belgesini okuyun."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
 msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
@@ -8219,8 +9499,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
 msgid "Scannersharing"
 msgstr "Ekranpaylaşımı"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
 msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
@@ -8228,11 +9507,15 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be"
-" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
+"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
 "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
 "this machine."
-msgstr "Burada, bu makineye bağlanan tarayıcılara uzak makinelerden erişilip erişilemeyeceğini ve hangi uzak makinelerden erişilebileceğini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca uzaktaki makinedeki tarayıcıların bu makineden erişilebilir olup olmadığına karar verebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Burada, bu makineye bağlanan tarayıcılara uzak makinelerden erişilip "
+"erişilemeyeceğini ve hangi uzak makinelerden erişilebileceğini "
+"ayarlayabilirsiniz. Ayrıca uzaktaki makinedeki tarayıcıların bu makineden "
+"erişilebilir olup olmadığına karar verebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
@@ -8240,17 +9523,22 @@ msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
 "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
 "this computer."
-msgstr "Makineleretarayıcı paylaşımı : mekinelerin isim veya IP adresi bu bilgisayardaki yerel cihaz(lar)a erişim izni verilen mekineler listesine eklenebilir veya buradan silinebilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Makineleretarayıcı paylaşımı : mekinelerin isim veya IP adresi bu "
+"bilgisayardaki yerel cihaz(lar)a erişim izni verilen mekineler listesine "
+"eklenebilir veya buradan silinebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
 msgid ""
 "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
 "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr "Uzak tarayıcıların kullanımı : makinelerinisim veya IP adresi uzaktaki tarayıcılara erişim izni verilen mekinelerlistesine eklenebilir veya buradan silinebilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Uzak tarayıcıların kullanımı : makinelerinisim veya IP adresi uzaktaki "
+"tarayıcılara erişim izni verilen mekinelerlistesine eklenebilir veya buradan "
+"silinebilir."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
 msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
@@ -8260,8 +9548,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
 msgstr "Makinelere tarayıcı paylaşımı: makine ekleyebilirsiniz."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
 msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
@@ -8271,10 +9558,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
 msgid ""
 "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
 "machines."
-msgstr "Makinelere tarayıcı paylaşımı: eklenecek makineleri veya tüm makinelere izin verileceğini belirtin."
+msgstr ""
+"Makinelere tarayıcı paylaşımı: eklenecek makineleri veya tüm makinelere izin "
+"verileceğini belirtin."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
 msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
@@ -8284,8 +9572,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
 msgstr "\"Tüm uzak makinelerin\" yerel tarayıcıya erişmesine izin verilmiştir"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
 msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
@@ -8295,7 +9582,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
 msgid ""
 "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
 "offers to do it."
-msgstr "Eğer <emphasis>saned</emphasis> paketi kurulu değilse araç bunu yapmanızı önerir."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer <emphasis>saned</emphasis> paketi kurulu değilse araç bunu yapmanızı "
+"önerir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
@@ -8317,14 +9606,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
 "\"net\""
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> \"net\" yönergesini eklemek veya kaldırmak için "
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis> \"net\" yönergesini eklemek veya "
+"kaldırmak için "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
 msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr "Bu ayrıca <emphasis>saned</emphasis> ve <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> i önyüklemede başlatılacak şekilde yapılandıracak."
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
+"emphasis> to be started on boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ayrıca <emphasis>saned</emphasis> ve <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> i "
+"önyüklemede başlatılacak şekilde yapılandıracak."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
@@ -8341,9 +9634,13 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
 msgid ""
 "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
 "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device "
-"Manager</emphasis>."
-msgstr "Bir çok HP tarayıcı ayrıca yazıcıları da yönetmeyi sağlayan <emphasis>HP Aygıt Yöneticisi</emphasis>nden (hplip)  yönetilir. Bu durumda, bu araç bunu onu yapılandırmanıza izin vermez ve sizi <emphasis>HP Aygıt Yöneticisi</emphasis> kullanmaya davet eder. "
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir çok HP tarayıcı ayrıca yazıcıları da yönetmeyi sağlayan <emphasis>HP "
+"Aygıt Yöneticisi</emphasis>nden (hplip)  yönetilir. Bu durumda, bu araç bunu "
+"onu yapılandırmanıza izin vermez ve sizi <emphasis>HP Aygıt Yöneticisi</"
+"emphasis> kullanmaya davet eder. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
@@ -8353,14 +9650,20 @@ msgstr "Epson"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
 msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
-" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-"
-"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this "
-"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will "
-"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users "
-"have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr "Sürücüler <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">bu sayfadan</link> edinilebilir. Tarayıcı tarafı için, ilk olarak <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> , sonra <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> paketini kurmalısınız (bu sırayla). <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> paketi <emphasis>sane</emphasis> paketi ile çakıştığı hakkında bir uyarı üretebilir. Kullanıcılar bu uyarının gözardı edilebileceğini bildirmişlerdir."
+"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
+"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
+"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
+"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
+"ignored."
+msgstr ""
+"Sürücüler <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/"
+"search/?OSC=LX\">bu sayfadan</link> edinilebilir. Tarayıcı tarafı için, ilk "
+"olarak <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> , sonra <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> "
+"paketini kurmalısınız (bu sırayla). <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> paketi "
+"<emphasis>sane</emphasis> paketi ile çakıştığı hakkında bir uyarı "
+"üretebilir. Kullanıcılar bu uyarının gözardı edilebileceğini bildirmişlerdir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
@@ -8373,7 +9676,10 @@ msgid ""
 "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
 "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
 "steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> ekranında tarayıcınız için port seçiminden sonra,tarayıcınızı doğru bir şekilde yapılandırmak için bir ya da iki ek adım olması mümkündür."
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> ekranında tarayıcınız için port "
+"seçiminden sonra,tarayıcınızı doğru bir şekilde yapılandırmak için bir ya da "
+"iki ek adım olması mümkündür."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
@@ -8383,37 +9689,48 @@ msgid ""
 "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
 "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
 "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr "Bazı durumlarda, tarayıcının her çalıştırıldığında kendi gömülü yazılımının yüklenmesinin gerektiğini biliyorsunuz. Bu araç, siteminize kurduktan sonra bunu aygıtın içine yüklemenizi sağlar. Bu ekranda gömülü yazılımı  CD'den veya Windows kurulumundankurabilirsiniz ya da üreticinin İnternet sitesinden indirerek kurabilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Bazı durumlarda, tarayıcının her çalıştırıldığında kendi gömülü yazılımının "
+"yüklenmesinin gerektiğini biliyorsunuz. Bu araç, siteminize kurduktan sonra "
+"bunu aygıtın içine yüklemenizi sağlar. Bu ekranda gömülü yazılımı  CD'den "
+"veya Windows kurulumundankurabilirsiniz ya da üreticinin İnternet sitesinden "
+"indirerek kurabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
 msgid ""
 "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
 "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr "Cihazınızın gömülü yazılımı yüklenmesi gerektiğinde, her ilk kullanımda çok zaman alabilir, muhtemelen bir dakikadan fazla. Bu yüzden sabırlı olun."
+msgstr ""
+"Cihazınızın gömülü yazılımı yüklenmesi gerektiğinde, her ilk kullanımda çok "
+"zaman alabilir, muhtemelen bir dakikadan fazla. Bu yüzden sabırlı olun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
 msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the "
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr "Ayrıca <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"SANE_arkaucunuzun_ismi\".conf file.</emphasis> dosyasını ayarlamanızı söyleyen bir ekranla karşılaşabilirsiniz."
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
+"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"Ayrıca <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"SANE_arkaucunuzun_ismi\".conf file.</"
+"emphasis> dosyasını ayarlamanızı söyleyen bir ekranla karşılaşabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
 msgid ""
 "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link "
-"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr "O ya da diğer yönergeleri dikkatlice okuyun ve ne yapacağınızı bilmiyorsanız <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumlar</link>a sormaya çekinmeyin."
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"O ya da diğer yönergeleri dikkatlice okuyun ve ne yapacağınızı bilmiyorsanız "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forumlar</link>a sormaya "
+"çekinmeyin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
 msgid "Software Management"
 msgstr "Yazılım Yönetimi"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/software-management.xml:10
 msgid "software-management.png"
 msgstr "software-management.png"
@@ -8421,9 +9738,11 @@ msgstr "software-management.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:14
 msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management."
-" Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr "Bu ekranda çeşitli yazılım yönetim araçları arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın."
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
+"Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu ekranda çeşitli yazılım yönetim araçları arasından seçim yapabilirsiniz. "
+"Daha fazlasını öğrenmek için aşağıdaki bağlantıya tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:17
@@ -8433,9 +9752,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:20
 msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your "
-"system</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Sisteminizi güncelleyin</emphasis>"
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Sisteminizi güncelleyin</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/software-management.xml:23
@@ -8447,7 +9768,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
 msgid ""
 "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
 "sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Kurulum ve güncelleme için ortam kaynaklarını yapılandırın</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Kurulum ve "
+"güncelleme için ortam kaynaklarını yapılandırın</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
@@ -8459,8 +9782,7 @@ msgstr "Bir yazıcı kur veya yapılandır"
 msgid "system-config-printer"
 msgstr "system-config-printer"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
 msgid "system-config-printer.png"
 msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
@@ -8474,30 +9796,42 @@ msgid ""
 "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
 "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
 "and openSUSE."
-msgstr "Mageia'da yazdırma CUPS isminde bir sunucu ile yönetilir. Web tarayıcı ile ulaşılabilen kendi <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">yapılandırma arayüzü</link> ne sahiptir, fakat Mageia yazıcıları kurmak için system-config-printer isminde, Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu ve openSUSE ile paylaşılan kendi aracını önerir."
+msgstr ""
+"Mageia'da yazdırma CUPS isminde bir sunucu ile yönetilir. Web tarayıcı ile "
+"ulaşılabilen kendi <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://"
+"localhost:631\">yapılandırma arayüzü</link> ne sahiptir, fakat Mageia "
+"yazıcıları kurmak için system-config-printer isminde, Fedora, Mandriva, "
+"Ubuntu ve openSUSE ile paylaşılan kendi aracını önerir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
 msgid ""
 "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
 "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr "Kuruluma devam etmek için non-free depoları etkinleştirmelisiniz, çünkü bazı sürücüler sadece bu şekilde erişilebilir olabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Kuruluma devam etmek için non-free depoları etkinleştirmelisiniz, çünkü bazı "
+"sürücüler sadece bu şekilde erişilebilir olabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
 "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz. Bunun için size root parolası sorulacak."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis> yazarak "
+"çalıştırabilirsiniz. Bunun için size root parolası sorulacak."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
 msgid ""
 "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
 "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>."
-msgstr "Yazıcı kurulumu Mageia Denetim Merkezinin <guilabel>Donanım</guilabel> bölümünde halledilir.  <guilabel>Yazdırma ve taramayı yapılandır</guilabel> aracını seçiniz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
+">."
+msgstr ""
+"Yazıcı kurulumu Mageia Denetim Merkezinin <guilabel>Donanım</guilabel> "
+"bölümünde halledilir.  <guilabel>Yazdırma ve taramayı yapılandır</guilabel> "
+"aracını seçiniz<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
@@ -8519,7 +9853,9 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp"
 msgid ""
 "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
 "dependencies are needed."
-msgstr "Devam etmek için bu kurulumu kabul etmeniz gerekiyor. 230MBa kadar bağımlılıklar gerekli."
+msgstr ""
+"Devam etmek için bu kurulumu kabul etmeniz gerekiyor. 230MBa kadar "
+"bağımlılıklar gerekli."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
@@ -8529,7 +9865,12 @@ msgid ""
 "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
 "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
 "will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr "Bir yazıcı ekleme için, yazıcı \"Ekle\" düğmesini seçin. Sistem herhangi bir yazıcı algılamayı mümkün portu bulmayı deneyecek. Ekran görüntüsü bir paralel porta bağlı bir yazıcıyı gösterir. Eğer bir yazıcı algılanırsa, USB portundaki bir yazıcı gibi, bu ilk satırda gösterilir. Pencere ayrıca bir ağ yazıcısını yapılandırmaya çalışır."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir yazıcı ekleme için, yazıcı \"Ekle\" düğmesini seçin. Sistem herhangi bir "
+"yazıcı algılamayı mümkün portu bulmayı deneyecek. Ekran görüntüsü bir "
+"paralel porta bağlı bir yazıcıyı gösterir. Eğer bir yazıcı algılanırsa, USB "
+"portundaki bir yazıcı gibi, bu ilk satırda gösterilir. Pencere ayrıca bir ağ "
+"yazıcısını yapılandırmaya çalışır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
@@ -8540,20 +9881,25 @@ msgstr "Otomatik olarak algılanan yazıcılar"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
 msgid ""
 "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click "
-"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
+"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
 "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the"
-" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr "Bu genellikle USB yazıcıyı içerir. Araç otomatik olarak yazıcının ismini bulur ve bunu görüntüler. Yazıcıyı seçin ve \"Sonraki\" e tıklayın. Yazıcı için bilinen bir sürücü varsa otomatik olarak kurulacaktır. Eğer birden fazla sürücü varsa ya da hiç sürücü yoksa, bir sonraki paragrafta açıklandığı gibi, bir pencere sizden seçmenizi ya da tedarik etmenizi ister. <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/> ile devam ediniz"
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
+"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Bu genellikle USB yazıcıyı içerir. Araç otomatik olarak yazıcının ismini "
+"bulur ve bunu görüntüler. Yazıcıyı seçin ve \"Sonraki\" e tıklayın. Yazıcı "
+"için bilinen bir sürücü varsa otomatik olarak kurulacaktır. Eğer birden "
+"fazla sürücü varsa ya da hiç sürücü yoksa, bir sonraki paragrafta "
+"açıklandığı gibi, bir pencere sizden seçmenizi ya da tedarik etmenizi ister. "
+"<xref linkend=\"terminate\"/> ile devam ediniz"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
 msgid "No automatically detected printer"
 msgstr "Otomatik olarak algılanan yazıcı yok"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
 msgid "printer3.png"
 msgstr "printer3.png"
@@ -8561,10 +9907,12 @@ msgstr "printer3.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
 msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window"
-" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
+"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
 "options."
-msgstr "Bir port seçtiğinizde, sistem bir sürücü listesi yükler ve bir sürücü seçmeniz biçin bir pencere gösterir."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir port seçtiğinizde, sistem bir sürücü listesi yükler ve bir sürücü "
+"seçmeniz biçin bir pencere gösterir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
@@ -8589,7 +9937,11 @@ msgid ""
 "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
 "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
 "which know to work."
-msgstr "Veritabanından seçerek, pencere ilk olarak bir yazıcı üreticisi önerir, ve sonra bir aygıt ve bir sürücü onunla ilişkilendirilir. Eğer birden fazla sürücü önerilirse, eğer daha önce onunla sorun yaşamadıysanız tavsiye edileni seçiniz, bu durumda çalışıtığını bilineni seçiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Veritabanından seçerek, pencere ilk olarak bir yazıcı üreticisi önerir, ve "
+"sonra bir aygıt ve bir sürücü onunla ilişkilendirilir. Eğer birden fazla "
+"sürücü önerilirse, eğer daha önce onunla sorun yaşamadıysanız tavsiye "
+"edileni seçiniz, bu durumda çalışıtığını bilineni seçiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
@@ -8605,7 +9957,12 @@ msgid ""
 "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
 "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
 "printers."
-msgstr "Sürücü eçiminden sonra, bir pencere sistemin yazıcıyı tasarlaması ve tanıması için bazı bilgiler ister. İlk satır aygıtın uygulamaların içinde erişilebilir yazıcılar listesinde gözüken ismidir. Kurulum programı sonra bir test sayfası yazdırmayı önerir.  Bu adımdan sonra, yazıcı eklenmiştir ve erişilebilir yazıcılar listesinde görünür. "
+msgstr ""
+"Sürücü eçiminden sonra, bir pencere sistemin yazıcıyı tasarlaması ve "
+"tanıması için bazı bilgiler ister. İlk satır aygıtın uygulamaların içinde "
+"erişilebilir yazıcılar listesinde gözüken ismidir. Kurulum programı sonra "
+"bir test sayfası yazdırmayı önerir.  Bu adımdan sonra, yazıcı eklenmiştir ve "
+"erişilebilir yazıcılar listesinde görünür. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
@@ -8616,41 +9973,60 @@ msgstr "Ağ yazıcısı"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to"
-" another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr "Ağ yazıcıları doğrudan kablolu ya da kablosuz ağlara bağlanmış yazıcılardır, ki bunlar bir yazma sunucusuna veya yazma sunucusu hizmeti veren bir iş istasyonuna bağlanmıştır."
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
+"another workstation that serves as printserver."
+msgstr ""
+"Ağ yazıcıları doğrudan kablolu ya da kablosuz ağlara bağlanmış yazıcılardır, "
+"ki bunlar bir yazma sunucusuna veya yazma sunucusu hizmeti veren bir iş "
+"istasyonuna bağlanmıştır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed"
-" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the "
-"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a "
-"fixed one."
-msgstr "Genellikle, DHCP sunucuyu yazıcının MAC-adresi ile daima ayrılmış bir IP adresi ile eşleştirme şeklinde yapılandırmak daha iyidir. Tabii ki bu yazdırmasunucunun yazıcısının IP adresi ile aynı olmalıdır."
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
+"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
+"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Genellikle, DHCP sunucuyu yazıcının MAC-adresi ile daima ayrılmış bir IP "
+"adresi ile eşleştirme şeklinde yapılandırmak daha iyidir. Tabii ki bu "
+"yazdırmasunucunun yazıcısının IP adresi ile aynı olmalıdır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
 msgid ""
 "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
 "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label"
-" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
+"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
 "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
 "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
 "after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr "Yazıcının Mac-adresi yazıcıya veya yazdırma sunucuya ya da bağlandığı bilgisayara verilen bir rakam dizisidir, yazıcı tarafından yazdırılan yapılandırma sayfasından veya yazıcı veya yazdırma sunucusu üzerindeki etiketten elde edilebilir. Eğer paylaşılan yazıcınız Mageia sistemine bağlıysa, üzerinde root olarak <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> yazarak Mac-adresini bulabilirsiniz. Bu \"HWaddr\" ardından gelen rakamlar ve harfler dizisidir."
+msgstr ""
+"Yazıcının Mac-adresi yazıcıya veya yazdırma sunucuya ya da bağlandığı "
+"bilgisayara verilen bir rakam dizisidir, yazıcı tarafından yazdırılan "
+"yapılandırma sayfasından veya yazıcı veya yazdırma sunucusu üzerindeki "
+"etiketten elde edilebilir. Eğer paylaşılan yazıcınız Mageia sistemine "
+"bağlıysa, üzerinde root olarak <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> "
+"yazarak Mac-adresini bulabilirsiniz. Bu \"HWaddr\" ardından gelen rakamlar "
+"ve harfler dizisidir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
 msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to"
-" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose,"
-" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
+"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
+"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
 "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
 "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
 "says \"host\"."
-msgstr "Ağ yazıcınızı bilgisayarınızla ağ üzerinden konuşmak için kullandığı protokolü seçerek ekleyebilirsiniz. Eğer hangi protokolü seçeceğinizi bilmiyorsanız, <guilabel>Aygıtlar</guilabel> menüsünden <guilabel>Ağ yazıcısı</guilabel> - <guilabel>Ağ Yazıcısı Bul</guilabel> seçeneğini deneyebilirsiniz ve sağ tarafta, \"makineler\" denen yerde yazıcının IP adresini veriniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Ağ yazıcınızı bilgisayarınızla ağ üzerinden konuşmak için kullandığı "
+"protokolü seçerek ekleyebilirsiniz. Eğer hangi protokolü seçeceğinizi "
+"bilmiyorsanız, <guilabel>Aygıtlar</guilabel> menüsünden <guilabel>Ağ "
+"yazıcısı</guilabel> - <guilabel>Ağ Yazıcısı Bul</guilabel> seçeneğini "
+"deneyebilirsiniz ve sağ tarafta, \"makineler\" denen yerde yazıcının IP "
+"adresini veriniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
@@ -8658,14 +10034,20 @@ msgid ""
 "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
 "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
 "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr "Eğer araç yazıcınızı veya yazıcı sunucunuzu algılarsa, bir protokol ve bir kuyruk önerir, fakat aşağıdaki listeden daha uygun birini seçebilirsiniz ya da listede değilse doğru kuyruk ismini girebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer araç yazıcınızı veya yazıcı sunucunuzu algılarsa, bir protokol ve bir "
+"kuyruk önerir, fakat aşağıdaki listeden daha uygun birini seçebilirsiniz ya "
+"da listede değilse doğru kuyruk ismini girebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
 msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find"
-" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr "Yazıcınızın veya yazıcı sunucunuzun muhtemel belirli kuruk isimleri için hangi protokolleri desteklediğini bulmak için bunlarla beraber gelen belgelere bakınız."
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
+"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+msgstr ""
+"Yazıcınızın veya yazıcı sunucunuzun muhtemel belirli kuruk isimleri için "
+"hangi protokolleri desteklediğini bulmak için bunlarla beraber gelen "
+"belgelere bakınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
@@ -8681,10 +10063,18 @@ msgid ""
 "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
 "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
 "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like "
-"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed "
-"IP-adress is not required."
-msgstr "Bir teknik  Hewlett-Packard tarafından geliştirilmiştir ve JetDirect olarak bilinir. Bu bir yazıcıya doğrudan ağa bağlı bir ethernet portu yolula erişimi sağlar. Yazıcının ağdaki IP adresini bilmelisiniz. Bu teknik ayrıca bazı yazıcı bağlanabilen USB portları olan ADSL-yönelticileri içinde kullanılır. Bu durumda, IP-adresi yönelticininkidir. \"Hp Device manager\"in dinamik olarak yapılandırılmış IP-areslerini <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> şeklinde bir URI ayarı ile yönetebileceğine dikkat edin. Bu durumda sabir IP-adresi gerekli değildir."
+"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
+"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
+"not required."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir teknik  Hewlett-Packard tarafından geliştirilmiştir ve JetDirect olarak "
+"bilinir. Bu bir yazıcıya doğrudan ağa bağlı bir ethernet portu yolula "
+"erişimi sağlar. Yazıcının ağdaki IP adresini bilmelisiniz. Bu teknik ayrıca "
+"bazı yazıcı bağlanabilen USB portları olan ADSL-yönelticileri içinde "
+"kullanılır. Bu durumda, IP-adresi yönelticininkidir. \"Hp Device manager\"in "
+"dinamik olarak yapılandırılmış IP-areslerini <emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-"
+"the-printer></emphasis> şeklinde bir URI ayarı ile yönetebileceğine dikkat "
+"edin. Bu durumda sabir IP-adresi gerekli değildir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
@@ -8692,12 +10082,15 @@ msgid ""
 "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
 "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
 "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is"
-" the same as above."
-msgstr "Protokol olarak <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> seçiniz ve <guilabel>Makine:</guilabel> içindeki adresi giriniz, değiştirlecek olduğunu bilmiyorsanız <guilabel>Port Numarası</guilabel>nı değiştirmeyiniz. Protokolün seçiminden sonra, sürücünün seçimi yukarıdakiyle aynıdır."
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
+"the same as above."
+msgstr ""
+"Protokol olarak <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> seçiniz ve "
+"<guilabel>Makine:</guilabel> içindeki adresi giriniz, değiştirlecek olduğunu "
+"bilmiyorsanız <guilabel>Port Numarası</guilabel>nı değiştirmeyiniz. "
+"Protokolün seçiminden sonra, sürücünün seçimi yukarıdakiyle aynıdır."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
 msgid "printer5.png"
 msgstr "printer5.png"
@@ -8714,7 +10107,11 @@ msgid ""
 "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
 "some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (ipp)</emphasis>: TCP/IP üzerinden IPP yoluyla erişilebilen bir yazıcıdır, örneğin CUPS kullanılarak bir istasyona bağlanmış bir yazıcı. Bu protokol ayrıca bazı ADSL-yönelticiler tarafından kullanılabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (ipp)</emphasis>: TCP/IP üzerinden IPP "
+"yoluyla erişilebilen bir yazıcıdır, örneğin CUPS kullanılarak bir istasyona "
+"bağlanmış bir yazıcı. Bu protokol ayrıca bazı ADSL-yönelticiler tarafından "
+"kullanılabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
@@ -8722,14 +10119,19 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
 "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
 "defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (https): </emphasis> ipp ile aynı, fakat TLS güvenli protokol ile http iletimi kullanılır. Port tanımlanmış olmalıdır. Varsayılan olarak, 631 portu kullanılır."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (https): </emphasis> ipp ile aynı, "
+"fakat TLS güvenli protokol ile http iletimi kullanılır. Port tanımlanmış "
+"olmalıdır. Varsayılan olarak, 631 portu kullanılır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but"
-" with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (ipps): </emphasis>ippile aynı, fakat TLS güvenlikli protokol."
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
+"with TLS secured protocol."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Yazdırma Protokolü (ipps): </emphasis>ippile aynı, fakat "
+"TLS güvenlikli protokol."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
@@ -8737,21 +10139,28 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
 "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
 "connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr "<emphasis>LPD/LPR konağı veya Yazıcı</emphasis>: LPD protokolü yoluyla TCP/IP üzerinden erişilebilen bir yazıcı, örneğin LPD kullanılarak bir istasyona bağlanmış bir yazıcı."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>LPD/LPR konağı veya Yazıcı</emphasis>: LPD protokolü yoluyla TCP/"
+"IP üzerinden erişilebilen bir yazıcı, örneğin LPD kullanılarak bir istasyona "
+"bağlanmış bir yazıcı."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
 "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr "<emphasis>SAMBA yoluyla Windows yazıcı</emphasis>: bir Windows ya da SMB sunucu çalışan ve paylaşılmış bir istasyona bağlanmış bir yazıcı. "
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>SAMBA yoluyla Windows yazıcı</emphasis>: bir Windows ya da SMB "
+"sunucu çalışan ve paylaşılmış bir istasyona bağlanmış bir yazıcı. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
 msgid ""
 "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
 "the URI:"
-msgstr "Ayrıca URI doğrudan eklenebilir. Burada URI in nasıl biçimlendirildiğine dair bir örnek var:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ayrıca URI doğrudan eklenebilir. Burada URI in nasıl biçimlendirildiğine "
+"dair bir örnek var:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
@@ -8791,10 +10200,11 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
 msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS"
-" documentation.</link>"
-msgstr "Ek bilgiler <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS belgelendirmesi</link>nde bulunabilir."
+"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
+"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Ek bilgiler <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/"
+"network.html\">CUPS belgelendirmesi</link>nde bulunabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
@@ -8805,13 +10215,18 @@ msgstr "Aygıt Özellikleri"
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
 msgid ""
 "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your"
-" system, but you can specify a different one with the "
-"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, "
-"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters"
-" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
-"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr "Aygıtın özelliklerine erişebilirsiniz. Menü CUPS sunucu için olan parametrelere erişmenizi sağlar. Varsayılan olarak CUPS sunucu sisteminizden başlatılır, fakat <guimenu>Sunucu</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Bağlan...</guimenuitem> ile farklı bir tane belirtebilirsiniz, sunucunun özel parametrelerini ayarlamak için başka bir pencere <guimenu>Sunucu</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Ayarlar</guimenuitem> ile açılır."
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
+"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
+"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
+"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
+"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+"Aygıtın özelliklerine erişebilirsiniz. Menü CUPS sunucu için olan "
+"parametrelere erişmenizi sağlar. Varsayılan olarak CUPS sunucu sisteminizden "
+"başlatılır, fakat <guimenu>Sunucu</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Bağlan...</"
+"guimenuitem> ile farklı bir tane belirtebilirsiniz, sunucunun özel "
+"parametrelerini ayarlamak için başka bir pencere <guimenu>Sunucu</guimenu> | "
+"<guimenuitem>Ayarlar</guimenuitem> ile açılır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
@@ -8823,29 +10238,43 @@ msgstr "Sorun giderme"
 msgid ""
 "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
 "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr "<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename> dosyasını inceleyerek yazdırma sırasında oluşan hatalarla ilgili bilgiler bulabilirsiniz"
+msgstr ""
+"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename> dosyasını inceleyerek yazdırma "
+"sırasında oluşan hatalarla ilgili bilgiler bulabilirsiniz"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
 msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the "
-"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr "<guimenu>Yardım</guimenu> | <guilabel>Hata Giderme</guilabel> menülerinden ayrıca problemleri teşhis eden bir araca erişebilirsiniz."
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
+"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+msgstr ""
+"<guimenu>Yardım</guimenu> | <guilabel>Hata Giderme</guilabel> menülerinden "
+"ayrıca problemleri teşhis eden bir araca erişebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to "
-"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package"
-" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, "
-"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report"
-" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this "
-"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer "
-"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-"
-"date drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr "Belirli yazıcılar için bazı sürücülerin Mageia'da bulunmaması ya da işler olmaması mümkündür. Bu durumda aygıtınız için bir sürücü bulunup bulunmadığını kntrol etmek için <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> sitesine göz atınız. Eğer varsa, paketin Mageia'da bulunup bulunmadığını kontrol ediniz ve elle kurunuz. Sonra yazıcıyı yapılandırmak için kurulum işlemini tekrar yapınız. Her durumda hatayı bugzilla'da veya forumda, bu araca alışkınsanız ve modeli ve sürücü bilgisini sağlayabiliyorsanız ve kurulumdan sonra yazıcının çalışıp çalışmadığını raporlayınız. Burada diğer güncel sürücüler ya da daha yeni aygıtlar için bazı kaynaklar var."
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
+"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
+"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
+"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
+"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
+"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
+"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
+"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
+"drivers or for more recent devices."
+msgstr ""
+"Belirli yazıcılar için bazı sürücülerin Mageia'da bulunmaması ya da işler "
+"olmaması mümkündür. Bu durumda aygıtınız için bir sürücü bulunup "
+"bulunmadığını kntrol etmek için <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/"
+"printers/\">openprinting</link> sitesine göz atınız. Eğer varsa, paketin "
+"Mageia'da bulunup bulunmadığını kontrol ediniz ve elle kurunuz. Sonra "
+"yazıcıyı yapılandırmak için kurulum işlemini tekrar yapınız. Her durumda "
+"hatayı bugzilla'da veya forumda, bu araca alışkınsanız ve modeli ve sürücü "
+"bilgisini sağlayabiliyorsanız ve kurulumdan sonra yazıcının çalışıp "
+"çalışmadığını raporlayınız. Burada diğer güncel sürücüler ya da daha yeni "
+"aygıtlar için bazı kaynaklar var."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
@@ -8855,37 +10284,49 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kardeş yazıcılar</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
 msgid ""
-"<link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This"
-" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver "
-"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">Bu sayfa</link> Brother tarafından sağlanan bir sürücü listesini verir. Aygıtınız için bir sürücü arayın, rpm(ler)i aratın ve kurun."
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
+"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
+"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+msgstr ""
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
+"en/download_prn.html\">Bu sayfa</link> Brother tarafından sağlanan bir "
+"sürücü listesini verir. Aygıtınız için bir sürücü arayın, rpm(ler)i aratın "
+"ve kurun."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
 msgid ""
 "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr "Yapılandırma aracını çalıştırmadan önce Kardeş sürücüleri kurmalısınız. "
+msgstr ""
+"Yapılandırma aracını çalıştırmadan önce Kardeş sürücüleri kurmalısınız. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one "
-"devices</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard yaıcılar ve hepsi birarada cihazlar</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
+"emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard yaıcılar ve hepsi birarada cihazlar</"
+"emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
 msgid ""
 "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
 "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/index.html\">here</link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available "
-"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
+"link>.  The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
+"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
 "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
 "of the printer."
-msgstr "Bu aygıtlar hplip aracını kullanırlar. Bu yazıcının algılanması ya da seçilmesinden sonra otomatik olarak kurulur.  Diğer bilgileri <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">burada</link>  bulabilirsiniz. \"HP Device Manager\" aracı <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> menüsünden ulaşılabilir. Yazıcıların yönetimi için ayrıca <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">yapılandırma</link> ya bakınız."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aygıtlar hplip aracını kullanırlar. Bu yazıcının algılanması ya da "
+"seçilmesinden sonra otomatik olarak kurulur.  Diğer bilgileri <link ns2:href="
+"\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">burada</link>  "
+"bulabilirsiniz. \"HP Device Manager\" aracı <guilabel>Sistem</guilabel> "
+"menüsünden ulaşılabilir. Yazıcıların yönetimi için ayrıca <link ns2:href="
+"\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html"
+"\">yapılandırma</link> ya bakınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
@@ -8897,7 +10338,13 @@ msgid ""
 "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
 "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
 "card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr "Bir HP çok fonksiyonlu aygıtı bir yazıcı olarak eklenmeli ve tarayıcı özellikleri eklenmeli. Bazen dikkat edin, Xsane arayüzü filmleri veya slaytları (parlayan slayt işlemez) taramaya izin vermez. Bu durumda tek başına modu kullanarak taramak mümkündür, ve resim cihaza bağlı hafıza kartı veya USB belleğe kaydedilir. Sonra gözde resim düzenleme yazılımınızı açın ve /media dizini içindeki hafıza kartında bulunan resminizi yükleyin."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir HP çok fonksiyonlu aygıtı bir yazıcı olarak eklenmeli ve tarayıcı "
+"özellikleri eklenmeli. Bazen dikkat edin, Xsane arayüzü filmleri veya "
+"slaytları (parlayan slayt işlemez) taramaya izin vermez. Bu durumda tek "
+"başına modu kullanarak taramak mümkündür, ve resim cihaza bağlı hafıza kartı "
+"veya USB belleğe kaydedilir. Sonra gözde resim düzenleme yazılımınızı açın "
+"ve /media dizini içindeki hafıza kartında bulunan resminizi yükleyin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
@@ -8907,10 +10354,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung renkli yazıcı</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
 msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> "
-"for the QPDL protocol."
-msgstr "Belirli Samsung ve Zerox renkli yazıcılar için QPDL protokolü için <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">bu site sürücüler sağlar</link> "
+"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
+"protocol."
+msgstr ""
+"Belirli Samsung ve Zerox renkli yazıcılar için QPDL protokolü için <link ns2:"
+"href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">bu site sürücüler sağlar</link> "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
@@ -8920,20 +10369,27 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson  yazıcılar ve tarayıcılar </emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
 msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link "
-"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this"
-" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-"
-"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package"
-" can also be available and is to install. Choose the "
-"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture."
-msgstr "Epson yazıcılar için sürücüler <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">bu arama sayfasından</link> edinilebilir. Tarayıcı tarafı için, ilk olarak \"iscan-data\" , sonra \"iscan\" paketini kurmalısınız (bu sırayla). Bir iscan-plugin paketi ayrıca bulunur ve kurulur. Mimarinize uygun olan <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> paketlerini seçiniz."
+"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
+"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
+"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
+"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
+"according to your architecture."
+msgstr ""
+"Epson yazıcılar için sürücüler <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson."
+"net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">bu arama sayfasından</link> edinilebilir. "
+"Tarayıcı tarafı için, ilk olarak \"iscan-data\" , sonra \"iscan\" paketini "
+"kurmalısınız (bu sırayla). Bir iscan-plugin paketi ayrıca bulunur ve "
+"kurulur. Mimarinize uygun olan <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> paketlerini seçiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
 msgid ""
 "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
 "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr "iscan paketinin sane ile çakışma hakkında bir uyarı üretmesi muhtemeldir. Kullanıcılar bu uyarının gözardı edilebileceğine dair bilgilendirilirler."
+msgstr ""
+"iscan paketinin sane ile çakışma hakkında bir uyarı üretmesi muhtemeldir. "
+"Kullanıcılar bu uyarının gözardı edilebileceğine dair bilgilendirilirler."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
@@ -8945,7 +10401,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon yazıcılar</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
 "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr "Canon yazıcılar için, turboprint isminde bir aracın -<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">burada bulunabilir</link>- kurulması önerilebilir. "
+msgstr ""
+"Canon yazıcılar için, turboprint isminde bir aracın -<link ns2:href=\"http://"
+"www.turboprint.info/\">burada bulunabilir</link>- kurulması önerilebilir. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
@@ -8957,8 +10415,7 @@ msgstr "Windows (TM) belge ve ayarlarını aktar"
 msgid "transfugdrake"
 msgstr "transfugdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
 msgid "transfugdrake.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
@@ -8966,9 +10423,11 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
@@ -8976,31 +10435,43 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde <guilabel>Windows(TM) belgelerini ve ayarlarını içe aktar</guilabel> etiketiyle bulunabilir"
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde <guilabel>Windows(TM) "
+"belgelerini ve ayarlarını içe aktar</guilabel> etiketiyle bulunabilir"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
 "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> "
-"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr "Araç yöneticiye Mageia kurulumu ile aynı bilgisayarda olan <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP veya <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> kurulumlarından kullanıcı belgelerinin ve ayarların içe aktarılmasına izin verir."
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
+"computer as the Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Araç yöneticiye Mageia kurulumu ile aynı bilgisayarda olan <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered"
+"\">Windows</trademark> XP veya <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> kurulumlarından kullanıcı "
+"belgelerinin ve ayarların içe aktarılmasına izin verir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
 msgid ""
 "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
 "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Lütfen <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine basar basmaz transfugdrake tarafından yapılan değişikliklerin uygulanacağına dikkat edin."
+msgstr ""
+"Lütfen <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine basar basmaz transfugdrake "
+"tarafından yapılan değişikliklerin uygulanacağına dikkat edin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
 msgid ""
 "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
 "explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr "transfugdrake'i başlattıktan sonra araç ve içe aktarma seçenekleri hakkında bazı açıklamaların bulunduğu ilk sihirbaz sayfasını göreceksiniz. "
+msgstr ""
+"transfugdrake'i başlattıktan sonra araç ve içe aktarma seçenekleri hakkında "
+"bazı açıklamaların bulunduğu ilk sihirbaz sayfasını göreceksiniz. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
@@ -9008,19 +10479,24 @@ msgid ""
 "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
 "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
 "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr "Yönergeleri okuduğunuzda ve anladığınızda, <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın. Bu <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> kurulumu tespitini çalıştıracaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"Yönergeleri okuduğunuzda ve anladığınızda, <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> "
+"düğmesine tıklayın. Bu <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
+"kurulumu tespitini çalıştıracaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
 msgid ""
 "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
 "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account"
-" than yours own."
-msgstr "Tespit işlemi tamamlandığında <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>dan Mageia'ya aktaracağınız hesapları seçebileceğiniz bir sayfa göreceksiniz. Kendi hesabınızdan farklı hesapları da seçmeniz münkün."
+"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
+"than yours own."
+msgstr ""
+"Tespit işlemi tamamlandığında <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark>dan Mageia'ya aktaracağınız hesapları seçebileceğiniz bir sayfa "
+"göreceksiniz. Kendi hesabınızdan farklı hesapları da seçmeniz münkün."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
 msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
@@ -9029,10 +10505,14 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
 msgid ""
 "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special "
-"symbols can be displayed incorrectly."
-msgstr " <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> kullanıcı hesapları ismi  özel karakterler içerip yanlış gösterilebileceği şeklindeki migrate-assistant (transfugdrake'in arka ucu) sınırlandırmaları olabilceğini hesaba katın. "
+"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
+"incorrectly."
+msgstr ""
+" <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> kullanıcı hesapları "
+"ismi  özel karakterler içerip yanlış gösterilebileceği şeklindeki migrate-"
+"assistant (transfugdrake'in arka ucu) sınırlandırmaları olabilceğini hesaba "
+"katın. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
@@ -9045,22 +10525,27 @@ msgstr "Belgeler dizinine bağlı olarak içe aktarma biraz zaman alabilir."
 msgid ""
 "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
 "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using "
-"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the "
-"import purposes."
-msgstr "Bazı <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> uygulamaları, (özellikle sürücüler) deişik amaçlarla kullanıcı oluşturabilirler. Örneğin <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>daki NVidia sürücüleri <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> ile güncellenir. Lütfen içe aktarma amacıyla için böyle hesapları kullanmayınız. "
+"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
+"use such accounts for the import purposes."
+msgstr ""
+"Bazı <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> uygulamaları, "
+"(özellikle sürücüler) deişik amaçlarla kullanıcı oluşturabilirler. Örneğin "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>daki NVidia sürücüleri "
+"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis> ile güncellenir. Lütfen içe aktarma "
+"amacıyla için böyle hesapları kullanmayınız. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
 msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
-" to import documents:"
-msgstr "Hesap seçimlerini bitirdiğinizde <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine basın. Sonraki sayfa belgeleri içe aktarmada yöntem seçimi için kullanılır:"
+"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
+"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
+"documents:"
+msgstr ""
+"Hesap seçimlerini bitirdiğinizde <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine "
+"basın. Sonraki sayfa belgeleri içe aktarmada yöntem seçimi için kullanılır:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
 msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
@@ -9068,23 +10553,29 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
 msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My "
-"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My "
-"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the "
-"appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr "Transfugdrake   <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> verilerini <emphasis>Belgelerim</emphasis>, <emphasis>Müziklerim</emphasis> ve <emphasis>Resimlerim</emphasis> dizinlerinden içe aktarmak için tasarlanmıştır. Bu pencerede uygun öğeleri seçerek içe aktarmayı atamak mümkündür."
+"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
+"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
+"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
+"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
+msgstr ""
+"Transfugdrake   <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> "
+"verilerini <emphasis>Belgelerim</emphasis>, <emphasis>Müziklerim</emphasis> "
+"ve <emphasis>Resimlerim</emphasis> dizinlerinden içe aktarmak için "
+"tasarlanmıştır. Bu pencerede uygun öğeleri seçerek içe aktarmayı atamak "
+"mümkündür."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
 msgid ""
 "When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method"
-" to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr "Belge içe aktarma yöntemini seçtikten sonra <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine basınız. Sonraki sayfa sık kullanılanların içe aktarılması yöntemini seçemk içindir:"
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
+"to import bookmarks:"
+msgstr ""
+"Belge içe aktarma yöntemini seçtikten sonra <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> "
+"düğmesine basınız. Sonraki sayfa sık kullanılanların içe aktarılması "
+"yöntemini seçemk içindir:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
 msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
@@ -9095,22 +10586,26 @@ msgid ""
 "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
 "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr "Transfugdrake <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> ve <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> sık kullanılanlarını Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> a aktarabilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Transfugdrake <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> ve <emphasis>Mozilla "
+"Firefox</emphasis> sık kullanılanlarını Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</"
+"emphasis> a aktarabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>"
-" button."
-msgstr "Tercih edilen içe aktarma yöntemini seçin ve <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine basın."
+"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+"Tercih edilen içe aktarma yöntemini seçin ve <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> "
+"düğmesine basın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
 msgstr "Sonraki ekran masaüstü arkaplanını içe aktarmanızı sağlar:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
 msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
@@ -9118,19 +10613,21 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
 msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr "Tercih edilen seçenekleri seçin ve <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine basın."
+"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+"Tercih edilen seçenekleri seçin ve <guibutton>Sonraki</guibutton> düğmesine "
+"basın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
 "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Sihirbazın son sayfası bazı tebrik mesajlarını gösterir. <guibutton>Bitir</guibutton> düğmesine basmanız yeterli."
+msgstr ""
+"Sihirbazın son sayfası bazı tebrik mesajlarını gösterir. <guibutton>Bitir</"
+"guibutton> düğmesine basmanız yeterli."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
 msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
 msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
@@ -9145,8 +10642,7 @@ msgstr "Kullanıcılar ve Gruplar"
 msgid "userdrake"
 msgstr "userdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:18
 msgid "userdrake.png"
 msgstr "userdrake.png"
@@ -9154,9 +10650,11 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:23
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
+"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırında root olarak <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</"
+"emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:22
@@ -9164,23 +10662,33 @@ msgid ""
 "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
 "labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde \"Sistemdeki kullanıcıları yönet\" etiketiyle bulunur."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde \"Sistemdeki "
+"kullanıcıları yönet\" etiketiyle bulunur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:27
 msgid ""
 "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings"
-" (ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr "Araç yöneticilerin kullanıcıları ve grupları yönetmesini sağlar, bu kullanıcı ve grupların eklenmesi ve kullanıcı ve grup ayarlarının değiştirilmesi anlamına gelir (ID, kabuk, ...)"
+"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
+"(ID, shell, ...)"
+msgstr ""
+"Araç yöneticilerin kullanıcıları ve grupları yönetmesini sağlar, bu "
+"kullanıcı ve grupların eklenmesi ve kullanıcı ve grup ayarlarının "
+"değiştirilmesi anlamına gelir (ID, kabuk, ...)"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:31
 msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in"
-" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
+"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
+"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
 "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr "userdrake açıldığı zaman, sistemde bulunan tüm kullanıcılar <guibutton>Kullanıcılar sekmesinde ve </guibutton> tüm gruplar <guibutton>Grouplar</guibutton> sekmesinde listelenir. Her iki sekme de benzer şekilde çalışır."
+msgstr ""
+"userdrake açıldığı zaman, sistemde bulunan tüm kullanıcılar "
+"<guibutton>Kullanıcılar sekmesinde ve </guibutton> tüm gruplar "
+"<guibutton>Grouplar</guibutton> sekmesinde listelenir. Her iki sekme de "
+"benzer şekilde çalışır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:35
@@ -9192,8 +10700,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Kullanıcı Ekle</guibutton>"
 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
 msgstr "Bu düğme tüm alanlar boş olarak gösterilen bir pencere açar:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:41
 msgid "userdrake1.png"
 msgstr "userdrake1.png"
@@ -9204,7 +10711,9 @@ msgid ""
 "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
 "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
 "or nothing as well!"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tam İsim</emphasis> alanı soyisim ve isim girdisi içindir, fakat herhangi bir şey yazılabilir ya da hiçbir şey yazılmayabilir!"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tam İsim</emphasis> alanı soyisim ve isim girdisi "
+"içindir, fakat herhangi bir şey yazılabilir ya da hiçbir şey yazılmayabilir!"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:49
@@ -9214,19 +10723,26 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Oturum</emphasis> gerekli olan tek alandır."
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:52
 msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended."
-" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower"
-" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
+"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
+"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
+"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
+"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
 "orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr "Bir <emphasis role=\"bold\">Parola</emphasis> girmek şiddetle tavsiye edilir. Sağda küçük bir muhafaza bulunur, eğer kırmızı ise parola zayıf, çok kısa ya da oturum ismine çok benzerdir. Simgeleri, küçük ve büyük harflari, noktalama işaretlerini vb. kullanmalısınız. Muhafaza parola güçlülüğü yükseldikçe turuncu ve sonra da yeşil olacaktır."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir <emphasis role=\"bold\">Parola</emphasis> girmek şiddetle tavsiye "
+"edilir. Sağda küçük bir muhafaza bulunur, eğer kırmızı ise parola zayıf, çok "
+"kısa ya da oturum ismine çok benzerdir. Simgeleri, küçük ve büyük harflari, "
+"noktalama işaretlerini vb. kullanmalısınız. Muhafaza parola güçlülüğü "
+"yükseldikçe turuncu ve sonra da yeşil olacaktır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:59
 msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure"
-" you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parolayı onayla</emphasis> alanı girdiğiniz doğru bir şekilde yaptığınızdan emin olmak içindir."
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
+"you entered what you intended to."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parolayı onayla</emphasis> alanı girdiğiniz doğru "
+"bir şekilde yaptığınızdan emin olmak içindir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:62
@@ -9234,7 +10750,10 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
 "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
 "are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Oturum Kabuğu </emphasis> eklediğiniz kullanıcının kullandığı kabuğu değiştirdiğiniz, seçenekleri Bash, Dash ve Sh olan bir aşağı açılır listedir."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Oturum Kabuğu </emphasis> eklediğiniz kullanıcının "
+"kullandığı kabuğu değiştirdiğiniz, seçenekleri Bash, Dash ve Sh olan bir "
+"aşağı açılır listedir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:66
@@ -9242,14 +10761,19 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
 "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
 "user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kullanıcı için özel grup oluştur</emphasis>, eğer işaretlenmişse otomatik olarak aynı isimde bir grup oluşturulur ve sadece bu kullanıcı bu gruba üye olur ( bu düzenlenebilir)."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kullanıcı için özel grup oluştur</emphasis>, eğer "
+"işaretlenmişse otomatik olarak aynı isimde bir grup oluşturulur ve sadece bu "
+"kullanıcı bu gruba üye olur ( bu düzenlenebilir)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:70
 msgid ""
 "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
 "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Diğer seçenekler anlaşılır olmalı. <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıklar tıklamaz yeni kullanıcı oluşturulur."
+msgstr ""
+"Diğer seçenekler anlaşılır olmalı. <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine "
+"tıklar tıklamaz yeni kullanıcı oluşturulur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:73
@@ -9261,7 +10785,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Grup Ekle</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
 "group ID."
-msgstr "Sadece yeni grup ismi ve gerekliyse belirli grup IDsi girmeniz gerekir."
+msgstr ""
+"Sadece yeni grup ismi ve gerekliyse belirli grup IDsi girmeniz gerekir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:78
@@ -9273,15 +10798,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Düzenle</emphasis> (seçili bir kullanıcıy�
 msgid ""
 "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
 "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Kullanıcı Verisi</guibutton>: oluşturma sırasında kullanıcıya verilen tüm verileri değiştirmenizi sağlar (ID değiştirilemez)."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Kullanıcı Verisi</guibutton>: oluşturma sırasında kullanıcıya "
+"verilen tüm verileri değiştirmenizi sağlar (ID değiştirilemez)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:83
 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
 msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hesap Bilgisi</emphasis>:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:87
 msgid "userdrake2.png"
 msgstr "userdrake2.png"
@@ -9292,14 +10818,18 @@ msgid ""
 "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
 "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
 "accounts."
-msgstr "İlk seçenek hesap için son kullanma tarihi için ayardır. Bu tarihten sonra bağlantı mümkün değildir. Bu geçici hesaplar için uygundur."
+msgstr ""
+"İlk seçenek hesap için son kullanma tarihi için ayardır. Bu tarihten sonra "
+"bağlantı mümkün değildir. Bu geçici hesaplar için uygundur."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:95
 msgid ""
 "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
 "as the account is locked."
-msgstr "İkinci seçenek hesabı klitlemedir, hesap kilitli kaldığı sürece bağlantı mümkün değildir."
+msgstr ""
+"İkinci seçenek hesabı klitlemedir, hesap kilitli kaldığı sürece bağlantı "
+"mümkün değildir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:98
@@ -9312,10 +10842,12 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
 "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
 "password periodically."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parola Bilgisi</emphasis>: Parola için son kullanma tarihi ayarlamanızı sağlar, bu kullanıcıyı periyodik olarak parolasını değiştirmeye zorlar."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Parola Bilgisi</emphasis>: Parola için son kullanma "
+"tarihi ayarlamanızı sağlar, bu kullanıcıyı periyodik olarak parolasını "
+"değiştirmeye zorlar."
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:106
 msgid "userdrake3.png"
 msgstr "userdrake3.png"
@@ -9325,14 +10857,18 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
 "that the user is a member of."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup</emphasis>: Burada kullanıcının üyesi olacağı grubu seçebilirsiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup</emphasis>: Burada kullanıcının üyesi olacağı "
+"grubu seçebilirsiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:114
 msgid ""
 "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
 "effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr "Bağlı bir kullanıcıda değişiklik yaparsanız, değişiklikler bir sonraki oturumuna kadar geçerli olmaz."
+msgstr ""
+"Bağlı bir kullanıcıda değişiklik yaparsanız, değişiklikler bir sonraki "
+"oturumuna kadar geçerli olmaz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:118
@@ -9344,14 +10880,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Düzenle</emphasis> (seçili bir grupla)"
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
 "group name."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup Verisi</emphasis>: Grup ismini değiştirmenizi sağlar."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup Verisi</emphasis>: Grup ismini değiştirmenizi "
+"sağlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:123
 msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
 "users who are members of the group"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup Kullanıcıları</emphasis>: Burada grubun üyesi olacak kullanıcıları seçebilirsiniz"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grup Kullanıcıları</emphasis>: Burada grubun üyesi "
+"olacak kullanıcıları seçebilirsiniz"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:126
@@ -9361,11 +10901,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Sil</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:128
 msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears "
-"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private "
-"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr "Bir kullanıcı ya da grubu seçin ve kaldırmak için <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sil</emphasis> düğmesine tıklayın. Bir kullanıcı için, ev dizininin ve posta kurusunun silinip silinmeyeceğini soran bir pencere çıkar. Kullanıcı için oluşturulmuş özel bir grup varsa bu da silinir."
+"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
+"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
+"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
+"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Bir kullanıcı ya da grubu seçin ve kaldırmak için <emphasis role=\"bold"
+"\">Sil</emphasis> düğmesine tıklayın. Bir kullanıcı için, ev dizininin ve "
+"posta kurusunun silinip silinmeyeceğini soran bir pencere çıkar. Kullanıcı "
+"için oluşturulmuş özel bir grup varsa bu da silinir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:133
@@ -9380,9 +10924,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Yenile</emphasis>"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:138
 msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to"
-" refresh the display."
-msgstr "Kullanıcı veritabanı Userdrake dışından değiştirilebilir. Görüntüyü yenilemek için bu simgeye tıklayın."
+"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
+"refresh the display."
+msgstr ""
+"Kullanıcı veritabanı Userdrake dışından değiştirilebilir. Görüntüyü "
+"yenilemek için bu simgeye tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/userdrake.xml:141
@@ -9395,11 +10941,17 @@ msgid ""
 "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
 "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
 "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories"
-" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
+"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
+"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
 "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
 "account</guimenu>."
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> özel bir hesaptır. Herhangi bir kişiye geçici olarak tam güvenlik ile sisteme eriişm verilmesi içindir. Oturum açma xguestdir, parola yoktur, ve bu hesapla sistemde değişiklik yapmak mümkün değildir. Oturum sonunda kişisel dizinler silinir. Bu hesap varsayılan olarak etkindir, devre dışı bırakmak için menüde, <guimenu> Eylemler-> Misafir hesabını kaldr</guimenu>a tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> özel bir hesaptır. Herhangi bir "
+"kişiye geçici olarak tam güvenlik ile sisteme eriişm verilmesi içindir. "
+"Oturum açma xguestdir, parola yoktur, ve bu hesapla sistemde değişiklik "
+"yapmak mümkün değildir. Oturum sonunda kişisel dizinler silinir. Bu hesap "
+"varsayılan olarak etkindir, devre dışı bırakmak için menüde, <guimenu> "
+"Eylemler-> Misafir hesabını kaldr</guimenu>a tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:3
@@ -9411,8 +10963,7 @@ msgstr "Grafiksel sunucu ayarlayın"
 msgid "XFdrake"
 msgstr "XFdrake"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:10
 msgid "XFdrake.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake.png"
@@ -9420,19 +10971,25 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png"
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:17
 msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> "
-"as root. Mind the capital letters."
-msgstr "Bu aracı komut satırındanormal kullanıcı ile <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> yazarak ya da root ile <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> yazarak çalıştırabilirsiniz. Büyük harflere dikkat edin."
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
+"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
+"capital letters."
+msgstr ""
+"Bu aracı komut satırındanormal kullanıcı ile <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> "
+"yazarak ya da root ile <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> yazarak "
+"çalıştırabilirsiniz. Büyük harflere dikkat edin."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:14
 msgid ""
 "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
 "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Bu araç Mageia Denetim Merkezi altında <emphasis role=\"bold\">Donanım</emphasis>sekmesinde bulunur. <emphasis><guilabel>Grafik sunucuları kur</guilabel></emphasis> seçiniz. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
+"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
+"\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Bu araç Mageia Denetim Merkezi altında <emphasis role=\"bold\">Donanım</"
+"emphasis>sekmesinde bulunur. <emphasis><guilabel>Grafik sunucuları kur</"
+"guilabel></emphasis> seçiniz. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:23
@@ -9450,7 +11007,10 @@ msgid ""
 "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
 "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
 "one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr "Şu anda tespit edilen grafik kartı gösterilirdi ve uygun sunucu yapılandırıldı.  Başka bir sunucuya değiştirmek için bu düğmeye tıklayın, örneğin özel bir sürücü ile."
+msgstr ""
+"Şu anda tespit edilen grafik kartı gösterilirdi ve uygun sunucu "
+"yapılandırıldı.  Başka bir sunucuya değiştirmek için bu düğmeye tıklayın, "
+"örneğin özel bir sürücü ile."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:31
@@ -9459,7 +11019,11 @@ msgid ""
 "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
 "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
 "Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr "Mümkün sunucular <guilabel>Satıcı</guilabel> altında üreticilerine göre alfabetik sırada ve sonra ayrıca modeline göre alfabetik sıralı olarak bulunur. Özgür sürücüler <guilabel> Xorg</guilabel> altında alfabetik olarak sıralıdır."
+msgstr ""
+"Mümkün sunucular <guilabel>Satıcı</guilabel> altında üreticilerine göre "
+"alfabetik sırada ve sonra ayrıca modeline göre alfabetik sıralı olarak "
+"bulunur. Özgür sürücüler <guilabel> Xorg</guilabel> altında alfabetik olarak "
+"sıralıdır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:37
@@ -9467,7 +11031,10 @@ msgid ""
 "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
 "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
 "in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr "Problem olması durumunda <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> bir çok ekran kartı ile çalışacaktır ve size Masaüstü Ortamını kullanırken doğru sürücüyü bulup kurmanız için zaman kazandıracaktır. "
+msgstr ""
+"Problem olması durumunda <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> bir çok ekran "
+"kartı ile çalışacaktır ve size Masaüstü Ortamını kullanırken doğru sürücüyü "
+"bulup kurmanız için zaman kazandıracaktır. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:38
@@ -9475,15 +11042,19 @@ msgid ""
 "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
 "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
 "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr "Eğer Vesa çalışmasa bile, Mageia'yı kurarken kullanılan fakat çözünürlüğü ve tazeleme oranını değiştirmeye izin vermeyen <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis> i seçiniz. "
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer Vesa çalışmasa bile, Mageia'yı kurarken kullanılan fakat çözünürlüğü ve "
+"tazeleme oranını değiştirmeye izin vermeyen <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</"
+"guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis> i seçiniz. "
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:39
 msgid ""
 "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for "
-"example)."
-msgstr "Eğer özgür bir sürücü seçimi yaptıysanız, daha fazla özellikli (3D etkiler örneğin) sahipli bir sürücü kullanmak isteyip istemediğiniz sorulabilir."
+"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer özgür bir sürücü seçimi yaptıysanız, daha fazla özellikli (3D etkiler "
+"örneğin) sahipli bir sürücü kullanmak isteyip istemediğiniz sorulabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:45
@@ -9494,10 +11065,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ekran:</emphasis>"
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:47
 msgid ""
 "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor"
-" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
+"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
+"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
 "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr "Yukarıdaki ile aynı şekilde, aktif olarak algılanan ekran gösterilir ve bir başkasıyla değiştirmek için düğmeye tıklayabilirsiniz. Eğer istenen ekran <guilabel>Üretici</guilabel> listesinde bulunmuyorsa, <guilabel>Genel</guilabel> listesinden aynı özelliklerde bir ekran seçiniz."
+msgstr ""
+"Yukarıdaki ile aynı şekilde, aktif olarak algılanan ekran gösterilir ve bir "
+"başkasıyla değiştirmek için düğmeye tıklayabilirsiniz. Eğer istenen ekran "
+"<guilabel>Üretici</guilabel> listesinde bulunmuyorsa, <guilabel>Genel</"
+"guilabel> listesinden aynı özelliklerde bir ekran seçiniz."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:54
@@ -9509,10 +11084,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Çözünürlük:</emphasis>"
 msgid ""
 "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
 "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr "Bu düğme çöznünürlük (benek sayısı) ve renk derinliği (renk sayısı) seçeneğini sağlar. Şu ekranı görüntüler:"
+msgstr ""
+"Bu düğme çöznünürlük (benek sayısı) ve renk derinliği (renk sayısı) "
+"seçeneğini sağlar. Şu ekranı görüntüler:"
 
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of:
-#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:61
 msgid "XFdrake1.png"
 msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
@@ -9522,31 +11098,42 @@ msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
 msgid ""
 "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the "
 "middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration."
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ortadaki ekran görüntüsü seçilen yapılandırma ile önizleme verir."
+msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Ortadaki ekran görüntüsü seçilen "
+"yapılandırma ile önizleme verir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:66
 msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another"
-" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
+"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
+"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
 "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
 "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
 "select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr "İlk düğme aktif çözünürlüğü gösterir, bir diğeriyle değiştirmek için tıklayın. Liste ekran kartınıza ve ekranınıza bağlı olarak mümkün seçenekleri verir, <guilabel>Diğer</guilabel> e tıklayarak başka bir çözünürlük ayarlamak mümkündür, fakat ekranınıza zarar verebileceğinizi ve uygun olmayan bir ayar seçebileceğinizi aklınızdan çıkarmayın."
+msgstr ""
+"İlk düğme aktif çözünürlüğü gösterir, bir diğeriyle değiştirmek için "
+"tıklayın. Liste ekran kartınıza ve ekranınıza bağlı olarak mümkün "
+"seçenekleri verir, <guilabel>Diğer</guilabel> e tıklayarak başka bir "
+"çözünürlük ayarlamak mümkündür, fakat ekranınıza zarar verebileceğinizi ve "
+"uygun olmayan bir ayar seçebileceğinizi aklınızdan çıkarmayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:72
 msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for"
-" another one."
-msgstr "İkinci düğme aktif renk derinliğini gösterir, bunu bir başkasıyla değiştirmek için tıklayın."
+"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
+"another one."
+msgstr ""
+"İkinci düğme aktif renk derinliğini gösterir, bunu bir başkasıyla "
+"değiştirmek için tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:76
 msgid ""
 "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
 "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr "Seçilen çözünürlüğe bağlı olarak, ayarların etkili olabilmesi için grafik ortamdan çıkıp yeniden başlatmanız gerekebilir."
+msgstr ""
+"Seçilen çözünürlüğe bağlı olarak, ayarların etkili olabilmesi için grafik "
+"ortamdan çıkıp yeniden başlatmanız gerekebilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:83
@@ -9559,15 +11146,21 @@ msgid ""
 "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
 "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
 "graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr "Yapılandırma tamamlandığında, TAMAM düğmesine tıklamadan önce test etmeniz önerilir çünkü grafik ekranın çalışmaması durumuna göre bunu burada değiştirmeniz daha kolaydır."
+msgstr ""
+"Yapılandırma tamamlandığında, TAMAM düğmesine tıklamadan önce test etmeniz "
+"önerilir çünkü grafik ekranın çalışmaması durumuna göre bunu burada "
+"değiştirmeniz daha kolaydır."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:90
 msgid ""
 "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use"
-" XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr "Grafik ekranın çalışmaması durumunda, metin ortamı açmak için Alt+Ctrl+F2 tuşlayınız, root olarak XFdrake'in metin sürümünü kullanmak için XFdrake (büyük harfli) yazınız."
+"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
+"XFdrake's text version."
+msgstr ""
+"Grafik ekranın çalışmaması durumunda, metin ortamı açmak için Alt+Ctrl+F2 "
+"tuşlayınız, root olarak XFdrake'in metin sürümünü kullanmak için XFdrake "
+"(büyük harfli) yazınız."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:93
@@ -9575,7 +11168,11 @@ msgid ""
 "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
 "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
 "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Eğer test başarısız olursa, sona kadar bekleyin, eğer başarılı olursa fakat sonra değişiklik yapmak istemezseniz <guibutton>Hayır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın, eğer herşey doğruysa <guibutton role=\"bold\">TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın."
+msgstr ""
+"Eğer test başarısız olursa, sona kadar bekleyin, eğer başarılı olursa fakat "
+"sonra değişiklik yapmak istemezseniz <guibutton>Hayır</guibutton> düğmesine "
+"tıklayın, eğer herşey doğruysa <guibutton role=\"bold\">TAMAM</guibutton> "
+"düğmesine tıklayın."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:97
@@ -9588,29 +11185,42 @@ msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
 "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
 "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Global seçenekler</guilabel>: Eğer <emphasis>Ctrl-Alt-Backspace'i devre dışı bırak</emphasis> işaretlenmiş ise, Ctrl+Alt+Backspace tuşlarını X sunucuyu yeniden başlatmak için kullanmak artık mümkün olmayacak."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Global seçenekler</guilabel>: Eğer <emphasis>Ctrl-Alt-Backspace'i "
+"devre dışı bırak</emphasis> işaretlenmiş ise, Ctrl+Alt+Backspace tuşlarını X "
+"sunucuyu yeniden başlatmak için kullanmak artık mümkün olmayacak."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:103
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
 "three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Ekran kartı seçenekleri</guilabel>: ekran kartına bağlı olarak üç belirli özelliği etkinleştirmeyi veya devre dışında bırakmayı sağlar."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Ekran kartı seçenekleri</guilabel>: ekran kartına bağlı olarak üç "
+"belirli özelliği etkinleştirmeyi veya devre dışında bırakmayı sağlar."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:107
 msgid ""
 "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon "
-"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it "
-"may be unchecked for a server."
-msgstr "<guilabel>Açılışta Grafik arayüz </guilabel>: Çoğu zaman <emphasis>Önyükleme ardından otomatik olarak grafik arayüzünü (Xorg) başlat</emphasis>, önyüklemenin grafik moduna geçmesi için  işaretlidir, sunucu için işaretlenmemiş olabilir."
+"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
+"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
+"unchecked for a server."
+msgstr ""
+"<guilabel>Açılışta Grafik arayüz </guilabel>: Çoğu zaman <emphasis>Önyükleme "
+"ardından otomatik olarak grafik arayüzünü (Xorg) başlat</emphasis>, "
+"önyüklemenin grafik moduna geçmesi için  işaretlidir, sunucu için "
+"işaretlenmemiş olabilir."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/XFdrake.xml:112
 msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask"
-" you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
+"you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
 "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
 "and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr "<guibutton>Çıkış</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladıktan sonra, sistem onaylamanızı isteyecektir. Hala herşeyi iptaledip önceki yapılandırmayı koruma veya kabul etme fırsatı vardır. Bu durumda, yeni yapılandırmanın etkili olabilmesi için bağlantıyı kapatıp yeniden bağlanmalısınız."
+msgstr ""
+"<guibutton>Çıkış</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladıktan sonra, sistem "
+"onaylamanızı isteyecektir. Hala herşeyi iptaledip önceki yapılandırmayı "
+"koruma veya kabul etme fırsatı vardır. Bu durumda, yeni yapılandırmanın "
+"etkili olabilmesi için bağlantıyı kapatıp yeniden bağlanmalısınız."
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk.po b/docs/mcc-help/uk.po
index 6e77b7de..44a197d0 100644
--- a/docs/mcc-help/uk.po
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/uk.po
@@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 17:24+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 19:51+0300\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n"
-"language/uk/)\n"
 "Language: uk\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"language/uk/)\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n"
 "%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
 "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
@@ -4490,9 +4490,9 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Якщо ви встановлюєте (або оновлюєте) Mageia за допомогою оптичного носія "
 "даних (DVD або компакт-диска) чи пристрою зберігання даних USB, буде "
-"автоматично налаштовано запис джерела пакунків із програмним забезпеченням на "
-"використаному носії даних. Щоб уникнути прохань щодо вставлення цього носія "
-"під час встановлення нових пакунків, вам слід вимкнути (або вилучити) "
+"автоматично налаштовано запис джерела пакунків із програмним забезпеченням "
+"на використаному носії даних. Щоб уникнути прохань щодо вставлення цього "
+"носія під час встановлення нових пакунків, вам слід вимкнути (або вилучити) "
 "відповідний запис у списку. (Запис належатиме до типу носія CD-Rom)."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
@@ -4904,10 +4904,9 @@ msgid ""
 "\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
 "link>."
 msgstr ""
-"Щоб дізнатися більше про налаштовування сховищ пакунків, ознайомтеся із <link "
-"ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">відповідною сторінкою у "
-"вікі Mageia</link>."
+"Щоб дізнатися більше про налаштовування сховищ пакунків, ознайомтеся із "
+"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management"
+"\">відповідною сторінкою у вікі Mageia</link>."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksambashare.xml:10
@@ -5271,7 +5270,8 @@ msgstr "draksec"
 
 #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
 #: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec.png"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "draksec0.png"
 msgstr "draksec.png"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
@@ -5285,8 +5285,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
 #: en/draksec.xml:15
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
 "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
 msgstr ""
 "Доступ до цієї програми<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можна "
@@ -5294,7 +5295,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\">Безпека</emphasis>"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:20
+#: en/draksec.xml:19
 msgid ""
 "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
 "usually done by the administrator."
@@ -5304,43 +5305,57 @@ msgstr ""
 "адміністратора."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:23
+#: en/draksec.xml:22
+msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
+#: en/draksec.xml:27
+msgid "draksec.png"
+msgstr "draksec.png"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:31
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
 "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list gives the choice between:"
+"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
 msgstr ""
 "Список більшості інструментів, якими можна скористатися за допомогою Центру "
 "керування Mageia, буде наведено у лівій частині вікна (див. знімок вище). "
 "Для кожного з інструментів передбачено спадний список з такими варіантами:"
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:29
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Без пароля: інструмент запускатиметься без потреби у введення пароля."
+#: en/draksec.xml:37
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
+"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Типові значення залежать від вибраного рівня захисту. Див. ту саму сторінку "
+"MCC, пункт «Налаштувати правила безпеки системи, права доступу і перевірку»."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:34
+#: en/draksec.xml:43
 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
 msgstr ""
 "Пароль користувача: для запуску інструмента слід буде ввести пароль "
 "користувача."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:39
-msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
+#: en/draksec.xml:48
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
 msgstr ""
 "Пароль адміністратора: для запуску інструмента слід буде ввести пароль "
 "адміністратора (root)"
 
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
-"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Типові значення залежать від вибраного рівня захисту. Див. ту саму сторінку "
-"MCC, пункт «Налаштувати правила безпеки системи, права доступу і перевірку»."
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:53
+msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+msgstr "Без пароля: інструмент запускатиметься без потреби у введення пароля."
 
 #. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
 #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
@@ -11614,4 +11629,3 @@ msgstr ""
 "зберегти попередні налаштування або підтвердити їх внесення. Якщо зміни буде "
 "підтверджено, вам доведеться вийти з облікового запису і знову увійти до "
 "нього, щоб задіяти внесені зміни."
-